Skip to main content

Full text of "Health care reform : hearings before the Subcommittee on Health of the Committee on Ways and Means, House of Representatives, One Hundred Third Congress, first session"

See other formats


HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 

Y  4.  W  36:103-92 

Health  Care  Reforn,  Serial  No.  103-. . .  ^^Q-g 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


VOLUME  XIII 

Issues  Relating  to  Inner-City  and  Rural 
Communities 

FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

H.R.  1200,  American  Health  Security  Act  of  1993; 
H.R.  2610,  MediPlan  Act  of  1993;  and  Other  Sin- 
gle-Payer Options 

FEBRUARY  9,  1994 

Alternative  Health  Reform  Proposals  Including 
H.R.  3080,  H.R.  3704,  H.R.  3652,  H.R  3222,  and 
H.R.  3698 

FEBRUARY  10,  1994 


Serial  103-92 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 


f^B     8  /QQ 


-^<Wif*£j^i^- 


HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 


HEARINGS 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


VOLUME  XIII 

Issues  Relating  to  Inner-City  and  Rural 
Communities 

FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

H.R.  1200,  American  Health  Security  Act  of  1993; 
H.R.  2610,  MediPlan  Act  of  1993;  and  Other  Sin- 
gle-Payer Options 

FEBRUARY  9,  1994 

Alternative  Health  Reform  Proposals  Including 
H.R.  3080,  H.R.  3704,  H.R.  3652,  H.R  3222,  and 
H.R.  3698 

FEBRUARY  10,  1994 


Serial  103-92 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
81-665  CC  WASHINGTON  :  1994 

For  sale  by  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN  0-16-046315-7 


COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
DAN  ROSTENKOWSKI,  Illinois,  Chairman 


SAM  M.  GIBBONS,  Florida 
J.J.  PICKLE,  Texas 
CHARLES  B.  RANGEL,  New  York 
FORTNEY  PETE  STARK,  California 
ANDY  JACOBS,  Jr.,  Indiana 
HAROLD  E.  FORD,  Tennessee 
ROBERT  T.  MATSUl,  California 
BARBARA  B.  KENNELLY,  Connecticut 
WILLIAM  J.  COYNE,  Pennsylvania 
MICHAEL  A.  ANDREWS,  Texas 
SANDER  M.  LEVIN,  Michigan 
BENJAMIN  L.  CARDIN,  Maryland 
JIM  MCDERMOTT,  Washington 
GERALD  D.  KLECZKA,  Wisconsin 
JOHN  LEWIS,  Georgia 
L.F.  PAYNE,  Virginia 
RICHARD  E.  NEAL,  Massachusetts 
PETER  HOAGLAND,  Nebraska 
MICHAEL  R.  MCNULTY,  New  York 
MIKE  KOPETSKI,  Oregon 
WILLIAM  J.  JEFFERSON,  Louisiana 
BILL  K.  BREWSTER,  Oklahoma 
MEL  REYNOLDS.  Illinois 


BILL  ARCHER.  Texas 
PHILIP  M.  CRANE,  Illinois 
BILL  THOMAS,  California 
E.  CLAY  SHAW,  JK.,  Florida 
DON  SUNDQUIST.  Tennessee 
NANCY  L.  JOHNSON,  Connecticut 
JIM  BUNNING,  Kentucky 
FRED  GRANDY,  Iowa 
AMO  HOUGHTON.  New  York 
WALLY  HERGER.  California 
JIM  MCCRERY.  Louisiana 
MEL  HANCOCK,  Missouri 
RICK  SANTORUM,  Pennsylvania 
DAVE  CAMP.  Michigan 


Janice  Mays,  Chief  Counsel  and  Staff  Director 
Charles  M.  Brain,  Assistant  Staff  Director 
Phillip  D.  Moseley,  Minority  Chief  of  Staff 


Subcommittee  on  Health 

FORTNEY  PETE  STARK.  California,  Chairman 


SANDER  M.  LEVIN,  Michigan 
BENJAMIN  L.  CARDIN,  Maryland 
MICHAEL  A.  ANDREWS,  Texas 
JIM  McDERMOTT,  Washington 
GERALD  D.  KLECZKA,  Wisconsin 
JOHN  LEWIS.  Georgia 


BILL  THOMAS.  California 
NANCY  L.  JOHNSON,  Connecticut 
FRED  GRANDY,  Iowa 
JIM  McCRERY,  Louisiana 


(It) 


CONTENTS 


ISSUES  RELATING  TO  INNER-CITY  AND  RURAL  COMMUNITIES- 
FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

Page 
Press  release  of  Friday,  January  21,  1994,  announcing  the  hearing  2 

WITNESSES 

U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services,  Hon.  Philip  R.  Lee,  M.D., 

Assistant  Secretary  for  Health  28 

Albert  Einstein  Medical  Center,  Martin  Goldsmith  '. 126 

California    Children's    Hospital    Association,    Barbara    Staggers,    M.D.,    and 

Susan  Maddox  120 

Center   for  Health   Policy   Research,    George   Washington    University,   Sara 

Rosenbaum 51 

Children's  Hospital  Oakland,  Barbara  Staggers,  M.D   120 

Children's  Hospital  of  Wiconsin,  Jen  E.  Vice  109 

Family  Health  Care  Centers,  John  M.  Silva  77 

Moody,  Hon.  Jim,  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin  99 

National  Association  of  Children's  Hospitals  and  Related  Institutions,  Inc., 

Jon  E.  Vice  109 

National  Association  of  Community  Health  Centers,  John  M.  Silva  77 

National  Association  of  Public  Hospitals,  Larry  S.  Gage  66 

National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals,  Martin  Goldsmith  ....  126 
National  Rural  Health  Association,  James  D.  Bernstein,  and  North  Carolina 

Office  of  Rural  Health  61 

Roberts,  Hon.  Pat,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Kansas, 

and  Cochair,  House  Rural  Health  Care  Coalition  10 

Stenholm,  Hon.   Charles,   a  Representative  in   Congress   from  the  State  of 

Texas,  and  Cochair,  House  Rural  Health  Care  Coalition  5 

Thomas,  Hon.  Craig,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Wyo 

ming,  and  Member,  House  Rural  Health  Care  Coalition  16 

Wayne  County,  Mich.,  Hon.  Edward  H.  McNamara,  County  Executive  136 

SUBMISSIONS  FOR  THE  RECORD 

Evergreen  Legal  Services,  Yakima,  Wash.,  and  Native  American  Program, 
M.  Helen  Spencer;  Spokane  Legal  Services,  Spokane,  Wash.,  Thomas  N. 
Termaine;   and   Native   American    Rights   Fund  Support   Center,    Boulder, 

Colo.,  Steven  C.  Moore,  joint  letter 143 

Geisinger  Foundation,  Danville,  Pa.,  statement  and  attachment  148 

National  Association  for  Medical  Equipment  Services,  statement  170 

National  Congress  of  American  Indians,  Gaiashkibos,  statement  175 

National  Grange  of  the  Order  of  Patrons  of  Husbandry,  Robert  E.  Barrow, 

statement  182 

(111) 


IV 

H.R.  1200,  AMERICAN  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993;  HJL  2610, 
MEDIPLAN  ACT  OF  1993;  AND  OTHER  SINGLE-PAYER  OPTIONS- 
FEBRUARY  9,  1994 

Page 

Press  release  of  Thursday,  January  27,  1994,  announcing  the  hearing  186 

WITNESSES 

Anderson,  Gerard,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md  218 

Conyers,  Hon.  John,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Michi- 
gan    193 

MacKillop,  William  J.,  M.D.,  Queens  University,  Kingston,  Ontario,  Canada  ..  287 
McDermott,  Hon.  Jim,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington    190 

Miller,  Hon.  George,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Califor- 
nia    198 

National  Council  of  Senior  Citizens,  Lawrence  T.  Smedley  265 

Priest,  Lisa,  Toronto  (Canada)  Star  236 

Public  Citizen's  Congress  Watch,  Sara  S.  Nichols  254 

Save  Our  Security  Coalition,  Hon.  Arthur  S.  Flemming  248 

Walker,  Michael  A.,  Fraser  Institute,  Vancouver,  Canada  271 

SUBMISSIONS  FOR  THE  RECORD 

Amalgamated  Clothing  &  Textile  Workers  Union,  Jack  Sheinkman,  state- 
ment       318 

American  Health  Care  Association,  statement  324 

Dans,  Peter  E.,  M.D.,  Hunt  Valley,  Md.,  statement  231 

Hsiao,  William  C,  M.D.,  Harvard  University  School  of  Public  Health,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  statement  228 

Shriners  Hospitals  for  Crippled  Children,  Tampa,  Fla.,  Gene  Bracewell,  state- 
ment        326 


ALTERNATIVE  HEALTH  REFORM  PROPOSALS  INCLUDING  HJl.  3080, 
H.R.  3704,  H.R.  3652,  H.R.  3222,  AND  HJl.  3698 

Press  release  of  Tuesday,  February  1,  1994,  announcing  the  hearing  328 

WITNESSES 

Blue  Cross  of  California,  Ivconard  1).  Schaeffer  496 

Chafee,  Hon.  John  H.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Rhode  Island  358 

CONSAD  Research  Corp.,  Wilbur  A.  Steger  449 

Consumers  Union,  Gail  Shearer 521 

ERISA  Industry  Committee,  Anthony  J.  Knettel   544 

Grams,  Hon.  Rod,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Minnesota  .  418 

Grandy,  Hon.  Fred,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Iowa  374 

Healthcare  Equity  Action  Ijcague,  Dirk  Van  Dongen  557 

Healthcare  Leadership  Council,  Pamela  G.  Bailey  537 

Helms,  Robert  B.,  American  Enterprise  Institute  for  Public  Policy  Research   ...  474 
Johnson,   Hon.   Nancy   L.,   a   Representative   in   Congress   from   the  State  of 

Connecticut  386 

Lott,  Hon,  Trent,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Mississippi   341 

Lott,  John  R.,  Jr.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Wharton  School  465 

Manhattan  Institute,  Elizabeth  P.  McCaughey  481 

McCrery,  Hon.  Jim,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Louisi- 
ana    420 

Michel,  Hon.  Robert  H.,  Republican  I^eader,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives, 

and  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Illinois 334 

National  Association  of  Wholesaler-Distributors,  Dirk  Van  Dongen    557 

National   Ijeadership  Coalition   for  Health  Care  Reform,  Henry  E.  Simmons, 

M.D.,  and  Mark  Goldberg 513 


V 

Page 

Payne,  Hon.  L.F.,  a  Pcpresentative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Virginia  382 

Rice,  Thomas,  University  of  California-Los  Angeles 437 

Rose,  Hon.  Charlie,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  North 

Carolina   435 

Steams,  Hon.  ClifT,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Florida  ....  389 

Thomas,  Hon.  Bill,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  California  .  366 

SUBMISSIONS  FOR  THE  RECORD 

Hall,  Mark  A.,  Wake  Forest  University  School  of  Law,  Winston-Salem,  N.C., 

statement  577 

Hubbard,  R.  Glenn,  Columbia  University,  New  York,  N.Y.,  statement  587 

Institute  of  Interactive  Management  (INTERACT),  Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa.,  Russell 

L.  Ackoff,  letter  and  attachment  595 

Nickles,  Hon.  Don,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Oklahoma,  statement 

and  attachment  403 

Opticians  Association  of  America,  Paul  Houghland,  Jr.,  statement  600 

Ramstad,  Hon.  Jim,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of  Min- 
nesota, statement  417 


ISSUES  RELATING  TO  INNER-CITY  AND 
RURAL  COMMUNITIES 


MONDAY,  FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

House  of  Representatives, 
Committee  on  Ways  and  Means, 

Subcommittee  on  Health, 

Washington,  D.C. 
The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  call,  at  1:30  p.m.,  in  room 
1100,  Longworth  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  Fortney  Pete  Stark 
(chairman  of  the  subcommittee)  presiding. 

[The  press  release  announcing  the  hearing  follows:! 


(1) 


FOR  IMMEDIATE  RELEASE 
FRIDAY,  JANUARY  21,  1994 


PRESS  RELEASE  #25 
SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 
COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 
1102  LONGWORTH  HOUSE  OFFICE  BLDO. 
WASHINGTON,  D.C.  20515 
TELEPHONE:   (202)  225-7785 


THE  HONORABLE  PETE  STARK  (D.,  CALIF.),  CHAIRMAN, 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH, 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS,  U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES, 

ANNOUNCES  A  HEARING 

ON 

HEALTH  CARE  REFORM: 

ISSUES  RELATING  TO  INNER-CITY  AND  RURAL  COMMUNITIES 


The  Honorable  Pete  Stark  (D. ,  Calif.) »  Chairman,  Subcommittee  on 
Health,  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives, 
announced  today  that  the  Subcommittee  will  hold  a  hearing  on  issues 
relating  to  health  care  service  delivery  in  inner-city  and  rural 
communities,  as  discussed  in  the  President's  health  care  reform 
proposals.   This  hearing  will  be  held  on  Monday,  February  7,  1994, 
beginning  at  1:30  p.m.,  in  the  main  Committee  hearing  room, 
1100  liOngworth  House  Office  Building. 

In  announcing  the  hearing.  Chairman  Stark  said,  "As  we  move  to 
enact  universal  health  care  coverage,  we  need  to  take  steps  to  ensure 
that  residents  of  inner-city  and  rural  areas  have  access  to  the 
health  care  they  need.   Lack  of  insurance  is  only  one  part  of  the 
problem  in  these  communities,  which  for  too  long  have  suffered  from  a 
shortage  of  physicians  and  health  care  facilities." 

Oral  testimony  will  be  heard  from  invited  witnesses  only. 
However,  any  individual  or  organization  may  submit  a  written 
statement  for  consideration  by  the  Subcommittee  and  for  inclusion  in 
the  printed  record  of  the  hearing. 

BACKGROUND: 


The  Administration  estimates  that  72  million  Americans  live  in 
inner-city  and  rural  areas  where  there  are  insufficient  numbers  of 
providers  or  inadequate  facilities  to  provide  health  care  services. 

While  access  to  health  insurance  is  a  problem  for  many  residents 
of  inner-city  and  rural  communities,  ensuring  the  infrastructure 
needed  to  deliver  services  will  require  more  than  a  guarantee  of 
universal  coverage.   Health  care  reform  proposals  that  rely  on 
competing  health  plans  to  provide  access  to  services  need  to  be 
adapted  for  communities  which  currently  suffer  a  shortage  of 
providers.   Assuring  that  health  plans  provide  accessible  health 
services  to  inner-city  and  rural  residents  is  essential  to  the 
success  of  the  Administration's  strategy. 

The  Administration's  health  care  reform  legislation  includes 
provisions  intended  to  address  the  concerns  of  underserved 
communities c   These  provisions  include  those  designed  to  assist 
"essential  community  providers"  and  those  designed  to  provide  support 
for  the  creation  of  health  networks  in  underserved  areas.   However, 
the  Administration  proposal  also  would  substantially  reduce 
Medicare's  disproportionate  share  adjustment  and  indirect  medical 
education  adjustment  which  currently  provide  assistance  to  inner-city 
hospitals  serving  the  indigent.   Witnesses  are  asked  to  comment  on 
the  implications  for  inner-city  and  rural  communities  of  the 
Administration's  health  reform  proposal  in  general  and  these 
proposals  in  particular. 


DETAILS  FOR  SOBMIS8ION  OF  WRITTEN  COMMENTS; 

Persons  submitting  written  statements  for  the  printed  record  of 
the  hearing  should  submit  at  least  six  (6)  copies  of  their  statements 
by  the  close  of  business  on  the  last  day  of  the  hearings,  to 
Janice  Mays,  Chief  Counsel  and  Staff  Director,  Committee  on  Ways  and 
Means,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives,  1102  Longworth  House  Office 
Building,  Washington,  D.C.  20515.   An  additional  supply  of  statements 
may  be  furnished  for  distribution  to  the  press  and  public  if  supplied 
to  the  Subcommittee  office,  room  1114  Longworth  House  Office 
Building,  before  the  final  hearing  begins. 

FORMATTING  REODIREMEHT8 ; 

Each  statement  presented  for  printing  to  the  Committee  by  a  wrtness,  any  written  statement  or  exhibit  submitted  for 
the  printed  record,  or  any  written  comments  in  response  to  a  request  for  written  comments  must  conform  to  the  guidelines 
listed  below    Any  statement  or  exhibit  not  in  compliance  with  these  guidelines  will  not  be  printed,  but  will  be  maintained  in 
the  Committee  files  for  review  and  use  by  the  Committee. 

1.  All  statements  and  any  accompanying  exhibits  for  printing  must  be  typed  in  single  space  on  legal-size  paper  and 
may  not  exceed  a  total  of  10  pages. 

2.  Copies  of  whole  documents  submitted  as  exhibit  material  will  not  be  accepted  for  printing    Instead,  exhibit 
material  should  be  referenced  and  quoted  or  paraphrased.  All  exhibit  material  not  meeting  these  specifications 
will  be  maintained  in  the  Committee  files  for  review  and  use  by  the  Committee 

3.  Statements  must  contain  the  name  and  capacity  in  which  the  witness  will  appear  or,  for  written  comments,  the 
name  and  capacity  of  the  person  submitting  the  statement,  as  well  as  any  clients  or  persons,  or  any  organization 
for  whom  the  witness  appears  or  for  whom  the  statement  is  submitted. 

4.  A  supplemental  sheet  must  accompany  each  statement  listing  the  name,  full  address,  a  telephone  number  where 
the  witness  or  the  designated  representative  may  be  reached  and  a  topical  outline  or  summary  of  the  comments 
and  recommendations  in  the  full  statement    This  supplemental  sheet  will  not  l>e  included  in  the  printed  record. 


Chairman  Stark.  Good  afternoon. 

The  subcommittee  will  continue  hearings  on  health  reform  with 
a  discussion  of  issues  affecting  inner-city  and  rural  communities. 

Because  they  include  a  disproportionate  share  of  the  uninsured, 
guaranteeing  universal  coverage  is  a  critical  step  in  insuring  access 
to  health  services  for  residents  of  inner-city  and  rural  communities. 
Twenty-five  percent  of  the  residents  under  age  65  here  in  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia,  for  example,  are  uninsured.  Agricultural  workers 
in  our  rural  communities  are  uninsured  at  substantially  higher 
rates  than  other  Americans. 

Insurance  coverage  is  not  enough,  however,  to  address  the 
unique  access  problems  faced  in  these  areas.  These  communities 
lack  the  health  care  infrastructure,  hospitals,  physicians  and  other 
providers  needed  to  deliver  health  care.  For  example,  28  States 
have  at  least  one  county  without  a  physician. 

The  capital  needs  of  safety  net  hospitals  are  chronically  under- 
funded. Many  of  these  facilities  are  struggling  to  continue  to  serve 
as  the  only  provider  for  many  costly,  specialized  services  such  as 
trauma  care,  neonatal,  intensive  care  and  emergency  psychiatric 
treatment. 

Last  year,  H.R.  2294,  the  Essential  Health  Facilities  Investment 
Act,  which  the  Chair  introduced,  offered  to  expand  the  essential  ac- 
cess community  hospital  program  for  rural  health  networks  to  all 
50  States,  and  established  a  similar  program  of  assistance  for  net- 
works of  urban  essential  community  providers  to  provide  Federal 
loans  and  grants  for  meeting  the  capital  needs  of  safety  net  provid- 
ers. 

The  shortage  of  providers  and  lack  of  infrastructure  is  aggra- 
vated by  the  greater  need  for  services  in  both  these  communities. 
Violence,  drug  abuse  and  homelessness  plague  our  inner  cities  and 
put  immense  stress  on  the  health  care  system.  Residents  of  rural 
areas  are  older,  sicker,  poorer,  and  have  higher  rates  of  unemploy- 
ment and  chronic  illness  than  other  Americans. 

The  subcommittee  has  been  concerned  about  the  problems  of 
inner-city  and  rural  areas.  As  the  committee  of  jurisdiction  over  the 
Medicare  program,  we  have  worked  to  protect  access  for  Medicare 
beneficiaries  in  these  communities  through  the  disproportionate 
share  adjustment,  the  Equal  Access  Community  Hospital  program, 
and  other  targeted  assistance. 

As  recently  as  last  June,  the  subcommittee  held  a  hearing  to  dis- 
cuss approaches  we  might  consider  to  address  needs  of  inner-city 
and  rural  areas  as  we  undertake  health  care  reform  legislation. 

Since  then,  we  have  received  the  administration's  Health  Secu- 
rity Act  which  includes  provisions  intended  to  target  assistance  to 
the  special  needs  of  rural  and  inner-city  communities.  These  in- 
clude authorizations  for  a  number  of  public  health  service  initia- 
tives for  underserved  populations,  capital  funding  for  community 
health  plans  and  practice  networks,  and  authorization  for  a  new 
program  of  financial  assistance  for  capital  development  of  commu- 
nity health  plans  and  practice  networks. 

Our  witnesses  today  have  been  asked  to  discuss  the  overall  im- 
pact of  the  administration's  proposal  on  rural  and  inner-city  areas. 
We  welcome  their  assistance. 

Mr.  Thomas. 


Mr.  Thomas  of  California.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

As  we  have  seen  with  the  testimony,  the  inner-city  and  rural 
communities  have  far  more  in  common  than  a  lot  of  people  realize 
in  terms  of  trying  to  get  their  health  care  needs  met.  We  are  deal- 
ing with  somewhat  unique  problems,  but  I  think  you  will  find  that 
the  testimony  from  our  colleagues,  both  from  the  rural  and  inner 
city,  will  show  there  is  a  lot  more  in  common  than  most  people  re- 
alize. 

There  are  unique  instances;  for  example,  the  gentleman  from 
Wyoming,  my  namesake,  has  an  enormous  population  that  comes 
into  their  States  on  periodic  months  visiting  national  parks.  I  have 
the  Sierra  Nevadas  behind  me  that  is  the  playground  for  millions 
from  Los  Angeles  County,  and  when  they  fall  down  and  break  their 
leg,  it  is  my  hospitals  that  they  get  airlifted  to. 

There  are  unique  situations,  but  by  and  large  what  you  are  going 
to  find  is  that  as  we  debate  the  question  of  insuring  all  Americans, 
my  colleagues  are  here  to  help  us  understand  better  who  and 
where  the  phrase,  "all  Americans"  encompass. 

I  look  forward  to  their  testimony. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Our  first  panel  is  comprised  of  the  distinguished  cochairs  of  the 
Rural  Health  Care  Coalition  joined  by  one  of  their  principal  mem- 
bers: Hon.  Craig  Thomas  from  Wyoming,  is  backstopping  Hon. 
Charles  Stenholm  of  Texas  and  Hon.  Pat  Roberts  of  Kansas.  Thank 
you  for  coming.  We  are  glad  you  would  take  the  time  to  be  with 
us. 

If  you  have  presented  written  statements,  they  will  appear,  with- 
out objection,  in  the  record  in  their  entirety.  In  any  event,  we  wel- 
come your  addressing  us.  Are  you  the  leadoff,  Charlie?  Please  do. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  CHARLES  W.  STENHOLM,  A  REPRESEN- 
TATIVE IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  TEXAS,  AND 
COCHAIRMAN,  HOUSE  RURAL  HEALTH  CARE  COALITION 

Mr.  Stenholm.  We  appreciate  very  much  the  opportunity  to  tes- 
tify before  your  committee  today.  We  appreciate  your  remarks  and 
I  want  to  associate  myself  particularly  with  Mr.  Thomas'  remarks 
that  there  is  a  lot  more  in  common  between  inner  city  and  rural 
than  might  meet  the  common  eye. 

As  you  know,  Pat  Roberts  and  I  cochair  the  Rural  Health  Care 
Coalition  in  the  House  of  Representatives  and  have  been  working 
with  this  coalition  over  the  past  several  years  to  see  that  the  poten- 
tial health  system  reforms  do  in  fact  affect  rural  areas  in  a  very 
fair  and  efficient  way. 

Today  I  would  concentrate  my  remarks  in  three  areas:  First,  in 
the  area  of  work  force;  Second,  in  the  area  of  integrated  delivery 
systems;  and  finally,  the  small  business  aspects  since  rural  Amer- 
ica has  many,  many  small  businesses. 

As  I  am  sure  you  understand,  the  shortage  of  health  care  profes- 
sionals in  rural  areas  has  historically  been  and  continues  to  be  the 
central  barrier  to  access  to  health  care  services  in  many  rural  com- 
munities. There  are  approximately  2,000  health  professional  short- 
age areas  in  the  United  States  and  over  half  of  those  are  in  rural 
areas. 


In  the  State  of  Texas,  approximately  one-half  of  the  254  counties 
are  designated  shortage  areas.  Of  those,  88  percent  are  rural.  As 
you  know,  the  measure  of  physician-to-population  ratio  is  com- 
monly used  as  an  indicator  of  underserved  populations.  In  rural 
Texas,  there  are  71.1  physicians  per  100,000  people.  In  urban  parts 
of  the  State,  the  physician-to-population  ratio  is  more  than  double 
the  rural  figure.  In  the  Nation  as  a  whole,  the  average  is  248  phy- 
sicians per  100,000  people.  The  figures  for  nurses  and  other  provid- 
ers in  Texas  add  to  the  picture  of  underservice  in  our  rural  areas. 

Rural  counties  in  general  rely  on  nurses  with  less  training  than 
the  nurses  who  practice  in  urban  areas.  The  majority  of  nurses 
practicing  in  rural  Texas  are  licensed  vocational  nurses.  While  we 
are  enormously  grateful  for  their  services,  rural  communities  are  in 
need  of  nurses  with  more  advanced  training. 

If  attempts  to  improve  access  to  quality  care  in  rural  areas 
through  organizing  and  building  rural  health  care  delivery  systems 
are  going  to  be  successful,  we  first  need  an  adequate  supply  of 
health  care  providers  practicing  in  rural  areas. 

The  President's  bill  contains  a  number  of  tax  incentives  to  en- 
courage primary  care  providers  to  locate  in  rural  areas.  These 
types  of  incentives  are  supported  by  many  rural  health  advocates. 
However,  it  is  important  to  note  that  financial  incentives  alone  are 
not  likely  to  be  sufficient  to  significantly  increase  the  number  of 
providers  locating  in  rural  areas. 

I  personally  am  very  interested  in  some  of  the  new  and  innova- 
tive things  that  are  being  tried  in  my  State  and  elsewhere  in  which 
in  rural  communities  that  we  in  fact  need  to  do  something  to  help 
ourselves.  An  example  is  the  areas  where  they  are  starting  locally 
funded  scholarship  programs,  such  as  the  community  scholars  pro- 
gram in  Texas.  I  think  community-based  incentives  to  attract  men 
and  women  to  doctoring  and  nursing,  matched  with  State  funds 
and  also  perhaps,  Federal  matching  funds,  makes  a  lot  of  sense. 

Moving  on  to  the  integrated  delivery  systems,  in  looking  at  tax 
incentives  for  rural  and  underserved  areas,  I  also  encourage  the 
committee  to  place  a  priority  on  incentives  to  build  these  integrated 
health  care  delivery  and  communication  systems.  This  is  something 
again  where  it  is  going  to  require  a  tremendous  amount  of  coopera- 
tion between  local.  State  and  Federal  efforts  if  we  are  in  fact  going 
to  meet  the  needs  of  rural  areas. 

Finally,  I  would  point  out,  in  the  area  of  small  business,  a  major 
area  of  concern  for  the  coalition  is  the  effect  of  systemwide  reforms 
on  small  businesses  which  make  up  a  significant  percentage  of  the 
employers  in  rural  America.  We  encourage  the  committee  to  care- 
fully explore  the  issue  of  employer  mandates  before  making  a  deci- 
sion which  would  negatively  impact  job  growth  and  availability  in 
the  already  fragile  rural  economy. 

While  the  coalition  has  not  officially  taken  a  position  in  support 
or  opposition  to  the  issue  of  employer  mandates,  there  are  many 
of  us  who  have  grave  reservations  about  these  mandates  and  we 
are  united  in  our  concern  about  how  mandates  could  impact  upon 
small  business  employment  in  our  rural  communities. 

IThe  prepared  statement  follows:] 


Testimony  of 

CONGRESSMAN  CHARLES  W.  STENHOLM 

CO-CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  HOUSE  RURAL  HEALTH  CARE  COALITION 

before  the 

Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  Subcommittee  on  Health 

February  7,  1994 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  testify  before  your  Committee 
regarding  the  impact  of  health  system  reform  on  rural  America.    As  you  know,  I, 
along  with  Representative  Pat  Roberts  of  Kansas,  co-chair  the  Rural  Health  Care 
Coalition  in  the  House  of  Representatives.    The  Coalition  has  been  working  on 
determining  the  effects  of  potential  health  reforms  on  rural  areas  for  the  past  year 
and  we  are  pleased  to  be  able  to  share  some  of  our  findings  and  concerns  with  you 
today. 

WORKFORCE 

As  I  am  sure  you  understand,  the  shortage  of  health  care  professionals  in  rural  areas 
has  historically  been  and  continues  to  be  the  central  barrier  to  the  access  of  health 
care  services  in  many  rural  communities.    There  are  approximately  2,000  health 
professional  shortage  areas  in  the  United  States  and  over  half  of  those  are  rural 
areas.    In  the  state  of  Texas,  approximately  one  half  of  the  254  counties  are 
designated  shortage  areas;  of  those,  88%  are  rural.    As  you  know,  the  measure  of 
physician  to  population  ratio  is  commonly  used  as  an  indicator  of  underserved 
populations.    In  rural  Texas,  there  are  71.1  physicians  per  100,00  people.    In  urban 
parts  of  the  state  the  physician  to  population  ration  is  more  than  double  the  rural 
figure.    In  the  nation  as  a  whole,  the  average  is  248  physicians  per  100,000  people. 
The  figures  for  nurses  and  other  providers  in  Texas  add  to  the  picture  of  underservice 
in  our  rural  counties.    Rural  counties,  in  general,  rely  on  nurses  with  less  training 
than  the  nurses  who  practice  in  urban  areas.    The  majority  of  nurses  practicing  in 
rural  Texas  are  Licensed  Vocational  Nurses  (LVNs).    While  we  are  enormously 
grateful  for  the  services  of  our  LVNs,  rural  communities  are  in  great  need  of  nurses 
with  more  advanced  training. 


If  attempts  to  improve  access  to  quality  health  care  in  rural  areas  through  organizing 
and  building  rural  health  delivery  systems  are  going  to  be  successful,  we  first  need  an 
adequate  supply  of  health  care  providers  practicing  in  rural  areas.    The  Coalition 
places  a  priority  on  assuring  that  any  health  reform  plan  that  is  passed  contains 
effective  measures  to  encourage  providers,  especially  primary  care  physicians,  nurse 
practitioners,  physician  assistants  and  certified  nurse  midwives,  to  practice  in 
underserved  areas. 

H.R.  3600  contains  a  number  of  tax  incentives  aimed  at  encouraging  primary  care 
providers  to  locate  in  rural  areas.    These  types  of  incentives  are  supported  by  many 
rural  health  advocates  though  it  is  important  to  note  that  financial  incentives  alone 
are  not  likely  to  be  sufficient  to  significantly  increase  the  number  of  providers  locating 
in  rural  areas.    Some  rural  states  and  facilities,  particularly  health  centers  and  rural 
health  clinics  currently  are  using  iimovative  training  programs  to  encourage  providers 
to  practice  in  rural  areas.    I  hope  that  workforce  provisions  included  in  health  reform 
will  encourage  and  provide  incentives  for  these  community  facilities  to  continue  to  be 
involved  through  direct  funding  for  their  educational  efforts. 

I  trust  that  the  Committee  will  work  to  direct  the  dollars  spent  on  health  reform  and 
provider  incentives  in  such  a  maimer  as  to  achieve  the  most  effective  results  possible. 
There  are  several  questions  I  would  encourage  the  Members  of  the  Committee  to 
investigate  further:    Can  the  funds  and  tax  incentives  available  to  providers  reasonably 
be  expected  to  alleviate  provider  shortages  in  underserved  areas?    Will  the  new 
structure  of  Graduate  Medical  Education  financing  and  other  medical  education 
reforms  significantly  improve  the  number  of  primary  care  providers  practicing  in  rural 
America?    Do  provisions  in  the  bill,  including  licensing  requirements,  adequately  and 
appropriately  expand  the  utilization  of  mid-level  practitioners? 

INTEGRATED  DELIVERY  SYSTEMS 

In  looking  at  tax  incentives  for  rural  and  underserved  areas  I  also  encourage  the 
Committee  to  place  a  priority  on  incentives  to  build  integrated  health  care  delivery 
and  communications  systems.    These  measures  can  help  to  alleviate  some  of  the  non- 
financial  concerns  of  isolated  rural  practitioners  such  as  the  heavy  workload  and  the 


absence  of  professional  consultation  and  support  services. 

Community-based  initiatives  to  coordinate  services  and  build  network  systems  are  a 
necessary  component  of  improving  access  to  quality  care  in  rural  areas.    I  encourage 
the  Committee  to  consider  options  to  help  communities  in  the  plarming  and 
implementation  of  delivery  networks  including  technical  and  Hnancial  assistance  for: 
information  and  telecommunications  systems;  enabling  services  such  as  transportation 
and  translation;  the  recruitment  and  retention  of  providers;  and  assistance  in  meeting 
capital  and  solvency  requirements  for  health  plans. 

Another  concern  of  the  Coalition  is  the  effect  of  system-wide  reforms  on  small 
businesses,  which  make  up  a  significant  percentage  of  the  employers  in  rural  America. 
We  encourage  the  Committee  to  carefully  explore  the  issue  of  employer  mandates 
before  making  a  decision  which  could  negatively  impact  job  growth  and  availabUity  in 
the  already  fragile  rural  economy.    While  the  Coalition  has  not  officially  taken  a 
position  in  support  or  opposition  to  the  issue  of  employer  mandates,  there  are  many 
of  us  who  have  grave  reservations  about  these  mandates  and  we  are  united  in  our 
concern  about  how  mandates  could  impact  small  business  employment  in  our  rural 
communities. 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  testify  on  these  matters  of  great  importance  to  me 
and  a  number  of  our  colleagues.    I  am  pleased  to  turn  over  the  floor  to  my  Co- 
Chair,  Representative  Pat  Roberts,  who  will  discuss  several  other  concerns  of  the 
Coalition. 


10 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Roberts. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  PAT  ROBERTS,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  KANSAS,  AND  COCHAIR- 
MAN,  HOUSE  RURAL  HEALTH  CARE  COALITION 

Mr.  Roberts.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Usually  the  Stenholm-Roberts  posse  rides  in  the  sometimes  pow- 
erful House  Agriculture  Committee  and  we  are  usually  on  time. 
However,  I  note  with  the  green,  amber  and  red  light,  I  may  go  over 
about  1  or  2  minutes  and  I  beg  the  subcommittee's  indulgence. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  just  habit.  We  tend  to,  as  a  matter  of 
comity,  ignore  it. 

Mr.  Thomas  ok  California.  I  would  urge  the  gentleman  from 
Kansas  not  to  abide  directly  by  the  light,  but  to  use  it  as  a  guide. 

Mr.  Roberts.  Sort  of  a  guiding  light.  Bill. 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  discuss  the  aspects  of  the  rural 
health  care  problem.  As  of  today,  we  have  151  members  who  are 
privileged  to  serve  in  a  rural  area  and  we  got  a  little  tired  of  bang- 
ing our  knuckles  raw  on  the  door  of  HCFA  or  HHS  or  any  one  of 
the  alphabet  soup  acronyms,  so  we  joined  together  and  have  151 
of  us,  and  it  is  bipartisan. 

I  would  like  to  address  some  of  the  concerns  that  I  have  with 
President  Clinton's  health  care  reform  plan  and  its  impact  on  infra- 
structure development,  on  governance  and  control  of  health  care. 
We  sent  a  letter,  Mr.  Stenholm  and  Mr.  Slattery,  who  is  also  a 
member  of  the  Coalition  and  Mr.  Gunderson  and  myself  to  the 
American  Hospital  Association,  the  American  Nurses  Association, 
the  AMA,  American  Association  of  Medical  Colleges,  the  National 
Rural  Health  Association,  the  American  Academy  of  Family  Physi- 
cians, the  National  Association  of  Community  Health  Centers,  the 
Rural  Policy  Research  Institute,  the  National  Alliance  of  Nurse 
Practitioners,  and  the  National  Rural  Health  Network,  and  we  are 
getting  a  lot  of  letters  back. 

We  asked  about  the  President's  plan  with  regard  to  work  force, 
infrastructure,  reimbursement  issues  and  governance,  information 
systems,  and  small  business.  These  are  the  concerns  that  we  are 
hearing  back  from  these  groups. 

I  think  everybody  knows  the  Nation's  rural  hospitals  are  experi- 
encing financial  shortfalls  and  shoestring  budgets.  In  general,  rural 
hospitals  serve  a  higher  population  with  regard  to  Medicare  and  a 
lower  level  of  insured  patients.  So  this  provides  less  opportunity  for 
our  hospitals  to  subsidize  losses  on  both  the  Medicare  and  the  Med- 
icaid patients  from  any  private  pay  patient. 

In  Kansas  as  in  Texas,  we  have  60  Medicare-dependent  hos- 
pitals, and  Medicare  reimburses  rural  hospitals  about  90  cents  on 
the  dollar.  I  am  deeply  concerned  about  the  proposal  to  cut  an  ad- 
ditional $124  billion  from  the  Medicare  budget  in  order  to  pay  for 
alleged  health  reform.  Unless  additional  funding  sources  are  in- 
cluded, these  cuts  will  really  cripple  the  small  rural  hospital;  many 
could  close  their  doors. 

Most  of  the  hospitals  with  50  beds  or  less  are  in  my  66-county 
district,  so  it  would  be  a  real  problem.  The  Health  Security  Act 
does  take  several  steps  to  invest  in  expansion  of  primary  care  serv- 
ices in  underserved  areas,  and  I  support  such  efforts. 


11 

However,  under  the  President's  plan,  a  large  portion  of  these 
funds  would  be  administered  under  something  called  the  qualified 
community  health  plans  and  practice  networks  program  which 
would  give  the  greatest  preference  to  facilities  such  as  health  main- 
tenance organizations  that  are  generally  utilized  in  large  urban 
areas. 

Publicly  funded  providers  who  band  together  are  given  a  lower 
preference  for  receiving  support,  and  that  is  not  good  news.  There 
are  similar  concerns  in  the  funding  of  educational  and  prevention 
programs. 

I  support  the  plan's  real  initiative  to  educate  our  youth  in 
healthy  activities,  but  in  establishing  the  criteria  for  local  edu- 
cation agencies  to  receive  the  planning  grants  for  educational  pro- 
grams, the  President's  plan  limits  such  grants  to  agencies  that  en- 
roll a  minimum  of  25,000  students.  No  school  district  in  85  rural 
counties  in  Kansas  would  qualify  for  such  a  grant. 

State  and  local  governments  must  have  the  flexibility  to  struc- 
ture the  health  care  delivery  system  and  take  into  account  these 
special  circumstances.  Under  the  President's  plan,  regional  health 
alliances  function  under  control  of  the  National  Health  Board.  This 
board  is  responsible  for  determining  a  global  budget  as  well  as  set- 
ting caps  on  insurance  premium  spending  for  each  regional  alli- 
ance. 

I  am  concerned  that  these  regional  alliance  premium  caps  will  be 
developed  on  what  we  call  historical  data.  Since  payments  to  rural 
providers  are  lower  than  those  to  our  urban  counterparts,  this  will 
lock  in  lower  payments  to  the  rural  provider. 

Mr.  Stenholm,  myself  and  Mr.  Thomas  and  all  of  us  on  the 
Health  Care  Coalition  have  been  working  to  get  those  Medicare  re- 
imbursements at  least  back  up  to  cost.  If  we  base  payments  on  his- 
torical data,  again  we  are  going  to  have  a  lot  of  problems. 

Another  concern  for  rural  areas  is  the  global  budget  concept. 
This  is  basically  in  my  opinion  a  zero-sum  game.  If  one  alliance 
spends  more,  then  another  will  have  to  spend  less.  Rural  alliances 
made  up  of  farmers  and  ranchers  who  are  engaged  in  hazardous 
occupations  could  be  forced  to  exceed  their  budget. 

If  the  regional  health  alliance  runs  out  of  money,  individuals  and 
employers  in  the  region  must  make  up  the  shortfall.  That  is  taxes 
up  and  down  Main  Street.  But  if  the  amount  of  money  that  can  be 
spent  in  the  region  is  capped,  how  else  can  the  shortfall  be  made 
up  without  some  form  of  rationing.  Due  to  a  lack  of  services  and 
providers,  our  rural  citizens  are  already  experiencing  rationed 
health  care. 

The  Federal  Government  holds  broad  regulatory  powers  by  being 
the  sole  designator  of  underserved  areas  that  link  our  local  commu- 
nities to  important  Federal  funding.  This  could  be  remedied,  and 
I  would  make  a  suggestion  to  the  subcommittee,  Mr.  Chairman,  by 
utilizing  the  Health  Professional  Shortage  Area,  or  what  we  call  a 
HPSA,  instead  of  the  medically  underserved  population. 

HPSA  designations  allow  for  more  State  control  to  target  the 
areas  for  Federal  funding.  In  addition,  the  Clinton  plan  in  my  opin- 
ion fails  to  adequately  address  the  important  issue  of  the  rural 
health  delivery  systems  that  cross  State  lines. 


12 

In  western  Kansas  and  in  my  neighbor's  county,  we  have  facili- 
ties in  Cheyenne  County,  Kans.  and  Dundee  County,  Nebr.  Many 
rely  on  facilities  in  Denver,  Colo.  So  rural  residents  should  not  be 
forced  to  travel  any  greater  distances  to  seek  care  in  their  own 
States  when  a  closer  facility  simply  could  be  utilized  in  a  neighbor- 
ing State. 

I  have  some  information  with  regard  to  the  electronic  informa- 
tion system.  We  are  going  to  need  additional  grants  to  get  up  and 
running  because  rural  hospitals  fall  short  in  terms  of  funding. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  simply  going  to  say  I  look  forward  to  work- 
ing with  this  committee  to  develop  workable  health  care  reform. 
There  are  many  similarities,  I  think,  between  the  Health  Security 
Act  and  some  alternative  health  reform  bills,  that  is,  the  Presi- 
dent's plan,  in  the  Congress. 

I  think  most  of  us  on  the  Coalition  would  agree  that  we  must  re- 
form the  insurance  market.  We  must  implement  administrative 
simplification  measures.  We  must  increase  the  deductibility  to  the 
self-employed.  We  must  reform  the  malpractice  laws  and  remove 
what  we  call  the  antitrust  barriers. 

Medical  savings  accounts  have  also  been  proposed  as  an  alter- 
native method  to  control  the  skyrocketing  costs.  I  just  make  the  ob- 
servation if  we  did  all  that,  it  would  be  a  landmark  policy  change. 
The  idea  that  somehow  these  recommendations  represent  only  in- 
cremental reform  and  not  substantive  reform  is,  I  think,  false. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


13 


TESTIMOhfY  BY  THE  HONORABLE  PAT  ROBERTS  (R-KS) 
HEARING  BEFXDRE  THE  WAYS  AND  MEANS  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

1:30  P.M. 

1100  LONGWORTH  BUILDING 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  discuss  njral  health  care  with  you  today. 
I  serve  as  co-chairman  of  the  House  Rural  Health  Care  Coalition,  a  group  of  151  Members 
concerned  about  health  care  in  rural  areas.  Rural  Americans  face  unique  health  delivery 
problems  that  stem  from  a  shortage  of  health  providers,  services  and  facilities,  as  well  as 
geographic  barriers.  Today,  I  would  like  to  specifically  address  concerns  with  President 
Clinton's  health  care  reform  plan  and  its  impact  on  infrastructure  development,  governance  and 
control  of  rural  health  care. 
Infrastructure 

Our  nation's  rural  hospitals  are  experiencing  financial  shortfalls  and  shoestring  budgets. 
In  general,  rural  hospitals  provide  health  care  services  to  a  higher  Medicare  population  and  a 
lower  level  of  insured  patients.  This  provides  less  opportunity  for  our  hospitals  to  subsidize 
losses  on  Medicare  and  Medicaid  patients  from  private  pay  patients.  In  Kansas,  we  have  60 
Medicare  Dq)endent  Hospitals.  Medicare  reimburses  rural  hospitals  about  90  cents  on  the 
dollar.  I  am  deeply  concerned  about  the  proposal  to  cut  an  additional  $124  billion  out  of  the 
Medicare  budget  in  order  to  pay  for  health  care  reform.  Unless  additional  funding  sources  are 
included,  these  cuts  will  cripple  small  rural  hospitals.   Many  will  close  their  doors. 

The  Health  Security  Act  takes  several  steps  to  invest  in  the  expansion  of  primary  care 
services  in  underserved  areas  and  I  support  such  efforts.  However,  under  President  Clinton's 
plan,  a  large  portion  of  these  funds  would  be  adraijiistered  under  the  Qualified  Community 
Health  Plans  and  Practice  Networks  Program,  which  would  give  greatest  preference  to  facilities 
such  as  Health  Maintenance  Organizations,  that  are  generally  utilized  in  large,  uiban  areas. 
Publicly-fiinded  providers  who  band  together  are  given  a  lower  preference  for  receiving  support. 

There  are  similar  concerns  in  the  funding  of  educational  and  prevention  programs.  I 
support  the  plan's  initiative  to  educate  our  youth  in  healthy  activities.  But  in  establishing  criteria 
for  local  education  agencies  to  receive  planning  grants  for  educational  programs,  the  Health 
Security  Act  limits  such  grants  to  agencies  that  enroll  a  minimum  of  25,000  students.  No  school 
district  in  any  of  the  85  niral  counties  in  Kansas  would  qualify  for  a  grant. 


14 


Each  rural  community  has  its  unique  set  of  service  delivery  problems,  resources,  and 
priorities.  State  and  local  governments  must  have  the  flexibility  to  structure  health  delivery 
systems  that  take  into  account  these  special  circumstances. 

Under  the  President's  plan,  regional  health  alliances  function  under  control  of  the 
National  Health  Board.  This  Board  is  responsible  for  determining  a  global  budget,  as  well 
setting  caps  on  insurance  premium  spending  for  each  regional  alliance.  I  am  concerned  that 
these  regional  alliance  premium  caps  will  be  developed  based  on  historical  data.  Since  payments 
to  rural  providers  are  lower  than  those  to  their  urban  counterparts,  this  will  lock  in  lower 
payments  to  rural  providers. 

Another  concern  for  rural  areas  is  the  global  budget  concept.  This  is  basically  a  zero- 
sum  game.  If  one  alliance  spends  more,  another  will  have  to  spend  less.  Rural  alliances,  made 
up  of  farmers  and  ranchers  who  are  engaged  in  hazardous  occupations,  could  be  forced  to 
exceed  budgets.  If  the  regional  health  alliances  run  out  of  money,  individuals  and  employers 
in  the  region  must  make  up  for  the  shortfall,  most  likely  by  increasing  taxes  up  and  down  main 
street.  But  if  the  amount  of  money  that  can  be  spent  in  the  region  is  capped,  how  else  can  the 
shortfall  be  made  up  without  some  form  of  rationing?  Due  to  a  lack  of  services  and  providers, 
rural  Americans  are  already  experiencing  rationed  health  care. 

The  federal  government  holds  broad  regulatory  powers  by  being  the  sole  designator  of 
underserved  areas  that  link  local  communities  to  important  federal  funding  and  by  retaining 
discretion  for  funding  the  development  of  networks.  This  could  be  remedied  by  utilizing  the 
Health  Professional  Shortage  Area,  or  HPSA,  instead  of  the  Medically  Underserved  Population. 
HPSA  designations  allow  for  more  state  control  to  correctly  target  areas  for  federal  funding. 

The  Clinton  plan  fails  to  adequately  address  the  important  issue  of  rural  health  delivery 
systems  that  cross  state  lines.  In  western  Kansas,  residents  have  formed  the  State  Line  Health 
Network,  which  includes  facilities  in  Cheyenne  County,  Kansas,  and  Dundy  County,  Nebraska. 
Denver,  Colorado,  has  become  a  regional  health  center  for  rural  residents  of  several  surrounding 
states.  Rural  residents  should  not  be  forced  to  travel  greater  distances  to  seek  care  in  their  own 
states  when  closer  facilities  are  already  being  utilized  in  neighboring  states. 
Information  Systems 

Electronic  information  systems  arc  important  to  rural  health  and  I  support  the 
administrative's  initiative  to  move  toward  electronic  billing  and  standardized  forms.  However, 
these  information  systems  are  expensive  and  small  rural  hospitals  may  struggle  to  come  up  with 
the  financing  needed.  The  Implementation  process  must  be  phased  in  so  that  rural  communities 
will  have  adequate  time  to  build  funds. 


15 


Telcmedicine  is  particularly  important  to  rural  health  delivery  systems.  It  assures  less 
professional  isolation  for  rural  physicians,  a  critical  component  needed  to  recruit  more  health 
providers  to  rural  areas.  However,  without  the  assurance  of  payment  for  telemedicine  services, 
the  full  potential  of  telemedical  technology  will  never  be  realized.  Currently,  HCFA  provides 
reimbursement  for  certain  radiology  and  pathology  services,  but  does  not  recognize  medical 
consultations  performed  via  telecommunications  links.  This  administrative  roadblock  prevents 
the  development  and  expansion  of  these  systems  in  rural  America.  The  Rural  Health  Care 
Coalition  has  met  with  HCFA  officials  about  this  but  is  awaiting  a  response. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  look  forward  to  working  with  this  committee  to  develop  workable  health 
care  reform.  There  are  many  similarities  between  the  Health  Security  Act  and  alternative  health 
reform  bills  in  Congress.  Everyone  agrees  that  we  must  reform  the  insurance  market, 
implement  administrative  simplification  measures,  increase  deductibility  to  the  self-employed, 
reform  malpractice  laws,  and  remove  anti-trust  barriers.  Medical  savings  accounts  have  been 
proposed  as  an  alternative  method  to  control  skyrocketing  costs.  I  support  measures  to 
implement  these  reforms. 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  this  opportunity.  I  urge  the  Committee  to  take  a  serious 
look  at  our  recommendations  and  consider  the  impact  any  comprehensive  health  care  reform 
initiative  will  have  on  rural  and  underserved  areas. 


16 


Chairman  Stark.  Craig. 


STATEMENT  OF  HON.  CRAIG  THOMAS,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  WYOMING  AND  CHAIRMAN, 
TASK  FORCE  ON  HOSPITALS  AND  CLINICS,  HOUSE  RURAL 
HEALTH  CARE  COALITION 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 
I  appreciate  the  opportunity  of  visiting  with  you  a  bit  about  rural 
health  care. 

There  are  several  points  I  would  like  to  make  during  the  brief 
comments.  One  is  that  a  "one  fits  all"  program  doesn't  work  in  this 
country.  We  have  great  diversity. 

Another  is  that  the  available  facilities  in  rural  areas  are  quite 
different  than  they  are  where  there  is  a  larger  population,  and  I 
think  we  have  to  deal  with  that. 

Another  is  the  need  for  antitrust  reform  and  redefining  hospitals 
so  that  we  can  reimburse  them  on  a  different  basis.  I  am  sure  we 
agree  that  rural  people  need  to  be  on  an  equal  footing  when  we 
talk  about  reforming  health  care. 

A  nationalized  system  simply  won't  fit  the  whole  country,  wheth- 
er it  be  managed  competition,  or  nationalized  alliances,  both  of 
which  are  in  the  President's  plan.  These  proposals  don't  fit  the  di- 
versity that  we  have.  The  notion  of  putting  together  a  large  group 
of  buyers  with  leverage  to  select  among  buyers  is  not  a  new  idea; 
agriculture  has  been  doing  it  for  years,  but  it  doesn't  work  well  in 
a  place  like  Wyoming. 

We  have  460,000  people,  nearly  100,000  square  miles.  The  New 
England  Journal  of  Medicine  said  that  it  takes  approximately 
180,000  people  to  put  together  a  managed  care  unit.  The  largest 
town  is  something  less  than  60,000  in  Wyoming.  So  it  makes  it 
quite  a  different  situation. 

We  talk  about  goals,  but  all  of  us  generally  agree  we  need  to  in- 
crease access,  do  something  about  decreasing  costs  and  maintain- 
ing quality,  but  access  in  a  rural  area  means  something  quite  dif- 
ferent. 

In  urban  areas  generally  if  you  have  the  financial  support,  you 
have  access.  In  Wyoming,  you  may  not  have  access  despite  having 
the  financial  backing  to  do  that.  We  need  to  work  with  nurse  prac- 
titioners and  physician's  assistants.  In  Sublette  County,  Wyo.,  the 
largest  town  is  Pinedale,  of  about  3,000.  There  is  one  physician  in 
the  countv.  It  is  100  miles  to  the  closest  hospital,  and  Dr.  Johnson 
works  well  there. 

Your  daughter  knows  a  lot  about  this  kind  of  thing,  Mr.  Chair- 
man. All  rural  areas  are  not  the  same.  I  noticed  with  some  interest 
in  Arkansas  they  had  89  hospitals  generally  serving  an  area  of  580 
square  miles.  Wyoming  has  25  hospital  serving  an  average  area  of 
about  3,700  square  miles,  so  it  is  quite  a  different  matter. 

The  administration  refers  in  their  bill  to  rural  areas  being  served 
by  things  such  as  migrant  and  community  health  centers,  rural 
health  clinics,  federally  qualified  health  centers,  family  planning 
clinics,  school-based  clinics,  and  calls  them  essential  community 
providers.  We  have  such  facilities  in  my  State,  two  migrant  cen- 
ters, some  400  miles  apart.  So  this  sort  of  an  approach  will  not  deal 
with  our  problems. 


17 

My  friend  has  already  mentioned  the  reduction  in  Medicare.  Our 
South  Big  Horn  Hospital,  devoted  80  percent  of  their  patient  care 
to  Medicare  patients.  So  not  being  reimbursed  or  being 
underreimbursed  for  Medicare  is  an  element  of  great  concern. 

I  too  think  that  there  are  some  fundamental  changes  that  could 
be  made  without  trying  to  replace  the  whole  system;  if  we  could  do 
something  about  fundamental  insurance  reform  so  that  people 
aren't  denied  coverage,  and  if  we  could  do  something  about  anti- 
trust reform.  We  finally  put  together  two  hospitals  in  Cheyenne 
last  year  and  it  will  be  a  more  effective  approach.  Telemedical  serv- 
ices are  also  something  that  is  very  meaningful  to  us. 

I  suppose  we  have  a  unique  situation,  but  I  think  if  we  are  not 
careful  all  the  tertiary  care  in  Wyoming  will  go  to  the  border  areas: 
Salt  Lake  City;  Billings,  Mont.;  Rapid  City,  S.  Dak.;  Denver,  Colo.; 
and  we  will  be  left  with  nothing,  but  very  basic  care. 

So  to  a  State  where  there  is  as  many  miles,  I  think  that  would 
be  a  bad  situation. 

My  main  plea  is  that  we  follow  H.R.  3078,  which  we  put  in  the 
Rural  Health  Care  Coalition,  which  redefines  hospitals.  South  Big 
Horn  ended  up  with  a  4  percent  occupancy,  over  80  percent  Medi- 
care. They  couldn't  function  with  the  regulations.  If  we  could  rede- 
fine those,  and  we  have  done  that  in  Montana  with  a  special  appro- 
priation, if  we  could  do  nothing  more  than  keep  a  24-hour  emer- 
gency room,  these  folks  need  a  facility. 

They  can't  support  a  full-service  hospital  facility — if  we  could  re- 
define that  so  there  could  be  Medicare/Medicaid,  the  payments 
made  to  something  less  than  what  we  define  as  a  full-service  hos- 
pital, we  think  that  would  be  particularly  useful. 

That  provision  exists  in  the  Chafee  bill  and  the  Cooper  proposal 
as  well  as  Mr.  Michel's  proposal.  It  does  not  exist  nor  does  it  fit 
apparently  in  the  administration  bill. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  appreciate  your  interest  in  the  uniqueness  of 
rural  areas  and  hope  to  work  witn  you  as  we  to  something  that  will 
be  workable  for  all  of  us. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  thank  all  of  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


18 


€ongvtii  of  tf)e  Winitth  ^tatti 

^ouit  of  ^epreiientatibeK 

JHagfjinffton,  M<L  20515-5001 

TESTIMONY  BY  THE  HONORABLE  CRAIG  THOMAS  (AL-WY) 

HEARING  BEFORE  THE  WAYS  AND  MEANS  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

HEALTH  CARE  SERVICE  DELIVERY  INFRASTRUCTURE 
IN  INNER-CITY  AND  RURAL  COMMUNITIES 

FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

1:30  P.M. 

1100  LONGWORTH  BUILDING 


Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify  before  your  subcommittee.  I 
appreciate  you  holding  this  hearing  as  Congress  moves  forward  on  health  care  reform.  One 
thing  is  certain,  no  matter  what  plan  is  adopted,  rural  people  must  be  on  equal  footing  as 
those  who  live  in  urban  areas. 

Some  policy  experts  advocate  a  nationalized  system  of  health  care  as  the  solution, 
while  others  advocate  a  "managed  competition"  approach.  In  the  administration's  case,  it 
recommends  both.  However,  without  real  state  flexibility  neither  system  is  adaptable  to  the 
circumstances  confronted  daily  by  rural  people. 

A  study  published  in  the  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  found  that  areas  need 
at  least  180,000  people  to  support  the  most  basic  managed  care  program.  The  largest  town 
in  Wyoming  is  less  than  60,000.  We  do  not  have  one  urban  area.  So  when  you  are  talking 
about  health  care  reform,  you  need  to  include  workable  answers  for  people  in  a  state  of 
435,000  rural  residents. 

My  state  faces  a  severe  health  professional  shortage.  We  also  encounter  difficult 
weather  conditions  that  can  change  without  a  moment's  notice,  geographic  boundaries  that 
add  an  extra  100  miles  to  the  drive  for  the  nearest  hospital  and  virtually  no  public 
transportation.  These  are  the  types  of  access  problems  common  of  rural  areas  --  often  a 
greater  hindrance  to  quality  care  than  cost  itself. 

President  Clinton's  "Health  Security  Act"  imposes  a  one-size,  fits-all  program.  It 
relies  heavily  on  managed  care  and  government  controls.  But  as  you  can  see  from  the 
description  of  my  communities,  we  do  not  fit  in  the  administration's  plan. 

As  the  Chairman  for  the  Rural  Health  Care  Coalition  Task  Force  on  Hospitals  and 
Qinics,  I  am  deeply  concerned  about  the  president's  complex  health  alliance  structure. 
These  alliances  would  be  required  to  pool  consumers,  bargain  with  providers  and  collect 


19 


premiums.    However,  they  disregard  the  most  important  component  rural  areas  need  -- 
flexibility.   It  is  difficult  to  bargain  with  providers  in  a  rural  areas  when  there  are  not  any. 

Not  all  rural  areas  are  alike.  Wyoming  has  25  sole  community  hospitals  that  on 
average  service  approximately  3,700  square  miles.  By  contrast,  Arkansas  has  approximately 
89  hospitals  servicing  an  average  of  580  square  miles.  While  Arkansas  is  also  considered 
rural,  Wyoming  is  twice  the  size,  with  one  fifth  of  the  population.  What  might  work  for 
Arkansas  people  will  not  work  for  Wyoming  people. 

The  administration  claims  states  like  Wyoming  will  not  have  a  problem  with  its 
health  alliance  structure  because  the  number  of  providers,  allowed  to  participate,  would  be 
expanded.  For  instance,  the  alliances  would  automatically  approve  migrant  and  community 
health  centers,  rural  health  clinics,  federally-qualified  health  centers,  family  planning  clinics 
and  school-based  clinics  as  "essential-community  providers."  All  other  providers,  wishing 
to  participate,  would  have  to  apply  to  the  Secretary. 

Despite  the  expanded  provider  provision,  rural  areas  will  still  be  affected.  The 
"essential  community  provider"  definition  does  not  include  the  most  common  facilities  in 
rural  areas  -  sole  community  hospitals  (SCHs)  or  Medicare  Dependent  hospitals.  Out  of 
all  the  categories  listed  for  expansion,  Wyoming  has  two  migrant  health  centers  in  Worland 
and  Guernsey,  which  are  eight  hours  apart.  What  happens  to  the  folks  in  between?  Or  the 
residents  located  in  the  rest  of  the  Northeastern  and  Southwestern  parts  of  the  state? 
Where  will  they  go  to  receive  care?  How  are  these  alliances  an  answer? 

The  president's  plan  will  also  make  it  difficult  for  rural  areas  by  slashing  $124  billion 
from  Medicare  reimbursement.  After  all  the  time  and  energy  the  Rural  Health  Care 
Coalition  has  spent  in  improving  the  level  of  reimbursement  to  rural  areas,  this  cut  puts  us 
back  to  square  one.  The  administration  claims  all  the  "new-paying  patients"  with  insurance 
policies  will  offset  the  cut.  But  the  fact  is,  so-called  charity  care  is  not  a  major  problem  in 
rural  areas.  Medicare  and  Medicaid  reimbursement  is  the  bulk  of  our  facilities.  For 
example,  during  1993  one  hospital  in  Wyoming  received  $6.9  million  in  Medicare 
reimbursement.  It  wrote  off  $1  milUon  for  charity  care.  As  you  can  see,  Wyoming's 
facilities  depend  much  more  on  federal  reimbursement  programs,  and  any  additional  cuts 
will  force  our  providers  to  shut  their  doors.  And  who  would  lose?  Wyoming's  rural 
residents. 

Health  care  reform  is  suppose  to  improve  the  delivery  of  care  to  both  urban  and 
rural  people.  It  is  not  suppose  to  risk  the  limited  number  of  providers  that  rural  areas  so 
desperately  depend  on. 

I  suggest  Congress  focus  on  measures  that  can  be  enacted  today.  Changes  like 
fundamental  insurance  reform,  anti-trust  reform,  reimbursement  for  telemedicine  services, 
tort  reform,  and  improving  health  professional  recruitment  programs.  These  are  the  steps 
that  will  improve  the  rural  health  care  delivery  system.  States  like  mine  need  flexibility  to 


20 


reform  their  health  care  delivery  system,  yet  the  president's  plan  only  provides  two 
choices  ~  health  alliances  or  single-payer  plans.   Frankly,  neither  will  work  in  Wyoming. 

If  the  administration's  plan,  or  any  other  health  care  reform  measure,  wants  to  foster 
integration  among  facilities  and  providers,  the  plan  must  include  flexible  measures.  I  have 
one  specific  suggestion,  my  bill,  H.R.  3078,  the  "Rural  Emergency  Access  Care  Hospital 
Act."  It  complements  any  comprehensive  health  care  reform  plan.  Many  rural  communities 
resist  closing  an  underutilized  facility,  for  fear  of  losing  the  emergency  room.  My  bill, 
however,  helps  reduce  excess  capacity.  It  also  helps  create  a  network  of  satellite  clinics  and 
full-service  hospitals  in  rural  areas. 

Currently,  if  a  facility  has  a  difficult  time  staying  open  due  to  high  regulatory  costs 
and  low  in-patient  stays,  it  is  prohibited  from  downsizing  to  an  emergency  medical  center. 
Medicare  will  not  recognize  a  facility  that  does  not  meet  all  the  conditions  of  participation. 
As  a  result,  a  facility  wishing  to  downsize  will  lose  its  Medicare  Part  A  reimbursement.  My 
bill  makes  this  regulation  more  flexible  by  creating  a  new  limited  service  category.  Small 
rural  hospitals  could  convert  to  "Rural  Emergency  Access  Care  Hospitals"  (REACH), 
provided  they  meet  the  following  qualifications:  1)  obtain  approval  from  the  Secretary 
certifying  that  access  to  critical  services  would  be  severely  limited  to  residents  in  the 
commuiiity  if  the  rural  hospital  were  to  close;  2)  be  able  to  transfer  patients  to  a  nearby 
full-service  hospital;  3)  keep  a  practitioner,  who  is  certified  in  advanced  cardiac  life  support 
by  the  State,  on-site  24-hours  a  day;  and  4)  have  a  physician  on-call  on  a  24-hour  basis. 
Hospital  administrators  view  this  as  a  solid  solution  to  improve  the  rural  health  care  delivery 
system. 

H.R.  3078  has  been  folded  into  Sen.  John  Chafee's  "Health  Equity  and  Access 
Reform  Today  Act,"  Rep.  Jim  Cooper's,  "Managed  Competition  Act,"  and  Rep.  Bob 
Michel's,  "Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act."  I  suggest  it  also  be  included  in  President 
Clinton's,  "Health  Security  Act."  As  well  as  other  measures  to  add  real  flexibility  for  rural 
health  care  reform.  But  there  are  many  more  needed.  I  have  a  list  of  those  as  additions 
to  my  testimony  I  will  submit  for  the  record. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  hope  solutions  like  the  REACH  bill  and  changes  to  the 
administration's  "essential-community  provider"  definition,  will  be  given  serious  consideration 
by  the  subcommittee.  I  also  hope  it  focuses  on  reforms  that  can  be  put  in  place  today. 

Congress  cannot  afford  to  implement  a  national  health  care  program  that 
discriminates  against  rural  people.  Rural  folks  deserve  access  to  quality  health  care  just  as 
much  as  those  living  in  iimer  cities.  And  any  comprehensive  reform  plan  must  take  that  into 
account. 

Again,  thank  you  for  holding  this  hearing.  I  appreciate  your  interest  in  rural  areas 
and  look  forward  to  exchanging  other  recommendations  to  improve  our  nation's  health  care 
delivery  system. 


21 

Chairman  Stark.  Charlie,  just  to  pick  up  on  your  question  about 
the  similarities.  You  mentioned  71  physicians  per  100,000  and  in- 
terestingly enough,  here  in  the  Anacostia  region  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  we  have  about  200,000  people  and  we  only  have  117  pri- 
mary care  physicians. 

Now  I  know  about  the  trip  from  Laramie  to  Cheyenne  which  is 
one  trip  in  the  summer  and  another  in  the  winter,  but  if  you  think 
about  getting  on  a  Metro  bus  from  way  out  Pennsylvania  Avenue 
to  Greorgetown,  a  couple  of  transfers  with  a  couple  of  kids,  there  is 
indeed  the  question  of  providing  access  to  populations  who  for  one 
reason  or  another  have  their  services  limited. 

I  know  that  we  have  worked  on  this  with  the  Coalition,  Charlie, 
that  you  and  Congressman  Roberts  cochair,  trying  to  work  out  a 
way  that  we  can  expand  access  and  provide  the  quality  of  care.  In 
other  words,  it  is  an  article  of  faith  that  you  can  operate  a  10-bed 
hospital  and  support  an  MRI. 

The  question  is  how  do  you  get  folks  in  that  area  to  a  tertiary 
center  or  even  a  bigger  hospital?  Those  are  all  problems,  and  they 
are  not  necessarily  just  related  to  any  one  solution  to  the  unin- 
sured. 

I  gather,  Craig,  that  you  are  saying  that  we  don't  need  any  one 
of  these  particular  plans,  but  you  have  14  percent  in  Wyoming  of 
your  under-65  population  uninsured. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  Somehow  or  other  it  seems  to  me  if  we  don't 
insure  them,  everybody  else  in  Wyoming  is  going  to  be  picking  up 
the  costs  of  their  care,  and  that  is  a  proolem  we  are  going  to  have 
to  deal  within  addition  to  seeing  that  the  resources  are  there  once 
they  get  insurance. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  I  agree  with  that,  Mr.  Chairman,  but 
I  think  my  point  is  we  have  to  do  it  in  a  way  that  will  work.  The 
legislature  put  together  some  movement  on  small  group  insurance. 
We  think  we  can  make  a  fundamental  change  where  people  are  not 
denied  or  cancelled  insurance. 

I  have  to  confess  that  in  my  bill,  I  require  insurance.  I  do  it  with 
a  voucher.  I,  too,  would  like  to  see  everybody  insured  to  stop  cost- 
shifting.  My  main  point  is  that  something  that  fits  in  Baltimore 
probably  won't  fit  in  Basin,  Wyo. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  gentleman  is  correct.  There  is  an  imme- 
diate member  of  the  Stark  family  who  keeps  reminding  me  of  the 
problem  since  she  is  a  care  provider  in  vour  State.  I  am  kept  well 
aware  of  the  problems  of  providing  healtn  care. 

Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Calif^ornia.  Back  to  the  point  that  you  made  be- 
cause people  say  yes,  but  you  can't  carry  the  analogy  between  the 
urban  and  the  rural  too  far.  I  think  it  is  amazing  how  far  you  can 
carry  it,  not  just  in  terms  of  distances;  10  blocks  is  sometimes 
equal  to  100  miles  in  the  rural  areas,  but  type  of  facilities  that  are 
available  and  the  fact  the  debates  tend  to  stem  on  the  question  of 
coverage,  and  there  are  very  strong  and  eloquent  statements  made 
about  the  fact  that  we  just  don't  want  access;  we  want  coverage. 

Frankly,  there  are  a  lot  of  areas  of  the  United  States  that  would 
settle  for  access  because  coverage  would  follow  and  the  distances, 
both  mental  and  physical,  are  such  that  they  are  denied  it. 


22 

We  have  real  problems.  There  are  a  number  of  bills  that  have 
the  economic  incentives  in  there.  My  bill  is  $1,000  a  month  tax 
credit  for  providers  who  move  to  frontier  and  rural  areas. 

That  is  not  the  only  problem.  Craig  mentioned  the  telemedical. 
Technology  today,  I  think,  will  provide  not  only  greater  resources 
so  that  you  don't  need  as  much  of  a  facility  there  than  you  would 
have  10  years  ago  to  provide  really  cutting-edge  quality,  but  we  are 
finding  more  and  more  that  one  of  the  problems  is  that  profes- 
sionals who  go  out  into  inner-city  and  rural  areas  don't  get  the  pro- 
fessional reinforcement,  the  kind  of  in-service  training. 

This  can  be  done  more  and  more  with  modem  technology.  So  my 
big  concern — it  says  California  on  my  name  tag,  but  I  represent  a 
rural  area  and  there  are  a  lot  of  rural  areas  within  urban  States — 
is  that  we  are  in  some  way  going  to  get  our  needs  met. 

My  concern  is  that  as  we  set  up — if  it  is  an  employer  mandate — 
with  employer  mandate,  you  get  what  in  terms  of  access  and  cov- 
erage in  rural  areas?  It  is  very  easy  to  set  up  a  structure,  not  even 
a  one-size-fits-all,  but  a  belief  that  a  basic  structure  will  enable 
unique  areas  to  resolve  their  own  problems  and  that  is  not  the 
case. 

My  biggest  concern  as  we  go  forward  is  to  make  sure  that  in  both 
the  urban  and  the  rural  area,  there  is  enough  flexibility  in  the  sys- 
tem, not  iust  at  the  State  level,  but  also  at  the  local  and  Federal 
levels,  to  be  able  to  come  up  with  a  package  that  works. 

If  you  are  going  to  give  universal  coverage,  you  would  like  to 
have  it  actually  there  and  working.  We  fought  HCFA  in  terms  of 
the  rural  formulas.  We  don't  want  to  fight  whatever  the  new  agen- 
cy is  in  making  sure  that  what  is  on  paper  can  be  actually  be  deliv- 
ered to  areas. 

We  will  work  with  you.  We  will  screen  it  through  you,  and  are 
looking  forward  to  your  input  from  your  folks  who  clearly  want  to 
solve  the  problem  for  all  Americans  and  make  sure  they  are  in- 
cluded because  it  is  easy  to  set  up  a  system  that  looks  good  on 
paper,  but  doesn't  deliver  the  kind  of  health  care  you  guys  are  con- 
cerned about. 

I  appreciate  your  testimony. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  want  to  tell  you  a  story.  Early  on  in  the  discussions  that  the 
single-payer  people  had  with  Mrs.  Clinton,  I  said  to  her.  Managed 
competition  will  work  in  urban  areas,  particularly  in  the  suburbs, 
but  it  doesn't  work  in  the  inner-city  or  rural  areas. 

Thirty-five  percent  of  the  American  people  live  either  in  rural 
areas  or  in  the  inner  cities.  I  had  just  driven  across  the  country 
from  Seattle  to  Washington,  D.C.,  and  had  been  impressed  again 
with  how  rural  the  West  is.  I  said,  "Take  the  State  of  Nebraska. 
You  can  have  all  the  managed  competition  you  want  in  the  world 
in  Lincoln  and  Omaha,  but  tne  other  500  miles  of  Nebraska  is  sand 
hills  and  cattle  ranchers  and  Native  Americans,  and  you  are  lucky 
if  you  have  a  doctor  in  every  thousand  square  miles  when  you  get 
around  Valentine  and  some  of  those  places  and  you  are  never  going 
to  find  managed  competition  working." 

She  had  a  nealth  care  meeting  in  Omaha  and  told  me  about  the 
discussion  she  had  with  the  Republican  Governor  of  Nebraska  who 


23 

said  managed  competition  may  make  sense  in  Omaha  and  Lincoln, 
but  we  are  going  to  have  single  payer  across  the  rest  of  the  State. 

What  tends  to  happen,  what  will  happen,  what  happened  in  our 
State  of  Washington,  is  rural  people  are  always  fighting  to  get  cov- 
ered because  we  always  take  care  of  the  big  cities,  and  that  is  the 
history  of  the  west. 

You,  I  think,  will  in  the  end  be  much  better  off  with  a  single- 
payer  system  and  I  would  remind  you  of  the  history  of  Canada,  al- 
though I  am  not  pushing  Canada.  The  original  province  to  start  the 
whole  business  was  Saskatchewan,  which  is  about  as  rural  a  prov- 
ince as  there  is. 

The  farmers  there  decided  that  a  single-payer  system  made 
sense.  They  put  it  together  in  their  legislature  back  in  1946.  So  the 
idea  of  a  single  payer  is  that  you  collect  the  money  and  provide  the 
same  care  to  everybody,  then  it  becomes  a  matter  of  deciding  how 
to  do  it. 

I  think  if  we  are  going  to  avoid  dividing  ourselves  into  rural  and 
inner-city  people  on  the  one  hand  and  suburban  people  on  the 
other.  The  strongest  position  for  you  is  the  single  payer. 

Chairman  Stark.  There  is  some  good  free  advice. 

Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  thank  my  colleagues 
for  coming  before  the  committee  today  to  share  your  concerns  about 
rural  health  care. 

I  represent  north  Louisiana  and  it  is  not  just  the  metropolises  of 
Shreveport  and  Monroe,  but  also  a  vast  rural  area.  So  I  share  your 
concerns  about  our  rural  health  care  system.  I  would  say  to  my  tal- 
ented friend  from  Washington  that  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  the  Med- 
icaid and  the  Medicare  systems  are  single-payer  systems  and  that 
is  what  has  caused  much  of  the  problem  in  our  rural  areas  today. 

Is  there  dependence  on  those  government-funded  systems  and  in- 
adequate reimbursement  schedules  that  we  have  had  for  rural  hos- 
pitals and  providers?  So  I  am  not  sure  that  is  the  total  answer,  but 
we  will  debate  that  later. 

I  hope  that  whatever  this  committee  comes  out  with  will  pay  spe- 
cial attention  to  our  rural  areas,  our  rural  providers,  because  if  we 
don't,  I  suspect  that  the  folks  in  north  Louisiana  will  have  to  find 
a  way  to  Shreveport  or  Monroe  to  get  health  care. 

I  appreciate  your  coming  before  the  committee  today  and  look 
forward  to  working  with  you  on  this  topic. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Lewis. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Let  me  say  to  my  colleagues  I  want  to  thank  you  for  being  here 
today  and  for  testifying  before  this  committee.  I  may  represent 
urban  Atlanta  here,  but  many  of  you  may  not  know  that  I  grew  up 
in  rural  Alabama,  about  50  miles  from  Montgomery  outside  of  a  lit- 
tle place  called  Troy.  My  father  had  been  a  sharecropper,  a  tenant 
farmer,  and  in  1944  when  I  was  4  years  old,  he  saved  $300  and 
bought  110  acres  of  land. 

That  was  a  good  investment.  My  mother  still  lives  on  this  farm, 
and  I  know  what  it  is  to  g^ow  up  in  a  community  where  there  is 
not  a  health  facility,  where  there  is  not  a  doctor.  So  I  share  some 
of  your  concerns. 


24 

Whatever  system,  whatever  plan  that  we  are  able  to  devise,  we 
must  have  one  where  no  one,  whether  they  be  in  rural  or  urban 
America,  will  be  left  out  or  left  behind,  and  I  am  very  mindful  of 
your  concerns. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Roberts.  Could  I  make  one  final  point? 

Chairman  Stark.  Please. 

Mr.  Roberts.  I  know  you  made  the  point  that  there  are  14  per- 
cent that  are  uninsured  in  Wyoming.  I  think  that  is  because  of  the 
snowdrifts  there.  In  Kansas,  a  poll  has  been  recently  taken,  and  we 
have  9  percent  uninsured  and  furthermore,  they  asked  them  whv 
and  38  percent  of  those  were  satisfied  that  they  were  uninsured, 
didn't  want  insurance,  apparently. 

What  happens  to  the  62  percent  is  the  problem  with  regard  to 
the  cost-shifting  that  goes  on  and  if  we  do  get  reimbursed  by  Medi- 
care 90  cents  on  the  dollar,  every  one  of  my  county  seats  in  the  66 
counties  that  I  represent,  57,000  square  miles  that  I  represent  has 
had  to  pass  a  bond  issue. 

I  asked  the  First  Lady  when  she  came  out  to  Kansas  City  and 
then  out  to  Garden  City,  America,  for  the  various  summit  meetings 
about  the  HIPCs — that  is  when  they  were  HIPCs,  not  alliances. 

I  said  "Well,  we  have  a  lot  of  deer  and  antelope  that  play  out  in 
my  country,  but  I  am  not  too  sure  about  HIPCs."  Why  couldn't  we 
have  a  hign  plains  HIPCs;  several  States. 

As  regard  to  the  single-payer  system,  and  this  was  in  reference 
to  what  you  said  Jim,  we  do  have  a  little  situation  from  Saskatche- 
wan where  we  are  very  happy  for  their  single-payer  system  be- 
cause we  are  getting  a  lot  of  primary  care  doctors  leaving  Canada 
and  coming  to  Kansas  to  take  part  in  a  system  they  feel  is  a  little 
better. 

One  doctor  from  Liberal,  Kans.  that  took  part  in  the  Garden  City 
hearing  had  just  come  from  Canada.  His  partner  was  supposed  to 
come,  but  his  partner  died  of  a  heart  attack,  and  he  was  waiting 
for  a  bypass  operation. 

I  only  mention  that  in  that  there  are  some  downside  effects  with 
regard  to  the  serious  illnesses  that  we  would  like  to  see  some  serv- 
ice out  there  as  well.  I  am  not  trying  to  pick  any  kind  of  a  discus- 
sion here,  but  I  did  want  to  mention  that. 

By  the  way.  Liberal,  Kans.  is  not  an  oxymoron. 

Mr.  Stenholm.  Mr.  Chairman,  one  observation.  Right  now  we 
have  a  very  exciting  experiment  going  on  in  one  of  the  communities 
in  my  district  in  which  they  are  creating  a  health  clinic  in  an 
underinsured,  underserved  area  of  a  city.  It  is  small  by  comparison 
with  Washington,  D.C.,  standards,  but  the  theory  still  makes  good 
sense. 

We  have  to  bring  the  care  to  where  the  people  are.  It  can  be 
done.  It  is  being  done  now  on  an  experimental  basis  in  a  little  kind 
of  a  trade-off  or  side  bar  from  what  we  all  know  is  to  be  clinic  and 
migrant  health  concepts.  This  is  something  that  we  hope  within  a 
short  period  of  time  is  going  to  show  positive  results  in  one  commu- 
nity in  attempting  to  deal  with  the  underserved. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  We  are  doing  some  of  the  same 
things.  In  Douglas,  Wyo.,  they  have  reduced  the  number  of  acute 
care  beds.  They  have  long-term  care  beds  to  take  care  of  the  over- 


25 

head.  They  have  brought  the  physicians  into  the  building  so  that 
they  have  gotten  away  from  duplication  of  expensive  equipment 
and  are  helping  them  some  with  their  administrative  costs.  They 
bring  specialists  around  from  the  larger  towns. 

So  there  is  a  lot  being  done  now  to  devise  this  distribution  sys- 
tem of  health  care  on  our  own  and  we  are  pretty  pleased  with  that. 

Chairman  Stark.  Pat,  you  touched  on  this  and  I  don't  want  to 
let  you  all  go — you  represent  not  only  rural  constituents,  but  quite 
often  independent  constituents,  and  you  suggested,  Pat,  that 
maybe  some  of  the  folks  in  Kansas  just  don't  want  insurance. 
Texas  has  darn  near  25  percent  uninsured. 

My  question  is  can  we,  with  the  exception  of  perhaps  the  occa- 
sional religious  community,  can  we  really  let  people  go  without  in- 
surance if  we  are  going  to  have  a  universal  plan? 

I  suggest  that  that  may  mostly  be  youngsters  in  their  early 
twenties  who  think  they  are  healthy,  but  they  don't  wear  their  mo- 
torcycle helmet,  and  they  could  get  just  as  sick  or  they  can  get  dia- 
betes, and  then  without  insurance,  they  become  a  cost  to  the  com- 
munity and  haven't  paid  their  fair  share  for  insurance. 

If  we  could  agree  on  a  plan,  whatever  it  is,  could  we  also  agree 
that  everybody  has  to  be  in  it?  You  don't  let  people  say,  "To  hell 
with  it.  I  am  going  my  own  way." 

Mr.  ROBKUTS.  In  Dodge  City,  that  is  sort  of  our  motto.  Let  me 
take  a  stab,  if  I  might,  with  regard  to  the  health  care  summit  or 
conference  we  had  with  Senators  Dole  and  Kassebaum  and  admin- 
istration witnesses  and  myself.  Craig  was  supposed  to  be  there,  but 
he  had  another  meeting  as  well,  a  similar  meeting. 

In  the  first  place,  there  is  no  one  in  a  rural  area  that  is  not  re- 
ceiving care.  You  have  a  small  community  caring,  if  I  can  refer  to 
it  in  that  way,  that  means  that  they  are  getting  care.  With  only 
9  percent  uninsured,  that  is  one  of  the  lowest  in  the  country.  If  you 
say  38  percent  prefer  not  to  be  insured,  I  am  not  too  sure  that  you 
want  to  mandate  that  those  folks  simply  join  a  plan  they  can't  af- 
ford. 

There  is  cost  sharing,  but  it  is  more  due  not  because  of  that,  but 
because  that  hospital  only  gets  90  cents  on  the  dollar  and  we  can't 
even  pay  our  professionals  what  we  have  to  pay  them  to  attract 
people  to  come  there;  so  the  criteria  already  used  in  the  current 
programs  is  at  the  wrong  end  of  the  telescope.  Then  the  community 
has  to  pass  a  bond  issue. 

There  is  a  revolution  going  on  in  the  rural  health  care  delivery 
system.  We  are  doing  everything  we  can  just  to  hang  on.  I  guess 
I  would  answer  your  question  by  saying  this:  We  heard  a  lot  of  ad- 
ministration witnesses  at  that  summit  meeting.  We  had  about  650 
farmers  and  ranchers — no,  make  that  450 — I  had  a  politician's 
count — and  they  were  sitting  pretty  quiet  as  we  were  going  through 
all  the  ramifications  of  the  President's  plan. 

Finally,  Roberts  stood  up  and  said  "I  am  not  sure  that  the  Amer- 
ican dream  is  that  everybody  be  level  with  everybody  else,"  that 
this  is  an  actual  mandate.  You  get  into  the  ideological  argument 
whether  this  is  an  entitlement,  a  right  and  a  mandate. 

You  are  right;  in  our  country,  we  like  people  to  do  what  grand- 
mother said  to  do,  drink  less,  stay  out  of  the  smart  juice,  smoke 


26 

less,  exercise,  get  into  preventive  medicine  and  wellness — ^you  have 
that  individual  responsibility.  I  got  a  standing  ovation. 

I  am  not  sure  it  made  too  many  happy  that  were  testifying,  but 
we  got  some  notice  of  it.  I  know  where  you  are  headed,  but  I  don't 
know  how  you  devise  a  mandatory  system  that  is  not  going  to  be 
more  regulatory,  more  costly,  more  paperwork  and  more  red  tape. 

Chairman  Stai^k.  I  am  not  sure  I  do  either.  I  am  just  suggesting 
that  you  raise  a  question. 

Mr.  Roberts.  It  is  a  good  question. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  25  percent  of  the  people  in  Texas  stayed  out 
of  the  plan,  we  would  be  in  trouble. 

Mr.  Stenholm.  I  would  comment,  if  we  have  to  mandate  it,  it 
ought  to  be  mandated  on  the  individual's  opinion  and  then  you  get 
into  choices  that  come  with  individual  choice. 

The  biggest  fear  is  for  us  to  create  the  system  and  then  mandate 
it  and  have  somebody  else  pay  for  it.  That  gets  us  in  big  trouble. 
If  there  is  any  one  message  coming  through  loud  and  clear  to  me 
and  all  members  from  local  governments,  unfunded  mandates,  we 
have  had  enough  of  it. 

We  in  Congress  decide  what  is  good  for  everybody,  telling  the 
States  or  businesses  "You  have  to  provide  this  and  meet  these  cri- 
teria that  sound  good  and  are  good,"  but  then  the  cost  associated 
with  it  becomes  another  third-party  pay  syndrome  and  that  is  what 
has  gotten  us  into  trouble  with  Medicare  and  Medicaid  right  now. 

That  is  the  challenge  we  are  going  to  have. 

Chairman  Stark.  In  these  hallowed  halls,  we  put  a  big  slash  be- 
tween Medicare  and  Medicaid.  That  is  some  other  building  over 
there  that  has  Medicaid,  Charley.  We  try  to  keep  those  separate. 

Mr.  STE^fHOLM.  Pardon  me,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Let  me  come  back  to  an  issue — when  I  was  in 
the  State  legislature,  the  biggest  budget  was  the  road  budget.  We 
used  to  argue,  we  raise  all  the  taxes  and  where  do  we  put  the 
roads,  in  the  rural  areas.  Boys  from  the  rural  areas  always  argued 
that  is  the  way  it  has  to  be,  you  have  to  bring  the  farm  goods  in 
and  put  them  out  through  the  port. 

We  never  raised  the  issue,  in  fact  they  never  raised  the  issue 
that  it  was  an  individual  responsibility  to  put  roads  in  front  of  your 
farm  because  if  we  had  done  that,  they  would  still  be  on  gravel  out 
there  and  we  would  have  them  made  out  of  enamel  in  the  cities 
because  we  raised  all  the  tax  itself  But  it  is  clear  that  in  a  society 
if  you  are  going  to  deal  with  an  issue  like  transportation,  you  have 
to  put  it  in  the  pot  and  those  people  who  need  it  get  their  share 
out  of  it  when  they  need  it. 

It  seems  to  me  that  in  health  care,  we  are  increasingly  moving 
in  that  direction.  That  is  the  problem  I  have  with  the  individual 
responsibility.  Not  that  it  isn't  a  good  idea,  but  it  was  impossible 
to  do  in  roads  and  in  sewers  and  a  lot  of  other  things,  and  when 
you  come  to  the  issue  of  providing  that  costly,  very  technical  health 
care  we  have  in  this  country,  it  is  impossible  for  individuals  to  do 
it  for  themselves. 

So  we  have  to  join  together  some  way.  That  is  why  it  is  not  tak- 
ing away  the  individual's  responsibility,  but  some  people  in  the 
rural  areas,  if  they  have  a  bad  crop  year,  they  are  not  going  to  be 
able  to  buy  that  premium. 


27 

What  are  you  going  to  say  to  them  when  they  show  up  at  the 
hospital?  I  am  sorry,  you  don't  have  a  card.  You  are  out. 

I  am  not  going  to  do  that.  Maybe  you  would  do  that  to  your 
people 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  We  don't  do  that  now. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Of  course  you  don't.  That  is  why  it  seems  to 
me  that  those  who  can  pay  can 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  It  is  a  pretty  big  leap  to  go  from  tak- 
ing care  of  those  who  have  had  an  unfortunate  thing  to  turning  it 
into  a  public  utility,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  roads  are  one  thing 
that  governments  have  normally  done.  Health  care 

Mr.  McDermott.  It  wasn't  in  the  old  days. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  Wyoming.  Why  don't  we  do  it  for  groceries  as 
well,  or  housing,  or  automobiles?  They  are  very  important.  We 
ought  to  make  sure  that  everybody  has  one. 

I  think  that  is  a  great  leap  of  faith  to  go  from  highways  to  health 
care  in  terms  of  being  a  socialized  program. 

Mr.  Roberts.  Most  of  the  road  systems  in  my  66  counties  are 
maintained  by  the  county,  and  then  State  and  then  Federal  as  best 
we  can,  although  I  at  least  have  5  bills  in  to  designate  Federal 
highways  throughout  my  district.  That  is  not  entirely  true,  but 

Mr.  McDermott.  That  is  called  cost-shifting. 

Mr.  Roberts.  If  you  want  to  continue  to  pay  about  10  cents  out 
of  your  disposable  income  dollar  for  the  food  and  fiber  market  bas- 
ket of  food  in  this  country,  we  are  doing  something  right  with  re- 
gard to  agriculture  and  our  contributions  and  the  belabored  farm 
program. 

One  example,  and  this  goes  back  to  HEW  and  Secretary  Califano 
who  was  worried  about  quality  and  cost  containment.  We  came  up 
with  something  called  utilization  review  back  in  the  1970s  with  my 
predecessor  and  Keith  Sebelius,  who  was  here  prior  to  me.  All  of 
a  sudden,  HEW  popped  out  of  the  woodwork  and  said,  "You  are  not 
going  to  have  any  Medicare  payment  being  honored  unless  a  team 
of  three  doctors  reviews  admissions  to  the  rural  hospital  every  24 
hours." 

We  looked  at  that  and  we  said  "By  golly,  we  are  for  it,"  and  the 
hospitals  said,  "You  can't  be  for  that.  We  can't  do  that." 

We  said  if  they  can  find  us  the  three  doctors,  we  will  get  a  lot 
of  primary  physicians.  That  was  ludicrous  and  it  took  6  months  to 
1  year  to  get  rid  of  that.  That  is  the  kind  of  thing  in  terms  of  an 
unfunded  mandate  that  Mr.  Stenholm,  Mr.  Thomas  and  Mr.  Rob- 
erts are  worried  about  with  the  heavy  hands  of  the  Clinton  plan — 
that  is  my  words,  pardon  me,  the  Health  Security  Act. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  want  to  thank  the  panel.  Whatever  we  end 
up  doing,  we  have  over  the  8  years  I  guess  that  I  have  chaired  this 
subcommittee  had  great  good  rapport  with  the  rural  caucus,  in  our 
little  area  of  Medicare.  Each  year  we  have  done  a  little  bit  better 
and  a  little  bit  more. 

Whenever  we  get  through  this  major  undertaking  that  we  are  in 
now,  I  pledge  to  you  we  are  going  to  get  back  to  that  system  again, 
because  I  can't  believe  that  whatever  we  do  this  year  will  be  the 
final  word  for  the  next  10  years. 

So  I  look  forward  to  continuing  to  get  the  bipartisan  input  and 
support  that  we  have  had  in  the  past  for  a  lot  of  tough  Medicare 


28 

cuts  where  we  have  been  able  to  protect  both  the  rural  providers 
and  beneficiaries.  I  appreciate  the  input  that  the  caucus  has  given 
us  and  look  forward  to  your  continued  assistance. 

Mr.  Stenholm.  We  appreciate  the  past  and  future  support,  Mr. 
Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

The  next  witness — we  don't  seem  to  get  enough  of  each  other,  Dr. 
Philip  Lee,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Health,  Department  of  Health 
and  Human  Services  back  again  for  his  weekly  visit.  We  still  have 
some  of  the  pills  left  from  the  last  time.  Dr.  Lee,  but  we  will  get 
your  new  prescription  today  and  we  look  forward  to  hearing  your 
comments  on  access  to  health  care  in  inner  cities  and  rural  areas 
under  the  administration's  health  care  reform. 

STATEMENT  OF  PHILIP  R.  LEE,  M.D.,  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 
FOR  HEALTH,  U.S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH  AND  HUMAN 
SERVICES 

Dr.  Lee.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee,  I  wel- 
come the  chance  to  testify.  I  just  want  to  review  briefly  what  is  in 
the  statement  submitted  for  the  record  and  then  be  prepared  to  re- 
spond to  your  questions. 

Without  a  doubt,  the  current  crisis  in  health  care  is  more  severe 
in  inner-city  and  rural  areas  than  it  is  in  other  areas  of  the  coun- 
try. I  think  it  epitomizes  the  problem  of  health  insecurity,  and  that 
is  the  fundamental  problem  that  the  Health  Security  Act  proposes 
to  deal  with. 

In  the  testimony,  I  describe  the  health  care  problems  in  rural 
and  inner-city  areas,  and  I  won't  repeat  those  for  members  of  this 
committee  because  you  are  very  familiar  with  them. 

The  lack  of  insurance,  the  lack  of  available  providers,  and  the 
other  barriers  to  access  have  contributed  to  the  poor  health  status 
of  many  residents  in  rural  and  inner-city  areas.  Those  are  not  the 
only  problems,  but  they  contribute  significantly. 

Under  the  Health  Security  Act,  under  the  basic  elements  in  the 
reform,  first  and  foremost,  everyone  is  covered,  there  is  a  com- 
prehensive benefit  package,  and  clinical  preventive  services  are 
provided  without  copayments  and  deductibles.  The  alliances  pro- 
vide consumers  with  purchasing  power  which  many  lack  today. 

Indigent  populations  will  receive  subsidies  to  cover  part  or  all  of 
the  costs  of  their  premiums,  cost  sharing  and  in  some  cases,  wrap- 
around services. 

Self-employed,  including  farm  families  throughout  the  Nation, 
will  be  able  to  deduct  100  percent  of  the  cost  of  health  insurance 
premiums  instead  of  the  current  25  percent.  Small  businesses  will 
be  eligible  for  premium  discounts,  further  stretching  their  health 
care  dollars.  Providers  will  no  longer  receive  lower  payments  when 
they  care  for  low-income  patients. 

Medicare  bonus  payments  for  physicians  practicing  in  under- 
served  areas  will  be  doubled  for  primary  care  and  continued  for 
specialty  services.  Practitioners  in  underserved  areas  will  be  eligi- 
ble for  tax  credits.  They  will  also  get  allowable  depreciation  ex- 
penses for  medical  equipment,  and  there  will  be  safeguards  to  pre- 
vent discrimination  based  on  race,  ethnicity  or  gender. 


29 

The  access  initiative,  which  is  a  major  element  in  title  III  of  the 
Health  Security  Act,  includes  six  interrelated  approaches  to  over- 
coming existing  barriers  to  care.  These  programs  will  help  assure 
that  all  Americans,  including  those  living  in  inner-city  and  rural 
areas,  not  only  have  access  to  the  full  range  of  services,  including 
the  comprehensive  benefit  package,  but  also  will  have  an  adequate 
choice  of  culturally  sensitive  providers  and  health  plans. 

Those  six  interrelated  approaches  include  the  continued  funding 
and  indeed  increased  funding  for  current  safety  net  programs,  such 
as  Ryan  White,  migrant  health  centers,  community  health  centers, 
homeless,  family  planning  programs,  changes  in  practitioner  sup- 
ply, particularly  expansion  of  the  National  Health  Service  Corps, 
changes  in  graduate  medical  education,  which  would  increase  the 
number  of  generalists,  and  increased  funding  for  primary  care 
training  for  nurse  practitioners,  for  physician  assistants  and  others 
who  could  work  in  the  rural  areas. 

Capacity  expansion  is,  I  think,  critically  important  both  for  rural 
and  inner-city  areas;  this  would  provide  both  loans,  grants  and 
loan  guarantees  to  create  practice  networks  in  rural  areas  or  inner- 
city  areas. 

Outreach  and  enabling  services,  things  like  transportation,  trans- 
lation, child  care  and  outreach,  would  be  expanded  both  through 
the  community  health  center  program  and  the  other  safety  net  pro- 
grams and  as  an  additional  initiative,  because  they  are  areas  that 
are  not  usually  provided  by  health  plans. 

Increased  support  for  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  in  the 
public  health  service  programs  along  with  the  expanded  mental 
health  benefits  in  the  benefit  package  would  assure  that  individ- 
uals would  have  access  to  those  services.  Social  supports  and  out- 
reach would  be  necessary  to  help  plans  integrate  those  benefits  and 
individuals  to  receive  those  benefits. 

And  then  there  are  two  programs  for  school  age  youth;  one  in  an 
education  program,  and  the  second  is  school-related  health  serv- 
ices. These  are  particularly  directed  toward  adolescents  because 
they  often,  even  when  they  are  in  health  plans,  don't  utilize  the 
traditional  providers.  One  of  the  services  that  would  be  included 
would  be  psychosocial  support  and  counseling  services,  which  have 
been  identified  as  a  major  need. 

Finally,  there  are  the  core  public  health  programs.  We  believe 
that  as  everyone  is  insured  and  the  plans  can  relieve  local  govern- 
ments of  the  financial  obligations  of  providing  care  for  uninsured 
individuals,  that  the  local  health  departments  and  the  State  health 
departments  can  return  to  their  basic  public  health  function  of  pro- 
tecting the  health  of  the  whole  population.  This  is  even  more  im- 
portant for  low-income  individuals  because  they  are  more  at  risk 
to  things  like  tuberculosis,  communicable  diseases,  waterborne  dis- 
eases, and  other  public  health  problems  that  would  be  dealt  with 
through  these  core  public  health  programs. 

These  programs  include  surveillance  for  communicable  and 
chronic  diseases  that  would  help  us  define  the  magnitude  and  the 
source,  for  example,  of  a  tuberculosis  epidemic  or,  let's  say,  a 
chronic  disease  problem  in  the  community  so  that  the  resources 
can  be  directed  at  dealing  specifically  with  those  problems,  pro- 
grams  to   control   communicable   diseases   and   injuries,   environ- 


30 

mental  protection,  public  education  and  community  mobilization, 
accountability  and  quality  assurance. 

Here  the  State  health  departments  and  indeed  the  local  health 
departments  can  help  assure  plan  performance  in  terms  of  achiev- 
ing public  health  objectives.  Public  health  laboratories  would  also 
be  an  essential  part  of  this,  as  would  training  and  education  of 
public  health  professionals. 

And  finally,  true  research  areas,  prevention  research  at  NIH  and 
outcomes  effectiveness  research  and  health  services  research  at  the 
Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research.  These  are  all  inter- 
related initiatives  that  we  think  would  strengthen  the  capacity  of 
the  system  which,  without  a  real  attention  to  the  infrastructure 
and  organizational  issues,  really  with  just  the  health  security  card, 
will  not  meet  the  needs  of  rural  and  inner-city  areas. 

Let  me  just  close  then,  Mr.  Chairman,  by  emphasizing  that  the 
President's  Health  Security  Act  is  designed  to  provide  all  Ameri- 
cans, including  those  living  in  inner-city  and  rural  neighborhoods, 
with  real  health  security  at  an  affordable  cost.  To  this  end,  the 
public  health  initiatives  in  title  HI  are  not  separate  from,  but  rath- 
er integral  to  the  success  of  health  care  reform. 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  be  with  you  and  I  am  pleased 
to  respond  to  any  questions. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


31 


STATEMENT  OF  PHILIP  R.  LEE,  M.D., 
DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH  AND  HUMAN  SERVICES 


Good  morning,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Subcommittee.  I  welcome  this 
opportunity  to  discuss  how  the  President's  Health  Security  Act  will  meet  the  health  needs  of 
rural  and  inner  city  Americans. 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  and  others  in  the  Congress  have  been  eloquent  in  speaking  out 
about  the  health  crisis  facing  our  inner  cities  and  rural  communities.    Indeed,  these  areas 
epitomize  the  problems  and  consequences  of  health  insecurity.   Compared  with  other  parts 
of  the  country,  rural  areas  and  inner  cities  have  a  greater  proportion  of  uninsured  people; 
fewer,  and  often  poorly  qualified  health  care  providers;  inadequate  outpatient  and  inpatient 
facilities;  and  a  paucity  of  economic  resources  to  create  effective  networks  of  care.    Although 
the  need  for  health  services  is  great  in  these  communities,  many  residents  face  substantial 
geographic  and  cultural  barriers  to  obtaining  care.    In  addition,  they  suffer  from  a 
disproportionately  high  burden  of  preventable  disease  and  injury.    The  costs  of  these  health 
problems  have  been  staggering,  both  economically  and  in  terms  of  human  suffering. 

The  President's  plan  provides  the  means  —  for  the  first  time  —  to  make  health  security 
a  reality  for  all  Americans,  including  those  living  in  rural  areas  and  inner  cities.    It  does  so 
not  only  by  assuring  all  Americans  comprehensive  insurance  coverage,  but  also  by  building 
up  the  capability  of  rural  and  inner  city  communities  to  overcome  barriers  to  care  and  to 
protect  and  improve  the  health  of  their  residents. 


THE  HEALTH  CARE  PROBLEM  IN  RURAL  AREAS  AND  INNER  CITIES 

Obtaining  affordable  health  insurance  is  one  of  the  most  glaring  problems  for  inner 
city  and  rural  Americans.    In  the  District  of  Columbia,  for  example,  one  in  four  residents 
under  age  65  does  not  have  health  insurance.    More  than  8  million  rural  Americans  have  no 
health  insurance,  including  18  percent  of  all  farm  families.    Because  they  generally  lack  the 
benefit  of  being  part  of  a  large  business  or  purchasing  group,  rural  Americans  often  pay 
more  for  health  insurance  than  those  living  in  other  parts  of  the  country.    Some  can  purchase 
coverage  through  small  employers  or  a  rural  cooperative,  but  many  rural  families  have  no 
choice  but  to  purchase  separate  coverage  at  high  market  rates. 

Even  when  rural  and  inner  city  residents  are  fortunate  enough  to  have  health 
insurance,  many  barriers  still  stand  in  the  way  of  receiving  proper  medical  care.    In  rural 
communities,  barriers  such  as  geography  and  lack  of  transportation  present  real  challenges  to 
health  care  delivery.    With  a  relatively  small  population  spread  over  a  large  area  and  health 
care  professionals  in  short  supply,  patients  often  must  travel  long  distances  to  see  a 
physician. 

Far  removed  from  the  support  of  their  peers  and  the  sophisticated  equipment  of  their 
training  facilities,  fewer  and  fewer  physicians  are  choosing  to  set  up  rural  practices.    Without 
enough  doctors,  nurses,  and  facilities,  building  networks  of  care  becomes  more  difficult,  as 
does  the  task  of  attracting  or  establishing  enough  health  plans  to  foster  choice  and 
competition. 

In  inner  cities,  the  challenges  to  obtaining  access  to  care  are  different,  though  no  less 
problematic.    Crime,  poverty,  overcrowding,  unemployment,  and  violence  make  the  inner 
city  an  unattractive  environment  for  health  professionals.    Ironically,  many  inner  city 
neighborhoods  are  located  only  a  few  blocks  away  from  some  of  the  worid's  most  remowned 
academic  health  centers,  yet  the  number  of  physicians  willing  to  practice  in  these  areas  has 
dwindled  in  recent  years.    One  study  by  the  Community  Service  Society  of  New  York  found 
only  28  properly  qualified  physicians  serving  a  population  of  1.7  million  people  in  low- 
income  neighborhoods  in  Harlem,  north  central  Brooklyn  and  the  South  Bronx. 


32 


In  addition  to  the  scarcity  of  providers,  the  quality  and  accessibility  of  care  is  also  a 
serious  problem  for  inner  city  patients.   Of  the  701  generalist  physicians  practicing  in 
Harlem,  Brooklyn  and  the  South  Bronx,  only  28  or  3.9%  were  found  to  meet  minimum 
standards  for  providing  adequate  primary  care.    Many  refused  to  accept  patients  on 
Medicaid,  were  open  for  less  than  20  hours  a  week,  and  did  not  offer  emergency  after  hours 
care  or  have  admitting  with  any  hospital. 

Practitioners  in  inner  cities  are  also  frequently  ill-prepared  to  meet  the  cultural  and 
linguistic  needs  of  their  diverse  patient  population.    Rarely  do  these  environments  produce 
physicians  from  their  own  communities.   Consequently,  patients  and  providers  generally 
come  from  vastly  different  backgrounds. 

The  lack  of  health  insurance  and  other  barriers  to  care  have  contributed  to  the  poor 
health  status  of  many  residents  of  rural  and  inner  city  communities.    Let  me  give  you  just  a 
few  examples  of  the  disproportionate  share  of  preventable  illness  and  injury  these  populations 
bear  and  the  costs  of  these  problems  to  the  health  care  system. 

•  Cancer  is  diagnosed  at  much  later  stages  in  inner-city  populations,  often  when 
it  is  no  longer  treatable.    In  Harlem,  for  instance,  only  five  percent  of  women 
with  breast  cancer  are  diagnosed  at  an  early  stage  as  compared  with  42%  of 
African  American  women  and  52%  of  Caucasian  women  nationwide.   The 
Centers  for  Disease  Control  estimates  that  the  direct  medical  costs  of  treating 
breast  cancer  rise  from  $25,000  to  $84,000  per  individual  when  detected  late 
instead  of  early. 

•  From  1985  through  1992,  while  the  tuberculosis  case  rate  declined  from  6.7  to 
6.5  cases  per  100,000  in  non-urban  areas  of  the  United  States,  it  increased 
from  17.1  to  22  cases  per  100,000  in  urban  areas.    Currently,  New  York  City 
accounts  for  14  percent  of  all  cases  of  tuberculosis  in  the  country.    In  Harlem, 
the  prevalence  of  tuberculosis  is  200  cases  per  100,000,    four  times  higher 
than  the  New  York  City  average.   The  Centers  for  Disease  Control  estimates 
that  $480  million  per  year  will  be  required  to  curtail  the  emerging  tuberculosis 
epidemic. 

•  HIV/AIDS  is  a  serious  problem  in  inner  cities,  but  it  is  also  becoming  more 
prevalent  in  rural  areas.    In  North  Carolina,  for  example,  HIV  infection  has 
increased  at  an  alarming  rate,  with  75  percent  of  new  infections  occuring 
among  low-income  minorities  in  rural  as  well  as  urban  areas  of  the  state.     The 
cumulative  cost  of  treating  all  persons  with  HIV  is  forecast  to  be  $15.2  billion 
in  1995.    Yet  each  case  of  AIDS  that  can  be  prevented  can  save  approximately 
$102,000  in  health  care  costs. 

•  Rural  areas  have  an  inordinately  high  rate  of  serious  accidents  due  to  the  risks 
of  farm,  mining,  and  other  occupations.    Over  a  three  year  period  in  Iowa, 
CDC's  National  Center  for  Injury  Control  reported  7,797  farm  injuries, 
resulting  in  1,263  hospitalizations,  and  236  deaths.    The  Center  for 
Agriculture  Disease  and  Injury  Research,  Education,  and  Prevention  at  the 
University  of  Iowa  estimates  that  preventing  the  140,000  disabilities  caused  by 
farm  accidents  each  year  in  the  United  States  would  save  $3.6  billion. 


33 


BENEFITS  OF  THE  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  TO  RURAL  AND  INNER  CITY 
AREAS 

This  morning,  I  would  like  to  go  over  those  aspects  of  tlie  President's  plan  that  will 
provide  inner  city  and  rural  Americans  with  real  health  security.    After  reviewing  some  of 
the  basic  elements  of  the  reform,  I  will  concentrate  on  the  public  health  initiatives  contained 
•in  Title  III  of  the  Health  Security  Act  that  are  designed  to  assure  all  Americans  -  including 
those  living  in  underserved  areas  ~  access  to  medically  necessary  and  appropriate  care  when 
they  need  it,  and  to  enhance  the  ability  of  all  communities  to  protect,  preserve,  and  promote 
the  health  of  their  residents.    These  programs,  which  are  integral  to  achieving  the  goals  of 
health  care  reform,  will  ultimately  determine  how  well  we  improve  the  poor  health  status  of 
many  inner  city  and  rural  Americans  and  the  extent  to  which  we  will  be  able  to  contain  our 
nation's  escalating  health  care  costs. 

Basic  Elements  of  Reform 

I  need  not  review  in  detail  with  this  committee  the  basic  elements  of  the  President's 
plan  that  will  improve  access  to  care  for  all  Americans.    However,  considering  the  special 
problems  of  inner  cities  and  rural  regions  of  the  country,  several  points  are  worth 
emphasizing: 

•  Under  reform,  all  Americans  will  be  covered  for  a  comprehensive  range  of 
benefits,  including  expanded  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  services.    In 
addition,  preventive  services  will  be  available  without  deductibles  or 
copayments. 

•  Health  care  alliances  will  provide  consumers  with  the  purchasing  power  many 
currently  lack  to  bargain  for  lower  premiums. 

•  Indigent  populations  will  receive  subsidies  to  cover  part  or  all  of  the  costs  of 
premiums,  cost  sharing,  and,  in  some  cases,  wraparound  services. 

•  The  self-employed,  including  farm  families  throughout  the  nation,  will  be  able 
to  deduct  100  percent  of  the  cost  of  their  health  insurance  premiums  instead  of 
the  current  25  jiercent. 

•  Small  businesses  will  be  eligible  for  premium  discounts,  further  stretching 
their  health  care  dollars. 

•  Providers  no  longer  will  receive  lower  payments  when  they  care  for  low- 
income  patients.    Medicare's  bonus  payment  for  physicians  practicing  in 
underserved  areas  will  be  doubled  for  primary  care  physicians  and  continued 
for  specialists.    Hospitals  serving  a  high  proportion  of  low-income  and 
undocumented  persons  will  receive  additional  payments  through  a  federal 
Vulnerable  Population  Adjustment. 

•  Practitioners  providing  care  in  underserved  areas  will  be  eligible  for  tax  credits 
of  up  to  $500  per  month  for  nonphysician  providers  and  $1,000  per  month  for 
primary  care  physicians.   The  allowable  depreciation  expense  for  medical 
equipment  also  will  be  substantially  increased  for  these  providers. 

•  Safeguards  will  be  implemented  to  prevent  discrimination  based  on  race, 
ethnicity,  age,  or  gender.    These  include  prohibitions  against  cherry  picking 
and  redlining,  enforcement  of  Title  VI  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act,  requirements 
that  alliances  not  subdivide  metropolitan  statistical  areas,  and  the  ability  of 
States  to  require  health  plans  to  include  inner-city  or  rural  communities  in  their 
service  areas. 


34 


Access  Initiatives 

Congress,  including  members  of  this  subcommittee,  has  demonstrated  great  concern 
about  the  ability  of  underserved  populations  to  obtain  access  to  personal  health  care  services. 
You  have  also  expressed  concern  about  the  ability  of  health  care  providers  currently  caring 
for  underserved  populations  to  participate  successfully  in  the  reformed  system.   The 
President  recognizes,  as  you  do,  that  a  Health  Security  Card  will  not,  in  and  of  itself, 
guarantee  that  all  Americans  receive  appropriate  medical  care.    To  achieve  this  goal, 
universal  health  insurance  must  be  backed  up  by  an  adequate  system  of  practitioners, 
facilities,  education,  outreach,  and  information. 

The  Health  Security  Act  uses  six  interrelated  approaches  to  overcome  existing  barriers 
to  care.    These  programs  will  assure  that  all  Americans  -  including  those  living  in  inner-city 
and  rural  areas  —  not  only  have  access  to  the  full  range  of  services  included  in  the 
comprehensive  benefits  package,  but  also  will  have  an  adequate  choice  of  culturally  sensitive 
providers  and  health  plans. 

•  Current  Safety-Net  Programs.     First,  current  safety-net  programs  such  as 
community  and  migrant  health  centers,  programs  for  the  homeless,  family  planning, 
Ryan  White,  and  maternal  and  child  health  will  be  maintained  and  strengthened  under 
reform. 

Providers  funded  under  these  programs  will  receive  automatic  designation  as  essential 
communify  providers  for  at  least  five  years.    This  will  guarantee  them  payment  for 
covered  services  from  all  health  plans.    Equally  important,  it  will  assure  that 
vulnerable  populations  have  continuing  access  to  practitioners  with  experience  meeting 
their  special  needs,  regardless  of  which  health  plan  they  choose  to  enroll  in. 

•  Practitioner  Supply.   The  supply  of  practitioners  in  rural  and  urban  underserved 
areas  will  be  increased  in  several  ways  under  reform.    The  National  Health  Service 
Corps  will  be  expanded  approximately  five-fold  from  its  current  field  strength  of 
1,600.    Residency  training  will  be  redirected  to  increase  the  ratio  of  primary  care 
physicians  to  specialist  physicians  from  about  one-third  to  55  percent.    Support  for 
training  programs  for  primary  care  physicians,  physician  assistants,  and  advanced 
practice  nurses  will  be  doubled. 

Special  programs  to  increase  the  representation  of  minorities  among  health 
professionals  will  help  to  overcome  access  barriers  that  stem  from  cultural  gaps. 

•  Capacity  Expansion.    Capacity  expansion  in  inner-city  and  rural  areas  will  be 
actively  supported  both  by  expanding  the  successful  community  and  migrant  health 
center  program  to  provide  services  to  an  additional  2  million  individuals  and  through 
a  new  competitive  grant  and  loan  program  supporting  the  development  of  community- 
oriented  practice  networks  and  health  plans. 

The  new  program  is  designed  to  integrate  federally  funded  providers  with  other 
providers  in  underserved  areas,  bolstering  their  ability  to  coordinate  care,  negotiate 
effectively  with  health  plans,  and  form  their  own  health  plans.    It  will  increase  the 
level  of  service  available  in  underserved  areas  by  creating  new  practice  sites  for  3,800 
additional  practitioners  and  by  renovating  and  converting  existing  practice  sites, 
including  public  and  rural  hospitals.    In  addition,  it  will  improve  access  to  specialty 
care  in  urban  and  rural  underserved  areas  —  and  improve  coordination  of  care  -  by 
linking  providers  in  practice  networks  with  each  other  and  with  regional  and  academic 
medical  centers  through  information  systems  and  telecommunications. 
Grants  and  loans  under  the  new  program  will  be  made  to  groups  of  providers  working 


35 


in  medically  underserved  areas  or  caring  for  underserved  populations.    In  making 
awards,  preference  will  be  given  to  groups  that  include  the  maximum  number  of 
different  types  of  federally  funded  providers  and  that  link  these  providers  with  those 
not  supported  by  public  funds.    All  providers  included  in  the  community  practice 
networks  will  receive  automatic  designation  as  essential  conuiwnity  providers. 

Outreach/Enabling  Services.     The  Access  Initiative  also  incorporates  a  new 
competitive  grant  program  that  will  expand  federal  support  tor  enabling  services,  such 
as  transportation,  translation,  child-care,  and  outreach. 

These  grants  will  help  6  million  isolated,  culturally-diverse,  hard-to-reach  persons  not 
served  by  other  programs  get  the  supplemental  services  they  need  to  obtain  access  to 
medical  care.    They  will  also  help  individuals  who  have  been  denied  access  to  the 
current  medical  care  system  shift  their  care  patterns  away  from  emergency  rooms  and 
receive  earlier  and  more  appropriate  primary  care  services. 

Awards  in  this  program  will  be  made  to  community  practice  networks,  community 
health  plans,  and  other  public  and  private  not-for-profit  organizations  (such  as 
community  health  centers)  with  experience  and  expertise  in  providing  outreach  and 
enabling  services  for  underserved  populations.   These  grants  will  supplement  support 
for  enabling  services  provided  through  existing  Public  Health  Service  programs. 

Mental  Health  and  Substance  Abuse  Initiatives.   The  Health  Security  Act  also 
includes  new  funds  to  assure  that  low-income,  hard-to-reach  individuals  know  about 
and  take  advantage  of  the  expanded  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  treatment 
benefits  included  in  the  comprehensive  benefits  package. 

Working  through  the  existing  Community  Mental  Health  Services  and  the  Substance 
Abuse  Prevention  and  Treatment  formula  grants,  these  funds  will  support  enabling 
services  -  community  and  patient  outreach,  transportation,  translation,  education  - 
for  2.5  million  low-income  individuals  and  other  vulnerable  groups  (such  as  the 
homeless  or  the  severely  mentally  ill).    In  addition,  they  will  build  up  the  currently 
inadequate  infrastructure  for  delivering  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  services  in 
communities  and  facilitate  integrating  these  services  within  the  broader  health  care 
system. 

School-Age  Youth.    Finally,  the  Access  Initiative  incorporates  two  new  programs  to 
reach  out  to  one  of  our  Nation's  most  vulnerable  groups  -  school-age  youth  and 
adolescents.    The  Comprehensive  School  Health  Education  initiative  will  establish  a 
national  framework  within  which  States  can  create  school  health  education  programs 
that  improve  the  health  and  well  being  of  students,  grades  K  through  12,  by 
addressing  locally  relevant  priorities  and  reducing  behavior  patterns  associated  with 
preventable  morbidity  and  mortality.   This  program  will  be  targeted  to  areas  with 
high  needs,  including  poverty,  births  to  adolescents,  and  sexually-transmitted  diseases 
among  school-aged  youth. 

The  School-Related  Services  program  will  support  the  provision  of  health  services  — 
including  psychosocial  services  and  counseling  in  disease  prevention,  health 
promotion,  and  individualized  risk  behavior  -  to  up  to  3.2  million  children  in  over 
3,500  schools  or  school-linked  sites.    Grants  will  be  made  to  states  for  the 
development  and  implementation  of  state-wide  projects  targeted  at  high-risk  youth 
ages  10-19.    In  states  that  do  not  take  this  initiative,  grants  will  be  available  to  local 
community  partnerships  including  public  schools,  experienced  providers,  and 
community  organizations. 


36 


Core  Public  Health  and  Prevention  Initiatives 

Most  of  the  health  care  debate  has  focused  on  the  personal  health  care  system.    But, 
without  question,  the  burden  of  illness  in  inner  cities  and  rural  areas  is  directly  related  to  our 
lack  of  support  and  attention  to  public  health.    In  1982,  the  Institute  of  Medicine  estimated 
that  only  10  percent  of  preventable  early  death  is  related  to  inadequate  delivery  of  personal 
medical  services,  whereas  70  percent  is  related  to  environmental  and  lifestyle  factors  that  can 
be  addressed  by  public  health.   In  recent  years,  however,  as  the  health  insurance  system  has 
failed  more  and  more  Americans,  public  health's  energies  and  resources  have  increasingly 
been  focused  on  providing  personal  health  care  services  to  the  uninsured  and  underinsurei,  to 
the  detriment  of  its  essential,  population-based  functions. 

To  improve  the  health  of  inner  city  and  rural  residents  we  must  define  the  particular 
groups  for  whom  health  problems  are  most  common.   We  must  identify  effective 
interventions  by  learning  why  some  communities  are  hard-hit  by  a  problem  while  others 
somehow  seem  to  escape.    We  must  target  public  education  and  prevention  interventions  to 
populations  at  highest  risk  and  populations  with  different  cultural  backgrounds.    And  we  must 
create  alliances  between  public  health  agencies,  health  plans,  and  providers  as  well  as  sectors 
outside  health,  such  as  public  schools,  law  enforcement  agencies,  and  social  service  agencies. 


By  guaranteeing  all  Americans  univeral  coverage,  the  Health  Security  Act  provides 
public  health  agencies  with  the  opportunity  to  refocus  their  energies  on  protecting  the  health 
of  the  residents  in  their  communities.   Two  programs  included  in  Title  111  provide  the  public 
health  system  with  vital  support  to  achieve  this  goal. 

•  Core  Public  Health  Program.   This  competitive  grant  program  will  provide 

funds  to  State  health  agencies  to  strengthen  the  following  essential  public 
health  functions  at  state  and  local  levels: 

(1)  surveillance  of  communicable  and  chronic  diseases  -  essential  to  define  the 
magnitude,  source,  and  trends  of  health  problems  so  that  limited  resources  can 
be  directed  to  populations  at  greatest  risk. 

(2)  control  of  communicable  diseases  and  injuries   -  essential  to  ensure  that 
new  problems  are  identified  early,  that  contact  tracing  and  partner  notification 
occur  effectively,  and  that  sources  of  infectious  exposures  are  removed. 

(3)  environmental  protection  —  essential  to  safeguard  the  physical  and  social 
environment  (e.g.,  water,  food,  workplace,  housing)  against  causes  of  disease. 

(4)  public  education  and  community  mobilization   -  essential  to  prevent  major 
causes  of  premature  death  and  disability  that  are  behavioral  and  societal  in 
nature. 

(5)  accountability  and  quality  assurance  -  essential  to  protect  consumers  from 
medical  and  health  services  that  do  more  harm  to  health  than  good. 

(6)  public  laboratory  services  —  essential  in  the  diagnosis  of  major  infectious 
and  environmental  threats  to  health. 

(7)  training  and  education  of  public  health  professionals  -  essential  to  ensure  a 
workforce  capable  of  carrying  out  public  health  functions. 

The  program  fosters  greater  accountability  to  the  federal  government  than  has 
been  realized  previously  for  the  definition  and  reporting  of  progress  in 
achieving  public  health  objectives. 


37 


•  Preventable  Priority  Health  Problems.    A  second  competitive  grant  program 

will  provide  funds  to  public  and  private  not-for-profit  agencies  to  address 
health  issues  that  affect  local  communities  or  specific  populations  within 
communities.    Many  of  these  problems  do  not  affect  the  country  uniformly  and 
call  for  tailored,  community-based  interventions.    For  example,  in  some  inner- 
city  communities,  diabetes  or  heart  disease  is  a  major  problem;  in  others, 
priority  may  be  accorded  to  programs  that  deal  with  cigarette  smoking;  while 
in  still  other  areas,  teen  pregnancy  is  an  issue  of  great  concern.    In  cases 
where  multiple  factors  contribute  to  a  health  problem,  as  with  violence,  grants 
will  support  approaches  that  cut  across  individual  problems. 

Among  the  initial  set  of  priorities,  the  program  will  target  prevention  of 
smoking  by  children  and  adolescents;  violence  prevention;  and  reductions  in 
behavioral  risks  that  contribute  to  the  incidence  of  chronic  diseases,  including 
heart  disease,  cancer,  stroke,  and  adult-onset  diabetes. 

Prevention  Research 

Expanding  the  knowledge  base  can  also  help  residents  of  rural  and  inner  city  areas, 
by  elucidating  new  ways  to  improve  access  to  care,  prevent  illness  and  injury,  and  control 
health  care  costs.   This  is  addressed  by  the  final  components  of  the  Public  Health  Initiative, 
which  support  a  prevention  research  initiative  in  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  and  a  health 
services  research  initiative  in  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 

Prevention  research  is  the  foundation  for  both  clinical  preventive  services  and  the 
public  health  interventions  included  in  the  Health  Security  Act.    Expanded  prevention 
research  will  ensure  the  availability  of  effective  preventive  measures  against  existing  diseases 
as  well  as  new  and  emerging  health  threats.    Progress  in  preventing  disease  will  help  to 
offset  escalating  acute  health  care  costs  and  the  disproportionate  impact  of  disease  and 
disability  among  women,  minorities,  and  the  elderly. 

Health  services  research  will  elucidate  what  works  best  in  medical  care  and  how  to 
organize  providers  and  institutions  most  effectively  in  the  new  health  care  system.     This 
investment  will  build  on  the  considerable  expertise  of  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and 
Research  in  investigating  outcomes  and  quality  research,  identifying  practice  variations  with 
unnecessarily  high  costs,  and  developing  practice  guidelines  to  improve  the  appropriateness 
and  effectiveness  of  the  treatment  decisions  made  by  health  professionals.    Further 
development  of  these  methods  will  provide  more  accurate  measures  to  evaluate  the 
performance  of  alliances  and  health  plans  and  to  assess  the  extent  to  which  reform  is  making 
health  care  available  to  all  Americans. 


CONCLUSION 

In  closing  let  me  emphasize  that  the  President's  Health  Security  Act  is  designed  to 
provide  all  Americans  -  including  those  living  in  inner-city  and  rural  neighborhoods  -  with 
real  health  security  at  an  affordable  price.   To  this  end,  the  Public  Health  initiatives  in  Title 
III  are  not  separate  from  —  but  rather  integral  to  —  the  success  of  health  care  reform. 

I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  the  Subcommittee  and  will  be  pleased  at 
this  time  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have. 


38 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Dr.  Lee,  as  we  look  at  the  President's  bill,  indeed 
as  we  look  at  any  comprehensive  bill,  there  clearly  are  a  number 
of  areas  of  reform  that  need  to  be  addressed.  I  guess  my  question 
to  you  would  be,  absent  the  mechanism  for  delivering  universal 
coverage,  let's  set  that  aside.  Let's  just  assume  that  it  is  done  and 
not  talk  about  how,  OK?  We  have  got  universal  coverage. 

You  then  have  a  number  of  provisions  in  your  bill  that  are  either 
paralleled  or  augmented  within  a  number  of  other  bills.  Let's  as- 
sume that  those  components  are  agreed  upon  and  we  move  for- 
ward. 

In  your  estimation,  how  critical  or  essential  is  the  concept  of  the 
alliance  if  we  have  got  everyone  covered  and  funded  under  a  struc- 
ture and  we  have  got  all  of  these  support  restructurings  going  on 
in  terms  of  a  drive  for  more  primary  care,  educational  structure, 
and  the  moneys  on  the  outreach.  We  are  moving  particular  identi- 
fied populations  under  either  managed-care  concepts  or  other  con- 
cepts. 

If  you  just  didn't  do  the  alliances,  wouldn't  you  make  a  major, 
major  change?  Or  turn  it  the  other  way.  Since  you  are  in  defense 
of  the  administration's  position,  does  none  of  that  matter  if  you 
can't  get  your  alliance  structure,  your  forced  redistribution  struc- 
ture? 

For  most  Americans,  these  folks  are  people  that  are  left  out  to 
a  certain  extent.  Most  of  these  programs  are  pickup  programs  to 
bring  them  into  the  structure.  How  critical,  in  vour  estimation,  are 
the  alliances  to  delivering  that  changed  servicer 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  I  do  support,  obviously,  as  a  spokesperson  for  the 
administration,  the  alliance  concept,  but  I  also  personally  happen 
to  strongly  support  this  idea  for  two  reasons  particularly. 

One,  because  it  gives  low — people  who  don't  have  access  to  the 
market  the  purchasing  power.  In  other  words,  it  is  a  purchasing  co- 
operative on  behalf  of  people  who  work  for  small  employers  or  indi- 
vidually employed  individuals,  and  when  you  see  what  some  larger 
organizations  can  do  to  assure  their  employees  the  competitive  ben- 
efits in  terms  of  quality  and  price,  that  is  a  significant  benefit. 

The  other  benefit  to  me 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  think  on  that  point,  doctor,  that  makes  some 
sense  in  urban  areas.  For  example,  in  the  area  that  I  represent, 
frankly,  no  managed  competition,  no  forced  competition  model  is 
going  to  work.  We  are  looking  at  some  clinics  and  some  other  gov- 
ernment-involved structures  to  really  flesh  out  the  health  care  de- 
livery system. 

So  although  a  lot  of  us  either  in  voluntary  purchasing  coopera- 
tives in  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill  or  the  mandatory  purchasing  co- 
operatives, that  concept  makes  some  sense  and  that  is  the  point 
that  you  just  spoke  to  in  terms  of  the  alliance.  But  how  does  the 
concept  of  the  alliance  work  in  a  county  of  17,000  people  like  Inyo 
County,  which  is  the  second  largest  geographical  county  in  the 
United  States?  I  mean,  it  is  not  going  to  work  there,  right? 

Dr.  Lee.  I  would  say,  to  me,  the  second — and  I  will  speak  to  that 
also.  The  second  advantage  of  the  alliance  is  that  it  focuses  on  a 
geographic  area  that  contains  a  population,  so  it  is  population 
based.  It  then  permits,  within  the  alliance  area,  a  focus  on  achiev- 


39 

ing  public  health  objectives  within  the  plans,  as  well  as  within 
health  departments. 

For  example,  with  the  immunization  or  other  of  the  provisions  in 
the  plan,  it  permits  us  to  look  at  the  population  within  that  area 
to  see  how  well  we  are  achieving  those  objectives  with  whatever 
plan  is  in  the  area. 

Now,  in  underserved  rural  areas  or  sparsely  populated  areas,  as 
the  Sierra  Counties  in  California,  for  example,  it  is  my  understand- 
ing currently,  with  the  purchasing  cooperative  in  the  Mr.  Mid  pro- 
gram in  California,  that  in  those  areas,  they  have  basically  a  fee- 
for-service  plan  that  is  the  plan  that  is  available  in  those  areas. 

And  there  does  have  to  be  in  each  alliance  area,  at  least,  a  fee- 
for-service  plan.  With  the  augmentation  of  the  access  initiative, 
which  would  permit  increased  funding  for  resources  with  the 
changes  in  training  programs,  both  nurse  practitioners  and  physi- 
cians, hopefully  we  could  get  more  physicians  and  more  nurse  prac- 
titioners into  those  areas  with  the  development  of  practice  net- 
works through  the  access  initiative. 

We  should  be  able  to  enhance  the  services  that  are  available  to 
individuals  in  Inyo  County  or  some  of  the  other  sparsely  populated 
counties.  So  I  think  it  is  a  combination  of  things.  The  alliance  is 
only  one  element  in  that. 

Mr.  Thomas.  But  in  the  testimony  before  this  committee  from 
the  administration  on  the  purchasing  cooperatives — on  the  alli- 
ances, I  think  the  administration  was  shocked  to  find  out  that  the 
voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives  in  California  in  terms  of  the  re- 
gional units  aren't  even  necessarily  contiguous;  that,  in  fact,  they 
make  up  like  components  in  different  geographic  areas  of  the  State. 

Is  there  anything  in  the  Clinton  bill  that  would  allow  these  serv- 
ices, as  you  have  outlined  them,  within  an  alliance  to  cross  State 
lines? 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  I  think 

Mr.  Thomas.  For  example,  western  Nevada,  believe  it  or  not, 
looks  to  the  urban  area  of  Inyo  County,  which  is,  we  just  outlined, 
a  very  difficult  area  to  deal  with,  for  their  support.  Does  the  Clin- 
ton bill  envision  these  networks  crossing  State  lines? 

Dr.  Lee.  The  networks  could  cross  State  lines,  and  also,  of 
course,  the  plans  could  cross  State  lines 

Mr.  Thomas.  The  alliances  could  not? 

Dr.  Lee.  No,  the  alliances  could  not,  but  the  plans  absolutely 
could,  and  there  are  many  situations  similar  to  that.  If  you  look  at, 
say,  North  Dakota  which  serves  a  lot  of  patients  from  Minnesota, 
or  if  you  look  at  Delaware,  I  think  40  percent  of  the  patients  there 
are  not  residents  of  the  State. 

So  the  plans  can  cross  State  lines  and  integrated  delivery  sys- 
tems could  certainly  do  that.  They  would  obviously  have  to  be  li- 
censed in  each  State,  and  the  insurance  plans  would  have  to  be  li- 
censed in  those  States.  But  as  the  insurance  system  now  works, 
somebody  living  in  Connecticut,  for  example,  can  go  to  New  York 
to  get  their  care,  or  somebody  living  in  Nevada  can  go  to  California 
to  get  their  care. 

This  simply  extends  that  insurance  coverage  to  cover  those  who 
don't  have  insurance,  and  I  don't  see  that  it  would  limit  that  plans 
capacity  to  cross  State  lines  if  it  chose  to  do  so. 


40 

Chairman  Stark.  If  a  plan  chose? 

Mr.  Thomas.  If  it  chose  to  do  so,  which  is  a  statement  that  I 
think  in  terms  of  the  way  in  which  they  are  going  to  be  structured, 
perhaps  enormous  ifs.  This  goes  back  to  what  I  consider  to  be  one 
of  the  fundamental  flaws  in  the  alliance  structure,  but  my  concern 
and  direction  is  that  I  think  a  number  of  items  that  are  contained 
in  the  President's  bill  clearly  are  good  and  worthy  in  terms  of  ex- 
panding health  care  needs  to  inner-city,  urban  and  rural  areas,  but 
that  they  are  also  contained  in  a  number  of  other  provisions,  and 
that  all  of  these  items  probably  need  to  be  addressed  more  or  less, 
regardless  of  either  the  funding  or  the  delivery  mechanism. 

They  are  long  overdue,  especially  in  the  area  of  communicable 
diseases  and  some  of  the  preventive  things  that  we  need  to  do,  and 
I  appreciate  your  testimony. 

Dr.  Lee.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  want  to  follow  up 
on  the  line  that  Mr.  Thomas  was  exploring  and  that  is  the  whole 
question  of  alliances  and  the  outlines  of  them.  Right  now  you  have 
a  great  controversy  on  the  front  page  of  the  Washington  Post  today 
about  Tennessee  Care  and  what  is  happening  in  rural  areas  and 
where  do  you  have  doctors  and  can  you  get  somebody  to  sign  up 
and  so  forth. 

And  as  I  look  at  the  alliances,  one  of  the  real  problems  for  me 
is  the  whole  question  of  the  standard  metropolitan  statistical  area. 
Everybody  says  you  can't  split  them  and  I  hear  people  walking 
around  saying,  well,  I  don't  know,  maybe  you  should  be  able  to 
split  them.  And  my  concern  is  that  if  you  could  take  a  standard 
metropolitan  statistical  area  and  split  it  and  drop  out  4  or  5  ZIP 
Codes,  you  can  probably  make  it  a  pretty  profitable  place,  certainly 
could  in  Seattle. 

I  could  tell  you  which  Zip  Codes  to  drop  and  you  would  prob- 
ably— I  could  probably  get  six  or  seven  insurance  companies  who 
want  to  come  into  Seattle. 

Where  I  used  to  live  on  the  west  side  of  Chicago  in  West  Garfield 
Park,  there  isn't  any  insurance  company  on  the  face  of  the  earth 
that  is  going  to  eagerly  run  in  to  take  that  part  of  the  city. 

And  my  question  to  you  is  this:  If  the  bill  passes  that  has  any 
kind  of  split  in  standard  metropolitan  statistical  areas,  would  you 
recommend  to  the  President  that  he  veto  the  bill? 

Dr.  Lee.  Is  that  a  total  bottom  line  issue?  The  President  has 
indicated 

Mr.  McDermott.  It  is  a  bottom  line  issue  to  cities,  because  if  you 
are  going  to  allow  cities  to  be  fractured  in  any  way  so  that  anybody 
can  leave  out  the  tough  parts  and  get  the  good  parts,  you  are  going 
to  have  the  same  cherrypicking — ^you  are  going  to  have  redlining  in 
health  care.  From  a  citizen  who  lives  in  a  city,  represents  a  city, 
it  is  a  bottom  line  issue,  because  if  they  are  going  to  split  them, 
then  we  are  back  right  where  we  are  right  now.  We  haven't  gained 
an  inch. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  as  you  know,  if  the  President  has  indicated  cov- 
erage for  everybody,  comprehensive  benefits,  are  the  bottom  line  is- 
sues, my  own  view — again,  you  asked  me  would  I  recommend  that 
he  veto  it.  I  would  agree  with  you  that  this  is  a  fundamental  issue. 


41 

that  everybody  has  to  be  assured  access  to  medically  necessary  and 
appropriate  care,  and  if  you  exclude  geographic  areas — one  of  the 
things  we  are  trying  to  get  away  from,  clearly,  and  one  of  the  prob- 
lems today,  is  redlining. 

There  are  a  number  of  other  pernicious  practices  by  the  insur- 
ance industry  that  need  to  be  eliminated.  In  this  case,  the  alliances 
are  required  to  include  the  SMSA  in  the  alliance  area.  And  my  own 
view  is  that  is  the  way  it  should  be. 

I  would  say  it  would  be  a  tough  call  whether  it  should  be  vetoed 
on  that  basis  alone,  but  I  think  it  is  an  issue  that  the  President 
should  take  a  very  strong  stand  on. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Because  I  anticipate  that  an  amendment 
slipped  in  at  the  end  in  the  conference  committee.  That  is  where 
I  think  it  will  happen  and  I  think  it  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  the 
single-payer  system  is  the  only  way  to  go  so  that  you  then  have  ev- 
erybody in  the  same  system.  If  you  allow  this  system  to  be  put  to- 
gether and  at  the  end,  at  the  very  end  you  slide  in  an  amendment, 
as  sometimes  happens  around  here,  you  wind  up  perpetuating  one 
of  the  major  problems  we  have  in  our  cities  and  that  is  the  failure 
to  deliver  of  health  care  to  the  real  tough  inner-city  areas,  and  I 
think  it  is  an  issue  that  needs  to  be  on  the  table,  needs  to  be  in 
the  record,  and  it  needs  to  be  thought  about  very  hard  by  all  mem- 
bers. 

Dr.  Lee.  Of  course,  there  is  the  option  in  the  Health  Security  Act 
for  single-payer.  There  is  even  an  option  for  single  payer  in  an 
urban  area,  so  that  you  could  do  that  in  a  particular  urban  area 
if  that  seemed  to  be  the  best  solution. 

But  I  would  also  think  with  the  chairman  participating  in  the 
conference  committee,  we  should  be  able  to  preclude  that  kind  of 
language  from  being  slipped  in  at  the  last  minute. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thanks  for  the  endorsement. 

Mr.  Lewis. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Dr.  Lee,  I  would  like  for  you  to  explain  the  President's  proposal 
to  support  essential  community  providers.  I  understand  that  essen- 
tial community  providers  will  be  covered  automatically  in  all 
health  plans  for  5  years.  I  would  like  to  know  why  the  coverage 
ends  in  5  years. 

What  is  the  rationale  for  ending  this  coverage  in  5  years? 

Dr.  Lee.  The  essential  community  providers  will  be  automati- 
cally continued  for  5  years.  It  would  then  be  reviewed  at  that  point, 
and  probably  a  year  ahead  of  time,  before  any  decision  was  made 
to  terminate  it.  And  if  it  was  determined  that  there  would  be  im- 
paired access  if  that  requirement  weren't  continued,  it  would  be 
continued. 

In  other  words,  we  would  want  to  assess  the  access  to  care,  the 
quality  of  care,  the  appropriateness  of  care  through  that  mecha- 
nism. I  would  presume  by  that  time  we  would  see  the  development 
of  the  practice  networks  and  the  essential  community  providers 
would  be  integrated  into  either  their  own  plans  or  broader  based 
plans,  and  you  would  not  need  to  continue  that  particular  require- 
ment. But  it  would  be  required,  as  we  are  currently  proposing  it, 
to  review  that  prior  to  any  termination  of  the  requirement. 


42 

Mr.  Lewis.  Let  me  just  ask  you  about  another  area  of  great  con- 
cern to  me,  Dr.  Lee.  How  would  the  President's  proposal  provide 
mental  health  and  substance  abuse  coverage  for  a  low-income  com- 
munity, especially  those  in  the  inner  cities? 

Dr.  Lee.  The  standard  benefit  package,  of  course,  includes  some 
benefits,  significantly  beyond  what  many  plans  currently  include. 
We  would  also  continue  the  funding  through  the  Public  Health 
Service  through  State  and  local  governments  for  both  the  mental 
health  and  substance  abuse  provider  network  that  is  there  cur- 
rently, requiring  the  States  to  develop  a  plan  to  integrate  the  pri- 
vate and  public  systems  so  that  we  would  see  how  that  could  be 
achieved  once  full  benefits  were  provided  after  the  year  2001. 

There  would  also  be  in  the  interim  an  expansion  of  support.  In- 
creased support  is  proposed  in  title  HI  of  $250  million  a  vear  to 
strengthen  the  outreach  and  enabling  and  support  services  for  that 
population,  because  we  recognize  that  for  some  of  the  chronically 
mentally  ill,  particularly  those  with  dual  diagnoses  and  those  who 
are,  for  example,  homeless,  the  kind  of  safety  network  we  have 
needs  to  be  continued,  needs  to  be  strengthened  in  order  to  assure 
the  chronically  mentally  ill  population,  particularly,  access  to  these 
services. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Dr.  Lee,  is  it  possible  for  the  proposal  to  go  the  sec- 
ond mile  and  do  something  extraordinary,  out  of  the  ordinary  in 
rural  areas  and  inner-city  areas  where  people  have  been  left  out 
and  left  behind  so  long  when  it  comes  to  delivery  of  health  care? 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  I  would  say  many  of  those  people,  of  course,  are 
uninsured,  so  providing  insurance  for  everybody  is  going  to  be  fun- 
damentally important,  and  a  comprehensive  benefit  package.  But 
the  capacity  expansion  and  the  other  access  initiatives,  we  think, 
will  be  a  major  element  in  assuring  individuals  real  access  to  care 
in  addition  to  just  being  covered  with  insurance.  In  addition,  the 
development  of  practice  networks  in  inner-city  areas  and  more 
training  of  family  physicians  and  nurse  practitioners  and  physician 
assistants,  the  development  of  practice  networks  through  the  ac- 
cess initiative,  and  potential,  at  least  in  fee-for-service  plans,  in- 
creased payments. 

Certainly  that  is  going  to  be  true  in  Medicare,  for  primary  care 
in  underserved  areas,  and  that  would  include  rural  areas,  with  the 
development  of — in  rural  areas,  particularly — telecommunications 
links,  so  that  the  professional  isolation  that  is  there  would  be  di- 
minished, and  the  development  of  enabling  services  and  outreach, 
things  like  transportation. 

In  rural  areas,  a  very  significant  percentage  of  elderly  patients, 
for  example,  don't  have  access  because  they  do  not  have  an  auto- 
mobile. I  was  just  out  in  New  Mexico  visiting  a  number  of  Indian 
reservations,  and  one  of  the  primary  problems  they  described  in 
terms  of  access  to  care  was  lack  of  transportation,  particularly 
when  the  weather  is  bad.  Poor  roads,  very  rurally  isolated. 

Transportation  is  an  important  element,  so  those  outreach  and 
enabling  provisions  in  the  Health  Security  Act  would  help  to  de- 
velop the  capacity  in  those  areas  to  help  meet  these  needs  in  a  very 
real  way. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you.  Dr.  Lee. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


43 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right,  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Dr.  Lee,  I  am  sorry  I  missed  your  presentation  in 
full,  but  I  need  to  ask  you  a  couple  of  questions.  We  currently  have 
a  system,  the  Medicare  system,  and  to  some  extent  the  Medicaid 
system,  that  at  least  in  some  respects  resembles  what  the  Clinton 
administration  is  trying  to  do  with  the  rest  of  the  health  care  sys- 
tem. That  is,  in  the  Medicare  system,  we  have  budgetary  con- 
straints and  we,  from  time  to  time,  adjust  reimbursement  levels 
and  pretty  well  dictate  what  providers  are  reimbursed  for  services 
in  that  system. 

Is  it  not  so  that  the  Clinton  plan  would  essentially  impose  that 
on  the  rest  of  the  health  care  system  through  its  global  budgets, 
its  premium  caps,  and  the  regional  alliances'  budgets? 

Dr.  Lep:.  I  think  that  the  proposal  by  the  President  differs  signifi- 
cantly from  the  current  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.  Medicare 
is  largely  fee-for-service,  although  there  are  some  capitated,  pre- 
paid plans,  a  relatively  small  percentage  of  the  Medicare  popu- 
lation. 

Medicaid,  as  well,  has  a  relatively  small  percentage  in  managed 
care,  although  that  number  is  increasing. 

What  the  President  has  proposed  is  the  development  of  inte- 
grated delivery  systems  that  would  provide  comprehensive  care 
with  a  major  emphasis  on  quality.  We  could  look  at  the  evolution 
of  some  of  those  systems  in  recent  years,  and  I  would  use  Kaiser 
Permanente  in  California  as  an  example. 

In  talking  with  David  Lawrence,  who  is  the  CEO;  he  tells  me 
that  they  are  able  to  reduce  the  rate  of  increase  in  expenditures  or 
reduce  the  premiums  that  they  charge  principally  because  of  the 
improvements  in  the  quality  of  their  care,  which  was  developed 
through  a  comprehensive,  continuous  quality  improvement  pro- 
gram over  the  last  5  years.  So  quality  is  a  major  component  in 
these  plans,  and  it  is  within  the  plan. 

Now,  you  will  competition  between  the  plans.  Medicare  is  paying 
individual  physicians  or  individual  hospitals.  It  isn't  competition, 
except  for  the  HMOs  which  between  plans. 

The  premium  cap  is  in  a  sense  a  fail-safe.  In  other  words,  if  the 
competitive  plans  do  not  achieve  reductions  in  rates  of  increase  in 
expenditures,  that  is  there  as  a  fall  back  protection,  and  to  ensure 
that  we  can  achieve  a  long-term  slowing  in  the  rate  of  growth  in 
medical  care  expenditures.  So  it  is  more  in  a  sense  of  a  backup,  not 
as  primary. 

The  primary  approach  is  plans  competing  on  the  basis  of  price 
and  quality,  and  the  premium  cap  and  the  global  budget  would  be 
backup  mechanisms.  That  really  differs  quite  significantly  from 
Medicare.  The  capacity  wasn't  there  to  have  competition,  so  Medi- 
care instituted  the  DRGs  in  1983  and  passed  physician  payment 
reforms  in  1989,  which  had  significant  effects  on  slowing  the  rate 
of  increase.  The  President  looked  at  that  approach  and  did  not 
favor  that  approach,  but  rather  this  managed  competition  ap- 
proach, which  is  really  a  different  way  of  trying  to  achieve  the 
same  objective. 

Mr.  McCrei^y.  Explain  to  me  how  the  subsidy  caps  would  work 
in  conjunction  with  the  premium  caps. 


44 

Dr.  Lee.  How  would  the — I  just  want  to  make  clear  what  is 
your— 

Mr.  McCrery.  As  you  know,  the  Grovernment  is  going  to  sub- 
sidize businesses  under  the  Clinton  plan. 

Dr.  Lee.  You  mean  small,  low-wage  employers,  which  have  a  3.5 
percent  limit  for  the 

Mr.  McCrery.  Anything  over  those.  The  Government  is  going  to 
subsidize,  and  the  Government  is  going  to  cap  those  subsidies.  So 
how  does  that  fit  into  the  premium  caps?  How  do  they  work  to- 
gether? 

Dr.  Lee.  The  studies  that  have  been  estimated  by  the  economists 
and  the  actuaries  estimating  what  it  will  take  in  terms  of  a  pre- 
mium, at  what  level  of  employment  to  achieve  the  necessary  re- 
sources to  fund  the  program.  In  other  words,  what  is  it  going  to 
take  from  individuals  and  from  employers.  We  could  certainly  get 
from  Ken  Thorpe  or  Judy  Feder  the  sort  of  methodology  and  all  the 
figures  to  provide  that  in  a  more  detailed  way,  but — we  believe 
very  strongly  that  managed  competition  will,  in  fact,  slow  the  rate 
so  that  there  would  not  need  to  be  additional  Government  sub- 
sidies. 

I  certainly  believe  that.  I  think  we  can  bring  down  the  rate  of 
increase  in  expenditures.  If  we  look  at  what  has  been  happening 
recently,  whether  managed  care  has  had  a  lot  to  do  with  that  or 
not,  we  have  seen  a  significant  slowing  of  the  rate  of  increase.  We 
have  certainly  seen  that  in  Medicare.  So  I  believe  we  can  bring 
those  costs  down,  and  I  think  that  other  people  agree  with  that,  as 
did  the  outside  actuaries  who  looked  at  the  soundness  of  the  fi- 
nancing mechanisms,  that  the  subsidies  would  be  sufficient,  and 
that  we  could  achieve  the  kind  of  cost  containment  objectives  that 
are  outlined  in  the  plan. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  appreciate  that,  but  the  fact  is 

Dr.  Lee.  But  there  clearly  is  disagreement  and  other  people 
don't 

Mr.  McCrei^y.  And  I  don't  necessarily  disagree,  but  clearly  I 
don't  know,  nor,  I  would  submit,  does  the  administration. 

If  they  don't  work,  if  those  market  forces  don't  work,  then  it  is 
clear  to  me  thi^t  the  Government  is  the  ultimate  arbiter  of  what 
eventually  gets  into  the  system,  and  we  are  here  today  to  talk 
about  rural  health  care,  and,  again,  I  would  submit  that  one  of  the 
primary  problems  today  with  maintaining  a  base  of  rural  health 
care  infrastructure  is  the  reimbursement  system  that  has  been  im- 
posed on  those  providers  through  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  sys- 
tems, and  they  are  cost  shifting. 

They  are  attempting  to  cost  shift  in  rural  areas  to  not  much  avail 
because  most  of  their  patient  load  is  now  Medicare  or  Medicaid.  So 
if  we  are  not  doing  very  well  providing  services  in  the  rural  areas 
as  a  result  of  a  current  government  program,  I  just  question 
whether  putting  the  rest  of  the  system  at  the  whim  of  the  govern- 
ment in  terms  of  reimbursement  and  total  cost  of  the  system  is 
going  to  do  much  better  for  the  rural  areas  of  this  country. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  it  is,  I  think.  One  of  the  problems  in  rural  areas, 
of  course,  is  the  large  number  of  people  who  are  uninsured.  In  the 
Medicare  program,  it  is  intended  to  raise  the  payments  for  under- 


45 

served  areas  for  primary  care  services,  to  increase  the  incentives. 
So  there  will  be  several  policies  in  ternis  of  just  the  payment. 

We  know  that  payment  doesn't  do  it  alone.  There  are  a  lot  of 
other  factors  in  rural  practice  and  rural  areas  that  result  in  physi- 
cians not  wishing  to  settle  in  rural  areas,  not  the  least  of  which  is 
the  opportunity  for  their  kids  to  go  to  school.  So  these 

Mr.  McCrery.  That  is  true,  but  in  my  area  though,  the  primary 
problem  with  rural  hospitals  going  out  of  business,  shutting  their 
doors,  is  not  being  able  to  pay  for  all  the  services  that  they  have 
to  provide,  and  that  is  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  reimbursement 
system  with  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  and  the  heavy  patient  load 
with  Medicare  and  Medicaid. 

Now,  it  may  help  to  insure  all  the  uninsured  in  the  rural  areas 
and  then  they  would  have  more  people  to  cost  shift  on,  if  they  could 
depend  on  that  cost  shift.  But  under  your  plan,  they  would  be  look- 
ing at  the  same  situation,  then,  with  the  private  pay  patients  as 
they  are  with  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  They  would  be  looking 
ultimately  at  the  reimbursement  level  being  controlled  by  budg- 
etary considerations  of  the  government. 

Dr.  Lkk.  Well,  in  the  President's  plan,  the  goal  is  to  have  that 
not  controlled  by  the  Government,  although  the  premium  cap  is  a 
backup,  but  rather  to  have  quality  be  the  principal  thing  that 
drives  it,  and  with  competition,  hopefully  achieving  the  cost  con- 
tainment objectives  that  are  outlined  in  the  plan. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Jim,  you  ever  seen  a  shooting  star  late  at  night 
flash?  Watch  tomorrow  evening,  OK? 

Dr.  Lee,  I  was  interested  in  your  exchange  with  Mr.  Lewis  and 
I  was  intending  to  talk  with  you  about  the  sunsetting  of  the  redlin- 
ing or  essential  community  providers.  So  I  assume  from  your  an- 
swer is  you  said  that  you  wouldn't  want  to  see  that  happen  and 
these  communities  be  left,  bang,  at  the  end  of  5  years  without 
these  essential  community  providers. 

Dr.  Lkk.  Absolutely. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  I  assume  that  the  administration  would 
therefore  support  our  just  making  a  little  change  and  say,  we  will 
review  it  and  at  the  end  of  5  years  and  we  won't  have  it  automati- 
cally sunset,  and  then  if  you  can  convince  us  it  is  no  longer  nec- 
essary, we  will  eliminate  it.  Would  you  support  that? 

Dr.  Lee.  I  would  say  if  Congress  judges  that  is  the  best  way  to 
go,  I  would  certainly  not  object  to  that  at  all. 

Chairman  Stark.  Great.  Now,  one  other  test.  I  would  like  to  join 
in  on  this  cost  saving,  but  Mr.  McCrery  has  done  an  excellent  job 
on  that.  I  am  concerned,  again,  on  this  underserving  the  inner-city 
and  rural  areas.  The  Public  Health  Service  insofar  as  they  have 
been  able,  has  done  a  very  good  job,  but  in  the  President's  program, 
let  us  focus  ahead  and  pretend  that  we  are  in  1998.  Leon  Panetta 
survives  as  budget  director  and  we  are  all  here  and  we  have  a  zero 
sum  budget  game  and  we  have  a  freeze  on  discretionary  spending 
and  the  plan  that  you  have  outlined  for  having  the  Public  Health 
Service  requires  something  we  are  not  used  to  in  this  committee. 

It  requires  an  appropriation  of  exactly  $48  billion.  The  first  year 
it  is  only  $1.1  billion.  How  would  you  recommend  to  us  that  we  cut 
the  President's  budget,  which  is  going  to  be  presented  to  us  tomor- 


46 

row,  by  $4  billion  to  fund  the  program  that  you  are  suggesting? 
What  areas  do  you  think  we  should  cut  in — just  to  give  you  the 
order  of  magnitude.  This  is  a  year.  Where  would  we  cut  $4  billion 
out  of  discretionary  nondefense,  because  we  can't  crossover  into 
that  arena.  Where  would  you  just  guess  that  there  is  an  extra  $4 
billion  to  continue  to  provide  the  community  and  migrant  health 
centers  that  are  going  to  be  necessary? 

Dr.  Lp:p:.  In  1995,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  $1.1  billion  is  mandatory 
spending  outside  the  discretionary  caps.  Currently 

Chairman  Stark.  But  it  isn't  in  1998  when  it  is  $4  billion. 

Dr.  Lp:e.  I  know,  but  the  administration  is  committed  to  working 
with  Congress  to  insure  that  the  public  health  initiative  is  funded, 
so  that  I  think  the  1995  approach  at  least  suggests  this  is  one  way 
to  go.  And  we  would  work  with  Congress  until  that  is  identified 
and  the  assured  funding  is  there. 

Chairman  Stark.  How  about  space?  Want  to  cut  the 
Supercollider?  NASA?  Roads?  Mass  transit?  Education?  Where  are 
we  going  to  get  the  $4  billion?  I  am  just  trying  to  figure  this  out. 

I  want  to  show  you  what  we  are  up  against  in  1998  when  many 
of  us  hope  to  be  back  here.  We  still  have  the  program  that  Mr. 
Lewis  is  concerned  about,  but  in  order  for  community  health  cen- 
ters and  migrant  health  centers  to  continue  in  the  central  valley 
of  California,  they  need  $4  billion.  We  are  not  talking  about  $40 
million — $4  billion.  Where  are  we  going  to  get  it? 

Dr.  Lp:e.  Well,  the  funding,  this  secure  funding,  which  has  been 
achieved  in  1995,  as  employed  in  the  Health  Security  Act,  would 
be  outside  the  budget  caps,  outside  the  discretionary  spending  caps, 
so  that  the  Congress  would  not  have  to  make  those  kinds  of  deci- 
sions. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  first  year. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  no,  even  through  the  whole  period.  The  adminis- 
tration is  committed  to  working  with  Congress  to  identify  that 
source  of  funding  and  to  assure  that  it  is  there,  and  it  is  already 
there  for  the  first  year. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  are  committed  to  national  security,  to  na- 
tional education,  to  clean  air.  We  are  overcommitted  up  here.  I 
mean,  we  have  commitments  out  there  that  we  aren't  going  to  be 
able  to  pay  for  for  100  years. 

Now,  the  point  is  that  I  am  afraid  what  you  are  telling  me  is 
that  we  are  going  to  have  to  compete  with  nonhealth  discretionary 
programs  and,  in  fact,  other  health  programs  for  that  $4  billion, 
are  we  not?  There  is  no  guaranteed  funding  in  there  for  that  any- 
more than  you  are  guaranteeing  educational  grants  or  anymore 
than  you  are  guaranteeing  to  pay  for  these  thousands  of  cops  you 
are  going  to  put  on  the  street.  That  is  not  guaranteed.  That  is 
going  to  have  to  come  up  against  the  appropriation  process. 

Dr.  Lee.  But  the  administration  would  work  with  Congress  to 
identify  the  secured  source  of  funding  that  would  be  not  under  the 
discretionary  cap,  so  it  would  not  have  to  compete  with  education 
or  other  health  programs  or  Head  Start  or  things  of  that  sort  that 
would  be  under  the  discretionary  cap. 

Chairman  Stark.  Where  might  that  be?  I  don't  know  any 


47 

Dr.  Lek.  If  you  look  at  the  budget  and  the  financing  for  the 
Health  Security  Act,  there  are  several  areas  where  that  might 
come  from. 

Chairman  Stark.  Like  what? 

Dr.  Lkk.  Well,  if  you  look  at  the  total  budget,  you  have  got  to- 
bacco tax  in  there.  You  have  got  various  savings  potentially. 

Chairman  SiAitK.  You  want  me  to  take  it  out  of  all — remember, 
this  is  1998.  You  have  already  had  me  take  $154  billion  out  of 
Medicare. 

Dr.  Lee.  I  am  not  talking  about  Medicare  because  that  money  is 
specifically  to  benefit  the  elderly.  You  are  not  going  to  do  that. 

Chainnan  Stark.  No,  it  isn't  specifically  for  the  elderly  and  you 
know  that.  Come  on. 

Dr.  Lee.  I  think  the  intention  is  that  the  Medicare  savings  are 
going  to  be  used  to  produce  benefits  for  the  elderly. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  not  the  case.  There  is  nowhere  near 
that  much  additional  benefits  for  the  elderly  in  this  program.  De- 
fine for  me  154  billion  dollars'  worth  of  additional  Medicare  bene- 
fits in  this  program.  I  mean,  it  is  nowhere  near  that.  It  all  goes 
to  pay  for  the  poor.  You  are  cutting  the  benefits  for  the  elderly  to 
pay  for  the  poor  and  to  subsidize  low-income  workers. 

Dr.  Lee.  You  are  not  cutting  the  benefits  for  the  elderly.  You  are 
slowing  the  increase  in  expenditures  to  providers. 

Chairman  Stark.  Not  your  plan,  not  with  $154  billion.  Remem- 
ber, we  had  the  discussion,  you  can't  get  Medicare  until  Carol  gets 
it.  I  can't  get  it  until  I  am  101.  You  don't  think  that  is  cutting  my 
Medicare  benefit?  Of  course  it  is. 

Dr.  Lee.  We  are  still  assured  comprehensive  coverage. 

Chairman  Stark.  But  not  at  the  cost.  I  have  already  paid  for  my 
Medicare,  just  about.  I  don't  have  many  years  to  go,  and  I  want  it. 
And  you  guys  are  trying  to  postpone  it  for  a  time  beyond  which  I 
am  not  certain  that  I  am  willing  or  able  to  wait. 

Well,  I  just  wanted  to  point  out  to  you  that  when  you  depend  on 
appropriations,  as  you  do,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  those  provi- 
sions will  be  there,  and  it  does  concern  us. 

I  think  that  Mr.  McCrery  was  kind  enough  to  let  you  off  the 
hook,  but  if  these  States  run  short  on  providing  for  what  has  basi- 
cally been  a  Medicaid  responsibility,  they  have  got  to  come  back 
here  for  an  appropriation  if  they  run  out  of  money  halfway  through 
the  year,  and  that  is  not  to  suggest  that  Congress  might  not  do 
that,  but  our  record  hasn't  been  too  good  and  I  am  concerned. 

The  only  other  issue  is  the  question  that  your  alma  mater  asked 
me  to  raise  because  they  are  worried.  You  basically  knock  the  dis- 
proportionate share,  you  reduce  it  by  about  75  percent.  Stanford 
wants  to  know  how  you  expect  them  to  survive  when  they  have 
told  me  recently  they  have  been  underfunded  for  providing  care  to 
the  poor  and — how  are  we  going  to  fund  these  tertiary  care  centers, 
whether  it  is  in  San  Francisco  or  Palo  Alto,  Oakland,  if  you  are 
going  to  knock  them  in  the  head  75  percent  the  first  year? 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  I  would  say,  first  of  all,  you  need  to  take  a  very 
careful  look  at,  let's  say,  an  individual  institution  and  see  if  they 
will  provide  you  with  the  data  on  what  their  revenues,  in  fact,  have 
been  and  rather  than  accepting  their  assertion,  to  really  look  at  the 
data  from  those  institutions.  Because  I  think  that  what  we  want 


48 

to  do  is  to  provide  the  Congress  with  the  most  accurate  information 
on  which  to  make  these  judgments. 

On  the  disproportionate  share,  the  Medicare  disproportionate 
share,  about  78  percent  that  they  are  estimating  is  related  to  unin- 
sured, and  22  percent  is  related  to  low  income. 

Chairman  Stakk.  Right. 

Dr.  Lee.  And  that,  as  I  understand  it 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  the  78  percent  you  are  going  to  cut. 

Dr.  Lee.  Right,  right,  right.  Now,  Stanford  presumably  would 
then  have  all  these  uninsured,  that  they  are  presumably  taking 
care  of,  covered. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  try  this.  Because  I  don't  believe  you. 

Dr.  Lee.  Plus  we  have  the  academic  health  center  fund  that 
would  provide  additional  funds  for  them. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  isn't  enough.  Let's  take  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia and  you  are  going  to  put  200,000  people,  new,  into  some 
managed-care  plan,  managed  care  meaning  that  some  guy  is  going 
to  make  a  profit  because  you  anticipate  that  these  will  be  profit- 
making  entities  by  holding  down  the  cost  of  care,  and  let's  even  as- 
sume it  is  Kaiser,  but  in  this  neck  of  the  woods.  Kaiser  doesn't 
have  knocks  on  salary  and  it  doesn't  own  its  own  hospital  hos- 
pitals, so  it  is  contracting,  OK? 

It  is  contracting  with  providers  in  the  district  and  it  is  contract- 
ing with  hospitals  and  they  got  a  case  that  should  go  to  Johns  Hop- 
kins. They  are  not  going  to  do  it.  They  would  lose  the  revenue  and 
the  minute  the  patient  goes  to  Johns  Hopkins,  Johns  Hopkins  is 
the  gatekeeper  and  Johns  Hopkins  is  going  to  do  all  the  x  rays  over 
again  and  they  are  going  to  want  their  own  MRI  study  and  their 
own  blood  workup  and  their  own  physicians  to  do  the  primary 
workup,  and  Kaiser  knows  that  so  Kaiser  is  going  to  say,  no,  we 
are  going  to  keep  those  people  here  with  our  providers,  and  Johns 
Hopkins,  as  does  Stanford,  as  does  Mayos,  is  going  to  get  cut  off 
from  a  substantial  part  of  the  referral  business  they  now  get  be- 
cause the  managed-care  people  will  not  spend  the  money. 

I  don't  care  whether  they  have  been  paying  1  percent  of  their 
premiums  as  a  tax  to  support  them.  That  is  just  lost  money  to 
them.  They  still  have  to  pay  the  entire  freight  to  Johns  Hopkins 
if  they  refer  a  patient  there  and  you  have  got  to  make  a  case  why 
somebody  who  is  holding  out  to  themselves  for  their  own  profes- 
sional comfort,  that  they  have  adequate  staff  and  specialists  and 
adequate  staff  of  primary  care  and  an  adequate  staff  of  hospital 
service,  why  are  they  going  to  refer  anybody? 

They  would  admit  to  themselves  that  they  are  no  good?  You  and 
I  know  that  isn't  going  to  happen.  So  I  am  submitting  to  you  that 
not  only  while  you  may  get  these  disproportionate  share  of  people 
paid  for,  they  are  going  to  be  paid  for  to  a  plan  that  we  recognize 
today  is  not  as  good  as  these  specialty  centers  and  they  are  going 
to  wither  on  the  vine.  That  is  their  worry  and  I  share  the  worry. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  there  are  several  things  in  the  plan;  I  would  say 
two  things.  One,  we  need  to  look  at  what  is  going  to  happen  if  the 
plan  isn't  passed  past  and  people  aren't  insured  and  we  have  a  con- 
tinued deterioration  in  the  system 

Chairman  Stark.  In  what  regard? 


49 

Dr.  Lee.  If  the  present  trends  continue,  more  people  would  be 
uninsured,  fewer  people  able  to  access  care,  so  that  those  centers 
which  are  taking  care  of  more  and  more  uninsured  have  greater 
and  greater  difficulty  doing  that. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  wouldn't  happen  if  we  put  people  under 
Medicare  though,  would  it? 

Dr.  Lee.  If  you  have  everybody  insured. 

Chairman  Stark.  Under  Medicare. 

Dr.  Lee.  Through  whatever  mechanism,  it  wouldn't  happen, 
whether  it  is  the  President's  plan  or  single  payer. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  you  put  them  all  in  Humana,  they  are  never 
going  to  see  Hopkins  or  Stanford  or  Mayos  or  any  of  the  other  med- 
ical centers  because  Humana,  you  and  I  know,  won't  spend  the 
money. 

Dr.  Lee.  I  won't  speak  about  Humana,  but  let's  just  speak 
about — you  mentioned  Kaiser.  In  California  certainly 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  different.  At  Kaiser  they  own  the  hos- 
pital. They  have  got  the  doctors  on  salary  and  they  might  on  occa- 
sion refer  out.  But  here  they  don't  have  that  luxury  and  they  are 
going  to  have  to  use  whatever  hospitals  that  can  remain  nameless 
in  the  district  and  their  staff  here. 

Dr.  Lee.  But  they  can — let's  say  there  are  two  types  of  referrals 
to  Hopkins.  One  is  the  physician  in  the  plan  deciding  a  patient 
needs  to  be  referred  for  some  highly  specialized  procedure. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  physician  is  on  a  risk  contract  and  the 
first  $10,000  comes  out  of  his  pocket. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  there  are  two  things.  One  is  that  if  the  physician 
chooses  to  refer  the  patient,  the  plan  pays  for  it.  And  there  is  in 
the  academic  health  center  fund,  the  additional  funding  that  would 
permit  that  academic  health  center  not  to  charge  the  additional 
costs  related  to  teaching  and  clinical  research. 

Chairman  Stai^k.  Now,  that  works  and  a  plan  doesn't  come  down 
hard  on  those  doctors  for  referring  out,  which  I  suspected — there 
is  no  protection  to  stop  them. 

Dr.  Lee.  But  the  fact  is  that  they  are  competing  on  the  basis  of 
quality.  Now,  you  mentioned  Stanford.  Stanford  is  significantly 

Chairman  Stark.  They  don't  compete  on  quality.  You  and  I  know 
that.  People  who  sign  up  for  the  plans,  99  percent  of  them  are 
healthy.  They  have  no  idea  what  they  are  getting  into.  It  is  only 
after  they  get  sick  that  they  figure  out  the  plan  isn't  any  good  and 
then  they  get  out.  Or  they  hear  about  it  from  their  cousin  or  their 
brother-in-law  or  their  mother  and  dad  who  are  in  the  plan,  but 
people  don't  sign  up  for  plans.  They  don't  have  any  idea  what  the 
quality  is  until  they  get  going  on  it. 

They  don't  take  a  test  appendectomy  to  see  how  it  feels  and  then 
take  a  test  appendectomy  at  another  place.  You  only  go  through 
that  drill  once. 

Dr.  Lee.  That  is  part  of  the  reason  for  the  quality  report  card 
and  the  mechanisms  to  evaluate  plan  performance. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  ask  you  this.  Are  you  willing  to  evalu- 
ate the  staff — the  faculty  at  the  University  or  California  Hospital 
and  rank  on  a  scale  of  60  as  failing  and  100  is  superb,  your  col- 
leagues in  the  medical  profession  and  make  public  your  ranking  of 
how  you  rate  them. 


50 

Are  you  willing  to  do  that  or  do  you  know  any  physician  who 
would? 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  plans  are  doing  that  now.  They  are  doing  profiles 
on  physicians.  Kaiser  has  issued  a  report  card  for  the  public  which 
compares  it  with  other  delivery  systems,  and- 


Chairman  Stark.  That  they  wrote.  That  is  like 

Mr.  Lee.  Pardon  me? 

Chairman  Stark.  That  they  wrote.  That  is  like  the  current  ad- 
ministration. Your  administration  is  going  to  give  us  a  great  press 
release  about  their  plan.  I  mean,  it  is  going  to  sound  good,  I  know 
it. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  because  you  look  at  what  that  report  card  said. 
One  of  the  things  it  said  was  that  they  conducted  surveys  of  their 
beneficiaries,  and  one  of  the  problems  they  found  was  wait  times 
in  the  doctor's  office.  There  was  a  fairly  low  level  of  satisfaction 
with  that.  They  also  had,  infant  mortality.  They  had  surgical  mor- 
tality, they  had  other  measures,  but  included  was  consumer  satis- 
faction. So  that  would  be  another  mechanism. 

The  final  one  to  assure  this  individual  option  is  the  point  of  serv- 
ice option  that  will  be  included  in  each  of  the  plans.  In  other  words, 
even  the  group  practice  and  staff  model  HMOs  have  to  provide  in 
the  plan  a  point  of  service  option. 

Chairman  Stark.  At  higher  cost. 

Dr.  Lee.  At  higher  cost,  but  that  would  permit  the  individual  to 
then  self-refer.  ~^ 

Chairman  Stark.  If  he  could  afford  it. 

Dr.  Lee.  That  is  coirect.  But  that  choice  is  there 

Chairman  Stark.  And  if  they  can  afford  it,  the  bottom  line  is 
that  the  institutions  are  concerned  that  they  will  not  continue  to 
see  the  cases  that  reasonably  are  referred  to  them  today,  and  there 
is  a  concern.  This  has  been  a  concern  that  has  been  expressed  to 
the  committee  by  these  hospitals  and  doctors,  not  by  me.  I  couldn't 
find  half  of  them  on  a  map.  So  it  isn't  us  that  is  dreaming  this  up 
and  it  isn't  the  Republicans  who  are  coming  to  me  with  this. 

This  is  Johns  Hopkins  and  Stanford  and  Mayos  and  the  teaching 
hospitals  are  concerned,  and  you  can  confuse  me,  but  you  have  to 
answer  to  them,  and  they  are  still  concerned.  And  I  hope  that  you 
can  address  those  concerns,  because  I  don't  think  they  are  willing 
to  take  the  idea  that  just  because  suddenly  you  are  turning  the 
Medicaid  population  over  to  Humana,  that  they  are  not  going  to 
have  a  disproportionate  share  problem  and  that  it  is  going  to  be 
resolved  out  of  the  goodness  of  the  hearts  of  Humana  or  Pruden- 
tial. 

I  think  they  think  that  those  may  be  the  problems.  I  think  it  was 
Senator  Rockefeller  who  wanted  to  characterize  Prudential  as  hav- 
ing a  spot  in  a  warmer  climate  reserved  for  it,  or  at  least  its  chief 
executive  officer,  and  I  think  that  there  are  others  who  are  begin- 
ning to  catch  on  as  we  get  further  into  this  bill. 

Dr.  Lee.  Well,  we  are  working  with  those  academic  medical  cen- 
ters. We  have  met  with  them  on  a  number  of  occasions.  We  are 
looking  to  provide  this  committee  and  the  other  committees  of  the 
Congress  dealing  with  this  issue  as  much  factual  information  as 
possible  about  this  issue,  about  the  referral  issue,  about  having 
those  institutions  not  supporting  a  maintenance  of  inefficient  oper- 


51 

ation,  but  to  assure  that  the  essential  functions  are  maintained  in 
those  teaching  institutions.  And  I  think  one  of  the  reasons  that  the 
President's  plan  puts  some  of  these  issues  very  explicitly  on  the 
table  is  because  we  are  concerned  about  it. 

We  think  the  approaches  we  have  proposed  will  deal  with  it,  but 
we  certainly  want  to  do  everything  we  can  to  provide  you  with  the 
information  before  you  have  to  make  a  final  decision  on  this  ques- 
tion about  whether  the  amounts  of  funds  are  sufficient  or  whether 
some  of  the  other  policies  we  have  proposed  are  not  adequate. 

The  whole  competitive  system,  of  course,  is  moving  very  rapidly 
in  many  parts  of  the  country,  including  California. 

Chairman  Stark.  Did  you  get  a  chance  to  read  that  Florida  thing 
about  the  competitive  system  down  there  with  HMOs  that  I  handed 
out?  I  am  going  to  give  that  to  you,  make  sure  you  read  that  care- 
fully. It  is  one  thing  to  encourage  the  industry,  on  the  other  hand, 
how  do  we  control  this  monster  after  we  let  it  out  of  the  box?  Inter- 
esting. 

Mr.  Thomas.  No,  I  will  pass. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you.  Thank  you  very  much,  Phil. 

Mr.  Lee.  Mr.  Chairman,  just  a  final  point.  For  the  record,  I 
would  like  to  elaborate  on  my  response  to  Congressman  Lewis' 
question  the  other  day  about  providers  in  inner  cities,  minority 
physicians  and  others.  We  developed  a  little  more  detailed  re- 
sponse, and  I  would  just  like  to  submit  that  for  the  record  to  really 
clarify  it. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  you  have  a  copy,  would  you  give  it  to  Mr. 
Lewis  first  and  I  will  have  him  see  that  it  gets  in  the  record  of  the 
hearing  on  February  2,  1994,  relating  to  managed  care. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you  very  much.  We  are  now  joined  by 
a  panel  of  experts  on  the  problems  associated  with  providing  health 
care  to  residents  of  inner-city  and  rural  communities.  Sara  Rosen- 
baum,  who  is  the  senior  research  staff  scientist  at  the  Center  for 
Health  Policy  and  Research  at  the  George  Washington  University; 
James  Bernstein,  who  is  the  president-elect  of  the  National  Rural 
Health  Association;  Larry  Gage,  who  is  president  of  the  National 
Association  of  Public  Hospitals;  and  John  Silva,  president  of  the 
National  Association  of  Community  Health  Centers,  Inc. 

We  will  suspend  for  30  seconds. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  thank  my  distinguished  ranking  member's 
indulgence  and  the  indulgence  of  the  witnesses. 

Ms.  Rosenbaum. 

STATEMENT  OF  SARA  ROSENBAUM,  SENIOR  STAFF  SCIENTIST, 
GEORGE  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY,  CENTER  FOR  HEALTH 
POLICY  RESEARCH 

Ms.  Rosenbaum.  Thank  you  very  much  for  having  me  here 
today.  I  would  like  to  spend  my  time  with  you  on  those  issues  that 
underserved,  inner-city  and  rural  populations  need  you  to  address 
that  go  beyond  health  insurance. 

A  number  of  the  questions  today  concerned  these  issues,  which 
are  probably  somewhat  less  familiar  on  the  Ways  and  Means  Com- 
mittee's work  plates  than  health  insurance,  where  you  are  the 
experts. 


52 

A  couple  of  things  need  to  be  said  about  underserved  urban  and 
rural  communities.  First  all,  about  three-quarters  of  all  under- 
served  Americans  are  in  inner  cities,  but  three-quarters  of  the  un- 
derserved geographic  areas  of  the  United  States  are  rural.  That  is 
because  of  the  difference  in  the  way  underservice  is  measured. 

In  rural  areas,  underservice  is  more  commonly  a  function  of  ab- 
solute shortage  of  health  care  providers.  In  inner-city  areas, 
underservice  is  more  a  reflection  of  very  poor  health  status  meas- 
ures, particularly  with  respect  to  preventable  diseases  and  deaths. 

The  second  point  that  I  think  is  worth  noting  is  that  you  have 
two  different  problems  must  be  addressed  here.  The  first  is  the 
issue  of  specific  underserved  populations  with  very  specific,  identi- 
fiable needs.  These  populations  live  everywhere  in  the  United 
States,  in  suburbia,  in  urban  and  rural  areas.  Addressing  their 
needs,  I  think,  is  a  function  of  the  requirements  placed  on  the  pri- 
vate health  care  system  that  everybody  uses  in  those  areas,  supple- 
mented by  certain  kinds  of  services  that  go  beyond  basic  medical 
care. 

The  second  serious  problem,  which  is  different  to  tackle,  is  what 
happens  when  many  underserved  people  live  in  concentrated  areas. 
That  is  the  problem  that  brings  remote  rural  areas  and  inner-city 
areas  very  close  together.  The  people  may  be  further  apart,  but  the 
bottom  line  is  the  same.  There  are  too  many  poor  people  with  too 
many  health  problems  comprising  too  big  a  percentage  of  the  serv- 
ice area. 

In  the  testimony  that  I  submitted,  I  tried  to  give  you  a  sense  of 
how  much  health  care  spending  happens  today  and  is  going  to  con- 
tinue to  happen  on  an  out-of-pocket  basis.  Even  under  a  broad 
health  insurance  reform  bill,  people  need  money  to  buy  health  care 
and  related  services.  Poor  communities,  whether  urban  or  rural,  do 
not  have  the  financial  wherewithal  to  support  a  health  care  infra- 
structure. 

Only  a  portion  of  health  care  spending  goes  into  health  insur- 
ance, and  therefore  to  build  a  health  care  system  in  very,  very  un- 
derserved areas  requires  public  investment  beyond  insurance. 
These  investments  also  should  be  financed  on  a  mandatory  basis. 

The  one  bill  that  does  that  right  now  is  the  bill  sponsored  by 
Representative  McDermott  and  Senator  Wellstone.  That  bill  builds 
funding  for  these  services  directly  into  what  essentially  is  the 
health  insurance  premium  payment. 

I  think  that  this  approach  represents  a  very  equitable  way  to  do 
it  because  the  cost  of  underservice  is  a  cost  that  society  has 
brought  on  itself  through  decades  of  discrimination  and  segrega- 
tion. The  cost  of  building  services  through  facilities  development, 
through  health  professions  training  programs,  through  enabling 
services  and  other  kinds  of  services  mentioned  in  my  testimony  and 
that  of  my  colleagues  is  something  that  is  a  social  obligation,  just 
as  insuring  people  is. 

So  I  urge  you  to  look  at  the  Wellstone-McDermott  bill  as  a  model 
for  tackling  the  problem  of  how  to  finance  this  care.  Beyond  the 
issue  of  the  financing  is  the  issue  of  the  civil  rights  requirements 
and  the  regulatory  requirements  that  you  choose  to  impose  on 
health  plans. 


53 

We  face  two  kinds  of  problems,  one  being  no  services  at  all  and 
the  other  being  a  deluge  of  underservice  bv  health  plans.  We  are 
not  going  to  correct  the  later  problem  without  clear,  measurable 
standards  on  the  performance  of  health  plans.  Health  plans  under 
civil  rights  laws  have  escaped  regulation  and  have  done  so  because 
there  is  no  recognition  of  poverty  as  a  civil  rights  issue.  That  is  the 
place  where  the  performance  standards  you  impose  will  have  a  lot 
to  do  in  how  they  reach  underserved  populations. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


54 


TESTIMONY  OF  SARA  ROSENBAUM, 
GEORGE  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY 


Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Subcommittee: 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today  to  testify  on  inner  city  and 
rural  populations  and  national  health  reform.    How  these  populations  fare  in  health  reform 
should  be  viewed  as  a  matter  of  extreme  importance  because  the  health  needs  of  inner  city 
and  rural  residents  are  so  urgent  and  because  there  are  substantial  economic  and  social 
consequences  if  national  reform  fails  to  effectively  address  these  needs.    This  testimony 
examines  the  special  issues  that  inner  city  and  rural  populations  present  in  health  reform  and 
the  policy  reforms  that  should  be  included  in  order  to  make  health  reform  effective  for  them. 

1.  What  special  issues  do  inner  city  and  rural  populations  present  in  health  reform? 

In  reviewing  the  special  health  reform  issues  presented  by  inner  city  and  rural 
populations,  two  separate  matters  must  be  considered.    First,  policy  makers  must  identify 
various  types  of  urban  and  rural  populations  who  can  be  considered  vulnerable  because  of 
their  special  health  needs  or  the  conditions  under  which  they  live,  or  both.  The  second  is  to 
consider  the  additional  problems  that  are  created  (and  the  additional  solutions  that  are 
required)  when  the  concentration  of  vulnerable  individuals  is  so  great  that  an  entire  urban  or 
rural  community  can  itself  be  considered  "vulnerable". 

The  overall  numbers:    Over  43  million  persons  can  be  classified  as  medically 
underserved.'    Underserved  persons  span  all  ages  and  live  everywhere  but  are  most  heavily 
concentrated  in  inner  city  and  rural  areas.    Seventy  percent  of  all  U.S.  counties  can  be 
classified  as  wholly  or  partially  medically  underserved  based  on  their  depressed  health 
statistics,  the  shortage  of  health  care  providers  or  both.^   Of  the  more  than  43  million 
underserved  persons,  14.2  million  are  under  age  18,  5.7  million  are  under  age  5,  and  9.1 
million  are  women  of  childbearing  age. 

The  populations  in  question:    The  causes  of  medical  underservice  extend  beyond  the 
absence  of  health  insurance.    Persons  at  risk  for  medical  underservice  include: 

►  Insured  low  income  persons:  60  percent  of  all  medically  underserved  Americans 
have  some  form  of  health  coverage.' 

►■  Residents  of  inner  cities:  More  than  78  percent  of  all  medically  underserved  persons 

are  residents  of  metropolitan  areas;  within  MSAs,  the  underserved  tend  to  be 
concentrated  in  central  city  areas.    In  the  case  of  the  urban  poor,  underservice  is  more 
frequently  a  function  of  depressed  health  status  measures.  This  indicates  a  lack  of 
accessible  primary  health  care  services. 

►  Residents  of  rural  areas:  While  rural  residents  comprise  only  slightly  more  than  21 
percent  of  all  medically  underserved  persons,  rural  counties  constitute  74  percent  of 
all  medically  underserved  counties.    Among  rural  populations,  absolute  provider 
shortages  are  a  more  common  cause  of  medical  underservice. 

*■  Members  of  racial  and  ethnic  minority  groups:  Racial  and  ethnic  minority 

populations  comprise  a  disproportionate  percentage  of  the  medically  underserved. 
This  disproportionate  level  of  underservice  among  minority  Americans  can  be  seen  in 
the  disproportionate  reliance  on  publicly  funded  health  clinics  by  members  of  minority 
groups. 

►  Homeless  persons:  An  estimated  2  million  persons  are  homeless.    Approximately 
one-third  are  believed  to  have  an  alcohol  or  substance  abuse  problem  while  25  percent 
have  a  mental  illness. 


Daniel  Hawkins  and  Sara  Rosenbaum,  lives  in  the  Balance  National  Association  t)f  Community  Health  Centers,  Washington, 
D.C.I993  (1993). 

Hawkins  and  Rosenbaum.  t)P.  cit 

'  Ibid. 


55 


►  Migrant  farmworkers  and  their  families:  Over  4  million  migrant  farmworkers  and 

their  families  travti  throughout  rural  areas  of  the  nation  each  year.    Their  mobility 
makes  effective  health  coverage  particularly  difficult,  and  their  health  risks  are 
especially  great. 

*■  Persons  with  HIV  and  other  communicable  diseases:  Persons  with  or  at  risk  for 

communicable  disease  are  at  particularly  high  need  of  comprehensive  health  services. 
But  persons  with  high  health  risks  are  found  in  especially  concentrated  numbers  in 
underserved  communities.  While  70  percent  of  all  U.S.  counties  are  medically 
underserved,  underserved  urban  and  rural  counties  account  for  90  percent  of  the 
nation's  hepatitis  cases,  93  percent  of  all  cases  of  tuberculosis,  and  virtually  all  cases 
of  vaccine  preventable  disease.'' 

»■  Persons  with  serious  physical,  developmental  and  mental  illness,  disorders  and 

and  disabilities:  Persons  with  serious  physical,  developmental  and  mental  health 
problems  live  in  all  communities.    But  medically  underserved  urban  and  rural 
communities  account  for  a  disproportionate  percentage  of  health  conditions  such  as 
infant  low  birthweight  which  are  associated  with  certain  types  of  lifelong  disabilities 
such  as  retardation,  cerebral  palsy,  and  developmental  disabilities. 

►■  Persons  who  speak  limited  or  no  English:    Medically  underserved  persons 

disproportionately  speak  limited  or  no  English.  Seventeen  percent  of  all  rural  health 
center  patients  and  13  percent  of  all  urban  patients  speak  limited  or  no  English. 

►■  Persons  who  are  undocumented:    Estimates  of  undocumented  persons  living  in  the 

U.S.  range  from  a  low  of  about  3  million  to  a  high  of  more  than  10  million. 
Undocumented  pc-sons  are  among  the  most  vulnerable  of  all  persons  at  risk  because 
of  the  deep  impoverishment  and  substandard  conditions  under  which  they  live.    They 
disproportionately  are  concentrated  in  central  city  and  rural  communities. 

While  many  factors  related  to  geography  and  personal  characteristics  can  make 
populations  vulnerable  to  underservice,  the  common  thread  is  poverty.  Underserved  inner 
city  and  rural  populations  are  disproportionately  poor.    Poverty  has  major  consequences  for 
both  health  status  and  access  to  health  care,  and  the  greater  poverty  of  inner  city  and  rural 
communities  must  be  taken  into  account  in  fashioning  health  reform. 

Access  barriers  faced  bv  underserved  populations:  Universal  health  insurance 
coverage  represents  the  critical  first  step  in  assuring  access  to  health  care  for  all  Americans. 
But  the  causes  of  medical  underservice  are  complex,  and  studies  indicate  that  underservice 
exists  even  in  the  face  of  reasonably  adequate  health  coverage.    Even  when  insured, 
vulnerable  individuals  receive  less  primary  health  care  and  less  specialized  care.    The  race 
and  ethnicity  of  patients  has  a  measurable,  and  limiting,  effect  on  the  amount  of  health  care 
they  receive,  and  the  settinp,s  in  which  thev  receive  it,  even  when  other  factors  are  controlled 
for.' 

In  fashioning  a  health  reform  plan  that  works  for  underserved  inner  city  and  rural 


Hawkins  and  Rosenbaum. 


Numerous  studies  indicate  racial  and  ethnic  health  rare  utilization  disparities  m  care     David  KindiR,  etal   "Physician  Supply 
in  Rural  Areas  with  Large  Minority  Populations"  Health  Affairs  (Summer  19931  p  177-184;    Alan  Cillelsnhn,  et  al.  "Income,  Race  and 
Suraery  in  Maryland"  American  lournal  of  Public  Health  Nov    1991,  Vol    81.  No    11    p    1435-1441;    Rodney  Hayward,  el. al. 
"Inequities  in  Health  Services  amon);  Insured  Americans"  The  New  England  lournal  off  Medicine  Vol    318,  No,  23.  p    1507-1512, 
Sandra  Blakeslee  "Studies  Find  Unequal  Access  to  Kidney  Transplants"  The  New  York  Times  |an.  24. 1 989;    Robert  Blendon,  et    al. 
"Access  to  Medical  Care  lor  Blj(  k  and  VVh  te  Ameru  ans"  JAMA  Ian    13.1989    Vol    261,  No.  2    p    278-281.    Mark  Wenneker  and 
Arnold  Epstein  "Racial  Inequalities  in  the  Use  of  Pn)cedures  for  Patients  with  Ischemii   Hfan  Disease  in  Massachusetts"  JAMA  Ian.   13, 
1989.  Vol,  261,  No.  2;    Kenneth  ColdberR,  el    al    "Racial  and  Communily  Far  tors  Influencing  Coronary  Artery  Bypass  Craft  Surgery 
Rates  ffnr  all  1986  Medicare  Patients"  |AM/'  Mai<  h  18,1992.  Vol    267.  No    11    |onalhan  lavitl,  I't  al,  "UndertreatmenI  of  Glaucoma 
among  Black  Americans"  The  New  England  lournal  of  Medii  me  Nov    14,1991    P    1418-1422,  Bertram  Kasiske.  et  al  "Ihi^  Effec  l  of 
Race  on  Access  and  Outcome  in  Transplanlalion"  The  New  England  lournal  of  Medic  me  Ian    31,1991    p    302-307,  Alfred  Sommer, 
et.  al  "Racial  Differences  in  the  Cause-Specific  Prevalence  of  Blindness  in  East  Baltimore"  The  New  England  lournal  of  Medicine  Nov, 
14,1991    p    1412-1417;  Suezanne  Orr,  el    dl    "Diflerences  in  Use  of  Health  Si-rvic  es  by  Children  Ac  c ceding  to  Race"  Medical  Care 
September  1984    Vol  22,  No   9    p    848-85  1 


56 


Americans,  Congress  must  consider  two  separate  types  of  situations.    The  first  involves 
communities  in  which  vulnerable  individuals  are  dispersed  in  relatively  small  numbers 
throughout  the  general  population.  Adaptation  of  existing  health  care  financing  and  service 
delivery  arrangements  accompanied  by  the  development  of  certain  types  of  supplemental 
services,    may  prove  quitt  effective  in  communities  with  relatively  small  numbers  of 
vulnerable  persons;  furthermore,  the  potentially  higher  cost  of  treating  such  persons  can  be 
spread  throughout  the  community. 

But  decades  of  residential  segregation  and  deep  poverty  have  led  to  the 
concentration  of  large  numbers  of  especially  vulnerable  persons  inner  city  communities 
fraught  with  high  health  risks.    Similarly,  many  rural  communities  face  deep 
impoverishment,  not  merely  pockets  of  poverty.  In  urban  and  rural  communities  comprised 
largely  of  low  income  and  vulnerable  populations  the  health  reform  challenges  grow,  because 
as  a  whole,  these  communities  simply  are  too  poor  and  high  risk  to  attract  and  sustain  a 
decent  and  functioning  health  care  system  without  additional  direct  aid.    Health  care 
financing  interventions  must  be  broader  than  health  insurance  alone  if  the  overall  community 
ecology  is  to  be  able  to  support  a  viable  health  care  system. 

The  limits  of  health  insurance  as  a  health  care  financing  tool  for  vulnerable  persons 
and  communities:  Many  people  believe  that  health  insurance  coverage  alone  can  achieve  a 
redistribution  of  health  reso-jrces  by  improving  the  market  purchasing  providers  of  low 
income  persons  and  communities.    In  areas  of  the  country  in  which  the  poor  are  widely 
dispersed,  there  are  clear  signs  that  insurance  coverage  has  a  measurable  and  positive  effect 
on  "mainstreaming. "' 

But  in  urban  and  rural  communities  with  high  concentrations  of  low  income, 
vulnerable  and  underserved  persons,  health  insurance  alone  is  not  the  only  necessary 
solution.    Many  factors  such  as  the  race  and  personal  characteristics  of  patients'  and  the 
quality  of  the  practice  environment  affect  practitioner  location.    As  important  may  be  the  fact 
that  the  overall  economic  environment  of  underserved  communities  is  too  weak  to  support 
health  care  systems  even  with  improvements  in  health  insurance  coverage. 

In  a  country  that  depends  on  private  health  insurance  to  finance  a  sizable  proportion 
of  medical  care,  extending  coverage  is  the  obvious  first  step  toward  assuring  financial  access 
to  health  services.    But  health  insurance  is  only  one  of  the  ways  that  Americans  pay  for 
health  care.    In  addition  to  health  insurance,  the  nation  relies  heavily  on  out-of-pocket 
spending  to  pay  medical  bills;  it  is  this  out-of-pocket  spending  capability  that  is  virtually 
missing  in  poor  and  near-poor  communities. 

According  to  the  Health  Care  Financing  Administration,  in  1991  out-of-pocket 
payments  amounted  to  $144  billion,  22  percent  of  all  spending  for  personal  health  services. 
Out-of-pocket  spending  Wus  highest  for  ambulatory  care  and  services,  as  shown  on  Table  1 . 


lamp^  F.)5\p|l,  |r)hn  Pi'lprvin,  Mdry  l?inR,  "Public   Smtiir  Primjry  Cdri'  drill  Mcdii  did;  Irddmn  Ai  ( psMbilily  lot  Mdinslci'dming." 
lournal  ill  Hpdilh  Pdlitin.  Pplicv  dnd  1  dw,  14:2  ISummiT  1989)  pp.  309-125 

David  KindiR  dnd  Gun  Van,  "Phy.i<  ijri  Supply  in  Rutdl  Ari'd'.  wilh  IjrRc  Miniinly  l'o(iuljli(ins '  Hpdilh  Alljirs  ISummpr,  1993) 
pp.    17S-184. 


57 


Table  1 
Out-of-Pocket  Spending*  as  a  Proportion  of  Total  Personal  Health  Spending 


Service 

Proportion  Paid  Out-of-Pocket 

All  personal  health  services 

22% 

Hospital  care 

3% 

Physician  services 

18% 

Dental  services 

54% 

Drugs  and  other  non-durables 

73% 

Vision  products  and  other  medical  non- 
durables 

62% 

*  Excludes  premiums 

Source:    Letsch,  Lazenby   Ixvit  and  Cowan,  Health  Care  Financing  Review  14:2  (Winter, 

1992) 

Out-of-pocket  health  expenditures  cover  a  variety  of  things,  including  uncovered 
health  services  (for  both  medically  necessary  and  purely  elective  care),  deductibles,  and 
coinsurance.    It  does  not  include  items  and  services  essential  to  good  health  such  as  food, 
shelter  and  other  health-related  services. 

In  setting  insurance  premium  rates,  actuaries  assume  the  availability  of  out-of-pocket 
expenditures.    These  assumptions  are  reflected  in  overt  limits  on  coverage  (such  as 
psychiatric  visit  limits)  as  well  as  in  deductibles,  coinsurance,  and  annual  and  lifetime 
maximum  coverage  limits.    Moreover,  out-of-pocket  expenditures  are  covertly  built  into 
health  coverage  schemes  as  well,  through  administrative  techniques  such  as  appointment 
scheduling  delays  or  long  waits  for  prior  approval  that  are  designed  to  discourage  the  use  of 
insured  services  and  encourage  out-of-plan  service  utilization." 

Given  the  limits  of  health  insurance  as  a  health  care  financing  mechanism,  health 
providers  derive  a  sizable  proportion  of  their  annual  revenues  from  aut-of-pocket  payments. 
Furthermore,  it  is  probably  safe  to  assume  that  whatever  health  reform  plan  finally  emerges 
will  continue  to  depend  on  sizable  out-of-pocket  spending  by  insured  persons,  simply  because 
the  plan  will  not  be  financed  in  a  manner  that  avoids  the  need  for  supplemental  personal 
spending  on  medical  and  health  related  services. 

Constrained  premium  rates,  dependence  on  out-of-pocket  payments  for  uncovered 
health  services,  the  desire  to  avoid  high  medical  risks  will  mean  that  many  health  plans  will 
continue  to  avoid  communities  with  high  concentrations  of  poor  persons.    These  communities 
also  will  remain  at  a  major  disadvantage  in  attracting  and  retaining  sufficient  numbers  of 
primary  and  specialized  health  care  providers.  Even  with  health  insurance,  poor  communities 
as  a  whole  are  incapable  of  making  the  types  of  out-of-pocket  medical  and  health-related 
expenditures  on  which  a  privately  financed  health  system  depends. 

Over  time,  poor  broader  insurance  coverage  and  an  increased  emphasis  on  primary 
health  care  training  may  have  a  redistributive  effect  on  health  care  providers.  But  this 
evolution  will  be  slow  in  coming,  given  the  overall  shortage  of  primary  health  care  providers 
(the  shortage  of  primary  care  physicians  is  estimated  to  stand  at  between  50,000  and  70,000) 
and  the  plentiful  opportunities  to  practice  in  more  affluent  communities.    Even  if  health 
insurance  payment  rates  are  increased  to  compensate  for  the  lack  of  out-of-pocket  spending. 


Milton  Roemer  and  William  Shonik  (1973)  "HMO  Pertormant e;  The  Rpcenr  tvidenrf"  Milbdnk  Mpmoridl  Qudrterlv   pp.  271- 
317  (Summer). 


58 


the  continued  presence  of  uninsured,  sporadically  insured,  and  underinsured  persons  (such  as 
undocumented  persons,  migrant  farm  workers  and  homeless  persons)  will  detract  providers. 

At  the  same  time  that  many  poor  communities  may  continue  to  experience  a  shortage 
of  health  personnel,  other  poor  communities  may  experience  "mirror-image"  type  of 
problem:  the  movement  into  the  community  of  underfinanced  prepaid  health  plans  that 
depend  on  an  excessive  reduction  in  health  care  service  utilization  to  show  a  profit.  There  is 
already  ample  evidence  from  the  past  and  recent  history  of  managed  care  under  the  Medicaid 
program  of  the  impact  of  under-financed  managed  care  on  vulnerable  patients  and 
communities.'  Indeed,  some  health  plan  executives  report  that,  far  from  representing  a  loss, 
Medicaid  managed  care  may  yield  high  profits  (at  least  in  the  short  term)  because  the  poor 
are  such  low  users  of  care  and  are  easily  deterred  from  seeking  services. 

Thus,  even  with  health  insurance  reform,  the  urban  and  rural  poor  remain  vulnerable 
to  two  basic  health  care  access  problems.  The  first  is  a  complete  lack  of  services  in 
communities  that  cannot  afford  to  attract  and  maintain  health  care  providers  of  good  quality. 
The  second  is  the  burgeoning  number  of  underfinanced  prepaid  health  plans  that  require 
providers  (however  fragile)  to  organize  into  prepaid  networks  that  place  far  too  high  a  level 
of  financial  risk  on  individual  practitioners  and  institutions,  and  that  ultimately  are  forced  to 
depend  on  systemic  under-service  for  economic  survival. 


2.  What  do  vulnerable  urban  and  rural  populations  need  in  health  reform? 

Over  the  past  25  years,  countless  studies  have  analyzed  what  makes  a  health  system  — 
both  health  insurance  and  health  care  services  -  responsive  to  the  needs  of  vulnerable 
populations  and  communities.    From  these  studies,  three  basic  points  emerge.    First, 
responsive  health  systems  take  special  steps  to  make  insurance  coverage  itself  accessible, 
affordable  and  of  good  quality     Second,  responsive  systems  ensure  that  health  care  providers 
serving  vulnerable  populations  have  access  to  additional  direct  financing  in  the  form  of 
capital  development  and  operational  support.    These  added  direct  supports  are  provided  in 
recognition  of  the  fact  that  health  insurance  alone  does  not  offer  providers  for  the 
underserved  a  sufficiently  adequate  financial  base.    Third,  a  responsive  system  emphasizes 
provider  practice  adaptations  to  fit  the  health  needs  of  their  patients.    Adaptation  examples 
include  location,  hours,  languages  spoken,  the  mix  of  health  and  social  services  offered,  and 
other  community-responsive  services. 

a.  Making  insurance  affordable,  accessible  and  of  good  quality:    To  be  appropriate 
for  vulnerable  populations  insurance  reforms  should  include  the  following  provisions: 

•  Premiums  must  be  kept  nominal:    Poor  patients  cannot  afford  premiums,  and  near- 
poor  patients  should  bear  premium  burdens  that  are  in  keeping  with  their  limited 
ability  to  pay  health  care  costs  (3  percent  of  annual  income  or  lower). 

•  Cost  sharing  must  be  nominal:  A  large  number  of  studies  underscore  that  premiums 
that  exceed  nominal  amounts  limit  access  to  necessary  health  care,  particularly  in  the 
case  of  preventive  and  primary  health  care. 

•  Benefits  should  adequate:    Benefits  should  be  broad  enough  to  cover  primary  and 
acute  care  needs  as  well  as  services  for  persons  with  chronic  illness  and  disability. 

•  Enrollment  must  be  simple  and  accessible:  Enrollment  sites  should  be  located 
throughout  a  community  and  available  in  the  evenings  and  on  weekends.    Enrollment 
assistance  should  be  made  available  for  persons  with  limited  English-speaking  ability 
and  for  persons  with  special  needs  for  assistance  in  enrolling  in  a  health  plan. 


See  Mudii'S  by  r.AO  .iiiH  diHit..  i  hoc  in    Medirjid  and  Managi'd  Cjri-:  A  Lileralure  Rhvii-w  (((itlhiciminn,  Kan 
I  Ihp  Future  of  Medicaid.  Wa<.hingn>,i,  L/C  ,   19941. 


59 


Special  provisions  must  be  made  for  transient  worker  populations:    Special  provisions 
should  be  included  for  persons  who  travel  for  work,  such  as  migrant  farmworkers.    In 
a  state-based  health  reform  system  in  which  coverage  depends  on  state  residency, 
special  reciprocal  arrangements  are  needed  to  ensure  that  migrants'  coverage  is 
honored  by  providers  in  all  states  and  that  families  are  not  required  to  reapply  each 
time  they  enter  a  new  state.    Fee-for-service  or  point-of-service  plans  are  of  particular 
importance  so  that  families  are  not  limited  in  their  use  of  insured  out-of-area, 
medically  necessary  services  during  travel  periods. 

Fee-for-service  or  point-of-service  plans  should  be  financially  available  to  all  persons 
regardless  of  income.    Lower  income  families  tend  to  have  far  less  stable  living 
arrangements  and  may  move  frequently.    Closed-network  provider  plans  are 
particularly  unsuitable  for  these  families,  who  may  frequently  find  themselves  out  of 
the  plan's  service  area.    This  is  true  in  both  inner  city  areas,  where  30  city  blocks 
may  place  a  family  "out-of-area",  as  well  as  rural  communities  where  distances  are 
great. 


b.  Direct  financing  for  the  development  and  support  of  health  providers  in  underserved  areas: 

In  communities  with  high  concentrations  of  low  income  and  vulnerable  populations,  a 
resource  development  strategy  is  absolutely  essential.    Without  a  systematic  strategy,  these 
communities  will  be  unable  to  attract  or  sustain  health  services  of  adequate  quality. 
Elements  of  a  provider  development  and  support  strategy  include: 

•  Funds  to  develop  primary  health  care  services:    Service  development  needs  include 
funds  to  plan  the  development  of  new  service  sites  and  networks,  and  funds  to  acquire 
or  refurbish  facilities,  purchase  equipment,  recruit  and  train  medical,  clinical  and 
administrative  staff,  set  up  billing  and  management  and  information  systems,  and 
assume  other  costs  associated  with  establishing  a  comprehensive  medical  practice. 

•  Funds  to  establish  risk  reserves  in  the  case  of  health  providers  participating  in  risk 
based  plans. 

•  Special  reinsurance  and  stop-loss  arrangements  to  cushion  providers  against  the  higher 
level  of  risk  incurred  in  providing  health  care  to  sicker  patients:  Steps  must  be  taken 
to  limit  the  financial  risks  incurred  by  providers  working  in  underserved  areas,  with 
special  consideration  given  to  primary  health  care  services.  This  can  be  done  through 
special  payment  rates  for  providers  practicing  in  undeserved  areas  or  special  stop-loss 
rules  designed  to  lower  the  financial  risk  of  furnishing  more  intensive  levels  of 
primary  health  care.    The  Federally  Qualified  Health  Centers  and  Rural  Health  Clinic 
Service  programs  created  by  this  Committee  both  are  excellent  examples  of  special 
payment  arrangements.    Emerging  data  suggest  that  these  payments  have  not  only 
helped  sustain  provider  practices  in  underserved  urban  and  rural  communities  but 
have  also  aided  in  their  growth  and  expansion. 

It  is  important  to  emphasize  that  risk  adjusted  payments  to  health  plans  alone  are  not 
enough.    Additional  payments  to  health  plans  will  have  little  impact  on  the  stability  of 
individual  providers  or  availability  of  primary  health  services  if  the  plans  do  not 
adjust  the  level  of  financial  risk  borne  by  the  providers.    The  history  of  prepayment 
under  Medicaid  reveals  numerous  instances  in  which  plans  whose  risk  capitation 
payments  may  have  been  reasonably  adequate  to  begin  with  nonetheless  failed  to 
appropriately  control  the  level  of  financial  risk  passed  on  to  individual  health 
providers  and  left  communities  at  risk  for  underfinanced  primary  health  services. 

•  Grants  to  pay  for  health  related  and  social  services  not  covered  by  insurance: 
Health  providers  in  underserved  communities  must  be  able  to  furnish  more  than 
traditional  medical  care  if  their  services  are  to  be  appropriate,  community-responsive, 
and  effective.    Of  particular  importance  are  case  management,  translation. 


fli-AR^  r\  —  OA 


60 


transportation,  social  work,  outreach  and  social  support  services.    None  of  these 
services  are  financed  by  traditional  forms  of  private  insurance   Providers  who  offer 
these  services  today  normally  do  so  through  operating  grants. 

Funds  to  cover  the  cost  of  uninsured  and  underinsured  patients:    In  the  event  that 
health  reform  excludes  insurance  coverage  for  undocumented  persons,  health  reform 
should  provide  for  the  direct  support  of  health  services.    Funding  is  needed  both  for 
the  overall  health  and  safety  of  these  individuals  and  the  communities  in  which  they 
reside  and  to  avoid  the  continued  need  to  shift  the  cost  of  care  and  services  onto  other 
payers.    An  adequately  financed  successor  program  to  the  existing  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  disproportionate  share  program  will  be  needed.  Similarly,  support  is  needed 
to  cover  unpaid  deductibles  and  coinsurance,  uncovered  but  necessary  health  care  and 
services  for  persons  with  chronic  illness  and  disability  care  for  persons  who 
temporarily  lose  their  coverage,  and  services  for  patients  who  are  unable  to  obtain  the 
care  they  need  from  providers  affiliated  with  their  health  plan  networks. 

Rules  to  ensure  that  health  plans  allow  full  participation  by  providers  to  underserved 
populations  and  do  not  use  exclusionary  practices  to  limit  their  own  financial  risk 
exposure.    This  means  minimum  guaranteed  contracting  requirements  on  terms  and 
conditions  at  least  equal  to  those  extended  to  other  providers. 


c.  Adaptation  of  health  services  to  the  needs  of  underserved  and  vulnerable  populations  and 
communities: 

In  addition  to  supporting  health  providers  that  traditionally  have  served  inner  city  and 
rural  populations,  health  reform  legislation  should  include  provisions  to  measure  the 
appropriateness  and  quality  of  health  care  to  all  patients.    Health  outcomes  indicators  are 
important  but  not  sufficient  by  themselves.    At  a  minimum,  data  must  be  collected  by  race, 
ethnicity  and  socio-economic  status  to  assure  that  variations  in  health  outcomes  for  vulnerable 
sub-populations  are  detectable  from  the  norm. 

Process-of-care  criteria  also  must  be  developed  to  assure  that  health  plans  and 
providers  furnish  services  that  do  not  readily  lend  themselves  to  immediate  health  outcomes 
measures  but  that  are  nonetheless  essential  to  the  overall  health  and  well-being  of  patients. 
Examples  are  night-time  and  weekend  hours,  location  of  services,  language  accessibility, 
linkages  to  special  community  health  programs,  health  education,  and  other  services. 

Finally,  a  critical  quality  of  care  measure  for  vulnerable  populations  and  communities 
is  the  community  orientation  of  health  plans  and  participating  providers.  Examples  of 
community  orientation  include  services  such  as  assistance  in  enrolling  in  SSI,  WIC,  job 
training  and  social  service  programs,  offering  on-site  patient  support  and  community  service 
programs,  offering  services  located  off-site  and  at  accessible  locations  such  as  schools  and 
community  centers,  participation  in  the  development  of  special  education  services  plans  for 
children  with  educational  disabilities,  and  other  community-oriented  practices. 

This  nation  has  a  long  history  of  developing  and  supporting  community-oriented 
health  programs  with  federal,  state  and  local  funding.  Examples  can  be  found  in  the 
programs  created  under  the  Public  Health  Service  Act  and  in  the  special  community  based 
ambulatory  care  and  inpatient  programs  and  providers  developed  and  supported  with  state 
and  local  funding.   The  nation's  health  budget  should  include  a  base  of  funding  for  the 
maintenance  and  growth  of  these  programs.    In  addition,  the  community-oriented  practice 
arrangements  which  many  of  these  programs  have  pioneered  should  be  preserved  and 
replicated  —  not  diminished   -  by  health  reform.    The  practice  modes  which  these  providers 
have  developed  should  be  supported  financially,  and  their  essential  elements  incorporated  into 
quality  of  care  measures  applicable  to  all  health  plans  in  all  communities. 


61 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Bernstein. 

STATEMENT  OF  JAMES  D.  BERNSTEIN,  PRESIDENT-ELECT, 
NATIONAL  RURAL  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION,  AND  DIRECTOR, 
NORTH  CAROLINA  OFFICE  OF  RURAL  HEALTH 

Mr.  Bernstein.  I  am  representing  the  National  Rural  Health  As- 
sociation, whose  membership  is  comprised  of  small  rural  hospitals, 
community  and  migrant  health  centers,  rural  health  clinics,  pri- 
mary care  physicians,  nonphysician  providers,  educators  and  other 
concerned  rural  citizens. 

NRHA  urges  serious  consideration  and  passage  of  a  health  re- 
form plan  that  ensures  universal  access  to  health  care  for  all  popu- 
lations. NRHA  distinguishes  universal  access  to  basic  comprehen- 
sive primary  health  care  services.  In  our  estimation,  providing  a 
health  care  card  and  offering  health  care  benefits  does  not  go  far 
enough  to  providing  quality  primary  health  care  services. 

American  citizens,  particularly  those  in  isolated  rural  and  fron- 
tier communities,  must  have  access  to  primary  health  care  provid- 
ers as  a  way  to  enter  the  health  care  system. 

NRHA  urges  serious  consideration  and  passage  of  a  health  re- 
form plan  that  ensures  universal  access  to  health  care  for  all  popu- 
lations. Three  intertwined  components  of  health  reform  are  of  a 
special  concern  for  us. 

First  is  the  work  force  issue.  Unless  this  issue  is  addressed  in 
a  multifaceted  way — I  truly  believe  not  only  will  rural  communities 
not  be  able  to  replace  existing  providers,  but  many  of  them  will 
move  to  urban  and  suburban  communities. 

A  managed  competition  reform  strategy  will  create  a  feeding 
frenzy  for  primary  care  providers,  the  likes  of  which  I  do  not  be- 
lieve any  of  us  can  predict.  If  we  do  not  prepare  carefully  and  com- 
prehensively for  this  foreseeable  outcome,  rural  Americans  could 
find  themselves  seriously  disenfi'anchised  from  the  health  care  sys- 
tem. 

Therefore,  we  recommend  significantly  increasing  funding  for  the 
programs  that  train  primary  care  providers  and  encourage  ambula- 
tory training  in  rural  communities.  For  an  off-campus  program  to 
be  successful,  the  physicians  doing  this  training  need  to  be  reim- 
bursed for  their  time.  Not  only  will  this  make  for  a  larger  and  bet- 
ter strategy,  but  it  is  fair. 

Other  innovative  incentives,  both  carrots  and  sticks,  need  to  be 
explored  for  professional  schools  and  students  to  encourage  rural 
primary  care  practice. 

The  second  concern  for  us  has  to  do  with  how  reform  will  be  fi- 
nanced. Rural  health  providers  of  Medicare  part  A  and  part  B 
health  services  feel  extremely  threatened  by  the  administration's 
proposal  to  finance  part  of  health  reform  from  cuts  in  the  Medicare 
program. 

Rural  America  not  only  has  a  higher  proportion  of  elderly  citi- 
zens, but  most  rural  providers  are  dependent  on  Medicare  reim- 
bursements. 

Another  financing  concern  relates  to  services  for  primary  care.  I 
never  did  understand  how  one  reconciled  the  two  policies — one  of 
reimbursing  rural  providers  less  than  urban  providers;  and  two  a 


62 

policy  to  encourage  primary  care  providers  to  practice  in  rural  and 
other  urban  underserved  communities. 

If  we  want  to  recruit  and  retain  primary  care  physicians  to  rural 
and  inner-city  areas,  we  probably  will  need  to  consider  reimburse- 
ment at  higher  rates  than  the  rest  of  the  country.  As  far  as  essen- 
tial community  providers  are  concerned,  we  will  always  need  them 
to  serve  certain  parts  of  rural  America. 

The  third  major  concern  focuses  on  communitv-based  health  sys- 
tems development  strategies.  With  all  the  talk  about  managed  com- 
petition and  integrated  systems  development,  especially  by  the 
llarge  insurance  companies,  HMOs,  and  tertiary  care  hospitals,  we 
tend  to  forget  who  is  providing  care  in  rural  America  today — local 
private  MDs,  small  hospitals,  health  departments,  and  other 
community -based  organizations  like  community  health  centers  and 
rural  health  clinics. 

We  believe  a  successful  health  reform  strategy  will  recognize  this 
fact  and  attempt  to  build  on  the  strengths  of  a  community-based 
system  combining  them  appropriately  with  integrated  systems  de- 
velopment. 

It  is  important  to  remember  these  big  HMOs  and  hospitals,  in- 
cluding teaching  centers,  have  had  relatively  little  success  and  in- 
terest in  rural  America  over  the  past  25  years. 

The  membership  of  the  National  Rural  Health  Association  appre- 
ciates this  opportunity  to  provide  you  with  input  to  the  national  re- 
form development  process. 

I  would  like  to  conclude  by  saying  I  am  very  concerned  about  the 
attack  last  week  by  various  groups  on  what  I  believe  are  the  very 
basic  tenets  of  health  reform  and  urge  you  not  to  compromise  uni- 
versal access. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


63 


STATEMENT  OF  THE  NATIONAL  RURAL  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION  TO  THE  HOUSE 
WAYS  AND  MEANS  COMMITTEE,  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH,  PRESENTED  BY 
JAMES  D.  BERNSTEIN,  PRESIDENT-ELECT,  FEBRUARY  7,  1994 

Chairman  Stark  and  Members  of  the  Ways  and  Means  Subcommittee  on 
Health.  My  name  is  James  Bernstein,  President-elect  of  the 
National  Rural  Health  Association  and  Director  of  the  North 
Carolina  Office  of  Rural  Health.  I  am  representing  the  National 
Rural  Health  Association  whose  membership  is  comprised  of  small, 
rural  hospitals,  community  and  migrant  health  centers,  rural  health 
clinics,  primary  care  physicians,  non-physician  providers, 
educators  and  other  rural  health  advocates. 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  appreciates  the  opportunity 
to  testify  on  the  implications  of  national  health  reform  on  rural 
communities. 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  urges  serious  consideration 
and  passage  of  a  health  reform  plan  that  ensures  universal  access 
to  health  care  for  all  populations.  NRHA  distinguishes  universal 
access  from  universal  coverage  by  defining  universal  access  as 
access  to  basic  comprehensive  primary  health  care  services.  In  our 
estimation,  providing  a  health  care  card  and  offering  health  care 
benefits  does  not  go  far  enough  to  providing  quality  health  care 
services.  American  citizens,  particularly  those  in  isolated  rural 
and  frontier  communities  must  have  access  to  primary  health  care 
providers. 

NRHA  must  insist  that  universal  access  includes  the  following 
elements: 

(1)  Health  Systems  Work  Force 

(2)  Health  Systems  Financing 

(3)  Community-Based  Health  Systems  Development. 

HEALTH  SYSTEMS  WORK  FORCE  CONSIDERATIONS 

Any  national  health  plan  should  provide  policy  direction  and 
funding  for  the  education  and  training  of  a  sufficient  number  and 
mix  of  appropriate  health  care  providers  to  meet  the  personnel 
needs  that  exist  throughout  rural  America.  Our  specific 
recommendations  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

*  Significantly  expand  programs  and  increase  funding  for  health 
care  personnel  training  programs,  scholarships  and  other 
subsidization  and  innovative  programs  to  prepare  and  retain 
providers. 

*  Adopt  financing  progriuns  that  encourage  zunbulatory  training 
experiences  in  rural  areas  and  create  incentives  for  training 
programs  and  rural  delivery  sites,  including  payments  to  providers 
in  these  settings  who  teach. 

HEALTH  SYSTEMS  FINANCING  ISSUES 

There  are  two  major  issues  in  financing  health  systems  reform  that 
must  be  considered  in  implementing  national  health  reform.  These 
are:  (1)  how  to  finance  the  overall  system  and  (2)  how  to  pay  for 
services  as  well  as  reimbursement  focusing  on  the  patient/provider 
relationship. 

NRHA  recommends  that  reform  of  the  health  system  cannot  take  place 
by  reducing  Medicare.  Rural  areas,  with  their  disproportionate 
number  of  elderly,  will  suffer  inordinately  with  any  decrease  in 
Medicare  funding. 

COMMUNITY-BASED  HEALTH  SYSTEMS  DEVELOPMENT  STRATEGIES 

A  major  element  of  health  care  reform  is  the  restructuring  of  the 
health  care  delivery  systems.  It  is  critical  to  rural  citizens 
that  there  be  access  to  at  least  basic  health  care  services  and 
ideally  to  a  set  of  choices  of  comprehensive  community-based  health 
care  services. 

It  is  equally  as  critical  that  there  be  a  mechanism  that  recognizes 
and  maintains  the  contributions  of  essential  community  providers  — 
those  community-based  providers  who  have  established  themselves  and 
demonstrated  their  ability  to  provide  access  for  residents  of  rural 
underserved  areas.  There  must  be  assurances  that  essential 
community  providers   participate  and  be  protected  in  payment 


64 


agreements  during  the  initial  five  year  transition.  Moreover,  it 
is  imperative  that  the  underserved  residents  that  essential 
community  providers  serve  be  given  assurances  that  they  will  always 
have  access  to  comprehensive  primary  care  services. 

NRHA  supports  the  development  of  strategies  to  retain  rural 
community -based  health  care  services,  and  incentives  to  encourage 
the  development  of  stable  systems  of  care  that  combine  community 
development  principles  with  integrated  systems  development. 

MEDICARE  FINANCING/MEDICARE  SAVINGS 

The  President's  plan  to  achieve  $124  billion  in  savings  over  five 
years  by  reducing  the  rate  of  growth  in  Medicare  spending  would 
have  the  greatest  impact  on  the  rural  elderly.  Reflecting  a 
population  that  is  disproportionately  older  and  poorer,  rural 
providers  are  more  dependent  on  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs. 
Thirteen  percent  of  rural  residents  are  65  years  of  age  or  older 
compared  to  10.7  percent  of  urban  residents. 

Most  rural  hospitals  under  49  beds  receive  over  50  percent  to  70 
percent  of  their  net  income  from  acute  Medicare  patients  and  in 
excess  of  66  percent  of  their  patient  days  being  Medicare. 
Statistically,  HCFA  reports  much  less  than  this,  but  they  include 
referral  centers  and  larger  rural  hospitals  adjacent  to  urban 
facilities. 

In  1992,  the  Prospective  Payment  Assessment  Commission  (ProPAC) 
reported  that  nearly  28  percent  of  all  rural  hospitals  had  negative 
total  operating  margins,  while  39  percent  of  rural  hospitals  of 
less  than  50  beds  had  negative  total  margins. 

In  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  there  are  126  PPS  hospitals.  77 
hospitals  or  61  percent  are  rural.  Medicare  reimbursement 
represents  47  percent  of  the  revenue  to  all  North  Carolina 
hospitals.  Medicare  payments  represent  54  percent  of  the  income 
for  rural  hospitals  versus  40  percent  for  the  urbans. 

In  1991,  the  overall  operating  margin  was  6  percent  for  all 
hospitals.  For  rural  hospitals,  the  overall  operating  margin  was 
5  percent.  However,  PPS  margins  on  average  for  rural  hospitals 
were  a  negative  10  percent.  Of  the  77  rural  hospitals,  12 
hospitals  or  16  percent  of  the  rural  hospitals  had  negative 
operating  margins.  We  anticipate  that  upon  review  of  the  1992 
data,  we  will  see  a  trend  toward  higher  negative  PPS  operating 
margins  for  rural  hospitals. 

Preliminary  estimates  by  the  North  Carolina  Hospital  Association 
anticipate  that  reductions  in  Medicare  payments  would  total  $1.9 
billion  for  the  period  of  1995-2000. 

with  the  implementation  of  Medicare  Prospective  Payment  System, 
(PPS) ,  rural  hospitals  reduced  inpatient  capacity  and  increased 
capacity  for  outpatient  services.  Now,  rural  hospitals  receive 
more  than  50  percent  of  their  Medicare  reimbursement  from 
outpatient  services. 

The  loss  of  rural  Medicare  Geographic  reclassification  status, 
coupled  with  the  Medicare  cuts  imposed  by  OBRA  1993,  (particularly 
the  reductions  in  capital  and  outpatient  spending) ,  will  only 
exacerbate  the  problem  of  access  for  rural  citizens  to  viable  rural 
providers. 

Rural  health  care  providers  are  only  seeking  assistance  in  leveling 
the  playing  field  in  access  to  capital.  The  definition  of  capital 
projects  must  be  broadened.  National  health  reform  will  require 
capital  infrastructure  development  of  community-based  health  care 
institutions.  It  will  require  expenditures  for  bricks  and  mortar, 
as  well  as  systems  transitions  and  acquisitions. 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  recommends  continuing 
Medicaid  disproportionate  share  hospital  payments  to  those 
hospitals  serving  a  disproportionate  share  of  low-income  patients 
during  the  five  year  transition  period. 


65 


We  also  recommend  not  eliminating  the  Medicare  adjustment  for 
outpatient  capital  costs  for  rural  and  inner  city  health  care 
facilities. 

Further,  we  recommend  increasing  access  to  capital,  including 
projects  of  less  than  $300,000  for  facility  Improvement  or 
development  of  rural  community-based  health  care  facilities. 

Moreover,  we  recommend  that  accessible  and  affordable  funding 
should  be  available  to  rural  institutions  to  fund  planning  and 
construction  costs  of  converting  existing  facilities  to  other 
models  when  appropriate. 

REIMBURSEMENT  RATES  BASED  ON  HISTORICAL  COSTS 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  recommends  that  historical 
costs  not  be  used  to  determine  the  level  of  reimbursement  for  rural 
providers.  Rural  providers  have,  over  the  past  two  decades, 
suffered  inequitable  federal  reimbursement.  Particularly  since  the 
implementation  of  the  Medicare  Prospective  Payment  System,  rural 
hospitals  were  placed  at  a  distinct  disadvantage  to  urban 
hospitals.  Despite  the  fact  that  rural  hospitals  pay  the  same  or 
higher  prices  for  drugs  and  other  supplies  and  the  same  or  higher 
salaries  for  medical  personnel.  Medicare  has,  over  the  years, 
reimbursed  rural  facilities  at  rates  up  to  40  percent  less  than 
urban  hospitals. 

Biases  exist  in  the  historical  payment  to  rural  primary  care 
providers.  The  Medicare  reimbursement  for  office  visits  are 
substantially  lower  than  the  cost  of  providing  the  services. 
Medicare  fees  simply  do  not  begin  to  cover  the  time  and  material 
that  it  takes  to  serve  rural  elderly  residents. 

The  experiences  of  rural  health  clinics  best  illustrates  the 
inherent  biases  in  historical  payments  to  rural  providers.  Rural 
health  clinic  reimbursement  has  been  artificially  suppressed  as  a 
result  of  the  placement  of  caps  that  were  not  increased  for  many 
years.  Any  future  payments  based  on  historical  experience  will 
continue  to  place  rural  providers  in  an  untenable  financial 
position. 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  recommends  that  practice 
expense  payments  for  primary  care  services  should  be  Increased  as 
advocated  by  the  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians. 

HEALTH  SYSTEMS  WORKFORCE 

Increases  in  incentives  for  primary  care  providing  training  for  all 
disciplines  is  critical  to  rural  areas.  It  is  the  hope  of  the 
rural  constituency  that  greater  emphasis  on  quality  training  at 
rural  ambulatory,  hospital  and  non-hospital  sites  will  become  a 
recruitment  point  for  luring  primary  care  physicians  and  non- 
physician  providers  to  practice  in  rural  communities. 

NRHA  supports  direct  graduate  medical  education  reimbursement  to 
rural  ambulatory,  hospital  and  non-hospital  sites  and  paying  of 
local  providers  for  their  time  to  teach. 

The  National  Rural  Health  Association  promotes  a  policy  which 
adequately  redirects  graduate  medical  education  payments  to  achieve 
a  goal  after  a  five  year  phase-in  period  of  at  least  50  percent  of 
new  physicians  being  trained  in  primary  care  rather  than  in 
specific  specialty  fields  in  which  an  excess  supply  currently 
exists. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  National  Rural  Health  Association  Is  committed  to 
working  with  the  Congress  and  the  President  to  ensure  universal 
access  through  a  national  health  reform  plan  this  year. 


66 

Chairman  Stark.  Now  Larry  Gage  is  going  to  tell  us  that  all 
these  big-managed  care  providers  and  HMOs  are  just  gobbling  up 
more  patients  in  the  inner  city  which  is  why  they  don't  have  time 
to  come  out  and  see  you  in  the  rural  communities. 

STATEMENT  OF  LARRY  S.  GAGE,  PRESmENT,  NATIONAL 
ASSOCL\.TION  OF  PUBLIC  HOSPITALS 

Mr.  Gage.  I  may  tell  you  that  later.  We  know  they  are  gobbling 
up  premiums.  We  are  not  sure  they  are  gobbling  up  patients. 

I  am  Larry  Gage,  president  of  the  National  Association  of  Public 
Hospitals.  NAPH  has  just  100  members,  but  these  hospitals  and 
health  systems  have  combined  budgets  of  over  $16  billion  and  they 
provide  71  percent  of  their  services  to  Medicaid  and  other  low-in- 
come patients.  I  might  add  that  in  addition  to  systems  like  Ala- 
meda and  Santa  Clara  County  and  Grady  Memorial  Hospital  in  At- 
lanta, we  have  rural  systems  like  San  Bernardino  County,  Kern 
County  and  Riverside  County  in  California. 

The  point  I  wanted  to  make  to  augment  some  of  the  things  said 
today  is  that  it  is  essential  that  you  understand  as  you  debate 
health  reform  that  the  importance  of  these  hospitals  and  health 
systems  extends  services  they  provide  to  their  entire  communities 
and  not  just  to  the  poor.  For  example,  they  often  serve  as  the  only 
provider  of  many  costly  specialized  medical  and  public  health  serv- 
ices such  as  trauma  care,  burn  neonatal  intensive  care  et  cetera. 

By  way  of  example,  let  me  refer  to  news  stories  that  graphically 
illustrate  this  community-wide  mission.  I  have  some  visual  aids 
here.  One  of  these  dated  Tuesday,  January  18  was  headlined,  "A 
Tidal  Wave  of  the  Walking  Wounded." 

It  refers  to  the  extraordinary  services  provided  to  thousands  of 
California  earthquake  victims  by  the  hospitals  of  the  Los  Angeles 
County  health  system,  generally,  and  in  this  case,  the  county's 
Olive  View  Medical  Center  in  particular.  You  can  see  row  after  row 
of  emergency  patients  who  being  treated  in  the  hospital  parking 
lot. 

The  second  article  dated  January  7  headlined,  "Girl  Beats  Odds 
After  Devastating  Ski  Run  Accident,"  describes  Brooke  Sebold  who 
was  a  12-year-old  girl,  the  daughter  of  a  Texas  physician.  Brooke 
was  brought  by  air  ambulance  from  Vale,  Colo,  to  the  State's  only 
level  1  trauma  center  at  Denver  General  Hospital  with  a  severely 
lacerated  liver,  multiple  injuries  and  a  less  than  5  percent  chance 
of  survival. 

Two  weeks  later,  she  walked  out  of  Denver  General  after  a  re- 
markable team  of  20  physicians  and  a  brandnew  trauma  center 
saved  her  life. 

The  point  of  these  examples  is  that  even  if  health  insurance  is 
available  to  pay  for  the  specific  care  provided  to  Brooke  Sebold  and 
many  California  earthquake  victims,  health  insurance  alone  will 
never  adequately  pay  the  substantial  standby  costs  of  these  essen- 
tial systems  and  services. 

These  services  are  available  only  because  they  are  currently  sup- 
ported by  a  fragile  web  of  funding  sources,  including  local  taxpayer 
subsidies.  Medicare  and  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  and 
teaching  adjustments,  and  a  very  limited  amount  of  private  sector 
cost  shifting. 


67 

These  stories  are  not  isolated  or  unique.  In  just  the  last  year  or 
two,  we  have  seen  many  other  examples  of  the  need  to  preserve 
such  essential  standby  services,  from  Hurricane  Andrew  to  the 
Midwest  floods  to  the  World  Trade  Center  bombing  to  the  Los  An- 
geles riots,  to  the  recent  measles  epidemic  in  Milwaukee  in  which 
two-thirds  of  the  hundreds  of  unimmunized  children  hospitalized 
were  already  members  of  Medicaid-managed  care  plans. 

NAPH  member  hospitals  have  for  many  years  served  as  the  most 
essential  providers  in  their  respective  urban  communities,  playing 
this  role  despite  many  fiscal  and  administrative  obstacles  which 
are  documented  in  detail  in  my  prepared  testimony. 

We  are  concerned  also  about  the  statements  made  by  a  number 
of  organizations  last  week  and  by  the  increasing  polarization  of  the 
debate.  For  this  reason,  in  conclusion,  NAPH  decided  2  weeks  ago 
to  endorse  the  major  principles  and  key  provisions  of  President 
Clinton's  Health  Security  Act. 

It  is  not  that  we  believe  that  the  President's  proposed  bill  is  per- 
fect or  that  it  cannot  be  improved.  Indeed  we  are  concerned  that 
the  untested  concept  of  managed  competition  cannot  in  the  foresee- 
able future  meet  all  of  the  health  and  social  needs  of  low-income 
residents  of  our  Nation's  inner  cities. 

We  are  also  concerned  about  the  funding  levels  and  continuation 
of  many  of  the  programs  that  you  were  discussing  with  Dr.  Lee 
earlier  today.  However,  we  are  convinced  that  the  Health  Security 
Act  offers  you  a  excellent  and  realistic  foundation  upon  which  to 
build  a  comprehensive  universal  mandatory  health  plan. 

We  are  unanimously  committed  to  working  with  the  President 
and  the  members  of  this  committee  to  achieve  enactment  of  univer- 
sal mandatory  health  coverage  as  swiftly  as  possible. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stauk.  Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:! 


68 

Statement  of  Larry  S.  Gage 
President 

National  Association  of  Public  Hospitals 

before  the 

Subcommittee  on  Health 

Committee  on  Ways  &  Means 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

Washington  D.C. 

February  7,  1994 


Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the  Subcommittee,  I  am  Larry  Gage,  President  of  the 
National  Association  of  Public  Hospitals  (NAPH).   I  am  pleased  to  have  this  opportunity  to 
testify  before  the  Subcommittee  on  the  importance  of  universal,  mandatory  national  health 
reform  to  America's  urban  health  safety  net  hospitals  and  health  systems. 

NAPH's  members  include  over  100  of  those  safety  net  institutions.   With  combined 
revenues  of  almost  $16  billion,  they  provide  over  71%  of  their  services  to  Medicaid  and  low 
income  uninsured  and  underinsured  patients.    In  other  words,  these  hospitals  already  serve  as 
"national  health  insurance"  by  default  in  most  of  our  nation's  urban  areas.    At  the  same  time, 
they  train  a  substantial  proportion  of  our  nation's  doctors,  nurses,  and  other  health 
professionals. 

As  you  begin  to  deliberate  health  reform,  it  is  essential  that  you  understand  that  the 
importance  of  urban  safety  net  hospitals  and  health  systems  also  extends  to  the  services  they 
provide  to  their  entire  communities,  not  just  the  poor.   For  example,  they  often  serve  as  the 
only  provider  of  many  costly,  specialized  medical  and  public  health  services,  such  as  trauma 
care,  bum  care,  neo-natal  intensive  care,  high  risk  pregnancy  services,  and  emergency 
psychiatric  care.  By  way  of  example,  let  me  refer  you  to  two  recent  news  stories  that 
graphically  illustrate  this  essential  community-wide  mission. 

One  of  these,  dated  Tuesday,  January  18,  1994,  was  headlined  "A  Tidal  Wave  of  the 
Walking  Wounded",  refers  to  the  extraordinary  services  provided  to  thousands  of  California 
earthquake  victims  by  the  hospitals  of  the  Los  Angeles  County  health  system  generally,  and 
the  County's  Olive  View  Medical  Center  in  particular.    A  photograph  accompanying  the 
article  shows  trauma  physicians  treating  row  after  row  of  emergency  patients  spread  out 
across  the  hospital's  parking  lot. 

The  second  article,  dated  January  7,  is  headlined  "Girl  Beats  Odds  After  Devastating 
Ski  Accident".    It  describes  Brooke  Sebold,  a  12  year  old  girl,  the  daughter  of  a  Texas 
physician,  who  was  brought  by  air  ambulance  from  Vail,  Colorado  to  the  state's  only  Level  I 
trauma  center  at  Denver  General  Hospital,  with  severely  lacerated  liver,  other  multiple 
injuries,  and  a  less  than  5%  chance  of  survival.   Two  weeks  later,  Brooke  walked  out  of 
Denver  General,  after  a  remarkable  team  of  20  physicians  saved  her  life. 

The  point  of  each  of  these  cases  is  that  even  if  health  insurance  is  available  to  pay  for 
the  specific  care  provided  to  Brooke  Sebold  and  many  of  the  earthquake  victims,  we  believe 
it  is  highly  unlikely  that  the  President's  plan  -  or  any  of  the  other  reforms  being  proposed  — 
will  adequately  pay  the  substantial  standby  costs  of  making  sure  the  essential  systems  and 
services  are  going  to  be  available  when  they  are  needed.   These  services  are  available  only 
because  they  are  currently  supported  by  a  fragile  web  of  funding  sources,  including  local 
taxpayer  subsidies,  Medicare  and  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  and  teaching  adjustments, 


69 


and  a  very  limited  amount  of  private  sector  cost  shifting.    And  these  cases  are  not  isolated  or 
unique.    In  just  the  last  year  or  two  we  have  seen  many  other  examples  of  the  need  to 
preserve  such  standby  services,  from  Hurricane  Andrew  to  the  Midwest  floods  to  the  World 
Trade  Center  bombing  to  the  Los  Angeles  riots  to  the  recent  measles  epidemic  in  Milwaukee, 
in  which  over  two  thirds  of  the  hundreds  of  unimmunized  children  hospitalized  were  already 
members  of  Medicaid  managed  care  plans. 

NAPH  member  hospitals  have  for  many  years  served  as  the  most  "essential" 
providers  in  their  respective  urban  communities,  playing  this  role  despite  facing  many  fiscal 
and  administrative  obstacles.    The  situation  of  many  of  these  urban  safety  net  hospitals 
continues  to  worsen  today,  even  as  the  significance  of  their  community  wide  services 
continue  to  be  emphasized  by  recent  events.   The  nation's  urban  public  hospitals  continue  to 
be  burdened  by  multiple  crises  -  including  persistent  state  and  local  budget  shortfalls  — 
escalating  federal  and  state  curbs  on  Medicaid  eligibility  and  spending  --  continuing  increases 
in  the  number  of  uninsured  and  under-insured  --  and  an  increasing  inability  or  unwillingness 
of  many  providers  to  shift  uncompensated  costs  to  privately  insured  patients. 

For  all  of  these  reasons,  NAPH  decided  in  late  January  to  endorse  the  major 
principles  and  key  provisions  of  President  Clinton's  Health  Security  Act. 

It  is  not  that  we  believe  that  the  President's  proposed  bill  is  perfect,  or  that  it  cannot 
be  improved.    Indeed,  we  are  concerned  that  the  untested  concept  of  "managed  competition" 
cannot  in  the  foreseeable  future  meet  all  of  the  health  and  social  needs  of  low  income 
residents  of  our  nation's  inner  cities.    However,  we  are  convinced  that  the  Health  Security 
Act  offers  you  an  excellent  foundation  upon  which  to  build  a  comprehensive,  universal, 
mandatory  health  plan. 

NAPH  members  believe  that  President  Bill  Clinton  has  offered  Americans  our  best 
opportunity  in  over  half  a  century  to  join  the  family  of  civilized  nations  that  make  adequate 
health  care  a  basic  right  of  citizenship.    NAPH  strongly  supports  President  Clinton  in  this 
historic  effort.    NAPH  members  are  unanimously  committed  to  working  with  the  President  -- 
and  with  the  members  of  this  Committee  --  to  achieve  enactment  of  universal,  mandatory 
health  coverage  as  swiftly  as  possible.    We  simply  cannot  afford  to  let  this  opportunity  slip 
away,  like  so  many  others  in  the  last  50  years. 

In  the  remainder  of  my  testimony,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  provided  the  Committee 
with  new  information  quantifying  the  scope  of  the  crisis  facing  urban  safety  net  hospitals  and 
health  systems,  and  have  also  spelled  out  a  number  of  concerns  and  possible  amendments  we 
would  like  you  to  consider  as  you  move  ahead  to  mark  up  health  reform  legislation. 

Less  than  two  weeks  ago,  Mr.  Chairman,  NAPH  released  a  new  170  page  Special 
Report  on  the  crisis  facing  urban  safety  net  hospitals  in  America  today.    Let  me  illustrate  the 
urgency  of  this  crisis  with  a  few  facts  from  that  new  Report  (copies  of  which  have  been 
provided  for  the  members  of  the  Subcommittee): 

Safety  net  hospitals  today  are  bursting  at  the  seams,  with  an  extraordinary 
volume  of  inpatient  and  outpatient  care.  60  NAPH  member  hospitals  across  the  nation 
averaged  over  270,000  emergency  room  and  outpatient  visits  and  14,000  admissions,  and 
totalled  17.3  million  emergency  and  outpatient  visits,  in  1991.  Despite  overcapacity  in  many 
parts  of  the  hospital  industry,  NAPH  members  averaged  a  79%  occupancy  rate  in  1991, 
almost  27%  greater  than  the  overall  average  for  hospitals  in  the  100  largest  cities  for  1990. 

Between  1980  and  1990,  low  income  patients  were  increasingly  concentrated  in 
just  a  small  handful  of  inner  city  hospitals.  Public  general  hospitals  saw  an  increased 
Medicaid  utilization  during  this  period  of  43.5%,  and  the  increase  in  public  university 
hospitals  was  over  39%,  compared  with  reduced  Medicaid  utilization  in  private  university 
hospitals  of  nearly  14%.  The  proportion  of  self  pay  patients  also  increased  nearly  17%  in 
urban  public  hospitals  between  1980  and  1990,  as  compared  with  decreases  of  16-41%  in  all 
other  categories  of  hospitals. 


70 


In  the  largest  100  cities  in  the  1980s,  the  use  of  inner  city  hospital  emergency 
rooms  and  outpatient  departments  increased  by  over  39%  between  1980  and  1990,  to 
nearly  100  million  visits.  Urban  public  hospitals  represent  just  7.4%  of  all  hospitals  but 
provided  18%  of  outpatient  care  and  19%  of  emergency  care  in  1990. 

Some  of  the  largest  urban  public  hospitals  provide  a  staggering  volume  of 
emergency  and  outpatient  care  that  could  be  provided  in  a  more  appropriate  setting  if 
one  were  available.  For  example,  Atlanta's  Grady  Memorial  Hospital  provided  nearly 
865,000  emergency  and  outpatient  visits  in  1990;  Cook  County  Hospital,  over  670,000;  Los 
Angeles  County+USC  Medical  Center  nearly  645,000.  Urban  public  hospitals  in  the 
northeast  experienced  the  highest  average  volume  of  outpatient  and  emergency  hospital  care, 
with  an  average  of  413,000  visits  in  1990. 

Emergency  and  clinic  patients  are  waiting  longer  to  see  doctors  or  be  admitted. 

58%  of  NAPH  hospitals  reported  periodic  waits  by  emergency  department  patients  of  12 
hours  or  more  for  admission,  and  half  of  all  hospitals  surveyed  reported  that  some  patients 
were  forced  to  wait  more  than  24  hours. 

Safety  net  hospitals  continue  to  concentrate  their  services  on  low  income  patients 
-  serving  as  both  hospital  and  family  doctor  for  the  uninsured.  In  1991,  24%  of  all 
discharges  and  20%  of  all  inpatient  days  in  NAPH  member  hospitals  were  not  sponsored  — 
even  by  Medicaid.  37%  of  all  outpatient  and  emergency  room  visits  were  also  by  uninsured 
patients. 

Safety  net  hospitals  also  continue  to  be  uniquely  reliant  on  governmental  funding 
sources.  Just  12%  of  the  gross  revenues  of  safety  net  hospitals  were  derived  from  private 
insurance  and  16%  from  Medicare  in  1991,  while  71%  were  attributable  to  Medicaid  and 
"self  pay"  patients.  Average  gross  revenues  at  NAPH  member  hospitals  were  $92  million  for 
Medicaid  patients  and  $78  million  for  self  pay  patients  (who  are  typically  uninsured  and 
thus  "financed"  only  by  direct  local  governmental  subsidies  and  other  mechanisms  such  as 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  hospital  adjustments). 

In  other  words,  carrying  out  their  missions  of  serving  the  poor  and  providing 
essential  community-wide  services,  NAPH  member  hospitals  would  have  lost  $3.2  billion 
dollars  in  1991  without  local  taxpayer  subsidies  and  Medicaid  "disproportionate  share 
hospital"  (DSH)  payments.    Such  payments  enabled  these  hospitals  to  break  even  and 
keep  their  doors  open;  yet  both  sources  of  fmancing  have  come  under  pressure  from 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments  in  recent  years.   67  NAPH  members  surveyed  had 
total  revenues  of  $12.2  billion  and  total  expenses  of  $12.4  billion.   They  would  have 
experienced  significant  losses,  however,  if  not  for  local  taxpayer  subsidies  of  $2.1  billion. 
In  addition,  we  estimate  that  these  hospitals  received  net  Medicaid  DSH  payments  totalling 
approximately  $1.4  billion  based  on  an  analysis  of  1992  DSH  data.    On  average,  surveyed 
hospitals  relied  on  Medicaid  DSH  payments  for  12  percent  of  their  total  revenue. 

As  a  result  of  this  funding  crisis,  the  many  community- wide  services  provided  by 
safety  net  hospitals  are  in  danger  of  deterioration  as  well.   Trauma  centers,  high  risk 
obstetric  units,  emergency  psychiatric  units,  emergency  drug  abuse  treatment  programs,  bum 
centers,  neonatal  intensive  care  units  -  all  are  overflowing,  at  a  time  when  state  and  local 
budget  crises  often  require  reductions,  not  increases,  in  funding. 

1 .    WITH  RESPECT  TO  THE  CONCEPT  OF  "ESSENTIAL  COMMUNITY 
PROVIDER",  NAPH  STRONGLY  RECOMMENDS  THAT  HOSPITALS  AS  WELL  AS 
CLINICS  (AND  OTHER  FEDERAL  GRANTEES)  BE  DESIGNATED  ESSENTIAL 
COMMUNITY  PROVIDERS,  IN  ORDER  TO  ENSURE  CONTINUED  ACCESS  FOR 
LOW  INCOME  PATIENTS  WHO  RELY  ON  THESE  PROVIDERS  AND  CONTINUED 
AVAILABILITY  OF  THEIR  COMMUNITY-WIDE  SERVICES. 

NAPH  accepts  the  concept  of  managed  competition  in  principal  and  believes  it  can  be 
given  an  opportunity  to  work  wherever  feasible.   However,  based  on  our  extensive 


71 


experience  serving  the  urban  uninsured,  we  are  concerned  that  managed  competition  may 
prove  ineffective  for  many  years  in  meeting  the  needs  of  some  areas,  including  inner  cities 
and  isolated  rural  areas.    We  believe  this  is  true  for  several  reasons,  including  the  lack  of  a 
sufficient  number  and  variety  of  plans  and  providers  to  guarantee  access  and  choice  even  for 
individuals  who  have  been  issued  their  "card",  and  the  checkered  history  of  efforts  to 
introduce  competitive  models  to  such  areas  (such  as  the  California  PHP  scandals  of  the  early 
1970s  and  the  Florida  scandals  of  the  1980s). 

It  must  be  recognized,  in  implementing  "managed  competition",  that  the  playing  field 
is  not  currently  level  for  either  providers  or  patients  in  the  inner  cities  and  remote  rural 
areas.    To  be  equitable,  and  to  guarantee  access  for  patients  in  such  areas  to  the  broadest 
range  of  health  and  social  services,  a  plan  must  ensure  that  all  safety  net  providers  (including 
public  hospitals  that  currently  serve  a  high  volume  of  low  income  patients,  as  well  as  health 
centers  and  other  federal  grantees)  are  automatically  determined  to  be  ECPs  and  given  the 
opportunity  to  participate  in  (and  be  paid  by)  all  plans  serving  these  patients. 

In  that  regard,  the  Administration  includes  in  its  plan  the  designation  of  certain 
providers  as  "essential  community  providers"  (ECP),  and  provides  additional  support  and 
assistance  to  the  providers  so  designated  (including  the  guarantee  that  they  will  be  paid  for 
services  rendered  to  enrollees  of  all  plans  in  underserved  areas).    While  hospitals  are  eligible 
to  apply  to  the  Secretary  to  be  designated  ECPs,  they  are  not  granted  the  automatic 
designation  granted  to  several  other  categories  of  providers.    NAPH  believes  it  is  essential 
that  any  statutory  definition  of  ECP  provide  for  automatic  designation  of  certain 
hospitals  as  well  as  health  centers  and  other  providers.      For  your  information,  I  have 
attached  to  my  testimony  a  copy  of  a  position  paper  provided  to  the  Administration  early  last 
year  on  this  subject.    Included  in  this  paper  are  suggestions  for  a  number  of  criteria  that 
might  be  written  into  the  statute  in  order  to  carefully  target  any  automatic  designation  of 
hospitals  as  ECPs,  including  criteria  already  used  in  the  past  by  this  Committee  in  areas  such 
as  Medicaid  drug  pricing  and  the  requirement  under  Section  1923(b)  that  all  states  designate, 
at  a  minimum,  the  highest  volume  providers  of  Medicaid  and  low  income  care  as 
"disproportionate  share  hospitals". 


The  remainder  of  my  testimony  will  describe  a  number  of  other  NAPH  concerns  and 
recommendations  with  respect  to  health  reform  generally,  and  the  Clinton  plan  in  particular. 

2.    HEALTH  REFORM  MUST  NOT  BE  FINANCED  THROUGH 
ELIMINATION  OR  SUBSTANTIAL  REDUCTION  IN  DISPROPORTIONATE  SHARE 
HOSPITAL  PAYMENTS  UNLESS  OTHER  PROTECTIONS  AND  PAYMENTS  ARE 
SUBSTITUTED  FOR  THE  HIGHEST  VOLUME  PROVIDERS  OF  CARE  TO  OUR 
MOST  VULNERABLE  POPULATIONS. 

NAPH  strongly  supports  a  broad  array  of  financing  mechanisms  for  universal 
health  coverage,  including  taxes  on  excess  employee  health  coverage,  so-called  "sin  taxes" 
on  alcohol  and  tobacco,  sliding  scale  cost  sharing  for  higher  income  insured  individuals,  and 
increased  Medicare  cost  sharing.    We  would  also  support  a  tax  cap  on  the  deductibility  of 
premiums  by  both  corporations  and  individuals. 

NAPH's  most  serious  concern  in  the  areas  of  financing  has  to  do  with  the  apparent 
proposal  to  finance  a  substantial  part  of  health  reform  through  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
reductions  generally,  and  through  elimination  of  the  so-called  "disproportionate  share 
hospital"  (DSH)  adjustments  in  particular.   The  DSH  adjustments  -  which  this  Committee 
has  played  a  major  role  in  enacting  and  improving  over  the  years  —  have  been  of  great 
importance  in  helping  safety  net  hospitals  provide  the  broad  range  of  additional  services 
needed  by  low  income  patients  and  urban  (and  remote  rural)  communities. 

With  respect  to  Medicare,  since  the  Medicare  program  will  remain  largely  outside  of 
health  reform,  we  believe  the  Medicare  DSH  adjustment  should  remain  intact.   We  further 
recommend  that  Medicare  DSH  payments  be  strengthened  for  the  very  highest  volume  DSH 


72 


providers  (especially  if  there  is  an  elimination  or  substantial  reduction  in  Medicare  graduate 
medical  education  funding,  as  is  also  proposed). 

With  respect  to  Medicaid,  NAPH  acknowledges  that  there  have  been  numerous 
instances  where  states  have  used  DSH  funds  for  other  than  their  intended  purpose,  and  that 
with  the  phase-in  of  universal  coverage  this  adjustment  is  unlikely  to  be  preserved  in  its 
current  form.    However,  it  is  important  to  point  out  that  there  are  also  many  states  which 
have  not  treated  Medicaid  DSH  adjustments  as  a  scam  or  a  new  form  of  revenue  sharing  - 
which  have  used  the  adjustment  as  it  was  intended  to  be  used,  to  fund  substantial  additional 
programs  and  services  to  Medicaid  recipients  and  the  uninsured  poor.    New  data  collected  by 
NAPH  and  provided  to  Subcommittee  staff  shows,  for  example,  that  100  of  the  highest 
volume  providers  of  care  to  Medicaid  patients  and  the  uninsured  collected  over  $2  billion  in 
net  Medicaid  DSH  payments  in  1992.   These  payments  were  essential  to  their  ability  to  keep 
their  doors  open  and  preserve  access  for  both  insured  and  uninsured  patients  in  many 
underserved  urban  areas. 

NAPH  therefore  strongly  recommends  that  Medicaid  DSH  be  carefully  phased 
out,  not  terminated  abruptly,  if  universal  mandatory  coverage  is  enacted,  with  residual 
DSH  payments  targeted  on  the  highest  volume  providers  of  care  to  the  poor.   Moreover, 
even  if  Medicaid  DSH  is  carefully  phased  out,  as  noted  in  the  previous  section  of  my 
testimony,  many  residual  community-wide  public  health  and  social  services  will  continue  to 
be  needed  even  after  most  uninsured  Americans  have  been  given  their  "card".    For  these 
reasons,  NAPH  strongly  supports  the  inclusion  of  the  "vulnerable  population"  adjustment 
proposed  in  the  Clinton  plan,  although  our  research  and  analysis  indicate  that  this  adjustment 
should  be  in  the  range  of  $3  billion  nationally  rather  than  the  $800  million  currently 
allocated. 

3.  NAPH  IS  CONCERNED  ABOUT  THE  PROVISION  AND  FUNDING  OF  SERVICES 
FOR  MANY  INDIVIDUALS  WE  CURRENTLY  SERVE  WHO  MAY  NOT  BE 
ELIGIBLE  --  OR  WHO  MAY  FACE  SIGNIFICANT  BARRIERS  TO  ENROLLMENT  - 
-  UNDER  THE  PRESIDENT'S  PLAN. 

One  of  NAPH's  most  important  principles  is  that  national  health  reform  must  be 
nothing  less  than  universal  and  mandatory  for  all  residents.    While  the  President's  plan 
has  expressed  the  goal  of  universality,  and  appears  to  be  mandatory  for  those  who  are 
eligible,  NAPH  is  especially  concerned  that  there  are  certain  populations  who  will  continue 
to  fall  through  the  cracks  —  either  intentionally  or  unintentionally  —  and  that  there  are  other 
potential  barriers  to  enrollment  that,  if  not  adequately  understood  and  addressed,  will  have 
the  same  effect  as  being  ineligible  for  coverage  in  the  first  place. 

Two  populations  likely  to  be  excluded  from  coverage  that  have  generated  considerable 
discussion  to  date  are  illegal  immigrants  and  prisoners.    NAPH  members  and  other  urban 
public  hospitals  serve  a  very  substantially  disproportionate  number  of  both  populations  and 
will  be  especially  hard  hit  if  they  remain  wholly  outside  the  system. 

With  respect  to  illegal  immigrants,  the  vast  majority  of  health  care  currently 
accessible  to  this  population  is  in  urban  and  rural  safety  net  hospitals  and  clinics.   This  care 
is  funded  by  a  precarious  patchwork  of  federal,  state  and  local  funding,  augmented  by  cost 
shifting  wherever  possible.   Recent  federal  programs  such  as  SLIAG,  which  was  targeted  at 
legal  (not  illegal)  immigrants,  have  in  the  past  been  able  to  pay  for  some  of  these  services. 
However,  most  such  funding  has  now  been  reduced  or  terminated,  and  House  efforts  this 
summer  to  add  more  money  to  the  budget  reconciliation  bill  failed.    Unless  either  coverage 
or  funding  is  made  available  in  health  reform,  the  potential  exists  for  the  situation  of  the 
population  to  become  far  worse.    With  the  expressed  goal  of  "converting"  Medicaid  and 
other  current  revenue  sources  into  premium  income  for  those  populations  who  will  receive 
coverage,  it  is  likely  that  there  will  be  far  less  ability  in  the  future  even  than  there  is  in 
already  inadequately  funded  system  today  to  pay  for  the  care  that  will  continue  to  be  needed 
by  this  large  population.    We  cannot  make  illegal  immigrants  —  or  their  health  needs  — 


73 


simply  disappear  by  refusing  to  cover  them  under  health  reform.    We  must  make  some  sort 
of  provision  for  their  care  if  we  are  to  have  a  truly  unified  system. 

With  respect  to  prisoners,  the  issue  is  equally  complex.    Prisoners  are  today  excluded 
from  Medicaid  coverage  and  denied  many  other  rights.    Their  care  is  sometimes  paid  for  by 
the  criminal  justice  system  that  incarcerated  them,  sometimes  by  state  or  local  governments 
through  other  means,  and  sometimes  the  cost  of  their  care  is  simply  absorbed  by  the  public 
hospital  that  treats  them.    Because  it  is  an  unfortunate  fact  that  many  prisoners  today  come 
from  segments  of  the  population  that  had  not  previously  been  eligible  for  health  coverage, 
the  problem  in  the  past  has  perhaps  been  less  obvious  and  less  troubling  than  it  will  be  after 
health  reform.    In  the  future,  however,  all  prisoners  who  are  legal  residents  will  theoretically 
have  been  eligible  for  coverage  prior  to  their  incarceration,  and  will  again  become  eligible 
following  their  discharge.    And  while  safety,  security  and  the  needs  of  the  criminal  justice 
system  require  simplicity  in  any  health  system,  there  is  no  logic  to  maintaining  prisoners 
outside  the  new  nationwide  system  if  our  goals  are  universality,  cost  containment  through 
prevention  and  earlier  treatment,  and  the  broadest  possible  sharing  of  risk.    While 
mainstreaming  prisoners  in  alliances  and  plans  may  be  impractical,  clearly  the  entire  system 
will  benefit  if  targeted  plans,  perhaps  backed  by  a  nationwide  risk  pool,  can  be  developed  for 
prisoners. 

In  addition  to  immigrants  and  prisoners,  NAPH  is  also  concerned  about  other 
populations  that  may  fall  through  the  gaps  or  be  unable  or  unwilling  to  enroll  under  health 
reform  even  if  eligible.   These  populations  include  the  homeless  and  the  deinstitutionalized 
mentally  ill. 

As  our  experience  with  Medicaid  demonstrates,  there  may  be  other  significant  barriers 
to  enrollment  even  for  many  individuals  who  may  otherwise  be  eligible  —  especially  in  inner 
cities  and  isolated  rural  areas.    In  fact,  given  the  complexity  of  the  system  and  the  need  for 
cost  sharing  by  all  but  the  poorest  enrollees,  it  is  virtually  guaranteed  that  many  people  will 
simply  not  sign  up  for  a  health  plan,  even  if  it  is  considered  mandatory.    Rather,  they  will 
present  themselves  to  providers  in  the  future  as  they  do  today  --  sick  or  injured,  addicted  or 
mentally  ill,  homeless,  often  unable  to  provide  us  with  basic  information  about  themselves. 
Our  experience  also  tells  us  that  some  inner  city  residents  will  actually  sign  up  for  multiple 
plans,  either  inadvertently  or  intentionally,  or  may  conceal  their  previous  enrollment  in  order 
to  obtain  care  at  a  more  convenient  or  familiar  location.   For  these  reasons,  it  is  therefore 
imperative  that  the  eligibility  process  be  kept  as  simple  as  possible,  that  the  additional  costs 
to  providers  of  treating  and  enrolling  certain  populations  be  taken  into  account,  that  providers 
must  be  able  to  rely  on  the  presumptive  eligibility  of  any  individual  who  shows  up  in  their 
emergency  room,  that  careful  outreach  and  patient  education  be  provided,  and  that  new 
systems  include  maximum  protections  against  patient  misunderstanding  or  abuse. 

In  addition,  NAPH  applauds  the  concept  of  a  "risk  adjusted"  premium  for  plans  to 
take  into  account  the  special  needs  of  individuals  with  more  serious  illnesses,  injuries, 
conditions,  or  personal  situations  (including  income  status).    However,  we  are  concerned  that 
the  development  of  such  an  adjustment  may  be  complex  and  take  longer  than  envisioned,  and 
that  many  alliances  and  plans  may  well  become  fully  operational  well  before  such  an 
adjustment  is  in  place.    In  addition,  we  are  concerned  that  the  President  appears  to  propose 
only  that  a  risk  adjustment  factor  be  added  to  plan  premiums,  with  no  additional 
requirements  or  assurances  that  "risk-adjusted"  payments  also  be  made  to  those  providers 
who  will  treat  disproportionate  numbers  of  those  patients  determined  to  be  at  risk  of  greater 
needs  and  higher  costs. 

Also  of  concern  is  the  possibility  of  adverse  selection  and  "targeted  marketing"  by 
some  plans  -  cream-skimming,  if  you  will  -  that  will  leave  the  sickest  and  the  poorest  to 
enroll  in  "public  plans".    NAPH  believes  that  there  must  be  substantial  safeguards,  including 
mandatory  open  enrollment,  limitations  on  advertising,  and  mandatory  random  assignment  of 
"high  risk"  patients.    Both  tough  rules  and  strict  enforcement  —  including  criminal  penalties  - 
-  must  be  included. 


74 


4.  THOUGH  ADEQUATELY  COMPREHENSIVE  IN  MOST  RESPECTS,  THE 
PROPOSED  BENEnT  PACKAGE  WILL  RESULT  IN  MANY  UNCOVERED  COSTS 
FOR  SOME  URBAN  RESIDENTS  WHO  SUFFER  FROM  ALCOHOLISM,  DRUG 
ABUSE  OR  MENTAL  ILLNESS. 

NAPH  is  please  that  the  basic  benefit  package  provides  an  emphasis  on  (and  in  most 
cases,  first  dollar  coverage  for)  primary  and  preventive  care.    We  also  agree  that  it 
appears  generous  and  adequate  in  most  cases. 

Our  two  major  concerns  with  the  contents  of  the  benefit  package  are  with  the 
proposed  limitations  on  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  benefits.   We  are  extremely 
concerned  that,  while  these  limitations  may  make  good  policy  sense  for  healthy,  educated, 
employed  middle  class  Americans,  they  fail  to  address  the  much  greater  needs  of  many 
residents  of  our  nations  inner  cities.    For  many  individuals,  these  diseases  are  primary,  not 
secondary,  diagnoses,  and  substantial  barriers  to  effective  functioning.   Left  untreated,  they 
have  substantial  implications  for  the  quality  of  life  of  all  urban  residents,  significantly 
increasing  (for  example)  the  likelihood  of  crime  and  violence  in  our  nation's  inner  cities. 

NAPH  is  also  concerned  with  reports  that  some  categories  among  currently  eligible 
Medicaid  populations  —  and  especially  poor  women  and  children  who  are  eligible  for 
Medicaid  but  not  AFDC  or  SSI  payments  -  may  lose  many  of  the  additional  benefits  they 
now  receive. 

5.  IT  IS  ESSENTUL  THAT  ANY  MAJOR  SHIFT  IN  THE  FUNDING  OF 
MEDICAL  EDUCATION  TAKE  INTO  ACCOUNT  THE  SPECL^L  NEEDS  OF 
SAFETY  NET  HOSPITALS  AND  UNDERSERVED  PATIENTS. 

NAPH  strongly  supports  the  need  to  develop  more  rational  and  broad-based  funding 
mechanisms  for  medical  education,  and  to  shift  our  emphasis  in  medical  education  (as  well  as 
in  patient  care)  away  from  specialization  and  towards  primary  care  and  prevention. 

Because  most  NAPH  member  hospitals  are  major  teaching  hospitals,  and  rely  on  their 
medical  education  programs  for  both  education  and  patient  care,  we  have  several  concerns 
with  certain  ambiguities  in  the  President's  proposal,  as  follows: 

•  Major  urban  public  teaching  hospitals  must  be  eligible  to  be  designated  academic 
health  science  centers  or  "affiliated  hospitals"  of  such  centers. 

•  With  the  reduction  in  specialty  residencies,  the  criteria  for  allocation  of  such 
residencies  in  the  future  must  include  a  clear  reference  to  the  importance  of  patient 
care  as  well  as  educational  needs. 

•  In  the  shift  away  from  specialty  residencies,  attention  must  be  given  to  the  fact  that 
there  are  still  many  parts  of  the  country  —  such  as  inner  cities  and  remote  rural  areas 
--  where  there  remain  severe  shortages  in  many  medical  specialties. 

•  Where  a  residency  program  encompasses  several  different  and  unrelated  centers  or 
hospitals,  clear  criteria  must  be  spelled  out  for  allocating  the  proposed  medical 
education  funding  and  ensuring  an  equitable  apportionment  among  all  major 
components  of  the  program. 

•  The  impact  of  health  reform  on  the  training  of  allied  health  professionals  and  on 
the  ability  to  improve  the  proportion  of  minorities  in  all  health  professions  must  also 
clearly  be  taken  into  account  in  any  such  sweeping  reform  of  our  medical  education 
system. 

•  The  new  system  must  also  be  carefully  phased  in  over  a  period  of  time,  and 
transitional  funding  must  be  available  to  affected  hospitals  and  health  centers  whose 
teaching  programs  will  be  reduced  or  changed. 


75 


6.    FINALLY,  IN  ORDER  TO  ASSURE  ADEQUATE  ACCESS  AND  A 
CAREFUL  TRANSITION  TO  A  NEW  SYSTEM,  SOME  URBAN  AND  RURAL 
SAFETY  NET  PROVIDERS  WILL  REQUIRE  ASSISTANCE  IN  GAINING  ACCESS 
TO  CAPITAL  TO  REBUILD  THEIR  INFRASTRUCTURE  AND  DEVELOP  NEW 
NETWORKS  AND  PLANS. 

Many  supporters  of  various  national  health  reform  proposals  have  suggested  that,  if 
reforms  were  enacted,  there  would  no  longer  be  a  need  for  an  institutional  health  safety  net. 
We  can  only  note  that  the  same  thing  was  said  about  the  enactment  of  Medicare  and 
Medicaid.    Given  the  strong  likelihood  that  future  changes  will  continue  to  be  incremental 
and  piecemeal,  NAPH  believes  that  there  will  continue  to  be  a  strong  need  for  the  public 
health  safety  net  in  our  nation's  metropolitan  areas. 

We  must  thus  be  extremely  careful  about  dislodging  any  current  institutional  funding 
mechanisms  for  public  health  systems  in  general,  and  safety  net  hospitals  in  particular,  unless 
we  are  certain  that  we  have  a  workable  and  fully  implemented  system  to  take  their  place. 
Moreover,  we  must  continue  to  press  forward  with  more  targeted  programs  and  reforms  that 
support  "stand  by"  health  and  social  services  and  safety  net  providers. 

For  example,  essential  urban  and  rural  safety  net  hospitals  are  likely  to  face  a 
substantial  need  for  assistance  under  health  reform  in  obtaining  adequate  capital  to  rebuild 
and  equip  our  nation's  health  infrastructure.    A  1993  NAPH  study  estimates  that  there  are  at 
least  $15  billion  in  unmet  capital  needs  among  these  essential  urban  providers.    Yet  these 
hospitals  also  face  significant  barriers  in  obtaining  access  to  capital,  as  well  as  in  their  ability 
to  repay  incurred  debts  entirely  from  patient  care  revenues.    In  order  to  meet  these  needs,  a 
new  Federal  capital  financing  initiative  is  clearly  needed.    NAPH  has  assisted  with  the 
drafting  of  a  major  new  urban/rural  capital  financing  initiative  that  was  first  introduced  in 
1992,  and  was  reintroduced  last  year  in  both  the  House  and  the  Senate.    While  its  cost  to  the 
federal  government  would  be  only  $1  billion  per  year,  this  bill  would  create  federal-state- 
local  and  public-private  partnerships  to  finance  up  to  $15  billion  in  capital  improvements  for 
safety  net  hospitals,  through  loan  guarantees,  interest  rate  subsidies  and  grants  to  meet  both 
general  and  specific  safety  net  capital  needs.    We  strongly  urge  that  this  bill  be  adopted  as 
a  separate  new  title  of  any  health  reform  legislation. 

In  addition  to  capital  needs,  there  are  other  areas  in  which  infrastructure  and 
"enabling  services"  must  be  funded  to  ensure  a  smooth  transition  to  universal  coverage.    For 
example,  it  is  important  that  funding  be  made  available  to  improve  the  ability  of  urban  and 
rural  safety  net  providers  to  develop  and  finance  regional  provider  networks  that  include  a 
full  range  of  services,  including  ambulatory  and  preventive  care  in  addition  to  acute  inpatient 
care,  and  to  participate  as  effectively  as  possible  in  managed  care  programs  and  initiatives. 
It  is  also  essential  that  the  many  hesdth  and  social  programs  jmd  services  currently  provided 
by  public  hospitals  and  public  health  departments  be  continued,  and  that  the  implementation 
of  health  reform  not  be  permitted  to  diminish  or  reduce  support  for  these  progrjuns  and 
services. 

In  conclusion,  for  many  reasons,  even  if  national  health  insurance  were  adopted  this 
year,  America's  safety  net  institutions  will  need  continued  support  well  into  the  future: 

•  Any  new  health  reform  system  is  likely  to  be  phased  in  over  a  long  period  of 
time. 

•  Even  with  coverage,  many  of  our  current  uninsured  will  be  little  better  off 
than  Medicaid  patients,  who  today  find  their  access  restricted  in  many  states  to  those 
"open  door"  hospitals  and  clinics  who  will  serve  them. 

•  Many  of  the  currently  uninsured  and  underinsured  also  suffer  from  a  variety  of 
health  and  social  problems  very  different  from  those  of  middle  America.    Conditions 
such  as  AIDS,  substance  abuse,  tuberculosis,  and  teenage  pregnancies  are  often 
augmented  by  homelessness,  joblessness,  and  lack  of  education.  While  no  health  care 


76 


provider  can  fully  cope  with  all  of  these  problems,  in  many  areas,  our  urban  safety 
net  hospitals  are  the  only  ones  even  trying  to  do  so  today. 

•  In  addition,  many  safety  net  hospitals  are  simply  located  in  the  geographic 
areas  where  most  of  our  uninsured  Americans  reside  —  areas  which,  even  if  national 
health  coverage  were  fully  implemented,  most  other  health  care  providers  will 
continue  to  be  unwilling  or  unable  to  serve. 

•  Finally,  with  the  dramatic  cost  containment  efforts  already  being  imposed  by 
both  public  and  private  payers,  we  must  recognize  that  many  expensive  and 
unprofitable  community-wide  "standby"  services  (such  as  bum  care,  and  neonatal 
intensive  care,  and  the  emergency  and  trauma  services  provided  by  Denver  General, 
Los  Angeles  County  and  many  of  their  counterparts  around  the  country)  are  already 
under  pressure  and  in  danger  of  being  reduced  or  eliminated  in  some  areas;  unless 
they  are  taken  into  account  in  health  reform,  the  result  will  be  a  significant  reduction 
in  the  security  and  health  status  of  all  of  our  citizens,  not  just  the  uninsured  poor. 

It  is  clear  that  there  are  many  parts  of  our  health  system  today  that  are  not  functioning 
properly,  that  need  to  be  restructured  or  reformed.    But  it  is  essential  to  understand  that  we 
have  relied  heavily  for  many  years  on  a  fragile  network  of  safety  net  institutions  to  fill  in  the 
huge  gaps  in  our  system,  and  this  reliance  will  continue  into  the  future  even  as  we  phase  in 
universal  health  coverage.    In  other  words,  we  have  a  network  of  unique  hospitals  in  our 
nation  today  who  have  always  been  ready,  willing  and  able  to  serve  as  "providers  of  last 
resort"  --  to  keep  their  doors  open  and  their  services  accessible  to  all  persons,  regardless  of 
race,  creed,  income,  or  insurance  status.    If  the  federal  government  generally,  and  this 
Committee  in  particular,  are  not  willing  to  adequately  support  the  existence  of  this  "provider 
of  last  resort"  capacity,  it  is  clear  that  no  one  else  will  do  so  either,  and  this  capacity  will 
disappear. 

I  would  be  pleased  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have  at  this  time. 


77 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Silva. 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  M.  SILVA,  PRESIDENT,  NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION  OF  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  CENTERS,  AND 
EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  FAMILY  HEALTH  CARE  CENTERS,  ST. 
LOUIS,  MO. 

Mr.  Silva.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  com- 
mittee for  the  opportunity  to  testify  before  you.  As  the  president  of 
the  National  Association  of  Community  Health  Centers,  I  represent 
over  700  community,  migrant  and  homeless  health  centers  that  are 
located  in  rural  and  inner-city  communities  throughout  the  coun- 
try. 

These  are  collectively  known  as  federally  qualified  health  cen- 
ters, a  term  which,  as  you  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  this  subcommittee 
played  a  central  role  in  establishing  in  law. 

I  also  serve  as  the  CEO  of  Family  Care  Health  Centers,  located 
in  St.  Louis,  Mo.  I  will  attempt  to  bring  some  issues  to  your  atten- 
tion, both  from  a  national  as  well  as  a  front  line  inner-city  perspec- 
tive. I  want  to  make  three  points  for  your  consideration. 

My  first  point  is  that  health  reform  must  include  guaranteed  uni- 
versal coverage  for  a  comprehensive  benefits  package  defined  in 
law,  and  that  does  not  diminish  the  coverage  the  underserved  now 
receive  under  Medicaid.  We  applaud  the  President  and  the  Con- 
gress for  getting  down  to  the  serious  business  of  providing  health 
care  to  all  Americans. 

As  front  line  providers  to  the  underserved,  we  are  counting  on 
you  to  hold  firm  on  the  line  in  the  sand  on  universal  coverage. 

Moreover,  that  coverage  must  be  affordable  for  everyone,  at  all 
income  levels.  I  am  deeply  concerned  that  some  of  the  proposals 
now  under  consideration  would  not  provide  affordable  coverage,  re- 
quiring some  people  to  pay  up  to  a  sixth  of  their  income  for  cov- 
erage. 

At  my  health  center,  as  in  all  health  centers  across  the  country, 
we  operate  a  sliding  fee  scale,  based  upon  Federal  poverty  guide- 
lines, which  assures  that  people  who  are  uninsured  and  cannot  af- 
ford to  pay  for  services  nevertheless  have  access  to  health  care. 

Currently,  over  40  percent  of  Family  Care  Health  Center's  18,000 
patients  participate  in  our  sliding  fee  scale  arrangement  for  their 
health  care.  Now  imagine  this  population,  which  cannot  currently 
afford  the  most  basic  necessities  of  life,  having  to  pay  10  or  15  per- 
cent of  their  meager  income  for  coverage,  plus  copayments  for  each 
service  they  seek.  That  would  be  devastating  for  the  very  poor,  es- 
pecially mothers  with  sick  children. 

The  result  is  that  rather  than  seek  care  as  soon  as  health  prob- 
lems arise,  low-income  people  would  be  forced  to  delay  care  until 
health  problems  become  emergencies,  endangering  their  health  and 
increasing  their  costs  as  well  as  society's. 

Further,  if  certain  bare  bones  healtn  plans  offer  particularly  low 
out-of-pocket  premiums,  low-income  people  may  have  no  choice  but 
to  enroll  in  them,  reinforcing  economic  and  racial  segregation  in 
the  delivery  of  health  are.  That  simply  cannot  be  allowed  to  hap- 
pen. 

My  next  point  deals  with  access  to  care  or  the  underserved.  As 
many  in  the  Congress  have  already  noted,  for  health  care  reform 


78 

to  succeed — particularly  the  goal  of  cost  containment — it  must  pro- 
vide universal  access  to  primary  and  preventive  health  care  serv- 
ices as  well  as  universal  coverage. 

As  we  know  all  too  well  from  our  experience  over  the  years  with 
Medicare  and  Medicaid,  possession  of  a  "health  security  card"  will 
not  necessarily  guarantee  access  to  health  services.  Nowhere  is  this 
more  true  than  in  America's  inner-city  and  rural  medically  under- 
served  communities. 

Who  are  the  underserved?  In  simplest  terms,  they  are  people 
who  can't  get  care  when  they  need  it,  when  it  makes  the  most 
sense,  when  it  can  prevent  the  onset  of  illness  or  treat  it  early,  be- 
cause of  who  they  are,  where  they  live  or  ironically  because  of  their 
complex  health  and  social  conditions. 

A  recent  report  by  mv  organization  and  the  George  Washington 
University  found  43  million  such  people,  living  in  urban  and  niral 
communities  all  across  the  country.  These  Americans  need  more 
than  universal  coverage  and  comprehensive  benefits;  they  need  a 
medical  home  that  responds  to  their  unique  needs. 

Health  reform  must  therefore  include  a  substantial  commitment 
of  resources  for  primary  and  preventive  care  infrastructure  devel- 
opment in  underserved  areas,  on  a  guaranteed  funding  basis,  as  a 
central  part  of  health  reform. 

I  am  pleased  to  note  that  several  of  the  bills  under  consideration 
including  those  sponsored  by  Mr.  McDermott,  Mr.  Gephardt,  Mr. 
Thomas,  and  Ms.  Johnson  all  call  for  significant  new  funding  to 
these  very  programs. 

I  should  add,  however,  that  only  Mr.  McDermott's  bill  calls  for 
guaranteed  funding  for  this  effort;  and  that  his  bill,  as  well  as 
those  by  Mr.  Thomas  and  Mr.  Gephardt,  call  for  roughly  equivalent 
levels  of  support,  which  would  meet  much,  but  by  no  means  all  of 
the  need  out  there.  It  is  no  secret  that  the  health  center  programs 
have  been  uniquely  successful  over  the  last  30  years. 

It  is  also  no  secret  that  they  continue  to  be  horribly  underfunded. 
America's  health  centers  are  currently  reaching  only  15  percent  of 
the  43  million  underserved  and  funding  for  the  program  has  not 
kept  up  with  the  general  inflation  rate.  If  you  and  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment are  sincere  in  your  interests  to  provide  health  care  to  all 
Americans,  you  must  guarantee  access  to  community-based, 
consumer-directed,  affordable,  quality,  primary  and  preventive  care 
to  all,  and  especially  to  the  underserved.  The  model  is  out  there, 
it  just  has  to  be  replicated. 

My  health  center  will  provide  over  70,000  patient  visits  this  year. 
It  will  provide  the  majority  of  those  visits  in  a  12,000  square  foot 
converted  grocery  store  that  maxed  its  capacity  back  in  1985  when 
the  organization  provided  24,000  patient  visits  annually. 

You  can  imagine  how  cramped  we  are  as  we  continue  to  meet  the 
demand  for  service.  We  simply  do  not  have  the  physical  capacity 
to  be  able  to  accommodate  the  demand  for  service,  and  not  being 
a  large  hospital  or  HMO  with  a  huge  capital  reserve,  we  can't  sim- 
ply go  out  and  expand  or  build  a  new  facility. 

We  have  recently,  however,  opened  a  smaller  satellite  health  cen- 
ter in  another  high-need  and  I  might  add,  high-crime  area  of  St. 
Louis,  and  literally  before  the  doors  have  opened,  we  are  at  max 
capacity. 


79 

Any  health  care  reform  legislation  that  seeks  to  only  reform  the 
way  health  care  is  financed  clearly  and  completely  misses  the 
point.  For  health  reform  to  work  in  underserved  areas,  if  the  un- 
derserved  are  to  have  access  to  health  services  to  stay  healthy  and 
hold  down  costs,  it  must  build  on  what  has  worked  in  those  com- 
munities and  include  a  substantial  infusion  of  capital  into  those 
high-need  areas,  not  only  to  expand  current  primary  care  providers 
and  develop  new  ones  where  needed,  but  to  support  the  operational 
costs  of  caring  for  a  very  sick  and  hard-to-serve  population.  The  un- 
derserved also  need  the  assurance  that  their  medical  home  will  not 
be  driven  out  of  business  due  to  excessive  financial  risk  or  inad- 
equate reimbursement,  simply  because  they  care  for  those  who  are 
sickest  and  hardest  to  reach. 

I  think  all  of  us  here  know  that  much  of  the  managed  care  indus- 
try and  "established"  providers  are  not  going  to  care  for  the  inner- 
city  and  rural  underserved,  the  poor,  disadvantaged  minorities  and 
other  vulnerable  populations  whether  they  have  third-party  cov- 
erage or  not. 

The  incentives  in  managed  care  are  all  wrong  when  it  comes  to 
the  underserved.  It  is  easier  for  the  managed  care  industry  to  just 
avoid  these  people  than  it  is  to  try  to  understand  their  needs  and 
manage  their  care.  This  is  the  Achilles'  heel  of  managed  competi- 
tion, or  any  reform  plan  with  roots  in  managed  care:  If  underserved 
populations'  primary  and  preventive  care  needs  are  not  met,  cost 
containment  goes  out  the  window. 

These  are  exactly  the  kinds  of  people  who  end  up  on  emergency 
room  doorsteps.  In  this  context,  health  reform  must  also  offer 
strengthened  contracting  rights  and  safeguards  for  federally  quali- 
fied health  centers  and  rural  health  clinics  assuring  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  existing  "safety  net"  in  underserved  communities  and 
their  full  participation  in  the  new  health  system. 

Currently,  the  President's  bill  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  Mr.  Thom- 
as' bill,  call  for  such  safeguards,  but  they  need  to  be  strengthened 
even  further.  My  health  center  colleagues  from  New  York  to  Texas 
and  California  have  been  approached  by  the  big  health  plans  like 
Aetna  and  Cigna,  who  want  them  to  take  care  of  their  sickest  en- 
rollees,  but  are  not  willing  to  pay  them  a  rate  that  recognizes  the 
inherently  higher  costs  of  serving  such  a  population. 

One  closing  thought:  If  my  single  health  center,  located  in  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  had  access  to  capital  dollars  for  infrastructure  develop- 
ment, we  estimate  that  last  year  alone  instead  of  18,000  patients 
we  could  have  provided  services  to  30,000  patients,  which  would 
have  represented  not  a  little  over  70,000  patient  visits,  but  close 
to  125,000  patient  visits  to  the  medically  needy,  the  medically  un- 
derserved, the  poor,  and  high-risk  or  special  populations. 

Instead,  those  folks  that  can't  get  into  centers  like  mine  or  have 
to  wait,  and  instead  become  part  of  the  crisis  within  emergency 
rooms  and  the  health  care  system.  Give  us  the  tools  and  the  re- 
sources; we  have  proven  we  can  make  it  work. 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today,  Mr. 
Chairman.  I  will  be  glad  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


80 


STATEMENT  OF 

THE  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  CENTERS 

ON  NATIONAL  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 

AND  UNDERSERVED  AMERICANS 


MR.  CHAIRMAN  AND  MEMBERS  OF  THE  COMMITTEE,  the  National  Association  of 
Community  Health  Centers  (NACHC)  is  the  national  membership  organization  of  over 
700  community,  migrant  and  homeless  health  centers  providing  comprehensive 
primary  care  services  to  over  7  million  medically  underserved  Americans  in  1400  sites 
across  the  countpy. 

NACHC  and  its  member  health  centers  are  well  av»/are  of  the  failures  of  our  health  care 
system,  in  particular  because  we  care  for  millions  of  Americans  who  have  been 
forgotten  or  left  behind  -  unserved,  or  poorly  served  at  best  -  by  the  existing  health 
care  system.  In  this  context,  health  centers  strongly  support  the  President's  call  for 
meaningful  health  care  reform  to  provide  universal  coverage  to  all  Americans  that 
can't  be  taken  away,  and  improve  access  to  care  -  especially  to  preventive  and 
primary  care,  and  contain  health  care  costs. 

The  needs  of  the  underserved  in  health  care  reform  are  clear,  and  attainable  this 
session  of  Congress: 

•  The  underserved  need  a  place  to  go  for  entry  into  the  health  system  —  a 
medical  "home"  that  responds  to  their  unioue  needs,  that  is  geographically  and 
physically  accessible,  culturally  and  linguistically  competent,  and  available 
during  evening  and  weekend  periods;  and  that  offers  comprehensive  primary 
care  and  "enabling"  services,  like  transportation,  translation  and  outreach. 
Universal  coverage,  though  essential,  is  not  enough,  as  health  insurance  alone 
will  not  necessarily  guarantee  access  to  needed  health  care  services; 

•  The  underserved  need  an  adequate  supply  of  physicians  and  health 
professionals  who  are  trained  to  understand  and  respond  to  their  unique  needs 
and  health  care  problems;  and   - 

•  They  need  the  assurance  of  knowing  that  the  essential  community  providers 
which  have  historically  served  them  will  be  able  to  continue  doing  so.  through 
initiatives  that  provide  adequate  reimbursement  (taking  into  account  the 
inherently  higher  costs  of  caring  for  them)  and  risk  contracting  safeguards 
designed  to  protect  their  fiscal  solvency. 

Clearly,  we  now  have  the  best  opportunity  in  over  half  a  century  to  extend  access  to 
affordable,  quality  health  care  to  every  American.  We  want  to  work  with  the 
President  and  Congress  to  capitalize  on  this  golden  opportunity  --  let's  make  health 
care  reform  work  for  all  Americans.  As  presented,  the  President's  plan  makes  several 
vital  contributions  toward  improving  access  to  health  care  and  ensuring  health  security 
by: 

•  extending  comprehensive  coverage  to  millions  of  people  who  are  currently 
uninsured  or  inadequately  insured,  with  benefits  equal  to  or  better  than  those 
offered  by  many  of  the  largest  companies; 

•  eliminating  the  most  brutal  current  health  insurance  industry  practices  of 
denying  or  discontinuing  private  insurance  coverage  because  of  previous  or 
current  health  conditions,  or  due  to  a  change  or  loss  of  job; 

•  proposing  to  substantially  reorient  our  health  care  system  --  including  the 
training  of  physicians  and  other  providers  -  to  focus  more  on  low-cost,  high- 
payoff  preventive  and  primary  care,  including  coverage  of  important  preventive 
services; 


81 


•  proposing  to  expand  and  improve  preventive  and  primary  health  services  in 
underserved  rural  and  inner-city  areas; 

•  recognizing  and  safeguarding  the  key  role  of  health  centers  and  other  "essential 
community  providers"  in  caring  for  low  income  and  underserved  communities. 

With  the  inclusion  of  these  elements,  President  Clinton's  proposal  lays  a  solid 
foundation  for  achieving  effective  national  health  reform,  and  for  ensuring  that  every 
American  -  no  matter  what  their  circumstances  -  has  access  to  affordable,  quality 
health  care.  Many  of  these  elements  are  shared  by  the  single-payer  proposal 
introduced  by  Representatives  McDermott  and  Conyers,  and  to  lesser  extent,  the 
Senate  Republican  proposal  written  by  Senator  John  Chafee.  However,  with  the 
notable  exception  of  the  single-payer  plan,  many  of  the  other  proposals  for  health  care 
reform  -  particularly  the  "managed  competition"  approaches,  which  have  received  so 
much  attention  of  late  -  contain  elements  that  raise  concerns  about  how  well  or 
poorly  the  system  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  underserved. 

The  proposals,  most  notably  the  Health  Security  Act  and  the  Managed  Competition 
Act  sponsored  by  Representative  Jim  Cooper,  rely  heavily  on  a  system  of  managed 
competition,  under  which  several  health  plans  -  most  of  the  managed  care  type  -  will 
compete  for  Health  Alliance  enrollees,  ostensibly  on  the  basis  of  price  and  quality  of 
care.  This  focus  on  managed  competition  could  work  to  assure  care  and  at  the  same 
time  contain  costs  for  most  Americans.  Yet  while  managed  care  has  been  cited 
frequently  for  its  successes  in  effectively  organizing  available  local  health  resources 
to  hold  down  the  cost  of  care,  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  presence  of  managed  care 
in  a  community  has  successfully  increased  the  level  of  available  resources  there,  a 
critical  factor  in  improving  the  health  of  underserved  communities. 

Moreover,  most  manaoed  care  entities  and  HMOs  have  historically  avoided  the 
underserved  because  of  their  unique  needs  and  inherently  higher  costs.  In  a  market- 
based,  competitive  health  system  with  a  foundation  in  managed  care,  the  most 
expensive  patients  --  the  underserved  and  those  in  greatest  need  of  health  care  -- 
could  encounter  significant  discrimination  and  barriers  to  obtaining  health  care 
services.  For  some  areas  and  populations  -  in  particular  low  income,  rural  and  inner- 
city  minorities,  and  other  at-risk  Americans  -  this  approach  may  not  improve  access 
to  care,  and  could  even  prove  detrimental.  What  is  absolutely  clear  to  us  is  that  a 
safety  net  will  still  be  needed  in  a  reformed  system  under  a  managed  competition 
approach  --  a  "front  door"  into  the  health  care  system  that  is  significantly  influenced 
by  the  medically  underserved  themselves. 

Our  concerns  are  further  heightened  by  the  limited  nature  of  proposed  federal  cost- 
sharing  assistance  for  low  income  persons  and  families  in  the  various  proposals  for 
health  reform.  In  this  respect,  the  President's  plan  is  among  the  most  generous;  other 
bills  have  severe  limits.  Nearly  all  bills  would  limit  subsidies  to  the  premium  charges 
by  plans  that  are  at  or  below  the  weighted-average  premium.  This  limitation  could 
effectively  restrict  the  choice  of  poor  persons  to  only  low  cost  plans,  thus  running  the 
risk  of  creating  a  de  facto  two-tier  system.  Similarly,  even  the  poorest  Americans  will 
face  some  cost  sharing,  including  copayments  for  doctor  visits  and  prescription 
changes.  This  burden  will  have  its  most  telling  effect  on  pregnant  and  postpartum 
women,  infants,  and  those  with  chronic  or  complicated  illnesses,  because  they  will 
need  frequent  care  and  multiple  medications. 

Some  of  the  many  potentially  serious  problems  that  could  be  faced  by  low  income 
Americans  and  the  working  poor  in  a  managed  competition-based  system  include  - 

•  Severely  Restricted  Choice  of  Plans  or  Providers:  Because  of  the  restricted 
subsidies  under  the  managed  competition  proposals,  individuals  with  family 
incomes  below  150%  of  the  Federal  poverty  level  are  unlikely  to  be  able  to 
afford  the  premium  surcharges  for  higher-cost  plans.    By  this  standard,  60 


82 


million  people  --  25%  of  the  entire  population  --  will  be  able  to  choose  only 
among  the  lowest-cost  plans,  and  will  be  subject  to  the  discrimination  and  poor 
quality  often  associated  with  the  Medicaid  program.  It  is  unclear  whether  or 
to  what  extent  low-income  and  other  medically  vulnerable  populations  will  be 
assisted  to  enroll  in  plans,  select  a  plan  that  works  best  for  them,  and  to  obtain 
the  care  and  services  they  need,  which  in  many  cases  go  beyond  the  care  and 
services  included  in  the  required  package  and  furnished  by  traditional  plans. 

•  Lack  of  Plan  Capacity:  Those  who  can  afford  only  a  low-cost  plan  may  find 
there  are  not  enough  such  plans  available  with  enough  capacity.  Few  plans  will 
be  willing  to  market  coverage  at  the  premium  charged  by  low-cost  plans,  and 
will  instead  target  employer-insured  families. 

•  Increased  Discrimination  and  'Redlining':  If  the  new  systems  is  inadequately 
financed,  health  plans  will  have  every  incentive  to  avoid  areas  with  high 
numbers  of  low-income  people.  Fly-by-night  or  "lowball"  plans  may  well  be  the 
only  providers  bidding  for  coverage  in  these  low  income-areas  --  resulting  in 
diminished  access  and  lower  quality  services  for  aM  enrollees  there.  Depending 
on  how  Alliance  and  plan  service  areas  are  delineated,  major  redlining  could 
occur,  with  low-income,  racial/ethnic  minority,  and  high-risk  populations 
gerrymandered  into  segregated  Alliance  and  plan  service  areas  and  subject  to 
less  oversight  and  poor  quality  care.  The  experience  with  redlining  under 
Federal  voting  rights  and  credit  lending  laws  suggests  that  no  duty  not  to 
redline  can  counteract  wide  discretion  in  drawing  identifiable  service  areas. 

•  Obstacles  to  Soecialtv  Care:  Lower-cost  plans  are  more  likely  to  require  stricter 
utilization  review  and  place  more  obstacles  between  low-Income  patients  and 
specialty  care.  In  particular,  persons  with  chronic  illnesses  or  disabilities  may 
be  adversely  affected  if  plans  are  permitted  to  severely  restrict  out-of-plan 
referrals  or  payment  for  specialized  care  and  services.  Also,  plans  will 
presumably  be  required  to  cover  out-of-area  services  (at  least  for 
emergency/urgent  care  needs).  However,  it  is  not  clear  yet  how  this  will  work 
under  the  President's  or  Representative  Cooper's  plan.  This  is  a  critically 
important  issue  for  migrant  farm  workers,  transportation  employees  and  others 
whose  work  requires  frequent  and  extensive  travel,  and  involves  multiple 
employers. 

•  Inadecuate  Monitoring  of  Quality  and  Access:  Based  on  the  experience  with 
fVledicaid,  states  and  Alliances  may  not  be  able  to  adequately  monitor  quality 
and  access  in  low-cost  plans,  especially  when  faced  with  the  pressing  need  to 
hold  down  the  cost  of  care. 

Simply  put,  underserved  Americans  are  in  the  health  care  predicament  they  are  In 
because  they  have  been  rejected  by  the  private  market.  The  community  and  migrant 
health  center  programs  were  enacted  by  the  Federal  Government  in  response  to  the 
failure  of  market  forces  to  meet  the  needs  of  underserved  and  vulnerable  populations. 
Thus,  if  market  forces  work  for  health  care  like  they  have  worked  in  other  sectors  of 
the  economy,  underserved  people  and  communities  run  the  risk  of  being  red-lined, 
short-changed  and,  in  the  end,  getting  far  less  care  than  they  need  or  deserve. 

Finally,  undocumented  persons  will  be  ineligible  for  coverage  under  virtually  all  major 
proposals,  and  are  barred  from  receiving  public  subsidies  or  employer-subsidized 
benefits  under  the  managed  competition  approaches  (thus  disqualifying  millions  from 
the  employer  coverage  they  now  have).  All  hospitals  presumably  would  still  be 
required  to  furnish  emergency  care  to  undocumented  persons  under  Federal  anti- 
dumping law,  but  potentially  hundreds  of  millions  -  if  not  billions  --  of  dollars  in 
uncompensated  care  would  remain,  with  as  yet  no  clearly  identified  funding  source 
to  cover  the  cost. 


83 


These  concerns  underscore  the  critical  need  for  a  substantial.  Federally-administered 
"safety  net"  for  millions  of  disadvantaged  and  underserved  Americans,  even  after 
reform  is  implemented.  The  Health  Security  Act  acknowledges  this  principle,  but  its 
response  falls  seriously  short  on  some  key  elements.    For  example: 

•  Access  to  Care:  The  Health  Security  Act's  Access  Initiative  calls  for  a  vital 
investment  of  about  $4.5  billion  over  6  years  in  the  expansion  of  primary  care 
services  in  underserved  areas,  in  assisting  in  the  formation  of  service  delivery 
networks,  and  in  furnishing  key  'enabling  services,'  such  as  transportation  and 
translation  services,  to  those  living  there.  Similar  efforts  are  proposed  in  many 
of  the  other  bills,  as  well.  We  sfongly  support  the  basic  purpose  of  this 
Initiative  and  believe  that  the  levels  proposed  by  the  President  are  minimally 
adequate  to  meet  the  need  for  such  efforts  (greater  efforts  are  called  for  in  the 
single-payer  bill,  at  $4.8  billion  over  6  years,  and  in  the  Chafee  bill,  at  $5.6 
billion  over  5  years).  However,  nearly  all  of  the  President's  funds  would  be 
administered  under  a  totally  new,  discretionary  program,  which  would  give 
greatest  preference  to  entities,  including  non-publicly  assisted  HMOs,  private 
doctors  and  other  institutions,  with  little  or  no  community  involvement  or 
accountability;  publicly-funded  providers  who  band  together  are  given  a  lower 
preference  for  receiving  support. 

What's  more,  we  see  it  as  a  vote  of  no-confidence  on  the  ability  of 
disadvantaged  and  minority  communities  to  positively  influence  the  structure 
and  character  of  their  community's  health  care  system.  In  our  view,  this 
represents  a  significant  change  of  heart  by  the  Administration  on  its  early 
guarantees  that  health  reform  would  help  empower  medically  underserved 
communities. 

Further,  the  discretionary  nature  of  this  new  program  (which  is  also  found  in 
other  health  reform  proposals,  with  the  exception  of  H.R.  1200)  raises  the 
distinct  possibility  that  existing  programs,  such  as  the  health  centers,  Family 
Planning,  MCH,  and  Ryan  White,  which  will  continue  to  fill  vitally  important 
purposes  even  after  reform  is  implemented,  will  be  pitted  against  proposed  new 
programs  for  scarce  federal  resources.  Senators  Fritz  Hollings  and  Tom  Harkin 
and  Congressmen  Dave  Obey  and  Lou  Stokes  have  fought  as  hard  or  harder 
than  most  other  IVlembers  of  this  institution  for  funding  for  these  programs,  yet 
have  been  unable  to  keep  their  funding  on  par  with  general  inflation,  much  less 
health  inflation.  A  discretionary  funding  construct  for  a  health  reform  access 
initiative  raises  the  distinct  probability  that  funding  levels  for  these  programs 
will  never  be  adequate.  The  Managed  Competition  Act  contains  exceedingly 
limited  resources,  none  of  which  could  be  used  to  expand  capacity  in 
underserved  areas.  The  Chafee  and  House  Republican  bills  do  contain 
resources  for  this  purpose,  but  as  put  forth,  could  not  be  used  for  the  formation 
of  community-based  networks  and  plans.  Only  the  single-payer  bill  guarantees 
funding  for  these  purposes.  Given  what  is  at  stake,  we  feel  that  mandatory 
funding  is  the  only  viable  approach. 

•  Essential  Community  Providers:  We  applaud  the  Health  Security  Act  for  its 
unique  and  vital  provisions  that  would  recognize  those  who  currently  care  for 
the  underserved  (such  as  community,  migrant  and  homeless  health  centers, 
family  planning  clinics,  and  Maternal  and  Child  Health  clinics)  as  "essential 
community  providers"  (ECPs),  and  extend  certain  rights,  such  as  contracting 
and  payment  requirements,  for  the  first  five  years  after  reform  begins.  These 
protections  are  found  in  only  one  other  legislative  proposal  -  that  of  Senator 
Chafee,  where  they  would  apply  only  to  providers  serving  the  Medicaid 
population,  or  about  15%  of  all  eligible  Americans. 

Under  the  President's  bill,  all  health  plans  are  required  to  contract  with  ECPs  In 
their  service  area.     ECPs  that  elect  to  contract  on  an  "in-plan"  basis  (most 


84 


health  centers  are  likely  to  do  this)  will  be  paid  no  less  than  other  providers  for 
the  sanne  services  by  the  Plan.  ECPs  that  contract  on  an  "out-of-plan"  basis 
(most  likely,  school-based  clinics,  health  care  for  the  homeless,  etc.)  will  be 
paid  based  on  the  Alliance-developed  fee  schedule  or  the  most  closely 
applicable  Medicare  methodology  (for  a  health  center,  FQHC  cost-based 
reimbursement),  at  the  ECP's  choice. 

While  these  safeguards  are  critically  important,  we  fear  they  do  not  offer 
adequate  protections  for  ECPs.  Most  importantly,  ECPs  get  precious  few 
safeouards  from  risk-based  contracting  by  health  plans.  Risk  adjustments  and 
reinsurance  are  required  only  for  the  health  plans;  there  are  no  provisions 
requiring  that  they  be  shared  with  contracting  providers  -  not  even  the  ECPs 
who,  more  than  any  other,  will  face  the  inherently  higher  costs  of  caring  for 
sicker  and  harder-to-serve  patients.  A  possible  scenario,  even  with  the  Health 
Security  Act's  safeguards:  a  health  plan  agrees  to  contract  with  the  ECP,  but 
on  a  risk  basis;  the  health  plan  assigns  the  ECP  the  sickest  patients,  and  pays 
the  ECP  no  less  -  but  no  more  -  than  other  providers  for  the  same  services, 
with  the  ECP  at  risk  for  any  costs  in  excess  of  the  health  plan's  capitated 
payment.    The  ECP  is  out  of  business  in  2-3  years. 

NACHC  believes  that  one  overriding  policy  should  govern  the  construct  of  an 
Essential  Community  Provider  initiative:  those  providing  comprehensive  primary 
care  services  to  the  underserved  should  be  paid  an  adequate  rate,  and  should 
be  exposed  to  minimal  risk.  Ensuring  the  continued  function  of  essential 
providers  will  be  absolutely  critical  if  we  are  to  encourage  more  caregivers  to 
provide  primary  care,  especially  where  it  is  most  needed,  and  ensure  that  more 
of  the  underserved  receive  primary  care  and  preventive  services. 

Health  Professions  Education  and  Placement:  The  Health  Security  Act,  as  well 
as  most  of  the  other  major  reform  bills,  calls  for  substantial  reform  of  the 
nation's  health  professions  education  and  training  efforts,  and  restructures  its 
financing.  However,  it  leaves  the  lion's  share  of  the  resources  in  the  hands  of 
the  nation's  medical  schools  and  teaching  hospitals  --  which  have  played  no 
small  role  in  the  current  oversupply  of  specialists  and  our  critical  shortage  of 
primary  care  physicians. 

None  of  the  legislative  proposals  effectively  involve  health  centers  in  the 
training  and  education  of  health  professional,  again  with  the  exception  of  H.R. 
1200.  Community  health  centers  affiliated  with  teaching  programs  have 
produced  hundreds  of  family  physicians,  general  internists  and  general 
pediatricians  -  exactly  the  kinds  of  doctors  our  health  system  desperately 
needs  -  yet  they  get  nothing  in  the  way  of  direct  funding  to  continue  or  expand 
their  educational  efforts.  Currently  health  centers  with  teaching  programs  are 
required  to  affiliate  with  a  sponsoring  medical  school  or  teaching  hospital. 
Payment  for  the  costs  of  the  health  center's  educational  program  is  made  on 
a  "pass-through"  basis  with  the  sponsoring  institution.  The  result  is  that  many 
"teaching  health  centers"  end  up  eating  a  substantial  portion  of  the  costs  of 
their  educational  efforts.  Further,  the  availability  of  residency  opportunities  in 
community  and  migrant  health  centers  is  directly  linked  to  the  availability  of 
teaching  hospitals  willing  to  engage  in  educational  partnerships  with  them. 

We'd  like  to  have  direct  access  to  medical  education  funds  so  we  can  provide 
practice  opportunities  for  medical  residents  and  expose  more  medical  students 
to  the  benefits  of  providing  primary  care  in  an  underserved  area.  The  available 
literature  shows  that  where  medical  residents  and  other  health  professions 
students  are  exposed  to  primary  care  training  in  a  community-based  setting, 
significant  numbers  enter  primary  care  as  a  practice.  For  the  reformed  health 
system  to  function  successfully,  it  will  have  to  generate  significant  numbers  of 
new  primary  caregivers.     Community  and  migrant  health  centers  anxiously 


85 


await  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  those  professionals'  education. 


Making  Health  Reform  Work  for  Underserved  Americans 

We  believe  that,  if  health  reform  is  to  work  for  underserved  Americans,  it  must 
empower  medically  underserved  communities  to  develop  workable,  permanent, 
responsive  community  health  care  systems,  through  steps  to  provide: 

•  a  substantial  investment  of  guaranteed  resources  for  the  formation  of 
community-based,  consumer-directed  health  plans  and  networks,  and  to 
increase  access  to  primary  and  preventive  care  in  underserved  areas:  throuoh 
support  for  key  programs  that  now  support  vital  services  to  disadvantaged  and 
underserved  populations  (including  the  health  center  programs.  Family  Planning, 
and  others). 

•  strengthened  safeguards  for  Essential  Community  Providers  that  assure 
preservation  of  the  existing  safety  net  in  underserved  communities,  and  their 
full  participation  in  the  new  health  care  system,  including  safeguards  against 
excessive  risk  in  contracting  with  health  plans  and  payment  of  rates  that 
acknowledge  the  inherently  higher  costs  of  serving  underserved  populations; 

•  direct  funding  for  community-based  training  programs  for  primary  care  health 
professionals  in  order  to  assure  adequate  primary  care  educational  opportunities 
for  students  in  the  most  appropriate  settings   -  where  they  are  needed  most. 

NACHC  is  in  the  process  of  developing  perfecting  amendments  to  the  various  health 
reform  proposals  to  meet  these  critical  objectives. 

The  most  pressing  need  of  -  and  the  most  rational  response  to  --  the  medically 
underserved  under  any  health  care  reform  approach  is  increased  availability  of 
community-responsive,  consumer-directed,  comprehensive  primary  health  care 
services,  particularly  under  a  market-driven  approach  to  reform  where  the  bottom  line 
will  take  absolute  precedence.  Yet  more  can  and  should  be  done  than  just  investing 
in  service  development:  the  lesson  of  the  health  center  programs  is  that,  although  it 
may  not  be  possible  to  empower  communities  to  take  control  of  the  entire  new  health 
system,  it  is  possible  to  empower  them  to  own  and  operate  their  own  entry  points 
into  it.  Health  centers  were  founded  with  a  vision  of  community  and  consumer 
empowerment,  and  their  experience  over  the  past  30  years  provides  an  object  lesson 
on  how  consumer  involvement  and  community  empowerment  can  succeed  where 
other  models  have  failed.  In  this  sense,  health  centers  may  be  the  last,  best  hope  for 
communities  in  shaping  their  health  care  system  and  making  it  responsive  to  their 
needs.  For  obvious  reasons,  we  strongly  believe  that  any  access  initiative  worthy  of 
the  name  should  retain  and  significantly  expand  upon  the  health  center  model 
because: 

o  it  is  a  proven  model  of  getting  Federal  funds  to  improve  the  health  of  hard-to- 

reach  populations  to  the  areas  that  need  them  most; 

o  health   centers   represent   a    multibillion   dollar   investment   by   the   Federal 

government  in  primary  care  infrastructure  in  underserved  communities  over  the 
last  30  years,  and  attracting  and  retaining  health  professionals  in  shortage 
areas; 

0  have  proven  their  effectiveness,  cost  efficiency  and  quality,  and  success  in; 

o  it  is  a  proven  model  of  empowering  underserved  communities  to  manage  their 

own  points  of  access  into  the  health  system,  and  to  tailor  the  services  provided 
by  the  center  to  the  unique  needs  of  the  community; 


86 


o  the  centers'  are  accountable  for  efficient  utilization  of  Federal  funds  and  quality 

of  services  provided,  and  are  subject  to  strict  monitoring  and  oversight  by 
Federal  agencies,  unparalleled  in  the  private  sector. 

Policymakers  should  look  hard  at  what  has  worked  and  why,  and  what  has  not 
worked  for  the  underserved: 

o  Who    has    provided    culturally    competent    care    and    ACCESS    to    these 

communities?   Who  has  not? 

o  Who  has  seen  all  regardless  of  the  ability  to  pay?   Who  has  not? 

o  Who  has  kept  costs  in  check  while  developing  Innovative  approaches  to 

meeting  the  health  needs  of  these  communities?    Who  has  not? 

o  Who    has    attracted,    trained    and    kept    physicians    and    qualified    health 

professionals  in  underserved  communities?    Who  has  not? 

o  Who  has  genuinely  empowered  communities  to  develop  long-range  solutions 

to  their  health  care  needs?    Who  has  not? 

Members  of  Congress  can  and  must  make  sure  that  health  care  reform  "stays  on 
track"  and  works  for  our  Communities.  Congress  knows  what  works  and  should 
renew  its  commitment  to  Community  Health  Care.  This  is  not  about  a  program,  but 
rather  an  approach  to  empower  communities  to  develop  and  direct  long  range 
solutions  that  will  work  for  them  -  in  keeping  with  the  President's  principle  of 
responsibility,  which  we  all  support. 

In  summary: 

•  President  Clinton  made  a  commitment  to  equality  of  access  to  health  care.  We 
fully  support  that  pledge,  and  believe  that  health  reform  must  work  for  all 
Americans,  and  especially  for  the  medically  underserved. 

•  There  is  much  to  admire  and  support  in  the  President's  proposed  plan  and  those 
of  other  Members;  at  the  same  time,  some  elements  cause  considerable 
concern  about  how  well  these  plans  will  address  the  most  pressing  needs  of 
underserved  Americans. 

•  Health  care  costs  will  never  be  controlled  unless  high-risk,  underserved 
populations  have  access  to  primary  and  preventive  care.  Health  insurance 
while  essential,  will  not  alone  guarantee  access  to  needed  health  services. 

•  Health  reform  should  build  on  what  has  worked:  the  community,  migrant  and 
homeless  health  center  programs.  Nothing  else  has  our  uniquely  successful, 
30-year  track  record  of  controlling  costs,  providing  access  to  quality  care, 
retaining  health  professionals  where  they're  most  needed,  or  empowering 
communities  to  develop  long-range  solutions  to  their  health  needs.  Health 
reform  should  invest  in  such  successes. 

•  We  are  committed  to  support  and  work  with  the  President  and  the  Congress 
to  ensure  the  earliest  possible  passage  and  enactment  of  an  effective, 
comprehensive  national  health  reform  plan  this  year. 

Thank  you. 


87 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas  ok  California.  We  have  looked  at  all  these  statis- 
tics, but  the  thing  that  keeps  coming  home,  when  you  say  that  21 
percent  of  the  folk  are  rural,  the  answer  I  get  from  my  people  is 
I  may  be  21  percent  to  you,  but  I  am  100  percent  to  me.  That  is 
even  more  so  of  the  three-quarters  of  the  folk  who  are  urban. 

I  understand  where  you  are  coming  from  in  terms  of  supporting 
the  single  payer.  My  only  question  is  what  is  the  price  tag? 

Ms.  RosENBAUM.  If  you  take  just  the  community  health  center's 
program  it  would  probably  take  several  billion  dollars  to  both  build 
the  number  of  facilities  that  are  needed  and  provide  them  with  the 
operating  subsidies  that  they  require  above  and  beyond  the  insur- 
ance payments  they  would  receive.  That  is  they  would  need  sub- 
sidies in  order  to  provide  uncovered  services,  to  provide  the  ena- 
bling services  to  protect  themselves  against  undue  financial  loss. 

I  am  sure  John  has  better  statistics  than  I  do.  I  would  guess  that 
the  cost  shows  up  not  even  a  measurable  fraction  of  a  percentage 
of  the  Federal  health  care  budget.  Now  whether  or  not  Congress 
chooses  to  adopt  a  single-payer  insurance  system,  the  strength  of 
the  Wellstone-McDermott  bill  on  this  particular  issue  is  that  the 
payment  for  the  capital  and  grant  moneys  needed  to  develop  serv- 
ices and  keep  them  going  in  poor  communities,  underserved  com- 
munities, is  built  into  the  payment  structure.  It  is  certainly  plau- 
sible to  imagine  taking  that  kind  of  a  model  and  using  it  in  a  pri- 
vate insurance  system  just  as  the  President's  bill  does  for  academic 
health  centers. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  California.  That  was  why  I  was  pleased  that 
Mr.  Silva  was  knowledgeable  enough  to  indicate  that  most  of  the 
comprehensive  plans,  even  if  they  don't  endorse  either  single-payer 
structure,  or  a  government-run  system  or  even  the  President's 
mandatory  structure,  that  we  are  all  concerned  about  the  area  and 
that  we  are  all  putting  money  in  the  area  and  sometimes  holding 
your  own  or  treading  water  is  ahead  of  the  game  if  other  areas  are 
slipping.  My  concern  is  that  this  area  under  any  plan  will  not  get 
the  kind  of  attention  that  is  necessary. 

Mr.  Silva,  my  question  to  you  goes  to  testimony  that  that  we  had 
several  days  ago.  Frankly,  I  was  a  little  bit  excited  about  it.  In  my 
area  there  are  some  programs  that  appear  to  be  making  some 
headway.  Both  my  counties  are  part  of  the  pilot  program  for  man- 
aged care  under  the  Medicaid  shift.  But  in  terms  of  clinics,  testi- 
mony from  Boston,  which  is  now  extended  to  the  entire  State  of 
Massachusetts,  testimony  in  the  Chula  Vista  area  of  San  Diego  and 
the  entire  State  of  Arizona  has  indicated  that  there  seems  to  be 
some  folk  out  there  who  are  making  the  current  system  work  and 
work  in  a  very  positive  way. 

Have  you  seen  some  creative  approaches  to  dealing  with  this 
question  in  terms  of  the  underserved  area?  In  other  words  is  it 
really  structure — it  is  always  structure  to  a  certain  extent?  I  was 
struck  by  these  people  who  didn't  let  the  structure  get  in  the  way 
and  they  didn't  complain  about  the  fact  that  there  wasn't  any 
money.  In  fact,  they  have  gone  out  and  organized  it  in  such  a  way 
that  other  affluent  groups  are  trying  to  attach  themselves  to  them. 

Are  these  anomalies  and  did  we  wind  up  with  an  efficient  staff 
finding  a  couple  of  folk  who  could  present  a  bright  picture  that  isn't 


88 

going  on  out  there?  With  all  the  changes  at  the  State  level,  isn't 
there  some  innovation  going  on  that  we  might  point  to  as  models 
that  don't  necessarily  take  just  more  money  but  take  creativity  and 
an  understanding  of  what  works? 

Mr.  SiLVA.  I  think  that  you  could  look  at  the  community  migrant 
health  center  program  in  toto  and  go  into  almost  any  community, 
even  a  rural  area  where  there  is  a  community  or  migrant  health 
center  and  basically  say  the  same  thing.  To  give  you  an  example 
of  that,  there  are  so  many  entrepreneurial  and  innovative 
approaches  that  are  being  taken  by  community-based  programs 
that  it  is  literally  staggering,  but  I  need  to  stress  that  they  are 
community-based  and  consumer  driven,  and  a  lot  of  times  they 
have  had  to  survive  without  mainstream  medical  support,  without 
mainstream  financial  support,  without  any  type  of  State  or  admin- 
istrative support. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  California.  Are  you  saying  that  sometimes, 
maybe,  that  is  the  reason  they  are  succeeding? 

Mr.  SiLVA.  No,  I  think  they  are  succeeding  despite  it.  I  some- 
times am  awed  by  the  thought  that,  if  there  was  ever  a  time  when 
there  would  be  administration  and  establishment  support  for  these 
types  of  grass  roots  organizations,  what  kind  of  constructive  things 
that  they  could  do.  If  there  were  additional  resources  that  were 
available  based  on  their  track  record  of  entrepreneurial  develop- 
ment and  services,  how  many  more  people  they  could  provide  serv- 
ices to. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  California.  That  is  one  of  the  reasons  that  we 
put  the  component  that  you  were  kind  enough  to  mention  in  my 
bill,  because  in  my  rural  central  valley  California  district  the  mi- 
gratory health  centers  are  one  of  the  bright  spots.  Not  just  by 
meeting  the  needs  of  the  underserved  but  by  creating  cutting  edge 
technical  opportunities  for  people  who  would  otherwise  participate 
in  an  ordinary  medical  structure,  and  are  being  attracted  there  so 
there  is  a  coming  together  of  all  parts  of  the  community  in  the  cen- 
ters. 

At  one  time,  there  may  have  been  a  slight  stigma  attached  to 
them  but  there  is  a  great  deal  of  pride  now.  The  new  construction, 
the  new  building,  the  dentist  facility,  all  those  are  tied  to  these 
health  centers.  I  think  there  is  a  great  opportunity  in  terms  of  a 
willingness  to  just  do  the  job  and  be  creative,  but  the  funding  has 
to  be  there. 

Mr.  Bernstein,  there  has  been  a  lot  of  verbiage  about  coverage 
versus  access  and  access  versus  coverage  and  we  don't  just  want 
access,  we  want  coverage.  I  think  I  understood  what  you  meant  in 
terms  of  you  want  to  stress  access  rather  than  coverage.  You  are 
talking  about  the  ability  to  deliver  rather  than  the  comfort  of  say- 
ing that  you  are  covered.  What  good  is  a  plastic  card  if  you  don't 
have  a  place  to  use  it;  is  that  basically  what  you  are  saying?  I 
know  that  is  a  kind  of  a  mine  field  when  you  get  into  coverage  ver- 
sus access.  Maybe  you  ought  to  spend  a  minute  to  make  sure  ev- 
erybody understands  that  you  are  not  choosing  sides  in  the  political 
rhetoric  contest  here.  You  really  mean  something  when  you  say  you 
want  access.  Coverage  is  important,  but  access  is  primary  and 
fundamental. 


89 

Mr.  Bernstein.  That  is  what  I  mean.  I  have  some  suggestions 
but  they  are  my  own,  they  are  not  the  association's  on  the  issue. 
It  seems  to  me  the  more  you  Hsten  to  the  debate  the  more  I  under- 
stand the  cost  of  the  reform  is  going  to  be — could  be  quite  astro- 
nomical, and  I  enjoyed  the  little  repartee  between  the  chairman 
and  Dr.  Lee,  but  I  think  we  are  going — most  of  the  plans  are  going 
about  the  concept  of  access  and  missing  the  boat  on  one  very  im- 
portant issue.  They  are  not  to  me  recognizing  where  the  real  eco- 
nomic force  is  in  this  whole  managed  competition  debate.  The  force 
and  what  the  plans  are  trying  to  do — and  I  believe  we  need  to  do 
this — is  to  put  a  lot  of  money  into  grant  programs  and  I  am  all  for 
that.  I  am  involved  with  many,  many  programs,  whether  public 
health,  community  health  centers,  national  health  service — we 
need  that  money  but  we  are  betting  the  house  that  you  can  fund 
those  programs.  I  think  in  addition  to  that  we  need  to  recognize 
that  these  big  companies,  insurance  companies,  HMOs,  these  big 
hospitals,  the  forces  that  they  want  to  play  in  this  game — and  if 
we  don't  harness  them  in  some  way  so  that  they  benefit  rural  and 
inner-city  underserved  areas,  we  are  missing  the  boat. 

What  I  mean  here  is  that  we  need  to  figure  out  creative  rules 
and  I  don't  see  rules  in  these  managed  care  bills.  We  need  to  figure 
out  rules  that  say  if  you  want  to  play  this  game,  then  we  need  a 
strong  infrastructure.  You  need  to  support  our  community-based 
programs.  We  need  to  add  to  them  in  our  rural  inner-city  areas. 

We  let  you  do  that  collaboratively.  We  will  let  you  combine  Kai- 
ser, put  money  in  and  Prudential,  put  money  in  but  we  would  set 
the  standards  for  inner-city  and  underserved  areas  and  rural  areas 
so  they  wouldn't  be  able  to  participate — like  you  were  talking  about 
redlining,  that  is  a  must.  If  you  let  them  chop  off  the  best  parts 
of  the  geography  we  really  have  a  problem.  But  if  we  make  them 
participate,  invest  in  these  areas,  I  think  we  can  cut  down  on  the 
overall  cost  of  the  total  program. 

But  if  we  are  going  to  just  add  on  money  that  the  Government 
has  to  come  up  with,  I  am  concerned  about  that. 

Mr.  Thomas  of  California.  I  think  all  of  our  concern  is  rather 
than  sit  in  an  academic  criticism  of  the  current  system  and  make 
changes  in  the  law  and  assume  it  is  going  to  be  fixed  is,  those  folks 
who  identify  themselves  in  whatever  percentage  group  understand 
they  are  100  percent  of  themselves  and  that  if  they  aren't  getting 
the  kind  of  medical  coverage  they  at  lease  define  as  minimum, 
whether  you  call  it  access  or  coverage,  they  have  been  left  out  and 
that  is  the  last  thing  that  we  should  be  doing. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Lewis. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Ms.  Rosenbaum,  I  was  struck  and  moved  by  your  testimony  as 
it  relates  to  inner  cities.  You  make  a  strong  and  compelling  case 
that  because  of  years  of  neglect,  maybe  generations  of  neglect, 
many  of  the  health  problems  that  we  are  facing  in  the  inner  cities 
of  our  country  and  in  many  of  our  rural  areas  is  because  of  what 
we  failed  to  do  in  the  past. 

I  would  like  for  you  to  give  us  some  idea  about  your  thoughts 
and  concerns  how  we  can  provide  civil  rights  protection  in  a  new 


90 

world  of  health  reform  or  the  new  world  order  of,  the  American 
order  of  health  reform. 

Ms.  RosENBAUM.  As  we  move  into  health  reform  and  rewrite 
health  policy  for  the  United  States  we  are  also  rewriting  a  huge 
raft  of  related  laws. 

One  of  the  great  bodies  of  law  that  is  being  rewritten  and  should 
be  rewritten  to  reflect  a  changing  health  system  is  the  body  of  civil 
rights  law  in  the  United  States.  I  have  spent  20  years  as  a  health 
and  civil  rights  lawyer  now  and  have  spent  a  lot  of  time  with  col- 
leagues talking  about  what  kinds  of  protections  would  be  required 
based  on  our  experience  with  discrimination  in  health  care  and  the 
kinds  of  plan  that  seems  to  be  emerging. 

As  Representative  McDermott  pointed  out  before,  very  strong 
protections  are  needed  at  the  level  of  drawing  the  market  areas  or 
the  service  areas,  the  pooling  areas  for  the  organization  of  the 
health  care  financing  system.  Whether  those  organized  areas  are 
voluntary  or  whether  they  are  mandatorily  drawn  as  in  the  case 
of  the  President's  plan,  there  is  great  concern  on  many  persons' 
part,  and  I  believe  it  is  one  of  the  great  strengths  of  the  President's 
plan,  that  those  boundaries  not  been  drawn  in  ways  that  either  in- 
tentionally discriminate,  or  the  effect  of  discriminating. 

I  recommend  that  in  addition  to  the  establishment  of  standards 
for  drawing  the  boundary  lines  that  Congress  give  serious  consider- 
ation to  something  akin  to  the  kind  of  preclearance  process  used 
under  the  Voting  Rights  Act.  Depending  on  the  kind  of  bill  that  is 
developed,  you  could  have  a  gerrymandering  of  health  service  areas 
that  for  all  practical  purposes,  whether  or  not  patients  can  go  inter- 
state, intrastate,  or  anywhere  else  for  services,  makes  the  financing 
of  care  virtually  impossible  in  poor  areas. 

Beyond  that  and  most  profoundly  from  my  experience  is  behavior 
of  health  plans  themselves.  As  we  move  into  managed  care,  wheth- 
er we  getting  there  under  the  gun  of  a  bill  or  because  we  are  drift- 
ing there  anyway,  we  have  now  collapsed  the  financing  of  care  with 
the  access  to  care  and  along  the  way  have  come  a  series  of  unfortu- 
nate incidents,  some  of  which  you  heard  about  last  week  in  the 
managed  care  testimony.  We  see  these  problems  every  day. 

The  most  important  issues  in  managed  care  are  nondiscrimina- 
tion provisions  in  the  selection  of  the  marketing  and  service  areas, 
with  nondiscrimination  standards  not  only  on  the  basis  of  race  and 
national  origin  but  on  the  basis  of  socioeconomic  status,  perceived 
health  status,  gender  and  other  suspect  classifications. 

If  we  use  a  community  rating  system,  the  whole  risk  underwrit- 
ing of  health  insurance  is  basically  gone  and  we  have  to  rethink 
what  it  means  to  discriminate.  When  it  is  your  job  to  discriminate, 
you  get  to  be  exempt  from  civil  rights  laws.  When  you  no  longer 
can  risk  underwrite,  then  the  bases  for  discrimination  on  the  basis 
of  actuarial  assumptions  also  goes  up  in  smoke. 

Another  great  concern  is  the  role  that  essential  provider  provi- 
sions play  for  people.  Those  provisions  have  received  the  most  pub- 
licity with  respect  to  certain  health  providers  who  either  do  have 
the  status  or  can  apply  for  the  status.  The  real  purpose  behind 
those  protections  had  much  less  to  do  with  protecting  providers 
than  as  a  means  of  preventing  health  plans  from  cherry  picking 
providers  who  only  see  certain  patients.  If  you  take  people's  normal 


91 

source  of  medical  care  which  is  a  community  health  center  or  pub- 
lic hospital  and  you  shut  that  normal  source  of  care  out  of  a  man- 
aged care  network,  people  are  cut  off  from  their  services.  The  im- 
mediate impact  is  a  dramatic  drop  in  use  of  care  because  people 
are  afraid  to  come  to  a  new  provider  or  they  don't  know  how  to  get 
through  the  door  of  a  new  provider.  They  have  lost  their  health 
care  home. 

When  you  think  about  the  essential  provider  protections  you 
should  think  of  them  in  the  same  category  as  any  provisions  tnat 
directly  relate  to  nondiscrimination  by  the  plans.  I  would  be  happy 
to  go  through  the  issues  in  greater  detail  with  you,  but  it  is  at  both 
the  alliance  level  and  the  health  service  delivery  level  that  you 
need  to  be  concerned. 

Mr.  Lewis.  I  appreciate  your  response.  Mr.  Silva,  what  else  can 
we  do  to  encourage  the  creation  and  continuation  of  medical  homes. 
I  understand  community  health  centers  need  funding.  What  else 
can  we  do  as  a  Congress;  is  there  anything  we  can  do  under  this 
proposed  administration? 

Mr.  Silva.  I  think  there  are  a  number  of  things  that  Congress 
can  do  and  can  propose  from  a  front  line  perspective:  Access  to  cap- 
ital, infrastructure  investment,  dollars.  I  know  everybody  comes  be- 
fore Congress  and  wants  dollars.  I  think  it  would  be  fair  for  me  to 
say  that  an  analysis  of  the  community,  migrant  homeless  health 
center  programs  will  show  you  probaoly  the  best  investment  of 
Federal,  private  and  community-based  resources  that  has  been  ex- 
perienced since  the  days  of  OEO. 

I  was  going  to  say  earlier  that  under  the  chairman's  leadership 
with  Federally  qualified  health  center  status,  even  in  my  same 
cramped  quarters,  we  went  from  providing  43,000  patient  visits  3 
years  ago  to  71,000  patient  visits  this  current  year  in  basically  the 
same  space,  and  that  was  due  to  an  influx  of  additional  resources. 
If  the  infrastructure  is  developed  and  invested  in  we  can  take  care 
of  an  awful  lot  of  those  43  million  uninsured.  But  when  forced  to 
compete  with  what  we  call  the  big  boys,  the  large  HMOs,  the  major 
health  plans,  we  can't  compete  at  that  level. 

We  can  compete  in  the  communities  and  bring  people  into  health 
care.  I  think  an  acknowledgment  of  that  and  I  think  we  need  some 
basic  controls  on  Medicaid  waiver  approvals  to  make  sure  that  in 
the  name  of  cost  savings  that  we  are  not  throwing  the  baby  out 
with  the  bath  water  as  we  appear  to  be  doing  in  Tennessee  and 
some  other  locations  where  we  are  literally  decimating  those  pro- 
viders of  care  to  the  uninsured,  the  poor  and  rural  Americans  in 
the  name  of  Medicaid  reform. 

If  Congress  looks  at  the  waiver  process  and  how  it  is  being  ap- 
plied, I  think  those  two  activities  more  than  any  I  can  think  of 
right  now  would  assist  us  in  expanding  those  services.  You  know, 
in  Atlanta  you  have  some  of  the  best  health  centers  doing  some  of 
the  best  work  in  the  country.  We  just  need  more  of  them. 

If  you  are  going  to  invest  resources,  start  at  the  grassroots  and 
work  your  way  up  and  invest  in  community  and  migrant  health 
centers. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Mr.  Gage,  you  mentioned  Grady.  You  mentioned  that 
in  1990,  Grady  provided  nearly  865,000  emergency  or  outpatient 
visits.  Along  these  lines  can  you  explain  the  importance  of  financ- 


92 

ing  for  capital  improvement  for  public  hospitals  like  Grady?  You 
know  Grady  is  undergoing  a  $300  million  capital  improvement 
effort. 

I  think  most  of  those  resources  came  from  the  citizens  of  two 
metropolitan  counties  that  serve  Atlanta  and  De  I^lb  County. 

Mr.  Gage.  Well,  Grady  is  in  the  middle  of  a  major  rebuilding 
process  and  the  fact  that  they  have  among  other  things,  I  think  it 
is  the  single  highest  total  of  outpatient  emergency  visits  in  the 
country  of  any  public  hospital,  865,000  sounds  right.  There  are  oth- 
ers that  were  cited  in  the  testimony. 

To  follow  up  on  the  response  to  your  earlier  question,  Grady  was 
quite  fortunate  that  Fulton  and  De  Kalb  Counties,  which  are  the 
two  counties  that  formed  the  hospital  authority  that  operates 
Grady,  are  growing,  are  reasonably  prosperous,  they  have  very  sig- 
nificant problems  with  the  inner-city  and  with  underserved  areas; 
but  Atlanta  is  one  of  the  success  stories  certainly  of  the  southeast, 
and  therefore  they  were  able  to  sell  bonds  basically  that  were 
backed  by  the  citizens  of  the  counties.  That  is  very  important  to 
understand  because  it  means  that  infrastructure  support  in  Fulton 
county  didn't  cost  the  taxpayers  directly. 

They  were  able  to  sell  bonds  and  the  Grady  and  the  hospital  au- 
thority itself  will  pay  those  bonds  back  over  a  number  of  years  out 
of  revenues  from  current  patience  and  certainly  from  the  counties. 
They  get  well  over  $100  million  at  Grady  from  the  two  counties  for 
normal  operations  and  clearly  some  of  that  goes  to  pay  for  debt 
sei^ce.  Hopefully  over  time  with  health  reform  much  of  those 
resources  can  be  shifted  to  resources  that  are  tied  to  patients  who 
have  some  form  of  coverage.  But  it  is  clear  that  not  all  of  those  are 
going  to  be  able  to  be  shifted,  and  it  is  clear  that  many  of  the  serv- 
ices Grady  provides  are  going  to  be  essential  to  their  entire 
community. 

Grady  is  an  entire  health  system,  not  just  a  hospital.  It  runs  the 
emergency  medical  system,  it  runs  a  number  of  health  centers,  sat- 
ellite hospitals  and  clinics.  But  on  the  other  hand,  Grady's  renova- 
tion can  be  financed  without  a  lot  of  up  front  capital  from  the  Fed- 
eral Government  or  from  the  citizens  of  the  county. 

We  have  a  piece  of  legislation  that  we  have  worked  closely  with 
the  community  health  centers  and  the  rural  health  association  that 
Chairman  Stark  is  the  primary  sponsor  of  in  the  House  a  few  small 
provisions  of  which  have  been  included  in  the  Health  Security  Act. 

We  urge  you  to  look  at  that.  We  think  that  for  $1  to  $2  billion 
a  year  you  can  meet  all  the  infrastructure  needs  through 
leveraging  these  dollars,  through  loan  guarantees  and  interest  sub- 
sidies so  that  a  lot  of  this  capital  can  be  acquired  in  the  private 
markets. 

Mr.  Lf:wis.  Thank  you  very  much.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Bernstein,  prior  to  coming  to  the  Ways  and  Means  Commit- 
tee, I  was  on  the  Budget  Committee  and  we  fought  hard  to  just  get 
language  included  in  the  budget  report,  begging  the  Ways  and 
Means  Committee  to  assist  in  leveling  the  reimbursement  rates  be- 
tween rural  and  urban  hospitals.  So  I  am  a  supporter  of  rural  hos- 
pitals. I  support  the  incentives  that  you  included  in  your  testimony. 


93 

Having  said  that,  though,  there  are  a  lot  of  rural  hospitals  that 
have  gone  out  of  business  already  because  they  couldn't  generate 
enough  revenue  to  pay  their  expenses,  and  there  are  more  that  are 
on  the  verge  of  going  out  of  business.  Where  do  we  draw  the  line, 
or  should  we,  between  letting  market  forces  have  their  will  and 
running  a  rural  hospital  out  of  business  and  interjecting  govern- 
ment aid,  government  support  to  keep  that  facility  alive? 

Are  there  some  places  in  rural  America  that  simply  shouldn't 
support  what  I  will  call  a  full  service  hospital,  but  perhaps  could 
support  something  less  than  that?  And  if  so,  are  there  any  changes 
in  Federal  law  that  would  help  to  accomplish  that? 

Mr.  Bernstein.  Wow 

Mr.  McCrery.  You  may  not  be  able  to  fully  answer  that  ques- 
tion. 

Mr.  Bernstein.  I  can't  answer  the  last  part,  but  I  think  I  can 
answer  the  rest  of  it.  Each  State — in  North  Carolina,  and  we  are 
getting  together  tomorrow  for  this  week — first  of  all,  a  lot  of  hos- 
pitals probably  need  to — not  a  lot,  but  there  are  a  number  of  hos- 
pitals that  need  to  get  out  of  the  acute  care  business,  and  it  is  just 
a  change  in  how  medical  care  is  delivered  over  time,  and  somehow 
we  are  just  going  to  have  to  figure  a  way  to  deal  with  it. 

I  don't  think  that  the  supply  and  demand  method  of  dealing  with 
that  is  fair  or  appropriate  for  certain  parts  of  rural  America.  So  by 
necessity  we  are  going  to  have  to  have  some  sort  of  planned  way 
of  supporting  some  hospitals  that  need  to  be  in  the  acute  care  busi- 
ness to  some  extent  and  then  adding  more  incentives  like  the 
EACH  program  which  needs  to  be  tuned  up  some  to  entice  hos- 
pitals to  move  quicker  out  of  inpatient  care  into  out  patient  care. 
I  think  it  can  be  done.  A  lot  of  States  are  trying  different  ways. 
We  are  developing  our  own  way  in  North  Carolina. 

The  legislation  you  are  talking  about,  the  problem  with  getting 
them  to  move  that  way  is  the  reimbursement  system  that  we  have 
now  with  part  A,  part  B,  the  Medicaid  system,  the  whole  thing 
doesn't  lend  itself  to  get  hospital  boards  to  make  the  move,  because 
they  don't  see  a  funding  source  for  the  outpatient  care  or  the  emer- 
gency care  that  they  need  if  they  give  up  their  inpatient  care.  We 
need  to  rethink  that.  That  is  what  the  EACH  program  is  trying  to 
do,  and  that  concept  needs  to  be  refined. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Gage,  I  always  try  and  understand  how 
things  would  work  and  I  understand  that  your  organization  has  en- 
dorsed the  President's  plan;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Gage.  We  have  endorsed  the  general  principles  and  the  key 
provisions  of  the  President's  plan,  yes. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Because  I  have  worked  at  some  of  these  hos- 
pitals, I  try  and  figure  out  how  it  would  actually  work  and  I  would 
like  to  know  your  vision  of  how  Cook  County  Hospital  will  be  in- 
volved with  managed  care  plans  would  it  be  Prudential  that  would 
want  to  contract  with  them  or  Cigna  or  Humana — how  do  you  actu- 
ally see  it  working,  the  Alameda  County  Hospital  in  his  d.istrict  or 
Harbor  View  in  mine,  or  Cook  County  where  I  used  to  work — how 
do  those  hospitals  get  integrated?  Who  wants  to  take  the  people 
that  usually  come  to  them? 


94 

Mr.  Gage.  Well,  we  have  actually  taken  a  hard  look  at  that  ques- 
tion. In  fact  as  the  chairman  was  asking  Dr.  Lee  earlier,  we  are 
actually  taking  a  stab  at  quantifying  it  in  a  way  that  can  let  us 
look  at  different  scenarios  for  a  hospital  like  Harbor  View  or  Cook 
County  that  may  lose  half  of  its  uninsured  population  but  retain 
half  the  population  as  insured  patients. 

There  are  many  different  answers,  depending  on  a  variety  of  fac- 
tors. Cook  County  Hospital  needs  to  be  renovated  or  rebuilt  in  a 
new  site.  It  is  hard  to  imagine  Cook  County  Hospital  in  its  current 
configuration  competing  very  effectively  except  in  areas  like  trau- 
ma care  and  burn  care  and  neonatal  and  other  services  where  they 
in  fact  provide  the  services  to  the  entire  community  and  not  just 
to  the  poor.  The  fact  is,  we  think  there  are  provisions  in  the  Presi- 
dent's bill  which  we  believe  are  inadequately  funded  and  articu- 
lated, but  with  some  help  from  this  committee  could  well  provide 
the  access  to  the  capital  needed  to  rebuild  the  Cook  County  health 
system  in  its  current — in  a  new  configuration  that  would  make 
them  not  just  a  key  player  for  Prudential  and  others,  but  would 
make  them  an  essential  component  for  many  years  to  come. 

Cook  County  has  what  a  lot  of  hospital  and  health  systems  lack 
in  Chicago  and  elsewhere.  It  has  a  fully  integrated  medical  staff 
that  is  largely  on  salary,  medical  departments  that  talk  to  each 
other  about  patients  that  share  information.  The  information  sys- 
tems may  need  upgrading,  but  there  is  a  strong  commitment  to 
low-income  patients  who  are  going  to  still  be  low-income  patients 
even  after  they  have  a  little  insurance  card  to  wave  around. 

We  speak  many  different  languages  that  are  spoken  at  cook 
county  but  not  at  other  hospitals.  So  we  think  there  are  strong  rea- 
sons why  hospitals  like  Cook  County  with  adequate  assistance  will 
be  able  to  compete  effectively.  Harbor  View  is  an  example  of  a  hos- 
pital that  probably  is  miles  ahead  of  Cook  County  right  now  be- 
cause of  its  location,  its  role  in  the  community,  the  fact  that  it  has 
been  involved  in  a  major  way  in  managed  care.  But  it  too  has  those 
benefits.  I  understand  your  question  was  how  under  the  Clinton 
plan  versus  some  other  plan.  It  was  not  an  easy  decision  to  come 
out  and  let  people  say  we  endorse  the  Clinton  plan. 

We  see  the  Clinton  plan  as  being  on  one  side  of  a  very  clear  fence 
that  has  been  erected  by  a  lot  of  players  that  we  have  no  control 
over.  We  see  your  bill  on  one  side  of  the  fence  too.  Nothing  would 
make  us  happier  than  to  see  a  merger  of  the  concepts.  We  felt  we 
had  to  declare  in  favor  of  universal  and  mandatory  coverage  be- 
cause if  we  don't  honor  those  key  principles,  we  don't  think  we  will 
get  anything  and  Cook  County  and  Harbor  View  will  be  in  a  worse 
situation  than  they  are  today.  We  believe  the  Health  Security  Act 
needs  a  lot  of  amending  before  it  can  guarantee  that  Cook  County 
Hospital  can  be  a  player  on  a  level  playing  field  under  health  re- 
form, but  we  think  the  foundation  is  clearly  there. 

Mr.  McDermott.  If  I  could  pursue  for  a  second — it  sounds  like 
your  vision  is  that  Cook  County  or  whatever  big  city  hospital  would 
become  a  health  network.  They  would  market  themselves  and  be 
a  certified  health  plan  under  the  President's  proposal,  that  they 
would  take  those  folks  who  live  in  the  neighborhood,  since  they 
have  been  alwavs  gone  there,  they  would  just  keep  coming  there 
and  that  would  Be  the  certified  health  plan  for  that  area? 


95 

Mr.  Gage.  I  think  survival  of  any  system  or  institution  is  going 
to  be  based  in  part  on  developing  tneir  own  networks,  and  in  part 
on  being  able  to  participate  in  the  networks  and  the  plans  of  oth- 
ers. I  don't  see  an  institution  the  size  of  Cook  County  which  by  the 
way  is  already  a  major  network,  it  is  not  just  a  single  hospital  sit- 
ting there  on  its  site — it  has  satellite  hospitals,  arrangements  with 
many  health  facilities  and  clinics.  They  have  been  talking  for  sev- 
eral years  about  merging  the  city's  clinic  system  with  the  county. 
They  are  entering  into  an  affiliation  with  Rush  Presbyterian  that 
would  not  have  been  thinkable  5  years  ago  but  now  makes  a  great 
deal  of  sense. 

Cook  County  is  going  to  position  itself  to  be  part  of  a  larger  sys- 
tem that  will  compete  effectively,  probably  will  and  should  develop 
plans  of  its  own,  and  will  also  compete  an  a  provider  in  the  plans 
of  others. 

Mr.  McDermott.  One  of  the  things  that  it  seems  to  me  happens 
in  the  President's  plan  is  that  if  a  plan  is  full  they  can  say  we  have 
all  that  we  want  and  then  the  alliance  can  direct  people  to  some 
other  place.  It  looks  to  me  like  that  the  big  city  hospital  with  its 
health  net  will  be  the  kind  of  receptacle  for  those  people  who  aren't 
quick  and  fast  enough  to  join  other  health  plans  and  will  really  be- 
come I  won't  say  a  poor  people's  system,  but  a  system  of  those  who 
aren't  quick  on  the  draw. 

Mr.  Gage.  I  am  not  even  sure  it  is  so  much  the  patients  who  will 
be  quick  on  the  draw  as  it  will  be  plans.  We  share  the  concern  that 
has  been  expressed  here  today  about  what  will  happen  when  cer- 
tain health  plans  that  may  not  even  exist  today  grow  up  to  compete 
in  Chicago  or  Seattle  or  Denver  or  Los  Angeles  and  they  are  look- 
ing only  for  healthy  patients  who  aren't  going  to  utilize  services  or 
maybe  at  the  other  end  of  the  spectrum  the  homeless  and  the  dein- 
stitutionalized mentally  ill  who  they  will  sign  up  who  will  never 
going  to  Cook  County  Hospital  no  matter  how  much  educating  you 
do.  We  do  have  concerns. 

However,  we  serve  all  of  those  patients  now  and  we  are  not  going 
to  turn  away  patients  just  because  they  are  sicker.  We  do  believe 
that  there  are  going  to  need  to  be  risk  adjustment  factors  and  ena- 
bling services  and  other  things,  payments  to  these  hospitals  that 
will  enable  them  to  care  for  these  patients,  and  we  do  hope  that 
there  will  be  also  protections  as  discussed  earlier,  including  civil 
rights  protections  that  can  be  brought  both  by  patients  and  by  gov- 
ernmental entities  against  plans  that  engage  in  dumping  and  other 
kinds  of  activities,  redlining,  cream  skimming,  whatever  you  want 
to  call  it.  We  have  concerns  about  that. 

We  also  believe  by  the  same  token  that  the  Harbor  Views  and 
Cook  Counties  will  be  able  to  compete  effectively  for  patients  they 
don't  now  have,  because  we  think  they  will  position  themselves  in 
most  cases  in  networks  that  are  going  to  be  attractive  to  those  pa- 
tients. 

Mr.  McDermott.  It  will  be  a  surprise  to  me  if  anybody  wants 
them  in  their  network  services  except  for  selected  services.  In  Se- 
attle if  you  have  a  bum  the  only  place  to  go  is  Harbor  View.  I  can 
see  why  people  would  make  those  kinds  of  arrangements,  but  I 
can't  see  them  making  those  arrangements  for  obstetrical,  and  gen- 
eral surgery  and  those  sorts  of  things.  I  don't  see  why  anybody 


96 

would  contract  with  them  to  bring  them  into  the  net.  That  is  why 
I  think  they  are  going  to  wind  up  upsetting  their  own.  Thank  you, 
Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  was  curious  about  that  myself.  Am  I  reading 
that  your  endorsement  is  that  you  are  afraid  if  we  don't  have  the 
President's  plan  we  won't  have  anything  or  are  you  saying  of  the 
plans  you  are  aware  of  including  Mr.  McDermott's,  you  think  it  is 
the  best?  There  is  a  difference  there. 

Mr.  Gage.  There  is  a  third  statement  to  be  made  which  is  look- 
ing at  the  universe  of  plans  that  perhaps  are  going  to  serve  as  the 
realistic  and  politically  acceptable  basis  for  final  passage,  and  I  un- 
derstand that  Mr.  McDermott's  plan  probably  still  has  the  largest 
number  of  house  cosponsors  of  any  plan. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  can  write  him  off. 

Mr.  Gagk.  I  am  not  writing  him  off. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  wrote  me  off  too. 

Mr.  Gage.  We  just  think — put  it  this  way.  The  President's  plan 
is  as  far  to  the  right  as  we  are  willing  and  prepared  to  go,  and  yet 
we  can  see  the  potential  for  compromise  on  the  right  not  just  the 
right  hand  side  of  this  committee  but  of  the  many  other  committees 
that  are  going  to  be  looking  at  this  legislation.  That  was  really 
what  under 

Chairman  Stark.  It  is  pretty  hard  to  get  much  further  to  the 
right  and  still  have  a  plan. 

Mr.  Gage.  I  think  that  is  probably  a  decision  we  made.  To  be 
honest  with  you,  we  are  very  concerned  about  what  we  hear  from 
business  groups  and  others  who  are  rejecting  what  we  consider  to 
be  genuine  health  reform  and  may  leave  us  worse  off  than 
before 

Chairman  Stark.  But  none  of  those  business  groups  give  you 
guys  10  cents  anyway.  Even  Kaiser  doesn't  give  10  cents  to  High- 
land Hospital,  and  wouldn't.  They  are  not  a  bad  plan,  but  they 
haven't  done  anything  for  the  poor  or  disproportionate  share  popu- 
lation in  our  area.  They  have  been  cherry  picking  for  50  years 
which  is  why  they  could  do  quite  well.  They  are  nice  guys,  but  they 
are  not  exactly  tne  County  Welfare  Department.  I  guess  that  is  a 
concern. 

I  want  to  go  back  to  Sara's  issue  on  some  of  these  cost  sharing 
and/or  ventures  for  people  into  new  plans.  We  have  had  some  expe- 
rience in  California  with  contracting  out  medical,  Medicaid,  only  to 
find  that  people  wake  up  and  they  can't  go  to  their  community 
health  clinic  any  more  and  they  really  are  devastated.  You  and  I 
might  say  there  is  another  hospital  down  the  street;  we  will  go 
there. 

But  I  have  a  hunch  that  much  of  the  census  of  these  clinics  are 
there  because  of  language  barriers  or  initially  cultural  barriers  that 
led  them  to  be  very  timid  about  getting  in  there  in  the  first  place, 
and  after  they  reach  a  level  of  comfort,  to  have  that  removed  seems 
to  me  to  take  them  out  of  the  system. 

Now,  this  may  not  be  a  large  part  of  America,  but  a  large  part 
of  America,  70  percent,  already  have  good  plans.  They  are  like  us. 
They  have  Blue  Cross  and  all  these  generous  plans.  They  are  good 
plans  today,  but  they  aren't  going  to  Cook  County  Hospital  or  to 
Highland  either. 


97 

If  you  have  Blue  Cross,  you  sure  won't  go  near  those  places.  First 
of  all,  they  are  full  of  poor  people  who  don't  have  any  insurance. 
Why  wait  in  the  line?  You  can  go  down  the  street  to  Alamades, 
which  is  half  empty,  and  they  will  give  you  champagne  while  you 
wait  and  Blue  Cross  will  pay  for  it.  Those  folks  are  OK  They  are 
going  to  be  in  trouble  if  their  employer  quits  footing  the  bill,  and 
I  think  the  President  rightly  perceives  that. 

Sara,  let's  talk  a  little  more  about  this  concept  that  is  subtle  of 
the  payments,  the  copayments,  or  having  to  participate  in  a  plan 
that  requires  going  someplace  to  sign  up  and  how  that  will,  in  ef- 
fect— and  I  am  not  talking  about  some  a  sophisticated  gatekeeper 
here.  I  am  just  talking  about  a  well  meaning  bunch  of  white, 
middle-aged  suburbanites  on  both  sides  of  the  aisle  who  decide  we 
are  going  to  go  help  poor  people,  who  we  have  not  had  much  con- 
tact with  for  a  great  number  of  years. 

What  are  we  doing  to  them  if  we  pass  the  President's  bill? 

Ms.  ROSENHAUM.  If  you  look  at  basic  economics  of  any  family,  a 
family  can  probably  afford  to  spend  anywhere  from  5  to  10  percent 
of  its  disposal  income  on  health  care,  that  amount  and  no  more. 
And  you  would  have  to  factor  in  premiums,  deductibles,  coinsur- 
ance, and  uncovered  costs  that  would  be  part  of  the 

Chairman  Stakk.  Drugs? 

Ms.  RosENBAUM.  Anything,  and  including  a  lot  of  services  that 
may  be  health  related.  For  example,  if  you  nave  a  child  with  asth- 
ma and  have  to  get  an  air-conditioner,  if  you  have  to  adapt  your 
home  in  some  way,  if  you  have  a  child  in  special  education  who 
needs  a  related  service  of  some  kind.  All  of  those  are  health  ex- 
penditures, people  really  don't  have  very  much  disposal  income  for 
health  care. 

Based  on  some  preliminary  review  of  the  various  plans  now 
under  consideration,  that  there  are  two  proposals  on  the  table  that 
certainly  keep  within  some  realistic  framework  the  amount  of 
money  that  an  average  family  would  have  to  pay  in  premium  costs, 
and  that  is  Congressman  McDermott's  bill  and  the  President's  bill. 
If  you  look  at  low  and  moderate  income  working  families,  under  the 
President's  bill,  because  of  a  lot  of  the  health  insurance  costs  are 
underwritten  by  employers,  there  is  a  financing  source  and  the  pre- 
mium payments  are  reasonable.  Of  course,  the  cost  sharing  is  high- 
er than  under  the  McDermott  bill,  which  has  none.  By  definition, 
the  President's  bill  has  higher  cost  sharing.  But  for  a  health  insur- 
ance plan  for  an  average  family,  it  is  certainly  within  reason. 

The  other  bills  that  do  not  keep  the  spending  levels  reasonable 
at  all  for  an  average  family.  A  lot  of  attention  has  been  focused  on 
business  and  government  exposure.  Last  week  when  the  Governors 
were  in  town,  when  big  business  was  in  town,  we  heard  a  lot  about 
the  burdens  that  they  would  have  to  bear.  But  during  that  whole 
week,  of  course,  we  lost  any  focus  on  the  burdens  that  families 
would  have  to  bear. 

And  if  you  assume  that  financing  health  care  is  a  three-way 
proposition  in  the  United  States,  among  business,  government,  and 
individuals,  which  it  seems  to  be  under  many  different  plans,  then 
this  whole  third  player  was  completely  absent  for  8  days.  And  that 
third  player  does  very  poorly  when  there  is  no  assured  financing 
source,  whether  it  is  Government  payments  directly,  as  under  the 


98 

McDemnott  bill,  or  whether  it  is  an  employer  premium,  as  under 
the  President's  bill,  or  a  combination  of  the  two. 

Somebody  has  to  pay  for  it,  and  if  nobody  comes  up  to  the  bar 
and  pays  for  it,  then  we  are  left,  as  John  Silva  mentioned,  with 
plans  that  purport  to  assure  access  to  services  and  access  to  the 
coverage,  but  are  completely  unrealistic  for  a  family  that  can 
maybe  afford  to  pay,  if  it  is  a  minimum  wage  working  family, 
maybe  $20  or  $30  a  month  at  best,  toward  the  cost  of  a  premium 
and  even  that  is  ridiculous,  and  certainly  almost  nothing  in  out-of- 
pocket  copayments  and  deductibles. 

So  I  guess  from  my  time  with  families,  I  have  been  mystified  by 
a  lot  of  the  discussion  about  universal  access.  I  don't  really  care  if 
you  call  it  voluntary  or  mandatory.  You  can  call  it  whatever  you 
want.  If  a  family  can't  afford  it,  it  can't  afford  it. 

Now,  I  think  that  too  much  time  is  being  spent  on  the  ultimate 
test  without  filling  in  everything  that  comes  before.  This  is  all  an 
issue  about  who  is  going  to  bear  the  burden  for  paying  for  this  and 
how  those  burdens  will  be  allocated. 

If  I  were  designing  a  plan  for  very  low-income  people,  I  would 
charge  them  no  premiums,  nothing  at  the  point  at  which  they  actu- 
ally had  to  enroll  in  a  plan  and  that  would  keep  them  from  enroll- 
ing in  a  plan.  No  matter  what  you  do  to  punish  low-income  people 
for  not  enrolling,  they  won't  enroll.  And  I  would  use  cost  sharing 
very  selectively. 

There  is  some  literature  that  suggests  if  you  give  people  a  health 
care  home  that  they  like,  that  you  certainly  can  tell  them,  yes,  you 
can  go  to  an  emergency  room  but  you  better  be  sure  that  that  is 
what  you  need  and  that  you  haven  gone  to  your  health  care  home 
first. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Excuse  me.  On  that  point,  do  you  think  that  even 
a  very  modest  deductible  or  copay  is  a  useful  educational  device  if 
it  doesn't  raise  any  money  or  not?  What  is  your  attitude  on  that? 

Ms.  RosKNHAUM.  It  is  an  interesting  question.  In  the  area  of  pe- 
diatrics, which  I  know  better  than  internal  medicine,  adult  medi- 
cine, cost  sharing  has  either  a  complete  impact  that  you  don't  want 
or  it  has  no  impact.  And  by  that,  I  mean  at  the  point  at  which  you 
want  a  child  to  receive  a  preventive  service  or  a  primary  service, 
the  effect  of  a  copayment  is  horrendous. 

At  the  point  at  which  a  child  is  very  sick,  the  copayment  does 
nothing  but  reduce  the  amount  of  payment  that  goes  to  the  pro- 
vider because  nobody  at  that  point  stands  between  the  provider 
and  the  patient. 

There  have  been  some  relatively  creative  uses  of  cost  sharing  to 
encourage  such  cost  saving  measures  as  substitution  of  generic 
drugs,  if  appropriate,  and  one  appropriate,  one  therapeutically 
equivalent,  or  attempts  to  steer  people  into  less  costly  care  settings. 
For  example,  if  you  have  an  emergency  room  and  on  the  same  hos- 
pital campus  an  outpatient  clinic  and  you  say  if  you  go  to  the  emer- 
gency room,  we  will  charge  you  $10,  but  if  you  go  to  the  clinic,  we 
will  only  charge  you  $1  or  $2,  that  is  realistic. 

Anything  beyond  that,  I  think,  is  either  punitive  to  the  patient 
or  it  is  just  a  way  of  reducing  outlays  to  the  providers.  If  you  want 
to  reduce  outlays  to  the  providers,  there  are  probably  more  equi- 
table means  of  achieving  that  goal  than  cost  sharing. 


99 

So,  you  know,  you  can't  load  cost  sharing  on  people  who  have  no 
money  to  pay  for  health  care. 

Chairman  Stark.  Or  much  else. 

Ms.  RosENBAUM.  Or  much  else.  And  so  you  have  got  to  be  realis- 
tic about  what  you  expect  people  to  pay.  If  you  expect  them  to  pay, 
you  have  to  get  it  out  of  them  in  a  way  that  they  will  be  able  to 
budget  and  plan  for,  so  that  they  don't  have  to  come  up  with  it  at 
the  point  of  the  service. 

Now,  that  is  one  of  the  great  strengths  of  programs  like  commu- 
nity health  centers.  That  is  one  of  the  reasons  to  find  health  de- 
partments, community  health  centers.  If  we  decide  that  we  can't  af- 
ford to  reduce  cost  snaring  within  the  insuring  mechanism,  then 
the  great  value  of  publicly  financed  health  programs  is  that  in  com- 
munities where  there  are  lots  of  poor  people,  you  can  target  grant- 
based  programs  so  that  for  the  uncovered  services,  they  can  get 
those  services  on  a  sliding  fee  scale. 

I  am  a  great  believer  in  the  fact  that  health  insurance  is  only  one 
way  to  pay  for  care.  I  think  we  spend  too  much  time  in  the  United 
States  on  health  insurance  as  the  exclusive  means  to  pay  for  care; 
one  area  of  compromise  is  to  combine  the  two  in  high  poverty  com- 
munities. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you.  Thank  you  very  much.  If  there  are 
no  other  inquiries,  I  will  thank  the  panel  for  their  participation  and 
ask  them  to  stay  close,  because  as  this  exercise  gets  going  in  the 
next  month  or  so,  we  are  going  to  need  a  lot  of  help. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stark.  Our  final  panel  will  be  led  off  by  our  former 
colleague  on  this  subcommittee,  Hon.  Jim  Moody,  who  is  here  in 
his  new  capacity  as  a  visiting  professor  at  the  Wisconsin  Medical 
College.  I  presume  you  are  a  professor  at  the  Wisconsin  Medical 
College  and  you  are  visiting  us.  Perhaps  it  is  the  other  way  around. 

Mr.  John  Vice,  who  is  president  of  Children's  Hospital  in  Wiscon- 
sin, representing  the  National  Association  of  Children's  Hospitals 
and  Related  Institutions.  Dr.  Barbara  Staggers,  who  is  the  director 
of  adolescent  medicine  at  Children's  Hospital  in  Oakland,  Calif., 
representing  the  California  Children's  Hospital  Association,  accom- 
panied by  Susan  Maddox,  who  is  president  and  CEO  of  the  associa- 
tion; Martin  Goldsmith,  president  and  CEO  of  Albert  Einstein  Med- 
ical Center,  in  Philadelphia,  representing  the  National  Association 
of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals;  and  Hon.  Edward  McNamara, 
the  county  executive  of  Wayne  County,  Mich.,  I  presume  represent- 
ing Wayne  County,  Mich. 

Welcome  to  this  subcommittee.  Jim,  why  don't  you  lead  off  with 
your  statement? 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JIM  MOODY,  VISITING  PROFESSOR, 
HEALTH  POLICY  INSTITUTE,  MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  WIS- 
CONSIN, MILWAUKEE,  WIS. 

Mr.  Moody.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  former  colleagues.  It 
is  delightful  to  be  back  here  among  you  and  to  be  in  this  hallowed 
room  where  I  spent  so  many  long  hours  on  the  other  side  of  the 
red  light  bulb. 

I  wanted  to  make  several  points  about  the  inner  city  and  its 
health  needs  based  on  my  10  years  representing  a  district  that  in- 


100 

eluded  an  inner  city  and  my  study  since  leaving  the  Congress  on 
the  issues  that  they  face. 

At  first  glance  and  taken  as  a  whole,  Wisconsin  appears  as  a 
state  to  be  in  good  shape,  almost  a  prototype  of  state  for  the  Clin- 
ton health  care  plan  to  succeed  in,  well-known  for  good  govern- 
ment, hard  working  and  compassionate  people  imbued  with  stand- 
ard middle  class  values.  We  are  at  the  top  or  near  the  top  among 
States  in  education,  very  low  in  poverty.  Only  8.2  percent  of  popu- 
lation have  no  health  insurance,  which  is  virtually  half  of  the  Na- 
tion's number.  On  unemployment,  we  continue  to  be  one  of  the  low- 
est states  in  the  Nation.  On  the  surface,  all  looks  well. 

Chairman  Stark.  Just  don't  drink  the  water, 

Mr.  Moody.  Pardon  me? 

Chairman  Stark.  Don't  drink  the  water. 

Mr.  Moody.  Don't  drink  the  water,  right.  In  terms  of  health  indi- 
ces, we  are  in  good  shape  too.  But  beneath  this  rosy  surface,  there 
are  two  worlds  in  Wisconsin — and  I  suspect  in  a  number  of  other 
states — one  world  where  these  average  indices  apply,  and  another 
world  where  the  numbers  tell  a  far,  far  different  story.  These  two 
worlds  for  Wisconsin  are  that  4.5  million  people  inhabit  99  percent 
of  the  State's  land  surface,  and  on  the  other  hand,  the  300,000  who 
inhabit  its  compact  inner  city. 

In  stark  contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  state,  the  inner  city  is  plagued 
with  rising  crime,  soaring  teenage  pregnancy,  grossly  substandard 
public  schools,  high  dropout  rates,  double  digit  unemployment,  de- 
caying housing  stock  and  deteriorating  tax  base.  During  the  past 
decade,  about  10,000  jobs  left  Milwaukee  City,  while  employment 
in  the  surrounding  suburbs  increased  by  over  7,000  jobs.  In  1980, 
32  percent  of  Milwaukee's  residents  jobs  were  in  manufacturing 
which  traditionally  offers  minorities  and  many  others  opportunities 
for  family  supporting  jobs  with  benefits,  usually  including  health 
insurance.  But  as  of  1990,  only  22  percent  of  the  jobs  were  in  man- 
ufacturing, a  drop  of  about  a  third.  And  by  the  way,  this  dramatic 
shift  has  created  legions  of  involuntarily  retired  pre-Medicare 
workers  who  have  a  huge  stake  in  the  retirement  coverage  issue 
in  the  Clinton  plan. 

The  statistics  of  distress  distinguish  the  world  of  Milwaukee's 
inner  city  from  the  rest  of  the  state.  Milwaukee  leads  the  Nation 
in  teenage  pregnancy.  Half  of  its  African -American  households  are 
headed  by  women  and  over  80  percent  of  the  infants  born  to  those 
households  are  born  to  unmarried  women.  Infant  mortality  is  18.4 
per  thousand  live  births  among  Milwaukee's  African-American 
community  compared  to  only  7.5  among  whites.  Low  birth  weight, 
12.9  among  black  newborns  versus  4.7  for  whites. 

Child  abuse  continues  to  rise  in  Milwaukee's  economically  de- 
prived neighborhoods,  white  and  black.  The  percentage  of 
nonvaccinated  school  children  is  only  4.2  Statewide,  but  is  9.5  in 
the  inner  city.  Over  half  of  the  ninth  graders  in  Milwaukee  will  not 
graduate.  Almost  half  of  these  dropouts  have  a  substance  abuse 
problem.  About  30,000  homeless  live  in  Milwaukee,  a  third  on  the 
streets.  Milwaukee  has  half  of  the  AIDS  population  of  the  entire 
State. 

So  it  is  obvious  that  Milwaukee's  inner  city  has  extraordinary 
and  compelling  health  needs.  Compared  to  the  suburbs  and  outer 


101 

regions  of  the  city,  the  inner-city  residents  are  320  percent  more 
likely  to  be  treated  for  pregnancy  complications,  370  percent  more 
likely  to  face  a  threatened  pregnancy,  200  to  800  percent  more  like- 
ly to  be  admitted  for  substance  or  alcohol  abuse,  and  143  percent 
more  likely  to  be  admitted  for  bums. 

But  in  addition  to  these  obviously  lifestyle-related  indices,  the 
data  shows  that  for  illness  after  illness,  inner-city  residents  are  far 
more  often  hospitalized  on  an  urgent  or  emergency  basis,  as  the  fol- 
lowing examples  show.  Kidney,  urinary  tract,  32  percent  more  like- 
ly to  be  hospitalized  on  an  emergency  basis;  immunity  systems:  138 
percent  higher  likelihood;  nervous  systems:  72  percent;  eye  condi- 
tions: 39;  ear,  nose,  throat:  41  percent.  The  examples  go  on  and  on. 
Those  are,  in  general,  not  lifestyle  issues  or  issues  directly  related 
to  poverty.  Something  much  deeper  is  going  on.  And  these  indices 
have  gotten  worse  over  the  last  decade. 

At  the  same  time  as  these  extra  health  needs  for  inner-city  resi- 
dents have  been  growing,  city  hospital  capacity  has  been  decreas- 
ing. Four  city  hospitals  nave  closed  or  moved  to  the  suburbs  and 
only  one  remains  viable.  Milwaukee's  county  large  public  hospital 
system  and  a  very  excellent  children's  hospital,  are  at  the  suburb 
of  Wauwatosa,  which  is  some  4  or  5  miles  out  of  downtown. 

Only  three  private  practice  physicians  remain  in  Milwaukee's 
inner  city  as  a  result  of  low  Medicaid  reimbursement  rates,  al- 
though there  are  four  very  important  clinics  struggling  to  serve 
about  25,000  low-income  patients  per  year  with  personnel,  includ- 
ing doctors. 

Implications  for  the  Clinton  plan.  The  chief  point  I  would  like  to 
make  is  that  a  health  care  reform  plan  that  may  work  well,  even 
very  well  for  a  State  like  Wisconsin  as  a  whole  and  many  States 
like  it,  may  not  work  well  at  all  for  the  inner  city  in  places  like 
Milwaukee,  the  other  world  I  speak  of. 

The  Clinton  plan  relies  heavily  on  market  forces  to  deliver  health 
care  on  a  high  quality,  reasonable  cost  basis  to  health  conscious 
and  cost  conscious  consumers  who  will  make  educated,  informed 
choices  between  an  array  of  plans  and  providers.  Assuring  this  ap- 
proach works  well  across  the  country — and  I  hope  it  does  if  it  is 
passed — this  does  not  at  all  assure  that  it  will  work  without  exten- 
sive nonmarket  interventions  in  places  like  Milwaukee. 

The  fear  that  health  resources  for  inner-city  providers  will  be  in- 
adequate is  heightened  by  the  administration's  announcement  that 
a  reform  plan  will  cut  into  Medicare  and  medicate  funding,  includ- 
ing the  disproportionate  share  funds  for  hospitals  that  now  have  a 
high  proportion  of  Medicaid  and  Medicare  patients,  and  into  direct 
and  indirect  medical  education. 

But  the  two  larger  questions,  it  seems  to  me,  for  inner-city  resi- 
dents are,  one,  how  will  the  essential  community  provider  feature 
of  the  Clinton  plan  be  actually  organized?  And,  two,  how  will 
health  alliances  be  structured  in  urban  areas?  The  essential  com- 
munity provider  aspect  of  the  Clinton  plan  recognizes  that 
nonmarket  features  must  be  grafted  onto  the  plan.  Hopefully,  this 
initiative  will  build  on  and  learn  from  the  extensive  experience  of 
the  community  health  centers  and  clinics  which  have  done  much 
in  a  city  like  Milwaukee  to  fill  the  gap  created  by  closing  and  re- 
treating hospitals.  For  these  existing  health  centers  and  clinics,  the 


102 

key  issue,  of  course,  will  be  availability  of  resources.  For  example, 
will  alliances  be  required  to  pass  on  to  such  inner-city  providers 
the  financial  benefits  of  the  so-called  risk  adjustment  payments,  or 
will  they  be  able  to  keep  them  to  enhance  the  financial  strength 
of  the  alliance  itself?  The  inner-city  clinic  would  normally  not  have 
enough  economic  bargaining  strength  to  require  these  transfers, 
absent  legislative  requirement. 

Second,  will  the  alliances  in  States  like  Wisconsin  with  cities  like 
Milwaukee  be  required  to  risk  pool  inner-city  residents  along  with 
large  noninner-city  populations?  Or  will  the  alliance  be  able  to 
avoid  such  high-risk  groups?  This  has  been  discussed  in  earlier 
panels  and  I  won't  dwell  on  it  here.  Obviously  the  size  of  the  opt 
out  requirement  will  also  impact  this.  The  smaller  the  size  of  the 
opt  out,  the  more  companies  with  a  healthy  work  force  will  opt  out, 
leaving  behind  the  inner  city  with  the  high  health  needs  and  high 
health  costs. 

This  leads  me  to  my  final  point  regarding  outreach  and  preven- 
tion. For  cities  like  Milwaukee,  the  Clinton  plan  must  place  a  spe- 
cial emphasis  and  inducements  on  prevention,  an  emphasis  far 
above  what  might  be  necessary  in  the  rest  of  the  State.  The  1989- 
90  measles  outbreak  in  the  city  of  Milwaukee  offers  a  glimpse  of 
why  an  ordinary  managed  care  system,  such  as  that  proposed  in 
most  health  care  reform  plans  now  before  Congress,  might  not 
work  well  in  the  environment  of  a  typical  inner  city.  Over  70  per- 
cent of  the  1,000  Milwaukee  children  struck  by  measles  in  late 
1989  and  early  1990— of  which  260  had  to  be  hospitalized  and  3 
died — were  in  fact  enrolled  in  HMO-type  managed  care  programs 
funded  by  Medicaid.  It  also  turns  out  that  two-thirds  of  the  HMO- 
covered  children  were  unvaccinated  even  though  it  was  clearly  in 
the  financial  interest  of  the  HMO  to  do  so.  It  had  not  vaccinated 
those  children. 

Postcrisis  analysis  shows  that  the  HMOs  had  totally  failed  to  en- 
gage in  the  type  of  aggressive  outreach  effort  to  families  to  vac- 
cinate their  children.  When  the  city's  Public  Health  Department  fi- 
nally stepped  in,  over  11,000  children  were  quickly  vaccinated 
under  a  city-run  program  of  public  information  and  outreach, 
which  included  family  involvement  and  support. 

The  measles  incident  is  not  an  indictment  of  HMOs  or  managed 
care  in  general,  but  it  shows  that  it  can  likely — very  likely  to  be 
necessary  to,  one,  bridge  the  knowledge  and  communication  gaps 
that  exist  in  economically  distressed  communities,  and  two,  bring 
publicly  provided  health  resources  to  supplement  those  induced  by 
market  forces  alone. 

In  summary,  I  would  say  the  Clinton  health  reform  blueprint 
promises  to  fundamentally  alter  the  coverage,  the  cost  and  the  fair- 
ness of  the  American  health  care  system.  But  beneath  the  surface 
of  glossy  averages,  there  are  pockets  of  disadvantaged  population 
in  our  country,  especially  in  our  inner  cities,  which  will  need  two 
things:  One,  targeted  resources  far  beyond  those  created  by  market 
forces  or  managed  competition,  and  two,  policy  adjustments  to  the 
proposed  legislation  if  these  disadvantaged  groups  are  to  share  in 
the  promise  of  dramatic  improvement. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


103 


TESTIMONY  OF  JIM  MOODY 
MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  WISCONSIN 

Wisconsin,  the  "Model"  State 

At  first  glance,  and  taken  as  a  whole, 
WiBConsin  appears  in  good  shape,  almost 
a  proto-type  state  for  the  Clinton  plan 
to  succeed  in.   It  is  we 13  known  to  be 
a  hard-working,  good - government, 
compasBionate  state  embued  with  standard 
middle  class  values.  At  or  near  the  top 
in  education  scores,  fourth  lowest  in 
incidence  of  poverty,  etc.  Only  8.2%  of 
its  population  has  no  health  insurance  -- 
nearly  half  the  national  proportion. 
Wisconsin's  state  wide  unemployment  is 
one  of  the  lowest  in  the  nation. 

In  terms  of  health  indices,  Wisconsin  as 
a  whole  also  does  well:   3rd  lowest  in 
measles  and  other  vaccine -preventable 
disease,  2nd  lowest  in  drug  and  alcohol 
abuse  related  hospitaD  admissions,  etc. 


But  beneath  this  rosy  surface,  there  are 
two  worlds  --  the  world  where  these  average 
indices  apply  and  another  world  where  the 
numbers  tell  a  far,  far  different  story. 
These  two  worlds  are  (1)  the  4.5  million 
people  who  inhabit  99%  of  the  state's  land 
surface,  and  (2)  rhe  3  00,000  who  inhabit  its 
compact  inner  city.   In  etark  contrast  to  the 
rest  of  the  state,  the  inner  city  is  plagued 
with  rising  crime,  soaring  teenage  pregnancy, 
grossly  substandard  public  schools,  high  drop  out 
rates,  double  digit  unemployment,  decaying 
housing  stock  and  a  deteriorating  tax  base. 

Milwaukee  contains  90%  of  the  state's  minority, 
and  about  95%  of  the  state's  African-American 
population.  Over  3  0%  of  the  city  is  Black,  about 
6%  is  Hispanic  and  another  3.5%  is  Native 
American  or  other  minority. 


104 


During  the  past  decade,  about  10,000  jobs 
left  Milwaukee  city,  while  employment  in 
the  surrounding  Milwaukee  suburbs  increased  by 
over  7,000.   In  1980,  32%  of  Milwaukee 
residents'  jobs  were  in  manufacturing, 
which  has  traditionally  offered  minorities 
opportunities  for  family- supporting  jobs 
euid  benefits,  including  health  insurance. 
As  of  1990  only  22%  of  the  jobs  were 
in  manufacturing,  a  drop  of  about  one  third. 

statistics  of  Distress 

The  statistics  of  distress  distinguish  the 
world  of  Milwaukee's  inner  city  from  the 
rest  of  the  state.  Milwaukee  leads  the 
nation  in  teenage  pregnancy.  Half  of  its 
African  American  households  are  headed  by 
women  and  over  80%  of  its  infants  are  bom  to 
unmarried  mothers. 

Infant  mortality  is  18.4  per  1,000  live 
births  among  Milwaixkee'a  African  Americans, 
compared  to  only  7 . 5  among  whites .  Low 
birth  weights  is  12 . 9%  among  black  newborns 
vs.  4.7%  for  whites.   Child  abuse  continues 
to  rise  in  Milwaukee' s  economically 
deprived  neighborhoods.  The  percentages 
of  non-vaccinated  school  age  children  is  only 
4.2V  statewide  but  is  9.5%  in  the  inner  city. 
Over  half  of  the  9th  graders  in  Milwaukee  will 
not  graduate.  Almost  half  of  these  dropouts 
have  a  substance  abuse  problem.   About  3  0,000 
homeless  live  in  Milwaukee,  a  third  of  which 
live  in  the  streets.  Milwaukee  has  over  half 
of  the  state's  AID'S  patients. 

Health  Needs  in  nhe  Inner  Citv 

With  the  economic  and  demographics  figures  cited 
above,  it  is  obvious  that  Milwaukee's  inner  city 
has  extraordinary  and  compelling  health  needs. 
Compar-ed  to  auburb^n  and  oiit^T-  regions  of  the 
city,  inner  city  residents  are: 


105 


320%     more  likely  to  be  treated 

for  pregnancy  comp.H. cat ions, 

3  70%     more  likely  to  face  a 
threatened  pregnancy, 

200-800%  more  likely  to  be  admitted 
for  alcohol  or  substcmce 
abuse,  and 

143%     more  likely  to  be  admitted 
for  burns . 

But  in  addition  to  these  obviously  "life-style" 
related  indices,  the  data  show  that  for  illness 
after  illness,  inncir  city  residents  are  far  more 
likely  to  be  hospitalized  on  an  urgent  or 
emergency  basis .   The  following  examples  show 
these  increased  percentages : 

Kidney/urinary  tract  32% 

Blood/ immunity  system  138% 

Nervous  system  72% 

Eye  condition  3  9% 

Ear/nose/throat  41% 

Respiratory  system  3  9% 

Circulatory  system  63% 

Digestive  system  29% 

Hepatobiliary  system  51% 

Musculosketal  system  21% 
Skin/subcutaneous  tissue/breast  97% 

Infectious  parasitic  disease  53% 

Theee  indices  have  gotten  steadily  worse  over 
the  decade.  At  the  same  time  as  these  extra 
health  needs  for  inner  city  residents  have  been 
growing,  city  hospital  capacity  has  been  de- 
creasing.  Four  city  hospitals  have  closed  or 
moved  to  the  suburbs ,  and  only  one  downtown 
hospital,  Sinai  Samaritan  remains  vxahle. 
Milwaukee  County's  large  public  hospital  whose 
emergency  room  B«rvec  as  family  medicine 
provider  for  thousands  of  inner  city  residents, 
is  located  in  the  suburb  of  Wauwatosa  about 
five  miles  from  downtown.  Only  three  private- 
practice  physicians  remain  in  Milwaukee's 
inner  city,  although  there  are  four  public 
clinics  struggling  to  serve  about  25,000  low 
income  patients  per  year  with  a  variety  of 


106 

personnel,  including  somft  physiciems. 

Implicationfl  for  the  Clinton  Plan 

The  chief  point.  T  would  like  to  make  is  that 
a  health  reform  plan  that  may  work  well   --   even 
very  well  --   for  Wisconsin  as  a  whole,  and  many 
states  like  it,  may  not  work  well  at  all  for  an 
inner  city  like  Milwaukee's.  The  Clinton  plan 
relies  heavily  on  market  forces  to  deliver  health 
care  on  a  high  quality,  reasonable  cost  basis  to 
health-conscious  and  coet-conecious  consumers  who 
will  make  informed  choicna  between  an  array  of 
plans  and  providers.  Assuming  this  works  well 
across  the  country  --  and  I  hope  it  does  --it 
does  not  assure  that  without  extensive,  non- 
market  intervention  there  will  be  adequate  and 
appropriate  provision  of  health  services  to 
the  inner  city,  and  a  meaningful  range  of 
choices  placed  before  its  residents. 

The  fear  that  health  resources  for  inner 
city  providers  will  be  inadequate  .is  h^^  '  yhtened 
by  the  Administration' fl  announcement  tLw 
tifie  reform  plan  will  cut  into  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  funding,  including  the  "disproportionate 
share"  funds  for  hospitals  that  now  have  a  high 
proportion  of  Medicaid/Medicare  patients  into 
direct  and  indirect  medical  education  funding 
for  teaching  hospitals,  most  of  which  have  a 
high  nroportion  of  inner  city  patients. 

But  the  two  larger  questions  for  inner  city 
residents  are : 

(1)  How  will  the  "Essential  Community 
Provider"  feature  of  the  Clinton 
plan  be  organized? 

(2)  How  will  the  Health  Alliances  be 
structured  in  urban  areas? 

The  Essential  Community  Provider  aspect  of 

the  Clinton  plan  recognizes  that  non-market 
features  must  be  grafted  onto  the  plan. 

Hopefully,  this  initiative  will  build  on 
and  learn  from  the  extensive  experience  of 
the  community  health  center  and  clinics  whici^ 


107 


have  done  much  in  citieG  like  MiHwaiikee  to 
fill  the  gap  created  by  closing  and  retreating 
hospitals.  For  these  exisiting  health  centers 
and  cliniccs,  the  key  issue,  of  course,  centers 
around  availabi.l  Ity  of  resources.  For  example, 
will  Alliances  be  required  to  pass  on  to  such 
inner  city  providers  the  financial  benefits 
of  the  "risk  adjustment"  payments,  or  will 
they  be  able  to  keep  them  to  enhance  the 
financial  strength  of  the  Alliance  itself? 

The  inner  city  clinics  would  normally  not 
have  enough  economic  bargaining  strength  to 
require  these  transfers . 

Will  Alliances  in  states  like  Wisconsin  with 
cities  like  Milwaukee  be  required  to  risk  pool 
inner  city  residents  along  with  large  non-inner 
city  popu? '  *•  ions ,  or  will  Alliances  be  able  to 
avoid  such  i^igh-risk  groups?  The  fractions  here 
are  important.  If  one  Wisconsin  Alliance  is 
required  to  cover  all  300,000  inner  city 
inhabitants,  obviously  its  cost  structure  will 
be  very  different  than  if  it  covers,  say,  only 
one  tenth  of  them,  v/ith  nine  other  alliances 
dividing  up  the  rest . 

The  Crucial  role  of  Prevention  Outreach 

The  final  point  I  would  make  is  that  for 
cities  like  Milwaukee,  the  Clinton  plan 
must  place  special  emphasis  and  inducements 
on  prevention  -  emphasis  far  above  what  might 
be  necessary  in  the  rest  of  the  state.  The 
1989-90  measles  outbreak  in  Milwaukee  offers 
a  glimpse  of  why  an  ordinary  managed  care 
system,  such  as  proposed  in  most  health  reform 
plans  now  before  Congress,  may  not  work  well 
in  the  environment  of  a  typical  inner  city. 
Over  70%  of  the  1,000  Milwaukee  children 
struck  by  measles  in  late  1989  --of  which 
260  had  ro  be  hoepi  nalized  and  t.hree  died  -- 
were  in  fact  enrolled  in  an  HMO  type  managed 
care  program  funded  by  Medicaid.  Two  thirds 
of  the  HMO  covered  children  turned  out  to  be 
unvaccinnated .  even  though  it  was  clearly 
in  the  HMO's  financial  interest  to  do  so. 
Post-crisis  analysis  showed  that  the  HMO's 
had  totally  failed  to  engage  in  the  type  of 


108 


aggressive  outreach  effort  to  families  to 
vaccinate  their  children.  When  the  city's 
public  health  department  finally  stepped  in, 
over  11.000  children  were  quickly  vaccinated 
under  a  city-run  program  of  public  information 
and  outreach  which  included  family  involvement 
amd  support . 

The  measles  incident  was  not  an  indictment  of 
HMO' s  or  managed  care  but  it  shows  that  it  can 
be  necessary  to  (1)  bridge  the  knowledge  and 
communi  cation  gap £3  that  exist  in  economically 
distressed  communities  ,  and  (2)    bring  publ leal ly 
provided  health  resources  to  supplement  those 
induced  by  market  forces  alone . 

The  Clinton  health  reform  blueprint  promises  to 
fundamentally  alter  the  coverage,  cost  and 
fairness  of  the  American  health  system.  But 
beneath  the  surface  of  glossy  averages,  there 
are  pockets  of  disadvantaged  population  in  our 
country,  especially  in  our  inner  cities,  which 
will  need  targetted  resources  beyond  those 
created  by  market  forces  of  managed  competition 
and  some  policy  adjustments  to  the  proposed 
legislation,  if  these  disadvanteged  groups  are 
to  share  in  the  promise  of  dramatic  improvement. 


109 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Vice. 

STATEMENT  OF  JON  E.  VICE,  PRESIDENT,  CHILDREN'S 
HOSPITAL  OF  WISCONSIN,  MILWAUKEE,  WIS.,  ON  BEHALF  OF 
THE  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  CHILDREN'S  HOSPITALS 
AND  RELATED  INSTITUTIONS,  INC. 

Mr.  Vice.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  Jon  Vice,  President  of  Children's 
Hospital  in  Wisconsin.  Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify  for 
NACHRI,  which  stands  for  the  National  Association  of  Children's 
Hospitals  and  Related  Institutions. 

Children's  hospitals  are  located  in  metropolitan  areas,  meeting 
the  primary  as  well  as  specialty  care  needs  of  children  in  the  inner 
city.  They  are  central  providers  of  care  to  the  poorest  children. 
They  are  regional  referral  centers  for  children  with  special  care 
needs,  centers  of  pediatric  medical  education  and  centers  of  child 
health  research. 

Consider  our  hospital.  We  are  an  essential  provider  for  the  poor- 
est children.  Although  there  are  24  hospitals  in  the  Milwaukee 
area,  we  care  for  86  percent  of  all  hospitalized  children.  We  devote 
nearly  half  of  our  care  to  children  covered  by  Medicaid,  despite  the 
fact  that  we  incur  annual  payment  shortfalls  in  the  millions  of  dol- 
lars. Children's  Hospital  is  a  regional  referral  center.  We  have  the 
State's  only  level  one  pediatric  trauma  care  unit.  Our  pediatric  in- 
tensive care  unit  is  filled  to  capacity.  We  serve  children  with  highly 
specialized  care  needs  from  both  the  inner-city  and  remote  rural 
areas. 

Consider  this:  Less  than  8  percent  of  all  of  our  patients  account 
for  more  than  half  of  our  revenues  because  they  require  such  ex- 
traordinary care.  Our  hospital  is  also  a  center  of  pediatric  medical 
education  and  research.  More  than  70  percent  of  the  pediatricians 
practicing  in  the  State  and  more  than  75  percent  of  the  pediatric 
nurses  receive  their  training  at  Children's  Hospital.  Because  of 
that  fact,  medical  education  accounts  for  9  percent  of  our  costs. 

Health  care  reform  has  been  a  major  issue  for  several  years,  but 
recently  public  leaders  have  begun  to  ask  whether  there  is  a  health 
care  crisis.  We  think  the  bottom  line  is  the  fact  that  more  than  1 
in  3  children  now  are  uninsured  or  rely  on  Medicaid.  Because  these 
children's  numbers  are  growing,  their  need  and  their  parents'  need 
for  universal  coverage  are  growing,  too.  Many  in  the  Congress  and 
the  President  want  to  build  reform  on  the  commercial  managed 
care  market.  Whether  it  is  managed  competition  or  incremental  re- 
form, many  proposals  will  result  in  more  children  being  enrolled  in 
managed  care. 

Children's  Hospital  has  quite  a  bit  of  experience  with  managed 
care.  The  majority  of  our  patients  today  are  in  managed  care.  We 
established  and  ran  a  capitated  managed  care  plan  with  30,000 
Medicaid  enrollees.  We  believe  the  principle  of  managed  care,  cre- 
ating incentives  that  reward  access  to  timely,  appropriate  and  cost- 
effective  care  has  great  potential  for  children.  But  we  also  know 
from  experience  that  managed  care's  potential  is  not  easily  realized 
when  cost  reduction  is  the  primary  goal  and  the  system  is  not  de- 
signed, implemented  and  monitored  for  children. 

When  managed  care  becomes  only  managed  pricing,  there  are  no 
incentives  to  pay  for  the  cost  of  treating  the  poorest  patients  or  the 


110 

sickest  patients  or  training  the  next  generation  of  providers.  In 
that  kind  of  market,  the  children's  hospital  with  a  mission  of  clini- 
cal care,  education  and  research,  will  be  forced  to  make  difficult 
choices,  give  up  its  underfinanced  care  or  fail  to  compete,  give  up 
its  care  for  the  most  difficult  cases  or  fail  to  compete,  give  up  its 
responsibility  to  train  the  next  generation  of  pediatric  providers  or 
fail  to  compete. 

Associations  like  to  talk  in  slogans,  and  NACHRI  is  no  different. 
In  health  care  reform,  we  need  to  manage  the  competition  so  kids 
win  too.  Based  on  our  experience  seizing  children  in  Milwaukee's 
inner  city  as  well  as  our  State's  most  remote  rural  areas,  that  slo- 
gan translates  into  several  specific  proposals. 

First,  NACHRI  recommends  that  reform  recognize  the  role  of  es- 
sential community  providers  that  serve  children,  based  on  service 
to  the  underserved  population,  not  on  geographic  location.  Reform 
should  designate  not  only  publicly  funded  primary  care  clinics,  but 
also  public  hospitals  and  children's  hospitals  devoted  to  the  medi- 
cally underserved.  Plans  should  contract  with  essential  providers 
and  negotiate  payment  adequate  to  the  cost  of  care. 

Second,  NACHRI  recommends  reform  should  change  the  way  we 
finance  medical  education.  Since  managed  care  plans  don't  have  in- 
centives to  pay  for  the  cost  of  medical  education,  all  payers  should 
contribute  to  the  cost. 

Third,  NACHRI  recommends  that  reform  should  recognize  the 
role  of  designated  centers  of  excellence  to  meet  children's  needs. 
They  need  to  be  part  of  every  health  plan  and  enrolled  children 
need  to  be  assured  they  will  get  access  to  sub  specialists  trained 
to  care  for  children,  not  adults. 

Finally,  NACHRI  recommends  that  reform  should  explicitly  ad- 
dress children  with  special  care  needs.  They  represent  less  than  5 
percent  of  all  children.  They  will  get  lost  in  the  statistical  margins 
of  error  if  benefits,  provider  networks,  financing  and  public  ac- 
countability don't  fit  them.  Even  after  a  decade  of  experience,  our 
State  Medicaid  program  still  does  not  enroll  certain  children  with 
special  needs,  such  as  a  child  with  AIDS  or  the  child  who  is  men- 
tally dependent  in  managed  care  because  HMOs  know  how  expen- 
sive they  are. 

Mr.  Chairman,  that  concludes  my  remarks.  I  would  be  glad  to 
answer  any  questions  you  might  have. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Vice. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


Ill 


Writ:t:en  Remarks 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  Jon  E.  Vice,  President  of  Children's 
Hospital  of  Wisconsin  of  Milwaukee,  WI . 

;  am  also  a  former  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  NACHRI 
—  the  National  Association  of  Children's  Hospitals  and  Related 
Institutions.   On  behalf  of  NACHRI,  which  I  represent  today,  I  want 
to  thank  you  very  much  for  the  opportunity  to  testify  before  your 
subcommittee  regarding  health  care  reform  and  children  of  the  inner 
city  and  rural  areas . 

NACHRI  represents  more  than  130  institutions  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  including  free-standing  acute  care  children's 
hospitals  such  as  my  own,  pediatric  departments  of  major  medical 
centers,  and  specialty  children's  hospitals  devoted  to  specific 
services  such  as  rehabilitative  care  for  children. 

Children's  Hospitals  in  the  United  States 

Children's  hospitals  are  driven  by  missions  that  commit  them 
to  serving  all  of  the  children  of  their  communities,  including  the 
sickest,  poorest,  and  those  in  need  of  the  most  specialized  care, 
through  the  delivery  of  primary  and  subspecialty  care  in  both 
inpatient  units  and  outpatient  clinics.   Children's  hospitals  also 
are  driven  by  missions  that  commit  them  to  serving  the  children  of 
tomorrow  through  medical  education  training  the  next  generation  of 
pediatric  health  care  professionals  and  research  advancing  the  base 
of  knowledge  and  the  state  of  the  art  of  children's  health  care. 
For  example: 

•  Essential  Provider  to  Low  Income  Children  Virtually  all 
children's  hospitals  are  non-profit  and  located  in  major 
metropolitan  areas,  meeting  the  primary  as  well  as  the 
specialty  care  needs  of  the  children  of  the  inner  city, 
especially  the  children  of  the  lowest  income  inner  city 
neighborhoods.   On  average,  children's  hospitals  devote  nearly 
50  percent  of  their  care  to  children  who  depend  on  Medicaid  or 
are  uninsured. 

•  Specialized  Regional  Referral  Centers  Children's  hospitals 
also  are  regional  referral  centers,  meeting  the  specialized 
care  needs  of  children  from  the  most  distant  rural  areas  as 
well  as  the  the  closest  inner  city  neighborhoods.   On  average, 
a  children's  hospital  devotes  more  than  70  percent  of  their 
care  to  children  with  chronic  or  congenital  conditions . 
Freestanding  children's  hospitals  represent  only  one  percent 
of  all  hospitals,  but  they  care  for  25  percent  of  all 
hospitalized  children  with  chronic  or  congenital  conditions 
and  the  majority  of  children  with  specific  specialized  care 
needs.   Children's  hospitals  and  the  pediatric  departments  of 
university  medical  centers  together  represent  only  seven 
percent  of  hospitals,  but  they  care  for  the  vast  majority  of 
children  with  specialized  care  needs. 

•  Centers  of  Pediatric  Medical  Edncation  Although  they 
represent  only  one  percent  of  the  nation's  hospitals, 
free-standing  children's  hospitals  train  a  quarter  of  all 
pediatricians.   Together  with  pediatric  departments  of  major 
university  medical  centers  they  train  the  majority  of 
pediatricians  and  virtually  all  pediatric  subspecialists  in 
the  United  States. 

•  Centers  of  Child  Health  Research  More  than  one  in  three 
children's  hospitals  is  the  formal  sponsor  of  research  on  the 
cause,  prevention,  and  treatment  of  illness  in  children.   Many 
more  participate  in  research  through  universities  with  which 
they  are  affiliated.   For  example,  it  was  a  children's 
hospital  which  first  identified  AIDS  in  children,  and  it  was  a 
children's  hospital  that  first  cultured  the  polio  and  measles 
viruses . 


112 


Children's  Hospital  of  Wisconsin 

Children's  Hospital  of  Wisconsin  is  a  222  bed  private,  independent, 
not-for-profit  pediatric  medical  center.   It  is  typical  of  the 
nation's  children's  hospitals.   For  example: 

•  Essential  Provider  to  Low  Income  Children   There  are  24 
hospitals  in  the  metropolitan  Milwaukee  area,  but  one 
hospital.  Children's  Hospital  of  Wisconsin,  hospitalizes  86 
percent  of  all  children,  including  children  from  every  zip 
code  except  one  in  the  city.   We  devote  about  half  of  the  care 
we  provide  to  children  who  depend  on  Medicaid  to  pay  for  their 
health  care,  either  directly  or  through  their  enrollment  in 
managed  care  plans .   We  serve  children  not  only  through 
inpatient  services  but  also  through  extensive  outpatient 
clinics,  including  primary  and  urgent  care  clinics  in  inner 
city  neighborhoods.   We  provide  care  in  more  than  65,000 
emergency  room  and  urgent  care  visits  and  more  than  100,000 
outpatient  clinic  visits  each  year. 

•  Specialized  Regional  Referral  Center  Children's  Hospital  of 
Wisconsin  is  the  only  level  one  regional  pediatric  trauma 
center  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin.   Our  pediatric  intensive 
care  unit  regularly  operates  at  more  than  90  percent  capacity. 
In  addition,  our  hospital  serves  children  with  specialized 
care  needs  from  throughout  the  region,  including  children  with 
cancer,  malfunctioning  hearts,  cerebral  palsy,  AIDS,  and  many 
other  conditions .   These  are  children  who  require  very 
specialized  care  not  only  when  they  are  very  sick  but  also 
when  they  just  need  basic  primary  and  preventive  care. 

•  Center  of  Pediatric  Medical  Education  Through  its  affiliation 
with  the  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin,  Children's  Hospital  of 
Wisconsin  is  a  major  center  of  pediatric  medical  education. 
Approximately  70  percent  of  all  pediatricians  practicing  in 
the  State  of  Wisconsin  trained  at  our  hospital.   And  all 
family  practice  residents  affiliated  with  the  Medical  College 
of  Wisconsin  receive  the  pediatric  portion  of  their  residency 
training  at  our  hospital.   Through  our  affiliation  with  nine 
nursing  schools,  more  than  75  percent  of  all  nurses  trained  in 
pediatrics  in  Wisconsin  received  their  training  at  Children's 
Hospital  of  Wisconsin. 

•  Center  of  Child  Health  Research  Children's  Hospital  of 
Wisconsin  conducts  pediatric  research  through  our  affiliation 
with  the  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin,  whose  chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Pediatrics  is  our  Physician-in-Chief .   We  have 
specialized  in  research  related  to  blood  disorders,  unrelated 
bone  marrow  transplants,  and  pain  management.   Children's 
Hospital  of  Wisconsin  also  is  a  growing  center  of  pediatric 
nursing  research. 

In  addition  to  all  of  the  above.  Children's  Hospital  of 
Wisconsin  is  plays  important  roles  as  a  partner  in  public  health 
promotion  with  the  City  of  Milwaukee  and  as  an  advocate  of 
children.   We  have  joined  with  Milwaukee's  Public  Health  Department 
in  a  multi-year  campaign  to  improve  immunizations  rates 
dramatically.   We  are  engaged  in  a  prenatal  care  education  program 
targeted  at  high  risk  women.   We  administer  a  multi-year  grant 
program  to  assist  clinics  not  run  by  the  hospital  to  serve 
uninsured  and  underinsured  children  in  the  inner  city.   We  speak 
out  and  address  issues  affecting  children's  health,  education, 
safety,  and  security  in  our  community.   For  example,  in  response  to 
dramatic  increases  in  the  numbers  of  children  injured  and  killed  by 
firearms,  Children's  Hospital  of  Wisconsin  has  become  a  leading 
champion  of  firearms  control,  including  a  ban  on  all  handguns. 

In  speaking  about  health  care  reform,  NACHRI  and  its  member 
hospitals  have  sought  to  make  two  basic  points: 


113 


•  First,  children's  hospitals  believe  children  especially  need 
health  care  reform  that  guarantees  universal  coverage,  because 
children  often  are  the  first  to  be  hurt  by  the  continued 
erosion  in  private  health  care  coverage  and  rapid  changes  in 
the  health  care  marketplace. 

•  The  second  point  children's  hospitals  make  on  health  care 
reform  is  this:   We  believe  that  all  reform  must  be  tailored 
to  fit  children's  needs,  and  reform  specifically  based  on 
competition  must  be  managed  so  kids  win,  too. 

I  will  elaborate  on  these  two  points  later  in  my  statement, 
but  for  the  purpose  of  the  panel  discussion,  I  would  like  to  focus 
my  oral  remarks  on  NACHRI ' s  specific  recommendations  that  relate  to 
children  of  inner  city  and  rural  communities.    These  children 
depend  not  only  on  the  community  and  other  public  funded  health 
centers  serving  the  medically  underserved,  but  also  on  institutions 
such  as  children's  hospitals  with  missions  of  serving  low  income 
children,  serving  children  with  special  care  needs,  training  future 
health  care  providers,  and  advancing  health  care  research. 

Based  on  this,  NACHRI  offers  four  sets  of  core 
recommendations . 

1 )  First,  health  care  reform  should  recognize  the  role  of  the 
" essential  commnnity  provider . "   These  are  the  publicly 
financed  providers  upon  whom  people  living  in  medically 
underserved  inner  city  and  roral  areas  depend  for  care, 
because  the  comntercial  marketplace  does  not  meet  their  needs. 

NACHRI  recommends  that  health  care  reform  legislation 
designate  not  only  publicly  financed  primary  care  clinics  but 
also  public  hospitals  and  children's  hospitals  serving  a 
disproportionate  share  of  low  income  patients  as  "essential 
community  providers . "   Health  plans  should  be  required  to 
contract  with  essential  community  providers,  to  cover  the  care 
given  to  people  living  in  medically  underserved  areas,  and  to 
negotiate  payment  rates  that  meet  at  least  minimum  standards. 

2)  Second,  health  care  reform  should  recognize  the  need  to 
separate  the  financing  of  graduate  medical  education  from 
patient  care  reimhui-sement. 

NACHRI  recommends  that  all  payers  should  be  required  to 

finance  the  direct  and  indirect  costs  of  graduate  medical 
education.   Within  federal  guidelines,  the  total  number, 
division  among  subspecialty  care,  and  allocation  of 
residencies  should  be  determined  by  health  care  professionals 
independent  of  the  political  process .   This  is  especially 
important  if  national  policy  on  GME  is  to  recognize  how 
different  pediatric  medical  education  is,  with  85  percent  of 
all  pediatricians  already  practicing  primary  care,  and  the 
need  for  our  health  care  system  to  train  both  more  general 
practice  and  subspecialty  pediatricians .   Finally,  funding  for 
graduate  medical  education  should  be  allocated  to  the  teaching 
institutions  that  incur  the  direct  costs  of  GME  and  the 
indirect  costs  of  being  academic  health  centers . 

3)  Third,  health  care  reform  should  recognize  the  role  of 
"centers  of  excellence*  and   specialized  centers  of  care 
established  to  meet  the  needs  of  children. 

NACHRI  recommends  that  health  care  reform  ensure  children's 
access  to  designated  pediatric  centers  of  excellence  through 
their  inclusion  in  health  plans  and  the  ability  of  enrolled 
children  to  receive  care  from  them. 

4)  Fourth,  health  care  reform  should  explicitly  and  coherently 
address  the  needs  of  children  with  specialized  care  needs. 


114 


NACHRI  reconunends  that  reform  establish  a  process  for  defining 
children  with  special  care  needs,  define  standard  benefits 
tailored  to  fit  their  needs,  require  plans  to  offer  parents 
the  ability  to  receive  care  from  appropriate  pediatric 
subspecialists  for  the  care  of  these  children,  and  establish 
Pleasures  of  cost,  quality,  outcomes,  and  consumer  satisfaction 
that  are  specific  to  their  needs.   Precisely  because  children 
with  special  care  needs  represent  less  than  five  percent  of 
all  children,  special  focus  must  be  given  to  their  needs  in 
health  care  reform.   Otherwise,  they  will  be  lost  to 
statistical  margins  of  error  in  any  evaluation  of  reform. 

These  four  recommendations  are  by  no  means  the  limits  of  the 
issues  that  should  be  addressed  to  meet  children's  health  care 
reform  needs.   But  from  the  perspective  of  children's  hospitals,  it 
is  imperative  that  reform  recognize  clearly  the  roles  of  essential 
providers,  teaching  institutions,  and  centers  of  excellence  for 
children,  and  establish  a  clear  focus  on  children  with  special 
needs . 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  the  balance  of  my  written  testimony   I  would 
like  to  expand  upon  NACHRI ' s  views  on  health  care  reform  and  its 
implications  for  children. 

Children  Need  Universal  Coverage 

Children  in  particular  need  reform  that  guarantees  universal 
coverage,  because  they  are  often  the  first  to  be  hurt  in  the 
continued  erosion  in  commercial  health  care  coverage.   Studies  show 
that  in  the  struggle  to  cope  with  rising  health  insurance  costs, 
both  employers  and  individuals  often  draw  the  line  first  at  paying 
for  dependent  coverage.   Loss  of  dependent  coverage,  as  well  as 
pre-existing  condition  exclusions  and  life-time  maximums  on 
coverage,  hit  children  hard,  especially  those  requiring  the  care  of 
a  children's  hospital. 

As  a  consequence,  more  than  one  in  three  children  in  the 
United  States  now  depends  either  on  Medicaid,  which  is  a  critical 
but  often  underfinanced  poverty  program,  or  is  uninsured.   That 
proportion  continues  to  grow.   In  1992,  13.5  million  children  under 
age  18  depended  upon  Medicaid  and  another  9.5  million  children  were 
uninsured,  representing  35  percent  of  the  nation's  65.1  million 
children,  according  to  estimates  based  on  U.S.  Census  Bureau  survey 
data. 

Medicaid  has  become  the  nation's  safety  net  for  children's 
access  to  health  care  —  particularly  children  with  special  care 
needs.   The  emergence  of  Medicaid  as  children's  health  care  safety 
net  has  been  a  tremendously  important  development.    But  we  know 
that  Medicaid  often  has  been  challenged  to  fulfill  its  promise  to 
children  because  of  inadequate  resources  for  eligibility,  outreach, 
and  payment.   We  also  know  that  many  states  are  now  stretched  to 
the  financial  limit  by  their  Medicaid  programs.   In  today's  fiscal 
and  political  climate,  Medicaid  and  charity  are  an  imperfect  and 
ultimately  financially  unsustainable  safety  net  for  children. 

Children  also  are  at  the  frontlines  of  change  in  the  health 
care  delivery  market  place,  and  the  pace  of  that  change  is  about  to 
step  up  substantially  because  of  Medicaid.   In  health  care 
marketplaces  around  the  country,  we  are  seeing  a  significant  surge 
in  the  conversion  of  traditional  indemnity  coverage  for 
fee-f or-service  health  care  into  managed  care  coverage,  including 
enrollment  in  risk-bearing,  capitated  health  plans. 

Many  state  Medicaid  progreuns  are  contemplating  what  the  State 
of  Tennessee  has  received  federal  pemnission  to  do  —  enrollment  of 
all  Medicaid  recipients  into  capitated  managed  care  plans  in 
a  matter  of  only  months,  regardless  of  the  experience  of  either  the 
state  or  its  commercial  markets  with  capitated  managed  care.   Since 


115 


half  of  all  Medicaid  recipients  are  children,  and  70  percent  are 
mothers  or  children,  the  conversion  of  Medicaid  fee-for-service  to 
capitated  managed  care  will  be  especially  significant  for  children 
and  their  ability  to  receive  the  care  they  need. 

If  implemented  carefully,  managed  care  holds  great  potential 
for  children  by  creating  incentives  for  them  to  receive  health 
services  when  they  can  benefit  most  from  them.   But  make  no  mistake 
about  it,  the  statewide  Medicaid  managed  care  experiments  upon 
which  states  are  embarking  at  times  of  extraordinary  fiscal  crises 
are  experiments  that  will  be  undertaken  primarily  with  children  as 
their  subjects.   The  issue  is  not  managed  care;  it  is  the  adequacy 
of  time  and  resources  to  undertake  these  statewide  experiments  and 
the  adequacy  of  the  focus  on  their  impact  on  children. 

That  is  why  we  believe  health  care  reform,  based  on  mandated 
employer- financed  health  coverage,  is  so  important  for  children, 
both  to  give  all  children  coverage  of  uniform  health  care  benefits 
and  to  influence  the  way  in  which  health  care  is  financed  so  that 
coverage  translates  into  access  to  appropriate  care. 

Health  Care  Reform  Should  Be  Tailored  to  Fit  Children's  Needs 

Many  Members  of  Congress  have  visited  a  children's  hospital  — 
as  a  parent,  family  member,  or  friend  of  a  patient  or  as  a  guest  of 
the  hospital.   You  know  that  our  institutions  look  and  feel  very 
different  from  other  hospitals.   You  know  that  the  care  givers  who 
work  with  our  institutions  often  have  different  training  and 
different  experience  than  care  givers  in  other  hospitals  have. 

All  of  these  differences  that  define  the  character  of  a 
children's  hospital  might  be  summed  up  by  the  slogan:  "When  it 
comes  to  children,  one  size  won't  fit  all.   We  must  tailor  health 
care  to  fit  their  needs."   This  slogan  may  have  a  simplistic  ring 
to  it,  but  it  has  profound  implications  for  the  way  we  deliver  care 
to  children.   Just  last  summer,  the  Institute  of  Medicine 
highlighted  this  point  by  issuing  a  major  report  on  emergency  care 
for  children.   It  concluded  our  health  care  delivery  system  fails 
to  meet  the  needs  of  children  who  suffer  from  injury  or  trauma, 
because  all  too  often  our  emergency  and  trauma  care  services  are 
designed  to  fit  the  needs  of  adults  or  "average"  people,  not  the 
needs  of  children. 

For  example,  because  children  have  smaller  veins  that  often 
are  not  receptive  to  emergency  injection  of  fluids,  such  injections 
may  need  to  be  made  directly  into  their  bone  marrow.   And  because 
children's  blood  supply  is  smaller,  injured  children  frequently 
experience  a  much  faster  drop  in  blood  pressure.   As  a  consequence 
of  emergency  services  not  being  designed  to  fit  these  kinds  of 
different  needs,  children's  survival  and  recovery  from  injury  or 
trauma  suffer. 

The  children's  hospitals  believe  it  is  equally  true  that  when 
it  comes  to  health  care  reform,  one  size  won't  fit  all.   We  must 
tailor  the  requirements  of  reform  to  fit  children's  needs.   I  would 
like  to  give  you  examples  of  what  I  mean  by  focusing  on  four  areas 
of  bipartisan  agreement  on  health  care  reform  between  members  of 
both  political  parties.   These  -.reas  of  agreement  involve 
commitments  to  uniform  benefits,  managed  care,  cost  containment, 
and  Medicaid's  reorganization. 

Uniform  Benefits  Members  of  both  political  parties  have 
advocated  that  the  federal  government  establish,  by  act  of  Congress 
or  independent  commission,  a  uniform  benefit  package  for  all 
Americans,  with  special  emphasis  on  primary  and  preventive  care. 
That  is  a  very  important,  bipartisan  commitment,  which  is  sure  to 
benefit  children,  for  whom  preventive  and  primary  care  often  are 
the  least  expensive  and  promise  the  best  financial  returns  in  terms 
of  well-being  and  future  productivity.   However,  as  experts  in  the 
care  of  children  with  special  care  needs,  children  a  hospitals  know 


116 


uhat  it  is  equally  important  to  focus  attention  on  how  the  benefits 
will  cover  the  needs  of  the  child  with  a  chronic  or  congenital 
condition,  such  as  cerebral  palsy. 

For  example,  if  they  limit  coverage  for  rehabilitation  to 
treatment  of  a  condition  resulting  from  an  'illness"  or  "injury"  or 
related  to  an  "acute  care  episode, "  uniform  benefits  could  be 
subject  to  the  risk  of  interpretation  that  they  do  not  cover 
congenital  conditions,  which  are  not  the  result  of  illness,  injury, 
or  acute  care  episode.   Similarly,  a  limit  on  coverage  to  treatment 
that  results  in  "improvement"  of  function  could  deny  coverage  of 
therapies  that  would  enable  children  with  special  needs  to 
"maintain"  a  level  of  function,  allowing  them  to  attend  school  or 
live  at  home.   Or  it  could  deny  coverage  of  therapies  prior  to 
surgery  that  could  be  essential  to  a  successful  outcome.   In 
addition,  an  "improvement"  standard  may  not  recognize  the  need  for 
"habilitation"  to  help  children  attain  function  for  the  first  time. 

That  is  why  children's  hospitals  say  that  the  uniform  benefits 
in  health  reform  must  be  tailored  to  fit  all  children,  including 
children  with  special  care  needs  who  require  access  to  ongoing 
specialized  care,  which  is  not  the  same  as  long  term  care. 

Managed  Care  Members  of  both  political  parties  believe  that 
in  order  to  restructure  the  way  in  which  we  deliver  care,  we  need 
to  promote  more  enrollment  of  individuals  and  families  into 
risk-bearing,  capitated  health  plans  competing  with  one  another  in 
the  marketplace.   Whether  they  call  it  managed  competition,  managed 
collaboration,  or  something  else,  they  believe  we  should  give 
health  plans  an  incentive  to  manage  the  care  needs  of  individuals 
cost-effectively  by  having  them  compete  for  a  single,  fixed  per 
capita  payment  --  adjusted  for  the  risk  associated  with  the 
individual's  health  needs  —  for  every  individual  enrolled. 

Managed  care  has  great  promise  to  meet  the  needs  of  children 
if  financial  incentives  facilitate  their  access  to  primary  and 
preventive  care.   Indeed,  through  the  provision  of 
multi-disciplinary  care  involving  the  family,  many  children's 
hospitals  have  pioneered  in  managed  care  in  the  best  sense  of  the 
word  by  trying  to  make  sure  the  child  receives  the  most  appropriate 
care,  including  inpatient  care,  only  when  it  is  truly  necessary. 

But  if  managed  care  is  purely  cost-driven,  it  can  have  the 
opposite  effect  for  children,  denying  them  access  to  appropriate 
care  instead  of  assuring  it.   The  fact  is  that  many  of  the 
protections  essential  to  managed  care  —  risk  adjustment,  public 
cost  reporting,  measures  of  quality  and  outcomes  —  have  not  been 
developed  for  children,  in  particular  children  with  special  care 
needs.   At  the  same  time,  because  so  few  children  require 
hospitalization,  they  are  much  more  dependent  than  adults  on  having 
access  to  regionalized  centers  of  care.   They  see  a  large  enough 
volume  of  pediatric  patients  with  specialized  conditions  that  they 
are  able  to  achieve  and  maintain  both  expertise  and  efficiency  in 
pediatric  care. 

Such  institutions  --  children's  hospitals  —  also  carry  the 
added  costs  of  their  commitments  to  serving  a  disproportionate 
share  of  low  income  patients,  training  the  future  generation  of 
peditaric  health  care  professionals,  conducting  pediatric  medical 
research,  and  caring  for  the  sickest  of  patients.   If  driven  only 
by  costs  and  lacking  adequate  tools  for  risk  adjustment  or  measures 
of  quality  for  children,  managed  care  plans  often  will  refer  only 
the  sickest  and  most  expensive  patients  to  children's  hospitals  and 
other  pediatric  specialized  facilities,  making  them  financially 
unsustainable.  Or  plans  will  refer  children  requiring  specialized 
care  to  hospitals  with  with  adult  but  not  pediatric  subspecialists. 
To  gain  competitive  advantage,  managed  care  plans  will  seek  to 
prevent  children's  hospitals  from  contracting  with  multiple  plans, 
which  often  is  essential  for  the  hospital  to  ser\'e  a  large  enough 
population  of  children  to  sustain  its  specialized  services.   These 


117 


are  not  concerns  borne  out  of  speculation;  they  are  the  real  life 
experiences  of  children's  hospitals  seeking  to  fulfill  their 
missions  in  competitive  markets  driven  by  managed  care. 

That  is  why  children's  hospitals  believe  it  is  so  important 
;hat  health  care  reform  built  upon  capitated  health  plans  must 
manage  the  competitive  market  to  ensure  children's  access  to  the 
rare  they  need.   It  is  important  to  require  that  health  plans: 

•  provide  access  to  pediatric  specialists  and  subspecialists , 
including  at  least  one  hospital  that  specializes  in  the  care 
of  children,  so  that  when  a  child  needs  a  cardiologist  or 
pulmonolgist  or  other  subspecialist,  it  is  one  who  is  trained 
in  pediatric  cardiology  or  pediatric  pulmonology  or  other 
pediatric  subspecialties; 

•  give  parents  choice  among  providers  for  both  primary  and 
specialty  care,  including  choice  of  specialists  to  deliver 
primary  care  to  children  with  special  care  needs,  should  they 
demonstrate  the  capacity  to  provide  such  care; 

•  allow  pediatric  providers  to  contract  with  multiple  plans; 

•  contract  with  and  refer  patients  to  hospitals  that  have 
demonstrated  themselves  to  be  "essential"  to  the  children  of 
low  income  and  medically  underserved  communities; 

•  contract  with  and  refer  patients  to  recognized  centers  of 
excellence  and  specialization  for  pediatric  trauma  care,  level 
III  neonatal  intensive  care,  pediatric  intensive  care,  high 
risk  perinatal  care,  and  other,  highly  specialized  services; 

•  separate  the  financing  of  graduate  medical  education  from 
patient  care  reimbursement,  by  requiring  all  payors  of  care  to 
contribute  to  a  pool  of  funds ,  which  are  used  to  meet  both  the 
direct  and  indirect  costs  of  graduate  medical  education  and 
are  paid  to  the  institutions  that  incur  those  costs;  and 

•  account  to  the  public  for  the  costs  and  quality  of  care, 
consumer  satisfaction,  and  health  status  of  the  population 
served  in  terms  that  are  specific  to  children  and  their  needs. 

The  net  effect  of  such  public  policy  requirements  should  be  to 
foster  the  development  of  integrated  pediatric  care  networks , 
either  within  health  plans  or  independent  of  them.   An  integrated 
pediatric  care  network  would  assemble  a  team  of  family  practice 
physicians,  pediatricians,  and  other  primary  care  givers  as  well  as 
pediatric  subspecialists.   They  would  have  an  identifiable  mission 
of  service  devoted  to  children,  expertise  to  meet  children's  needs, 
resources  measured  in  terms  of  children's  needs,  and  accountability 
for  the  cost,  quality,  outcomes,  and  consumer  satisfaction  specific 
to  children's  experience.   Indeed,  it  may  well  be  worth  considering 
that  health  reform  policy  should  require  health  plans  to 
demonstrate  to  consumers  that  they  have  such  integrated  pediatric 
care  networks . 

Children's  hospitals  believe  these  kinds  of  policies  will  be 
needed  to  manage  competition  so  kids  win,  too. 

Cost  Cont.a  1  nment  There  has  been  much  disagreement  both 
between  Democrats  and  Republicans ,  and  within  their  respective 
parties,  about  whether  and  how  to  cap  the  growth  in  health  care 
spending  nationwide,  the  growth  in  commercial  insurance  premiums, 
or  the  amount  of  reimbursement  given  to  individual  providers . 

However,  as  institutions  that  devote  a  major  portion  of  care 
to  children  assisted  by  Medicaid,  children's  hospitals  are  struck 
by  the  fact  that  members  of  both  political  parties  strongly  agree 
on  capping  the  growth  in  Medicaid,  at  least  at  a  per  capita  level. 
That  is  the  equivalent  of  a  de  facto  spending  cap  on  health  care 
spending  for  children.  Children's  hospitals  do  not  support  the 


118 


principle  of  government  imposed  caps  on  health  care  spending,  but 
they  already  live  with  the  reality  of  caps  on  Medicaid.   We  believe 
it  is  imperative  to  talk  about  the  need  for  cost  containment 
strategies  to  be  adjusted  to  fit  children's  needs. 

Let  me  explain  why  this  is  so  important.   Children  have 
different  health  care  resource  requirements  than  adults  have,  and 
the  patients  of  children's  hospitals  have  different  resource 
requirements  than  children  receiving  care  in  general  hospitals. 
For  every  hour  in  the  hospital,  a  child  on  average  requires  31 
percent  more  routine  nursing  care  than  an  adult;  a  child  younger 
than  two  requires  45  percent  more  care  than  an  adult.    The 
patients  of  children's  hospitals  require  even  more  intensive  care, 
because  they  are  younger,  sicker,  and  more  likely  to  have  a  chronic 
or  congenital  condition  than  the  pediatric  patients  of  general 
hospitals.   Since  nursing  care  is  a  major  portion  of  the  expense  of 
hospitalization,  these  differences  can  have  significant 
implications  for  the  resource  requirements  of  children. 

Too  often,  strategies  to  cap  health  care  spending  fail  to  take 
into  account  these  differences.   We  see  proposals  to  cap  either 
national  health  care  spending  or  Medicaid  based  on  an  extrapolation 
of  historical  rates  of  health  care  expenditures,  in  which  the  costs 
of  children's  and  adults'  care  have  been  averaged  together.   In 
addition,  children  have  been  disadvantaged  in  historical  spending 
—  because  they  have  been  disproportionately  poor,  dependent  upon 
Medicaid  which  has  inadequately  reimbursed  care,  and  dependent  upon 
primary  and  preventive  care,  which  indemnity  plans  traditionally 
did  not  cover.   Caps  on  health  care  spending  will  not  make  sense 
for  children  if  they  are  based  on  historical  spending,  instead  of 
an  assessment  of  children's  real  health  care  needs. 

Most  advocates  of  capitated  payment  for  health  care  have 
recognized  the  importance  of  risk  adjustment  —  adjustment  of 
capitation  for  the  risk  of  higher  or  lower  costs  of  care  associated 
with  an  individual.   Without  such  risk  adjustment,  a  health  plan  or 
health  care  provider  who  cares  for  a  population  that  is 
disproportionately  sicker  would  be  at  financial  risk.   This  is 
exactly  what  a  children's  hospital  is  —  an  institution  which 
specializes  in  caring  for  higher  risk  children  with  the  most 
complex  care  needs.   However,  experts  have  testified  before  this 
subcommittee  that  risk  adjustments  specific  to  the  needs  of 
children  —  particularly  children  with  special  care  needs  —  do  not 
exist,  and  will  take  years  to  develop.   We  must  begin  now  to  invest 
in  risk  adjusters  for  children,  even  before  embarking  on  health 
care  reform.   And  if  reform  is  implemented  before  pediatric  risk 
adjusters  are  developed,  interim  measures,  such  as  mandatory 
reinsurance  for  a  wide  range  of  children's  chronic  and  congenital 
conditions,  or  exclusion  of  these  cases  from  capitation,  will  be 
necessary. 

Children's  hospitals  have  learned  the  necessity  of  adjusting 
cost  containment  strategies  to  children's  needs  through  years  of 
living  with  state  Medicaid  programs  and  private  payors,  which  have 
adopted  the  Medicare  diagnosis  related  groups  (DRG)  payment 
methodology,  even  though  it  was  not  designed  for  a  pediatric 
population.   According  to  financial  experts  whom  the  federal 
government  often  has  used  for  payment  policy  analysis,  no 
children's  hospital  could  survive  financially  if  it  were  subject  to 
the  Medicare  payment  system  unadjusted  for  the  needs  of  children  in 
general  and  the  needs  of  children's  hospitals'  patients  in 
particular.   In  fact,  these  experts  have  stressed  that  in  health 
reform  based  on  competition,  it  is  essential  that  the  adjusters  be 
based  primarily  on  children's  needs. 

That  is  why  children's  hospitals  believe  that  in  health  care 
reform,  cost  containment  strategies  must  be  tailored  to  fit 
children ' s  needs . 

Medicaid  According  to  opinion  surveys,  most  people  think 
Medicaid  is  either  a  welfare  program  or  Medicare.   But  to 


119 


children's  hospitals,  Medicaid  represents  the  nation's  largest  and 
most  important  child  health  program.   No  single  program,  public  or 
private,  affects  more  children  nationwide  or  more  children  in 
children's  hospitals.   Therefore,  it  is  especially  important  that 
great  care  be  given  to  how  health  care  reform  transforms  Medicaid. 

Let  me  give  you  an  example.   Many  members  of  both  political 
parties  have  called  for  the  elimination  of  Medicaid 
disproportionate  share  payment  adjustments  —  extra  payments  given 
to  hospitals  that  serve  a  disproportionate  share  of  low  income 
patients .   They  contend  that  such  disproportionate  share  payments 
are  only  needed  to  pay  for  the  costs  of  care  of  charity  patients. 
With  the  achievement  of  universal  coverage,  they  believe,  such 
payments  no  longer  will  be  necessary. 

However,  to  children's  hospitals,  disproportionate  share 
payments  represent  something  entirely  different.   In  many  states, 
the  Medicaid  program  makes  disproportionate  share  payment 
adjustments  because  the  base  Medicaid  payment  rate  is  substantially 
inadequate  to  cover  the  costs  of  care.   These  payment  adjustments 
have  been  critical  to  the  ability  of  children's  hospitals'  ability 
to  play  such  an  important  role  in  providing  access  to  care  for 
children  of  low  income  families. 

If  Medicaid  financing  continues  at  historically  inadequate 
levels,  exacerbated  by  the  elimination  of  disproportionate  share 
payments ,  health  plans  and  communities  with  larger  numbers  of  low 
income  people  will  be  particularly  hard  hit,  as  will  the 
institutions  devoted  to  serving  them.   This  will  be  doubly  true  for 
institutions  such  as  children's  hospitals,  which  serve  large 
numbers  of  both  low  income  and  high  risk  patients . 

Similarly,  most  people  are  not  aware  that  contained  within 
Medicaid  is  an  extremely  important  national  health  policy  for 
children.   It  is  a  commitment,  through  EPSDT,  that  every  Medicaid 
eligible  child  is  entitled  to  medically  necessary  care,  regardless 
of  whether  the  services  required  to  provide  that  care  are  otherwise 
provided  by  states  to  adults  under  Medicaid.   Proposals  that 
eliminate  Medicaid  need  to  preserve  this  commitment  to  medically 
necessary  care  to  the  most  vulnerable  children,  so  that  they  are 
not  worse  off  as  a  result  of  national  reform. 

These  are  examples  of  why  children's  hospitals  say  Medicaid's 
replacement  needs  to  be  tailored  to  fit  children's  needs. 

Conclusion 

NACHRI  has  applauded  the  President's  leadership  in  making 
health  care  reform  a  national  priority  and  we  have  supported  many 
principles  reflected  in  his  legislation:   universal  coverage, 
comprehensive  benefits,  employer-based  coverage,  assurance  of 
choice  among  health  plans,  recognition  of  the  roles  of  essential 
providers  of  care  to  low  income  patients  and  academic  health 
centers  treating  rare  conditions ,  separating  the  financing  of 
graduate  medical  education  from  patient  care  reimbursement, 
sustaining  Medicaid  eligible  children's  access  to  medically 
necessary  care,  and  more. 

A  number  of  other  important  proposals  also  attempt  to  address 
these  basic  principles,  and  in  the  months  ahead,  this  subcommittee 
will  help  lead  the  Congress  to  forge  a  winning  consensus  to  achieve 
what  all  Americans,  and  especially  parents,  hope  for:  reliable  and 
affordable  health  care  coverage  that  meets  our  needs  and  our 
children's  needs.   NACHRI  believes  it  is  important  for  that 
consensus  to  be  shaped  by  an  understanding  that  reform  must  be 
tailored  to  fit  children's  needs,  and  if  it  is  based  on 
competition,  the  competition  must  be  managed  so  kids  win,  too. 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  present 
NACHRI 's  views  on  health  care  reform. 


120 

Chairman  Stark.  Dr.  Staggers. 

STATEMENT  OF  BARBARA  STAGGERS,  M.D.,  DIRECTOR  OF 
ADOLESCENT  MEDICINE,  CHILDREN'S  HOSPITAL  OAKLAND, 
ON  BEHALF  OF  THE  CALIFORNIA  CHILDREN'S  HOSPITAL 
ASSOCIATION;  ACCOMPANIED  BY  SUSAN  MADDOX, 
PRESIDENT  AND  CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER,  CALIFORNIA 
CHILDREN'S  HOSPITAL  ASSOCIATION 

Dr.  Staggers.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  It  is  my  pleasure  to 
be  here.  What  I  would  like  us  to  think  about  as  we  move  toward 
considering  fiscal  manners  regarding  health  care  is  that  we  don't 
overlook  the  extremely  vulnerable  population  of  children  in  this 
country.  In  addressing  matters  of  health  care  reform,  managed 
care,  all  the  things  we  have  been  talking  about  today,  issues  of  who 
consents  to  care  for  children,  issues  of  adolescent  confidentiality, 
access  to  care,  et  cetera,  are  often  ignored  or  never  addressed.  And 
my  concern  is  if  this  happens,  those  of  us  who  work  in  children's 
hospitals  and  care  for  children  like  I  do,  literally  end  up  picking 
up  more  bodies. 

Therefore,  there  are  some  things  that  we  thought  about  at  the 
California  Children's  Hospital  Association  and  my  colleagues  in  ad- 
olescent medicine  that  we  think  are  important  when  you  consider 
or  when  you  propose  any  health  care  reform  legislation. 

One  in  the  area  of  adolescent  health  care  is  that  any  health  care 
reform  must  understand  that  adolescents  really  still  are  children. 
They  are  not  adults.  They  have  highly  specialized  needs,  and  the 
health  care  reform  must  address  adolescent  needs  in  terms  of  their 
ability  to  make  consent,  their  ability  to  access  care,  and  confiden- 
tiality which  they  have  a  right  to  in  terms  of  their  own  medical 
services,  and  we  are  extremely  concerned  about  that. 

As  I  represent  the  California  Children's  Hospital  Association, 
there  are  three  things  we  are  concerned  about.  One  is  that  any  leg- 
islation ensure  that  specific  language  in  the  reform  bills  designate 
children's  hospitals  as  essential  providers,  or  another  similar  des- 
ignation given  to  safety  net  or  traditional  providers,  require  all 
managed  care  plans  to  contract  with  children's  hospitals  and  keep 
their  pediatric  networks  in  place,  to  keep  pediatric  primary  care 
and  specialty  care  appropriately  available  to  children. 

Children's  hospitals  are  special.  They  are  designed,  implemented, 
and  planned  to  meet  the  needs  of  children,  youth  and  their  fami- 
lies. They  do  this  in  a  way  that  helps  promote  transition  from  in- 
fancy to  young  adulthood.  It  is  important  to  understand  and  under- 
score the  special  services  children's  hospitals  give  when  you  are 
talking  about  health  care  reform. 

Also,  preservation  of  disproportionate  share  payments  is  impor- 
tant to  supplement  Medicaid  programs  if  they  continue  to  exist,  or 
funding  some  sort  of  equivalent  program  to  ensure  coverage  for 
vulnerable  populations.  Children's  hospitals  average  60  percent 
Medicaid  in  some  cases  and  cannot  make  up  that  shortfall  through 
cost  shifting  or  other  windfalls,  since  I  have  never  seen  a  windfall 
yet  in  our  hospital. 

Even  for  those  of  us  who  are  adolescent  service  providers,  it  is 
even  more  critical  because  in  the  State  of  California,  even  if  your 
parents  own  General  Motors  and  you  want  to  come  in  for  confiden- 


121 

tial  services,  you  are  eligible  for  Medi-Cal,  which  means  that  as  an 
adolescent,  for  you  to  get  health  care  access,  you  are  going  to  be 
on  a  State  supplemented  program.  So  90  percent  of  my  patients  are 
Medi-Cal,  which  does  not  make  me  real  attractive  to  the  hospital 
for  obvious  reasons  on  specific  things. 

Third,  that  title  V  programs  that  we  know  that  work  well  in 
California  for  children  with  special  needs,  like  diabetes,  like  sickle- 
cell  disease,  like  cystic  fibrosis,  asthma,  that  they  stay  in  place,  be- 
cause they  are  good  demonstration  projects  for  targeting  children 
with  special  needs.  These  children  require  timely  interventions  in 
very  high  specialty  referrals  and  service  networks. 

In  California,  California's  service  programs,  CCS  as  it  is  known 
by  us,  is  the  oldest,  most  successful  managed  care  program  in  the 
State.  We  consider  it  a  model.  We  are  looking  at  integration  of  the 
CCS  program  into  the  California's  Medi-Cal  managed  care  system, 
and  pilot  programs,  like  those  that  are  happening  in  California, 
need  to  be  looked  at  when  you  are  making  decisions  about  health 
care  reform. 

As  a  provider,  I  know  the  four  things  I  talked  about  in  terms  of 
issues  for  adolescents,  in  terms  of  them  accessing  and  appro- 
priately utilizing  any  health  care  plan,  issues  of  preservation  of 
title  V  programs,  ways  to  reimburse  the  hospital  in  terms  of  dis- 
proportionate share  payments,  and  specific  language  making  chil- 
dren's hospitals  essential  providers  will  be  critical  for  maintaining 
the  level  of  health  care  services  we  have  for  children,  and  that  con- 
cludes my  comments. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you,  Dr.  Staggers. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


122 


TESTIMONY  OF  BARBARA  STAGGERS,  M.D. 
CALIFORNIA  CHILDREN'S  HOSPITAL  ASSOCL\TION 

Mr.  Qiairman  and  members  of  the  Committee,  my  name  is  Dr.  Barbara  Staggers  and  I 
am  the  Director  of  Adolescent  Medicine  at  Children's  Hospital  Oakland  in  California   On 
behalf  of  Children's  Hospital  Oakland  and  the  families  it  serves,  I  thank  you  for  the 
opportunity  to  testify  before  the  Committee  today. 

Children's  Hospital  Oakland  treats  children  up  to  early  adulthood  and  integrates  patient 
care,  teaching  and  research.   TTie  medical  center  serves  children  from  46  of  Cahfomia's  58 
counties,  drawing  patients  from  surrounding  states  and  Pacific  Rim  countries  and  offers 
satellite  subspecialty  services  in  the  cities  of  Fairfield,  Pleasanton,  Santa  Rosa  and  Walnut 
Creek     With  205  beds  and  32  subspecialties.  Children's  Hospital  Oakland  also  has  an 
impressive  team  of  pediatricians  and  subspecialists  —  130  based  in  the  hospital  and  450  in 
the  coirmunity 

Children's  Hospital  Oakland  is  very  much  attuned  to  the  inner  city  problems  existing 
in  our  neighboring  communities  where  teen-age  rape  and  pregnancy,  child  abuse  and  juvenile 
crimes  are  unfortunately  common  incidences  that  are  on  the  rise.   We  not  only  provide 
specialty  care  services  but  also  primary  care  to  meet  the  needs  of  children  in  the  inner  city. 
We  see  approximately  25,000  patients  a  year  in  our  primary  care  clinics  —  these  children  are 
considered  "mentally  and  socially  fragile".    Mental  health  services  are  extremely  diflScult  to 
find  for  these  children. 

In  the  Adolescent  Medicine  department  which  1  direct  at  Children's  Oakland,  we  see 
almost  12,000  youths  between  1 1  and  19  years  old  who  belong  to  a  new  at-risk  population  of 
children  in  the  United  States  -  teenagers.   To  give  these  difBcult-to-reach  young  people  access 
to  healthcare,  we  have  developed  a  comprehensive  community  collaborative  healthcare  system 
which  operates  a  Teen  Clinic  at  the  hospital,  school-based  clinics  at  Oakland  high  schools, 
peer  counseling/adolescent  advocacy  programs,  and  a  spectrum  of  treatment  from  preventive 
care  to  intensive  hospitalization. 

The  leading  causes  of  death  among  young  people  are  motor  vehicle  injuries,  suicide 
and  homicide.   Make  no  mistake  about  this:  it's  the  same  leading  preventable  causes  of  death 
whether  the  teenager  comes  from  an  inner  city  or  a  wealthy  suburb.   For  me,  all  high-risk 
behavior  such  as  teen  pregnancy,  escalating  violence  and  substance  abuse  are  all  syrrptoms  of 
a  larger  disease.    A  lot  of  youths  are  looking  for  love  and  support  in  all  the  wrong  places. 
We  need  to  look  at  eveiy  teen  and  say,  "What's  going  on  in  your  life?   How  can  we  help  you 
grow?" 

It  takes  extra  time,  special  skills  and  expertise  to  work  with  adolescents,  to  find  out 
that  a  patient  who  presents  with  asthma  or  a  broken  arm  is  also  dealing  with  having  been 
raped,  experienced  violence  at  home  or  attempted  suicide  last  week. 

This  is  not  ti^aditional  medicine,  or  the  medicine  1  was  tramed  for.  But  it's  the  kind  of 
healthcare  that  children's  hospitals  are  uniquely  qualified  to  provide  because  they  specialize  in 
the  needs  of  children,  youth  and  their  families. 

We  also  have  a  Center  for  the  Vulnerable  Child  that  provides  an  innovative  approach 
to  the  relationship  between  poverty  and  children's  health.   The  Center  sees  approximately 
1,200  patients  per  year  and  provides  comprehensive  services  to  children  reported  to  have  been 
sexually  abused,  those  in  foster  care,  and  to  chemically  dependent  women  and  their  drug- 
exposed  infants.   Our  neighboring  communities  have  seen  a  rise  in  the  number  of  Asian 
refiigees.    Children's  Hospital  Oakland  opened  a  Southeast  Asian  Qinic  in  March,  1980,  and 
now  serve  approximately  2,600  patients  per  year.    Many  of  these  children  have  parasites,  are 
anemic,  have  positive  TB  skin  tests,  poor  growth  associated  with  poor  nutrition  and  some 
have  malaria,  pneumonia  or  war  scars  and  bums. 


123 


Children's  Hospital  Oakland  is  by  no  means  the  only  facility  serving  children  in  need. 
The  seven  Qiildren's  Hospitals  in  California  all  serve  their  communities  and  children  in  very 
much  the  same  way  that  we  do.  As  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of  Children's 
Hospitals  and  Related  Institutions  (NACHRI),  Children's  Hospital  Oakland  supports 
NACHRI's  recommendations  on  health  care  reform  and  children.   I  am  here  today  to  speak  to 
California-specific  issues  that  concern  the  seven  Children's  Hospitals  in  California,  including 
Children's  Hospital  Oakland.   These  concerns  have  been  expressed  through  the  work  and 
representation  of  the  California  Children's  Hospital  Association  (CCHA). 


The  California  Children's  Ifcspital  Association 

CCHA,  under  the  leadership  of  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  Susan  Maddox, 
represents  seven  not-for-profit  children's  hospitals  located  in  Oakland,  Palo  Alto,  Fresno,  Los 
Angeles,  Long  Beach,  Orange,  and  San  Diego.   Together  these  institutions,  which  represent 
less  than  2%  of  the  state's  hospitals,  provide  approximately  30%  of  all  hospital  care  needed 
by  Medicaid-eligible  children  in  Cahfomia  and  an  even  higher  proportion  of  the  care  for 
children  with  special  health  care  needs.    CCHA's  mission  is  to  strive  to  advance  the  health 
and  well-being  of  children  by  taking  a  leadership  role  in  advocacy,  public  policy,  educatioa 
and  research  in  support  of  a  Cahfomia  children's  health  care  delivery  system    CCHA 
advocates  a  balanced  approach  to  health  care  reform  which  improves  child  health  status  by 
increasing  access  to  prevention  and  primary  care  services  for  ^  children    while  preserving 
access  to  high  quality  specialized  care  when  still  needed.    In  the  maintenance  of  this  balance, 
CCHA  supports  the  protection  of  the  well-being  of  children  in  health  care  reform,  ensuring 
Qiildren's  Hospitals  as  "essential  providers,"  maintaining  existing  sources  of  fionding  during 
the  transition  to  managed  care,  and  encouraging  the  development  of  integrated  pediatric 
networks 

The  Children's  Hospitals  flilly  understand  the  fiscal  pressures  facing  the  state  and 
federal  government.    Given  that  financial  resources  are  scarce,  the  Children's  Hospitals 
strongly  advocate  that,  at  a  minimum,  all  children  in  the  US.  should  come  first  and  be  taken 
care  of   Children  are  our  country's  most  precious  resource  and  are  our  fiiture. 

The  seven  Children's  Hospitals  have  concerns  regarding  health  care  reform  and  the 
potential  effect  on  California's  children.  These  concerns  stem  fi-om  key  Cahfomia-specific 
statistics  and  the  unique  role  of  Children's  Hospitals  fi-om  other  adult  facihties. 


1.  Children's  Hospitals  have  the  highest  concentration  of  Medi-Cal  (California's 
Medicaid  program)  patients  of  any  hospital  type.   Over  60%  of  their 
patients  are  covered  under  Medi-Cal,  versus  ^ut  15%  at  contracting 
hospitals  statewide. 

2.  A  disproportionately  high  number  of  children  served  by  Children's  Hospitals 
have  special  health  problems  and  needs  —  approximately  70%  of  the 
Medi-Cal  days  in  Children's  Hospitals  are  for  Medi-Cal  children  with 
medical  conditions  so  serious  that  they  qualify  for  the  California  Children 
Services  (CCS)  Program  the  state's  version  of  its  Children  With  Special 
Health  Care  Needs  (CSHCN)  Program  under  Medicaid's  Tide  V  program 
These  are  truly  society's  sickest  children.   Over  67%  of  the  patients  seen  at 
Children's  Hospital  Oakland  are  Medi-Cal  children  quahfied  for  CCS. 

3.  Children's  Hospitals  treat  sicker  patients  than  most  genera!  hospitals    Almost 
33%  of  Children's  Hospitals'  beds  are  designated  for  intensive  care,  compared 
to  an  average  of  1 1%  in  general  hospitals.    More  than  80%  of  Children's 
Hospitals'  beds  are  occupied  on  an  average  day,  while  the  statewide  average 
is  just  over  50%. 


124 


4  California  has  the  highest  number  of  illegal  immigrants  residing  in  the  state. 

There  are  over  2  million  illegal  immigrants,  over  50%  of  the  nation's  total, 
living  in  California   It  is  estimated  that  392,000  illegal  immigrant  children 
are  between  the  ages  5  to  17    These  children  did  not  make  a  conscious 
decision  to  break  the  law  to  cross  the  state  border. 

5.  In  1992,  there  were  at  least  %,000  Medi-Cal  children  (40%  of  all  Medi-Cal 
births)  bom  to  illegal  immigrants. 

6.  The  exorbitant  number  of  illegal  immigrants  has  placed  a  high  burden  on  the 
state.  It  is  estimated  that  federally  mandated  services,  including  health,  cost 
California  taxpayers  $2.5  billion  per  year 

7.  Children's  Hospitals  have  long  recognized  their  responsibility  to  the  children 
of  California  and  have  steadfastly  upheld  their  long-standing  mission  to  care 
for  all  children,  regardless  of  ability  to  pay  and  citizenship  status. 

8.  In  California,  approximately  70%  of  the  patients  in  an  average  Children's 
Hospital  are  either  charity  patients  or  are  covered  by  government  programs 
(such  as  Medi-Cal  or  CCS  Program)  where  the  basic  payments  fall  far  short 
of  the  cost  of  care. 

9.  During  the  1991-92  fiscal  year,  Children's  Hospitals  lost  $22  million  dollars 
on  outpatient  services  provided  to  Medi-Cal  children.  This  loss  figure  is 

the  difference  between  actual  costs  (not  charges)  and  reimbursement  received 
Preliminary  data  fi-om  six  Children's  Hospitals  ^ow  that  our  member  hospitals 
have  experienced,  on  average,  a  5%  increase  in  Medi-Cal  outpatient  visits  with 
an  estimated  shortfall  of  $33  million  dollars  in  1992.  This  represents  a  50% 
increase  in  the  shortfall  from  the  1990-91  fiscal  year. 

10.  The  state's  on-going  recession  and  high  unemployment  rates  (higher  than  the 
national  average),  coupled  with  the  fires  and  recent  earthquake  in  Los  Angeles, 
places  increasing  burden  to  California  residents  and  state  budget. 

In  the  context  of  health  care  reform,  the  Children's  Hospitals  urge  you  to  keep  in  mind  the 
following  points: 

Elnsure  that  Children's  Hospitak  receive  status  as  'tessential  provideis"  or  another  sinilar 
designation  given  to  safety  net  provideis   —  Children's  Hospitals  are  safety  net  providers  by 
virtue  of  theu"  high  concentration  of  Medi-Cal  patients  (on  average  over  60%  of  each  of  their 
total  patient  load)  and  represent  a  wealth  of  experience  in  providing  the  broadest  range  of 
services  to  all  children,  from  primary  to  long-term  care.    As  a  result.  Children's  Hospitals 
should  receive  "essential  provider"  status  to  ensure  that  all  managed  care  plans  and  the 
children  within  their  plans  have  access  to  pediatric  experts  and  services. 

Preserve  disproportionale  share  payments  (DSH)  to  supplement  the  Medicaid  program 
shortfall  or  fund  an  equivalent  program  to  ensure  coverage  for  vuhieraMe  populations  — 

Vulnerable  populations  —  children  bom  to  illegal  immigrants,  children  on  Medicaid,  and 
those  with  special  health  care  needs  —  are  at  greater  risk  of  receiving  inadequate  care.   This 
risk  will  dramatically  increase  if  certain  protections  are  not  in  place  as  health  care  reform 
unfolds.     Children's  Hospitals  recognize  their  responsibility  to  all  children  and  have 
steadfastly  upheld  their  mission  to  refiise  no  child  that  enters  their  hospital  doors.   During  the 
health  care  reform  debate  and  early  stages  of  implementing  changes  to  the  nation's  health  care 
delivery  system,  Children's  Hospitals  advocate  for  the  preservation  of  DSH  payments  to 
supplement  the  Medicaid  program  to  ensure  that  every  child  is  able  to  receive  needed  health 
care  services  and  to  ease  the  shortfall  experienced  by  providers,  such  as  Children's  Hospitals, 
dedicated  to  serving  vulnerable  populations    Charitable  donations  and  cost  shifting  to  the  few 
insured  patients  is  inadequate    Molicaid  disproportionate  share  hospital  payments  will 


125 


continue  to  be  critical  to  Children's  Hospitals  as  long  as  the  basic  payments  fail  to  cover  the 
costs  of  the  care  delivered.    Universal  coverage  alone  will  not  protect  the  disproportionate 
share  safety  net  hospitals  when  only  sixty  cents  on  the  dollar  of  cost  is  reimbursed.    It  is  also 
imperative  that  prepaid  health  plan  (PHP)  Medicaid  days  be  counted  in  the  calculations  for 
DSH  allowances. 

Preserve  Tide  V  Progtnms,  particulariv  funding  for  programs  for  children  >vilh  special  healtti 
care  needs  —    Approximately  70%  of  the  Children's  Hospitals  Medicaid  recipients  are 
children  with  special  health  care  needs  served  by  the  California  Children  Services  (CCS) 
Program,  the  state's  version  of  its  Children  With  Special  Health  Care  Needs  (CSHCN) 
Program  under  Medicaid's  Title  V  program.  The  CCS  Program  is  designed  to  assist  families 
meet  the  financial  burden  of  caring  for  children  under  2 1  with  severe  physically  handicapping 
conditions.   The  program  helps  to  ensure  that  the  state's  children  receive  only  the  most 
appropriate  and  highest  quality  pediatric  care  possible.   CCS  is  one  of  a  limited  number  of 
programs  that  sets  medical  standards  for  its  CCS-approved  providers  (physicians,  nurses, 
physical/occupational  therapists,  and  hospital  facilities  such  as  special  care  centers)  to  treat 
children  with  CCS-eligible  conditions.   These  standards  ensure  that  chronically  ill  children  are 
cared  for  by  professionals  who  have  significant  experience  in  pediatric  specialty  care.   The 
CCS  Program  serves  as  a  model  for  other  health  systems  trying  to  control  rising  health  care 
costs  and  ensures  that  care  is  provided  using  the  most  cost-effective  means  by  emphasizing 
early  intervention  and  access  to  primary  care.   CCS  provides  a  unique  combination  of  case 
coordination  and  case  management  rarely  found  in  state  programs.   CCS  case  management 
goes  beyond  the  mpatient  utilization  review  common  witfi  other  programs  by  assuring  that 
appropriate  outpatient  and  follow-up  care  aie  given  by  qualified  providers 

Encourage  innovative  state  progiams  and/or  demonstration  projects  taigeting  children  widi 
special  healfli  care  needs  —  California  has  taken  a  unique  approach  towards  health  reform 
within  the  state.   The  Cahfomia  State  Department  of  Health  Services  Strategic  Plan,  " 
Protecting  Vuhierable  Populations,"  details  the  Department's  commitment  to  expand  managed 
care  for  Medi-Cal  beneficiaries  as  the  most  cost-effective  way  to  improve  access  to  quality 
preventive  and  primary  care  services.   The  Strategic  Plan  recognizes  that  traditional  managed 
care  E^'^oaches  may  inadequately  serve  the  needs  of  children  with  chronic  or  acute 
conditions,  such  as  those  with  CCS-eligible  conditions.   These  children  require  timely 
intervention  and  specialty  referral.  The  Strategic  Plan  excludes  CCS  services  fi^om  the 
expansion  of  Medi-Cal  managed  care.  The  Children's  Hospitals,  in  collaboration  with  other 
providers  in  the  community,  are  currentiy  working  with  the  state  in  developing  and 
mplementing  pilot  projects  to  test  a  variety  of  managed  care  models  tailored  to  the  needs  of 
this  most  vuhierable  population.   The  Children's  Hospitals  strongly  advocate  that  a  similar 
approach  be  taken  at  the  national  level,  perhaps  in  the  form  of  federal  demonstration  projects, 
to  protect  these  children  as  the  country  moves  towards  health  care  reform 

Conclusion 

The  seven  Children's  Hospitals  in  California  commend  the  President  in  making  health  care 
reform  a  priority  on  the  national  agenda   We  strongly  urge  the  President  and  members  of 
Congress  to  keep  m  mind  the  needs  of  aU  children  in  the  U.S.   They  are  the  next  generation 
and  the  fiiture  of  our  country  rests  on  thera   tvEnimallv,  the  early  stages  of  health  care  reform 
should  ensure  that  our  children  are  protected  fifst  before  anyone  else.    Mr.  Chairman  and 
members  of  the  Committee,  1  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  present  the  views  of 
California's  Children's  Hospitals.    We  stand  ready,  as  always,  to  assist  in  any  way  that  we 
can. 


126 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr,  Goldsmith. 

STATEMENT  OF  MARTIN  GOLDSMITH,  PRESIDENT  AND  CHIEF 
EXECUTIVE  OFFICER,  ALBERT  EINSTEIN  MEDICAL  CENTER, 
PHILADELPHIA,  PA.,  ON  BEHALF  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION  OF  URBAN  CRITICAL  ACCESS  HOSPITALS 

Mr.  Goldsmith.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  My  name  is  Martin 
Goldsmith.  I  am  president  of  Albert  Einstein  Medical  Center  in 
Philadelphia  and  I  am  here  today  in  my  capacity  as  president  of 
the  National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals. 

Our  group  consists  of  urban  hospitals  that  depend  on  govern- 
ment to  an  unusual  degree  to  pay  for  the  care  we  provide.  By 
urban  critical  access,  we  mean  that  we  are  private  nonprofit,  lo- 
cated in  cities,  large  and  busy.  We  are  the  largest  providers  of  care 
to  the  elderly,  the  poor  and  the  underinsured,  fulfilling  much  the 
same  role  as  public  hospitals  in  the  many  cities  in  whicn  there  are 
no  public  hospitals,  and  in  other  communities  working  alongside 
those  public  hospitals. 

Because  much  of  this  care  is  paid  for  by  Medicare  and  Medicaid, 
the  outcome  of  the  health  care  debate  will  have  a  major  impact  on 
us.  More  important,  that  outcome  will  have  a  profound  and  lasting 
impact  on  our  communities.  For  the  unusually  large  number  of  el- 
derly and  poor  people  who  rely  on  us  for  care,  we  are  essential  and 
irreplaceable. 

We  are  in  favor  of  health  care  reform.  There  is  much  in  H.R. 
3600  that  we  support.  We  enthusiastically  support  the  extension  of 
medical  benefits  to  all  Americans,  portability  of  benefits,  the  end- 
ing of  limits  on  those  with  preexisting  medical  conditions,  and  the 
integration  of  Medicaid  population  with  the  rest  of  the  public. 

Despite  these  improvements,  H.R.  3600  also  includes  several  pro- 
visions that  would  jeopardize  our  ability  to  continue  serving  our 
large  urban  poor  and  elderly  communities.  We  think  it  is  essential 
that  you  preserve  the  worthy  provisions  of  H.R.  3600,  correct  those 
that  cause  problems,  and  adopt  reform  legislation  this  year.  There 
really  is  a  health  care  crisis  and  we  can't  afford  to  wait  another 
year  to  do  something  about  it. 

Now  I  would  like  to  outline  a  few  of  those  problems  I  mentioned. 
First,  the  Medicare  cuts  proposed  in  H.R.  3600  would  be  devastat- 
ing and  it  would  hit  our  member  hospitals  much  harder  than  the 
average  hospital.  According  to  a  study  based  on  the  bill  and  on 
HCFAs  testimony  before  this  committee  in  December,  the  10  hos- 
pitals that  meet  the  criteria  for  urban  critical  access  in  my  own 
city,  Philadelphia,  would  each  lose  on  average  $116  million  during 
the  first  5  years  of  this  plan,  jeopardizing  our  long-term  ability  to 
continue  providing  our  poor  and  elderly  patients  with  the  quality 
and  scope  of  service  they  deserve  and  that  everyone  else  would  be 
receiving. 

Hospitals  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia  as  a  whole  would  lose  $1.5 
billion  in  Medicare  revenue  during  that  same  period  and  thousands 
of  jobs  would  be  unquestionably  lost.  We  can  provide  you  with  a 
summary  of  losses  in  other  cities  and  explain  how  we  arrived  at 
those  figures. 

Second,  under  this  bill,  we  would  continue  to  be  responsible  for 
a  good  deal  of  uncompensated  care,  especially  for  the  many  undocu- 


127 

merited  aliens  in  our  inner  cities.  In  addition,  many  people  will  be 
unable  to  afford  their  copayments  and  deductibles,  and  some  may 
refuse  to  purchase  insurance.  The  financial  impact  of  providing  this 
additional  uncompensated  care  would  be  much  greater  on  us  than 
the  average  hospital. 

Third,  while  this  committee's  jurisdiction  does  not  extend  to  Med- 
icaid, I  would  like  to  mention  that  H.R.  3600  would  eliminate  Med- 
icaid disproportionate  share  payments  before  those  payments 
would  be  replaced  by  universal  coverage.  This  would  be  yet  another 
devastating  blow  to  us. 

The  most  important  thing,  of  course,  is  what  this  means  to  our 
inner-city  communities.  Our  hospitals  have  long  been  the  primary 
care  providers — the  primary  providers  of  care  for  the  urban,  elderly 
and  poor,  but  portions  of  H.R.  3600  would  jeopardize  our  existence 
and  discourage  others  from  fulfilling  that  void. 

We  believe  that  H.R.  3600  is  basically  a  sound  bill  and  can  be 
amended  to  rectify  these  problems  and  insure  the  future  of  urban 
critical  access  hospitals. 

First,  these  hospitals  should  be  designated  as  essential  commu- 
nity providers.  Bv  any  reasonable  measure,  we  are  essential  to  our 
communities  and  need  to  be  preserved.  Second,  eliminate  the  in- 
equitable impact  of  the  proposed  Medicare  cuts  because  of  the  de- 
structive effect  they  would  have.  Third,  reimburse  these  hospitals 
appropriately  and  directly  for  the  continuing  and  substantial  un- 
compensated care  they  provide.  Fourth,  restore  our  Medicaid  dis- 
proportionate share  payments  until  they  are  fully  replaced  by  uni- 
versal insurance  or  another  mechanism,  and  insure  providers  they 
will  be  paid  adequately  to  care  for  Medicaid  recipients.  Risk  adjust- 
ing payments  to  plans  does  not  provide  any  assurance  of  adequate 
payment  to  hospitals.  And  fifth,  through  statute,  create  a  rapid  re- 
sponse system  to  monitor  the  effects  of  the  changes  stimulated  by 
reform  and  create  a  system  which  will  correct  any  unanticipated, 
undesirable  effects  on  our  community  quickly. 

This  would  be  the  desired  outcome.  We  continue  serving  our  com- 
munities, the  poor  and  elderly  receive  the  care  they  deserve,  and 
you  implement  an  effective,  efficient  groundbreaking  program  with- 
out sacrificing  access  to  care  for  the  elderly  and  poor  who  need  it 
the  most.  I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  address  the  committee 
this  afternoon  and  will  be  delighted  to  answer  questions. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


128 


Testimony  of 

Martin  Goldsmith 

President 

National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals 

before  the 

Subcommittee  on  Health 

of  the 

House  Ways  and  Means  Committee 

February  7,  1994 


Greeting 

Good  afternoon.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  committee,  my  name  is  Martin 
Goldsmith,  and  I  am  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Albert  Einstein  Medical  Center 
ill  Philadelphia.  I  am  here  today  to  address  the  Health  Subcommittee  of  the  House  Ways  and 
Means  Committee  on  behalf  of  the  National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals,  to 
express  our  support  for  the  vast  majority  of  H.R.  3600,  including  its  goals  and  its  basic 
approach,  but  also  to  describe  to  you  how  and  why  we  fear  that  certain  aspects  of  this  bill  will 
jeopardize  access  to  health  care  for  the  poor  and  elderly  in  America's  inner  cities.  I  also  will 
outline  how  this  problem  can  be  addressed  and  corrected. 


About  the  Association 

I  would  like  to  begin  by  telling  you  briefly  about  our  organization.  The  National 
Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals  was  formed  last  year  to  represent  urban 
hospitals  that  depend  to  an  unusual  degree  on  government  reimbursement  for  tlie  care  we 
provide.  This  is  the  case  because  so  many  of  the  patients  we  serve  are  elderly  and  poor  and 
receive  Medicare  and  Medicaid  benefits. 

We  call  ourselves  "urban  critical  access  hospitals"  because  we  believe  we  are  essential 
to  access  to  care  for  the  residents  of  many  urban  communities.  We  define  "urban  critical 
access"  as  consisting  of  the  following  qualities:  our  hospitals  all  are  private,  non-profit,  and 
located  in  cities  as  defined  by  the  census  bureau;  we  are  reimbursed  for  at  least  fifty-five 
percent  of  our  patient  days  by  the  combination  of  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  and  at  least  ten 
percent  by  Medicaid  alone;  and  our  total  hospital  days  must  be  at  or  above  the  sixtieth  percentile 
of  hospitals  in  comparably  sized  Metropolitan  Statistical  Areas  (MSAs).  In  our  view,  the 
combination  of  these  characteristics  maices  us  essential  to  access  to  care  in  our  communities  and 
virtually  irreplaceable  to  those  communities.  In  many  of  those  communities,  in  fact,  urban 
critical  access  hospitals  fill  the  same  role  as  that  of  public  hospitals:  we  care  for  the  poor,  the 
elderly,  and  the  uninsured  -  that  is,  for  people  who  frequently  have  nowhere  el.se  to  go  for 
medical  care. 

Not  many  hospitals  meet  our  criteria  for  "urban  critical  access  hospitals."  According  to 
our  research,  fewer  than  five  percent  of  this  country's  hospitals,  only  276  of  6600,  qualify  for 
this  designation. 


Our  View  of  Health  Care  Reform 

As  providers  on  the  front  line  of  the  health  care  delivery  system,  we  are  enthusiastic 
about  the  prospect  of  health  care  reform.  Many  of  the  reform  proposals  we  have  seen  have  a 
great  deal  to  offer,  and  most  would  be  a  vast  improvement  over  the  system  we  have  today. 

We  are  here  today  to  speak  about  H.R.  36(X),  which  was  introduced  by  Majority 
Leader  Gephardt,  and  again,  we  find  a  great  deal  to  applaud  in  this  bill.  We  iue  especially 


129 


delighted  by  the  steps  it  would  take  to  bring  health  care  coverage  to  unprecedented  numbers  of 
Americans.  We  also  support  the  portability  of  benefits  it  would  provide. 

Despite  these  significant  improvements,  we  are  troubled  by  several  aspects  of  this  plan. 
Before  we  address  those  aspects,  though,  we  want  to  reiterate  our  view  that  on  the  whole,  this 
proposal  has  great  promise.  We  do  not  want  that  message  to  be  lost  amid  everything  else  we 
say  today. 


Summary  of  Three  Major  Problems  in  H.R.  3600 

With  that  said,  I  would  like  to  turn  now  to  the  three  major  problems  we  have  identified. 

First,  we  are  gready  troubled  by  the  size  of  the  proposed  Medicare  cuts  and  the  uneven, 
inequitable  manner  in  which  they  would  affect  American  hospitals. 

Second,  we  believe  that  the  plan  may  not  address  the  uncompensated  care  issue  as 
completely  as  some  observers  feel  and  that  this  may  cause  continuing  problems  for  some 
providers,  especially  urban  critical  access  hospitals,  and  for  the  largely  low-income  and  elderly 
communities  that  they  serve. 

And  finally,  we  are  concerned  about  several  of  the  potential  side-effects  of  how  the  plan 
would  serve  Medicaid  recipients. 


Problem  #1: 

The  Use  of  Medicare  Funds  to  Finance  Health  Care  Reform 

■    The  Unequal,  Inequitable  Impact  of  Proposed  Medicare  Cuts 

Our  first  concern  is  the  proposal  to  use  reductions  in  the  growth  of  future  Medicare 
spending  to  finance  health  care  reform.  These  sizable  and  unprecedented  cuts  specifically  and 
directly  hit  urban  critical  access  hospitals,  and  they  would  be  devastating  to  us.  The  proposed 
cuts  in  graduate  medical  education,  indirect  medical  education.  Medicare  disproportionate 
share,  capital  payments,  and  the  rate  of  growth  of  future  DRG  rates  especially  affect  hospitals 
such  as  ours,  and  they  clearly  would  hit  us  hardest.  If  adopted,  they  would  fall  most  heavily 
on  urban  critical  access  hospitals,  tlie  same  hospitals  that  provide  most  of  the  care  to  the  elderly 
and  the  poor  in  our  nation's  cities.  They  would  affect  all  hospitals,  but  they  would  hurt  ours 
the  most. 

These  conclusions,  moreover,  are  based  not  on  assumption  or  conjecture  but  on  hard 
data.  We  suspected  instinctively  that  these  cuts  would  hurt  us,  but  we  knew  we  needed  some 
numbers  to  substantiate  our  fears.  With  this  in  mind,  we  made  financial  projections  based  on 
H.R.  3600.  Using  the  analysis  of  the  Prospective  Payment  Assessment  Commission, 
testimony  before  this  committee  by  Bruce  Vladeck,  administrator  of  the  Healdi  Care  Financing 
Administration,  other  publicly  available  information  about  the  plan,  and  1990  Medicare  hospital 
cost  reports,  we  developed  computer  models  to  simulate  the  effect  of  the  Medicare  spending 
cuts  on  all  hospitals,  not  just  on  urban  critical  access  hospitals. 

The  result  of  tliis  modeling  was  startling  -  and  bad  news  for  us,  exceeding  some  of  our 
worst  fears.  We  found  that  together,  all  hospitals  would  lose  an  average  of  7.16  percent  of 
their  Medicare  revenue  a  year  for  the  first  five  years  under  H.R.  3600.  As  we  feared,  this 
burden  would  not  be  evenly  or  fairly  shared.  Hospitals  that  are  not  urban  critical  access 
hospitals  would  lose  less  than  that  average,  only  6.93  percent,  but  urban  critical  access 
hospitals  would  lose  far  more  than  that  average  -11.5  percent  of  their  Medicare  revenue  a  year 
during  the  first  five  years.  Our  loss  would  be  almost  twice  that  suffered  by  other  hospitals. 

This  country's  urban  areas  and  the  hospitals  that  serve  them  would  suffer  extraordinary 
financial  losses.  New  York  City's  hospitals,  and  the  city's  economy,  would  lose  an 
astounding  $4.4  billion,  just  in  Medicare  inpatient  revenue,  during  the  first  five  years,  and 
along  with  that  money  an  as-yet  uncalculated  number  of  jobs.  Other  cities  would  suffer,  too. 
Philadelphia  would  lose  $1.5  billion,  Los  Angeles  $715  million,  Chicago  $1.3  billion,  Boston 
$954  million,  Houston  $575  million,  and  Seattle  $316  million. 

Not  surprisingly,  these  lopsided  geographic  losses  of  Medicare  revenue  translate  into  a 
simihirly  skewed  effect  on  individual  hospital  revenue.  These  spending  cuts  would  cost  the 
average  hospital  that  is  not  an  urban  critical  access  hospital  1.38  percent  of  its  overall  revenue, 
but  urban  critical  access  hospitals  would  lose  2.37  percent.  That  may  not  sound  like  a  big 


130 


difference,  but  it  is  when  you  consider  that  our  loss  would  be  seventy-two  percent  greater,  and 
it  is  when  you  realize  that  hospital  operating  margins  typically  are  only  in  the  lower  single 
digits. 

■  The  Financial  Impact  on  Individual  Hospitals 

Let  me  give  these  numbers  some  immediacy  with  an  example  that  hits  very  close  to 
home  for  me:  how  they  would  affect  my  own  hospital,  Albert  Einstein  Medical  Center.  In  the 
first  year  alone  under  H.R.  3600,  we  would  lose  $15.8  million.  In  the  second  year,  we  would 
lose  another  $21.3  million.  During  the  first  five  years  under  the  plan,  Einstein  would  lose 
$140.5  million. 

I  do  not  think  I  have  to  tell  you  that  this  is  an  extraordinary  amount  of  revenue  for  a 
hospital  to  lose.  Even  so,  I  would  like  to  take  a  moment  to  outline  what  that  loss  would  mean 
to  a  hospital  such  as  Einstein  and  to  all  of  the  other  urban  critical  access  hospitals  that  would 
find  themselves  in  similar  positions. 

Those  losses  would  come  right  out  of  our  operating  margins,  which  would  decline  and 
in  some  cases  disappear.  Like  many  other  hospitals,  the  losses  we  would  suffer  will  exceed 
any  margins  we  have  ever  made.  Without  doing  anything  wrong,  without  failing  to  implement 
cost-saving  measures,  without  losing  even  a  single  patient,  we  immediately  would  fall  a  huge 
step  behind  other  hospitals  in  our  service  areas. 

Operating  margins  are  important  to  hospitals.  They  provide  the  cash  fiow  we  need  to 
pay  bills,  service  debt,  and  maintain  our  current  facilities  -  that  is,  to  pay  for  the  things  we 
must  do  to  ensure  that  those  whose  rely  on  us  for  access  to  the  health  care  delivery  system 
enjoy  the  same  high  quality  of  care  as  everyone  else.  The  money  we  need  to  provide  these 
services  comes  from  our  operating  margins,  but  suddenly,  those  margins  will  be  gone. 

The  losses  we  would  suffer  would  be  both  absolute  and  relative.  As  I  noted  a  moment 
ago,  we  would  lose  much  more  on  a  dollar-for-dollar  basis  than  other  hospitals.  For  every 
$100  in  Medicare  revenue  that  hospitals  that  are  not  urban  critical  access  hospitals  receive,  they 
would  lose  an  average  of  $6.93;  we  would  lose  $1 1.50.  This  is  a  large  and  significant 
difference. 

But  even  that  does  not  tell  the  entire  story,  because  Medicare  is  a  bigger  and  more 
important  part  of  our  payer  mix  than  it  is  at  the  average  hospital.  A  hospital  three  or  four  miles 
from  us  may  receive  twenty  or  thirty  percent  of  its  revenue  from  Medicare,  but  urban  critical 
access  hospitals  receive  forty  or  fifty  percent.  This  means  that  the  difference  between  $  1 1 .50 
and  $6.93  is  multiplied  many  more  times  for  us  than  for  other  hospitals. 

■  The  Impact  on  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals 

This  difference  has  significant  implications  for  the  ability  of  urban  critical  access 
hospitals  to  coinpete  for  patients.  Keep  in  mind  that  one  of  the  goals  of  hcaltli  care  refonn  is  to 
eliminate  cost-shifting.  In  the  past,  we  would  have  sought  to  make  up  this  difference  by 
passing  it  along  to  other  payers.  In  fact,  govemment,  by  underpaying  us  for  Medicare  and 
Medicaid,  has  effectively  encouraged  us  to  do  so.  Now,  though,  government  suddenly  wants 
us  to  reverse  fields.  In  a  managed  competition  environment,  anyone  who  tries  to  pass  along 
costs  to  other  payers  will  lose  that  competition  and  will  not  have  other  payers. 

Consider,  moreover,  that  one  of  the  primary  ways  that  we  hope  to  control  rising  health 
Ciue  costs  is  tlirough  greater  use  of  managed  care.  In  the  future,  hospitals  will  compete  to  be 
parts  of  managed  care  networks,  and  that  competition  will  really  be  decided  based  on  just  one 
consideration:  price.  The  hospitals  that  offer  the  best  prices  to  managed  care  plans  will 
become  part  of  their  provider  networks;  the  others  will  be  left  out  in  the  cold. 

But  urban  critical  access  hospitals  are  going  to  suffer  significantly  larger  Medicare 
losses  that  we  will  need  to  make  up,  so  we  will  have  to  price  our  services  accordingly.  We 
may  have  to  charge  a  little  bit  more  than  hospitals  that  do  not  suffer  those  losses,  or  that  lose 
less.  As  a  result,  we  may  lose  in  our  bids  to  become  part  of  those  networks.  That  is  not 
managing  competition:  it  is  limiting  competidon. 

There  is  a  certain  irony  here  that  is  hard  to  miss.  Much  of  health  care  reform  is  about 
using  market  forces  to  control  escalating  health  care  costs,  but  the  very  plan  that  purports  to  put 
those  market  forces  to  work  would  put  some  of  the  competitors  at  a  major  disadvantage  before 
the  competition  even  begins. 


131 


So  what,  you  may  ask.  If  managed  competition  means  that  a  few  hospitals  fail  and 
close,  is  liiis  really  a  problem?  In  theory  it  may  not  be,  but  in  practice,  it  is. 

By  virtue  of  how  we  define  ourselves,  urban  critical  access  hospitals  play  an  unusually 
large  role  in  the  care  of  the  elderly  and  the  poor  in  their  communities.  We  are  their  essential 
link  to  the  health  care  community,  in  some  cases  their  only  link,  because  historically,  just  a  few 
of  us  provide  most  of  the  care  to  the  elderly  and  the  poor.  Whether  it  is  because  our  services 
are  more  oriented  to  their  needs  or  because  our  location  is  more  accessible  or  because  we  have 
consistently  made  a  point  of  reaching  out  to  them,  we  have  become  the  primary  providers  for 
many  people. 

If  we  are  not  there  to  provide  this  care,  it  is  likely  that  no  one  else  will  be,  either,  that 
no  one  else  will  be  willing  to  step  forward  to  fill  the  void  that  we  would  leave  behind.  The 
proposed  reform,  in  fact,  would  punish  them  for  doing  so.  Having  a  health  security  card  will 
be  meaningless  if  there  is  no  one  to  provide  care  when  people  need  it,  so  we  think  it  does 
matter  whether  our  hospitals  survive.  We  are  irreplaceable  resources  in  our  communities. 

While  the  proposed  Medicare  spending  cuts  could  threaten  hospitals  that  care  for  the 
poor,  providing  unprecedented  coverage  and  access  to  care  for  the  uninsured  at  the  same  time 
that  we  propose  significantly  underpaying  for  Medicare  services  could  jeopardize  access  to  care 
for  the  elderly.  If  health  care  providers  suddenly  are  paid  much  better  to  care  for  the  poor  than 
for  the  elderly.  Medicare  recipients  would  become  a  much  less  attractive  pool  of  patients  for 
providers. 

For  these  reasons,  H.R.  3600's  plan  to  finance  health  care  reform  with  cuts  in  future 
Medicare  spending  could  have  the  unintended  effect  of  reducing  access  to  care  in  our 
communities.  These  cuts  in  graduate  medical  education,  indirect  medical  education.  Medicare 
disproportionate  share,  capital  payments,  and  the  rate  of  growth  of  future  DRG  rates  hit  urban 
critical  access  hospitals  esf)ecially  and  disproportionately  hard.  They  would  jeopardize  our 
ability  to  compete  in  a  managed  competition  environment  and  they  would  jeopardize  our  ability 
to  survive. 


■    Impact  on  the  Urban  Poor  and  Elderly 

Now,  let  us  take  a  moment  to  look  at  what  really  matters:  how  all  of  these  numbers  and 
projections  and  prognostications  would  affect  the  people  and  the  communities  we  serve  and 
how  we  serve  them. 

TTiese  changes  most  likely  would  have  their  greatest  impact  on  the  elderly  and  the  poor. 
The  significant  reductions  in  hospital  revenue  that  I  described  will  jeopardize  the  financial 
wherewithal  of  many  hospitals  that  care  for  especially  large  numbers  of  Medicare  patients.  In 
some  cases,  those  hospitals  may  have  to  reduce  or  eliminate  individual  patient  services  that  lose 
large  amounts  of  money  because  of  these  spending  reductions.  Special  outreach  programs,  for 
example,  or  services  designed  specifically  for  the  elderly,  might  have  to  be  ended.  In  some 
communities,  lliat  may  even  be  a  best-case  scenario,  because  we  believe  that  the  proposed 
Medicare  spending  reductions  may  very  well  force  some  hospitals  to  close  entirely,  leaving 
large  numbers  of  elderly  patients  to  fend  for  themselves,  to  find  new  sources  of  care  in  an 
environment  in  which  new  public  policies  have  made  Medicare  recipients  the  least  desirable 
patients  a  hospital  can  attract. 

In  cities,  moreover,  elderly  people  tend  to  be  low-income  as  well,  and  they  tend  to  live 
among  other  low-income  people.  This,  in  turn,  means  that  if  hospitals  serving  large  numbers 
of  Medicare  patients  reduce  services  or  close,  the  large  numbers  of  poor  patients  that  those 
same  hospitals  serve  also  would  find  themselves  suffering  greatly  reduced  access  to  care. 
Thus,  for  the  elderly  and  the  poor,  health  care  reform,  as  currently  proposed  in  H.R.  3600, 
could  be  an  unmitigated  disaster. 

H.R.  3600  provides  for  the  designation  of  selected  hospitals  as  "essential  community 
providers"  and  for  those  hospitals  to  receive  special  consideration  when  necessary.  We  believe 
that  urban  critical  access  hospitals  truly  are  essential  community  providers.  We  serve 
unusually  large  numbers  of  people  who  are  totally  dependent  on  government  for  their  medical 
care;  we  do  so  in  communities  where  there  are  no  other  providers,  not  enough  other  providers, 
or  where  other  providers  specifically  seek  to  avoid  serving  these  patients;  and  our 
disappearance  would  cause  irreparable  harm,  leaving  many  of  the  urban  low-income,  elderly, 
and  poor  without  adequate  access  to  medical  care.  By  any  reasonable  measure,  urban  critical 
access  hospitals  are  essential  community  providers  and  deserving  of  such  designation. 

We  do  not  believe  for  a  moment  that  it  is  the  Administration's  intention  to  jeopardize  the 
future  of  these  hospitals,  nor  do  we  believe  it  is  this  committee's  desire.  We  share  your 
commitment  to  controlling  healtli  care  costs,  but  not  at  the  expense  of  reducing  access  to  care. 


132 


If  we  do,  we  truly  will  control  costs,  because  for  some  people,  there  will  be  no  care,  and  from 
tlie  narrow  perspective  of  those  who  keep  the  books  on  these  tilings,  no  care  will  cost  us 
nothing,  although  we  would  pay  a  fearsome  price  of  an  entirely  different  kind. 

■    Our  Recommendation 

To  address  this  problem,  we  propose  that  urban  critical  access  hospitals  be 
among  those  designated  as  "essential  community  providers"  under  H.R.  3600  and 
thai  hospitals  with  such  special  missions  be  accorded  appropriately  special  consideration.  The 
Medicare  reimbursement  provisions  ofHR.  3600  then  would  be  re-evaluated  and  readjusted 
with  the  unique  situations  of  these  hospitals  in  mind.  Further,  because  it  may  be  difficult  to 
predict  whether  the  adjustments  ultimately  made  will  adequately  resolve  the  problems  they  were 
implemented  to  address,  additional  provisions  should  be  made  to  monitor  their 
effectiveness  through  a  specifically  designated  mechanism  such  as  an  annual 
review  or  report  to  Congress;  those  same  provisions  should  authorize  the  Administration 
to  make  any  adjustments  found  necessary  based  on  these  reviews.    Such  steps  are 
essential  if  we  are  to  assure  tliat  health  care  reform  reaches  the  inner-city  communities  where 
such  reform  is  needed  most. 


Problem  #2:     Continued  Uncompensated  Care 

The  second  issue  I  would  like  to  address  today  is  what  we  fear  will  be  a  continued 
problem  with  uncompensated  care. 

Beyond  any  reasonable  doubt,  H.R.  3600  would,  if  enacted,  greatly  reduce 
uncompensated  care.  Contrary  to  what  has  been  suggested,  however,  uncompensated  care 
would  not  disappear  completely,  and  its  continuation  would  most  affect  urban  critical  access 
hospitals. 

■     Four  Areas  Where  Uncompensated  Care  Will  Continue 

Uncompensated  care  would  endure  through  four  primary  means. 

First,  most  health  care  plans  would  require  their  members  to  make  co-payments  and 
reach  deductibles,  yet  some  people,  especially  the  poor  and  the  unemployed  who  are  not 
eligible  for  Medicaid  or  other  government  subsidies,  would  not  be  able  to  afford  these 
payments.  Hospitals  would  be  expected  to  absorb  those  costs. 

Second,  some  people  would  be  unable  to  purchase  health  insurance  or  would  choose 
not  to  do  so,  but  they  would  continue  to  seek  care.  When  they  do,  hospitals  will  not  turn  them 
away;  again,  they  would  provide  the  care  and  absorb  the  cost  of  doing  so. 

Third,  some  Americans  are  "lost"  today.  They  are  not  employed,  so  they  would  not  be 
covered  through  their  place  of  business;  they  are  not  old,  so  they  would  not  be  covered  by 
Medicare;  and  while  tliey  are  poor,  they  do  not  receive  Medicaid  or  other  government  benefits. 
Most  are  homeless,  and  when  they  come  to  a  hospital,  they  would  be  lost  no  longer.  At  that 
point,  they  would  join  tlie  ranks  of  the  insured,  but  the  cost  of  their  first  hospital  visit,  whether 
for  a  scrape  suffered  in  a  fall  or  a  near-fatal  illness,  may  have  to  be  absorbed  by  the  hospital. 
Insurers  may  not  be  expected  to  provide  retroactive  coverage  for  new  enrollees. 

Fourth,  this  country  has  a  significant  number  of  undocumented  aliens  who  would  not 
be  covered  by  health  reform.  While  H.R.  3600  proposes  some  funding  for  the  care  of 
undocumented  aliens,  that  sum  is  nowhere  near  the  cost  of  the  services  that  those  individuals 
would  consume.  As  a  result,  undocumented  aliens  would  continue  to  receive  hospital  care,  but 
hospitals  would  not  be  paid  for  their  services. 

All  of  the  groups  that  avoid  the  umbrella  of  protection  raised  by  health  care  reform  -  the 
poor,  the  lost,  and  the  undocumented  -  can  be  found  in  especially  large  numbers  in  America's 
cities.  In  those  cities,  the  same  basic  core  of  hospitals  -  critical  access  hospitals  -  would  be  the 
providers  to  which  they  tum.  Consequently,  urban  critical  access  hospitals  would  bear  a 
disproportionate  share  of  the  cost  of  caring  for  them. 

Again,  you  may  question  whether  this  really  is  a  problem,  and  again,  we  must  express 
our  view  that  it  is.  One  of  the  ways  that  H.R.  3600  seeks  to  contain  rising  health  care  costs  is 
by  fostering  price  competition  among  health  care  providers.  By  failing  to  accommodate  tlie 
remaining  uncompensated  care,  the  plan  would  add  to  the  operating  costs  at  a  relatively  small 
number  of  hospitals,  placing  those  few  hospitals  -  mostly,  urban  critical  access  hospitals  -  at  a 
decided  financial  disadvantage  before  the  competition  even  begins.  In  so  doing,  it  threatens  the 


133 


financial  survival  of  tlie  very  hospitals  that  are  and  will  continue  to  be  the  providers  of  choice 
among  the  poor  and  the  elderly  in  most  American  cities. 

We  also  must  not  lose  sight  of  the  human  factor.  Under  these  circumstances,  some 
people  who  cannot  afford  insurance  or  co-payments  or  deductibles  will  try  to  put  off  seeking 
medical  attention  for  as  long  as  they  can.  Some  who  are  sick  will  get  sicker,  some  who  have 
contagious  diseases  will  pass  them  along  to  others;  some  who  support  families  will  no  longer 
be  able  to  do  so;  some  who  are  pregnant  will  give  birth  to  unhealthy  babies;  and  some  who 
have  treatable  diseases  will  die.  This  should  not  be  the  legacy  of  health  care  reform.  We  can 
do  better,  and  we  must. 


■    Our  Recommendation 

Tlie  National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals  supports  H.R.  3600's 
goal  of  ensuring  universal  access  to  health  care  yet  notes  that  the  bill  does  not  guarantee  actual 
health  care  for  all.   The  Association  feels  that  providers  must  be  adequately  reimbursed 
for  the  uncompensated  care  they  provide,  regardless  of  to    whom  they  provide 
it.  Anything  less  leaves  just  a  few  hospitals,  America's  urban  critical  access  hospitals,  to 
sitoulder  a  financial  burden  that  should  be  the  entire  country's  to  bear. 


Problem  #3:     How  the  Reform  Proposal  Would  Affect  Medicaid 

Finally,  I  would  like  to  turn  to  the  manner  in  which  H.R.  3600  deals  with  Medicaid. 
Because  Medicaid  does  not  fall  under  the  jurisdiction  of  this  committee,  1  will  touch  on  this 
subject  just  briefly. 

■     The  Premature  Phasing  Out  of  Medicaid  Disproportionate  Share 

Our  first  concern  is  the  bill's  call  for  phasing  out  Medicaid  disproportionate  share 
payments  by  1997.  While  we  understand  the  rationale  for  ending  these  payments,  we  are 
mystified  by  the  timetable  for  their  termination. 

Even  the  most  optimistic  estimates  do  not  envision  the  full  implementation  of  universal 
healtli  insurance  by  1997.  Consequently,  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  payments  could  be 
eliminated  well  before  the  changes  that  are  supposed  to  make  their  elimination  possible  are  even 
implemented.  Tliis  may  leave  a  gap  of  a  period  of  years  during  which  disproportionate  share 
hospitals  would  continue  caring  for  unusually  large  numbers  of  poor  patients  without  the 
supplemental  support  of  their  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  payments.  This  could  place  an 
enormous  financial  burden  on  these  hospitals  -  especially  on  urban  critical  access  hospitals, 
with  their  large  numbers  of  Medicaid  patients. 


■  Our  Recommendation 

The  National  Association  of  Urban  Critical  Access  Hospitals  believes  that  Medicaid 
disproportionate  share  payments  should  not  be  phased  out  before  the  rest  of 
the  reform  plan,  including  universal  health  coverage,  is  phased  in.    To  do 

otherwise  could  expose  disproportionate  sliare  hospitals,  and  especially  urban  critical  access 
ho.tpitals,  to  potentially  devastating  financial  losses.  This,  in  turn,  could  jeopardize  access  to 
care  in  the  communities  that  these  hospitals  serve. 

■  Providing  Private  Insurance  for  Medicaid  Recipients 

We  also  are  concerned  about  how  H.R.  3600  may  change  the  way  Medicaid  recipients 
are  served.  Under  the  plan,  Medicaid  recipients  would  join  the  premium-paying  public  in 
choosing  from  a  selection  of  insurance  plans.  Their  choice,  though,  would  be  limited  to  plans 
that  are  at  or  below  the  weighted  average  of  cost  for  plans  available  through  their  health 
alliances. 

We  believe  this  fxjiicy  may  have  the  unintended  effect  of  creating  Medicaid-only  health 
plans.  Because  Medicaid  recipients  would  be  required  to  choose  from  among  the  lowest  cost 
plans,  they  may,  from  the  very  beginning,  constitute  unusually  large  proportions  of  the 
members  of  those  plans.  Eventually,  we  believe  those  plans  may  come  to  be  viewed  as  plans 
primarily  for  Medicaid  recipients  and  that  people  who  have  a  choice  may  specifically  choose 
not  to  join  these  "Medicaid  plans." 


134 


The  result  could  be  that  some  plans  may  consist  primarily  or  even  entirely  of  Medicaid 
recipients.  We  believe  this  could  have  a  very  undesirable  effect.  Historically,  the  poor  are 
sicker  than  others  and  correspondingly  more  costly  to  treat.  As  a  result,  we  may  be  directing 
the  most  expensive  patients  into  the  lowest-cost  plans.  Because  they  have  the  lowest 
premiums,  those  plans  may  have  to  pay  the  lowest  rates  to  their  contracting  providers.  Thus, 
hospitals  that  care  for  Medicaid  recipients  could  be  responsible  for  the  extra  costs  incurred 
through  the  higher  utihzation  that  comes  with  treating  a  poorer,  sicker  population,  as  well  as 
for  tlie  kinds  of  supplemental  services  that  many  Medicaid  recipients  need  but  that  are  not 
reimbursed  by  Medicaid  or  other  payers  -  services  such  as  outreiich  efforts,  home  visits,  and 
providing  money  for  carfare  or  day  care  to  enable  patients  to  keep  appointments  with  their 
doctors. 

And  who  will  those  providers  be?  In  many  cases,  they  will  be  us:  America's  urban 
critical  access  hospitals.  We  are  the  providers  of  choice  for  unusually  large  numbers  of 
Medicaid  recipients  today,  and  we  are  likely  to  remain  the  providers  of  choice  for  them 
tomorrow  as  well. 


■      Our  Recommendation 

In  the  past,  Congress  fias  made  it  clear  that  it  does  not  approve  of  Medicaid-only 
managed  care  plans.  We  have  regulations  against  their  use,  and  obtaining  a  waiver  from  those 
regulations  is  extremely  difficult.  While  HM.  3600  does  not  explicitly  call  for  the  creation  of 
Medicaid-only  plans,  we  believe  that  it  ultimately  may  have  that  effect.  We  believe  that  any 
new  method  of  providing  health  care  coverage  to  Medicaid  recipients  should 
ensure  that  Medicaid-only  health  plans  do  not  develop.    Only  through  such  a  policy 
can  tlie  prospect  of  such  plans  and  the  continued  inadequate  reimbursement  for  Medicaid 
services  be  prevented.    In  addition,  a  means  should  be  devised  to  assure  adequate 
reimbursement  to  hospitals  for  the  full  cost  of  treating  Medicaid  recipients. 

Summary  of  Recommendations 

•  Classify  urban  critical  access  hospitals  as  "essential  community  providers,"  a 
designation  created  in  the  bill. 

•  Alleviate  the  devastating  impact  of  the  proposed  Medicare  cuts  by  reducing 
those  cuts.  If  that  is  not  possible,  refocus  the  proposed  cuts  in  graduate 
medical  education,  indirect  medical  education.  Medicare  disproportionate 
share,  capital  payments,  and  the  update  factor  so  they  do  not  have  as 
devastating  and  disproportionate  an  impact  on  urban  critical  access 
hospitals. 

Develop  a  mechanism  to  reimburse  urban  critical  access  hospitals  for  the 
disproportionately  large  amount  of  uncompensated  care  they  would  continue 
to  provide  under  H.R.  3600.  This  mechanism  only  needs  to  bring  their 
uncompensated  care  obligations  in  line  with  those  of  other  hospitals;  it  does 
not  have  to  eliminate  those  obligations  entirely. 

•  Refrain  from  phasing  out  Medicaid  disproportionate  share  payments  to  these 
hospitals  until  everyone,  including  all  Medicaid  recipients  and  tlie 
uninsured,  has  complete  access  to  health  insurance.  Currently,  there  would 
be  a  gap  between  the  end  of  disproportionate  share  payments  and  the 
beginning  of  universal  insurance  coverage,  leaving  urban  critical  access 
hospitals  responsible  for  millions  extra  in  uncompensated  care. 

•  Create  a  means  of  assuring  tliat  the  requirement  that  Medicaid  recipients 
choose  from  among  health  plans  at  or  below  the  weighted  average  of  cost 
among  those  offered  by  their  health  alliances  does  not  result  in  the  de  facto 
creation  of  "Medicaid-only"  health  plans. 

•  Devise  a  method  of  adjusting  risk  for  providers  that  serve  Medicaid 
recipients.  Historically,  Medicaid  recipients  are  more  expensive  to  treat  than 
the  general  population,  so  a  mechanism  is  needed  to  protect  insurers  that 
pay  for  their  care  and  providers  that  deliver  that  care. 

•  Create  a  statutory  mechanism  that  directs  the  Administration  to  conduct  periodic 
assessments  of  the  impact  of  the  changes  outlined  above  on  urban  hospitals  and  the 
delivery  of  urban  health  care  and  to  report  those  results  to  Congress.  This 
mechanism  also  should  authorize  the  Administration  to  make  any  adjustments 
necessary  based  on  the  results  of  these  reviews.  The  purpose  of  such  review  is  to 


135 


ensure  that  tliese  changes  are  having  the  desired  result,  that  the  finances  of  urban 
critical  access  hospitals  are  not  jeopardized,  that  the  urban  elderly  and  poor  continue 
to  have  appropriate  access  to  medical  c^e,  and  that  those  hospitals  are  neither  over- 
compensated  nor  under-compensated  for  their  special  role  in  serving  the  urban 
elderly  and  poor. 


Conclusion 

As  I  noted  a  few  ininutes  ago,  our  organization  views  many  aspects  of  H.R.  3600  with 
great  enthusiasm.  By  appearing  before  this  committee  today,  we  hope  only  to  call  attention  to  a 
few  of  the  bill's  shortcomings,  not  to  suggest  that  it  be  discarded  entirely.  We  also  urge  you  to 
act  to  pass  health  care  reform  this  year;  this  issue  is  too  important  to  wait  another  year. 

As  it  is  written  today,  H.R.  3600  could  seriously  jeopardize  access  to  care  in  many 
American  cities.  It  would  penalize  hospitals  that  care  for  large  numbers  of  elderly  and  poor 
patients  by  detracting  from  their  ability  to  compete  for  the  opportunity  to  care  for  patients  who 
are  neither  old  nor  poor,  and  this,  in  turn,  could  jeopardize  access  to  care  for  the  urban  elderly 
and  poor.  It  would  leave  some  hospitals,  mostly  urban  critical  access  hospitals,  with  an 
enduring  uncompensated  care  problem  while  declaring  this  problem  to  be  cured,  and  this  could 
lead  to  new  health  problems  among  those  who  lack  the  meaiw  to  pay  their  share  of  their  health 
care  expenses.  And  it  would  threaten  to  create  a  two-tiered  health  care  system  in  which 
Medicaid  recipients  are  alone  in  the  second  tier. 

All  of  these  problems  are  very  real,  and  they  concern  us  greatly,  but  we  think  that  with 
proper  attention,  all  of  them  can  be  rectified.  By  designating  urban  critical  access  hospitals  as 
"essential  community  providers"  under  existing  provisions  of  H.R.  3600,  special  efforts  can 
be  launched  to  refocus  the  cost-savings  provisions  of  the  proposed  Medicare  spending 
reductions  so  that  they  do  not  have  a  devastating  impact  on  the  very  providers  most  involved  in 
caring  for  the  urban  elderly  and  poor.  In  so  doing,  we  can  ensure  that  health  care  reform 
reaches  the  inner-city  communities  of  America,  where  it  is  needed  most. 

We  look  forward  to  an  opportunity  to  work  with  this  committee,  others  in  Congress, 
and  the  Administration  to  address  these  problems  and  move  forward  with  reforms  that  truly 
benefit  all  Americans. 


136 

Chairman  STARK.  Mr.  McNamara. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  EDWARD  H.  MCNAMARA,  COUNTY 
EXECUTIVE,  WAYNE  COUNTY,  MICH. 

Mr.  McNamara.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  subcommittee, 
thank  you  for  allowing  me  the  opportunity  to  testify  before  you 
today.  In  Wayne  County,  Mich.,  we  have  for  the  past  7  years  been 
tackling  many  of  the  problems  of  urban  health  care  delivery  that 
have  now  moved  to  the  front  of  national  debate.  I  am  hopeful  that 
some  of  our  experiences  may  help  your  discussions. 

With  more  than  2  million  residents,  including  the  city  of  Detroit, 
Wayne  County  is  Michigan's  largest  county  and  America's  8th  larg- 
est county.  We  have  every  problem  of  size,  poverty  and  economic 
development  that  you  can  imagine,  but  we  have  also  been  success- 
ful in  addressing  many  of  these  challenges  in  a  productive  and 
cost-effective  manner. 

We  are  here  today  because  President  Clinton's  health  care  re- 
form legislation  calls  for  a  radical  overhaul  of  the  Nation's  health 
care  system.  We  have  already  done  that.  While  media  attention 
was  focused  on  other  programs  in  New  York  and  Hawaii,  we  think 
we  have  had  some  useful  experiences  in  health  care  reform  in 
Wayne  County.  We  believe  it  would  be  helpful  for  us  to  tell  you 
what  we  have  learned  along  the  way. 

As  Congress  moves  forward  with  consideration  of  health  care  re- 
form, our  experience  in  managed  health  care  can  serve  as  a  na- 
tional demonstration  of  delivering  health  care  to  the  medically  un- 
insured and  underserved.  If  our  experience  can  make  your  way 
easier,  we  are  at  your  service  to  provide  information.  In  other 
words,  we  have  already  groped  around  in  the  dark  on  this  matter, 
stubbed  our  toes,  banged  our  heads  and  now  that  we  found  the 
light  switch,  we  hope  we  can  help  you  avoid  some  stumbles  in  the 
path  to  health  care  reform. 

Wayne  County  supports  managed  care  as  an  effective  way  of  pro- 
viding health  care  to  poor  urban  residents  and  controlling  govern- 
ment costs.  When  I  took  office  in  1987,  Wavne  County  faced  a  defi- 
cit of  $135  million,  due  largely  to  uncontrolled  indigent  health  care 
costs.  Until  that  point,  our  poorest  residents  had  no  access  to  pre- 
ventive health  care.  A  woman  with  high  blood  pressure  couldn't  get 
medication  to  control  it.  She  had  no  guaranteed  access  to  treatment 
until  she  had  a  stroke  and  was  taken  to  an  emergency  room.  A 
man  with  diabetes  had  no  doctor  to  write  regular  prescriptions  for 
insulin.  He  needed  to  go  into  insulin  shock  and  head  for  the  emer- 
gency room.  As  you  well  know,  emergency  room  care  is  as  expen- 
sive as  it  gets.  Untreated  illnesses  were  killing  our  residents  and 
the  cost  of  the  treatment  was  killing  us. 

Wayne  County  has  no  deficit  today,  thanks  in  large  part  to 
CountyCare,  the  managed  care  program  for  indigents  we  instituted 
in  1988.  CountyCare  was  one  of  the  first  programs  in  the  Nation 
to  provide  a  comprehensive  range  of  inpatient,  outpatient,  and 
home  care  service  to  the  indigent  population.  Nearly  50,000  enroll- 
ees  are  members  of  our  managed  health  care  system  which  pro- 
vides an  HMO  type  approach  to  delivering  health  care  services. 

Under  CountyCare,  we  bid  our  service  contracts  to  private  sector 
health  care  providers  who  treat  enroUees  for  a  flat  rate  of  $80  per 


137 

month  per  person.  This  puts  the  incentive  on  providers  to  offer  con- 
venient, preventive  care.  It  is  far  more  profitable  to  pay  for  blood 
pressure  pills  than  heart  surgery.  As  a  result,  enrollees  are  treated 
with  respect,  dignity,  and  old  fashioned  customer  service. 

Each  CountyCare  enrollee  membership  card  gives  them  access  to 
geographically  convenient  clinics  and  a  24-hour  hotline.  Services  of- 
fered include  office  visits,  outpatient  treatment,  hospitalization, 
prescription  drugs,  vision,  and  hearing  services  and  dental  care. 

We  have  few  cases  of  enrollees  abusing  the  privilege  of  the  sys- 
tem. Instead,  people  seem  to  take  advantage  of  the  opportunity  to 
take  better  care  of  themselves.  We  have  reduced  the  average  length 
of  hospital  stays  by  1.1  days  and  our  annual  costs  have  increased 
by  an  average  of  only  1.5  percent.  That  compares  favorably  with 
the  annual  rate  of  increase  of  more  than  11  percent  for  Michigan's 
Medicaid  program. 

CountyCare  and  its  current  successor,  renamed  PlusCare,  have 
had  positive  effects  in  a  wide  range  of  areas.  The  program  has 
helped  the  financial  health  of  our  hospitals  in  Wayne  County, 
which  have  seen  a  decrease  of  more  than  $100  million  a  year  in 
unreimbursed  cost  due  largely  to  decreased  emergency  room  visits. 
County  health  care  providers  have  created  jobs.  Our  $135  million 
deficit  has  been  eliminated  and  indigent  health  care  costs  are  prob- 
ably less  of  a  concern  today  than  employee  health  care  costs. 

Our  success  with  CountyCare  has  inspired  us  to  attempt  a  log- 
ical expansion  of  the  managed  care  system  into  an  area  of  health 
care  for  the  working  poor.  Wayne  County's  health  choice  program 
will  commence  operation  this  month.  In  its  pilot  phase,  four  health 
care  providers  will  offer  services  for  up  to  8,000  low-wage  workers 
for  a  single  rate  of  $108  per  person  per  month. 

Before  I  give  brief  details  of  this  program,  let  me  explain  why  we 
are  doing  this.  There  are  more  than  1  million  uninsured  persons 
in  the  State  of  Michigan  and  150,000  of  them  are  in  Wayne  Coun- 
ty. That  is  a  disturbing  figure. 

More  disturbing  is  the  fact  that  two-thirds  of  Michigan's  unin- 
sured adults  have  jobs.  Almost  60  percent  have  high  school  or  col- 
lege degrees.  These  people  are  caught  in  a  trap.  They  earn  too 
much  to  be  eligible  for  traditional  public  sector  health  care  like 
Medicaid,  Medicare  and  PlusCare,  but  their  low-wage  jobs  make  in- 
surance impossible.  One  serious  illness  may  mean  unemployment 
and  a  whole  wave  of  new  public  costs  to  support  that  person. 

Wayne  County  targeted  this  population  with  the  health  choice 
program.  The  attractions  to  employees  are  obvious.  We  felt  employ- 
ers would  be  attracted  by  the  prospect  of  offering  the  sort  of  bene- 
fits that  would  significantly  reduce  turnover  and  training  costs.  A 
qualifying  employer  is  one  who  has  no  health  plan  for  its  employ- 
ees since  January  1993,  90  percent  or  more  of  its  employees  must 
be  located  at  a  workplace  in  Wayne  County.  The  company  must 
employ  at  least  five  people  and  not  less  than  50  percent  of  all  em- 
ployees must  have  an  hourly  wage  of  $10  or  less. 

Qualifying  workers  must  be  without  health  care  benefits  and  in- 
eligible for  Medicare  or  Medicaid,  ineligible  for  other  employer 
sponsored  health  care  coverage,  work  an  average  of  20  hours  a 
week  or  more,  and  enjoy  an  anticipated  work  future  of  more  than 
5  months. 


138 

The  premium  fee  structure  is  one-third  employer  paid,  one-third 
employee  paid,  one-third  health  choice  subsidy.  Covered  services 
include  office  visits,  outpatient  treatment,  hospitalization,  prescrip- 
tions, ambulance  services  and  home  care  services.  Supplemental 
services  can  be  purchased  by  enrollees  for  physical  therapy,  dura- 
ble medical  equipment,  vision,  contraceptives  and  unlimited  hos- 
pital stays. 

HealthChoice  is  employer  driven.  You  can't  sign  up  for  the  pro- 
gram unless  your  employer  does.  We  are  currently  marketing  the 
program  to  such  employers  as  fast  food  outlets,  family  owned  Dusi- 
nesses  and  service  industries. 

We  think  HealthChoice  is  a  positive  step  forward,  but  it  will  not 
solve  all  the  health  care  problems  of  Wayne  County's  uninsured 
population.  Financing,  health  status  and  access  issues  must  be  ad- 
dressed at  a  State  and  Federal  level.  At  Wayne  County,  we  actively 
support  ongoing  efforts  to  address  these  problems.  We  believe  our 
programs  can  serve  as  a  national  demonstration  available  for  dupli- 
cation in  other  areas  of  the  country.  We  have  learned  a  lot  about 
the  challenges  of  serving  this  population  and  we  look  forward  to 
sharing  our  lessons.  Our  Congress  continues  the  debate  on  health 
care  reform. 

Wayne  County  is  proud  to  be  in  the  forefront  of  change.  We  are 
concerned  about  access  to  care,  especially  to  urban  residents.  We 
endorse  universal  coverage  and  applaud  the  efforts  of  the  adminis- 
tration and  Congress  to  resolve  this  longstanding  problem. 

Congress  must  face  up  to  the  challenge.  Municipalities  have 
struggled  with  horrendous  financial  problems  created  by  unfunded 
Federal  mandates.  In  the  Federal  haste  to  eliminate  disproportion- 
ate share  hospital  payments  and  the  Medicaid  program  itself,  mu- 
nicipalities must  be  protected  against  increased  financial  burdens 
caused  by  uncompensated  care  or  underfunded  initiatives. 

We  urge  that  any  health  care  legislation  passed  by  Congress 
allow  local  jurisdictions  the  flexibility  and  creativity  to  tailor  our 
solutions  to  health  care  problems  to  local  needs.  Specifically  with 
respect  to  establishing  regional  health  care  alliances,  we  ask  Con- 
gress to  consider  an  option  that  allows  municipalities,  such  as 
counties,  which  meet  certain  size  and  demographic  requirements, 
or  with  significant  experience  in  managing  health  care,  to  be  quali- 
fied by  statute  for  a  designation  as  a  regional  health  care  alliance. 

Wayne  County,  with  a  population  larger  than  16  States,  must  be 
allowed  to  tailor  our  programs  to  the  needs  of  our  citizens,  employ- 
ers and  government.  We  should  not  have  to  depend  on  the  State 
of  Michigan  to  design  our  programs  for  us.  We  are  prepared  to 
meet  specific  Federal  standards.  We  need  the  flexibility  to  meet 
those  standards  with  a  system  that  will  work  in  an  urban  area  that 
bears  few  resemblances  to  the  rest  of  our  State. 

Wayne  County  supports  the  public  health  related  improvements 
in  the  President's  plan.  Given  Wayne  County's  large  indigent  popu- 
lation, the  essential  community  provider  provisions  of  the  legisla- 
tion are  also  of  pivotal  importance.  The  experience  and  success  we 
have  had  in  and  the  coalitions  we  have  built  with  CountyCare, 
PlusCare  and  HealthChoice,  position  Wayne  County  to  serve  as  a 
demonstration  to  the  Nation  of  how  to  design  and  operate  a  man- 
aged health  care  system  that  works. 


139 

We  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  share  our  experiences  with  you 
and  hope  we  can  be  of  continuing  services  as  this  critical  debate 
moves  forward. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you.  In  CountyCare  or  PlusCare,  you 
pay  a  flat  rate  of  $80  per  month  per  person.  Who  do  you  pay  that 
to? 

Mr.  McNamara.  You  pay  it  to  a  health  care  provider.  There  are 
four  health  care  providers  that  have  bid  competitively,  and  of  the 
50,000,  each  one  has  in  the  neighborhood  of  about  12,000  patients 
or 

Chairman  Stark.  They  provide  primary  care  as  well  as  special- 
ists? 

Mr.  McNAMAitA.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  They  provide  hospitals? 

Mr.  McNamara.  They  in  turn  contract  with  hospitals  to  provide 
that  service. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  there  is  no  cost  to  the  county? 

Mr.  McNamara.  The  county  puts  $15.5  million  in  the  program 
each  year. 

Chairman  Stark.  $15  million? 

Mr.  McNamara.  Yes,  but  we  know  that  it  is  costing  us  $15  mil- 
lion. Seven  years  ago,  it  was  costing  us  $22  million. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  about  $300  a  head  of  county  resources  in 
addition  to  about  $1,000  that  you  pay,  no  other  costs.  So  you  are 
averaging  $1,300. 

Mr.  McNamara.  It  is  roughly  $1,000  per  year  per  capitated  per- 
son in  the  program. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  the  $80  you  pay. 

Mr.  McNamara.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  What  about  the  $15  million? 

Mr.  McNamara.  Mr.  Chairman,  the  $15  million  is  a  part  of  the 
total  cost  of  the  program.  We  put  $15  milHon  in.  The  Federal  Gov- 
ernment puts — matches  a  portion  of  that.  The  State  puts  $7.5  mil- 
lion in  for  a  total  of  about  $51  million. 

Chairman  Stark.  $51  million? 

Mr.  McNamara.  Of  that— that  is  correct.  We  serve  almost  50,000 
people. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  that  is  where  you  get  your  $1,000? 

Mr.  McNamara.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  what  I  couldn't  quite  add  up. 

How  are  you  doing  in  your  new  plan,  HealthChoice?  As  I  read 
it,  if  the  employer  decides  he  doesn't  want  to  spend  any  money,  you 
can't  get  in.  In  other  words,  the  employer  has  to  participate. 

Mr.  McNamara.  That  is  correct.  It  is  employer  driven.  We  have 
several  very  interested  employers,  such  as  Little  Caesar's,  and  I 
think  what  they  see  is  a  program  that  permits  them  to  keep  em- 
ployees that  might  otherwise  leave  the  employ  and  go  on  to  a 

Chairman  Stark.  How  long  have  you  had  the  enrollment  open  in 
this? 

Mr.  McNamara.  It  has  been  open  about  30  days  and  we  have 
about  seven  prospects.  Again,  the  people  that  are  going  to  sell  this 
program  are  the  health  care  providers  that  we  have  designated  to 
go  out  and  search  out 


140 

Chairman  Stark.  I  will  tell  you  what  is  happening  in  California. 
I  can't  compare  the  plans,  but  the  State  has  got  some  kind  of  a  new 
HIPC  for  the  same  population.  If  there  are  35,000  enrollees  now 
and  only  3,500  of  them  are  previously  uninsured,  the  rest  of  them 
are  all  just  employers  who  switched  to  this  plan  because  it  is 
cheaper,  and  I  at  that  rate,  we  figure  it  will  take  about  83  years 
for  California  to  cover  its  uninsured,  but  I  hope  you  have  better 
luck  than  we  are  having  in  California. 

I  am — a  bit  of  nostalgia  here.  Jim,  as  you  know,  I  was  born  in 
what  is  now  Mount  Sinai  and  had  my  tonsils  out  in  Mr.  Vice's  hos- 
pital, and  was  a  member — auxiliary  member  I  suspect — of  the  Ca- 
melia  or  Azalea  branch,  whatever  those  things  were  in  Children's 
Hospital  1,000  years  ago,  although  I  am  not  sure  I  did  my  fair 
share,  and  I  welcome  these  hospitals  here. 

I  would  ask  Dr.  Staggers  and  Mr.  Vice  that,  you  are  worried 
about  this  essential  community  designation,  but  that  is  only  critical 
if  we  have  managed  competition  approaches,  isn't  it?  You  get  paid 
under  Medicare  and  Medicaid  now.  You  don't  need  any  special  des- 
ignation, right? 

Mr.  Vice.  I  guess  my  comments  are  we  get  paid  under  Medicaid 
now. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  not  talking  about  the  amount.  I  am  just 
saying  if  you  don't  get  into  managed  competition,  you  aren't  going 
to  get  paid  any  more  by  Aetna  than  you  do  by  Medicaid.  Don't  hold 
your  breath. 

Dr.  Staggers,  same  thing  is  true  for  you.  If  we  go  on  with  the 
insurance  and  the  reimbursement  systems  as  they  are,  you  don't 
have  to  be  designated  anything. 

Ms.  Staggers.  Well,  I  am  not  sure  that  is — our  experience  has 
been  that  there  is  still  this  whole  issue  of  nonpediatric  hospitals, 
the  adult  facilities  being  able  to  take  as  good  care  of  children  as 
children's  hospitals  can.  Same  with  private  insurance  companies, 
the  issue  has  come  up,  so  I  am  not  sure  it  has  to  do 

Chairman  Stark.  Private.  It  doesn't  come  up  with  Medi-Cal  or 
Medicare. 

Ms.  Staggers.  With  the  whole  managed  care  movement 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  what  I  am  saying.  If  you  get  managed 
care  out  of  here,  you  don't  have  any  problem.  Blue  Cross  pays  you, 
right? 

Ms.  STAGGEits.  Theoretically,  you  are  right. 

Chairman  Stark.  Medicare  pays  you,  Medi-Cal  pays  you. 

Ms.  Staggeils.  That  is  true. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  not  going  to  argue  about  the  rates  with 
Mr.  Vice  either.  Kaiser  doesn't  pay  you,  or  very  seldom,  right? 

Ms.  Staggers.  Right. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  I  don't  know  who  you  get  as  a  big  HMO 
in  Milwaukee,  but  they  aren't  coming  to  you  very  often,  I  would 
imagine,  either,  are  they? 

Mr.  Vice.  We  see  more  and  more  of  them  in  negotiating.  Get  us 
all  back  to  managed  care.  If  managed  care  is  not  there,  it  won't  be 
as  bad. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  what  I  wanted  to  hear.  Let's  have  that 
answer  again  for  the  record.  If  managed  care  isn't  there,  it  what? 

Mr.  Vice.  Won't  be  as  bad. 


141 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right.  That  is  what  I  thought  you  wanted 
to  say. 

I  don't  know.  Mr.  Goldsmith,  you  anticipate  some  losses.  Do  you 
think  that  those  will  mostly  come  from  that  reduction  in  the  dis- 
proportionate share  adjustment? 

Mr.  Goldsmith.  Well,  we  are  looking  at  all  the  reductions,  the 
Med  Ed  reductions,  the  dis-share  reductions  really  across  the 
board,  and  they  are  obviously  very  substantial  and  hit  our  mem- 
bers very,  very  hard. 

Chairman  Stark.  Jim,  you  give  us  a  pretty  graphic  picture  of  the 
neighborhood  around  the  area  in  which  Mount  Sinai  exists,  and  it 
still  has  an  emergency  room,  right? 

Mr.  Moody.  It  does. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  only  other  place  is  County  Hospital  way 
out  for  the  next  emergency  room  going  west? 

Mr.  Moody.  Well,  there  are — Columbia  and  St.  Mary's  have 
emergency  facilities,  too,  on  the  east  side.  There  is  a  very  well- 
known  burn  center  in  St.  Mary's,  for  example. 

Chairman  Stark.  St.  Mary's  on  North  Avenue,  right  by  the  wa- 
terfront? 

Mr.  Moody.  Right,  exactly. 

Chairman  Stark.  Then  you  go  to  the  south  side. 

Mr.  Moody.  On  the  south  side,  there  are  several. 

Mr.  ViCK.  I  have  got  to  add,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  work  with  Sinai 
and  actually  run  an  urgent  care  clinic  in  the  evenings  and  week- 
ends adjacent  to  their  ER  so  we  can  help  them  with  the  children 
there. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  don't  know  what  kind  of  managed  care 
groups  you  have  showing  up  in  Milwaukee.  I  am  more  familar  with 
Dr.  Staggers.  It  isn't  so  bad.  I  just  don't  know  how  many  of  them 
actually  refer  to  Children's.  I  doubt  if  Kaiser  does.  In  our  county, 
half  the  people  belong  to  Kaiser,  half. 

Ms.  Staggp:rs.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  you  are  dealing  with  the  other  half  of  the 
people,  and  I  don't  suppose  anybody  else  has  the  hospital  resources. 

Ms.  Staggkrs.  No,  but 

Chairman  Stark.  They  own.  So  you  get  your  crack  at  the  other 
half  of  the  kids. 

Ms.  Staggers.  Right,  but  there  is  some  Kaiser  crossover.  As  I 
said,  since  I  am  in  adolescent  medicine,  if  you  don't  want  to  be  seen 
because  your  parents  are  at  Kaiser,  your  family  is  at  Kaiser,  you 
would  come  into  Medi-Cal  and  see  us. 

Chairman  Stai^k.  Is  that  the  Medi-Cal  rule?  You  have  just  got 
to  be  under  18? 

Ms.  Staggers.  It  is  12  to  18  for  confidential  services. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  good.  Jim,  I  wish  you  were  still  here 
to  help  us  get  this  problem  worked  out. 

Mr.  Moody.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  are  going  to  have  a  tough  time.  I  think 
that  the  hospitals  that  you  all  represent  are  ones  that  we  will — in- 
sofar as  this  subcommittee  is  concerned — do  our  best  to  see  that 
you  continue  to  get  funded.  I  think  you  will  have  better  luck  with 
us  than  you  will  with  Prudential,  but  vou  can  take  vour  choice,  and 
like  my  friends  in  the  previous  panel  who  decided  to  endorse  the 


142 

President's  plan,  I  wish  them  a  lot  of  luck,  but  I  think  if  they  will 
think  it  over,  they  have  had  better  luck  with  this  committee  then 
they  are  ever  going  to  get  out  of  the  Jackson  Hole  group.  Of  course, 
it  is  a  free  country  and  you  can  take  your  choice. 

Mr.  McNamara  has  decided  to  do  it  on  his  own  and  not  wait.  I 
presume  that  you  wouldn't  like  a  mandatory  alliance  forced  on  the 
State  of  Michigan  because  then  you  would  have  to  comply  with 
that  and  you  would  just  as  soon  have  the  flexibility  to  work  out 
programs  that  work  best  for  Wayne  County,  is  that  your 

Mr.  McNamara.  Well,  obviously  we  believe  that  health  care 
should  be  there  for  everyone,  whether  they  like  it  or  not,  but  cer- 
tainly we  would  like  to  work  them  out.  We  think  that  if  the  user 
does  have  some  input  in  the  form  of  contribution,  it  is  going  to  be 
a  more  effective  plan  and  it  is  probably  going  to  be  a  little  more 
cost  contained  than  some  of  the  Blue  Cross  plans  that  are  out  there 
floating  around  today. 

Chairman  Stark.  Do  you  still  have  to  operate  a  county  hospital, 
a  municipal  hospital? 

Mr.  McNamara.  We  sold  it  7  years  ago.  We  have  the  medical 
center  that  is  made  up  of  numerous  hospitals  that  are  part  of  this 
prograni  and  benefit  from  it. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  want  to  thank  you  all  for  your  assistance.  I 
hope  that  whatever  we  do  the  next  month  or  so,  I  am  quite  sure 
it  will  take  care  of  the  concerns  that  you  represent.  Whether  we 
can  hang  on  to  that  as  we  wind  through  the  procession  of  the  other 
committees  and  the  other  body  is  another  question.  But  we  will  try 
and  we  appreciate  your  assistance  here  today. 

Thank  you  very  much.  The  committee  is  adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  5:30  p.m.,  the  hearing  was  adjourned.] 

[Submissions  for  the  record  follow.] 


143 


ADA  SHEN-JAFFE 


EVERGREEN  LEGAL  SERVICES 

YAKIMA-KITTITAS  OFFICE 

510  LARSON  BUILDING 

e  SOUTH  SECOND  STREET 

YAKIMA.  WASHINGTON  98901 

February  25,  1994 


Chairman  Pete  Stark 

Subcommittee  on  Health 

House  Ways  and  Means  Committee 

1114  Longworth  House  Office  Building 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

Attention:   Janice  Mays  and  Tricia  Neuman 

RE:   Health  Care  Reform  and  American  Indian/ 
Alaska  Native  Populations:  The 
Federal  Obligation  to  Preserve 
and  Enhance  Indian  Health  Programs 

Dear  Chairman  Stark: 

We  have  participated  in  numerous  National  Indian  Health  Care 
Reform  meetings  and  discussions  in  the  past  12  months.  We  have 
also  reviewed  the  National  Congress  of  American  Indian  (NCAI) 
December  3,  1993,  resolutions  regarding  health  care  reform,  and 
January  31,  1994,  testimony  of  NCAI  and  the  National  Indian  Health 
Board  before  the  Senate  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs.  While  we  are 
writing  specifically  in  behalf  of  our  low-income  American  Indian 
clients,  we  are  confident  that  our  views  are  largely  shared  by 
national  Indian  leaders. 

We  ask  that  the  following  comments  be  added  to  the  record  of 
your  January  31,  1994,  hearing  on  Health  Care  Reform  and  Urban  and 
Rural  Populations.  This  letter  discusses  the  unique  and  overriding 
obligation  of  the  federal  government  has  to  promote  and  enhance  the 
Indian  health  care  delivery  systems  and  several  important  Indian 
issues  which  we  believe  would  arise  under  your  proposal  (as  we 
understand  it)  to  join  Medicaid  with  Medicare  into  a  new  federal 
program. 

The    Federal     Government     Is    Obligated    To    Enhance     Indian     Health 
Programs 

The  Administration's  Health  Security  Act,  H.R.  3600,  expressly 
acknowledges  the  unique  status  of  Indian  health  programs,  but 
further  reduces  funding  to  already  underfunded  Indian  health 
programs  and  otherwise  weakens  the  Indian  health  care  delivery 
system.  Other  health  care  reform  bills  have  no  language  describing 
Indian  health  programs'  interrelationship  with  new  health  care 
delivery  systems.  We  are  greatly  concerned  that  no  federal 
proposal  for  health  care  reform  has  adequately  recognized  the 
federal  government's  moral  and  legal  obligations  to  provide  health 
care  for  Indians  and  Alaska  Natives. 


144 


The  federal  government's  unique  obligation  to  provide  health 
services  to  American  Indians  and  Alaska  Natives  should  not  be 
jeopardized  by  including  the  Indian  health  care  in  either  one 
national  health  care  reform  plan  or  in  a  separate  plan  for  rural 
and  urban  populations,  without  consideration  of  the  legal,  moral, 
and  cultural  reasons  for  maintaining  a  separate,  strong  Indian 
health  care  system.  Nor  should  health  care  reform  be  used  to 
further  cut  back  resources  to  Indian  health  programs  which  are 
already  greatly  underfunded. 

Congress  and  the  federal  courts  have  protected  the  sovereignty 
of  Indian  tribes  for  170  years.  Congressional  statutes  and 
appropriations  have  been  used  to  provide  health  care  for  Indian 
people  even  longer.  The  promise  of  health  care  was  a  major  element 
of  the  treaty  negotiations  of  the  last  century,  in  which  Indian 
tribes  ceded  vast  tracts  of  land  to  the  federal  government  and  non- 
Indian  settlers.  Senator  Inouye  calls  health  services  to  Indian 
people   "the  nation's  first  prepaid  health  plan." 

The  Indian  Health  Care  Improvement  Act  of  1976  was  Congress' 
first  attempt  to  codify  the  broad  scope  of  the  federal  obligation 
to  provide  health  care  to  Indian  people.  It  does  not  repeal  or 
replace  the  earlier  treaties  or  congressional  declarations.  The 
1976  statute  does  provide  a  useful  definition  of  the  federal 
government's  obligation  to  provide  Indian  health  care,  which  should 
not  be  overlooked  during  the  current  health  care  reform  debate: 

(a)  Federal  health  services  to  maintain  and 
improve  the  health  of  the  Indians  are 
consonant  with  and  required  by  the  Federal 
government's  historical  and  legal  relationship 
with,  and  resulting  responsibility  to,  the 
American  Indian  people. 

(b)  A  major  national  goal  of  the  United  States 
is  to  provide  the  quantity  and  quality  of 
health  services  which  will  permit  the  health 
status  of  Indians  to  be  raised  to  the  highest 
possible  level   and  to  encourage  the  maximum 

participation  of  Indians  in  the  planning  and 
management  of  those  services. 

25  U.S.C.  §1601 

The  federal  government  has  committed  itself  to  providing  localized, 
culturally  appropriate  health  services  to  Indian  people  and  to 
assuring  that  the  services  are  increasingly  provided  by    Indian 


145 


professionals  and,  at  the  tribe's  option,  through  Indian-controlled 
programs.  While  inadequate  funding  has  been  a  chronic  problem,  not 
until  the  current  health  care  reform  debate  has  the  federal 
government  ever  wavered  in  its  support  for  independent  Indian 
health  programs. 

The  importance  of  culturally-appropriate  health  services  for 
Indian  people,  especially  for  the  many  of  our  clients  who  are 
elderly,  cannot  be  overemphasized.  They  need  health  services  which 
are  based  in  their  community  and  where  Indian  culture  is  understood 
and  respected.  Many  tribal  elders  need  interpreters  for  languages 
that  are  unwritten.  Fluent  English  is  spoken  by  relatively  few. 
It  is  not  fair  to  them  to  be  forced  to  turn  to  health  care 
providers  who  do  not  possess  the  deep  and  broad  sensitivity  of 
existing  Indian  health  programs. 

Indian  Health  Programs  Need  Better  Access  To  Federal  Medicaid  and 
Medicare  Funds 

Indian  medical  services  through  IHS  are  limited  by  very 
inadequate  budgets.  To  stretch  its  limited  budget,  IHS  has 
declared  itself  to  be  a  "payor  of  last  resort."  This  unpopular 
policy  requires  Indian  health  programs  to  look  first  at  Medicaid, 
Medicare,  and  private  insurance  reimbursements  before  spending  IHS 
funds  for  medical  services. 

Because  of  the  "payor  of  last  resort"  rule,  Indian  programs 
are  very  affected  by  Medicare  and  Medicaid  reimbursement  rates  and 
by  the  relationship  of  the  federal  government  to  state  Medicaid 
programs.  Your  Subcommittee's  Medicaid  and  Medicare  proposals 
could  provide  badly  needed  increased  revenue  to  Indian  health 
programs . 

As  we  understand  your  proposal,  Medicaid,  except  for  long-term 
care,  would  become  a  fully-federal  program  and  would  be  folded  into 
a  new  program  possibly  called  Medicare  Part  C.  We  can  see  two 
potential  improvements  for  Indian  health  programs: 

(1)   Reduction  of  State  Involvement  in  Medicaid 

If  Indian  health  program  must  depend  on  Medicaid  revenues  then 
the  Medicaid  monies  should  be  more  accessible.  Presently  Indian 
patients  must  apply  separately  to  the  state  Medicaid  program  and  to 
IHS  for  coverage  of  medical  expenses  incurred  outside  of  Indian 
health  facilities.  Development  of  a  single  IHS  Medicaid 
application/screening  instrument  has  long  been  needed  for  use  by 
Indian  programs,  but  remains  unfeasible  if  50  different  state 


146 


Medicaid  eligibility  standards  are  involved,  as  present.  A  single 
federal  Medicaid/Medicare  program  would  be  in  a  much  better 
position  to  coordinate  health  coverage  with  Indian  health  programs 
than  are  the  50  states. 

A  second  major  problem  that  arise  with  state  Medicaid  is  the 
requirement  of  a  state  percentage  Medicaid  contribution.  Because 
the  states  do  contribute  to  Medicaid  costs,  tribal  programs  must 
have  state  consent  to  access  Medicaid  monies.  The  federal  Medicaid 
statutes  allow  100%  Medicaid  reimbursement  for  medical  services 
performed  at  an  Indian  Health  Service  facility ,  but  the  same  full 
reimbursement  rates  do  not  apply  to  tribally-funded  health 
facilities.  42  U.S.C.  §1396d(b) .  Thus  most  tribes  may  only  access 
Medicaid  under  state  guidelines. 

While  some  tribes  have  the  technical  resources  and/or  a 
political  relationship  with  their  state  which  allow  them  to  work 
out  acceptable  agreements  regarding  access  to  Medicaid  monies,  most 
tribes  do  not.  Again,  we  believe  a  chance  to  deal  directly  with  a 
single,  federal  program  on  reimbursements  or  direct  funding  for 
Medicaid-type  services  would  be  a  great  improvement  for  most  Indian 
health  programs.  The  higher  federal  rate  of  reimbursement  would 
also  benefit  Indian  programs  (state  reimbursement  under  Medicaid  is 
usually  lower) . 

(2)   Greater  Access  to  Medicare  Funding 

We  hope  that  health  care  reform  will  also  give  Indian  health 
programs  better  access  to  Medicare  resources.  The  present  system 
of  Home  Health  Care  Agencies,  for  example,  is  too  highly  regulated 
and  expensive  for  Indian  tribes  (even  the  largest,  the  Navajo 
Nation)  to  administer.  Further,  Indian  programs  without  IHS 
hospitals  or  facilities  are  not  eligible  for  Medicare 
reimbursements  at  all.  We  hope,  in  developing  a  proposal  for  a 
Medicare/Medicaid  combined  program,  that  the  final  program  funding 
would  be  much  more  reasonably  accessible  to  Indian  health  programs. 

Health  Care  Reform  or  Wrap-around  Coverage  Should  Not  Be  Paid  for 
from  Existing  or  Future  Indian  Health  Service  Budgets 

Indian  Health  Programs  need  assurance  that  federal  funding  for 
any  standard  benefit  package  or  wrap-around  benefit  package  will 
not  diminish  the  Indian  Health  Service  Supplementary  Benefit 
appropriations.  One  of  the  distinguishing  features  of  Indian 
health  programs  is  its  own  type  of  wrap-around  services  which  have 
developed  in  response  to  the  unique  legal  status  and  unusual  health 
problems  of  Indian  people.  For  example,  IHS  has  a  highly  developed 


147 


public  health  delivery  system  with  a  heavy  emphasis  on  preventative 
health  care,  and  a  safe  water  and  sewage  program  that  funds  well 
digging  and  installation  of  septic  tanks  in  rural  areas. 

Tribal  leaders  are  greatly  concerned  that  existing  and  future 
funding  for  IHS  supplementary  services  will  be  diverted  to  cover  an 
expansive  standard  medical  benefit  package  under  health  care 
reform.  Funding  for  health  care  reform  should  increase  services  to 
Indian  health  consumers  so  that  existing  IHS  funding  can  be  used  to 
finally  meet  its  obligation  to  provide  the  IHS  supplementary 
services  package.  One  example  of  current  underfunding:  the  IHS 
sanitation  program  is  presently  underfunded  by  $1.64  billion,  IHS 
has  budgeted  only  $600  million  over  the  course  of  a  10  year  plan  to 
meet  this  critical  need,  and  the  Administration  has  requested  no 
sanitation  funding  in  its  FY  95  IHS  budget.  If  additional  federal 
money  is  available  to  pay  for  present  IHS  medical  services  under 
health  care  reform,  then  IHS  should  be  better  able  to  more 
adequately  fund  its  existing  supplemental  benefit  programs. 

We  hope  that  you  include  Indian  leaders  and  Indian 
organizations  in  your  discussions  of  health  care  reform.  Please 
call  us  if  we  can  provide  more  information,  or  contact  Gordon 
Belcourt,  Executive  Director  of  the  National  Indian  Health  Board 
(303-759-3075),  or  Rachel  Joseph  of  the  National  Congress  of 
American  Indians  (202-546-9404) .  All  Indian  leaders  are  greatly 
concerned  that  American  Indian  and  Alaska  Native  health  care  needs 
are  not  being  given  adequate  consideration  in  the  national  debate 
over  health  care  reform.  We  would  be  happy  to  work  with  your 
Subcommittee  to  help  ensure  that  its  proposals  enhance  present 
Indian  health  care  delivery  systems. 


Helen  Spencer "^ 
Evergreen  Legal  Services 
Native  American  Program  with 

Thomas  N.  Termaine 
Spokane  Legal  Services, 


Steven  C.  Moore 
Native  American  Rights  Fund 
SuDDort  Center 


National  Congress  of  American  Indians 
National  Indian  Health  Board 


148 

STATEMENT  OF  GEISINGER  FOUNDATION 


The  Gelsinger,  Health  Care  System  ("Gelsinger")  wishes  to  provide  this  written 
statement  on  the  health  reform  issues  relating  to  rural  communities. 

Geisinger,  as  a  rural  health  care  system,  serves  approximately  2,300,000 
residents  in  a  31-county  region  of  central  and  northeastern  Pennsylvania. 
Geisinger  Medical  Center  is  one  of  four  rural  referral  tertiary-care  centers 
of  500  or  more  beds  in  the  United  States.  With  its  full-time,  salaried, 
mul tispecial ty  group  practice,  it  was  the  basis  for  the  present  Geisinger 
health  care  system.   (Geisinger's  organization  and  service  area  are  described 
further  in  Appendix  A). 


149 


GeisingeKs  Principles  for  Health  Care  Reform  -1993 

In  the  spring  of  1992,  as  the  current  national  health  care  debate  was  being  joined, 
Geisinger  adopted  a  statement  of  reform  principles  (see  Appendix  B). 

In  brief,  these  principles  encapsulate  the  thoughts  of  Geisinger's  management 
concerning  the  accessibility,  affordability,  and  accountability  of  health  care,  and  the 
place  of  medical  education,  research,  and  public  health  in  the  refomi  debate  from  a 
rural  health  care  system  perspective. 

During  this  year,  Geisinger  has  been  cited  three  times  as  a  potential  model  for 
reformers  to  follow.  (See  Appendices  C,  D  and  E).  That  national  attention  has  made  us 
aware  of  two  critical  facets  of  the  health  care  reform  debate. 

•  First,  a  considerable  amount  of  reform  is  occurring,  without  government 
intervention.  And  Geisinger  is  among  the  leaders  in  that  reform  movement. 

•  Secott(/,  there  are  specific  areas  in  which  federal  action  can  empower  and 
amplify  those  private  efforts. 

ACCESSIBILITY 

The  Geisinger  experience  shows  how  a  private  institution  can  effectively  improve 
the  accessibility  of  health  care  in  a  large  rural  region.  Over  the  past  12  years,  Geisinger 
has  established  26  rural  medical  practices  and  expanded  a  number  of  additional 
existing  practices.  That  has  resulted  in  the  addition  of  many  physicians  to  our  service 
area  —  the  majority  of  them  specializing  in  primary  care.  Geisinger  physicians  now 
reprint  9.4  percent  of  primary  care  physicians  in  the  31-county  area  we  serve. 

Because  of  Geisinger's  charitable  charter,  Geisinger  physicians  provide  service 
without  regard  to  ability  to  pay,  which  improves  accessibility  to  medical  care  for  all  the 
residents  of  the  area  we  serve.  The  declining  economic  state  of  rural  providers, 
exacerbated  by  health  reform  initiatives,  has  led  to  many  collaborative  discussions  on 
how  best  to  restructure  the  combined  resources  of  providers  to  meet  the  health  care 
needs  of  the  population.  Those  discussions  focus  on  such  issues  as :  Tlie  continuing 
need  for  certain  rural  providers  entirely  or  as  as  "full-service"  hospitals;  the  ability  of 
private,  primary-care  practitioners  to  continue  in  solo  practice;  and  the  conversion  or 
establishment  of  urgent-care  centers  and  other  alternative-delivery  fedlities,  including 
the  restructuring  of  home  health  services.  Home  health  services  represent  a  delivery 
alternative  that  is  growing  in  importance  in  our  rural  setting. 


150 


But  Geisinger  currently  has  66  vacancies  for  primary<are  physicians. 
Recruitment  in  priniary  care  has  become  increasingly  difficult  in  recent  years. 
Recognizing  that  we  will  be  unable  to  recruit,  nor  possibly  afford,  all  the  primary-care 
physicians  we  need,  Geisinger  is  emphasizing  the  necessity  of  expanding  alternative- 
care  providers  in  support  of  our  clinical  programs  and  is  actively  considering  the 
development  of  training  programs  for  such  professionals. 

Additionally,  we  will  no  longer  be  able  to  afford  or  recruit  the  high  level  of 
^Tedalization  that  has  been  traditional  throu^ut  our  workforce.  We  are  studying 
ways  to  shift  to  a  broader-based  workforce  and  to  alter  the  work  we  do  in  order  to 
downsize  and  reduce  our  overall  operating  costs. 

In  order  to  continue,  and  pertiaps  to  enhance,  access  to  our  services,  Geisinger 
has  established  a  technololgy  strategy  to  link  together  our  provider  network  for 
accessing  and  sharing  medical  informatioa  Although  an  appropriate  goal,  it  will  be 
very  difficult  to  accomplish  in  an  environment  of  declining  reimbursement  and 
increased  cost-containmenL 

RECOMMENDED  FEDERAL  ACTIONS: 

Improve  the  quality  of  care  and  the  quality  of  rural  practice  as  a  career 
choice  by: 

•  Using  incentives  to  increase  the  number  of  physicians  entering  the 
primary  care  specialties. 

•  Using  incentives  to  increase  the  number  of  primary  care  physicians  who 
choose  rural  practice. 

•  Providing  assistance  to  private  institutions  to  devdop  rural  practices. 

•  Supporting  puUic  transportation  in  ruml  areas,  with  a  focus  on 
mcreasing  access  to  medical  practices. 

•  Supporting  research  and  development  of  communication  and 
information  technology  to  link  ruml  generalists  with  specialty  centers. 

•  Provide  demonstration-project  funding  for  hospital  facility  conversions  to 
altemative<are  facilities  associated  with  health  care  networks. 

•  Use  incentives  to  enhcnce  the  altemative<are  professions  and  increase 
the  number  ofswJi  practitmers,  especially  those  wSling  to  locate  in 
rurdareas. 


151 


AFFORDABILITY 

Geisinger  is  demonstrating  the  effectiveness  of  an  integrated  health  system  in 
improving  the  affordability  of  health  care.  Geisinger's  health  maintenance 
organization,  Geisinger  Health  Plan,  has  the  lowest  premiums  of  any  HMO  in 
Pennsylvania.  It  has  the  lowest  premium  of  any  HMO  option  being  offered  to  federal 
employees  in  1993.  Yet  the  Geisinger  Health  Plan  is  able  to  provide  high-quality  care 
within  a  fixed  budget  and  still  contribute  to  the  support  of  Geisinger's  charitable, 
educational  and  research  activities.  Geisinger  Health  Plan  now  covers  approximately 
160,000  people  and  provides  one-third  of  the  total  support  of  the  Geisinger  system. 

In  response  to  Geisinger  Health  Plan's  success,  we  are  seeing  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  area's  health  care  economy.  Competition  among  providers  (the  typical  medical 
arms  race)  is  being  replaced  by  competition  among  systems  (in  which  the  most  efficient 
win).  Meanwhile,  competing  health  plans  are  moderating  their  premium  increases  and 
improving  their  managed  care  operations. 

Employers  in  the  area  we  serve  are  actively  fostering  competition  by  favoring  the 
low-priced  options  in  their  employee  health-benefit  plans.  They  are  already  creating 
"manage/ competition"  on  their  owa 

Thus,  directiy  and  indirectiy,  Geisinger  is  having  a  positive  impact  on  the 
affordability  of  care. 

RECOMMENDED  FEDERAL  ACTIONS: 

•  Encourage  the  states  to  develop  managed  competition  at  the  state  and 
load  leveL  allow  waiver  of  the  "ERISA  preemption "  of  state  laws 
pertaining  to  emplajee  health  benefits. 

•  Protect  the  access  of  non-profit  institutions  to  low-cost  capital  by 
clarifying  the  criteria  for  charitable  tax  exemption  (Section  501(c)(3)),  to 
include  health  plans  and  other  non-profit  components  of  integrated 
systems  engaged  in  the  support  and  advancement  (/federal  health  policy. 

•  Encourage  efficient  integrated  systems  to  enroll  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
benelidarks.  That  would  include  hirther  improvement  of  the  risk  contmct 
payment  methodology  (the  AAPCC),  and  legislation  to  permit  HMOs  to 
Hmction  as  medicare  supplemental  plans. 

•  Reduce  the  administrative  costs  associated  with  health  care  through  an 
expanded  use  of  communications  technology  such  as  Electronic  Data 
Interchange  (EDI). 


152 


ACCOUNTABILITY 

Geisinger  has  come  to  ^ncM  accountability  as  more  than  periodic  acaeditation, 
even  as  acaeditation  and  licensing  requirements  continue  to  be  among  our  most 
important  public  accountabilities. 

In  the  past  year,  one  of  our  hospitals  placed  in  the  top  ten  percent  of  national 
reviews  by  the  Joint  Commission  on  the  Acaeditation  of  Healthcare  Organizations 
(JCAHO).  Geisinger  Health  Plan  voluntarily  went  beyond  the  requirements  of 
Pennsylvania  law  for  external  quality  review,  and  applied  for  full  accreditation  by  the 
National  Committee  on  Quality  Assurance  (the  HMO  industry's  accreditation  body). 

Beyond  aareditation,  we  are  working  with  a  major  corporate  client  to  design  a 
scorecard  of  quantitative  and  qualitative  measures  demonstrating  quality  and  quality 
improvement  to  that  employer. 

Geisinger  conducts  formal,  statistically  significant  patient  surveys.  We  monitor 
the  technical  quality  of  care  in  a  variety  of  ways;  to  do  so,  in  &ct,  we  conducted  more 
than  400  studies  last  year.  We  track  patient  complaints  and  concerns,  and  we  report 
tiiem  for  management  response.  Results  are  considered  major  management 
accountabilities,  and  Geisinger's  group  practice  structure  makes  our  physicians 
continuously  accountable  to  their  peers  in  the  group. 

In  general,  however,  the  threat  of  litigation  impedes  public  accountability  for 
quality  improvement  in  the  health  care  industry,  in  the  event  that  peer  review  data  are 
made  public 

RECOMMENDED  FEDERAL  ACTION: 

•  Increase  the  willingness  (/health  care  institutions  to  publish  comparative 

information  about  quality:  enact  a  more  equitable  approach  to  identifying 

medical  malpractice  and  compensating  patients. 


153 


EDUCATION 

Geisinger's  support  ior  education  dates  from  our  earliest  days.  Since  our 
founding,  we  have  trained  more  than  2,400  interns,  residents  and  fellows,  graduated 
more  than  3,200  registered  nurses,  and  developed  training  programs  in  nine  allied 
health  professions.  Total  registration  for  the  1993  - 1994  school  year  was  181  resident 
physicians,  16  graduate  fellows,  190  nursing  students,  and  72  students  in  allied 
technologies.  Many  of  those  students  will  remain  in  rural  service  when  they  complete 
their  training. 

Geisinger  operates  nine  schools  of  allied  health  education: 

•  Cardiovascular  Technology 

•  Dietetic  Internship 

•  Histotechnology 

•  Medical  Technology 

•  Nurse  Anesthesia 

•  Nursing  (diploma  program) 

•  Radiation  Therapy  Technology 

•  Radiographic  Technology 

•  Pastoral  Care 

increased  competition,  however,  will  reduce  the  ability  of  medical  institutions  to 
subsidize  the  cost  of  education  from  patient  revenues. 

RECOMMEM>ED  FEDERAL  ACTION: 

•  Provick  direct  support  for  educational  programs,  especially  those  that 
advance  federal  poliq/,  such  as  primary  care  and  rural  practice. 

RESEARCH 

Geisinger  operates  an  $9  million  basic  science  research  program.  Of  that,  nearly 
$4  million  is  supported  by  grant  funding  and  endowment  Geisinger  supports  11  full- 
time  scientists  and  408  separate  research  projects. 


154 


In  addition,  Geisinger  has  also  begun  research  in  health  services  arul  outcomes. 
The  first  project,  measuring  the  short-term  savings  and  health  improvement  from 
smoking  cessation,  has  already  produced  encouraging  data.  We  have  seen  a  high 
cessation  rate  and  nearly  inmiediate  savings  from  the  reduced  use  of  medical  services 
among  those  who  have  successfully  quit 

RECOMMENDED  FEDERAL  ACTION: 

•  hoBOse  support  for  outcomes  research,  especially  in  the  setting  of 
integrated  health  systems. 

•  Suj^port  methods  to  rapidly  disseminate  results  of  outcomes  research. 

PUBLIC  HEALTH 

The  medical  community's  interest  in  public  health  concerns  has  feded  in 
prominence  with  the  improvements  in  sanitation,  immunization  and  treatment  of 
disease  that  have  characterized  the  second  half  of  this  century.  Over  the  years, 
Geisinger,  like  most  institutions,  had  adopted  a  reactive  posture  in  public  health 
matters.  We  are  a  major  source  of  care  for  accident  and  illness  for  much  of  our  area.  We 
are  the  place  to  go  if  a  man,  woman  or  child  is  sick,  and  especially  if  that  man,  woman, 
or  child  is  sick  and  uninsured. 

Geisinger  employees,  often  acting  on  their  own  initiative,  have  continued  a  long 
tradition  of  voluntary  public  education  about  hygiene  and  safety  in  the  communities  we 
serve.  Now,  as  an  institution,  we  have  come  to  recognize  again  the  need  to  specifically 
incorporate  a  public  health  role  in  our  business  plans,  and  to  support  encourage,  and 
recognize  the  individual  initiatives  among  our  employees. 

RECOMMENDED  FEDERAL  ACTIONS: 

•  Provide  support  and  recognition  for  health  care  institutions  that  adopt 
active  public  health  agendas.  Look  to  the  nation 's  emerging  integrated 
health  systems  as  logical  allies  of  federal  and  state  agencies  in  identifying 
and  ameliorating  public  health  hazards. 

•  Support  a  public-private  partnership  to  greatly  improve  the  level  of  public 
knowledge  about  disease  prevention,  diet,  exercise,  safety,  stress 
management,  and  the  risks  of  chemical  abuse. 


155 


SUMMARY 

In  summary,  the  past  few  years  have  seen  most  of  the  components  of  proposed 
national  health  care  reform  develop  in  the  private  sector.  Geisinger  is  a  practical 
example.  Managed  care,  managed  competitioa  public  accountability,  access 
improvements:  all  can  be  found  to  some  extent  in  various  sections  of  the  natioa  The 
time  is  ripe  for  federal  action  to  encourage  the  growth  and  spread  of  those  developing 
systems. 

While  major  reform  is  being  debated,  we  suggest  a  package  of  more  modest 
reforms  to  amtinue  that  signi/tcani  private  sector  activity. 


Appendix  A 


156 


GEISINGER«  HEALTH  CARE  SYSTEM 


Corporate  Structure 


tola 


■EOICAL 
CENIER 

«77«id  Riband 


oon>o(UTioii 


UgOMatmHp: 

Gemvl  

U«ntenHpC«nM  . 


Gdsln^er. 


•-GcsmgerbiregtttovdicmceouffcofGeamga-Founlaoca  for  opcntkig  medical,  ouniog  nd  otber  bealih 
care  educabootl  progrwps  through  i  muld-iostitutioDil  beahh  cue  lystem.  'nnougbout  thii  docuoMni,  die  torn 
Gcnbger  itfen  lo  dK  eiuc  lystoD  of  health  eve  comprved  of  Ge^JBger  FouD^^ 
affiliated  with  or  coolroUed  by  Geif ioger  FouidatiofL 


Geisinger — A  Regional  System  of  Health  Care 

Hospitals  and  Group  Practices    *'g^!:::i1-*~ 


167 


Geisinger  Overview 


Mission  Statement 

The  Geisinger  health  care  system  serves  more  than  23  million  Pennsyhonians 
across  31  primarily  rural  counties,  from  the  state's  northeastern  comer  to  its  midpoint 
—  and  thousands  of  others  through  widely  distributed  outreach  programs.  That  broad 
focus  is  consistent  with  the  Geisinger  mission: 

To  improve  the  health  of  the  people  of  the  Commonwealth  through  an  integrated 
system  of  health  services  based  on  a  balanced  program  of  patient  care,  education  and 
research. 

Geisinger's  primary  values  are  enumerated  as  a  commitment  to  constancy  of 
purpose,  continuous  improvement,  people  caring,  teamwork,  tradition  and  financial 
stability.  The  New  Yorit  Times,  in  a  front-page  article  on  March  18, 1993,  applauded 
Geisinger's  integration  of  its  medical  and  administrative  staffe  in  ways  that  contribute 
to  cost-effective  medical  care. 

The  character  of  Geisinger  health  care  management  is  recognized  nationally.  The 
National  Committee  for  Quality  Health  Care  last  September  offered  the  Geisinger 
approach  as  one  of  several  national  models  for  reforming  American  health  care.  TTie 
Geisinger  management  style  integrates  continuous  fonral  planning  and  problem- 
solving  methods  with  day-to-day  control  systems  that  assure  efficient  operating 
perfomiance. 

Geisinger's  four  driving  corporate  strategies  are  articulated  succinctly  this  way: 

•  Geisinger  functions  as  one  organizatioa 

•  Clinical  programs  and  clinical  process  improvements  size  and  drive  the  Geisinger 
system. 

•  Managed  care  is  Geisinger's  primary  business  strategy. 

•  Geisinger  seeks  collaborative  opporhmities  to  increase  access  to  cost-effective 
services. 

Geisinger  is  focusing  on  its  managed-care  system,  replacing  fee-for-service 
business  with  capitated  populations.  That  strategy  will  permit  an  even  more  effective 
management  of  limited  resources,  offer  greater  value  to  central  and  northeastern 
Pennsylvania  consumers,  and  position  Geisinger  as  the  provider  of  choice  in  its  region. 


1S8 


Geisinger's  History 


Crucial  to  the  Geisinger  concept  of  managed  care  is  Geisinger  Health  Plan  (GHP), 
which  now  has  approximately  160,000  members.  Founded  in  1972  as  one  of  the  first 
rural  health  maintenance  organizations  in  the  United  States,  GHP  is  now  the  nation's 
largest  rural  HMO.  The  Geisinger  Clinic's  approximately  520  employed  physicians  offer 
GHP  services  at  45  primary  care  locations  and  13  community  hospitals  in  all  or  parts  of 
25  Pennsylvania  counties.  And,  also  through  the  Geisinger  Clinic,  GHP  has  agreements 
with  433  privately  practicing  physicians  in  central  and  northeastern  Pennsylvania  to 
deliver  services  complementing  those  that  Geisinger  specialists  offer.  GHP  enrolled  its 
500th  employer  group  during  the  past  year. 

Geisinger  has  introduced  a  variety  of  strategies  to  strengthen  and  improve  its 
operational  perfomiance.  Those  strategies  were  aimed  at  sizing  our  system  to  respond 
to  changes  in  the  healthcare  environment,  and  they  included  a  system-wide  workforce 
reduction. 

A  resiliently  adaptive  frame  of  mind  is  ingrained  in  the  Geisinger  approach  to 
health  care.  Throughout  its  history,  in  fact,  Geisinger  has  been  a  consistent  example  of 
the  efficiency,  effectiveness,  and  flexibility  of  medical  group  practice.  The  Geisinger 
group  practice  has  changed  in  form  and  function  over  the  years  to  respond  to  changing 
socioeconomic  environments,  but  it  has  not  deviated  from  the  intent  of  its  founder, 
Abigail  A.  Geisinger.  Nearly  72  years  after  her  passing,  this  organization  retains  Mrs. 
Geisinger's  commitment  of  service  to  mankind. 


History  and  Development 

Founded  in  1915  as  the  George  F.  Geisinger  Memorial  Hospital,  Mrs.  Geisinger's 
gift  to  her  community  in  memory  of  her  husband,  the  hospital  was  designed  as  a 
comprehensive  regional  health  care  institution  that  would  offer  specialized  services  to 
people  in  rural  areas. 

Harold  Foss,  M.D.,  was  Geisinger's  first  chief  of  staff,  and  he  served  in  that 
capacity  from  1915  until  1958.  Trained  at  the  Mayo  Clinic,  Dr.  Foss  advocated  the 
group  practice  of  medicine  and  hired  specialty-trained  physicians  who  formed  the  full- 
time,  salaried,  closed  staff  of  the  hospital.  The  original  hospital  of  70  beds  has  grown  to 
be  one  of  the  nation's  four  largest  and  most  modem  rural  medical  centers  and  now  has 
577  beds. 


159 


In  1%1  the  George  F.  Geisinger  Memorial  Hospital  became  Gdsinger  Medical 
Center.  Twenty  years  later,  in  1981,  Geisinger  Medical  Center  and  its  affiliates 
underwent  a  corporate  reorganization  and  became  a  system  of  health  care  delivering 
medical  and  health-related  services  under  the  conunon  control  and  direction  of 
Geisinger  Foundation. 


A  Geisinger  Overview 

•  Approximately  520  physicians  provide  the  excellence  of  Geisinger  healthcare 
throughout  central  and  northeastern  Pennsylvania.  Some  of  those  physicians 
practice  in  small  family  health  centers  and  some  in  large  medical  groups.  Wherever 
they  practice,  Uiey  have  access  to  hundreds  of  support  services  provided  by  the  entire 
Geisinger  system. 

•  Geisinger  has  two  hospitals.  Its  577-bed  Geisinger  Medical  Center  in  Danville  delivers 
specialized  care — emergency  medicine,  cardiovascular  surgery,  newborn  intensive 
care—  actually  75  specialties  and  subspedaities  in  all.  Geisinger  Medical  Center 
operates  two  medical  helicopters,  provides  comprehensive  trauma  care  24  hours  a 
day,  and  conducts  oub'each,  educational  and  research  programs  in  trauma  care.  ITie 
medical  center  is  also  home  for  tiie  Janet  Weis  Children's  Hospital,  now  under 
constaiiction  and  scheduled  for  completion  in  1994.  Its  other  specialized  care  centers 
focus  on  kidney,  neurosdences,  h^uma,  heart  cancer,  and  infertility  b-eahnenL 
Geisinger  Wyoming  Valley  Medical  Center  in  Wlkes-Barre  is  a  230-bed  secondary 
referral  center  serving  as  the  eastern  hub  of  the  Geisinger  system.  Geisinger 
Wyoming  Valley  Medical  Center  cares  for  patients  in  the  Greater  Wyoming  Valley  and 
western  Pocono  region  with  comprehensive  maternity  programs  and  pediabric 
services,  five  medical/surgical  units,  the  new  Frank  M.  and  Dorothea  Henry  Cancer 
Center,  and  a  complete  emergency  department  Geisinger  Wyoming  Valley  Medical 
Center  also  offers  an  extenave  community-health  eduction  program. 

•  The  Geisinger  program  for  alcohol  and  chemical  detoxifiation  and  rehabilitation  is 
system  wide.  It  includes  the  56-bed  Marworth  inpatient  b'eatanent  center  in  Waverly, 
Pennsylvania,  which  addresses  the  physical,  social,  psychological  and  family  issues  of 
dependency  and  recoveiy  and  coordinates  outpatient  chemical  dependency  services 
wherever  Geisinger  provides  health  care. 


160 


>  Geisinger's  health  maintenance  organization,  GHP,  offers  members  a  variety  of 
medical  services  for  a  flat  fee.  Medical  expenses  such  as  hospital  and  doctor  bills  are 
pre-paid  under  the  plan,  as  are  routine  check-ups,  immunizations,  well-child  care, 
and  inoculations. 

►  ISS,  a  Geisinger  afifiliate  in  Plymouth  Meeting,  Pennsylvania,  has  responded  to  the 
requirements  of  the  Joint  Commission  on  the  Accreditation  of  Health  Care 
Organizations  by  offering  hospitals  clinical  technology-management  programs  that 
can  improve  the  quality  of  patient  care  while  reducing  hospital  costs.  ISS  is  one  of  the 
nation's  largest  independent  clinical  engineering  firms.  It  has  served  hospitals  and 
clinics  throughout  the  mid-Atlantic  region  since  1972  and  now  has  more  than  160 
corporate  clients. 

» Geisinger  Foundation  serves  as  the  parent  organization  for  the  Geisinger  system, 
which  also  includes  Geisinger  System  Services  and  the  Geisinger  Medical 
Management  Corporation.  Geisinger  Foundation  coordinates  fundraising,  manages 
telethons,  and  facilitates  community  services. 


161 


1993  Fiscal  Year 


Admissions 


30.000 
2S,000 

15.000 

10.000 

s.ooo 


«l_ 


I  I  I  I 

i  I  if 

i  1  1  1 


ino     laei     isu     lan 


Clinic  Visits 


1.500.000 


1.200.000 
S00,000 

600.000 
300.000 


I    I    I    I 

I    II    I 


1990       1991       1992       1993 


CME  Programs 


S 


III 
III 


1901        1992       1993 


Number  of  Physicians 


iHH^ 


111  I 
1 1 1 1 
I  111 


1990        1991        ISSe        1993 


Number  of  Clinic  Sites 


J^_JS_J!?_|1 


I  I  11 

II  11 


CME  Attendance 


10.000 
S.000 


iiii 

II II 


19C0       1991        1992       1983 


GHP  Members 


120.000 
60,000 

n.ooo 


IIII 
IIII 


1980        1981        1982        18 


Active  Research  Projects 


S_S_ 


III 
III 


1990       1991        1992       1983 


*all  figures  as  of  June  30, 1993 


162 


1993  Fiscal  Year 


GEISINGER  STATISTICAL  SUMMARY 

(for  fiscal  year  encdng  6130193,  except  where  noted ) 

Patients 

GHP  Enrollment  (asofio/3i/93) 149,193 

Outpatient  Visits 1,225,556 

Hospital  Admissions  (inclmiing  newborns) 30,616 

Life  Flight  Helicopter  Retrievals 1,236 

Employees 

Physicians 520 

Physicians  in  Training 207 

Employees  (including  physicians  and  physicians  in  training) 7,301 

Education 

Residency  Programs 15 

Fellowship  Programs 6 

Medical  Education  Programs 146 

Medical  Education  Participants 7,347 

Research 

Research  Expenditures $9,215,000 

Research  Projects 408 

Financial  Indicators 

Total  Revenue $786,564,000 

(including  operating  and  nonoperating  revenues) 

AUowances 278,245,000 

(to  insurers,  government,  third-parties, 

charity  care,  and  uiwollectible  accounts) 

Total  expenses ...■480,649,000 

Funds  Available  for  Reinvestment 27,670,000 

Less  Transitional  Obligation (14,683,000) 

Less  Loss  on  Defeasance (  2,273,000) 

Total  Funds  for  Reinvestment ...$  10,714,000 

Public  Support $8,259,000* 

(includes  gifts  and  grants,  plus  revenue  associated  =^=^=^^ 

with  the  Children's  Miracle  Network  Telethon) 

Charity  Care,  Policy  Deductions ...$  12,040,000* 

Uncompensated  Care  

*  included  in  the  totals  listed  above 


163 


Appendix  B 


Geisinger's  Principles  for 
Health  Care  Reform 

Introduction 

Government  is  a  partner  in  the 
health  care  system. 

Over  time,  the  cost  of  this 
partnership  has  fer  exceeded  original 
expectations. 

As  a  result,  and  in  the  absence  of 
a  coherent  federal  health  care  policy, 
government's  decisions  about  health 
care  have  been  budget-driven,  not 
pfogram-driven. 

This  budget-driven  approach  has 
created  confliaing  incentives  between 
patients  and  health  care  providers,  and 
access  issues  for  the  uninsured  and 
underinsured.    Health  care  policy 
reform  is  key  to  the  improvement  of  our 
nation's  health  care  system. 

Integrated  regional  systems  of 
health  care,  like  Ceisinger,  have  a  vital 
role  to  play  in  the  delivery  of  health  care 
and  health  care  policy  reform. 

A  national  consensus  on  health  care  reform 
is  yet  to  emerge.  However,  while  no  single 
proposal  can  claim  majority  support,  we  believe 
certain  basic  principles  are  already  held  in 
common.  Th'ese  principles,  in  tum,  can  serve  as 
aframeworktogukle  the  design  andconstruction 
of  the  actual  components  of  reform. 

Central  to  reform  are  the  accessibiUty, 
affonUbUity,  and  KcountabOity  of  health  care 
services.  In  addition,  to  be  comprehensive,  re- 
fomi  must  also  address  medical  educatioii, 
loearch,  aivl  public  health. 

Health  can  miut  b«  accessible.  Effective 
reform  must  remove  barriers  posed  by  cost  and 
geography. 

•  A  basic  set  of  essential  services  must  be 
available  to  anyone,  without  regard  to  medical 
history,  employment  status,  or  ability  to  pay. 

•  These  basic  services  must  be  physically 
aaessible  in  the  urban  core  and  the  rural  coun- 
ties, as  well  as  the  populous  suburbs. 


Health  care  must  be  affordable  The  cost  of 
care,  both  to  society  ar>d  to  the  individual,  must 
be  within  our  means. 

•  bilegrated  regional  systems  which  com- 
bine the  finarxiing  and  delivery  of  health  care  in 
a  single  economic  unit  offer  the  best  mechanism 
to  reward  efficiency  and  penalize  waste. 
Whether  HMO's,  PPO's  or  managed  care  net- 
works, the  formation  and  growth  of  such 
systems  shouW  be  actively  encouraged 

•  In  the  long  temi,  a  competitive  market- 
place is  the  only  effective  means  to  control  cost 
Price  controls  and  global  budgets,  unless  cre- 
ated with  perfect  wisdom,  produce  perverse 
incentives  and  shortages.  This  is  demonstrably 
true  in  any  industry,  including  health  care. 

•  Competition  must  be  among  integrated 
systems,  competing  in  the  private  sector  on  the 
basis  of  quality  and  cost  Competitkm  on  quality 
alone  has  produced  excess  capacity.  Competi- 
tion on  cost  alone  has  produced  inadequate 
coverage  and  exclusion  of  individuals  with  pre- 
existing conditions  among  Insurers.  Lack  of 
competition  rewards  unnecessary  procedures 
and  duplicative  services. 

•  There  must  be  adequate  financing,  both 
public  and  private,  to  ensure  ttiat  no  one  is 
excluded  from  the  marketplace  by  personal 
financial  circumstances.  The  affordability  of 
the  basic  set  of  services  must  be  assured.  In 
addition,  individuals  or  groups  wish'ing  to  pur- 
chase additional  services  or  coverage  should  be 
free  to  do  so. 

•  The  market  price  for  the  basic  set  of 
benefits  must  reflect  true  cosL  Hkkien  subsi- 
dies, pricing  by  regulatioa  and  cost  shifting 
must  be  eliminated  for  the  market  to  functron. 
Tax  subsidies  should  be  limited  to  the  cost  of  the 
set  of  uniform  basic  benefits.  State  mandated 
benefit  levels  above  the  basic  set  of  benefits 
should  be  eliminated. 

Health  can  must  be  actountahfc.  To  en- 
sure a  fair  marketplace,  the  integrated  regional 
systems  providing  patient  care  must  be  publicly 
accountable  for  the  cost  and  quality  of  their 
services.  The  marketplace  itself  must  be  ac- 
countable for  its  structure  and  operatioa 

•  Integrated  regional  health  care  systems 
should  demonstrate  the  ability  to  measure  and 
improve  the  quality  of  care,  as  a  condition  of 
participation  in  the  competitive  marketplace. 


•  Tort  refonr^,  to  encourage  rather  than 
impede  public  accountability  for  quality,  is  a 
necessary  corollary. 

•  To  permit  comparison  among  competing 
systerru,  all  partkipants  in  the  marketplace 
must  offer,  at  a  minimum,  a  uniform  basic  set  of 
essential  services. 

•  Establishment  and  modification  of  the 
bask  set  of  essential  servkes  must,  itself,  be  an 
accountable  process.  It  must  be  directed  to  pro- 
mote the  general  welfare,  not  secure  private 
interests.  Experimental  procedures  shouU  be 
included  only  upon  demonstrated  efficacy. 

Medical  t<luatk>ii  must  be  supported  and 
directed.  Medkal  education  should  be  financed 
arxl  managed  to  produce  an  appropriate  distri- 
bution of  personnel  among  professions, 
specialties  and  localities,  based  upon  anticipated 
public  need. 

Medical  research  must  receive  adequate 
support  and  direction.  In  addition  to  advancing 
the  scientific  frontier,  medH:al  research  must 
focus  on  improving  the  quality  and  efficiency 
of  current  technology.  Research  shouU  focus  on 
practke  guidelines  to  kientify  the  best  approach 
from  among  competing  opinions  and  tech- 
niques. Research  funding  should  be  separate 
from  patient  care  finaiKing. 

Public  health  must  be  reinvigorated. 
Improved  control  of  preventable  diseases  and 
conditions  could  dramatically  reduce  the  cost  of 
patient  care,  while  permitting  the  rededlcation 
of  resources  to  improve  both  accessibility  and 
quality. 

•  Public  educatkin  in  health  promotion 
and  disease  prevention  should  be  greatly  ex- 
panded. The  message  needs  to  be  carried  beyond 
our  schools,  into  workplaces,  shopping  malls, 
and  homes. 

•  Publk  law  and  publk  funds  must  be 
dedicated  to  produce  further  reductions  in  envi- 
ronmental risks. 

•  Pressing  publk  health  needs  must  be 
given  greater  prominence  In  medical  education 
and  medkal  research 

•  The  health  care  system  must  educate 
patients  to  assume  additional  responsibility  for 
their  own  health  through  healthier  life-styles 
and  partkipatkn  In  medical  treatment  deci- 
sions. 


Appendix  C 


164 


This  article  has  been 
iqrinted  with 
pamission  from 
TheNewYorkTimes 

If  you  would  like  ftmher 
,  information  about  the 
Geisinger  health  care 
system,  please  write: 

Geisinger 

100  Ncxth  Academy  Ave, 

DanvUe,  PA  17822-3013 


g 


Gelslnser. 


Sl^e  ^m  Jjark  §Jlme$ 


NEW  YORK.  THURSDAY.  MARCH  IS.  1993 


Doctors  Say  They  Can  Save 
Lives  and  Still  Save  Money 


B;  ERIK  ECKHOLM 

Special  to  The  New  York  Times 

DANVILLE,  Pa.  —  Dr.  James  C. 
Blankenship.  a  cardiologist  with  a  health- 
maintenance  organization  in  central 
Pennsylvania,  performs  costly,  risky  pro- 
cedures in  which  tubes  are  pushed  to  the 
heart  to  help  find  whether  coronary  ves- 
sels are  clogged. 

In  his  catheterization  laboratory,  he 
studied  X-rays  revealing  a  partly  blocked 
artery  in  a  55 -year-old  man.  "What  are  the 
chances  this  will  shut  off.  causing  a  heart 
attack,  versus  the  risks  of  surgery?"  he 
asked.  'The  studies  differ." 

"I'll  advise  him  to  watch  and  wail," 
said  the  doctor,  whose  salary  would  not 
be  affected  one  way  or  the  other.  "I  want 
to  do  everything  that's  necessary,  but  not 
too  much." 

As  Americans  consider  a  more  frugal 
medical  future,  possibly  dominated  by  com- 
peting H.M.O.'s  or  other  forms  of  "managed 
care"  that  limit  consumer  choice,  urgent 
questions  are  rising  about  the  quality  of  care 
and  how  to  protect  iL  Will  people  be  pushed 
into  health  plans  staffed  by  sullen,  rushed 
doctors  whose  decisions  are  second-guessed 
and  who  are  paid  ettra  to  scrimp  on  costly 
tests  and  operations? 

Room  for  Judgment 

Or  will  they  find  sensitive  doctors  who 
have  no  financial  incentive  to  do  too  much 
or  too  little,  have  ready  access  to  the  best 
technologies  and  hold  down  costs  by  pre- 
venting illness  and  avoiding  procedures 
with  little  benefit? 


Medical  experts  are  scrutinizing  better 
health  plans  around  the  country  to  see  how 
large  savings  might  be  gained  through  ef- 
ficiency and  prudence,  not  through 
shortchanging  the  sick.  And  the  evidence 
suggests  that  institutions  that  foster  physi- 
cians like  Dr.  Blankenship  and  allow  them 
to  exercise  professional  judgment  may  be 
in  the  best  position  to  pursue  that  goal 

In  the  case  of  the  55-year-old  man. 
some  doctors  would  have  recommended 
immediate  surgery,  but  Dr.  Blankenship 
fell  sure,  based  on  available  science,  thai 
a  trial  period  of  drug  therapy  was  in  his 
patient's  best  interest. 

At  his  organization,  the  Geisinger  Foun- 
dation in  Danville,  the  decision  about  how 
much  is  enough  is  left  to  the  doctors.  Their 
cautious  style  of  medicine  has  held  costs 
well  below  the  national  average.  Increases 
here  have  still  averaged  8.6  percent  in  re- 
cent years,  though,  raising  questions  about 
whether  the  counuy  will  be  able  to  lame 
medical  infiation  without  culling  into  the 
quality  of  care. 

The  530  salaried  doctors  who  work 
here,  and  offer  care  through  a  prepaid  in- 
surance plan,  do  receive  prodding  from 
above.  But  it  involves  not  consiant  sec- 
ond-guessing or  rewards  for  scrimping,  but 
rather  a  steady  How  of  research  news  and 
tips  that  helps  suffuse  the  institution  wiih 
an  ethic  of  conservative  care. 

"Here,  we  don'l  police;  we  trust  our 
doctors."  said  Dr.  Howard  G.  Hughes,  who 
directs  the  H.M.O.,  the  Geisinger  Health 
Plan. 

In  Danville,  a  lown  of  6,000  people, 
Geisinger  runs  an  advanced  577-bed  hos- 


Copyright  ©1993  by  the  New  York  Times  Company.  Reprinted  by  pccmission. 


;65 


piial  is  well  as  a  network  of  clinics  over  a 
wide  area  of  central  and  northeastern 
Pennsylvania.  Its  growing  H.M.O.  serves 
142.000  members,  while  the  same  doctors 
and  clinics  also  provide  the  same  style  of 
care  to  hundreds  of  thousands  more  people 
covered  by  government  or  other  insurance. 

The  doctors  insist  that  their  brand  of 
medicine  improves  on  a  system  laden  with 
incentives  to  overuse  procedures. 

And  they  are  saving  money  The 
H.M.O.  has  the  lowest  rates  in 
Pennsylvania,  according  to  the  state  insur- 
ance department,  with  monthly  premiums 
this  year  of  $109.70  for  individuals  and 
$285.22  for  families  for  a  plan  covering 
nearly  everything  but  prescriptions. 

But  the  numbers  suggest,  loo,  just  how 
severe  the  challenge  is.  The  health  plan's 
charges  have  risen  by  an  average  of  8.6 
percent  a  year  since  1985.  Dr.  Hughes  said. 
That  is  a  good  record  compared  with  that 
of  most  insurers:  nationwide.  H.M.O.  rates 
grew  by  an  average  of  11.7  percent  per 
year  from  1986  to  1992.  and  rates  for  tra- 
ditional feefor-service  plans  rose  annually 
by  14.2  percent,  according  to  A.  Foster 
Higgins  &  Company,  a  consulting  firm. 

But  it  remains  well  above  the  national 
goal  of  steady  real  spending  set  by  Presi- 
dent Clinton.  Recent  increases  have  mainly 
reflected  the  rising  cost  of  nurses,  techni- 
cians and  other  personnel,  the  soaring  price 
of  new  drugs  and  other  factors,  officials 
said. 

At  What  Point 
WIfl  Savings  Stop? 

Geisinger  doctors  and  administrators, 
most  of  ihem  practicing  physicians,  insist 
that  through  steady  refinement  they  can 
save  much  more  without  compromising 
care.  Just  how  much  and  how  fast,  though, 
no  one  is  sure. 

"Price  competition  doesn't  scare  me." 
said  Dr.  Stuart  Heydt,  president  of  the 
Geisinger  Foundation.  "If  this  model  can't 
hold  down  prices  enough,  then  I'm  not  sure 
it  can  be  done  in  a  way  that  fulfills  the 
medical  expectations  of  society." 

While  America's  medical  costs  are  in- 
creased by  administrative  waste,  excess 
equipment,  incentives  to  use  procedures 
lavishly  and  outright  fraud,  in  the  end 


spending  mainly  reflects  the  routine  deci- 
sions of  physicians.  They  decide  when  a 
patient  needs  a  $70  electrocardiogram, 
when  to  order  a  $100  dollar  antibiotic  in- 
stead of  a  $10  one,  and  when  $40,000 
bypass  surgery  is  truly  likely  to  improve 
a  patient's  chances  of  survival  or  quality 
of  life. 

"The  best  way  to  control  costs  and  pre- 
serve quality  is  to  have  the  physicians  do 
it,"  said  Dr.  Arnold  S.  Relman,  the  former 
editor  of  The  New  England  Journal  of 
Medicine.  "The  whole  health-care  system 
is  built  on  the  behavior  of  doctors,  and 
that  behavior  is  greatly  influenced  by  the 
way  health  care  is  organized." 

Dr.  Relman.  who  has  been  studying 
health  plans  around  the  country,  praised 
Geisinger  for  high  doctor  morale  and  a 
system  of  mutual  review  that  promotes  ex- 
cellent care. 

While  no  organizational  structure  guar- 
antees quality  care,  Geisinger  has  several 
traits  that  promote  it.  The  bedrock,  offi- 
cials here  say.  is  the  careful  selection  of 
doctors  who  share  the  group  philosophy 
and  are  happy  to  work  for  a  salary  Since 
they  are  not  paid  piecework,  they  make 
decisions  with  no  direct  financial  interest 
at  stake.  (Nationally,  doctors  are  salaried 
in  some  but  not  all  H.MO.'s  or  other  forms 
of  managed  care.) 

The  salaries  here  arc  enough  to  support 
an  affiuent  life  in  this  rural  region,  but  for 
many  doctors  they  are  well  below  poten- 
tial earnings  in  private  practice. 
Primary-care  doctors  have  starting  salaries 
in  the  range  of  $75,000  to  $90,000.  while 
among  the  most  experienced  specialists 
who  might  earn  several  limes  as  much  else- 
where, "very  few  go  beyond  $300,000." 
said  Dr.  Laurence  H.  Beck,  senior  vice 
president  charged  with  improving  effi- 
ciency and  quality. 

Morale  rests  on  the  pleasures  of  patient 
care,  collaboration,  teaching  and  research, 
said  Dr.  Francis  J.  Menapace.  the  director 
of  cardiology.  "We  look  for  a  different 
type  of  physician,  one  who  still  looks  at 
medicine  as  a  profession,  not  a  business." 


Less  Reliance 
On  the  Specialists 

As  in  most  H.M.O. 's.  all  patients  must 
choose  a  primary-care  physician  in  the 
plan.  Usually  trained  in  family  practice, 
internal  medicine  or  pediatrics,  these  doc- 
tors provide  most  care  and  refer  sicker 
patients  to  specialists  only  when  neces- 
sary, holding  down  costs. 

Now  about  30  percent  of  the  plan's  doc- 
tors provide  primary  care,  but  studies 
suggest  the  proportion  should  rise  to  close 
to  50  percent.  Dr.  Beck  said.  This  means 
cutting  back  on  specialities,  a  painful  and 
controversial  topic  among  the  medical 
staff. 

Dr.  Ernest  W.  Campbell,  a  primary-care 
physician  and  head  of  the  Geisinger  clinic 
in  the  nearby  town  of  Bloomsburg,  had 
been  in  independent  practice  for  18  years 
before  he  and  his  partner  decided  to  join 
the  salaried  group  in  19SS. 

"We  looked  at  the  H.M.O.  and  liked 
what  they  were  saying,"  he  said.  "It's  more 
geared  toward  preventive  medicine,  keep- 
ing people  healthy  rather  than  just  meeting 
the  acute  needs  as  they  arise."  He  said  the 
switch  involved  a  significant  loss  in  in- 
come, but  offsetting  this  was  a  drop  in 
work  time  to  60  to  70  hours  a  week  so  he 
could  see  his  family  more. 

Far  from  feeling  pressure  to  avoid 
needed  care.  Dr.  Campbell  said,  "I  think 
the  quality  if  anything  has  gone  up."  Since 
patients  are  in  a  prepaid  plan,  he  said,  "now 
we  can  tell  them  they  have  no  excuse  for 
not  coming  in  when  they  are  ill." 

A  large  unified  system  like  Geisinger's 
can  also  avoid  duplication  of  costly  equip- 
ment and  readily  monitor  its  use.  For 
example,  all  cardiac  catherizations,  which 
are  Dr.  Blankenship's  diagnostic  specially 
and  require  a  million-dollar  laboratory,  are 
performed  at  the  main  hospital  in  Dan- 
ville, as  is  open-heart  surgery.  This  does 
mean,  though,  that  some  patients  have  to 
travel  up  to  100  miles  for  major  proce- 
dures that  in  a  less  efficient  system  might 
be  available  at  a  community  hospital. 


166 


With  central  control,  too,  can  come  im- 
balances in  stafHng,  sometimes  yielding 
long  waits  for  non-urgent  appointments. 
Currently,  for  example,  because  of  a  short- 
age of  gynecologists  in  the  group,  an 
appointment  for  a  routine  pelvic  checkup 
can  take  several  months.  Officials  insist 
that  is  a  temporary  side  effect  of  rapid 
growth  and  a  national  shortage,  not  a  long- 
term  shortchanging  of  patients. 

But  in  surveys  of  H.M.O.  patients  that 
generally  Hnd  high  satisfaction  with  care 
and  doctors,  intermittent  dlfnculty  in  get- 
ting quick  appointments  has  been  the  most 
common  complaint,  said  Dr.  Duane  Davis, 
medical  director  of  the  health  plan. 

When  Supervision 
Is  From  Within 

For  all  its  emphasis  on  efficiency. 
Geisinger  does  little  of  the  routine  over- 
sight that  is  now  so  prevalent  in  the 
health-insurance  industry  and  so  annoying 
to  doctors.  Instead,  the  doctors,  with  lead- 
ership from  department  heads,  are  expected 
to  watch  themselves  for  unjustined  varia- 
tions in  individual  practice  and 
opportunities  for  improvement. 

"We  have  a  high  awareness  of  what  our 
colleagues  are  doing  in  the  next  room," 
Dr  Blankenship  said.  "There's  lots  of  in- 
tercommunication, lots  of  informal  second 
opinions.  If  someone  is  consistently  doing 
something  inappropriately,  too  much  or  too 
little,^ we'd  notice." 

Peer  review  is,  however,  increasingly 
backed  up  with  research  and  suggestions 
from  above.  The  H.M.O. ,  for  example, 
keeps  track  of  prescribing  patterns  and 
sends  out  newsletters  urging  physicians  to 
prescribe  cheaper  drugs  or  generic  versions 
where  they  have  been  shown  to  be  equally 
effective.  One  recent  flyer  warned  that  a 
drug  company  was  "actively  encouraging 
pharmacists  to  call  physicians  to  switch 
patients"  from  current  diabetes  drugs  to 
its  new  product,  priced  40  percent  higher 
even  though  it  offers  "no  therapeutic  ad- 
vantage." 

In  another  example,  officials  studied 
whether  patients  who  were  put  on  an  ex- 
pensive cholesterol-lowering  drug  were 
first  asked  to  experiment  with  dietary 
change.  By  sharing  the  results  with  other 
physicians  and  stressing  the  recommended 
course,  doctors  found  that  the  proportion 


of  patients  trying  diet  changes  had  risen. 
Some  will  end  up  needing  the  drug  any- 
way, but  some  will  avoid  indermite  use  of 
a  drug  that  can  have  dangerous  side  ef- 
fects. 

As  the  country  seeks  to  flatten  out  its 
health  costs,  the  question  is  how  far  even 
the  best-organized  providers  can  trim  back 
without  choking  off  tests  and  treatments 
of  significant  potential  benefit. 

Dr.  Beck  said  he  believes  that  Geisinger 
and  other  similar  groups  still  have  large 
opportunities  to  wring  out  expense.  In- 
creasingly important,  he  said,  will  be 
reliance  on  clinical  guidelines  that  reflect 
research,  done  locally  or  nationally,  on 
what  sequences  of  tests  and  treatments 
yield  the  best  results  for  particular  condi- 
tions. 

Still.  Dr.  Beck  said,  "At  some  point 
there  will  be  tradeoffs  between  cost  and 
quality."  If  price  controls  are  too  severe, 
he  said,  society  will  have  to  openly  face 
the  issue  of  rationing. 


167 


Appendix  D 


Modem  Healthcare 

September  7. 1992 


Provider  groups  finding  success  with 
managed  care,  study  says 


Managed  care,  a  key  cost-contain- 
ment and  quality-improvement  tech- 
nique included  in  almost  every  local  or 
national  healthcare  refonn  proposal,  is 
being  implemented  by  provider  groups 
in  communities  across  the  country. 

That's  the  finding  of  the  National 
Committee  for  Quality  Health  Care,  a 
Washington-based  coalition  of  provid- 
ers and  suppliers,  which  has  put  together 
a  rq»rt  profiling  19  successfiil  provider- 
based  managed-care  programs 
throughout  the  United  States. 

The  report,  "Reinventing  Health 
Care:  The  Revolution  at  Hand,"  will  be 
released  to  the  public  late  this  week. 

The  study  was  prepared  by  New 
Dire^ons  for  Policy,  a  fiscal  policy  con- 
sulting group  based  in  Washingtoa 

It 's  meant  to  be  a  companion  study  to 
last  year's  report  by  the  NCQHC  describ- 
ing several  successful  managed -care 
projects  initiated  by  healthcare  buyers, 
said  William  Dwyer,  director  of  corpo- 
rate account  development  at  Abbott 
Laboratories  and  chaimian  ofNCQHC's 
managed-care  subconunittee. 

Many  providers  also  have  devel- 
0{>ed  effective  models  of 
community-based  managed-care  pro- 
grams, but  policymakers  aixl  analysts 
have  tended  to  overlook  them  because  of 
all  the  publicity  garnered  by  the  corpo- 
rate efforts,  Mr.  Dwyer  said. 


The  report  shows  that  decision-mak- 
ers  can  learn  much  from  these 
lesser-known  examples  of  how  to  con- 
strua  successfiil  quality-improvement 
programs  and  operate  them  within  a  co- 
ordinated healthcare  system,  he  said. 

The  provider  oi^anizations  profiled 
represent  essentially  two  models  for  de- 
livering services:  those  based  on  group 
practices,  such  as  Lovelace  Medical 
Center  and  Health  Plan  in  New  Mexico 
and  Geisinger  Medical  Center  and 
Health  Plan  in  Pennsylvania,  and  hospi- 
tal-based network  systems,  such  as  Sharp 
Healthcare  in  San  EHego. 

They  represent  a  "small  selection"  of 
what  provider- initiated  programs  can  ac- 
complish in  reforming  the  healthcare 
system  when  they  become  leaders  in 
promoting  community  health  and 
wellness,  he  said. 

—PaulJ.Kenk£l 


168 


Appendix  E 


Networking 

by  Frank  Ceme 


Sizing  up  Pennsylvania 

Geislnger  aims  to  reshape  its  delivery  system 


'//  we  as  a  nation  are  going  to  gel  a  handle 
on  the  escalation  ot  tiealtli  care  costs  and  it 
we  are  going  to  be  able  to  provide  better 
healin  care  to  more  people  tor  less  cost,  su- 
ing tt>e  delivery  system  is  a  tundamental  pari 
olmalang  that  happen  ' — Sluarl  Heydl, 
M.D  ,  president  and  CEO  ol  Geismger  Foun- 
dation, Danville,  PA 

Ai  Geisinger  health  sysiem.  righl- 
sizing  has  become  a  creed,  shared 
by  executives  and  physicians 
alike,  thai  drives  an  organization 
singled  out  by  some  health  care  ex- 
perts as  one  of  several  models  for  na- 
tionwide reform. 

Geisinger's  structure  and  operat- 
ing su'ategies  are  buill  on  the  assump- 
tion that  "we  are  going  to  have  to  pro- 
vide better  care  to  more  people  for  less 
cosi."  says  Heydt. 
■*     Efhciency  is  the  fundamental 
pnnciple  thy  aJlows  Geisinger  to  ac- 
complish that  mission,  from  the  care- 
ful selection  of  pnmary  care  and  spe- 
cially physicians — most  ol  whom  are 
salaned — to  the  placement  of  health 
<&e  personnel  and  technology  accord- 
ing to  patient  needs  o\  cr  a  wide  geo- 
graphic area. 

Integrating  system  components 

Founded  in  1915  as  the  George  F 
Geisinger  Metnonal  Hospital,  a  70- 
bcd  facility  with  a  mullispecially  sala- 
ried group  pracuce.  the  hospital  evol- 
ved into  a  senes  of  separate  corporate 
entities  by  the  late  1980s  under  the 
control  of  the  Geisinger  Foundation. 
System  components  include  the 
Geisinger  Medical  Center,  a  577-bcd 
tertiary  care  teaching  hospital  in  Dan- 
ville with  75  specialties  and  subspeci- 
alties; Geisinger  Wyoming  Valley 
Medical  Center.  Wilkes-Barrc.  PA.  a 
230-bed  secondary  care  referral  cen- 
ter; a  77-bed  inpatient  chemical  de- 


pendency treatment  center.  Waverly, 
PA;  a  145.000-member  HMO:  and  the 
Geisinger  Clinic,  a  500-member  multi- 
specialty  group  practice. 

By  1990,  Heydl  says,  it  became 
apparent  that  Geisinger's  management 
structure  and  corporate  strategies  had 
to  change  in  response  to  foreseen 
changes  in  the  health  care  environ- 
ment, primarily  the  increasing  empha- 
sis on  vertical  integra- 
tion of  services  and 
managed  care. 

Geisinger  execu- 
tives then  identified 
siraiegies  that  would  be 
needed  to  carry  the  orga- 
nization into  the  future: 

•  Geisinger  functions  as 
cwf  organization. 

•  Clinical  programs  and 
clinical  process  im- 
provements determine 
the  size  and  direction  of 
the  Geisinger  system. 

•  Managed  care  is  Gei- 
singer's primary  busi- 
ness strategy. 

•Geisinger  seeks  col- 
laborative opportuni- 
ties to  increase  access 
to  cost-effective  ser- 
vices. 

Although  Geisinger 
still  maintains  separate 
corporate  entities  for  le- 
gal purposes,  there  an:  no 
independent  boards  or 
management  structures 
thai  identify  them  as 
such:  Geisinger  has  corporate  and  re 
gional  managers  for  the  system's  east 
west  and  central  regions. 

The  sysiem  spans  i  1  counties  in 
north-central  Pennsv  Ivania,  a  rural  re- 
gion with  a  population  of  2. 1  million. 
Heydl  says  that  Geisinger's  approach 


to  "sizing"  the  system  is  Co  design  the 
network  in  the  most  efficient  and  ef- 
fective manner 

To  achieve  that  goal,  Geisinger 
has  esublished  a  network  of  45  pri- 
mary care  clinics  staffed  by  salaried 
physicians  employed  by  the  Geisinger 
Clinic.  The  physicians  offer  services  to 
Geisinger  Health  Plan  (GHP)  mem- 
bers, as  well  as  to  other  patients. 

GHP  also  con- 
tracts with  other  rural 
primary  care  clinics, 
13  community  hospi- 
tals and  approxi- 
mately 450  pnvate- 
practice  physicians  in 
central  and  northeast- 
ern Pennsylvania 

Heydt  says  that 
physicians  and  man- 
agement determine 
how  to  best  distribute 
resources  throughout 
the  system  to  build  a 
vertically  integrated 
network  of  primary, 
secondary  and  tertiary 
care  that  provides  the 
appropriate  level  of 
care  lo  communities. 

"Wc  know  that 
we  have  to  size  the 
system  according  lo 
the  needs  of  the  popu- 
lations we  sen'e." 
Heydl  says.  "That 
way  you  not  only  pro- 
vide greater  access  to 
high-quality  services, 
but  you  also  avoid  duplicating  services 
and  adding  expensive  technology." 

The  right  physician  mix 

"Sizing'  the  sysiem  means  placing 
physician  specialists  and  referring  pri- 
mary care  physicians  in  areas  where 


PARTICIPANTS: 

•Geisinger  Medical  Center 

•Geisinger  Wyoming  \felley 

Medical  Center 

•Geisinger  Clinic 

•Geisinger  Health  Plan 

•Marworth  Chemical  Dependency 

Treatment  Center 

UnUZAnON(FY1993) 

Admissions:  30,616 

Clinic^sites:  45 

Clinical  vi^:  1.2  inillion 

HMO  members:  144.296 

PAYER  MDC  (FY  1S92) 

Medicate:  37% 
Commercial  (includes  GHP)  32K 

Medicaid:  10% 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield:  16% 

Selfpay/othen  5% 

EMPLOYEES  (Fri992) 

Physicians:  499 
Physicians  in  training:  198 
Total  employees:  7,656 


169 


^  Gelstnger  medical  group  locations      Q  Gelsinger  inpatient  facilities       | Geislnger  health  plan  service  area      Q  Geisinger  service  area 


lhe\  ire  most  needed 

■'ir  you  assume  in  j  rural  area  ilui 
people  wili  visit  ihcir  luniilv  physi- 
cian, tiow  man\  pcdiaincun-^  and  pc- 
diainc  subspeciaiisiv  do  ytm  need  u* 
lla^■e  '  ^^'herc  would  ihey  h-j  located  in 
order  m  provide  support  lor  laniiK 
practice  phvsicians'"  Hc\di  a^k'^- 

Geisin^'cr  plans  to  find  tne  ansuer 
to  those  questions  b\  anahzuvj  the  ra- 
tios of  pnmarv'  care  physicians  lo  spe- 
cialisis  in  populations  ser\'ed  b\  other 
sysiems  isuch  as  Kaiser  Foundation 
Hospiials).  and  h>  analyzing  it^  own 
demographic  and  cpideniioloLiical 
data.  js\  cxiremelv  diflicult  process. 
Heydi  says 

"AVe  realize  we  can  t  sininls  huiid 
J  system  to  sujl  our  needs  We  ha\e  w 
make  sure  thai  our  icsourcev  conc- 
spond  to  the  actual  needs  ol  tlic  popu 
lalionv  ue  serve."  he  says 

Geismcer  has  500  sjlaned  physi- 
cians.  and  30  percent  o!  the  s\sicm  s 
clinical  practice  comes  from  iis  HMO. 
so  the  alignment  of  physician  iiicen- 
iives  is  a  cr\JCial  pan  ol  Geisineci  s 
St  rate  c> 

Heydt  says  the  system  needs  lo  he 
more  creative  with  physician  incen- 


tives in  the  future,  with  capitation  ex- 
pected 10  become  the  dominant  pay- 
ment method  Nearlv  30  perceni  ol 
Geisincer  s  jjross  patient  service  re\  - 
enues  come  trom  GHP 

"The  concept  ol  prospective  pay- 
ment lor  a  dehncd  population  on  a 
pcr-capita.  risk-adiusted  basis,  with 
ph\sicians  manjL'inL'  that  financial  re- 
source. IS  someihini!  we  need  lo  learn 
to  do,"  Heydt  says  "We  need  to  be  a*, 
nsk  in  terms  of  utilizing  resources  to 
ireai  a  dehned  population." 

Heydi  says  gualit\  assurance  and 
utilization  review  actniiics  are  made 
easier  by  Gcisingers  structure   a  salj- 
ned  multispecially  group  practice. 
w  hich  allows  physicians  to  police 
themselves 

The  Geisinpcr  Health  Plan  con- 
tributes to  (his  process  by  central!) 
collecting  and  disseminating  informa- 
tion aboui  all  of  Gcismger's  qualiiv 
improvcmcni  activities 

"Ue  are  also  trying  to  hnd  wa\s 
of  milking  more  inlormation  from  our 
grossing  medical  claims  data  base  so 
thai  we  can  learn  more  about  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine  as  we  conduct  it.'  ac- 
cordinc  lo  Wjlham  MacBain.  a  senior 


\ice  president  and  administrative  di- 
rector of  GHP 

Expansion  through  collaboration 

GHP  IS  licensed  to  offer  coverage  in 
25  Pennsyhania  counties  and  has  con- 
tracts wuh  5(X)  employers  Managed 
care  i--  the  s\  stem  s  stated  business 
sirateg\.  so  Geisinger  is  looking  for 
panners  lo  integrate  into  its  neiwork- 

.\rcasir.  which  Geisingei  will 
seek  expansion  will  depend  on  the 
needs  of  the  population,  and  on  w  here 
resources  need  to  be  located  lo  best 
^er\c  thai  population, 

Heydt  sa>s  Geisinger  has  ap- 
proached pro\  iders  in  the  region  to  de- 
termine hou  ihe\  can  share  their  com- 
bined resources  lo  better  serve  the 
needs  ol  the  populations  ihe>  |Ointl> 

Such  discussKMis  ha\e  helped 
identit>  poiential  partners,  but  anti- 
trust ctmcems  ha\e  had  a  chilling  ef- 
lect   "\^e  think  such  discussions  are 
appropriate   if  thc>  don'i  occur  with 
the  intern  ol  vioLmng  sonic  of  the 
principles  of  aiiiiiiusi.  such  as  price 
living. ""  He>di  says,  "but  we'xe  had  to 
tiptoe  through  this  process  "  ■ 


170 


NAMES 


National  Associ; 


Medica]  Equipmeni  Services 


Written  Testimony 

of  the 

National  Association  for  Medical  Equipment  Services 

on 

"Inner  Cities  and  Rural  Issues" 

presented  to  the 

House  Ways  and  Means  Subcommittee  on  Health 

Hearing 

of 

Monday,  February  7,  1994 

The  National  Association  for  Medical  Equipment  Services 
(NAMES)  is  grateful  to  have  the  opportunity  to  provide  written 
testimony  to  the  subcommittee  on  meeting  the  needs  of  persons  with 
disabilities  and  the  elderly  in  "inner  cities  and  rural 
communities,"  NAMES  represents  over  2,000  home  medical  equipment 
(HME)  suppliers,  who  provide  quality,  cost-effective  HME  and 
rehabilitation/assistive  technology  equipment  and  services  to 
consumers  in  the  home. 

NAMES  and  the  HME  services  industry  applaud  the  Administration 
for  including  HME  services  and  custom  devices  as  part  of  its 
"standard  benefits  package"  because  HME  is  demonstrably  cost- 
effective  and  persons  with  disabilities  and  the  elderly  far  prefer 
to  recuperate  from  an  illness  or  injury  at  home.  In  addition, 
NAMES  is  extremely  pleased  that  the  Administration's  proposal 
includes  a  long-term  care  component  that  allows  individuals  with 
disabilities  and  older  Americans  the  opportunity  to  further  utilize 
HME  equipment  and  services. 

However,  the  following  two  key  issues  in  the  Clinton 
Administration's  plan  need  further  consideration: 

1.  Competitive  Bidding 

As  the  health  care  reform  debate  advances,  with  the  goal  of 
maintaining  and  improving  quality  health  care  for  millions  of 
Americans,  NAMES  believes  Congress  should  not  consider  implementing 
competitive  bidding  for  the  HME  services  industry  as  proposed  in 
the  Administration's  plan.  Competitive  bidding  will  reduce  the 
provision  of  quality  HME  services  for  persons  with  disabilities  and 
older  Americans  living  in  both  inner  cities  and  rural  communities. 

Specifically,  the  Administration's  plan  seeks  to  implement 
competitive  bidding  for  oxygen  and  oxygen  equipment,  parenteral  and 
enteral  nutrition  (PEN)  and  "such  other  items  and  services"  as 
determined  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services.  This  provision  is  part  of  the  $238  billion  in  Medicare 
and  Medicaid  cuts  over  five  years  that  will  help  pay  for  the 
Administration's  proposal. 

The  provision  of  HME  for  persons  with  disabilities  and  older 
Americans  requires  extensive  services.  Providers  of  HME  deliver 
much  more  than  just  the  equipment;  the  more  critical  component  of 
HME  is  the  service  rendered,  which  includes  but  is  not  limited  to 
setting  up  the  equipment,  explaining  how  it  operates  and 
maintaining  it.  Experience  indicates  that  competitive  bidding 
systems  do  not  guarantee  the  maintenance  of  high  levels  of  quality 
service.  The  bottom  line  is  that  competitive  bidding  will  not 
ensure  quality  HME  services  at  reduced  payment  levels  and  could 
curtail  access  of  home  medical  equipment  to  all  Americans. 


171 


competitive  Bidding  Studies 

In  1986,  the  General  Accounting  Office  (GAO)  studied  eight 
Health  Care  Financing  Administration  (HCFA) -initiated  competitive 
fixed-price  contracts,  conducted  on  an  experimental  basis  for 
Medicare  carriers  and  intermediaries.  After  examining  seven  of  the 
contracts,  GAO  concluded  that  HCFA  lost  money  on  four  of  them 
(Medicare  -  Existing  Contract  Authority  Can  Provide  for  Effective 
Program  Administration,  GAO/HRD-86-48,  April  1986).  In  that  same 
report,  GAO  made  the  following  observations: 

A  major  change  in  the  method  of  contracting  used  in  the 
Medicare  Program  is  not  justified  because  the  competitive 
fixed-price  experiments  have  not  demonstrated  any  clear 
advantage  over  cost  contracts  presently  used  to 
administer  the  program; 

•  The  frequent  use  of  this  method  of  contracting  could 
increase  Medicare  administrative  problems,  including  the 
risk  of  poor  contractor  performance;  and 

•  There  is  potential  for  disrupted  service. 

HCFA  also  has  studied  and  recommended  the  implementation  of 
competitive  bidding  for  many  years  —  without  success.  Between 
1985  and  1990,  Abt  Associates  of  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  was 
under  contract  with  HCFA  to  evaluate  competitive  bidding  as  a 
method  of  purchasing  home  medical  equipment.  One  Abt  Report 
summary  stated  that: 

"Competitive  bidding  processes  per  se  will  not  necessarily 
result  in  lower  Medicare  costs  (service  and  administration) 
for  DME  or  clinical  laboratory  services  in  comparison  to  other 
available  reimbursement  methods.  The  ability  of  competitive 
bidding  to  realize  savings  for  Medicare,  while  safeguarding 
quality,  depends  critically  on  the  design,  implementation  and 
subsequent  administration  of  the  bidding  system  adopted.  This 
review  of  the  empirical  literature  has  raised  a  host  of  issues 
for  DME  and  clinical  laboratory  competitive  bidding 
demonstrations,  while  providing  considerably  fewer  findings 
that  can  be  put  forward  with  confidence." 

From  these  studies  alone  it  is  clear  that  competitive  bidding  on 
HME  should  not  be  an  option  for  the  Medicare  program.  NAMES  does 
not  oppose  competition  in  the  health  care  marketplace,  provided 
that  the  quality  of  patient  care  and  services  are  maintained. 
However,  no  data  has  been  presented  to  indicate  that  inadequate 
competition  exists  today  in  the  HME  services  marketplace.  Indeed, 
the  increasing  number  of  new  entrants  indicates  that  competition  is 
flourishing. 

Complexity  of  Implementing  Competitive  Bidding 

Competitive  bidding  for  certain  HME  items  has  been  tried  and 
subsequently  abandoned  in  a  number  of  states,  undoubtedly  due  to 
implementation  problems  on  that  level.  Even  more  enormous 
complexities  would  arise  in  dividing  the  entire  nation  into 
multiple  and  reasonable  service  areas,  since  few  HME  suppliers 
provide  all  possible  HME  services.  The  following  consequences  are 
probable: 

Rural  communities  across  America  will  be  most  affected  as 
they  will  not  have  access  to  hundreds  of  medical 
equipment  supply  items; 

•  Successful  bidders  for  oxygen  and  other  major  products 
will  not  be  able  to  provide  reasonable  coverage  for  the 
delivery  of  the  full  spectrum  of  HME  items  and  services 
to  all  of  the  areas  and  regions  throughout  America;  and 

Successful  bidders  will  be  delivering  a  significant 
portion  of  HME  services.  Therefore,  the  smaller 
companies  that  provide  and  service  less  costly  and  lower 
volume  items  simply  will  not  be  able  to  continue  to 
provide  delivery  of  these  items,  subsequently  forcing 
them  out  of  business.    Severe  delivery  delays  for 


172 


equipment  and  services  by  large  companies  that  may 
maintain  their  presence  through  the  bid  will  occur 
because  of  the  high  cost  of  delivering  HME  beyond  any 
reasonable  distance,  across  urban  areas  and  throughout 
rural  areas.  Thus,  hospital  discharges  to  the  home  will 
be  delayed  and  hospital  admissions  will  increase,  while 
patients  are  waiting  for  the  required  equipment  to  be 
cared  for  at  home. 

Cost  of  Competitive  Bidding 

Under  competitive  bidding  structures  that  currently  exist  for 
oxygen  in  the  Veterans  Administration  (VA) ,  there  are  expectations 
of  equipment  delivery  time  that  range  from  24  hours  to  72  hours 
from  the  time  the  order  is  initiated.  This  delay  is  necessary  to 
allow  the  bidder,  who  now  has  the  contract,  time  to  service  the 
large  geographic  area  as  well  as  to  be  as  efficient  as  possible  in 
order  to  stay  in  business  under  the  lower  competitive  bidding 
rates. 

•  With  delivery  delays,  there  will  be  an  increase  of 
overall  health  care  delivery  costs.  Patients  will 
experience  delays  in  discharge  (which  will  severely 
disrupt  the  current  DRG  structure  under  Medicare  Part  A)  , 
while  waiting  for  service. 

•  Under  a  competitive  bid  structure,  the  service  levels 
will  deteriorate  significantly.  Follow-up  visits  by 
health  professionals  that  facilitate  ongoing  and  thorough 
patient/physician/provider  interaction,  patient/caregiver 
education  and  monitoring  of  adherence  to  physician  orders 
will  be  eliminated  or  considerably  reduced. 

•  Emergency  service  (24  hours  per  day)  will  be  compromised 
because  of  the  distance  that  companies  typically  travel 
to  care  for  patients  under  a  competitive  bidding 
structure.  Routine  maintenance  checks  of  equipment 
servicing  will  be  cut  back  due  to  cost  constraints, 
causing  concern  for  patient  safety. 

•  If  only  one  re-admission  for  acute  exacerbation  of  COPD 
occurs,  which  otherwise  could  have  been  avoided  by 
providing  the  high  level  of  in-home  service  that  exists 
today,  the  cost  of  that  admission  to  the  federal 
government  will  exceed  the  savings  achieved  under 
competitive  bidding  for  that  individual  patient  for 
several  years. 

The  Service  Component 

With  any  competitive  bidding  system,  the  first  issue  to 
consider  must  be  a  determination  of  what  level  of  service  provided 
by  HME  suppliers  the  government  is  willing  to  pay.  Otherwise,  the 
government  should  be  concerned  that  the  service  component  —  so 
integral  to  assuring  patient  health  and  safety  —  may  diminish  or 
disappear.  As  an  example  of  how  competitive  bidding  has  not 
worked,  HME  providers  from  Minnesota  have  expressed  concern  about 
service-related  problems  associated  with  Minnesota  Medical 
Assistance  Contracted  Providers,  those  companies  that  have  been 
awarded  Medicaid  contracts  with  the  state.  Some  problems  include: 

•  Inadequate  patient  education  and  training  on  equipment; 

•  Poor  professional  follow-up  services  to  determine  if  the 
patient  is  properly  using  the  equipment; 

•  Irregular  equipment  checks  to  determine  if  the  equipment 
is  properly  working;  and  finally, 

•  Contracts  that  allow  a  wait  of  as  long  as  24  hours  from 
the  time  the  initial  physician's  order  is  received  by  the 
supplier  until  the  equipment  is  delivered  and  set-up. 


173 


Americans  with  disabilities  and  older  Americans  alike  will 
suffer  significantly  under  competitive  bidding  because  access  to 
the  custom,  highly  specialized  equipment  that  they  require  will 
diminish.  NAMES  estimates  that  the  small  percentage  of  HME 
suppliers  who  could  remain  in  business  under  this  type  of  structure 
would  not  be  able  to  provide  this  type  of  high  cost,  low  margin  and 
highly  serviced  equipment  to  all  corners  of  the  country. 

One  HME  provider  in  Minnesota,  for  instance,  services 
approximately  100  oxygen  patients  with  90  of  them  being  Medicare 
beneficiaries.  Typically,  he  provides  an  average  of  three  after 
hours  (evenings  and  weekends)  calls  per  week  to  provide  emergency 
service  to  patients  or  new  set-ups.  If  these  patients  were  not 
serviced  adequately  and  on  a  timely  basis,  then  costly 
hospitalization  would  result.  Often,  new  orders  for  oxygen  in  the 
home  are  initiated  from  an  urgent  care  clinic  or  hospital  emergency 
room,  thereby  avoiding  hospital  admission. 

Under  competitive  bidding,  a  rapid  response  time  by  a  limited 
pool  of  providers  will  not  be  possible.  The  upshot  could  be  an 
additional  and  more  costly  hospital  admission. 

Other  Competitive  Bidding  Models 

Competitive  bidding  is  Jcnown  to  work  poorly  both  for  the 
Defense  Department  and  the  VA,  where  this  technique  already  is  used 
on  a  large  scale,  similar  to  what  Medicare  would  require.  VA 
hospitals  have  experienced  deficiencies  documented  by  the  Joint 
Commission  on  Accreditation  of  Healthcare  Organizations  (JCAHO)  due 
to  the  poor  quality  of  home  care  provided  by  VA  competitive  bidding 
contract  winners. 

Under  the  Administration's  plan,  we  would  have  to  expect 
similar,  if  not  greater,  problems  in  access  and  quality.  The  VA, 
once  acquiring  a  signed  contract  in  certain  states,  has  monitored 
the  provider  for  provisions  of  services  only  to  find  they  have  no 
awareness  of  home  oxygen  and  HME  items  in  the  areas  of:  quality; 
appropriateness  of  equipment;  various  types  of  equipment;  safety 
features  of  equipment;  and  current  pricing  of  equipment. 

British  Columbia,  Canada,  has  had  a  competitive  bid  process 
for  HME  services  in  place  since  November  1991.  There,  the 
government  uses  a  scheme  of  establishing  a  "preferred"  provider 
based  on  the  lowest  bid  and  up  to  2  "approved"  providers  based  on 
the  next  lowest  bid  in  each  health  unit  (7  units  in  British 
Columbia) .   Typically,  this  system  allows  for: 

48  hours  to  set  up  new  patients,  from  time  of  initial 
order; 

A  three-year  bid  period  with  the  government  option  to 
renew  every  year  if  the  provider  is  not  performing  based 
on  confirmed  complaints; 

•  Concentrators,  liquid  oxygen  systems,  portable  systems 
and  contents  to  be  bid  and  paid  for  separately.  Contents 
are  based  on  actual  usage; 

Government  mandates  on  patient  follow-ups/assessments 
done  every  6  months  as  a  minimum,  but  can  be  done  more 
often  if  so  desired; 

•  Government  mandates  that  require  concentrators  to  be 
maintained  at  a  minimum  of  every  three  months  and  more 
often  if  desired; 

The  preferred  and  approved  vendors  compete  on  service  and 
are  permitted  to  obtain  clients  based  on  referral, 
physician  or  patient  preference,  even  though  providers 
will  be  paid  at  different  rates  based  on  their  bid;  and 

An  overall  decline  in  service  levels  because  patients 
have  remained  in  hospitals  longer.  Service  delays  and 
hospital  admissions  more  than  likely  have  increased 
because  of  minimal  patient/provider/physician 
interaction. 


174 


Based  on  the  accumulated  evidence  that  demonstrates  the 
inadequacies  of  competitive  bidding  and  because  of  the  adverse 
impact  we  predict  that  such  a  system  would  have  on  persons  with 
disabilities,  HME  providers  and  the  entire  health  care  system, 
NAMES  strongly  opposes  competitive  bidding  for  home  medical 
equipment  services. 

2.  Freedom  of  Choice 

Especially  important,  all  Americans  should  have  freedom  to 
choose  their  health  care  providers.  The  Administration's  proposal 
encourages  health  plans  to  operate  as  efficiently  and  cost- 
effectively  as  possible.  This  objective,  while  laudable,  could 
allow  health  plans  to  contract  only  with  one  provider  in  a  given 
field.  Such  a  practice,  however,  would  limit  the  choices  of 
available  providers  from  which  consumers  can  select.  And,  as  such, 
HME  suppliers  from  whom  consumers  may  have  received  care  in  the 
past  or  whose  companies  are  closer  to  home  could  be  closed  out. 

NAMES  already  is  beginning  to  see  situations  develop  where 
consumer  choice  is  being  severely  limited  because  some  HMOs  will 
contract  only  with  one  HME  supplier.  Our  concern  is  that  reducing 
the  number  of  providers  in  a  given  field  will  result  in  decreased 
competition,  eventually  driving  up  prices,  while  diminishing 
quality  of  care.  No  single  provider  can  adequately  cover  as  large 
a  geographical  and  populated  area,  across  many  miles  and  through 
dense  inner  cities,  as  envisioned  in  the  Clinton  plan.  Suppliers 
also  vigorously  oppose  the  concept  of  a  competitive  bidding  system 
for  HME  items  that  essentially  would  lead  to  diminution  of  services 
and  quality. 

NAMES  recommends  that  the  final  health  care  reform  legislation 
should  provide  incentives  for  health  plans  to  contract  with  as  many 
providers  as  necessary  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  community.  At  the 
very  least,  there  should  not  be  any  disincentives  in  the  system  to 
allowing  full  provider  participation.  As  well,  administrative 
simplification  of  forms  and  the  processing  of  reimbursement  claims 
would  help  eliminate  some  of  these  disincentives. 

In  the  midst  of  the  current  health  care  reform  debate,  the  one 
solution  to  rising  costs  that  emerges  as  an  efficient,  affordable, 
and  compassionate  option  is  HME  services  as  part  of  home  care.  HME 
suppliers  meet  the  needs  of  a  wide  range  of  individuals  who  require 
medical  equipment  and  services  in  their  homes.  Suppliers  not  only 
provide  many  of  the  more  "traditional"  items  of  equipment  such  as 
those  envisioned  when  the  Part  B  "DME"  benefit  was  first  adopted  as 
part  of  the  Medicare  law  in  1965;  now  we  also  provide  a  vast  array 
of  highly  specialized  and  advanced  services,  such  as  infusion 
therapy  for  the  provision  of  antibiotics  and  chemotherapy,  oxygen 
and  ventilator  systems,  and  advanced  rehabilitation  equipment. 
Comprehensive  health  care  reform  should  establish  no  impediments  to 
the  use  of  home  care  and  HME  services  that  are  currently  available 
or  to  the  enhancement  of  care  in  the  home  and  other  non- 
institutional  settings. 

NAMES  and  HME  suppliers  are  ready  to  assist  Congress  in  any 
way  possible  as  you  debate  national  health  care  reform,  by 
providing  additional  information  on  the  HME  services  industry's 
concerns  described  above  and  how  they  relate  to  persons  with 
disabilities  and  older  Americans. 


175 


TESTIMONY  OF  GAIASHKTOOS 

PRESIDENT,  NATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  AMERICAN  INDIANS 

BEFORE  THE  SENATE  COMMITTEE  ON  INDIAN  AFFAIRS 

INTRODUCTION 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Conunittee  on  Indian  Affairs,  good  afternoon.  My  name  is 
gaiashicibos.  I  am  President  of  the  National  Congress  of  American  Indians  and  Chairman  of  the 
Lac  Courte  Oreilles  Band  of  Ojibwe  Indians  of  Wisconsin.  I  would  like  to  thank  the  Conunittee 
for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  regarding  the  most  important  issue  of  health  care  reform 
for  our  nation's  first  citizens. 

The  National  Congress  of  American  Indians  (NCAI)  is  the  oldest  and  largest  federation  of 
Indian  nations  committed  to  the  promotion  of  tribal  governments  and  the  protection  of  Indian 
rights.  Our  membership  currently  exceeds  162  tribes.  Established  in  1944  and  celebrating 
presently  our  50th  Anniversary,  the  NCAI  is  devoted  to  advocating  the  interests  of  American 
Indian  Tribes  and  Alaska  Natives.  It  is  in  this  spirit  that  I  appear  before  you  today. 

Mr.  Chairman,  before  I  begin  with  the  main  body  of  my  remarks,  I  would  like  to  draw  the 
Committees  attention  to  a  resolution  passed  recently  by  our  membership  regarding  health  care 
reform  at  the  organization's  annual  convention  this  past  December  in  Reno,  Nevada.  (See 
Attachments).  I  ask  respectfully  that  the  resolution,  along  with  my  statement,  be  entered  into  the 
record. 

It  is  my  understanding  that  the  purpose  of  today's  hearing  is  to  solicit  commentary  generally  on 
SI 757,  the  American  Health  Care  Security  Act,  as  it  is  perceived  to  affect  Indian  Tribes,  and  hear 


176 


specifically  comments  on  the  interface  between  the  President's  National  Health  Care  Reform 
proposal  and  the  Indian  Health  Service.  Accordingly,  my  testimony  begins  with  a  brief  overview 
of  some  of  the  principals  the  NCAI  believes  are  essential  in  order  for  meaningful  health  care 
reform  be  achieved  for  American  Indians  and  Alaska  Natives.  I  further  raise  what  I  believe  are 
some  of  the  more  serious  questions  and  concerns  about  the  scope  of  health  care  sersaces  that  will 
be  provided  in  Indian  country.  Indeed,  it  is  imperative  that  Indian  country  be  provided  all  the 
information  that  is  necessary  to  weigh  carefully,  the  merits  of  the  President's  proposal. 

BACKGROUND 
It  was  with  anticipation  and  great  hope  that  I  awaited  formal  introduction  of  the  President's 
Health  Security  Act  (S.1557)  into  both  houses  of  Congress  some  2  months  ago.  I  certainly  am 
among  those  who  believe  that  health  care  in  this  country,  particularity  for  American  Indians  and 
Alaska  Natives,  is  in  a  state  of  emergency.  At  the  outset,  I  am  generally  encouraged  that  the 
President's  health  care  proposals  for  Indian  country  are  premised  in  the  recognition  of  treaty 
commitments  and  the  system  of  health  care  that  has  been  developed  over  the  years  to  fulfill  the 
goverrunent's  responsibilities  in  addressing  health  care  needs  of  Native  Americans  by  maintaining 
as  the  principal  component  of  the  health  care  delivery  system  that  would  serve  Indian  country,  the 
Indian  Health  Service  (IHS).  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  federal  government's  responsibility  for  the 
provision  of  health  care  to  this  country's  first  citizens  arises  out  of  commitments  that  the  United 
States  made  upon  entering  into  treaties  with  Indian  nations.  Moreover,  Mr.  Chairman,  this  is  no 
doubt  that  the  Native  people  of  this  country  have  paid  dearly  for  the  benefits  they  receive.  We've 
ceeded  millions  of  acres  of  land,  —in  many  instances  our  home  lands  —  in  exchange  for  a  promise 
of  health  care.  For  decades,  we  have  suffered  in  a  system  of  rationed  health  care,  a  system  which 


177 


has  been  seriously  and  severely  underfunded  from  the  outset.  There  must  now  be  proper 
assurances  that  health  care  reform  for  the  Native  people  of  the  United  States  is  meaningful  and 
tangible,  and  not  simply  yet  another  unfulfilled  promise  by  the  Federal  Government. 

QUESTIONS  AND  CONCERNS  REGARDING  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM  FOR 
NATIVE  AMERICANS 
There  is  no  question  that  the  Health  Care  Security  Act  would  have  a  significant  effect  upon  the 
relationship  between  the  Indian  Health  Service  and  the  population  it  serves.  And,  there  is  no 
question  that  the  National  Congress  of  American  Indians  supports  the  general  principles  of  the 
Health  Care  Security  Act.  We  believe  in  the  principles  of  universal  health  coverage  for  all 
Americans  and  believe  in  action  to  control  the  soaring  costs  of  health  care.  However,  in  order  to 
fully  evaluate  the  merits  of  the  President's  Health  Care  Reform  proposal,  and  to  provide 
meaningful  input  in  order  to  achieve  more  efficient  and  effective  health  care  systems  for  Indian 
country,  some  fundamental  questions  must  be  answered  and  some  basic  assurances  provided. 
1.  Funding 

It  is  essential  that  sufficient  funding  to  fully  support  services  for  Indians  be  made 
available,  consistent  with  the  government's  trust  obligations  to  American  Indians  and  Alaska 
Natives.  The  NCAI  is  very  concerned  presently  that  funding  for  Indian  health  programs  within  the 
Act  is  wholly  inadequate  to  support  the  costs  of  delivery  of  the  guaranteed  benefit  package  to 
American  Indians  and  Alaska  Natives.  In  short,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  are  concerned  that  the 
President's  plan  continues  a  long  history  of  the  severe  underfunding  of  Indian  programs.  The  many 
worthwhile  objectives  contained  in  the  Act  simply  cannot  be  realized  without  proper  financing.  At 
best  Mr.  Chairman,  the  current  level  of  funding  for  the  health  care  programs  designed  to  serve 


178 


Indian  people  who  reside  in  reservation  communities  permits  the  IHS  and  the  tribally  operated 
programs  to  address  less  than  50%  of  the  overall  health  care  needs  of  the  Indian  patient 
population.  Under  the  IHS  operated  programs,  this  includes  some  42  hospitals  and  65  health 
centers.  Under  the  Tribally  operated  programs,  which  represent  a  growing  component  of  the 
Indian  delivery  system,  tribes  operate  approximately  8  hospitals  and  93  health  centers.  And  while 
the  Congressionally  mandated  mission  of  the  IHS  is  to  elevate  severely  the  health  status  of  Indians 
to  the  highest  possible  level,  limited  federal  funding  has  forced  IHS  to  severely  ration  its  services. 
I  now  understand  that  the  President's  targeted  request  for  Fiscal  Year  1995  for  IHS  will  further 
reduce  the  capacity  of  the  Indian  health  care  system  to  address  the  needs  of  our  communities.  All 
the  while,  there  remains  a  soaring  unmet  need  for  safe  water  and  sanitation  systems.  According  to 
its  own  estimates,  only  15  of  the  nearly  500  IHS  facilities  currently  has  the  potential  to  provide 
the  fill!  range  of  health  care  services  that  are  part  of  the  comprehensive  benefits  package 
guaranteed  to  all  other  Americans  under  the  Health  Care  Security  Act  sufficient  funding  is  vital. 

We  must  have  some  concrete  answers  to  questions  about  the  costs  to  provide  all  of  the 
benefits  listed  in  the  Comprehensive  Benefits  Package  (CBP).  Further,  we  must  know    more 
precisely  what  it  will  cost  to  maintain  the  same  level  of  supplemental  benefits  which  the  IHS 
currently  provides.  It  would  be  helpful  if  Tribes  knew  what  amount  the  Administration  expects 
Tribes  to  spend  on  renovation  and  expansion  through  the  revolving  loan  fund.  We  need  to  know 
what  will  happen  to  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  payments  which  Tribes  currently  collect,  under 
the  Act.  It  is  imperative  that  the  Administration  and  Congress  commit  to  seeking  a  sufficient  level 
of  funding  necessary  to  provide  the  same  comprehensive  benefits  other  Americans  are  guaranteed 
under  the  Act,  at  a  minimum  the  same  level  of  supplemental  benefits  that  currently  exists  and  to 


179 

achieve  the  renovation  and  expansion  of  facilities  called  for  under  the  Act. 

2.  The  Govemment-to-Govemment  Relationship 

In  order  to  be  consistent  with  the  principles  of  Self-Governance,  the  NCAI  believes  the 
Administration  should  have  consulted  with  Tribes  in  drafting  the  Indian  and  IHS  sections  of  the 
bill.  We  hope  that  Congress  will  listen  with  a  carefully  to  Tribes  throughout  the  debate  on  national 
health  care  legislation  and  its  impact  on  Indian  people. 

Similarly,  we  are  concerned  that  the  Act  has  not  properly  taken  into  account  the  govemment- 
to-govemment  relationship  between  Indian  tribes  and  the  Federal  Government.  While  the  Act 
provides  a  number  of  incentives  to  states  which  opt  to  undergo  reform  prior  to  the  January  1, 
1998  deadline,  no  such  incentives  are  extended  to  the  Tribes  of  the  IHS.  We  hope  the 
Administration  will  agree  to  provide  the  same  incentives  to  tribes  that  it  currently  is  offering  to 
states.  We  also  encourage  the  Administration  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to  see  that  tribes  and 
states  undergo  reform  at  approximately  the  same  time.  It  troubles  me  deeply  that  Indians  and 
Alaska  Natives  will  have  to  wait  an  additional  year  for  health  care  reform  under  the  current 
provision  of  the  Act. 

An  additional  concern  under  the  govemment-to-govemment  relationship  occurs  with  respect 
to  service  to  non-Indians.  I  know  many  tribal  leaders  share  this  concern.  Presently  tribes  have 
authority  to  prevent  the  IHS  from  immediately  extending  services  to  non-Indians  under  the  Indian 
Health  Care  Improvement  Act.  My  understanding  is  that  the  President's  bill  will  undermine  that 
authority.  The  NCAI  encourages  Congress  and  the  Administration  to  restore  the  requirement  of 
tribal  consent  prior  to  extending  IHS  and  tribal  services  to  non-Indians. 


180 


3.         Additional  Issues  of  Concern 

The  Act  authorizes  regional  health  care  alliances  to  essentially  operate  as  large  purchasing 
agents  for  options  of  health  care  plans  from  which  alliance  members  may  select  the  option  which 
most  suits  their  needs.  However,  the  Act  does  not  resolve  the  issue  of  whether  the  overall  IHS 
service  system  could  function  as  an  alliance,  purchasing  health  care  plans  for  it's  service 
population.  A  principle  feature  of  the  health  alliances  is  that  they  enable  the  pooling  of  a 
sufiQciently  number  of  a  large  number  of  health  care  consumers  to  afford  an  economy  of  scale  in 
the  purchase  of  health  plans.  We  are  concerned  that  while  the  proposal  for  Indian  country  may 
well  offer  more  flexibility  for  local  tribal  government  decision  making,  it  may  result  in  the  loss  of 
economy  of  scale  of  purchasing  power  if  the  IHS  were  otherwise  deemed  to  have  the  state  us 
regional  health  alliance. 

Similarly  we  are  concerned  about  the  retention  of  the  "payer  of  last  resort"  policy.  I 
understand  IHS  will  continue  "the  payer  of  last  resort"  in  the  new  era  of  health  care  reform.  We 
believe  that  this  policy  must  be  eliminated  and  that  to  clarify  the  role  of  IHS  as  the  primary 
provider  to  Indian  people,  direct  federal  reimbursement  be  provided  to  Indian  Health  programs 
for  services  provided  to  patients  eligible  for  third  party  reimbursements. 

The  President's  plan  lacks  a  strong  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  component.  We 
believe  these  programs  form  the  comer  stone  of  any  effective  health  care  system  and  are  a  vital 
part  of  addressing  the  health  care  needs  of  Native  populations.  We  hope  that  Congress  takes  the 
necessary  steps  that  health  plans  offer  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  programs  as  part 
of  the  guaranteed  benefits  packages  and  that  allocations  and  appropriations  for  Indian  health 
programs  include  the  cost  of  these  preventive  services. 


181 


I  am  pleased  that  President  Clinton's  health  care  plan  includes  long-term  care  health  care 
services.  However  it  is  unclear  just  where  Indian  programs  will  fit  into  this  system.  Under  the 
current  system,  states  fund  many  long-term  care  services  for  low-income  Indians  through  the 
Medicaid  program.  It  is  unclear  that  such  services  will  continue  under  the  Act.  We  believe  a 
mechanism  should  be  clearly  identified  within  the  President's  plan  for  fijnding  the  portions  of  the 
various  long-term  care  programs  for  Indians  which  would  otherwise  be  paid  as  part  of  other  state 
matching  funds.  We  are  further  concerned  that  the  IHS  has  no  comprehensive  long-term  care 
program  for  older  and  disabled  patients  We  hope  the  Administration  remains  committed  to  a 
strategy  for  improving  health  care  for  the  Native  American  elderly  and  disabled. 

An  issue  to  which  I  am  personally  committed  as  a  tribal  leader  is  HIV/ AIDS  prevention  and 
education.  We  are  faced  with  an  alarming  increase  of  HIV  positive  Native  Americans  and  patients 
who  have  developed  AIDS.  Unfortunately,  funding  for  AIDS  programs  through  IHS  has  been 
sharply  reduced.  Essential  treatment  drugs  have  been  eliminated  from  the  IHS  pharmaceutical 
formulary.  It  is  unclear  under  the  President's  plan  whether  such  funding  would  be  restored.  I 
believe  that  a  meaningful  health  care  plan  would  provide,  at  a  minimum,  essential  treatment  drugs. 

CONCLUSION 
Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  again  thank  the  Committee  for  this  opportunity  to  peirticipate  in 
dialogue  with  the  Administration  regarding  the  impact  national  health  care  will  have  on  Indian 
people  and  the  Indian  Health  Service  system.  We  certainly  have  a  significant  amount  of  work 
before  us.  We  remain  hopeful  that  the  President's  health  care  reform  bill  will  provide  an 
opportunity  to  address  serious  problems  and  improve  health  care  for  Native  Americans.  On  behalf 
of  the  National  Congress  of  American  Indians,  we  look  forward  to  working  with  the 

Administration  and  Congress  to  provide  meaningful,  effective  and  efficient  health  care  services  to 
this  country's  first  citizens. 


182 


TESTIMONY  OF  ROBERT  E.  BARROW 

MASTER  OF  THE  NATIONAL  GRANGE 

OF  THE  ORDER  OF  PATRONS  OF  HUSBANDRY 

I  am  Robert  E.  Barrow.  I  are  the  Master  (President)  of  the 
National  Grange  of  the  Order  of  Patrons  of  Husbandry,  which  is 
this  nation's  oldest,  general  farm  and  rural  public  interest 
organization.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  speak  to  you  today  about  the 
Grange's  views  on  health  care  reform,  especially  as  it  affects 
the  farming  and  rural  areas  of  our  nation. 

The  impact  of  health  care  reform  on  rural  America  has 
received  too  little  attention  to  date  in  the  public  debate  on 
this  issue. 

After  surveying  our  approximately  300,000  members  across  the 
nation  on  this  issue,  we  have  found  there  is  a  broad  agreement 
among  farmers  and  rural  citizens  on  many  of  the  basic  goals  of 
national  health  care  reform.  Grange  members  support  universal 
access  to  health  care  for  every  American  regardless  of  age,  race, 
income,  prior  health  condition,  or  where  they  live.  We  support 
efforts  to  streamline  the  administrative  costs  and  to  contain 
health  care's  skyrocketing  costs.  Grange  members  support  main- 
taining the  freedom  to  chose  one's  own  doctor. 

However,  our  members  are  concerned  that  the  unique  problems 
that  are  facing  health  care  in  rural  areas  are  not  magically 
solved  simply  because  we  can  and  should  find  substantial  areas  of 
common  ground  with  our  urban  and  suburban  countrymen.  Our  debate 
on  national  health  care  reform  must  focus  substantial  attention 
on  critical  rural  health  care  issues  that  affect  nearly  one  out 
of  every  four  Americans. 

This  immense  population,  distributed  across  the  huge  geo- 
graphic expense  of  our  nation,  means  that  the  United  States  has  a 
vast  rural  health  care  system  that  no  other  industrial  nation 
tries  to  maintain.  This  fact  is  important  because  many  modern 
medical  technologies  seem  to  achieve  their  highest  efficiencies 
as  greater  economies  of  scale  are  found.  Unfortunately,  these 
economies  of  scale  are  concentrated  more  and  more  in  heavily 
populated  urban  areas. 

As  a  result,  rural  areas  are  increasingly  facing  reduced 
access  to  health  care  facilities.  Rural  hospitals  are  smaller 
than  urban  hospitals  and  find  it  difficult  to  use  modern  econo- 
mies of  scale.  Rural  health  care  providers  have  also  been  sub- 
jected to  overt  discrimination  by  the  federal  government's 
Medicaid  and  Medicare  programs,  which  have  set  lower  reimburse- 
ment schedules  for  small  rural  hospitals  than  for  larger  urban 
hospitals. 

The  difficulties  and  costs  of  maintaining  quality  health 
care  in  rural  areas  can  be  demonstrated  by  the  experiences  of 
the  state  of  Pennsylvania.  In  1989,  the  Center  for  Rural  Penn- 
sylvania published  a  report  entitled  "Health  Care  Outlook  and 
Opportunities".  In  that  report,  the  Center  found  that  nearly  one- 
half  of  the  rural  counties  in  Pennsylvania  either  rely  exclusive- 
ly on  small  hospitals  or  do  not  have  a  hospital. 

The  problems  concerning  access  to  adequate  rural  health  care 
services  are  not  limited  to  Pennsylvania.  The  Congressional 
Office  of  Technology  Assessment  has  found  that  rural  areas  cannot 
recruit  and  retain  qualified  health  care  personnel.  One  hundred 
and  eleven  rural  counties  in  the  United  States  do  not  have 
resident  physicians.  Over  one-half  million  rural  residents  live 
in  counties  that  do  not  have  a  physician  who  is  trained  in 
obstetric  care.  Forty-nine  million  rural  citizens  live  in  coun- 
ties that  do  not  have  a  psychiatrist. 

Access  to  health  care  facilities  is  not  the  only  critical 
problem  facing  rural  residents.  America  is  an  aging  society. 
Persons  who  are  85  years  of  age  or  older  are  the  fastest  growing 
segment  of  our  population.  As  we  age,  we  tend  to  require  more 
health  care  in  order  to  maintain  our  quality  of  life.  For  exam- 


183 


pie,  the  average  35-year  old  uses  about  $1,000  of  health  care  per 
year.  The  average  person  over  the  age  of  8  5  uses  $6,000  or  more  a 
year  in  health  related  services. 

This  problem  of  an  aging  population  is  especially  acute  in 
rural  areas  where  the  average  age  is  39  years  old  as  compared  to 
a  national  average  age  of  about  32  years  old.  Moreover,  the 
average  age  of  a  farm  operator  in  the  United  States  is  53  years 
old.  The  critical  problems  involved  with  dealing  with  the  in- 
creasingly expensive  needs  of  an  aging  population  are  already 
having  a  tremendous  impact  on  the  health  care  system  in  our  rural 
and  farming  areas. 

Other  issues  are  also  critically  important  to  the  rural 
health  care  debate.  Our  nation's  public  and  private  insurance 
systems  have  systematically  discriminated  against  rural  health 
care  providers  by  providing  reduced  reimbursement  for  the  same 
procedures  or  services  that  are  provided  in  rural  areas  as 
opposed  to  urban  areas.  The  federal  government's  policy  of  not 
allowing  100%  deduction  of  health  insurance  costs  for  self- 
employed  individuals  has  also  been  a  burden  on  rural  areas 
because  rural  and  farming  communities  have  disproportionate 
numbers  of  self-employed  people. 

While  the  National  Grange  applauds  the  efforts  of  the 
Administration  and  Congress  to  advance  the  goals  of  health  care 
reform,  we  can't  help  but  have  nagging  concerns  about  the  details 
of  the  President's  plan  as  presently  formulated.  Our  chief  worry 
is  that  "Health  Care  That  is  Always  There"  will  turn  into  "Health 
Care  That  is  Always  (Over)  There"  for  rural  Americans.  We  fear 
the  continued  consolidation  of  health  care  facilities  outside  of 
areas  that  are  easily  accessible  to  rural  citizens.  In  our  view, 
forcing  farmers  and  other  rural  citizens  to  travel  greater 
distances  to  receive  primary  to  secondary  health  care  is  not 
health  care  reform.  It  is  merely  cost  shifting  and  risk  shifting 
in  another  form. 

Guarding  against  discriminatory  forms  of  cost  shifting  and 
risk  shifting  will  require  all  of  us  who  are  concerned  about 
health  care  in  rural  America  to  remain  actively  involved  as  the 
debate  on  health  care  unfolds  over  the  next  few  months  or  years. 
There  are  literally  hundreds  of  issues  where  rural  citizens  have 
a  distinct  interest  in  how  the  details  of  health  care  reform  are 
finally  worked  out.  I  would  like  to  offer  a  few  of  the  key  issues 
that  the  Grange  believes  will  tell  us  whether  or  not  health  care 
reform  will  be  beneficial  or  detrimental  to  rural  areas: 

1.  Global  budgeting  -  If  the  President's  proposals  for 
global  budgeting  rely  primarily  on  historical  spending 
patterns,  then  health  care  reform  will  only  lock-in  the 
discrimination  that  has  historically  occurred  in  rural 
areas. 

2.  Relaxing  the  standards  of  health,  safety,  or  consumer 
protection.  Several  proposals  to  increase  the  avail- 
ability of  health  care  in  rural  areas  involve  relaxing 
certain  government  standards  that  are  related  to  pro- 
tecting the  patient's  safety  or  consumer  protection. 
Related  proposals  call  for  expanding  the  use  of  non 
physician-administered  primary  health  care  in  rural 
areas.  We  are  not  opposed  to  a  discussion  about  these 
proposals,  per  se,  as  part  of  the  national  health  care 
debate.  However,  we  are  concerned  that  the  merits  of 
proposals  like  these  should  be  debated  for  their  adopt- 
ion by  all  Americans  -  not  just  those  who  live  in  rural 
areas.  Rural  Americans  and  farmers  are  not  second  class 
citizens  who  must  waive  their  rights  to  safety  or  con- 
sumer protection  in  order  to  receive  adequate  health 
care.  If  it  is  cost  effective  for  registered  nurses  and 
physicians'  assistants  to  deliver  primary  health  care 


184 


in  rural  areas,  we  assume  those  same  efficiencies  will 
be  found  in  urban  and  suburban  areas  as  well. 

3.    Health  Care  Alliances  -  The  President's  proposal  envi- 
sions large  purchasing  cooperatives  of  one  million 
members  or  more  to  contract  with  health  care  providers 
to  provide  medical  services  to  the  Alliance's  members. 
In  all  but  a  handful  of  states,  it  seems  unlikely  that 
most  health  care  alliances  will  be  structured  so  as  to 
include  a  majority  of  rural  residents.  More  likely, 
health  care  alliances  will  be  structured  around  urban 
and  suburban  population  centers  that  have  significant 
numbers  of  rural  citizens  lumped  into  the  metropolitan- 
based  alliances  for  convenience  sake. 

This  situation  may  or  may  not  be  beneficial  for  farmers  and 
rural  residents.  However,  as  I  have  pointed  out,  rural  areas  have 
unique  health  care  needs  that  may  not  be  adequately  addressed  in 
health  alliances  that  are  60%,  70%,  80%,  or  more  urban  and 
suburban  based.  A  key  test  of  the  President's  reform  proposal 
will  be  adoption  of  a  program  that  allows  a  wider  range  of 
options  in  the  formation  of  health  care  purchasing  cooperatives 
that  recognize,  as  Revolutionary  War  hero  Ethan  Allen  once  said, 
"The  Gods  of  the  Hills  are  not  the  Gods  of  the  Valleys".  Rural 
areas  will  need  to  be  allowed  to  withdraw  from  metropolitan-based 
health  care  alliances  and  form  their  own  purchasing  cooperatives 
if  rural  areas  are  going  to  be  able  to  determine  their  own  health 
care  destiny. 

The  Grange's  interest  in  rural  health  care  dates  back  for 
decades.  Many  of  the  State  Granges  already  act  as  health  care 
alliances  for  our  members  by  contracting  with  HMOs  and  insurance 
companies  to  provide  quality  health  care  services  to  their 
members.  State  Granges  operate  half-a-dozen  long-term  health  care 
facilities  for  Grange  members  across  the  nation.  Dozens  of  local 
Granges  across  the  nation  sponsor  or  actively  support  Emergency 
Medical  Services  in  their  communities.  Health  care  is  a  critical 
issue  for  our  state  Granges  and  local  Grange  chapters. 

At  the  National  level,  the  Grange  is  sponsoring  a  multi  year 
political  education  and  action  program  called  "Health  Care  in 
America".  At  our  request,  nearly  1,700  local  Granges  wrote  to 
First  Lady  Hillary  Rodham  Clinton  urging  her  to  consider  the 
unique  problems  of  rural  America  as  the  Administration  drafted 
its  health  care  proposals.  We  have  published  and  distributed 
nearly  5,000  copies  of  an  information  brochure  entitled  "Health 
Care  in  America:  Issues,  Questions,  and  Facts".  I  proclaimed  this 
past  September  "Health  Care  in  America  Month"  and  asked  our  local 
and  State  Grange  chapters  to  hold  meetings  on  health  care  reform 
and  to  sponsor  free  blood  pressure  screenings  to  help  make  people 
aware  of  their  personal  responsibilities  of  maintaining  good 
health  as  an  integral  part  of  any  national  health  care  reform. 

The  National  Grange  is  committed  to  working  with  the  Clinton 
Administration,  Members  of  Congress,  and  our  allies  and  friends 
in  rural  areas  that  are  represented  by  colleagues  at  this  table 
to  secure  affordable  health  care  for  all  Americans.  We  believe 
our  job  is  to  make  sure  that  the  unique  problems  and  challenges 
of  providing  adequate  health  care  in  rural  America  is  incorporat- 
ed into  any  final  national  health  care  reform  plan. 

Thank  you. 


H.R.  1200,  AMERICAN  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT 
OF  1993;  H.R  2610,  MEDIPLAN  ACT  OF  1993; 
AND  OTHER  SINGLE-PAYER  OPTIONS 


WEDNESDAY,  FEBRUARY  9,  1994 

House  of  Representtatives, 

Committee  on  Ways  and  Means, 
Subcommittee  on  Health, 

Washington,  D.C. 
The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:06  a.m.,  in  room 
1100,  Longworth  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  Fortney  Pete  Stark 
(chairman  of  the  subcommittee)  presiding. 

[The  press  release  announcing  the  hearing  follows:] 


(185) 


186 


FOR  IMMEDIATE  RELEASE  PRESS  RELEASE  #26 

THDRSDAY,  JANUARY  27,  1994  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 
1102  LONGWORTH  HOUSE  OFFICE  BLDG. 
WASHINGTON,  D.C.   20515 
TELEPHONE:  (202)  225-7785 

THE  HONORABLE  PETE  STARK  (D. ,  CALIF. ), CHAIRMAN, 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH, 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS,  U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES, 

ANNOUNCES  A  HEARING 

ON 

HEALTH  CARE  REFORM: 

H.R.  1200,  THE  AMERICAN  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993; 

H.R.  2610,  THE  MEOIPLAN  ACT  OF  1993;  AND  OTHER  SINGLE-PAYER  OPTIONS 

The  Honorable  Pete  Stark  (D. ,  Calif. )>  Chairman,  Subcommittee  on 
Health,  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives, 
announced  today  that  the  Subcommittee  will  hold  a  hearing  on 
H.R.  1200,  the  American  Health  Security  Act  of  1993;  H.R.  2610,  the 
MediPlan  Act  of  1993;  and  other  single-payer  health  care  reform 
options.   The  hearing  will  be  held  on  Wednesday,  February  9,  1994, 
beginning  at  10:00  a.m.,  in  room  1100  Longworth  House  Office 
Building. 

In  announcing  the  hearing.  Chairman  Stark  stated:  "A  single- 
payer  health  care  system,  such  as  the  Canadian  system,  is  the 
simplest  and  most  straightforward  alternative  for  solving  the 
problems  facing  our  health  care  system  today.   The  Congressional 
Budget  Office  has  found  that  such  a  system  has  the  highest  potential 
for  controlling  health  care  costs.   For  these  reasons  a  hearing  to 
explore  the  feasibility  of  a  single-payer  system  is  a  necessary  part 
of  our  examination  of  options  for  health  reform^;* 

Oral  testimony  will  be  heard  from  invited  witnesses  only. 
However,  any  individual  or  organization  may  submit  a  written 
statement  for  consideration  by  the  Subcommittee  and  for  inclusion  in 
the  printed  record  of  the  hearing. 

BACKGROUND: 

H.R.  1200,  the  American  Health  Security  Act  of  1993  was 
introduced  by  Mr.  McDermott,  Mr.  Stark,  Mr.  Rangel,  Mr.  Lewis  (Ga.), 
Mr.  Gibbons,  Mr.  Coyne,  Mr.  Ford  (Tenn.),  et  al. 

H.R.  1200  would  establish  a  single-payer  model  of  health  care, 
providing  coverage  for  all  Americans.   The  provision  of  health  care 
services  would  remain  in  the  private  sector  and  individuals  would  not 
obtain  their  insurance  through  their  employers.   Patients  could 
select  their  own  physicians  and  there  would  be  no  deductible, 
coinsurance,  or  copayment  required.   The  benefit'  package  would 
include  all  preventive,  hospital  and  outpatient  medical  services.   In 
addition,  the  plan  would  cover  long  term  care,  mental  health 
services,  prescription  drugs,  and  substance  abuse  treatment.   The 
plan  would  be  administered  by  the  States,  and  providers  would  bill 
the  State  for  covered  services. 

The  plan  would  be  Federally  financed.   The  Federal  Government 
also  would  define  the  standard  benefit  package  and  collect  the 
premiums.   Financing  would  be  through  payroll  deductions,  a  tax  on 
tobacco  products,  and  an  excise  tax  on  handguns  and  ammunitions. 
Savings  from  the  elimination  of  health  insurance  products  would  be 
used  to  subsidize  care  for  low-income  persons. 

H.R.  2610,  introduced  by  Mr.  Stark,  Mr.  Coyne,  et  al,  would 
extend  benefits  under  the  Medicare  program  to  all  Americans  and  is 
similar  to  a  proposal  introduced  by  Mr.  Stark  in  the  102nd  Congress, 
H.R.  650,  the  MediPlan  Act  of  1991.   The  bill  would  assure  health 
insurance  protection  modeled  on  the  Medicare  program. 


187 


It  incorporates  the  national  health  budget  and  reimbursement 
systems  currently  included  in  H.R.  200.   The  budget  would  be  used  to 
establish  provider  payment  rates,  and  to  assure  that  costs  are 
contained  within  limits.   Total  expenditures  would  be  gradually 
reduced  to  the  rate  of  increase  in  the  gross  domestic  product. 

The  bill  would  provide  Federal  regulation  of  MediPlan 
supplemental  insurance.   Any  additional  costs  would  be  financed 
through  a  new  lO-percent  tax  on  gross  payments  received  for  MediPlan 
benefits  by  health  care  providers.   In  addition,  every  individual 
(except  lower-income  Americans)  would  pay  the  MediPlan  health 
benefits  premium  (about  $1, 500/person;  $3,000  per  working  couple) 
through  the  income  tax  system,  and  employers  would  pay  80  percent  of 
the  MediPlan  health  benefits  premium. 

Benefits  under  Medicare  would  be  enhanced  by  the  bill.   Basic 
benefits  would  include  Medicare  benefits  except  that  a  single 
deductible  of  $350  per  individual  ($500  per  family)  and  an  out-of- 
pocket  limit  per  person  of  $2,500  ($3,000  per  family)  would  be  added. 
Prescription  drugs  would  be  added  with  a  separate  deductible,  and 
prevention  benefits  would  be  covered  without  cost  sharing. 

The  bill  would  encourage  States  to  continue  their  experiments 
with  their  own  reforms.   States,  subject  to  minimum  Federal 
guidelines,  could  opt  out  of  the  national  program. 

DETAILS  FOR  SUBMISSION  OF  WRITTEW  COMMEMT8; 

For  those  who  wish  to  file  a  written  statement  for  the  printed 
record  of  the  hearing,  six  (6)  copies  are  required  and  must  be 
submitted  by  the  close  of  business  on  Wednesday,  February  23,  1994, 
to  Janice  Mays,  Chief  Counsel  and  Staff  Director,  Committee  on  Ways 
and  Means,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives,  1102  Longworth  House  Office 
Building,  Washington,  D.C.   20516.   An  additional  supply  of 
statements  may  be  furnished  for  distribution  to  the  press  and  public 
if  supplied  to  the  Subcommittee  office,  1114  Longworth  House  Office 
Building,  before  the  hearing  begins. 

FORMATTING  REODIREMEMTB ; 

Each  statement  presented  (or  printing  to  tne  Commitiee  by  •  witness,  any  written  statement  or  exhibit  submitted  (or 
the  printed  record,  or  any  written  comments  in  response  to  a  teQuett  tor  written  comments  must  con(orm  to  the  guidelines 
listed  below    Any  statement  or  exhibit  not  in  compliance  north  trtese  guidelines  will  not  be  printed,  but  will  be  maintained  in 
the  Committee  files  (or  review  and  use  by  the  Committee 

1.  All  statements  and  any  accompanying  eihioits  to'  printing  must  be  typed  m  single  space  on  legal-size  paper  and 
may  not  exceed  a  total  o(  10  pages 

2  Copies  o(  whole  documents  submitted  as  exnipn  material  will  not  t>e  accepted  (or  printing    Instead,  exhibit 
matenal  should  be  re(erenced  and  quoted  o'  paraphrased    All  exhibit  material  not  meeting  these  specifications 
will  be  maintained  in  the  Committee  files  for  rev«w  and  use  by  the  Committee 

3  Statements  must  contain  the  name  and  capacrty  in  which  the  witness  will  appear  or,  (or  written  comments,  the 
name  and  capacity  o(  the  person  submitting  trie  statement,  as  well  as  any  clients  or  persons,  or  any  organization 
(or  whom  the  witness  appears  or  (or  whom  the  statement  is  submitted 

4  A  supplemental  sheet  must  accompany  each  statement  listing  the  name,  (uM  address,  a  telephone  number  where 
the  witness  or  the  designated  representative  may  t>e  reached  and  a  topical  outline  or  summary  o(  the  comments 
and  recommendations  in  the  full  statement    This  supplemental  sheet  will  not  be  included  in  the  printed  record 

The  above  restnctions  and  limitations  apply  only  to  material  being  submitted  (or  pnnting    Statements  and  exhibits  or 
supplementary  matenal  submitted  solely  for  distribution  to  the  Members,  the  press  and  public  dunng  the  course  o(  a  public 
heanng,  may  be  submitted  in  other  (orms 


188 

Chairman  Stark.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

The  chairman  would  like  to  announce  that  the  committee  is 
going  to  continue  its  hearings  on  health  reform  today  and  deal  with 
the  single-payer  option.  The  chair  has  a  2  page  opening  statement 
which  lauds  the  merits  of  the  single-payer  system,  and  I  would  ask 
unanimous  consent  to  dispense  with  the  reading  of  this  laudatory 
opening  statement  and  have  it  appear  in  the  record  alongside  of 
the  laudatory  statement  that  I  am  sure  my  distinguished  colleague 
from  California,  the  ranking  member,  would  like  to  make  in  nis 
opening  statement. 

[The  statement  referred  to  follows:] 

OPENING  STATEMENT 

THE  HONORABLE  PETE  STARK 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 

February  9,  1994 


Good  morning. 

Today,  the  Subcommittee  on  Health  continues  its  series  of 
hearings  on  health  care  reform  proposals  with  testimony  regarding 
the  so-called  "single  payer"  options  for  reform. 

There  are  two  primary  approaches  to  a  single  payer  approach  to 
health  care  reform.   The  first  is  HR  1200,  the  American  Health 
Security  Act  of  1993,  introduced  by  Representative  McDermott  amd 
others.   I  introduced  the  second  alternative,  HR  2610,  the 
MediPlan  Health  Care  Act  of  1993. 

Single  payer  proposals  meet  every  one  of  the  President ' s 
objectives  for  health  care  reform.  They  would  guarantee  universal 
coverage  and  limit  the  growth  in  total  health  spending,  with 
scoreeible  savings.   In  fact,  the  Congressional  Budget  Office 
estimated  conservatively  that  by  the  year  2002,  reforms  along  the 
lines  of  H.R.  1200  would  reduce  national  health  expenditures  by 
70  billion  dollars,  with  savings  escalating  in  subsequent  years. 

Both  of  these  proposals  would  preserve  patients'  freedom  of 
choice.   Unlike  many  of  the  competing  health  reform  proposals, 
the  single-payer  approach  allows  every  American  the  financial 
freedom  to  choose  his  or  her  own  doctor,  specialist,  and 
hospital . 

Probably  the  greatest  virtue  unique  to  the  single-payer  reforms 
are  their  simplicity.   Everyone  is  covered  under  the  same  system. 
Providers  have  only  one  set  of  rules  by  which  to  play.   And,  in 
comparison  to  every  alternative  health  reform  proposal,  a  single- 
payer  system  wastes  the  least  amount  of  scarce  resources  on 
excessive  administrative  costs. 

The  idea  of  a  single  payer  system  is  not  radical,  as  some  would 
like  us  to  believe.   In  essence.  Medicare  is  a  single -payer 
system  for  the  elderly  --  and  a  very  successful  and  popular 
system  at  that . 


189 


since  1965,  Medicare  has  insured  virtually  all  senior  citizens 
under  a  single  public  plan.   Medicare  now  provides  universal  and 
guaranteed  coverage  to  some  35  million  Americans.   Individuals 
entitled  to  Medicare  benefits  have  complete  freedom  to  choose 
their  own  hospitals  and  doctors. 

Unlike  any  private  health  insurer,  Medicare's  administrative 
costs  are  between  3  to  4  percent  of  total  expenditures .   Given 
this  record  of  efficiency,  I  am  hard  pressed  to  justify 
alternative  health  reform  plans  that  recjuire  higher  payments  to 
cover  the  overhead  of  private  health  insurers,  which  ranges  up  to 
40  percent. 

Medicare  has  a  proven  record  of  effective  cost  containment.   The 
Medicare  program  has  pioneered  innovative  payment  methodologies. 
In  fact,  many  private  insurers  have  started  to  follow  the  lead  of 
Medicare  in  the  use  of  the  physician  resource-based  relative 
value  scale  (RB  RVS)  and  the  hospital  prospective  payment  system 
based  on  diagnosis  related  groups  (DRGs) . 

Medicare  is  a  popular  program.  It  works.  It  has  been  tested  by 
some  of  our  most  critical  and  outspoken  constituents.   And  they 
like  it.   It  is  an  all-American  health  insurance  system,  which 
takes  good  care  of  our  parents  and  grandparents . 

Of  course.  Medicare  is  not  perfect,  and  could  be  improved,  as  it 
has  been  over  the  course  of  the  past  thirty  years.   Nonetheless, 
I  dare  say  we  would  be  very  fortunate  indeed  if,  at  the  end  of 
this  year,  we  produce  a  health  reform  plan  as  popular  and 
successful  as  Medicare. 

A  single-payer  plan,  such  as  either  H.R.  1200  or  H.R.  2610,  would 
provide  all  residents  of  this  country  health  insurance  coverage 
that  is  guaranteed  and  portable .   It  would  provide  seamless 
coverage  --  without  regard  to  income,  employment  or  medical 
problems. 

I  urge  my  colleagues  to  take  a  careful  look  at  the  merits  of 
these  two  bills  as  we  work  to  pass  health  care  reform  legislation 
during  the  next  few  months . 


190 

Mr.  Thomas.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  do  not  have  a  written  statement 
lauding  the  single-payer  system  that  I  would  put  in  the  record,  but 
I  would  say  that  I  am  pleased  that  CBO  has  finally  given  us  some 
numbers  on  the  President's,  so  that  we  can  begin  to  compare  other 
plans. 

We  have  taken  testimony  from  a  lot  of  people  in  the  health  care 
industry,  and  I  look  forward  to  begin  to  hearing  testimony  from  our 
colleagues  who  have  spent  a  lot  of  time  looking  at  this  questions 
and  clearly  have  different  ways  of  delivering  what  all  of  us  are  in- 
terested in,  and  that  is  health  care  to  all  Americans. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  have  an  opening  panel  consisting  of  three 
distinguished  members.  We  are  awaiting  the  arrival  of  Hon.  John 
Conyers  of  Michigan,  who  is  on  his  way. 

We  are  joined  by  a  distinguished  member  of  our  subcommittee, 
Mr.  McDermott,  and  my  neighbor  and  colleague  from  California, 
Hon.  George  Miller. 

In  the  interest  of  time,  Jim,  why  do  we  not  have  you  start  off? 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JIM  MCDERMOTT,  A  REPRESENTATIVE 
IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  WASHINGTON 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  am  here  today  really  as  the  coauthor  of  H.R.  1200,  the  Amer- 
ican Health  Security  Act,  and  I  want  to  thank  the  subcommittee 
for  the  opportunity  to  testify  about  this  issue. 

This  subcommittee  and  the  Congress  are  beginning  a  historic  de- 
bate on  national  health  care  reform.  It  is  long  overdue,  and  I  know 
that  many  members  on  this  committee  have  been  actively  working 
on  this  issue  for  many  years. 

President  Clinton  deserves  much  credit  for  placing  health  care 
reform  first  on  his  agenda  for  the  Nation.  It  is  now  time  for  the 
Congress  to  respond  to  the  challenge,  and  I  think  we  all  welcome 
that  challenge. 

We  are  all  aware  of  the  need  for  the  reform  of  the  Nation's  cur- 
rent system  of  providing  and  paying  for  health  care.  I  am  not  going 
to  waste  your  time  convincing  you  of  the  existence  of  health  care 
crisis.  The  American  people  know  the  indisputable  reality  of  this 
crisis.  And  as  far  as  I  am  concerned,  anyone  who  tries  to  convince 
them  otherwise  can  defend  that  position  at  the  polls. 

The  time  has  come  to  start  making  decisions.  So  far,  the  debate 
has  focused  really  on  competing  slogans.  But  we  all  know  that  slo- 
gans are  not  going  to  be  enough  on  this  issue,  because  every  citizen 
will  be  personally  affected  by  this  vote,  and  if  we  mislead  them 
with  slogans,  every  voter  will  know  it  in  a  very  short  time. 

We  are  at  a  fork  in  the  road.  Yogi  Berra  said:  "When  you  come 
to  a  fork  in  the  road,  take  it."  We  can  now  consolidate  the  control 
of  the  insurance  companies  over  our  health  care  delivery  system 
and  spend  all  our  resources  policing  how  they  do  the  job,  or  we  can 
give  that  control  to  the  American  people. 

H.R.  1200  will  give  you  the  chance  to  vote  for  something  that  will 
cost  your  constituents  less  and  give  them  more  than  they  have  ever 
had,  and  you  will  be  able  to  explain  to  them  exactly  how  it  will 
work.  I  believe  that  is  a  vote  that  can  you  defend. 


191 

Every  other  option,  including  the  status  quo,  will  cost  them  much 
more  and  give  them  much  less.  They  may  not  understand  that 
today,  but  they  will  figure  it  out  in  a  very  short  time,  and  they  will 
hold  those  of  us  who  failed  to  seize  the  opportunity  for  the  best  ac- 
countable. 

So  let  us  talk  reality  and  substance.  Let  us  really  talk  bottom 
lines. 

I  am  here  today  to  discuss  a  proposal  which  at  least  92  other 
members,  including  my  colleague,  Mr.  Miller,  feel  is  the  most  cost- 
effective  approach  to  preserving  the  best  aspects  of  our  current  sys- 
tem, while  taking  bold  and  necessary  new  steps  to  correct  the  in- 
equities and  shortcomings  of  our  current  system  of  health  care  fi- 
nancing. 

In  short,  H.R.  1200  offers  the  best  approach  to  health  care  re- 
form because  it  is  simple;  it  is  universal;  it  is  proven;  and  it  is  effi- 
cient. 

H.R.  1200  in  a  single-payer  model  of  health  care  financing  which 
guarantees — and  I  underline  "guarantees" — universal  coverage 
while  preserving  the  best  aspects  of  the  current  private  delivery 
system.  This  is  in  sharp  contrast  to  other  proposals  currently  be- 
fore the  Congress. 

President  Clinton's  plan  aspires  to  universal  coverage,  but  it  will 
achieve  this  only  through  a  tremendous  disruption  of  the  present 
system  which  has  never  been  tested  before.  Other  proposals  before 
the  Congress  do  not  even  pretend  to  achieve  universal  coverage. 

Most  significantly,  H.R.  1200  accomplishes  the  goals  the  univer- 
sal coverage,  the  preservation  of  the  current  private  physician/pa- 
tient relationship,  and  offers  the  most  comprehensive  benefit  pack- 
age, while  accruing  the  largest  savings  compared  to  any  other  pro- 
posal. 

According  to  the  CBO,  who  was  here  yesterday,  the  single-payer 
approach  will  save  up  to  $175  billion  a  year  from  the  Nation's 
health  care  bill  by  the  year  2003.  That  compares  to  $110  billion  in 
savings  in  the  President's  proposal.  That  is  $65  billion  a  year  more 
savings. 

Moreover,  the  single  payer  achieves  these  additional  savings 
while  providing  the  most  generous  benefit  package,  including  full 
long-term  care  and  while  providing  a  much  more  generous  growth 
rate  than  the  President's  plan  permits.  Our  growth  rate  is  politi- 
cally attainable,  which  makes  our  savings  real.  In  addition,  up  to 
$100  billion  will  be  saved  in  administrative  savings  alone. 

CBO  yesterday  did  not  report  any  administrative  savings  in  the 
President's  bill.  And  as  you  know,  the  CBO  scoring  of  the  Cooper 
bill  last  year  demonstrated  that  Mr.  Cooper's  proposal  would  add 
$214  billion  in  health  care  spending,  while  leaving  two-thirds  of  the 
uninsured  population  still  uninsured. 

Now  I  am  proud  to  be  here  as  a  cosponsor  of  the  only  proposal 
for  health  care  reform  that  is  fully  financed  and  that  guarantees 
universal  coverage,  which  is  a  requirement  demanded  by  78  per- 
cent of  the  American  people  in  polls.  There  is  no  smoke,  no  mirrors, 
no  phony  numbers,  and  unlike  the  Cooper  proposal,  there  is  no  hid- 
den income  tax  penalties  for  most  middle  class  Americans  in  addi- 
tion to  their  health  insurance  and  out-of-pocket  costs,  and  there  is 
no  herding  of  Americans  into  HMOs. 


192 

Indeed,  I  commend  the  cosponsors  of  the  Cooper  bill  for  their  po- 
litical courage  in  supporting  effective  income  tax  increases  and 
business  profit  tax  without  offering  to  find  benefits  or  coverage  in 
return.  It  really  intrigues  me  how  26  Republicans  are  willing  to 
support  an  income  tax  increase,  and  I  am  going  to  watch  with  in- 
terest how  they  defend  at  home  this  combination  of  taxes  and  no 
guaranteed  insurance. 

Under  H.R.  1200,  every  American  will  know  exactly  how  much 
their  health  insurance  is  going  to  cost  them  in  the  foreseeable  fu- 
ture, and  75  percent  of  Americans  will  pay  less  in  1999  than  they 
are  paying  today  for  their  health  insurance. 

Seventy-five  percent  will  pay  less  for  a  benefit  package  that  is 
the  most  comprehensive,  including  home,  community-based,  and 
nursing  home  long-term  care,  prescription  drugs,  comprehensive 
mental  health  and  substance  abuse  benefits,  as  well  as  a  full  array 
of  preventive  and  acute  care  services. 

Seventy-five  percent  will  pay  less  for  a  plan  that  will  give  them 
unrestricted  free  choice  of  provider,  not  just  free-choice  of  plans. 

Seventy-five  percent  will  pay  less  for  a  plan  which  eliminates  in- 
terference in  the  doctor/patient  relationship  by  prohibiting 
precertification  of  medical  decisions  by  some  clerk  on  a  1-800  num- 
ber. 

Seventy-five  percent  will  pay  less  for  a  plan  that  eliminates  for 
consumers  the  need  to  file  the  reams  of  paper  with  insurers  and 
will  also  reduce  the  administrative  burden  on  providers. 

H.R.  1200  numbers  are  the  cleanest  numbers  in  town.  The  bill 
was  scored  by  CBO,  and  the  numbers  were  sent  to  Joint  Tax  to 
raise  the  required  revenue,  period.  We  yield  a  $9  billion  budget 
surplus  by  the  third  year  and  universal  coverage  in  the  first  year. 
Our  payroll  deductions  for  a  public  health  insurance  premium  for 
most  small  business  and  for  individuals  are  smaller  than  the  Presi- 
dent's plan  and  definitely  less  than  most  businesses  and  individ- 
uals are  paying  for  insurance  today. 

No  one  else  can  tell  the  American  people  what  their  proposal  will 
cost  Americans  individually  for  on  major  reason.  No  one  else  can 
tell  the  American  people  what  their  private  insurance  premiums 
are  going  to  cost.  No  other  proposal  can  verify  whether  or  not  these 
premiums  are  going  to  be  affordable. 

So  let  us  get  one  thing  straight.  Universal  coverage  is  affordable. 
The  reason  our  numbers  are  the  best  numbers  in  town  and  always 
will  be  is  because  the  administrative  savings  by  getting  rid  of  in- 
surance company  middlemen  more  than  pay  for  the  universal  cov- 
erage. 

Make  no  mistake  about  that.  The  tortured,  cumbersome  and,  in 
my  opinion,  futile  attempt  to  keep  insurance  companies  in  the  mix 
is  consuming  our  resources  for  universal  coverage. 

Now  ask  yourself  a  question.  Are  insurance  companies  worth  it? 
Does  anybody  have  a  constituency  who  loves  their  health  insurance 
company? 

Consumers  Union  found  that  our  bill  is  the  best  for  all  segments 
of  the  population  and  especially  for  children  and  senior  citizens. 

The  American  Medical  Women's  Association  endorsed  our  bill  as 
the  best  for  women. 


193 

The  American  Public  Health  Association  endorsed  our  bill  as  the 
best  reform  for  our  public  health  infrastructure. 

The  American  people  are  not  looking  for  another  patch  on  the 
health  care  system.  They  are  looking  for  a  health  care  system  that 
is  simple  to  understand  with  clear  guarantees  on  coverage  and  af- 
fordability. 

H.R.  1200  is  the  only  proposal  that  does  that.  And  when  you  take 
it  home  to  your  constituents,  you  will  be  able  to  explain  it,  and 
they  will  know  that  they  have  really  gotten  something. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

Welcome  to  Hon.  John  Conyers.  Would  you  like  to  enlighten  us 
in  any  manner  you  are  comfortable? 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JOHN  CONYERS,  JR.,  A  REPRESENTA- 
TIVE  IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  MICHIGAN 

Mr.  Conyers.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  delighted  to  appear  here  with 
Dr.  McDermott  and  Chairman  Miller.  We  are  making  a  pretty  good 
team  these  days,  going  from  committee  to  committee,  pleading  our 
case  for  the  most  popular  health  care  reform  bill  that  has  been  in- 
troduced so  far  in  the  Congress. 

I  am  glad  to  see  my  former  colleague  on  Government  Operations, 
Jerry  Kleczka,  here,  where  he  abandoned  his  committee  of  original 
first  love  to  join  you  here. 

I  just  want  to  fill  in  a  few  spots  between  Dr.  McDermott  and 
Chairman  Miller  on  how  this  bill  came  into  being,  and  I  think  it 
is  kind  of  important  that  we  realize  that  this  was  not  a  philosophi- 
cally drive  bill.  It  was  not  ideological. 

Years  ago,  a  number  of  people  began  looking  at  the  notion  of  how 
this  system  can  be  made  better.  Our  committee,  Government  Oper- 
ations, went  to  Canada,  not  only  to  Ontario  but  into  other  parts  of 
the  provinces,  looking  at  a  system  and  brought  back  a  plan  in 
which  we  took  some  of  the  Canadian  system's  ideas.  We  did  not 
mimic  this.  Is  not  a  foreign  operation.  This  is  an  American  plan 
taking  the  best  in  our  system,  and  we  do  have  some  things  in  the 
health  care  system  of  which  we  can  be  eminently  proud  and  put 
it  into  a  system  that  we  have  to  move  to. 

You  know,  I  am  proud  of  the  President  for  daring  to  raise  this 
issue  in  his  context  when  he  was  asked  by  a  then  incumbent:  What 
health  care  problem? 

But  I  am  now  beginning  to  give  him  more  sympathy  than  I  had 
before,  because  now  I  am  beginning — I  think  he  is  beginning  to  see 
how  entrenched  and  formidable  the  vested  interests  are  in  this  sub- 
ject matter. 

There  are  some  people  who  could  care  less  about  what  would  be 
best  for  the  American  people.  Their  interests  are  too  long  and  deep 
and  wide,  and  they  are  just  not  going  to  go  about  it.  i^Jid  I  refer 
to  the  rebuff  that  he  received  from  the  business  organization  only 
recently  in  which  he  has  tried  to  meet  them  halfway,  as  it  were, 
and  they  are  attacking  him  as  if  he  is  the  sponsor  of  H.R.  1200, 
and  I  wish  he  was. 

Some  of  our  issues  are  in  the  Clinton  bill,  some  of  our  goals.  But 
let  me  just  go  a  through  a  few  of  them,  and  I  will  yield  this  great 
honor. 


194 

Universal  coverage,  here  are  the  things  that  attracted  me  to  it. 
I  did  not  come  with  a  plan.  I  started  working  on  one.  Marty  Russo 
started  working  on  one  with  all  of  us.  It  went  through  infinite 
changes.  Paul  Wellstone  came  into  it.  You  contributed,  yourself, 
Mr.  Chairman.  Greorge  Miller  has  been  in  this  thing  for  years. 

But  let  us  talk  about  what  it  is  we  are  looking  at — universal  cov- 
erage, comprehensive  benefits,  strong  cost-containment,  one  tier  of 
care — a  big  star,  free  choice  of  provider — fair  financing,  targeted 
assistance  to  the  medically  underserved,  and  a  strong  consumer 
role. 

Now  in  H.R.  1200 — and  we  have  93  cosponsors — this  is  what 
brought  us  to  the  plan.  It  was  not  a  Democratic  plan;  it  was  not 
a — it  was  a  people's  plan.  And  on  each  one  of  the  points  that  I  have 
just  enumerated,  without  going  into  the  description,  which  is  my 
statement,  there  is  no  question  about  which  plan  brings  forward 
the  most.  And  when  CBO  and  GAO,  both  impartial  and  sometimes 
even  critical  to  the  work  that  is  brought  to  their  desks,  they  scored 
H.R.  1200  far  higher  than  all  the  rest,  as  has  been  indicated,  $90 
billion  under  GAO  and  $50  billion  under  CBO. 

It  is  there.  The  problem  now  is  whether  or  not  we  have  the  cour- 
age to  take  on  our  friendly  insurance  companies  and  say:  Look,  fel- 
lows, most  of  the  American  people,  by  polls,  want  to  have  a  regula- 
tion. They  want  health  care  regulated  if  it  will  keep  the  costs  down. 
And  that  is  what  we  have  done.  Not  government-run,  not  socialized 
medicine — underlined,  not  socialized  medicine — not  England. 

And  so  what  we  have  done  is  to  have  put  all  of  these  principles 
together  in  a  sensible  way. 

The  Congressional  Black  Caucus,  I  am  very  proud  to  say  here, 
has  overwhelmingly  supported  the  bill,  and  we  think  that  as  this 
understanding  settles  down,  I  think  that  the  support  around  the 
principles  of  our  bill  are  going  to  grow. 

Now  I  close  on  one  point,  and  that  is  on  nomenclature.  Is  it  a 
premium,  or  is  it  a  tax?  Please  tell  me.  This  is  a  burning  question. 
Is  it  out-of-pocket?  Is  it  deductible;  is  it  excludable?  Wonderful  dis- 
cussion, ladies  and  gentlemen.  But  the  point  is,  and  the  American 
people  have  said  it  to  us  already,  is  that  no  matter  what  it  is  de- 
scribed as,  it  is  more  money  than  we  can  continue  to  pay  every 
year. 

They  are  saying:  Whether  it  is  a  premium  or  a  tax,  Mr.  Presi- 
dent, really  does  not  matter.  The  question  is:  How  much  is  it  every 
year?  And  every  year  under  every  analysis — independent,  govern- 
mental, and  private — we  have  come  upon  what  so  far  is  the  best 
plan  for  serious  health  care  reform  that  we  can  bring  to  this  com- 
mittee at  this  time. 

Thank  you  very  much  for  your  consideration. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


195 


STATE^IE^r^  of  representative  john  conyers,  jr. 

ON  H.R.  1200,  THE  AMERICAN  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT, 

BEFORE  THE  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 

FEBRUARY  9,  1994 


Thank  you,  Chaiiman  Stark,  for  holding  this  hearing  on  H.R.  1200,  the  American 
Health  Security  Act,  and  for  inviting  me  to  testify.   It  is  clear,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  the 
current  health  care  system  needs  major  surgery,  not  just  a  bandaid  here  or  there  as  some 
people  advocate. 

I  know  your  Subcommittee  has  been  incredibly  busy  lately,  holding  hearings  every 
day.   Bob  Reischauer  of  CBO  testified  before  you  yesterday  to  report  on  the  scoring  of  the 
Clinton  plan.   Based  on  the  news  accounts,  the  CBO  report  predictably  resulted  in  the  usual 
charge  and  counter  charge  that  only  serves  to  confuse  the  American  people. 

I  believe  the  American  people  want  straight  talk  about  health  care  reform.   H.R.  1200 
provides  this  because  it  is  built  on  the  most  simple  and  solid  foundation  of  any  reform  plan. 

•  Universal  coverage:  everyone  gets  it  by  1997. 

•  Comprehensive  benefits:   the  best,  including  comprehensive  long-term  care, 
mental  health  and  substance  abuse,  and  prescription  drug  benefits.   With  no  co-pays 
or  deductibles  for  most  services,  unlike  other  plans. 

•  Strong  cost  containment:   CBO  says  we  save  the  most,  even  as  we  provide  the 
most  generous  benefits.   We  save  at  least  $75  billion  more  than  the  President  in  2004, 
with  much  more  generous  benefits  and  little  or  no  cost  sharing. 

•  One  tier  of  care:   without  question.    You  don't  have  to  pay  extra  for  the  privilege 
of  seeing  the  provider  of  your  choice. 

•  Free  choice  of  provider:  No  one's  forced  into  a  managed  care  plan  under  H.R. 

1200. 

•  Fair  financing:  for  both  individuals  and  businesses.   75  percent  of  Americans  will 
pay  less.    And  the  plan  is  fully  paid  for. 

•  Targeted  assistance  to  the  medically  underserved:   We  double  funding  for  health 
clinics  and  to  place  primary  care  prv>viders  in  medically  underserved  communities. 

•  Strong  consumer  role:  at  all  levels  of  the  program.   Decisions  aren't  left  to  huge 
insurance  companies. 

For  these  reasons,  over  80  percent  of  the  Congressional  Black  Caucus  supports  H.R. 
1200.   And  that's  why  I  urge  this  subcommittee  to  do  the  same. 

I  feel  bad  for  the  President  right  now.   He's  been  trying  to  do  the  right  thing.   I  don't 
believe  his  health  reform  proposal  is  the  best  way  to  go.   But  we  all  have  to  give  him 
enormous  credit  for  drafting  a  serious  proposal  that  provides  universal  coverage  and  now, 
according  to  CBO,  would  significantly  contain  costs  in  the  long  run. 

I  believe  the  strong  criticism  leveled  at  the  President's  plan  shows  that  he  made  a 
major  political  miscalculation  early  on. 

You  can't  really  solve  the  health  care  crisis  by  appeasing  the  business  community,  the 
insurance  companies,  the  drug  companies,  and  even  a  lot  of  the  health  providers.   Their 
financial  stake  is  too  high  to  expect  that  they  would  give  up  the  enormous  benefits  they 
derive  from  the  current  system.   What  a  surprise  that  many  businesses  oppose  the  Clinton 
plan.   How  many  years  did  business  fight  family  and  medical  leave  —  5  to  10  years?   And 
that  program  was  unpaid  and  didn't  cost  them  a  cent. 


196 


The  President's  program  is  taking  hits  all  over  the  place.   It's  been  accused  of  being 
heavy  on  government  regulation  and  big  bureaucracy,  it  would  limit  patient  choice  of 
provider,  and  it's  a  new  tax  on  employers.   These  criticisms  are  all  too  predictable  from  the 
monied  interests  that  roam  the  halls  of  Congress. 

The  President  would  have  been  much  better  off  with  a  simple  and  straight-forward 
approach  to  health  care  reform.   One  that  the  American  people  can  understand.   That's  why  I 
coauthored,  along  with  my  colleagues  Rep.  McDermott  and  Sen.  Wellstone,  H.R.  1200/8. 
491,  the  American  Health  Security  Act.   It's  a  plan  that  can  stand  up  to  the  pushing  of  hot 
buttons  and  phony  labeling  from  the  health  insurance  industry  and  from  our  colleagues  on  the 
other  side  of  the  aisle.   For  example: 

Government  Regulation.   Let's  consider  the  charge  that  the  plan  is  heavy  on 
government  regulation.   Business  won't  support  regulation  even  if  it's  in  their  interests  ~ 
such  as  to  effectively  control  health  costs  --  because  they  fear  being  regulated  in  other  areas. 
Health  providers  ~  well,  we  know  why  they  don't  like  regulation. 

But  the  public  sure  likes  government  regulation  in  health  care.   A  Newsweek  poll 
from  this  past  Sunday  found  that  by  57  to  36  percent  Americans  support  government 
regulating  the  cost  of  care  and  drugs.   Every  other  major  industrialized  country  controls 
health  costs  through  regulation  -  by  negotiating  fair  prices  with  providers.   It's  tested  and 
proven. 

That's  why  CBO  said  that  H.R.  1200  would  cover  everyone  by  1997  and  save  up  to 
$175  billion  a  year  by  the  year  2003.   CBO  said  the  Cooper  bill  would  leave  25  million 
uninsured  and  raise  national  health  spending  by  over  $200  billion  over  five  years.    CBO  felt 
Mr.  Cooper's  cost  containment  strategy  was  as  firm  as  Jell-0  nailed  to  the  wall. 

The  answer  isn't  to  back  away  from  regulation.   It's  to  use  the  bully  pulpit  of  the 
Oval  Office  to  tell  the  American  people  what  polls  show  they  already  know  ~  it's  necessary. 

Big  Bureaucracv.   Let's  talk  about  big  bureaucracy.    12-15  cents  of  every  health 
dollar  a  person  pays  to  a  private  insurance  company  now  goes  for  bureaucracy.    CBO  figures 
it  will  be  only  3  cents  of  every  dollar  under  H.R.  1200.   CBO  estimates  we  would  save  well 
over  $50  billion  a  year  in  paperwork  under  single  payer.    GAO  said  we  could  save  10 
percent  of  health  costs  under  single  payer  ~  $90  billion  a  year.   It  makes  no  sense  to 
maintain  a  fiiU  employment  program  for  health  insurance  companies  when  that  money  could 
go  to  care  for  people. 

I'll  tell  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  my  Government  Operations  Committee  wrote  the 
Paperwork  Reduction  Act  in  1980,  which  is  supported  by  Republicans  and  Democrats  alike. 
There's  no  greater  vote  for  paperworic  reduction  that  this  House  could  make  than  to  approve 
H.R.  1200.   It's  the  biggest  paperwork  reduction  act  of  all  times. 

The  Clinton  and  Cooper  plans  would  reduce  paperwork  barely  a  shred.   Why? 
Because  they  keep  much  of  the  wasteful  insurance  bureaucracy  in  place. 

Free  Choice  of  Provider.   This  is  where  the  President  made  his  biggest  mistake. 
Because  he  was  fearful  the  business  community  would  not  accept  the  government  negotiating 
provider  fees  he  bought  into  this  unproven  and  crazy  theory  of  managed  competition.   Lo 
and  behold  managed  competition  ~  whether  the  Clinton  or  Cooper  variety  -  goes  for  the 
jugular  and  tears  into  the  most  sacred  part  of  our  messed  up  health  care  system:   a  patient's 
free  choice  of  provider.   Everyone  gets  herded  into  HMOs  or  other  arrangements  that  limit 
physician  choice.   If  you  want  more  choice  you  have  to  pay  for  it,  which  means  a  second 
class  health  system  would  serve  low-income  Americans.   H.R.  1200  maintains  the  current 
delivery  system  —  but  gives  everyone  equal  access  to  it.   Patients  and  doctors  would  all  have 
more  autonomy  under  single  payer. 

Single  payer  is  not  socialized  medicine.  It's  social  insurance  with  private  health  care. 


197 


New  taxes.    CBO  said  clearly  yesterday  that  the  health  premiums  in  the  President's 
plan  are  a  tax.    So,  in  effect,  his  plan  raises  money  like  we  do  under  H.R.  1200.   The 
Cooper  plan  makes  no  bones  about  taxes  —  his  plan  makes  Americans  pay  taxes  on  health 
benefits  that  they  already  get  for  free. 

The  real  issue  isn't  taxes.   It's  spending.   If  we  can  save  a  lot  more  money  by 
centrally  collecting  with  one  payer  in  each  state  the  same  money  that  is  already  being  spent 
on  health  care,  rather  than  by  using  1,200  different  insurance  companies,  why  be  bound  by 
some  ideological  debate  over  taxes. 

Businesses  and  individuals  can  pay  premiums  to  an  insurance  company,  and 
individuals  can  pay  for  health  care  out-of-pocket,  thereby  continuing  the  waste  and 
inefficiency  of  the  current  system.    Or  the  govenmient  can  coUect  that  money  as  taxes  and 
run  a  more  efficient,  cost  effective  system,  as  we  do  under  H.R.  1200.   I  have  every 
confidence  that  the  American  people  can  understand  this  difference,  and  not  be  fooled  by  the 
self-serving  rhetoric  from  the  insurance  industry. 

Again,  the  recent  Newsweek  poll  found  that  by  51  to  41  percent  people  want 
employers  to  pay  most  costs  of  coverage.    And  let's  put  this  employer  mandate  in 
perspective.   In  1990  Congress  increased  the  minimum  wage  by  45  cents  an  hour.   We  never 
heard  about  significant  job  loss.   H.R.  1200  would  cost  the  smallest  employers  only  about  30 
cents  an  hour.   But  think  of  how  much  it  would  save  employers  in  reduced  health  spending 
and  healthier  workers. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  critical  condition  of  our  health  care  system  requires  that  we  do 
major  surgery.   Without  major  surgery  the  patient  ~  all  Americans  ~  don't  have  a  chance.   I 
believe  we  can  come  together  by  adopting  a  program  like  H.R.  1200,  which  brings  all 
Americans  together  under  the  same  high-quality  insurance  policy. 


198 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 
George. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  GEORGE  MILLER,  A  REPRESENTATIVE 
IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Miller.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  let  me  thank  you 
and  your  colleagues  on  the  committee  for  holding  this  hearing  on 
H.R.  1200. 

As  so  often  is  the  case  in  politics,  competition  between  various 
proposals  on  a  single  issue  not  only  sheds  great  light  but  also  great 
misunderstanding.  The  debate  over  the  cost  of  the  competing 
health  care  reforms  is  significant,  but  it  is  not  determinant.  The 
critical  question  is  not  whether  the  plan  is  paid  for  through  a  tax 
or  through  premiums  or  copayments  or  deductibles;  the  critical 
question  is:  Does  the  legislation  deliver  what  it  promises,  and  will 
it  provide  quality  medical  coverage  for  every  citizen  that  they  and 
our  Nation  can  afford? 

The  Congressional  Budget  Office  has  studied  the  President's  plan 
and  the  single-payer  alternative.  In  1992,  it  also  studied  the  Coo- 
per plan,  the  so-called  Clinton-Lite.  The  CBO  found  that  the  Coo- 
per plan  left  25  million  people  uninsured  by  the  year  2000  and  cost 
the  Nation  an  additional  $19  billion  in  health  care  costs  by  that 
same  year.  It  does  not  reduce  costs;  it  does  not  provide  universal 
coverage.  The  Cooper  plan,  quite  frankly,  is  not  a  viable  option. 
Rather  than  being  Clinton -Lite,  it  is  really  Health  Care-Lite. 

The  CBO  analysis  of  the  President's  plan  should  not  be  feared 
by  the  President  or  his  supporters.  Being  on  budget  is  acceptable 
and  probably  advantageous.  The  CBO  that  found  that  while  the 
plan  would  cost  more  than  the  President  had  thought,  it  still  will 
generate  savings  in  overall  health  care  costs  and  ultimately  bring 
down  the  Federal  deficit  after  the  year  2004.  The  CBO  found  that 
the  plan  would  not  have  a  serious  negative  impact  on  the  economy, 
and  the  CBO  also  stated  that  we  should  bear  in  mind  that  the 
short-term  deficit  created  by  the  plan  offers  this  country  a  very  real 
benefit — health  care  for  all  of  its  citizens. 

What  did  the  CBO  find  when  it  studied  the  single-payer  plan? 
Quite  frankly,  the  single-payer  plan  wins  this  particular  round  of 
competition.  The  CBO  found  that  H.R.  1200,  our  single-paver  plan, 
would  reduce  national  health  care  spending  by  between  $114  and 
$175  billion  per  year  starting  in  2003.  The  CBO  also  found  that  the 
financing  method  for  H.R.  1200  would,  in  fact,  pay  for  the  generous 
benefits  that  the  plan  prescribes.  The  single-payer  plan  will  not  in- 
crease the  deficit,  because  its  financing  package  of  payroll  and  in- 
come taxes  was  written  to  match  the  costs  of  the  benefits  that  it 
offers. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  the  taxes  levied  to  pay  for  health 
care  are  a  substitute  for,  not  an  addition  to,  the  premiums  that  the 
consumers  pay  today.  Again,  it  is  not  what  you  call  it.  But  does  it 
add  up  and  does  it  deliver  on  its  promises?  The  single-payer  plan 
will  offer  better  benefits  to  all  consumers  at  cost  savings  to  75  per- 
cent of  those  Americans. 

Bear  in  mind  also  that  comparing  the  plans,  the  single-payer 
plan  offers  long-term  care.  The  President's  plan  and  Congressman 
Cooper's  plan  do  not. 


199 

The  single-payer  plan  does  not  require  additional  copayments 
and  deductibles  in  addition  to  the  premiums.  The  President's  plan 
and  Congressman  Cooper's  plan  do. 

The  President's  plan  and  the  single-payer  plan  specify  a  detailed 
list  of  benefits  that  would  be  offered.  The  Cooper  plan  has  no  such 
list.  The  only  guarantee  under  the  Cooper  plan  is  that  your  health 
insurance  benefits  are  going  to  be  taxed  for  the  first  time  by  the 
Government,  unless  you  go  for  the  lowest  possible  plan.  But  there 
is  no  guarantee  of  what  the  country  will  receive  in  return  for  the 
tax  on  your  benefits.  The  Cooper  plan,  like  its  neighbor,  the  Chafee 
plan,  will  not  meet  the  test  of  the  American  consumer  looking  for 
both  affordable  health  care  and  universal  coverage. 

Again,  we  are  left  with  either  the  President's  plan  or  the  single- 
payer  model.  And  in  the  final  analysis,  single  payer,  as  offered  by 
my  colleagues,  Congressman  McDermott,  Congressman  Conyers 
and  Senator  Wellstone,  offers  a  more  generous  benefit  to  more  peo- 
ple at  a  greater  savings  than  any  other  plan. 

The  single-payer  alternative,  H.R.  1200,  establishes  a  health  care 
system  that  preserves  the  right  of  every  American  to  select  his  or 
her  own  doctor.  It  affords  every  American  access  to  care  regardless 
of  his  or  her  employment  or  medical  history.  It  provides  doctors  the 
ability  to  conduct  their  profession  as  they  were  trained  to  do,  and 
it  treats  businesses  equally  and  fairly,  eliminating  the  need  to  cut 
employee  health  benefits  as  a  competitive  strategy.  It  saves  money, 
over  $1,000  per  family  per  year. 

What  we  have  witnessed  over  the  past  year  is  that  both  the 
President  and  Representative  Cooper  have  been  playing  hide-the- 
ball  with  the  American  public  with  regard  to  health  care  costs  in 
this  country. 

But  this  committee  is  far  too  sophisticated  for  that.  You  know 
the  real  cost  of  health  care,  and  you  know  that  we  are  all  paying 
for  it  in  this  country,  and  that  there  is  no  free  care.  Charitable 
care,  unreimbursed  care,  shows  up  somewhere  else  in  the  health 
care  expenditures  of  this  country. 

The  question  that  we  are  going  to  have  to  ask  is:  Are  we  going 
to  rationalize  the  system  of  payments  and  reimbursements  and 
preserve  the  best  of  the  American  system  of  health  care?  Are  we 
going  to  stop  the  waste,  the  inefficiencies,  and  the  anxiety  of  our 
constituents  over  their  health  care  future? 

If  we  are,  then  there  is  no  other  choice  than  the  single-payer 
plan.  It  is  honest;  it  is  straightforward;  it  is  universal;  and  it  pre- 
serves the  choice  of  physician.  And  most  importantly,  it  is  paid  for, 
and  there  is  no  other  alternative  that  has  been  put  before  this  com- 
mittee that  does  that. 

I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

In  round  numbers,  let  me  talk  about  the  most  distasteful  stuff 
first. 

An  8.5  percent  payroll  tax  raises  about  $255  billion  a  year  in 
round  figures?  Can  you  go  through  these  numbers  with  me? 

Mr.  McDermott.  The  actual  amount?  I  do  not  know  the  exact 
amount  it  raises,  because  that  is  not  the  way  we  did  it.  What  we 
did  was,  we  defined  the  benefit  package  and  asked  the  Joint  Tax 


200 

Committee  to  raise  enough  money  to  pay  for  the  costs  outlined  by 
CBO.  So  we  did  not  get  into  exactly  what  it  would  cost. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK.  I  thought  you  had  gotten  to  $500  billion. 
But  what  I  cannot  find  is  the  other  $450  billion  that  we  are  now 
spending.  Is  that  savings?  How  does  that 

Mr.  McDermott.  Well,  there  are  certain  current  revenue 
streams  that  are  maintained.  For  instance,  Medicare  continues 
right  on  through.  So  the  money  that  we  are  raising  in 
Medicare 

Chairman  Stark.  So  140.  And  Medicaid,  you  keep  that  in,  too? 

Mr.  McDermott.  Yes.  We  keep  in  15  percent  from  the  State  ef- 
fort. And  so  there  are  other  revenue  streams  that  are  in  that. 

Chairman  Stark.  What  I  am  trying  to  get  to  is  that  yours  is  ar- 
guably the  most  disastrous  news  that  anybody  could  dream  up  in 
terms  of  saying:  This  is  what  you  are  going  to  nave  to  pay.  I  mean, 
you  come  to  it,  and  you  and  I  and  Mr.  Thomas  and  Mr.  Miller  are 
going  to  have  to  pay,  if  it  is  a  2  percent  income  tsix,  $2,600  a  year. 
Now  currently  if  we  have  got 

Mr.  McDermott.  That  is  on  taxable  income,  not  on  the  gross. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  understand.  All  right.  But  let  us  drop  that 
even  to  2.  But  we  are  paying  $1,200  now  for  our  share  of  Blue 
Cross  low  option  probably,  so  that  is  an  argument  that  probably  we 
should.  That  is  a  fair  amount.  I  would  hate  to  make  the  case  that 
$1,200  is  our  fair  share  of  the  benefits  we  get  for  our  health  insur- 
ance. 

Now  you  take  somebody  who  works  in  my  district,  who  makes 
$40,000  gross,  maybe  they  are  going  to  have  to  pay  $600  or  $50  a 
month,  and  they  are  in  a  union;  they  are  a  teamster,  and  they  do 
not  pay  anything.  So  we  have  got  to  look  at  them  and  say:  Hey, 
if  $50  is  what  you  are 

Mr.  McDermott.  If  they  made  taxable  $40,000,  2  percent  would 
be  $800  a  year. 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right. 

Mr.  McDermott.  A  year. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  that  is  $75.  I  was  a  being  a  little  more  gen- 
erous to  you. 

But  at  any  rate,  you  do  what  has  to  be  done.  And  what  the  Presi- 
dent started  out  to  do,  but  kind  of  backslided  by  hiding  all  of  this, 
everybody  has  got  to  pay  something. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  the  question  that  seems  to — and  Mr. 
Reischauer  said  that  yesterday  and,  George,  as  you  indicated,  it  is 
time  we  got  it  on  the  table. 

The  Roundtable  and  the  U.S.  Chamber  signed  up  with  the  Coo- 
per plan,  pledged  to  support  paying  $16  billion  a  year  corporate  tax 
only.  That  is  what  they  signed  up  for. 

Now  the  only  question  is:  Is  $16  billion  enough  out  of  the  cor- 
porate? Maybe  they  ought  to  pay  30.  But  at  least  they  are  on 
record.  They  seem  to  think  that  by  voting  for — by  supporting  Coo- 
per, it  is  not  going  to  cost  them  anything.  But  it  did  not.  And  that 
is  what  they  signed  up  for. 

What  I  want  to  ask  either  of  you  is:  Do  you  or  anybody  else  know 
of  any  way  to  provide  a  comprehensive  plan  to  pay  for  medical  care 
for  every  individual  in  the  United  States  without  changing  the  dol- 


201 

lar  amount  that  almost  every  American  company  and  individual 
would  have  to  pay? 

Now  some  would  pay  less;  a  whole  lot  would  pay  more.  But  has 
anybody  ever  suggested  that  there  is  a  way  to  accomplish  this  goal 
without  making  some  change  in  the  amounts  that  various  people 
pay? 

Mr.  McDermott.  It  is  not  possible  for  you  not  to  change  the  way 
the  present  burden  is  carried. 

Chairman  Stark.  Precisely. 

Mr.  McDermott.  But  the  fact  is  that  75  percent  would  pay  less. 
Well,  you  will  have  testimony  to  that  in  a  short  period  of  time. 

Chairman  Stark.  But  that  is  exactly  where  the  debate  ought  to 
be. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  Do  poor  people  pay  more?  I  do  not  like  your 
plan,  if  that  is  the  case.  Do  rich  people  pay  more?  If  so,  sign  me 
up.  I  mean,  the  argument  ought  to  be:  How  much  do  you  pay?  How 
much  do  I  pay?  How  much  will  my  kids  pay? 

Mr.  Miller.  To  do  otherwise  you  are  insulting  the  intelligence  of 
the  American  people.  Come  on.  There  is  no  poll  that  indicates  that 
these  people  thought  that  this  plan,  any  plan,  was  going  to  cost 
them  less.  But  the  question  is:  What  is  it  we  are  going  to  get  for 
this  reorganization? 

Under  single  payer,  we  can  show  them  that  they  are  going  to  get 
dramatic  efficiencies.  They  are  going  to  preserve  their  freedom  of 
choice,  and  they  are  going  to  get  a  better  organization  of  the  pay- 
ments and  the  disbursements.  And  beyond  that,  there  is  not  much 
else  you  can  do,  if  you  want  to  preserve  the  best  of  the  health  care 
system. 

You  can  try  to  avoid  that  and  suggest  to  them,  as  the  President 
did,  that  there  is  this  elaborate  structure  you  can  create  out  there, 
so  you  never  have  to  say  "taxes,"  that  people  are  really  sending 
their  premiums  to  somebody,  but  it  is  not — that  is  all  hokum. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  know  you  do  not  know  much  about  sports, 
but  it  is  called  a  triple  reverse. 

Mr.  Miller.  It  is  something  like  that.  It  is  hokum.  I  mean,  it  is 
just — reckoning  day  was  going  to  come,  no  matter  what,  whether 
it  was  CBO  yesterdav  or  whether  it  was  the  deliberations  of  this 
committee.  And  the  fact  is,  if  you  want  to  provide  universal  care, 
you  have  got  to  pay  for  it. 

Mr.  McDermott.  That  was  my  driving  principle  in  writing  this 
bill.  It  is  partly  because  I  am  a  physician.  And  I  think  if  you  go 
to  the  doctor,  you  ought  to  get  the  truth.  And  for  us  to  try  and  put 
out  a  health  care  bill  that  was  not  explicit  about  what  was  going 
to  happen  would  ultimately  lead  to  the  kind  of  thing  that  we  got 
into  with  catastrophic. 

I  do  not  want  to  create  that  kind  of  situation  where  people  think 
they  are  going  to  get  one  thing,  and  then  they  find  out  about  it, 
and  then  they  are  angry  about  it.  I  would  rather  have  them  know 
up  front  how  much  it  is  going  to  cost  and  what  they  are  going  to 
be  guaranteed  to  get.  I  think  that  is  the  basic  way  this  bill  was 
written. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


202 

I  think  we  can  agree  that  somebody  who  tries  to  write  a  univer- 
sal coverage  health  care  package  in  which  either  you  can  pretend 
to  hide  the  money  on  budget  or  off  budget  or  that  you  can  create 
a  structure  which  allows  you  to  call  it  something  for  a  political 
comfort  level  does  not  make  a  whole  lot  of  sense,  and  I  would  refer 
anyone  to  chapter  5  of  the  CBO  study,  which  talks  about  the  alli- 
ances and  the  National  Health  Care  Board  and  all  of  the  new  and 
novel  responsibilities  that  they  have  that  have  to  work  out  of  the 
gate  the  first  time  as  predicted,  or  the  whole  thing  comes  apart. 

So  in  that  sense,  I  commend  you  for,  you  know,  truth  in  packag- 
ing, except  I  cannot  give  you  a  gold  star,  because  what  you  describe 
basically  is  something  that,  if  it  were  true,  you  would  have  435  co- 
sponsors  on  it.  And  the  fact  of  the  matter  is,  you  do  not,  and  the 
reason  is,  it  is  not  all  plus;  it  is  not  all  more  for  less,  because  we 
have  got  this  equation  of  cost,  choice,  and  quality,  and  no  one,  I 
think — and  as  you  say,  Mr.  Miller,  quite  rightly,  we  should  not  dis- 
parage the  intelligence  of  the  American  people. 

Nobody  thinks  that  if  they  are  going  to  get  some  cost  savings  in 
the  system,  there  is  not  going  to  be  a  downside,  and  it  depends  on 
how  it  is  done  and  where  it  is  done  as  to  whether  it  is  commensu- 
rate on  choice  or  quality  or  both.  There  has  got  to  be  something 
that  gives  in  the  formula  of  cost,  choice,  and  quality.  And  you  can- 
not have  lower  costs,  complete  choice,  and  world's  best  quality  as 
three.  You  can  have  two  of  the  three,  but  you  cannot  have  three. 

Mr.  MlLLKK.  You  can.  That  is  where  you 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  know  you  think  you  can. 

Mr.  Miller.  That  is  where  you  are  missing  the  equation.  That 
is  where  you  are  missing  the  equation,  because 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  think  you  will  find  that  there  will  be  testimony 
later  in  the  day  in  which  people  will  extol,  for  example,  the  Cana- 
dian structure  for  a  number  of  reasons.  But  frankly,  for  certain 
things  important  to  the  American  people,  more  so  because  of  its 
high  death  rate,  like  cancer,  you  have  got  rationing,  you  have  got 
long  lines,  you  have  to  wait.  It  is  inevitable  in  terms  of  a  system 
that  begins  to  be  structured  along  your  lines. 

But  for  my  purposes,  what  I  need  to  know — and  this  is,  in  part, 
an  exercise  that  we  have  gone  through  here,  but  I  think  people 
need  to  understand  this — you  get  in  this  business  of  universal  cov- 
erage; nobody  is  going  to  have  universal  coverage  instantly;  it  is 
going  to  take  time  to  phase  it  in  just  because  of  the  size. 

We  had  testimony  from  our  colleague  from  Vermont,  Bernie 
Sanders,  who  said  that  it  is  not  universal  coverage  if  you  do  not — 
if  you  have  any  kind  of  a  deductible  or  a  copay;  it  is  not  universal 
coverage.  It  has  to  be  complete,  this  is,  free. 

Now  in  your  bill,  you  have  no  out-of-pocket  expenses  for  acute 
care  or  preventive  services.  The  President  does.  So  does  the  Presi- 
dent have  universal  coverage  in  his  package,  or  is  it  deficient  be- 
cause of  the  way  in  which  you  have  provided,  "universal  coverage," 
or  does  this  debate  mean  anything? 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  Our  bill  guarantees  universal  coverage,  and 
there  is  no  question  about  it  in  our  bill. 

There  are  some  questions  you  can  raise  about  the  President's  bill 
in  terms  of  the  subsidies  and  the  ability  of  the  average  low-cost 


203 

worker  to  come  up  with  his  20  percent  of  the  premium,  those  kinds 
of  issues. 

And  that  is  what  the  CBO  raised  yesterday  in  their  analysis.  The 
President's  bill  was  built  on  low  premiums.  The  CBO  kicked  the 
premiums  up,  and  when  you  then  look  at  people  making  minimum 
wage,  their  ability  to  come  up  with  that  20  percent 

Mr.  Thomas.  Is  much  tougher. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  If  you  have  not  got  enough  subsidy  money,  you 
are  going  to  have  some  troubles. 

Because  H.R.  1200  subsidizes  those  who  have  not  got  it  on  the 
whole  universe  of  the  United  States,  we  guarantee  it. 

When  you  are  trying  to  do  it  on  an  individual-by-individual  basis, 
it  is  very  clear  that  some  people  are  going  to  have  some  difficulty 
in  the  President's  plan. 

Mr.  Thomas.  What  about  under  your  plan  for  those  folks  who 
have  no  acute  or  preventive  services?  Is  that  universal  coverage 
and  no  cost,  or  do  they  have  to  pay  something? 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  We  do  not  have  any  copays  in  our  bill.  The  rea- 
son for  that — and  I  am  a  physician,  so  I  have  looked  at  this  whole 
question  about  how  you  deal  with  copays — you  do  not  want  to  put 
on  copays  that  keep  people  away. 

For  instance,  if  somebody  has  high  blood  pressure  and  you  want 
them  to  come  back  for  monitoring,  if  you  put  a  $10  or  $20  copay 
out  there,  some  people  who  need  to  come  back  and  have  their  blood 
pressure  monitored  are  going  to  say:  Well,  I  feel  fine;  why  should 
I  go  back?  That  may  be  exactly  the  person  that  you  want  to  come 
back,  because  they  are  having  some  kind  of  high  blood  pressure  sit- 
uation that  you  want  to  monitor. 

So  you  have  got  to  be  careful  when  you  try  and  mold  people's  be- 
havior by  using  financial  means.  You  may  get  an  unintended  effect. 

Mr.  Thomas.  CBO,  in  its  analysis — and  I  am  envious  of  the  fact 
that  you  have  a  CBO  analysis;  we  are  trying  to  get  one 
ourselves 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  You  have  to  put  your  bill  in  early. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  we  wanted  to  see  what  ideas  were  out  there 
and  offer  the  best  possible  package,  which,  by  the  way,  Mr.  Miller, 
if  you  have  not  analyzed  the  Chafee/Thomas  package,  it  does  pro- 
vide universal  coverage  and  does  meet  the  complaints  that  you  in- 
dicated that  the  Cooper  package  has. 

On  page  6,  CBO  assumes  that  States  would  impose  copayments 
or  coinsurance  for  drugs,  nursing  homes,  durables,  and  home  and 
community-based  services. 

Do  you  agree  with  that  under  your  plan?  Do  you  believe  that 
that  is  going  to  occur,  or  is  CBO  wrong  in  its  analysis? 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  There  are  copayments  for  long-term  care. 
There  presently  are.  If  people  are  in  nursing  homes 

Mr.  Thomas.  What  about  drugs? 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  Not  in  pharmaceuticals. 

Mr.  Thomas.  CBO  assumes  States  would  impose  copayments  on 
drugs,  medical  durables. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  The  only  copays  in  our  bill  are  on  the  long- 
term  care. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand  that.  But  that  is  from  the  Federal  end 
of  it.  They  say  the  States  are  going  to  impose  them  because  of  the 


204 

need  to,  I  assume,  ration  the  use  of  them  because  of  the  fact  that 
there  would  be  an  enormous  increase  in  the  use. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Thomas,  let  me  say  something. 

Mr.  Thomas.  The  copayments  moderate  the  additional  demand 
for  these  services  because  people  are  going  to  see  them  as  free  and 
use  them  a  whole  lot  more. 

Do  you  agree  with  CBO's  analysis? 

Mr.  McDermott.  No. 

Mr.  Thomas.  You  do  not? 

Mr.  McDermott.  They  gave  us  the  hardest  scrubbing  of  any 

Elan  they  have  ever  had  put  before  them,  and  we  still  come  out 
etter  than  the  President. 

They  anticipate  a  50  percent  increase  in  utilization.  They  only 
gave  us  a  75  percent  efficiency  in  controlling  costs  at  the  State 
level.  We  did  not  get  any  of  the  benefit  of  the  doubt.  And  in  my 
opinion 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  then,  you  should  not.  When  you  say  that  ev- 
erything is  basically  going  to  be  free  and  then  say  there  is  not 
going  to  be  an  increased  utilization  of  the  services 

Mr.  McDermott.  But  the  bottom  line  is 

Mr.  Thomas.  Something  has  got  to  give,  and  that  is  the  point. 
You  cannot  have  everything. 

Mr.  McDermott.  But  the  bottom  line  was,  in  the  end  they  still 
gave  us  more  savings  than  the  President's  plan  with  universal  cov- 
erage. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand. 

Mr.  Miller.  Increased  utilization  of  services  does  not  necessarily 
mean  that  you  drive  up  the  overall  health  care  expenditures,  be- 
cause some  people  will  come  in  where  they  would  not  otherwise  uti- 
lize the  service.  They  will  utilize  it  at  a  much  lower  threshold  and 
much  less  cost,  and  you  will  avoid  the  later  high -intensity  care. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand.  And  you  folks  need  to  have  selective 
support  of  the  CBO  analysis,  just  as  the  President  does. 

Mr.  Miller.  No,  no,  no,  no. 

Mr.  Thomas.  What  you  need  to  do  is  tell  me  why  CBO  is  wrong 
in  that  particular  area.  But  we  will  be  going  through  that. 

Here  is  a  question  that  I  have,  because  you  pretty  well  indicated 
that  insurance  companies  have  no  constituency  and  that  we  ought 
to  do  away  with  them,  and  that  your  plan  does  just  that. 

A  lot  of  times  when  we  pass  laws,  especially  from  the  tax  side 
of  it,  you  have  got  a  long  transition  period  or  a  grandfather  clause 
or  something  to  deal  with  the  current  world  that  changes  to  the 
new  world.  And  there  are  a  lot  of  people  out  there  who  have  pre- 
paid retirement  plans  through  insurance  and  the  rest. 

Did  you  guys  contemplate  going  from  today's  world  to  tomorrow's 
world  in  which  insurance  is  no  longer  a  private-sector  concept 

Mr.  Miller.  Sure. 

Mr.  Thomas  [continuing].  And  people  do  not  prepay  insurance 
plans? 

Mr.  Miller.  Sure.  We  contemplated  that  you  would  contemplate 
that.  And  obviously  if  this  committee  was  to  mark  up  H.R.  1200, 
it  would  make  some  decisions  both  about  the  benefit  package  that 
we  would  hope  would  remain  universal  and  whether  or  not  there 
are  some  parts  of  that  benefit  package  that  would  be  open  to  some- 


205 

thing  like  a  Medigap  policy  or  whether  or  not  there  would  be  a 
transition  period. 

Nobody  believes  that  we  are  going  to  wake  up  on  January  1  and 
have  universal  coverage.  But  that  is  a  matter  of  political  delibera- 
tion. It  is  not  a  matter  of  the  plan  that  we  eventually  want  to  see 
in  place. 

Eventually  our  goal  would  be  to  see  this  plan  in  place  without 
those  copayments,  deductibles,  or  additional  insurance  plans.  But 
to  get  from  A  to  B,  there  is  no  hostility  to  those  approaches  at  all. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  if  that  question  is  going  to  be  left  to  us,  and 
if  we  mark  up  the  bill,  then  I  feel  comfortable  about  not  having  to 
get  an  answer  to  them,  because  that  will  not  happen. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Miller.  And  the  answer  is  yes.  I  mean,  that  is  not  a  prob- 
lem, if  the  end  of  the  story  is  H.R.  1200  with  universal  coverage 
and  no  other  out-of-pocket  expenses.  That  would  be  our  goal,  abso- 
lutely. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Yes,  but  then  the  cost  and  all  of  the  other  problems 
are  far  greater  as  you  get 

Mr.  Miller.  No,  they  are  not;  no,  they  are  not. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand  you  say  that. 

Mr.  Miller.  You  cannot  use  the  CBO,  just  as  you  do  not  want 
us  to  use  CBO  analysis,  one  way  or  the  other,  you  cannot  either. 
The  fact  is,  CBO  says  that  when  you  do  it  this  way,  you  get  the 
greatest  savings,  no  deficit,  and  the  greatest  expansion  of  health 
care  benefits. 

Mr.  Thomas.  And  there  is  a  downside,  and  the  downside  is  what 
has  occurred  in  other  countries. 

Mr.  Miller.  No,  no,  no,  no,  no,  no,  no. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand  you  do  not  believe  that. 

Mr.  Miller.  No,  no,  no,  no,  no,  no. 

Mr.  Thomas.  And  that  this  is  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds.  I 
am  sorry,  but  there  are  negatives.  And  the  negatives  are  those 
questions  that  the  American  people  need  to  be  asked,  and  that  is: 
Do  you  want  to  give  up  a  degree  of  quality  and  of  choice,  and  do 
they  want  rationing,  and  do  they  want  to  wait  in  line,  and  do  they 
want  Government  to  run  the  program? 

Mr.  Miller.  Or  do  they  want  to  sleep  in  the  streets  like  they  do 
here  waiting  for  their  medical  care? 

Mr.  McDermott.  May  I  just  make  one  suggestion?  There  is  an 
OTA  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  cost-sharing  of  deductibles,  and 
they  do  not  show  any  effectiveness.  You  can  deter  care.  In  fact,  the 
Economic  Policy  Institute  says  you  deter  as  much  needed  care  as 
unneeded  care.  So  there  are  real  serious  questions  about  the  use 
of  copays  as  a  means  of  controlling  costs. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Kleczka. 

Mr.  Kleczka.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Let  us  expand  on  the  last  point  that  Bill  Thomas  talked  about. 
When  we  go  back  home  and  have  our  health  care  meetings  and  we 
talk  about  the  single-payer  plan,  which  is  the  Canadian  system  in 
part  or  in  whole,  the  criticism  we  get  is  (a)  it  is  sociaHzed  medicine; 
(b)  there  is  going  to  be  rationing;  (c)  there  are  going  to  be  long 
lines;  and  (d)  if  you  need  the  health  care  in  Canada,  you  run  to 
America. 


206 

Those  are  the  things  that  are  oft  repeated  by  my  constituents.  It 
is  amazing  the  level  of  expertise  Americans  have  on  the  Canadian 
system.  At  one  townhall  meeting  I  had  an  RN  come  forward,  and 
he  had  moved  to  this  country  and  is  working  here  now,  and  he 
extolled  it  as  the  best  in  the  West. 

So  what  do  you  folks  say  when  you  go  back  to  your  townhall 
meetings  and  you  get  that  type  of  criticism? 

Mr.  Miller.  Well,  I  think  as  Dr.  McDermott  has  pointed  out,  I 
think  about  80  percent  of  the  Canadians  live  along  the  American 
border,  and  the  leakage  is  less  than  1  percent  by  all  studies.  So  the 
notion  that  you  are  going  to  get  knocked  down  at  the  gate  if  you 
try  to  go  north  by  people  coming  south  for  medical  care  just  is  not 
true. 

There  is  all  this  sort  of  anecdotal  evidence  that  people  talk  about 
at  cocktail  parties.  It  simply  is  not  supported  by  the  evidence. 

The  other  fact  is  that  this  system,  I  think  as  Congressman  Stark 
pointed  out  the  other  day  in  the  committee-  hearing,  that  essen- 
tially a  system  very  similar  to  this  has  been  in  place  in  this  coun- 
try for  30  years.  It  is  called  the  Medicare  system.  And  most  of  your 
constituents  are  not  asking  you  to  get  rid  of  Medicare  to  give  them 
something  else.  What  they  really  want  to  know  is  how  can  they  get 
more  of  it.  That  is  the  real  question  for  them.  And  most  people 
hope  they  get  to  the  threshold  where  Medicare  kicks  in. 

You  hear  people  kind  of  go:  WhssshI  I  am  finally  eligible  for  Med- 
icare; I  am  now  safe;  I  now  have  my  health  care  taken  care  of. 

For  those  people  in  Medicare,  the  care  is  not  rationed,  and  they 
get  to  choose  their  physicians.  Now  we  have  deductibles;  we  have 
Medigap;  we  have  a  lot  of  things  that  you  will  have  to  deal  with 
here.  But  the  fact  is,  that  is  the  American  system  of  single  payer 
that  has  been  in  place.  And  the  fact  is  that  the  hospitals  and  the 
doctors  and  everybody  do  very  well  with  that. 

What  they  cannot  take  is  the  Medicare  reimbursement  and  then 
all  the  unreimbursed  costs  or  the  tremendously  low  reduction  that 
they  get  from  a  program  like  Medicaid  or  no  cost  at  all  and  com- 
bine those  and  run  a  profitable  operation  or  a  self-sustaining  oper- 
ation. But  Medicare  payments  across  the  board,  clearly  they  could 
do  it. 

So  we  have  had  this  system.  And  more  people  are  trying  to  get 
into  the  Medicare  system  than  are  trying  to  leave  it.  People  want 
the  age  threshold  lowered.  So,  I  mean,  what  you  hear  against  the 
single  payer  is  cocktail  party  talk.  It  simply  is  not  substantiated  by 
the  facts  either  on  behalf  of  the  plan  or  in  attacking  the  Canadian 
system  or  the  German  system  or  the  Australian  system. 

And  this  whole  business  of  rationing,  you  know,  Gerry,  as  well 
as  anybody  else,  we  do  it  here  simply  on  the  basis  of  tne  size  of 
your  wallet.  That  is  how  we  ration  care  in  America. 

Mr.  Kleczka.  Two  more  questions  before  my  time  runs  out, 
George. 

The  State  of  Wisconsin  has  more  MRIs  than  the  entirety  of  Can- 
ada. Do  you  have  any  cost  controls  or  certificate  of  need  provisions 
in  the  bill? 

Mr.  Thomas.  Sure. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Our  proposal  puts  the  responsibility  on  the 
hospital.  They  are  given  the  money  to  run  their  hospital,  and  they 


207 

can  buy  any  MRI  they  want,  as  long  as  they  have  the  money  to 
operate  it. 

We  did  not  put  specific  certificate  of  need  provisions  in  this  bill 
in  part  because  the  experience  with  that  whole  program  across  the 
country  has  been  very,  very  mixed.  Some  States  had  success  with 
it;  some  had  absolutely  none. 

So  we  said:  Let  us  let  the  hospitals  manage  it.  Here  is  the  money 
for  you  to  run  your  hospital.  If  you  think  you  need  another  one,  as 
they  do  in  Canada — I  had  people  down  from  the  Ottawa  General 
Hospital,  and  they  are  putting  in  a  second  MRI  at  the  main  teach- 
ing hospital  in  Ottawa.  The  reason?  Because  the  other  one  is  fully 
used,  and  they  now  have  an  additional  need. 

And  I  think  the  thing  that  George  is  talking  about,  the  Canadian 
system,  one  of  the  reasons  why  they  have  been  able  to  control  their 
costs  is  they  have  bought  smart. 

When  I  was  an  intern  at  the  Buffalo  General  Hospital,  there  was 
often  a  Canadian  patient  in  one  bed  and  an  American  patient  in 
the  other  bed,  the  Canadian  paying  two-thirds  of  what  the  Amer- 
ican was  paying,  because  the  Canadians  negotiated  with  Buffalo 
General  to  get  their  health  care  done  there. 

It  is  only  50-60  miles  from  St.  Catherine's  down  to  Buffalo,  so 
it  is  a  very  short  drive.  It  is  not  as  though  you  are  sending  them 
10,000  miles  away  to  get  health  care.  The  Canadians  have  pur- 
chased on  our  side,  health  care.  They  do  it  in  Seattle  on  operations 
on  hearts,  heart  transplants.  And  the  fact  is  that  the  Canadian 
Government  discovered  that  there  are — $600  million  in  fraudulent 
claims  by  Americans  in  Ontario  along. 

They  found  that  60,000  people  using  the  Ontario  health  care 
plan  had  American  drivers  licenses.  So  they  have  now  had  to  go  to 
their  system  and  begin  to  figure  out  how  to  put  a  picture  on  it,  so 
that  they  can  actually — right  now  their  card  is  just  an  orange-and- 
white  card  with  a  number  on  it  and  your  name,  and  they  have  now 
decided  they  have  got  to  go  to  some  kind  of  ID,  so  that  Americans 
will  quit  coming  across  from  Windsor  and  everywhere  else  to  get 
their  health  care  in  Canada. 

It  is  a  real  problem.  It  is  more  going  across  in  that  direction  than 
coming  this  way. 

Mr.  Klp:czka.  That  is  interesting.  Let  me  give  you  the  $64,000 
question  now. 

I  know  full  well  that  your  single  payer  this  session  will  not  pass 
in  total.  The  President  has  already  expressed  interest  in  com- 
promise. Cooper  is  picking  up  steam  from  some  segments. 

When  we  start,  especially  in  this  subcommittee,  putting  all  of 
these  together  to  come  out  with  an  agreed-upon  package  that  will 
do  the  job,  what  portions  of  your  bill  do  you  think  are  most  impor- 
tant to  meld  into  this  compromise  version? 

Mr.  McDermott.  We  have  not  seen  any  reason  yet  while  we 
should  give  away  anything.  We  have  got  better  coverage  for  less 
cost.  We  guarantee  free  choice  of  provider;  it  is  the  only  plan  that 
does  that,  the  only  plan  that  gives  long-term  care,  and  we  do  it  for 
less  money. 

Mr.  Kleczka.  Do  you  cover  optician  services,  because  that  is 
lacking  in  your  own — ^you  are  kidding  me? 


208 

Mr.  McDermott.  Well,  we  are  only  five  votes  short,  Grerry.  I 
mean,  this  process- 


Mr.  Kleczka.  ok.  I  guess  we  do  not  see  things- 


Mr.  McDermott.  Let  me  raise  the  question  about  the  Cooper 
bill,  because  the  Cooper  bill,  you  see,  is  gaining  steam.  I  do  not 
know  how  many  people  really  understand  in  the  Congress  the  tax 
that  is  buried  in  that. 

What  he  gives  is  deductibility  for  the  lowest-cost  plan.  Every- 
thing else  to  the  corporation  is  not  deductible.  And  if  an  employer 
gives  greater  benefits  to  an  employee,  it  has  to  pay  a  34  percent 
surcharge. 

Now  tnat  is  going  to  drive  employers  to  push  those  costs  onto  in- 
dividuals, and  individuals  cannot  deduct  it.  It  is  going  to  be  after- 
tax dollars,  which  is  an  income  tax  on  individuals  in  this  country. 

If  I  were  running  against  him  or  anybody  who  supported  that 
bill,  I  would  eat  them  alive. 

Mr.  Kleczka.  Let  me  see  if  George  has  a  more  compromising 

Mr.  McDermott.  Taking  away  deductibility  on  insurance  bene- 
fits. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  think  the  burden  is  on  the  other  foot,  and  that 
is  this,  that  they  have  got  to  come  up  with  a  plan  that  is  superior 
to  the  existing  one.  And  so  far,  they  have  not. 

The  President  has  taken  away  all  your  choice;  Cooper  has  taken 
away  all  your  choice.  They  have  raised  a  lot  of  money,  and  they 
still  do  not  quite  get  to  the  question  of  quality  care  and  universal- 
ity. And  that  is  the  problem. 

And  before  we  trade  this  one  in,  you  know,  we  are  not  so  eager 
here  to  trade  the  current  system  in.  We  think  there  are  overwhelm- 
ing problems,  but  as  we  constantly  have  pointed  out  to  us,  the  vast 
majority  of  Americans  are  essentially  happy  with  it.  They  do  not 
like  the  insurance  companies,  but  they  essentially  have  their  cov- 
erage. 

Now  we  are  trying  to  expand  the  pie  to  a  lot  of  people  who  need 
it,  who  get  cannot  get  it  for  a  whole  lot  of  circumstances.  But  be- 
fore we  trade  it  in,  we  want  to  see  that  something  better  is  coming 
through  the  door. 

Right  now,  ours  is  the  only  proposal  that  improves  upon  that.  All 
the  rest  of  them  kind  of  rearrange  the  deck  chairs  here,  but  the 
system  is  still  going  to  the  bottom  of  the  ocean,  and  it  is  not  going 
to  be  saleable. 

Cooper  is  going  to  get  his  turn  in  the  barrel.  The  President  had 
his  turn  in  the  barrel,  and  he  did  not  come  out  so  well.  Now  Cooper 
is  going  to  go  in  the  barrel,  and  people  are  going  to  start  analyzing 
the  kinds  of  tax  increases  that  are  going  to  through  for  no  listed 
benefits,  and  then  we  will  see  where  the  Congress  is.  This  is  going 
to  look  better  and  better. 

Mr.  Kleczka.  Thank  you.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Levin. 

Mr.  Levin.  Thank  you. 

I  admire  your  tenacity,  but 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  would  wish  you  would  admire  the  plan. 

Mr.  Levin.  But  let  me  just  tell  you  how  it  plays  in  a  district — 
the  district  that  I  represent,  which  in  many  respects  is  pretty 
typical. 


209 

There  is,  I  think,  deep  antipathy  toward  at  least  two  aspects,  of 
the  single-payer  plan.  First,  there  is  deep  skepticism  about  shifting 
the  funding  to  the  tax  system. 

Second,  there  is  a  deep,  if  not  hostility,  at  least  a  deep  question- 
ing about  a  major  enhancement  of  the  role  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. 

And  I  think  that  the  public's  antipathy  toward  use  of  the  tax  sys- 
tem and  having,  in  quotes,  the  government  run  it,  is  reflected  in 
a  recent  poll  that  says  these  feelings  are  true  not  only  in  Macomb 
and  Oakland  Counties,  Mich,  but  across  the  country.  This  was  from 
a  poll  taken  by  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation,  and  maybe 
you  saw  the  report.  I  do  not  think  they  have  an  ax  to  grind.  The 
poll  was  taken  for  them  by  the  Harvard  School  of  Public  Health 
and  the  Princeton  Survey  Research  Associates. 

It  showed  first  of  all  that  we  have  a  long  ways  to  go  to  really 
explain  any  plan  to  the  American  people.  A  lot  of  people  do  not 
know  the  details  or  really  the  major  contours  of  any  of  the  propos- 
als. 

But  when  the  various  plans,  or  at  least  some  of  them,  were  read 
to  the  1,000-plus  who  were  sampled,  here  is  the  way  it  came  out: 
40  percent  said  they  would  choose  a  plan  like  President  Clinton's, 
requiring  employers  to  pay,  while  19  percent  they  would  prefer  a 
Canadian-style  plan. 

Mr.  Miller.  Well,  Mr.  Levin,  I  think,  you  know,  we,  those  of  us 
who  are  supporting  single  payer,  are  into  a  marketing  nightmare. 
To  go  around  and  ask  people  if  they  want  single-payer  or  a  Cana- 
dian system — Americans  are  not  big  on  foreign 

Mr.  Levin.  But  that  really  is  not  the  way  it  was  asked. 

Mr.  Miller.  But  let  me — no.  The  point  is,  you  said  there  is  a 
deep  skepticism  about  shifting  the  cost  to  the  tax  system  and 
about — what  was  the  second  one,  the 

Mr.  Levin.  And  a  major  enhanced  role  of  the  government  run- 
ning it. 

Mr.  Miller.  Ask  your  constituents  if  they  have  those  concerns 
about  the  existing  system,  which  is  Medicare,  where  they  all  pay 
a  payroll  tax,  and  the  Government  runs  the  Medicare  system.  So, 
you  know,  you  have  got  to  ask  the  question.  We  do  not  have  the 
luxury  of  asking  that  about  Medicare.  We  have  the  luxury  of  ask- 
ing about  single  payer  or  a  Canadian  system. 

But  the  fact  is,  the  most  popular  plan  in  the  country  is  the  Medi- 
care system,  and  it  is  done  on  a  payroll  basis.  The  question  is: 
What  is  the  rate  of  tax,  and  are  other  people  going  to  be  covered 
by  it? 

So  you  have  got  to,  you  know — as  we  all  know  from  polling  in 
our  business — you  have  got  to  ask  the  question  right.  Go  back  and 
ask  those  same  people  about  whether  or  not  they  like  the  benefits 
of  Medicare,  where  they  get  freedom  of  choice,  it  is  paid  for,  and 
all  they  do  is  hand  their  card  across  the  counter. 

Now  some  hospitals,  some  doctors,  do  not  like  the  reimbursement 
rate,  but  you  have  dealt  with  that  now  for  the  last  30  years  on  this 
committee.  And  so  that  is  the  system.  That  is  the  system. 

Now  whether  or  not  you  have,  as  I  say — whether  or  not  you  con- 
tinue deductibles  or  copayments  or  Medigap  polices,  the  fact  is  that 
is  the  American  single-payer  system,  and  it  is  hugely  popular,  as 


210 

we  know  every  time  we  suggest  we  are  going  to  touch  it.  It  is  the 
hottest  stove  in  town.  Nobody  can  carry  it  more  than,  you  know, 
more  than  a  second  if  they  suggest  that  someone  how  they  are 
going  to  deny  people  access  to  or  benefits  under  Medicare. 

Mr.  Levin.  All  right.  But  let  me  just  tell  you  that  I  think  you 
are  right  about  the  basic  popularity  of  the  Medicare  system  for  cov- 
ering seniors. 

But  the  dilemma  that  you  face  and  this  Congress  faces  and  the 
President  faces  and  all  America  faces  is  that  people  know  they 
have  a  Medicare — there  is  a  Medicare  system  for  seniors. 

When  you  ask  them  if  we  want  to  spread  a  single-payer  system 
to  all  America  and  end  the  private  role  for  insurance  for  everybody 
and  shift  the  entire  burden  of  health  care  from  the  private  to  the 
public  arena,  the  answer  is  no. 

Mr.  McDermott.  But  that  is  a  mischaracterization.  You  are 
talking  about  financing.  Every  other  plan,  including  the  Presi- 
dent's, takes  the  delivery  system  in  this  country  and  stands  it  on 
its  head,  and  it  drives  people  into  HMOs  by  financial  incentives. 

Ours  is  the  only  plan  that  says  to  the  American  people:  You  can 
still  see  your  same  own  doctor;  you  can  go  to  the  same  hospitals 
and  every  other  thing.  The  only  thing  we  are  going  to  fix  is  the  fi- 
nancing system. 

Mr.  Levin.  All  right.  Let  me  just  say 

Mr.  McDermott.  The  President  keeps  the  financing  system.  He 
keeps  the  insurance  companies  and  stands  the  delivery  system  on 
its  head.  And  that  is  why  when  you  take  that  home  to  people,  you 
are  going  to  get  chewed  up.  That  is  why  I  will  not  vote  for  that 
kind  of  thing  that  uses  financial  levers  to  force  people  into  a  deliv- 
ery system. 

Mr.  Levin.  Yes,  but  I  am  opposed  to  doing  that,  and  to 

Mr.  McDermott.  That  is  what  the  President's  plan  does. 

Mr.  Levin.  I  do  not  think  it  does  so  nearly  to  the  extent  that  the 
Cooper  plan  does. 

Mr.  McDermott.  That  is  true.  You  are  absolutely  correct.  The 
worst  is  Cooper. 

Mr.  Levin.  And  lurking  behind  the  Cooper  plan  is  a  basic  effort 
to  push  people  into  HMOs. 

I  am  in  favor  of  retaining  the  choice,  a  meaningful  choice,  for 
Americans,  but  they  want  choice  and — they  want  choice  and  a 
mixed  system  in  terms  of  funding,  and  they  do  not  want  the  gov- 
ernment to  run  it  all. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Again,  let  me  go  back — I  will  take  you  back  to 
the  best  model  we  have  in  the  country.  I  will  go  back  to  Medicare. 

Senior  citizens  get  to  go  to — in  my  district,  they  go  to  HMOs; 
they  go  to  fee-for-service  doctors;  they  do  to  some  combination  or 
in  between.  If  they  belong  to  one,  they  get  referred  to  another. 
They  design  their  own  medical  care  under  Medicare.  And  the  pri- 
vate sector  is  involved  because  there  are  some  things  that  Medicare 
decided  it  will  not  cover,  and  that  is  under  your  Medigap,  long- 
term  care  and  others. 

So  this  is  not  strange.  The  problem  you  describe  is  relatively  eas- 
ily solved  and  understandably  so,  which  is  the  big  trick  in  this 
business. 


211 

Mr.  Lkvin.  Well,  most  Americans  want  retention  of  the  Medicare 
system  for  seniors.  They  do  not  want  that  model  applied  univer- 
sally, uniformly. 

Mr.  McDeumott.  There  is  no  evidence  that  that  is  the  case. 

Mr.  Lp:vin.  Wait  a  minute.  Giving  people  no  option  other  than 
that. 

Mr.  McDermott.  There  is  every  option. 

Mr.  Lp:vin.  I  mean,  that  is  the  meaning  of  this  poll.  People  know 
there  is  a  Medicare  system.  But  when  you  ask  them:  Do  you  want 
that  to  be  the  single  system  for  this  country,  the  answer  is  no. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCuERY.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  want  to  say  that  I  think  your  plan,  Mr.  McDermott,  and  the 
single-payer  concept  is  a  legitimate  way  to  address  the  issue  of  spi- 
raling  costs  in  the  health  care  system  in  this  country.  And  I  ap- 
plaud you  for  coming  forward  with  the  plan  and  putting  it  out 
there  as  one  of  the  possibilities  for  reforming  our  system,  particu- 
larly the  payment  system. 

I  do  not  agree  with  your  plan  because  I  do  think  it  has  some  ef- 
fects on  the  system  that  you  have  not  talked  about  too  much,  and 
we  will  hear  more  about  those  effects  later  this  morning.  And  Mr. 
Miller  denied  that  there  were  a  lot  of  those  bad  effects,  but  I  hap- 
pen to  think  that  there  will  be  rationing.  And  it  is  true  we  do  have 
rationing  today,  and  we  are  always  going  to  have  some  kind  of  ra- 
tioning; otherwise,  costs  would  go  through  the  roof  even  more  than 
they  are  today.  But  I  do  think  yours  is  a  legitimate  way  to  address 
the  system,  and  it  is  an  option  that  should  be  considered. 

Mr.  Miller  has  continually  compared  your  plan  to  the  Medicare 
system  and  holds  up  the  Medicare  system  as  being  the  most  popu- 
lar part  of  our  health  care  system  and  so  why  snouldn't  we  just 
kind  of  enlarge  that  and  make  the  whole  system  a  Medicare  sys- 
tem. 

Is,  in  fact,  your  system  basically  that?  Would  your  plan  basically 
just  be  a  big  Medicare  system? 

Mr.  McDermott.  The  way  our  system  is  designed  in  the  bill,  the 
Federal  Government  decides  the  benefit  package — we  wrote  it  into 
the  bill — and  we  collect  the  money  on  the  basis  of  a  payroll  tax.  So 
you  now  have  a  Federal  health  care  trust  of  money. 

The  money  is  then  apportioned  to  the  States  according  to  popu- 
lation and  previous  spending  patterns,  and  there  are  some  dif- 
ferences in  this  country,  and  it  is  very  hard  to  iron  all  those  out. 
You  cannot  make  the  same  system  for  everywhere.  Louisiana  is  dif- 
ferent than  Washington  State  or  Vermont  or  New  York  State. 

So  we  said  let's  put  it  down  at  the  State  level  for  the  administra- 
tion, and  the  delivery  system  changes.  The  reason  is  I  was  a  State 
legislator  for  15  years,  and  I  have  been  catching  cannon  balls  from 
this  town  that  whole  time.  Bills  always  work  for  California,  New 
York,  Texas,  and  Florida,  and  the  rest  of  us  are  out  there  trying 
to  figure  out,  "Who  thought  this  up?"  So  I  said  if  I  am  going  to  put 
a  health  care  plan  out  there,  I  am  going  to  let  the  States  decide 
how  it  ought  to  be  delivered. 

Now,  there  will  be  more  HMO  activity  in  the  State  of  Washing- 
ton and  in  the  State  of  California  than  there  will  be  in  Louisiana. 
No  question  about  it.  We  have  a  long  history,  long  experience  with 


212 

it.  So  we  wanted  to  have  those  kinds  of  decisions  made  at  the  State 
level  with  a  fixed  amount  of  money  that  was  collected  from  the 
payroll  tax,  and  that  then  you  would  decide  how  in  Louisiana  will 
you  deliver  this  benefit  package  to  everybody  in  Louisiana.  It 
would  be  done  using  private  doctors  and  private  hospitals,  as  it 
presently  is  today,  and  that  is  the  basic  structure  of  how  it  would 
work. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  it  is  very  similar  to  the  Medicare  system? 

Mr.  McDermott.  Except  that  it  is  controlled  at  the  local  level 
rather  than  the  Medicare  system,  which  is  at  the  Federal  level. 
And  that  is  an  important  decision. 

I  think  Mr.  Stark  and  I  probably  would  have  a  discussion.  He 
would  favor  more  a  single-payer  system  like  the  Medicare  system 
all  done  in  Washington,  D.C.,  or  Baltimore.  I  believe  that  more  of 
those  decisions  should  be  made  down  at  the  State  level.  That  is  a 
political  judgment  that  obviously  we  in  the  Congress  will  make. 

The  President  has  put  a  lot  of  State  options  into  his.  He  allows 
for  a  single-payer  option  at  the  State  level,  and  this  is  really  a  po- 
litical argument  about  where  the  control  is  going  to  be.  And  I  tend 
to  think  the  closer  it  is  down  to  where  you  are  delivering  the  serv- 
ice, the  better  off  you  are.  To  speak  for  Mr.  Stark  and  maybe  for 
some  people,  they  think  that  you  will  get  inequities  in  the  States, 
and  some  States  may  not  do  it  so  you  have  to  do  it  at  the  Federal 
level.  But  we  can  iron  that  argument  out. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Well,  before  my  time  is  up,  let  me  encourage  Mr. 
Miller — and  you  can  respond  to  this,  if  you  like — to  maybe  get  an- 
other model  for  holding  out  for  examination  than  the  Medicare  sys- 
tem. One  reason  the  Medicare  system  is  so  popular  is  because  peo- 
ple get  a  lot  more  than  they  pay  for.  The  Medicare  system  spends 
a  lot  more  money  than  it  takes  in,  so  people  are  getting  a  lot  more 
than  they  are  paying  for.  And  I  do  not  think  that  is  the  way  you 
want  the  entire  system  to  be;  otherwise,  the  Federal  deficit  just 
goes  completely  out  of  control.  Some  would  say  it  is  completely  out 
of  control  now,  but  certainly  the  Medicare  budget  is  part  of  the 
budget  problem  in  this  country.  So  I  think  that  is  one  reason  Medi- 
care is  so  popular,  is  people  get  a  lot  more  than  what  they  pay  for. 

I  assume  under  your  system  you  would  try  to  equalize  revenues 
and  outgo,  and  it  might  not  be  as  popular  then  when  people  have 
to  actually  pay  for  everything  they  get. 

Mr.  Mil.LER.  To  respond  quickly,  the  reason  our  payroll  tax  is  set 
at  the  level  that  it  is  is  because  of  the  genius  of  Congressman 
McDermott's  request:  This  is  the  package  that  we  want  to  present 
to  the  American  people;  now  what  is  the  money  we  need  to  finance 
this?  So  CBO  says  we  do  not  create  a  deficit  because,  in  fact,  that 
package  of  benefits  is  paid  for. 

Now,  that  might  be  too  rich  for  the  Congress  or  for  this  commit- 
tee or  for  the  American  people.  That  is  open  to  adjustment.  But  we 
did  not  do  it  the  other  way. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Sure. 

Mr.  Miller.  The  other  way  is  to  try  to  fudge  the  issue  as  we 
have  seen  now  for  the  last  year. 

Mr.  McCREiiY.  With  the  Medicare  system,  and  I  appreciate  that, 
and  I  applaud  you  for  that.  But  I  think  the  analogy  with  Medicare 
breaks  down  on  that  basis. 


213 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  do  not  think  any  of  us  would  say  that  the 
Medicare  system  has  been  without  problems  because  in  some  ways 
Medicare  is  just  another  insurance  company,  and  Medicare  is  doing 
what  everybody  else  does,  which  is  try  and  shift  the  cost  to  some- 
body else. 

When  I  was  a  State  Ways  and  Means  Chairman  in  the  Senate, 
I  used  to  take  the  request  for  Medicaid  and  cut  it  in  half.  And  if 
you  had  asked  me  why  I  did  that,  I  would  say,  well,  I  need  money 
to  pay  for  the  University  of  Washington,  for  the  Fisheries  Depart- 
ment and  the  State  Patrol,  and  I  know  that  I  can  shift  those  costs 
on  to  Boeing  and  to  Weyerhaeuser  and  to  U.S.  West  and  all  the 
other  companies  in  my  State. 

Everybody  has  been  doing  that  in  this  present  system.  In  a 
single-payer  system,  there  is  no  place  to  shift  it.  You  have  every- 
body in  the  same  bag. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Lewis. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  delighted  to  see  two  of  our  colleagues,  Mr. 
McDermott  and  Mr.  Miller,  here  today. 

Up  front  I  must  say,  Dr.  McDermott,  I  am  very  proud  to  be  a 
cosponsor  and  a  supporter  of  single  payer.  I  know  in  our  efforts  to 
reform  the  health  care  system,  we  should  come  up  with  a  system 
that  will  be  accessible  to  everyone.  No  one  must  be  left  out  and  left 
behind. 

With  the  Cooper  plan,  with  the  President's  proposal  and  some  of 
the  others  that  are  floating  around,  I  have  been  deeply  concerned 
that  we  will  have  a  continuation  of  redlining  by  insurance  compa- 
nies and  by  some  health  providers.  We  would  segregate  people, 
gerrymand  people. 

Tell  me  what  would  happen  under  single  payer. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Under  a  single-payer  system,  everyone  would 
have  a  health  care  card  that  would  be  usable  with  any  physician 
or  any  hospital  that  the  patient  would  choose. 

One  of  the  difficulties  in  looking  at  our  health  care  delivery  sys- 
tem today  is  that  35  percent  of  the  people  live  either  in  rural  areas 
or  in  inner  cities,  both  of  which  are  chronically  underserved  for 
their  health  care  needs.  And  the  main  problem  that  you  have  in 
trying  to  set  up  a  practice  either  in  a  rural  area  or  in  an  inner  city 
is  that  most  of  the  people  do  not  have  insurance.  You  find  the  unin- 
sured clustered  in  these  areas,  and  the  fact  is  that  because  they 
do  not  have  the  ability  to  pay,  if  you  were  to  open  a  practice  there, 
the  people  coming  in  would  be  unable  to  pay  for  their  health  care. 
And  so  people  do  not  choose  to  go  into  those  areas. 

If  you  have  everybody  with  a  card,  that  is,  equal  access,  the  abil- 
ity to  go  in  and  purchase  health  care,  it  would  be  possible  then  to 
recruit  people  into  those  areas,  and  you  will  begin  to  see  a  shift  in 
the  way  the  system  operates. 

I  think  that  all  you  have  to  do  is  look  at  Mr.  Reynolds'  district 
in  Chicago.  There  is  not  a  single  emergency  room  open  in  his  dis- 
trict. No  hospital  has  an  emergency  room  open  in  that  district  in 
Chicago. 

Now,  that  kind  of  thing  will  only  be  dealt  within  a  single-payer 
system  that  says  that  everybody  who  comes  to  the  hospital  has  the 


214 

ability  to  pay  because  they  have  their  card,  their  universal  Amer- 
ican health  security  access  card. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Mr.  Miller,  would  you  like  to  comment? 

Mr.  Miller.  Well,  I  think  that  is  it.  It  is  the  portability  of  the 
care.  Today  if  you  belong  to  various  plans,  you  have  got  to  call  an 
800  number  if  you  are  out  of  State,  if  you  are  out  of  city,  if  you 
are  outside  of  that  plan.  Will  you  be  reimbursed?  If  you  do  not 
make  that  call,  additional  tasks  are  put  on  you.  But  clearly,  that 
is  just  the  problems  of  not  having  a  single  system. 

But  it  also  goes  to  the  question  of  inclusion.  If  you  read  all  of 
these  other  plans  very  carefully,  there  is  a  very  large  question 
raised  about  what  happens  to  what  we  now  consider  public  medi- 
cine. The  people  in  our  inner  cities,  people  with  TB,  people  with 
AIDS,  and  people  with  no  insurance  and  no  prospect  of  getting  in- 
surance, what  really  happens  to  them? 

Well,  there  is  some  notion  that  they  will  eventually  all  sort  of 
transition  into  one  of  these  alliances  or  one  of  these  plans.  But  the 
question  is,  even  among  the  alliances,  do  the  alliances  want  to 
come  in  and  serve  these  areas?  Are  the  alliances  going  to  be  drawn 
in  such  a  way  so  it  does  not  take  in  the  District  of  Columbia  or 
Manhattan  or  the  city  of  San  Francisco  or  southeast  L.A.?  Those 
kinds  of  issues  are  being  raised. 

That  is  all,  again,  because  you  are  trying  to  fool  people  about 
what  the  real  total  national  bill  is  for  health  care.  As  long  as  you 
try  to  do  that,  then  you  have  to  try  to  shave  and  manipulate  the 
system  not  based  upon  delivering  health  care  to  people  and  then 
paying  for  it.  And  the  concern  that  you  raise  here  is,  I  think,  a 
very,  very  real  concern  in  each  and  every  one  of  these  plans  be- 
cause at  some  point,  under  all  the  other  plans,  you  are  going  to  de- 
cide that  you  simply  are  not  going  to  extend  coverage  in  one  fash- 
ion or  another  and  we  are  going  to  have  constituents  that  continue 
to  drop  through  the  gaps  in  those  plans.  And  that  is,  again,  the 
value  of  the  single-payer  system. 

Mr.  Lewis.  Thank  you  very  much.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Cardin. 

Mr.  Cardin.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First,  I  want  to  congratulate  my  colleagues  for  having  the  cour- 
age, as  the  President  did,  to  come  forward  with  a  proposal  that 
would  provide  universal  coverage  for  every  American  and  have  en- 
forceable cost  containment  in  your  legislation.  I  look  at  the  CBO 
testimony  from  yesterday  as  indicating  that  we  now  have  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  two  proposals  before  us  that  would  pro- 
vide universal  coverage  and  would  bring  down  the  cost  of  health 
care:  Your  proposal — the  single-payer  proposal — and  the  Presi- 
dent's proposal. 

What  concerns  me  about  having  one  payer,  a  Medicare-type  sys- 
tem, is  that  I  do  not  think  the  Medicare  system  is  very  rational  in 
the  way  that  it  reimburses  for  health  care  in  this  country.  I  do  not 
think  it  makes  an  awful  lot  of  sense. 

I  have  talked  to  many  health  care  providers,  particularly  those 
who  want  to  locate  in  communities  where  there  is  a  large  number 
of  elderly,  who  tell  me  it  is  difficult  to  do  that  under  the  current 
system,  that  the  doctors  and  the  hospitals  want  to  locate  in  subur- 


215 

ban  areas  where  they  have  a  significant  percentage  of  their  pay- 
ment in  private  pav  in  order  to  shift  costs. 

You  see,  we  shift  costs  in  our  society  today.  And  there  is  a  con- 
cern that  if  we  have  only  one  payment  system  that  it  is  not  going 
to  pay  the  fair  amount  or  the  rational  amount  or  that  a  political 
body  such  as  this  committee  or  the  State  legislature  will  be  very 
political  in  the  way  that  it  determines  how  those  dollars  will  be  al- 
located. And  the  bottom  line  is  that  we  jeopardize  quality. 

I  guess  that  is  my  major  concern  on  a  single-payer  system: 
Whether  we  run  the  risk  of  jeopardizing  quality  through  diversity 
and  the  protection  of  having  different  systems  out  there  to  offer  the 
incentives  for  developing  new  ways  of  providing  health  care  to  our 
constituents  in  a  more  cost-effective  way. 

So  how  do  you  overcome  my  concern  in  a  single-payer  system 
that  we  will  not  run  into  a  budget  crisis  here  in  Washington  so  we, 
therefore,  just  cut  the  budget  or  we  cut  certain  parts  of  the  budget 
or  that  we  do  things  like  that;  whereas,  in  a  diversified  system, 
such  as  suggested  by  President  Clinton,  we  at  least  have  the  pro- 
tection of  having  different  models  out  there  to  see  how  they  work 
in  different  times  and  hopefully  we  get  the  best  from  each  of  the 
proposals  that  are  out  there? 

Mr.  McDermott.  You  raise  the  question  of  will  the  budget  be 
short  and,  therefore,  we  will  cut  it.  The  money  that  is  raised  by  the 
payroll  tax  goes  into  a  health  care  trust,  and  it  is  used  for  the 
health  care  of  the  country. 

One  of  Canada's  problems  is  that  they  mix  their  health  care  dol- 
lars in  with  everything  else.  It  is  just  general  fund  money.  And  so 
they  are  now  in  an  economic  depression.  And  so  they  are  making 
cuts,  and  they  are  making  cuts  in  health  care  to  put  roads  in  or 
whatever.  In  those  kinds  of  decisions,  the  health  care  system  does 
stand  the  risk  of  quality  being  dealt  with.  The  reason,  then,  for 
having  a  trust  is  that  you  have  the  money  and  it  is  going  to  go 
there. 

Now,  the  other  question  of  quality,  I  come  back  to  this:  Who  do 
you  trust?  Do  you  trust  the  insurance  companies  or  do  you  trust 
the  political  system  to  guarantee  your  quality?  And  you  can  say 
neither  one  of  those  is  a  good  choice,  but  that  is  the  only  two 
choices  you  have. 

Mr.  Cardin.  Jim,  let  me  try  to  throw  out  perhaps  a  model  that 
builds  upon  what  you  are  suggesting  and  maybe  we  will  see  which 
system  works  best.  Why  not  pick  a  market  toda^,  perhaps  the 
small-employer  market,  where  we  do  not  have  effective  competi- 
tion, and  say,  look,  we  will  allow  that  market  to  have  access  to  a 
public  insurance  program  without  any  government  subsidies  at  all, 
and  let  that  market  compete  with  the  private  marketplace;  and 
then  we  will  see  whether  government  is  more  cost  effective  or 
whether  the  private  sector  is  more  cost  effective  in  developing  a 
away  to  finance  that  type  of  health  care  plan. 

Mr.  McDp:rmott.  You  are  suggesting  letting  small  employers  buy 
into  Medicare,  for  instance? 

Mr.  Cardin.  Well,  into  a  public — not  Medicare  because  you  do 
not  want  it  to  be  the  same  risk  pool.  Have  an  opportunity  to  buy, 
with  no  government  subsidies  at  all,  a  Medicare-type  plan,  and 
then  let  the  private  sector  also  be  able  to  sell  insurance  to  that 


216 

same  marketplace,  and  then  we  will  see  who  is  more  cost  effective 
and  who  can  come  up  with  the  better  plans  and  who  the  consumers 
like  best,  whether  they  like  a  government  plan  better  or  they  like 
a  private  plan  better. 

Wouldn't  that  sort  of  build  on  your  model?  Then  we  can  see 

Mr.  McDekmott.  My  only  problem  with  that,  Mr.  Cardin,  is  that 
you  are  keeping  in — or  you  are  giving  away  the  $100  billion  in  ad- 
ministrative savings  that  CBO  said  we  can  get  by  going  to  a  single- 
payer  system. 

Now,  if  the  Congress  decides  that  they  want  to  keep  the  private 
insurance  industry  in  and  they  are  willing  to  spend  $100  billion 
more  a  year  to  do  that,  if  they  think  that  is  worth  an  experiment, 
I  personally  say  more  power  to  you  if  that  is  the  way  you  want  to 
spend  your  money.  I  do  not  want  to  spend  my  money  that  way. 

Chairman  Stark.  Would  you  yield  on  that  point? 

Mr.  Cardin.  Yes,  I  yield. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  you  add  uniform  payment  structures  and 
you  have,  whatever  it  is,  a  uniform  cost  containment  system,  if  not 
prices,  then  the  only  uncontrolled  costs  of  any  major  significance 
would  be  the  overhead  of  the  private  insurance  companies,  which 
would  be  picked  up  by  private  payers.  And  my  theory  is  that  if  peo- 
ple choose  to  support  their  brother-in-law  who  is  selling  insurance 
for  Aetna,  be  my  guest. 

Now,  one  would  think  that  a  rational  public  would  soon  figure 
that  scam  out  and  find  a  better  way  to  put  their  brother-in-law  to 
work.  But,  basically,  only  a  third  of  any  savings  in  any  program 
comes  in  what  would  be  public  plans  like  Medicare  and  Medicaid, 
and  two-thirds  of  the  savings  goes  to  private  industry. 

If  they  have  the  option  and  we  put  all  of  the  systematic  savings 
that  we  can,  like  universal  electronic  transfer  and  so  forth,  then  I 
think  the  difference  between  you  and  Mr.  Cardin  is  that  the  ABC 
Corporation  and  its  employees  decide  they  want  to  stay  with  Pru- 
dential and  pay  Prudential's  30  percent  overhead.  And  I  say  if  that 
is  the  fight  we  have,  be  my  guest. 

Mr.  Cardin.  But  remember,  Mr.  Chairman,  just  to  clarify  that, 
there  are  two  parts  to  the  cost  of  health  care.  One  is  the  adminis- 
trative cost;  the  other  is  delivery  system.  And  there  is  at  least  a 
belief  by  some  of  us  that  the  private  sector  can  be  energized  to  de- 
velop a  more  cost-effective  delivery  system  better  than  just  having 
one. 

Chairman  Stark.  But  that  happens  under  Mr.  McDermott's  plan 
where  he  will  pay  privately  run  managed-care  systems  now.  So 
both  your  suggestion  and  Mr.  McDermott's  would  have  that  oppor- 
tunity. 

Mr.  Cardin.  What  I  am  suggesting  is  that  we  might  want  to  test 
that  and  see  what  comes  out. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  would  just  say,  Mr.  Cardin,  that  you  probably 
better  than  most  know  that  the  single-payer  system  and  the  all- 
payer  system  are  not  very  different.  Maryland  has  the  all-payer 
system.  It  has  the  hospital  that  is  considered  to  be  number  one  in 
the  United  States,  Johns  Hopkins,  which  operates  in  an  all-payer 
system.  So  the  fact  that  people  want  to  talk  about  some  diminution 
of  quality  clearly  under  a  single-payer,  all-payer  system,  which  is — 
I  mean,  the  differences  are  very  minimal. 


217 

Mr.  Cardin.  But,  remember,  you  can  have  an  all-payer  system 
without  a  single  source  of  funding,  as  we  do  in  Maryland,  as  long 
as  everybody 

Mr.  McDermott.  We  simply  make  one  source  of  funding,  and 
then  you  will  have  an  all-payer  system. 

Mr.  Garden.  Right.  But  you  could  very  well  expand  upon  an  all- 
payer  system  in  a  multiple-payer  concept. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  just  do  not  want  to  pay  the  administrative 
costs  of  insurance  companies.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Is  there  further  inquiry  of  our  distinguished 
witnesses? 

Mr.  Thomas.  Just  briefly. 

In  terms  of  the  genius,  as  my  colleague  from  California  said,  of 
asking  CBO  to  price  or  to  figure  a  mechanism  for  funding  the  bene- 
fit package,  I  think  when  you  asked  would  you  rather  have  insur- 
ance companies  or  the  government  do  it,  there  was  a  degree  of 
snickering  out  there  in  terms  of  the  choice.  It  is  because  if,  in  fact, 
we  run  your  system  the  same  way — that  is,  the  benefit  package 
drives  what  is  charged  and  it  is  a  political  decision  as  to  what  is 
in  the  benefits  package — I  do  not  think  anybody  is  comfortable 
with  a  system  in  which  this  committee  or  any  otner  committee  in 
essence  has  the  ability  to  define  a  benefits  package  because  it  turns 
into  a  political  football.  And  I  think  you  are  seeing,  to  a  certain  ex- 
tent, that  today  in  Germany  in  which  political  elections  turns  on 
"health  care  issues"  and  that  people  are  going  to  wind  up  promis- 
ing that  if  they  get  elected,  they  are  going  to  add  something  to  the 
benefit  package,  and  you  now  nave  a  pure  political  football  in  the 
benefits  package. 

But  the  beauty  of  your  system,  I  think  you  would  agree,  is  that 
you  have  got  a  n)rcea  mechanism  to  fund  it,  and  that  is  the  night- 
mare, I  think,  that  most  people  are  concerned  about. 

Mr.  McDermott.  You  absolutely  put  your  finger  on  the  issue. 
You  have  a  system  that  is  decided  in  a  democratic  means,  out  in 
front,  in  public,  and  if  I  vote  for  additional  benefits  for  the  people, 
then  I  have  to  step  up  and  vote  for  the  taxes.  That  is,  to  me,  true 
accountability,  and  that  is  what  I  think  has  been  missing  in  our 
present  system — no  accountability. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  agree  with  you.  In  our  plan,  what  we  say  is  that 
if  we  are  going  to  make  savings  in  the  Federal  Government  pro- 
grams, the  Chafee-Thomas  bill,  that  we  are  going  to  fund  the  ex- 
pansion to  universal  coverage  after  you  make  the  savings,  not  be- 
fore. 

Thank  you. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Mr.  Chairman,  just  briefly. 

Mr.  McDermott,  I  listened  with  interest  to  your  plan  to  put  all 
these  moneys  into  a  trust  fund  separate  so  they  will  not  be  com- 
mingled with  the  rest  of  the  budget.  And  I  have  not  looked  at  your 
design,  but  I  hope  it  is  designed  better  than  trust  funds  that  we 
have  included  in  the  Federal  budget  in  the  past,  which  we  have 
seen  have  not  been  too  successful  in  keeping  from  being  commin- 
gled with  other  funds. 

Mr.  Levin  [presiding].  I  am  sure  that  will  be  taken  into  account. 

Well,  thank  you.  Your  forthright  testimony,  our  two  colleagues, 
have  been  very  helpful.  You  can  tell  by  the  engaged  discussion. 


218 

Mr.  Miller,  thank  you  for  all  this  time,  and,  Mr.  McDermott, 
thank  you  for  going  on  the  other  side  of  the  table. 

Mr.  Leven.  We  will  have  our  second  panel  now.  Unfortunately, 
two  of  the  witnesses  have  been  unable  to  attend  because  of  the 
weather — one,  Dr.  Hsiao  from  Harvard.  There  are,  I  think,  a  dozen 
inches  of  snow  up  there.  And  also  Dr.  Dans  has  been  unable  to  join 
us.  But  Gerry  Anderson  is  here  and  Lisa  Priest,  if  you  would  join 
us. 

Dr.  Anderson  is  the  director  of  the  Center  for  Hospital  Finance 
and  Management  at  Johns  Hopkins,  and  Lisa  Priest  is  a  distin- 
guished journalist  with  the  Toronto  Star.  There  has  been  much 
mention  of  our  neighbor  to  the  north. 

Mr.  Cardin.  Mr.  Chairman,  before  we  begin,  if  I  might.  Dr. 
McDermott  paid  a  compliment  to  Johns  Hopkins,  and  I  think  part 
of  that  credit  is  deserved  by  Dr.  Anderson,  who  does  an  outstand- 
ing job  for  us  in  hospital  finance  and  management  at  Hopkins  and 
has  really  been  a  great  help  to  me  personally  in  helping  me  on 
health  care  issues.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  have  Dr.  Anderson  before  our 
committee. 

Mr.  Levin.  Well,  I  guess  we  are  going  to  go  alphabetically  in- 
stead of  in  a  chivalrous  way.  So,  Dr.  Anderson,  if  you  would  lead 
off? 

STATEME>rr  OF  GERARD  ANDERSON,  PH.D.,  DIRECTOR, 
CENTER  FOR  HOSPITAL  FINANCE  AND  MANAGEMENT; 
CODIRECTOR,  PROGRAM  FOR  MEDICAL  PRACTICE  AND 
TECHNOLOGY  ASSESSMENT;  AND  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 
OF  HEALTH  POLICY  AND  MANAGEMENT,  SCHOOL  OF 
HYGIENE  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH,  JOHNS  HOPKINS 
UNIVERSITY,  BALTIMORE,  MD. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman  and  Mr. 
Cardin. 

What  I  would  like  to  do  is  mention  very  briefly  four  design  and 
coverage  provisions  which  distinguish  H.R.  1200  from  most  of  the 
other  bills,  and  then  discuss  in  much  more  detail  the  cost  contain- 
ment and  financing  aspects  of  the  legislation.  Specifically  what  I 
want  to  do  today  that  is  not  in  my  written  testimony  is  compare 
the  financing  of  H.R.  1200  to  the  President's  bill.  Given  the  work 
that  you  did  yesterday,  I  can  now  compare  the  financing  in  H.R. 
1200  to  H.R.  3600. 

Basically  this  legislation  provides  universal,  mandatory  health 
insurance  coverage  for  all  citizens  and  legal  residents.  It  is  a  com- 
prehensive, explicitly  defined  benefit  package  covering  primary 
care,  acute  care,  long-term  care,  and  mental  health  benefits.  It  in- 
tegrates Medicare  and  Medicaid  into  a  single  plan.  And  it  does  so 
at  much  lower  administrative  costs. 

According  to  the  Congressional  Budget  Office,  the  administrative 
costs  will  drop  from  7  percent  of  health  spending  to  3.5  percent  of 
health  spending  by  the  year  2000.  In  addition,  the  Congressional 
Budget  Office  estimates  that  hospitals  and  other  providers  will 
save  6  percent  of  revenue  by  dealing  with  only  one  payer. 

What  I  have  worked  on,  however,  is  the  financing  and  cost  con- 
tainment aspects  of  H.R.  1200.  By  1997,  the  American  Health  Se- 
curity Act  will  rechannel  approximately  $500  billion  from  the  pri- 


219 

vate  sector  to  the  Federal  Grovemmont  by  eliminating  private  sec- 
tor financing  of  health  insurance  and  replacing  it  with  an  8.4  per- 
cent payroll  tax  except  for  small  firms  with  low-wage  workers,  a 
2.1  percent  payroll  tax,  and  tax  increases  on  cigarettes  and  hand- 
guns. 

Since  I  did  my  prepared  testimony,  I  had  a  chance  to  look  at  the 
Congressional  Budget  Office  estimates,  and  what  I  have  been  able 
to  do  is  to  compare  the  financing  for  a  variety  of  families  under 
H.R.  1200  to  H.R.  3600. 

Let  me  compare  three  different  two-parent  families:  One  earning 
$100,000,  one  earning  $50,000,  and  one  earning  $20,000. 

Beginning  with  the  family  earning  $100,000,  let's  assume  that 
they  work  in  a  large  firm  where  the  average  wage  is  $50,000.  The 
employer  would  pay  8.4  percent  of  the  average  wage  in  the  firm, 
or  $4,200,  and  the  employee  would  pay  2.1  percent  of  their  ad- 
justed gross  income — assuming  right  now  somebody  earning 
$100,000  doesn't  have  a  lot  of  deductions  and  their  adjusted  gross 
income  is  $80,000— $1,680.  This  is  a  total  of  $5,880  or  about  6  per- 
cent of  their  total  income.  It  offers  comprehensive  coverage,  no  cost 
sharing. 

Under  the  President's  plan,  the  premium  alone  would  be,  accord- 
ing to  the  Washington  Post  today,  for  that  same  family  of  four, 
$5,565  in  1994.  Inflating  that  at  4  percent  per  year  to  get  it  to 
1999,  it  would  be  $6,678,  or  approximately  7  percent  of  their  in- 
come. So  somebody  earning  $100,000  is  going  to  pay  more  under 
the  President's  plan  than  they  will  under  Mr.  McDermott's  plan. 

Moving  to  somebody  earning  $50,000,  again,  where  everybody 
earns  $50,000  in  the  firm,  the  employer  pays  8.4  percent  of  payroll, 
$4,200.  The  employee  pays  2. 1  percent  of  their  adjusted  gross  in- 
come, or,  as  I  estimate  it,  somebody  earning  $40,000  in  adjusted  in- 
come, would  pay  $840.  Combined,  this  is  a  tax  of  a  little  over 
$5,000,  or  10  percent  of  their  income.  Whereas,  the  President's  plan 
they  would  pay  the  same  amount  as  before,  $6,678,  or  more  than 
12  percent  of  their  income. 

For  somebody  earning  $20,000  or  less,  they  would  even  pay  a 
higher  percentage,  although  that  is  much  more  difficult  to  cal- 
culate. 

So  as  you  can  see,  basically  most  of  the  Americans  will  pay  less 
under  H.R.  1200  than  they  will  pay  under  H.R.  3600. 

H.R.  1200  does  do  this  by  working  on  rate-setting  and  a  variety 
of  mechanisms  to  control  health  care  costs,  such  as  in  Maryland, 
that  have  worked  successfully,  and  they  do  it  by  controlhng  the  Na- 
tional and  State  budgets.  A  global  budget  has  been  used  by  other 
countries  for  years  without  access  or  quality  problems. 

In  the  United  States,  a  number  of  States,  including  Maryland, 
have  used  a  form  of  global  budgeting  to  set  hospital  rates  without 
adverse  impacts  on  quality  of  care  or  access  to  care,  and  Medicare 
currently  uses  a  form  of  global  budgeting  for  physician  services. 

So  what  I  conclude  is  that  global  budgets  make  sense.  As  a  soci- 
ety, we  decide  how  much  to  spend  on  defense,  space,  public  edu- 
cation through  the  budget  process;  no  reason  why  we  could  not  do 
exactly  the  same  thing  in  the  health  care  system. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachments  follow:] 


0  4    ^^e  /^        ^  J 


220 

JOHNS  HOPKINS 


H   t  *  I-  T  II       r    N   S  T  I   T   I     T   I    0   N 


The  Center  for  Hospital 
Finance  and  Management 

624  Nonh  Broadway  /  Third  Floor 

Baltimore  MD  21205 

(410)  955-2300  /  FAX  (410)  955-2301 


Mr.  Chairman,  my  name  is  Gerard  Anderson,  and  I  am  the  Director 
of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Center  for  Hospital  Finance  and  Management, 
co-Director  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Program  for  Medical  Practice  and 
Technology  Assessment,  and  an  Associate  Professor  of  Health 
Policy  and  Management  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Hygiene  and 
Public  Health. 

Today,  I  wish  to  speak  in  favor  of  H.R.  1200,  the  "American 
Health  Security  Act."   The  Act  contains  numerous  provisions  that 
should  be  incorporated  into  the  final  health  care  reform 
legislation.   There  are  four  coverage  and  design  provisions  that 
warrant  special  mention: 


Universal,  mandatory  health  insurance  coverage  for  all 
citizens  and  legal  residents.   Many  of  the  other  bills 
under  consideration  do  not  achieve  this  minimum 
standard. 

A  comprehensive,  explicitly  defined  benefit  package 
covering  primary  care,  acute  care,  long  term  care,  and 
mental  health  benefits.   The  American  Health  Security 
Act  is  able  to  provide  these  comprehensive  health 
benefits  without  instituting  cost  sharing. 

Integration  of  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  into 
one  comprehensive  plan.   Maintenance  of  two  or  more 
health  care  financing  systems  will  increase 
administrative  costs  without  improving  the  health 
status  of  any  American. 

Much  lower  administrative  costs.   According  to  the 
Congressional  Budget  Office,  the  administrative  costs 
under  the  American  Health  Care  Security  Act  will 
decrease  from  the  current  7  percent  of  health  spending 
to  3.5  percent  by  the  year  2000.   CBO  also  estimates 
that  hospitals,  physicians,  home  health  agencies,  and 
other  health  care  professionals  would  save  6  percent  of 
revenue  by  dealing  with  only  one  payer  and  eliminating 
copayments  and  other  billing  arrangements. 


Financing  and  Cost  Containment 

The  most  controversial   and  innovative  aspects  of  the  American 
Health  Security  Act,  however,  involve  its  financing  and  cost 
containment  provisions.   In  my  testimony  this  morning,  I  would 
like  to  concentrate  on  three  specific  issues: 

•  Shifting  the  method  of  financing  from  the  private  to 
the  public  sector. 

•  Using  price  regulation  to  control  health  expenditures. 

•  Using  state  and  national  global  budgets  to  contain 
health  care  expenditures. 


221 


Public  Financing 

In  1997,  the  American  Health  Security  Act  will  rechannel 
approximately  $500  billion  from  the  private  sector  to  the  federal 
government  by  eliminating  private  sector  financing  of  health 
insurance  and  replacing  the  funds  with  an  8.4  percent  payroll 
tax,  a  2.1  percent  income  tax,  and  tax  increases  on  cigarettes 
and  alcohol.   While  many  pundits  have  suggested  that  such  a  large 
tax  increase  makes  this  proposal  dead  on  arrival,  the  method  of 
financing  a  single  payer  plan  has  considerable  merit  after 
reviewing  the  data  and  comparing  it  to  the  current  method  of 
financing  health  care. 

In  1997,  75  percent  of  Americans  who  are  currently  insured 
would  pay  less  for  health  insurance  under  the  American  Health 
Security  Act  than  under  current  law  and  this  percentage  would 
increase  as  the  cost  savings  projected  under  the  American  Health 
Security  Act  would  increase.   According  to  projections  made  by 
the  Congressional  Budget  Office,  the  American  Health  Care 
Security  Act  would  save  $114  billion  in  the  year  2003  and, 
therefore,  the  average  American  family  would  pay  over  $1000  less 
for  health  care  services  in  the  year  2003  compared  to  current 
law. 

I  have  prepared  a  series  of  charts  that  illustrate  how  the 
financing  system  would  affect  individual  Americans.   The  charts 
show  that  under  the  American  Health  Security  Act  most  Americans 
would  pay  less  than  they  are  currently  paying  for  health  care. 
For  low  income  individuals  and  individual  with  chronic  illnesses 
the  amounts  would  be  significantly  less.   The  charts  also  show 
that  most  employers  would  pay  less  if  the  American  Health 
Security  Act  were  passed.   The  charts  are  based  upon  numbers 
generated  by  the  Congressional  Budget  Office,  Joint  Committee  on 
Taxation,  Employee  Benefits  Research  Institute,  and  the  National 
Medical  Expenditure  Series. 

Price  Regulation 

Under  the  American  Health  Security  Act,  hospitals  and 
nursing  homes  will  be  paid  on  the  basis  of  global  budgets. 
Physicians  and  other  health  care  professionals  will  be  paid  based 
on  a  variety  of  mechanisms  including  annual  operating  budgets, 
fee  schedules,  and  capitation  payments. 

While  no  one  prefers  price  regulation  to  a  free  market 
solution,  international  and  domestic  evaluations  of  price 
regulation  in  the  health  care  industry  have  shown  that  price 
regulation  is  able  to  control  costs  without  an  adverse  impact  on 
either  access  to  or  quality  of  medical  care.   In  1991,  I  wrote  an 
article  in  the  Health  Care  Financing  Review  summarizing  the 
published  literature  on  all  payer  rate  setting.   The  article 
reached  the  following  conclusions: 

•  States  with  all  payer  rate  setting  programs  have  been 
able  to  consistently  lower  the  rate  of  increase  in 
hospital  expenditures  by  2-4  percentage  points  per  year 
compared  to  other  states. 

•  All  payer  rate  setting  programs  have  been  able  to 
reduce  the  extent  of  cost  shifting  considerably. 

•  All  payer  rate  setting  programs  have  increased  access 
for  the  uninsured  because  they  compensate  hospitals  for 
the  care  of  people  without  health  insurance. 

•  Most  studies  have  found  no  evidence  that  quality  of 
care  declined  under  all  payer  rate  setting  programs. 

•  HMOs  and  other  managed  care  organizations  have 
prospered  in  states  with  all  payer  rate  setting. 


222 


•    The  diffusion  of  new  technology  and  access  to  capital 

is  comparable  in  states  with  and  without  all  payer  rate 
setting. 

The  Prospective  Payment  Assessment  Commission,  the  Physician 
Payment  Review  Commission,  and  the  Congressional  Budget  Office 
have  recently  conducted  independent  assessments  of  the 
feasibility  of  regulating  hospital  and  physician  services  based 
upon  Medicare  payment  rules.   They  all  concluded  that  a  national 
payment  rate  is  feasible  at  this  time. 

State  and  National  Budgets 

The  American  Health  Security  Act  establishes  an  annual 
global  budget  for  health  care,  limiting  growth  in  expenditures  to 
the  rate  of  growth  in  the  gross  domestic  product.   Each  state  is 
given  a  global  budget  which  the  state  will  use  to  set  budgets  for 
physicians,  hospitals,  and  nursing  homes.   Separate  budgets  for 
new  construction,  renovation,  and  major  capital  equipment  are 
allocated  directly  by  the  states.   A  National  Health  Board 
negotiates  prescription  drug  prices  with  drug  companies. 

Global  budgets   have  been  used  by  other  countries  for  years 
without  access  or  quality  problems.   In  the  United  States,  a 
number  of  states  have,  for  years,  used  a  form  of  global  budgeting 
-  prospective  rates  with  volume  adjustments  -  to  set  hospital 
rates  without  adverse  effects  on  quality  of  care  or  access  to 
care.   Medicare  currently  uses  a  form  of  global  budgeting  for 
physician  services . 

Global  budgets  also  make  common  sense.   As  a  society  we 
decide  how  much  we  want  to  spend  on  defense,  space  exploration, 
or  public  education  through  the  budget  process.   There  is  no 
reason  why  the  same  process  could  not  be  used  to  decide  how  much 
to  spend  on  health  care. 

I  would  be  happy  to  answer  any  questions. 


223 


SCENARIO  1 

WORKER  IN  SMALL  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
Demographics: 


1      Ag«: 

4S 

2      Gindtr: 

Mat* 

3      Family: 

Wlfa  ahd  t«vo  chlldran 

4      Health  Statua: 

No  praaxlating  condltlona 

No  long  farm  haalth  cara  naada 

5     Ineoma: 

Wagaa  -  $50,000  In  1999,  no  othar  Ineoma 

6     Haalth  Hablta: 

Non  smokar,  non  drinker 

Current  Health  Insurance  Coveraae: 

1  Banadtt:  Comprahanaiva  benefits;  no  deductibles; 

Rx  drugs  with  copay;  no  dental;  no 
long  term  cara 

2  Covaraga:  Family 

3  Employer  Payment-       Employer  pays  100%  of  premium 


COST  TO  THE  WORKER 

Out  of  Pocket     Premiuin       Taxes  Total 

Cunent  System  200"'        5435™  q  5535 

American  HeaTth  Care  O™  0       BaSO**'  5250 

Security  Act^ 

blliiMm  tmmnal  ftkM  tm  ■"*>■  m  «r»  tm—*  «■  fniif  w  ol  9m  NMES  dw  Wh«»<  l»  t»<hct  1S*a  t 
1 100 1 


»cc««<m  W  «»  IiM'r"  S«n*a«  ammli  kMHuM'a  irfiMliBuin  b««d  on  »m  1M2  ■ippliiiiMH  of  •■•  Cwiwl 
r^p»dmtianStr<mrmn6^997ftm1ianatH^l%rti£J^pmn^tunS*0V9y,mKlfioy9ttm^M^tJL^^m^A^tw^al^>ltml»ma^OJ^^pmnmm 
til  tf|iua  in  inamfacturing  iraM  wMi  lawl  tfwn  10  iiiyhiiMl.  Btmim  IimMi  tumtc*  prmnkmm  ar«  ■nnmil  le 
terwii  fuMr  «wn  p«T>«a.  ■  mnr  CQtnwv«a»i  «mmii»aw»  b  Am  «ii  >«u»n»|i  w*  nM  clm|>. 

JoW  CewiUm  on  TMjacw  »in(im  »  ptr/nM  Urn  &I  S.4  p«rc«n«  id  Iwcomw  m  «t  2.1  pwont  would  raba  Om  nqutod 


COST  TO  THE  EMPLOYER 

Payments  for  Health 
Insurance 
Current  System  5435" 

American  Health  Care  4200™ 

Security  Act 


OiMWM  •>  ■■■■ai  porrai  kt  ISM  m  tso.ooo. 

Atio<*>9  le  dM  bnployi  BoiMlil  acmtcfc  hvtkuu'e  coleidodoiM  boMd  on  dx  1*92  imihinwil  ol  dM 
l>VU>don  Swvor  and  1 987  Nolkaiol  M.<icol  Cjq>ndhura  Survvr.  onvtoiw  hooltfi  o.l.mitum  io(»<«^^ 
o4  poyral  ki  manwfoclMtna  %ifw  wMi  Imvoi  dMn  10  oiwp>u)ooi. 

JoM  Comndnoo  on  Toudon  »iutoi.u  •  pmrnM  uo  ol  a.4  pweoM. 


224 


SCENARIO  2 

WORKER  IN  MEDIUM  SIZED  TRANSPORTATION  FIRM 
Demoaraohlcs: 


1 

Age: 

42 

2 

Gender: 

Female 

3 

Family: 

Divorced,  two  children 

4 

H«allh  Status: 

No  preexisting  conditions 

No  long  term  health  care  needs 

S 

Income: 

$20,000  In  1999,  no  other  Income 

6 

Health  Habits: 

Non  smoker,  non  drinker 

Current  Health  Insurance  Coveraqe: 

1  Benefits:  $1000  family  deductible;  no  Rx; 

no  dental;  no  vision 

2  Coverage:  Family 

3  Employer  Payment:  Employer  pays  80%  of  premium 


COST  TO  THE  WORKER 

Out  of  Pocket      Premium     Taxes        Total 

Current  System  3330'"        2130'"  q  5460 

American  Health  Care  C"  0      800'*'  eOO 

Security  Act 

EitknMa  (or  out  e(  podiM  upandHum  an  b«i«d  on  conpuur  nm  ol  Dm  NMES  dota  kilUtod  <o  f«<l>ct  1*99  oaML 

Asoumoi  100  porcom  tattnf  «rWl  0  poroom  coparmoxts. 

Aceac«<g  to  Dm  Envloyoe  Bcnotil  ItoMorch  ksAuu'i  cakUations  baaad  on  Ote  1992  ai^piamant  ol  Iha  CaaioM 
PopubtionSory«TO~<^9a7Ma<ionrfM«<»cal6jip«ndH<«S<«v»T.'oX*'Y«'''aalttia«pcndh»«Miapr«»ont«<10.6Sp>«i«n< 
o<  payral  In  a  ttanipowation  fim  ol  batweon  2S  and  93  aoiployeai.  Sacauso  health  knwanca  maiiifcam  ara  aipactad  la 
hcnaa*  lastar  than  paynl.  a  vonr  consaivathn  astifnata  li  that  this  pareontaga  wB  not  cfianga. 


For  ainploien  of  Ian  than  75  (ul  tkna  aqiivalant  c»n(ilo>«ei  aamtng  an  awraga  wage  o<  lasa  than  •24.000.  the  Joint 
Convnittea  on  Taaatkn  has  projectad  a  ta<  rau  of  4.0  percant  wo>M  lalsa  tha  ra^irad  I 


COST  TO  THE  EMPLOYER 


pr  Health 
losutancs 

Current  System  2130'" 

American  Heahh  Care  800'" 

Security  Act 


Assun>e<  Iha  nvaga  payna  In  1*99  Is  «20.000. 

Accoxfeg  lo  Ih.  Cinplorn  BansOl  Rasaareh  kitUluIs'i  calciaaUons  l>asad  on  Iha  1992  naipismawl  of  Oia  Ciaranl 
Popi4auon  Swv.y  and  19(7  National  Medical tj^»odilu>.  Suvey.  .nH>lo,a.  health e >pen<*«uras  ie|>raaanled  I0.«&pe.cenl 
ol  payiol  h  •  uanwonaOon  (an  ol  belween  2S  end  99  emploYeei 

ro«  enH>lov««s  ol  le.l  then  li  hA  Ikne  e«|u~elenl  emploveee  eeneng  en  .ve<e«e  xege  ol  tesi  Otan  (24.0O0.  the  Jea<l 
Conwnntee  on  leuoon  hei  (xo^ecled  a  lai  fele  el  4  0  |>a<cenl  oeUd  leiu  Ihe  ie«*ed  emounl  ol  revenue 


225 


SCENARIO  3 


WORKER  IN  LARGE 

Demoaraohlcs: 

1 

Age: 

2 

Gender: 

3 

Family: 

4 

Health  SUtua: 

S 

Income: 

6 

Health  Hablta: 

CONSUMER  PRODUCTS  FIRM 

58 

Male 

Married  with  no  dependenia 

No  preeiltting  condltlona 

No  long  term  health  care  needa 

SfiO.OOO  In  1999,  no  other  lr>come 

Non  smoker,  non  drinker 


Current  Health  Insurance  Coveraoe: 


Benefits: 


2  Coverage: 

3  Employer  Payment 


Comprehensive;  $200  deductible; 

drugs;  dental;  vision 

Family 

Employer  pays  100%  of  premium 


COST  TO  THE  WORKER 

Qv\  9f  Pocket     Premium      Taxes       Total 
Current  System  1218'"       6876™  q  3094 


American  Health  Care 
Security  Act 


0      6300'*'  6300 


Estinwus  tar  eu(  o<  poctM  upMtdltms  arm  b«Md  on  compuur  nra  si  Oo  NMES  tf«a  bi<Utt4  to  raltoct  1999  c 
I  100  uiciMl  CJOwwua  wWi  0  c 


AccaAig  w  KM  EmvtarM  Benefit  (teMarch  bmttuu's  ealcUaliona  bncd  en  ttie  1992  ■<>><■  mini  e(  Oie  Curem 
IVipULetionS«»v«T  end  1987Metlon«l»«e<«<alE«t)«n«tt»eSi»veT.«inti4ot««h««ti>ieiip«»«iluie«»«p>e«€me«l11.««  percent 
el  perrai  In  •  ceraumo  pcoAicts  (inn  eni«>)<>t4ng  500-999  mplareei.  Seceuie  heeMi  btMnnee  proiyiem  an  ejqiected 
to  Incnese  le««  Bi«i  p>Yra(.  e  verf  conucvalive  estimete  b  Ktet  M>  pwcinliM  era  net  ctienge. 

JoM  CammHtee  an  Te<ationpfoiKts«perroatue<S.4  percent  en)  hcomelu  of  2.1  pwoeni  weiM  rdee  Die  rebuked 


COST  TO  THE  EMPLOYER 


Current  System 

American  Health  Care 
Security  Act 


Payments  (or  Health 
Insurance 

6876™ 

6300'^' 


Aaaumes  an  avarega  payraS  hi  1999  el  «60.000. 

Accerdins  la  0<a  C<ti|>Iot<«  BenaM  RaMarcft  Insliruta  ■  cakUabona  baaed  on  Iha   1992  . 

Cepi^lion  Sway  and  1987  MauanalMa<fa:alEv«<dHi«S<jrv«T.afn|><or«<ll.ara«ipandHure< 
e4  perral  In  a  conaunw  producia  fc™  amployaig  &0&999  amplmaai 

Ja4n<  Cenwnmaa  on  Taxaljon  protacts  a  payral  lai  o)  B  4  percent 


a*4n^">*iil  of  the  Cterant 


226 


1 

Age: 

2 

Gander: 

3 

Family: 

4 

Health  Status: 

S 

Income: 

6 

Health  Hablta: 

SCENARIO  4 

WORKER  IN  OWNER  OPERATED  GROCERY  STORE 

Demographics: 

32 

Mala 

Married  with  one  child 

Child  with  chronic  leukemia 

$60,000  In  1B9t,  no  other  Income 

Hon  smoker,  non  drinker 

Current  Health  Insurance  Coverage: 

1  Benefits:  Medium  Option:  Basic  coverage; 

$500  deductible;  no  dental;  Rx  drugs 
lncluded;$3000  out  of  pocket  limit;  3  month 
waiting  period  lor  preexisting  condition 

2  Coverage:  Family:   Ma|or  Risk  Medical  Insuranca 

3  Employer  Payment:         Owner  operator  pays  100% 


COST  TO  THE  EMPLOYER 

Out  of  Pocket  Premium  j9x.iS  lBia[ 

Current  System  6922"'  5394™  0  12316 

American  Health  Care  0'"  0  6300"'  6300 

Security  Act 

"         EnkiutM  for  out  e(  pockM  upxAwn  ara  bmit  an  ean<pi«a>  naia  t4  Ow  NMES  daU  Mlalad  ••  laWlH  ItM  caata. 


*  Acuwifcig  to  Iha  Diylova  Banaflt  Raaaarch  Inatftula'a  calculaliana  baaad  on  tfta  1992  ai^w^aniOiH  of  tfM  Cunam 

Popi^tlon  SwvaY  «i<  1X7  Natfonal  M«<cil  Expandhm  Sofwr.  a<ni<U|ai  hoallh  a^anAuraa  mi<aaaii>a«l  B.*9  parcoM 
ol  payral  h  wholnaU  and  ratal  trada  firms  mM\  lawar  Own  10  an^laraos.  Bicauaa  lniWi  hauranoa  laaniuiiu  an 
ai90ctod  to  bnaaaa  la*ta>  than  parol,  a  «arr  uxuanrallni  am«n>llMi  It  that  Itiii  pucantagi  «rii  not  ctwnga. 

•■         JotatConwihtao  on  Taa»<owpwtact»»p«yTBita«oH.4parcan«  and  lrnniinmofa.1  pascal  a>aid<ialaaaiaiaqi*a< 


227 

Chairman  Stark  [presiding].  Thank  you  very  much. 

Before  I  recognize  Lisa  Priest,  I  did  want  to  ask  unanimous  con- 
sent that  the  testimony  of  Drs.  Hsiao  and  Dans,  who,  because  of 
the  weather,  were  unaole  to  make  it  this  morning,  be  included  in 
the  record,  and  I  commend  the  testimony  to  my  colleagues  for  their 
perusal. 

[The  prepared  statements  follow:] 


228 


Presentation  Before  the  Subcommittee  on  Health 
House  Ways  and  Means  Committee 

February  9,  1994 

by 

William  C,  Hsiao 

K.T.  Li  Professor  of  Economics 
Harvard  University  School  of  Public  Health 


I  am  pleased  to  give  an  evaluation  of  a  single-payer  system. 
Simply  put,  a  single-payer  system  can  cut  total  U.S.  personal 
health  expenditures  by  at  least  20%  while  improving  quality  and 
without  rationing  services.   The  cost  reduction  can  be  achieved 
without  sacrificing  access  or  quality  because  the  U.S.  now  has  a 
bloated  and  inefficient  system.   This  20%  savings  comes  from 
three  major  sources.   First,  approximately  8%  of  the  savings 
comes  from  reducing  administrative  expenses.   Another  7%  of 
savings  can  be  produced  by  reducing  unnecessary  tests  and 
surgeries.   Finally,  a  savings  of  5%  will  result  from  removing 
duplication  and  waste  resulting  from  our  excess  hospital  and 
laboratory  facilities. 

The  U.S.  has  such  an  inefficient  and  expensive  health  care 
system  for  two  reasons.   First,  we  have  freely  chosen  a  wasteful 
approach  by  relying  on  a  free  market,  private  insurance  system 
that  naturally  leads  to  multiple  and  complicated  administrative 
systems  and  duplication  of  facilities.   Second,  the  multiple 
insurer/payer  system  gives  an  "open  checkbook"  to  physicians  and 
hospitals.   An  open  checkbook  offers  no  incentive  for  providers 
to  operate  efficiently  or  balance  costs  with  effectiveness  in 
medical  decisions.   The  fundamental  debate  in  the  U.S.  is  how  to 
close  the  checkbook  so  that  pressures  will  be  put  upon  providers 
to  remove  waste  and  inefficiency. 

An  effective  single-payer  system  has  two  essential 
components  to  control  costs  and  assure  quality.   The  first 
essential  component  consists  of  a  global  budget  established 
prospectively  for  total  health  expenditures.   A  global  budget 
serves  as  an  effective  fiscal  cap  over  the  health  system  which   ■ 
pressures  providers  to  manage  health  care  efficiently  and  adopt 
cost-effective  medical  technology.   Without  a  global  budget, 
everyone  would  want  the  latest  glittering  technology  and  newest 
drugs  regardless  of  whether  they  would  do  the  patient  much  good 
and  regardless  of  cost.   Second,  under  a  single-payer  plan, 
everyone  is  covered  by  public  or  private  insurance  plans  so  all 
payments  to  providers  can  be  channeled  through  a  single  pipe. 
The  single  pipe  payment  enables  us  to  effectively  monitor  quality 
and  volume  of  services  and  control  costs. 

To  operate  our  private  insurance-based  pluralistic  free 
market  system,  the  administrative  costs  amount  to  at  least  one- 
fifth  of  our  health  expenditures.   My  research  found  that  the 
U.S.  can  cut  approximately  8%  of  health  costs  by  simplifying  the 
administrative  operations  of  a  national  health  insurance  program 
through  a  single-payer  system.   This  estimate  of  8%  is  quite 
consistent  with  those  estimates  prepared  by  GAO  and  CBO. 

The  second  source  of  savings  comes  from  reducing  unnecessary 
surgeries  and  tests.   Scientific  studies  show  that  between  20%- 
25%  of  the  surgeries  and  high  technology  tests  performed  now  are 
unnecessary.   The  New  York  Times'  editorial  on  January  31,  1994, 
put  it  this  way  "Studies  show  that  as  much  as  one-third  of 
current  health  care  expenditure is  for  wasteful  or  ill- 
advised  procedures." 

A  single-payer  system  would  close  the  open  checkbook  by 
establishing  a  cap  through  negotiations  on  total  health 
expenditures  and  uniform  payment  rates.   More  importantly,  but 
often  missed  by  analysts,  the  experiences  of  Rochester  (N.Y.), 
Canada,  Germany,  and  Japan  show  that  a  single-payer  system  would 
assemble  the  total  practice  profile  of  every  physician.   This 


229 


cannot  be  done  under  a  multiple  payer  system.   These  complete 
practice  profiles  have  been  used  effectively  by  other  countries 
to  monitor  the  practices  of  the  aberrant  physicians  which  may 
only  comprise  10%-15%  of  the  physician  population.   The  other  85% 
of  physicians  were  free  to  practice  good  medicine  according  to 
their  best  profession  judgment,  free  from  the  intrusive  daily 
monitoring  conducted  by  the  multitude  of  managed  care  plans  as 
they  operate  in  the  U.S.  now. 

The  monitoring  of  guality  is  usually  delegated  to  the 
medical  profession  rather  than  the  government  or  insurance  plans. 
Other  nations  found  that  physicians  were  in  the  best  position  to 
monitor  each  other,  not  only  because  they  have  the  expert 
knowledge,  but  also  they  can  use  professional  persuasion, 
economic  sanctions  (such  as  refusing  to  refer  patients  to  an 
aberrant  physician) ,  and  social  pressure  to  correct  the  medical 
practices  of  aberrant  physicians.   Unlike  the  market  system  where 
every  third  party  payer  has  to  set  up  vast  administrative 
machinery,  formal  claims  review  processes,  and  cumbersome  due- 
process  procedures  to  enforce  quality  standards,  a  single-payer 
system  sets  the  overall  budget  cap,  establishes  a  uniform  payment 
system,  then  lets  providers  compete  on  quality  of  services, 
monitored  by  the  medical  profession  itself.   Empirical  evidence 
shows  that  a  single-payer  system  not  only  is  able  to  assure 
better  quality  of  medical  care,  but  at  much  less  cost. 

The  third  source  of  savings  comes  from  reducing  excess 
capacity.   The  United  States  has  an  excess  supply  of  hospital 
beds  and  surgeons,  and  duplication  of  expensive  laboratories. 
Our  hospital  beds  are  only  using  two-thirds  of  their  capacity. 
We  can  reduce  our  health  expenditures  by  at  least  5%  by  removing 
the  waste  produced  by  excess  supply. 

What  kind  of  single-payer  system  would  the  United  States 
adopt?  In  my  view,  we  should  look  toward  Germany  as  a  model. 
Germany  realized  that  they  could  not  remove  their  entrenched 
private  non-profit  insurance  plans  (i.e.,  sickness  funds)  from 
the  scene  once  they  were  established.   So  they  built  a  successful 
single-payer  system  where  the  federal  government  sets  the  broad 
policy  guidelines  but  leaves  the  state  to  implement  them,  taking 
into  account  local  conditions.   German  citizens  continue  to  be 
insured  by  their  sickness  funds,  but  all  claims  are  paid  through 
a  single  pipe.   Quality  control  and  monitoring  are  exercised  by 
the  state  medical  associations.   A  global  budget  is  established 
by  negotiation  where  the  payers  —  representatives  of  sickness 
funds,  employers,  unions,  and  consumers  --  sit  on  one  side  of  the 
table  while  the  representatives  of  the  money  receivers  sit  on  the 
other  side.   The  government  stays  out  of  the  middle  in  setting 
the  global  budget  so  the  process  is  not  politicized  with  lobbying 
and  political  theater.   Germany  has  been  able  to  control  its 
costs  effectively  at  an  affordable  level  and  provide  universal 
health  insurance.   There  is  no  rationing  in  Germany  and  no 
waiting  line.   Of  course,  we  do  not  have  to  adopt  the  German 
system  wholesale  —  we  can  improve  it  by  introducing  better 
quality  assurance  and  modifying  it  to  our  own  political  and 
economic  structure. 

In  summary,  I  would  like  to  assess  the  single-payer  system, 
using  the  six  principles  laid  out  by  President  Clinton  in  his 
national  health  security  plan.   The  six  principles  are: 
security,  savings,  simplicity,  quality,  choice,  and 
responsibility.   On  security,  a  single-payer  plan  is  at  least  as 
comprehensive  as  the  President's  proposal.   On  simplicity, 
savings,  choice,  and  quality,  a  single-payer  system  clearly  is 
superior  to  the  President's  plan. 

Anyone  doubting  that  this  can  be  done  in  the  U.S.  only  needs 
to  examine  the  experience  of  Rochester,  N.Y.   Its  medical 
technology  is  first  class  and  services  are  rendered  without 
waiting  periods.   Meanwhile  its  medical  costs  are  34%  lower  than 
the  U.S.  average.   Another  success  story  is  Maryland's  single- 
payer  hospital  payment  system. 

Empirically,  there  is  no  doubt  that  a  single-payer  plan  has 
proven  to  be  a  superior  strategy.   The  question  is  whether  we 
have  the  wisdom  and  political  will  to  adopt  it. 


230 


References 

H.R.  chassin,  J.  Kosecoff,  R.E.  Park,  et  al:   Does  appropriate 
vise  explain  geographic  variations  in  the  use  of  health  care 
services?   Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association 
1987;258(18)  :2533-2537. 

A.M.  Greenspan,  H.  Kay,  B.  Berger,  et  al:   Incidences  of 
unwarranted  implementation  of  permanent  cardiac  pacemakers  in  a 
largo  medical  population.   New  England  Journal  of  Medicine 
1988;318(3) :158-163. 

W.C.  Hsiao:   Public  vs.  private  administration  of  health 
insurance:   A  study  in  relative  economic  efficiency.   Inquiry 
Winter  1978 ; 15 (4) : 379-387. 

J.F.  Shiels,  G.J.  Young,  and  R.J.  Rubin:   O  Canada:   Do  we  expect. 
too  much  from  its  health  system?   Health  Affairs  Spring 
]992;ll(l) :7-20. 

K.E.  Thorpe:   Inside  the  black  box  of  administrative  costs. 
Health  Affairs  Summer  1992 ; 11 (2) :41-55. 

US  General  Accounting  Office:   Private  Health  Insurance; 
Problems  Caused  by  a  Segmented  Market .   G AO/ HRD- 9 1-114. 
Washington,  DC:   US  GAO,  1991. 

S.  Woolhander  and  D.U.  Himmelstein:   The  deteriorating 
administrative  efficiency  of  the  US  health  care  system.   The  New 
England  Journal  of  Medicine  1991;324(18) : 1253-1258. 


231 


Testimony  of  Dr.  Peier  E.  Dans  before  ihe  Subcommittee  on  Health  Of  the 
Ways  and  Means  Committee  of  the  House  of  Representaiives-2/9/94 

Mister  Chairman.  Distinguished  Members  and  Honored  Guests 

Thank  you  for  the  privilege  of  being  invited  to  testify  on  an  issue 
about  which  I  have  felt  passionately  for  over  20  years.  I  am  not  testifying 
today  in  my  official  capacity  as  a  Deputy  Editor  of  the  Annals  of  Internal 
Medicine  nor  as  a  member  of  its  parent  organization,  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  but  as  a  private  citizen  who  has  had  the  opportunity  to 
participate  in  and  observe  the  medical  care  system  from  many  different 
perspectives.  Growing  up  in  a  cold  water  flat  and  then  a  housing  project  in 
New  York  city,  I  used  free  dispensaries  and  dental  school  clinics.  In  the  late 
40's  when  my  mother  was  employed  as  a  court  interpreter,  we  were 
enrolled  in  the  Health  Insurance  Plan  (HIP),  an  early  HMO.  As  a  high  school 
student  in  1951. 1  debated  the  national  debate  topic:  Resolved  Should  we 
adopt  national  health  insurance?-  an  issue  with  roots  at  least  as  far  back  as 
the  convening  of  the  first  national  Committee  on  the  Costs  of  Medical  Care" 
in  1 927.  That  debate.shrill  with  accusations  of  "socialized  medicine,  was 
muted  by  the  massive  building  of  acute  care  hospitals  through  the  Hillfiurton 
aa  as  well  as  the  use  of  tai  incentives  for  employers  to  make  medical 
insurance  more  affordable. 

Still,  when  I  graduated  from  medical  school  in  196 1,  people, 
especially  the  poor  and  the  elderly,  were  being  turned  away  from  hospitals. 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  corrected  that  but  also  institutionalized  a  usual  and 
customary  fee  payment  system  that  favored  high-tech  and  acute  hospital 
care  over  dfioe-based  care,  long-term  care  and  prevention.  The  lives  of 
many  were  markedly  improved  by  these  reforms  as  I  learned  from  caring 
tor  people  in  places  as  diverse  as  Massachusetts,  Col<M-ado,  and  Maryland. 
However,  the  incentives  from  these  and  other  well-meaning  reforms  such  as 
the  expansion  of  medical  school  enrollment  became  perverse  with  the 
explosion  in  non-curative  technology  and  the  replacement  of  acute  diseases 
by  chronic  ones  as  the  population.aged.   By  the  mid-70,s ,  when  I  was  a 
health  policy  fellow  in  the  US.  Senate,  it  was  clear  that  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  had  fueled  a  health  care  cost  crisis.  However,  most  people  were 
satisfied  with  their  care  and  other  issues  like  energy  and  defense  took 
precedence. 

In  1978, 1  returned  to  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  to  establish  one  of  the 
first  medical  practice  evaluation  units  aimed  at  increasing  the  quality  and 
decreasing  the  costs  of  care  -  now  called  outcomes  research  and  continuous 
quality  improvement.  I  watched  the  «>st  crisis  worsen  as  AIDS,  drug  and 
alcohol  abuse,  violence,  tuberculosis,  and  homelessness  overwhelmed  an 
eroding  public  health  system.  Unfortunately,  the  medical  care  system's 


232 


after-the-fact  response  was  tremendously  expensive  and  only  marginally 
effective.  For  example,  drug-addicted  patients  coming  to  the  Emergency' 
room  to  kick  the  habit  would  be  given  a  number  to  call  for  programs  whose 
waiting  lists  were  months  long.  However,  if  they  had  infected  their  heart 
valve  with  a  dirty  needle,  we  could  admit  them  for  a  valve  replacement  at 
great  expense. 

So  why  is  there  so  much  controversy  about  whether  there  is  a  crisis"? 
I  beheve  it  is  because  of  imprecisely  diagnosing  it  as  a  "health  care  crisis". 
Health  care,  or  what  is  more  appropriately  called  medical  care,  is  not  in 
crisis.  While  it  needs  improvement  in  its  distribution,  organization,  and  (in 
some  areas)  its  qualitv.  our  medical  care  is  generally  acknowledged  to  be 
very  often  the  best  in  the  world.  We  do,  however,  have  a  crisis  in  what 
medical  care  we  pay  for,  how  much  we  pay  for  it.  and  how  that  payment  is 
administered.  As  a  result,  we  have  a  coverage  crisis  whereby  too  manv 
Americans  do  not  have  basic  medical  care  benefits. 

!  am  here  today  because  1  believe  Congressmen  McDermott,  Stark.and 
their  cosponsors  have  made  the  right  diagnoses  and  have  tailored  their 
treatments  accordingly.  They  don  t  rely  on  untried  concepts  not  found  in 
nature  like  health  insurance  purchasing  cooperatives  which  threaten  to 
interpose  large  impersonal  bureaucratic  organizations  between  patients  and 
their  doaors.  Instead,  they  propose  to  take  a  payment  system  that  has 
worked  in  Germany  .Canada,  and  other  developed  countries  and  tailor  it  to  fit 
America,  Even  in  America,  in  my  home  state  of  Maryland,  an  all-payor 
system  for  hospital  care  has  worked  extremely  well  in  holding  down  costs 
while  not  adversely  affecting  care. 

By  mandating  a  basic  medical  benefits  package  and  developing  a 
uniform  system  for  paying  for  it.  the  bill  will  take  much  of  the  confusion  out 
of  the  current  system.  It  also  will  reduce  the  huge  administrative  costs 
which  do  not  translate  into  improved  care  but  instead  enormously  increase 
the  hassle  factor  for  patients,  their  families  and  for  physicians.  I  have  seen 
this  from  both  sides.  My  parents  died  in  1991.  six  months  apart.  I  had  to 
cope  not  only  with  my  grief,  but  with  masses  of  fragmented  and  almost 
unintelligible  medical  bills.  I  had  to  communicate  with  3  separate  insurers, 
of  whom  only  Medicare  seemed  readily  willing  to  fulfill  its  contractual 
obligation.  Having  a  medical  degree  was  of  little  help.  As  a  physician,  I  have 
also  seen  the  harassment  by  multiple  third  party  payors  with  a  myriad  of 
confliaing  rules.  Rather  than  improve  quality,  these  rules  have  fostered  the 
creation  of  a  paperwork  bureaucracy  and  at  times  have  even  restricted  care. 

Another  reason  I  favor  this  bill  is  that  it  doesn't  incorporate  the  other 
untried  concept  we  so  often  hear  about,  "managed  competition '.  We  don  t 
need  more  competition  in  the  medical  care  system.  Competition  is  largely  to 
blame  for  the  combination  of  maldistribution  and  duplication  of  services. 
We  need  more  collaboration  for  the  same  reason  we  don  t  have  competing 


233 


lire  deparimenis  in  a  given  lunsdiaion.  During  war.  we  doni  coniraa  oui 
medical  care  ser\'ices  lo  competing  groups;  we  iniegraie  them  beginning  with 
triage  at  the  front  all  the  way  back  to  the  stateside  hospitals.  Indeed,  under 
the  threat  ol  legislation,  we  are  already  seeing  unprecedented  mergers 
among  institutions  in  Boston  and  Philadelphia  that  once  competed  for  the 
same  pool  of  insured  patients.  We  have  seen  collaboration  work  effeaively 
to  improve  care  and  hold  down  costs  in  Rochester.  New  York.  By  removing 
many  perverse  payment  incentives,  this  bill  wlU  level  the  playing  field  in 
medical  service  areas.  Global  budgeting  will  encourage  states  and  regions  to 
convene  all  local  interested  parties  to  define  the  needs  of  their  inhabitants 
and  then  to  make  sure  that  the  quality,  mix  and  distribution  of  services 
meet  those  needs. 

To  help  the  local  entities  concerned  with  quality  of  care  to  accomplish 
these  goals,  the  bill  mandates  the  development  of  a  national  electronic 
database  for  patient  records.  Such  systems  are  becoming  more  widely  used 
in  such  countries  as  The  Netherlands.  This  will  improve  care  by  making  key 
clinical  inl'ormation  portable  in  our  highly  mobile  society.  It  will  also  permit 
the  analysis  of  patient  outcomes  and  comprehensive  profiling  of  institutions 
and  physicians  rather  than  insurance  plans.  From  almost  two  decades  of 
experience,  I  can  attest  to  the  general  inadequacy  of  most  claims  data  for 
accomplishing  these  tasks.  I  see  physician  profiling  not  as  a  report  card" 
with  grades  from  A  to  F,  but  primarily  as  an  educational  tool.  The  vast 
majority  of  doaors  want  to  know  how  they  are  doing  and  how  to  do  better. 
It  can  also  serve  to  identify  the  small  percentage  of  "bad  apples". 

The  bill  also  encourages  the  recognition  d  centers  of  excellence  within 
medical  service  areas.  As  someone  who  helped  establish  a  migrant  health 
center  in  Fort  Lupton.  Colorado-now  a  thriving  one-class  community  health 
center,  I  am  pleased  that  the  bill  takes  into  account  the  special  needs  of  the 
medically-underserved.  Competition  hasn  t  worked  very  well  in  rural  areas 
and  inner  dties-not  just  for  medical  services  but  also  for  other  necessary 
services. 

The  bill  is  silent  on  two  important  issues.  The  first  is  malpractice 
reform.  However,  I  agree  with  the  sponsors  that  this  issue  should  be  uckled 
separately.  I  believe  that  tort  reform  should  be  across  the  board.  A  society 
where  someone  who  is  drunk  and  falls  off  a  subway  platform  can  win 
millions  of  dollars  in  awards  is  completely  out  o{  whack.  A  system  which 
seeks  "deep  pockets '  to  blame  rather  than  trying  to  rectify  any  errors,  most 
of  which  are  unintentional  is  ripe  for  reform.  Compensating  those  who 
should  be ,  many  of  whom  are  not  compensated  under  the  current  system,  in 
a  non-punilive  way  would  take  the  onus  off  the  majority  of  physicians  and 
lead  to  improved  care.  Rather  than  continue  the  disabling  specter  of 
litigaiion  for  the  good  doctors.  I  would  prefer  that  that  we  isolate  the  truly 
negligent  physicians  and  deal  with  them  punitively. 


234 


I  also  urge  that  Medicine  be  exempted  from  ihe  provisions  of  the 
Anii-irusl  aci,  as  ii  was  before  a  1970's  ruling.  Medicine  is  a  profession  not 
a  trade  and  doctors  ought  to  be  ezpeaed  to  aa  accordingly.  If  baseball  can 
be  exempt,  it's  not  clear  why  Medicine  should  not  be.  My  concerns  stem 
from  my  term  on  Maryland's  Board  of  Physician  Quality  Assurance 
from  1988  to  1992.  Although  almost  a  quarter  of  the  complaints  involved 
allegations  of  excessive  fees,  virtually  all  were  dismissed,  even  though  one  <rf 
our  standards  prohibited  "gross  and  wilful  overcharging' .  Presumably, 
because  doaors  couldn  t  know  one  another  s  fees.we  could  not  prove  that 
even  the  most  outlandish  fees  were  gross,  let  alone  wilful.  The  medical 
society  also  refused  to  get  involved  as  a  mediator,  as  it  had  in  previous  years 
allegedly  because  it  had  been  sued  once  for  restraint  of  trade.  For  the  same 
reason,  doaors  who  were  aware  of  the  bad  aaors  cited  the  famous  Patrick 
case  which  hinged  on  concerns  about  restraint  of  trade  as  a  reason  for 
their  reluaance  to  come  forward.  The  potential  for  individual  harm  simply 
out  weighed  the  benefit.  In  a  new  era  stressing  prolessionalism  and 
cooperation  for  the  public  good,  treating  Medicine  as  a  trade  is  out  of  step. 

I  would  also  favor  reinstating  the  ban  on  advertising.  Advertising 
drains  resources  from  the  patient  and  invites  overstatement  and 
downplaying  problems.  It  makes  us  spin  doctors  not  medical  doaors. 
Even  at  Johns  Hopkins,  iustifiably  recognized  as  one  of  the  premier  hospitals, 
the  premise  of  our  office  of  medical  praaice  evaluation  was  that  as  good  as 
we  were,  we  could  be  even  better.  Again,  no  surprise  here,because  medical 
care  is  a  complex  social  enterprise  involving  imperfea  people  working  in  an 
imperfea  system.  The  idea  should  be  to  strive  for  perfeaion  by  identifying 
errors  and  correaing  them,  not  hiding  them. 

Finally.  I  am  very  much  concerned  that  the  terms  of  this  debate  were 
established  by  a  secretly -convened  task  force  whose  plan  was  being  sold 
even  before  it  was  made  public.  Some  of  the  press  coverage  suggests  an 
'enough  already  attitude  with  the  issue  being  reduced  to  a  two  horse  race 
with  the  handicappers  urging  you  to  get  your  bets  down.  This  issue  is  simply 
too  important  to  come  to  premature  closure.  I  have  also  been  dismayed  at 
the  polarization  created  by  the  tendency  to  cast  villains  as  well  as  to 
substitute  slogans,  jargon  and  catchy  phrases  for  clear  and  reasoned  analysis. 
In  the  process,  the  Cooper "  bill  becomes  "Clinton  Lite".  The  single-payor 
proposal  is  dismissed  as  not  politically  viable  and  too  hberal  when  as  a 
matter  of  faa,  it  is  probably  the  most  fiscally  conservative  and  least 
intrusive  into  the  patient-doaor  relationship. 

It  gets  to  the  root  of  the  most  pressing  problems  and  preserves  the 
best  of  the  current  system.  It  does  so  in  200  pages  as  compared  vilh 
anywhere  from  600  pages  tol364  in  the  competing  bills.  There's  an 
enormous  risk  for  mischief  in  those  extra  1000  or  so  pages.  As  a  health 
policy  fellow.  I  saw  too  many  well  meaning  ideas  start  simply  and  then  run 


235 


amok  as  micro  management  mania  and  a  lack  o(  irusl  led  lo  the  orchestration 
of  every  last  deuil.  As  a  result,  the  law-abiding  people  got  tied  up  in  the 
red  tape  of  voluminous  regulations  while  the  operators  figured  out  how  to 
get  around  them.    Whatever  you  do  I  urge  that  you  keep  it  as  simple  and  as 
surgically  precise  as  possible.  This  isn  t  about  getting  it  done  but  getting  it 
right.  What  you  do  will  have  profound  effects  on  the  the  profession  of 
medicine  as  well  as  how  Americans  choose  lo  live  and  die.  Thank  you  for 
vour  attention. 


236 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  say  that  the  last  page  of 
Dr.  Hsiao's  testimony,  beginning  with  "in  summary,"  I  think  is 
probably  the  best,  most  concise  compilation  of  what  he  has  to  say, 
and  he  essentially,  unfortunately,  was  snowed  in  in  Boston.  I  would 
love  to  have  him  here  saying  it. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  he  could  not  snow  the  rest  of  us  this  morn- 
ing [laughing];  is  that  right? 

Mr.  McDermott.  No.  He  would  tell  us  the  truth  actually. 

Chairman  Stark.  Having  said  that,  I  would  like  to  recognize  Ms, 
Lisa  Priest,  a  journalist  from  the  Toronto  Star. 

Please  proceed,  Ms.  Priest. 

STATEMENT  OF  LISA  PRIEST,  HEALTH  POLICY  REPORTER, 
TORONTO  STAR,  TORONTO,  CANADA 

Ms.  Priest.  Dear  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  committee, 
I  am  a  health  policy  reporter  for  Canada's  largest  newspaper,  the 
Toronto  Star,  and  my  only  agenda  as  a  journalist  is  to  relate  as 
dispassionately  and  as  objectively  as  I  know  how  some  of  the 
strengths  and  weaknesses  of  Canada's  $67  billion  health  care  sys- 
tem. 

In  a  country  divided  by  language,  various  cultures,  and  frequent 
constitutional  squabbles,  health  care  has  been  the  one  thing  that 
united  and  defines  Canadians.  Indeed,  many  would  feel  un-Cana- 
dian  without  its  health  care  system  and  its  principles  of  universal- 
ity, comprehensiveness,  accessibility,  portability,  and  public  admin- 
istration. 

Canadians  are  overall  very  satisfied  with  their  health  care  sys- 
tem. Recent  surveys  show  84  percent  of  Canadians  rate  the  quality 
of  their  medical  services  as  excellent,  very  good,  or  good;  81  percent 
think  government  should  pay  for  health  care  of  all  Canadians,  re- 
gardless of  their  income. 

Saying  that,  we  are  having  some  problems  with  financing,  and 
the  Federal  and  Provincial  governments  are  trying  to  determine 
what  we  can  no  longer  afford. 

Sixty  percent  of  Canadians  approve  the  charging  of  user  fees, 
and  82  percent  believe  that  the  government  will  introduce  them 
sometime  in  the  future. 

One  of  the  problems  that  you  have  with  capped  resources  inevi- 
tably is  that  you  are  going  to  get  waiting  lists,  and  much  of  my  re- 
porting has  concentrated  on  waiting  lists.  And  since  this  is  a  public 
system,  you  tend  to  find  out  about  them  quite  a  lot.  And  I  would 
like  to  give  a  few  examples. 

One  of  them  is  that  Sunnybrook  Hospital,  you  have  to  wait  up 
to  9  months  for  a  hernia  repair,  8  months  for  gallbladder  surgery. 
If  you  are  a  routine  patient  wanting  a  crack  at  the  magnetic  reso- 
nance imager,  it  is  9  months.  At  Toronto  Hospital,  it  is  4  to  9 
months  for  an  autologous  bone  marrow  transplants,  which  is 
deemed  as  urgent  care.  Essentially  anyone  who  needs  emergency 
care  gets  emergency  care. 

And  these  problems,  for  the  most  part,  are  reflective  more  of  poor 
management  than  resources.  In  the  past,  we  have  always  chucked 
money  into  the  system,  and  our  budgets  were  growing  at  10  per- 
cent a  year,  and  then  we  found  that  essentially  we  were  not  man- 


237 

aging  the  resources  well,  and  a  lot  of  these  things  can  be  fixed  with 
central  registries. 

Cancer,  we  have  had  a  real  problem  with  cancer  care.  I  remem- 
ber interviewing  a  woman  who  had  to  be  driven  by  her  paraplegic 
son  up  to  northern  Ontario  for  radiation  treatment.  But  overall, 
Canadians  do  get  access  to  their  health  care. 

And  I  have  also  covered  good  stories  where  I  have  seen  two 
brothers  with  cystic  fibrosis  get  double  lung  transplants,  and  that 
was  a  total  cost  of  $300,000,  and  they  did  not  even  know  how  much 
it  cost. 

The  Canadian  health  care  system,  though,  is  not  in  crisis,  which 
a  lot  of  people  tend  to  think,  but  there  are  just  certain  things  that 
need  to  be  fixed. 

And  what  is  happening  right  now  is  that  they  are  delisting  cer- 
tain procedures.  A  lot  of  these  procedures,  Canadians  think,  are 
cosmetic  anyway.  They  are  things  like  tatoo  removal  and  acne  re- 
moval and  sterilization  reversal.  Those  things  are  being  delisted, 
20  million  dollars'  worth  in  Ontario  right  now. 

As  well,  doctors  are  not  part  of  a  socialist  medicine  state.  In  fact, 
90  percent  of  the  country's  60,000  physicians  are  self-employed,  fee- 
for-service  practitioners  who  bill  the  Provincial  health  plans  for 
each  medical  procedure  they  perform.  In  fact,  they  are  also  able  to 
bill  on  top  of  that  for  third-party  billings  such  as  doctor's  notes  and 
aviation  medicals  and  things  of  that  nature. 

Since  there  is  little  utilization  management  on  prior  approvals, 
physicians  enjoy  really  a  free  way  of  practicing  medicine.  They  do 
not  have  insurance  companies  calling  them  us  saying:  Here,  how 
about  that  patient  and  hospital;  when  can  you  get  them  out?  They 
really  practice  on  the  Lone  Ranger  model  for  the  most  part,  and 
they  negotiate  their  payments  with  government,  so  government 
gets  a  very  good  bargain  for  the  doctors. 

Right  now  in  Ontario,  doctors  are  at  a  cap,  and  they  are  paid — 
the  22,000  physicians  are  paid  $3.9  billion  a  year.  If  they  bill  any- 
thing over  that  with  this  hard  cap,  they  have  to  pay  back  the 
money  to  government,  and,  in  fact,  that  is  what  they  are  doing 
right  now.  They  anticipate  that  they  will  run  out  of  this  $3,841  bil- 
lion by  mid-March,  and  the  Ontario  Medical  Association  has,  in 
fact,  told  its  doctors:  Could  you  please  take  a  week  off  in  March 
sometime  and  not  see  any  more  patients,  so  we  keep  our  utilization 
down?  And  they  are  going  to  end  up  holding  up  on  $148.9  million. 
And  the  government  gets  that  money  by  a  clawback;  essentially 
they  dock  their  pay. 

Hospitals  are  also  downsizing.  Over  the  past  5  years,  they  have 
taken  out  5,000  beds  in  Ontario  alone,  and  still  they  are  seeing  a 
lot  more  patients  than  before  because  of  the  move  to  day  surgery. 

And  I  would  like  to  end  this  by — I  did  notice  that  someone  had 
mentioned  that  a  lot  of  Canadians  go  down  south.  We  do  have  a 
big  fraud  problem.  Of  our  $17.5  billion  budget  in  Ontario,  up  to 
$700  million  is  fraud,  some  of  it  from  Americans  coming  to  Canada 
to  get  care.  And  they  are  trying  to  control  that,  and  they  are  hav- 
ing a  devil  of  a  time. 

And  as  a  journalist,  I  would  just  like  to  finish  by  saying  that  I 
am  always  trying  to  look  out  for  the  health  care  system. 


238 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  because  they  are  so  mad  that  we  make 
all  those  Fords  and  Chevrolets  up  in  Canada.  Just  trying  to  get 
even.  [Laughter.] 

Ms.  Priest.  I  would  just  like  to  end  by  saying  that  I  have  tried 
to  look  at  health  care  systems  in  other  countries  to  see  what  should 
Canada  be  doing,  what  should  we  emulate,  and  for  the  most  part 
I  think  Canada  is  a  very  good  system,  and  it  is  just  that  you  hear 
about  the  bad  things  because  of  the  public  accountability  aspect, 
but  over  all  it  is  quite  a  good  system  going  through  changes. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


239 


STATEMENT  OF  LISA  PRIEST. 
HEALTH  POLICY  REPORTER,  TORONTO  STAR 


Dear  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  committee: 

My  name  is  Lisa  Priest.  I  am  a  health  policy  reporter  for  Canada's  largest  newspaper  The 
Toronto  Star,  an  invited  witness  of  the  subcommittee  on  health  and  a  patient  in  my  country's 
health  care  system. 

As  a  journalist,  I  will  endeavour  to  relay  -  as  dispassionately  and  objectively  as  I  know  how  - 
some  of  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  Canada's  $67  billion  health  care  system. 

In  a  country  divided  by  language,  various  cultures  and  frequent  constitutional  squabbles, 
health  care  has  been  the  one  thing  that  unites  and  defines  Canadians.  Indeed,  many  would 
feel  un-Canadian  without  its  health  care  system  and  its  principles  of  universality,  comprehen- 
siveness, accessibility,  portability  and  public  administration. 

While  Canadians  are  very  satisfied  with  their  health  care  system,  they  are  concerned  about 
the  profound  changes  taking  place  as  federal  and  provincial  governments  determine  what  we 
can  no  longer  afford. 

I  would  like  to  put  a  human  face  on  our  health  care  system  as  seen  through  the  eyes  of 
patients,  doctors,  government  officials,  hospital  administrators  and  many  others  who  have 
been  involved  in  the  emotional  debates  during  this  transition  period. 

Here  are  just  a  few  recent  snapshots: 
•Two  brothers  with  cystic  fibrosis  each  received  double-lung  transplants.  When  they  left 
Toronto  Hospital  a  few  months  ago  with  their  new,  pink  lungs  they  didn't  have  to  worry  about 
the  tens  of  thousands  of  dollars  it  cost.  In  another  health  care  system,  they  could  have 
perished. 

•A  woman  in  her  60s,  stricken  with  breast  cancer,  had  to  rely  on  her  paraplegic  son  to  drive  her 
hundreds  of  miles  to  Northern  Ontario  for  radiation  treatment,  following  her  surgery.  A  backlog 
in  radiation  spots  meant  she  couldn't  obtain  treatment  at  a  hospital  near  her  home  in 
Metropolitan  Toronto.  But  she  didn't  mind  travelling  to  Sudbury  at  her  own  expense. 
•In  Toronto,  a  dialysis  patient  said  she  was  literally  waiting  for  someone  to  die  or  get  a  kidney 
transplant  so  she  could  take  over  someone  else's  spot.  Dialysis  is  in  great  demand  as  the 
number  of  patients  increases  disproportionately  to  resources.  (Dialysis  patients  are  increasing 
annually  by  10  per  cent  in  Toronto.) 

•When  I  was  13  and  a  pedestrian.  I  was  hit  by  a  car.  Near  death,  I  was  rushed  to  hospital  with 
broken  txsnes  and  other  injuries.  As  I  lay  in  emergency  and  later  in  the  intensive  care  ward,  all 
my  parents  had  to  worry  about  was  whether  I  would  recover.  They  never  had  to  fret  atx)ut  how 
much  it  would  cost  and  it's  a  good  thing  -  because  they  could  not  have  afforded  my  hospital 
stay  and  subsequent  rehabilitation.  Uke  most  Canadians,  I  have  no  idea  of  how  much  my 
medical  care  cost  but  I  am  thankful  to  the  doctors  who  saved  my  life  and  a  system  that  has  no 
financial  barriers. 

Inevitably,  a  system  with  capped  resources  will  have  the  rather  undesirable  consequence 
of  waiting  lists.  While  there  are  no  waiting  lists  for  emergency  care,  there  are  many  for  so-called 
"elective"  procedures,  including  those  for  hip  replacements,  cataract  surgery,  knee  replace- 
ments, appointments  with  some  specialists,  to  name  just  a  few.  However,  the  word  elective  is 
a  misnomer  as  these  are  not  optional  medical  procedures  -  patients  do  need  them. 

Currently,  routine  patients  wanting  a  crack  at  the  medical  world's  hottest  new  diagnostic 
tool,  the  Magnetic  Resonance  Imager,  have  to  wait  up  to  nine  months  in  some  areas,  whereas 
urgent  patients  wait  less  than  a  month.  In  the  province  of  Alberta,  a  private  MRI  clinic  has 
opened  up  and  patients  wanting  the  diagnostic  procedure  quickly  can  get  it  -  for  a  price. 

Many  health  care  critics  believe  that  Canada's  waiting  lists  reflect  poor  resource  manage- 
ment and  planning  in  addition  to  a  lack  of  funding.  For  example,  in  the  late  1980s,  there  was  a 
cardiovascular  surgery  scare.  Countless  stories  detailed  how  patients  needing  heart  surgery 
were  dying  waiting  for  treatment.  Indeed,  some  Canadian  patients  flew  to  the  United  States  for 
surgery.  Some  critics  screamed  there  weren't  enough  doctors.  Others  complained  there  were 
too  few  operating  rooms.  A  small  amount  of  money  and  the  creation  of  a  central  registry  that 
priorizes  patients  according  to  need  solved  this  problem  quickly  and  quietly. 

Short  waiting  lists,  as  some  health  policy  analysts  point  out,  are  desirable  as  it  means  the 
most  efficient  use  of  resources.  As  one  physician  told  me,  "there's  nothing  more  dangerous 
than  an  idle  surgeon."  In  fact,  an  open-ended  system  \M[h  unlimited  resources  would  likely 
result  in  more  surgery  and  treatment  than  is  medically  desirable.  And  it  has  been  pointed  out 
that  there  are  no  scientific  studies  to  prove  waiting  lists  hurt  patient  outcomes. 


240 


However,  I  have  interviewed  many  people  on  waiting  lists  and  observed  their  anxiety  and 
intense  psychological  pain  waiting  for  treatment.  Some  of  them  wonder  whether  they  will  get 
help  in  time.  Since  those  in  need  of  emergency  and  urgent  care  don't  have  to  wait,  other 
patients  frequently  get  their  dates  of  operations  changed.  It  is  not  unusual  for  a  patient'to  get 
psychologically  prepared  for  open  heart  surgery  or  another  serious  procedure  only  to  be  told 
he  or  she  will  have  to  wait  another  month.  Others  are  in  so  much  pain  they  can't  work,  costing 
the  system  more  in  lost  wages  and  taxable  income.  While  waiting  lists  may  make  good 
economic  sense,  they  are  often  at  odds  with  a  patient's  quality  of  life. 

For  example,  a  man  named  Alan  Boothe  is  on  an  11 -month  waiting  list  for  a  right  partial 
knee  replacement.  At  times,  the  pain  of  bone  rubbing  against  bone  is  so  severe  it  wakes  him 
at  night.  The  way  he  talked  about  his  upcoming  operation  this  fall  reminded  me  of  a  child 
counting  down  the  days  until  Christmas. 

At  Canada's  largest  acute-care  hospital.  The  Toronto  Hospital,  it  takes  four  to  nine  months 
to  get  an  autologous  bone  marrow  transplant.  At  that  same  hospital,  it  currently  takes  about 
one  month  to  get  surgery  for  head  and  neck  cancer  -  which  as  you  probably  know  -  produces 
a  tumor  that  doubles  in  size  within  60  days.  This  hospital  isn't  much  different  from  the 
hundreds  of  others  across  Canada.  One  Canadian  radiation  oncologist  said  if  he  was 
diagnosed  with  head  and  neck  cancer  today,  he'd  "panic  like  hell  and  go  to  Buffalo." 

Americans  hearing  these  stories  would  find  this  kind  of  waiting  intolerable  in  the  same  way 
many  Canadians  find  the  U.S.  system  -  which  leaves  37  million  people  without  health  insurance 
-  impossible  to  fathom. 

But  there  is  no  perfect  system,  Canadians  are  justifiably  proud  of  their  health  care  system 
yet  recognize  there  are  areas  that  need  to  be  fixed. 

One  constant  source  of  worry  is  the  decreased  funding  from  the  federal  government. 
Having  lured  the  provinces  into  Medicare  three  decades  ago,  the  federal  government  started 
becoming  alarmed  at  rising  costs  and  has  been  steadily  decreasing  its  funding  to  the 
provinces.  The  50/50  federal  and  provincial  government  split  in  health  care  spending  three 
decades  ago  has  now  decreased  to  30/70.  f^rovincial  governments  are  also  concerned  about 
increased  costs  and  have  been  in  the  process  of  de-insuring  or  de-listing  some  medical 
procedures. 

For  example.  In  Ontario,  the  provincial  government  and  its  doctors  are  in  the  midst  of 
slashing  $20  million  worth  of  medical  procedures  which  are  presently  covered  under  the 
Ontario  Health  Insurance  Plan.  Some  of  these  proposed  cuts  include  tattoo  removal,  in-vitro 
fertilization,  sterilization  reversal,  routine  circumcision,  and  annual  health  exams. 

/\n  Environics  Research  Poll  done  on  behalf  of  my  employer.  The  Toronto  Star,  revealed  an 
overwhelming  majority  of  people  believe  that  cosmetic  procedures  such  as  acne  and  tattoo 
removal  should  not  be  covered  under  the  health  plan.  Interestingly,  a  majority  of  those  polled 
last  month  also  support  middle-  and  upper-income  seniors  pay  part  of  the  cost  of  their  drugs, 
which  are  currently  covered  by  government. 

Doctors,  too,  are  waged  in  battles  with  their  provincial  governments,  fvlore  than  90  per  cent 
of  the  country's  60,000  physicians  are  self-employed,  fee-for-service  practitioners  who  bill  the 
provincial  health  plans  for  each  medical  procedure  they  perform.  Doctors  are  also  able  to  bill 
separately  on  a  fee  schedule  for  non-essential  procedures,  which  are  largely  cosmetic.  Since 
there  is  relatively  little  utilization  management  or  prior  approvals,  physicians  enjoy  a  rather  free 
way  of  practicing  medicine.  They  do,  however,  negotiate  their  payments  with  government  and 
many  physicians  -  who  prefer  to  practice  on  the  Lone  Ranger  model  -  don't  like  any  affiliation 
with  government. 

The  Ontario  government  likes  to  label  its  negotiations  with  the  province's  physicians  as 
lively.  Recently,  the  Ontario  tvledical  Association,  which  represents  22,000  physicians,  agreed 
to  a  hard  cap  which  means  they  have  to  pay  the  government  anything  they  bill  over  a  $3.9 
billion  annual  ceiling.  This  year,  they  have  gone  over  their  cap  and  are  in  the  midst  of  paying 
the  government  a  projected  $145  million.  They  do  it  grudgingly  as  many  doctors  believe  they 
shouldn't  have  to  pay  back  what  they  have  earned  while  caring  for  their  patients. 

This  payback  is  done  through  a  clawback,  which  means  each  physician's  pay  is  essentially 
docked.  Two  weeks  ago,  the  Ontario  Medical  Association  sent  a  notice  to  its  physicians, 
asking  them  to  take  one  week  off  in  March  in  an  attempt  to  keep  health  care  costs  down. 
Despite  some  physician  complaints,  Canada  has  a  good  track  record  for  keeping  its  doctors. 
In  Ontario,  for  example,  at)out  100  physicians  move  to  the  United  States  each  year,  which 
amounts  to  less  than  half  a  per  cent.  Within  five  years,  half  of  those  physicians  have  returned. 

Canadian  hospitals  are  also  going  through  a  period  of  restructuring  and  downsizing.  In 
Vancouver,  a  hospital  was  recently  closed.  Ontario's  222  hospitals  are  in  the  midst  of  slashing 
$260  million  from  their  budgets  under  the  Social  Contract  Act,  which  was  imposed  by  a 
provincial  government  that  needed  to  cut  $2  billion  from  its  deficit.  This  is  in  addition  to  the 
millions  of  cuts  they  have  already  made  and  the  5,200  beds  that  have  closed  over  the  past  five 
years  in  Ontario.  In  Toronto,  a  nine-member  committee  is  being  formed  by  the  Metropolitan 
District  Health  Council,  a  government  advisory  body  that  plans  health  services  in  Metro 
Toronto,  to  realign  44  hospitals.  It  could  mean  the  closing  of  some  hospitals  and  the  program 
mergers  of  others.  Already,  hospital  presidents  are  busily  meeting  and  trying  to  merge 
programs  in  an  effort  to  make  changes  before  the  committee  does  it  for  them. 


241 


Perhaps  the  most  pronounced  part  of  Canada's  health  care  system  is  how  politicized  it 
has  become.  Patients  routinely  call  journalists  to  tell  them  their  health  care  woes.  Writing  or 
broadcasting  a  story,  patients  think,  will  get  them  better  access  to  treatment.  Often,  they're 
right.  A  news  item  that  exposes  a  serious  flaw  in  the  system  means  It  will  be  picked  up  by 
other  media  and  opposition  political  parlies  will  raise  it  with  government  in  the  legislature.  In 
fact,  I've  seen  health  policy  made  in  this  fashion. 

Months  ago,  news  broke  on  how  two  big  Toronto  teaching  hospitals  had  hired  a  marketing 
manager  to  help  them  sell  medical  services  to  the  U.S.  Americans  could  order  a  la  carte  from 
menu  at  a  cost  less  than  the  U.S.  but  more  expensive  than  what  is  charged  in  Canada.  When 
this  news  broke,  it  hit  a  nerve.  Canadians  were  outraged  and  they  let  their  elected  officials 
know  they  did  not  want  their  health  care  sold  to  anyone.  Critics  said  it  would  create  a 
two-tiered  health  care  system  -  the  bottom  tier  for  Canadians  and  a  second  one  for  rich 
Americans.  Even  more  said  Canada  should  get  its  own  house  in  order  before  it  starts  selling 
health  care  elsewhere.  Within  days,  the  plan  was  dead.  Ontario  Health  (vlinister  Ruth  Grier 
declared  that  the  province's  $17.5  billion  annual  health  care  system  was  not  for  sale. 

The  crisis  in  cancer  treatment  is  another  example.  Patients  have  been  receiving  mutilating 
surgery  because  they  couldn't  get  timely  access  to  radiation  therapy.  Voiceboxes  were  being 
surgically  removed  and  women  were  getting  mutilating  mastectomies  because  the  waiting  lists 
for  radiation  treatment  had  doubled  in  the  past  decade.  Other  patients  became  incurable 
waiting  for  treatment.  Dying  patients  -  who  needed  radiation  for  comfort  during  their  last 
months  at  life  -  were  being  drugged  instead  because  their  chances  of  getting  on  the  waiting  list 
were  worst  of  all.  At  a  recent  task  force  hearing,  radiation  oncologists  and  hospital  presidents 
stated  at  least  13  per  cent  of  patients  who  could  benefit  from  radiation  weren't  receiving  if. 

Each  day,  opposition  Liberal  and  Conservative  leaders  lambested  Ontario's  provincial  New 
Democrat  government  for  weeks  in  the  legislature,  complete  with  horror  stories  from  their 
constituents.  This  problem  -  predicted  two  decades  ago  -  was  finally  getting  the  profile  it 
deserved  only  because  of  public  pressure.    ' 

Shortly  after,  the  Ontario  govemment  approved  a  $1  million  annual  plan  to  hire  20  more 
much-needed  radiation  therapists.  As  well,  it  approved  the  hiring  of  more  radiation  oncologists 
and  officials  vowed  to  form  a  long-term  plan  for  cancer  treatment.  Soonafter,  the  Liberal  party 
formed  a  task  force  on  cancer  care,  travelling  the  province  to  hear  stories  from  hospital  staff 
and  patients  at)out  the  quality  of  treatment.  I  point  to  this  example  because  it  so  clearly 
illustrates  that  political  pressure  and  will  are  often  the  sure  way  to  get  a  problem  in  our  health 
care  system  fixed.  While  this  is  a  terrific  method  of  accountability,  it  seems  an  odd  way  to  make 
public  policy.  Without  question  period,  the  opposition  political  parties  and  the  media,  some 
horrors  in  health  care  could  go  undetected  and  uncorrected. 

Health  care  is  moving  in  new  directions  in  Canada.  Hospitals  are  downsizing  but  aren't 
nearly  as  far  as  the  United  States.  If  Canada  could  achieve  the  same  efficient  use  of  hospital 
beds  as  the  U.S.,  30  to  40  per  cent  of  our  beds  could  be  closed.  Those  resources  could  go  to 
day  surgery,  outpatient  and  community  care. ' 

However,  other  gains  are  being  made.  Physicians  are  stressing  preventive  care  and  policy 
makers  are  preaching  the  determinants  of  health.  Governments  are  becoming  more  involved 
with  public  policy  such  as  tough  tobacco  and  seat-belt  legislation.  Patients  are  finding  out  that 
health  care  isn't  "free."  In  fact,  government  ads  are  informing  them  that  they  don't  need  to  go 
to  the  doctor  for  a  cold,  which  has  cost  the  health  care  systems  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars. 
Centres  such  as  the  Institute  for  Clinical  and  Evaluative  Sciences  in  Ontario  and  Manitoba's 
Centre  for  Health  Policy  are  measuring  the  cost-effectiveness  of  certain  procedures.  One  study 
found  that  $4.26  million  in  health  care  could  be  saved  each  year  in  Ontario  if  vasectomies  were 
done  in  doctors'  offices  instead  of  hospitals. 

Canada's  health  care  system  is  facing  many  challenges.  Hospital  administrators,  govern- 
ment officials  and  health  care  providers  are  trying  to  meet  that  challenge  by  doing  more  day 
surgery,  stressing  preventive  care,  community  care  and  adopting  other  mettiods  of  containing 
costs  while  treating  the  country's  27  million  residents. 

As  a  journalist  who  likes  to  compare  health  care  systems  in  other  countries,  I  have  often 
looked  abroad  to  see  if  there's  a  place  Canada  should  model  itself  after.  But  every  time  I  look 
elsewhere,  I  always  come  back  to  my  country.  It's  true,  we  do  have  to  wait  for  some  of  our 
health  care  and  we  don't  always  like  to.  But  we  figure  a  little  waiting  for  all  of  us  is  better  than 
letting  others  go  without  care. 


242 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you,  Ms.  Priest. 

If  I  could,  there  is  a  rather  bizarre  notion  that  you  could  have 
a  huge  single  publicly-financed  plan  without  some  politics  getting 
involved  in  it. 

Could  you  kind  of  just  summarize?  Your  Parliament,  I  mean,  are 
they  really  second-guessing  the  doctors  and  the  system,  or  do  they 
only  come  in  in  an  oversight  capacity  and  on  occasion  to  try  and 
fix  the  system?  I  mean,  how  involved  is  your  Parliament  in  the 
day-to-day  running  of  the  system  and  managing  it? 

Ms.  Priest.  Actually  the  Ontario  Government  and  the  Ontario 
Medical  Association  just  formed  what  they  called  a  Joint  Manage- 
ment Committee.  It  was  formed  IV2  years  ago.  And  what  they  also 
did  is,  they  set  up  an  Institute  for  Clinical  Evaluative  Sciences, 
which  does  a  lot  of — measures  the  cost-efficiencies  of  certain  proce- 
dures, variations  across  the  Province. 

Chairman  Stark.  Who  participates  in  these  boards  or  organiza- 
tions? 

Ms.  Priest.  The  Health  Minister  and  Deputy  Health  Minister 
would  be  on  the  Joint  Management  Committee,  and  members,  sen- 
ior members,  of  the  Ontario  Medical  Association,  which  is  sort  of — 
they  do  not  like  to  call  it  this,  but  it  is  sort  of  a  union  of  doctors, 
and  they  decide  jointly  on  future  health  care  practices. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK.  Dr.  Anderson,  you  gave  us  some  examples 
of  how  the  world  would  fare  under  the  McDermott  bill.  Have  you 
made  similar  calculations  about  other  proposals,  such  as  the  Stark 
bill  or  the  Clinton  bill  or  the  Thomas  bill? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  did,  while  I  was  listening  to  Mr.  McDermott, 
some  calculations  on  the  President's  bill,  and  effectively  what  I 
showed  was  for  families  of  four  in  1999  earning  $20,000,  $50,000, 
and  $100,000,  they  would  pay  less  under  the  McDermott  bill  than 
they  would  under  the  President's  bill. 

Chairman  Stark.  How  about  under  Mr.  Thomas'  bill? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  have  not  had  an  opportunity. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  wonder,  it  would  be  interesting — I  was  re- 
viewing your  figures — if  you  would  care  to,  as  we  go  along  and  a 
couple  of  alternatives  become  more  clearly  identified — I  am  not 
sure  now  that  there  are  an  awful  lot  of  bills  out  there  with  names 
on  them  that  are  not  quite  as  clearly  identified  as  Mr. 
McDermott's,  but  I  would  appreciate  it — I  am  sure  my  colleagues 
would  find  it  interesting  if  you  would,  at  some  point,  maybe  in  the 
next  couple  of  weeks,  extend  your  research  and  see  how  it  com- 
pares with  other  programs,  the  Cooper  bill,  for  example. 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  would  be  glad  to  do  that.  What  I  insisted  with 
Mr.  McDermott,  however,  is  that  the  CBO  go  first,  effectively,  be- 
cause I  do  not  want  to  go  out  there  and  be  essentially  making  my 
estimates  and  then  having  somebody  else  do  another  estimate.  So 
I  would  be  very  happy  to  do  it  after  CBO  has  done  their  work. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  just  hope  CBO  moves  forward  after  their  brief  respite  that  they 
were  so  desperate  for.  Give  them  the  weekend.  I  wonder  if  they 
showed  up  today  on  a  slow  day. 


243 

I  echo  the  chairman's  desire  for  some  kind  of  an  ongoing  analy- 
sis. We  are  inevitably  required  to  compare  apples  and  oranges,  and 
to  the  degree  we  can  compare  apples  and  apples  and  look  at  the 
upsides  and  the  downsides,  it  makes  our  job  not  easier,  but  at  least 
slightly  better  at  doing  something  that  works.  And  I  think  that  is 
the  fundamental  motivation  of  most  of  us. 

Ms.  Priest,  you  are  a  reporter,  and  you  responded  to  the  chair- 
man's question  in  regard  to  the  Provincial  and  National  Legisla- 
tures in  the  political  cattle  of  what  we  can  afford,  and  they  nave 
set  up  a  structure  to  assist  them  in  making  that  decision. 

You  said  something  else  that  I  am  wondering  if  you  had  any  sto- 
ries about  or  anecdotal  information  about,  and  that  was  that  for 
particular  elective  surgery,  there  appears  to  be  inordinate  or  per- 
haps unacceptable  waiting  periods  to  get  that,  but  for  emergency 
care,  it  seems  that  you  can  jump  the  queue  and  go  right  to  the 
front. 

Do  you  have  any  instances  of  folks  gaming  the  system  or  doctors 
attempting  to  define  something  as  an  emergency  care  rather  than 
elective  to  try  to  jump  the  queue  to  get  patients  some  kind  of  serv- 
ice prior  to  what  they  would  ordinarily  if  they  played  the  ballgame 
the  way  it  is  supposed  to  be  played. 

Ms.  Priest.  There  is  always — I  have  heard  some  people  and  sen- 
ior administrators  in  hospitals  say:  You  know,  it  is  only  human  na- 
ture that  if  you  are  sort  of  well-known  or  if  you  have  connections, 
you  will  jump  the  queue.  I  have  not  seen  one  particular  person  that 
has  done  that,  but  I  have  heard  anecdotal  stories  that  if  you  know 
people  and  that  doctors  generally  like  tend  to  like  to  take  care  of 
people  who  are  more  like  them  and  educated  and  more  well  off.  So 
there  have  been  instances. 

Mr.  Thomas.  So  to  a  certain  extent,  you  are  saying  that,  as  it 
is  kind  of  in  politics,  it  is  not  what  you  know;  it  is  who  you  know 
in  a  system  that  is  controlled  from  the  top  down. 

Ms.  Priest.  In  a  way.  I  mean,  that  is  not  representative  of  the 
system.  It  is  probably  a  very  small  amount  of  the  cases. 

The  problem  we  have  with  waiting  lists  is  that  we  do  not  have 
waiting  lists.  There  is  no  list  in  an  office  that  says:  Hey,  here  is 
your  name,  and  this  is  where  I  call. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Take  a  number  and  wait,  yes. 

Ms.  Priest.  It  is  a  laundry  list  in  someone's  head.  And  that  is 
the  real  problem,  and  that  is  when  you  can  get  the  queue-jumping. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Dr.  Anderson,  you  wanted  to  say  something? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes.  I  have  a  grant  from  the  Federal  Government 
looking  at  queuing  right  now  in  Canada  in  the  Province  of  Mani- 
toba specifically  related  to  cataract  surgery.  And  what  we  see  is, 
if  somebody  has  a  serious  problem  because  they  cannot  drive  or 
something  like  that,  each  doctor  has  their  own  waiting  list,  but 
every  once  in  a  while  somebody  cannot  have  surgery  for  a  particu- 
lar reason,  and  that  person  becomes  the  person  who  gets  put  into 
the  queue  and  gets  care  very  quickly.  So  doctors  have  their  own  in- 
ternal ability  to  prioritize.  And  that  is  pretty  much  what  they  are 
doing  in  Manitoba. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Prioritize  between  doctors  of  the  same  specialty  or 
within  a  doctor  who  has  his  own  list  and  can  bump  his  own  list? 

Mr.  Anderson.  His  own  list. 


244 

Mr.  Thomas.  His  own  list. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Correct. 

Mr.  Thomas.  OK.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  want  to  talk  a  minute  about  this  situation  and  ask  Ms.  Priest 
a  couple  of  questions. 

The  illustration  used  in  the  Northwest  about  why  the  Canadian 
system  is  so  much  of  a  problem  is  that  the  British  Columbia  Gov- 
ernment said  there  was  this  long  waiting  list  for  heart  surgery.  So 
they  wrote  a  contract  with  the  State  of  Washington  and  the  Uni- 
versity Hospital  for  200  cases. 

And  I  have  examined  every  anecdotal  thing  anybody  says  about 
Canada,  and  I  go  and  try  to  find  out  if  it  is  true  or  not.  So  I  went 
to  them  to  figure  out  what  had  happened. 

First  of  all,  it  took  more  than  a  year  for  them  to  find  200  cases 
to  send  down  to  the  United  States.  So  there  was  no  great  waiting 
list.  We  have  unused  capacity  at  the  University  of  Washington 
Hospital  that  I  tried  to  stop,  but  they  could  not  find  any  Canadians 
to  send  down  there. 

Then  it  turned  out  that  what  really  was  the  problem  in  Van- 
couver is  that  there  are  two  very  famous  heart  surgeons.  Every- 
body wants  to  be  done  by  those  two  people.  The  other  8  or  10  very 
competent  surgeons  did  not  have  any  waiting  list,  but  two  people 
had  long  waiting  lists. 

And  my  experience  really  jibes  with  what  Dr.  Anderson  found  in 
cataracts  in  Manitoba. 

I  want  to  ask  a  question  of  Ms.  Priest,  though.  There  is  now  a 
rumor  around  in  the  Congress  that  Canadians  are  shutting  down 
hospitals.  And  when  the  people  were  down  from  Ontario,  the 
woman  who  is  the  president  of  the  Canadian  Hospital  Association 
and  the  head  of  the  Ottawa  General  Hospital  were  in  my  office, 
they  said:  The  next  thing  you  are  going  to  hear  from  Canada  is 
that  we  closed  hospitals.  And  she  said:  The  fact  is  that  in  the  old 
days  when  there  were  no  paved  roads  and  no  snowplows,  we  put 
a  nospital  about  every  20  miles,  and  we  have  got  these  hospitals 
all  over  the  place,  and  they  are  so  inefficient,  we  are  now  closing 
them. 

Is  that  a  fair  representation  of  what  the  hospital-closing  rumor 
out  of  Canada  is  all  about? 

Ms.  Priest.  That  is  exactly  right.  On  University  Avenue  in 
downtown  Toronto,  we  have  six  or  seven  hospitals  within  about  two 
blocks  of  each  other.  And  we  just  built  too  many  hospitals,  and  now 
we  are  in  the  process — no  one  has  really  had  the  guts  to  actually 
close  them  down,  so  they  are  taking  the  beds  out  of  the  system. 
But  there  is  a  District  Health  Council  in  Toronto  that  is  spending 
the  next  18  months  looking  at  reconfiguring  the  hospitals  and  pos- 
sibly closing  some. 

But  also  four  hospitals  on  University  Avenue  have  formed  a — are 
in  the  midst  of  forming  a  consortium,  so  that  all  the  duplication 
with  human  resources  and  microbiology  labs,  that  will  be  gone,  and 
they  will  save,  they  figure,  tens  of  millions  of  dollars  by  doing  that. 

So  whenever  people  scream  that  hospitals  are  closing,  they  really 
need  to.  There  are  just  too  many,  and  we  do  not  need  that  money. 


245 

Mr.  McDermott.  Have  you  done  any  research  about  the  actual 
number  of  Canadians  whose  health  care  is  in  the  United  States? 

The  numbers  that  I  got  from  the  Ontario  Government  in  the  past 
were  that  about  4  percent  of  their  budget  was  spent  in  the  United 
States.  Half  of  it  was  by  snowbirds,  older  people  who  had  come 
down  to  the  United  States,  got  sick  here  and  had  their  health  care 
in  Florida  or  Arizona  or  California,  and  the  other  2  percent  was  for 
a  variety  of  reasons  and  people. 

Does  that  square  with  the  kind  of  figures  that  you  have  seen? 

Ms.  Priest.  I  am  not  really  familiar  with  the  figures.  But  I  do 
know  from  what  I  understand  that  it  is  a  very  small  amount,  that 
most  people  get  their  health  care  in  Canada.  And  you  are  abso- 
lutely right;  it  is  when  you  are  out  of  town  that  you  are  getting  it, 
if  you  are  old  and  you  are  away  in  Florida.  Then,  you  know,  you 
are  going  to  get  your  health  care  there. 

And  I  think  for  a  brief  period,  there  was  a  time  where  our  head 
injury  people  were  going  down  to  Texas. 

But  those  are  the  only  instances  I  have  heard  of  where  people 
have  gone  south.  Most  people  are,  you  know,  afraid  to  come  down 
south  from  Canada.  Their  two  big  fears  are  getting  shot  or  getting 
sick. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you  very  much.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chair- 
man. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Ms.  Priest,  is  it  your  impression  from  your  work 
in  journalism  that  the  health  care  system  in  Canada  is  improving, 
or  do  you  see  any  patterns  of  decline  in  the  health  care  system? 

Ms.  Priest.  One  big  area  of  decline  is  the  Federal  funding  that 
is  funneled  down  to  the  Provinces  before  health  care  spending 
would  be  split  50-50  between  the  Provincial  governments  and  the 
Federal  Government. 

Over  the  past  few  years,  actually  the  past  10  years,  they  have 
been — it  has  split  now  to  30  percent  Federal  funding,  and  they 
have  passed  it  on  to  the  Provinces,  which  in  turn  cannot  afford 
quite  a  few  things,  so  they  are,  in  turn,  delisting. 

So  that  is  one  big  area  where,  you  know,  we  are  getting  less 
money. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  as  a  result,  you  are  seeing,  I  suppose,  dif- 
ferences in  the  quality  of  health  care  among  the  Provinces? 

Ms.  Priest.  We  do  not  have  a  homogeneous  care  package  across 
the  country.  I  think  that  is  one  problem,  is  that  like  four  Provinces 
fund  psychoanalysis;  other  ones  do  not.  Some  do  in  vitro  fertiliza- 
tions; other  ones  do  not.  But  the  Federal  Health  Minister  is  trying 
to  get  it  so  that  we  have  a  homogenous  package  instead  of  the  10 
little  health  care  systems  across  the  country. 

But  that  has  been  what  is  happening.  Since  it  has  been  shoved 
onto  the  Provinces,  they  have  been  delisting  and  cutting  without 
any  kind  of  comprehensive  line  across  the  country. 

Mr.  McCrery.  How  do  you  pay  for  your  health  care  system  in 
Canada?  Is  there  a  separate  tax  for  that? 

Ms.  Priest.  You  know,  I  have  no  idea  how  much  I  pay  for  my 
health  care  system.  It  is  just  taken  off  my  taxes.  The  Ontario  Gov- 
ernment, for  instance,  a  third  of  their  budget  is  health  care.  That 


246 

is  $17.5  billion  a  year.  But  I  do  not  know  the  precise  figures  per 
person.  It  is  just  taken  off  our  taxes. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  you  do  not  know  if  there  is  a  separate  health 
care  tax  in  Canada,  or  if  it  just  comes  out  of  general  revenues? 

Ms.  Priest.  Oh,  I  am  sorry.  It  does  come  out  of  general  revenues. 
That  is  right. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  there  is  no  separate  health  care  tax? 

Ms.  Priest.  No,  no. 

Mr.  McCrery.  What  problem  do  you  hear  most  frequently  voiced 
from  people  that  you  encounter  while  you  are  studying  the  Cana- 
dian health  care  system? 

Ms.  Priest.  I  think  the  worst  one  was  the  radiation  backlog, 
which  they  are  trying  to  fix  right  now.  There  are  people  literally 
getting  their  throats  ripped  out,  their  breasts  chopped  off.  They 
were  getting  mutilating  surgery  because  they  could  not  get  radi- 
ation treatment.  With  larynx,  head  and  neck  cancer,  for  instance, 
the  radiation  would  have  been  able  to  shrink  the  tumor,  but  in- 
stead, since  they  had  to  wait  in  the  queue  so  long,  it  had  grown 
big;  it  had  maybe  become  incurable,  or  it  had  to  be  surgically  re- 
moved. 

So  we  had  people  losing  their  voices  when  they  did  not  need  to 
lose  their  voices.  We  had  women  losing  their  breasts  when  they 
could  have  had  a  lumpectomy  and  radiation. 

At  one  point,  the  radiation  backlog  was  14  weeks,  and  this  is 
treatment  that  you  are  supposed  to  get  ideally  within  1  month.  I 
mean,  that  is  a  clinical  standard.  That  is  one  big  area. 

We  also  have  problems  with  any  kind  of  orthopedic  surgery,  hip 
and  knee  replacements  and  bone  marrow  transplants,  which  actu- 
ally is  urgent  care.  But  we  have  waiting  lists  for  that. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Well,  has  the  Federal  Government  in  Canada  ad- 
dressed these  problems? 

Ms.  Priest.  It  is  usually  the  Province  that  will  do  it,  and  what 
happens  is  that  somebody  screams  about  it  and  brings  it  up  in  a 
legislature,  and  then  the  opposition  will  go  after  the  government, 
and  they  usually  try  to  do  something  about  it. 

Right  now,  they  have  poured  $1  million  into  hiring  more  radi- 
ation therapists,  and  they  are  trying  to  come  in  with  a  long-term 
plan  as  well.  The  problem  with  oncology  is  really  a  worldwide  one. 
There  is  a  shortage  of  radiation  oncologists,  and  I  know  that  they 
are  trying  to  recruit  some  from  around  the  world  right  now.  So 
they  are  addressing  it,  and  the  queues  are  getting  smaller,  but  they 
are  still  there. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  has  your  experience  been  that  the  government, 
whether  it  is  the  Provincial  government  or  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, then  responding  in  a  timely  way  to  the  problems  that  have 
cropped  up  in  the  health  care  system,  or  does  it  take  a  long  time 
for  the  political  system  to  react,  or  what  is  your  experience? 

Ms.  Priest.  It  has  to  be  political,  because  these  problems,  espe- 
cially for  radiation,  were  predicted,  and  I  think  the  first  time  was 
1973  or  1975.  I  mentioned  these  were  old,  old  problems,  and  people 
are  looking  at  how  we  are  treating  more  people  with  radiation  and 
how  we  are  having  an  aging  population.  So  there  were  reports  after 
reports  after  reports  done,  and  nobody  did  anything  until  someone 


247 

started  screaming  about  it.  And  that  is  usually  what  it  takes.  It 
does  not  always  fix  itself  on  its  own. 

Mr.  McCrery.  So  essentially  what  you  are  telling  us  is  that 
when  there  is  an  identified  problem  in  the  health  care  system  con- 
cerning a  lack  of  facilities,  a  lack  of  services  available  to  treat  peo- 
ple in  a  Province,  it  is  the  political  system  that  has  to  respond,  and 
your  experience  has  been  that  the  political  system  takes  a  long 
time  in  some  cases  to  respond? 

Ms.  Priest.  In  that  particular  case,  it  did.  I  mean,  once  it  was 
brought  out  into  the  public  eye,  it  was  solved  quite  quickly.  But  in 
some  instances — and  there  are  other  cases  where  doctors  some- 
times are  able  to  solve  it,  but  mostly  you  need  a  big,  massive  re- 
structuring to  form  central  registries  or  funding.  Those  are  usually 
the  answers. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Yes.  Mr.  Chairman,  let  me  just  say  something 
about  Dr.  Hsiao  and  Dr.  Dans'  testimony.  Dr.  Hsiao  if  he  were 
here,  would  testify  that  the  single-payer  system  would  cut  20  per- 
cent from  national  health  care  expenditures  without  affecting  cost 
or  quality.  That  is  his  testimony. 

Dr.  Dans  would  testify  that  the  single  payer  is  the  least  disrup- 
tive of  all  of  the  proposals  and  the  most  conservative  in  terms  of 
experimental  changes.  And  this  is  a  doctor  talking  from  the  Annals 
of  Internal  Medicine.  He  is  an  internist  from  the  American  College 
of  Physicians.  So  as  doctors  look  at  it,  it  is  the  least  disruptive. 

And  I  want  to  ask  a  question  of  you,  Dr.  Anderson.  There  is  some 
conventional  wisdom  here  on  Capitol  Hill  that  price  controls  will 
not  work.  Could  you  expand  on  your  testimony  regarding  why  you 
think  they  will  work? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  I  think  we  have  to  look  at  the  fact  that 
they  have  worked  in  places  like  Maryland  and  other  places  as  well. 
They  have  been  able  to  control  the  rate  of  increase  in  health  care 
spending.  They  have  been  able  to  do  that  without  any  dem- 
onstrated adverse  effect  on  quality.  The  studies  have  shown  that 
access  to  care,  especially  to  the  uninsured,  have  been  improved. 

The  hospitals  themselves  have  been  able  to  acquire  capital,  to  ac- 
quire new  technology,  and  they  have  been  able  to  do  this  in  essen- 
tially a  globally  budgeted  system. 

In  Maryland,  we  have  been  working  for  the  last  18  years  under 
a  global  budget  set  by  the  Medicare  program.  And  as  Mr.  Cardin 
and  others  have  suggested,  the  health  care  system  in  terms  of 
quality  of  care  in  Maryland  is  equal,  if  not  better,  than  any  place 
in  the  country. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  think  Congressman  Cardin  created  that  sys- 
tem. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Correct.  He  did. 

Mr.  McDermott.  He  just  said  it  works  very  well. 

Mr.  Anderson.  And  we  are  investigating  in  Maryland  whether 
or  not  we  should  expand  it  to  the  physician  sector  as  well.  So  they 
physician  is  taking  a  look  at  that  issue  along  with  the  politicians. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Cardin  [presiding!.  If  I  might  just  follow  up  on  that  one 
point,  one  of  the  concerns  I  have  about  the  Maryland  all-payer  rate 


248 

system  is  that  it  works  well;  it  has  been — there  is  a  lot  of  credibil- 
ity among  the  providers  that  we  are  treating  each  of  the  providers 
fairly  in  the  way  that  the  rates  are  set;  there  is  no  discrimination 
against  a  facility  that  wishes  to  have  a  larger  proportion  of  Medi- 
care patients,  because  everybody  pays  the  same  rates.  We,  of 
course,  still  have  a  problem  with  uncompensated  care  that  we  are 
trying  to  deal  with,  and  if  we  get  universal  coverage,  then  we  will 
not  have  to  worry  about  the  uncompensated  care. 

But  what  worries  me  is  that  if  the  pressures  become  so  great  to 
reduce  cost,  will  a  Maryland  all-payer  rate  system  be  able  to  sur- 
vive, if  the  Medicare  is  arbitrarily  reduced  and  more  cost-shifting 
occurs  nationwide  between  the  government  progn"ams  and  the  pri- 
vate sector? 

Will  we  be  able  to  maintain  a  system  by  trying — what  is  going 
to  happen  if  we  get  our  rates  so  low  in  our  State,  what  is  going 
to  happen  to  the  availability  of  health  care  providers  or  hospitals? 
Will  it  be  able  to  do  that? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  obviously  cannot  predict  the  future.  But  if  I 
look  at  the  past,  the  rate  of  increase  that  Maryland  has  had  to 
work  under  has  been  the  Medicare  rate  of  increase,  which  has  been 
less  than  the  private  sector  rate  of  increase  and  less  than  the  over- 
all rate  of  increase. 

And  so  Maryland  has  been  able  to  do  this  over  an  18-year  period, 
working  under  a  constraint  which  is  less  than  the  rate  of  increase 
in  the  overall  health  care  sector  and  the  rate  of  increase  in  the  hos- 
pital sector. 

So  I  think  if  you  look  at  the  past,  Maryland  has  been  able  to  do 
it.  Will  they  be  able  to  do  it  in  the  future,  I  cannot  predict.  The 
hospital  administrators  are  still  enthusiastically  endorsing  this  sys- 
tem, and  they  look  at  their  crystal  ball,  and  they  still  are  strongly 
supportive  of  the  system  that  you  created. 

Mr.  Cardin.  Well,  let  me  thank  both  of  our  witnesses  for  being 
here  and  braving  the  weather  to  appear  before  our  committee.  We 
thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Garden.  The  next  panel  will  consist  of  Hon.  Arthur 
Flemming,  chair  and  former  Secretary  of  Health,  Education,  and 
Welfare,  representing  the  Save  Our  Security  Coalition;  Sara  S. 
Nichols,  staff  attorney  for  the  Public  Citizen's  Congressional  Con- 
gress Watch;  Lawrence  T.  Smedley,  executive  director  of  the  Na- 
tional Council  of  Senior  Citizens;  Dr.  Michael  A.  Walker,  executive 
director  of  the  Fraser  Institute  from  Vancouver,  Canada;  and  Dr. 
William  MacKillop,  director  of  Radiation  Oncology,  Kingston  Re- 
gional Cancer  Center,  Ontario  Cancer  and  Research  Foundation, 
Queens  University,  Kingston,  Ontario. 

Welcome. 

Mr.  Flemming,  it  is  always  a  pleasure  to  have  you  before  the 
committee. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ARTHUR  S.  FLEMMING,  CHAIR,  SAVE 
OUR  SECURITY  COALITION,  AND  FORMER  SECRETARY  OF 
HEALTH,  EDUCATION,  AND  WELFARE 

Mr.  Flemming.  I  am  delighted  to  be  here,  and  I  appreciate  the 
opportunity  of  presenting  some  of  my  views  at  this  point  relative 
to  a  great  national  debate. 


249 

Sixty  years  ago,  our  national  community,  in  the  midst  of  the 
greatest  depression  we  have  ever  experienced,  heard  Franklin  Roo- 
sevelt's challenge  to  pool  our  resources  in  both  the  public  sector 
and  private  sector  in  order  to  help  our  people  deal  with  the  hazards 
and  vicissitudes  of  life. 

I  was  a  reporter  than  on  the  staff  of  what  is  now  the  U.S.  News 
&  World  Report.  I  saw  the  national  community  respond  to  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  challenge  by  launching  our  Social  Security  pro- 
gram. 

I  later  joined  the  Roosevelt  Administration  as  a  member  of  the 
U.S.  Civil  Service  Commission  and  had  the  opportunity  of  helping 
on  the  implementation  of  that  program. 

Now  I  am  hearing  President  Clinton  challenge  our  national  com- 
munity as  we  move  out  of  a  serious  recession  to  pool  our  resources 
in  both  the  private  sector  and  public  sector  in  order  to  help  our 
people  deal  with  the  hazards  and  vicissitudes  of  health  care. 

We  are  truly  thankful  that  the  national  community,  as  it  existed 
60  years  ago,  turned  Franklin  Roosevelt's  vision  for  universal  cov- 
erage into  reality.  The  national  community,  as  it  exists  today,  I  be- 
lieve will  turn  President  Clinton's  vision  for  universal  coverage  of 
health  care  into  reality.  If  it  does,  our  children,  grandchildren,  and 
great-grandchildren  will  have  reason  to  be  truly  thankful. 

I  want  to  do  everything  I  can  to  see  this  happen,  to  see  us  reach 
the  objective  of  universal  coverage  for  all  our  people. 

I  feel  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  spell  out  again  the  hazards  and 
vicissitudes  in  the  field  of  health  care  that  confront  our  Nation,  and 
I  will  not  do  it. 

I  represent  a  group  who  are  delighted  that  President  Clinton  has 
stated  unequivocally  that  the  health  care  plan  must  contain  a  pro- 
vision that  guarantees  that  all  of  our  people  have  coverage  of  the 
health  care  benefits  that  are  spelled  out  in  the  law.  He  has  in- 
cluded in  his  plan  the  provisions  that  are  needed  if  this  guarantee 
of  health  care  coverage  for  all  is  to  be  achieved.  His  plan  is  a  genu- 
ine pooling  of  resources  from  the  public  and  private  sectors.  All  of 
us  will  have  the  satisfaction  of  contributing  some  of  our  resources 
to  the  pool,  no  matter  how  small.  Then  all  of  us  will  be  permitted 
to  draw  from  the  pool  when  and  if  we  are  confronted  with  the  haz- 
ards and  vicissitudes  of  health  care. 

Also  the  group  I  represent  rejoices  in  the  fact  that  older  persons, 
survivors,  and  the  disabled  not  only  will  retain  their  present  Medi- 
care benefits,  but  will  have  added  to  these  benefits  prescription 
drugs. 

For  over  60  years,  I  have  heard  people  debate  various  plans.  But 
we  have  no  plan.  The  time  has  come  to  stop  our  debate  and  act. 
At  this  point,  I  recommend  the  Clinton  plan,  because  the  Clinton 
plan  guarantees  coverage  to  everyone  for  the  health  care  benefits 
set  forth  in  the  law. 

It  will  undoubtedly  be  changed  in  some  ways  as  a  result  of  Con- 
gressional hearings.  But  that  fundamental  principle  will  remain. 
And  once  again,  that  fundamental  principle  will  be  come  embedded 
in  our  way  of  life. 

I  recognize  that  the  executive  branch,  headed  by  the  President, 
has  decided  that  it  is  politically  feasible  to  recommend  to  the  coun- 
try the  kind  of  a  plan  that  he  has  submitted  to  the  Congress.  I  rep- 


250 

resent  and  recognize  that  under  our  system  of  checks-and-balances, 
you  are  now  in  the  process  of  checking  that  judgment. 

His  plan  is  made  up  of  various  parts,  all  with  the  idea  of  achiev- 
ing the  objective  of  universal  coverage.  Undoubtedly  some  parts 
that  are  in  his  plan  will  be  exchanged  for  other  parts  by  the  Con- 
gress. But  I  hope  that  the  Congress  and  the  President  will  continue 
to  communicate  with  one  another  until  they  agree  on  a  plan  that 
will  reach  this  objective.  That  is  the  one  thing  that  I  am  interested 
in. 

But  let  us  get  to  the  place  where  we  learn  by  doing.  We  have  had 
no  experience  with  some  of  the  recommendations  in  the  Clinton 
plan.  Some  will  work;  some  will  not  work.  When  recommendations 
do  not  work,  let  us  change  them.  But  let  us  begin  by  doing. 

That  is  my  theme.  I  feel  after  60  years  of  watching  this  that  this 
country  desperately  needs  a  plan  which  will  provide  a  universal 
right  of  coverage  for  minimum  benefits,  and  I  hope  that  the  nego- 
tiations that  are  now  taking  place  between  the  Congress  and  the 
Executive  will  lead  to  the  adoption  of  such  a  plan. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:! 


251 


TESTIMONY  OF  ARTHUR  S.  FLEMMING 
SAVE  OUR  SECURITY  COALITION 

Introduction 

A.  Sixty  years  ago  our  national  community,  In  the  midst  of  the  greatest 
depression  we  have  ever  experienced,  heard  Franklin  Roosevelt's 
challenges  to  pool  our  resources.  In  both  the  public  sector  and 
private  sector.  In  order  to  help  our  people  deal  with  the  hazards  and 
vicissitudes  of  life. 

1.  I  was  reporter  then  on  the  staff  of  what  is  now  the  United 
States  News  and  World  Report. 

2.  I  saw  the  national  community  respond  to  President  Roosevelt's 
challenge  by  launching  our  Social  Security  program. 

3.  I  later  joined  the  Roosevelt  Administration  as  a  member  of  the 
U.  S.  Civil  Service  Commission  and  had  the  opportunity  of 
helping  on  the  implementation  of  that  program. 

B.  Now  I  am  hearing  President  Clinton  challenge  our  national  community, 
as  we  move  out  of  a  serious  recession,  to  pool  our  resources,  in  both 
the  private  sector  and  public  sector  in  order  to  help  our  people  deal 
with  the  hazards  and  vicissitudes  of  health  care. 

C.  We  are  truly  thankful  that  the  national  community,  as  it  existed  sixty 
years  ago  turned  Franklin  Roosevelt's  vision  into  reality. 

D.  The  national  community,  as  it  exists  today,  I  believe  will  turn 
President  Clinton's  vision  Into  reality. 

E.  If  it  does  our  children,  grandchildren,  and  great  grandchildren  will 
have  reason  to  be  truly  thankful. 

F.  I  want  to  do  everything  I  can  to  make  this  happen. 


ftl  -fififi  n  -  Q4  -  Q 


252 


II.    Body 

A.  I  feel  that  It  Is  unnecessary  to  spell  out  again  the  hazards  and 
vicissitudes  in  the  field  of  health  care  that  confront  our  nation. 

1.  All  I  want  to  say  Is  that  I  am  convinced  that  because  of 
these  hazards  and  vicissitudes  untold  numbers  of  our 
people  face  premature  death  and  millions  of  our  people  face 
unnecessary  suffering. 

2.  I  am  likewise  convinced  that  unless  we  act  and  act  now  runaway 
prices  for  health  care  will  make  it  impossible  for  us  to 
straighten  out  our  economy  and  promote  the  best  Interests  of 
our  people. 

B.  I  represent  a  group  who  are  delighted  that  President  Clinton  has  stated 
unequivocally  that  the  health  care  plan  must  contain  a  provision  which 
guarantees  that  all  our  people  have  coverage  of  the  health  care  benefits 
that  are  spelled  out  in  the  law. 

1.  He  has  Included  in  his  well-rounded  plan  the  provisions  that  are 
needed  if  his  guarantee  of  health  care  coverage  for  all  is  to 

be  achieved. 

2.  His  plan  is  a  genuine  pooling  of  resources  from  the  public  and 
private  sectors — all  of  us  will  have  the  satisfaction  of 
contributing  some  of  our  resources  to  the  pool,  no  matter  how 
small. 

3.  Then  all  of  us  will  be  permitted  to  draw  from  the  pool  when 
and  if  we  are  confronted  with  the  hazards  and  vicissitudes 
of  health  care. 


253 


C.   Also  the  group  I  represent  rejoice  In  the  fact  that  older  persons, 
survivors,  and  the  disabled  not  only  will  retain  their  present 
Medicare  benefits  but  will  have  added  to  those  benefits  prescription 
drugs  and  coverage  in  Federal-state  programs  of  long  term  care. 
III.    Conclusion 

A.  Over  60  years  I  have  heard  people  debate  various  plans — but  we  have 
no  plan. 

B.  The  time  has  come  to  stop  our  debate  and  act. 

C.  I  recommend  the  Clinton  plan 

1,  The  Clinton  plan  guarantees  coverage  to  everyone  for  the 
health  care  benefits  set  forth  in  the  law. 

2.  It  undoubtedly  will  be  changed  in  some  ways  as  a  result  of 
Congressional  hearings  but  that  fundamental  principle  will 
remain — and  once  we  adopt  that  fundamental  principle  it  will 
become  embedded  in  our  way  of  life. 

D.  Let's  learn  by  doing. 

1.  We  have  had  no  experience  with  some  of  the  recommendations 
in  the  Clinton  plan. 

2.  Some  of  the  recommendations  will  work;  some  will  not  work. 

3.  When  recommendations  do  not  work  let's  change  them;  let  us 
learn  by  doing. 

E.  I  urge  that  the  national  community  respond  to  the  vision  and  challenge 
of  President  Clinton  to  pool  our  resources,  in  the  private  and  public 
sectors,  and  by  so  doing  enable  all  of  our  people  to  deal  with  the 
hazards  and  vicissitudes  of  health  care. 


254 

Mr.  Cardin.  Thank  you  very  much. 
Ms.  Nichols. 

STATEMENT  OF  SARA  S.  NICHOLS,  STAFF  ATTORNEY,  PUBLIC 
CITIZEN'S  CONGRESS  WATCH 

Ms.  Nichols.  Thank  you.  Good  afternoon.  I  am  pleased  to  be 
here  to  talk  about  the  American  Health  Security  Act,  H.R.  1200. 
I  am  working  with  over  1,000  groups  around  the  country  who  sup- 
port this  legislation  and  want  to  see  it  passed. 

It  is  now  clear  to  me  with  the  scoring  of  the  Congressional  Budg- 
et Office  yesterday  of  the  Clinton  plan  that  single  payer  is  the  onlv 
plan  before  the  Congress  which  is  deficit-neutral  and  saves  enough 
money  to  cover  everyone  fully  for  the  same  amount  we  are  spend- 
ing now,  including  long-term  care  coverage.  It  is  the  onlv  reform 
before  the  Congress  which  fulfills  the  President's  goals  of  simpHc- 
ity,  savings,  security,  choice,  and  quality. 

It  is  very  important  to  understand,  because  it  is  stated  and  mis- 
stated so  often,  that  a  single-payer  plan  is  a  government-financed, 
not  a  government-run,  system.  It  replaces  the  inefficient  private  in- 
surers with  one  insurer,  the  Federal  Government,  and  it  leaves  the 
entrepreneurial  private  delivery  system  in  place.  Doctors  work  for 
themselves,  and  hospitals  are  not  owned  by  the  government. 

Some  people  have  quipped  that  a  single-payer  system  would  have 
the  inefficiency  of  the  Post  Office.  I  hasten  to  point  out  that  if  the 
insurance  industry  were  running  the  Post  Office,  37  million  people 
would  not  receive  mail. 

H.R.  1200  bases  itself  on  the  Canadian  health  care  system,  and 
it  has  very  much,  and  the  authors  of  the  bill,  have  very  much 
learned  from  both  the  successes  of  that  system  and  the  mistakes 
of  that  system. 

And  in  my  written  testimony,  I  have  at  some  length  expounded 
on  that  point  and  shown  the  extent  to  which  H.R.  1200  improves 
on  the  Canadian  system,  and  it  does  that  partly  because  we  spend 
30  percent  more  per  person  on  health  care  in  this  country  than 
they  do  in  Canada,  so  we  can  afford  to  provide  better  benefits;  we 
can  afford  to  have  more  comprehensive  services;  we  can  afford  to 
have  even  more  research  and  development  of  technology  than  they 
do  in  that  system  and  than  we  do  now  with  the  savings  that  we 
can  achieve.  So  it  is  truly  the  American  Health  Security  Act. 

I  would  hke  to  spend  a  little  time  comparing  single  payer  to  the 
President's  plan  with  looking  at  the  particular  goals  that  the  Presi- 
dent has  set  forth.  I  am  not  spending  time  comparing  it  to  other 
plans  before  Congress,  in  particular  the  Cooper-Grandy  plan  that 
has  been  so  much  in  the  news,  because  I  do  not  see  that  those  are 
really  serious  attempts  to  provide  universal  coverage.  I  am  focusing 
on  the  one  other  plan  which  actually  makes  an  attempt  to  provide 
universal  coverage. 

First,  as  to  simplicity,  clearly  single  payer  is  much  more  simple 
than  the  President's  plan.  It  could  not  be  more  simple.  Everyone 
is  in  the  same  plan;  everyone  has  the  same  benefits;  everyone  pays 
in,  and  everyone  gets  out.  It  removes  a  layer  of  bureaucracy,  which 
is  the  insurance  industry. 

In  contrast,  the  President's  plan  is  so  complex  as  to  be  virtually 
unexplainable.  Instead  of  removing  a  level  of  bureaucracy,  it  adds 


255 

two  new  layers  of  bureaucracy,  the  health  alliances  and  the  man- 
aged care  bureaucracy,  if  you  are  not  currently  in  such  a  plan. 

It  has,  you  know,  as  we  know,  many  different  contingencies.  Peo- 
ple in  Medicare  stay  in  there.  Employers  over  a  certain  amount  can 
opt  out.  Others  are  in;  they  choose  through  their  alliance.  The 
plans  have  various  different  costs.  They  pay  copayments  and 
deductibles.  While  everyone  may  pay  in  the  same  amount  to  an  al- 
liance, the  alliance  will  pay  out  different  amounts  to  the  different 
plans,  depending  on  whether  the  people  in  those  plans  are  sicker 
or  poorer,  and  the  subsidies  are  very  complicated  to  figure  out  and 
have  to  be  adjusted  retroactively  if  they  have  not  been  done  cor- 
rectly. 

As  to  savings,  it  has  already  been  amply  demonstrated  here  this 
morning  that  single  payer  saves  more  than  any  other  plan  and  is 
the  only  plan  that  saves  enough  to  cover — simultaneously  extend 
universal  coverage  now  and  not  in  the  future. 

I  cannot  emphasize  enough  the  importance  of  providing  that  sav- 
ings now  and  not  in  the  future. 

The  State  of  Massachusetts  passed  a  plan  in  1988  that  was  sup- 
posed to  provide  universal  coverage.  Six  years  later,  the  savings 
still  are  not  there.  They  have  given  up  all  hope  of  universal  cov- 
erage, and  costs  are  higher  than  anywhere  else. 

The  Clinton  plan  does  not  save  enough  money  to  pay  for  itself; 
$74  billion  it  adds  to  the  budget  deficit. 

And  security,  of  course,  the  single-payer  plan,  because  it  saves 
money  and  because  it  is  simple  and  because  it  is  not  employer- 
based  and  goes  with  you  rather  than  your  employer,  your  spouse, 
or  where  you  live  is  ultimate  security  from  cradle  to  grave,  whereas 
the  Clinton  plan,  because  it  is  not  fully  funded  and  employer-based, 
may  provide  insecurity. 

And  the  single-payer  plan,  of  course,  is  the  ultimate  in  choice, 
free  choice  of  physician  everywhere. 

In  closing,  I  would  like  to  dispel  the  single  biggest  fallacy  about 
the  single-payer  system  and  in  relation  to  the  President's  plan  in 
particular. 

People  often  act  as  if  and  talk  about  these  plans  as  if  the  Presi- 
dent's plan  is  more  market-based  than  the  single-payer  plan.  In 
fact,  both  plans  rely  on  a  mixture  of  the  public  and  private  sectors 
to  achieve  their  goals.  Single  payer  combines  the  best  of  the  public 
sector,  fair  financing,  with  the  best  of  the  private  sector,  entre- 
preneurial free-market  medicine,  whereas  the  President's  plan  com- 
bines intrusive — combines  private  sector  inefficient  financing  with 
government  intrusion  into  the  delivery  of  the  health  care  system 
and  to  the  very  choices  that  are  made  about  medical  care. 

Single  payer,  the  American  Health  Security  Act,  is  by  far  the 
least  intrusive  and  best  option  for  reform  before  our  country. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


256 


TESTIMONY  OF  SARA  S.  NICHOLS 
PUBLIC  CITIZEN'S  CONGRESS  WATCH 

My  name  is  Sara  Nichols,  I  am  a  staff  attorney  and  health  lobbyist  with  Public 
Citizen's  Congress  Watch.  Thank  you  Chairman  Stark  and  to  the  other  members  of 
this  committee  for  allowing  me  to  testify  on  the  American  Health  Security  Act. 

According  to  numerous  studies  by  the  Congressional  Budget  Office  (CBO), 
single  payer  is  the  only  health  reform  option  before  the  Congress  that  has  been 
shown  to  save  money  and  deliver  health  coverage  to  every  resident  simultaneously. 
As  such,  a  single  payer  plan  is  the  only  plan  that  can  deliver  on  the  President's 
nonnegotiable  demand  for  universal  coverage. 

The  American  Health  Security  Act,  H.R.  1200,  introduced  by  Representatives 
Jim  McDermott  (D-WA)  and  John  Conyers  (D-MI)  along  with  90  other  cosponsors,  is 
the  piece  of  legislation  before  the  House  of  Representatives  which  best  represents  the 
single  payer  system. 

Not  only  is  H.R.  1200  the  only  reform  before  the  Congress  which  actually 
provides  umversal  coverage,  if  s  the  only  legislation  which  fulfills  the  other  laudable 
principles  set  forth  by  the  President  but  not  deUvered  by  the  President's  plan: 
security,  simplicity,  savings,  quality  and  choice. 

Single  payer  is  simple:  everyone's  in  the  same  plan.   It  provides  security 
because  it  is  not  employer-based.   It  saves  more  money  than  any  other  plan 
according  to  the  General  Accounting  Office  (GAO)  and  the  CBO  and  provides  full 
choice  of  provider.  The  President's  plan  is  complex,  saves  little  money,  and  therefore 
provides  no  security  and  little  choice. 

Unfortunately,  neither  H.R.  1200  nor  the  President's  plan  significantly 
improves  the  quality  of  medical  care. 

The  most  important  thing  to  understand  about  the  single  payer  system  is  that 
despite  constant  misstatements  to  the  contrary,  single  payer  is  not  government-run 
health  care,  it  is  govemment-/i>iflnced  health  care  v^dth  full  and  free  choice  of  doctor. 

While  the  Canadian  system  provides  an  excellent  model  for  an  American 
health  system,  it  is  possible  to  improve  on  the  Canadian  system.   H.R.  1200  has  done 
just  that.   Its  sponsors  learned  from  Canada's  successes,  and  its  mistakes,  and  they 
have  adapted  the  bill  to  the  American  health  care  crisis  and  system.     Although  it 
could  adopt  still  more  from  the  Canadian  experience,  H.R.  1200,  as  we  will 
demonstrate,  is  truly  the  American  Health  Security  Act. 
n.   THE  SINGLE  PAYER  SYSTEM 

The  basic  notion  of  single  payer  is  very  simple.  The  "single  payer"  refers  orUy 
to  the  financing  of  health  care.  The  inefficient  wasteful  multiplicative  financing  of  the 
nearly  1500  private  health  insurers  is  replaced  by  a  single  government  insurance 
fund.   All  of  the  private  expenditures  currently  in  the  health  care  system  are 
converted  to  public  financing  collected  through  the  tax  system. 

The  primary  model  for  the  single  payer  system  which  we  rely  on  in  this 
country  is  the  Canadian  system.  There  are  other  nations  in  the  world  that  have 
workable  umversal  national  health  care  programs.  While  features  of  these  other 
systems  could  no  doubt  play  a  role  in  any  good  health  care  system  here,  we  think  the 
single  payer  Canadian-style  system  is  the  most  adaptable  to  the  American  palate 
because  it  is  govemment-/jnflnced,  not  government-run.  The  distinction  is  important. 

In  a  government-run  system  doctors  work  for  and  hospitals  are  owmed  and 
operated  by  the  government.  The  often-derided  British  health  care  system  is  an 
example  of  this  model.  In  contrast,  in  a  single  payer  system  like  Canada's,  the  claims 
are  processed  by  the  government,  but  the  doctors  work  for  themselves  and  hospitals 
are  privately  owned  and  operated. 

While  Americans  can  be  easily  convinced  of  the  merits  of  a  public  insurance 
fund  over  1500  private  insurance  funds,  they  would  be  much  more  skeptical  about 
the  idea  of  providers,  climes  and  hospitals  being  government-ovvT\ed  and  operated. 

It  is  incorrect  to  thii\k  of  the  Clinton  health  plan  as  more  market-based  than 
the  single  payer  plan.   In  fact,  both  plans  depend  on  a  mixture  of  the  public  and 
private  sectors  to  achieve  health  system  reform.   In  our  estimate  a  single  payer 
system  combines  the  best  of  the  public;sector~fair  financing-with  the  best  of  the 
private  sector-entrepreneurial  private  practice  medicine.    The  Clinton  health  plan. 


257 


on  the  other  hand,  combines  inefficient  private  sector  financing  with  intrusive 
government  restructuring  of  the  health  dehvery  system.  The  single  payer  plan  is  the 
better  and  less  intrusive  option  for  the  American  medical  and  political  system. 

A.  Universal  Coverage.  Single  payer  has  as  its  most  basic  feature  universal 
coverage  because  single  payer  starts  with  the  prenruse  that  health  care  is  a  right; 
neither  a  benefit,  nor  a  privilege,  but  a  right.   If  health  care  is  a  right,  our 
government  has  a  duty  to  provide  basic  health  services  to  all  its  residents,  not  just 
the  rich  ones  or  the  poor  ones,  nor  the  employed  ones  nor  the  unemployed  ones,  nor 
only  the  legal  residents.   Under  single  payer,  all  the  residents  of  the  United  States  could  be 
covered  fully  for  the  same  amount  we  are  spending  now. 

B.  Cost  Controls.  Single  payer  is  the  oiJy  health  reform  before  the  Congress 
which  controls  costs  enough  to  cover  every  person  in  this  country  fully  for  the  same 
amount  we  are  spending  now.  In  1993,  health  care  bureaucracy  consumed  24.7  cents 
of  every  health  care  dollar,  $232.3  billion."   By  switching  to  a  single-payer  system,  we 
could  have  saved  in  1993  at  least  $117.7  billion;  $456  for  every  American,  or  $3,325 
per  uninsured  person.        These  savings  include  $49.1  billion  (60.1  percent)  on 
hospital  administration,^  $23.8  billion  (28.3  percent)  on  overhead  in  doctors'  offices, 
$1.6  billion  (13.3  percent)  on  nursing  home  administration,  and  34.2  billion  (79.6 
percent)  on  insurance  overhead.'  This  is  enough  to  fvmd  vmiversal  access  for  the 
uninsured  and  improve  benefits  for  the  tens  of  millions  of  Americans  who  currently 
have  only  partial  coverage  without  any  increase  in  overall  health  spending. 

Single  payer  would  achieve  savings  in  insurance  overhead  by  replacing  the 
nearly  1500  private  payers  of  health  insurance  claims  with  one  "payer,"  the  federal 
government.  The  hospital  administrative  savings  come  from  global  operating 
budgets  and  reduced  billing  costs  associated  with  direct  reimbursement  by  the 
government. 

And  finally,  the  single  payer  system,  like  every  universal  coverage  health  care 
system  in  the  developed  world,  controls  costs  by  negotiating  providers'  fees,  and 
pharmaceutical  costs. 

C.  Comprehensive  Benefits.  Single  payer  is  the  only  health  reform  system 
before  the  Congress  that  can  afford  to  provide  comprehensive  benefits.   Because 
single  payer  controls  costs  better  than  any  other  system,  it  allows  us  to  stretch  dollars 
further  getting  as  much  value  as  possible  from  our  phenomenal  health  spending. 

In  1993,  Canada  spent  38  percent  less  per  person  than  the  U.S.  did  and  was 
able  to  guarantee  every  Canadian  comprehensive  major  medical  coverage  including 
full  primary  care  treatment.   Because  we  spend  so  much  more,  we  can  afford  to 
provide  better  benefits  than  in  many  provinces  in  Canada,  benefits  like  mental  health 
coverage,  full  long  term  care  and  dental  coverage.  Since  we  can  afford  it  if  we  use 
our  money  more  efficiently,  we  should  provide  what  everyone  really  needs,  not  just 
the  bare  minimum.  We  need  full  coverage  for  all  the  people  in  this  country,  not  just 
the  few  who  can  afford  it. 

D.  Accessibility.  Single  payer  is  fully  accessible.  There  are  no  financial 
barriers  to  care  or  treatment.  There  are  no  copayments  or  deductibles  in  a  true  single 
payer  system.   Because  there  are  no  such  "cost-sharing"  provisions,  people  can  go  to 
the  doctor  whenever  they  need  to,  not  just  when  they  can  afford  to. 

The  Clinton  plan,  in  contrast,  relies  heavily  on  shifting  costs  to  health 
consumers,  requiring  families  to  pay  as  much  as  $3,000  a  year  out  of  pocket  on  top  of 


'Hellander,  Ida  M.D.,  Himmelstein,  David  M.D.,  Woolhandler,  Steffie,  M.D., 
M.P.H.  and  Wolfe,  Sidney,  M.D.,  "Health  Care  Paper  Chase,  1993:  the  Cost  to  the 
Nation,  the  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia,"  from  Physicians  for  a  National 
Health  Program,  Chicago,  IL;  The  Center  for  a  National  Health  Program  Studies, 
Harvard  Medical  School/The  Cambridge  Hospital,  Cambridge,  MA;  and  The  Public 
Citizen  Health  Research  Group,  Washington,  D.C.-August  1993. 

^Woolhandler,  Himmelstein,  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine,  August,  1993. 

^Ibid.,  "Health  Care  Paper  Chase." 


258 


20%  copayments.  These  cost  shifts  create  an  illusion  of  lower  premivims  and  health 
costs  while  simply  forcing  consumers  to  pay  three  additional  ways,  through  their 
taxes,  through  lost  wages  and  through  out-of-pocket  expei\ses. 

Some  argue  that  we  can't  afford  to  break  down  these  barriers,  that  we  need 
cost-sharing  in  order  to  bring  in  more  revenue  and  deter  people  from  seeking 
unnecessary  care.  The  reality  is  that  by  paying  into  a  tax-based  system,  we  all  are 
sharing  costs.  We  all  will  need  to  access  the  health  care  system  at  some  point  in  our 
lives.  So-called  "cost-sharing"  deters  as  much  needed  care  as  it  does  urmecessary  care 
and  in  so  doing  drives  up  the  cost  of  health  care  because  by  the  time  people  come  to 
the  doctor,  they  are  generally  sicker  and  more  exj.  ensive  to  treat.* 

E.  Freedom  of  Choice.  Single  payer  allows  people  full  choice  of  provider, 
even  improving  over  the  current  choices  people  have  in  this  country.  In  a  single 
payer  system,  you're  provided  with  a  health  security  card.  That  card  guarantees  you 
full  coverage  at  the  provider  of  your  choice.  You  take  that  card  to  the  provider  of 
your  choice  anywhere  in  the  country  and  you're  covered.  The  provider  sends  the  bill 
to  the  government  instead  of  billing  you  and  your  insurance  company. 

In  contrast,  the  Clinton  Health  Security  Card  does  not  guarantee  coverage.  It 
guarantees  only  universal  access.  The  difference  between  access  and  coverage  is 
important.   In  theory,  everyone  has  access  to  the  finest  hotel  in  town,  but  only  if  you 
have  the  money  to  pay.  In  our  current  health  care  system,  the  ii\sur2mce  companies 
restrict  both  access  and  coverage.  The  Clinton  health  plan  cures  only  the  access 
question,  without  providing  coverage. 

F.  Portability.  A  single  payer  system  is  fully  portable.  Instead  of  coverage 
being  dependent  on  where  you  work,  who  you're  married  to,  or  where  you  live,  your 
coverage  goes  v^th  you  and  stays  with  you,  no  matter  where  or  whether  you  work. 

G.  Public  Accountability.  A  single  payer  system  is  publicly  accountable. 
Instead  of  decisions  about  your  health  needs  being  made  by  insurance  bureaucrats, 
decisions  are  made  by  accountable,  fairly-comprised  health  boards  which  are 
answerable  to  the  public  through  the  political  system. 

m.   CANADA'S  VERSION  OF  SINGLE  PAYER 

The  Canadian  version  of  single  payer  is  most  illustrative  of  what  we  want  to 
provide  here  because  it  works,  if  s  dose  to  home,  and  Americans  have  heard  about  it. 
The  Canadian  system  is  able  to  deliver  universal  health  care  to  all  its  residents  with 
no  barriers  to  receiving  care,  and  it  does  so  at  38%  less  per  person  than  the  cost  of 
the  American  system. 

A.  Federal  Minimums.  In  Canada,  the  single  payer  system  evolved  from 
province  to  province,  and  the  administration  of  the  systems  varies  by  province.   But 
there  are  certain  features  that  never  vary: 

1.  Copayments,  deductibles  and  other  "cost-sharing"  devices  are  barred 
by  law; 

2.  Provinces  have  local  health  boards  which  negotiate  fees  with 
physicians  and  drug  companies; 

3.  Provinces  have  mandated  separate  capital  and  operating  budgets; 
and 

4.  Hospitals  rim  on  global  operating  budgets  which  are  determined  on 
a  capitated  basis  (based  on  the  number  of  patients  served). 

B.  Provincial  Jurisdiction.  While  the  Canadian  federal  government  provides 
these  basic  standards,  it  allows  other  features  to  be  controlled  and  determined  at  the 
provincial  level.   Some  examples  of  provincial  discretion  include: 

1.  The  extent  of  the  benefits  provided; 

2.  Whether  the  physician  is  reimbursed  on  a  strictly  fee-for-service  basis 
or  a  salaried  basis;  and 

3.  How  much  money  is  allocated  to  capital  development  such  as  the 
building  of  new  high  tech  equipment,  etc.,  vs.  allocation  to  operating  expenses. 

In  all,  the  single  payer  system,  modelled  on  Canada,  is  not  just  the  best  plan 
for  consumers,  but  the  only  plan  that  provides  what  consumers  need. 


*Rassell,  Edith,  Ph.D.-Economic  Policy  Institute. 


259 


IV.   H.R.  1200,  AMERICAN  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT 

H.R.  1200  takes  the  basics  of  the  Canadian  health  care  system  and  adapts  it  to 
the  United  States.   Most  of  the  faniiliar  featvires  of  the  Canadian  system  make  the 
journey  intact  H.R.  1200  provides  comprehensive  benefits  for  all  Americans  for  the 
same  amount  v^^e  are  spending  now  to  cover  only  a  portion  of  the  population.   It 
does  so  not  only  by  replacing  the  inefficient  private  insurance  financing  with  public 
financing,  but  by  employing  global  operating  budgets  for  hospitals,  and  insuring 
negotiated  fee  schedules  for  providers  and  drug  compaiues.  In  all,  H.R.  1200  is  the 
best  representation  of  a  single  payer  system  currently  before  the  Congress,  containing 
the  oi\ly  structure  capable  of  guaranteeing  health  care  to  the  nation. 

In  this  section,  because  I  have  edready  extolled  the  virtues  of  a  single  payer 
system,  I  v^U  concentrate  on  the  ways  in  which  HR.  1200  improves  on  the  Canadian 
system  and  point  out  a  few  places  where  it  falls  short.  While  the  foundations  of  this 
house  are  sound,  we  aim  to  take  a  closer  look  at  its  curtains  and  furnishings  as  well. 

A.  Decentralization.   H.R.  1200  adapts  itself  to  the  American  political  and 
economic  system  by  decentralizing  the  running  of  the  business  of  health  care.  Under 
H.R.  1200,  while  the  federal  government  would  collect  the  premiums  and  set 
minimum  standards  for  benefits  and  allocation  of  resources,  it  is  up  to  the  state  and 
local  govenunents  to  dedde  how  to  use  those  resources,  beyond  a  standard  benefit 
package. 

There  are  aspects  of  this  decentralization  which  are  excellent.  In  general,  it  is 
preferable  for  states  and  local  corrununities  to  make  decisions  with  regard  to  the  fair 
allocation  of  resources  rather  than  the  federal  government.  In  theory,  as  long  as 
those  decisions  are  publicly  accountable,  the  resources  stand  a  good  chance  of  being 
fairly  distributed,  especially  when  compared  to  the  current  health  care  system. 

Nonetheless,  there  are  some  basic  aspects  to  a  single  payer  system  which  must 
not  be  left  up  to  the  states,  they  must  be  set  by  the  federal  government.  The  most 
important  central  principle  which  is  left  out  of  H.R.  1200  is  the  principle  of  mandated 
separate  capital  and  operating  budgets  for  hospitals  and  other  health  providing 
institutions. 

H.R.  1200  fails  to  mandate  such  separate  budgets.  Instead,  it  specifies  simply 
that  states  must  have  budgets  for  capital  and  operating  expenses  and  leaves  it  up  to 
the  states  to  dedde  whether  to  merge  or  split  these  budgets. 

Granting  latitude  in  this  area  subverts  a  fundamental  precept  of  a  successful 
single  payer  system:  namely,  that  vnthout  this  mandate  of  separate  budgeting  of 
capital  and  operating  expenses,  there  is  no  guarantee  of  halting  the  out-of-control 
"medical  arms  race"  which  has  eaten  up  our  health  care  resources  and  dramatically 
increased  the  cost  of  medical  care. 

Ur\less  capital  and  operating  expenses  are  paid  for  and  budgeted  for 
separately,  nothing  is  to  prevent  the  local  health  boards  set  up  by  H.R.  1200  from 
siphoning  off  money  badly  needed  to  operate  existing  facilities  and  devoting  it 
instead  to  building  yet  another  lavish  duplicative  facility  aimed  at  attracting  wealthy 
patients.  We  must  erisure  that  basic  me<ical  fadlities  and  equipment  are  kept  well- 
staffed  and  running  smoothly  before  we  turn  toward  expanding  machinery  and 
fadlities  in  a  given  metropolitan  area  and  worseiung  the  wasteful  current  situation  in 
which  there  are  300,000  empty  hospital  beds  in  the  U.S..  H.R.  1200  must  be  amended  to 
match  its  companion  bill  in  the  Senate,  5.491,  which  mandates  separate  capital  and  operating 
expenses. 

B.  More  comprehensive  coverage.  While  most  provinces  in  Canada  have 
made  the  dedsion  to  guarantee  at  the  federal  level  only  n>ajor  medical  expenses,  we 
can  afford  more  coverage  than  that  here  because  we  spend  nearly  one-third  as  much 
per  person  per  armum  as  they  do  in  Canada. 

H.R.  1200  has  gone  a  long  way  towards  providing  those  comprehensive 
benefits.   It  federally  guarantees  full  major  medical  coverage,  prescription  drug 
coverage,  a  basic  package  of  mental  health  benefits,  dental  care  for  children  up  to  18, 
and  long  term  care  and  home  and  commuiuty-based  coverage  for  those  who  meet  the 
requirements.  States  are  free  to  provide  benefits  beyond  the  federal  package,  but 
they  carmot  choose  to  cover  less  than  the  federal  nunimum. 


260 


Although  we  applaud  the  high  level  of  medical  benefits  guaranteed  by  the  U.S. 
government  in  relation  to  Canada,  we  think  we  can  and  should  do  better.  We  have 
enough  money  in  the  system  to  eliminate  the  arbitrarily  low  cap  on  mental  health 
benefits,  to  provide  dental  care  for  all  Americans,  and  to  provide  long  term  care 
(especially  home-based  care)  for  people  who  need  assistance  with  only  one  Activity 
of  Daily  Living  (ADL),  instead  of  2,  as  the  bill  provides. 

C.  Increasing  the  niunber  of  primary  care  practitioners.  H.R.  1200  recognizes 
that  giving  everyone  a  health  security  card  to  present  to  the  provider  of  his  or  her 
choice  is  meaningless  if  no  such  provider  is  available  and  accessible. 

In  fact,  we  have  a  critical  shortage  in  this  country  of  primary  care  practitioners 
that  Canada  does  not  have.    2/3  of  the  physicians  in  this  covmtry  are  specialists  to 
1/3  primary  care  practitioners.  In  most  other  developed  nations  including  Canada, 
the  ratios  are  reversed,  2/3  primary  care  practitioners  to  1/3  specialists.  Reversing 
these  ratios  here  would  not  only  increase  the  availability  of  the  providers  whom 
patients  need  most  and  most  often,  but  it  would  further  bring  down  the  cost  of 
health  care  by  encouraging  earlier  and  less  expensive  care  over  costly  specialized 
medicine. 

H.R.  1200  has  sought  to  address  this  problem  by  setting  strong  goals  for  the 
national  health  board  to  work  towards  and  establishing  funding  for  those  goals. 
Some  of  those  methods  include: 

1.  Within  5  years  of  enactment,  50%  of  the  residents  in  medical 
residency  education  programs  will  be  primary  care  residents; 

2.  The  national  board  will  reduce  payments  to  state  health  security 
programs  that  fail  to  meet  this  goal; 

3.  The  bill  also  seeks  to  increase  the  number  and  use  of  clinical  primary 
care  practitioners,  certified  nurse  midwives,  physician  assistcmts  and  other  non- 
physidan  practitioners;  and 

4.  The  bill  revives  and  uses  the  National  Health  Services  Corps  and 
Public  Health  Block  Grants  to  accomplish  these  goals. 

D.  Increasing  the  number  of  primary  care  facilities.  Another  problem  with 
our  current  health  care  system  is  a  critical  lack  of  facilities  and  medical  persormel  in 
poorer  areas  in  our  inner  cities  and  in  many  sparsely  populated  and  poor  rural  areas. 
H.R.  1200  seeks  to  inaease  the  number  of  good  primary  facilities  in  previously 
underserved  communities  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Establishing  block  grants  to  develop  primary  care  centers  which  will 
serve  medically  imderserved  populations.  Such  centers  would  include  migrant  health 
centers,  community  health  centers  or  other  qualified  health  centers. 

2.  The  bill  also  encourages  and  aeates  Community  Health  Service 
Organizations  (CHSOs)  to  serve  previously  imderserved  communities  and  areas. 
These  CHSOs  are  basically  qualified  HMC5s  which  are  designed  to  fill  the  vacuiun 
created  by  a  lack  of  health  facilities. 

Although  we  applaud  any  effort  to  create  facilities  and  service  for  previously 
underserved  commimities,  we  fear  the  CHSOs  will  not  work  because  the  bill  allows 
them  to  be  for-profit  entities.  Any  featiire  which  encourages  for-profit  HMOs  to  start 
and  flourish  in  the  future  is  anti-consumer  in  effect.  In  order  to  maximize  profits, 
for-profit  HMOs  tend  to  divert  money  earmarked  for  care  to  profit,  engage  in 
excessive  marketing,  and  pay  high  executive  salaries,  all  at  the  expense  of  care.  In 
general,  HMOs  and  other  managed  care  facilities  attempt  to  save  money  by  reducing 
the  amount  of  care  provided.  There  is  no  evidence  that  such  efforts  consistently 
control  costs.  Global  operating  budgets  and  negotiated  fee  schedules  control  costs. 

Unfortimately,  the  legislation  distinctly  fails  to  forbid  profiteering  at  the 
expense  of  care.  In  the  companion  legislation  in  the  Senate,  S.  491,  there  is  a 
provision  that  specifically  forbids  the  creation  of  new  for-profit  HMOs  and  ensures 
that  existing  for-profit  facilities  cannot  divert  excess  dollars  to  profit  over  a 
reasonable  rate  of  return  on  their  capital  investments.  This  arrangement  has  already 
proved  successful  with  not-for-profit  hospitals  in  the  U.S..  To  fulfill  its  goals,  H.R. 
1200  must  be  amended  to  include  such  provisions. 

E.  Universal  Coverage.  H.R.  1200  saves  enough  money  to  provide  universal 


261 


coverage  immediately  upon  enactment,  rather  thar\  "when  the  savings  are  achieved,"  as 
the  Clinton  plan  provides.   Any  plan  v^rhich  defers  universal  coverage  to  a  time  in  the 
future— even  a  specified  time-is  insufficient  to  address  our  current  health  care  crisis. 
The  Clinton  plan,  because  it  does  not  save  enough  money  nov^r,  projects  universal 
coverage  into  the  next  millennium.  This  is  unacceptable  and  doomed  to  failure. 

The  experience  of  Massachusetts  is  illustrative.  In  1988,  the  Massachusetts 
legislature  passed  a  health  reform  plan  based  on  the  so-called  "pay  or  play"  model. 
The  idea  was  that  universal  coverage  would  kick  in  once  sufficient  savings  were 
realized.   Because  the  plan  had  woefully  insufficient  cost  controls,  the  savings  were 
never  realized.   6  years  later  Massachusetts  suffers  from  nearly  the  highest  health 
costs  in  the  country,  one  of  the  highest  p)enetrations  of  HMOs,  and  has  given  up  on 
achieving  universal  coverage  vwth  that  system.  H.R.  1200  fulfills  the  essential  goal  of 
saving  enough  money  to  provide  universal  coverage  immediately. 

Although  H.R.  1200  saves  enough  money  to  cover  everyone,  it  actually  leaves 
at  least  3.2  nullion  people  out.  One  area  where  H.R.  1200  does  not  improve  on  the 
Canadian  system  is  in  its  defiiution  of  uiuversal  coverage.  The  bill  has  confined  its 
coverage  to  legal  residents  of  this  country,  rather  than  all  residents.  This  is  ultimately 
a  self-defeating  and  unworkable  distinction. 

To  take  seriously  the  idea  that  health  care  is  a  right,  rather  than  a  privilege  or 
a  benefit,  means  providing  health  coverage  to  all  people  who  reside  in  this  country 
regardless  of  immigration  status.  It  is  immoral,  unethical  and  unjust  to  exclude  the 
3.2  million  undocumented  workers  of  this  country  and  their  families  from  our  health 
services.  We  cannot  say  "one  plan  for  all,"  and  then  define  the  "all"  as  we  like. 

Since  the  system  will  eventually  pay  for  sick  undocimiented  residents  one  way 
or  another,  it  would  be  far  cheaper  on  the  system  to  provide  full  coverage  including 
preventive  medicine.   Allowing  any  group  of  patients  to  be  excluded  from  "universal" 
coverage  creates  the  same  expensive  cost-shifting  as  the  status  quo. 

We  are  already  paying  for  the  care  of  undocumented  immigrants.  In  1993,  it 
cost  the  United  States  government  $300  million  to  provide  emergency  care  to 
undocumented  workers  in  Texas,  California,  New  York  and  Illinois  alone.   Study 
after  study  shows  that  undocumented  residents,  like  all  of  the  uninsured,  use  our 
health  care  system  whether  covered  or  not.  They  show  up  at  emergency  rooms 
about  to  give  birth  to  an  unhealthy  baby  or  they  arrive  in  the  advance  stages  of  a 
debilitating  disease  and  our  hospitals  treat  them,  because  they  must.   If  those 
hospitals  and  medical  personnel  are  not  reimbursed  for  treating  undocumented 
people,  it  strains  our  resources  and  puts  an  added  burden  on  state  and  local 
governments  to  pick  up  the  tab. 

Undocumented  workers  contribute  to  our  economy.  They  buy  goods  and 
services,  they  pay  rent  and  often  they  even  pay  taxes.  According  to  the  Center  for 
Constitutional  Rights  in  New  York,  the  amount  they  contribute  to  our  economy 
outweighs  or  counterbalances  the  cost  of  providing  health  services  to  them.   Yet 
because  of  xenophobia  and  lack  of  leadership,  we  seek  to  deny  them  care. 

Ironically,  if  for  no  other  reason,  we  should  cover  undocumented  imnugrants 
out  of  fear.   Diseases  know  no  boundaries  of  legality.  A  sick  undocumented  diild 
resident  can  infect  your  child  as  easily  as  a  documented  child.  To  protect  all  the 
legal  residents  of  this  covmtry  we  must  provide  health  coverage  to  the 
undocimiented. 

F.  Public  Accountability.  H.R.  1200  dictates  the  composition  of  local  health 
boards  ensuring  a  balance  of  consumer,  physician  and  medical  industry 
representation  on  the  boards.  There  is  also  an  attempt  to  achieve  nonpartisan  balance 
on  the  federal  boards.  These  efforts  are  to  be  applauded  because  they  represent  a 
dramatic  increase  over  our  current  health  care  system  in  the  amount  of  accountability 
to  the  public. 

The  public  accountability  portions  of  the  bill  would  be  strengthened  greatly  by 
facilitating  the  creation  of  an  independent  consumer-funded  watchdog  organization 
modelled  on  the  successful  consumer  utility  board  (CUB).  Such  a  watchdog,  funded 
by  voluntary  contributions,  would  monitor  local  health  boards,  insuring  that  they 
were  accountable  to  the  public. 


262 


G.  Financing.  Because  a  new  financing  section  to  H.R.  1200  was  introduced 
just  last  Thursday,  we  have  not  had  a  chance  to  review  it  thoroughly.  Our  initial 
impression,  however,  is  favorable.  Again  adapting  to  the  American  political  realities, 
the  bill  relies  primarily  on  a  payroll  tax  which  is  capped  at  a  percentage  of  payroll 
depending  on  the  size  of  the  business.    The  new  package  has  elimiiwted  the 
inaeases  in  the  top  income  tax  brackets  which  the  old  fimding  package  had  included. 
It  has  added  a  $2  cigarette  tax  and  a  50  percent  exdse  tax  on  handguns  and 
ammuiution. 

In  general,  an  income  tax  is  preferable  to  a  payroll  tax  as  a  funding  mechanism 
because  it  is  progressive  rather  than  taxing  at  a  flat  rate.  However,  when  compared 
to  an  employer  mandate  such  as  the  Clinton  bill  contains,  a  graduated  payroll  tax 
like  this  is  much  less  regressive. 

The  $2-per-pack  cigarette  tax  increase  is  very  necessary  and  long-overdue. 
Such  an  inaease  would  reduce  the  number  of  smokers  over  time,  particularly  by 
discouraging  people  from  ever  starting  smoking.  We  applaud  its  inclusion,  and  that 
of  the  gim  tax,  in  the  bill. 

H.   Quality.  H.R.  1200  is  the  only  health  reform  bill  currently  before  the 
Congress  that  does  nothing  to  lessen  the  quality  of  medical  care  by  restricting 
consumers'  legal  rights. 
V.  COMPARING  H.R.  1200  TO  THE  CLINTON  BILL 

In  setting  forth  his  proposal  for  health  care  reform.  President  Clinton 
established  several  laudable  goals  for  what  such  reform  should  achieve,  namely: 
simplicity,  security,  savings,  choice  and  quality.  Unfortimately,  the  Clinton  Health 
Security  Act  is  structurally  incapable  of  achieving  those  goals.  The  only  health 
reform  proposal  before  the  Congress  which  achieves  these  goals  is  H.R.  1200/S.491, 
the  American  Health  Security  Act. 

A.  Simplicity.    H.R.  1200,  the  single  payer  plan,  is  simple;  everyone  is  in  the 
same  plan,  with  the  same  benefits,  no  matter  where  they  live,  work  or  what  their 
income  level.  In  contrast,  the  Clinton  health  plan  is  so  complicated  as  to  be  virtually 
unexplainable,  to  say  nothing  of  the  expenses  of  funding  these  "complications." 
Rather  than  removing  bureaucracies,  the  plan  inserts  two  new  layers--the  hecdth 
alliances  and  the  HMOs-between  you  and  your  doctor. 

The  Clinton  plan  is  confusing  and  unfair  because  it  establishes  and 
institutionalizes  different  tiers  of  care  depending  on  one's  income,  age  and  place  of 
employment.  Seniors  continue  to  receive  Medicare;  Medicaid  recipients  go  into  the 
new  system  v^dth  reduced  benefits;  people  buy  care  through  newly  created  "health 
alliances;"  the  level  of  care  depends  on  ability  to  pay  for  more  expensive  "fee-for- 
service"  care  and  if  you  can't,  you  have  to  join  an  HMO.  Large  employers  can  opt 
out  of  the  plan  altogether. 

If  people  and  businesses  cannot  afford  to  pay  their  health  premiums,  they  are 
subsidized  (as  soon  as  the  savings  are  achieved  and  then  for  as  long  as  they  last)  by 
the  federal  government.  The  Health  Alliances  have  to  figxire  out  how  much  to 
subsidize  each  person  based  on  their  income  level,  the  size  of  their  business,  etc.  If 
the  subsidy  was  wrong  it  will  have  to  be  adjusted  retroactively.  The  amount  of 
complexity  these  contingencies  generate  is  difficult  to  overestimate.  The  Clinton  plan 
could  not  be  less  simple. 

B.  Savings.  H.R.  1200  would  save  upwards  of  $117  billion  in  administrative 
waste  and  more  by  going  to  a  single  payer  system  and  by  setting  global  budgets  and 
fees.  According  to  figures  released  by  Rep.  McDermott  last  week,  75%  of  consumers 
would  pay  less  out  of  pocket  for  health  care  than  they  do  now.  Single  payer  saves 
money. 

Soon  we  will  know  from  the  Congressional  Budget  Office  exactly  how  much 
savings  the  Clinton  plan  can  produce.  Preliminary  estimates  show  the  plan  achieving 
marginal  savings  by  "streamlining"  the  insurance  paperwork--$6  to  $8  billion  a  year. 
At  the  same  time,  the  Clinton  plan  adds  a  cost  of  $21  billion  a  year  to  pay  for  the 
new  layer  of  bureaucracy-the  health  alliances.^ 


^Himmelstein,  David  and  Woolhandler,  Steffie,  1993. 


263 


Competition  amongst  health  plans  provides  illusory  savings  at  best.  Managed 
competition  will  hasten  the  existing  trend  in  this  direction.   Already  45%  of  all  HMOs 
are  owned  by  the  5  largest  insurance  companies-QGNA,  Aetna,  Prudential,  The 
Travellers,  and  MetLife.'  Because  it  is  likely  that  the  plans  vnU  eventually  be  owned 
by  only  a  few  giant  corporations,  an  oligopoly  will  result.  Oligopolies  have  no 
incentive  to  compete;  they  instead  act  in  concert  to  enlarge  the  size  of  the  pie  so  that 
they  can  all  have  a  bigger  piece  of  it. 

Furthermore,  the  plan  contains  no  global  operating  budgets,  cmd  no  negotiated 
fee  schedules  for  physicians  or  pharmaceuticals  (outside  of  the  government-controlled 
Medicare  which  is  squeezed  to  find  new  money  to  fund  the  iminsured).  The  plan  is 
virtually  incapable  of  saving  enough  money  to  cover  the  new  people  it  hopes  to  bring 
in. 

On  an  individual  level,  there  is  little  in  the  way  of  savings  either.  Individual 
consumers  will  have  to  pay  high  out-of-pocket  expenses  in  the  form  of  co-payments 
and  deductibles.  Although  estimates  on  the  individual  savings  vary,  it  is  clear  that 
the  number  of  people  who  will  pay  less  under  the  Clinton  plan  for  health  care  does 
not  begin  to  approach  the  75  percent  of  us  who  will  pay  less  under  H.R.  1200.  The 
Clinton  plan  does  not  produce  sufficient  savings  to  pay  for  universal  coverage. 

In  contrast,  the  CBO  and  General  Accounting  Ctffice  (GAO)  have  consistently 
found  not  only  that  single  payer  is  the  only  health  reform  before  the  Congress  which 
saves  money,  but  it  is  the  only  plan  which  saves  money  while  providing  universal 
coverage  simultaneously. 

C.  Security.  H.R.  1200  provides  complete  security  because  coverage  goes  with 
the  person  not  her  job,  her  spouse  or  her  place  of  residence.  All  are  covered  under 
H.R.  1200  from  cradle  to  grave  and  no  one  can  take  it  away. 

Because  it  is  employer-based  and  under-funded,  the  Clinton  health  care  plan 
cannot  provide  Americans  with  badly-needed  health  security.    As  long  as  the  type, 
extent  and  quality  of  health  care  coverage  received  is  dependent  on  employment 
status,  we're  all  at  risk  because  we  may  lose  or  change  our  jobs.  The  Clinton  health 
care  plan  depends  entirely  on  employers  to  cover  the  workers  of  this  country.  The 
rest  of  us  are  financed  by  money  (nearly  $285  billion)  which  is  siphoned  from  the 
Medicare  system  by  "slowing  its  growth  rate."  Such  financing  is  so  flinisy  that  it 
reinforces  rather  than  alleviates  the  current  insecurity  of  Americar\s  about  their  health 
care. 

D.  Choice.  Perhaps  the  biggest  fallacy  about  a  single  payer  system  is  that  it 
would  restrict  choice.  H.R.  1200  provides  a  real  choice  of  provider  because 
consimiers  can  take  their  Health  Security  Card  to  the  doctor  of  their  choice.  They  can 
also  go  to  an  HMO  or  managed  care  facility  if  they  prefer.  Plans  and  doctors 
compete  on  the  basis  of  quality,  rather  than  cost.  Managed  care  and  fee-for-service 
medicine  will  only  survive  if  consumers  choose  to  go  to  them. 

By  design,  the  Clinton  health  care  system  restricts  choice  of  provider.  The  main 
cost  controls  in  the  plan  come  from  encouraging  people  to  leave  traditional  fee-for- 
service  plans  and  enter  managed  care  plans.   By  making  the  fee-for-service  option 
more  expensive  than  HMOs,  the  Clinton  plan  would  herd  people  into  HMOs  and 
away  from  free  choice  of  doctor,  unless  they  are  wealthy  enough  to  afford  the  other 
option.  The  President  himself  emphasizes  choice  of  plan  over  d\oice  of  provider, 
acknowledging  that  the  choice  of  provider  is  limited  in  his  plan.  What  consumers 
really  cherish  is  choice  of  provider  not  plan.  Single  payer  provides  that  choice. 

E.  Quality.  While  the  Clinton  bill  restricts  consumers'  legal  rights  to 
restitution  from  negligent  providers,  H.R.  1200  preserves  consumers'  rights  and  for 
that  we  applaud  its  sponsors. 

Unfortvmately,  the  applause  ends  there.  Like  all  current  Congressional  health 
care  proposals,  both  plans  have  ignored  the  vital  concern  of  affirmatively  protecting 
consumers  from  negligent  providers.  Although  many  plaits  pursue  "quality 
assurance"  through  anonymous  data  collection,  practice  guidelines,  and  protocols, 
there  are  no  provisions  for  meaningful  regulation  of  the  medical  profession. 


*Knov^rn  as  "the  Alliance  for  Managed  Competition." 


264 


Congress  should  pursue  an  affirmative  agenda  of  consumer  protection  highlighted  by 
medical  malpractice  prevention  and  consumer  empowerment. 
Specific  suggestions  include: 

1.  Reducing  the  number  of  unnecessary  deaths  and  injuries  caused  by 
negligent  medical  treatment  by  creating  a  comprehensive  medical  malpractice 
prevention  program; 

2.  Developing  independent,  publicly-accountable  state  medical  boards; 

3.  Establishing  more  stringent  physician  licensing  and  discipline 
procedures; 

4.  Empowering  health  consumers  by  mandating  reporting  of 
information  regarding  incompetent  health  care  providers;  and 

5.  Authorizing  consumer  access  to  information  regarding  health  care 
providers  through  the  taxpayer-funded  National  Practitioner  Data  Bank. 

VI.  CONCLUSION 

H.R.  1200,  the  American  Health  Security  Act,  is,  despite  some  flaws,  the  best 
representation  of  a  single  payer  system  before  the  House  of  Representatives.  More 
importantly,  it  is  the  only  plan  before  the  Congress  capable  of  fulfilling  the 
President's  nonnegotiable  demand  of  universal  coverage. 

In  crafting  this  bill,  the  sponsors  of  H.R.  1200  have  ingeniously  adopted  the 
strengths  of  the  Canadian-system,  while  eliminating  its  few  weaknesses. 

As  a  govemment-/inflncai  system  with  full  choice  of  doctor  rather  than  a 
govemment-rwn  system  vwthout,  single  payer  is  uniquely  adaptable  to  the  American 
system.  In  it,  we  could  have  competition  which  truly  benefits  consumers,  between 
doctors  on  the  basis  of  quality  rather  than  between  HMOs  on  the  basis  of  cost. 


265 

Mr.  Cardin.  Thank  you  very  much  for  your  testimony. 
Mr.  Smedley. 

STATEMENT  OF  LAWRENCE  T.  SMEDLEY,  EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR,  NATIONAL  COUNCIL  OF  SENIOR  CITIZENS 

Mr.  Smedley.  Good  morning.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  be  here  today. 

My  name  is  Larry  Smedley.  I  am  the  executive  director  of  the 
National  Council  of  Senior  Citizens. 

After  years  of  careful  consideration  of  different  approaches  to 
health  care  reform,  the  National  Council  adopted  a  set  of  health  re- 
form principles  which  determine  which  specific  legislation  merits 
our  support. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  health  system  that  best  incorporates  our  prin- 
ciples is  the  single  payer  approach  embodied  in  the  legislation  in- 
troduced by  Jim  McDermott  and  Senator  Wellstone,  H.R.  1200  and 
Senate  bill  491. 

Single  payer  provides  a  sensible  approach  to  most  of  our  health 
care  problems.  It  will  reach  every  resident  of  this  country  and 
guarantee  that  their  health  care  needs  will  be  met.  It  will  be  paid 
for  fairly  through  a  progressive  income  and  business  tax  system 
with  those  who  can  afford  paying  a  fair  share. 

Single  payer  finally  allows  us  to  get  a  solid  handle  on  costs  that 
are  spinning  out  of  control.  Single  payer  will  expand  benefits  for 
all  Americans,  provide  an  array  of  preventive  health  care  services, 
prescription  drugs,  long-term  services  keyed  to  community  and 
home-based  supports. 

Finally,  single  payer  keeps  the  private  health  delivery  system  in- 
tact and  builds  on  the  strength  of  that  system. 

Passage  of  a  single-payer  system  is  the  ultimate  goal  of  the  Na- 
tional Council.  However,  our  arrival  at  that  goal  may  not  be  as  di- 
rect as  we  might  wish. 

As  you  know,  the  President  of  the  United  States  has  introduced 
a  comprehensive  plan  to  cover  all  Americans.  We  have  examined 
the  President's  bill  in  the  context  of  our  own  health  care  principles. 
We  have  found  many  reasons  for  senior  citizens  to  support  his 
health  proposal. 

Universal  coverage  is  guaranteed  by  1998,  and  that  is  the  key 
reason  that  the  National  Council  believes  that  the  President's  plan 
advances  the  health  reform  debate.  No  other  health  care  proposal, 
other  than  single  payer,  comes  close  to  meeting  this  goal. 

The  bill  has  strong  cost  containment.  If  we,  as  a  Nation,  cannot 
hold  down  the  spiraling  growth  in  private  health  care  expenditures, 
we  will  never  be  able  to  achieve  any  meaningful,  long-term  deficit 
reduction  or  needed  domestic  improvements. 

Under  the  President's  bill,  Medicare  is  strengthened  with  the  ad- 
dition of  a  prescription  drug  benefit  with  capped  out-of-pocket  cost, 
and  balanced  billing  is  finally  eliminated  under  Medicare. 

Pre-Medicare  or  early  retirees  are  also  covered.  While  some  in 
Congress  may  see  this  as  a  boon  to  those  corporations  who  now 
provide  retiree  health  benefits,  it  is  actually  a  necessary  component 
of  reaching  universal  coverage. 

And  though  the  bill  has  some  good  features,  which  I  have  out- 
lined, this  does  not  mean  that  the  National  Council  believes  the 


266 

Clinton  bill  to  be  without  flaw.  There  are  key  improvements  we 
would  like  to  see 

Mr.  Cardin.  Mr.  Smedley,  let  me  interrupt  you  just  for  1  minute, 
and  I  apologize  for  doing  that. 

There  are  3  minutes  left  on  a  vote.  I  was  hoping  that  Mr.  Stark 
would  be  back. 

I  am  going  to  have  to  declare  a  short  recess,  and  we  will  recon- 
vene within  5  minutes.  I  would  ask  the  witnesses  to  please  stay  at 
the  table.  We  should  be  able  to  reconvene  within  5  minutes,  and 
I  very  much  apologize  for  the  interruption. 

[Recess.] 

Chairman  Stark  [presiding].  Mr.  Smedley,  I  am  sorry.  If  it  were 
not  for  the  weather,  this  system  would  work  much  more  smoothly, 
and  we  would  not  have  interrupted  your  testimony. 

Mr.  Smedley.  Oh,  that  is  understandable,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  STAJtK.  Please,  if  you  would  like  to  pick  up  wherever 
in  your  testimony  you  care  to.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Smedley.  I  will  pick  up  where  I  left  off. 

Although  the  bill  has  all  these  good  features — I  am  referring  now 
to  the  President's  bill — this  does  not  mean  that  the  National  Coun- 
cil believes  the  Clinton  bill  to  be  without  flaw.  There  are  key  im- 
provements we  would  like  to  have  made  in  the  bill  as  drafted.  Un- 
fortunately, some  of  them  are  highly  technical,  and  time  does  not 
permit  me  to  go  into  them  today. 

Chairman  Stark.  Give  us  a  hint. 

Mr.  Smedley.  Well,  you  can  ask  some  questions,  if  you  so  desire, 
Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  want  to  know  what  those  overly  technical  is- 
sues are. 

Mr.  Smedley.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee 
and  Members  of  Congress,  you  will  be  hearing  from  us  on  these 
and  other  issues  as  health  care  legislation  goes  through  Congress. 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  conclusion,  the  National  Council  believes  that 
national  health  reform  debate  now  centers  on  the  President's  bill, 
H.R.  3600. 

Nevertheless,  we  now  that  a  single-payer  system  will  be  adopted 
by  this  Nation  one  day,  and  we  are  going  to  do  all  we  can  to  fur- 
ther that  day  along.  This  is  one  reason  where  we  are  going  to  be 
fighting  very  hard  for  Congress  to  pass  the  single  State  option  the 
President  included  in  his  bill. 

We  support  the  President's  bill  because  we  see  that  the  bill  is 
laying  the  foundation  of  a  national  and  efficient  system  of  health 
care.  We  will  be  working  with  the  Congress  and  this  subcommittee 
to  bring  the  Clinton  plan  in  line  with  as  many  single-payer  prin- 
ciples as  we  possibly  can,  and  with  your  help,  our  members'  nard 
work,  and  God's  blessing,  we  will  enact  the  most  fundamental  re- 
structuring of  the  health  care  system  in  our  Nation's  history. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


267 


Testimony  of  Lawrence  T.  Smedley 

Executive  Director 

National  Council  of  Senior  Citizens 
Introduction 

Good  morning,  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  Subcommittee.  It  is  a  pleasure  to 
be  here  today.  My  name  is  Lawrence  T.  Smedley.  I  am  the  Executive  Director  of  the 
National  Council  of  Senior  Citizens  (NCSC).  NCSC  represents  over  five  million  older 
and  retired  Americans  nationwide  through  our  5,000  affiliated  clubs  and  Councils.  The 
National  Council  was  founded  in  1961  to  lead  the  fight  for  Medicare.  After  its 
enactment — an  event  we  considered  to  be  the  first  step  in  the  creation  of  a  universal 
national  health  care  system — the  Council  continued  its  work  on  health  reform.  At  the 
same  time,  we  expanded  our  commitment  to  programs  for  older  workers,  transportation, 
housing,  civil  rights  and  Social  Security  and  pension  protections.  Our  work  is  not  just  for 
today's  retirees,  but  also  for  current  workers  who  will  one  day  enjoy  the  fruits  of  their 
labor  and  for  younger  persons  not  yet  in  the  workforce. 

Health  Principles 

Over  the  decades,  the  National  Council  has  debated  which  way  this  nation  should 
provide  health  care  to  all  its  citizens.  After  careful  consideration  of  many  different 
approaches,  our  membership  and  General  Policy  Board  adopted  a  set  of  health  reform 
principles.  The  principles  are  used  by  our  officers  and  legislative  staff  to  determine  if 
specific  legislation  merits  the  support  of  the  National  Council.  The  health  reform  goals 
of  this  organization  and  America's  seniors  are  incorporated  in  these  principles.  They  are: 

Universal  coverage,  with  everyone  in  the  same  system. 

Comprehensive  benefits  so  that  all  medically  necessary  services  will  be  provided 
to  all  without  multiple  tiers  of  benefits  based  on  income,  age  or  other  extraneous 
factors. 

Costs  must  be  controlled  throughout  the  system. 

Financing  must  be  fair  and  progressive. 

Cost  sharing  must  not  create  barriers  to  receiving  care  and  must  not  be  relied  upon 
to  finance  the  system. 

Quality  must  be  strengthened  with  consumer  protections. 

Health  planning  must  be  undertaken  to  allow  all  our  citizens  equal  access  to  high- 
tech  medicine. 

Patients'  rights  must  be  spelled  out  to  guarantee  the  timely  delivery  of  services. 

The  Federal  government  and  states  must  oversee  the  program  to  ensure  a  strong 
role  for  consumers  in  the  administration  of  the  program. 

Finally,  whatever  system  is  adopted  must  point  the  way  towards  a  single-payer 
system. 

Single-Paver 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  health  system  that  best  incorporates  these  principles  is  the 
single-payer  approach  embodied  in  the  legislation  introduced  by  Congressman  Jim 
McDermott  (D-Wash.)  and  Senator  Paul  Wellstone  (D-Minn.>— H.R.  1200/S.  491. 


268 


Single-payer  provides  a  sensible  approach  to  most  of  our  health  care  problems.  It 
will  reach  every  resident  of  this  country  and  guarantee  that  their  health  care  needs  will  be 
met.  It  will  be  paid  for  fairly  through  a  progressive  income  and  business  tax  system  with 
those  who  can  afford  paying  a  fair  share,  while  lower-income  people  will  not  see  their  tax 
burden  increased.  Under  the  Wellstone/McDermott  bills,  up  to  90  percent  of  all 
Americans  will  see  their  overall  health  care  spending  decrease. 

Single-payer  allows  us  to  finally  get  a  solid  handle  on  costs  that  are  spinning  out 
of  control.  (NCSC  believes  that  the  current  trend  showing  slower  growth  in  overall  health 
spending  is  a  cynical  manipulation  of  the  system  by  the  insurers  and  providers  of  health 
care  to  lull  us  into  believing  there  is  no  financial  crisis.)  Only  through  system-wide  cost 
controls  will  we  be  able  to  put  an  end  to  providers  being  able  to  pit  one  group  against 
another  (e.g.,  raising  private  pay  rates  to  make  up  for  falling  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
rates). 

Single-payer  will  expand  benefits  for  all  Americans.  It  will  allow  us  to  provide  an 
extended  array  of  preventive  care  services  to  keep  people  healthy,  prescription  drugs  to 
maintain  that  health,  and  long-term  care  services  keyed  to  community  and  home-based 
supports  rather  than  to  institutional  services. 

Finally,  single-payer  keeps  the  private  health  delivery  system  intact  and  it  builds 
on  the  strengths  of  that  system. 

Passage  of  a  single-payer  system  is  the  ultimate  goal  of  the  National  Council. 
However,  our  arrival  at  that  goal  may  not  be  as  direct  as  we  might  wish. 

President  Clinton's  Legislation 

As  you  know,  the  President  of  the  United  States  has  introduced  a  comprehensive 
plan  to  cover  all  Americans.  We  examined  the  Clinton  bill  in  the  context  of  our  own 
health  care  principles.  We  have  found  many  reasons  for  seniors  to  support  the  Clinton 
health  proposal. 

Universal  coverage  guaranteed  by  1998  is  a  key  reason  the  National  Council 
believes  that  H.R.  3600  advances  the  health  reform  debate.  No  other  health  care  proposal, 
other  than  single-payer,  comes  close  to  meeting  this  important  goal. 

Strong  cost  containment:  If  we  as  a  nation  cannot  hold  down  the  spiraling  growth 
in  private  health  care  expenditures,  we  will  never  be  able  to  control  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  costs — leaving  us  unable  to  achieve  any  meaningful,  long-term  deficit  reduction 
or  needed  domestic  investments. 

Under  H.R.  3600,  Medicare  is  strengthened  with  the  addition  of  a  prescription  drug 
benefit  with  capped  out-of-pocket  costs.  Balance  billing  is  finally  eliminated  under 
Medicare.  NCSC  fought  for  many  years,  both  here  in  Congress  and  in  State  Houses 
across  the  nation,  to  have  this  onerous  and  regressive  cost-sharing  provision  removed  from 
the  Medicare  program. 

Pre-Medicare  or  "early"  retirees  are  covered.  While  some  in  Congress  may  see  this 
as  a  boon  to  those  corporations  which  now  provide  retiree  health  benefits,  it  is  actually 
a  necessary  component  for  reaching  universal  coverage.  Of  the  ten  million  pre-Medicare 
retirees,  only  about  forty  percent  have  any  business-provided  health  insurance.  Only  four 
percent  of  all  U.S.  companies  provide  any  retiree  health  benefits.  This  means  six  million 
older  Americans  are  either  buying  individual  insurance  policies  themselves,  are  utilizing 
government  assistance  or  are  going  without  such  protection.  The  pre-Medicare  retiree 
benefit  is  fundamentally  not  a  business  benefit,  but  a  help  to  retired  workers  and  their 


269 


families.  Many  of  these  people  were  "down-sized"  out  of  the  workplace.  They  would 
have  continued  working  had  their  employer  not  told  them  they  would  get  either  a  pension 
check  or  an  unemployment  check. 

This  President  has  taken  leadership  to  acknowledge  that  meeting  chronic  care  needs 
are  as  important  as  acute  services.  The  creation  of  a  non-means-tested  long-term  home 
and  community-based  care  program  for  citizens  of  all  ages  takes  the  crucial  first  step  of 
meeting  chronic  care  needs  that  increase  with  age  across  the  nation. 

This  same  commitment  to  seniors'  health  needs  of  America  cannot  be  found  in  the 
Cooper/Breaux  bill  which  will  eliminate  all.  Federal  support  for  long-term  care  forcing  the 
states  to  pick  up  the  difference.  It  cannot  be  found  in  the  Michel/Lott  bill  which  simply 
cuts  reimbursement  rates  for  Medicare  making  it  harder  for  beneficiaries  to  find  a 
provider.  These  pieces  of  legislation,  and  similar  efforts,  only  take  fi-om  Medicare  and 
offer  nothing  in  exchange. 

The  National  Council  strongly  believes  that  the  useful  debate  should  not  be  between 
the  so-called  "Clinton-lite"  plans  and  Clinton,  but  rather  between  H.R.  3600  and  H.R. 
1200.  As  the  polls  show,  it  is  not  a  matter  of  how  far  the  American  people  want  to  go, 
it  is  a  question  of  how  far  Congress  is  willing  to  hold  us  back  from  truly  effective 
solutions. 

This  does  not  mean  the  National  Council  believes  the  Clinton  bill  to  be  without 
flaw.   There  are  key  improvements  we  would  like  to  have  made  to  the  bill  as  drafted. 

In  order  to  create  a  single-tiered  health  care  system  and  to  eliminate  the  perception 
that  older  citizens  could  be  treated  as  second-class  medical  citizens  under  H.R.  3600,  we 
believe  Medicare  beneficiaries  should  be  given  the  option  to  join  a  health  alliance  plan 
or  return  to  Medicare  during  the  open  enrollment  season.  If  a  senior  opts  into  the  health 
alliance  system,  then  Medicare  should  be  required  to  pay  the  80  percent  average-weighted 
premium  like  Medicaid,  rather  than  Medicare  paying  to  the  alliance  what  it  would  have 
paid  had  the  beneficiary  stayed  in  Medicare.  The  health  alliance  premium  for  an  older 
citizen  must,  like  their  younger  counterpart,  be  community-rated  if  we  are  to  piu"ge  a 
major  evil  of  the  current  insurance  system  of  risk  adjustments  of  premium  by  age. 

We  are  also  concerned  about  the  ability  of  Medicare  to  absorb  another  $124  billion 
in  cuts.  In  order  to  mitigate  these  changes  and  stop  the  current  trend  of  physicians  turning 
away  Medicare  beneficiaries,  we  believe  private-pay  rates  and  Medicare  rates  should  be 
linked  together.  By  legislating  that  Medicare  rates  could  not'  be  lower  than  seven  percent 
of  the  average  reimbursement  for  a  geographic  location,  Congress  would  ensure  providers 
would  not  lack  an  economic  incentive  to  see  Medicare  patients.  Also,  if  the  private-sector 
cost  containment  were  more  successful  than  anticipated.  Medicare  growth  would  fall  more 
quickly.  We  also  believe  that  the  Congress  should  consider  a  hard-nosed  anti- 
discrimination clause  in  H.R.  3600  assuring  that  Medicare  beneficiaries  will  not  lose 
access  because  of  lower  payments  to  providers. 

In  fairness,  since  the  Clinton  program  provides  financial  protections  to  those  at  150 
percent  of  poverty  or  below,  the  Qualified  Medicare  Beneficiary  (QMB)  eligibility 
thresholds  should  be  raised  to  this  level.  We  would  also  like  to  see  a  Federal  minimum 
benefit  level  specifying  services  established  for  the  long-term  home  and  community-based 
care  program  in  order  to  establish  a  uniform  set  of  support  services  throughout  the  states. 
The  eligibility  requirement  should  also  be  reduced  from  three  activities  of  daily  living  to 
two  based  on  a  care  manager's  assessment  of  need. 


270 


Single-Paver  Option 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  National  Council  believes  that  national  health  reform  debate  now 
centers  on  H.R.  3600.  As  I  said  earlier,  we  want  that  debate  to  continue  and  to 
incorporate  the  benchmarks  established  by  the  single-payer  proposals.  We  know  that  a 
single-payer  system  will  be  adopted  by  this  nation  one  day,  and  we  are  going  to  do  all  we 
can  to  further  that  day  along.  That  is  one  reason  why  we  are  going  to  be  fighting  very 
hard  for  Congress  to  pass  the  single-payer  state  option  the  President  included  in  his  bill. 

Several  states  are  already  interested  in  adopting  a  single-payer  system  and  the 
Federal  government  should  not  prevent  their  doing  so.  The  Congress  of  California 
Seniors,  as  you  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  very  much  involved  in  the  California  Health 
Access  campaign  to  pass  a  single-payer  initiative  in  your  home  state.  Canada  did  not 
adopt  its  successful  single-payer  structure  overnight,  rather  it  was  enacted  one  province 
at  a  time.  If  that  is  what  it  will  take  to  demonstrate  the  political  commitment  for  this 
approach  to  our  Federal  legislators,  then  we  are  prepared  to  work  for  single-payer,  state- 
by-state.  What  we  will  not  support  is  a  retreat  from  basic  assumptions  of  the  President's 
proposal.  That  would  betray  the  principles  demanded  by  our  members. 

Goals  of  the  National  Council  of  Senior  Citizens 

This  organization  has  not  backed  away  from  our  single-payer  support.  We  support 
the  Clinton  bill  because  we  see  the  Clinton  bill  as  laying  the  foundation  of  a  national  and 
efficient  system  of  health  care.  We  will  be  working  with  the  Congress  and  this 
subcommittee  to  bring  the  Clinton  plan  in  line  with  as  many  single-payer  principles  as  we 
possibly  can.  We  will  then  use  every  resource  we  have  available  to  ensure  the  passage 
of  a  progressive  health  reform  package.  We  will  oppose  any  and  all  legislation  that  does 
not  meet  our  principles  and  sets  back  the  cause  of  senior  health  care  and  the  health  needs 
of  all  citizens. 

With  your  help,  our  members'  hard  work,  and  God's  blessing,  we  will  enact  the 
most  fundamental  restructuring  of  the  health  care  system  in  our  nation's  history.  Thank 
you. 


271 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 
Dr.  Walker. 

STATEMENTT  OF  MICHAEL  A.  WALKER,  PH.D.,  EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR,  THE  ERASER  INSTITUTE,  VANCOUVER,  CANADA 

Mr.  Walker.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  must  say 
I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  your  committee  to 
bring  you  the  results  of  the  Fraser  Institute's  latest  survey  of  hos- 
pital waiting  lists  in  Canada. 

First  by  way  of  introduction,  the  Fraser  Institute  is  a  federally- 
chartered,  nonprofit  research  organization  which  conducts  studies 
of  public  policy  issues  in  Canada,  and  the  Institute  has  published 
three  book-length  studies  that  examine  Canada's  health  care  sys- 
tem from  different  points  of  view.  The  latest  study  entitled  "Caring 
for  Profit"  was  conducted  by  professor  Malcolm  Brown,  a  self-pro- 
fessed advocate  of  Canada's  approach  to  single-payer  health  care, 
just  to  give  you  the  idea  that  we  do  not  have  a  monolithic  view  on 
this  topic. 

The  Institute  also  conducts  an  annual  survey  of  physicians  to  de- 
termine the  extent  to  which  access  to  health  care  is  rationed  as  a 
result  of  the  fact  that  the  demand  for  health  care  is  steadily  in- 
creasing, but  the  supply  is  limited  by  a  series  of  budgetary  caps. 

The  survey  produces  two  measures  of  rationing,  the  waiting  time 
for  appointments  to  see  a  specialist  and  the  waiting  time  for  treat- 
ment once  the  specialist  has  been  seen.  Since  all  patients  proceed- 
ing to  either  of  these  steps  must  first  have  seen  a  general  practi- 
tioner for  a  referral,  it  can  be  reasonably  assumed  that  those  wait- 
ing represent  a  legitimate  demand  for  care. 

While  a  survey  of  specialists  may  be  the  only  practical  way  to  de- 
termine specialist  waiting  times,  it  is  not  the  preferred  way  to 
measure  hospital  waiting  lists.  The  Institute  adopted  this  survey 
approach  only  after  ascertaining  that  hospitals  do  not  have  the  in- 
formation required  to  build  a  comprehensive  waiting  list  in  Can- 
ada. 

The  publication  of  our  surveys  for  the  last  several  years  has 
stimulated  considerable  interest  in  the  area,  and  I  am  hopeful  that 
within  several  years  Provincial  governments  will  publish  com- 
prehensive hospital-based  waiting  lists  of  a  kind  which  are  typical 
in  the  United  Kingdom,  for  example. 

I  have  provided  you  with  copies  of  this  year's  survey  from  the 
Fraser  Institute.  There  are  many  interesting  aspects  of  the  study, 
but  two  seem  to  be  of  particular  relevance  to  your  deliberations. 

The  first  is  that  it  is  a  misnomer  to  refer  to  "the  Canadian  health 
care  system"  as  though  it  were  one  uniform  system  providing  simi- 
lar service  for  all  Canadians.  In  fact,  access  to  the  health  care  sys- 
tem varies  dramatically  depending  on  where  in  the  country  one  en- 
counters it. 

As  chart  I  shows — and  for  those  of  you  who  have  copies  of  it,  I 
would  ask  you  to  look  at  chart  I — and  as  that  chart  shows,  average 
total  waiting  time  from  referral  by  the  general  practitioner  to  treat- 
ment ranges  from  11  weeks  in  Ontario  to  21  weeks  in  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island. 


272 

Wait  times  also  vary  within  Provinces  among  specialties.  In  On- 
tario, for  example,  wait  times  varied  from  3.7  weeks  for  urology  to 
12.6  weeks  for  ophthalmology. 

The  fact  that  Ontario  has  generally  the  shortest  waiting  lists 
may  be  of  particular  interest  to  the  committee,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  Ontario  was  the  only  province  studied  when  the  U.S.  Greneral 
Accounting  Office  did  a  ministudy  of  waiting  lists  a  few  years  ago. 
Ontario  is  not  typical,  as  our  survey  clearly  shows.  So  any  implica- 
tions or  any  inferences  that  the  GAO  or  your  committee  or  anybody 
else  might  draw  from  looking  at  Ontario  is  clearly  not  giving  you 
a  good  impression  of  what  is  happening  in  the  country  overall. 

The  second  interesting  aspect  of  the  survey  relating  to  the  first 
is  the  apparent  correlation  between  the  waiting  time  for  treatment 
and  the  amount  which  the  various  Provinces  spend  on  health  care. 
This  is  evident  from  Chart  II. 

As  can  be  seen  there,  there  are  two  groupings  of  waiting  times, 
and  these  are  roughly  aligned  with  the  amount  that  each  of  the 
Provinces  spends  per  capita  on  health  care.  Provinces  that  spend 
more  per  capita  on  health  care  have  shorter  waiting  times  on  aver- 
age than  those  that  spend  less.  Ontario,  which  spent  the  most,  has 
the  shortest  waiting  time,  while  Prince  Edward  Island,  which  spent 
the  least,  has  the  longest  waiting  times. 

Evidently  this  point  is  of  some  significance  when  Americans  look 
to  Canada  for  guidance  in  revising  their  health  care  arrangements. 
What  the  Canadian  experience  seems  to  suggest  is  that  centralized 
control  of  health  care  spending  can  indeed  limit  the  total  amount 
that  is  spent.  However,  with  rising  levels  of  demand,  the  inevitable 
consequence  is  the  rationing  of  care,  and  the  tighter  the  spending 
control,  the  more  rationing  will  result  and  the  longer  will  people 
have  to  wait  for  care. 

Recent  fiscal  developments  in  Canada  suggest  that  waiting  times 
are  likely  to  increase  in  the  future.  All  Provinces  and  the  Federal 
Government  are  experiencing  very  large  deficits.  One  of  the  con- 
sequences is  that  the  funding  of  health  care  is  being  reduced  at  a 
time  when  demographic  pressures  are  increasing  the  demand  for 
health  care.  The  inevitable  consequence  will  be  increases  in  the  ex- 
tent of  rationing. 

In  other  words,  as  Americans  look  north  to  Canada,  they  have 
to  decide  whether  they  want  a  health  care  system  like  that  in  On- 
tario with  its  11-week  waits  or  that  in  Prince  Edward  Island  with 
its  21-week  waits.  If  they  do  not  like  the  idea  of  11-week  waits, 
then  they  should  avoid  budget  capping  as  an  approach  to  health 
care.  And  since  budget  capping  is  the  silver  bullet  or  the  cost  con- 
trol that  is  built  into  all  of  the  major  proposals  which  currently 
have  been  made  for  the  revision  of  your  health  care  system  and 
certainly  are  an  integral  part  of  a  single-payer  system,  I  heartily 
recommend  that  you  look  carefully  at  this  Canadian  experience  be- 
fore you  proceed. 

Thank  you  very  much  for  the  opportunity  to  make  this  presen- 
tation to  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachments  follow:] 


273 

THE  FRASER  INSTITUTE 


I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  your  Committee  to  bring  you  the  results  of 
The  Eraser  Institute's  latest  survey  of  hospital  waiting  lists.  The  Fraser  Institute  is  a  federally 
chartered  non-profit  research  organization  which  conducts  studies  of  public  policy  issues. 
The  Institute  has  published  three  book-length  studies  that  examine  Canada's  health  care 
system  from  different  points  of  view.  The  latest  study,  Caring  for  Profit,  was  conducted  by 
Professor  Malcolm  Brown,  a  scif-profcsscd  advocate  of  Canada's  approach  to  single  payer 
health  care. 

Tlic  Institute  also  conducts  an  annual  survey  of  physicians  to  determine  the  extent  to  which 
access  to  health  care  is  rationed  as  the  result  of  the  fact  that  the  demand  for  health  care  is 
steadily  increasing  but  the  supply  is  limited  by  a  scries  of  budgetary  caps.  The  survey 
produces  two  measures  of  rationing — the  waiting  time  for  appointments  to  see  a  specialist 
and  the  waiting  time  for  treatment  once  the  specialist  has  been  seen.  Since  all  patients 
proceeding  to  either  of  these  steps  must  first  have  seen  a  general  practitioner  for  a  referral, 
it  can  be  reasonably  assumed  that  those  waiting  represent  a  legitimate  demand  for  care. 

While  a  survey  of  specialists  may  be  the  only  practical  way  to  determine  specialist  waiting 
times,  it  is  not  the  preferred  way  to  measure  hospital  waiting  lists.  The  Institute  adopted  this 
survey  approach  only  after  ascertaining  that  hospitals  do  not  have  the  information  required 
to  build  a  comprehensive  waiting  list.  The  publication  of  our  surveys  for  the  last  several 
years  has  stimulated  considerable  interest  in  the  area  and  I  am  hopeful  that  within  several 
years,  provincial  governments  will  publish  comprehensive  hospital-based  waiting  lists  of  a 
kind  which  are  typical  in  the  United  Kingdom,  for  example. 

I  have  provided  you  with  copies  of  this  year's  survey.  There  are  many  interesting  aspects  of 
the  study  but  two  seem  to  be  of  particular  relevance  to  your  deliberations.  The  first  is  that 
it  is  a  misnomer  to  refer  to  the  Canadian  health  care  system  as  though  it  were  one  uniform 
system  providing  similar  service  for  all  Canadians.  In  fact,  access  to  the  health  care  system 
varies  dramatically  depending  where  in  the  country  one  encounters  it. 
As  Chart  1  shows,  average  total  waiting  time  from  referral  by  the  general  practitioner  to 
treatment  ranges  from  eleven  weeks  in  Ontario  to  21  weeks  in  Prince  Edward  Island.  Wait 
times  also  vary  within  provinces  amongst  specialties. 

In  Ontario,  for  example,  wait  times  varied  from  3.7  weeks  for  urology  to  12.6  weeks  for 
ophthalmology.  The  fact  that  Ontario  has,  generally,  the  shortest  waiting  lists  may  be  of 
particular  interest  to  the  Committee  owing  to  the  fact  that  Ontario  was  the  only  province 
studied  when  your  General  Accounting  Office  did  a  mini-study  of  waiting  lists  a  few  years 
ago.  Ontario  is  not  typical  as  our  survey  clearly  shows. 

The  second  interesting  aspect  of  the  survey,  related  to  the  first,  is  the  apparent  correlation 
between  the  waiting  time  for  treatment  and  the  amount  which  the  various  provinces  spend 
on  health  care.  This  is  evident  from  Chart  2. 

As  can  be  seen,  there  are  two  groupings  of  waiting  times  and  these  are  roughly  aligned  with 
the  amount  that  each  of  the  provinces  spends  per  capita  on  health  care.  Provinces  that  spend 
more  per  capita  on  health  care  have  shorter  waiting  times,  on  average,  than  those  that  spend 
less.  Ontario,  which  spent  the  most,  has  the  shortest  waiting  time,  while  Prince  Edward 
Island,  which  spent  the  least,  has  the  longest. 


274 


Evidently,  this  point  is  of  some  significance  when  Americans  look  to  Canada  for  guidance 
in  revising  their  health  care  arrangements.  What  the  Canadian  experience  seems  to  suggest 
is  that  centralized  control  of  health  care  spending  can  indeed  limit  the  total  amount  that  is 
spent.  However,  with  rising  levels  of  demand,  the  inevitable  consequence  is  the  rationing  of 
care.  The  tighter  the  spending  control,  the  more  rationing  will  result  and  the  longer  will 
people  have  to  wait  for  care. 

Recent  fiscal  developments  in  Canada  suggest  that  waiting  times  are  likely  to  increase  in  the 
future.  All  provinces  and  the  federal  government  are  experiencing  very  large  deficits.  One 
of  consequences  is  that  the  funding  of  health  care  is  being  reduced  at  a  time  when 
demographic  pressures  arc  increasing  the  demand  for  health  care.  The  inevitable 
consequence  will  be  increases  in  the  extent  of  rationing. 

In  other  words,  as  Americans  look  north  to  Canada  they  have  to  decide  whether  they  want 
a  health  care  system  like  that  in  Ontario,  with  its  1 1  week  waits,  or  that  in  Prince  Edward 
Island,  with  its  21  week  waiu.  If  they  don't  like  the  idea  of  11  week  waits,  then  they  should 
avoid  budget  capping  as  an  approach  to  health  care. 


275 

Chart  1: 
Total  Waiting  by  Province 

(Time  from  G.P.  Referral  to  Treatment) 


10 


15 


20 


25 


W//////////////M 
W//////////A 


™  Time  waited  for  appointment  with  specialists 
^  Time  waited  for  treatment 

Source:  Fraser  Institute  survey  of  specialists'  waiting  lists. 


Chart  2:  Provincial  Government  Spending 
on  Health  Care  Per  Capita  Versus  Hospital  Waiting  Lists 

(Time  between  booking  of  treatment  and  treatment) 


BC  MAN  ONT  NB  NS 

AB  SASK  QUE  NFLD  PEI 

H  Average  Waits  for  Treatment     ^  Per  Capita  Expenditure  on  Health 

Source:  Per  capita  health  care  expenditure  from  "Public  Finance  Historical 
Data.  1965/66  -  1991/92."  Statistics  Canada  (cat.  68-512). 


276 


B>(saM 


277 


Q. 
O 

o 

(D 

E 
o 

u 

J2> 

C 


o 


O 

O 

L_ 

CL 


aBo^uaojScj 


278 


279 


\ 

u 

\ 

> 

\ 

^ 

\ 

d 

\ 

D 

\ 

> 

\ 

c  ^ 

\ 

-  8 

\ 

o 

\ 

(D       r-* 

ra 

-+-'        .. 

\ 

o    g. 

\ 

ct:  « 

\ 

£ 

\ 

>>  8 

\ 

"*~^  S 

\ 

\ 

"5 

\ 

-M 

\ 

i— 

m                                                                    - 

o 

T 

:^ 

I 

-(-' 

\ 

c 

I 

D 

\ 

M— 

\ 

c 

\ 

1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1           1 

280 


BuiAiAjns   aBo^uaDja^ 


281 


I— 

o 


c 
o 


oioor>-(Ointtoc>i»-oaioor^ioin^«ocM'-o 


000*  L   Jad    BM>Daa 


282 


m 


U 

c 

D 

U 
CD 
Q_ 
X 

Ld 

(D 


o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

00 

1^ 

U3 

in 

•^ 

to 

« 

BJoaA 


283 


284 


cC 

(0 

o> 

c 

00 

CO 

05 

o 

c 

o 
o 

^ 

o 

c 

o 

0) 

o 

b 

(D 

^-. 

O 

<D 

(d 

Q. 

Q- 

^ 

0) 

(D 

CC 

^ 

(D 

a: 

(D 

5 

52 

oa 

(0 

*"*^ 

Q. 

■o 

X 

*? 

0) 

O) 

. 

< 

T— 

0) 

a 

o> 

iT 

c 

r 

0) 

C 
0) 

<D 

r 

o 

F 

^ 

(U 

(0 

o 

CO 

2 
cl) 

Q. 

X 

w 

Q. 

X 

i 

■ 

D 

■ 

285 


C 
Q. 


> 

>> 
n 

O) 
CO 


c 


(0 

c 
o 


CM 

o 

1— 


a? 

S5 

??s 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

oo 

(O 

'^ 

CJ 

O 


.to 

'c 

to 

c 
(5 

Q. 


a; 


286 


1 

CO 


o 

o 

CO 


c 


CO 

x: 

c 
o 


CO 

£ 
iZ 


287 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you  very  much. 
Dr.  MacKillop. 

STATEMENT  OF  WILLIAM  J.  MACKILLOP,  M.D.,  HEAD  OF  RADI- 
ATION  ONCOLOGY,  KINGSTON  REGIONAL  CANCER  CENTER, 
ONTARIO  CANCER  TREATMENT  AND  RESEARCH  FOUNDA- 
TION, AND  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  RADIATION  ONCOLOGY  RE- 
SEARCH UNIT,  QUEEN'S  UNIVERSITY,  KINGSTON,  ONTARIO, 
CANADA 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to 
tell  you  about  how  we  provide  care  for  cancer  patients  in  Canada. 

I  am  a  radiation  oncologist;  that  is  a  cancer  specialist  who  uses 
radiation  to  treat  cancer,  and  I  practice  in  the  city  of  Kingston  in 
the  Canadian  Province  of  Ontario. 

Radiotherapy  is  an  important  form  of  cancer  treatment.  It  cures 
some  patients  and  provides  valuable  pain  relief  for  others  who  can- 
not be  cured. 

To  do  its  job  of  killing  cancer  cells,  radiation  has  to  be  focused 
precisely  on  the  cancer,  which  is  often  deep  in  the  patient's  body. 
It  takes  a  great  deal  of  skill  and  care  to  make  sure  that  we  hit  the 
cancer  without  damaging  the  normal  tissues  around  it. 

Safe,  effective  radiotherapy  relies  heavily  on  complex,  expensive 
equipment  and  requires  a  team  of  highly-trained  physicians,  physi- 
cists, and  technologists. 

Fifty  years  ago,  the  Ciovernment  of  Ontario  recognized  the  enor- 
mous value  of  radiotherapy  and  created  a  cancer  foundation  to 
make  radiation  treatment  available  to  all  Ontarians. 

The  decision  was  made  to  focus  the  expensive  equipment  and  ex- 
pert staff  in  a  few  strategically  located  cancer  clinics,  which  would 
provide  high-quality  care  for  everyone  in  the  surrounding  region. 
Over  the  years,  these  clinics  expanded  their  role  by  adding  pro- 
grams of  surgery  and  chemotherapy,  and  each  of  the  centers  devel- 
oped its  own  research  program. 

This  created  a  publicly-funded,  Provincewide  network  of  com- 
prehensive cancer  clinics  which  now  provide  care  to  all  the  resi- 
dents of  Ontario. 

All  of  the  staff,  including  the  doctors,  are  effectively  salaried,  and 
all  the  operating  funds  for  the  regional  centers  come  from  the  On- 
tario Cancer  Foundation,  which  in  return  receives  its  money  di- 
rectly from  the  Provincial  Health  Ministry.  All  serxnces  to  patients 
are  provided  without  direct  charge.  Most  of  the  Canadian  Provinces 
now  have  similar  cancer  foundations. 

Let  me  tell  you  about  the  strengths  of  the  system.  There  are  no 
financial  barriers  to  access,  and  the  cost  to  the  patient  is  not, 
therefore,  a  consideration  in  the  choice  of  treatment. 

The  system  is  highly  efficient.  We  do  not  have  duplication  of  ex- 
pensive facilities,  and  all  components  work  at  close  to  full  capacity. 
People  like  me  do  not  do  any  paperwork  that  is  not  directly  related 
to  patient  care.  Doctors  are  allowed  to  get  on  with  the  business  of 
looking  after  patients. 

We  provide  high-quality  patient  care,  and  the  equitable  distribu- 
tion of  resources  by  the  Cancer  Foundation  means  that  similar 
services  are  available  right  across  the  Province.  Our  large  centers 
concentrate  a  tremendous  amount  of  specialized  skill  and  experi- 


288 

ence  in  one  place.  Radiation  oncologists  work  in  group  practices, 
and  this  gives  us  the  opportunity  to  develop  special  expertise  in 
specific  types  of  cancer.  We  work  in  teams  with  medical  oncologists 
and  surgeons,  and  we  usually  manage  not  to  be  competitive  with 
each  other. 

This  system  of  ours  in  which  all  doctors  have  hard  ceilings  on 
their  incomes  and  in  which  they  work  closely  with  one  another  is 
probably  responsible  for  the  relatively  conservative  Canadian  ap- 
proach to  cancer  treatment. 

We  have  found,  for  example,  that  Canadian  doctors  who  treat 
larynx  cancer,  including  the  surgeons,  are  far  more  likely  to  rec- 
ommend radiotherapy  to  conserve  the  voice  box  than  their  Amer- 
ican colleagues. 

We  have  also  found  that  Canadian  doctors  are  less  likelv  than 
Americans  to  recommend  radiotherapy  or  chemotherapy  for  pa- 
tients with  advanced  and  incurable  lung  cancer  and  are  much  more 
likely  to  recommend  supportive  care  instead  of  active  treatment. 

Despite  its  many  advantages,  our  system  is  far  from  perfect. 
Many  patients  have  to  travel  long  distances  for  radiotherapy.  To 
some  extent,  this  is  inevitable  in  this  vast  country  of  ours,  but  in 
planning  the  distribution  of  cancer  centers,  concerns  about  quality 
of  care  and  efficiency  have  taken  priority  over  concerns  about  con- 
venience. 

There  are  now  long  waiting  lists  for  radiation  treatment  at  many 
cancer  centers  in  Canada.  This  was  unheard  of  a  decade  ago,  but 
the  incidence  of  cancer  has  doubled  in  the  last  20  years,  and  unfor- 
tunately the  cancer  system  has  not  expanded  fast  enough  to  keep 
up  with  the  increase  in  demand  for  radiation  treatment.  This  is  a 
matter  of  great  concern  to  us. 

The  message  for  you,  I  think,  is  that  managed  systems  must  be 
well-managed,  or  they  may  become  a  liability. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  described  some  of  the  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses of  the  Ontario  cancer  system,  which  operates  on  the  single- 
payer  model.  In  general,  Canadians  seem  well  satisfied  with  the 
service  we  have  provided  over  the  years.  The  cancer  center  in 
which  I  work  provides  care  for  more  than  2,000  new  patients  each 
year,  but  it  has  not  been  faced  with  one  malpractice  suit  against 
any  member  of  its  medical  staff  since  it  was  established  in  1947. 

Our  system  has  much  to  recommend  it  in  spite  of  its  recent  dif- 
ficulties. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachment  follow:] 


289 


STATEMENT  OF  DR.  WILLIAM  J.  MACKILLOP,  HEAD  OF  RADIATION 
ONCOLOGY,  KINGSTON  REGIONAL  CANCER  CENTRE,  ONTARIO  CANCER 
TREATMENT  AND  RESEARCH  FOUNDATION,  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  THE 
RADIATION  ONCOLOGY  RESEARCH  UNIT,  QUEEN'S  UNIVERSITY,  KINGSTON, 
ONTARIO,  CANADA. 


Mr.  Chairman  and  members.  Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  tell  you  about  how 
we  provide  care  for  cancer  patients  in  Canada. 

I  am  Dr.  William  Mackillop.  I  am  a  Radiation  Oncologist,  that's  a  medical 
specialist  who  uses  radiation  to  treat  cancer,  and  I  work  for  the  Ontario  Cancer  Foundation 
in  the  city  of  Kingston  in  the  Canadian  province  of  Ontario.  Let  me  begin  by  giving  you 
a  few  words  of  background  about  radiation  treatment,  and  then  I  will  outline  for  you  what 
I  see  as  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  our  system. 


RADIATION  ONCOLOGY  IN  CANADA 


Radiotherapy  is  an  important  form  of  treatment  for  cancer.  It  can  cure  some 
diseases  like  cancer  of  the  cervix  even  when  patients  are  beyond  hope  of  cure  by  surgery. 
In  other  diseases  it  is  a  useful  alternative  to  a  surgical  procedure  which  would  leave  the 
patient  with  a  permanent  disability:  cancer  of  the  larynx,  for  example,  can  be  cured  by 
surgery  or  radiation,  but  the  surgical  option  may  mean  that  the  patient  will  lose  his  ability 
to  speak.  Radiation  is  also  very  effective  in  relieving  pain  in  patients  with  advanced  and 
incurable  cancer.  While  radiation  is  certainly  not  useful  in  every  case,  it  plays  an 
important  role  in  the  care  of  about  50%  of  all  patients. 

To  do  its  job  of  killing  cancer  cells,  radiation  has  to  be  focussed  precisely  on  the 
cancer  which  is  often  deep  in  the  patient's  body.  It  takes  a  great  deal  of  careful  planning 
with  sophisticated  equipment  to  make  sure  that  we  hit  the  cancer  without  damaging  the 
normal  tissues  around  it.  The  radiation  treatment  itself  is  usually  given  by  skilled  radiation 
therapists  using  large  modern  x-ray  machines.  The  whole  process  relies  heavily  on 
complex,  expensive  equipment  and  requires  the  support  of  a  team  of  highly  trained 
physicians,  physicists  and  technologists. 

Fifty  years  ago,  Ontario  recognized  the  enormous  value  of  radiation  treatment,  and 
created  a  Cancer  Foundation  to  make  radiation  treatment  available  to  everyone  in  the 
province.  The  decision  was  made  to  focus  the  expensive  equipment  and  expert  staff  in  a 
few  strategically  located  cancer  clinics  which  would  provide  high  quality  radiation  therapy 
for  everyone  in  the  surrounding  region.  Over  the  years  these  clinics  expanded  their  role 
by  adding  programs  of  surgery  and  chemotherapy,  and  each  of  the  centres  developed  its 
own  research  interest.  This  created  a  publicly  funded,  province  wide  network  of 
comprehensive  cancer  centres  which  now  provide  care  to  all  the  residents  of  Ontario  who 
require  cancer  treatment.  In  Ontario,  which  is  twice  the  size  of  Texas,  we  have  just  nine 
cancer  centres.  All  the  staff,  including  the  doctors,  are  effectively  salaried,  and  almost  all 
the  operating  funds  for  the  regional  centres  come  from  the  Ontario  Cancer  Foundation, 
which  in  turn  receives  its  money  directly  from  the  provincial  health  ministry.  All  services 
to  patients  are  provided  without  direct  charge. 

Most  other  Canadian  provinces  now  have  similar  cancer  foundations. 


THE  STRENGTHS  OF  THE  SYSTEM _^___ ___^ 

I  would  like  to  tell  you  about  the  strengths  of  the  system. 

1)  There  are  no  fmancial  barriers  to  access,  and  cost  to  the  patient  is  not  a 
consideration  in  the  choice  of  treatment. 

2)  The  system  is  highly  efficient.     We  do  not  have  duplication  of  expensive 


290 


facilities  and  all  components  of  this  system  work  at  close  to  full  capacity. 

3)  We  provide  high  quality  patient  care,  and  the  equitable  distribution  of 
resources  by  the  Cancer  Foundation  means  that  similar  services  are  available  right  across 
the  province.  Our  large  centres  concentrate  a  tremendous  amount  of  specialized  skill  and 
experience  in  one  place.  Radiation  oncologists  work  in  large  group  practices,  and  this  gives 
us  the  opportunity  to  develop  special  expertise  in  specific  types  of  cancer.  We  work  in 
teams  with  medical  oncologists,  and  surgeons,  and  we  usually  manage  not  to  be  competitive 
with  each  other. 

4)  This  system  of  ours,  in  which  all  doctors  have  hard  ceilings  imposed  on  their 
incomes,  and  in  which  they  work  closely  with  one  another,  is  probably  responsible  for  the 
relatively  conservative  Canadian  approach  to  cancer  treatment.  We  have  found,  for 
example,  that  Canadian  doctors  who  treat  larynx  cancer,  including  surgeons,  are  far  more 
likely  to  recommend  radiotherapy  to  conserve  the  voice  box  than  their  American  colleagues 
(Figure  1).  We  have  also  found  that  Canadian  doctors  are  less  likely  than  Americans  to 
recommend  radiotherapy  or  chemotherapy  for  patients  with  advanced  lung  cancer,  and 
more  likely  to  recommend  supportive  care  instead  of  active  treatment  (Figure  2). 


THE  WEAKNESSES  OF  THE  SYSTEM 

Despite  its  many  advantages,  our  system  is  far  from  perfect. 

1)  Many  patients  have  to  travel  long  distances  for  radiotherapy.  To  some  extent, 
this  is  inevitable  in  our  vast  country,  but  in  planning  the  distribution  of  cancer  centres, 
concerns  about  quality  of  care  and  efficiency  have  taken  priority  over  concerns  about 
convenience. 

2)  There  are  now  waiting  lists  for  radiation  treatment  at  many  cancer  centres 
in  Canada.  This  was  unheard  of  a  decade  ago.  Our  population  is  aging,  and  cancer  is  a 

disease  of  the  older  person:  As  a  result,  the  incidence  of  cancer  in  Canada  doubled  in  the 
last  twenty  years  and,  unfortunately,  the  cancer  system  did  not  expand  fast  enough  to  keep 
up  with  the  demand  for  radiation  treatment.    This  is  a  matter  of  great  concern. 

We  radiation  oncologists  are  responding  by  looking  closely  at  the  way  that  we  treat 
patients.  Just  as  in  other  areas  of  medicine,  there  are  variations  in  the  way  doctors  use 
radiotherapy  and  we  are  seeking  to  find  the  most  effective  and  efficient  ways  of  using  the 
resources  available  to  us  today.  Governments  across  Canada  are  also  responding  by 
expanding  facilities  and  training  more  staff,  but  it  will  take  some  time  before  the  supply  of 
radiation  treatment  will  catch  up  with  demand.  In  retrospect,  it  is  clear  that  we  did  not 
monitor  the  situation  as  closely  as  we  should  have,  and  that  we  did  not  respond  rapidly 
enough  to  early  signs  of  strain  in  the  system.  The  message  for  you  is  that  managed  systems 
must  be  well  managed. 


CONCLUSION 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  described  some  of  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the 
Ontario  cancer  system,  which  operates  on  the  single  payer  model.  In  general,  Canadians 
seem  well  satisfied  with  the  service  we  have  provided  over  the  years.  The  cancer  centre  in 
which  I  work  provides  care  for  more  than  2,000  new  patients  per  year  but  it  has  not  been 
faced  with  one  malpractice  suit  against  any  member  of  its  medical  staff  since  it  was 
established  in  1947.  In  spite  of  its  recent  difficulties,  our  system  has  much  to  recommend 
it.    I  would  be  pleased  to  answer  any  questions  that  you  may  have  about  it. 


291 


Proportion  of  Doctors  Who  Recommended  Radiation 

for  Moderately  Advanced  Cancer  of  The  Larynx 

(T3,No,Mo,  Glottic) 


El  Otolaryngologists  ■  Radiation  Oncologists 


100 


Ontario  Massachusetts         New  York 

Figure  1 


From  O'Sullivan,  Mackillop,  et  al,  Radiotherapy  and  Oncology,  1994. 

Treatn^ient  Recommended  for  Patients  with  Advanced 
Lung  Cancer  (Stage  lllb,  Squamous  Carcinoma) 


100 


m  Canada  ■  USA 


Radiotlierapy         Chemotherapy  Surgery 

Figure  2 


Supportive 
Care  Only 


From  Palmer  and  Mackillop,  Radiotherapy  and  Oncology,  1990. 


292 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Smedley,  perhaps  you  could  define  for  me,  on  page  4  you 
suggested  only  40  percent  of  the  10  million  pre-Medicare  retirees 
have  any — and  I  am  quoting — "business-provided  health  insur- 
ance." How  do  you  define  "business-provided  health  insurance"? 

Mr.  Smedley.  It  was  written  by  staff,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  would  as- 
sume that  would  be  a  private  business. 

Chairman  Stark.  Well,  I  would  hope  that  you  could  review  that. 
Our  figures  show — and  I  am  sure  the  ones  that  CBO  is  using — that 
only  25  percent  are  uninsured,  which  would  mean  that  75  percent 
have  some  health  insurance  as  early  retirees. 

Mr.  Smedley.  I  will  check  that,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Please  do. 

Mr.  Smedle:y.  I  think  vour  figure  sounds  very,  very 

Chairman  Stark.  Well,  whatever  the  figures  may  be,  if  I  take 
yours,  you  are  suggesting  that  those  40  percent  or  4  million  people 
should  have,  in  effect.  Uncle  Sam  pick  up  their  costs. 

Now  that  is  an  interesting  idea,  but  it  costs  $8  billion  a  year,  and 
the  major  corporations  are  committed  to  paying  that. 

What  rationale  do  you  have  to  suggest  that  for  those  40  percent 
who  have  business-provided  health  insurance,  what  earthly  reason 
is  there  to  let  General  Motors  and  Greneral  Electric  off  the  hook 
and  ask  the  rest  of  the  taxpayers  to  kick  in  $8  billion  a  year? 

Mr.  Smedley.  I  will  be  happy  to  answer  the  question,  Mr.  Chair- 
man. 

First  on  the  question  of  the  differential  in  figures,  it  may  be  that 
the  75  percent  comes — that  many  of  those  people  buy  tneir  own 
health  insurance. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  may  well  be.  But  I  am  just  taking  your 
figures. 

Mr.  Smedley.  It  is  not — this  is  business-provided. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  us  take  your  figures. 

Mr.  Smedley.  That  is  where  the  40  percent  comes  from. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  us  take  your  figures.  Of  the  40  percent 
with  business-provided  health  insurance,  why  should  we  pick  up 
what  is  now  arguably  an  obligation  of  the  companies,  $8  billion? 

Mr.  Smedley.  Well,  let  us — in  any  universal  system,  which  I 
think  you  strongly  advocate  as  well  as  we  do,  that  you  want  to 
cover  everybody 

Chairman  Stark.  I  do. 

Mr.  Smedley.  Now  we  have  had  the  precedent  when  the  Medi- 
care law,  which  you  are  so  interested  in  expanding,  if  I  remember 
correctly,  we  passed  that  law,  and  because  some  of  the  employers 
were  covering  retirees  with  health  insurance,  you  did  not  make 
them  continue  to  cover  costs  that  Medicare  covered.  That  is  a 
precedent,  a  very  good  past  precedent,  which  could  be  carried  for- 
ward. 

If  some  employers  cover  their  employees  with  retiree  insurance — 
they  have  been  more  socially  conscious  or  perhaps  through  a  collec- 
tive bargaining  agreement — but  other  employers  simply  dump  their 
employees  on  the  national  health  care  system 

Chairman  Stark.  I  agree. 

Mr.  Smedley.  Why  should  we  have  the  differential  treatment? 
Why  should  we  treat 


293 

Chairman  Stark.  Well,  I  agree  with  you,  but 

Mr.  Smedley.  Why  should  General  Motors  not  be  a  better  em- 
ployer? 

Chairman  Stark.  Why  should  they  not  got  into  the  universal 
plan?  Why  do  we  single  out  these  people  to  get  a  special  plan  that 
other  people  would  not  get. 

I  am  with  you.  Fine,  put  them  into  whatever  the  national  plan 
is.  I  am  with  that.  But  I  would  think  one  would  require  a  mainte- 
nance of  companies,  but  if  we  do  not,  I  see  no  reason  to  take  this 
little  group  and  give  them  a  special  deal. 

I  agree  with  you  that  everybody  should  have  coverage.  If  they 
lose  their  job,  they  lose  their  job;  they  get  coverage. 

You  may  not  have  figured  out,  but  I  would  ask  you  to  have  your 
staff  reread  the  President's  bill.  Any  one  of  these  early  retirees  who 
happens  to  have  a  spouse  who  is  working  anyplace  else  where  they 
offer  health  insurance  would  not  qualify  for  Medicare.  As  a  prac- 
tical matter,  there  are  some  of  us  who  might  live  to  be  100  before 
our  spouses  would  be  old  enough  for  us  to  get  Medicare — absolute 
lunacy  in  terms  of  destroying  Medicaie. 

Further,  if  you  like  Medicare  and  if  you  research  the  President's 
system,  you  will  see  that  in  the  President's  plan  is  a  formula  to  de- 
stroy Medicare,  to  deplete  the  resources  of  its  trust  fund  far  more 
rapidly  than  they  are  now  and,  in  fact,  to  offer  financial  incentives 
to  people  not  to  join,  particularly  young  people  coming  onto  Medi- 
care. 

If  you  wanted  to  privatize  Medicare  tomorrow,  with  these  two 
combinations,  you  could  not  figure  out  a  better  way  to  disband  the 
system.  And  I  would  urge  those  of  you  who,  I  think,  blindly  accept 
the  President's  plan,  to  read  it  a  second  time.  There  are  those  of 
us  who  do  share  your  goals,  but  who  question  this  plan  that  was 
conceived  in  secret  over  the  past  year,  without  the  input  of  either 
the  UAW  or  any  decent  union  and  without  the  input  of  Congress 
or  without  the  input  of  all  but  one  or  two  Jackson  Hole — trained 
health  experts.  It  is  somewhat  disconcerting  to  see  people  who 
ought  to  be  on  the  right  side  of  social  issues  buying  into  a  pig  in 
a  poke. 

And  I  commend  you  to  return  to  your  staff  and  ask  them  to 
please  reconsider. 

Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Smedley.  I  will  do  that,  Mr.  Chairman.  We  will  look  at  the 
President's  bill,  read  it  very  carefully  a  second  or  third  time,  and 
I  would  say  that  as  long  as  we  have  the  same  goals,  knowing  that 
you  are  a  reasonable  man,  I  am  sure  that  we  can  come  to  some  rea- 
sonable solution  to  the  problem  to  deal  with  the  early  retirees,  of 
which  we  have  a  large  number  in  our  membership,  to  deal  with 
them  fairly. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  understand  that.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  commend  the  chair- 
man's statement.  Folks  who  preach  ought  to  walk  a  mile  in  some- 
body else's  shoes. 

Chairman  Stark.  Just  give  me  your  proxy. 

Mr.  Thomas.  No,  I  do  not  give  you  my  proxy.  I  just  praise  you, 
that  is  all.  Praise  is  cheap;  proxies  are  expensive. 


294 

I  apologize  to  the  panel.  We  were  over  voting.  There  was  a  mixup 
with  the  voting  panel,  and  one  of  my  secondary  responsibilities  is 
running  the  shop  a  little  bit,  and  so  we  were  trying  to  work  on  the 
computer  glitch  that  would  not  allow  the  members  to  see  their 
vote.  They  recorded  their  vote,  but  they  were  not  allowed  to  see  it. 

I  want  to  talk  to  the  Canadian  doctors  only,  because  I  am  not 
familiar  with  the  Canadian  system  as  I  would  like  to  be,  and  I  as- 
sume you  are  probably  far  more  familiar  with  our  system,  so  that 
if  I  asked  you  some  comparative  questions,  you  would  be  better 
able  to  make  the  comparison  than  would  I,  based  on  my  knowledge, 
and  try  to  quiz  it. 

And,  of  course,  one  of  the  concerns  we  have  is  the  cost  controls, 
and  we  are  toying  with  various  mechanisms  to  determine  how  we 
can  control  costs.  One  one  of  the  things  that  I  was  concerned  about 
with  the  single-payer  model  is  that  you  either  have  the  benefit 
package  drive  the  costs,  or  you  limit  the  costs,  and  that  determines 
the  benefit  package. 

And  I  guess,  Dr.  Walker,  we  can  get  into  this  by  saying:  From 
your  history  and  perspective  on  Canada,  when  you  cap  budgets, 
how  does  it  most  often  manifest  itself  in  the  Canadian  structure? 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  first  of  all,  the  budget  caps  are,  themselves, 
manifested  in  four  different  ways.  There  are  caps  on  the  hospital 
care  system  and  the  physician  care  system.  The  hospital  care  sys- 
tem is  capped  in  three  different  ways. 

Hospitals  typically  get  an  operating  budget.  They  get  a  separate 
budget  for  special  surgeries,  and  they  get  a  separate  and  third 
budget  for  the  acquisition  of  capital.  So  from  a  hospital's  point  of 
view,  the  capping  of  their  expenditures  can  be  therefore  manifest 
in  three  different  consequences.  Either  they  have  to  curtail  their 
general  operations;  they  have  to  curtail  specific  operations;  or  they 
have  to  curtail  acquisition  of  technology  when  the  budgets  are  in- 
sufficient to  cover  all  of  their  costs. 

The  fourth  budget  cap,  of  course,  is  on  physicians'  fees. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Historically  has  it  not  been  a  prioritization  or  a 
hierarchical  ranking  of  those  most  often?  It  would  seem  to  me  that 
instead  of  cutting  into  ongoing  structured  arrangements,  the  tech- 
nology would  be  an  easy  one  to  forego. 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  I  guess  one  thing  that  is  evident  from  the 
data — and  I  think  you  would  find  this  from  talking  to  profes- 
sionals— is  that  there  does  not  seem  to  be  any  sort  of  coherent  ap- 
proach. Choices  are  made  in  the  content  of  the  political  system. 
And  if  there  is  more  political  pressure,  as  you  heard  from  somebody 
in  the  first  panel,  if  there  is  a  shortage  of  bypass  surgeries  and 
there  are  stories  in  the  newspapers  about  that,  then  the  politicians 
respond  by  getting  the  bureaucrats  to  allocate  more  money  in  that 
area  and  so  on. 

Mr.  Thomas.  OK. 

Mr.  Walker.  So  it  really  is 

Mr.  Thomas.  It  depends. 

Mr.  Walker.  It  depends. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Like  the  way  we  do  liver  transplants  here.  If  you 
can  get  in  the  newspaper  or  on  the  media,  you  have  a  chance  of 
getting  one.  And  if  you  do  not,  you  do  not. 


295 

Mr.  Walker.  There  is,  however,  a  very,  I  think,  special  effect 
here  on  technology  acquisition,  because  in  the  process  of  making 
their  cost  allocations.  Governments  in  Canada  do  say  things  like: 
Well,  is  the  technology  proven?  You  know,  are  we  sure  that  this  is 
a  cost-effective  procedure?  Are  we  sure  that  it  is  medically  effective 
and  so  on? 

And  so  there  is  a  kind  of  wait-and-see  attitude  built  into  the  Ca- 
nadian system,  and  typically,  of  course,  as  you  may  imagine,  what 
we  are  waiting  to  see  is  how  it  works  out  in  the  United  States.  In 
other  words,  we  do  not  acquire  technologies  very  often  until  they 
have  been  proven  to  be  clinically  and  cost  effective  in  the  United 
States  first. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  we  are  finding  out  that  that  is  part  of  the 
problem  in  pharmaceuticals.  We  are  the  only  ones  who  are  on  the 
cutting  edge.  And  I  guess  if  you  are  in  a  race  and  there  is  some- 
body in  front  of  you,  you  can  pace  yourself  to  try  to  get  in  front 
of  them. 

But  for  so  many  areas,  we  are  running  against  the  clock,  and  the 
question  is  whether  or  not  you  are  going  to  continue  the  commit- 
ment to  excellence,  regardless  of  any  kind  of  a  comparative  ar- 
rangement. 

Ajid  if  we  fall  under  the  same  system,  maybe  each  other  is 
watching  each  other  to  see  who  goes  first,  it  is  Alphonse/Gaston, 
and  nobody  goes  through  the  door,  and  I  think  then  that  clearly  in- 
dicates that  you  get  a  quality  reduction  that  would  otherwise  be 
present,  and  as  you  indicated  oftentimes  with  the  choices  that  are 
made  by  administrators  or  politicians,  one  of  them,  I  assume, 
would  be  inevitably  waiting  to  get  some  kind  of  an  elective  proce- 
dure, as  we  heard.  Waiting  is  rationing  in  whatever  form  you  want 
to  look  at  it. 

Just  briefly  to  Dr.  MacKillop,  if  I  might,  Mr.  Chairman,  obviously 
there  is  more  and  more  emphasis  on  this  whole  question  of  cancer 
and  cancer  treatment.  I  noticed  the  headline  on  the  USA  Today 
newspaper  was  'The  Boomers  Cancer  Risk  Tops  Grandparents."  It 
is  moving  in  on  heart  disease.  The  question  of  how  you  treat  can- 
cer, early  detection,  radiation,  chemotherapy,  surgery. 

In  your  analysis  of  the  United  States  versus  Canada,  clearly 
there  may  be  preferences  for  particular  choices,  but  in  your  experi- 
ence, are  there  any  choices  that  seem  to  be  dictated  by  the  struc- 
ture rather  than  either  by  the  physician's  first  choice  or  what 
might  be  best  for  the  patient,  which  I  think  is  probably  the  most 
damaging  thing  that  anybody  can  say  about  a  structure? 

Are  you  familiar  with  any  structural  definitions  of  what  you  do, 
rather  than 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  can  only  speak  from  personal  experience  and 
from  two  surveys  that  we  have  carried  out  that  have  compared 
practice  in  Canada  and  the  United  States. 

The  first  is  in  a  disease  which  is  cured  by  radiotherapy  or  sur- 
gery, carcinoma  of  the  larynx.  And  we  have  asked  practitioners  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada  and  across  the  English-speaking 
world  about  what  choices  they  make  and  what  recommendations 
they  make  for  their  patients.  And  we  have  observed  that  practition- 
ers in  the  United  States  much  more  frequently  elect  an  operative 


296 

procedure  that  involves  sacrifice  of  the  larynx  and  natural  speech 
than  practitioners  in  Canada. 

It  is  not,  I  think,  a  matter  of  certainty  why  that  arises,  but  I 
think  in  Canada  decisions  are  made  by  teams  of  practitioners  who 
have  no  financial  interest  whatsoever  in  the  medical  decision  that 
is  made. 

My  sense  is  that  a  system  in  which  doctors'  incomes  do  not  de- 
pend on  the  level  of  their  technical  activity  allows  them  to  exercise 
their  clinical  judgment  without  some  of  the  restraints  that  are  in- 
herent in  your  system,  and  it  produces  different  practice. 

In  patients  with  incurable  cancers,  I  think  Canadians  are  also 
more  conservative  in  their  recommendations  for  patients  than 
Americans.  And  to  some  extent,  I  think  that  that  has  been  condi- 
tioned by  your  public  rather  than  by  your  medical  profession. 

It  seems  to  us  that  Americans  are  willing  to  accept  any  risk  for 
the  most  meager  of  benefits  for  treatment  of  a  cancer.  We  know 
that  in  your  society  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  line  chemotherapy  for 
patients  with  breast  cancer  is  essentially  standard  treatment  and 
has  become  part  of  the  sad  ritual  of  dying  from  this  disease  in  the 
unfortunate  women  who  cannot  be  cured  of  it. 

There  is  no  evidence  from  any  outcome  study  or  from  any  ran- 
domized clinical  trial  that  third,  fourth,  or  fifth  line  chemotherapy 
offers  any  benefit  either  in  terms  of  survival  or  in  terms  of  quality 
of  life  above  a  policy  of  supportive  care. 

I  understand  that  to  some  extent  fear  of  legal  action  for  doing 
anything  less  than  the  maximum  drives  some  of  our  colleagues  in 
the  United  States  to  do  more  than  they  really  judge  to  be  appro- 
priate. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  I  guess  the  easiest  way  to  determine  where 
you  would  go,  given  your  knowledge  and  expertise,  is  to  say  that 
if  you  are  where  you  are  now,  and  you  had  a  colleague  diagnose 
you  in  terms  of  some  kind  of  cancerous  situation,  say  the  larynx 
or  in  the  throat  or  in  the  neck,  would  you  stay  in  Canada  to  be  op- 
erated on,  or  would  you  go  someplace  else? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  If  I  could  have  prompt  care  in  Canada,  I  would 
be  very  comfortable  with  the  services  offered  by  our  system. 

I  happen  to  work  in  a  community  in  eastern  Ontario  where  we 
are  not  greatly  constrained  in  our  choices  by  a  shortage  of  supply 
of  either  operating  room  time  or  radiotherapy  time. 

In  metropolitan  Toronto,  in  our  biggest  city,  the  delays  which  are 
imposed  on  some  patients  before  they  can  start  radiation  treatment 
would  make  me  think  twice,  I  think,  about  whether  I  would  be 
willing  to  wait  for  several  weeks  before  starting  radiotherapy  treat- 
ment. And  clearly  as  someone  in  the  profession  and  with  a  signifi- 
cant income,  I  could  buy  myself  around  that  problem  by  seeking 
care  in  the  United  States  if  that  situation  arose. 

I  should  emphasize  that  this  is  a  relatively  recent  problem  in  mv 
own  particular  discipline  of  radiation  oncology,  and  I  do  not  think 
it  arises  through  capped  budgets,  but  through  very  poor  forward 
planning. 

Mr.  Thomas.  My  concern  is  the  growing  need,  not  just  for  elec- 
tive procedures,  but  need  in  terms  of  the  cancer  area. 

Finally  you  indicated  with  some  sense  of  pride — and  in  this  coun- 
try, it  would  be  miracle,  not  just  pride — that  you  have  never  been 


297 

sued  for  malpractice.  I  have  got  to  believe  that  there  is  some  kind 
of  a  different  structure  that  we  are  dealing  with  Canada  in  terms 
of  malpractice;  one,  in  terms  of  the  attitude  of  people  toward  others 
in  terms  of  suing,  and  second,  what  you  can  get  out  of  suing  and 
your  chances  of  winning  in  the  system. 

I  would  think  that  perhaps  some  of  the  practices  that  you  out- 
lined that  were  not  practiced  in  Canada  would,  in  part,  be  because 
of  the  fact  that  there  was  very  little  fear  of  having  a  malpractice 
suit  brought  against  you  and  the  relatively  poor  chance  of  success 
beyond  just  basic  economic  damages  that  would  be  received,  which 
mean,  I  guess,  if  you  are  nodding  your  head,  that  means  yes,  that 
you  would  think  that  one  of  the  ftindamental  things  that  we  should 
do  is  examine  our  malpractice  structure  and  make  some  changes 
there. 

Is  that  a  fair  statement? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Well,  I  think  you  should  perhaps  examine  your 
relationship  with  your  patients  and  find  out  why  they  so  often  seek 
recourse  to  this  very  adversarial  form  of  resolution  of  dispute.  I 
think  it  reflects 

Mr.  Thomas.  Not  just  doctors  with  patients.  Anybody  with  any 
professional  relationship  with  anybody  else  in  the  United  States 
would  have  to  ask  themselves  that  question,  because  we  sue  every- 
body for  anything  and  for  nothing. 

Ms.  Nichols.  Mr.  Thomas,  could  I  add  one  point  to  this? 

Mr.  Thomas.  Sure. 

Ms.  Nichols.  Which  is  just  that  it  is  important  to  note  that  one 
of  the  main  reasons  that  victims  of  medical  negligence  in  this  coun- 
try turn  to  the  courts  for  restitution,  rather  than  in  Canada,  al- 
though we  do  have  different  legal  systems,  is  because  they  need 
coverage  of  their  medical  bills. 

So  under  a  single-payer  system,  a  universal  system,  many  people 
might  not  go  to  the  courts  who  otherwise  do.  It  is  one  way  of  taking 
care  of  that  problem. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Would  the  gentleman  yield? 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  there  is  a  whole  downside  to  that.  But  I  will 
let  my  colleague  jump  in,  because  I  think  she  wants  to  take  off  on 
that.  Go  ahead. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  I  think  this  is  a  very  important  point.  And  you 
are  right.  There  is  no  reason  to  sue  in  Canada  to  get  reimburse- 
ment for  medical  costs. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  also  true  in  Canada  that  you  cannot  get 
reimbursement  for  pain  and  suffering  and  that  cases  do  not  go  to 
juries  and  that  you  cannot  sue  on  the  basis  of  paying  the  lawyer 
later,  as  you  can  here. 

So  our  whole  system  encourages  suits,  particularly  if  there  is  a 
possibility  of  an  emotionally-based  award,  and  that  is  a  cost  driver. 
I  do  not  think  anyone  adequately  or  can  honestly  estimate  the 
amount  of  cost  associated.  But  if  you  talk  to  people  in  the  business, 
it  certainly  has  altered  the  way  we  practice  and  how  we  think 
about  diagnosis  and  treatment. 

But  both  of  the 

Mr.  Thomas.  Would  the  gentlelady  yield  briefly? 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Yes. 


298 

Mr.  Thomas.  So  that  I  could  make  a  unanimous  request  of  the 
chairman  that  this,  the  Fraser  Institute's  Forum,  which  is  a  bul- 
letin published,  I  believe,  12  times  a  year — the  1993  third  edition 
had  a  Critical  Issues  Bulletin  on  "Waiting  Your  Turn,  Hospital 
Waiting  Lists  in  Canada,"  and  ask  unanimous  consent  to  put  it  in 
the  record,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Without  objection. 

[The  preface  to  the  bulletin  follows.  The  entire  publication  is 
being  retained  in  the  committee  files:] 


299 


SER  FORUM 


1993 


CRITICAL  ISSUES  BULLETIN 


Waiting  Your  Turn: 
Hospital  Waiting  Usts  in  Canada 

3rd  edition 


by  Joanna  Miyake 
and  Michael  Walker 


300 


Special  Issue  Fraser  Forum,  1993 


Preface 

Michael  Walker 

W  HE  FRASER  INSTITUTE  HAS 
1  long  had  an  interest  in  the 
1  health  care  system  and  in  pro- 
viding information  about  it  to  those 
concerned  about  establishing  an 
appropriate  public  policy  frame- 
work for  the  delivery  of  this  vital 
service. 

The  Fraser  Institute  has  published 
three  books  dealing  with  Canada's 
health  care  system.'  While  each  au- 
thor approaches  the  subject  from  a 
different  perspective  and  from  a 
different  analytical  orientation,  all 
are  concerned  with  the  impact  of 
economic  arrangements  regarding 
health  care  on  the  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  health  care  services  delivered 
to  Canadians.  Our  interest  was  par- 
ticularly piqued  several  years  ago 
by  my  discovery  that  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  local  governments  actu- 
ally produced  publications  listing 
hospital  waiting  lists  for  a  selection 
of  operations  as  a  guide  for  health 
care  consumers.  The  intent  in  pub- 

lishing  the  lists  was  to  improve  the 
efficiency  of  the  National  Health 
Service  by  ensuring  that  health  care 
consumers  were  aware  of  the  hos- 
pitals which  had  the  shortest  wait- 
ing times.  Since  the  lists  were  much 
longer  than  could  be  justified  by  the 
desire  to  avoid  unused  capacity  or 
to  permit  patients  to  have  enough 
time  to  arrange  their  affairs  prior  to 
admittance  to  hospital,  the  un- 
avoidable conclusion  was  that 
waiting  was  being  used  as  a 
method  for  rationing  health  care  in 
the  U.K. 

About  the  same  time,  anecdotal  ev- 
idence began  to  emerge  suggesting 
that  hospital  waiting  lists  were 
starting  to  become  significant  in 
Canada.  However,  there  were  no 
systematic  measurements  of  the  ex- 
tent of  waiting.  Those  partial  wait- 
ing list  measurements  which  were 
made  by  hospitals  eind  by  govern- 
ment departments  were  regarded 
as  politically  sensitive  and  they 

Ake  Blomqvist.  Tlie  Health  Care  Business,  1979;  Ronald  Hamoivy,  Canadian 
i       Medicine,  A  Study  in  Restricted  Entry,  2984;  and  Malcolm  C.  Browr.,  Caring  for 
1        Profit,  1987. 

301 


Critical  Issues  Bulletin 


were  not  made  generally  available. 
Some  preliminary  measurements 
made  by  The  Fraser  Institute  indi- 
cated that  waiting  was  much  more 
prevalent  in  the  1990s  than  it  had 
been  in  the  late  1960s.  At  the  same 
time,  there  was  increased  concern 
about  the  cost  to  the  government  of 
continuing  to  supply  the  level  of 
health  care  services  that  had  been 
the  norm.  The  health  policy  issue 
associated  with  these  two  develop- 
ments is  the  possibility  that  waiting 
lists  or  queues  are  being  used  as  an 
alternative  to  rising  prices;  they  re- 
strain health  care  expenses  in  a  sys- 
tem where  prices  have  been 
systematically  eliminated  and  nei- 
ther physicians  nor  patients  have 
the  slightest  economic  incentive  to 
consider  the  costs  of  their  decisions. 

The  current  Critical  Issues  Bulletin  is 
the  Institute's  third  attempt  to  doc- 
ument the  extent  to  which  queues 
are  being  used  as  a  means  of  adapt- 
ing to  the  conflict  between  limited 
budgetary  allocations  and  unlim- 
ited demand  for  free  health  care. 


The  study,  conducted  by  Joanna 
Miyake  and  myself  with  the  assis- 
tance of  Steven  Globerman,  has 
been  enthusiastically  supported  bv 
The  Fraser  Institute,  but  the  work 
we  have  undertaken  has  been  inde- 
pendently conducted.  The  views 
expressed  in  this  study,  therefore, 
may  or  may  not  conform  with  the 
views  of  the  members  and  Trustees 
of  The  Fraser  Institute. 

The  Institute  is  pleased  to  offer  the 
results  of  the  research  to  the  public 
for  consideration  and  debate  in  the 
hope  that  more  attention  will  be 
focused  on  the  issue  of  hospital 
waiting  lists  and  on  improving  our 
measurements  of  and  knowledge 
about  this  aspect  of  health  care  pro- 
vision in  Canada.  The  fact  that  the 
provincial  governments  across  the  j 
country  are  mounting  projects  to  j 
produce  "official"  hospital  waiting 
lists  is  a  concrete  indication  that  our  | 
work  has  been  useful  in  stimulating  j 
appropriate  concern  about  this  1 
public  policy  issue. 


302 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you. 

Dr.  MacKillop  and  Dr.  Walker,  both  of  you  have  brought  some 
very  interesting  material  before  us  and  have  a  great  deal  of  re- 
search experience  to  offer  as  well. 

Dr.  MacKillop,  do  you  have  any  specific  information  about  com- 
parative waiting  times  for  radiation  treatments  in  Canada  and  the 
United  States? 

There  are  a  number  of  questions,  so  if  we  could  be  brief  that 
would  be  helpful. 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  do  have  such  information.  We  have  recently 
carried  out  a  survey  of  waiting  times,  absolute  waiting  times,  in 
Ontario  using  the  electronic  database  of  the  Cancer  Foundation, 
which  demonstrated  that — and  I  will  take  on  example  of  carcinoma 
of  the  larynx — that  the  waiting  time  for  treatment  between  diag- 
nosis and  initiation  of  treatment  with  radiotherapy  doubled  from 
about  2  weeks  in  the  early  1980s  to  just  over  4  weeks  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  1990s. 

I  have  not  accessed  similar  information  in  the  United  States,  but 
I  have  surveyed  heads  of  departments  at  the  26  radiotherapy  cen- 
ters in  Canada  and  at  75  comparable  comprehensive  cancer  centers 
in  the  United  States  listed  by  the  International  Union  Against 
Cancer,  the  UICC,  and  our  observations  confirm  what  I  think  we 
realized  on  an  anecdotal  basis,  that  patients  in  Canada  in  general 
wait  longer  for  radiotherapy  than  they  do  in  the  United  States. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Significantly  longer? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Significantly  longer,  such  that  the  waiting  times 
that  you  have  currently  in  the  United  States  are  similar  to  those 
that  obtained  in  Ontario  at  the  beginning  of  the  1980s,  such  that 
you  start  patients  on  treatment  about  10  days — that  is  the  median, 
the  average,  the  central  value — about  10  days  after  a  patient  is  re- 
ferred to  a  Radiation  Oncology  Department,  and  in  Canada  that  is 
30  days. 

And  in  other  diseases  such  as  carcinoma  of  the  prostate,  the  dif- 
ference is  wider,  the  median  value  in  the  American  departments 
being  2  weeks,  and  the  median  value  in  Canadian  departments 
being  6  weeks. 

However,  one  must  recognize  that  the  median  is  the  central 
value,  and  that  means  that  in  50  percent  of  those  departments, 
people  wait  a  shorter  time,  but  in  50  percent  they  wait  a  longer 
time. 

All  of  the  differences  in  five  disease  sites  that  we  explored  are 
significant  and  of  a  similar  order  of  magnitude,  a  doubling  or  a 
three  times  as  long  wait  in  Canada  as  compared  to  the  United 
States. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you.  I  think  particularly  in  radiation  ther- 
apy, that  is  a  very  significant  issue  that  does  raise  quality  issues. 

How  does  the  standard  of  care  available  to  cancer  patients  in 
Canada  compare  today  with  the  situation  5  years  ago  or  10  years 
ago?  In  other  words,  when  you  look  at  the  pace  or  the  evolution  of 
care  in  terms  of  cancer  in  Canada — and  I  think  you  are  probably 
generally  familiar  with  those  issues  as  well  in  America — can  you 
make  any  comment  about  pace  of  evolution,  base  of  change  in  diag- 
nosis and  diagnostic  and  treatment  capability? 


303 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  cannot  comment  on  the  American  situation, 
because  I  do  not  have  any  special  expertise. 

But  the  Canadian  system  has  been  beleaguered  by  the  lack  of  re- 
sources to  provide  prompt  care.  The  quality  of  care,  I  believe,  with- 
in our  very  tightly  organized  cancer  system  where  all  of  us  work 
essentially  in  academic  environments,  in  teaching  hospitals  associ- 
ated with  universities,  I  think  the  quality  of  care  is  good.  The  au- 
dits that  I  have  carried  out  would  confirm  that,  and  there  is  the 
opportunity  for  continuous  peer  review  in  that  environment,  and  I 
have  great  confidence  in  the  quality  of  care. 

Access,  I  believe,  has  deteriorated  over  the  last  5  years.  Our  gov- 
ernments, our  Provincial  governments,  have  been  investing  now  in 
further  capital  equipment  and  new  facilities.  We  have  also  started 
to  train  more  radiation  oncologists,  medical  physicists,  and  radi- 
ation therapists. 

But  there  is  a  long  lag  time  associated  with  training  people. 
Eventually  one  has  to  train  people  to  train  people.  And  I  think  that 
it  will  probably  be  the  end  of  the  decade  before  we  catch  up  and 
are  able  to  offer  an  adequate  supply  of  quality  service  to  match  the 
increasing  demand. 

I  do  not  think  a  similar  situation  obtains  in  the  United  States. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  In  other  words,  one  of  the  unintended  con- 
sequences of  budget  caps  is  that  it  retards  the  ability  of  a  system 
to  reorient  itself  toward  new  treatment  modalities,  to  new  illness 
patterns,  because  it  makes  it  harder  to  mobilize  the  resources  to 
move  in  a  new  direction  at  the  same  time  you  are  providing  serv- 
ices in  the  old  direction. 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  think  that  is  true.  But  I  think  that  the  re- 
straints on  resource  allocation  that  have  afflicted  our  discipline 
happened  in  an  era  of  great  prosperity  in  Canada  in  the  1970s  and 
the  1980s,  and  I  think  it  is  not  correct  to  dignify  that  as  if  it  were, 
in  fact,  a  policy  decision. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Well,  that  is  very  interesting. 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  believe  that  it  was  a  failure  of  forward  plan- 
ning, and  I  do  not  know  whether  that  represents  a  lesser  problem 
or  a  greater  problem.  But  the  lack  of  trained  staff  and  capital 
equipment  in  the  system  now  reflects  policy  decisions  made  10  and 
15  years  ago  in  an  era  in  which  Canada  was  spending  money  like 
a  drunk  man. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  So  it  was  not  a  lack  of  resources;  it  was  a  lack 
of  an  ability  to  forward  plan.  But  when  you  combine  that  with  a 
lack  of  resources,  you  could  get  a  very  much  more  significant  lag. 

Dr.  Walker,  would  you  like  to  comment?  And,  also,  you  have 
some  excellent  charts  in  your  testimony  that  you  did  not  really  go 
through.  Would  you  mind  quickly  walking  us  through  your  charts? 

Mr.  Walker.  I  would  be  happy  to,  Mrs.  Johnson.  But  I  do  want 
make  the  point,  just  for  correcting  the  record,  as  I  was  listening  to 
Dr.  MacKillop  when  he  summarized  his  comments  at  the  last  point, 
he  misspoke,  I  am  sure,  when  he  said  that  waiting  times  in  the 
United  States  are  three  times  longer  than  in  Canada.  He  meant 
just  the  opposite. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  record  will  show  that  Dr.  Walker's  charts 
will  be  included  in  the  record. 


304 

Mr.  Walker.  There  are  some  interesting  charts  in  here.  And  for 
the  most  part,  you  can — I  will  leave  them  as  read,  but  I  think  that 
from  the  point  of  the  deliberations  of  this  committee,  the  second 
chart  in  the  separate  page  of  charts  called  "Probability  of  Waiting 
by  Income  Group"  is  a  particularly  interesting  one  that  you  are  free 
to  focus  on.  It  is  beyond  the  presentation  in  the  back.  The  charts 
are  in  order.  "Total  Waiting  by  Specialty  for  Canada."  The  next  one 
is  "Probability  of  Waiting  by  Income  Group." 

Do  you  find  that  chart? 

Chairman  Stark.  Have  you  ever  tried  that  in  the  United  States, 
Doctor?  You  do  not  have  a  piece  of  paper  big  enough  to  show  how 
long  the  people  under  $10,000  in  this  country  would  wait.  That  bar 
would  go  all  the  way  up  to  the  ceiling  of  this  room,  because  they 
never  get  treatment. 

How  do  you  deal  with  that  in  Canada?  • 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  no.  What  this  is,  is  the  probability  that  peo- 
ple of  different  incomes  will  wait. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  telling  you  that  the  probability  of  some- 
body who  is  poor  in  this  country  is  100,  that  they  will  not  get  any 
care. 

Now  what  do  you  in  Canada  do  about  that? 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  Mr.  Stark,  this  is  very  interesting,  and  it  is 
frequently  said  to  me  now.  However,  at  the  institute  are  scientists 
and  we  like  to  try  and  document  things. 

Chairman  Stark.  Aha. 

Mr.  Walker.  So  when  people  say  to  me  that  there  are  waiting 
lists  of  this  kind,  I  say  to  them  that  when  we  try  to  do  comparable 
waiting  list  surveys  in  the  United  States,  we  could  not  get  people 
to  understand  what  we  were  talking  about  in  terms  of  measuring 
these  waiting  times. 

When  we  told  them  we  wanted  to  know  their  waiting  times  for 
different  surgeries  as  we  measure  them  in  Canada,  they  basically 
said  that  there  were  not  any  waiting  times.  And  when  people 
say- 


Chairman  Stark.  I  do  not  know 

Mr.  Walker.  Excuse  me. 

Chairman  STARK  [continuing].  Whether  you  are  smoking,  but  you 
are  inhaling. 

Mr.  Walker.  Excuse  me.  Excuse  me,  Mr.  Chairman.  When  peo- 
ple talk  about  waiting  times,  very  often  it  is  anecdotal  evidence 
that  they  are  referring  to. 

Chairman  Stark.  Oh,  I  bet  it  is. 

Mr.  Walker.  And  what  we  have  here  is  as  close  as  you  can  get 
to  actual  measurements  of  this  phenomenon.  So  I  do  not  have  any 
comparable 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me — let  me 


Mr.  Walker.  I  do  not  have  any  comparable  measurements 
that 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you.  Doctor. 

Let  me  ask  Dr.  MacKillop  for  a  moment.  Doctor,  do  you  know 
of — you  are  a  medical  doctor,  Dr.  MacKillop? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Yes,  I  am,  sir. 


305 

Chairman  STARK.  How  often  do  you  hear  about  women  in  Can- 
ada giving  birth  to  children  without  being  able  to  see  a  physician 
or  some  kind  of  trained  paraprofessional? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  do  not,  Mr.  Stark. 

Chairman  Stark.  Come  to  Oakland.  I  will  give  you  a  long  list  of 
women  who  are  just  unable  to  receive  that  treatment  because  they 
are  poor. 

And  also  can  you  think  of  many  cases  of  people  who  accept,  I 
suppose — who  are  getting  a  lot  of  snowy  weather  like  we  nave 
here — but  in  waiting  times,  you  schedule  appointments,  or  your  pa- 
tients have  to  schedule  appointments  to  see  you  in  your  practice, 
I  presume? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Yes,  sir. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  many  of  your  patients  work? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  so  as  between  the  time  they  can  find  a 
day  to  get  off  from  work  and  get  to  see  you — I  suppose  we  all  have 
some  waiting  built  into  our  world.  I  mean,  do  you  have  to  make 
appointments?  Dr.  Walker  would  not,  but  do  you  have  to  make  ap- 
pointments to  see  your  barber? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  In  Canada? 

Mr.  Walker.  [Laughing.] 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  all  right.  Doctor.  We  only  have  so 
many  hormones,  and  those  guys  who  want  to  waste  them  growing 
hair,  let  them  go  ahead.  But  I  am  just  suggesting  that 

Mr.  Walker.  We  follicularly  challenged  people  who  are  use  to 
such  barbs. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK  But  I  just  guess  I  am  saying  that  there 
are  waiting  times  built  into  our  normal  schedules — what  I  think  I 
heard  earlier  is  that  it  would  be  a  fair  summary  to  suggest  that 
in  Canada  the  decisions  as  to  waiting  and/or  rationing,  if  that  is 
what  you  want  to  call  it,  are  clinical  decisions,  for  the  large  part 
made  by  the  medical  community. 

Is  that  a  fair  statement? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  Can  I  respond  to  that,  Mr.  Stark? 

Chairman  Stark.  Yes,  please. 

Dr.  MacKillop.  We  distinguish,  as  you  do,  between  waiting 
while  something  is  done  and  waiting  for  something  to  happen,  and 
we  acknowledge  in  our  discussions  with  patients  that  it  is  often 
very  important  to  wait  while  we  complete  our  investigations,  to 
wait  while  we  have  the  opportunity  to  discuss  with  them  the  costs 
and  benefits  of  treatment,  before  make  a  decision  and  implement- 
ing it. 

But  there  is  a  real  problem  in  the  management  of  cancer,  which 
is  a  time-dependent  disease.  I  think  this  is  a  distinct  issue  from 
waiting  for  a  hip  replacement,  where  you  can  make  the  case,  as  the 
British  do,  that  time  for  a  sober  second  thought  before  undergoing 
this  potentially  life-threatening  procedure  is  not  a  bad  thing.  I  do 
not  think  one  needs  13  months  for  that  second  thought,  but  you 
can  make  such  a  case. 

That  type  of  case  cannot  be  made  in  a  time-dependent  disease 
like  cancer,  which  is  characterized  by  growth  and  by  spread  to 
other  parts  of  the  body,  because  in  every  cancer,  which  is  localized 
and  curable,  comes  a  moment  when  it  undergoes  the  transition  to 


306 

become  an  incurable  tumor  which  will  inevitably  kill  the  patient, 
and  even  when  that  moment  comes  you  cannot  tell.  It  is  something 
that  is  discovered  later. 

Now,  in  Canada,  we  have  been  very  challenged  bv  this  problem 
of  waiting  lists  for  radiation  therapy,  and  the  issues  nave  been  very 
real  to  us.  Major  institutions  in  Canada,  the  Princess  Margaret 
Hospital,  our  premier  cancer  institute,  which  by  anybody's  reckon- 
ing, is  one  of  the  top  six  cancer  treatment  centers  in  the  world, 
closed  its  door  to  all  new  referrals,  except  for  emergencies  for  6 
weeks  in  1989,  because  its  waiting  list  had  grown  so  long. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  a  resource  problem,  is  it  not,  doctor? 
In  other  words,  were  the  good  burghers  of  this  community  willing 
to  pony  up  a  few  dollars  in  taxes  and  you  could  buy  additional 
equipment,  perhaps  even  attract  other  professionals,  then  the  peo- 
ple in  that  community  would  have  the  access  to  this  treatment.  Is 
that  a 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  think  you  are  again  absolutely  right. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  see,  in  my  neighborhood,  we  have  got  so 
much  extra  equipment  lying  around,  but  we  will  not  let  the  people 
in  who  cannot  pay.  So  we  have  this  interesting  situation  where  we 
have  got  an  embarrassment  of  the  same  equipment  and  resources 
you  wish  you  had,  and  we  have  people  standing  out  in  the  streets 
and  we  say  I  am  sorry,  we  will  not  treat  you  if  you  do  not  have 
the  money. 

Dr.  MacKillop.  If  I  may  respond,  I  do  not  think  that  our  system 
is  beyond  repair,  Mr.  Chairman,  but  there  are  issues  here.  It  was 
not  through  a  desire  on  the  public's  part  not  to  spend  the  money, 
nor  indeed  a  conscious  decision  of  the  bureaucracy  not  to  allocate 
the  money.  There  was  a  problem  of  planning.  We  made  planning 
errors  that  left  the  management  of  the  system- 


Chairman  Stark.  In  the  management  of  the  system- 


Dr.  MacKillop  [continuing].  Bad  management,  and  I  believe 
also  a  failure  of  governance.  You  refer  to  the  people  in  your  com- 
munity, and  I  think  that  is  one  of  the  important  issues  that  you 
are  discussing  today,  is  to  give  the  people  ownership  of  their  new 
medical  system,  whatever  that  may  be,  and  that  is  a  problem  for 
us  in  Canada.  Our  Cancer  Foundation  has  a  board  of  political  ap- 
pointees located  in  the  city  of  Toronto.  That  is  not  a  board  that  has 
been  extremely  responsive  to  the  grass  roots  concerns  of  the  com- 
munity. 

So  while  you  are  correct  that  if  the  community  had  been  able  to 
tell  the  bureaucracy  that  it  wanted  the  money  spent,  the  bureauc- 
racy would  have  spent  it,  but  we  had  no  mechanism  for  this.  Our 
community  did  not  have  the  lines  of  communication  that  would 
have  permitted  it  to  have  expressed  that  wish. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  ask  one  more  question,  if  the  gentle 
lady  will  let  me  conclude. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  earlier  witness  suggested  that  a  good  bit 
of  the  cost  I  believe  in  Canada  is  generated  by  Americans  coming 
into  Canada  to  receive  treatment.  I  think,  if  I  recall,  that  was  Ms. 
Priest  who  suggested  that. 

Just  as  a  practical  matter,  I  suspect  that  if  I  came  to  Canada — 
I  guess  I  can  drive  across  a  number  of  bridges  without  even  being 


307 

stopped — then  I  am,  for  all  practical  purposes,  an  undocumented 
alien,  I  gather.  I  do  not  know  whether  Canada  would  let  me  go  to 
work  or  not.  Frankly,  I  do  not  know  what  I  would  do  there,  but  let 
us  assume  that  I  could  wait  tables  or  find  suitable  employment  for 
a  person  of  my  intellect  and  ability.  And  I  came  to  your  practice 
or  your  surgery,  I  presume  I  would  receive  treatment.  Would  I 
have  to  identify  myself  to  you  in  any  particular  way,  if  I  were  in 
pain,  let  us  say? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  You  would  receive  emergency  services  without 
checking  documentation.  Before  you  got  near  me,  I  think  you  would 
probably  have  some  check  to  make  sure  that  you  were  an  insured 
Canadian. 

Chairman  Stark.  But  if  I  were  not,  how  would  the  system  dis- 
pense with  me? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  We  would  bill  you  after  the  fact.  You  might  pay, 
Mr.  Stark,  or  you  might  not,  but  we  would  send  you  a  bill. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  would  send  a  bill  and  you  have  the  secret 
police  or  somebody  who  would  come  down  here  after  me  and  I 
would  still  get  invited  to  the  Canadian  Embassy  to  meet  with  your 
folks? 

Dr.  MacKillo[».  We  do  not  follow  up  on  any  defaulting  pay- 
ments. 

Chairman  Stark.  Is  that  a  matter  of  great  political  concern  in 
Canada,  that  you  are  being  cheated  by  us  Americans  who  are 
sneaking  in  there  to  get  medical  care? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  We  have  started  to  hear  about  it  occasionally.  I 
do  not  believe  it  is  a  significant  political  issue. 

Chairman  Stark.  Ms.  Nichols  raised  that  issue  for  us  in  her  tes- 
timony, and — are  you  a  lawyer,  Ms.  Nichols? 

Ms.  Nichols.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  are  suggesting,  I  gather,  that  the  Presi- 
dent's plan  in  dealing  with  undocumented  aliens  is  shortsighted. 
Are  you  familiar  with  Article  8  of  the  Constitution? 

Ms.  Nichols.  Yes,  sir. 

Chairman  Stark.  What  constitutes  being  a  prisoner? 

Ms.  NiCHOi^.  Excuse  me? 

Chairman  Stark.  What  constitutes  punishment  or  being  a  pris- 
oner? Do  you  have  to  be  actually  in  the  jail  to  come  under  the  pro- 
tections of  Article  8,  which  guarantee  medical  care  only  to  the  likes 
of  Haldeman,  Ehrlichman  and  Ollie  North,  because  not  giving  them 
medical  care  would  be  cruel  and  inhumane  punishment?  If  an  ille- 
gal alien  is  detained,  is  that  sufficient  to  put  them  under  the 

Ms.  Nichols.  I  am  not  certain. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  ought  to  look  that  up.  We  may  have  a  so- 
lution, and  then  we  could  ignore  the  President's  shortsightedness. 

Ms.  Nichols.  Or  if  you  failed  to  buy  individual  coverage  under 
the  Chafee  bill,  maybe  you  would  be  jailed  and  then  covered. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  have  always  suggested  to  people  who  are  un- 
insured that  they  just  drive  through  Los  Angeles,  and  when  they 
are  stopped,  hit  a  policeman,  they  will  need  more  medical  care 
than  they  ever  dreamed  possible,  out  they  will  get  it  courtesy  of 
the  County  of  Los  Angeles.  It  is  the  only  small  elite  group  in  this 
country  where  there  is  guaranteed  medical  care  under  our  Con- 
stitution. 


308 

Did  you  want  to  inquire  further? 

Mr.  Walker.  Mr.  Stark,  you  did  raise  several  questions  in  your 
comments  that  are  answered  in  fact  from  Canadian  data.  You 
raised,  for  example,  the  issue  of  a  woman  who  is  in  a  low-income 
group  not  getting  access  to  appropriate  prenatal  care,  and  so  on, 
and  as  a  result  may  be  having  high  infant  mortality  rates  and  that 
kind  of  thing. 

It  is  very  interesting  to  look  at  the  Canadian  data  in  this  respect. 
A  study  which  was  done  by  an  employee  of  the  government  of  Brit- 
ish Columbia  in  infant  mortality  amongst  different  income  groups 
in  Canada.  We  find  that  the  infant  mortality  rate  amongst  the 
group  experiencing  the  highest  incidence  of  poverty  in  Canada  is 
double  the  infant  mortality  of  the  income  group  having  the  least 
amount  of  poverty.  This  is  the  way  they  do  the  income  quintiles  in 
the  census. 

I  think  that  kind  of  information  ought  to  lead  you  to  challenge 
whether  or  not  you  are  in  fact  going  to  solve  some  of  these  kinds 
of  problems.  We  also  have  identified  in  Canada  the  fact  that  the 
people  who  need  health  care  do  not  seek  it,  and  this  has  nothing 
to  do  with  the  fact  of  whether  the  care  is  available  or  not.  In  the 
case  of  these  infant  mortality  statistics,  it  is  not  that  the  care  is 
not  available  to  low-income  people  in  Canada.  The  fact  is  they  do 
not  seek  it. 

Chairman  Stark.  Doctor,  comparing  the  Indian  population  of 
Canada  and  its  location  with  the  Indian  population  of  the  United 
States — and  I  presume  by  that  you  mean  Native  Americans 

Mr.  Walker.  I  am  not  comparing 

Chairman  Stark  [continuing].  Drawing  conclusions  about  the  im- 
poverished rate  of  infant  mortality 

Mr.  Walker.  No,  no,  no. 

Chairman  Stark  [continuing].  Is  akin  to  putting  wings  on  pigs 
and  watching  the  sea  boil. 

Mr.  Walker.  That  is  a  political  task,  Mr.  Chairman.  Economists 
do  not  do  that. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  thank  you  for  your  questionable  contribution 
to  the  art  of  research.  I  appreciate  it. 

Mrs.  Johnson. 

Mr.  Walker.  Mr.  Chairman,  you  have  completely  distorted  my 
evidence,  with  all  respect.  What  this  data  shows  is  not  Indian  ver- 
sus non-Indian.  It  shows  infant  mortality  in  the  city  of  Vancouver 
and  Victoria,  two  of  Canada's  most  well-developed  urban  areas, 
with  the  highest  quality  access  to  Canadian  health  care. 

The  point  is  that  you,  as  a  concerned  observer  ought  to  wonder 
why  it  is  that  we  have  this  same  great  disparity  in  infant  mortality 
rates  between  low-  and  high-income  Canadians,  in  spite  of  the  fact 
that  we  have  a  single-payer  system,  with  all  of  its  supposed  bene- 
fits. 

The  Indian  population  is  another  issue  which  is  also  included  in 
this  data,  but  does  not  in  any  way  detract  from  the  data  for  Van- 
couver and  Victoria,  which  are  urban,  you  know,  quite  comparable 
situations.  It  would  be  appropriate,  for  example,  to  compare  this 
with  say  Seattle  not  just  the  Indian  population. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mrs.  Johnson. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


309 

Dr.  Walker,  your  chart  entitled  "Infant  Mortality  Rate  in  Van- 
couver and  Victoria,"  does  describe  exactly  what  you  have  just  told 
us  very  vividly,  that  in  fact  the  infant  mortality  rate  amongst  your 
poorest  population  is  double  that  amongst  your  more  affluent  popu- 
lations, and  in  fact  your  national  health  care  plan  has  not  been 
able  to  address  what  we  consider  to  be  one  of  the  serious  problems 
we  face.  And  it  is  even  a  more  serious  problem  for  us,  because  our 
out-of-wedlock  birth  rate  is  so  much  higher  than  yours. 

I  would  also  like  to  mention  your  infant  mortality  chart  compar- 
ing infant  mortality  among  non-Indian  and  Indian  populations  in 
Canada  and  the  United  States,  and  I  just  want  to  ask  if  I  am  read- 
ing it  correctly.  The  impression  it  gives  is  that  the  infant  mortality 
among  Indian  and  non-Indian  populations  in  the  United  States  is 
roughly  the  same,  relatively  close,  and 

Mr.  Walker.  With  the  Indian  infant  mortality  rate  being  below 
the  average  for  the  overall  population. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  That  is  a  good  point.  The  infant  mortality  rate  is 
actually  lower  among  the  Indian  population  in  America  than  it  is 
among  the  non-Indian  population.  Whereas,  in  Canada  it  is  more 
than  twice  as  much  among  the  Indian  population  and  the  non- 
Indian. 

Mr.  Walker.  That  is  right. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  So  I  think  it  does  really  raise  a  number  of  issues. 
I  would  ask  you  to  go  back  to  your  probability  of  waiting  by  income 
group  chart,  because  while  the  issue  of  waiting  is  not  quite  the 
same  in  America  as  it  is  in  Canada,  our  ability  to  document  it  is. 
And  it  is  certainly  true  that  a  poor  person  who  goes  to  an  emer- 
gency room  gets  exactly  what  they  want  immediately. 

So  we  do  not  have  good  research  on  the  extent  to  which  our  poor 
people  are  not  getting  care  because  they  are  not  going,  but  we  do 
have  some  very  good  demonstration  projects,  one  in  my  own  home 
town  about  the  necessity  of  actually  having  people  go  out  and  bring 
people  in  for  prenatal  checks,  because  even  though  there  is  no 
transportation  barrier,  no  day  care  barrier,  and  so  on  and  so  forth, 
still  the  prenatal  checks  are  not  something  that  some  women  are 
concerned  about. 

So  I  think  there  are  a  lot  of  different  issues  here,  but  I  want  to 
understand  your  chart  better.  If  you  would  please  go  over  it,  I 
would  appreciate  it. 

Mr.  Walker.  By  the  way,  the  data  upon  which  this  is  based  is 
collected  by  our  central  statistical  agency  in  Canada  called  Statis- 
tics Canada,  and  this  is  drawn  from  a  sample  of  12,000  Canadians 
interviewed  by  Statistics  Canada,  and  the  question  is  asked  of 
them,  have  you  waited  for  any  health  care  treatment  any  time  dur- 
ing the  year,  and  they  also  collect  statistics  from  them  on  the  fam- 
ily income. 

So  what  we  have  been  able  to  do  then  is  to  take  this  individual 
survey  data,  it  is  not  some  sort  of  average,  we  have  been  able  to 
take  this  sample  of  12,000  people  and  simply  rate  them  according 
to  their  income. 

Now,  the  interesting  thing  that  the  chart  shows  is  that  there  is 
very  little  to  distinguish  the  waiting  times  experienced  by  people 
between  no  income  and  $60,000  a  year.  There  is  some  variation, 


310 

there  is  some  up,  some  down,  but  basically  the  probability  is  about 
8  percent  that  they  would  be  denied  or  have  to  wait  for  health  care. 

When  we  look,  however,  at  the  two  upper-income  groups  from 
$60,000  to  $80,000  and  $80,000  and  above— and  these  categories, 
by  the  way,  are  chosen  by  Statistics  Canada,  not  by  us — what  we 
find  is  that  there  is  a  dramatic  difference  in  the  amount  of  time 
that  these  people  wait.  They  wait,  roughly  speaking,  half  as  long 
as  the  other  income  groups  wait. 

This  ties  in  with  research  that  we  have  been  doing  in  connection 
with  our  waiting  list  survey  and  with  the  research  that  has  been 
done  at  other  institutions,  and  that  is  that  there  is  in  fact  not 
equal  treatment  of  people  in  the  Canadian  health  care  system. 

The  first  reason  there  is  not  equal  treatment  is  if  you  have  the 
income  like,  for  example,  the  Premier  of  the  Province  of  Quebec, 
who  recently  found  himself  with  a  malignant  melanoma,  and  you 
cannot  get  interleukin-2  in  Canada,  the  protocol  for  this  particular 
disease  is  not  defined  so  that  you  can  get  interleukin-2  in  Canada, 
he  was  able  to  go  to  Bethesda,  Md.,  and  get  his  treatment,  because 
he  can  afford  to  do  that.  So  that  those  who  have  income  in  Canada 
who  face  these  waiting  list  problems  can  opt  out. 

We  find  from  a  study  that  was  done  at  the  University  of  British 
Columbia  on  the  phenomenon  of  waiting  times  that  there  also  is 
queue  jumping,  and  that  the  queue  jumping  tends  to  be  related  to 
status;  if  you  are  a  minister  of  government  or  if  you  are  well  con- 
nected to  the  medical  fraternity  in  some  way  you  will  be  able  in 
fact  to  jump  the  queue. 

What  they  found  was  that  80  percent  of  the  queue  jumping  that 
they  could  identify  was  for  nonmedical  reasons.  That  is  to  say  only 
20  percent  of  people  are  moved  up  in  the  queue,  so  that  they  do 
not  have  to  wait  for  medical  reasons,  80  percent  are  moved  up  in 
the  queue  for  some  other  reason.  And  we  think  that  those  other 
reasons  are  correlated  with  income,  you  now,  the  probability  that 
you  are  going  to  be  well-connected  and  have  high  income  are  fairly 
closely  related. 

What  we  are  observing  in  this  chart  is  the  fact  that  high-income 
Canadians  are  in  fact  able  to  avoid,  in  one  way  or  another,  the 
problems  that  are  experienced  by  the  average  in  the  population. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you.  That  is  a  very  interesting  expla- 
nation. I  appreciate  your  testimony. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you.  I  apologize  once  again.  I  had  to  go  off 
to  a  leadership  meeting  dealing  with  health  and  the  Republican 
Party. 

Ms.  Nichols,  while  I  was  gone,  you  made  some  comment,  and  I 
would  prefer  to  hear  it  from  you,  about  the  Chafee  bill  vis-a-vis 
what  happens  to  people  who  do  not  have  insurance,  since  I  am  the 
principal  sponsor  of  the  bill  on  this  side  of  the  Capitol.  Apparently 
you  said  something  about  people  would  be  arrested? 

Ms.  NiCHOi^.  Mr.  Thomas,  I  was  being  somewhat  glib,  but  what 
I  was  referring  to 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  could  not  tell,  the  way  in  which  it  was  delivered. 
I  was  just  talking  about  the  content. 

Ms.  NlCHOi^.  What  I  was  referring  to  was  that,  as  I  understand 
it,  the  principal  claim  that  your  bill  has  to  being  universal  coverage 


311 

is  an  individual  mandate,  which  means  that  everybody  must  buy 
coverage  for  themselves  in  order  for  us  all  to  have  coverage. 

It  has  always  been  a  question  on  my  part,  I  consider  tnat  not  to 
be  universal  coverage  and  not  to  be  in  the  interest  of  the  consum- 
ers, and  I  wonder  how  is  that  enforced.  If  you  do  not  buy  universal 
coverage,  do  you  then  go  to  jail  where  you  can  get  free  health  cov- 
erage? I  was  making  a  joke,  but  there  is  an  underlying  very  strong 
concern  that  I  have  about  your  proposal. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Well,  the  answer  is  in  the  bill,  and  if  you  read  the 
bill,  you  will  find  out.  We  do  not  set  up  a  punitive  system,  we  set 
up  an  incentive  system.  What  we  do  is  we  provide  vouchers  for  the 
tax  system  beginning  at  90  percent  of  poverty  through  the  year 
2005,  to  240  percent  of  poverty  phasing  out. 

We  make  all  the  changes  that  most  other  people  believe  are  es- 
sential in  bringing  about  a  rational  system,  not  the  least  of  which 
is  the  malpractice  reform,  which  we  clearly  see  as  the  difference  be- 
tween Canada  and  the  United  States,  on  bringing  frivolous  suits 
with  enormous  amounts  of  money  being  passed  around  the  system 
that  have  no  relationship  to  economic  damages  or  even  non- 
economic  damages,  but  have  more  to  do  with  the  litigiousness  of 
society  and  the  trial  lawyers. 

We  make  all  of  the  antitrust  changes,  we  make  the  administra- 
tive reforms,  we  make  the  insurance  reforms  so  that  small  group 
folk  can  come  together,  and  we  have  voluntary  purchase  coopera- 
tives. After  having  done  all  of  that  through  the  year  2005,  we  re- 
quire a  premium  to  be  paid  if  someone  chooses  not  to  buy  insur- 
ance, not  because  of  poverty,  because  we  have  a  buy-down  proce- 
dure for  that,  but  because  they  simply  choose  not  to  do  it,  and  not 
because  it  is  not  innovative,  because  we  have  the  medisave  plan, 
as  well,  if  you  just  want  to  go  catastrophic  and  take  care  of  your 
preventive  care. 

We  say  when  that  when  you  go  in  for  the  services  without  any 
form  of  insurance,  you  are  required  to  pay  120  percent  of  the  actual 
costs,  because  society  is  going  to  get  out  of  you  the  protective  as- 
pect of  insurance  either  by  paying  when  you  get  that  service  di- 
rectly, or  by  getting  insurance.  And  the  first  couple  of  times  you 
go  in  and  pay  120  percent  of  actual  cost,  you  probably  are  going 
to  shop  around  for  low-cost  insurance. 

It  is  as  universal  coverage  as  the  President's  plan  or  as  Con- 
gressman McDermott's  plan,  in  terms  of  truly  reaching  universal 
coverage.  So  no,  we  do  not  throw  anybody  in  jail  if  you  do  not  have 
insurance.  We  simply  require  you  to  pay  the  societal  cost  of  not 
having  the  insurance,  and  it  is  subject  to  adjustment  from  120  per- 
cent to  some  other  appropriate  percentage,  so  that  you  will  under- 
stand that  it  makes  sense  to  buy  insurance.  But  before  we  require 
someone  to  buy  insurance,  we  make  all  the  changes  in  the  system 
that  not  only  makes  it  attractive  and  reasonable,  but  easy  to  do 
that,  as  well.  And  that  is  in  the  bill. 

In  terms  of  this  jumping  the  queue,  any  study  on  doctors  vis-a- 
vis doctors?  You  indicated  that  only  about  20  percent  of  the  reason 
for  jumping  the  queue  was  medically  related,  and  the  other  80  per- 
cent are  nonmedically  related.  The  fact  that  you  are  a  doctor  that 
needs  some  medical  service,  is  that  a  medial  or  a  nonmedical  rea- 
son to  jump  the  queue? 


312 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  I  think  the  implication  is  that  that  is  a 
nonmedical  reason,  of  course,  but  you  being  a  physician  in  the  sys- 
tem, you  have  better  contacts  than  somebody  else  would  have,  for 
example.  It  is  also  true  that  people  who  live  in  urban  areas  that 
are  near  major  centers  are  more  likely  to  get  treated  than  those 
people  who  are  in  rural  areas  where  they  nave  less  good  access, 
and  so  on. 

While  I  have  the  microphone,  may  I  have  the  opportunity  to  just 
make  a  mention  about  the  people  who  are  waiting.  There  is  an  im- 
plication, and  the  chairman  raised  it,  that  people  who  are  waiting 
are  not  really  needful  of  care.  You  know,  it  is  sort  of  an  optional 
kind  of  thing. 

A  recent  study — which  is  also  included  in  your  charts  here — a 
study  completed  by  the  Institute  for  Clinical  Evaluative  Studies, 
which  is  funded  by  the  Ontario  Government,  found  that  of  those 
people  who  are  waiting  for  hip  surgery,  it  is  not  untypical  for  them 
to  wait  from  7  to  13  months  in  severe  pain  for  this  procedure.  It 
is  not  unusual  for  people  to  have  had  severe  disability  in  terms  of 
mobility  and  be  waiting  for  7  to  13  months. 

So  I  think  we  do  need — perhaps  Dr.  MacKillop's  comments  about 
waiting  for  intervention  for  cancer  therapy  has  made  the  point  bet- 
ter than  I  can,  and  that  is  that  we  have  to  dispel  the  notion  that 
somehow  this  waiting  does  not  involve  any  real  costs  to  the  people 
involved,  that  this  is  just  somehow  ethereal  stuff  that  really  does 
not  matter. 

These  people  for  the  most  part  are  in  pain,  they  are  at  the  very 
least  in  psychological  pain,  often  in  physical  pain,  and  this  is  a  real 
cost  to  the  people  involved  and  it  is  something  that  really  needs  to 
be  focused  on,  if  you  are  considering  adopting  this  kind  of  system. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Beyond  that,  doctor,  I  think  tnere  are  a  number  of 
elective  procedures  which,  if  put  off,  can  in  fact  result  in  someone 
doing  more  damage  to  themselves  than  would  otherwise  be  the 
case.  Off  the  top  of  my  head,  I  could  think  of  cataract  surgery, 
which  not  only  would  provide  a  better  quality  of  life  for  that  year 
or  more  that  you  are  waiting,  but  that  in  fact  if  you  are  somewhat 
elderly  and  still  feel  that  you  can  get  around — if  you  have  a  broken 
hip  you  are  down,  it  is  painful,  but  you  are  down — ^but  if  you  have 
cataracts  and  you  move  around,  you  could  wind  up  with  that  bro- 
ken hip,  by  virtue  of  not  having  the  timeliness  benefit. 

So  there  are  a  number  of  down-side  exposures  that  occur  any 
time  when  you  are  waiting,  and  waiting  is  rationing  and  it  is  al- 
ways in  the  eye  of  the  beholder,  primarily.  But  when  you  begin  to 
have  statistical  numbers  show  up,  as  you  have,  in  terms  of  eco- 
nomic relationship,  you  have  some  concern. 

Let  me  ask  one  last  question.  It  has  a  bit  to  do  with  your  system, 
again,  which  I  am  not  as  apprised  of  as  I  would  like  to  be,  and  I 
am  trying  to.  For  example,  in  the  President's  offering — which  is  ob- 
viously not  now  reality,  but  it  has  to  do  in  part  with  this  business 
of  choice  or  limiting  freedom  of  choice — under  the  President's  plan, 
you  cannot  go  out  and  pick  up  insurance  outside  of  the  alliance 
structure,  that  basically  your  choice  will  be  within  that  framework. 
As  Senator  Gramm  said,  based  upon  a  Wall  Street  Journal  article, 
that  this  really  does  limit  the  freedom  of  choice  that  Americans 
would  have  under  the  President's  system. 


313 

Is  there  anything  comparable  to  that  in  Canada,  in  terms  of  a 
closed  buying  system  or  choices  denied  by  virtue  of  the  structure 
that  is  there? 

Mr.  Walker.  Well,  it  is  a  very  important  aspect  of  the  Canadian 
system  that  the  purchase  of  insurance  for  those  things  which  are 
covered  under  the  comprehensive  program  is  outlawed  in  Canada. 
In  other  words,  a  Canadian  may  not  buy  insurance  for  those  proce- 
dures, and  this  I  think  turns  out  to  be  a  crucial  features  of  the  Ca- 
nadian system.  I  must  say  until  Mr.  Gramm  raised  it  in  the  Wall 
Street  Journal,  I  had  missed  it  in  the  U.S.  plan,  but  it  is  a  crucial 
point.  Because  what  it  means  is,  it  means  that  the  only  health  care 
that  is  going  to  be  available  to  anybody  is  the  health  care  that  is 
made  available  to  everybody. 

Obviously  if  you  cannot  provide  insurance  for  procedures,  then 
any  provider  of  those  procedures  who  is  trying  to  provide  more 
than  is  available  under  the  comprehensive  program  is  not  going  to 
be  economically  successful.  What  we  have  found  in  Canada  is  that 
there  are  in  fact  no  options  to  the  government  provided  plan.  In 
other  words,  while  ostensibly  you  have  choice,  the  fact  that  you  are 
unable  to  insure  yourself,  to  implement  that  choice  means  that 
there  is  in  fact  no  choice. 

By  the  way,  there  is  a  distinction  to  be  made  here  between  the 
Canadian  and  the  U.K.  system  or  the  English  system  in  this  re- 
gard. That  is  that  in  the  U.K.  system  they  are  permitted  to  pur- 
chase insurance  under  the  British  United  Provident  Association 
and  a  number  of  other  plans.  They  are  able  to  purchase  insurance 
for  services  that  are  covered  by  the  national  health  service,  and 
about  11  percent  of  the  population  of  the  United  Kingdom  in  fact 
get  surgeries  and  things  done  in  British  United  Provident  Associa- 
tion hospitals,  and  that  option  is  not,  as  I  say,  available  to  us  in 
Canada. 

The  onlv  option  we  have — and  this  option  has  just  recently  be- 
come available — is  to  purchase  insurance  for  treatment  in  the  Unit- 
ed States.  There  is  a  new  insurance  plan,  operated  by  the  Canada- 
American  Health  Insurance  Corporation  out  of  Winnipeg,  which 
provides  Canadians  with  the  opportunity  to  buy  insurance  for  cov- 
erage in  the  United  States.  Evidently,  under  the  plan  which  is 
being  proposed  down  here,  that  opportunity  would  be  denied  Amer- 
icans. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Under  the  President's  plan. 

Another  reason,  Ms.  Nichols,  that  we  made  the  changes  in  our 
bill  in  terms  of  voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives.  As  opposed  to 
my  friend  Dr.  McDermott,  I  do  believe  that,  under  the  proper  struc- 
ture, the  insurance  industry  can  be  verv  creative  in  packaging  var- 
ious alternatives,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  we  do  not  know  enough 
about  what  should  or  should  not  be  done  in  closed  systems  to  not 
allow  for  some  kind  of  a  private  sector  marketplace  check  on  what 
could  be  offered. 

If  in  fact  purchasing  cooperatives  and  closed  purchasing  coopera- 
tives are  the  way  of  the  future,  I  think  they  ought  to  earn  it  in  a 
real  world  setting,  rather  than  having  them  anointed  by  govern- 
ment imposing  them  on  the  structure,  and  I  frankly  believe  a  little 
competition,  fair,  equal  competition  with  insurance  changes  that 
are  absolutely  necessary  would  prove  the  merit  of  the  purchasing 


314 

cooperatives  far  more  than  a  government  imposed  one,  as  the 
President  does  under  his  alhances,  or  even  as  Cooper-Grandy  does 
under  their  current  structure.  I  believe  you  ought  to  earn  the 
changes,  rather  than  having  them  awarded  to  you. 

I  vield  back  my  time,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  want  to  ask  Dr.  Walker  and  Dr.  MacKillop  a  couple  of  ques- 
tions. Before  I  do,  I  just  want  to  make  a  couple  of  comments  mDOut 
some  of  the  things  I  have  heard. 

I  think  it  is  important  for  this  subcommittee  and  our  full  com- 
mittee and  the  Congress  to  consider  the  question  of  why  people  in 
this  country  do  not  get  medical  care  in  some  instances,  and  I  think 
it  is  too  easily  answered  by  some  in  this  House  that  the  problem 
is  only  that  they  cannot  afford  it  or  they  do  not  have  access. 

To  give  you  an  example,  in  my  home  State  of  Louisiana,  which 
bv  most  measures  is  not  as  rich  as  the  chairman's  home  State  of 
California,  the  burghers  must  find  a  way,  contrary  I  suppose  to  the 
chairman's  State,  to  provide  service  for  people  who  cannot  afford  it. 

In  my  State,  if  a  woman  wants  to  get  her  child  immunized,  she 
need  only  go  to  any  public  health  center,  a  charity  hospital,  and  the 
charge  is  $5.  If  she  says  she  cannot  afford  the  $5,  the  $5  fee  is 
waived,  and  yet  the  immunization  rate  for  children  in  my  home 
parish  or  county  was,  before  a  recent  effort,  less  than  50  percent. 
So  there  is  obviously  some  reason  other  than  access  and  afford- 
ability  that  those  folks  are  not  getting  the  proper  care,  and  we 
ought  not  ignore  that. 

Thanks  to  a  recent  effort  to  advertise  that  and  to  get  people  to 
take  their  children,  we  are  now  up  over  50  percent.  Hallelujah. 
More  efforts  like  that  need  to  be  done. 

Also,  we  have  heard  a  lot  of  testimony,  be  it  anecdotal,  about 
why  people  from  Canada  go  to  the  United  States  to  get  medical 
care.  In  most  instances,  it  is  because  they  are  on  a  waiting  list  or 
they  just  cannot  get  that  particular  procedure  or  that  particular 
drug  or  medicine  in  Canada,  and  so  they  come  to  the  United 
States.  That  implies,  at  least  to  me,  that  the  quality  of  health  care 
in  the  United  States  generally  is  higher  than  that  in  Canada,  at 
least  with  respect  to  some  procedures  and  medications  and  treat- 
ment. 

Now,  we  have  had  some  testimony  here  today  that  we  have  this 
stream  of  Americans  flowing  into  Canada  to  get  health  care.  We 
have  not  heard  any  reasons  why  they  are  going,  but  I  suspect  that 
many  of  them,  not  most,  if  not  all,  are  going  because  it  is  free,  be- 
cause they  can  get  the  health  care  free,  they  do  not  have  to  pay 
for  it.  I  would  submit  that  is  a  totally  different  situation  and  we 
ought  not  necessarily  emulate  Canada's  system  to  stop  that  prob- 
lem. 

Dr.  Walker,  one  of  the  issues  that  has  been  raised  in  the  debate 
is  the  effect  that  changes  in  the  health  care  system  as  proposed  by 
the  President  or  by  Mr.  McDermott,  the  single-payer  system,  will 
have  on  research  and  development  in  the  field  of  health  care.  Do 
you  have  any  insights,  based  on  your  experience  in  Canada? 

Mr.  Walkkr.  Mr.  McCrery,  this  is  a  very  difficult  area,  because 
we  find  that  the  data,  for  example,  measuring  amount  of  research 


315 

effort  and  so  on  is  not  very  satisfacto^.  We  do  know  that  certainly 
there  is  not  as  much  research  activity  done  in  Canada  as  there  is 
in  the  United  States,  even  on  a  proportionate  basis,  but  there  may 
be  many  reasons  for  that. 

One  of  the  things,  however,  that  does  come  out  in  comparing  the 
Canadian  and  United  States  systems  which  I  think  bears  on  this 
issue  is  the  technology  which  is  available  in  the  two  systems.  I 
draw  your  attention  to  the  chart.  I  have  provided  a  technology  com- 
parison in  the  charts  that  I  have  given  you,  and  it  shows  the  avail- 
ability of  different  kinds  of  technology  in  Canada  per  million  people 
and  in  the  United  States  per  million  people. 

What  you  are  really  struck  by  is  the  fact  that  there  is  an  enor- 
mous gap  between  the  amount  of  technology  that  is  available  to  the 
average  Canadian  and  the  amount  that  is  available  to  the  average 
American.  Now,  by  inference,  as  an  economist,  I  said  to  myself, 
well,  if  this  is  the  way  the  market  for  technology  is  in  the  two 
countries,  and  since  ultimately  it  is  the  market  for  technology  that 
drives  research  and  it  is  the  market  for  new  medical  technologies 
which  drives  the  soft  research,  if  there  is  not  the  market  for  the 
technology,  why  do  the  research.  It  does  not  seem  to  me  to  make 
much  sense  and  does  not  seem  to  stand  up  to  reason  that  people 
will  continue  to  invest  large  amounts  of  money  in  the  development 
of  new  technologies  which  they  know  will  not  be  adopted. 

I  think  what  you  have  to  address  in  your  own  deliberations  on 
this  question  is  to  ask  yourself  the  question,  if  you  adopt  a  Cana- 
dian style  system,  whether  it  is  the  kind  that  Mr.  Clinton  wants 
or  it  is  the  kind  that  Mr.  McDermott  wants,  what  is  going  to  hap- 
pen to  the  demand  for  high-tech  modalities  and  high-tech  equip- 
ment and  what  will  be  the  implication  of  that  on  the  research  that 
you  are  doing  in  your  country. 

I  think,  frankly,  that  if  the  United  States  does  adopt  our  system, 
that  you  will  in  fact  find  yourselves  getting  very  much  the  same 
kind  of  technology  that  we  have  now  eventually,  and  that  this  is 
going  to  have  a  devastating  impact  on  the  amount  of  research  that 
is  done.  Because  we  in  Canada  typically  do  not  adopt  technology 
until  it  has  been  proven  out  in  the  United  States.  We  look  to  the 
United  States  and  say,  well,  is  it  cost  effective,  is  it  clinically  effec- 
tive. And  having  seen  that  evidence  from  your  activities,  we  then 
adopt  it,  and  that  is  why  we  have  this  lag  in  adoption  of  these  new 
and  advanced  technologies. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  doctor. 

Just  one  question  for  Dr.  MacKillop.  We  have  heard  references 
to  the  budget  limitations  in  Canada  in  the  health  care  system.  Can 
you  just  tell  us  how  those  budget  limitations  that  have  been  re- 
ferred to  affect  the  way  that  you  practice  medicine? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  can  only  tell  you  about  the  way  I  practice  med- 
icine and  people  in  my  discipline  of  cancer  medicine  practice  medi- 
cine. I  cannot  make  general  statements. 

As  I  mentioned,  I  do  not  think  that  the  status  of  my  discipline 
of  radiation  oncology  in  Canada  relates  to  the  current  fiscal  crisis 
in  Canada,  but  we  have  a  limitation  on  resources  imposed  by  a 
more  limited  investment  than  was  appropriate  in  radiation  oncol- 
ogy in  the  1970s  and  in  the  1980s.  As  a  result  of  that,  we  do  not 
have    as   many   facilities    with    as    much    equipment   or   as   many 


316 

trained  staff  as  we  believe  are  necessary,  and  that  I  believe  has 
had  an  influence  on  the  way  that  radiotherapy  is  practiced  in  Can- 
ada. 

I  have  audited  the  management  of  the  commonest  form  of  the 
commonest  disease,  nonsmall  cell  lung  cancer,  and  I  have  audited 
the  management  of  all  patients  in  the  Ontario  Cancer  Foundation 
over  a  period  of  10  years,  between  1982  and  1991.  We  found  that 
across  the  whole  system — although  there  was  variation  amon^  the 
different  cancer  centers — across  the  whole  system  we  were  giving 
about  30  percent  less  radiotherapy  to  that  group  of  patients  in 
1991  than  we  were  in  1982  counted  as  the  number  of  treatments 
per  patient.  There  were  big  changes  in  some  centers  dropping  to 
half  of  the  former  level  of  radiotherapy  utilization  and  in  some 
other  centers  the  rate  remained  constant. 

I  have  to  tell  you,  Mr.  McCrery,  that  we  looked  at  the  effect  that 
this  might  have  had  on  the  outcome  of  the  disease,  and  we  looked 
at  that  in  terms  of  survival  as  a  fundamental  measurement,  and 
also  in  terms  of  probability  that  that  patient  would  require  further 
treatment  to  the  same  part  of  the  body  at  a  later  date,  as  an  indi- 
rect measure  of  quality  of  life,  re  treatment  being  an  indicator  of 
progression  of  the  disease  or  occurrence  of  the  disease. 

And  we  found  no  difference  whatsoever  in  the  survival  from  this 
disease  associated  with  the  large  decrease  in  resource  utilization. 
We  are  talking  about  15,000  patients,  and  the  power  to  detect  dif- 
ferences would  have  been  very  high.  We  found  that  the  median  sur- 
vival over  the  two  5-year  periods  that  we  studied  remained  con- 
stant to  within  a  week,  and  there  was  an  eerie  similarity  in  the 
percentage  surviving  1,  2,  and  3  years. 

So  I  think  that  the  resource  constraints  did  alter  practice,  and 
I  think  that  it  looks  as  if  my  profession  chose  to  cut  down  radio- 
therapy utilization  in  a  circumstance  in  which  we  already  had 
great  doubts  about  the  utility  of  intense  radiotherapy  utilization, 
and  we  have  been  able  to  achieve  as  a  result  quite  massive  savings 
at  no  expense  in  terms  of  quantity  of  life  and  no  change  in  quality 
of  life  that  we  can  detect  in  this  type  of  audit. 

I  should  indicate  that  we  do  not  have  good  measures  of  quality 
of  life  based  on  a  retrospective  analysis  of  an  electronic  database. 
But  if  you  look  at  the  way  that  we  practice  lung  cancer  medicine 
now  and  compare  that  with  the  United  States,  we  use  far  fewer  re- 
sources and  we  produce  the  same  results  I  believe  in  terms  of 
quantity  of  life,  and  there  is  nothing  to  say  that  we  do  not  produce 
equally  good  quality  of  life  on  our  side  of  the  border. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  appreciate  that.  Dr.  MacKillop,  but  what  you 
are  telling  me  is  that  the  methodology  was  driven  by  a  lack  of  re- 
sources that  was  driven  by  the  budget,  and  after  the  fact  you  stud- 
ied the  results  and  found  that  there  was  no  significant  difference 
in  outcome.  But  would  you  say  that  you  got  lucky  on  that  one? 

Dr.  MacKillop.  I  think  there  was  insight  and  intuition,  but  I 
would  say  you  are  exactly  right,  we  were  lucky  on  that  one,  but, 
my  goodness,  you  are  not  so  lucky,  because  in  the  United  States 
you  continue  to  practice  the  same  over-expense  over-treatment  of 
patients  in  this  disease  that  we  used  to  10  years  ago. 

Mr.  McCrery.  That  is  something  we  could  possibly  learn  from 
you,  and  I  am  hopeful  that  we  will  start  to  study  outcomes  more 


317 

and  develop  practice  guidelines  and  things  that  we  can  use  to  use 
our  resources  more  efficiently.  But  I  am  not  sure  that  I  would  pre- 
fer your  system,  which  imposes  methodologies  on  our  practitioners 
through  budgetary  considerations,  and  we  have  to  hope  that  we  get 
lucky  in  each  and  every  circumstance  in  the  health  care  field. 

Mr.  Walker.  May  I  just  add  a  footnote  to  this  commentary?  The 
issue  of  whether  it  is  budget  caps  or  whether  it  is  management 
seems  to  me  is  just  the  same  problem  looked  at  from  a  different 
perspective.  Dr.  MacKillop  was  looking  at  it  from  the  point  of  view 
of  his  one  area,  and  very  important  area,  of  expertise,  and  he  sees 
it  simply  as  the  bureaucracy  not  responding  quickly  enough  to  get 
the  resources  to  them  to  keep  up  with  the  demand  for  cancer  treat- 
ment. 

But  you  see,  viewed  in  a  broader  context,  those  bureaucrats  and 
those  people  who  are  acting  too  slowly  are  operating  within  a  po- 
litically determined  allocation  of  overall  budget,  and  one  of  the  rea- 
sons why  they  are  moving  slowly  is  because  their  budget  room  is 
being  taken  away  from  them  by  some  other  competing  political  pur- 
pose. 

I  think  that  the  lesson  that  Americans  need  to  learn  from  the 
Canadian  system  is  that  when  you  move  away  from  the  current 
system  that  you  have — where  there  is  some  politics  involved  in  the 
allocation  of  resources,  but  it  is  basically  driven  by  economic  and 
market  considerations — that  when  you  move  to  a  single-payer  sys- 
tem, all  of  the  resource  allocation  decisions  will  effectively  become 
determined  at  a  global  level  by  politics. 

What  you  need  to  ask  yourselves  is,  is  there  anything  about  the 
way  in  which  your  political  system  currently  makes  decisions  and 
allocates  resources  that  leads  you  to  believe  that  this  is  going  to 
be  a  superior  way  of  allocating  resources,  and,  in  particular,  adapt- 
ing to  changing  medical  needs. 

Because  as  Dr.  MacKillop  has  pointed  out,  everything  was  fine 
in  Ontario  10  or  15  years  ago,  it  is  the  increased  incidence  of  can- 
cer causing  a  need  for  a  change  in  the  allocation  of  politically  deter- 
mined resources  that  has  caused  the  problem.  You  know,  you  are 
all  much  more  expert  in  political  matters  than  I  am  and  perhaps 
you  could  enlighten  us  on  that  issue. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  appreciate  your  responses,  and  thank  you  all  for 
coming  today. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  STARK.  If  there  are  no  further  questions,  I  want  to 
thank  the  panel  very  much,  and  the  meeting  is  adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  1:45  p.m.,  the  hearing  was  adjourned.] 

[Submissions  for  the  record  follow.] 


318 


STATEMENT  OF  JACK  SHEINKMAN 
AMALGAMATED  CLOTHING  &  TEXTILE  WORKERS  UNION 

The  Amalgamated  Clothing  and  Textile  Workers  Union  is  acutely  aware 
of  the  health  care  crisis  in  America.   When  we  organize  a  non-union  plant,  we 
usually  find  workers  and  their  families  with  no  insurance,  inadequate  insurance 
or  unaffordable  insurance.   We  have  members  in  inner  cities  in  die  North  and 
rural  areas  in  die  South  who  have  trouble  finding  a  doctor  despite  the  fact  that 
they  have  a  health  plan.  Escalating  health  care  costs  threaten  the 
competitiveness  of  our  companies,  strain  the  collective  bargaining  system  and 
dominate  government  budgets  at  all  levels.  The  current  regressive  system  of 
health  care  financing  puts  our  firms  and  their  domestic  plants  at  a  serious 
disadvantage  in  the  global  economy,  threatening  our  members'  very  livelihood. 
Effective  health  care  reform  must  come  to  grips  with  all  these  dimensions  of  the 
health  care  crisis. 

Therefore,  ACTWU  is  guided  by  three  fundamental  principles  as  we 
evaluate  proposals  for  reform: 

1.  The  need  to  provide  comprehensive,  quality  health  care  for  everyone. 
Employed  and  unemployed.   Young  and  old.  Rich  and  poor. 

2.  The  need  to  eliminate  waste  in  the  health  care  system  and  effectively 
contain  costs.  The  plan  must  reduce  administrative  waste  and  put  a  lid  on  rising 
medical  costs. 

3.  The  need  to  share  the  financial  burden  of  health  care  equitably.  That 
means  progressive  public  financing,  where  coiporations  and  wealthy  individuals 
pay  more  than  small  employers  and  wage  earners. 

The  American  Health  Security  Act,  HR  1200,  is  the  only  bill  that  fuUv 
satisfies  these  needs.  It  moves  away  from  the  employer-based  insurance  system 
toward  a  national  social  insurance  system.  It  takes  all  the  administrative  waste 
from  thousands  of  separate  insurance  plans  and  puts  that  money  into  a 
comprehensive  benefit  package  that  includes  long-term  care.  It  provides 
meaningful  cost  containment  through  an  intemationally  proven  method  of 
bargaining  with  providers.   It  addresses  isssues  of  quality  control  without 
micromanaging  health  care  professionals  and  without  compromising  patients' 
freedom  to  choose  their  doctors  and  hospitals.  It  provides  funding  and 
incentives  to  get  more  doctors  into  inner  cities  and  rural  areas.  It  assures  public 
accountability  of  the  health  care  system. 

ACTWU  is  delighted  to  support  this  legislation  for  all  these  reasons.   But 
we  are  particularly  concemed  about  competitive  issues  and  equitable  financing 
in  health  care  reform.  HR  1200  fully  addresses  these  issues  as  well. 

Equitablv  Financed  Universal  Coverage  Is  Needed 

ACTWU  members,  like  millions  of  working  Americans  who  now  have 
insurance,  are  suffering  the  consequences  of  a  health  care  system  in  which  some 
employers  get  away  with  providing  little  or  no  insurance  for  their  employees 
and  dependents.  Tliis  system  puts  socially  responsible  companies  at  an  imfair 
and  serious  competitive  disadvantage.  And  that  means  lost  wages  and  lost  jobs 
for  insured  workers.  ACTWU  firms  with  insurance  are  also  paying  more  than 
companies  in  other  countries  with  less  expensive  universal  health  care  systems. 


319 


As  low  wage  workers  in  the  textile  and  apparel  industry  who  are 
representative  of  low  wage  workers  in  general,  ACTWU  members  are  also 
concerned  that  universal  health  care  be  progressively  financed,  like  their  own 
union  plan,  using  a  percentage  of  payroll  formula.   The  overall  current  health 
care  financing  structure  is  highly  regressive  for  companies  and  workers.   Health 
care  reform  needs  to  reverse  that  pattern  so  that  universal  coverage  does  not 
create  new  competitive  problems  for  companies  or  severe  hardship  for  workers. 

HR  1200  would  create  a  universal  health  care  system  with  equitable 
financing.   This  would  eliminate  the  unfair  competitive  advantage  held  by  those 
firms  who  deny  health  insurance  to  their  workers.   Such  a  system  would  also 
bolster  U.S.  comp)etitiveness  with  those  countries  that  have  affordable  universal 
coverage. 

Current  System  Distorts  Competitiveness 

Through  our  experience  in  collective  bargaining  and  organizing,  the 
Amalgamated  Clothing  and  Textile  Workers  Union  is  confronted  daily  with  the 
competitive  distortions  that  result  from  some  companies  providing  health 
insurance  for  their  workers  while  others  do  not.   Non-imion  firms  often  provide 
partial  or  no  coverage  or  require  co-payments  on  coverage  for  dependents  that  is 
prohibitively  expensive.   For  example,  before  they  unionized,  single  mothers 
making  curtains  for  K-Mart  at  the  S.  Lichtenberg  Company  in  Georgia  were 
taking  home  $150  a  week.   The  company  charged  them  $68  a  month  if  they 
wanted  to  cover  their  children  under  an  insurance  policy  with  a  $500  deductible. 
After  paying  for  food  and  shelter,  almost  none  of  the  530  workers  were  able  to 
buy  family  coverage.   In  their  first  union  contract,  the  company  and  workers 
joined  the  national  ACTWU  health  plan  with  an  affordable  "community"  rate, 
no  premium  payments  by  workers  and  a  $200  deductible.  Hundreds  of  children 
became  protected  by  health  insurance  for  the  first  time.  Now  the  company  has 
to  find  other  ways  to  compete  with  curtain  firms  that  have  the  non-insuring 
edge. 

There  are  many  ways  that  insuring  firms  are  hurt  by  those  who  don't 
insure  their  workers.   First,  the  non-insuring  firms  have  lower  operating  costs 
and  can  underbid  firms  with  insurance.   Second,  the  insuring  firms  end  up 
covering  the  spouses  and  dependents  who  work  for  non-insuring  firms.   This 
includes  wives  who  work  in  retail  stores  and  husbands  or  college  students  who 
work  for  small  businesses.   (About  65%  of  retail  employees  and  31%  of  firms 
with  10  or  fewer  woricers  had  no  company  insurance  in  1992.')  Third,  cost 
shifting  by  health  care  providers  means  that  insuring  firms  actually  pay  the  bills 
of  employees  of  non-insuring  firms.   (About  30%  of  private  insurance  hospital 
bill  payments  cover  nonreimbursed  expenses  of  other  patients.^)  Finally,  to  the 
extent  that  the  government  pays  the  bills  of  the  uninsured,  all  taxpayers, 
including  insuring  companies,  pick  up  the  tab  for  non-insuring  firms. 

HR  12(X)  would  remove  the  competitive  edge  currently  enjoyed  by  those 
firms  that  foist  their  workers'  health  care  bills  onto  other  companies  and 


'  Employee  Benefit  Research  Insiitutc,  EBRI  Issue  Brief  (EBRI  tabulations  of  1993  Current  Population 
Survey),  January  1994. 

'  Economic  Policy  Institute,  "The  Impact  of  the  Clinton  Health  Care  Plan  on  Jobs,  Investment,  Wages, 
Productivity,  and  Exports",  1993. 


320 


taxpayers.  Given  the  countervailing  profit  incentives,  nothing  short  of  a 
mandatory  universal  system  can  guarantee  that  all  employers  make  a  fair 
contribution  to  coverage  and  that  all  workers  and  their  dependents  are  insured. 
This  will  take  care  of  85%  of  the  currently  uninsured  who  are  the  employees 
(and  their  dependents)  of  non-insuring  firms.   It  also  follows  in  the  footsteps  of 
mandatory  Social  Security  contributions  by  virtually  all  employers. 

We  negotiate  health  plans  with  hundreds  of  small  businesses.  So  we  feel 
obUgated  to  counter  the  hysteria  that  is  being  whipped  up  against  mandatory 
employer  contributions  by  some  small  business  organizations.   These  are  the 
same  groups  that  said  increasing  the  minimum  wage  would  close  businesses  and 
kill  jobs.  But  the  actual  minimum  wage  increases  in  1990  caused  no  job  loss.^ 
Now  they're  saying  that  mandatory  premiums,  no  matter  how  small,  will  close 
businesses  and  kill  jobs.  They're  wrong  this  time,  too.  Small  business  can 
afford  insurance  if  it's  equitably  financed. 


Equitable  Financing  is  Kev  to  Equitable  Emplover  Mandate 

While  we  feel  very  strongly  that  all  firms  should  provide  insurance  for  all 
their  employees,  we  know  that  charging  the  same  flat  premium  to  every 
company  could  create  new  competitive  problems.  It  could  threaten  the  viability 
of  some  labor-intensive,  low-profit-margin  firms  from  apparel  companies  to 
retail  stores.   It  would  also  continue  to  put  U.S.  firms  at  a  competitive 
disadvantage  internationally. 

ACTWU  negotiates  contracts  in  both  U.S.  and  Canada.  We  can  cite 
many  of  examples  of  a  single  payer  system  providing  the  same  or  better 
coverage  for  less.  In  1992  Levi  Strauss  paid  premiums  equal  to  19%  of  its 
Florence,  Kentucky  plant  payroU  but  paid  an  amount  equal  to  only  4%  of  its 
Stoney  Creek,  Ontario  (Canada)  payroll  for  similarly  comprehensive  health 
insurance.  For  textile  company  Courtalds  PLC  the  difference  was  22% 
(Alabama)  vs.  6%  (Ontario);  for  two  Hathaway  shirt  plants  of  the  Wamaco 
Company  the  difference  was  12%  (Maine)  vs.  4%  (Ontario).   A  similar  cost  gap 
exists  between  the  largest  U.S.  men's  suit  manufacturer,  Hartmarx,  and  its 
Canadian  competitor.  Peerless,  which  is  exporting  almost  300,000  suits  to  the 
U.S.  annually.  Canada's  pre-eminence  as  the  largest  exporter  of  men's  wool 
suits  to  the  U.S.  is  helped  in  part  by  Canada's  less  expensive  national  health 
insurance. 

Charging  the  same  high  flat  premium  to  all  workers  threatens  the  already 
tenuous  living  standards  of  low-wage  workers.  Currently,  workers  can't  afford 
to  buy  insurance  once  they've  paid  for  food  and  shelter.  How  will  they  feed 
and  house  tiieir  families  if  the  premiums  become  mandatory  and  their  incomes 
remain  the  same?  The  high  price  and  unfair  distribution  of  health  care  costs  in 
the  current  system  is  the  engine  that  drives  firms  and  individuals  to  drop 
coverage.  HR  12(X)'s  payroll  premium  would  solve  this  problem. 


'Ibid. 


321 


Current  Health  Care  Financing  Is  Regressive 

The  current  financing  of  health  care  is  extremely  regressive.   A 
recent  study  found  that  low-income  families  pay  over  twice  the  share  of  income 
for  all  health  care  expenses  as  high-income  families.''   As  a  share  of  income, 
low-income  families  spend  four  times  as  much  as  high  income  families  for 
premiums,  even  though  many  poor  families  are  uninsured  and  don't  pay  any 
premiums.   Out-of-pocket  spending  is  even  more  regressive,  with  low-income 
families  spending  nine  times  what  high-income  families  spend  even  though  poor 
people  can't  afford  to  spend  much  at  all  on  uncovered  bills  and  deductibles. 

The  only  portion  of  health  care  financing  that  is  equitable  is  the  portion 
covering  programs  that  are  paid  for  through  personal  and  corporate  income  taxes 
at  the  Federal  and  state  level.   But  other  taxes,  such  as  sales  taxes,  hit  low- 
income  families  harder. 


The  Fairest  Financing  Method  Is  Also  the  Simplest 

The  majority  of  health  care  is  funded  through  premiums  and  out-of-pocket 
spending~the  two  most  regressive  forms  of  financing.   Fortunately,  the  most 
equitable  method  for  financing  health  care,  a  payroll  premium  by  firms  and 
workers,  is  also  the  simplest  to  administer. 

Traditional  insurance  premiums  are  flat  doUar  amounts  that  by  their  nature 
are  a  greater  burden  for  low-income  people.   This  burden  is  made  even  heavier 
by  having  different  rates  based  on  family  size~the  more  mouths  you  have  to 
feed,  the  higher  your  insurance  premium.   Under  the  current  system,  contingent 
workers-part-timers,  temporaries  and  independent  contractors-pay  higher 
individual  premiums  than  employees  in  group  plans  even  though  they  often  have 
lower  incomes.   Finally,  smaller  firms  pay  higher  rates  than  larger  ones. 

HR  1200  provides  the  most  equitable  and  simplest  solution  to  financing 
health  care:   transforming  per  capita  premiums  into  a  progressive  payroll 
premium  structured  like  Social  Security.   The  combination  of  a  8.4%  payroll 
premium  for  companies  (4%  for  smallAow  wage  firms)  plus  a  2.1%  payroll 
premium  for  workers  would  cover  the  costs  now  covered  by  regressive  flat 
premiums  and  out-of-pocket  payments. 

These  8.4%  and  4%  payroll  premiums  are  fair  to  a  wide  range  of 
companies  and  workers.   It  represents  significant  savings  for  most  companies 
that  now  insure  their  workers  and  a  reasonable  cost  for  those  that  do  not.  It  is 
in  line  with  amounts  paid  by  our  competitors  in  the  developed  nations.   It 
automatically  covers  most  contingent  workers. 

The  Clinton  plan  creates  a  hybrid  premium  in  the  form  of  a  flat  rate  with 
a  payroll  payment  maximum  of  7.9%  for  companies  and  3.9%  for  individuals. 
These  caps,  along  with  the  subsidies  for  small  businesses  and  the  very  poor, 
make  premium  financing  less  regressive  than  the  current  system.   But  it  creates 
a  system  that  is  much  more  cumbersome  than  a  progressive  payroll  premium. 
This  hybrid  premium  would  require  several  billion  dollars  each  year  in 


*  Edith  Rasell,  Jared  Bemsiein,  and  Kainan  Tang,  "The  Impact  of  Health  Care  Financing  on  Family 
Budgets,"  Economic  Policy  Institute,  1993. 


322 


unnecessary  administrative  costs  to  determine  employment  status,  family 
structure,  employment  status  of  dependents,  and  which  firms  and  individuals  are 
eligible  for  how  much  of  a  subsidy.  While  simplicity  is  supposed  to  be  one 
principle  of  the  Clinton  plan,  its  financing  is  much  more  complex  than  it  needs 
to  be. 

Cost  Sharing  Is  Not  Justified 

The  other  highly  regressive  component  of  health  care  financing  is  out-of- 
pocket  expenses,  including  deductibles,  co-payments  for  premiums,  uninsured 
portion  of  bills,  and  uncovered  services  (often  drugs  and  mental  health  care). 
People  with  low  incomes  can't  afford  to  buy  the  health  care  they  need.   Yet 
they  pay  almost  a  nine-times  larger  portion  of  their  income  out-of-pocket  than 
high-income  famiUes  for  the  health  care  they  get.   Furthermore,  a  single 
catastrophic  illness  can  propel  even  middle-income  families  into  bankruptcy  due 
to  uncovered  bills. 

Increasing  out-of-pocket  burdens  have  been  advanced  as  a  cost 
containment  measure  and  a  means  to  reduce  imnecessary  use  of  medical 
services.   But,  it  is  not  clear  that  America  overuses  health  care  compared  to  our 
international  competitors.  Americans  go  to  the  doctor  less  and  stay  in  hospitals 
a  shorter  period  of  time  than  consumers  in  every  other  major  industrialized 
country.   These  nations  get  more  services  for  less  money  despite  universal 
coverage  and  little  oi  ..o  cost-sharing. 

What  is  clear  is  that  co-payments  and  deductibles  discourage  24%  of 
people  with  insurance  from  seeking  the  care  they  feel  they  need.'  What  is  also 
clear  is  that  low-income  people  in  America  have  worse  health  when  they  are 
subjected  to  cost-sharing.  Americans  who  can't  afford  to  go  to  a  doctor  put  it 
off  till  they  land  in  a  hospital  emergency  room  where  more  expensive  heroic 
measures  have  a  much  lower  chance  of  actually  providing  a  cure. 

Many  union  and  non-union  workers  do  not  currently  pay  a  portion  of 
premium  costs.  Our  imion  has  seen  too  many  families  in  unorganized  plants 
"choose"  not  to  have  coverage  simply  because  they  couldn't  afford  it.  As  a 
result,  we  have  insisted  that  our  largest  national  tailored  clothing  and  cotton 
shirt  and  jeans  contracts  have  fuUy-employer-paid  insurance. 

HR  1200  uses  payroll  premiums  to  fully  fund  health  care  without  any 
deductibles  or  co-payments  for  insurance  or  for  medical  services.  This  is 
similar  to  systems  among  our  international  competitors.   Cost  contairunent  and 
the  problem  of  inappropriate  care  are  addressed  without  creating  financial 
barriers  to  necessary  services.  We  feel  this  bill  incorporates  the  best  way  to 
finance  health  care  and  the  most  effective  cost  containment  mechanism. 

HR  1200  provides  a  free  choice  of  provider  and  does  not  force  woricers 
into  managed  care  and  HMOs.  Under  the  Clinton  plan,  we  are  concerned  about 
how  large  a  gap  there  will  be  between  HMO,  PPO  and  fee-for-service 
premiums.  We  fear  the  creation  of  a  Medicaid-type  second  tier  system  of 
HMOs  with  low  quality  care  and  no  middle-class  constituency. 


'  Mark  D.  Smith,  Drew  E.  Alunan,  Robert  Leiiman,  Thomas  W.  Moloney,  and  Humphrey  Taylor,  "Taking 
the  Public's  Pulse  on  Health  System  Reform",  Health  Affairs.  Summer  1992,  p.  130. 


323 


Any  New  Taxes  Should  Be  Fair 

Payroll  premiums  fall  only  on  wages  and  salaries  and  do  not  impact  non- 
labor  income  such  as  dividends,  interest  and  rents.   Equitable  financing  of  health 
care  therefore  should  include  some  payments  based  on  total  income  or  non-labor 
income.   Excise  taxes,  such  as  the  proposed  cigarette  tax,  are  the  most 
regressive  taxes  of  all.   A  cigarette  tax  would  take  a  72  times  greater  share  of 
family  income  from  the  lowest  20%  of  families  compared  to  the  top  1  %  of 
famihes.   While  a  cigarette  tax  has  some  justification  as  a  health  measure,  it 
must  be  counter-balanced  with  less  regressive  financing  provisions. 

Conclusion 

We  heartily  endorse  HR  1200  not  only  because  it  would  provide  equitable 
financing  for  health  care,  but  also  because  it  would  eliminate  waste,  control 
costs  and  use  resources  wisely  to  provide  comprehensive,  quality  health  care  for 
everyone. 


324 


TESTrMONY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  HEALTH  CARE  ASSOCIATION 

The  American  Health  Care  Association  (AHCA) ,  which  represents 
over  11,000  nursing  facilities,  residential  care  centers,  and 
assisted  care  facilities,  applauds  you  for  holding  a  series  of 
hearings  which  explore  the  full  range  of  health  care  reform 
proposals.   We  also  commend  Congressman  McDermott  for  his 
leadership  in  the  health  care  reform  debate  and  his  willingness 
to  put  forward  a  solution  to  the  problems  which  plague  our 
current  system.   However,  the  AHCA  does  not  believe  that  the 
American  Health  Security  Act  (H.R.  1200)  is  the  proper  reform  to 
our  system  and  must  oppose  the  legislation  based  on  philosophical 
grounds . 

Background 

The  American  Health  Security  Act  provides  universal  health 
insurance  coverage  for  Americans  effective  January  1,  1995. 
Coverage  is  provided  under  a  mechanism  of  global  budgets.   The 
states  administer  the  program  in  conformity  :with  federal 
standards  for:   budget;  minimum  benefit  packages;  guarantee  free 
choice  of  provider;  and  quality  assurance. 

The  minimum  benefits  package  covers  all  inpatient  and  outpatient 
medical  services  without  limits  on  duration  or  intensity  except 
as  delineated  by  outcomes  research  and  practice  guidelines  based 
on  quality  standards. 

States  deliver  health  care  services  within  a  federally  set  global 
budget.   The  system  is  financed  85  percent  by  the  Federal 
government  and  15  percent  by  the  states.   Federal  monies  are 
apportioned  among  the  states  according  to  population,  demography, 
and  anticipated  health  status  differences.  For  example,  states 
with  large  elderly  populations  can  be  expected  to  require  larger 
volume  of  high  intensity  services  and  will  receive  a  higher 
proportion  of  revenues.   States  determine  how  that  money  is 
allocated  among  types  of  providers  and  will  negotiate  with 
providers  on  rates  of  reimbursement. 

The  bill  covers  services  provided  in  a  nursing  facility, 
including  "post-hospital"  and  long-term  care  services.   The  bill 
does  not  contain  any  limitations  or  caps  on  nursing  facility 
services  except  that  they  must  be  determined  to  be  provided  in 
the  "least  restrictive  and  most  appropriate  setting." 

Home  care  and  community-based  services  are  covered  for 
individuals  unable  to  perform  at  least  two  ADLs .   Long-term  care 
is  financed  through  a  $65  monthly  premium  on  individuals  65  years 
of  age  or  older  and  above  120  percent  of  the  poverty  level. 

The  national  insurance  program  would  be  financed  by  multiple 
increases  in  federal  tax  programs.   They  include  a  7.9  percent 
payroll  tax  on  employers;  increasing  the  existing  1.45  percent 
Medicare  payroll  tax  by  6.45  percent;  an  increase  in  corporate 
income  tax  from  34  percent  to  38  percent  for  businesses  with  more 
than  $75,000  in  profits;  increases  in  the  personal  income  tax 
rates  from  15%-28%-31%  to  15%-30%-34%,  with  a  top  rate  of  38%  for 
families  with  income  over  $200,000  and  a  health  premium  equal  to 
.5%  of  income;  reforms  to  close  loopholes  in  the  tax  code;  in 
addition  to  the  long-term  care  premium,  a  $25  monthly  increase 
for  Medicare  Part  B  and  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  Social 
Security  benefits  excluded  as  taxable  income  from  50  percent  to 
85  percent. 


325 


AHCA  Position 


AHCA  has  serious  concerns  about  the  quality  of  long  term  care  in 
a  health  care  delivery  system  created  by  H.R.  1200.   The 
legislation  states  that  nursing  facilities  and  other  providers 
would  "negotiate"  with  the  single  payer,  in  this  case  the  state 
as  the  insurer,  who  in  reality  would  have  sole  discretion  of 
setting  reimbursement  rates  as  it  chooses. 

Experience  with  state  Medicaid  administration  leads  us  to  believe 
that  reimbursement  rates  will  fall  short  of  the  level  necessary 
to  provide  quality  care  to  our  residents.   In  1991,  Medicaid  was 
the  primary  payer  for  70%  of  nursing  facility  residents,  yet  only 
provided  48%  of  those  facilities'  reimbursement.   Massive  cost 
shifting  to  the  private  sector  is  the  reason  residents  can 
receive  quality  care. 

Philosophically,  the  bill  is  contrary  to  AHCA' s  Quality  Care  for 
Life  proposal.   Quality  Care  for  Life  is  based  on  the  premise 
that  families  are  fundamentally  responsible  for  planning  and 
providing  their  own  future  long-term  care  needs  and  that 
government  should  limit  its  role  to  providing  assistance  to 
individuals  who  have  low  income.   The  bill  does  neither.   It 
would  negate  any  private  long-term  care  insurance  market  by 
establishing  a  single  government  run  insurer.   Furthermore,  the 
government's  role  would  extend  to  providing  coverage  for  all 
Americans . 

There  are  some  positive  aspects  to  H.R.  1200.   The  AHCA  is 
pleased  that  coverage  for  long-term  care  services  is  more 
generous  than  any  health  care  reform  proposal  currently  before 
Congress.   All  Americans  in  need  of  services  would  be  eligible 
for  home,  community  or  institutional  long-term  care.   We  are  also 
pleased  that  there  appears  to  be  no  cap  or  arbitrary 
qualification  for  institutional  care. 

We  commend  the  authors  of  this  legislation  for  their  recognition 
that  long-term  care  services  must  be  included  in  any 
comprehensive  health  care  reform  effort.   However  we  must 
maintain  our  position  that  health  care  reform  must  be  a 
private/public  endeavor  allowing  for  limited  government 
participation. 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  provide  this 
statement . 


326 


TESTIMONY  OF  GENE  BRACEWELL 
SHRINERS  HOSPITALS  FOR  CRIPPLED  CHILDREN 

Shriners  Hospitals  for  Crippled  Children  has  seventeen  orthopaedic  hospitals  and  three  bums 
institutes  in  the  United  States.  If  offers  medical  and  surgical  care  to  children,  wholly  free  of  charge.  In 
addition  to  patient  care,  each  Shriners  Hospital  is  affiliated  with  major  medical  centers  and  teaching 
institutions  to  train  physicians  and  nurses  and  other  alUed  health  care  professionals.  Over  two  hundred 
resident  physicians  receive  training  in  pediatric-orthopaedics  and  bum  care  annually  at  Shriners  Hospitals. 

All  care  at  Shriners  Hospitals  for  Crippled  Children  is  financed  from  its  endowment  and  by 
voluntary  contributions  from  the  general  pubUc  and  the  nearly  700,000  Shriners.  Over  $2.25  billion  has 
been  expended  to  date  in  the  provision  of  health  care  to  children.  In  1993, 96%  of  Shriners  Hospitals' 
operating  budget  was  expended  on  patient  care  and  research.  Shriners  Hospitals  neither  seeks  nor  accepts 
federal  or  state  financial  assistance  for  any  of  its  U.S.  hospitals. 

The  mission  of  Shriners  Hospitals  has  always  been  to  provide  optimum  and  compassionate  care  for 
special  categories  of  childhood  illnesses  free  of  charge.  Recognition  of  the  need  for  specialized  hospitals 
for  the  treatment  of  children  with  polio  and  other  crippling  diseases  prompted  the  founding  of  Shriners 
Hospitals  in  1922.  In  the  early  1960's  there  was  only  one  bums  institute  in  the  United  States,  and  it  was 
military;  so  Shriners  established  three  bums  institutes  for  children.  Presently  under  construction  is  a 
fourth,  which  will  share  a  new  facihty  with  one  of  Shriners'  orthopaedic  hospitals. 

We  believe  Shriners  Hospitals  makes  the  largest  single  contribution  to  the  care  of  disabled  children 
in  the  United  States  on  a  continuing  basis.  The  annual  operating  budget  of  Shriners  Hospitals 
($304  million  for  1994)  has  exceeded  the  entire  federal  contribution  to  the  Children  with  Special  Health 
Care  Needs  (CHSCN)  Title  V  state  programs  in  each  of  the  last  five  years. 

Unlike  other  non-profit  hospitals  which,  according  to  the  United  States  General  Accounting  Office, 
provide  anywhere  from  2.7%  to  7.9%  uncompensated  care,  Shriners  Hospitals  provide  100% 
uncompensated  care.  Shriners  Hospitals  have  always  encouraged  the  treatment  of  those  children  whose 
parents  or  guardians  are  not  finpjicially  abie  to  meet  the  costs  of  treatment  without  substantial  hardship. 

To  avoid  any  unintended  adverse  effects  to  our  charitable  institution  and  its  free  programs  to 
children,  Shriners  Hospitals  for  Crippled  Children  suggests  that  the  following  provisions  be  included  in  any 
health  care  reform  legislation  adopted  by  the  United  States  Congress: 

1 .  A  definition  of  "charitable  provider"  in  terms  such  as  "a  provider  which  fumishes 
medical  and/or  surgical  care  wholly  free  of  charge  to  its  patients,  and  which  neither  seeks  nor 
accepts  direct  or  indirect  governmental  aid". 

2.  A  provision  [in  addition  to  §50 1(c)(3)  of  the  Intemal  Revenue  Code]  which 
specifically  excludes  "charitable  providers"  from  the  imposition  of  any  provider  taxes  or  other 
taxes  levied  to  support  health  care  reform. 

3.  Provisions  which  specifically  exclude  "charitable  providers"  from  any  proposed 
regulatory,  financial  or  audit  provisions  (other  than  those  which  are  directly  related  to  patient 
safety)  which  are  enacted  as  a  part  of  health  care  reform,  as  well  as  from  any  provisions  which 
would  condition  charitable  tax  exemptions  on  the  participation  of  "community  representatives"  in 
institutional  strategic  planning. 

4.  Provisions  to  the  effect  that  the  collaboration  with  public  hospitals,  agencies  or 
other  providers  in  the  deUvery  of  patient  care;  affiliation  with  public  institutions  to  provide  health 
care  education;  or  the  pursuit  of  research  in  cooperation  with  public  institutions  or  agencies 
shall  not  be  considered  as  the  receipt  of  direct  or  indirect  govemmental  aid  or  support. 

5.  Provisions  which  preserve  fiee  hospital  systems,  Uke  Shriners  Hospitals,  so  they 
may  continue  to  contribute  to  children's  health  care  in  the  future. 

Shriners  Hospitals  for  Crippled  Children  appreciates  the  opportunity  to  submit  written  comments 
before  the  Sub-committee  on  its  current  and  future  role  in  the  delivery  of  charitable  health  care  services  to 
the  nation's  children. 


ALTERNATIVE  HEALTH  REFORM  PROPOSALS, 
INCLUDING  H.R.  3080,  H.R.  3704,  H.R.  3652, 
H.R.  3222,  AND  H.R.  3698 


THURSDAY,  FEBRUARY  10,  1994 

House  of  Representatives, 
Committee  on  Ways  and  Means, 

Subcommittee  on  Health, 

Washington,  B.C. 
The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:15  a.m.,  in  room 
1100  Longworth  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  Fortney  Pete  Stark 
(chairman  of  the  subcommittee)  presiding. 

[The  press  release  announcing  the  hearing  follows:] 


(327) 


328 


FOR  IMMEDIATE  RELEASE  PRESS  RELEASE  #27 

TUESDAY,  FEBRUARY  1,  1994  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 
U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 
1102  LONGWORTH  HOUSE  OFFICE  BLOG. 
WASHINGTON,  D.C.  20S15 
TELEPHONE:   (202)  225-7785 

THE  HONORABLE  PETE  STARK  (D.,  CALIF.),  CHAIRMAN, 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH, 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS,  U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES, 

ANNOUNCES  THE  FINAL  HEARING  OF  THE  SERIES  OF  HEARINGS 

ON 

HEALTH  CARE  REFORM: 

ALTERNATIVE  HEALTH  REFORM  PROPOSALS,  INCLUDING  H.R.  3080,  H.R.  3704, 

H.R.  3652,  H.R.  3222  AND  H.R.  3698 

The  Honorable  Pete  Star)c  (D. ,  Calif.),  Chairman,  Subcommittee  on 
Health,  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  U.S.  House  of  Representatives, 
announced  today  that  the  Subcommittee  will  hold  its  final  hearing  in  a 
series  of  hearings  on  health  care  reform  on  Thursday,  February  10, 
1994,  beginning  at  10:00  a.m.,  in  the  main  Committee  hearing  room, 
1100  liongvorth  House  Office  Building.   This  hearing  will  focus  on  the 
following  health  care  reform  proposals: 

(1)  H.R.  3080,  the  Affordable  Health  Care  Act  Now  of  1993 

(2)  H.R.  3704,  the  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today  Act  of 
1993 

(3)  H.R.  3652,  the  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  of  1993 

(4)  H.R.  3222,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  of  1993 

(5)  H.R.  3698,  the  Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  of  1993 

These  bills  are  summarized  below  in  the  background  section  of  the  press 
release. 

In  announcing  the  hearing  Chairman  Stark  said,  "In  addition  to 
H.R.  3600,  the  Administration's  Health  Security  Act,  a  number  of  health 
reform  legislative  proposals  have  been  introduced  throughout  the 
103rd  Congress.   On  February  9,  the  Subcommittee  on  Health  will  hold  a 
hearing  on  single-payer  options,  including  H.R.  1200  and  H.R.  2610. 
The  hearing  on  February  10  will  take  a  careful  look  at  several  other 
health  reform  proposals.   The  Subcommittee  wi'll  examine  the  extent  to 
which  these  proposals  are  designed  to  achieve  the  goals  articulated  by 
the  President  -  namely,  universal  coverage  and  verifiable  cost 
containment". 

Oral  testimony  will  be  heard  from  invited  witneases  only. 
However,  any  individual  or  organization  may  submit  a  written  statement 
for  consideration  by  the  Subcommittee  and  for  inclusion  in  the  printed 
record  of  the  hearing. 

BACKGROUND; 

H.R.  3080  (introduced  by  Messrs.  Michel,  Archer,  Crane,  Thomas, 
Shaw,  Mrs.  Johnson,  Messrs.  Bunning,  Grandy,  Herger,  Hancock,  Santorum, 
Camp,  Sundguist,  Houghton,  et  al)  would  improve  access  to  health 
insurance  through  small-group  market  reforms  and  by  requiring  all 
employers  to  offer,  but  not  pay  for,  at  least  a  standard  benefit  plan 
to  employees.   It  would  require  insurance  companies  to  make  available 
to  small  employers  standard,  catastrophic  and  medisave  plans  and  would 
encourage  small  employers  to  form  purchasing  groups.   Individuals  who 
purchase  health  insurance  could  deduct  up  to  100  percent  of  the  cost. 
States  would  be  given  the  option  of  allowing  Medicaid  beneficiaries  to 
enroll  in  private  insurance  plans,  and  in  such  instances,  the  State 
could  expand  Medicaid  coverage  to  higher-income  individuals  within 
current  funding  levels.   H.R.  3080  would  expand  Community  and  Migrant 
Health  Centers,  and  other  rural  health  programs,  and  includes 
administrative  and  paperwork  simplification,  malpractice  reforms,  and 
antitrust  reform. 


329 


H.R.  3704  (introduced  by  Mr.  Thomas,  Mrs.  Johnson,  et  al)  would 
require  all  citizens  and  lawful  residents  to  obtain  health  insurance 
coverage  by  the  year  2005,  through  an  individual  mandate  enforced 
through  the  tax  system.   This  bill  includes  insurance  market  reforms 
and  voluntary,  competing  purchasing  groups  within  health  care  coverage 
areas  established  by  States.   Employers  would  be  required  to  offer,  but 
not  pay  for,  health  insurance  coverage,  including  a  standard  and/or 
catastrophic  health  plan.   H.R.  3704  would  provide  vouchers  to  low- 
income  individuals  and  families  to  purchase  private  health  insurance, 
with  the  phase-in  of  the  vouchers  (up  to  240  percent  of  poverty  by 
2005)  contingent  upon  realization  of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings. 
Individual  and  employer  tax  deductions,  and  individual  exclusions, 
would  be  limited  to  the  average  premium  of  the  lowest  one-half  of 
standard  packages  in  the  area.   H.R.  3704  would  provide  funding  for 
medically  underserved  areas,  and  includes  administrative,  anti-trust, 
fraud,  and  malpractice  reforms,  and  a  medical  savings  account  option. 

H.R.  3652  (introduced  by  Mrs.  Johnson,  Mr.  Thomas,  et  al)  would 
require  States  to  establish  voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives. 
H.R.  3652  includes  health  insurance  reforms,  including  guaranteed  issue 
and  reissue,  guaranteed  renewal,  and  rating  restrictions  which  allow 
for  adjustments  for  age,  gender,  number  of  family  members,  and  the 
area.   Under  this  bill,  insurers  participating  in  voluntary 
cooperatives  would  be  required  to  offer  at  least  one  plan  combining  a 
MediSave  cash-value  annuity  or  flexible-spending  account  with  an 
integrated  catastrophic  benefit  coverage  plan,  one  managed-care  plan, 
and  one  fee-for-service  plan  to  a  participating  purchasing  cooperative. 
Employers  would  offer,  but  not  be  required  to  pay  for,  their  employees' 
plans. 

H.R.  3222  (introduced  by  Messrs.  Cooper,  Andrews,  Grandy, 
Mrs.  Johnson,  Messrs.  Payne,  Houghton,  Camp,  et  al)  includes  health 
insurance  market  reforms  and  exclusive,  mandatory,  health  plan 
purchasing  cooperatives  (HPPCs)  for  individuals  and  small  employers 
with  100  or  fewer  employees.   Under  this  bill,  employers  would  be 
required  to  offer,  but  not  pay  for,  health  insurance  coverage  of 
employees.   In  addition,  individuals  would  not  be  required  to  purchase 
health  insurance.   H.R.  3222  would  repeal  the  Medicaid  program  and 
provide  Federal  subsidies  for  coverage  of  low-income  families  up  to 
100  percent  of  poverty  enrolled  in  the  least-cost  plan  through  the 
HPPCs,  with  additional  subsidies  provided  on  a  sliding-scale  basis 
between  100  and  200  percent  of  poverty.   States  would  assume  full 
responsibility  for  long-term  care.   H.R.  3222  would  limit  employer 
deductions  of  health  pr'emium  costs  to  100  percent  of  the  lowest-cost 
plan  offering  a  uniform  benefit  package  in  an  area.   The  bill  would 
provide  assistance  to  safety-net  providers  in  underserved  areas,  and 
includes  malpractice,  reform,  administrative  simplification,  and 
antitrust  reforms. 

H.R.  3698  (introduced  by  Messrs.  Stes^rns,  Hancock,  et  al)  would 
require  employers  to  withhold,  but  not  C(^tribute  to,  premiums  paid  to 
an  employee's  chosen  insurer.   Qualified  insurance  plans  would  have  to 
provide  specific  benefits  and  cost-shar;lng  and  could  not  exclude 
coverage  for  pre-existing  conditions,  or  cancel  or  fail  to  renew 
coverage  of  enrollees.   The  bill  would  require  most  residents  of  a 
State  to  purchase  Federally  qualified  health  insurance,  or  be  covered 
under  a  State  program  that  provides  equivalent  coverage.   Individuals 
failing  to  purchase,  at  a  minimum,  catastrophic  insurance  by  1997  would 
be  subject  to  a  tax  penalty.   Employers  would  be  required  to  add  the 
value  of  the  coverage  they  offered  as  of  December  1996  to  employee 
wages  beginning  January  1997.   The  current  tax  exclusion  for  employer- 
sponsored  health  plans  would  be  replaced  by  individual  tax  credits  for 
premiums  and  unreimbursed  health  expenses  and  for  contributions  to 
medical  savings  account.   Federal  Medicaid  payments  to  the  States  would 
be  capped,  and  would  be  calculated  on  a  capitated  basis.   However, 
States  would  be  given  flexibility  to  provide  acute  medical  care 
coverage  to  Medicaid  beneficiaries.   H.R.  1742  would  provide  new  grants 
to  States  to  provide  coverage  for  low-income  uninsured,  and  includes 
malpractice  reforms,  paperwork  simplification,  and  antitrust 
provisions. 


330 


DETAILS  FOR  S0BMI88I0K  OF  WRITTEN  COMMEKTS; 

Persons  submitting  written  statements  for  the  printed  record  of 
the  Subcommittee's  series  of  hearings  on  health  care  reform  should 
submit  at  least  six  (6)  copies  of  their  statements  by  the  close  of 
business  on  Monday,  February  28,  1994,  to  Janice  Mays,  Chief  Counsel 
and  Staff  Director,  Committee  on  Hays  and  Means,  U.S.  House  of 
Representatives,  1102  Longwcrth  House  Office  Building,  Washington,  D.C. 
20515.   An  additional  supply  of  statements  may  be  furnished  for 
distribution  to  the  press  and  public  if  supplied  to  the  Subcommittee 
office,  room  1114  Longworth  House  Office  Building,  before  the  final 
hearing  begins  on  February  10. 

FORMATTING  REODIREMENTS ; 

Each  statement  presented  for  printing  to  the  Committee  by  a  witness,  any  written  statement  or  exhibit  submitted  for  the 
printed  record,  or  any  written  comments  in  response  to  a  request  for  written  comments  must  conform  to  the  guidelines  listed 
below.  Any  statement  or  exhibit  not  in  compliance  with  these  guidelines  will  not  be  printed,  but  will  be  maintained  in  the 
Committee  files  for  review  and  use  by  the  Committee. 

1.  All  statements  and  any  accompanying  exhibits  for  printing  must  be  typed  in  single  space  on  legal-size  paper  and  may 
not  exceed  a  total  of  10  pages. 

2.  Copies  of  whole  documents  submitted  as  exhibit  material  will  not  be  accepted  for  printing.  Instead,  exhibit  material 
should  t>e  referenced  and  quoted  or  paraphrased    Ail  exhibit  material  not  meeting  these  specifications  will  be 
maintained  in  the  Committee  files  for  review  and  use  by  the  Committee. 

3.  Statements  must  contain  the  name  and  capacity  in  which  the  witness  will  appear  or,  for  written  comments,  the  name 
and  capacity  of  the  person  submitting  the  statement,  as  well  as  any  clients  or  persons,  or  any  organization  for  whom 
the  witness  appears  or  for  whom  the  statement  is  submitted 

4.  A  supplemental  sheet  must  accompany  each  statement  listing  the  name,  full  address,  a  telephone  number  where  the 
witness  or  the  designated  representative  may  be  reached  and  a  topical  outline  or  summary  of  the  comments  and 
recommendations  in  the  full  statement    This  supplemental  sheet  will  not  be  included  in  the  printed  record 


331 

Chairman  Stark.  Good  morning.  This  morning  marks  the  com- 
pletion of  a  series  of  hearings  on  health  care  reform,  and  we  will 
focus  this  morning  on  alternative  proposals  to  the  President's  plan. 

Yesterday,  we  focused  on  the  single-payer  option,  and  today,  we 
will  examine  5  additional  bills  introduced  during  the  103d  Con- 
gress. They  include:  H.R.  3080,  the  Affordable  Health  Care  Now 
Act  of  1993,  introduced  by  our  distinguished  minority  leader.  Bob 
Michel;  H.R.  3704,  the  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today  Act 
of  1993,  introduced  by  our  distinguished  ranking  member,  Mr. 
Thomas;  H.R.  3652,  the  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  of 
1993,  introduced  by  our  distinguished  member  of  the  subcommit- 
tee, Mrs.  Johnson;  H.R.  3222,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  of 
1993,  introduced  by  Mr.  Cooper,  a  member  of  the  Energy  and  Com- 
merce Committee,  along  with  Mr.  Andrews  and  Mr.  Grandy,  who 
are  distinguished  members  of  the  subcommittee;  and  H.R.  3698, 
the  Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  of  1993,  introduced  on 
the  House  side  by  Hon.  Clifford  Steams,  and  he  was  joined  in  that 
effort  by  Senator  Don  Nickles  of  Oklahoma. 

We  will  examine  the  extent  to  which  these  proposals  achieve  the 
principal  goals  articulated  by  the  President:  Universal  coverage, 
verifiable  cost  containment,  and  an  equitable  way  to  pay  for  them. 

In  the  Chairs  opinion,  achieving  universal  coverage  means  that 
every  resident  must  have  a  nationally  guarantees,  portable  health 
insurance  coverage,  supported  by  adequate  and  fair  financing.  We 
will  hear  a  variety  of  approaches  to  this  problem,  and  the  mem- 
bers, I  am  sure,  will  have  their  own  comments  on  the  various  bills. 

We  did  hear  a  few  days  ago  from  the  Congressional  Budget  Of- 
fice, and  the  bills  have  not  had  the  luxury  or  the  joy  of  being  vetted 
out  by  that  process.  I  am  sure  they  will.  The  Chair,  of  course, 
would  welcome  any  suggestions  by  tneir  sponsors  or  advocates  of 
how  they  think  they  will  fair.  The  Chair  is  making  book  on  that 
as  a  matter  of  fact  and  would  be  happy  to  let  you  place  bets  on  how 
your  particular  or  favorite  bill  will  be  ranked  by  Mr.  Reischauer. 

There  are  examples  of  some  of  these  bills.  We  have,  for  instance, 
in  Tennessee  the  TennCare  bill  which  was  put  together  by  the  au- 
thor of  the  Cooper  bill,  and  we  have  a  chance  to  see  how  that  is 
working  in  Tennessee,  and  I  hope  we  will  have  testimony  to  that 
effect. 

We  will  have  discussions  of  an  individual  mandate,  and  I  hope 
that,  as  we  hear  about  individual  mandates  which  the  Chair  finds 
intriguing,  we  have  a  way  to  provide  the  individual  with  the  re- 
sources to  fulfill  that  mandate. 

I  would  just  close  by  suggesting  that  those  of  you  who,  unlike  the 
Chair,  are  lawyers  and  recognize  Article  8,  a  simple  way  to  provide 
universal  coverage  is  to  mandate  that  every  individual  have  it.  If 
they  don't  have  it,  put  them  in  jail,  and  once  in  jail  the  Constitu- 
tion requires  they  get  medical  care.  We  thereby  have  solved  the 
whole  problem  adding  the  cost  to  the  States,  and  we  will  fund  it 
through  the  Senate  crime  bill  which  I  am  sure  they  are  hoping  we 
pass  in  the  House  soon. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:! 


332 

OPENING  STATEMENT 

THE  HONORABLE  PETE  STARK 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

February  10,  1994 

Good  morning.  Today,  the  Subcommittee  on  Health  completes 
its  series  of  hearings  on  health  care  reform,  with  a  focus  on 
alternative  health  reform  proposals. 

Yesterday,  the  Subcommittee  focused  on  the  single-payer 
option,  H.R.  1200,   introduced  by  our  colleague,  Mr.  McDermott. 
During  the  hearing  today,  we  will  examine  five  additional  health 
reform  bills  introduced  during  the  103rd  Congress.   They  include: 

(1)  H.R.  3080,  the  Affordable  Health  Care  Act  Now  of  1993, 
introduced  by  Mr.  Michel; 

(2)  H.R.  3704,  the  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today 
Act  of  1993,  introduced  by  Mr.  Thomas; 

(3)  H.R.  3652,  the  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act 
of  1993,  introduced  by  Mrs.  Johnson; 

(4)  H.R.  3222,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  of  1993, 
introduced  by  Mr.  Cooper,  Mr.  Andrews  and  Mr.  Grandy; 
and 

(5)  H.R.  3698,  the  Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  of 
1993  introduced  by  Mr.  Stearns. 

We   will  examine  the  extent  to  which  these  proposals  are 
designed  to  achieve  the  principal  goals  articulated  by  the 
President  -  universal  coverage  and  verifiable  cost  containment. 

To  achieve  universal  coverage,  every  resident  must  have 
nationally  guaranteed,  portable  health  insurance  coverage, 
supported  by  adequate  and  fair  financing.   None  of  the  bills 
before  us  today  comes  close  to  the  goal  of  universal,  affordable 
health  coverage. 

One  of  the  proposals  that  has  received  more  attention  than 
it  deserves  is  the  Cooper/Grandy  bill  .   It  does  not  achieve 
universal  coverage  --   leaving  behind  at  least  25  million 
uninsured  Americans,  according  to  the  CBO.   It  does  not  control 
the  growth  in  health  care  spending.   In  fact,  it  would  increase 
the  Federal  deficit. 

The  Cooper/Grandy  bill  is  far  from  benign,  and  does  more 
harm  than  good.   It  herds  the  American  people  into  the  cheapest 
managed  care  plan  in  town.   It  taxes  Americans  for  choosing  their 
own  doctor.   And,  if  that's  not  enough  "reform"  for  one  bill,  it 
goes  on  to  eliminate  the  only  Federal  program  that  currently 
finances  nursing  home  care  for  seniors  and  the  disabled. 


333 


One  aspect  of  this  bill  that  has  received  surprisingly 
little  attention  is  the  stealth  Cooper/Grandy  tax.   It's  a  tax  on 
businesses  that  choose  to  provide  benefits  in  excess  of  the 
cheapest  health  plan.   These  employers  must  pay  a  34  percent 
excise  tax,  unless  they  drop  benefits,  require  higher 
contributions  from  workers,  or  eliminate  health  insurance 
coverage  altogether. 

The  Joint  Committee  on  Taxation  and  Congressional  Budget 
Office  assume  employers  will  cut  health  benefits  to  avoid  the 
proposed  tax,  and  replace  them  with  higher  wages,  which,  of 
course,  will  be  subject  to  payroll  and  income  taxes. 

If  you  want  to  know  what  the  Cooper  plan  means  for  health 
care  reform,  just  look  to  Tennessee,  and  see  its  kindred  spirit, 
TennCare,  to  see  how  popular  and  successful  this  managed 
competition  approach  will  be.   It's  an  equal  opportunity 
program  --  hated  by  doctors  and  patients  alike. 

Some  say  that  the  Thomas/Chaf ee  bill  should  be  considered  as 
the  basis  for  compromise.   I  would  agree  that  the  individual 
mandate  proposed  by  the  Thomas/Chaf ee  bill,  is  needed  to  achieve 
universal  coverage.   However,  it  is  not  sufficient  to  require  all 
individuals  to  purchase  health  insurance  coverage  --  unless  it  is 
affordable  to  all  who  are  mandated  to  have  it. 

An  individual  mandate,  in  the  absence  of  either  employer 
contributions  or  general  revenues,  is  likely  to  have  a  minimal 
impact  on  the   majority  of  the  currently  uninsured  population, 
who  cannot  afford  to  purchase  health  insurance  for  themselves  or 
their  familieg.   It  is  like  trying  to  solve  the  homeless  problem 
by  mandating  that  each  individual  buy  a  house. 


334 

Chairman  Stark.  I  know  that  you  will  have  a  much  more  serious 
and  sensible  suggestion  from  the  distinguished  minority  leader, 
and  I  am  happy,  as  soon  as  we  hear  from  our  distinguished  rank- 
ing member,  to  recognize  him. 

Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  hope  that,  as  we  listen  to  these  plans,  we  realize  that  what  we 
should  be  doing  is  addressing  health  care  problems  and  needs  in 
1994,  1995  and  beyond,  and  not  from  the  late  1980s. 

One  of  the  things  that  has  occurred  out  there,  without  the  Fed- 
oral  Government  moving,  are  significant  changes  in  the  private  sec- 
tor and  in  States,  and  what  we  have  done  is  taken  a  look  at  what 
we  think  needs  to  be  done  today  and  tomorrow,  not  yesterday. 

We  have  heard  some  proposals  that  I  think  have  fundamental 
flaws  in  them.  For  example,  the  single-payer  system  has  the  gov- 
ernment running  the  health  care  system.  Enough  said  in  terms  of 
that  flaw.  The  President's  plan,  as  we  heard,  increases  the  deficit 
and,  more  importantly  in  chapter  5  of  the  CBO  report,  contains 
new,  untried,  novel — but  absolutely  essential  to  the  success  of  the 
President's  plan — structures  which,  if  they  do  not  work,  create  a 
fatal  flaw  in  the  President's  plan. 

So,  as  we  go  forward,  I  think  what  we  need  to  do  is  look  at  these 
ideas,  listen  to  them,  and  unlike  the  gentlemen  who  advocate  the 
single-payer,  we  are  more  than  willing  to  compromise,  accommo- 
date, and  work  together  to  solve  the  health  care  needs  of  all  Ameri- 
cans. I  look  forward  to  these  new  and  novel  ideas. 

Thank  you. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you.  I  look  forward  to  hearing  testimony 
from  all  of  our  colleagues  on  the  various  alternatives. 

I  am  in  the  process  of  drafting  my  own  alternative.  I  am  working 
with  the  legislative  counsel  now.  I  have  handed  out  to  a  number 
of  members  this  morning  a  short  summary  of  my  plan,  and  I  hope 
to  have  an  opportunity  to  address  the  subcommittee  later  today  to 
take  any  questions  that  the  folks  have  at  this  point. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  are  honored  to  have  a  number  of  our 
House  and  Senate  colleagues  with  us  this  morning,  and  we  will 
begin  with  the  distinguished  Republican  leader,  Bob  Michel,  who 
will  testify  in  support  of  H.R.  3080,  the  Affordable  Health  Care 
Now  Act.  He  is  accompanied  by  the  principal  sponsor  from  the  Sen- 
ate on  the  same  bill,  Hon.  Senator  Trent  Lott. 

Why  don't  you  gentlemen  lead  off  any  wav  you  are  comfortable. 
Your  prepared  statements  will  appear  in  the  record  in  their  en- 
tirety without  objection,  and  we  would  be  happy  to  have  you  sum- 
marize or  expand  on  your  testimony  any  way  you  are  comfortable. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ROBERT  H.  MICHEL,  REPUBLICAN 
LEADER,  U.S.  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES,  AND  A 
REPRESENTATIVE  IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF 
ILLINOIS 

Mr.  Michel.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  arid  members  of  the  sub- 
committee. It  is  a  pleasure  and  opportunity  for  us  to  appear  before 


335 

this  subcommittee.  You  certainly  have  your  work  cut  out  for  you, 
hearing  not  only  the  testimony,  but  then  sifting  it  all  out  and,  in 
the  end,  to  attempt  to  come  to  some  kind  of  consensus  on  one  of 
the  biggest  issues,  of  course,  that  has  been  confronting  the  Con- 
gress in  many  years. 

Since  my  colleague.  Senator  Trent  Lott,  and  I  are  part  of  a  panel 
that  will  be  presenting  several  other  Republican-initiated  health 
care  reform  plans,  I  think  it  is  important  to  outline  for  you  the 
overall  framework  within  which  Republicans  propose  to  address  the 
health  care  reform  issue. 

The  fact  is.  Republicans  in  both  the  House  and  Senate  have  been 
studying  and  working  on  the  health  care  issue  for  quite  some  time. 
In  the  House,  we  established  the  leader's  task  force  way  back  in 
1991,  long  before  the  President  came  into  office.  The  Senate  Repub- 
lican task  force  was  established  in  a  similar  time  frame. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  initial  product  of  our  task  force,  the  ac- 
tion Now  Health  Care  Reform  Act,  introduced  in  June  1992,  was 
similar  to  the  so-called  Bentsen  bill  that  was  adopted  twice  by  the 
Senate  that  year,  and  I  think,  if  my  memory  serves  me  correctly, 
had  the  majority  of  members  of  this  committee  been  willing  to  ac- 
cept some  of  those  reforms  in  conference,  we  would,  in  fact,  have 
that  in  place  today  with  the  American  people  already  benefitting 
from  those  reforms. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  our  Republican  proposals  this  year  all  reflect 
the  strong  view  of  Republicans  in  the  House  and  Senate  that  re- 
form of  our  health  system  is  essential  and  should  be  enacted  as 
soon  as  possible.  They  also  reflect  our  view  that  there  is  a  right 
way  and  a  wrong  way  to  reform  the  system  and  that  the  direction 
the  President  proposes  to  take  us,  into  a  massive,  dictatorial,  gov- 
ernmental-run health  care  system,  is  the  wrong  way  to  go. 

Rather,  our  Republican  proposals  follow  the  general  set  of  prin- 
ciples adopted  by  House  and  Senate  Republicans  last  year,  and 
these  principles  start  with  a  proposition  that  we  believe  the  health 
care  delivery  system  needs  powerful  new  incentives  for  change.  In- 
dividual responsibility  and  control  are  critical.  No  government-con- 
trolled system  can  be  as  responsive,  as  high  in  quality,  or  as  cost 
effective  as  a  system  that  is  based  on  personal  consumer  choice  and 
satisfaction. 

We  believe  that  there  ought  to  be  increased  access.  All  Ameri- 
cans should  have  access  to  affordable  health  care  for  themselves 
and  their  families.  Americans  should  not  fear  losing  their  health 
insurance  when  they  change  jobs,  move,  or  suffer  serious  illness.  So 
we  believe  in  portability,  and,  yes,  improving  the  pathway  toward 
eventually  achieving  universal  coverage.  We  begin  by  talking  about 
access  before  we  can  get  to  the  ultimate  goal  of  universal  coverage. 

We  would  like  to  maintain  quality.  The  American  medical  care 
and  technology  are  the  best  in  the  world.  People  around  the  globe 
come  to  America  for  the  best  care.  The  best  research  is  done  in  our 
country.  Men  and  women  from  all  around  the  world  come  to  be 
trained  in  American  medical  schools.  Reform  that  jeopardizes  these 
resources,  in  our  opinion,  is  unacceptable. 

We  have  got  to  provide  choice.  Consumers,  not  the  Federal  Grov- 
ernment,  should  choose  how  they  get  their  care  and  from  whom. 


336 

and  as  soon  as  Washington  starts  dictating  health  care,  Americans' 
freedom  to  choose  will  be  jeopardized. 

We  want  to  preserve  jobs.  As  we  seek  to  provide  all  Americans 
with  access  to  health  care,  we  don't  want  to  put  Americans  out  of 
work  through  increased  mandates  and  taxes  on  small  and  inde- 
pendent businesses. 

Then,  of  course,  we  ought  to  have  a  high  degree  of  flexibility. 
Health  care  reform  should  not  infringe  on  innovative  plans  being 
adopted  by  a  number  of  our  States  and  by  large  and  small  busi- 
nesses. Health  care  reform  must  be  flexible  enough  to  fit  the  needs 
of  both  urban  and  rural  areas. 

It  ought  to  be  fair.  All  Americans  should  be  eligible  for  the  same 
health  care  deductions.  All  should  be  able  to  deduct  their  health  in- 
surance costs  no  matter  where  they  work  or  how  they  get  their  in- 
surance. Today,  workers  in  large  businesses  get  most  or  all  of  their 
insurance  tax-free,  while  the  self-employed  can  deduct  only  25  per- 
cent of  their  health  insurance  costs.  Indeed,  individuals  buying  in- 
surance outside  their  job  can  deduct  nothing. 

Then  I  think  we  want  to  encourage  individual  responsibility.  Re- 
form should  increase  options  to  enable  individuals  to  take  respon- 
sibility for  their  health  care. 

It  ought  to  be  financially  responsible.  I  will  tell  you,  the  huge 
Federal  deficit  and  the  recently  expanded  tax  burden  on  the  Amer- 
ican people  mean  that  any  Federal  efforts  to  assist  with  the  financ- 
ing of  insurance  must  be  gradually  phased  in  as  other  government 
savings  become  available.  Adding  to  the  deficit  or  the  tax  burden 
is  not  the  way  to  finance  health  care  reform. 

Finally,  I  think  we  must  give  people  information  about  their 
plans  and  the  cost  of  services  and  then  let  them  choose.  Moreover, 
we  ought  to  target  the  factors  that  drive  up  costs  such  as  our  mal- 
practice system  and  defensive  medicine,  the  excessive  paperwork 
and  administrative  burden,  and  the  waste,  fraud,  and  abuse  in  our 
system. 

These,  then,  are  the  principles  that  have  guided  our  deliberations 
and  which  unite  our  various  ideas.  Our  proposals  may  differ  in  spe- 
cifics, but  they  all  adhere  to  the  fundamental  theme  that  the  Amer- 
ican people  themselves,  through  their  places  of  employment, 
through  their  communities,  and  within  their  families  should  be  in 
charge  of  their  health  care. 

Republicans  are  ready  and  willing  to  work  with  the  Democrats 
now  to  develop  and  pass  health  reform  legislation  that  truly  fixes 
the  problems  with  our  health  care  system. 

I  think  with  what  we  have  heard,  particularly  in  the  last  week 
or  two,  that  the  President's  health  care  plan,  as  proposed,  is  un- 
likely to  be  enacted. 

The  proposal  Senator  Lott  and  I  have  introduced  can  be  the  basis 
from  which  a  good  bipartisan  health  care  reform  is  crafted.  Our  act 
is  a  common-sense  approach  to  health  care  and  focuses  on  fixing 
the  shortcomings,  not  overthrowing  the  entire  system  simply  be- 
cause some  of  the  parts  are  not  working.  It  proposes  workable  re- 
forms that  will  make  things  better  for  people  now  and  not  risky, 
untried  concepts  that  will  likely  not  be  implemented  until  after  the 
turn  of  the  century. 


337 

It  builds  upon  and  encourages  the  many  reforms  already  under- 
way at  the  State  and  local  level  and  the  private  sector.  H.R.  3080, 
the  House  version,  I  might  add,  has  141  cosponsors,  making  it  the 
bill  with  the  most  sponsors  of  either  body  in  the  Congress,  and 
when  you  add  in  the  Senate  sponsors,  we  are  up  over  150,  I  be- 
lieve. 

So  I  would  like  to  turn,  then,  if  I  might,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  my 
distinguished  colleague  from  the  other  body.  Senator  Trent  Lott, 
who  has  joined  in  support  of  the  basic  bill. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


338 


REPUBLICAN  APPROACH  TO  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 
REMARKS  BT  HOUSE  REPUBLICAN  LEADER  ROBERT  H.  MICHEL 
WAYS  AND  MEANS  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 
FEBRUARY  10.  1994 


I  appreciate  having  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  the  subcommittee 
along  wiUi  our  former  colleague,  the  Senator  from  Mississippi  (Trent  Lott),  in 
support  of  the  "Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act." 

Since  we  are  part  of  a  panel  that  will  be  presenting  two  other  Republican- 
initiated  health  care  reform  plans,  I  think  it  important  to  outline  for  you  the 
overall  framework  within  which  Republicans  propose  to  address  the  health 
reform  issue. 

The  fact  is.  Republicans  in  both  the  House  and  Senate  have  been 
studying  and  working  on  the  health  care  issue  for  quite  some  time. 

In  the  House,  we  established  our  Leader's  Task  Force  on  Health  way 
back  In  1991,  long  before  President  Clinton  came  into  ofHce.  The  Senate 
Republican  Task  Force  was  established  in  a  similar  time  frame. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  initial  product  of  our  Task  Force,  the  Action  Now 
Heedth  Care  Reform  Act,  introduced  in  June  of  1992,  was  quite  similar  to  the 
so-Ccdled  Bentsen  bill  that  was  adopted  twice  by  the  Senate  that  year. 

Had  the  majority  members  of  this  committee  been  willing  to  accept  those 
reforms  in  conference,  we  would  in  fact  have  health  care  reform  in  place  tDday, 
with  the  American  people  edready  benefiting  from  those  reforms. 

The  point  is  that  when  we  have  the  opportunity  to  correct  problems  with 
workable  solutions,  we  ought  to  move  ahead  and  not  delay  action  in  order  to 
await  the  development  of  grandiose  schemes  that  may  never  prove  doable  or 
acceptable. 

Our  failure  to  act  In  1992  ought  to  provide  fair  wjunlng  to  us  in  1994. 

Our  Republican  proposals  this  year  all  reflect  the  strong  view  of 
Republicans  In  the  House  and  Senate  that  reform  of  our  heedth  care  system  is 
essential  and  should  be  enacted  as  soon  as  possible. 

They  eiIso  reflect  our  view  that  there  is  a  right  way  and  a  wrong  way  to 
reform  the  system,  emd  that  the  direction  the  President  proposes  to  take  us, 
into  a  massive,  dictatorial,  government-run  health  care  system,  is  absolutely 
the  wrong  way  to  go. 

Rather,  our  Republican  proposals  follow  the  general  set  of  principles  adopt* 
by  House  and  Senate  Republicans  last  year. 

These  principles  start  with  the  proposition  that: 

"We  believe  the  health  care  delivery  system  needs  powerful  new 
incentives  for  change.   Individual  responsibility  and  control  are  critical.   No 
government-controlled  system  can  be  as  responsive, 

as  high  in  quality,  or  as  cost-effective  as  a  system  that  is  based  on  personal 
consumer  choice  and  satisfaction. 

Reform  should: 

1.     REDUCE  COSTS.  Reform  must  start  with  putting  the  brakes  on 
escalating  health  care  costs.  Such  costs  should  be  controlled  by 
rel)dng  on  knowledgeable  consumers  who  actively  participate  in  the 
health  care  market— not  global  budgets  and  government-imposed 
price  controls  that  result  in  waiting  lines,  ration  health  care  and 
inhibit  technological  advances. 


339 


We  must  give  people  Information  about  their  plems  and  the  cost  of 
services  and  then  let  them  choose.   Moreover,  we  must  target  the 
factors  that  drive  up  costs  such  as  our  malpractice  system  and 
defensive  medicine;  the  excessive  paperwork  and  administrative 
burden;  and  the  waste,  fraud  and  abuse  in  our  system. 

2.  INCRE^E  ACCESS.  All  Americans  should  have  access  to  affordable 
health  care  for  themselves  and  their  families.  Americans  ^  h&uld  not 
fcEir  losing  health  insurance  when  they  change  jobs,  move,  or  suffer  a 
serious  illness. 

3.  MAINTAm  QUALITY.  American  medical  care  and  technology  are  the 
best  in  the  world.   People  around  the  globe  come  to  America  for  the 
best  care.  The  best  research  is  done  in  America.   Men  amd  women 
from  around  the  world  come  to  be  trained  in  American  medical 
schools.   Reform  that  jeopardizes  these  resources  is  unacceptable. 

4.  PROVTOE  CHOICE.  Consumers,  not  the  federal  government,  should 
choose  how  they  get  their  care  amd  from  whom.  As  soon  as 
Washington  starts  dictating  health  care,  Americans'  freedom  to  choose 
will  be  jeopardized. 

5.  PRESERVE  JOBS.  As  we  seek  to  provide  all  Americans  with  access 
to  health  care,  we  do  not  want  to  put  Americans  out  of  work  through 
increased  mcindates  and  taxes  on  small  business. 

6.  ENHANCE  FLEXIBILITY.  Health  care  reform  should  not  infringe  on 
innovative  plans  being  adopted  by  states  and  by  large  and  smedl 
businesses.   Health  care  reform  must  be  flexible  enough  to  fit  the 
needs  of  both  urban  aiid  rural  areas. 

7.  BE  FAIR.  All  Americans  should  be  eligible  for  the  same  health  care 
tax  deductions.  All  should  be  able  to  deduct  their  health  insurance 
costs  no  matter  where  they  work  or  how  they  get  their  insuremce. 
Today,  workers  in  large  businesses  get  most  or  all  of  their  insurance 
tax-free,  while  the  self-employed  can  deduct  only  25%  of  their  health 
Insurance  costs.  Indeed,  individuals  buying  insurance  outside  their 
job  can  deduct  nothing. 

8.  ENCOURAGE  INDIVIDUAL  RESPONSIBILITY.  Reforms  should 
increase  options  to  enable  individuals  to  take  responsibility  for  their 
heedth  care. 

9.  BE  FINANCIALLY  RESPONSIBLE.    The  huge  federal  deficit  and  the 
recently  expanded  tax  burden  on  the  American  people  meem  that  any 
federal  efforts  to  assist  with  the  financing  of  insurance  must  be 
gradually  phased-ln  as  other  government  savings  become  available. 
Adding  to  the  deficit  or  the  tax  burden  is  not  the  way  to  finance  health 
care  reform. 

10.     BE  WORKABLE.   Health  care  represents  one-seventh  of  the  U.S. 

economy  and  is  too  important  to  the  American  people  to  subject  It  to 
the  major  risks  that  would  result  if  it  were  turned  over  to  the  federsd 
government.  Reforms  adopted  natlonsdly  must  be  built  on  what 
works." 

These,  then  are  the  principles  that  have  guided  our  deliberations  and 
which  unite  our  various  ideas.  Our  proposals  may  differ  in  specifics,  but  they 
all  adhere  to  the  fundamental  theme  that  the  American  people  themselves, 
through  their  places  of  employment,  through  their  communities,  and  within 
their  fsmiilles,  should  be  In  cheirge  of  their  health  care. 

At  this  point,  Mr.  Chairman,  allow  me  to  comment  on  the  legislative 
realities  we  all  face  around  here. 

You  know  and  I  know  that  the  President's  bill  in  its  present  form  is  not 
going  anywhere. 


340 


E^en  if  It  did  have  a  chance  of  passing  in  its  present  form,  it  would  have 
to  be  on  your  side  of  the  aisle. 

Republicans~emd  what  I  like  to  think  of  as  discerning  Democrats— simply 
are  not  going  to  accept  such  a  bureaucratic  monstrosity. 

The  administration  says  it  is  going  to  fight  all  the  way  to  see  the 
President's  bill  pass  In  substantial  form. 

But  you  remember—as  we  all  remember— that  the  administration  told  you 
last  year  that  a  BTU  tax  was  absolutely  vital  and  that  the  administration  would 
settle  for  nothing  less. 

But  when  many  Democrats  went  unwillingly  along  with  the  BTU  tax  in 
the  House,  it  was  unceremoniously  dumped  in  the  Senate— and  many  members 
of  your  party  were  left  in  an  uncomfortable— and  in  some  cases  untenable- 
position. 

I  bring  up  this  bit  of  recent  history  as  a  friendly  reminder  of  what  could 
and  in  all  probability  wiU  happen  to  any  member  of  the  majority  who  is 
beguiled  by  the  administration's  current  rhetoric  about  the  absolute  necessity 
of  passing  the  President's  bill. 

The  Administration  said  the  same  thing  about  the  BTU  tax  a  year  ago 
and  your  members  were  left  hung  out  to  dry.  It  can  happen  again. 

If  it  is  the  plan  of  the  leadership  in  Congress  to  try  and  ram  through  the 
President's  government-run  health  proposal  without  a  serious  effort  at 
bipartisanship,  there  almost  certainly  will  be  major  errors  and  miscalculations 
that  will  rebound  negatively  on  those  who  were  a  part  of  that  effort. 

For  bipeutlsanship  to  work,  It  must  be  undertaken  at  the  beginning  of  the 
legislative  process,  not  at  the  end  when  time  to  craft  a  workable  proposal  has 
run  out. 

Republicans  are  ready  and  willing  to  work  with  Democrats  now  to 
develop  and  pass  health  reform  legislation  that  truly  fixes  the  problems  with 
our  health  care  system. 

The  proposal  Senator  Lott  and  1  have  Introduced  can  and  ought  to  be  the 
basis  from  which  a  good  bipartisan  health  care  reform  bill  is  crafted. 

The  Affordable  Health  Ceire  Now  Act  is  a  commonsense  approach  to 
health  care  reform. 

It  focuses  on  fixing  the  shortcomings  of  our  health  care  system,  not 
overthrowing  the  entire  system  simply  because  some  of  the  pjirts  are  not 
working  right. 

It  proposes  workable  reforms  that  will  make  things  better  for  people  now, 
not  risky,  untried  concepts  that  will  likely  not  be  Implemented  until  after  the 
turn  of  the  century. 

It  builds  upon  and  encourages  the  many  reforms  already  underway  at 
the  state  and  local  level  and  in  the  private  sector,  not  negate  these  reforms 
through  the  imposition  of  a  government-run  health  system  imposed  from  the 
top  down. 

H.R.  3080,  the  House  version,  has  141  cosponsors,  making  it  the  bill 
with  the  most  sponsors  in  either  body  of  the  Congress.  When  you  add  in  the 
Senate  sponsors,  we  are  up  over  150. 

Let  me  turn  now  to  Senator  Lott,  who  Introduced  the  bill  in  the  Senate. 
He  will  discuss  the  specifics  of  our  proposal. 


341 

Chairman  Stark.  Without  objection,  we  are  pleased  to  see  you 
back,  Trent.  Welcome.  Proceed  in  any  manner  you  are  comfortable. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  TRENT  LOTT,  A  U.S.  SENATOR  FROM  THE 
STATE  OF  MlSSISSffPI 

Senator  LOTT.  Thank  you.  Republican  leader  and  Mr.  Chairman 
and  ranking  Republican,  Congressman  Thomas,  members  of  the 
Health  Subcommittee  of  Ways  and  Means.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  be 
back  in  my  old  haunts.  As  most  of  you  know,  I  was  here  for  16 
years.  I  think  I  served  with  all  of  you  but  two,  but  I  had  forgotten 
what  elegant  surroundings  you  have  over  here  on  this  side.  I  mean, 
we  live  in  austere  poverty  over  on  the  Senate  side  compared  to 
this.  This  is  the  most  beautiful  room. 

Chairman  Stark.  And  they  are  building  a  new  railroad  to  get 
there. 

Senator  LoTT.  I  don't  remember  it  looking  quite  this  good  when 
I  was  over  here.  I  might  not  have  tried  to  move  across  the  Capitol 
if  it  had. 

I  am  delighted  to  be  here,  once  again,  riding  shotgun  with  my 
good  friend,  the  distinguished  Republican  leader,  Bob  Michel.  It 
was  a  great  pleasure  for  me  to  serve  as  his  whip  for  8  years,  and 
I  really  learned  to  admire  him  as  an  individual  and  admire  his 
leadership  and  his  courage.  I  would  like  to  commend  him. 

Particularly,  I  would  like  to  commend  Congressman  Denny 
Hastert  from  Illinois,  who  was  chairman,  I  believe,  a  leader  of  the 
task  force  that  worked  on  this  legislation.  He  is  not  able  to  be  here 
today  because  of  an  illness  in  his  family,  but  he  did  yeoman's  work. 
I  have  talked  to  him  several  times,  and  I  want  to  commend  my  col- 
leagues in  the  House  for  the  work  that  they  have  done. 

We  do  have  now  13  Senators  sponsoring  this  legislation  in  the 
Senate.  I  had  looked  at  all  the  different  plans,  and  I  am  satisfied 
that  this  is  the  one  that  is  the  most  commonsensical,  most  reason- 
able, most  responsible,  and  most  affordable  now. 

I  agree  with  the  leader.  The  Clinton  plan  as  it  was  originally  in- 
troduced is  basically  dead.  I  think  that  you  are  going  to  see  more 
and  more  concerns  being  raised  about  the  Cooper  plan,  and  we  are 
going  to  have  to  then  move  to  trying  to  develop  a  consensus  that 
a  bipartisan  majority  can  agree  on  that  will  address  the  real  prob- 
lems we  have  and  that  we  can  afford,  and  I  think  that  is  what  this 
bill  does. 

I  am  a  cosponsor  of  the  Nickles-Stearns  plan.  I  think  they  have 
got  a  lot  of  good  ideas.  I  think  there  are  a  lot  of  other  good  ideas 
floating  around  here,  and  you  see  a  proliferation  of  other  bills  and 
good  ideas.  I  think  that  is  good,  first  of  all,  but  I  think  it  has  also 
been  driven  by  the  fact  that  clearly  what  is  on  the  table  from  the 
administration  is  not  what  the  American  people  want  or  need. 

The  big  government  mandates,  lack  of  choice,  costly  proposal  is 
not  what  is  going  to  happen.  So  we  must  begin  to  try  to  develop 
a  basic  plan,  and  I  think  this  is  it,  and  I  am  delighted  to  be  a  co- 
sponsor  of  this  legislation. 

Now,  when  I  go  back  to  my  State,  the  people  talk  about  fun- 
damental concerns  and  problems.  We  obviously  all  agree  we  have 
problems  in  the  insurance  area.  We  must  deal  with  portability.  We 
must  deal  with  access.  We  must  deal  with  cherrypicking.  We  must 


342 

deal  with  the  laws  of  insurance  because  you  have  a  preexisting  ill- 
ness. There  are  certain  insurance  areas  we  all  agree  we  ought  to 
do  something  about  that.  So  we  ought  to  begin  from  that  stand- 
point. 

Most  of  us  agree  that  there  should  be  medical  malpractice  re- 
form, responsible  reform  that  would  help  deal  with  a  serious  prob- 
lem in  this  area  that  leads  to  the  practice  of  medicine,  that  is  a 
defensive  practice,  that  leads  to  a  lot  of  procedures  that  we  don't 
need  that  drive  up  the  cost.  We  ought  to  do  that. 

In  my  State  of  Mississippi,  it  is  not  access  to  insurance.  Our 
problem  is  access  to  any  kind  of  medical  provider.  In  rural  areas, 
even  if  you  had  insurance,  you  can't  get  to  a  hospital,  you  can't  get 
to  a  doctor,  you  can't  get  to  a  nurse  practitioner.  You  probably  can't 
even  get  to  a  midwife.  So  we  must  address  this  problem  not  just 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  inner  cities  which  we  must  do  and  try 
to  have  reforms  there.  We  have  got  to  make  sure  that  the  rural 
areas  are  considered  in  this  process,  and  this  bill  does  that.  It  has 
some  significant  proposals  in  the  rural  health  care  area. 

So  those  are  iust  a  couple  of  the  areas  that  I  am  going  to  be 
watching.  I  do  tnink  we  need  incentives,  incentives  for  individuals 
to  do  the  responsible  thing,  incentives  for  more  doctors  to  go  into 
the  general  practice,  incentives  to  get  health  care  providers  into 
rural  or  underserved  or  unserved  areas,  and  I  think  that  there  are 
a  lot  of  good  ideas  that  would  accomplish  that. 

Are  we  working  on  House  rules  or  Senate  rules?  Do  I  have  5 
minutes  or  50  minutes?  Don't  answer  that. 

This  bill  is  paid  for.  I  think  that  in  these  times  of  being  con- 
cerned about  unfunded  mandates  and  just  dumping  the  cost  off  on 
the  States,  you  must  have  a  financing  provision  in  your  package. 
This  does.  It  phases  out  Medicare  subsidy  for  seniors  with  incomes 
over  $100,000  individually  or  $125,000  per  couple. 

It  would  prefund  government  retirement  health  insurance  cost.  It 
would  increase  the  Federal  retirement  age  fi-om  55  to  62  which 
comes  to  just  over  $17  billion,  and  as  best  as  we  can  estimate,  be- 
cause the  Joint  Committee  hasn't  responded  to  our  request  to  cost 
it  out,  we  think  it  would  be  about  $17  billion.  So  our  package  is 
paid  for. 

Now,  turning  to  the  package,  I  would  just  like  to  quickly  run 
through  what  tnis  does.  It  does  require  employers  without  existing 
health  benefit  plans  to  offer  to  eligible  employees  at  least  one  plan, 
meeting  an  actuarially  defined  standards  of  coverage.  It  does  limit 
preexisting  condition  restrictions  under  all  employer  health  benefit 
plans.  It  does  require  coverage  of  essential  and  medically  necessary 
medical,  surgical,  hospital,  and  preventive  services.  It  encourages 
the  formulation  of  multiple  employer  health  plans  by  removing  IKS 
regulatory  barriers  involving  geographic  limitations  and  business 
commonality  tests  which  now  prevents  such  groups  from  using  the 
tax-exempt  trusts  to  lower  costs. 

I  mentioned  that  it  does  provide  a  number  of  areas  of  assistance 
in  rural  health  care,  including  rural  emergency  medical  services 
with  $15  million  to  help  get  that  started. 

On  air  transport  for  rural  victims,  in  Hattiesburg,  Miss.,  we  do 
have  a  helicopter  service  that  serves  probably  about  7  or  8  coun- 
ties. This  would  really  be  helpful  in  some  of  these  rural  areas  just 


343 

to  be  able  to  get  to  a  hospital  in  20  minutes  instead  of  50  or  60 
minutes.  It  would  save  a  lot  of  lives.  This  legislation  provides  help 
in  that  area. 

It  does  provide  for  increased  access  to  community  health  services. 
In  my  State  of  Mississippi,  community  health  services  now  do  a 
great  job,  but  we  need  more  help  in  that  area,  and  there  is  a  provi- 
sion for  community  coordination  demonstration  grants. 

It  does  provide  for  Medicaid  program  flexibility.  The  States  are 
doing  a  better  job  than  we  are.  That  is  true  in  innovative  ideas  and 
new  ideas.  The  Chairman  mentioned  the  Tennessee  plan.  I  mean, 
right  now  it  is  in  a  state  of  chaos,  but  they  have  launched  on  out 
there  into  these  untried,  troubled  waters.  They  are  doing  some- 
thing, and  they  can  do  a  lot  more  if  we  would  give  them  the  flexi- 
bility in  Medicaid  to  come  up  with  new  ideas  and  actually  provide 
better  help,  more  help  to  the  poor  that  depend  on  this  program. 

It  allows  States  to  enroll  in  Medicaid  beneficiaries  and  HMOs 
and  PPOs  without  having  to  submit  to  all  of  the  cumbersome  waiv- 
er requirements  and  applications  that  they  now  have  to  have. 

I  mentioned  it  does  have  medical  malpractice  liability  reform. 
There  are  various  proposals  in  this  area.  Senator  Gramm  of  Texas 
has  a  very  strong  medical  malpractice  liability  program,  but  as  a 
lawyer  and  one  that  used  to  be  on  the  defense  side  of  the  equation, 
this  one  is  reasonable.  It  is  practical.  It  is  not  extreme.  We  can  do 
it,  and  it  would  help  with  the  problem,  and  I  don't  think  it  would 
run  all  the  lawyers  in  the  world  off  with  its  proposals. 

It  does  have  the  medical  savings  account,  medisave.  I  think  it  is 
a  good  proposal,  but  I  think  that  we  can  work  with  others.  We  need 
to  strengthen  it,  provide  more  encouragement  there,  but  I  would 
encourage  this  subcommittee  to  look  at  this  medisave  proposal.  I 
think  it  is  an  excellent  one.  It  has  the  antifraud  provisions  and 
Medicare  plan  changes.  It  has  got  it  all. 

This  has  been  described  as  the  minimalist  plan  or  the  incremen- 
tal plan.  The  people  that  do  that  haven't  looked  at  it.  This  is  a 
well-thought-out  plan.  It  is  one  we  can  do  now.  We  ought  to  quit 
fighting  over  what  we  disagree  on  and  find  out  what  it  is  we  can 
agree  on,  do  it  this  spring,  and  then  look  to  the  future.  Let's  do 
what  we  can  do,  and  as  we  go  along,  as  we  make  savings,  as  we 
come  up  with  better  ideas,  we  can  adopt  those.  We  don't  need  to 
reinvent  health  care  in  America.  It  is  in  pretty  good  shape.  We  just 
need  to  deal  with  some  of  the  problems.  We  need  to  try  to  improve 
it.  At  the  very  least,  let's  begin  by  doing  no  harm. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


344 

HEALTH  CARE  REFORM-A  PRACTICAL  APPROACH 
THE  AFFORDABLE  HEALTH  CARE  NOW  ACT  OF  1993 
A  STATEMENT  BY  SENATOR  TRENT  LOTT 
FEBRUARY  10,  1994 

Mr.  Chairman,   I  come  before  you  and  this  Subcommittee  on  Health  of 
the  House  Ways  &  Means  Committee  today,  to  offer  support  for  the 
legislation  H.R.  3080,   "The  Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act  of 
1993."  This  bill  will  improve  access  to  health  insurance,  help 
contain  health  care  costs,  and  address  the  areas  of  health  care 
which  really  warrant  reform.   This  legislation,  furthermore,  is 
widely  supported  with  141  cosponsors  currently  in  the  House  of 
Representatives,  and  13  cosponsors  currently  in  the  Senate.   This 
speaks  well  of  those  who  crafted  the  bill.   It  also  reflects  how 
well  the  American  public  has  transmitted  its  message  to  Members  of 
Congress,  because  our  health  system  does  work.   However,  we  want  it 
to  work  better. 

I  have  spoken  to  countless  Mississippians  and  others  across  the 
country  about  health  care  reform.   I  want  to  tell  you  this  morning, 
there  is  a  great  deal  of  apprehension,  or  perhaps  I  should  say 
fear,  about  what  we  here  in  Congress  could  possibly  do  to  the 
quality  of  health  care  delivery,  and  the  existing  availability  of 
medical  treatment. 

Health  care  reform  is  a  subject  which  has  now  captured  the 
national  spotlight,  and  tapped  the  conscience  of  all  Americans.  It 
is  one  of  the  most  difficult  problems  facing  our  country  today.   We 
all  need  and  deserve  health  care  that  is  affordable  and  accessible. 


345 


Rapidly  increasing  costs,  however,  have  made  these  goals  hard  to 
reach.   I  looked  closely  at  the  details  of  a  number  of  proposals 
presented  in  Congress,  and  chose  to  sponsor  the  legislative 
proposal  of  Congressman  Michel  in  the  Senate.   It  is  S.  1533 
bearing  the  same  title,  "The  Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act  of 
1993." 

It  too,  is  a  practical  approach.   It  will  expand  access  to 
affordable  group  health  coverage  for  employers,  employees  and  their 
families.   Also,  it  will  help  eliminate  job-lock  and  the  exclusion 
of  such  individuals  from  coverage  due  to  preexisting  condition 
restrictions . 

In  addressing  health  care  reform,  we  must  make  sure  that  we  do  not 
sacrifice  quality  as  we  reform  the  present  system.  In  addition,  I 
believe  that  any  plan  ultimately  approved  by  Congress,  must  ensure 
that  we  retain  the  positive  things  about  our  country's  health  care 
system,  like  the  individual  freedom  to  choose  your  own  doctor  and 
hospital. 

The  health  care  problems  we  face  are  very  complex  and  a  solution  is 
not  going  to  happen  overnight.   Obviously,  we  need  to  do  something, 
but  any  reform  must  be  carefully  weighed.  He  need  to  have  a  full 
and  thorough  debate  on  all  the  options  facing  us.   The  issue  of 
health  care  is  too  important  simply  to  rush  to  judgement. 

I  urge  you  and  this  Committee  to  exeunine  the  merits  of  this 

legislation,  this  practical  approach  to  health  care  reform,  and 

favorably  report  it.   Thank  you  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  ask  that  my 
remarks  be  inserted  in  the  record. 


346 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

I  must  say  there  is  very  httle  in  this  bill  with  which  I  suppose 
anyone  could  disagree.  That  is  the  good  news.  Unfortunately,  the 
CBO  in  their  last  scoring  indicated  that  it  would  have  virtually  no 
impact  on  the  number  of  uninsured  in  the  country,  and  I  don't 
think  there  have  been  any  major  changes  in  the  bill  since  that  last 
CBO  analysis. 

Now,  if  there  have,  the  only  question  that  I  think  I  would  ask 
you  is  this.  Your  Medicaid  buy-in  really  is  up  to  the  States.  The 
States  could  shift  some  money  that  they  get  to  buy  into  Medicaid. 
There  is  the  possibility  that  we  could  raise  more  Federal  money  for 
the  uninsured,  one  way  or  another,  to  help  the  States  allow  a  Duy- 
in,  and  I  want  your  comments  on  that.  I  mean,  that  would  get 
more  of  the  uninsured  in  the  plan.  Arguably,  we  would  have  to  talk 
about  taxes  or  raising  some  money  to  do  it. 

Let's  assume  we  could  find  it.  Let's  assume  there  is  a  health 
fairy  who  is  going  to  put  some  money  under  our  pillow.  Would  you 
like  to  see  the  Medicaid  plan  expanded  or  an  alternative  which  is 
attractive  to  the  Chair  is  would  you  be  willing  to  allow  at  no  cost 
to  the  Federal  Government  individuals  or  companies  to  buy  into 
Medicare  if  we  priced  it  such  that  it  paid  the  full  actuarial  cost? 

Mr.  Michel.  First  of  all,  one  of  the  problems  with  our  current 
system  is  I  think  you  have  got  some  Medicare/Medicaid  recipients 
getting  a  better  level  of  care  than  low-income  working 

Chairman  Stark.  Medicare. 

Mr.  Michel.  Yes.  I  think  we  accept  that,  and  what  we  are  at- 
tempting to  do  here  by  way  of  offering  the  States  more  flexibility 
is  to  allow  them  to  assist  those  up  to  200  percent  of  poverty  and 
open  up  the  doors  to  those  currently  without  insurance.  Put  your 
thinking  caps  on,  and  if  there  is  an  opportunity  out  there  in  the 
insurance  world  to  utilize  that  resource,  give  the  States  that  option 
to  do  that. 

Now,  in  saying  so,  I  think  we  have  to  be  candid  to  the  insurance 
industry  and  say,  "Look,  folks,  this  gives  you  an  opportunity,  but 
you  have  an  obligation,  too,  to  try  and  help  us  see  if  there  is  a  way 
in  which  we  can  hold  costs  down  by  spreading  that  risk  and  over 
a  bigger  pool." 

I  don't  want  to  be  shifting  a  burden,  more  of  our  mandate  or  a 
burden  from  the  Federal  level  on  the  States.  We  heard  from  our 
Governors,  and  they  have  had  it  about  up  to  here  on  that.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  they  have  their  reservation  about  a  section  of  the 
Cooper  plan  that  puts  them  in  a  bind  with  respect  to  one  of  those 
provisions.  So  at  least  we  offer  it  as  a  starting  point,  and  then  it 
is  one  of  these  negotiable  things  we  would  have  to  work  out. 

Senator  Lott.  I  might  just  say  that  I  think  that  seniors  would 
have  some  concerns  about  that  proposal.  I  know  that  the  chairman 
has  worked  a  lot  in  that  area  over  the  years,  and  that  is  why  you 
would  like  for  us  to  really,  maybe,  move,  but  I  get  concerned  about 
crossing  these  two. 

Chairman  Stark.  There  would  have  to  be  a  firewall  in  the  trust 
fund. 

Senator  Lott.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  It  would  have  to  be  a  separate  section.  I  just 
used  it  as  a  structure. 


347 

Senator  LoTT.  Right. 

In  answer  to  your  question,  I  do  think  that  this  proposal  would 
provide  more  coverage  for  people  without  mandates.  As  long  as  we 
are  saying  that  we  are  going  to  do  it  for  you,  employers  are  not 
going  to  do  it.  I  think  that  if  we  encourage  and  move  the  employers 
toward  covering  more  employees,  working  with  them  on  it,  that,  in 
fact,  they  will  do  that. 

Plus,  I  do  think  by  these  changes  we  have  proposed  in  Medicaid 
that  allow  the  nonmedical-eligible  individuals  to  buy  into  the  sys- 
tem it  would  help  a  lot  of  people. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  can  think  of  worse  criticisms  than  you  are  not  ambitious 
enough.  I  think  it  is  pretty  obvious  that  the  President's  plan  was 
a  bit  too  ambitious. 

It  is  interesting  that  in  today's  Washington  Post,  one  Clinton  ad- 
viser is  quoted  as  saying,  "We  are  going  to  have  to  compromise, 
and  we  might  as  well  as  do  it  sooner  as  later." 

We  have  heard  statements  from  other  people  supporting  other 
plans  that  they  had  no  interest  in  compromising  because  their  plan 
was  perfect  and  they  didn't  want  it  contaminated  with  anybody 
else's  ideas,  in  essence. 

My  only  question  in  terms  of  a  general  one  is:  If  you  are  being 
criticized  as  not  being  ambitious  enough,  are  you  willing  to  sit 
down  and  talk  about  options  that  may  be  available  that  will  allow 
us  to  move  forward  or  are  you  adamant  in  terms  of  not  wanting 
to  talk  about  compromise  at  all?  Where  are  you  in  terms  of  a  will- 
ingness to  look  at  other  options? 

Mr.  Michel.  We  all  have  to  start  from  somewhere,  and  I  am  re- 
minded of  all  of  the  discussions  we  had  in  our  Republican  task 
force  where  we  were  very  conscious  of  not  wanting  to  impose  an- 
other new  tax.  We  decided  if  that  is  what  some  provisions  were 
going  to  require,  we  better  trim  our  sales  to  the  degree  that  we  can 
do  the  kind  of  things  that  don't  call  for  additional  taxes  and  the 
kind  of  unachievable  increased  revenue  that  would  bring  a  whole 
plan  down. 

I  am  looking  at  our  experience  in  the  catastrophic  health  care 
field  several  years  ago  where  I  thought  I  was  supporting  a  very 
noble  venture,  and  it  was  going  to  be  financed  with  $4  a  month 
premium  income  from  Medicare.  Of  course,  we  had  to  get  benevo- 
lent by  adding  things  to  the  degree  that  we  had  to  have  a  tax  on 
a  tax,  and  within  1  year,  we  were  all  embarrassed  by  having  to  re- 
peal it.  I  don't  want  to  repeat  that. 

I  was  here  during  the  Medicaid/Medicare  deliberations  when  we 
were  talking  about  cost  projections,  and  they  are  nowhere  near 
today  what  we  perceived  them  to  be  in  those  times.  So  we  decided 
in  our  task  force  that  we  should  be  honest,  forthright,  and  candid 
with  the  American  people  and  say,  "Folks,  there  is  a  limited 
amount  that  we  can  really  promise  you  at  this  juncture,  and  we 
don't  want  to  raise  your  expectations  beyond  our  power  and  ability 
to  deliver  what  we  are  talking  about."  I  think,  frankly,  that  has 
been  part  of  the  criticism  of  what  the  President  initially  proposed, 
raising  everybody's  hopes  that  this  was  going  to  be  something  for 


348 

nothing.  When  it  comes  right  down  to  it,  it  has  all  got  to  be  paid 
for  in  some  form  or  manner. 

Senator  Lott.  If  I  might  respond  to  that,  I  think  I  would  describe 
myself  as  having  been  just  about  the  biggest  flirt  in  town  over  the 
past  year,  as  I  have  flirted  with  every  plan.  I  have  looked  at  them. 

I  started  off  by  saying  I  am  not  going  to  cosponsor  any  of  them. 
I  am  going  to  wait  for  the  one  I  can  support.  I  wound  up  being  a 
cosponsor.  Well,  Senator  Chafee  is  here.  I  attended  some  of  his 
task  force  meetings.  I  have  been  interested  in  the  ideas  in  his  plan. 
I  am  a  cosponsor  of  the  Nickles  plan.  I  am  a  cosponsor  of  the 
Gramm  plan.  I  even  talked  several  times  with  Sonator  Breaux 
about  the  Cooper-Breaux  plan,  seeing  if  there  was  a  way  I  could 
go  on  as  a  cosponsor,  and  I  finally  concluded  that  I  just  could  not 
for  a  variety  of  reasons. 

In  the  end,  I  finally  settled  on  this  one  as  being  the  best  one,  the 
most  reasonable  one,  the  one  we  can  afford  and  one  we  can  do  now. 
This  will  be  the  base  of  the  principal  alternative  to  the  Clinton 
plan. 

Can  we  make  some  changes?  Absolutely.  I  think  we  are  going  to 
make  some  changes  in  certain  areas,  and  I  am  willing  to  work  on 
it,  but  you  have  got  to  begin  somewhere,  and  I  don't  want  to  begin 
up  here  at  this  reinvention  of  health  care  and  then  back  down  from 
it.  I  think  we  ought  to  begin  at  what  do  we  need  to  do  now  and 
can  we  afford  it,  and  then  if  we  can  make  some  adjustments  on  it 
around  the  edges,  I  am  perfectly  willing  to  work  with  you. 

Mr.  Thomas.  That  is  what  I  wanted  to  hear;  that  we  are  willing 
to  sit  down  and  try  to  accommodate  and  compromise  to  reach  a 
conclusion. 

Senator  Lott.  If  I  might  just  say  in  the  end,  I  think  there  is 
going  to  be  a  Michel-Dole-Moynihan  plan. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Let  me  say  the  chairman  said  that  he  doesn't  be- 
lieve that  under  the  CBOs  analysis  that  we  would  do  anything  in 
terms  of  the  uninsured.  I  think  he  needs  to  know  that  when  the 
CBO  analyzes  this  session's  version,  he  will  find  that,  as  you  cor- 
rectly said.  Senator,  it  is  fully  funded,  and  in  that  fully  funded  pro- 
gram is  money  that  covers  100  percent  of  the  deductibility  for  in- 
surance for  the  self-employed  and  100-percent  deductibility  for 
those  people  who  are  not  insured  and  whose  employer  does  not  pay 
for  their  insurance;  that  if  they  acquire  insurance,  they  have  100- 
percent  deductibility,  and  it  is  paid  for  under  your  plan.  That,  I 
think,  is  a  significant  response  to  the  question  of  the  uninsured. 

I  thank  the  gentlemen  for  their  testimony. 

Mr.  Levin  [presiding].  Thank  you. 

I  guess  I  am  next,  so  welcome,  as  always. 

To  the  minority  leader,  let  me  just  ask  you  a  few  questions.  You 
are  a  person  of  goodwill.  So  it  isn't  always  easy  to  zero  in  on  what 
may  be  flaws  in  your  proposals,  but  let  me  just  probe,  maybe  not 
too  gently,  but  fairly. 

In  your  testimony,  you  talk  about  government-imposed  price  con- 
trols. In  your  plan,  as  I  understand  it,  you  have  a  limit  on  the  an- 
nual premium  increase  for  small  employers,  a  15-percent  limit. 
Now,  how  is  that  consistent  with  your  inveighing  against  govern- 
ment-imposed price  controls? 


349 

Mr.  Michel.  I  think,  again,  what  we  want  to  do  is  pave  the  way 
for  business  and  industry  to  do  its  share  and  its  responsibiHty.  I 
think  we  are  trying  to  touch  the  conscience  of  all  individuals  who 
eventually  become  employers.  Insurance  is  prevalent  in  large  in- 
dustries and  a  lot  of  our  small  businesses,  but  there  are  many  out 
there  that  simply  say  they  can't  afford  it. 

Now,  what  we  want  to  do,  while  we  don't  mandate  that  they  pay 
for  it,  that  you  as  responsible  employers,  encourage  them  to  pro- 
vide some  kind  of  health  insurance  program.  Then,  again,  turning 
to  the  insurance  industry,  'Tou  folks  in  the  industry  have  an  obli- 
gation to  provide  in  every  community  of  this  country  an  oppor- 
tunity for  pooling  of  resources  to  make  that  a  reality." 

Now,  it  may  be  Utopian  to  think  that  that  can  come  in  a  vol- 
untary way,  but  I  think  we  have  already  seen  some  of  our  business 
and  industries  moving  in  this  direction,  whether  or  not  it  has  been 
caused  by  the  very  debate  that  we  are  holding  today  and  have  for 
6  months  or  more  now.  If  so,  then  I  think  we  are  on  the  right 
track. 

Mr.  Levin.  But  still  you  impose  a  limit  on  what  insurance  car- 
riers can  charge  small  business. 

Mr.  Michel.  Yes,  we  do,  and  what  we  would  perceive  in  a  basic 
policy  of  some  form  is  that  the  50  commissioners  of  insurance  could 
get  together  and  make  a  determination  among  the  50  States  what 
is  a  viable  basic  policy  that  ought  to  help  us  get  through  this. 
Then,  of  course,  we  would  move  beyond  that  and  say  then  the  op- 
tion above  that  is  a  catastrophic  plan  or  a  medisave  plan,  but  there 
ought  to  be  an  agreement  beforehand  among  the  50  State  insur- 
ance commissioners  what  we  consider  to  be  a  basic  policy,  and 
then,  hopefully,  what  we  have  prescribed  there  would  fit  that  mold. 
Now,  if  it  doesn't,  well,  we  will  have  to  make  adjustments. 

We  are  not  the  only  ones  moving  in  these  unchartered  waters 
and  area,  and  the  very  fact  that,  for  example,  we  can't  even  get  our 
plan  costed  out  specifically  by  CBO  to  give  you  real  hard-and-fast 
figures,  we  have  done  the  best  we  can  in  the  absence  of  that,  but 
as  we  have  also  heard  this  past  week,  there  have  been  some  pretty 
prominent  people  who  thought  the  costs  were  going  to  be  such  and 
such  and  find  that  figure  pretty  well  debunked  by  others  who  are 
in  positions  of  authority. 

Senator  Lott.  Let  me  answer  that.  Maybe  in  the  pure  sense  of 
your  question,  the  answer  is  yes,  if  you  are  trying  to  get  us  to 
admit  that  we  are  not  100-percent  pure  as  the  driven  so.  Maybe  so, 
but  the  goal  there  was  to  try  to  have  some  reasonableness,  some 
responsible  limits  on  excessive  increases. 

Mr.  Levin.  How  about  for  larger  business? 

Senator  LoTT.  It  is  not  a  dollar  amount;  it  is  a  percentage. 

Mr.  Levin.  What? 

Senator  LoTT.  It  is  not  a  dollar  amount;  it  is  a  percentage.  So 
the  percentage  would  be  applicable  to  large  and  small,  but,  obvi- 
ously, you  are  talking  about  a  higher  amount  would  be  involved  for 
the  larger  ones. 

Mr.  Levin.  Under  your  proposal,  there  is  a  15-percent  limit  on 
premiums  for  small  business,  but  none  for  large. 

Mr.  Michel.  I  think,  here  again,  you  are  going  to  have  a  transi- 
tion period  over  a  period  of  time.  I  understand  the  administration's 


350 

plan  allows  those  employers  with  5,000  employees  or  more  to  go 
ahead  and  do  your  thing.  Now,  I  look  at  my  hometown  industry  of 
Caterpillar,  for  example,  and  it  has  a  health  care  plan  that  ranks 
in  the  96th  percentile.  It  costs  the  company  about  $6,000  per  em- 
ployee. 

Now,  I  will  tell  you,  there  are  not  very  many  businesses  around 
the  country  that  can  pay  that.  So  you  have  got  to  accept  that,  that 
there  are  going  to  be  these  wide  variations,  but  I  am  not  altogether 
sure  the  best  interests  of  the  country  are  served  by  saying,  "You 
way  up  here  and  you  way  down  here,  all  have  to  come  to  some  uni- 
form premium."  I  would  like  to  see  it  flexible  enough  that  we  can 
accommodate  what  we  have  to  deal  with  currently  and  what  we  are 
thinking  about  down  the  road  apiece,  whether  it  is  5  or  10  years 
or  whatever. 

Senator  LOTT.  I  understand,  also,  here  that  it  may  be  because 
that  is  where  the  gyrations  occur  in  that  area.  You  don't  have  as 
much  a  fnovement  up  and  down  in  the  bigger  business  as  you  do 
in  that  smaller  area. 

Mr.  Levin.  All  right.  My  time  is  up. 

Let's  see.  Mr.  McDermott  is  next. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  simply  have  one 
question  of  the  two  witnesses.  I  appreciate  your  quoting  the  Hippo- 
cratic  Oath,  the  first  line  of  which  I  used  to  think  was  "Primo  non 
escero  *  *  *,"  which  is,  first  of  all,  do  no  harm,  and  I  think  you 
haven't  done  any  harm.  The  question  is  how  much  good  you  have 
done  in  the  proposal  you  have  made. 

I  want  to  ask  a  question  that  relates  to  something  the  President 
has  put  on  the  table.  I  think  we  can  talk  about  details  here  end- 
lessly, but  there  really  is  a  philosophical  question  that  has  to  be 
answered,  and  that  is  this.  The  President  has  said  that  any  bill  he 
signs  has  to  have  universal  coverage  guaranteed,  and  I  wonder  how 
you  come  down  on  that  issue.  Do  you  think  it  is  a  right  of  citizen- 
ship in  this  country  that  you  have  health  care  or  is  it  a  function 
of  something  related  to  your  employment  or  something  else?  I 
would  like  to  hear  your  thinking  on  this  issue. 

Mr.  Michel.  My  own  personal  feeling  is  I  don't  see  anything  in 
the  Constitution  that  guarantees  me  health  care  coverage  as  we 
are  talking  about  it  today  in  specific  terms.  Now,  there  will  be 
those  who  will  argue  that  point.  I  just  have  a  philosophical  feeling 
that  there  are  certain  basic  things  guaranteed,  life,  liberty,  and  the 
pursuit  of  happiness.  Now,  you  can  stretch  that  all  out  and  say, 
well,  the  pursuit  of  happiness  means  having  the  government  take 
care  of  all  my  doggone  needs.  Well,  I  can't  get  myself  around  to  ac- 
cepting that. 

As  for  universal  coverage,  that  may  be  our  ultimate  goal,  but  to 
think  that  it  is  achievable  within  the  immediate  future,  I  cannot 
conceive  that  we  have  got  the  capability  to  do  that  funding-wise. 
In  other  words,  what  you  are  talking  about,  you  are  saying  15  to 
20  percent  of  our  population  is  the  real  target  area,  and  I  guess  my 
reluctance  to  saying  let's  do  it  immediately  is  that  when  we  went 
to  that  catastrophic  health  care  bill,  very  limited  in  scope  for  the 
terrible  things  that  wipe  out  your  home,  property,  farm,  and  every- 
thing else,  and  when  80  percent  of  the  people  found  out  that,  broth- 
er, tney  were  going  to  have  to  pay  a  little  bit  more  than  what  the 


351 

coverage  was  for  themselves  to  provide  for  those  who  don't  have  it, 
they  rebel,  and  that  was  nominal. 

What  we  are  talking  about  here  in  the  President's  plan  is  not 
nominal.  These  are  drastic  changes,  and  I  think  we  better  be  very 
well  alert  to  the  magnitude  of  the  problem  before  we  jump  over  the 
cliff  and  cannot  retrieve  ourselves. 

Senator  LoTT.  If  I  might  respond  briefly,  I  think  it  was  unfortu- 
nate that  the  President  chose  to  whip  out  his  pen  and  make  that 
kind  of  statement.  We  do  that  in  Washington.  Other  presidents 
have  done  it,  Republican  presidents.  I  have  done  it.  You  have  done 
it.  We  draw  the  line  in  the  sand  and  say,  "Dad  gum  it,  if  you  cross 
that  line,  the  whole  deal  is  blown  up." 

Look,  I  got  one,  too.  If  employer  mandates  are  in  there,  I  won't 
vote  for  anything  because  I  think  it  is  just  fundamentally  the 
wrong  way  to  go,  but,  I  mean,  I  don't  think  we  ought  to  start  off 
by  saying  what  we  are  not  going  to  do. 

That  is  why  I  like  this  proposal.  Let's  start  off  by  saying  what 
can  we  come  together  and  agree  on,  and  let's  work  from  tnere. 

In  direct  answer  to  your  question,  I  guess,  again,  it  is  a  fun- 
damental disagreement.  It  is  probably  why  we  are  Republicans  and 
you  are  a  Democrat.  I  do  believe  that  every  American  has  a  right 
to  an  equal  opportunity  to  a  job,  food  on  the  table,  a  house,  medical 
care,  great  football  games,  everything.  Who  pays  for  all  this?  What 
about  the  right  of  my  26-year-old  son  to  be  able  to  keep  some  of 
the  rewards  of  the  fruits  of  his  labors?  He  works  60  hours  a  week. 

Last  year  in  the  tax  bill,  we  just  raised  the  tax  on  the  bonus  he 
gets  which  is  basically  what  he  really  lives  on,  and  now  45  percent 
of  his  bonus  is  taken  by  the  Federal  Grovernment,  and  this  is  not 
just  rich  people.  These  are  people  out  there  busting  it  because  they 
are  given  an  incentive  to  work  hard.  Doesn't  he  have  some  rights? 
How  much  is  he  as  a  young  entrepreneur  going  to  be  asked  to  pay 
so  that  everybody  can  have  everything  guaranteed  to  them  by  the 
Federal  Government?  So  I  guess  the  answer  is  I  agree  to  the  right 
to  an  equal  opportunity,  but  I  just  don't  think  the  government 
should  and  can  afford  to  just  say,  "We  are  going  to  give  it  to  every- 
body. Come  on,  don't  worry  about  it." 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  Let  me  just  say  I  appreciate  hyperbole,  and  I 
didn't  think  I  had  promised  everything  to  everybody.  We  are  talk- 
ing specifically  about  health  care. 

I  think  my  real  concern — and  Mr.  Michel  you  brought  up  the  peo- 
ple that  I  really  worry  about — those  Caterpillar  people.  Those  are 
people  who  sat  out  there  and  negotiated  benefits,  and  if  there  is 
some  kind  of  economic  downturn,  they  are  out  on  the  streets  of  Pe- 
oria and  Aurora  and  a  lot  of  other  places  without  a  job  and  no 
health  care,  and  they  can  be  bankrupted. 

I  find  it  hard  to  think  that  if  we  focused  on  those  who  don't  have 
health  insurance  now,  the  debate  becomes  one  kind  of  debate,  but 
if  the  debate  is  80  percent  or  more  in  this  country  who  are  covered 
by  insurance,  but  could  lose  it  tomorrow  and  be  bankrupted  the 
next  day  by  an  illness  or  an  injury,  it  seems  to  me  that  then  it  be- 
comes a  much  different  debate. 

I  think  for  you  to  say  or  for  people  who  support  you  to  say  that 
they  don't  care,  they  want  just  the  opportunity  for  that  Caterpillar 
worker,  "He  lost  his  job.  Well,  that  is  too  bad.  I  guess  we  don't  care 


352 

what  happens  to  him,"  I  think  that  is  not  a  political  position  that 
is  sustainable  in  a  democracv.  I  think  that  Caterpillar  worker 
ought  to  have  the  guarantee  tnat  the  President  and  the  CBO  said 
is  an  entitlement. 

I  mean,  I  disagreed  with  them  up  to  the  point  that  CBO  said  it 
is  an  entitlement.  They  changed  the  debate  when  they  said  that  is 
an  entitlement.  I  think  those  Caterpillar  workers  ought  to  have 
that.  I  am  sure  we  will  have  a  whole  other  debate  on  this. 

Mr.  Michel.  The  most  urgent  problem  in  our  country  today  is 
not  the  employees  of  the  biggest  companies  in  this  country  who  vir- 
tually have  a  guaranteed  health  plan  and,  in  Caterpillar's  case,  a 
guaranteed  job  for  6  years  by  name. 

These  are  cases  of  negotiated  contracts  which  are  the  envy  of 
many  people  on  the  outside. 

I  don't  think  that  is  the  problem  area  for  us  nearly  as  much  as 
these  poor  devils  out  there  who  really  are  down  and  out  and  with- 
out a  job  and  the  wherewithal  to  keep  a  family  together. 

Senator  Lott.  If  I  could  also  say,  I  appreciate  y  our  hyperbole, 
too,  Mr.  McDermott,  but  what  I  am  worried  about,  I  don't  have 
Caterpillar,  but  I  have  Engle  Shipyard.  My  father  was  a  pipefitter 
and  a  shipyard  union  member,  by  the  way,  and  I  worried  that  the 
Clinton  plan  or  the  single-payer  plan  is  going  to  shift  more  costs 
to  the  business  and  industry  area  and  perhaps  to  the  individuals 
and  people  are  going  to  lose  their  jobs,  the  low-end  people. 

The  people  out  there  working  for  my  son,  if  his  costs  go  up,  he 
is  going  to  say,  "Gee,  guys,  I  am  sorry  about  you.  I  would  like  to 
help  you,  but  this  is  just  the  final  little  straw  that  pushed  you  out 
of  a  job."  So  I  do  worry  about  the  jobs  that  could  be  lost  as  a  result 
of  another  mandate  on  business  and  industry. 

Mr.  McDermott.  We  will  continue  this  session. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Levin.  Mr.  Grandy. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Leader,  as  you  know,  I  was  on  the  Republican  health  care 
task  force  that  drafted  H.R.  3080,  and  we  completed  our  delibera- 
tions and  marked  up  and  finished  our  work,  I  think,  in  September 
of  last  year.  Isn't  that  correct? 

Mr.  Michel.  Yes. 

Mr.  Grandy.  You  pointed  out  that  we  now  have  140  cosponsors 
on  this  bill — 141.  How  many  of  them  are  Democrats? 

Mr.  Michel.  I  don't  see  a  one. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Are  there  any  Senate  Democrats  on  the  bill,  Sen- 
ator Lott? 

Senator  Lott.  No. 

Mr.  Grandy.  I  guess  I  would  ask  how  do  we  get  to  where  we 
want  to  go  if  this  is  exclusively  a  Republican  strategy.  I  mean,  I 
understand  the  criticisms  that  have  been  leveled  against  the  Clin- 
ton plan,  and  there  have  been  several  in  front  of  this  committee 
and  Energy  and  Commerce  over  the  last  couple  of  weeks,  but  I  still 
do  not  understand  how  we  are  going  to  move  from  an  admittedly, 
heavily  regulated  government-dense  health  care  delivery  system  to 
a  series  of  market  incentives  that  are  embraced  in  H.R.  3080. 

The  reason  I  explore  this  line  of  questioning  is  because  there  is 
apparently  a  new  strategy  that  is  now  moving  at  least  into  some 


353 

of  the  Republican  channels  that  has  been  advanced  by,  I  think  his 
name  is,  William  Krystal — he  used  to  be  with  Senator  and  then- 
Vice  President  Quayle — who  is  now  advocating  that  we  should  de- 
feat the  coming  Clinton-Cooper  compromise. 

Now,  the  other  bill  I  am  involved  with  is  the  Cooper  bill  or  the 
Cooper-Grandy  bill,  depending  on  what  State  you  are  running  for 
higher  office  in,  and  I  was  not  aware  of  a  Clinton-Cooper  com- 
promise. I  don't  think  Congressman  Cooper  is,  but,  evidently,  Mr. 
Krystal  has  this  to  say  about  our  side: 

There  are  those  Republicans  prepared  to  argue  that  such  a  result  involves  no  com- 
promise of  conviction.  That  means  signing  on  with  cither  Cooper  or  Senator  Chafee's 
bill. 

David  Durenbergcr,  for  example,  Cooper's  only  Republican  cosponsor  in  the  Sen- 
ate and  a  cosponsor  of  the  also  very  similar  Chafee  bill  says  that,  "Republicans  al- 
ready have  a  winning  strategy,  and  that  strategy  is  managed  competition,  which  he 
calls  a  comprehensive  vision  consistent  with  Republican  principles." 

Senator  Durenberger  is  wrong.  Managed  competition  is  not  a  Republican  prin- 
ciple. It  is  massive  social  regulation,  precisely  the  kind  of  thing  the  Republican 
Party  should  exist  to  oppose,  and  for  Republicans  to  acquiesce  or  participate  in  its 
enactment  would  bring  us  no  credit  and  much  shame. 

Did  I  make  a  teirible  mistake  in  lining  up  with  Democrats  to  try 
and  build  some  kind  of  compromise  between  where  the  President 
is  and  where  we  are,  Mr.  Leader?  I  mean,  is  Mrs.  Johnson  wrong 
to  be  part  of  this  group,  and  Mr.  McMillan  who  is  on  the  Energy 
and  Commerce  Committee  and  the  other  26  or  28  Republicans  that 
are  trying  to  find  some  way  to  get  from  here  to  there?  I  mean,  is 
this  a  sell-out?  Tell  me.  I  mean,  I  am  in  a  very  serious  Gk»vemor's 
race  back  home.  I  need  to  know  this  for  my  political  future.  Leader. 

I  thought  that  finding  some  kind  of  solution  here  would  bring 
credit  to  this  party,  just  the  way  helping  the  President  solve  the 
NAFTA  problem  brought  not  only  a  dividend  to  the  party,  but  to 
the  country,  but  I  may  be  wrong  here.  If  there  is  going  to  be  a 
strategy  that  moves  through  our  conference  that  says  trash  every- 
thing right  of  Cooper  through  Chafee  and  then  the  Nation  will  em- 
brace H.R.  3080,  I  might  have  to  turn  in  my  pass. 

Do  these  comments  embrace  your  views.  Leader? 

Mr.  Michel.  Let  me  first  take  this  opportunity  to  compliment 
the  gentleman  on  his  contribution  to  our  health  task  force.  He  was 
there  every  day.  The  same  was  true  for  the  gentlelady  from  Con- 
necticut, Mrs.  Johnson,  as  well  as  for  Mr.  McCrery  and  Mr.  Thom- 
as. You  are  all  on  the  task  force  and  did  an  outstanding  job.  The 
task  force  met  for  an  hour  or  so  over  a  period  of  nearly  2  years, 
and  the  contributions  the  gentleman  from  Iowa  made  specifically  to 
the  deliberations  of  that  task  force  were  very  noteworthy. 

Initially,  when  we  crafted  what  has  turned  out  to  be  this  basic 
bill,  we  wanted  to  get  as  much  support  as  we  possibly  could  on  our 
side.  I  think  there  was  an  inhibition  on  the  part  of  maybe  some 
Democrats  who  might  have  thought  we  have  had  some  good  things 
to  talk  about  because  it  was  their  President,  a  Democratic  Presi- 
dent carrying  the  initiative  on  this  from  the  standpoint  of  the  ad- 
ministration, and  that  they  would  be  rather  reluctant  to  be  pic- 
tured in  opposition  to  their  President  until  they  had  more  time  to 
sift  it  all  out. 

We  are  in  a  shake-out  period  right  now.  The  gentleman  has  a 
great  deal  of  foresight,  and  I  have  no  criticism  of  his  having  said, 


354 

"Look,  I  am  not  altogether  sure  that  what  we  have  crafted  here 
does  everything  I  would  like  to  see  done.  I  would  like  to  go  a  step 
or  two  further.  So  I  am  certainly  not  going  to  condemn  the  gen- 
tleman for  having  reached  out  as  he  had  to  those  other  tenets  in 
which  he  might  feel  comfortable,  and  that  is  how  eventually  around 
here  you  get  people  moving  toward  a  solution. 

If  we  were  back  in  the  old  days  when  the  Speaker  would  say  we 
are  going  to  debate  this  baby  for  2  weeks  on  the  floor,  and  we  are 
going  to  have  an  open  rule,  and  we  are  going  to  give  you  all  an 
opportunity  to  amend  the  base  bill,  probably  through  alternatives 
or  substitutes  with  the  opportunity  for  amendment  to  each,  and 
when  an  amendment  is  disposed  of,  you  can  come  back  with  an- 
other. Through  that  process,  you  work  your  way  up  to  the  top  of 
the  pyramid  and  achieve  a  refined  product  that  is  basically  a  con- 
sensus of  all  the  House.  Oh,  I  wish  that  day  would  return.  That 
would  do  credit  for  the  institution  probably  more  than  anything 
else.  Then  the  gentleman,  who  does  so  well  on  his  feet,  would  con- 
vince members  of  his  position  in  an  effort  to  attract  converts,  and 
eventually,  we  would  get  the  best  product. 

Senator  LOTT.  Let  m  join  in  that,  if  I  could,  and  respond  to  your 
question. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Gro  ahead.  Senator. 

Senator  Lott.  When  I  had  the  pleasure  of  serving  in  the  House 
and  serving  as  the  Republican  whip,  we  won  a  lot  of  victories  in 
the  eighties,  and  we  always  had  to  do  it  with  40  or  50  or  60  Demo- 
crats. I  had  a  regular  daily  plan  to  work  with  Democrats  and  in- 
clude Democrats  in  our  strategy.  That  is  how  we  won  on  important 
budget  votes  and  tax  relief  votes.  So  I  certainly  agree  with  that, 
but  you  begin  by  getting  your  own  troops  together.  You  don't  send 
out  scouts  and  start  trying  to  put  a  package  together  until  you  get 
your  own  act  together,  and  I  think  that  is  what  this  bill  does,  H.R. 
3080. 

I  will  bet  you,  you  can  support  everything  that  is  in  this  H.R. 
3080. 

Mr.  Grandy.  I  wrote  a  lot  of  what  is  in  that.  Senator.  Of  course, 
I  can. 

Senator  LoTT.  So  I  think,  at  some  point,  we  can  use  this  as  a 
base,  and  we  can  see  if  there  are  other  things  that  we  can  reach 
out  and  do  to  improve  it. 

I  don't  know  if  you  were  here.  Maybe  you  weren't,  but  I  told  you, 
I  flirted  with  everything  in  town  including  the  Cooper  package,  but 
I  just  could  not  bring  myself  to  support  it  because  there  were  some 
fundamental  things  in  there  I  didn't  agree  with. 

Now,  you  are  talking  about  cosponsors.  I  want  to  also  point  out 
to  you  that  the  Cooper-Breaux  package  which  you  have  signed 
onto,  in  the  Senate,  it  only  has  three  cosponsors,  only  three,  one 
Republican  and  only  two  Democrats,  other  than  John  Breaux.  So 
that  is  not  exactly  much  of  a  consensus  in  the  Senate.  I  mean,  all 
we  got  to  do  is  reach  out  and  find  one  Democrat  that  will  join  up 
with  us,  and  I  bet  we  can  do  that. 

Mr.  Grandy.  I  realize  my  time  has  expired.  My  question  was  not 
philosophical.  It  is  tactical.  I  don't  understand  how  we  are  going  to 
get  to  our  objective  if  we  cut  off  our  supply  lines  and  begin  trashing 
the  one  bipartisan  effort  that  now  exists  anywhere  in  the  Congress. 


355 

I  might  point  out  it  is  also  bicameral.  Senator  Chafee,  who  is  sit- 
ting behind  you,  knows  that  we  have  met  regularly  with  his  group 
in  an  effective  way  to  try  and  bridge  some  of  the  differences  be- 
tween our  bill,  which  I  think  are  slight,  but  nonetheless  of  concern. 

I  may  be  wrong,  but  I  don't  understand  how  we  are  going  to  win 
the  day  by  mustering  our  troops  at  the  border  and  try  to  shoot 
down  everything  that  comes  flying  our  way,  but,  again,  I  have  not 
been  here  as  long  as  you  gentlemen.  So  maybe  there  is  something 
that  I  don't  know  about  grafting  a  compromise,  but  I  don't  think 
it  begins  with  scorched  earth. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

Who  is  next?  Mrs.  Johnson.  I  am  sorry. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  Because  there  are 
many  other  people  to  testify,  I  will  keep  my  comments  short.  How- 
ever, I  did  want  to  comment  on  the  issue  of  rate  constraints  in  our 
proposal  because  I  don't  think  it  was  quite  clear  to  my  colleague 
from  Michigan  that  the  15-percent  constraints  are  reafjy  between 
groups,  and  that  there  are  more  serious  constraints  from  year  to 
year,  and  that  not  only  does  our  bill  do  that,  Senator  Bentsen's  bill 
also  does  that. 

All  of  those  who  have  thought  seriously  about  insurance  reform 
and  the  industry  have  accepted  that  it  is  perfectly  reasonable  when 
you  are  reforming  insurance  and  eliminating  the  right  to  exclude 
for  preexisting  conditions,  guaranteeing  that  people  can  buy  the 
plan  for  the  same  prices  as  everyone  else,  guaranteeing  that  it  will 
be  renewed,  and  that  you  also  can  guarantee  that  there  will  be 
more  modest  rate  fluctuations. 

Certainly,  we  don't  have  to  deal  with  this  kind  of  issue  with  big 
employers.  They  are  big  enough  to  bargain  good  deals  for  them- 
selves, and  their  problems  with  rate  increases  have  not  been  the 
problems  of  the  small  market. 

That  brings  me  to  the  question  that  I  want  to  pose  to  you  gentle- 
men. Both  of  you  made  the  point  that  you  are  proposing  very  spe- 
cific solutions  to  the  problems  that  we  see.  We  see  the  problem  in 
the  small  group  market.  We  don't  see  a  buying  problem  in  the  big 
group  market.  The  kind  of  work  that  you  gentlemen  have  done  rep- 
resents very  common  sense  solutions  and  very  practical  and  very 
forceful  solutions  to  the  real  problems  as  we  know  them,  but  I 
think  as  we  go  through  the  details,  the  overall  view  of  how  these 
proposals  will  interact  to  control  costs  has  been  lost. 

We  really  have  two  options  before  us.  One  group  wants  to  say 
government  will  control  cost.  Government  will  set  prices.  We  will 
have  global  budgets.  We  will  take  care  of  this,  America.  I  think  the 
big  generic  difference  here  is  that  we  think  if  government  changes 
the  rules  of  the  game  and  creates  a  different  interaction  of  motiva- 
tions and  forces  that  cost  will  be  controlled,  and  the  pieces  that  vou 
are  proposing  interact  in  such  a  way  that  costs  will  be  controlled. 

Now,  it  is  true  CBO  has  a  hard  time  with  this  because,  as  we 
know,  they  can't  deal  with  changes  in  behavior,  but  I  would  like 
you  to  talk  a  little  bit  about  how  your  proposal  does  two  things, 
specifically  controls  costs  and  specifically  increases  access. 

Mr.  MiCHKL.  On  the  access  side  of  it,  as  I  said,  we  are  not  man- 
dating business  and  industry  to  pay  for  their  plan,  but  you  have 


356 

an  obligation  to  offer  a  plan  to  your  employees.  There  has  got  to 
be  something. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  So  you  are  going  to  have  to  do  that  educational 
job  that  everyone  needs  done  for  them.  Employers  are  going  to 
have  to  do  that. 

Mr.  Michel.  Right,  and  not  all  of  them  do,  obviously,  today.  So 
it  has  its  leverage  there  by  saying  we  expect  you  to  consider  this 
a  part  of  doing  business  today  as  offering  some  health  care  plan  to 
your  employees. 

Now,  it  has  got  to  work  in  combination,  however,  with  the  insur- 
ance industry  out  there  that  we  don't  condemn  out  of  hand.  I  want 
to  keep  the  private  sector  still  in  the  act.  That  is  what  it  is  all 
about,  private  versus  public,  but  they  also  have  an  obligation,  too, 
then  to  dovetail  into  what  we  are  admonishing  the  employers  to  do, 
and  they  have  an  obligation  then  to  help  those  smaller  employers 
unable  now  to  afford  it,  by  putting  together  risk  pools  to  stablize 
the  cost  of  insurance.  I  think  that  is  the  access  one. 

On  the  expenditure  side,  of  course,  we  have  talked  here  a  little 
bit  about  the  doctors  playing  defensive  medicine  rather  than  offen- 
sive medicine,  and  it  comes  by  way  of  what  has  happened  by  the 
kind  of  malpractice  cases  and  all  the  rest,  and  we  would  like  to 
move  in  that  area  much  more  aggressively,  so  that  we  don't  have 
our  doctors,  dentists,  and  those  professionals  so  burdened  with  the 
kind  of  malpractice  insurance  premiums  that  they  have  got  to  pass 
it  onto  the  consumer. 

Medical  malpractice  is  one,  but  another  one  is  in  the  antitrust 
area.  I  have  three  hospitals  in  my  home  community  and  a  teaching 
school,  the  Peorie  Med  School.  Our  trust/antitrust  laws  today  are 
really  standing  in  the  way  of  a  number  of  our  hospitals  moving  to- 
ward doing  the  kind  of  things  they  say  could  cut  their  cost,  but 
they  are  foreclosed  because  then  they  would  be  conniving  with  the 
neighborhood  hospitals.  We  will  take  this  portion,  you  take  that 
portion,  and  we  will  take  this  one  here  and  fill  a  void,  and  unless 
we  break  that  down  to  give  them  the  opportunity  to  cooperate  with 
one  another,  it  drives  up  costs,  and  that  is  one  area  where  I  think 
we  could  be  very  helpful. 

Mr.  Levin  Ipresidingl.  Senator,  if  we  are  going  to  finish,  so  that 
you  can  leave  before  the  vote,  why  don't  you  answer  briefiy,  if  that 
is  OK 

Senator  Lott.  I  will  try  to  answer  briefiy  Nancy's  question  be- 
cause I  think  the  Leader  covered  it  quite  well. 

Just  one  point.  Even  though  my  brother-in-law,  who  is  a  suing 
lawyer,  wouldn't  like  it,  I  do  think  that  we  could  make  significant 
savings  with  real  genuine  medical  malpractice  reform. 

Also  in  this  package  is  improved  access  to  community  health 
services.  I  talked  particularly  in  my  opening  remarks  about  rural 
access.  We  have  got  a  lot  of  people  who  just  can't  get  to  it,  and  I 
think  the  community  health  services,  the  migrant  health  centers 
would  help,  as  well  as  some  of  the  rural  emergency  and  transpor- 
tation provisions. 

Then,  finally,  I  do  think  we  improve  substantially  access  by  the 
changes  that  allow  employer-purchasing  arrangements  and  chang- 
ing IRS  restrictions  that  now  prohibit  the  ability  to  do  what  needs 
to  oe  done,  across  State  lines,  for  instance. 


357 

Mr.  Levin.  If  it  is  all  right,  Mr.  McCrery,  why  don't  you  inquire, 
and  if  you  take  the  5  minutes,  I  think  we  can  finish  up  the  panel, 
so,  Mr.  Leader,  you  can  also  go  to  vote.  So  Mr.  McCrery  will  take 
5  minutes,  and  then  we  will  run  together  to  vote. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  thank  you  all  for 
appearing  before  a  subcommittee  this  morning  and  giving  excellent 
testimony. 

I  did  work  with  you,  Mr.  Leader,  on  the  task  force  that  came  up 
with  this  plan,  and  as  you  know,  I  have  not  yet  cosponsored  the 
plan  because  I  have  been  working  on  my  own,  and  I  kind  of  want 
to  get  it  introduced  first,  to  put  mv  marker  out  there  as  to  what 
I  thought  was  the  best  approach  before  I  started  cosponsoring  other 
approaches,  but  I  can  assure  you,  as  soon  as  mine  is  introduced, 
I  will  be  cosponsoring  your  bill  and  probably  a  couple  of  others. 

I  just  want  to  summarize  for  the  subcommittee  the  good  things, 
the  positive  things  that  you  do  in  your  bill  because  I  think  there 
are  many,  and  they  ought  not  be  overlooked. 

You  have  antitrust  reform  which  can  be  a  powerful  incentive  to 
control  cost  in  the  provider  community.  You  do  have  rural  health 
care  incentives  which  will  help  get  access  for  folks  out  in  the  rural 
areas  of  our  country. 

You  have  medical  malpractice  reform.  I  do  disagree  with  one  part 
of  your  medical  malpractice  reform,  and  that  is  caps  on  attorney's 
fees.  Philosophically,  I  am  just  opposed  to  telling  people  what  they 
can  make,  regardless  of  whether  they  are  doctors  or  lawyers,  but 
it  is  a  good  medical  malpractice  reform  section. 

You  do  a  lot  of  insurance  reform  which  gets  at  some  of  the  prac- 
tical problems  that  people  have  in  this  country  for  getting  coverage. 
For  example,  you  do  away  with  preexisting  conditions  clauses.  You 
guarantee  renewability.  You  limit  premium  increases  for  those  peo- 
ple who  get  sick,  and  you  increase  the  portability  of  insurance  in 
this  country. 

You  also  provide  greater  access  to  the  system  by  giving  tax  de- 
ductibility to  the  self-employed  and  not  only  the  self-employed,  but 
to  individuals  who  don't  have  insurance  provided  by  their  employ- 
ers. That  is  a  huge  incentive  for  folks  to  get  into  the  system,  get 
into  the  health  insurance  system. 

So  you  have  a  lot  of  good  things  in  this  bill,  and  I  agree  with 
Senator  Lott,  this  is  a  place  where  we  ought  to  start.  We  ought  to 
agree  that  these  are  things  that  we  all  can  agree  on  and  do  now 
and  get  people  in  this  country  a  little  security  in  the  health  are 
system. 

So  I  congratulate  you  for  this  effort.  It  is  a  great  building  block, 
and  I  am  looking  forward  to  working  with  you  and  the  Senate  side 
in  crafting  something  this  year  that  will  give  some  folks  some  relief 
in  this  country. 

Senator  LOTT.  Best  question  of  the  day,  I  thought. 

Mr.  Michel.  Mr.  McCrery,  if  I  might  just  briefly  respond. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Sure,  Mr.  Leader. 

Mr.  Michel.  Not  to  respond,  but  to  take  the  opportunity  to  com- 
pliment you,  too,  on  what  you  did  on  that  task  force,  I  just  noticed 
the  summation  of  what  you  are  proposing  now  and  will  look  with 
interest  upon  that,  but  you  have  always  been  one  of  those  more 
thoughtful  Members  who  said,  "Hey,  I  want  to  check  this  all  out. 


358 

I  might  have  a  few  views  of  my  own,"  and  I  think  that  is  the  spirit 
in  which  we  have  got  to  address  this  entire  problem.  With  the  time 
that  you  have  devoted  to  the  subject  matter,  I  would  surely  want 
to  give  second  and  third  thoughts  to  what  you  are  proposing  be- 
cause they  usually  come  from  a  pretty  doggone  sound  mind,  and  we 
will  be  happy  to  take  those  into  consideration. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  vou,  Mr.  Leader. 

Mr.  Michel.  I  thank  tne  chairman,  too,  for  the  time  you  have  ac- 
corded both  Senator  Lott  and  myself. 

Mr.  Levin  [presiding].  Thank  you.  It  has  been  our  privilege,  Sen- 
ator. Glad  you  were  here.  Welcome  back. 

Senator  LoTT.  Glad  to  be  back. 

Mr.  Levin.  Now,  you  can  go  back  to  the  luxurious  quarters  on 
the  other  side.  Say  hello  to  a  friend  of  mine  over  there. 

Senator  Lott.  I  will. 

Mr.  Levin.  Senator  Chafee,  why  don't  you  take  the  witness  chair. 
I  think  Mr.  Stark  will  be  here  in  1  second.  We  know  that  you  have 
some  rigorous  time  limits.  The  minute  he  gets  here,  we  will  start. 
Let  me  go  and  vote,  but  he  should  be  here  any  second. 

Look  who  is  here.  What  timing. 

Chairman  Stark.  John,  we  will  just  start,  and  as  the  others  on 
the  panel  return — and  if  you  have  to  leave  before  we  have  com- 
pleted inquiry,  that  is  fine. 

I  will  now  recognize  our  good  friend,  the  Senator  from  Rhode  Is- 
land, John  Chafee,  with  whom  this  subcommittee  has  worked,  at 
least  on  the  9  years  I  have  chaired  it,  on  the  other  side  of  the  Cap- 
itol on  a  variety  of  Medicare  and  health  issues.  We  have  worked 
closely  and  have  a  great  relationship. 

I  welcome  you.  You  will  be  joined  at  the  completion  of  this  vote 
by  our  ranking  member.  Bill  Thomas;  Hon.  Nancy  Johnson  from 
Connecticut;  another  member  of  the  subcommittee,  Hon.  Fred 
Grandy;  Mr.  L.F.  Payne,  another  member  of  the  full  Ways  and 
Means  Committee;  Congressman  Cliff  Stearns;  and  Senator  Nick- 
les,  if  he  is  able,  because  of  a  previous  engagement,  to  join  in  the 
group. 

Senator,  why  don't  you  proceed.  Your  prepared  statement  will 
appear  in  the  record  in  its  entirety,  and  if  you  would  like  to  en- 
lighten us  or  expand  on  your  testimony,  why  don't  you  proceed  in 
any  manner  that  you  are  comfortable. 

I  recognize  that  our  first  panel  went  longer  than  was  anticipated, 
and  we  appreciate  your  patience.  I  understand  that  you  have  a 
pressing  engagement  that  you  have  put  on  hold,  and  if  you  have 
to  leave  before  the  full  panel  has  completed  their  testimony,  we 
will  certainly  understand. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JOHN  H.  CHAFEE,  A  U.S.  SENATOR  FROM 
THE  STATE  OF  RHODE  ISLAND 

Senator  Chafee.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  Before  I 
start,  I  want  to  say  how  much  I  have  enjoyed  my  relationship  with 
you  over  these  many  years  as  we  have  worked  on  Medicare.  Those 
sessions  have  gone  late  into  the  morning,  the  early  hours  of  the 
morning.  I  think  we  have  been  at  it  2:30,  3,  and  4  o'clock  in  the 
morning,  and  it  has  always  been  a  treat  to  work  with  you.  I  don't 


359 

think  anybody  has  better  credentials  than  you  do  in  the  field  of 
health  care. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  hope  my  wife  is  listening.  I  am  never  sure 
she  has  really  believed  that. 

Senator  Chafee.  Well,  I  can  guarantee  to  her  where  you  were  in 
many  of  those  late  nights.  We  were  together  in  the  Capitol  and  var- 
ious committee  rooms  around  here. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  won't  go  through  the  similarities  that  exist  in 
the  plan  that  we  have,  the  ones  that  you  are  familiar  with,  insur- 
ance market  reform,  antitrust  reform,  reforming  medical  liability, 
increasing  funds  for  essential  community  providers,  like  the  com- 
munity health  centers,  cutting  administrative  cost,  making  health 
insurance  deductible. 

What  I  would  like  to  touch  on  are  some  of  the  fundamental  dif- 
ferences that  exist  between  our  plan  and  the  Clinton  plan.  First, 
let  me  say  I  want  to  credit  the  administration.  President  Clinton 
and  Mrs.  Clinton,  for  bringing  all  of  this  up  to  the  front  burner. 
But  for  what  they  have  done,  we  wouldn't  be  where  we  are  now  in 
discussing  health  care.  So  both  the  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  de- 
serve a  lot  of  credit. 

While  there  are  many,  many  features  that  are  similar,  I'll  touch 
on  those  and  first  touch  on  some  of  the  major  differences. 

Our  proposal  does  allow  for  the  establishment  of  private  group 
purchasing  organizations,  but  we  don't  establish  a  single  manda- 
tory health  alliance  controlled  by  the  Federal  Government  and  the 
States  as  called  for  in  the  administration's  proposal. 

For  example,  in  my  State,  we  don't  have  any  businesses  with 
more  than  5,000  employees  except  possibly  Brown  University  and 
the  Rhode  Island  Hospital.  Outside  of  that,  nobody  works  for  a 
company  that  big.  So  every  man,  woman,  and  child  in  our  State 
would  be  required  to  purchase  health  insurance  through  an  alli- 
ance. We  have  great  concerns  about  them,  and  we  really  don't 
think  that  they  can  simultaneously  enforce  all  of  these  new  regula- 
tions and  at  the  same  time  be  responsive  to  the  needs  of  the 
consumer. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  the  Senator  would  yield,  my  guess  is  that 
there  aren't  the  votes  in  the  House  to  create  them.  I  have  yet  to 
find  anybody  who  wants  them,  and  I  would  certainly  join  with  you 
in  that.  There  have  got  to  be  simpler  ways  to  do  this,  and  there 
has  got  to  be  a  more  flexible  way.  So  I  think  you  are  quite  right 
on  that  point. 

Senator  Chafee.  All  right.  So  I  am  on  a  roll  here,  Mr.  Chairman. 

My  second  point  is  that  our  proposal  does  not  contain  the  backup 
insurance  premium  caps.  We  believe  that  the  substantial  insurance 
reforms  we  provided  for  and  changed  incentives  will  stem  the 
growth  of  health  care  cost. 

As  you  and  I  know,  we  have  worked  on  this  together  so  many 
times.  The  Federal  Government  hasn't  had  a  great  deal  of  success 
in  trying  to  regulate  prices.  As  you  know  from  the  reconciliation 
conferences  we  have  been  on,  the  troubles  that  come  with  trying 
to  micro  manage  payments  to  health  care  providers,  for  every  price 
we  set,  we  face  a  host  of  requests  for  exceptions.  There  are  excep- 
tions to  the  DRGs.  There  are  exceptions  to  the  RBRVS,  physician 
reimbursement  scales  that  we  have  worked  on.  So  I  don't  have 


360 

much  faith  that  we  can  set  premiums  in  such  a  way  to  ensure  that 
the  goal  of  health  care  reform  can  be  achieved. 

The  third  thing  is  we  do  not  create,  and  to  use  the  Hngo  of  the 
trade,  we  don't  have  an  employer  mandate.  We  have  an  individual 
mandate,  and  we  don't  have  the  complicated  system  of  discounts  or 
subsidies  envisioned  in  the  administration's  proposal.  My  written 
statement  goes  into  a  little  detail  on  that. 

Last,  we  do  have  compelling  differences  between  our  proposal  re- 
garding new  Federal  obligations.  As  you  know,  there  are  new  enti- 
tlements in  this  program,  whether  it  is  a  entitlement  for  early  re- 
tirees or  an  entitlement  for  everybody  getting  covered  very,  very 
quickly. 

I  want  to  state  very  clearly  that  our  bill  provides  for  universal 
coverage.  I  agree  with  the  President  on  that.  I  think  it  is  an  abso- 
lute necessity.  You  are  not  going  to  get  control  of  the  cost  of  health 
care  in  the  United  States  in  my  judgment  without  universal  cov- 
erage. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:! 


361 


Testimony  by  Senator  John  H.  Chafee 

Before  the  House  Ways  and  Means  Subcommittee  on  Health 

February    10,    1994 


Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee,  thank  you  for  giving  me 
the  opportunity  to  discuss  the  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today 
(HEART)  Act.      I  believe  that  most  of  us  in  Congress  share  the    President's 
same  basic  goals  with  respect  to  health  care  reform.    We  want  to  slow  the 
rate  of  growth  in  health  care  costs,  and  ensure  that  all  Americans  have 
high  quality  and  affordable  health  care  coverage. 

There  are  many  similarities  between  the  legislation  that 
Representative  Thomas  and  I  have  introduced,  the  many  other  proposals 
under  consideration,  and  the  President's  proposal.     These  similarities 
include  such  things  as  reforming  the  private     insurance  system;  changing 
antitrust   laws;    reforming    medical    liability;    increasing    funding   to 
essential  community  providers  -  such  as  Community  Health  Centers; 
providing    subsidies   to    low-income   individuals;   cutting    administrative 
costs;  making  certain  that  health  insurance  is  deductible,  and  focusing  on 
primary  and  preventive  care. 

These  similarities  serve  as  an  important  starting  point  for  health 
care  reform.     I  do  not  believe,  however,  that  they  alone  will  solve  our 
health  care  problems.     Without  universal  health  insurance  coverage,  the 
ability  to  control  rising   health  care  costs  will  continue  to  elude 
individuals,  providers,  businesses  and  government  -  especially  the 
federal  government. 

There  are  some  fundamental  differences  between  our  legislation  and 
the  proposal  put  forward  by  President  Clinton. 

First,  although  our  proposal  does  allow  for  the  establishment  of 
private  group  purchasing  organizations,  we  do  not  establish  a  single 
mandatory  health  alliance  controlled  by  the  federal  government  and  the 
states,  as  called  for  in  the  Administration's  proposal.       Under  that  bill,  for 
example,  in  my  home  state  of  Rhode  Island,  where  there  is  no  business 


362 


with  greater  than  5,000  employees,  every  man,  woman  and  child  would  be 
required  to  purchase  health  insurance  through  an  Alliance. 

We  have  great  concerns  about  the  ability  of  such  a  powerful  entity 
both  to    enforce  new  regulation  and  simultaneously  respond  to  the  needs 
of  consumers.    Thus,  in  our  proposal,  system  reforms  are  accomplished 
without  the  mandatory  alliance  structure. 

Second,    our  proposal  does  not  contain  "back  up"  insurance  premium 
caps  such  as  are  established  under  the  Administration's  proposal.     We 
believe  that  substantial  insurance  reforms  and  changed  incentives  for 
providers  and  consumers  will  stem  the  rate  of  growth  in  health  care 
costs. 

We  have  not  had  much  success  in  regulating  prices  in  this  country. 
Those  of  you  who  have  served,  as  I  have,  on    budget  reconciliation 
conference  committees,  have  witnessed  firsthand  the  headaches 
associated  with  micromanaging  payments  to  health  care  providers.     For 
every  price  we  set  or  regulation  we  impose,  we  face  a  host  of  requests  for 
exceptions. 

When  we  established  Medicare  DRG's  the  intent  was  to  move  toward 
a  national  rate  for  each  procedure.    Yet,  each  year  we  have  moved  farther 
away  from  that  goal  by  varying  the  updates  based  on  types  and  locations 
of  hospitals. 

Even  the  concept  of  the  Resource  Based  Relative  Value  Scale,  for 
Medicare  physician  reimbursement,  did  not  survive  in  its  original 
structure,  and  thus  is  still  based  in  part  on  historical  charges  rather  than 
the  value  of  the  service  and  actual  practice  costs. 

Based  upon  my  experience,  I  have  little  faith  that  we  can  set 
premiums  in  such  a  way  as  to  ensure  that  the  goal  of  health  reform  jcan  be 
achieved. 

Third,  we  do  not  create  an  employer  obligation  to  pay  80%  of  the 
high  insurance  premium  --  a  provision  that  looks  remarkably  similar  to  a 
new  payroll  tax.    Nor  do  we  create  the    complicated  system  of  discounts  or 


363 


subsidies  envisioned  in  the  Administration  proposal.     While  at  first  glance 
such  a  requirement  seems  politically  popular,  upon  closer  examination  it 
looks  much  less  enticing. 

Most  economists  agree  that  such  an  employer  contribution  is  passed 
on  to  employees  through  lower  wages  and  fewer  jobs,  and  perhaps  in 
higher  prices  for  consumer  goods.     Indeed,  organized  labor  is  quick  to  say 
that  it  has  for  many  years  negotiated  health  benefit  expansions  in  lieu  of 
wage  increases.     If  one  agreed  with  that  argument,  why  go  through  the 
process  of  creating  such  a  massive  system  of  alliances  and  employment 
based  subsidies,  when  a  simple  and  direct  system  of  individual  and  family 
subsidies  can  be  created  that  will  target  federal  assistance  to  those  most 
in  need? 

Last,  and  perhaps  the  most  compelling  difference  between  our 
proposals  is  our  approach  to  new  federal  obligations.       The  Administration 
has  chosen  to  propose  massive  new  federal  spending  and  to  promise  new 
entitlements  to  a  wide  group  of  individuals  -  not  only  the  uninsured  -- 
with  no  guarantee  that  the  savings  will  accrue  to  pay  for  them. 

Our  proposal,  on  the  other  hand,  contains  an  annual  assessment  of 
our  progress  and  an  automatic  mechanism  for  adjustments.       If  we  are 
right  about  reform,  spending  and  savings  will  go  into  effect  smoothly,     but 
if  we  are  wrong,  our  proposal  forces  us  to  make  immediate  adjustments  or 
the  phase-in  of  vouchers  will  automatically  be  scaled  back. 

We  have  heard  CBO's  testimony.    We  believe  that  our  approach  is  the 
only  one  that  can  lead  to  a  truly  reformed  system  --  one  in  which 
currently  distorted   relationships  are  repaired  and  the  potential  for  the 
creation  of     new  distortions  is  minimal. 

What  the  CBO  has  made  very  clear  is  that  any  estimate  of 
comprehensive  reform  is  only  as  good  as  the  assumptions  made  by  those 
doing  the  estimating.  Today,    those  assumptions  can  only  be  based  on 
historical  patterns  --  the  very  patterns  we  intend  to  turn  upside  down! 


364 


Thus,  the  only  way  to  ensure  that  we  do  not  bankrupt  our  children,  is 
to  impose  a  system  of  annual  review  with  serious  ramifications  if  action 
is  needed,  but  not  taken. 

In  closing,  let  me  emphasize  that  I  believe  it  is  possible  for 
Congress  to  enact  comprehensive  health  care  reform  this  year.     In  the 
history  of  the  health  care  reform  debate,  the  various  factions  have  never 
been  closer.    With  good  faith  and  hard  work  we  can  achieve  what  so  many 
before  us  have  tried  and  failed  to  bring  about--  enactment  and 
implementation  of  responsible  health  reform. 

I  look  forward  to  working  with  my  colleagues  in  the  House  and 
Senate,  as  well  as  with  the  Administration,  to  enact  a  health  care  reform 
bill  that  will  achieve  the  goals  of  slowing  the  rate  of  growth  in  health 
care  costs,  and  ensuring  universal  health  insurance  coverage.    Thank  you, 
Mr.  Chairman. 


365 

Chairman  Stark.  I  will  take  a  little  advantage  here  until  the 
rest  return.  Let  me  state  my  concern  with  your  universal  coverage, 
Senator.  Dependent  on  the  savings,  early  on  in  your  statement,  you 
S£iid  we  haven't  had  much  luck  in  getting  the  savings.  So  I  am  un- 
willing to  leave  that  to  chance.  That  may  be  my  fault  that  I  haven't 
been  able  to  get  the  savings,  and  maybe  it  is  important  in  some  of 
the  savings  plans  that  you  have  had,  but  I  am  unwilling  to  tell  the 
American  people  that  they  will  have  coverage  which  is  what  I  want 
to  do,  the  President's  bottom  line,  unless  I  can  go  down  the  line 
and  over  5  years  find  the  money  to  pay  for  it. 

Let  me  ask  you  just  a  question,  quickly,  on  one  of  the  things  in 
which  we  do  agree,  and  that  is  in  the  area  of  insurance  reiorm, 
while  the  rest  of  your  panel  is  getting  their  seats. 

On  the  community  rating,  could  you  just  briefly  for  me  outline 
what  you  would  do.  Would  you  let  them  rate  by  age  band?  Would 
you  let  them  rate  by  community?  Would  you  phase  in  or  how  quick- 
ly would  you  move?  Could  you  just  give  me  a  quick  summary  of 
how  you  see  that. 

Senator  Chafee.  We  do  allow  for  an  age  band.  Outside  of  that 
is  total  community  rating. 

Chairman  Stark.  Yes. 

Senator  Chafee.  So  that  is  there,  and  why  do  we  have  it?  We 
believe  that  it  is  important  to  have  that  difference  between  the 
younger  group  and  the  older  group. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  leave  you  with  one  problem,  and  you 
could  perhaps  respond  to  me  later.  I,  like  you,  want  to  see  open  en- 
rollment, no  medical  underwriting,  and  community  rating.  Here  is 
the  problem  I  see  with  the  age  rating.  There  will  be  some  folks  who 
could;  say,  an  employer  with  a  group  of  20-year-olds.  They  could 
run  for  10  years  in  a  self-insured  plan  under  your  bill  or  buy  it 
from  the  insurance  company  and  then  suddenly  abandon  their 
plan. 

In  a  full  community  rating  without  age,  the  younger  people 
would  pay  more  than  the  average  and  older  people  less,  but  the 
younger  people  would  in  effect  be  paying  into  a  reserve  fund  that 
would  keep  their  premium  lower.  Let's  say  40  is  the  median  age 
for  a  rating.  So,  from  40  to  65,  they  would  pay  a  little  less,  from 
20  to  40,  they  would  pay  a  little  more,  and  I  am  afraid  that  a  big 
plan  might  quit  when  its  average  employers  got  older. 

Say,  a  computer  company  that  starts  with  20-year-olds,  they  go 
for  10  or  15  years.  They  quit  and  dump  their  responsibility  either 
onto  another  insurer  or  if  there  is  a  Federal  backup  plan,  and  I  am 
not  quite  sure  how  we  could  push  these  self-insured  people  to  com- 
pensate or  they  might  get  an  advantage,  and  you  can  stew  on  that 
a  little.  The  insurance  companies  aren't  quite  sure,  and  if  you  get 
an  idea  how  we  could  deal  with  that,  it  could  make  this  age  band- 
ing more  fair.  I  will  leave  you  with  that. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Would  the  gentleman  yield  just  to  have  a  clari- 
fication while  I  think  about  your  proposal? 

What  is  the  age  at  which  you  think  there  should  be  a  break?  Is 
it  at  40  or  45  or  where  does  the  age  band  start? 

Senator  Chaeee.  The  NAIC,  we  have  asked  them  to  recommend 
an  age  band. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 


366 

Chairman  Stark.  Now  that  the  rest  of  the  panel  is  here,  I  apolo- 
gize. We  were  just  trying  to  accommodate  Senator  Chafee. 

Senator  Chafee.  By  the  way,  the  variance  would  be  20  percent 
to  start  with,  maximum  variance,  and  then  come  down  to  10  per- 
cent at  the  end  of  5  years. 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  were  kind  enough  to  note  that  I  had  this  firm 
commitment,  and  I  apologize. 

Chairman  Stark.  Please,  John. 

Senator  Chafee.  I  am  glad  that  Mr.  Thomas  is  here,  and  we 
have  got  some  good  backup  folks  who  can  help  out. 

Chairman  Stark.  Bill  doesn't  know  all  of  the  tough  questions 
you  have  laid  out  before  us  that  he  is  going  to  have  to  answer.  So 
we  will  let  you  sneak  away. 

Senator  Chafee.  Well,  I  wish  you  would  rephrase  it  in  a  dif- 
ferent way  than  that,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thanks  very  much  for  your  patience.  We  ap- 
preciate it.  Senator. 

We  are  just  going  to  take  our  colleagues  in  order. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Chairman?  Senator  Chafee,  I  have  been  on 
panels  with  him.  He  doesn't  sneak  away.  He  will  stand  and  fight. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  are  now  proud  to  recognize  our  ranking 
member,  Hon.  Bill  Thomas  who  we  can  follow  on  with  Senator 
Chafee's  testimony  on  the  Thomas-Chafee  bill. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  BILL  THOMAS,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  That  is  H.R.  3704  over 
here,  and  I  do  want  to  note  that  now  is  a  good  time  to  begin  look- 
ing at  specifics  and  alternatives  because  I  keep  reading  literature 
which  indicates  that  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill  or  the  Thomas-Chafee 
bill  and  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill  are  so  much  alike. 

I  think  you  will  find  that  in  secondary  areas,  there  are  a  lot  of 
bills  that  are  alike  in  terms  of  areas  that  people  think  should  be 
dealt  with  at  the  Federal  level  in  terms  of  malpractice,  antitrust, 
administrative  reform,  small  group  insurance  reform,  and  a  num- 
ber of  other  areas  in  which  I  think  most  bills  address  those  con- 
cerns, unless  they  want  to  take  it  all  the  way  fi-om  the  private  sec- 
tor and  give  it  to  the  government. 

For  someone  to  say  there  are  not  significant  differences  between 
my  approach  and  that  of  the  gentleman  from  Tennessee  and  Iowa 
is  to,  one,  either  indicate  your  ignorance  that  you  haven't  read  the 
bills,  or,  two,  for  political  purposes,  they  are  very  anxious  to  lump 
them  together. 

There  are  two  fundamental  principles  in  the  Chafee-Thomas  leg- 
islation which  I  think  should  not  be  ignored  and,  frankly,  cannot 
be  ignored  now  after  the  CBO  testimony.  One  is  that  I  concluded 
that  this  debate  has  reached  a  point  in  the  American  society  that 
there  has  to  be  universal  coverage.  I  believe  we  provide  universal 
coverage.  We  provide  it  in  a  way  that  the  President  today  thinks 
probably  is  far  more  attractive  than  he  did  a  week  ago,  prior  to  the 
CBO  announcement,  for  obvious  reasons  and  for  the  reason  being 
it  is  reasonably  funded  in  a  way  in  which  it  will  not  have  a  nega- 
tive deficit  impact. 


367 

In  addition  to  that,  we  do  not  impose  by  government  edict  a  new, 
novel,  academically  approved  restructuring  of  the  health  care  deliv- 
ery system.  We,  of  course,  provide  for  purchasing  cooperatives,  be- 
lieve that  they  are  new  and  novel  ideas,  notice  that  they  are  attrac- 
tive to  a  number  of  regents,  but  do  not  believe  that  by  government 
edict  they  ought  to  be  awarded  the  status  of  winner. 

We,  as  we  have  done  in  California,  allow  for  purchasing  coopera- 
tives, but,  with  the  other  changes  that  have  been  made,  create  a 
far  more  competitive  marketplace  and  say  that  if,  in  fact,  they  are 
destined  to  be  the  primary  structure,  they  should  achieve  it 
through  the  marketplace  and  not  through  government  edict. 

The  other  thing,  I  think,  that  we  have  to  do  after  the  CBO  pro- 
nouncement is  to  begin  to  understand  that  we  have  got  to  look  at 
solutions  to  problems  for  the  mid-1990s,  not  to  the  late  1980s. 

The  Department  of  Labor  has  just  recently  released  statistics 
that  show  in  1990  the  medical  price  inflation  rate  was  9.6  percent. 
In  1991,  it  went  to  7.9  percent.  In  1992,  it  went  to  6.6  percent.  Just 
this  last  fiscal  year  1993,  it  was  at  5.4  percent.  You  cannot  deny 
that  trend.  In  fact,  in  December  1993,  it  was  at  4.4  percent. 

I  think  what  you  are  finding  is  that,  based  upon  the  changes 
made  in  the  States  and  changes  made  in  the  private  sector  to  the 
increased  cost  for  health  insurance,  under  the  rules  that  we  have 
allowed,  you  have  seen  some  long-term  structure  changes. 

Dr.  Stu  Altman  and  I  had  a  discussion  in  front  of  this  committee 
about  whether  or  not  these  changes  were,  in  fact,  structural.  He 
tended  to  agree  with  me  that  he  believed  that  these  changes  were 
structural  and  that  we  need  to  make  additional  changes  to  improve 
the  structural  changes  that  are  attempting  to  take  place  out  in  the 
private  sector  and  at  the  State  level. 

One  of  the  things  I  think  we  should  not  do  is  to  say  that  we  need 
to  fundamentally  change  the  structure  when  all  that  has  occurred 
out  there  over  the  last  decade  is  that  people  have  been  playing 
under  the  rules  that  we  have  laid  down.  I  think  it  is  fundamentally 
unfair  to  complain  that  insurers,  third-party  payers,  and  those  who 
get  to  write  off  any  and  all  cost  of  insurance  should  now  give  up 
the  opportunity  to  he  creative  under  a  new  set  of  rules  and  let  the 
government  run  the  program. 

I  had  hoped  and  tried  and  lost  by  two  votes  on  this  panel  in  1983 
to  cap  ft-inge  benefits.  Had  we  done  so  at  that  time,  I  believe  a  dis- 
cipline would  have  taken  place  which  would  not  have  created  the 
enormous  increases  in  costs  in  the  late  1980s.  We  still  need  to  do 
that,  in  my  opinion.  We  have  got  to  talk  about  making  changes  in 
the  insurance  industry,  so  that  the  new  rules  will  allow  all  to  par- 
ticipate. 

Finally,  let  me  say  that  when  you  come  to  financing,  the  Chafee- 
Thomas  proposal,  I  think,  is  probably  the  most  prudent  one 
around.  I  think  you  will  find  that  CBO  will,  in  examining  our  bill 
when  they  finally  give  us  the  report,  clearly  indicate  that,  as  op- 
posed to  the  President's  bill,  we  will  not  have  a  negative  impact  on 
the  deficit.  It  is  written  in  such  a  way  that  cannot  have  a  negative 
impact  on  the  deficit. 

If  you  will  examine  the  tax  cap  as  we  have  incorporated  it  in  this 
legislation,  based  upon  the  last  Congress'  bill  that  I  introduced  to 
the  Joint  Teix  Committee's  analysis,  the  kind  of  tax  cap  that  we 


368 

propose  will  not  only  bring  about  some  cost  control  and  discipline, 
but  it  will  provide  sufficient  revenue  to  provide  100-percent  deduct- 
ibility under  the  cap  for  the  self-employed,  something  we  have  tried 
to  do  repeatedly,  but  haven't  been  able  to  find  the  money  for.  In 
addition,  it  will  cover  the  costs  of  all  people  who  now  pay  for  their 
insurance  when  the  employer  does  not  contribute  up  to  the  tax  cap. 

Beyond  that,  the  Joint  Tax  Analysis  indicated  that  there  was 
about  more  than  $7  billion  available  to  begin  the  process  of  issuing 
vouchers  to  those  individuals,  beginning  at  90  percent  of  the  pov- 
erty level  and  working  up  through  the  year  2005  to  240  percent  of 
the  poverty  level,  partially  funded  by  the  reduction  in  Medicare 
from  a  12  percent  a  year  increase  to  a  7  percent  a  year  increase 
over  that  10-year  period.  This  would  create,  in  fact,  universal  cov- 
erage through  the  individual  mandate,  fully  financed,  without  a 
negative  impact  on  the  deficit. 

I  think  those  proposals  clearly  structure  a  bill  significantly  dif- 
ferent than  Cooper-Grandy  in  its  scope,  in  its  content,  and  in  its 
financing,  and  that,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  is  a  significant  dif- 
ference, and  I  thank  the  gentleman. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


369 


statement  of  the  Honorable 

BILL  THOMAS 

Member  o£  Congress,  21st  District  of  California 

before  the 

Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 

Subcommittee  on  Health 

February  10,  1994 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  address  the 
Subcommittee  today  along  with  my  good  friend  Senator  Chafee.   The 
President  has  challenged  this  Congress  to  pass  a  health  care 
reform  bill  that  will  provide  universal  coverage  to  every 
American  and  slow  the  growth  in  health  care  costs.   I  am  pleased 
to  present  to  the  Subcommittee  the  bill  introduced  by  myself  in 
the  House,  H.R.  3704,  and  introduced  by  Senator  Chafee  in  the 
Senate,  S.  1770,  which  would  accomplish  both  of  these  goals  over 
a  reasonable  period  of  time  and  in  a  rational  manner. 

The  Chaf ee/Thomas  bill  requires  that,  beginning  in  the  year 
2005,  every  citizen  of  the  United  States  must  be  covered,  at 
least  at  the  minimum  benefit  level,  by  a  health  insurance  plan. 
In  order  to  assist  low- income  individuals  and  families  to  meet 
this  requirement,  the  bill  provides  vouchers  to  those  with  an 
income  up  to  240%  of  the  poverty  line,  on  a  sliding  scale  based 
on  ability  to  pay,  with  those  at  the  poverty  level  receiving  a 
100%  subsidy  for  the  basic  benefit  package. 

In  addition  to  the  individual  mandate  and  the  federal  buy 
down  for  low-income  individuals  and  families,  the  Chafee/Thomas 
bill  includes  several  other  crucially  needed,  and  widely 
accepted,  reforms  to  the  health  care  system  to  ensure  that  every 
person  in  the  United  States  has  access  to  quality  health  care. 
The  Chafee/Thomas  bill  would: 

1 .  Prohibit  insurance  companies  from  excluding  people  with 
a  preexisting  condition  from  coverage  and  guarantee 
renewability  of  coverage. 

2.  Require  all  employers  to  provide  information  to  their 
employees  on  basic  benefit  packages  that  are  available 
in  their  health  care  area  and  deduct  any  premiums  from 
their  checks . 

3.  Encourage  the  development  of  voluntary  purchasing 
cooperatives,  of  which  there  can  be  more  than  one,  in 
the  health  care  areas  developed  by  the  States. 

4.  Extend  100%  deductibility  of  health  insurance  costs  to 
both  the  self-employed  and  the  individual  who  must  pay 
all  or  part  their  own  insurance  premiums. 


370 


6.  Give  States  flexibility  to  reform  their  Medicaid 
programs,  allowing  them  to  cover  more  people  with  the 
same  or  fewer  dollars. 

7.  Develop  and  expand  programs  to  increase  the  number  of 
primary  care  physicians  and  improve  access  to  quality 
health  care  services  in  underserved  rural  and  urban 
areas . 

The  Chaf ee/Thomas  bill  will  result  in  universal  coverage, 
but  the  approach  differs  from  the  President's  in  two  major 
aspects . 

First,  the  Chaf ee/Thomas  bill  would  not  create  a  new  federal 
bureaucracy  to  enforce  another  mandate  on  American  business.   Not 
only  is  an  employer  mandate  an  onerous  requirement  on  low-wage 
companies,  it  is  an  inefficient  way  to  provide  assistance  to 
those  who  currently  do  not  have  insurance. 

As  proposed  by  the  President,  the  employer  mandate  would 
require  a  new  structure  be  established  in  the  Department  of  Labor 
to  enforce  the  requirement  on  business.   In  addition,  as  this 
Subcommittee  has  heard  from  several  economists,  it  is  not  the 
employer  but  the  employee  who  ends  up  paying  for  the  mandate 
through  lower  wages.   This  was  echoed  by  the  Congressional  Budget 
Office  in  their  report  on  the  President's  plan.   Proponents  of 
the  Chaf ee/Thomas  believe  that  it  is  more  efficient,  more  cost- 
effective  and  more  honest  to  require  the  employee  to  have 
insurance  and  then  provide  assistance  directly  to  those  who  need 
it,  instead  of  funneling  that  assistance  through  a  smoke  screen 
of  employer  regulations  and  subsidies  to  businesses. 

Second,  the  Chaf ee/Thomas  bill  would  attain  universal 
coverage  in  a  manner  which  ensures  that  the  program  will  not  add 
to  the  federal  budget  deficit.   When  the  First  Lady  testified 
before  the  Ways  and  Means  Committee  last  year,  I  asked  her 
whether  she  would  accept  a  provision  which  would  require  that  the 
budget  cuts  in  the  President's  plan  be  realized  before  additional 
benefits  are  provided.   Her  answer,  in  essence,  was  "NO."   As  we 
heard  on  Tuesday  during  the  testimony  of  Dr.  Reischauer  on  the 
Congressional  Budget  Office  report  on  cost  estimates  of  the 
President's  plan,  during  the  six-year  period  beginning  fiscal 
year  1995,  the  plan  will  increase  the  deficit  by  $70  billion,  and 
that  is  assuming  that  Congress  will  have  the  political  fortitude 
to  enforce  the  strict  premium  caps  and  implement  the  Draconian 


371 


cuts  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid.   Health  care  reform  must  be 
fiscally  responsible  or  it  has  the  potential  of  bankrupting 
future  generations. 

The  Chafee/Thomas  proposal,  on  the  other  hand,  is  fiscally- 
responsible.   It  would  require  that  specified  reductions  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending  --  the  reductions  are  far  less 
than  those  proposed  in  the  President's  plan  --  are  realized 
before  the  vouchers  are  phased- in.   It  also  includes  a  cap  on  the 
deductibility  of  health  insurance  costs,  which  is  set  at  a  level 
which  still  provides  consumer  choice,  to  cover  the  cost  of 
providing  a  100%  deduction  to  self-employed  workers  and 
individuals  who  must  pay  all  or  part  of  their  health  care 
premiums . 

Aside  from  reducing  federal  tax  expenditures,  the  tax  cap 
also  creates  discipline  within  the  health  care  system  to  reduce 
costs.   Currently,  with  an  unlimited  amount  of  health  insurance 
costs  that  can  be  deducted  by  the  business  and  excluded  from 
income  by  the  employee,  there  is  no  incentive  to  prioritize 
health  care  needs  and  negotiate  the  best  rt  =  possible.   A  tax 
cap  would  force  employees  and  employers  to  think  more  about  what 
they  want  in  their  health  care  package  and  what  they  are  willing 
to  pay. 

The  Chafee/Thomas  bill  also  includes  several  other 
provisions  designed  to  reduce  the  growth  of  health  care  spending 
in  the  United  States.   Although  the  current  downward  trend  in 
medical-care  price  increases  is  a  positive  sign  and  demonstrates 
that  the  strict  cost  control  measures  included  in  the  President ' s 
plan  are  unnecessary,  it  does  not  mean  that  further  cuts  in 
wasteful  spending  are  unnecessary. 

First,  the  Chafee/Thomas  bill  would  eliminate  excessive 
regulations  and  unnecessary  paperwork,  which  greatly  increase  the 
cost  of  providing  health  care  in  the  current  system.   The  bill 
would  standardize  claim  forms,  preempt  state  laws  which  hinder 
the  electronic  transmission  of  claims  and  other  records  and 
provide  consumers  with  information  on  the  comparative  value  of 
medical  services. 

Each  of  these  provisions  would  streamline  the  provision  of 


372 


care  in  the  United  States,  thus  saving  providers  and  consumers 
millions  of  dollars  every  year. 

Second,  the  Chafee/Thomas  bill  would  provide  an  exemption 
from  antitrust  laws  to  providers  who  enter  into  a  joint  venture 
to  increase  efficiencies,  expand  access,  reduce  costs  and 
eliminate  excess  capacity,  or  share  high  technology  equipment  or 
medical  services.   Such  an  exemption,  which  is  more  expansive 
than  that  included  in  the  President's  plan,  would  enable 
providers  to  coordinate  efforts  to  provide  the  highest  quality  of 
care  in  the  most  cost-effective  manner  to  all  areas  of  the  United 
States. 

Third,  the  Chafee/Thomas  bill  would  discourage  frivolous 
malpractice  claims,  limit  malpractice  awards  and  eliminate  the 
need  for  defensive  medicine,  all  of  which  add  unnecessarily  to 
the  cost  of  health  care  in  the  United  States.   This  is  achieved 
by  requiring  the  use  of  an  alternative  dispute  resolution  system, 
capping  noneconomic  damages,  limiting  contingency  fees,  limiting 
liability  to  participation  in  the  harmful  act  and  directing 
punitive  damages  to  the  State  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  medical 
malpractice.   Once  again,  these  reforms  go  beyond  those  proposed 
by  the  President  but  they  go  to  the  heart  of  the  problem  and  are 
long  overdue . 

Fourth,  fraud  continues  to  be  a  growing  problem  in  our 
health  care  system.   Billions  of  dollars  each  year  are 
fraudulently  billed  to  insurance  companies  and  taken  from 
consumers.   Current  law  is  not  adequate  to  prevent  fraudulent 
activity. 

The  Chafee/Thomas  bill  would  enhance  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation  and  the  Inspector  General's  office  at  the 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  to  detect  and  investigate 
fraud  and  the  bill  protects  whistleblowers .   The  bill  also 
permits  private  insurers  to  deny  reimbursement  to  providers  who 
commit  fraud,  just  as  the  government  does,  and  allows  for  the 
forfeiture,  after  conviction,  of  property  either  involved  in  a 
health  care  fraud  scheme  or  obtained  with  the  proceeds  of  such  a 
scheme.   These  reforms  would  greatly  reduce  health  care  fraud  in 
the  United  States,  and  they  can  be  passed  today. 


373 


Finally,  the  Chaf ee/Thomas  bill  provides  consumers  with  the 
option  of  opening  a  medical  savings  account,  known  as  a  MediSave 
account.   These  accounts  would  allow  consumers  to  make  the  health 
care  spending  choices  they  and  their  doctor  believe  are  most 
cost-effective.   They  also  reward  consumers  who  use  health  care 
dollars  prudently  by  allowing  them  to  rollover  any  leftover  funds 
in  the  account  to  the  next  year. 

The  most  crucial  element  to  controlling  costs  in  the  health 
care  system  is  to  get  the  consumer  more  involved.   In  this 
assertion  we  are  in  firm  opposition  to  the  single  payer  advocates 
who  want  access  to  the  tax  base  to  provide  care  to  all  with 
little  or  no  discipline  to  use  the  health  care  system  prudently. 
The  current  threshold  question  of  "Will  my  insurance  cover  the 
procedure?"  must  be  replaced  by  informed  dialogue  between  the 
patient  and  their  doctor  about  the  efficacy  and  cost  of  the 
procedure.   MediSave  accounts,  as  well  as  the  cap  on  the 
deductibility  and  exdludibility  of  health  insurance  premiums, 
will  force  consumers  to  be  more  informed  and  participatory  in 
their  health  care  decisions,  thus  reducing  health  care  costs. 

The  access  and  cost  control  provisions  in  the  Chafee/Thomas 
bill  are  designed  to  address  the  problems  currently  found  in  our 
health  care  system,  not  the  ones  found  in  the  health  care  system 
of  the  late-1980s.   These  reforms  can  be  accomplished  now, 
bringing  much-needed  relief  to  American  consumers,  and  I  urge  the 
Subcommittee  to  pass  this  legislation  and  send  it  to  the 
President  for  his  signature. 


374 

Chairman  Stark.  I  thank  the  gentleman. 

We  are  pleased  now  to  recognize  one  member  of  the  subcommit- 
tee, two  members  of  the  fiill  committee,  Hon.  Lewis  F.  Payne  from 
Virginia,  and  Hon.  Fred  Grandy  of  Iowa,  and  I  will  let  you  all  de- 
cide among  you  as  to  which  one  would  like  to  go  first. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  FRED  GRANDY,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  IOWA 

Mr.  Grandy.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  lost  the  toss.  So  I  will  go  first. 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Mr.  Chairman,  let  me  begin  by  asking  the  Chair  for 
the  opportunity  to  include  a  complete  text  of  my  remarks  in  the 
record  of  this  hearing. 

Chairman  Stark.  Without  objection,  all  witnesses  today  will 
have  their  prepared  remarks  and  any  supplemental  material  ap- 
pear in  the  record  in  its  entirety. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  am  going  to  also  in- 
clude an  editorial  by  Robert  J.  Samuel  son  in  the  February  2nd  edi- 
tion of  The  Washington  Post,  the  title  of  which  is  the  dishonest  and 
nasty  health  debate,  and  I  just  wanted  to  begin  by  reading  a  para- 
graph of  that,  because  I  think  to  some  degree,  we  have  allowed  the 
debate  to  overwhelm  perhaps  some  of  the  substance  of  our  delib- 
erations on  health  care,  but  let  me  just  begin  with  this  because  I 
think  this  is  a  problem  that  all  of  us  who  are  in  the  health  care 
vineyards  right  now,  whether  we  support  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill  or 
the  Chafee-Thomas  bill  or  any  of  the  alternatives,  have  to  reckon 
with. 

Mr.  Samuelson  says  the  following.  He  says: 

Both  Clinton  and  his  critics  skirt  the  real  problem.  Most  Americans  express  far 
more  from  the  medical  system  than  it  can  deliver.  In  general,  we  think  people 
should  have  good  care  when  they  need  it,  cost  should  be  no  bar,  insurance  should 
pay.  The  issue  is  a  moral  one,  but  naturally  we  don't  want  soaring  insurance  cost 
to  raise  our  taxes  or  depress  our  salaries.  All  of  these  are  worthy  goals,  but,  unfortu- 
nately, contradictory  ones. 

And  that  is  the  point  that  I  think  we  should  begin  with  here,  Mr. 
Chairman,  is  the  bottom  line  for  lawmakers  and  politicians  who 
are  trying  to  come  to  some  kind  of  compromise  on  this,  if  indeed 
we  are. 

Basically,  we  have  to  deal  with  an  American  electorate  that  is  all 
for  health  care  reform  as  long  as  we  don't  change  anything,  and 
clearly  there  is  not  a  bill  out  there  that  is  not  involved  in  some 
amount  of  behavioral  modification,  and  I  think  that  we  have  to  own 
up  at  the  beginning  that  if  we  are  going  to  undertake  this  kind  of 
social  engineering,  either  in  a  large  degree  or  a  smaller  degree, 
there  are  some  changes  that  people  probably  will  find  objectionable 
even  if  they  don't  fully  understand  them. 

I  would  point  out  that  when  Dr.  McDermott  was  querying  the 
minority  leader  about  his  plan,  we  were  again  reengaging  the  de- 
bate about  whether  health  care  is  a  right  versus  a  responsibility. 
I  am  not  sure  that  debate  serves  this  committee  or  Energy  or  Com- 
merce or  Education  and  Labor  or  any  of  the  committees  that  will 
have  a  large  piece  of  the  markup. 

I  think  we  all  acknowledge  if  we  are  in  this  for  the  long  run,  that 
is,  a  combination  of  both  and  finding  the  right  mix  of  individual  re- 


375 

sponsibility,  and  citizen  right  to  at  least  access  health  care  is 
where  the  compromise  will  come  down. 

I  would  also  just  also  say  that  no  matter  whether  we  are  sup- 
porters of  single  payer,  a  la  McDermott-Wellstone,  or  whether  we 
move  to  the  opposite  end  of  the  spectrum  and  believe  that  we  can 
solve  our  health  care  problems  through  the  Tax  Code,  like  Senator 
Gramm  believes,  we  are  all  trying  to  solve  one  equation,  and  that 
basically  is  cost  plus  access  to  health  care  plus  quality  must  equal 
value.  If  the  American  doesn't  want  it,  they  will  reject  this  com- 
promise as  quickly  as  they  rejected  the  catastrophic  bill  of  a  few 
years  back. 

So  let  me  begin  now  with  kind  of  excerpting  my  testimony,  and 
then  I  will  yield  to  my  colleague,  Mr.  Payne,  who  is  one  of  the  early 
cosponsors  of  the  Managed  Competition  Act. 

We  are  here  to  provide  an  overview  of  the  health  care  legislation, 
I  have  cosponsored  with  a  diverse  coalition  of  57  of  my  colleagues, 
including  Representative  Jim  Cooper,  who  is  the  author  of  the  bill, 
and  5  other  members  of  this  committee;  principally,  Mr.  Payne, 
Mrs.  Johnson,  Mr.  Andrews,  Mr.  Houghton,  and  Mr.  Camp. 

The  official  title  of  the  legislation  is  the  Managed  Competition 
Act  of  1993,  and  it  remains  the  only  comprehensive  bipartisan 
health  care  reform  proposal  before  either  body  of  the  House. 

As  you  know  by  now,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  Managed  Competition 
Act  is  a  market-based  approach  to  health  care  reform.  It  guaran- 
tees universal  access  to  high-quality,  affordable  health  care,  and 
like  the  President's  proposal,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  builds 
off  of  what  works  in  the  current  system  and  reforms  the  chronic 
problems  that  have  plagued  our  system  for  too  long.  Most  impor- 
tantly, like  the  President's  plan,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  en- 
sures that  every  American  will  have  access  to  a  private  health  care 
sector  plan. 

I  would  like  to  begin,  though,  by  addressing  up  front  this  criti- 
cism that  has  been  leveled  against  our  bill  about  whether  or  not 
we  are  for  or  provide  universal  coverage.  Everybody  who  is  out 
here,  I  think  is  working  toward  the  goal  of  universal  coverage,  and 
I  believe  that  the  universal  access  mechanism  that  is  embodied  in 
the  Managed  Competition  Act  is  the  best  means  of  achieving  that 
end.  In  other  words,  it  is  the  best  way  to  kind  of  reconcile  the 
public's  right  to  access  to  health  care  and  an  individual's  respon- 
sibility to  purchase  it. 

So  the  whole  discussion  of  access  versus  coverage,  I  think  is  a 
question  of  semantics.  It  is  more  a  discussion  of  timetables  and 
how  we  get  to  universal  coverage,  and  the  Managed  Competition 
Act  uses  a  different  mechanism  than  the  administration  to  achieve 
universal  coverage,  but  I  believe  we  share  the  same  underlying 
goal,  and  as  I  am  sure  you  are  aware,  that  goal  is  now  embraced 
by,  among  others,  the  Business  Roundtable,  National  Grovernors 
Association,  and  other  groups  that  have  come  forward. 

Let  me  talk  about  some  of  the  specific  components  in  the  Man- 
aged Competition  Act.  In  many  instances,  these  will  correspond  to 
proposals  you  have  already  heard  today. 

One  is  insurance  reforms  that  will  encourage  insurers  and  pro- 
viders to  combine  and  form  accountable  health  plans.  Accountable 
health  plans  will  not  be  allowed  to  exclude  coverage  of  preexisting 


376 

conditions  and  will  not  be  allowed  to  charge  higher  rates  based  on 
an  individual's  medical  history. 

I  don't  think  there  is  a  health  plan  out  there  that  doesn't  do  that, 
but  I  think  we  should  also  be  mindful  that  that  alone  would  raise 
cost. 

Two  is  access  provisions  which  will  ensure  individuals'  and  small 
businesses'  affordable  coverage  by  joining  health  plan  purchasing 
cooperatives.  These  cooperatives  will  offer  group  rates  with  lower 
administrative  costs,  and  once  a  year,  individuals  will  be  able  to 
choose  from  a  menu  of  AHPs  in  the  area,  much  like  the  current 
Federal  Employee  Health  Benefits  plan.  As  I  am  sure  you  are 
aware  by  now,  those  purchasing  cooperatives  are  mandatory  for 
employers  with  fewer  than  100  individuals. 

Three  is  provisions  to  change  the  incentives  in  the  system  for 
"more  money  for  more  services,"  fee-for-service,  in  other  words,  in 
which  health  plans  are  prepaid,  so  they  will  have  incentives  to  pro- 
mote preventive  care,  which  eliminates  unnecessary  tests  and  inef- 
fective treatments,  and  which  reduces  administrative  costs.  Be- 
cause accountable  health  plans  will  be  required  to  provide  informa- 
tion on  health  outcomes  and  beneficiary  satisfaction,  they  will  be 
driven  to  improve  quality. 

The  other  thing  I  want  to  stress  here  is  that  for  every  procedure 
that  you  would  avail  yourself  under,  under  the  Managed  Competi- 
tion Act,  there  would  be  some  kind  of  copay,  no  matter  whether 
you  are  an  upper-income  individual  or  somebody  just  coming  off 
AFDC.  The  only  exception  we  make  here,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  for 
what  we  consider  preventive  or  wellness  kinds  of  treatment, 
colorectal  screenings,  mammograms,  immunizations,  those  we  try 
to  create  an  incentive  for  by  not  requiring  a  copayment.  Again,  one 
of  the  common  goals  that  I  think  is  shared  in  all  of  the  health  care 
reform  proposals  is  to  encourage  wellness  and  preventive  care. 

Fourth,  a  Federal  low-income  assistance  program  will  pay  health 
plan  premiums  for  all  people  below  100  percent  of  the  poverty 
level.  Individuals  between  100  percent  and  200  percent  of  the  pov- 
erty level  will  receive  sliding-scale  subsidies  toward  the  purchase 
of  a  health  plan.  This  involves,  of  course,  the  federalizing  of  the 
acute  care  portion  of  Medicaid,  and  that  is  one  that  is,  perhaps, 
more  controversial,  but  I  think  one  of  the  more  attractive  selling 
points  of  this  bill  in  that  we  do  try  and  target  resources  to  those 
people  among  the  uninsured  who  need  it  the  most,  the  uninsured, 
the  people  who  are  working  for  low  income,  in  many  cases,  mini- 
mum-wage employers  who  up  to  this  point  have  not  been  able  to 
access  a  plan  either  because  their  employer  does  not  provide  it  or 
if  they  did  they  couldn't  afford  it. 

These  subsidies  will  defray  those  costs  and,  hopefully,  open  up  a 
new  avenue  of  accessibility  to  the  people  who  I  think  are  currently 
most  disadvantaged  along  with  the  uninsurable  population  in  soci- 
ety today. 

I  might  say,  parenthetically,  that  is  where  I  really  diverged  with 
H.R.  3080.  To  allow  the  States  the  option  to  just  kind  of  convert 
Medicaid  to  this  kind  of  a  plan  is  a  good  intermediate  step,  but  I 
think  we  are  beyond  that,  and  I  don't  think  anybody  will  get  up 
and  argue  for  the  viability  of  continuing  Medicaid  the  way  it  is, 
and  that  is  why  we  attempt  to  federalize  it  and  turn  it  into  a  low- 


377 

income  subsidy  program  that,  I  might  say,  reaches  more  deeply 
into  lower-income  populations  than  even  the  Clinton  plan  does.  The 
Clinton  plan  goes  to  150  percent  above  poverty.  We  go  to  200  per- 
cent. 

Finally,  of  course,  are  tax  reforms  which  will  allow  employers  to 
deduct  the  cost  of  the  most  efficient  health  plans,  but  not  the  cost 
of  excessive  benefits  or  wasteful  spending.  In  addition,  individuals 
and  the  self-employed  will  for  the  first  time  enjoy  100-percent  de- 
ductibility of  their  health  plan  premiums.  Again,  this  goes  beyond 
the  tenets  of  H.R.  3080. 

So,  in  other  words,  if  I  am  working  for  an  employer,  a  small  em- 
ployer, let's  say,  who  provides  only  50  percent  of  my  benefit,  I  can 
deduct  100  percent  of  that  50  percent  in  addition  to  getting  a  sub- 
sidy if  I  am  a  low-income  individual.  This,  I  think,  is  part  of  the 
empowerment  in  H.R.  3222  that  provides  a  new  avenue  of  access 
to,  again,  low-income  individuals  and  particularly  working  mothers 
in  the  workplace. 

We  have,  along  with  most  of  the  other  health  care  proposals,  the 
requisite  amount  of  rural  health  care,  antitrust  reforms  and  mal- 
practice reforms,  administration  simplification,  electronic  claims 
processing.  I  don't  think  we  need  to  get  into  that.  There  seems  to 
be  common  agreement  on  that,  although,  obviously,  malpractice 
will  be  slugged  out  in  the  Judiciary  Committee  and  not  here. 

Let  me  just,  again,  go  back  to  two  points,  Mr.  Chairman,  and 
that  is,  first  of  all,  what  I  mentioned  with  the  Leader.  I  don't  think 
we  are  going  to  get  anywhere  in  this  debate  unless  Republicans 
and  Democrats  work  together.  This  is  the  only  bill  that  at  least  has 
a  working  consensus  among  House  Members.  It  is  the  only  bill  that 
has  at  least  moved  over  to  the  Senate  side  to  work  with  Senator 
Chafee  and  others  who  support  that  proposal. 

I  will  point  out  that  when  the  Business  Roundtable  endorsed  this 
proposal  last  week,  despite  heavy  pressure  from  the  White  House 
to  stay  off,  they  called  it  a  thoughtful  first  step,  and  that  is  clearly 
what  it  is.  We  do  not  claim  to  have  developed  the  final  product  of 
this  debate.  Even  cosponsors  of  this  bill,  who  will  testify  later,  have 
misgivings  about  the  tax  cap,  about  a  mandatory  purchasing  coop- 
erative as  opposed  to  a  voluntary  purchasing  cooperative.  That  is 
all  well  and  good,  but  to  get  to  the  discussion  of  those  issues,  I 
think  we  have  to  move  beyond  the  hurdles  that  the  Clinton  plan 
puts  before  us  which  are  heavy-handed  employer  mandates,  global 
budgets,  and  large  bureaucracies,  none  of  which  are  contained  in 
the  Cooper-Grandy  legislation. 

I  believe  the  Managed  Competition  Act  represents  the  best  start- 
ing point  for  the  upcoming  debate,  and  this  sentiment,  as  I  say,  has 
been  echoed  now  by  the  Business  Roundtable,  the  National  Gov- 
ernors Association,  and  a  broad  cross-section  of  the  business  com- 
munity. 

With  that  in  mind,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  hope  that  we  will  be  given 
full  consideration  not  just  in  the  hearing  process,  but  also  as  we 
move  to  markup,  and  at  that  point,  I  would  like  to  yield  to  my  col- 
league, a  member  of  the  committee,  Mr.  Payne. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachment  follows:] 


378 


THE  HONORABLE  FRED  GRANDY 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

418  Cannon  HOB 

Washington,  D.C.   20515 

(202)  225-5476 

February  10,  1994 

THE  MA^'AGED  COMPETITION  ACT  OF  1993  —  H.R.  3222 

Testimony  Before 

The  H  use  Ways  and  Means  Subcommittee  on  Health 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Committee,  I  appreciate  this 
opportunity  to  ..estify  on  one  of  the  most  important  policy 
decisions  confronting  the  United  States  Congress.   Specifically, 
ensuring  affordable,  high  quality,  health  care  coverage  for  all 
Americans. 

Today,  I  am  he.  :  to  provide  an  overview  of  health  care 
legislation  I  .j,n  proud  to  have  cosponsored  with  a  diverse 
coalition  of  f /  of  my  colleagues  including  Representative  Jim 
Cooper  and  five  other  members  of  this  committee:   L.F.  Payne, 
Nancy  Johnson,  Mike  Andrews,  Amo  Houghton  and  Dave  Camp.   The 
official  title  of  the  legislation  is  the  Managed  Competition  Act 
of  1993.   It  remains  the  only  comprehensive  bi-partisan  health 
care  reform  proposal  introduced  in  the  House. 

As  you  are  by  now  aware,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  (MCA)  is  a 
market-based  approach  to  health  care  reform.   It  guarantees 
universal  access  to  high-quality,  affordable  health  care.   Like 
the  President's  proposal,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  builds  off 
of  what  works  : n  the  current  system  and  reforms  the  chronic 
problems  that  have  plagued  our  system  for  too  long.   Most 
importantly,  l,.ve  the  President's  plan,  the  Managed  Competition 
Act  ensures  every  American  access  to  a  private  sector  health 
plan. 

I  would  like  tf  address  upfront  a  criticism  that  has  been  leveled 
against  the  MC.   that  we  do  not  provide  universal  coverage  under 
our  proposal.     want  to  make  it  clear  that  we  are  not  opposed  to 
universal  cove?  ge.   In  fact,  universal  coverage  is  a  goal  that 
is  shared  by  m-  and  all  of  the  cosponsors.   I  believe  that  the 
universal  acces  >  mechanism  in  the  Managed  Competition  Act  is  the 
best  means  to    lieving  universal  coverage.   These  are  not 
mutually  exclusive  goals.   This  whole  discussion  over  access 
versus  coverage  Is  really,  in  my  opinion,  an  issue  of  semantics. 
It  is  more  a  discussion  of  time-tables  and  how  do  we  get  to 
universal  coverage.   The  MCA  uses  a  different  mechanism  than  the 
Administration  to  achieve  universal  coverage,  but  I  believe  we 
share  the  same  underlying  goal.   I  am  here  to  offer  my  aid  in 
achieving  our  shared  goal  of  ensuring  that  all  Americans  are 
covered  under  a  system  of  health  care  that  provides  the  quality 
of  care  Americans  want  and  deserve. 

Our  bill  uses  a  series  of  strong  tax  incentives  that  will 
encourage  provi-^ers  and  insurers  to  form  accountable  health 
partnerships  (A)  ?s)  which,  for  the  first  time,  will  be  publicly 
accountable.   A  countable  not  only  for  the  cost  of  the  care  they 
provide  but  als<  for  the  quality  of  that  care.   This  will  enable 
consumers  to  pu.  ,hase  health  care  coverage  in  a  much  more  cost 
conscious  manne   than  they  do  today.   It  will  also  provide  them 
with  the  inform  ^ion  necessary  to  truly  determine  which  of  the 
plans  available  ■.o  them  provides  the  highest  quality  of  care. 


379 


To  help  facilitate  individuals'  and  small  businesses'  access  to 
these  new  AHPs  and  ensure  af fordability ,  regional  purchasing 
cooperatives  \xll  be  developed  to  give  individuals  and  small 
businesses  the  'oenefits  of  greater  buying  power  currently  enjoyed 
by  larger  empl'  'ers.   A  national  Health  Care  Standards  Commission 
will  establish  a  basic  benefits  package  which  AHPs  will  be 
required  to  of   r  in  order  to  receive  tax-favored  status.   In 
addition,  AHPs  will  be  required  to  comply  with  a  series  of 
insurance  refo  ms  and  disclose  information  on  medical  outcomes, 
cost-ef f ectivefiess  and  consumer  satisfaction. 

Specific  compo  Tnts  of  the  Managed  Competition  Act  include: 

1)  Insure  ce  reforms  that  will  encourage  insurers  and 
providers  to  combine  and  form  AHPs.   AHPs  will  not  be 
allowed  tr  exclude  coverage  of  pre-existing  conditions 
and  will  n  .t  be  allowed  to  charge  higher  rates  based  on 
an  indivir\.al 's  medical  history; 

2)  Access  provisions  which  will  ensure  individuals'  and 
small  businesses'  affordable  coverage  by  joining  Health 
Plan  Pure  .nsing  Cooperatives  (HPPCs) .   HPPCs  will  offer 
group  rata-  with  lower  administrative  costs.   Once  a 
year  indi  iduals  will  be  able  to  choose  from  a  menu  of 
AHPs  in  t  a  area  much  like  the  current  Federal 
Employees  Health  Benefits  Program; 

3)  Provit .  ons  to  change  the  incentives  in  the  system 
from  "mon  money  for  more  services"  to  a  system:   in 
which  hea. ch  plans  are  pre-paid  so  they  will  have 
incentive;  to  promote  preventive  care;  which  eliminates 
unnecessa  y  tests  and  ineffective  treatments;  and 
which  red-  ces  administrative  costs.   Because  AHPs  will 
be  requir  d  to  provide  information  on  health  outcomes 
and  benef  ciary  satisfaction,  they  will  be  driven  to 
improve  q.ality; 

4)  A  fede  al  low-income  assistance  program  will  pay 
health  plan  premiums  for  all  people  below  100%  of  the 
poverty  level.   Individuals  between  100%  and  200%  of 
the  povert  '  level  will  receive  sliding-scale  subsidies 
toward  thd  purchase  of  a  health  plan; 

5)  Tax  reorms  which  will  allow  employers  to  deduct  the 
cost  of  tl  e  most  efficient  health  plans,  but  not  the 
cost  of  excessive  benefits  or  wasteful  spending.   In 
addition,  individuals  and  the  self-employed  will  for 
the  first  time  enjoy  100%  deductibility  of  their  health 
plan  premiums; 

6)  A  serit  1  of  provisions  and  additional  resources  to 
assist  un:  Tserved  areas  in  recruiting  and  retaining 
providers,  the  development  of  provider  networks, 
integrati:  i  of  public  health  clinics  and  coordination 
with  urbar  i^edical  centers;  and 

7)  Savingr  mechanisms  such  as  enhanced  competition 
among  hea > ch  plans,  anti-trust  reforms,  significant 
malpractice  reforms,  administrative  simplification  and 
electronic  claims  processing. 


380 


Mr.  Chairman,  this  committee  has  heard  various  approaches  to 
expanding  access  and  ensuring  affordable  health  care 
coverage  for  all  Americans.   These  range  from  proposals  that 
would  eliminate  the  current  system  and  replace  it  with  a 
Canadian-style  system,  to  proposals  that  would  eliminate  the 
current  tax  deduction  provided  businesses  for  their  health 
care  expenses  and  replace  it  with  an  individual  tax  credit. 
Our  proposal  c2early  comes  in  well  to  the  right  of  the 
single-payer  approach  and  left  of  the  medical  IRA  approach. 
On  a  spectrum  with  these  two  approaches  as  the  respective 
left  and  right  ends,  our  proposal  comes  in  on  the  fifty  yard 
line,  building  upon  the  very  best  aspects  of  our  current 
system  and  providing  the  flexibility  necessary  to  address 
the  deficiencies  within  that  system. 

As  important  as  the  specific  policies  included  in  any 
legislative  framework  are  the  politics  involved  in  building 
a  coalition  to  pass  health  care  reform.   In  that  regard  I 
submit  that  the  Managed  Competition  Act  provides  the 
foundation  for  bipartisan  reform  because  it  represents  a 
true  bipartisan  approach  to  reform.   Unlike  the  single-payer 
approach,  the  Administration's  proposal,  the  House  GOP 
proposal,  and  the  medical  IRA  approach,  H.R.3222  remains  the 
only  bipartisan  approach. 

We  do  not  claim  to  have  developed  the  final  product  of  this 
debate;  only  the  legislative  process  itself  can  accomplish 
that.   We  do  hcwever  have  the  only  proposal  that  has  shown  a 
good  faith  effort  to  put  aside  partisan  positioning  and  work 
together  across  the  aisle  and  on  both  sides  of  the  hill,  and 
as  such,  I  believe  the  Managed  Competition  Act  represents 
the  best  starting  point  for  the  upcoming  debate.   This 
sentiment  has  been  echoed  by  the  Governors  and  a  broad  cross 
section  of  the  business  community. 

Thank  you  once  again  for  holding  these  hearings  and 
providing  me  w  i.th  this  opportunity.   I  would  be  happy  to 
answer  any  quescions  at  this  time. 


381 


?5  s 


c/5 
OS 


;5«,3".S8S>K5'H'SCSP       -:TS°S  S^SS       *="S 

II 


rlliilillW^ 

2  «i -o -5  i!  _3  „  »  i  1,  I  V  2 
H-2 


'^if  ^l- 


fli^-    all 


382 

Chairman  Stark.  L.F.,  welcome.  Congressman  Payne. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  L.F.  PAYNE,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  VIRGINIA 

Mr.  Payne.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  thank  you 
for  giving  me  this  opportunity  to  testify,  and  I  want  to  thank  you 
and  the  members  of  the  committee  for  all  the  work  that  you  are 
doing  on  behalf  of  the  full  committee  and  on  behalf  of  the  Congress 
in  terms  of  dealing  with  a  very  complex  and  a  very  important  sub- 
ject, which  is  how  to  reform  our  Nation's  health  care  system. 

As  the  subcommittee  considers  the  various  health  care  proposals 
before  it,  I  would  like  to  express  the  importance  of  seeking  a  bipar- 
tisan solution  because  I  think,  in  order  for  us  to  make  health  care 
reform  work  back  home  and  in  order  to  successfully  change  the 
way  our  countiy  spends  $1  out  of  every  $7,  we  must  have  the  sup- 
port of  the  entire  Nation;  that  is.  Democrats  and  Republicans  and 
Independents  alike.  H.R.  3222  is  the  only  health  care  reform  bill 
before  Congress  with  truly  bipartisan  support  in  that  31  of  the  cur- 
rent 57  cosponsors  are  Democrats. 

Representative  Jim  Cooper  made  an  important  contribution  to 
the  health  care  reform  debate  when  he  introduced  the  Managed 
Competition  Act  in  1992,  and  President  Clinton,  then  running  for 
the  presidency,  seized  upon  managed  competition  in  his  presi- 
dential campaign  as  the  new  Democratic  approach  to  health  care 
reform.  So  the  sponsors  of  managed  competition  delayed  introduc- 
ing any  bill  in  the  103rd  Congress  to  allow  the  President  to  intro- 
duce his  health  plan  first.  The  supporters  of  the  managed  competi- 
tion approach  saw  that  the  President's  plan  had  moved  away  from 
its  managed  competition  origins  and  reintroduced  the  Managed 
Competition  Act.  While  I  very  much  applaud  President  Clinton, 
Mrs.  Clinton,  and  the  administration  for  their  tremendous  leader- 
ship on  this  issue  of  health  care  reform,  I  cannot  support  his  bill 
as  it  is  currently  drafted. 

Last  week,  the  National  Governors  Association  unanimously  ap- 
proved a  resolution  urging  the  Congress  to  pass  a  health  care  re- 
form bill  this  year.  This  bipartisan  resolution  called  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  an  affordable  standard  package  of  health  care  benefits, 
the  creation  of  purchasing  cooperatives,  the  provision  of  subsidies 
to  low-income  individuals,  limits  on  tax  deductibility  of  health 
plans,  and  insurance  and  malpractice  reforms.  All  of  these  rec- 
ommendations are  contained  in  the  Managed  Competition  Act. 

The  Business  Roundtable,  which  is  a  group  representing  over 
200  of  the  Nation's  largest  businesses,  voted  overwhelmingly  to 
support  the  Managed  Competition  Act  as  the  starting  point  for  the 
health  care  reform  debate,  and  this  is  not  to  say  that  the  Managed 
Competition  Act  is  or  should  it  be  the  final  product  of  this  commit- 
tee or  of  this  Congress,  but,  rather,  it  should  be  used  as  the  main 
building  block  upon  which  a  bipartisan  health  care  reform  plan  can 
be  constructed. 

The  Managed  Competition  Act  will  build  upon  existing  reforms 
that  are  already  taking  place  in  the  private  marketplace,  namely 
by  utilizing  current  innovations  in  managed  care,  and  managed 
care  plans  have  grown  dramatically  in  recent  years.  Enrollment  in 
HMOs  has  more  than  quadrupled  since  the  early  1980s.  Over  50 


383 

million  individuals  are  expected  to  be  enrolled  in  HMOs  by  the  end 
of  this  year.  Employers  and  consumers  are  choosing  managed  care 
because  it  works,  as  it  provides  quality  care  while  it  also  contains 
cost. 

When  you  look  at  the  health  care  reform  proposals  before  this 
committee,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  comes  closest  to  the 
President's  plan.  There  are  many  similarities,  but  there  are  also 
some  key  differences.  We  agree  on  most  goals  of  health  reform,  but 
we  disagree  on  the  role  that  the  Grovernment  should  play  in  the 
marketplace.  We  disagree  on  employer  mandates.  We  disagree  on 
the  bureaucratic  price  controls  and  large  and  bureaucratic  health 
alliances. 

The  Managed  Competition  Act  promises  less  than  the  adminis- 
tration's bill,  but  we  are  confident  that  we  can  deliver  on  these 
promises.  If  this  committee  has  learned  anything  from  the  CBOs 
analysis  of  the  administration's  health  care  proposal,  it  is  that  Con- 
gress should  tread  carefully  before  creating  an  enormous  new  enti- 
tlement program. 

Mr.  Chairman,  to  conclude,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  is  clos- 
er to  the  President's  and  closer  to  the  Governors'  recommendations 
than  any  other  bill  before  the  Congress.  H.R.  3222  is  the  only  truly 
bipartisan  bill.  It  is  not  the  final  word  in  health  care  reform,  but 
it  is  the  best  starting  point  to  achieve  a  national  consensus  on  this 
very  complex  issue.  With  managed  competition,  we  have  an  oppor- 
tunity not  to  copy  another  nation's  health  system,  but,  instead,  to 
create  an  innovative  system  that  will  be  the  envy  of  the  world. 

Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


384 


Testimony  of  Representative  L.  F.  Payne 

Before  the 

Subconunittee  on  Health 

Conunittee  on  Ways  and  Means 

February  10,  1994 


Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  giving  me  this  opportunity  to 
testify  before  you  and  the  Subcommittee  today.   I  appreciate  all  the 
hard  work  that  you  and  the  Subcommittee  are  doing  on  the  extremely 
complex  and  important  task  of  reforming  our  nation's  health  care 
system. 

I  would  like  to  speak  with  you  today  about  H.R.  3222,  the 
"Managed  Competition  Act  of  1993".   As  this  Subcommittee  considers 
the  various  health  care  reform  proposals  before  it,  I  would  stress 
the  importance  of  seeking  a  bipartisan  solution.   In  order  to  make 
health  care  reform  work  back  home,  in  order  to  successfully  change 
the  way  our  country  spends  one  dollar  out  of  seven,  we  must  have  the 
support  of  the  entire  nation  -  Democrats,  Republicans  and 
Independents  alike.   H.R.  3222  is  the  only  health  care  reform  bill 
before  Congress  with  truly  bi-partisan  support  -  26  of  the  current  57 
co-sponsors  are  Republicans. 

Representative  Jim  Cooper  made  an  important  contribution  to  the 
health  care  reform  debate  with  his  introduction  of  the  Managed 
Competition  Act  of  1992 .   I  am  proud  to  have  been  an  original 
co-sponsor  of  that  bill.   Building  upon  the  framework  of  a  Jackson 
Hole  Group  proposal,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  introduced  a  new 
lexicon  to  the  health  care  reform  debate  -  Managed  Competition, 
HPPC's,  and  Accountable  Health  Plans.   President  Clinton  seized  upon 
Managed  Competition  in  his  Presidential  campaign  as  the  "New 
Democrat"  approach  to  health  care  reform. 

The  sponsors  of  the  Managed  Competition  Act  delayed  introducing 
the  bill  in  the  103rd  Congress  in  order  to  allow  the  President  to 
introduce  his  health  plan  first.   Supporters  of  the  managed 
competition  approach  saw  that  the  President's  plan  moved  far  from  its 
managed  competition  origins,  and  reintroduced  the  Managed  Competition 
Act.   While  I  applaud  President  Clinton,  Mrs.  Clinton,  and  the 
Administration  for  their  tremendous  leadership  on  the  issue  of  health 
care  reform,  I  cannot  support  his  bill  as  it  is  presently  drafted. 

Last  week,  the  National  Governors'  Association  unanimously 
approved  a  resolution  urging  the  Congress  to  pass  a  health  care 
reform  bill  this  year.   This  bipartisan  resolution  called  for  the 
establishment  of  an  affordable  standard  package  of  health  care 
benefits,  the  creation  of  purchasing  cooperatives,  the  provision  of 
subsidies  to  low-income  individuals,  limits  on  the  tax  deductibility 
of  health  plans,  and  insurance  and  malpractice  reforms.   All  of  these 
recommendations  are  contained  in  the  Managed  Competition  Act. 


385 


The  Business  Roundtable,  a  group  representing  over  200  of  the 
nation's  largest  businesses,  voted  overwhelmingly  to  support  the 
Managed  Competition  Act  as  the  starting  point  for  the  health  care 
reform  debate.   The  U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce,  representing  America's 
small  businesses,  testified  before  this  Committee  that  because  of 
"high  employer  premium  contributions,  rich  benefits,  and 
counterproductive  regulation  and  new  federal  and  health  alliance 
bureaucracy",  the  President's  plan  should  not  be  used  as  a  starting 
point  for  Committee  markup. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  the  Managed  Competition  Act  is,  or 
should  be,  the  final  product  of  this  Committee  or  this  Congress. 
Rather,  it  should  be  used  as  the  main  building  block  upon  which  a 
bipartisan  health  care  reform  plan  can  be  built. 

The  Managed  Competition  Act  will  build  upon  existing  reforms 
already  taking  place  in  the  private  market  place,  namely  by  utilizing 
current  innovations  in  managed  care.   Managed  care  plans  have  grown 
dramatically  in  recent  years  -  enrollment  in  HMOs  has  more  than 
quadrupled  since  the  early  eighties.  Over  50  million  individuals  are 
expected  to  be  enrolled  in  HMOs  by  the  end  of  the  year.   Employers 
and  consumers  are  choosing  managed  care  because  it  works,  providing 
quality  care  while  containing  costs. 

A  recent  study  by  Peat  Marwick  indicates  that  HMO  premiums 
increased  40%  less  than  fee-for-service  premiums  over  the  five  year 
period  from  1988  to  1993.   HMOs  also  provide  a  richer  benefits 
package  than  fee-for-service  plans,  including  preventive  health  care 
services  such  as  adult  physicals  and  well-baby  care.   H.R.  3222  will 
continue  to  encourage  such  cost-saving  innovations  in  the  private 
market  place. 

When  you  look  at  the  health  care  reform  proposals  before  this 
Committee,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  comes  the  closest  to  the 
President's  plan.   There  are  many  similarities,  but  there  are  also 
some  key  differences.  We  agree  on  most  of  the  goals  of  health 
reform,  but  we  disagree  on  the  role  that  government  should  play  in 
the  market.   We  disagree  on  the  employer  mandates,  bureaucratic  price 
controls,  and  large  and  regulatory  health  alliances. 

The  Managed  Competition  Act  promises  less  than  the 
Administration's  bill,  but  we  are  confident  that  we  can  deliver  on 
those  promises.   If  this  Committee  learned  anything  from  the  CBO's 
analysis  of  the  administration's  health  proposal,  it  is  that  Congress 
should  tread  carefully  before  creating  an  enormous  new  entitlement 
program. 

To  conclude  Mr.  Chairman,  the  Managed  Competition  Act  is  closer 
to  the  President's  and  closer  to  the  governors'  recommendations  than 
any  other  bill.   H.R.  3222  is  the  only  truly  bipartisan  bill.   It  is 
not  the  final  word  in  reform,  but  it  is  the  best  starting  point  to 
achieve  national  consensus  on  this  complex  issue.   With  managed 
competitition,  we  have  an  opportunity  not  to  copy  other  nations' 
health  systems,  but  instead  to  create  an  innovative,  new  system  that 
will  be  the  envy  of  the  world. 


386 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you,  L.F. 

Next  on  our  list  is  Hon.  Nancy  Johnson.  Welcome. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  NANCY  L.  JOHNSON,  A  REPRESENTA- 
TIVE  IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  CONNECTICUT 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  will  be  fairly  brief  because  there  are  two  things  I  want  to  say. 
I  think  in  our  sober  moments,  we  all  recognize  that  this  health  care 
reform  ought  to  be  bipartisan.  First  of  all,  it  is  not  fundamentally 
a  partisan  issue,  but,  also,  the  people  expect  that  we  think  far 
more  seriously  about  their  problems  and  that  we  relate  changes  in 
law  more  directly  to  their  problems  than  is  possible  if  ideology 
takes  precedence  over  practical  reality. 

Consequently,  I  am  proposing  in  my  bill  that  we  are  hearing  be- 
fore this  committee  a  piece  of  the  solution  because  I  think  that  we 
are  going  to  have  to  build  this  solution  and  look  at  the  individual 
integrity  of  each  piece  and  then  the  integrity  of  how  all  the  pieces 
interrelate.  So  my  proposal  would  fit  into  the  Republican  proposal. 
It  would  take  their  collective  purchasing  provisions  and  bring  them 
a  step  further  by  requiring  that  every  State  put  in  place  a  purchas- 
ing cooperative. 

It  would  fit  within  the  Cooper-Grandy  proposal,  making  their 
mandatory  purchasing  cooperative  voluntary;  therefore,  making  it 
more  comfortably  applicable,  particularly  in  rural  areas,  giving  us 
the  chance  to  build  what  we  will  need  before  we  make  any  decision 
as  radical  as  demanding  that  a  large  percent  of  the  population  par- 
ticipate through  one  kind  of  entity. 

While  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill  does  bring  down  the  number  of 
people  that  have  to  buy  through  the  entity  from  1,000  to  100,  an 
employers  with  fewer  than  100  are  98  percent  of  the  employers  in 
Connecticut.  So  it  is  still  a  pretty  good  whack. 

My  bill  is  already  included  in  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill,  although 
it  appears  in  various  ft'agments.  I  have  pulled  it  out,  worked 
through  it  very  thoroughly  with  experts,  and  I  present  it  to  you 
today. 

The  legislation  that  I  have  introduced,  H.R.  3652,  would  require 
that  each  State  create  at  least  one  purchasing  cooperative,  but  it 
allows  multiple  competing  purchasing  cooperatives  because  some  of 
those  that  have  tried  to  get  started  have  turned  out  not  to  be  very 
good.  Like  anything  else,  it  depends  on  good  management,  creative 
leadership,  and  a  good  purchasing  cooperative.  It  is  going  to  be  dif- 
ferent than  a  poor  purchasing  cooperative. 

So  my  bill  does  allow  multiple  competing  purchasing  cooperatives 
in  which  individuals  and  small  employers  can  freely  enroll  and  se- 
lect from  a  wide  array  of  competing  health  plans.  Each  of  these 
plans  would  be  required  to  provide  the  standard  benefit  package 
consistent  with  the  insurance  reform  proposals  that  we  are  all  in 
pretty  good  accord  about. 

Additional  provisions  of  my  bill  would  require  that  the  individ- 
uals and  small  employers  that  purchase  through  the  HPPC  have 
the  choice  of  at  least  three  different  plans.  So  the  purchasing  coop- 
erative would  have  to  provide  at  least  a  managed  care  option,  a  fee- 
for-service  option,  and  a  medisave  option. 


^  387 

I  think  this  latter  issue  is  particularly  important.  I  think  when 
we  are  talking  about  real  reform — and  clearly,  one  of  the  things 
that  has  driven  rising  costs  has  been  overuse  of  the  system — I 
think  it  is  important  that  we  experiment  with  bringing  individuals 
into  the  decisions  about  purchasing  health  care  for  their  own  pur- 
poses; in  other  words,  their  own  wellness. 

I  think  it  is  also  legitimate  and  reasonable  for  a  nation  that 
undersaves  and  that  has  enormous  concerns,  at  least  if  you  read 
the  numbers.  You  ought  to  have  enormous  concerns  about  whether 
the  baby  boom  generation  is  going  to  enjoy  retirement  security. 

We  ought  to  be  allowing  our  people  and  encouraging  them  to  use 
vehicles  like  medisave,  so  that  they  not  only  think  about  health 
care  purchases,  but  can  roll  any  money  they  save  over  into  a  retire- 
ment vehicle,  again,  looking  at  long  term  costs,  and  personal  secu- 
rity in  a  larger  setting. 

Second,  the  bill  requires  that  all  health  plans  sell  their  products 
for  the  same  price  within  the  HPPC  and  without  the  HPPC  be- 
tween the  insurance  reform  provisions  that  reduce  the  right  to  risk 
select.  In  this  price  comparability  inside  and  outside  of  the  HPPC, 
we  have  reason  to  believe  that  there  will  be  minimal  risk  selection, 
although  the  bill  does  require  insurance  commissioners  to  watch 
this  issue  and  gives  insurance  commissioners  really  quite  broad 
powers  to  address  it,  should  it  develop. 

The  bill  also  provides  an  assurance  that  all  plans  would  comply 
with  proposed  insurance  reforms,  including  guaranteed  availability, 
renewability,  and  continuity  of  coverage,  limits  on  the  use  of  pre- 
existing condition  exclusions,  and  modified  community  rating. 

The  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  would  enable  members 
of  the  cooperative  to  benefit  from  the  cooperative's  contracting  ex- 
pertise, the  administrative  savings  that  accrue  from  large  pools, 
the  elimination  of  marketing  expenses  which  are  very  high  in  the 
small  group  market,  and  the  consumer  information  that  HPPCs 
would  compile  in  the  plans  offered  through  them.  Like  the  man- 
aged competition  framework  within  which  this  proposal  could  eas- 
ily operate,  H.R.  3652  would  encourage  competition,  increase  ac- 
cess, bring  down  costs,  and  improve  quality. 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  the  committee 
today  and  to  be  part  of  a  panel  from  which  many  of  the  ideas  that 
will  De  part  of  the  solution  will  come. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


388 


NANCY  L  JOHNSON  w»i»»«to«o 

•  TH  OtSrmCT.  CONNCCTKUT  343  CannOM  HOUH  0< 

WAMmOTOM.  DC  20 
COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS  TtunxM  POJI  H8-4476 


EXTORT  TASK  RMCE 


tonsttii  of  ti)e  ?Hniteti  S^tatea 

J^ovat  of  3&eprtKentatibeis 
nasrtjington.  fiC  20513-0706 


460  Mnmj  SniifT— SiMTi  200 

Ntw  BmTAiM.  CT  04063 

TtumOMC:  (203)  223-6412 


TESTIMONY  OF  CONGRESSWOMAN 

NANCY  JOHNSON 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 

COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 

FEBRUARY  10,  1994 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Committee,  it  is  a  pleasure 
to  be  here  today  ta  discuss  alternative  approaches  to  health  care 
reform.   It  is  my  sincere  hope  that  on  this  important  issue  we  will 
be  able  to  put  aside  partisan  politics  and  work  together  to  craft  a 
bipartisan  reform  package  of  which  we  can  all  be  proud.   In  that 
regard,  I  am  happy  to  have  the  opportunity  to  describe  a  bill  I 
introduced  in  the  last  session  of  Congress  which  I  believe  is 
applicable  to  any  of  the  reform  proposals  that  rely  upon  the  managed 
competition  framework.   In  fact,  my  proposal  is  applicable  to  any 
plan  which  uses  purchasing  pools  as  a  mechanism  to  ensure  access  to 
more  affordable  insurance  for  those  in  the  individual  and  small 
group  markets. 

The  legislation  I  have  introduced,  H.R.  3652,  the  Health  Plan 
Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  of  1993,  provides  a  framework  for  the 
creation  of  purchasing  cooperatives.   Under  my  proposal,  states 
would  establish  voluntary  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperatives 
(HPPCs)  in  which  individuals  without  insurance  and  small  employers 
could  freely  enroll  and  select  from  a  wide  array  of  competing  health 
plans.   Each  of  these  plans  would  be  required  to  provide  a  standard 
benefit  package  consistent  with  the  insurance  reforms  which  have 
wide  bipartisan  support  on  both  sides  of  the  Hill. 

Additional  provisions  of  the  Health  Plan  Purchasing 
Cooperative  Act  include: 

*  A  specification  that  all  individuals  and  small  employers 
purchasing  insurance  through  the  HPPC  have  access  to  at  least 
three  standard  plan  choices  —  a  managed  care  plan,  a  fee- 
for-service  plan,  and  a  medisave  plan. 

*  A  requirement  that  all  health  care  plans  sell  their 
products  for  the  same  price  both  inside  and  outside  the  HPPC 
so  that  neither  the  HPPC  plans  nor  plans  outside  the  HPPC 
receive  an  inequitable  share  of  risk. 

*  An  assurance  that  all  plans  would  comply  with  proposed 
insurance  reforms  including  guaranteed  availability, 
renewability  and  continuity  of  coverage,  limits  on  the  use  of 
pre-existing  condition  exclusions,  and  modified  community 
rating. 

The  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  also  would  enable 
the  members  of  the  cooperative  to  benefit  from  the  cooperative's 
contracting  expertise,  the  administrative  savings  that  accrue  from 
larger  pools,  and  the  consumer  information  they  would  compile  on  the 
plans  that  offered  insurance  through  the  HPPC.   Like  the  managed 
competition  framework  within  which  this  proposal  is  intended  to 
operate,  H.R.  3652  would  encourage  competition,  increase  access, 
bring  do%m  costs  and  improve  quality. 

Thank  you  for  giving  me  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  the 
Committee  today.   I  look  forward  to  working  with  you  to  develop  a 
health  care  reform  package  we  can  enact  before  the  end  of  this 
••■■ion. 


389 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

We  are  now  pleased  to  start  the  testimony  from  nonmembers  of 
the  Ways  and  Means  Committee.  So  we  are  happy  to  recognize 
Hon.  Cliff  Stearns. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  have  a  member  of  the  committee 
who  is  not  testifying. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  wanted  to  wait  until  the  end. 

Mr.  Stearns.  Yes,  sir.  I  will  be  brief. 

Chairman  Stark.  At  the  request  of  Mr.  McCrery,  he  had  asked 
to  be  the  wrap-up.  I  was  going  to  recognize  Mr.  Steams. 

I  believe.  Rod  Grams,  you  are  testifying  with  Mr.  Steams.  Is  that 
correct? 

Mr.  Grams.  That  is  correct,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  I  will  let  you  two  proceed  in  any  manner 
that  you  care  to,  whoever  chooses  to  go  first. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  CLIFF  STEARNS,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  FLORIDA 

Mr.  Stearns.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  We  are  delighted  to  be 
here. 

Chairman  Stark.  Welcome  to  the  committee. 

Mr.  Stearns.  Senator  Nickles  wanted  to  also  testify,  and  he 
could  not  be  here.  He  was  here  earlier.  He  asked  that  I  make  his 
statement,  as  well  as  Congressman  Jim  Ramstad,  as  well  as  mine 
part  of  the  record. 

Chairman  Stark.  Without  objection,  all  of  the  statements  will 
appear  in  the  record  in  their  entirety. 

Mr.  Stearns.  Mr.  Chairman,  when  President  Clinton  highlighted 
his  State  of  the  Union  statement,  he  mentioned  that  he  would  veto 
any  health  care  reform  legislation  that  did  not  contain  universal 
coverage. 

On  our  side  of  the  aisle,  our  bill,  the  Consumer  Choice  Health 
Security  Act  of  1993,  does  include  universal  coverage.  Mr.  Chair- 
man, this  particular  bill  has  been  scored  by  an  outside  accounting 
firm,  Lewin-VHI.  It  has  analyzed  this  for  a  long  period  of  time.  It 
is  deficit-neutral.  There  are  no  mandates,  no  new  taxes.  In  the 
sense  that  the  Clinton  plan  provides  more  bureaucracy,  this  is  no 
new  bureaucracy. 

You  and  I  have  talked  a  little  bit  about  the  idea  of  mandates  on 
the  employer  and  mandates  on  the  individuals.  This  particular 
plan  does  have  individual  requirements  that  everyone  have  health 
care. 

Now,  we  have  patterned  this  plan  off  of  something  that  is  in  ex- 
istence. As  many  of  my  colleagues  know,  we  had  the  Federal  em- 
ployee health  benefits  program.  That  has  been  in  existence  for  33 
years.  There  are  10  million  Grovernment  employees  involved  with 
this  program,  and,  of  course,  the  President,  the  Vice  President,  the 
Senators,  and  all  the  Congressmen  are  all  covered  under  this  plan. 

So,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  suggest  we  give  this  plan  to  the  American 
people.  The  American  people  would  have  the  same  options  that  I 
did  when  I  came  to  Congress.  I  could  select  35  different  plans  and 
make  my  decision,  and  I  made  the  choice. 

What  we  do  under  our  Health  Care  Security  Act  is  provide  legis- 
lation which  provides  a  Federal  tax  credit  that  would  for  the  first 


390 

time  give  individuals  control  over  their  health  care  dollars.  The 
credit  would  offset  the  cost  of  premiums,  out-of-pocket  medical  ex- 
penses, and  exempt-from-taxes  contributions  to  medical  savings  ac- 
counts. Now,  this  is  a  very  simple  concept,  and  it  moves  in  the  di- 
rection for  America  to  give  personal  responsibility  to  individuals 
and  give  them  the  choice. 

Now,  let  me  just  quickly  and  briefly  give  you  an  example  of  how 
this  would  work.  Let's  take,  for  example,  that  a  person  who  is  mak- 
ing $35,000  a  year  and  the  employer  pays  for  their  health  insur- 
ance and  it  turns  out  to  be  roughly  $3,500  a  year.  Let's  say,  also, 
they  have  out-of-pocket  expenses  of  $1,000.  We  will  put  that  into 
the  mix,  too.  So  the  individual  has  $35,000  in  salary,  and  they  have 
provided  by  the  employer  $3,500  in  medical  insurance.  What  our 
bill  would  do  is  move  that  $3,500  to  the  individual  with  a  raise  in 
salary  to  $38,500.  They  would  be  able  to  write  off  their  $3,500  as 
well  as  their  $1,000  out-of-pocket  expense  and  get  tax  relief  for  out- 
of-pocket  expenses. 

The  new  tax  credit  established  for  this  family  would  see  their  tax 
liability  decrease.  They  would  have  more  disposable  income.  Across 
the  board,  Lewin-VHI  has  studied  this,  and  I  can  give  you  the  in- 
formation. Part  of  it  is  going  to  be  part  of  our  statement.  We  have 
shown  across  the  board  this  provides  better  tax  relief  for  Ameri- 
cans. Plus,  it  moves  as  we  know  the  responsibility  for  individuals 
and  away  from  a  third  payer. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  buy  our  automobile  insurance  this  way.  We 
buy  our  life  insurance.  We  buy  our  mortgages.  Why  not  health 
care?  Why  do  we  delegate  the  responsibilities  for  health  care  to  the 
Government,  to  the  bureaucrats,  and  force  it,  mandate  it  on  em- 
ployers? 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  idea  of  employer-provided  bene- 
fit did  not  evolve  out  of  the  Congress.  Instead,  health  benefits  were 
offered  as  an  incentive  to  attract  employees  during  World  War  II 
when  wage  controls  were  in  place.  Later,  the  Internal  Revenue 
Service  decided  that  such  benefits  would  be  exempt  from  Federal 
income  and  Social  Security  taxes.  These  events,  among  others, 
have  contributed  to  the  current  system  we  are  confronted  with 
today. 

Our  bill  opens  up  competition  by  providing  opportunities  for  even 
unions,  colleges,  farm  organizations,  and  even  churches  to  provide 
alliances.  So,  instead  of  10  million  Americans  going  out  to  seek  em- 
ployment, insurance  for  themselves  through  the  employee  benefits 
program,  you  would  have  all  American  competing  in  the  same  way. 

As  I  mentioned  earlier,  this  is  the  only  plan  on  my  side  of  the 
aisle  that  had  been  scored  by  an  outside  accounting  firm.  We  are 
just  getting  the  CBO  estimates  now,  and,  of  course,  there  are  no 
new  taxes,  no  rationing,  and  no  price  controls.  Again,  we  have  uni- 
versal coverage. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  these  are  the  fundamental  con- 
cepts. It  is  not  hard  to  understand.  After  all,  you  don't  hear  many 
of  us  here  in  Congress  at  this  table  or  in  this  hearing  complaining 
about  their  health  care  coverage. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Representative  Stearns  and  the 
statements  for  the  record  of  Senator  Nickles  and  Representative 
Ramstad  follows:! 


391 


OPENING  STATEMENT 

by  the 

HONORABLE  CLIFF  STEARNS  (R-FL) 

Testimony  before  the  House  Subcommittee  on  Health 
Committee  on  Ways  &  Means 

February   10,   1994 


Thank  you  Mr.  Chairman  for  allowing  me  this  opportunity  to  testify 
before  your  subcommittee  on  H.R.3698  /  S.  1743,  the  Consumer 
Choice  Health  Security  Act  of  1993,  legislation  I  jointly  introduced 
with  Senator  Don  Nickles  of  Oklahoma.  As  the  members  of  this 
committee  are  aware,  the  issue  of  health  care  reform  has  remained  at 
the  forefront  of  our  citizens'  concerns  and  rightfully  so.  In  the 
President's  State  of  the  Union  address  we  all  heard  him  say  that  he 
would  not  sign  into  law  a  health  care  reform  proposal  that  did  not 
guarantee  universal  coverage.  H.R.  3698  does  that  and  more.  As 
such,  I  believe  that  it  merits  full  consideration  by  the  Congress 
before  a  final  bill  is  brought  to  the  House  floor  for  a  vote. 

I  would  like  to  quote  the  President  from  his  State  of  the  Union 
remarks. 


392 

"The  American  people  provide  those  of  us  in  government  service 
with  terrific  health  care  benefits  at  reasonable  costs.  We  have  health 
care  that's  always  there.  I  think  we  need  to  give  every  hard  working, 
taxpaying  American  the  same  health  care  security  they  have  already 
given  us." 

Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  this  committee,  over  40  of  our  colleagues 
here  in  the  House  and  Senate  agree  with  that  statement.  That  is  why 
we  introduced  the  "Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  of  1993." 
As  the  title  indicates,  this  legislation  seeks  to  provide  quality 
necessary  medical  care  to  all  Americans  through  the  oldest  and 
proven  mechanism  --  the  free  market.  Furthermore,  this  legislation 
is  patterned  after  the  Federal  Employee  Health  Benefits  Program 
(FEHBP)  that  has  been  in  existence  for  over  thirty  years  and  held 
down  costs  while  providing  quality  health  plans. 

As  you  know,  all  members  of  Congress,  our  staffs,  the  President,  the 
Vice  President,  the  cabinet,  the  Supreme  Court  Justices,  and  some  ten 
million  federal  employees,  retirees  and  dependents  are  enrolled  in  the 
FEHBP.  The  program  is  unique  in  that  it  is  explicitly  based  on  the 
free  market  principles  of  consumer  choice  and  market  competition. 


393 

Unlike  our  constituents,  we  have  the  luxury  of  being  able  to  pick  and 
choose  from  over  thirty  different  health  plans  --  be  it  a  traditional 
fee  for  service,  HMO,  PPO,  or  union  sponsored  plan  like  the  postal 
workers  etc.  Unlike  the  rest  of  America,  we  get  to  make  a  personal 
choice  and  compare  the  prices,  and  level  of  benefits  of  each  plan. 
We  then  make  a  decision  based  on  our  budget,  our  needs,  and  our 
bottom  line,  not  some  corporation's  bottom  line. 

While  the  FEHBP  model  is  not  perfect,  with  the  modifications  that 
have  been  added  in  this  bill,  an  FEHBP  type  system  can  be  expanded 
to  cover  all  Americans.  Combined  with  an  individual  mandate  that  is 
explicitly  written  into  this  bill,  the  President's  goal  of  universal 
coverage  is  met.  The  FEHBP  is  a  sound  program  with  good  benefits. 
And  while  the  level  of  benefits  has  increased  over  the  years,  costs  for 
these  plans  have  been  effectively  kept  down.  Not  with  price  controls 
mind  you.  But  with  competition.  On  September  14,  1993,  Jim  King, 
the  Director  of  Office  of  Personnel  Management  stated  "Our 
enrollees  continue  to  gain  from  the  competition  and  managed  care 
that  form  the  backbone  of  the  FEHBP  program."  This  is  evidenced 
by  the  fact  that  the  price  of  premiums  federal  employees  have  to  pay 
in  1994  are  only  3%  higher  than  the  prices  they  paid  in  1993. 


394 


In  short,  the  market  forces  have  worked  for  the  FEHBP.  There  is  no 
reason  why  these  same  principles  cannot  work  for  the  American 
people.  Most  Americans  are  kept  out  of  the  picture  when  it  comes  to 
purchasing  health  insurance  because  it  is  usually  purchased  by  their 
employer.  Doctors  and  hospitals  rarely  discuss  bills  or  fees  prior  to 
delivery  of  care  and  rely  on  third  party  reimbursement.  Consumers 
are  shielded  from  the  true  costs  of  health  care  and  as  such,  there  is 
no  incentive  for  all  parties  involved  to  control  costs.  The  time  old 
saying  of  supply  and  demand  --  the  market  forces  that  control  costs 
in  every  other  sector  of  the  American  economy  are  not  present  in  an 
employer  based  health  care  system. 

In  sharp  contrast  to  government  based  insurance  or  mandatory 
employer  based  insurance,  where  government  bureaucrats  or 
corporate  officials  are  deciding  what  level  of  benefits  Americans  will 
receive,  H.R.  3698  will  provide  every  American  with  the  means  to 
purchase  health  insurance  within  the  framework  of  the  free  market 
and  consumer  choice. 

Under  the  Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  of  1993,  health 
insurance  benefits  will  be  made  available  to  all  Americans  along  with 


395 


the  tax  relief  currently  enjoyed  by  individuals  with  employer 
provided  insurance.  However,  this  coverage  will  no  longer  be 
dependent  on  employment  status.  Furthermore,  consumer  choice 
would  serve  as  a  driving  force  in  bringing  down  costs  the  same  way 
it  does  in  the  rest  of  the  economy.  This  would  be  accomplished  by 
transferring  the  multi-billion  dollar  federal  tax  break  for  employers 
providing  health  benefits,  in  the  form  of  deductions  and  exclusions  • 
and  giving  that  money  to  American  workers  in  the  form  of  a  federal 
tax  credit.  The  federal  tax  exclusion  alone  was  worth  $66.6  billion 
in  1991  dollars  for  1992. 

As  the  members  of  this  committee  are  aware,  this  legislation  imposes 
a  mandate  on  individuals  to  purchase  at  a  minimum,  a  health  care 
package  which  must  include  catastrophic  coverage  to  address  the  free 
rider  problem.  Every  individual  who  fulfills  this  legal  requirement 
will  receive  a  federal  tax  credit  to  offset  the  costs.  This  new  tax 
relief  would  also  be  extended  to  individuals  and  families  for  payment 
of  out-of-pocket  medical  expenses.  The  tax  credit  will  be  provided 
directly  through  the  tax  withholding  system  or  through  a  voucher  for 
the  working  poor.  The  size  of  the  tax  credit  will  vary  according  to  a 
percentage    of   health    care    expenses    in    relation    to   an    individual's 


396 
adjusted  gross  income. 

By  giving  every  individual  the  same  tax  advantages,  irrespective  of 
place  of  employment  or  income,  and  empowering  them  with  tax 
credits  to  purchase  insurance,  a  consumer  choice  system  will  enable 
Americans  to  seek  the  best  value  for  their  health  care  dollar  when 
buying  health  insurance.  If  private  employers  wish  to  continue 
providing  health  benefits  to  their  employees,  there  is  nothing,  I 
repeat,  there  is  nothing,  in  this  legislation  that  would  prevent  them 
from  doing  so  and  they  can  still  continue  to  deduct  the  cost  of 
providing  that  benefit.  However,  it  should  be  noted  that  with  equal 
tax  treatment  for  all  Americans  who  purchase  health  insurance, 
company  plans  will  be  competing  with  different  types  of  health 
insurance  packages  and  keep  prices  down. 

At  the  risk  of  sounding  redundant,  I  would  like  to  emphasize  that  the 
core  problem  of  our  current  health  care  system  is  the  tax  code,  and  if 
we  are  to  ever  remedy  the  problems  arising  out  of  the  current 
inequity,  the  tax  code  needs  to  be  changed.  By  changing  the  tax  code 
and  empoweri|ng  the  individual  directly,  the  health  care  market  will 
be  changed  from  an  employer  based  market  to  an  individual  based 


397 


market  as  it  should  be.  By  giving  the  American  people  what  you  and 
I  as  Members  of  Congress  enjoy,  the  power  to  choose  our  own  health 
insurance  plan,  and  combining  that  power  with  widespread 
competition,  H.R.  3698  will  offer  our  constituents  the  best  chance  at 
controlling  health  care  costs. 

I  would  like  to  point  out  that  this  legislation  has  already  been  scored 
by  Lewin-VHI,  the  same  health  econometrics  Arm  used  by  the  Clinton 
Administration.  It  is  budget  neutral,  deficit  neutral,  and  does  not 
raise  taxes  on  Americans.  No  price  controls  are  employed,  no  global 
budgeting,  no  new  bureaucracies  are  created,  and  no  monopolistic 
alliances  are  set  up  under  the  purview  of  a  National  Health  Board. 

The  major  objection  I  have  encountered  to  an  individual  mandate  is 
that  our  citizens  aren't  capable  of  choosing  their  own  health  plan.  I 
couldn't  disagree  any  stronger.  Even  Alain  Enthoven,  one  of  the 
architects  of  "Managed  Competition",  a  proposal  that  has  been 
offered  by  our  esteemed  colleague  from  Tennessee,  Mr.  Cooper,  has 
stated  the  following,  and  I  quote: 

"Critics  of  the  consumer  choice  position  usually  are  not  very  explicit 


398 

about   whom   they   consider  to   be   better  qualified  than   the   average 
American  to  choose  his  health  plan  for  him." 

-  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  (1978) 
I  should  point  out  that  Americans  make  important  decisions  every  day 
without  delegating  those  responsibilities  to  government  bureaucrats 
or  politicians.  They  make  decisions  with  respect  to  their  mortgage 
policies,  car  insurance  policies,  life  insurance  policies,  homeowner's 
insurance  policies  all  without  the  creation  of  alliances,  national 
health  boards,  or  bureaucrats.  Why?  Because  these  matters  are  not 
employer  based.  When  an  individual  loses  his  job,  he  does  not  lose 
his  car  insurance  or  go  to  a  new  mortgage  company.  There  is  no 
reason  why  health  insurance  should  be  treated  any  differently. 

While  the  changes  to  the  tax  code  are  the  heart  of  this  proposal, 
Senator  Nickles  and  I  have  included  several  other  key  reforms  which 
must  be  addressed  in  this  debate.  Anti-fraud  measures  are  included 
to  enhance  federal  criminal  penalties  established  against  health  care 
providers  and  insurers  who  knowingly  defraud  persons  in  connection 
with  a  health  care  transaction.  Anti-trust  provisions  have  been 
included  to  create  "safe  harbors"  from  federal  anti-trust  laws  for 
certain  groups  of  providers;  medical  self-regulatory  entities  that  do 


399 


not  operate  for  financial  gain,  certain  joint  ventures  for  high 
technology  and  costly  equipment  and  services  and  hospital  mergers. 
This  is  especially  crucial  for  rural  area  hospitals  forced  to  compete 
against  each  other  for  patients.  In  my  district  down  in  Florida,  there 
have  been  instances  in  which  a  hospital  will  decide  to  purchase  an 
MRI  machine  just  so  that  it  can  advertise  to  the  public  that  they  have 
state  of  the  art  technology  when  just  a  few  miles  away,  another 
hospital  will  have  the  same  equipment  already  in  place  that  could  be 
used  by  the  patients  of  that  first  hospital. 

Long  term  care  is  addressed  as  well  in  this  bill.  H.R.  3698  also 
exempts  from  taxation  certain  exchanges  of  life  insurance  policies  for 
long-term  care  policies,  and  amounts  paid  or  advanced  from  a  life 
insurance  contract  to  a  terminally  or  chronically  ill  individual  who  is 
confined  to  a  hospice  or  nursing  home. 

Malpractice  reforms  are  also  included.  The  bill  caps  noneconomic 
damages  at  $250,000,  reduces  the  amount  of  damages  paid  in  a 
medical  malpractice  case  by  the  amount  of  other  payments  (such  as 
private  disability  insurance  or  employer  wage  continuation  program 
payments)   made   to   the   injured   party   for  medical   care,   limits   the 


400 


liability  of  manufacturers  or  sellers  of  health  care  products  approved 
by  the  FDA,  except  in  cases  where  the  manufacturer  withheld  or 
misrepresented  information  to  the  FDA  or  bribed  an  official,  and 
provides  for  a  schedule  of  limits  on  attorney  fees  in  medical 
malpractice  actions: 

1)  40%  of  the  first  $50,000,  2)  33.3  %  of  the  next  $50,000,  25%  of 
the  next  $500,000,  and  15%  of  any  additional  award  or  settlement. 
Mr.  Chairman,  this  provision  may  sound  familiar  because  it  is 
patterned  after  California  medical  malpractice  law,  also  known  as 
(MICRA).  This  law  has  been  in  effect  since  the  mid  1970's  and 
proven  to  bring  down  the  number  of  frivolous  claims  while  ensuring 
the  residents  of  California  who  are  harmed  by  a  negligent  doctor  to 
be  justly  rewarded. 

Administrative  reforms  are  also  included  which  are  designed  to 
reduce  the  amount  of  paperwork  and  double-billing  the  insurance 
industry  and  hospitals  are  famous  for.  Another  important  feature  of 
this  legislation  is  the  explicit  pre-emption  of  state  laws  which  are 
deemed  to  be  "anti-managed  care"  laws.  For  example,  the  bill  would 
preempt  state  laws  which: 
1)    require    health    insurance    policies    to    cover    specific    diseases. 


401 


services,  or  providers; 

2)  limit  the  ability  of  managed  care  plans  to  selectively  contract  with 
health  care  providers; 

3)  limit  the  ability  of  managed  care  plans  to  impose  higher  cost 
sharing  provisions  on  treatment  obtained  from  providers  outside  a 
plan's  network. 

In  conclusion,  this  legislation  achieves  universal  coverage,  provides 
portability,  security,  simplicity,  and  cost  containment  without  raising 
taxes  or  the  creation  of  powerful  and  potentially  monopolistic 
alliances.  Instead,  it  will  allow  all  Americans  a  wide  array  of 
choices  of  benefits  within  many  health  plans,  just  like  the  system  that 
is  currently  available  to  Administration  o^icials  and  Members  of 
Congress.  The  major  cost  constraint  is  a  purely  competitive  health 
care  market,  something  that  has  been  sorely  missing  for  the  past  five 
decades.  Combined  with  personal  responsibility  and  the  security  of 
knowing  that  they  can  purchase  health  insurance  from  plans  they 
trust,  such  as  their  union,  church,  farm  bureau,  or  employer,  AND 
enjoying  tax  relief,  this  is  an  alternative  that  Americans  will  want  to 
explore  further. 


402 


As  Members  of  Congress  we  have  been  presented  with  an  historic 
opportunity  to  rectify  what  is  wrong  with  the  health  care  system,  and 
to  maintain  what  is  right.  There  is  no  need  to  subject  one-seventh  of 
the  nation's  economy  to  a  new  and  untried  scheme  that  has  not  been 
proven  to  hold  down  costs  while  continuing  to  provide  quality 
medical  care  to  our  nation's  citizens.  We  can  resort  to  price 
controls,  decisions  coming  down  from  bureaucrats  in  Washington, 
DC,  and  rationing.  Or,  we  can  open  up  the  market  and  give  every 
American  the  same  benefits  of  choice  and  competition  that  Members 
of  Congress  enjoy. 

Finally,  if  this  Congress  fails  to  give  the  American  people  the  same 
benefits  and  advantages  of  a  free  market  system  of  health  care,  then 
this  Congress  should  be  willing  to  deny  themselves  those  same 
advantages  and  withdraw  themselves  from  a  market  driven  federal 
system  -  and  enroll  in  whatever  state  run  health  program  we  force 
upon  the  rest  of  America.    Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


403 

STATEMENT  BY  SENATOR  DON  NICKLES 

HOUSE  WAYS  AND  MEANS  COMMITTEE 

FEBRUARY  10,  1994 

Mr.  Chairman,  and  Members  of  the  Committee,  I  am  pleased 
to  appear  before  you  today  along  with  Rep.  Stearns  to  discuss  the 
Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act. 

In  the  debate  over  health  care  reform,  a  fundamental  choice  has 
emerged:  Who  should  drive  health  care  reform?  The  government 
and  its  bureaucrats?  Or  consumers,  empowered  with  more  control 
over  health  care  choices  and  costs? 

The  President's  plan  relies  on  more  federal  control  and 
regulation  of  a  trillion-dollar  industry  that  represents  one-seventh  of 
our  entire  economy  and  provides  the  highest  quality  health  care  in 
the  world. 

The  Clinton  plan  outlaws  virtually  all  current  plans  and 
substitutes  a  one-size-fits-all  program  which  forces  consumers  into 
government    controlled     monopolies     called     "health     alliances." 

Overprornisef!  and  underfmanced,  the  Clinton  plan  contains 


404 

onerous  employer  mandates  and  will  cost  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
jobs. 

But  simply  criticizing  the  Clinton  plan  is  not  the  solution.  Those 
who  believe  as  I  do  that  the  Clinton  plan  would  be  a  disaster  are 
obligated  to  come  up  with  a  better  one.  That's  why  25  of  my 
colleagues  in  the  Senate  have  joined  me  in  sponsoring  the  Consumer 
Choice  Health  Security  Act. 

Our  program  comes  down  on  the  side  of  individuals.  It 
provides  universal  health  care  coverage  for  all  Americans  earlier 
than  the  Clinton's  plan,  preserves  the  health  choices  Americans  now 
have  and  that  the  Clintons  will  take  away  and  provide  new 
opportunities  for  health  care  that  the  Clintons  deny;  all  without 
increasing  taxes  or  creating  new  bureaucracies. 

The  Consumer  Choice  plan  offers  all  Americans  choices  much 
like  those  found  in  the  highly  successful  Federal  Employees  Health 
Benefits  Program  (FEHBP)  which  for  33  years  has  served  nearly  10 
million  federal  employees  and  their  families  by  offering  dozens  of 


405 

plans  which  provide  a  wide  array  of  benefits  at  a  variety  of  costs. 

The  FEHBP  has  worked  well  for  all  federal  employees, 
including  Senators  and  Congressmen  and  our  offlce  staffs.  We  choose 
our  health  insurance  plan  based  on  what's  best  for  us  and  our 
families  just  as  we  choose  our  auto  insurance,  home  insurance  and 
life  insurance. 

This  array  of  choices  has  kept  premium  increases  in  the 
FEHBP,  on  average,  one-third  less  than  the  national  average  increase 
in  private  health  insurance  premiums. 

Our  proposal  lets  employees  keep  the  health  care  coverage  they 
now  have  with  their  employers  if  they  wish.  But  could  shop  for  a 
new  plan  if  they  choose. 

Here's  how  it  works: 

The  tax  exclusion  for  company-sponsored  health  plans  would  be 
replaced  with  individual  tax  credits.  Companies  would  take  the 
money  they  spend  to  subsidize  their  employees'  health  insurance  and 
give  it  to  employees  in  the  form  of  wages.  Then,  a  tax  credit  would 


406 

be  given  to  individuals. 

The  combination  of  higher  wages  and  a  tax  credit  would  give 
individuals  the  resources  to  purchase  the  health  insurance  they  want 
and  need.  They  could  keep  the  company  plan,  or  choose  something 
different.  They  could  also  invest  some  of  their  resources  in  tax-free 
Medical  Savings  Accounts,  using  the  funds  they  save  to  pay  for 
additional  health  benefits  or  to  save  for  long-term  health  care  needs. 

The  choice  is  theirs. 

The  tax  credits,  which  would  become  available  on  Jan.  1, 1997, 
would  be  structured  to  give  all  Americans  a  basic  level  of  tax  relief 
based  on  all  of  their  health  care  expenses.  Using  a  sliding  scale 
system,  greater  tax  relief  would  be  targeted  to  individuals  and 
families  who,  because  of  illness  or  below  average  incomes,  face 
proportionately  higher  health  expenses  relative  to  their  income. 

The  tax  credit  would  also  be  refundable  so  unemployed  and 
poor  individuals  would  be  reimbursed  for  a  substantial  portion  of  the 
cost  of  their  insurance  premium.  Low-income  people  also  would  be 


407 

eligible  for  subsidies  in  addition  to  these  tax  credits. 

Best  of  all,  people  would  get  the  tax  credit  for  all  of  their  out- 
of-pocket  health  care  spending-not  just  for  health  insurance 
premiums. 

The  Consumer  Choice  health  care  plan  guarantees  that  all 
health  plans  are  fully  portable.  Because  individuals  own  their  own 
policies,  they  could  take  them  along  when  they  change  jobs.  No 
individual  could  be  turned  down  because  of  a  preexisting  health 
condition.  No  one  could  have  coverage  cancelled  or  premiums 
increased  because  of  illness.  All  Americans  would  be  required  to 
carry  a  policy  that  limits  their  expenses  for  health  care. 

Any  viable  health  care  reform  must  address  other  causes  of 
spiraling  costs.  Our  plan  tackles  runaway  medical  malpractice  costs 
by  capping  punitive  damage  awards  and  limiting  attorney  fees.  We 
also  cut  red  tape  and  government  waste  by  streamlining  health 
insurance  claims  and  easing  regulatory  burdens  on  providers. 

Perhaps  the  greatest  savings  in  total  outlays  for  health  care  will 


408 

result  from  a  very  simple  but  very  important  change  which  is 
fundamental  to  our  plan:  Consumers  will  be  spending  their  own 
money,  not  their  company's  money  or  the  government's  money.  As 
a  result,  consumers  will  make  a  fundamental  shift  in  their  buying 
habits  which  are  now  often  costly  because  of  the  perception  that  "its 
not  our  money  we're  spending". 

But  just  as  important  as  what  the  plan  will  do,  is  what  it  will 
not  do,  especially  when  compared  with  the  Clinton  government-is- 
the-answer  plan.  Because  it  contains  no  onerous  mandates  that  force 
employers  to  cough  up  additional  dollars  for  health  care  plans  they 
cannot  afford,  it  will  not  cost  jobs. 

Our  plan  will  not  add  to  the  total  cost  of  health  care,  nor  to  the 
federal  deficit.  It  does  not  include  the  President's  global  budgeting 
which  would  inevitably  result  in  price  controls,  ever-increasing 
regulation,  and  rationing  of  health  care  by  bureaucrats. 

Health  care  reform  is  a  complex  issue.  Its  wrong  to  think  that 
the  problems  we  face  in  health  care  can  be  solved  by  the  kind  of 


409 

invasive  big-government  surgery  proposed  by  the  Clinton 
administration.  The  Consumer  Choice  plan  seeks  a  straightforward 
solution  by  protecting  what  is  right  about  the  current  system  — 
quality  and  choice  —  and  knocking  down  the  barriers  that  deny  any 
American  access  to  affordable  health  care. 


410 


S.  1743 

CONSUMER  CHOICE  

HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  FACT  SHEET 

November  20,  1993 


Sponsors  (25):  Nickles,  Hatch,  Mack,  Bennett,  Brown,  Bums,  Coats, 
Cochran,  Coverdell,  Craig,  Dole,  Faircloth,  Grassley,  Gregg,  Helms, 
Hutchison,  Kempthome.  Lon.  Lugar,  Murkowski,  Simpson,  Smith,  Stevens, 
Thurmond,  and  Wallop. 


WHAT  IT  DOES 


The  Consumer  Choice  Plan 

•  Provides  the  securitv  of  universal  health  care  coverage  for  all  Americans,  guaranteeing 
them  access  to  insurance  that  is  ponable,  and  available  regardless  of  pre-existing 
conditions.    It  would  take  effect  on  January  1,  1997. 

•  F^rovides  individuals  and  families  with  a  maximum  choice  of  health  insurance  plans 
with  a  wide  variety  of  benefits  and  costs,  including  the  ability  to  keep  the  employer- 
sponsored  benefits  they  have  now.  That's  more  choice  than  most  Americans  have  now. 

•  Individuals  and  families  are  provided  with  the  resources  to  purchase  the  health 
insurance  plan  that  best  fits  their  needs  with  tax  credits  in  place  of  the  current 
employee  tax  exclusion  for  health  care  expenses.  People  whose  health  expenses  consume 
a  larger  percentage  of  their  incomes  would  get  a  bigger  tax  credit. 

•  Controls  rising  health  care  costs  by  empowering  consumers  with  choice  and  individual 
responsibility  and  infusing  real  competition  between  insurance  companies  for  the 
consumer's  health  care  dollar. 

•  Further  reduces  rising  health  care  exjjenses  with  real  reform  of  medical  malpractice 
laws,  including  capping  awards  for  noneconomic  damages. 

•  Creates  Medical  Savings  Accounts,  or  MSAs,  which  can  be  used  to  pay  medical  bills 
or  to  pay  for  extra  benefits. 


411 


Modeled  after  the  33-year-old  Federal  Employee  Health  Benefit  Program  (FEHBP), 
giving  consumers  the  same  option  of  choice  now  enjovcd  bv  L".  S.  Senators  and 
Representatives.  The  FEHBP's  annual  cost  increases  have  averaged  a  third  less  than 
other  private  health  insurance  programs. 


What  it  does  NOT  do 

•  The  plan  has  no  new,  job-killing  mandates  on  employers  to  provide  and  pay  for  health 
insurance  for  their  employees.  Employers  must  only  give  their  employees  the  option  of 
retaining  their  current  benefits,  or  "cashing  out"  their  benefits  and  joining  another  plan. 

•  The  plan  requires  no  new  taxes. 

•  The  Consumer  Choice  and  Health  Security  Act  does  not  wipe  out  existing  health 
insurance  policies,  unlike  the  Clinton  plan,  which  would  outlaw  nearly  everv  health 
insurance  plan  now  in  existence.  Under  the  Consumer  Choice  Act,  people  who  are 
happy  with  their  employer- sponsored  coverage  can  keep  it. 

•  The  plan  places  no  price  controls  or  "premium  caps"  on  insurance  plans  that  could 
reduce  the  quality  of  coverage  and  even  result  in  the  rationing  of  health  care. 

•  The  plan  creates  no  new  national  health  board  or  government  bureaucracies. 

•  There  is  no  government  coercion  to  purchase  benefits  not  wanted  or  needed,  beyond 

a  minimum  catastrophic  insurance  requirement. 


HOW  IT  WORKS 


Insurance  Reforms  to  Guarantee  Access 

•  The  Consumer  Choice  and  Health  Security  Act  provides  for  guaranteed  issue  of  health 
insurance  policies.  Insurers  could  not  exclude  coverage  of  any  preexisting  medical 
condition  of  any  applicant  who  switches  from  one  insurance  plan  to  another  or  of  any 
currently  uninsured  person  who  buys  insurance. 

•  Insurers  cannot  cancel  or  refuse  to  renew  coverage  of  a  health  insurance  policy  except  for 
non-payment  of  premiums  or  fraud  or  misrepresentation.  Insurers  could  not  offer  bonuses 
to  brokers  for  selling  insurance  to  "healthy"  people  or  avoiding  the  sale  of  policies  to 


412 


Health  insurance  underwriting  would  be  liniited,  allowing  insurers  to  vary  premiums  only 
on  the  basis  of  age,  sex  and  geography.  However,  because  of  the  importance  of 
prevention  and  healthy  lifestyles,  the  legislation  would  allow  insurers  to  give  incentive 
discounts  to  promote  healthy  behavior,  prevent  or  delay  the  onset  of  illness,  or  provide 
for  screening  or  early  detection  of  illness. 

Certain  state  laws  pertaining  to  mandated  benefits  and  services,  anti-managed  care  laws, 
and  mandated  cost-sharing  would  be  preempted. 


Tax  Credits 

•  Individual  tax  credits  would  replace  the  current  tax  exclusion  for  company-sponsored 
health  plans. 

•  Tax  credits,  which  would  become  available  on  Januar\'  1,  1997.  would  be  structured  to 
give  all  Americans  a  basic  level  of  tax  relief  on  all  of  their  health  expenses,  with  greater 
tax  relief  targeted  to  those  individuals  and  families  who,  because  of  illness  or  below 
average  incomes,  face  proponionately  higher  health  expense  relative  to  their  income.  The 
credits  would  be  structured  as  follows: 

Health  Insurance  Premiums  and 
Unreimbursed  Medical  Expenses 
as  a  Percent  of  Gross  Income  Percent  Reimbursed 

Below  10  percent  25  percent 

10  to  20  percent  50  percent 

20  percent  or  more  75  percent 

•  At  a  minimum,  for  everj'  $100  which  is  spent  on  health  insurance  premiums,  or 
contributed  to  a  Medical  Savings  Account  (MSA),  or  spent  on  ANY  out-of-pocket 
medical  expenses,  the  individual  or  family  would  pay  $25  less  in  taxes.  The  greater  the 
ratio  of  health  costs  to  income,  the  greater  the  tax  benefits.  Low-wage  persons  with  higher 
percentage  health  costs  would  receive  greater  benefits.  The  tax  credit  would  be  as  much 
as  $75  per  $100  spent  on  health  care,  and  would  be  refundable  as  explained  below. 

•  The  credits  are  refundable,  meaning  that  if  the  value  of  the  credit  is  more  than  an 
individual's  or  family's  tax  liability,  the  government  would  pay  the  difference.  Much  like 
the  treatment  of  the  Earned  Income  Tax  Credit  (EITC),  employers  would  reduce  their  tax 
liability  and  provide  the  tax  credit  as  additional  income  in  the  employees'  paycheck,  so 
they  could  purchase  insurance. 


413 


Family  Security  Benefit  Requirements 

•  Society  should  not  have  to  pay  the  price  for  irresponsible  individuals  who  refuse  to 
purchase  insurance  and  then  expect  us  to  pick  up  the  tab  when  they  become  seriously  ill 
or  injured.  Every  individual  and  family  would  be  required  to  have  niinimum  health 
insurance  coverage  to  cover  medically  necessary  "acute  medical  care,"  including: 

—  Physician  services 

—  Inpatient,  outpatient,  and  emergency  hospital  services  and 
appropriate  alternatives  to  hospitalization 

—  Inpatient  and  outpatient  prescription  drugs 

—  A  maximum  deductible  amount  of  $1,000  for  an  individual  and 
$2,000  for  a  family  and  an  out-of-pocket  limit  of  $5,000.  These 
amounts  would  be  indexed  to  inflation  in  future  years. 

•  For  Medical  Savings  Accounts,  or  MSAs,  the  Consumer  Choice  plan  would  provide  the 
same  basic  259c  tax  credit  for  deposits.  Each  household  would  be  permitted  to  have  one 
MSA  and  to  make  an  annual  deposit  no  greater  than  the  sum  of  $3,000  plus  $500  for 
each  dependent.  The  funds  in  an  MSA  could  be  used  to  pay  medical  bills  not  covered 
by  their  insurance  plans,  and  to  pay  health  insurance  premiums. 

•  Transitional  Rules:  In  order  to  provide  individuals  and  families  with  secure,  portable 
benefits,  insurers  and  employers  who  currently  provide  health  insurance  coverage  would 
be  required  to  offer  policyholders  the  option  of  converting  their  existing  coverage  to  an 
individual  or  family  plan.  Employers  would  also  be  required  to  add  the  value  of  the 
coverage  they  now  offer  to  their  workers'  wages.  Thus,  workers  could  take  their 
coverage  with  them  when  they  changed  jobs  or  could  use  the  money  to  buy  a  different 
plan  that  better  suited  their  needs. 


Employer  Provisions 

•  Individuals  and  families  could  still  purchase  health  insurance  through  their  employers. 
This  would  not  be  their  only  option,  since  they  would  be  able  to  receive  the  same  tax 
relief  if  they  purchased  coverage  on  their  own  or  through  other  groups  such  as  unions, 
churches,  farm  bureaus,  business  coalitions,  professional  associations,  or  through  some 
other  group  —  similar  to  the  choices  that  more  than  10  million  Federal  employees, 
retirees  and  their  families  have  today. 

•  To  ensure  that  individuals  and  families  are  able  to  make  regular  premium  payments  on 
their  health  insurance,  employers  would  be  responsible  for  withholding  premiums  from 
their  employees'  paychecks  and  sending  these  premiums  to  the  employees'  chosen  insurer. 
Employers  would  also  be  responsible  for  adjusting  their  workers'  tax  withholding  to 


414 


reflect  the  new  tax  credits.  Thus,  taxpayers  would  not  need  to  wait  until  they  filed  their 
tax  returns  to  claim  back  the  new  tax  credits. 

Individuals  who  fail  to  enroll  in  private  health  insurance  plans  would  be  ineligible  to 
claim  the  personal  exemption  on  their  federal  income  taxes.  Employers  would  adjust  their 
withholding  to  reflect  this  increased  income  tax  liability. 


Financing  the  Consumer  Choice  Plan 

•  Because  the  Consumer  Choice  tax  credit  is  more  generous  than  the  tax  deductions  and 
exclusions  that  it  would  replace,  it  will  result  in  a  net  revenue  loss  to  the  federal 
government  of  $133  billion  between  1997  and  1999.  To  offset  this  revenue  loss,  the  bill 
calls  for  savings  in  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  of  $139  billion  over  five  years. 

•  Federal  Medicaid  payments  to  states  for  acute  care  would  be  distributed  on  a  per  capita 
basis  beginning  in  fiscal  year  (FY)  1995.  The  capitated  amounts  would  be  set  at  20 
percent  above  the  FY  93  level  in  FY  95.  In  subsequent  years,  the  capitated  payment 
would  rise  by  one  percent  above  the  consumer  price  index  (CPI).  Total  federal  Medicaid 
acute  care  payments  to  a  state  for  FY  95  could  not  exceed  the  payment  for  FY  93  plus 
20  percent.  In  subsequent  years,  the  total  federal  acute  care  payment  to  any  state  could 
not  exceed  the  previous  year's  payment  plus  CPI  plus  2.5  percent.  This  will  produce  a 
five-year  savings  of  $72  billion.  States  would  be  given  broad  latitude  in  how  they  deliver 
acute  medical  care  services  to  their  Medicaid  population. 

•  Medicare  savings  will  be  achieved  by  eliminating  payments  to  "disproponionate  share" 
hospitals,  reducing  payments  to  hospitals  for  indirect  medical  education  costs,  continuing 
the  transition  to  a  prospective  payment  system  (PPS)  for  outpatient  services,  and  by 
updating  PPS  payments  on  January  1  of  each  year,  rather  than  on  October  1 .  Further 
savings  would  be  achieved  by  placing  a  20-  percent  coinsurance  requirement  on 
laboratory  and  home  health  services.  These  changes  will  save  the  Medicare  program  $67 
billion  over  five  years. 


Comparison  of  Savings  Achieved 
The  President's  health  plan  and  the  Consumer  Choice  plan 

Program  Consumer  Choice  President 

Medicare  $67  Billion  $152  Billion 

Medicaid  $72  Billion  $225  Billion 


415 


Cutting  Costs  through  Malpractice,  Paperwork  Reforms 

•  The  Consumer  Choice  plan  would  place  a  $250,000  limit  on  noneconomic  damages, 

provide  for  periodic  payment  of  malpractice  awards  that  exceed  $100,000,  and  limit  the 
liability  of  a  defendant  for  noneconomic  and  punitive  damages  to  their  percentage  of  fault, 
as  determined  by  the  trier  of  fact.  It  would  also  cap  attorney  fees,  provide  for  offsets 
from  collateral  sources,  and  set  forth  rules  for  any  health  care  malpractice  claims  filed  in 
state  or  federal  coun  or  resolved  through  arbitration. 

•  The  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services  would  have  the  power  to  require  all  health 
care  providers  to  submit  claims  to  health  insurance  companies  in  accordance  with 
standards  developed  by  the  Secretary,  if  providers  are  not  voluntarily  complying  with  the 
standards.  The  Secretar>'  is  also  directed  to  adopt  standard?  relating  to  data  elements  for 
use  in  paper-  and  electronic-claims  processing  of  health  insurance  claims,  uniform  claims 
forms  and  uniform  electronic  transmission  of  data. 


Helping  the  Disadvantaged 

•  The  Medicaid  Disproportionate  Share  program  —  now  used  to  reimburse  providers  to 

help  defray  the  cost  of  uncompensated  care  —  would  be  convened  into  grants  to  states 
for  health  insurance  coverage,  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention.  The  program 
would  target  assistance  to  individuals  who  are  not  eligible  for  Medicaid,  who  have 
incomes  less  than  150  percent  of  poven\',  and  whose  unreimbursed  payments  for  health 
insurance  premiums  and  medical  care,  net  of  federal  tax  credits,  exceed  5  percent  of  their 
adjusted  gross  income. 


Consumer  Protections 

•  The  Federal  government  will  continue  to  police  insurance  programs  to  protect  consumers 

from  being  defrauded.  Federal  criminal  penalties  are  established  against  health  care 
providers  and  insurers  who  knowingly  defraud  persons  in  connection  with  a  health  care 
transacdon. 


Anti-Trust  Provisions 

•  The  bill  will  create  "safe  harbors"  from  federal  anti-trust  laws  for:  certain  groups  of 
providers;  medical  self-regulatory  entities  that  do  not  operate  for  financial  gain;  cenain 
joint  ventures  for  high  technology  and  costly  equipment  and  services;  and  certain  hospital 
mergers.  It  directs  the  Attorney  General  to  create  additional  "safe  harbors"  for  health  care 
joint  ventures  that  would  increase  access  to  health  care,  enhance  health  care  quality, 
establish  cost  efficiencies  from  which  consumers  would  benefit,  and  otherwise  make 
health  care  services  more  effective,  affordable  and  efficient. 


416 


The  Attorney  General  also  is  required  to  establish  a  program  thixsugh  which  certain 
providers  may  obtain  cenificates  exempting  from  anti-trust  laws  activities  relating  to  the 
provision  of  health  care  services. 


Long-Term  Care 

•  Amounts  withdrawn  from  individual  retirement  accounts  (IRAs)  and  401(k)  plans  for 

long-term  care  insurance  are  excluded  from  income.  The  bill  also  provides  that  certain 
exchanges  of  life  insurance  policies  for  long-term  care  insurance  policies  are  not  taxable, 
li  aliO  exempts  from  taxation  any  amount  paid  or  advanced  from  a  life  insurance  conaaci 
to  a  terminally  or  chronically  ill  individual  who  is  confined  to  a  hospice  or  nursing  home. 


417 


322  Cannon  HOB. 
Washington.  DC.  20515 

News  from        (202)  225-2871 

Congressman  JIM  RAMSTAD 


STATEMENT  OF  CONGRESSMAN  JIM  RAMSTAD 

BEFORE  THE  HOUSE  WAYS  AND  MEANS  SUBCOMMFTTEE  ON  HEALTH 

THE  CONSUMER  CHOICE  AND  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT 

February  9,  li>94 

Mr.  Chainnan,  thank  you  for  giving  us  the  opportunity  to  discuss  our  bill,  the  Consumer 
Choice  and  Health  Security  Act,  this  morning.   I've  enjoyed  working  with  you  on  legislation 
to  eliminate  the  woik  disincentives  facing  disabled  Americans  who  receive  SSI  payments  and 
I  hope  we  can  work  together  on  health  care  reform  legislation  as  well. 

Few  dispute  the  need  for  health  care  reform.    Our  families  are  seeing  their  health  costs  rise 
at  nearly  twice  the  rate  of  inflation.   Every  year  millions  of  Americans  go  without  coverage. 

We  have  correctly  diagnosed  the  disease.    Now  it  is  time  for  strong  medicine. 

Our  package  wUl  give  all  Americans  the  same  choice  that  the  nation's  public  servants 
currently  have.    This  legislation  would  allow  every  family  to  choose  from  among  dozens  of 
health  plans  competing  on  the  basis  of  cost  and  quality. 

Furthermore,  the  federal  employees  health  benefits  plan  on  which  this  proposal  is  modeled 
has  consistently  ou^rfonnwl  other  private  and  public  sector  health  insurance  programs  in 
holding  down  its  rate  increases. 

Mr.  Chainnan,  this  is  truly  a  reform  package  on  which  R^ublicans  and  Democrats  can 
agree.    It  provides  universal  coverage  while  preserving  America's  high  quality  health  care 
delivery  system  —  the  best  in  the  world. 

Like  many  Americans,  I  am  dubious  of  President  Clinton's  health  care  plan. 

The  Clinton's  "one-size  fits  none"  benefits  package  turns  administration  of  our  entire  health 
care  delivery  system  over  to  thousands  of  new  state  and  federal  government  bureaucrats. 

Instead  of  expanding  the  authority  of  government,  we  need  health  care  reform  that  preserves 
the  high  quality  of  care  Americans  have  come  to  expect  and  eliminates  the  perverse 
incentives  that  are  driving  the  health  price  spiral. 

Our  plan  would  eliminate  unfair  insurance  practices  such  as  pre-existing  exclusion  clauses 
and  guarantee  our  woricers  that  when  they  change  jobs,  their  health  insurance  wUl  go  with 
them. 

And  most  importantly,  what  we  promise  in  this  bill  we  can  pay  for.  According  to  Lewin- 
Vm,  one  of  the  nation's  most  respected  economic  forecasting  firms,  this  pack^e  is  budget 
neutral. 

This  pro-family,  pro-individual  package  is  truly  the  cure  for  our  health  care  system  ills. 

Thanks  again  for  this  opportunity.  I  look  forward  to  woildng  with  you  on  this  important 
issue. 


418 

Chairman  Stark.  At  this  point,  I  yield  to  my  good  friend,  Rod 
Grams.  Who  I  suppose  won't  complain  about  his  health  care  either. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ROD  GRAMS,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  MINNESOTA 

Mr.  Grams.  No,  I  don't. 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right.  Good  to  see  you.  I  welcome  you  to 
the  committee. 

Mr.  Grams.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  thank  the  chairman  and  the 
committee  members  for  the  invitation  to  appear  before  them  this 
morning,  and  I  am  pleased  to  join  with  Congressman  Cliff  Steams 
and  Senator  Nickles  in  full  support  of  H.R.  3698  which  is  the 
Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act. 

Now,  after  hours  of  listening  to  my  constituents  in  Minnesota 
and  their  suggestions  on  health  care,  I  believe  Congress  must  pass 
some  comprehensive  reform  legislation  which  will,  first,  make 
health  care  affordable  for  all  Americans,  regardless  of  income,  sec- 
ond, ensure  universal  coverage  and  prohibit  discrimination  against 
preexisting  medical  conditions,  third,  guarantee  insurance  port- 
ability, fourth,  enhance  consumer  choice,  and  fifth,  treat  Members 
of  Congress  just  like  all  other  Americans. 

These  are  many  of  the  same  principles  that  the  President  himself 
enunciated  in  the  State  of  the  Union  Address.  Let  me  read  to  you 
a  few  excerpts  from  the  President's  speech  that  night. 

"Now,  in  the  coming  months,  I  hope  very  much  to  work  with  both 
Democrats  and  Republicans,"  the  President  said,  "to  reform  a 
health  care  system  by  using  the  market  to  bring  down  costs  and 
to  achieve  a  lasting  health  security."  He  went  on  to  say,  "The 
American  people  provide  those  of  us  in  Government  service  with 
terrific  health  care  benefits  at  reasonable  costs.  We  have  health 
care  that  is  always  there.  I  think  we  need  to  give  every  hard-work- 
ing, tax-paying  American  the  same  health  security  that  they  have 
already  given  us."  Finally,  he  said,  "If  you  send  me  legislation  that 
does  not  guarantee  every  American  private  health  insurance  that 
can  never  be  taken  away,  you  will  force  me  to  take  this  pen,  veto 
the  legislation,  and  we  will  come  right  back  here  and  start  all  over 
again." 

Well,  when  I  sat  there  that  night  in  the  House  chamber,  I 
thought  to  myself  that  the  President  was  basically  endorsing  the 
Nickles-Stearns  plan.  Of  all  health  care  proposals  now  in  Congress, 
only  the  Nickles-Stearns  plan  is  using  market  forces  to  reduce 
health  care  costs,  guarantees  universal  affordable  private  health 
insurance,  increases  the  number  of  health  insurance  plans  avail- 
able to  the  average  American,  and  ensures  insurance  portability 
and  nondiscrimination  against  preexisting  conditions. 

The  Nickles-Stearns  plan  is  also  modeled  after,  again  as  Con- 
gressman Stearns  enunciated,  the  Federal  employee  health  benefits 
program  which  has  provided  health  insurance  to  Members  of  Con- 
gress and  Federal  employees  for  33  years  at  an  average  cost  of  one- 
third  less  than  other  private  health  insurance  plans. 

Unlike  most  plans,  including  the  President's,  the  Consumer 
Choice  Health  Security  Act  accomplishes  all  of  this  without  undue 
Government  interference.  As  my  hometown  newspaper,  the  Min- 
neapolis Star  Tribune,  reports,  'The  Nickles-Stearns  bill  tells  Gov- 


419 

ernment  to  give  consumers  the  dollars  and  lots  of  choices  and  then 
get  out  of  the  way." 

Reforming  health  care  with  as  little  Government  interference  as 
possible  is  a  message  that  I  hear  every  day  from  average  Min- 
nesota citizens,  and  who  can  blame  them.  How  can  the  average 
American  put  his  or  her  trust  in  a  Congress  which  can't  run  its 
own  bank  or  post  office  to  administer  a  $900  billion  industry  like 
health  care?  Decisions  about  health  care  should  be  left  to  individ- 
ual consumers  and  their  families,  not  to  national  health  boards  or 
alliances,  and  that  is  what  the  Nickles-Steams  bill  does. 

One  of  the  key  roles  this  bill  transfers  from  Government  to  con- 
sumers is  deciding  where  to  purchase  their  health  insurance.  The 
current  Tax  Code  penalizes  those  who  cannot  or  choose  not  to  re- 
ceive their  coverage  through  their  employer.  This  list  includes 
farmers,  self-employed  individuals,  the  temporarily  unemployed, 
people  changing  jobs,  and  those  suffering  from  illnesses  or  injuries 
not  covered  by  their  employer's  one-size-fits-all  insurance  plan. 

By  replacing  the  current  exclusion  for  employer-based  insurance 
with  individual  tax  credits,  the  Nickles-Steams  plan  gives  consum- 
ers an  opportunity  to  shop  around  for  a  health  plan  that  best  suits 
their  needs.  It  does  not  eliminate  employer-based  insurance,  but 
the  bill  simply  offers  consumers  more  choices  and  introduces  great- 
er competition  in  the  insurance  market,  thereby  resulting  in  lower 
costs. 

Now  moving  the  emphasis  away  from  employer-based  health  in- 
surance, we  will  also  eliminate  the  problem  of  job  lock.  By  loosen- 
ing the  tie  between  a  job  and  health  insurance,  no  longer  will  peo- 
ple be  forced  to  decide  between  taking  a  new  job  or  losing  their 
medical  coverage.  The  Nickles-Steams  plan  guarantees  health  care 
that  is  always  there,  regardless  of  whether  you  work  for  employer 
ABC,  employer  YZ,  or  no  employer  at  all.  All  insurance  reforms  in 
this  bill  will  ensure  that  no  one  will  be  denied  insurance  because 
of  any  preexisting  medical  condition. 

Finally,  since  the  individual  tax  credits  are  determined  on  a  slid- 
ing scale  based  on  income  and  cost  of  health  care  expenditures,  the 
Nickles-Stearns  bill  will  help  low-  and  moderate-income  Americans 
the  most.  It  is  a  progressive  plan  which  ensures  that  those  who 
truly  need  the  most  assistance  to  purchase  health  insurance  will 
have  access  to  it. 

Health  care  costs,  universal  coverage,  insurance  portability,  and 
consumer  choice,  these  are  the  problems  that  we  as  a  Congress 
must  address  in  this  year's  health  care  debate,  and  we  must  do  it 
without  creating  a  new  government-run  program  which  would  re- 
sult in  a  real  health  care  crisis.  The  answer,  my  colleagues,  is  the 
Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act,  and  I  strongly  urge  you  to 
do  what  is  right  for  the  Nation  and  help  pass  this  legislation. 

Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 

Now  we  will  hear  from  another  distinguished  member  of  our  sub- 
committee and  full  committee,  Mr.  McCrery. 


420 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JIM  MCCRERY,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  LOUISIANA 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  appreciate  your 
allowing  me  the  opportunity  to  testify  today  in  spite  of  the  fact  I 
do  not  have  a  bill  yet  introduced. 

I  am  currently  working  with  the  legislative  counsel  to  refine  the 
document,  and  I  hope  to  soon  have  that  introduced.  The  title  of  the 
bill  will  be  the  Health  Savings  and  Security  Act  of  1994,  and  it  has 
many  similarities  to  the  bills  that  you  have  heard  described  this 
morning.  It  has  an  antitrust  reform  for  providers,  rural  health  care 
incentives,  medical  malpractice  reform,  insurance  reform  such  as 
doing  away  with  preexisting  conditions,  guaranteed  renewability, 
limitations  on  premium  increases  for  people  who  get  sick,  narrow- 
ing the  bands  of  underwriting,  and  increased  portability. 

We  also  provide  tax  deductibility  for  the  self-employed  and  for  in- 
dividuals whose  employers  do  not  provide  them  insurance.  We  also 
provide  refundable  tax  credits  for  low-income  individuals  who  pur- 
chase insurance  and  tax  credits  for  individuals  who  purchase  pre- 
ventive health  care. 

As  we  go  through  the  debate  in  Congress,  the  thing  that  I  hope 
we  concentrate  on  most  is  the  escalating  health  care  cost  in  our 
health  care  system.  That,  to  me,  creates  many  of  the  other  prob- 
lems that  we  talk  about.  I  believe  that  of  the  options  out  there,  cer- 
tainly, Mr.  McDermott's  option  and  your  option,  a  single-payer  op- 
tion is  a  legitimate  way  to  address  the  problem  of  rising  health 
care  cost.  However,  like  some  medicines,  that  solution  has  some 
side  effects,  and  I  am  not  yet  ready  to  sign  on  to  those  side  effects. 

When  one  begins  to  think  about  how  to  cure  a  problem,  he  ought 
to  try  to  investigate  the  causes,  and  while  there  are  many,  many 
causes  for  escalating  health  care  cost,  it  is  my  opinion,  after  much 
reading  and  research,  that  the  primary  problem  in  our  system  is 
the  lack  of  incentives  for  individuals  in  our  society  to  control  cost. 

The  third-party  payment  system  in  the  health  care  svstem  in  the 
United  States  is  pervasive.  It  controls  the  system,  and  it  saps  any 
responsibility,  any  individual  responsibility  from  our  system. 

My  plan,  I  think  more  than  any  others  presented  this  morning, 
addresses  that  problem.  We  do  that  in  addition  to  all  the  reforms 
that  I  have  already  mentioned.  We  do  that  by  encouraging  through 
the  tax  system  the  purchase  of  high -deductible  policies  of  insur- 
ance, coupled  with  medical  savings  accounts,  allowing  individuals 
to  spend  cash  for  basic  health  care  and  preventive  health  care,  and, 
of  course,  you  are  familiar  with  the  concept  anything  they  don't 
spend  out  of  their  medical  savings  account,  they  are  allowed  to 
keep  in  that  account,  rolling  it  over,  year  to  year,  accumulating 
what  they  can  in  their  medical  savings  account,  and  at  some  age, 
say  65,  they  can  convert  that  to  an  IRA  and  use  that  for  anything 
they  like  if  they  pay  taxes  on  it  when  they  withdraw  it. 

They  could  also  under  my  plan  use  their  medical  savings  account 
proceeds  to  purchase  long-term  care  insurance,  and  that  would  be 
tax-free,  as  would  any  other  expenditures  for  health  care. 


421 

I  would  also  allow  a  tax  deduction  for  the  purchase  of  a  managed 
care  option.  I  also  encourage  the  creation  of  small  employer- 
purchasing  pools  for  small  employers  as  well  as  individuals. 

That,  Mr.  Chairman,  summarizes  my  plan.  I  appreciate  very 
much  your  allowing  me  to  testify  today,  and  I  hope  you  will  allow 
me  to  include  in  the  record  a  brief  summary,  a  1-page,  front-and- 
back  summary,  of  my  plan. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


422 


Health  Savings  and  Security  Act  of  1994 
by  Representative  Jim  McCrery 


Insurance  Reforms 

Guaranteed  Issue  and  Renewal. 

No  denial  of  coverage  for  pre-existing  condition. 

Premium  differentials  only  for  age,  geography  and  gender. 

Creates  voluntary  insurance  pooling  reforms  for  small  businesses  and  individuals  to  provide 
lower  premiums  through  group  coverage. 


Tax  Changes 


Provide  Capped  Employer  Tax  Deduction  and  Employee  Tax  Exclusion  for  Health 
Insurance  Policy  (The  deduction  and  exclusion  are  limited  to  policies  valued  no  more  than  $2,500 
per  adult  up  to  $5,000  total  and  $500  per  dependent  up  to  $1,500  total,  with  geographic  cost  of 
living  adjustment).  Employer  tax  deduction  allowed  only  for  an  employer  provided  Medical 
Savings  Account/  High  Deductible  Umbrella  Insurance  Plan  (minimum  $1,500  and  maximum 
$3,000  deductible)  OR  a  managed  care  (HMO)  plan. 

Provide  Individuals  31  Percent  Tax  Credit  Tax  credit  is  provided  only  for  Medical  Savings 
Account/High  Deductible  Insurance  Plan  or  managed  care  plan.    Equalizes  treatment  for  self- 
employed  and  individuals  without  employer  offered  qualified  health  insurance. 

Refundable  Tax  Credit  for  Low  Income  Persons  for  Purchase  of  a  High  Deductible 
Umbrella  Insurance  Policy  or  Managed  Care  Plan. 

65  percent  credit  for  up  to  1 10%  of  poverty. 

60  percent  credit  for  1 10%  to  120%  of  poverty. 

55  percent  credit  for  120%  to  130%  of  poverty. 

50  percent  credit  for  130%  to  140%  of  poverty. 

40  percent  credit  for  140%  to  150%  of  poverty. 

40  to  3 1  percent  phase  out  credit  for  150%  to  160%  of  poverty. 

Tax  Credits  for  Non-MSA  Preventive  Care.  3 1%  tax  credit  for  routine  preventive  care  for  those 
without  a  Medical  Savings  Account  or  qualifying  managed  care  plan. 

Tax  Incentives  for  Practice  in  Rural  and  Urban  Underserved  Areas.  Physicians  practicing  in 
rural,  frontier,  or  underserved  urban  areas  are  allowed  a  tax  credit  equal  to  $1,000  a  month.  Nurse 
practitioners  and  physician  assistants  would  also  be  eligible  for  a  similar  credit  up  to  $500  per 
month.    Includes  mandatory  service  period  with  recapture  if  service  is  less  than  5  years. 


423 


Health  Savings  and  Security  Act  of  1994 
by  Representative  Jim  McCrery 


Medicaid  Reforms 

Increase  State  Flexibility  in  Medicaid  for  Acute  Care.  At  state  option,  the  Medicaid  program 
will  pennit  AFDC  and  SSI  recipients  to  receive  medical  assistance  through  enrollment  in  managed 
care  or  MSA/high  deductible  umbrella  offered  in  regional  voluntary  insurance  pools. 

Provide  Federal  Budget  Savings  by  Limiting  Acute  Care  Medicaid  Payments.  Eliminate 
disproportionate  share  payments.  20  percent  increase  in  1996  over  1994. 
1997=CPI+3%;1998=CPI+2%;1999=CP1+1%;  2000  and  thereafter=CPI. 

Tort  Reform 

Provides  states  with  a  set  of  uniform  standards  for  resolving  medical  malpractice  disputes. 

Promotes  pretrial  alternative  dispute  resolution  to  encourage  reasonable  settlements. 

Eliminates  joint  and  several  liability  for  non-economic  damages. 

Limits  non-economic  damages  to  $250,000. 

Includes  medical  products  and  devices  in  health  care  liability  actions. 

Anti-Trust  Changes 

Facilitates  the  sharing  of  expensive,  underutilized  medical  equipment  by  health  care  providers,  and 
creates  a  more  flexible  anti-trust  policy  environment  for  the  evolving  health  care  mariceL 

Statutory  Safe  Harbors 

The  "Safe  harbors"  apply  to:  (1)  small  provider  combinations;  (2)  activities  of  medical  self- 
regulatory  entities;  (3)  participation  in  certain  surveys  of  cost,  price,  reimbursement,  and  employee 
wages  &  benefits;  (4)  joint  ventures  for  high  technology,  other  costly  equipment  &  services;  (5) 
small  hospital  mergers;  (6)  joint  purchasing  arrangements;  &  (7)  good  faith  negotiations. 

Certificates  of  Review  (Waivers)  Awarded  by  the  Attorney  General 

Providers  may  petition  the  Attorney  General  for  certificates  of  review  to  obtain  antitrust  exemption. 
If  the  AG  does  not  reject  the  application  within  90  days,  the  activity  is  deemed  approved. 

Joint  Venture  NotiHcations  for  Reduction  of  Antitrust  Penalties 

Upon  notification  and  publication  of  members  in  a  joint  venture,  health  care  providers  can  limit 
potential  antitrust  penalties  that  may  be  imposed  against  the  venture. 

Underserved  Areas 

Several  new  programs  are  authorized  to  provide  medical  services  in  underserved  rural  and 
urban  areas. 


424 

Chairman  Stark.  Without  objection. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  have  a  couple  of  comments.  I  am  reheved, 
with  the  exception  of  Mr.  Payne,  to  find  that  the  minority  party 
has  as  much  trouble  getting  an  agreement  among  itself  as  the  ma- 
jority party.  So  welcome  to  the  consternation  and  confusion  club, 
as  we  try  and  find  a  package  that  will  answer  the  President's  chal- 
lenge of  universal  coverage  and  get  218  votes  in  the  House. 

I  wanted  to  ask  Rod  this.  You  said  something  about  the  govern- 
ment's inability,  and  I  would  stipulate  as  to  our  problems  with  the 
bank,  but  I  presume  that  you  have  no  problem  with  the  way  Gov- 
ernment runs  Medicare  and  would  not  want  to  be  by  yourself  in 
voting  to  eliminate  Medicare. 

Mr.  Grams.  Medicare  would  stay  as  it  is,  but  I  think  there  could 
be  some  reforms  in  their  handling  of  Medicare,  of  course. 

Chairman  Stark.  Some  improvement,  but  we  like  to  think  on 
this  committee  that  it  stands  as  a  symbol  of  what  bureaucracy  can 
do,  and  we  are  always  a  little  touchy  about  that. 

Mr.  Grams.  I  understand. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  think  we  do  a  better  job  than  the  House 
Bank,  all  right? 

Mr.  Grams.  But  when  I  talk  to  most  constituents,  none  of  them 
really  believe  that  the  Government  can  better  handle  health  care 
than  individuals  of  the  private  sector,  and  this  is  what  I  get  back 
so  many  times  from  individuals.  In  fact,  at  most  town  hall  meet- 
ings, they  have  one  phrase  for  me,  and  that  is  "keep  Grovernment 
out  of  my  health  care." 

Chairman  Stark.  But  they  don't  say  that  about  Medicare  be- 
cause, if  we  closed  up  Medicare,  they  wouldn't  have  any  insurance. 
It  is  interesting.  My  constituents  say  the  same  thing,  "Oh,  Medi- 
care is  different,"  and  that  is  a  conundrum  we  will  have  to  deal 
with. 

I  have  a  couple  of  questions  on  the  Grandy-Cooper  bill.  Is  that 
right? 

Mr.  Grandy.  Cooper-Grandy  bill,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Cooper-Grandy.  All  right. 

Mr.  Grandy.  We  are  on  the  other  side  of  the  Mississippi. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  repeal  Medicaid  and,  in  so  doing,  do  away 
with  the  only  source  of  public  support  for  long-term  nursing  home 
care.  It  eliminates  the  nursing  home  reform  amendments  that  we 
put  in,  in  1987,  and  Mr.  Cooper  did  suggest  that  he  had  a  long- 
term  care  provision  that  he  was  going  to  add  back  and  reintroduce. 
Is  that  still  in  the  works? 

Mr.  Grandy.  That  is  in  the  works,  Mr.  Chairman.  We  federalized 
the  acute  care  portion  of  Medicaid.  It  is  not  a  repeal  of  Title  I.  We 
had  this  discussion  with  Chairman  Waxman  in  front  of  the  Energy 
and  Commerce  Committee. 

The  long-term  care  provision  is  structured  in  such  a  way,  so  that 
there  is  a  4-year  phasein  of  subsidies  to  those  States  that  would 
be  getting,  obviously,  State  control  of  their  long-term  care  dollars, 
but  might  be  losing  money  under  the  acute  care  federalization.  So, 
in  other  words,  the  States  that  would  be  in  the  short  run  disadvan- 
taged would  have  a  subsidy  to  provide  them  with  the  dollars  they 
would  lose. 


425 

Chairman  Stark.  But  the  States  don't  have  to  maintain  any  ef- 
fort or  any  payment  for  the  Medicaid  cost  they  now  have  or  do  you 
require  maintenance  of  effort  by  the  States? 

Mr.  Payne.  There  is  a  requirement  of  maintenance  of  effort  on 
long-term  care.  States  like  my  own,  Virginia,  which  spends  57  per- 
cent of  its  dollars  on  acute  care  and  43  percent  on  long-term  care, 
would  actually  have  more  dollars  to  spend  on  long-term  care  as  a 
result  of  this  proposal. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  going  to  take  exception  to  your  bureauc- 
racy statement  because  I  think  you  create  one,  and  hear  me  out  on 
this.  Health  plans  and  the  HPPCs  would  be  forced  to  absorb  a  loss 
from  enrolling  a  disproportionate  number  of  low-income  individuals 
with  vouchers.  To  compensate  those  plans,  you  have  created  a  rec- 
onciliation process  which  would  be  coordinated  by  the  National 
Commission.  It  would  attempt  to  equalize  the  payments  within 
HPPC  plans  across  the  country  and  across  self-insured  plans  which 
aren't  in  the  HPPC. 

So  my  postulate  is  that  essentially  require  this  National  Com- 
mission to  tax  all  health  plans,  including  self-insured  plans,  in 
order  to  compensate  those  plans  that  enroll  a  disproportionate 
share  of  low-income,  vouchered  individuals.  Is  that  not  correct? 

Mr.  Grandy.  My  understanding,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  that  we  have 
a  fall-back  mechanism  to  provide  full  funding  for  low-income  indi- 
viduals if  the  Federal  funding  falls  short. 

Chairman  Stark.  Right.  So  you  tax  all  the  plans,  and  the  Na- 
tional Commission  makes  the  adjustment  to  compensate.  The  plans 
would  get  hit.  It  is  sort  of  a  risk  adjustment,  but  it  is  an  equali- 
zation process.  The  President  does  somewhat  the  same  thing. 

Mr.  Grandy.  This  would  only  happen,  Mr.  Chairman,  if  Congress 
did  not  raise  the  sufficient  funds.  In  other  words,  it  is  a  fall-back 
mechanism. 

Chairman  Stark.  Yes.  All  right.  That  is  what  the  President  has, 
the  same  thing,  but  it  needs  then  to  tax  the  plans  or  raise  the 
money  from  the  plans  to  redistribute  within  the  HPPCs  and  the 
self-insured  plans. 

Mr.  Grandy.  That  would  be  the  consequence  of  Congress  didn't 
do  its  job,  yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK  I  have  just  suggested  that  would  take 
some  bureaucracy. 

Now,  if  a  firm  has  over  100  employees  and  an  employee  in  that 
firm  gets  cancer,  is  there  any  limit  on  how  much  an  insurance  com- 
pany insuring  that  firm  could  increase  the  employee's  premium, 
and  is  there  anything  that  would  prohibit  the  insurance  companies 
from  cancelling  that  coverage? 

Mr.  Payne.  If  you  would  wait  just  1  minute  and  let  us  consult. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  don't  think  there  is.  You  can  offer  amend- 
ments to  correct  this.  I  point  this  out,  L.F.,  not  in  a  manner  of  hos- 
tility, but  these  are  all  the  same  problems  that  have  been  leveled 
at  many  plans. 

I  only  say  it  to  suggest  that,  in  my  opinion,  creating  HPPCs, 
even  though  they  may  rely  on  competition,  can  create  the  same 
problems  in  the  absence  of  this  sort  of  absolute  purity  which  none 
of  us  can  write  in.  There  is  no  perfect  competition. 


426 

I  am  not  sure  that  we  are  going  to  be  able  to  write,  absent  single 
payers,  as  my  distinguished  colleague  will  suggest,  a  plan  that 
doesn't  create  some  of  these  disconnects. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Mr.  Chairman,  as  I  think  you  just  implied,  there 
are  assumptions  in  all  of  these  plans,  single  payer  included. 

Chairman  Stark.  Right. 

Mr.  Grandy.  The  assumption  that  we  make  with  the  100- 
employee  threshold  is  that  above  that  number,  an  illness  such  as 
cancer,  a  catastrophic  payout  would  not  necessarily  drive  up  the 
premium  so  disproportionately  above  that  number  that  you  would 
see  a  precipitous  increase. 

Chairman  Stark.  But  there  are  companies,  like  Golden  Rule  who 
have  a  long  history  and  1,000  lawsuits  against  them,  where  they 
do  just  that.  We  don't  have  any  control.  There  is  always  the  bad 
apple  that  spoils  the  barrel,  and  I  have  felt  for  a  long  time  that 
we  have  to  prohibit  that  by  creating  an  open  enrollment  or  not  al- 
lowing medical  underwriting,  which  you  do  under  100  and  obvi- 
ously could  correct  this  just  by  taking  that  100  cap  off. 

My  time  has  expired. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Mr.  Chairman,  that  is  exactly  why  in  examining 
the  options  we  believe  that  purchasing  cooperatives  have  a  lot  of 
potential,  but  they  are  imperfect  currently.  Therefore,  they  should 
be  allowed.  We  should  structure  it.  We  should  change  antitrust 
provisions.  We  should  reform  the  insurance  market,  but  we  should 
let  the  market  competition  continue  to  define  this  rather  than  have 
us  sit  down  and  try  to  devise  a  perfect  world.  There  is  on  perfect 
world,  and  we  have  purchasing  cooperatives,  but  they  are 
nonmandatory. 

Chairman  Stark.  Dr.  McDermott. 

Mr.  McDp:rmott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  want  to  commend 
you  for  having  this  hearing. 

I  think  this  is  one  of  the  better  hearings  we  have  had  because, 
actually,  members  are  sitting,  talking  to  members  and  getting  an 
opportunity  to  at  least  hear  how  the  other  person  thinks  about  this 
issue.  I  think  in  this  debate,  that  is  going  to  put  us  a  lot  further 
down  the  road. 

I  would  suggest  that  preconceptions  people  have  about  plans 
really  need  to  be  held  in  abeyance  a  little  bit.  Over  in  the  Edu- 
cation and  Labor  Committee,  the  American  College  of  Surgeons 
just  endorsed  the  single-payer  plan.  So  I  think  the  game  is  still  on 
the  field,  and  I  think  this  kind  of  discussion  is  very  important. 

I  would  like  to  hear  some  thinking.  Unfortunately,  I  have  got 
questions  for  everybody  because  I  found  myself  agreeing  with  some 
of  what  each  of  you  said,  but  I  am  going  to  focus  on  L.F.  and  Mr. 
Grandy  for  a  second  because  yours  is  the  plan  that  probably  goes 
the  furthest  in  terms  of  answering  the  question  that  everybody  gets 
hung  up  on,  and  that  is  the  question  of  where  do  you  get  the 
money  for  this. 

The  tax  cap  that  is  in  your  bill,  as  I  understand  it,  operates  in 
that  the  company  that  provides  health  insurance  for  their  employee 
can  deduct  only  that  amount  equal  to  the  lowest-cost  plan  in  the 
area.  They  lose  the  deductibility  for  anything  they  purchase  for 
their  employees  beyond  that,  and  if  they  do  purchase  for  their 


427 

employees,  they  pay  a  34-percent  excise  tax  on  the  benefits  they 
provide. 

To  me,  that  is  a  tremendous  financial  lever;  the  employer  then 
has  to  say  to  his  employees,  "We  are  getting  out  of  the  benefit 
package  business.  We  will  pay  for  your  low-cost  benefit,  and  you 
can  go  out  and  buy  whatever  you  want,"  and  I  understand  tnat 
may  be  what  you  wanted  to  create. 

What  is  hard  for  me  to  understand  is  what  you  think  the  impact 
will  be  across  this  country  in  terms  of  taking  away  the  tax  deduct- 
ibility of  health  insurance  that,  as  Mr.  Stearns  suggests,  has  been 
built  up  since  the  second  World  War.  Workers  have  foregone  wages 
in  order  to  get  a  benefit  package  in  negotiations  all  across  this 
country. 

Boeing  employees  have  stood  in  the  rain  three  times  in  a  row 
over  their  benefit  package  on  strikes.  We  are  not  talking  about  a 
minor  issue  here. 

I  would  like  to  hear  your  thinking  about  what  the  impact  is 
going  to  be  on  society  if  you  take  away  the  deductibility  of 
everybody's  health  care  insurance  except  for  the  lowest-cost  plan  in 
the  area. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Dr.  McDermott,  let  me  try  a  stab  at  this.  This  was 
brought  up  at  Energy  and  Commerce  as  well,  and  you  were  a  little 
kinder  than  your  colleagues  over  there.  You  didn't  actually  accuse 
us  of  raising  taxes  on  the  middle  class,  but  somewhere  lurking  in 
your  statement  is  that  inference. 

Mr.  Grandy.  I  put  it  in  the  press  release. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  I  didn't  want  to  bring  it  here  because  I  really 
would  like  to  understand  your  thinking. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Let  me  say,  first  of  all,  one  of  the  statements  that 
I  think  stuck  in  my  mind  when  we  began  this  debate  and  one  of 
the  ones  that  I  think  drives  the  thinking  behind  the  Cooper-Grandy 
bill  is  something  that  Dr.  Everett  Koop  said  when  he  came  up  and 
appeared  with  the  First  Lady  when  he  said  that  there  is  a  problem 
in  this  country,  not  solely  that  there  are  too  many  Americans  with 
too  little  health  insurance,  but  there  are  probably  a  significant 
number  of  Americans  who  have  too  much. 

Right  now  employer-provided  benefits  and  that  deductibility  is 
the  third-largest  health  care  entitlement  the  Federal  Government 
bestows,  and  that  has  created,  I  think,  a  surfeit  of  benefits  and  per- 
haps a  wedge  in  the  labor-management  relationship  to  basically 
concentrate  more  on  benefits  which  are  not  taxable  than  wages 
which  are. 

The  purpose  behind  our  attempt  to  limit  the  deductibility,  but 
not  the  exclusivity  to  the  individual,  is  to  allow  some  of  that  redis- 
tribution to  go  to  those  people  that  don't  have  any  health  care  or 
too  little.  If  my  colleague,  Mr.  Cooper,  were  here,  he  would  describe 
this  as  trying  to  take  away  the  Cadillac  right  to  everyone,  so  that 
everybody  could  have  a  Chevy. 

Basically,  the  threat  there,  as  you  point  out,  is  that  employers 
perhaps  will  start  to  shorten  up  on  their  benefits.  If  that  were  to 
happen,  and  I  am  not  necessarily  sure  that  is  a  consequence  of  this 
action,  but  if  it  were,  the  individual,  because  exclusivity  remains, 
can  go  out,  buy  extra  benefits  if  they  so  choose,  and  deduct  that 
because  100-percent  exclusivity  still  remains  in  play.  If  they  are 


428 

low-income  individuals,  there  will  be  subsidies  to  that  effect  to  pro- 
vide them  if  they  feel  as  though  their  benefits  are  too  small. 

What  we  are  reducing,  though,  and  we  are  admitting  this  and 
are  proud  to  admit  this,  is  that  we  are  trying  to  shorten  up  on 
what  we  think  has  been  an  enormous  corporate  subsidy  under  the 
guise  of  health  care  benefits  over  the  last  few  years,  a  subsidy  that 
perhaps  has  run  away.  Contrary  to  the  Clinton  plan  which  contin- 
ues that  subsidy  for  10  years,  a  kind  of  period,  a  grace  period,  for 
which  all  Americans  will  play,  including  low-income  individuals,  we 
are  trying  to  stop  that  now. 

So,  if  that  is  a  tax  increase  to  you,  I  would  say  that  is  a  middle- 
income  tax  cut  to  those  of  us  that  believe  this  because  the  individ- 
ual, the  person  without  the  benefit,  the  person  with  too  little  insur- 
ance, I  think  is  going  to  wind  up  getting  a  benefit,  a  more  generous 
benefit,  or  perhaps  one  that  they  don't  have  at  all  in  return  for  per- 
haps large  corporations,  whether  it  is  Boeing  or  Chrysler  or  Amer- 
ican Airlines,  perhaps,  if  you  are  right,  downsizing  their  benefits. 

I  guess  I  would  say,  finally,  I  am  not  sure  that  they  all  will  be- 
cause I  think  that  health  care  is  a  significant  bargaining  chip  in 
any  labor  negotiation,  and  I  am  not  sure  that  you  would  nec- 
essarily see  all  of  the  employers  of  America  disinvesting  in  health 
care  right  away. 

Mr.  Grandy.  I  agree  with  you,  and  I  would  predict  great  labor 
unrest.  Every  major  labor  dispute  in  this  country  in  the  last  5 
years,  perhaps  longer,  has  been  related  to  the  benefit  package. 

Mr.  McDermott.  But  that  is  not  necessarily  good,  I  don't  think 
.  I  mean,  what  you  have  seen  on  the  other  side  is  that  wages  have 
shortened  up.  Wages  have  remained  stagnant  in  this  country,  and 
benefits  have  exploded.  One  is  taxable;  the  other  isn't. 

Mr.  Grandy.  My  belief  is  that  you  increase  the  pressure,  man- 
agement is  going  to  say,  "If  we  give  you  this  benefit  package,  we 
are  going  to  have  to  pay  a  34-percent  excise  tax  on  what  we  pay 
you  above  the  very  minimum  package  in  our  neighborhood,"  and 
from  my  standpoint,  the  stockholders  are  going  to  be  saying  to  the 
management,  "You've  got  to  offload  this  cost  onto  the  employees." 
I  mean,  that  is  what  we  have  been  doing.  We  have  been  watching 
since  about  1980.  The  number  of  people  insured  in  this  country  has 
been  dropping  because  employers  have  been  trying.  First,  they  got 
rid  of  the  children  and  then  they  got  rid  of  the  spouse,  and  so  now 
they  are  trying  to  get  only  the  employee  that  they  are  covering  be- 
cause they  have  tried  to  offload  parts  of  the  health  care  cost. 

This,  to  me,  is  a  tremendous  lever  that  the  stockholders  are 
going  to  use  on  the  management  and  say,  "If  you  want  your  job, 
get  rid  of  some  of  these  costs.  Get  rid  of  the  health  care  cost.  Put 
it  on  the  employees." 

Let  me  make  one  more  point,  and  then  I  will  yield  to  Mrs.  John- 
son. I  don't  want  to  leave  the  impression  with  this  committee,  and 
we  did  not  leave  it  with  Energy  and  Commerce,  that  this  low-cost 
health  care  plan,  as  it  was  described  in  Energy  and  Commerce,  is 
somehow  some  cut-rate  de  minimis  plan  that  nobody  can  really 
use.  We  may  not  be  as  comprehensive  as  the  administration's  plan, 
but  we  are  not  talking  about  some  kind  of  cheap  subset  of  health 
care  benefits  that  a  lot  of  people  have  now. 


429 

Will  in  vitro  fertilization  be  in  it?  Probably  not,  but  most  of  the 
care  that  a  lot  of  people,  I  think,  would  expect  under  a  basic  plan 
will  be,  and  if  the  consequence  of  all  of  this  is  that  managers  and 
CEOs  find  themselves  having  to  take  what  they  used  to  pay  in  ben- 
efits and  transferring  over  to  wages,  I  think  labor  is  advantaged. 

I  will  yield  to  Mrs.  Johnson. 

Mr.  McDermott.  May  I  just  make  one  clarification  before  Mrs. 
Johnson? 

Mr.  Grandy.  Yes. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  would  feel  much  better  about  this  proposal  if 
you  had  written  your  benefit  package  into  the  law,  so  I  know  what 
it  is,  instead  of  giving  it  to  a  board  who  is  going  to  define  it  after 
we  have  passed  the  bill  and  left  town. 

I  did  one  of  those  in  the  State  of  Washington,  and  they  left  men- 
tal health  benefits  out  of  a  bill  I  wrote.  So  I  don't  trust  commis- 
sions. That  is  why  I  am  a  little  wary  of  your  low-cost  plan,  what 
that  will  amount  to. 

Mr.  Grandy.  Mr.  Cooper  has  said  in  front  of  Energy  and  Com- 
merce that  in  the  interim  while  we  are  waiting  for  the  standard 
commission  to  be  created  and  empowered,  there  might  be  an  oppor- 
tunity to  create  an  interim  set  of  benefits.  Could  we  count  on  your 
support  if  we  were  able  to  do  that?  I  mean,  could  we  sign  you  up 
as  a  cosponsor  at  that  point? 

Mr.  McDermott.  Let  me  see  the  benefit  package. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Mr.  McDermott,  two  comments.  First  of  all,  I 
think  you  can  write  generic  descriptions  of  a  basic  benefit  package 
that  would  address  the  problem  that  you  had  with  your  Washing- 
ton situation,  but  I  am  very  nervous,  and  I  think  this  committee 
ought  to  be  particularly  conscious  of  the  down  side  of  a  specific 
benefit  package  because  we  have  seen  ourselves  write  tax  law  that 
had  a  catastrophic  impact  on  a  certain  set  of  businesses  that  we 
simply  never  thought  about. 

Congress  has  literally  put  people  out  of  business  because  it  is  un- 
able to  change  the  law  in  a  timely  fashion  to  save  people  who  le- 
gitimately should  have  been  saved. 

As  a  woman,  I  do  not  want  a  Federal  law  that  says  how  often 
I  can  have  a  mammogram  because  I  know  if  it  says  it  today  and 
the  science  decides  tomorrow  I  should  have  it  more  often,  it  will  be 
very  hard  for  us  to  change  that  law,  just  like  it  took  us,  what,  3 
or  4  years  to  get  any  reimbursement  at  all  for  mammograms  for 
women.  So  what  we  heard  in  our  hearing  yesterday  was  that  gov- 
ernment doesn't  have  a  fiexible-enough  process  to  either  respond, 
to  benefit  changes  driven  by  science,  or  to  plan  ahead. 

Those  long  waits  that  we  heard  extensive  discussion  of  yesterday 
were  directly  the  response  of  Canada  not  being  able  to  see  in  the 
1980s  the  disease  patterns  of  the  1990s  and,  therefore,  put  in  place 
the  resources.  So  I  think  there  are  some  issues  about  benefit  plan 
specificity  in  Federal  law  that  we  really  have  to  address. 

To  the  earlier  issue  that  you  raised  about  tax  deductibility,  there 
is  an  issue  of  equity  that  health  care  reform  has  to  address,  and 
we  really  have  only  two  choices.  Do  we  address  it  through  a  con- 
sistent policy  of  defining  what  government  will  subsidize  and  what 
it  won't  or  do  we  not  address  it  at  all?  I  would  maintain  that  the 


430 

President's  proposal,  foF  instance,  for  premiums  that  will  automati- 
cally step  down  won't  address  it. 

Right  now  we  have  people  who  pay  a  large  amount  of  money  for 
a  very  poor  package,  effectively  subsidizing  through  their  income 
taxes  those  first-dollar  coverage,  Cadillac  plans  that  you  are  refer- 
ring to  because  they  are  all  subsidized  through  tax  expenditures. 
It  seems  to  me  only  fair  and  reasonable  to  pull  back  our  subsidy 
of  those  plans  to  the  benefit  plan  that  everybody  has  access  to. 
That  is  a  matter  of  equity,  and  I  think  health  care  policy  has  got 
to  be  equitable  if  we  don't  do  that,  and  the  President  doesn't,  and 
since  the  President  doesn't,  we  have  this  phenomena.  We  have 
pressure  on  premiums  so  that  they  will  go  downward.  That  will 
make  less  money  available  for  service  reimbursement,  but  those  big 
plans  will  still  have  every  incentive  to  overuse  and  no  block  on  the 
drain  on  money  to  pay  for  that  overuse,  further  depleting  available 
funds  for  those  within  the  system  who  have  a  less  generous  plan 
than  the  first-dollar  coverage  people. 

So  the  equity  issues  that  lie  behind  your  question  are  very  seri- 
ous, and  while  I  personally  as  a  cosponsor  of  the  Cooper-Grandy 
bill  am  troubled  by  tying  deductibility  to  the  lowest-cost  plan,  I 
think  there  is  a  point  at  which  we  can  say  this  is  what  society  is 
willing  to  subsidize,  and  we  are  going  to  do  it  for  seniors,  we  are 
going  to  do  it  for  middle-class  working  people,  we  are  going  to  do 
it  for  Medicaid  people,  and  we  are  not  going  to  do  more  than  that, 
but  equity  has  got  to  be  addressed  as  we  move  through  health  care 
reform. 

Mr.  McDeiimott.  I  agree  with  you  on  the  equity  question,  and 
that  is  why,  frankly,  single  payer  makes  more  sense  to  me  because 
it  is  a  big  issue,  and  I  understand  now  why  you  are  thinking  what 
you  are  thinking,  but  is  it  your  belief  that  the  people  who  are  get- 
ting Medicare  will  be  brought  down  to  some  low-cost  plan  or  will 
that  always  sit  out  there  as  a  plan  unaffected  by  the  rest  of  what 
is  going  on  in  this  process? 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Frankly,  Medicare  is  not  so  great,  and  there  are 
a  lot  of  things  that  aren't  available  to  you  under  Medicare. 

Furthermore,  for  some  people,  the  copayments  are  very  steep.  So 
I  think,  yes,  we  are  trying  to  establish  a  health  care  plan  in  which 
we  are  going  to  subsidize  costs  for  low-income  people,  and  that 
should  be  consistent.  Gradually,  we  should  move  toward  a  benefit 
package  that  is  consistent,  and  we  are  recognizing  that  in  Con- 
gress. We  are  just  doing  it  through  the  backdoor,  but  when  we 
change  the  premium  rates  for  upper-income  seniors,  we  are  doing 
subtlely  the  same  kind  of  things. 

So  I  think  we  need  to  work  toward  absolutely  consistent  policy, 
and  age  should  not  be  a  factor.  Quality  care,  affordable  care,  taking 
into  account  resources  in  society  as  well  as  individual  resources, 
are  those  things  that  ultimately  should  guide  us.  While  we  may  not 
get  there  entirely  on  the  first  round  of  health  care  policy  reform 
this  session  over  the  long  haul,  absolutely  I  am  looking  for  equity, 
and  most  of  the  seniors  I  represent  would  be  perfectly  happy  to 
know  that  they  got  exactly  the  same  support  and  help  according  to 
income  and  quality  plans  that  everyone  else  is  getting. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Mr.  Chairman. 


431 

Mr.  McCrery.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  add  to  the  discussion  on 
this  for  just  a  moment. 

Mr.  Thomas.  As  do  I. 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  will  defer  to  my  senior  collea^^ie  on  the  commit- 
tee. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Although  no  questions  have  been  directed  to  the 
package,  it  obviously  contains  somewhat  similar  concept,  and  I 
want  to  make  sure  that  in  the  discussion  of  a  tax  cap  on  fringe 
benefits,  although  the  Cooper-Grandy  plan  has  it  at  the  lowest-cost 
plan  available  in  an  area  and  in  the  Chafee-Thomas,  it  is  the  aver- 
age of  the  lower  half,  I  believe  that  flexibility  does  allow  you  to 
make  some  judgments  that  are  not  available  in  the  other  structure, 
but  I  want  to  talk  to  the  larger  question. 

Over  the  last  20  years,  compensation  has  gone  up  12  percent. 
Wages  have  gone  down  6  percent.  To  reinforce  the  point  that  Mr. 
Grandy  has  made,  there  has  been  under  the  rules  that  we  cur- 
rently have  a  drive  toward  fringe  benefits.  It  is  not  a  right.  It  is 
not  a  responsibility.  It  is  a  rule  under  which  we  established  a  way 
in  which  collective  bargaining  and  other  negotiations  outside  the 
collective  bargaining  structure  could  be  carried  out  between  man- 
agement and  employees. 

If  you  are  telling  me  now  that  unions  are  going  to  come  unglued, 
what  I  think  you  need  to  do  is  realize  that  you  can't  have  your  ar- 
gument both  ways.  They  achieve  the  fringe  benefits  under  the  rules 
through  collective  bargaining.  None  of  these  bills  repeal  collective 
bargaining. 

If  the  pressure  on  the  employer  is  that  we  have  got  to  bail  out 
of  the  fringe  benefits  because  they  are  not  a  freebie  anymore,  we 
have  changed  the  rules,  as  we  snould  have  a  decade  ago.  Then 
what  you  are  going  to  get  is  pressure  on  the  hand  of  tne  labor 
union  to  increase  wages.  If  you  are  going  to  take  away  what  we  al- 
ready negotiated  because  the  rules  nave  changed,  then  put  it  back 
on  the  wage  side  in  those  collective  bargaining  structures. 

So  I  don't  think  the  unions  have  anything  to  fear.  I  think  those 
folks  who  might  be  under  a  nonunion  structure  in  which  the  em- 
ployer has  a  greater  right  to  deal  with  it  would,  in  fact,  be  con- 
cerned. 

Now,  what  do  you  do  with  the  mone}'  from  the  cap  on  the  fringe 
benefit?  Take  a  look  at  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill.  We  anticipated  the 
concern  that  you  have  not  so  much  for  the  collective  bargaining 
people.  They  are  going  to  be  able  to  take  care  of  themselves  under 
the  current  structure,  but  for  those  folk  who  may  wind  up  having 
to  insure  themselves  now  because  the  employer  pulls  away  from  it, 
we  take  the  money  scored  by  the  Joint  Tax  Committee  with  that 
t£ix  cap,  and  we  use  the  low  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  as  our  model, 
which  is  not  a  skinnied-down  package,  as  Mr.  Grandy  indicated,  it 
is  a  relatively  decent  package. 

The  money  that  you  save  with  that  tax  cap  gives  100-percent  de- 
ductibility for  the  self-employed.  Now,  how  about  equity  there?  I 
think  you  need  the  equity  for  the  self-employed.  We  pay  for  it. 
Then  all  of  those  who  are  currently  not  being  paid  for  by  the  em- 
ployer on  their  insurance,  up  to  the  tax  cap,  would  be  covered  as 
well  by  that  money. 


432 

So,  one,  it  creates  a  discipline  that  should  have  been  there  10 
years  ago.  Two,  it  provides  a  funding  source  that  offsets  those  who 
are  now  insuring  themselves  up  to  that  nice  package  and  100-per- 
cent deductibility  for  self-employed,  and  it  provides  over  $7  billion 
to  initiate  the  voucher  structure  along  with  the  Medicare  savings 
to  make  sure  that  those  people,  up  to  90  percent  of  the  poverty 
level,  initially,  working  up  to  240  percent  of  the  poverty  level, 
through  the  existing  Treasury  collection  and  dissemination  struc- 
ture, begin  to  get  help  in  buying  that  insurance  that  they  cannot 
now  afford. 

I  think  if  you  look  at  it  that  way,  you  will  see  that  an  individual 
mandate  tied  to  the  tax  cap  does  have  a  synergism  that  works  well 
in  making  fundamental  changes  in  the  marketplace,  if  you  change 
the  insurance  incentives,  if  you  change  antitrust  reform  to  allow  for 
small  business,  among  others,  to  capitalize  on  the  changes  that  you 
are  putting  in  the  system. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  would  agree  with  you  that  the  people  most 
at  risk  are  the  nonorganized  or  the  unorganized;  that  the  organized 
people  make  up  19  percent  of  the  work  force.  So  they  are  really  not 
the  main  issue.  It  is  really  the  unorganized  where  the  employer 
will  have  all  of  the  leverage,  and  the  employees  will  be  totally  un- 
protected in  that  struggle,  at  least  by  my  view. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  understand  that,  but  your  point  was  that  the 
labor  unions  will  come  unglued.  Now  they  are  only  19  percent  of 
the  marketplace. 

Mr.  McDermott.  No,  no,  no. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Once  again,  you  can't  have  it  both  ways.  Either 
these  people  have  got  a  good  deal  and  they  are  going  to  collect  it 
in  wages  or  they  are  not  strong  enough  to  drive  the  decisionmaking 
unless  you  are  a  member  of  the  Democratic  party  and  they  are  in- 
side your  group  making  sure  that  a  good  change  like  this  won't  be 
part  of  a  compromise. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  was  just  suggesting  that  they  would  go  on 
strike.  They  can  do  that,  and  if  you  want  labor  strikes  and  labor 
unrest  in  this  country,  then  you  establish  a  social  policy  that  pits 
two  people  against  each  other,  and  you  can  make  social  policy. 
Now,  that  was  my  question.  I  am  not  saying  you  intend  that. 

Mr.  Thomas.  First  of  all,  before  I  got  into  this  job,  I  negotiated 
fringe  benefits 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  know  that. 

Mr.  Thomas  [continuing].  Under  the  rules,  and  what  we  did  was 
sit  around  and  dream  up  ways  to  go  after  that  money  beyond  a  de- 
cent normal  package. 

You  know  what  they  came  up  with?  We  came  up  with  an  8-per- 
cent tax-sheltered  annuity  funded  through  fringe  benefits.  What  I 
did  when  I  came  up  here  was  knock  out  any  dollar  benefit  from 
any  kind  of  a  fringe  benefit  package  where  you  could  collect  money 
at  the  end  of  the  year  because  I  thought  that  was  wrong.  At  the 
time,  those  were  the  rules.  We  partially  changed  the  rules  in  that 
regard. 

What  you  are  going  to  find  out  there  is  not  this  enormous  action 
to  go  on  strike.  What  you  are  going  to  find  is,  hey,  guys,  the  game 
is  up.  We  were  able  to  play  it  for  longer  than  we  should  have,  and 
now  we  are  going  to  have  to  redefine  the  way  in  which  we  relate 


433 

with  each  other,  and  wouldn't  it  be  wonderful  if  the  solution  be- 
tween management  and  labor  is  that  we  are  going  to  give  you  a 
wage  and  you  are  going  to  decide  for  yourself  how  to  pay  for  it  in- 
stead of  pumping  it  into  that  tax-fi*ee  fringe  benefit  area  in  which 
third-party  players  have  distorted  the  system  for  too  long. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Mr.  Chairman,  if  I  might  just  add  a  quick  note 
here. 

Chairman  Stark.  Gro  ahead. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  think  this  is  an  appropriate  discussion  for  this 
tax-writing  committee  because  what  we  are  talking  about,  really, 
is  tax  expenditures.  When  you  talk  about  deduction,  you  are  talk- 
ing about  tax  expenditures.  It  is  really  like  a  spending  program. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Would  the  gentleman  yield  briefly? 

Chairman  Stark.  If  we  could  have  one  witness  at  a  time. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Could  I  have  my  5  minutes,  so  the  light  would  be 
green? 

Chairman  Stark.  You  have  had  more  than  your  5  minutes. 

Mr.  McCrery. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  agree,  I  think,  with  you,  Mr.  McDermott,  as  you  are  an  advo- 
cate of  a  single-payer  system,  that  we  ought  to  use  the  tax  system 
in  whatever  manner  to  offer  incentives  for  insurance  or  for  health 
care  to  the  broadest  possible  array  of  citizens  in  this  country,  and 
that  is  what  a  tax  cap  is  all  about.  So  it  is  a  little  surprising  to 
me  that  a  criticism  of  that  attempt  by  some  of  us,  a  few  of  us  on 
the  Republican  side,  I  might  say,  to  broaden  the  base  of  people  who 
benefit  from  these  tax  expenditures  would  come  from  a  single- 
payer  advocate,  which  takes  that  thought  to  the  extreme  of  giving 
everybody  the  same  benefits  for  the  tax  expenditures  that  we 
make.  So  I  am  surprised  that  you  would  make  that  negative  com- 
ment about  an  attempt  by  some  of  us  to  further  liberalize  the  tax 
expenditures. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Let  me  just  suggest  one  of  the  quibbles  I  have 
and  the  reason  I  raise  it  is  I  guarantee  universal  coverage. 

Mr.  McCrery.  And  we  are  trying  to  guarantee  it  to  more  people. 

Mr.  McDermott.  You  can't  guarantee  it  to  more  people  than  ev- 
erybody. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Sure,  we  can. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  have  got  everybody. 

Mr.  McCrery.  If  we  spread  the  tax  deduction  around  to  more 
people,  Mr.  McDermott,  we  allow  more  people  to  get  in. 

Chairman  Stark.  Only  in  Cook  County,  and  we  don't  talk  about 
that. 

I  have  one  comment,  and  I  would  take  part  in  this.  This  is  only 
relevant  to  future  witnesses,  as  we  have  heard  some  discussion, 
and  we  will,  about  individuals  choosing.  It  becomes  very  important 
to  empower  the  individual. 

It  has  always  been  a  feeling  of  mine  that  among  us — we  had  7 
at  the  witness  stand  and  a  couple  of  here — without  the  help  of  our 
staffs  and  with  nothing  written  on  your  shirt  cuffs,  I  am  going  to 
speculate  that  we  are  arguably  far  more  knowledgeable  about 
health  insurance  benefits  than  the  average  person  in  the  country, 
not  a  provider,  but  the  average  man  on  the  street,  we  here  on  the 


434 

dais  and  the  witness  panel,  I  don't  think  you  can  get  a  much  more 
well-informed  group. 

I  am  further  going  to  suggest  that  there  isn't  a  one  of  us  that 
could  score  a  70  percent  passing  grade  on  my  test  to  describe  in 
any  detail  what  our  health  benefits  are.  Deductibles,  out-of-pocket, 
copay  on  the  hospital,  copay  on  the  docks,  preventive  care,  mental 
health  benefits,  prescription  drug  benefit,  dental  benefit,  home 
health  care,  durable  medical  equipment,  I  am  not  sure  I  could  tell 
you.  I  could  run  back  to  my  office  and  get  my  policy,  but  I  am  not 
sure.  I  just  say  that  to  say  that  I  am  not  sure  it  is  reasonable  to 
expect  the  average  person  on  the  street  who  hasn't  had  our  experi- 
ence of  having  to  grind  through  this,  with  as  much  knowledge  as 
they  could  have,  and  we  have  had  more  knowledge  than  many  of 
us  may  want  to  have. 

I  only  say  that  when  you  think  through  this  idea  of  completely 
empowering  an  individual.  It  may  speak  to  the  need  for  purchasing 
groups.  It  may  speak  to  the  need  for  bargain  plans.  If  anybody 
wants  to  challenge  me  on  them,  I  will  give  you  the  test,  but  I  don  t 
think  we  can  do  that  because  we  don't  anticipate  being  sick,  unless 
you  have  just  had  a  member  of  your  family  who  has  needed  to  use 
the  insurance,  you  haven't  looked  at  the  policy,  and  maybe  once  a 
year  we  read  through  the  book  when  we  select  for  the  Federal  Em- 
ployees Benefit  Plan.  Even  then,  we  may  look  at  it  just  to  renew 
what  we  have. 

I  hope  you  will  keep  that  in  mind  as  we  begin  to  just  throw  ev- 
erything on  our  constituents.  They  will  be  able  to  use  some  help, 
and  I  am  not  so  sure  that  defining  some  benefit  plans,  some  of 
those  things  are  a  bad  idea. 

Mr.  Stearns.  Will  the  chairman 

Chairman  Stark.  Do  you  want  to  take  the  test? 

Mr.  Stearns.  I  don't  want  to  take  the  test,  but  I  would  also  be 
glad  to  take  the  test  with  my  independent  insurance  agent  by  my 
side,  and  I  think  almost  every  American  has  an  independent  insur- 
ance agent  when  they  buy  their  automobile  insurance,  they  buy 
their  life  insurance,  and  when  they  buy  a  multitude  of  things,  like 
even  mortgages. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  have  just  established  one  cost  parameter. 
You  want  to  pay  an  extra  15  percent  to  accomplish  to  provide  the 
answer  to  the  question  I  just  asked  to  the  total  health  insurance 
cost  to  this  country.  I  think  we  can  find  a  less-expensive  way. 

Mr.  Stearns.  I  would  just  advocate  that  in  the  free  market,  that 
15  percent  would  be  made  up  in  lower  cost  if  the  individual  made 
the  decisions  with  the  help  rather  than  the  Congress  or  a  national 
board  set  up  or  something,  as  Mr.  McDermott  says,  after  we  ad- 
journ Congress.  So,  I  mean,  my  argument  again  is  for  individual 
choice. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  would  buy  that.  If  it  weren't  the  same  insur- 
ance salesman  that  sold  my  mother  that  Prudential  real  estate  in- 
vestment, I  would  probably  go  along  with  you. 

Mr.  Stearns.  All  Americans  buy  automobile  insurance,  and  the 
main  are  successful. 

Chairman  Stark.  All  right.  Class,  if  you  would  like  to  resume 
the  seats  vou  had  before,  this  session  of  our  class  started,  we  will 
get  on  with  it. 


435 

Mr.  Stearns.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Payne.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  say  one  thing  as  we  conclude? 

Chairman  Stark.  Please. 

Mr.  Payne.  I  am  of  a  different  persuasion  than  the  rest  of  my 
fellow  witnesses  here.  The  reason  that  I  am  here  with  Brad  and 
a  part  of  this  Cooper  bill  is  that  I  do  feel  very  strongly  that,  as  we 
conclude  health  care  reform,  we  have  to  find  the  place  that  can 
bring  Republicans  and  Democrats  and  Independents  and  all  of  us 
together. 

I  do  think  that  the  Cooper  bill  does  have  a  real  place  in  terms 
of  this  whole  debate  because  it  seems  to  be  a  place  where  this  de- 
bate may  well  begin  to  emanate  from  and  something  we  can  build 
on. 

I  was  struck  as  I  was  waiting  yesterday  to  make  a  1-minute 
statement  on  Japan  at  the  number  of  Republicans  who  were  saying 
that  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill  was  nothing  more  than  the  Clinton 
bill,  but  just  slightly  different,  and  then  I  am  struck  by  the  people 
in  our  own  party  who  say  that  Cooper  is  really  nothing  else  more 
than  the  Michel  bill,  slightly  changed. 

Perhaps  what  that  means  is  that  we  are  just  about  in  the  center 
of  the  universe  of  things  that  we  are  talking  about  in  the  Congress, 
and  I  would  hope  that  the  committee  would  give  it  some  credence 
as  they  proceed. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  gentleman  has  in  many  instances  added 
a  voice  of  moderation  and  wisdom  to  the  committee's  deliberation, 
and  I  think  you  are  attempting  to  play  that  role  and  doing  a  very 
good  job  of  it  in  this  debate,  and  we  will  look  forward  to  your  con- 
tinued participation.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Payne.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Our  next  witness  is  Hon.  Charlie  Rose. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  CHARLIE  ROSE,  A  REPRESENTATIVE  IN 
CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 

Mr.  Rose.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  have  learned 
a  great  deal  sitting  here  this  morning  listening  to  this  extended  de- 
bate about  probably  the  most  important  vote  I  will  ever  make  in 
the  U.S.  Congress. 

The  thing  I  would  like  to  ask  you  to  focus  on  as  you  go  through 
this  procedure  is  something  that  came  to  my  attention  rather 
starkly  when  I  went  through  the  recess  that  occurred  just  before 
this  session  came  in  and  realized  the  concern  of  my  people  back 
home  on  how  this  plan  will  impact  on  each  county  in  my  district. 

You  and  I  worried  a  long  time  about  where  we  are  going  to  put 
our  district  office,  so  that  we  can  give  adequate  service  to  the  peo- 
ple. Well,  think  like  that  about  health  care.  I  am  going  to  have  to 
make  a  test,  and  I  think  most  congressmen  will  have  to  make  the 
test.  Will  countv  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  and  F  continue  to  have  a  fair  level 
of  service  or  will  they  be  prejudiced  in  some  way.  All  I  want  to  say 
is  you  are  getting  very  involved  in  the  details  as  you  have  to  do 
it,  but  every  now  and  then,  step  back  and  consider  the  impact  that 
this  may  have  on  rural  America. 

I  am  not  here  to  endorse  any  particular  plan,  to  look  to  your  wis- 
dom and  what  finally  comes  out,  but  Roy  Rowland  has  an  idea 
about  the  use  of  community  health  centers  that  has  worked  in  my 


436 

district.  I  am  not  endorsing  the  way  he  would  seek  them  to  be  paid 
for. 

Chairman  Stark.  If  the  gentleman  would  yield,  we  have  had 
some  testimony,  and  we  have  worked  in  this  subcommittee.  The 
concerns  of  community  health  centers  are  identical  for  those  of  us 
who  represent  large  urban  or  metropolitan  areas  and  those  of  our 
colleagues  who  represent  the  most  remote  rural  areas.  It  is  a  con- 
cern that  I  think,  on  a  bipartisan  basis,  this  subcommittee  cer- 
tainly has  been  concerned  about,  and  we  have  tried  at  least  in  our 
previous  Medicare  legislation  to  find  a  way  to  provide  access  in 
both  of  these  underserved  areas. 

Dr.  Phil  Lee,  who  is  now  at  Health  and  Human  Services,  had 
provided  extensive  testimony  about  the  administration's  concern 
that  any  health  plan  recognized  these  unique  areas.  It  is  not  all  of 
an  urban  area,  but  there  are  parts  where  there  is  a  problem,  and 
it  is  not  all  rural  America,  but,  indeed,  selected  parts  with  unusual 
circumstances  who  will  need  the  opportunity  to  have  special  atten- 
tion. 

I  can  assure  the  gentleman  that  his  concerns — and  I  am  pleased 
he  made  the  committee  more  aware  of  them — are  shared  here,  and 
we  will  look  forward  to  your  counsel  on  that  issue  as  we  try  and 
craft  legislation  that  will  meet,  as  he  has  heard,  a  variety  of  con- 
cerns. 

Mr.  Rose.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  McDekmott.  If  I  could  just  say,  I  think  part  of  the  reason 
why  I  look  for  support  in  rural  areas  as  well  as  in  inner  cities  for 
the  single-payer  plan  is  that  those  are  both  chronically  underserved 
areas,  and  nobody  is  rushing  out  into  the  woods  and  nobody  is 
rushing  into  the  middle  of  the  Bronx  to  deliver  health  care.  So  that 
is  why  I  think  we  do  have  a  lot  of  common  ground,  and  we  do  share 
your  concern. 

Mr.  Rose.  Thank  you,  and  you  can  count  on  my  support  for  the 
product  that  addresses  these  concerns.  I  want  to  help  you  get  the 
218  votes  for  what  will  work,  and  I  commend  Leon  Panetta  for  his 
challenge  before  the  Budget  Committee.  We  need  to  get  on  with 
this.  We  need  to  do  it,  and  I  want  to  help  be  part  of  the  solution 
and  help  eliminate  the  problems. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Chairman  Stark.  We  have  a  5-minute  vote.  The  Chair  will  re- 
cess subject  to  the  call  of  the  Chair  which  will  be  sometime  be- 
tween 1:20  p.m.,  more  like  1:30  p.m. 

Thank  you. 

[Recess.] 

Mr.  McDermott  [presiding!.  The  next  panel  is  Dr.  Thomas  Rice 
who  is  professor  of  public  health  at  the  University  of  California  at 
Los  Angeles;  CONSAD  Research  Corp.,  represented  by  Wilbur 
Steger;  John  Lott,  assistant  professor  of  public  policy  and  manage- 
ment, the  Wharton  School;  Robert  Helms  of  the  American  Enter- 
prise Institute;  Elizabeth  McCaughey  of  the  Manhattan  Institute; 
and  Leonard  Schaeffer  of  Blue  Cross  of  California. 

So  we  will  begin  with  Dr.  Rice. 


437 

STATEMENT  OF  THOMAS  RICE,  PH.D.,  PROFESSOR  OF  PUBLIC 
HEALTH,  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA-LOS  ANGELES, 
SCHOOL  OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH 

Mr.  Rice.  Thank  you. 

I  am  pleased  to  be  here  today  to  analyze  how  two  bills,  the 
Cooper-Grandy  bill  and  the  Thomas-Chafee  bill,  will  affect  access 
to  care  and  health  care  cost.  I  should  mention  that  I  have  not  been 
involved  in  the  development  of  any  health  care  proposals  now  be- 
fore Congress  nor  have  I  publicly  expressed  support  or  opposition 
to  any  particular  bills. 

With  regard  to  access,  I  will  begin  with  Cooper-Grandy.  Com- 
pared to  our  present  situation,  I  think  it  would  improve  access  by 
making  it  possible  for  all  poor  people  to  afford  coverage,  by  pre- 
venting insurers  from  denying  coverage  to  those  in  poor  health  or 
charging  them  more,  and  by  encouraging  preventive  services.  But 
several  access  barriers  would  remain  under  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill. 

First,  employers  would  still  not  be  required  to  contribute  toward 
an  employee's  coverage.  This  has  been  the  major  reason  why  we 
have  almost  40  million  uninsured  Americans.  Individuals  would  be 
covered  only  if  those  chose  to  purchase  it  themselves.  They  might 
also  continue  to  find  themselves  locked  into  a  job  that  offers  health 
benefits.  In  fact,  some  small  employers  may  drop  coverage  they  al- 
ready provide  and  let  low-wage  workers  fend  for  themselves  with 
the  aid  of  the  premium  subsidies. 

Second,  because  the  alliances  would  be  comprised  primarily  of 
small  firms,  the  uninsured,  the  self-employed,  and  those  previous 
on  Medicaid,  they  would  have  a  relatively  unhealthy  mix  of  enroll- 
ees.  This  could  result  in  premium  levels  that  might  be  out  of  the 
reach  of  many  small  firms  and  individuals. 

Third,  the  premium  subsidies  provided  to  those  above  the  pov- 
erty level  might  not  be  sufficient  to  allow  them  to  purchase  cov- 
erage. I  calculated  that  for  a  family  of  4  with  a  $25,000  income, 
they  would  have  to  spend  about  10  percent  of  their  income  for  just 
the  cheapest  plan,  and  that  doesn't  even  count  any  of  the  cost- 
sharing  requirements  they  would  have  to  pay. 

Fourth,  with  the  exception  of  some  preventive  services,  the  spe- 
cific benefits  covered  in  the  cost-sharing  requirements  are  not  spec- 
ified in  the  bill.  If  the  benefits  ultimately  chosen  are  modest  and 
the  cost-sharing  requirements  are  high,  then  many  people  might 
lose  benefits  that  they  currently  have. 

Finally,  people  with  higher  incomes  will  find  it  much  easier  to 
purchase  the  more  expensive  plans,  and  that  could  result  in  two 
tiers  of  medicine.  In  the  higher-income  tier,  plans  might  offer  more 
flexibility,  shorter  waits,  better-trained  providers,  easier  access  to 
specialists,  and  more  technologies,  but  those  in  the  lower  tier  might 
find  accessing  high-quality  care  to  be  difficult. 

The  Thomas-Chafee  bill  would  also  improve  access  to  care.  It 
would  provide  the  same  benefits  as  Cooper-Grandy.  In  addition, 
there  would  be  universal  coverage  by  the  year  2005  if  targeted  sav- 
ings in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  are  met.  Furthermore,  individuals 
and  families  below  the  poverty  level  would  not  necessarily  be  lim- 
ited to  the  cheapest  plan  available  in  their  area.  However,  there 
still  would  be  some  barriers  to  access. 


438 

First,  although  universal  coverage  is  a  goal  of  Thomas-Chafee,  it 
is  not  guaranteed.  The  individual  mandate  is  only  binding  if  there 
is  enough  money  available  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings.  In 
addition,  the  onus  of  paying  for  coverage  is  put  on  the  individual 
rather  than  the  firm,  and  as  a  result,  millions  of  Americans  may 
not  be  able  to  afford  to  pay  for  the  coverage  that  they  are  required 
to  buy. 

Second,  like  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill,  the  health  alliances  under 
Thomas-Chafee  would  be  comprised  of  relatively  unhealthy  individ- 
uals. This  would  tend  to  raise  premiums,  making  it  difficult  for 
both  individuals  and  small  firms  to  afford  coverage. 

Third,  although  the  benefits  included  are  outlined  in  more  detail 
than  in  Cooper-Grandy,  there  are  still  some  important  uncertain- 
ties. In  particularly,  it  is  not  stated  what  level  of  cost  sharing  will 
be  required.  This  could  be  very  harmful  to  lower-income  individuals 
if  the  level  chosen  is  high  because  they  have  more  health  problems. 

I  want  to  conclude  with  just  a  short  discussion  of  cost  contain- 
ment. Managed  competition  is  an  untested  concept,  and  in  my 
opinion,  there  is  no  convincing  evidence  to  indicate  that  it  can  suc- 
cessfully control  health  care  cost.  There  are  several  reasons  to 
doubt  its  effectiveness. 

First,  consumers,  especially  those  who  are  in  poor  health  and, 
therefore,  attached  to  a  particular  provider,  may  continue  to  pur- 
chase costly  fee-for-service  plans. 

Second,  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  HMOs  have  not  been  able  to 
control  growth  in  health  care  cost,  and  this  problem  is  even  more 
acute  in  the  IPAs  where  the  lion's  growth  of  HMO  enrollment  is 
now  occurring. 

Third,  providers  may  continue  to  wield  considerable  market 
power  even  with  the  formation  of  the  health  alliances.  If  the  pro- 
viders are  allowed  to  join  more  than  one  alliance,  each  plan  is 
going  to  have  less  clout,  and  this  is  becoming  even  worse  now  be- 
cause so  many  provider  groups  are  merging  together  to  consolidate 
their  own  market  power. 

These  problems  will  be  accentuated  under  both  bills.  The  health 
alliances  are  geared  only  to  small  employers,  and  then  the  enroll- 
ment is  voluntary.  The  alliances,  therefore,  are  likely  to  lack  the 
necessary  muscle  to  effectively  bargain  with  the  provider  groups. 
This  could  be  even  a  bigger  problem  under  Thomas-Chafee,  where 
the  health  alliances  compete  with  one  another. 

Given  the  lack  of  evidence  that  managed  competition  can  control 
health  care  costs,  it  may  be  necessary  to  impose  overall  budgetary 
limits.  Although  this  is  unattractive  in  some  ways,  I  believe  it  is 
the  only  way  to  ensure  that  costs  will  be  controlled  in  a  managed 
competition  environment.  Other  countries  have  operated  such  a 
system,  but  neither  bill  includes  any  such  controls,  and  as  a  result, 
I  would  say  that  at  the  very  best,  the  cost  containment  potential 
is  untested. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  follow:! 


439 


STATEMENT  OF  THOMAS  RICE,  PH.D., 
PROFESSOR  OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH,  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee: 

My  name  is  Thomas  Rice.  I  am  a  Professor  of  Public  Health  at 
the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  I  am  pleased  to  be 
here  today  to  provide  an  analysis  of  how  two  bills  --  Cooper-Grandy 
(H.R.  3222)  and  Thomas-Chafee  (H.R.  3704)  --  will  affect  access  to 
health  care  services  and  health  care  costs. 

I  would  like  to  state  at  the  outset  that  I  have  not  been 
personally  involved  in  the  development  of  any  health  care  reform 
bills  now  before  Congress,  nor  have  I  publicly  expressed  support  or 
opposition  to  any  particular  bill . 

I  will  begin  with  a  discussion  of  how  these  bills  are  likely 
to  affect  access  to  care,  and  conclude  with  an  analysis  of  their 
cost  containment  potential. 

ACCESS  TO  CARE 

Cooper - Gr andy 

Compared  to  the  present  situation,  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill 
would  improve  access  to  health  care  services.  I  am  impressed  with 
several  aspects  of  the  bill : 

•  All  people  below  the  poverty  level  would  be  aible  to 
afford  health  insurance  coverage; 

•  Insurance  companies  would  be  prevented  from  denying 
coverage  to  individuals  in  poor  health,  and  could  not 
charge  sicker  people  more;  and 

•  Preventive  services  would  be  encouraged. 

There  would,  however,  continue  to  exist  several  barriers  to 
access.  First,  as  is  the  case  today,  employers  would  not  be 
required  to  contribute  towards  an  employee's  health  insurance 
coverage.  This  has  been  the  major  reason  that  we  have  almost  40 
million  uninsured  people  in  the  country.  Without  employer 
contributions,  an  individual  and  his  or  her  family  would  be  covered 
only  if  they  chose  to  purchase  it  themselves.  In  fact,  some  small 
employers  with  low  wage  workers  might  choose  to  drop  the,  coverage 
they  already  provide,  letting  their  workers  instead  obtairt. coverage 
individually  with  the  aid  of  the  premium  subsidies  provided  by  the 
federal  government  to  those  with  incomes  below  200  percent  of  the 
poverty  level . 

Second,  because  the  alliances  would  be  comprised  primarily  of 
small  firms,  the  uninsured,  the  self-employed,  and  individuals 
previously  on  Medicaid,  they  would  have  a  relatively  unhealthy  mix 
of  enrollees.  This  would  result  in  premium  levels  that  might  be 
out  of  the  reach  of  many  small  firms,  and  also  make  it  difficult 
for  individuals  to  afford  to  purchase  coverage  even  with  the  help 
of  premium  subsidies. 

Third,  individuals  might  still  find  themselves  "locked"  into 
a  job  because  it  offers  health  benefits.  Since  employers  are  not 
required  to  contribute  to  their  employees'  health  insurance  plans, 
changing  jobs  could  become  very  costly,  particularly  to  a  person 
whose  income  is  just  cibove  the  threshold  for  receiving  premium 
subsidies . 

Fourth,  the  premium  subsidies  provided  to  individuals  cibove 
the  poverty  level  might  not  be  sufficient  to  induce  them  to 
purchase  coverage.  Suppose  that  a  family  of  four  had  an  income  of 
75  percent  above  the  poverty  level  --  about  $25,000.  If  the  lowest 
cost  plan  in  an  area  would  cost  $4,000,  they  would  have  to  spend 
$2250  ($4,000  X  .75)  towards  the  premiums  of  that  plan,  almost  10 
percent  of  their  income. 


440 


Fifth,  with  the  exception  of  some  preventive  services,  the 
specific  benefits  to  be  covered,  and  patient  cost  sharing 
requirements,  are  not  specified.  Rather,  they  will  be  determined 
after  passage  by  the  Health  Care  Standards  Commission.  This  is 
worrisome  because  budgetary  constraints  might  force  the  Commission 
to  opt  for  a  relatively  narrow  set  of  benefits,  along  with 
relatively  high  cost  sharing  requirements.  This  could  lead,  in 
turn,  to  many  people  losing  benefits  for  which  they  currently  have 
coverage . 

Sixth,  it  is  not  clear  that  adequate  funding  will  be  available 
to  pay  for  long-term  care  services  --  particularly  nursing  home 
care.  Medicaid  now  pays  for  over  40  percent  of  the  cost  of  nursing 
home  care,  but  this  component  of  Medicaid  would  be  eliminated  and 
responsibility  would  be  transferred  to  the  states.  While  some 
states  would  have  sufficient  funding  available  to  shoulder  this 
burden  because  the  federal  government  will  be  subsidizing  the 
purchase  of  insurance  by  low- income  persons,  one  worry  is  that 
other  states  --  especially  those  with  a  higher  proportion  of 
severely  disabled  elderly  --  will  not  be  able  to  adequately  fund 
long-term  care.  In  addition,  this  change  would  undo  the  many 
consumer  protections  guaranteed  to  nursing  homes  patients  during 
the  late  1980s  that  were  tied  to  the  Medicaid  program. 

Finally,  people  with  higher  incomes  will  find  it  much  easier 
to  purchase  more  expensive  health  plans,  which  in  turn  could  result 
in  segmentation  of  the  insurance  market  into  two  tiers.  In  the 
higher  income  tier,  plans  might  offer  more  flexibility,  better 
trained  providers,  easier  access  to  specialists,  and  more 
technologies.  In  contrast,  those  in  the  lower  tier  might  have 
difficulty  finding  a  nearby  provider  willing  to  treat  them, 
experience  longer  waits,  and  not  have  access  to  the  best  providers 
and  technologies.  Using  the  earlier  example  of  the  family  with 
income  75  percent  above  the  poverty  level  --  even  if  they  could 
afford  the  $2,250  in  premiums  for  the  lowest  cost  plan,  it  is 
extremely  unlikely  that  they  could  afford  to  pay,  say,  $3,750  for 
a  plan  costing  $5,500. 

Thomas - Chafee 

Compared  to  our  current  health  care  system,  the  Thomas-Chafee 
bill  would  also  improve  access  to  care.  In  particular,  it  would 
provide  the  same  advantages  discussed  earlier  with  respect  in  the 
Cooper-Grandy  bill.   It  also  has  two  other  advantages: 

•  There  would  be  universal  coverage  by  the  year  2005  if 
specific  savings  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid  are  met;  and 

•  Individuals  and  families  below  the  poverty  level  would 
not  necessarily  be  limited  to  the  cheapest  plan  available 
in  their  area.  Rather,  they  would  receive  subsidies 
equal  to  the  mean  premium  averaged  over  the  cheapest  half 
of  all  plans.  Thus,  they  might  receive  coverage  that 
allows  them  to  be  better  integrated  into  "mainstream" 
medical  care. 

Both  of  these  elements  are  extremely  important  and  should  not 
be  overlooked  when  assessing  the  desirability  of  this  bill. 
Nevertheless,  there  remain  some  barriers  to  access. 

First,  although  universal  coverage  is  a  goal  of  the  Thomas- 
Chafee  bill,  it  is  not  guaranteed.  This  is  because  the  individual 
mandate  upon  which  it  is  based  will  be  binding  only  if  there  is 
enough  money  available  to  fully  fund  specified  subsidy  levels  for 
low- income  persons.  If  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings  are  not  as 
great  as  hoped,  then  benefits  could  be  reduced  or  the  eligibility 
for  and/or  size  of  the  vouchers  could  be  tightened;  as  a  result, 
universal  coverage  could  be  delayed  or  put  off  indefinitely. 

Whether  growth  in  Medicare  spending  can  be  reduced  from  12  to 


441 


7  percent  per  year  is  anyone's  guess.  The  most  likely  way  this 
could  be  achieved  is  by  reducing  provider  payments.  But  hospitals 
report  that  they  are  already  losing  10  cents  on  the  dollar  for 
treating  Medicare  patients,  and  physicians  now  receive  only  about 
70  percent  as  much  for  their  Medicare  patients  as  their  privately 
insured  patients .  It  is  not  clear  how  much  more  Medicare  provider 
payments  can  be  cut  and  still  be  able  to  assure  adequate  access  to 
care  for  the  elderly  and  disabled  population. 

Second,  as  the  case  of  Cooper-Grandy,  the  health  alliances 
under  the  Thomas-Chafee  bill  would  tend  to  have  relatively 
unhealthy  enrollees  because  they  would  be  primarily  comprised  of 
small  firms,  the  uninsured,  the  self-employed,  and  individuals 
previously  on  Medicaid.  This  would  tend  to  raise  premiums,  making 
it  difficult  for  both  individuals  and  small  firms  to  afford  to 
purchase  coverage . 

Third,  the  onus  of  financing  coverage  is  put  on  the  individual 
rather  than  the  firm.  Without  contributions  from  their  firms, 
millions  of  Americans  may  find  it  financially  difficult  to  afford 
health  insurance  coverage.  Subsidies  will  help,  but  the  bill  does 
not  guarantee  the  size  of  these  subsidies  since  the  magnitude  of 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings  is  unclear.  Furthermore,  subsidies 
are  to  be  phased  out  at  240  percent  of  the  poverty  level.  Thus,  a 
family  with  an  income  of,  say,  $35,000  could  be  forced  to  spend 
well  over  10  percent  of  total  income  for  a  health  insurance  policy 
without  any  help  from  an  employer,  or  the  benefit  of  a  government 
subsidy.  And  this  does  not  even  include  the  financial  burdens  that 
would  be  caused  by  higher  cost  sharing  levels.  Millions  of 
families  are  likely  to  find  these  increased  premium  and  cost 
sharing  payments  to  be  an  onerous  burden. 

Fourth,  the  same  issue  of  "job  lock"  discussed  above  could 
also  occur  under  the  Thomas-Chafee  bill  --in  fact,  it  could  become 
even  more  severe.  Because  employers  are  not  required  to  contribute 
towards  an  employee's  coverage,  some  individuals  will  find  it 
financially  painful  to  move  from  an  employer  that  offers  coverage 
to  another  that  does  not .  This  would  be  accentuated  by  the 
individual  mandate  --  since  individuals  would  be  required  to 
purchase  coverage,  many  would  feel  forced  to  stick  with  an  employer 
that  helped  them  make  such  payments. 

Fifth,  although  the  benefits  to  be  included  are  outlined  in 
more  detail  than  in  Cooper-Grandy,  there  are  still  some  important 
uncertainties.  In  particular,  it  is  not  stated  what  level  of  cost 
sharing  will  be  required  in  both  the  standard  and  the  catastrophic 
benefit  packages.  This  could  be  particularly  harmful  to  lower 
income  individuals,  who  tend  to  have  more  health  problems. 

Finally,  as  in  the  earlier  discussion,  those  with  higher 
incomes  will  find  it  easier  to  purchase  more  expensive  plans, 
resulting  in  segmentation  of  the  insurance  market.  This  problem  is 
likely  to  be  somewhat  less  extensive  than  with  Cooper-Grandy, 
because  subsidy  levels  are  based  not  on  the  lowest  cost  plan  in  an 
area,  but  on  the  mean  premium  averaged  over  the  cheapest  half  of 
all  plans. 

COST  CONTAINMENT 

Because  Cooper-Grandy  and  Thomas-Chafee  both  rely  on  managed 
competition  to  control  health  care  costs,  most  of  my  remarks  apply 
to  both.  A  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  points  I  will  make 
appears  in  an  article  I  jointly  authored  with  E.  Richard  Brown  and 
Roberta  Wyn,  entitled  "Holes  in  the  Jackson  Hole  Approach  to  Health 
Care  Reform,"  that  appeared  in  the  Sept.  15,  1993  issue  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Americsm  Medical  Association.  I  have  attached  a 
copy  of  this  article  to  my  written  testimony  and  ask  that  it  be 
included  in  the  Record. 

Managed  competition  is  an  untested  concept.   In  my  opinion, 


442 


there  is  no  convincing  evidence  to  indicate  that  it  can 
successfully  control  growth  in  health  care  spending.  There  are 
several  reasons  to  doubt  the  effectiveness  of  managed  competition 
in  controlling  health  care  costs.   They  include  the  following: 

•  Consumers  --  particularly  those  with  health  problems  and 
who  are  therefore  attached  to  particular  providers  --  may 
continue  to  purchase  costly  fee-f or-service  health  plans 
that  provide  them  maximum  flexibility. 

•  HMOs  have  shown  little  success  controlling  the  overall 
rate  of  growth  in  health  care  costs .  This  is  due  in  part 
to  the  fact  that  they  attract  a  favorable  mix  of 
patients,  leaving  sicker  ones  to  the  unmanaged  fee-f or- 
service  sector.  Nor  have  they  shown  any  ability  to 
control  the  use  of  expensive  technologies.  The  problem 
is  even  more  acute  in  independent  practice  associations 
(IPAs)  ,  in  which  the  vast  majority  of  HMO  growth  is 
occurring.  In  many  parts  of  the  country,  the  only  types 
of  HMOs  that  can  be  supported  with  the  population  base 
are  IPAs. 

•  Providers  may  continue  to  wield  considercible  market  power 
even  with  the  formation  of  health  alliances.  If,  as  is 
the  case  in  all  major  bills  before  the  Congress, 
providers  are  allowed  to  join  more  than  one  health  plan, 
then  each  plan  will  have  less  clout.  This  problem  is 
becoming  more  pronounced  now  that  so  many  provider  groups 
are  merging  together.  In  doing  so,  they  hope  to  be  able 
to  keep  their  prices  higher  and  the  profit  margins  up. 

The  problems  just  mentioned  will,  in  my  opinion,  be 
accentuated  under  both  the  Cooper-Grandy  and  Thomas-Chaf ee  bills. 
Under  both,  health  alliances  will  be  geared  only  to  small 
employers,  and  even  then,  enrollment  through  the  alliances  will  be 
voluntary.  Thus,  the  purchasing  alliances  are  likely  to  lack  the 
necessary  muscle  to  effectively  bargain  with  provider  groups.  This 
could  be  even  a  greater  problem  under  Thomas -Chafee,  where  health 
alliances  may  compete  with  each  other.  Not  only  will  this  weaken 
their  bargaining  position,  but  it  could  also  result  in  competition 
among  alliances  for  the  best  risks . 

The  example  usually  given  of  a  successful  working  model  of 
managed  competition  is  the  California  Public  Employees'  Retirement 
System  (CalPERS) .  But  this  is  not  a  convincing  model  because 
CalPERS  members  make  up  only  a  small  portion  of  most  health  plans' 
total  enrollments.  As  a  result,  plans  have  been  able  to  make  price 
concessions  to  CalPERS  and  still  maintain  revenues  by  charging 
other  buyers  more.  Furthermore,  the  program  is  not  generalizable 
to  the  rest  of  the  country  because  its  members  are  all  employed  and 
tend  to  be  fairly  well  paid,  it  does  not  offer  a  fee-f or-service 
option,  and  it  operates  in  an  area  with  tremendous  HMO  competition. 
There  is  also  evidence  that  the  non-HMO  (i.e.,  PPO)  plan  has 
experienced  adverse  selection. 

Given  the  lack  of  evidence  that  managed  competition  can 
control  health  care  costs,  it  may  be  necessary  to  impose  overall 
budgetary  controls  over  the  U.S.  health  care  system.  Although 
unattractive  in  many  ways,  I  believe  that  this  is  the  only  way  to 
ensure  that  costs  will  be  controlled.  Such  systems  have  operated 
successfully  in  other  countries  and  might  also  work  in  the  United 
States.  Neither  bill,  however,  includes  any  such  controls.  As  a 
result,  their  cost  containment  potential  is  at  the  very  best, 
untested. 

Thank  you  very  much. 


443 


Caring  for  the  Uninsured  and  Underinsjred 


Holes  in  the  Jackson  Hole  Approach 
to  Health  Care  Reform 


jv^rr.^c,  R.ce   PhD   E   H'Cfard  Brown   PhD   Bobe'ta  Wyn   MPH 


MANAGED  competition  is  synonymous 
■Anth  market-onented  health  care  reform. 
Those  ■J.ho  corned  the  phrase,  the  Jack- 
son Hole  Group,'  have  been  identified, 
incorrectly,  by  the  .Veu,'  York  Times'  as 
the  brain  trust  for  the  Clinton  adminis- 
tration s  reform  proposal.  Many  medical 
industry  groups  have  participated  in  de- 
\  eloping  the  Jackson  Hole  version  of  man- 
aged competition,  including  major  insur- 
ance companies,  the  Amencan  Medical 
Association,  the  Pharmaceutical  Manu- 
facturers Association,  and  large  health 
maintenance  organizations  (H.MOs). 
About  the  only  sigruiicant  interest  groups 
that  have  not  e.\pressed  support  for  the 
concept  are  those  representing  consum- 
ers In  this  article,  we  critically  assess 
theJackson  Hole  Group's  proposal  to  con- 
trol health  spending  and  provide  access 
to  quality  health  care. 

Boiled  down  to  its  fundamentals,  the 
Jackson  Hole  approach  to  managed  com- 
petition requires  three  major  changes 
in  the  L'S  health  insurance  system.  First, 
regional  health  insurance  purchasing  co- 
operatives (HIPCs)  are  formed  to  man- 
age the  marketplace  for  health  care  cov- 
erage, especially  for  small  firms  and  in- 
dividuals. Second,  employers  and  HIPCs 
contribute  the  same  amount  of  money 
for  coverage  regardless  of  which  plan  a 
consumer  chooses.  This  provision  re- 
quires limiting  the  ta.x  excludability  of 
health  benefits  to  the  rate  charged  by 
the  least  costly  qualified  health  plan,  so 
that  premium  payments  above  that  lev- 
el would  be  with  after  ux  dollars.  Third, 
to  level  the  playing  field  among  all  health 
plans,  new  rules  make  it  more  difficult 
for  plans  to  avoid  enrolling  high-risk  in- 
dividuals 

This  critique  focuses  on  the  Jackson 
Hole  model  of  managed  competition;  it 
applies  to  other  versions  of  managed 


='0^  -n*  OeDa"me"is  o'  Me 

■ann  Sef 

~ 

(S(0<5 

R.ce 

ir^./*fr,)irMir 

OfTMTHjfMty  M©ai 

'f^Scieixos 

(D'BrOwni 

jCLfi  Scfoo<  0 

1  Pi^DiiC  Meaiin 

igeii 

e%  Cai 

111 

oto"n  'eQu< 

»s's  '0  OeoadfT 

lef't  01  <■ 

in  Uf^ 

"ces 

XwA  Scry»i 

o»  ''uOi'C   Mej 

lilh     LO! 

S     Ai 

ngeies 

CA 

-KCi^- •■  772 'Oi 

'  n-cei 

competition  only  to  the  extent  that  they 
share  important  features  with  this  ap- 
proach. 

THE  JACKSON  HOLE  APPROACH 
WILL  NOT  CONTROL  HEALTH  CARE 
EXPENDITURES 

Jackson  Hole  advocates  argue  that 
their  approach  to  health  care  reform  will 
help  control  health  care  expenditures 
by  making  consumers  more  cost-con- 
scious purchasers  of  health  insurance 
and  health  care  services.  The  Jackson 
Hole  approach  assumes  that  savings  will 
be  generated  largely  through  greater 
enrollment  in  HMOs.  Providers,  in  turn, 
will  have  to  compete  among  themselves 
to  be  selected  as  members  of  health  plans 
by  charging  less  and/or  providing  ser- 
vices in  a  cost-effective  manner. 

There  are  three  reasons,  however, 
why  the  Jackson  Hole  approach  is  un- 
likely to  succeed  in  controlling  US  health 
care  expenditures:  ( I )  consumers^par- 
ticularly  high  users— will  continue  to 
purchase  expensive  health  plans;  (2) 
greater  enrollment  in  HMOs  will  pro- 
vide few  savings;  and  '3i  providers  will 
continue  to  have  considerable  bargain- 
ing power  in  their  dealings  .vith  health 
plans. 

Consumers  Will  Continue 

to  Purchase  Rich  Benefit  Packages 

One  of  the  central  as.sumptions  in  this 
approach  is  that  consumers  will  not 
readily  spend  their  own  i  after-tax  1  dol- 
lars to  purchase  relatively  expensive 
health  care  coverage.  Embedded  in  this 
argument  are  two  suppositions  consum- 
ers are  responsive  to  premium  differ- 
ences among  plans,  and  m:iny  will  be 
satisfied  with  the  minimum  required  set 
of  benefits.  Neither  of  these  assump- 
tions is  likely  to  be  true. 

The  economic  evidence  on  how  respon- 
sive consumers  will  be  to  differences  in 
premiums  is  embodied  by  the  economic 
concept  of  the  price  elasticity  of  demand 
for  health  insurance.  This  is  defined  as 
the  percentage  of  change  in  the  amount 
of  insurance  purchased  divided  by  the 


percentage  of  change  in  premiums.  Ad- 
mittedly, previous  research  on  these 
elasticities  provides  only  indirect  evi- 
dence concerning  the  Jackson  Hole  ap- 
proach because  the  latter  is  likely  to 
result  in  a  different  set  of  insurance 
choices  for  consumers. 

The  literature  reports  a  great  deal  of 
uncertainty  concerning  the  magnitude 
of  the  price  elasticity  of  demand  for 
health  insurance.  Estimates  from  some 
of  the  more  sophisticated  studies  vary 
greatly,  from  as  little  as  -0.16  to  as 
much  as  -  2.8.'' "  The  Congressional  Bud- 
get Office  reports,  however,  that  when 
similar  methods  are  used  to  compute 
these  elasticities,  the  results  from  most 
studies  fall  into  a  much  narrower  range 
(internal  memorandum.  March  17, 1993). 
It  estimates  that  the  price  elasticity  of 
demand  for  health  insurance  equals 
about  -0.2  in  the  short  run,  and  -0.6  in 
the  long  run.  (The  short  run  is  defined 
as  the  period  over  which  a  group,  such 
as  organized  labor,  cannot  renegotiate 
its  collective  bargaining  contract— typ- 
ically, about  2  years.)  Thus,  although 
consumers  would  be  expected  to  respond 
somewhat  to  premium  differences  when 
choosing  their  health  plans,  the  magni- 
tude of  this  response  does  not  appear  to 
be  particularly  great. 

Even  if  consumers  as  a  whole  were 
responsive  to  premium  differences,  this 
still  might  not  result  in  substantial  cost 
savings.  This  is  because  the  people  most 
likely  to  respond  to  premium  differ- 
ences are  those  who  are  relatively  low 
users  of  service.  One  percent  of  the  US 
population  is  responsible  for  a  full  30% 
of  health  expenditures;  2%  account  for 
41%;  and  10%  are  responsible  for  72%.' 
High  users,  who  tend  to  have  significant 
health  problems,  are  likely  to  have  a 
much  stronger  interest  in  staying  with 
their  current  physicians.  As  a  result, 
they  would  not  be  easily  swayed  to 
switch  health  plans  even  with  the  pros- 
pect of  lower  premiums.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  of  a  switch  to  a  group  or  staff 
model  HMO— the  health  plan  of  choice 
for  the  Jackson  Hole  Group — where  the 


444 


patient  is  locked  into  the  plans  own  pro- 
vider panels. 

High  users  of  health  services  will  also 
be  inclined  to  purchase  plans  with  more 
comprehensive  benefits,  further  under- 
mining the  Jackson  Hole  strategy  to  con- 
trol total  health  spending.  Alternative- 
ly, if  benefits  were  completely  standard- 
ized so  that  health  plans  could  not  in- 
clude any  extra  types  of  benefits — as 
some  Jackson  Hole  advocates,  such  as 
Enthoven,'  recommend — individuals 
could  purchase  supplemental  policies 
(not  unlike  current  Medigap  insurance, 
which  IS  owned  by  TO^of  the  elderly)  to 
cover  any  gaps  and.  possibly,  cost-shar- 
ing  requirements. 

No  direct  evidence  is  available  to  in- 
dicate the  e.xtent  to  which  the  public 
will  wish  to  purchase  benefits  above  the 
basic  plan  The  only  research  that  sheds 
much  light  on  this  issue  comes  from  the 
RAND  Health  Insurance  Experiment.' 
Although  the  experiment  covered  almost 
all  services,  copayments  were  required. 
Participants  were  asked  whether  they 
wished  to  purchase  supplemental  in- 
surance that  covered  all  or  part  of 
their  out-of-pocket  expenses;  60%  said 
they  would.  There  was  also  a  substan- 
tial amount  of  adverse  selection;  fami- 
lies that  anticipated  facing  higher 
health  expenditures  were  much  more 
likely  to  want  to  purchase  supplemental 
coverage. 

Under  managed  competition,  the  de- 
velopment of  new  technologies  is  likely 
to  create  further  upward  pressures  on 
the  benefits  package.  Although  very  dis- 
cretionary and  perhaps  experimental 
services  would  not  be  covered,  they  could 
be  obtained  either  by  purchasing  a  more 
comprehensive  health  plan  or  by  paying 
for  these  services  directly  with  out-of- 
pocket  dollars.  Over  time,  however,  con- 
sumers and  providers  will  insist  that 
many  expensive  new  technologies  and 
services  be  included  in  the  basic  plan  for 
the  simple  reason  that  someone  else  will 
be  paying  the  lion's  share  of  the  costs. 
Examples  could  include  the  dramatic — 
an  acquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome 
vaccine  or  a  drug  treatment  that  slows 
the  loss  of  mental  capacity  or  even  re- 
versed Alzheimer's  disease— or  the  more 
pedestrian,  such  as  ultrasonograms  with 
better  resolution.' 

The  types  of  pressures  that  will  be 
faced  by  government  can  be  seen  by 
examining  the  extent  of  sute-man- 
dated  health  benefits.  State  govern- 
ments had  enacted  more  than  730  man- 
dated health  insurance  benefits  by  1988.' 
The  same  interest  groups  that  were  able 
to  get  state  mandates  approved  are  al- 
most certain  to  fight  hard  to  make  sure 
that  their  particular  type  of  coverage  is 
included  in  any  basic  plan. 


Greater  Enrollment  in  HMOs  Will  Do 
Little  to  Control  Expenditures 

A  common  thread  in  the  writing  of 
the  Jackson  Hole  Group  and  other  ad- 
vocates of  managed  competition  is  the 
reliance  on  group  or  staff  model 
HMOs."°  But  there  are  several  reasons 
why  greater  enrollment  in  HMOs  will 
do  little  by  itself  to  control  health  care 
expenditures.  First,  most  people  mov- 
ing into  HMOs  will  join  independent 
practice  associations  (IPAs).  In  1990, 
about  60%  of  individuals  in  HMOs  were 
enrolled  in  individual  or  network  model 
IP.As,"  and  this  trend  is  becoming  more 
pronounced. 

Between  1988  and  1990,  77%  of  HMO 
enrollment  growth  was  accounted  for 
by  individual  or  network  IPA  plans." 
Available  evidence  concerning  the  cost- 
containing  potential  of  IPA  is  mixed. 
Although  recent  findings  reported  in 
JAMA  from  the  Medical  Outcomes 
Study"  do  report  some  cost  savings, 
most  other  analysts,  including  the  Con- 
gressional Budget  Office,  have  found  lit- 
tle evidence  of  savings.'^" 

Second,  consumers  who  join  group  or 
staff  model  HMOs  tend  to  be  healthier; 
for  such  persons,  managed  care  offers 
the  fewest  cost  savings  because  they 
have  less  potential  to  need  large  vol- 
umes of  services.  Although  many  of  the 
rules  of  managed  competition  are  sup- 
posed to  reduce  the  amount  of  favorable 
selection  into  HMOs,  selection  bias  may 
continue  to  be  a  problem,  and  in  fact, 
insurers  have  a  bevy  of  such  techniques 
available,  many  of  which  could  still  per- 
sist even  under  the  Jackson  Hole  ap- 
proach."The  Federal  Employees  Health 
Benefits  Program  ( FEHBP)  and  the  Cal- 
ifornia Public  Employees'  Retirement 
System  (CalPERS)  provide  some  evi- 
dence for  this,  although  the  compari- 
sons to  the  Jackson  Hole  approach  are 
not  directly  applicable  because  neither 
of  these  programs  risk-adjusts  and  be- 
cause both  include  retirees  in  their  in- 
surance pools.  The  FEHBP's  high- 
option  service  and  indemnity  plans  have 
attracted  a  much  higher  proportion  of 
retired  people  and  high-risk  people  than 
the  HMOs."  The  same  is  true  of 
CalPERS — which  is  often  touted  as  a 
prototypical  Jackson  Hole  model — 
where  the  statewide  preferred  provider 
option,  which  has  the  most  flexible  and 
extensive  benefits  of  the  health  plans 
offered,  has  experienced  adverse  selec- 
tion relative  to  the  HMOs." 

The  Jackson  Hole  approach  attempts 
to  deal  with  any  remaining  problems  of 
selection  bias  by  "risk  adjusting"  con- 
tnbutions.  That  is,  plans  with  sicker  en- 
rollees  will  get  higher  payments,  al- 
though these  proposals  are  silent  on  ex- 


actly what  the  formula  would  look  like. 
Many  efforts  have  been  made  to  find 
factors  that  are  good  predictors  of  fu- 
ture utilization;  one  study"  reviewed 
more  than  40  such  efforts  published 
through  1985.  Factors  examined  include 
sociodemographic  factors,  some  clinical 
and  self-assessed  health  measures,  dai- 
ly activity  limitations,  and  prior  utiliza- 
tion and  costs. 

Perhaps  the  best  of  these  variables 
for  explaining  future  health  care  utili- 
zation IS  past  utilization.'"  It  could  there- 
fore be  argued  that  plan  contributions 
to  health  plans  should  be  based  in  part 
on  previous  utilization  levels  of  enroll- 
ees-  Unfortunately,  this  approach  is  in- 
herently infiationary.  If  plans  are  com- 
pensated more  in  subsequent  years  if 
enrollees  use  more  services  now.  there 
would  be  an  incentive  to  increase  cur- 
rent utilization  levels,  which  in  turn 
would  result  in  higher  expenditures.  Re- 
searchers are  using  some  of  the  vari- 
ables mentioned  in  the  previous  para- 
graph to  develop  more  powerful  formu- 
las that  are  not  inherently  inflationary Z' 
But  until  the  state  of  the  art  is  farenough 
along  to  take  away  plans'  advantages 
from  obtaining  a  favorable  selection  of 
enrollees,  purchasing  cooperatives  will 
have  to  use  less  technically  sophisti- 
cated means  of  adjusting  payments  to 
plans. 

Third,  although  HMOs  cost  less  than 
fee-for-service  plans  for  a  particular  ar- 
ray of  benefits,  they  have  not  been  suc- 
cessful in  controlling  the  rate  of  increase 
in  health  care  expenditures.  This  has 
been  shown  to  be  the  case  consistently 
for  the  last  30  years."  °  Part  of  the  prob- 
lem IS  due  to  HMOs'  inability  to  control 
the  rate  of  technology  diffusion  and  oth- 
er input  costs.  If  HMOs  are  to  compete 
with  fee-for-service  medicine,  they  must 
provide  the  same  types  of  services  that 
make  their  physicians  feel  that  they  are 
providing  state-of-the-art  medicine  and 
their  patients  believe  that  they  are  re- 
ceiving the  best  medical  care  possible. 
In  this  regard,  Newhouse"  has  stated 
that  "whatever  is  driving  up  costs  in 
fee-for-service  medicine  has  been  driv- 
ing them  up  in  HMOs  as  well  Technol- 
ogy is  a  factor  that  applies  to  both."  Of 
course,  if  approaches  such  as  Jackson 
Hole  result  in  a  much  higher  rate  of 
HMO  enrollment  than  previously,  then 
future  experience  might  differ  from  the 
past,  as  HMOs  compete  more  against 
each  other  than  against  fee-for-service 
plans.  But  at  this  point,  such  a  scenario 
Is  speculative. 

Finally,  in  most  parts  of  the  country 
there  is  not  a  sufficient  population  base 
to  support  adequate  HMO  competition. 
Kronick  et  al'"  recently  conducted  an 
analysis  that  assumed  that  three  com- 


445 


peting  health  plans  were  necessary  to 
ensure  minimally  adequate  competition 
m  an  area.  They  found  that  only  42%  to 
63%  of  the  population  lives  in  areas  that 
could  support  three  or  more  HMOs.  Jack- 
son Hole  proponents  argue  that  in  the 
majority  of  rural  areas,  managed  com- 
petition would  work  through  the  use  of 
flexible  health  plan  arrangements  (eg. 
competition  among  small  pnmary-  care 
facilities  or  among  primary  care  provid- 
ers) But  they  do  acknowledge  that  there 
are  settings,  and  in  fact  whole  states 
(eg,  Wyoming  and  Montana),  where  the 
approach  may  not  work  and  would  need 
to  be  replaced  by  a  "managed  coopera- 
tion" approach.^ 

Whether  or  not  one  accepts  these 
numbers,  it  is  clear  that  the  Jackson 
Hole  model  would  not  be  effective  in  a 
large  proportion  of  the  country  Fur- 
thermore, just  because  the  population 
exists  does  not  ensure  that  the  mini- 
mum number  of  HMOs  will  enter  the 
market  Even  when  there  is  a  sufficient 
population  base  to  support  a  number  of 
HMOs,  It  may  take  years  for  enough 
groupor  staff  model  HMOs  to  enter  the 
market  and  achieve  adequate  enroll- 
ments.-' 

Providers  Will  Continue  to  Have 
Considerable  Bargaining  Power 

One  of  the  linchpins  of  the  Jackson 
Hole  approach  is  that  health  plans  will 
have  considerable  leverage  over  pro- 
viders. Because  it  is  assumed  that  plans 
that  are  too  costly  will  not  be  chosen  by 
consumers,  the  only  way  for  plans  to 
survive  is  to  e.xercise  strong  bargaining 
power  over  provider  groups.  And  since 
being  a  member  of  a  health  plan  is  the 
only  game  in  town,  providers  will  have  to 
play  ball  or  else  lose  most  of  their  busi- 
ness. This  scenario  may  not  be  realistic, 
however,  for  the  following  reasons. 

First,  if  providers  join  multiple 
plans— which  purportedly  will  be  al- 
lowed under  the  Clinton  administration's 
proposal— then  plans  will  continue  to 
have  little  effective  bargaining  power. 
Most  advocates  of  managed  competition 
recognize  that  little  is  gained  when  pro- 
viders contract  with  large  numbers  of 
managed  care  plans.'"-''  As  the  number 
of  health  plans  increases,  each  has  less 
market  power  over  individual  provid- 
ers, particularly  when  providers  become 
members  of  more  than  one  plan.  This 
places  plans  at  a  disadvantage  in  bar- 
gaining with  providers,  and  the  price 
they  receive  may  not  be  as  low  as  it 
would  be  otherwise.  It  is,  therefore,  sur- 
prising that  most  managed  competition 
proposals,  including  Jackson  Hole,  do 
not  explicitly  control  the  number  of  com- 
peting plans  or  the  number  of  plans  with 
which  individual  providers  may  contract. 


Although  the  HI  PCs  or  other  bodies 
certify  plan  eligibility,  in  most  propos- 
als any  qualified  plan  may  market  itself. 

An  example  of  this  problem  is  the 
experience  of  preferred  provider  orga- 
nizations (PPOs).  In  1988,  the  typical 
insurer-sponsored  PPO  had  155  000  el- 
igible participants,  and  13  000  physi- 
cians.* Thus,  on  average,  each  physi- 
cian had  only  11  members  from  a  par- 
ticular PPO,  who  may  not  have  even 
used  the  PPO  network.  The  PPOs  there- 
fore have  little  bargaining  power  over 
providers  since  they  are  responsible  for 
so  little  of  each  provider's  practice.  In 
fact,  recent  studies^"  have  almost  uni- 
versally concluded  that  PPOs  either  do 
not  reduce  health  care  expenditures  or 
even  raise  them. 

The  second  problem  is  that  providers 
may  respond  to  the  formation  of  HI  PCs 
by  consolidating  into  larger  practices  to 
obtain  countervailing  market  power. 
This  appears  to  be  what  has  occurred  in 
Minnesota  As  a  reaction  to  the  increas- 
ingly competitive  nature  of  the  public 
and  pnvate  health  insurance  market  dur- 
ing the  1980s,  practitioners  and  "hospi- 
tals have  organized  into  bigger  chains  to 
give  themselves  the  clout  to  negoti- 
ate."^^  This  countervailing  market  pow- 
er has  allowed  providers  to  raise  their 
prices  and  keep  their  margins  up."  Jack- 
son Hole  advocates  offer  no  clear  solu- 
tion to  this  problem. 

THE  JACKSON  HOLE  APPROACH 
WILL  NOT  ENSURE 
ACCESS  AND  QUALITY 

Advocates  of  the  Jackson  Hole  ap- 
proach argue  that  it  will  improve  access 
and  quality  of  care  for  several  reasons: 
universal  coverage  would  be  assured, 
with  the  poor  and  near-poor  receiving 
subsidies  toward  purchasing  health  cov- 
erage, insurers  would  no  longer  be  per- 
mitted to  deny  coverage  or  charge  more 
to  people  in  poor  health;  more  people 
would  be  offered  a  choice  of  health  plans 
than  currently  have  such  a  choice;  and 
the  poor  could  receive  coverage  from 
the  same  plans  as  the  nonpoor.  Quality 
would  also  improve  as  plans  compete 
with  each  other  to  provide  the  best  prod- 
uct, medical  outcomes,  and  satisfaction 
per  premium  dollar  This  kind  of  com- 
petition would  be  facilitated  by  requir- 
ing plans  to  disseminate  information 
about  these  outcomes  to  prospective  and 
current  enrollees. 

Conversely,  it  can  be  argued  that  ac- 
cess and  quality  problems  would  persist 
under  managed  competition.  By  relying 
on  price  competition  among  plans  and 
providers,  access  and  quality  could  be 
jeopardized  through  the  segmentation 
of  the  market  into  two  tiers.  One  tier 
would  be  composed  of  lower-income  en- 


rollees who,  for  economic  reasons,  were 
forced  to  join  the  least  costly  plan  in  an 
area;  the  other  tier  would  include  al- 
most everyone  else.  A  discussion  of  these 
issues  follows. 

Limited  Access  (or 
LovK-lncome  People 

Capping  employer  payments  and  gov- 
ernment subsidies  to  health  plans  at  the 
rate  charged  by  the  lowest-cost  certi- 
fied plan  tn  an  area  would,  in  practice, 
restrict  the  lower-income  population  to 
these  basic  plans.  This  is  not  so  much  a 
problem  in  the  existing  programs  that 
Jackson  Hole  advocates  frequently  point 
to — the  Minnesota  State  employees  pro- 
gram, CalPERS.  the  FEHBP,  and  oth- 
er large  public-sector  employers — tffe- 
cause  nearly  all  employees  in  these 
groups  are  paid  sufficient  wages  to  af- 
ford some  choice.  The  same  cannot  be 
said  for  people  employed  in  low-wage 
occupations  or  industnes 

Stale-level  studies  for  Massachusetts 
and  Vermont  estimated  that,  after  tak- 
ing account  of  typical  essential  monthly 
expenses,  families  below  200%  of  the 
poverty  line  had  little  or  no  disposable 
income  available  for  sliding-scale  con- 
tributions to  health  insurance  premi- 
ums." Another  study  found  that  lower- 
income  families'  spending  on  health  in- 
surance is  much  more  infiuenced  by  the 
price  of  the  plan:  price  elasticity  esti- 
mates for  health  insurance  were  tvi'ice 
as  high  for  families  with  incomes  be- 
tween $15000  and  $25  000  as  for  those 
with  incomes  of  more  than  $40  000  (-0.14 
vs  -0.06);  for  families  with  incomes  less 
than  $15000,  elasticity  estimates  were 
six  times  higher  ( -0.39)  than  for  those 
with  incomes  of  more  than  $40000.' 

Thus,  persons  with  family  incomes  be- 
low 200%  of  the  federal  poverty  level 
are  unlikely  to  be  able  to  afford  premi- 
um surcharges  Using  this  standard,  80 
million  people — 32%  of  the  entire  pop- 
ulation— will  be  able  to  "choose"  only 
among  basic  plans  (unpublished  analy- 
sis of  March  1991  Current  Population 
Survey).  Market  choice  requires  the  fi- 
nancial means  to  choose,  but  the  Jack- 
son Hole  approach  would  limit  the  choice 
of  lower-wage  workers  and  other  lower- 
income  persons  to  basic  plans. 

If  low-income  people  are  financially 
restricted  to  basic  plans,  differentials  in 
premium  charges  between  plans  would 
result  in  segmentation  of  the  market. 
Although  Jackson  Hole  advocates  as- 
sume that  some  plans  will  market  to 
persons  who  cannot  afford  out-of-pock- 
et premium  charges,  it  is  likely  that  most 
plans  would  prefer  to  market  to  a  more 
affluent  market  niche  where  profit  mar- 
gins may  be  higher.  These  plans  would 
entice  middle-  and  upper-income  groups 


446 


to  pay  more  of  their  after-tax  income  for 
more  choice  of  physicians,  shorter  waits 
for  appointments  with  primary  care  phy- 
sicians and  specialists,  more  convenient- 
1 V  located  physicians,  hospitals,  and  phar- 
macies, and/or  broader  coverage  Mar- 
ket segmentation  would  adversely  af- 
fect people  who  are  unable  to  afford  more 
than  a  basic  plan.  They  would  find  that 
there  are  not  enough  plans  with  enough 
capacity  willing  to  participate;  they 
would  find  few  providers  willing  to  serve 
them;  and  they  would  have  less  access 
to  specialty  care  and  e.xpensive  medical 
technologies. 

Low-income  persons  are  likely  to  have 
a  difficult  time  finding  plans  in  which 
they  can  enroll  because  few  plans  may 
choose  to  market  themselves  at  the  most 
affordable  basic  plan  rates.  This  has  been 
the  experience  with  managed  care  in 
•  the  Medicaid  program.  A  recent  survey 
found  that  only  22%  of  HMOs  were  par- 
ticipating in  the  Medicaid  program;  low 
participation  rates  by  plans  are  due 
mainly  to  low  premiums  paid  by  Med- 
icaid, discontinuous  Medicaid  eligibility 
of  enrollees,  and  marketing  problems."^ 

In  addition,  people  who  can  afford  only 
a  basic  plan  may  have  poorer  access  to 
health  services  and  poorer  quality  care 
compared  with  more  affluent  persons. 
Although  all  plans  would  be  required  to 
provide  a  comprehensive  benefit  pack- 
age, enrollees  in  basic  plans  may  find  it 
difficult  to  obtain  many  of  the  services 
that  are  covered  by  the  plan.  The  more 
limited  economic  base  of  low-cost  plans 
would  restrict  their  ability  to  match  the 
fees  paid  by  higher-cost  plans.  Many 
providers  would  refuse  to  contract  with 
low-cost  plans,  relegating  enrollees  in 
basic  plans  to  a  limited-access  and  some- 
times lower-quality  market  niche  simi- 
lar to  the  situation  in  which  Medicaid 
patients  find  themselves."'"  Many  Med- 
icaid programs  contain  benefit  pack- 
ages that  are  far  more  generous  than 
those  offered  by  private  industry,  but 
Medicaid  beneficiaries  have  difficulty  ob- 
taining these  services  from  willing  pro- 
viders." People  in  low-cost  plans  would 
have  coverage,  but  actually  getting  cov- 
ered services  may  require  a  trip  across 
town  to  the  nearest  contract  provider, 
waiting  weeks  for  an  appointment,  or 
being  restricted  to  a  group  of  marginal 
physicians,  hospitals,  and  other  provid- 
ers that  contract  only  with  basic  plans. 

Plans  would  also  vary  in  their  access 
to  specialty  care  and  expensive  tech- 
nologies. More  expensive  plans,  which 
middle-  and  upper-income  people  would 
have  the  resources  to  choose,  are  likely 
to  provide  somewhat  easier  or  more 
timely  referrals  to  specialists.  Lower- 
cost  plans,  to  which  lower-income  peo- 
ple would  be  limited,  would  be  more 


likely  to  restrict  use  of  such  services 
even  when  they  are  necessary  and  ef- 
fective or  contract  with  specialists  who 
are  less  experienced  and  less  skilled. 
Patients  in  more  expensive  plans  would 
be  more  likely  to  receive  costly  proce- 
dures, such  as  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  or  hip  replacements  when  these 
are  appropriate,  than  enrollees  in  lower- 
cost  plans  This  has  been  the  expenence 
of  Medicaid  patients,  who  are  now  cov- 
ered by  a  program  that  pays  physicians 
and  hospitals  less  than  they  receive  for 
treating  other  patients  and  who  receive 
fewer  such  services  and  procedures  than 
privately  insured  patients,  often  with 
adverse  effects  on  their  health  status." 
This  difference  in  access  between  basic- 
premium  plans  and  those  that  impose  a 
premium  surcharge  would  perpetuate 
differences  in  access  to  health  services 
based  on  socioeconomic  status  rather 
than  on  medical  condition  and  appropri- 
ateness only,  continuing  fundamental  in- 
equities in  access  to  care. 

These  practices  would  be  especially 
detrimental  for  persons  with  disabili- 
ties or  chronic  conditions  who  have  low 
incomes  and  cannot  afford  more  than 
the  basic  plan  premiums.  Most  persons 
with  disabilities  have  a  "narrow  margin 
of  health"  that  "must  be  carefully  main- 
tained if  medical  problems  are  to  be 
avoided.""  If  inadequately  or  improp- 
erly managed,  such  conditions  may  de- 
teriorate rapidly  and  result  in  other- 
wise avoidable  hospitalization,  as  well 
as  time  lost  from  work  or  school,  in- 
creased disability,  or  even  death.  Prompt 
access  to  a  primary  care  practitioner 
who  is  knowledgeable  about  the  multi- 
plicity of  factors  that  accompany  a  dis- 
ability and  that  influence  the  person's 
health  status  is  essential  in  order  to  avert 
major  medical  problems  and  rapid  de- 
cline in  functional  ability." 

The  risks  of  such  delays  are  likely  to 
be  higher  in  basic  plans,  due  to  the  com- 
bination of  financial  incentives  of  capi- 
tation payment  (which  makes  each  re- 
ferral a  cost  to  the  plan)  and  the  limited 
market  choice  of  plans  that  may  be  avail- 
able at  the  basic  plan  premium.  There  is 
considerable  evidence,  from  research 
findings  and  anecdotal  accounts,  that 
low-income  persons  with  chronic  condi- 
tions do  not  fare  well  in  managed  care 
plans,  such  as  HMOs.""  Primary  care 
case  management  involves  a  physician 
or  other  practitioner  coordinating  care 
for  a  person,  but  it  also  makes  the  case 
manager  the  gatekeeper  to  control  use 
of  expensive  services.  The  HMOs  are 
likely  to  emphasize  the  gatekeeping  role; 
they  may  delay  or  withhold  referrals  to 
specialists  and  other  services  that  would 
cost  the  plan  money  out  of  its  pool  of 
prepaid  premiums  "**  Although  special- 


ty care  and  expensive  procedures  are 
undoubtedly  overused,  simply  tighten- 
ing the  reins  on  utilization — whether  by 
restrictive  practices  in  HMOs  or  by  im- 
posing deductibles  and  coinsurance  in 
fee-for-service  plans — reduces  use  of  ap- 
propriate and  effective  services,  as  well 
as  inappropnate  care,"  The  greater  need 
for  services  by  people  with  chronic  health 
problems  often  leads  to  considerable  fnc- 
tion  between  them  and  their  managed 
care  plan 

Restrictive  practices  do  not  seem  to 
adversely  affect  most  people  in  good 
health  or  those  with  only  minor  health 
problems,  but  these  practices  pose  spe- 
cial risks  for  people  whose  health  is  poor. 
In  the  RAND  Health  Insurance  Exper- 
iment, low-income  individuals  and  fam- 
ilies who  were  in  poor  heaUh  at  the  start 
of  the  study  and  who  were  randomly 
assigned  to  a  large,  well-established 
HMO  had,  by  the  end  of  the  experiment, 
more  bed-days  per  year  due  to  poor 
health  and  more  serious  symptoms  than 
those  assigned  to  the  fee-for-service  plan 
with  no  patient  cost  sharing,  and  they 
had  a  greater  risk  of  dying  than  those  in 
the  fee-for-service  plan  with  cost  shar- 
ing." These  findings  suggest  that  low- 
income  persons  in  poorer  health  whose 
incomes  limit  them  to  a  basic  plan  may 
have  poorer  outcomes  than  those  who 
have  access  to  more  costly  and  better 
plans. 

Potentially  Poorer  Quality 
Health  Services 

Jackson  Hole  advocates  assume  that 
HI  PCs  would  be  the  guardians  of  both 
access  to  health  services  and  the  quality 
of  plans  and  services."  Health  plans  must 
agree  to  report  medical  outcomes  and 
other  quality  assessment  data  to  the 
HIPC  and  the  public.  Such  information 
can  assure  the  quality  of  plans  and  med- 
ical care  provided  by  plans  only  if  the 
HIPCs  have  a  strong  interest  in  moni- 
toring and  enforcing  standards  and  if 
the  covered  population  has  effective  mar- 
ket choice  among  competing  health 
plans. 

An  HIPCs  costs  would  be  determined 
by  the  per  capita  cost  of  the  basic  plan; 
its  total  financial  liability  would  be  lim- 
ited to  this  per  capita  premium  multi- 
plied by  the  number  of  persons  in  the 
area.  The  quality  of  care  and  access  avail- 
able in  basic  plans  would  likely  be  sec- 
ondary to  their  cost.  Enforcing  quality 
standards  depends  on  the  HIPC  iden- 
tifying those  plans  that  do  not  comply 
and,  for  those  that  fail  to  improve,  being 
willing  to  use  a  "club"— freezing  the  er- 
rant plan's  enrollments  or  premium  rates 
or  terminating  the  plan's  contract  with 
the  HIPC.  But  for  the  HIPC  to  be  will- 
ing to  terminate  contracts  with  the  low- 


447 


est-cosl  plans  would  require  the  HI  PC 
to  pay  a  higher  basic  plan  premium,  a 
policy  they  would  be  more  likely  to  adopt 
for  a  politically  influential  constituency 
than  for  the  lower-income  population 
that  will  predominate  in  the  lowest  cost 
plans. 

It  is  possible  to  pressure  public  agen- 
cies to  take  seriously  the  needs  of  en- 
rolled populations.  Oregon's  Medicaid 
managed  care  program  has  avoided  sev- 
eral of  these  problems  through  more 
ngorous  enforcement  of  standards."  But 
vigilant  oversight  is  not  the  rule  when 
it  comes  to  low-income  communities. 
Low-income  populations  tend  to  be  less 
organized,  participate  less  in  the  polit- 
ical process,  and  have  less  personal  po- 
litical influence  than  more  affluent  com- 
munities. Programs  and  ser\iccs  tar- 
geted to  low-income  people  are  there- 
fore often  the  first  victims  of  budgetary 
axes  in  a  fiscal  squeeze  "  .advocacy  for 
the  interests  of  low-income  people  is  spo- 
radic and  only  occasionally  successful. 

Giving  consumers  market  freedom  to 
take  their  business  elsewhere  could  of- 
fer some  protection  against  being  locked 
into  uru-esponsive,  low-quality  plans,  but 
this  freedom  may  not  be  available  to 
low-income  families  and  individuals.  If 
the  HIPC  is  not  vigilant  in  enforcing 
quality  standards  and  is  excessively  fo- 
cused on  the  bottom  line,  some  health 
plans  may  try  to  capture  the  basic  plan 
market  by  deliberately  offering  bids  be- 
low the  level  necessary  to  provide  ad- 
equate access  to  quality  services.  Some 
unscrupulous  plans  may  skim  excessive 
profits,  leaving  insufficient  funds  to  pro- 
vide reasonable  access  or  quality.  If  the 
H  IPC  is  not  exercising  appropriate  over- 
sight of  plans,  market  choice  could  en- 
able better-off  enrollees  to  escape  from 
poor-quality  plans  and  enroll  in  better 
ones.  Although  middle-  and  upper-in- 
come groups  are  likely  to  have  economic 
choice  among  alternative  plans,  people 
restricted  by  their  incomes  to  basic  plans 
would  find  themselves  stuck  in  the  sys- 
tem's bottom  tier  where  they  will  en- 
dure poor  access  and  questionable  qual- 
ity of  care. 

THE  OVERALL  IMPACT  OF  THE 
JACKSON  HOLE  APPROACH 

We  have  described  a  number  of  spe- 
cific problems  with  the  Jackson  Hole 
approach.  Here,  we  provide  a  broader 
and  more  dynamic  picture  of  how  con- 
sumers, employers,  and  government  are 
likely  to  be  affected  by  the  implemen- 
tation of  this  model,  the  scenario  we 
envision  would  look  like  the  following: 

For  all  of  the  reasons  discussed  here- 
in, the  system  will  result  in  little  if  any 
savings  in  health  care  expenditures. 
(This  conclusion  is  not  just  ours  but  also 


that  ol  the  Congrebsional  Budget  Of- 
fice, which  has  stated  with  regard  to  the 
Conservative  Democratic  Forum's  man- 
aged competition  proposal  (HR  59361, 
that  "after  a  few  years,  (the  bill)  would 
leave  national  health  expenditures  at 
approximately  the  same  level  they  would 
reach  otherwise.  "'*""""  Although  ex- 
penditures are  likely  to  continue  to  rise 
at  the  same  rate  as  in  the  past,  govern- 
ment's ability  to  subsidize  health  care 
purchases  for  the  poor  and  near-poor 
probably  cannot  rise  as  fast  as  the  over- 
all increase  in  health  care  premiums  As 
a  result,  a  major  gap  will  quickly  emerge 
between  the  plans  being  offered. 

The  lowest-cost  plans  in  an  area  will 
tend  to  be  ones  that  are  the  least  de- 
sirable but  which  are  the  only  ones  af- 
fordable for  the  poor  and  near-poor.  They 
will  have  limited  provider  networks  that 
may  be  geographically  inconvenient,  pro- 
vide only  the  most  basic  services  re- 
quired, provide  the  least  choice  of  phy- 
sicians and  hospitals,  make  it  difficult  to 
obtain  specialist  care  and  new  technol- 
ogies, and  have  the  least  thorough  qual- 
ity assurance  programs.  We  thus  antic- 
ipate segmentation  of  the  market  for 
health  plans  and  health  services,  with 
more  costly  plans  providing  more  ac- 
cessible and  often  better-quality  ser- 
vices for  their  enrollees — in  short,  a  con- 
tinuation of  two-tier  medicine  under  the 
Jackson  Hole  approach. 

By  offering  more  prestigious  physi- 
cians and  hospitals  higher  payment  rates 
than  low-priced  plans  could  afford  and 
by  making  state-of-the-art  technologies 
and  services  accessible,  health  plans  that 
cater  to  the  more  affiuent  population 
would  put  upward  pressure  on  health 
care  prices  and  expenditures.  Providers 
would  tend  to  restrict  their  services  to 
particular  market  niches,  with  most  hos- 
pitals and  physicians  preferring  to  serve 
patients  whose  plans  pay  the  higher 
rates  and  offer  the  most  opportunity  to 
provide  state-of-the-art  medicine.  This 
pressure  driving  up  the  costs  of  more 
expensive  plans  will,  in  turn,  drag  up 
the  costs  of  basic  plans  because  they 
must  buy  services  and  labor  from  the 
same  markets  as  the  more  expensive 
plans. 

Such  a  scenario  will  have  a  number  of 
undesirable  consequences  for  consum- 
ers, employers,  and  government.  .Most 
consumers  will  see  their  out-of-pocket 
payments  toward  premiums  continue  to 
rise  quickly  Since  employer  and  gov- 
ernment contributions  would  be  linked 
to  the  lowest-cost  plans,  those  opting 
for  the  higher-tier  plans  will  have  to  pay 
for  them  with  their  own,  after-tax  dol- 
lars. Although  this  is  one  of  the  purpos- 
es of  Jackson  Hole  reforms,  the  origi- 
nators of  the  concept  believe  that  in- 


tluilcil  ,im.mi,'  thi-  tht-.ipc-i  |il.in~  *ill  lie 
the  Kaiser  Permanentes  ut  the  world — 
high-quality,  low -cost  group  0!  staff  mo<l- 
el  HMOs  In  contrast.  v.e  believe  that 
such  plans  will  end  up  competing  for 
more  affiuent  patients,  leaving  the  poor 
and  near-poor  in  plans  that  may  skimp 
on  quality 

This  financial  burden  on  those  choos- 
ing to  opt  out  of  the  cheapest  plans  will 
not  only  increase  over  time,  it  is  likely 
to  be  very  unpredictable  Because  em- 
ployer and  government  contributions 
will  be  tied  to  the  lowest-cost  plan  in  an 
area,  out-of-pocket  premiums  for  higher- 
end  plans  may  jump  wildly  from  year  to 
year,  depending  on  the  vagaries  of  what 
one  plan  in  a  particular  area  decidesao 
charge  for  basic  coverage  If  a  plan  low- 
balls  its  price  to  try  to  increase  its  mar- 
ket share,  two  things  could  happen:  it 
may  not  provide  what  it  promises  to  the 
less  affluent  people  who  choose  that  plan. 
and  It  will  result  in  a  ballooning  of  out- 
of-pocket  premiums  for  everyone  else 
living  in  that  area. 

Employers  and  government  are  also 
likely  to  be  burdened  under  this  sce- 
nario because  they  will  find  it  difficult  to 
control  their  own  health  care  spending. 
As  all  health  expenditures  continue  to 
rise,  employer  and  government  health 
spending  would  be  pulled  up  This  will 
result  in  strong  pressures  to  increase 
their  contribution  levels  to  the  basic 
plans  so  that  ( 1 )  the  quality  of  the  basic 
plans  is  acceptable,  and  (2)  those  who 
choose  more  expensive  plans  will  not 
have  to  pay  as  much  in  out-of-pocket 
premiums.  Such  a  dynamic  would  re- 
quire increased  taxation  for  subsidies  or 
add  to  the  deficit.  It  also  would  under- 
mine employers'  desires  to  stem  rising 
health  spending 

This  dynamic  results  in  large  part  from 
Jackson  Hole  advocates'  heavy  reliance 
on  making  people  cost-conscious  consum- 
ers of  health  plans  in  order  to  control 
the  growth  of  health  spending  Advo- 
cates propose  to  limit  employers'  con- 
tributions and  the  tax  excludability  of 
health  benefits  in  order  to  make  con- 
sumers bear  an  increased  share  of  the 
cost  for  choosing  health  plans  that  are 
more  expensive  than  the  lowest-cost 
plan.  Relying  on  enrollees'  cost  con- 
sciousness IS  a  fundamentally  weak  strat- 
egy, in  part  because  people,  especially 
those  who  are  in  poorer  health.  .»re  like- 
ly to  buy  additional  coverage  to  protect 
themselves  from  excessive  costs  when 
they  need  health  services  In  addition, 
the  intense  focus  on  controlling  patients' 
demand  for  health  services  avoids  ad- 
dressing supply-side  factors  that  are  nec- 
essary to  control  the  upward  spiral  of 
health  spending  The  central  role  of  pro- 
viders in  stimulating  demand  for  health 


448 


■services  is  a  critically  important  focus 
lor  effective  efforts  to  conti  ol  expendi- 
tures— and  It  IS  a  focus  that  is  largely 
absent  in  the  Jackson  Hole  approach. 

CONCLUSIONS 

This  cntique  has  focused  on  the  po- 
tential problems  of  the  Jackson  Hole 
Group's  managed  competition  proposal. 
Major  modifications  would  be  required 
to  address  these  criticisms.  Some  of 
these — for  e.xample.  imposing  a  global 
budget  on  HIPCs,  limiting  the  amount 
of  supplemental  insurance  consumers 
need  and  are  allowed  to  buy,  and  reg- 
ulating new  investment  in  facilities  and 
expensive  equipment — would  control  ex- 
penditures more  effectively  Others — 
^uch  as  subsidizing  low-income  people 

Ret>f«nc*l 

1  ElUood  PM.  Enlhoven  AC.  Elheredge  L  The 
Jackson  Hole  initiatives  for  a  twenty-first  century 
Amencan  health  care  system  Health  Econ   1992. 

1  149-168 

2  Toner  R  Hillar>-  Clintons  potent  brain  trust  on 
health  reform  Sew  t  ortk  nmes  February  2S.  1993. 

3  1.8 

J  Holmer  M  Tax  policy  and  the  demand  for  health 
insurance  J  Health  Econ  19&4,3:203.221 
4-  Momsey  MA  Pnce  SeiuilivKjr  m  HealtK  Care 
/mp(icalioiu/or  Health  Care  Policy  Washington. 
DC  NFIB  Foundation.  1992 
5  Berk  ML.  Monheil  AC  The  concentration  of 
health  e-\penditures  an  update  Health  Aff  1992. 
\  USI49  2 

6.  EnthovenAC  Thehislory  and  principles  of  man- 
aged competition  Health  Aff  I993:10(suppll24-t8 
7  Marquis  SM.  Phelps  CE  Demand  [or  Supple- 
mentary Health  Injumnce  Santa  Monica.  Calif 
RAND.  1985 

8.  Fielding  JE.  Rice  T  Can  managed  competition 
solve  the  problems  of  market  failure'  Health  Aff 
l99J:10lsuppll  216-228 

9  Gabel  JR.  Jensen  GA  The  pnce  of  stale  man- 
dated benefits   /mjuiTv   1989:26:419-431 

10.  Kjonick  R.  Goodman  DC.  Wennberj  J  The 
marketplace  in  health  care  reform:  the  demograph- 
ic limtutions  of  managed  competition.  S  Enfl  J 
\ted   1993  328  148-152 

1 1.  Group  Health  Association  of  America.  PaltrmM 
in  HMO  EnrotlTnent  Washington,  DC:  Group 
Health  Association  of  Amenca:  1991. 

12  US  Congress.  Congressional  Budget  Office  Th£ 
EfTeeti  of  Managed  Care  on  Use  and  Cost  of  Health 
Vaahington.  DC   Con^freasional  Budget 


Oflici 


1992 


13.  Greenfields.  Nelson  EC.  ZubkotfM.etal  Vari- 
ations in  resource  utilization  among  medical  spe- 
cialties and  systems  of  care  results  from  the  Med- 
ical Outcomes  Study  JAMA   1992.267  1624-1630 

14  Bro»n  R  Biased  Selection  m  the  Medicare 
Competition  DemanjtrationA  Pnnceton.  NJ  Math 
fm,4titj  Policy  Research.  1987 

15  Light  DW  Thepracticeandethicsofnsk-rated 
health  insurance   JAMA    1992.267  2503-2508 

16.  LS  Office  of  Personnel  Management.  Study  of 
:he  Federal  Employees  Health  Benefits  Program 
Washington.  DC  US  Office  of  Personnel  Manage- 
ment. 1988 

17  Weflnn^j  Before  tht  VS  Senate  Labor  and  Hu- 
man Retourcea  Committee.  102nd  Cong,  2nd  Sess. 
19921  (testimony  of  Tom  J  Elkin.  California  Public 
Employees'  Retu-ement  System.  'Managed  Com- 
petition in  Practice'! 

IH.  Epstein  AM.  Cumella  EJ  Capitation  payment, 
using  predictors  of  medical  uti Illation  to  adjust  rates 
Health  Care  Finan  Ret    1988.1051-69 


to  purchaiie  higher-cost  plans — would 
enhance  access  to  quality  care  Some — 
such  as  capping  the  differential  between 
the  highest-  and  lowest-cost  plans  in  an 
area  or  prohibiting  plans  from  charging 
premiums  in  excess  of  a  uniform  rate  set 
(or  negotiated)  and  paid  by  the  HIPC — 
would  control  expenditures  and  improve 
access. 

The  proposal  by  President  Clinton's 
Task  Force  on  National  Health  Care 
Reform  incorporates  some  basic  ele- 
ments of  managed  competition  but.  wise- 
ly in  our  opinion,  reportedly  departs  from 
the  Jackson  Hole  approach  in  important 
ways.  Among  other  departures  from  the 
Jackson  Hole  model,  the  President's  pro- 
posal may  include  global  budgets,  allow 
HIPCs  to  be  more  aggressive  negotia- 


19  Thomas  JW.  Lichtenstein  R  Including  health 
sutus  in  Medicare's  adjusted  average  per  capiu 
cost  capitation  formula  MedCare  1986^4  259-275 

20.  Robinson  JC.  l.ufl  HS.  Gardner  LB.  Morrison 
EM  A  method  for  nsk. adjusting  employer  contn 
butions  to  competing  health  insurance  plans  In 
Tiiirv    1991.28  107. 116 

21.  LuttHS  Trends  in  medical  care  costs  doHMOs 
lower  the  rate  of  growth'  Med  Care   1980:18  116 

22.  Newhouse  JP.  Schwani  WB.  Williams  AP. 
Witsberger  C  Are  fee  for  service  costs  increasing 
faster  than  HMO  costs'  Med  Care  198523  960-966 
23  CabelJR  Witness  to  a  thousand  stones  a  look 
at  insurance  data   Health  Aff  1992,11  186-190 

24.  Newhouse  JP  An  iconoclastic  view  of  health 
cost  containment.  Health  Aff  1993. I0<suppl)  152- 
171 

25.  Buck  C.  Rur^l  Health  Care  Imprwerntntj 
Through  Managed  CompetitioruCooperatton  Jack- 
son Hole,  Wyo:  Jackson  Hole  Group,  1993  Draft 
discussion  paper. 

26.  Jones  SB  Multiple  choice  health  insurance:  the 
lessons  and  challenge  to  pnvate  insurers  Irufuiry. 
1990^7:161-166. 

27.  Enthoven  AC  Effective  management  if  com 
petition  in  the  FEHBP  Health  Atf  l9H'Jn. 13-50 

28.  Rice  T.  Gabel  J.  Mick  S  l.ippert  C,  Dowd  C 
Continuity  and  change  in  preferred  prov  ider  orga- 
nizations   HealUt  Policy    l*.<)  IL  I   IS 

29.  Zwaniigcr  J,  Auerbach  RK  Evaluating  PPG 
performance  using  pnor  e«pen^i'.ure  data.  -Med 
Care   199129142-151 

30.  Hester  JA.  Wouters  A.  ^^nght  S  Evaluation 
of  a  preferred  provider  orRar  s-mon  Milhank  Q 
1987.li0  575  01:) 

31.  Gamick  DW.  Lult  HS,  r;ar.ln,r  l.R  et  al  Ser- 
vices and  charges  by  PPO  ph.-.i  ans  fur  PPO  and 
indemnity  patients  an  episcnle  .f  :are  comparison. 
-MedCare   199028  894  906 

32.  Dtehr  P  Silberg  N.  Mjr-:n  DP  Arlow  8. 
Leickly  R  Use  of  a  preferrf  l  tjrnvi.ler  plan  by 
employees  of  the  city  of  F^eaf.  .-  W-.l  Care  1990; 
28  I07:l  1088 

.33  Reece  RL  FifXeen  veir.  ■' -m  r.t.es  health 
competition    Mmn  Med    l•J^^  " :  "  ■ !  "  15 

34.  Shaw  DA,  Hoban  TW  T.  -:  :' -..es  nealth  care 
mergers,  acquisitions,  and  afT;iatiL>ns  Vfmn  .Med 
1992.75  24. 31 

35.  Jones  SB  Where  Does  Marketplace  Competi 
tion  m  Health  Care  Take  Us '  Impressionj.  Issues, 
and  i'nansu-ered  QuestionM  From  the  SHPF  Stti 
Visit  10  .Mmneapolu-Sl  Paul  Washington.  DC: 
National  Health  Policy  Forum.  1991 

36.  Kolodinsky  M.  Arnold  T  Developing  a  Sliding 
Fee  Scale  foi  Health  Care  Insurance  in  Vermont 
Th£  Calculation  of  Disposable  Iricornt  Burlington 
University  of  Vermont.  1989 


tors  with  health  plans  and  providers, 
and  allow  state  options  for  all-payer  rate 
setting  and  single-payer  systems. 

Any  health  care  reform  proposal,  if  it 
IS  to  succeed  as  policy,  must  effectively 
control  expenditures  while  improving 
access  to  health  services  and  taking  steps 
to  enhance  quality  of  care.  At  the  same 
time,  It  will  need  to  restructure  health 
care  financing  in  ways  that  are  uniquely 
suited  to  the  institutional  and  cultural 
complexities  of  Amencan  society  while 
gamenng  enthusiastic  popular  support 
that  can  pressure  a  Congress,  torn  in 
different  directions  by  special  interests, 
to  enact  the  reform.  This  is  a  tall  order 
for  any  reform,  and.  in  our  analysis,  the 
Jackson  Hole  approach  does  not  meet 
the  test. 


37  Merlis  M  Medicaid  Source  Sou*  Washington. 
DC  Congressional  Research  Service.  1993  appen- 
dix G 

38.  Anderson  MD.  Fox  PD  Lessons  learned  from 
Medicaid  managed  care  approaches  Health  Aff 
1987.6  71. 86 

39.  Hadley  J  Physician  participation  in  Medicaid 
evidence  from  California  Health  Sm  Re^  1979. 
14  266280 

40.  Perloff  JD.  Kletke  PR.  Neckerman  KM  Phy. 
sicians'  decision  to  limit  Medicaid  participation  de- 
terminants and  policy  implications  J  Health  Polit 
Policy  Laui   1987,12221  235 

41.  Wenneker  MB.  WeismannJS.  Epstein  AM  The 
association  of  payer  with  utiliution  of  cardiac  pro- 
cedures JAMA   I990i5-'  1255-1260 

42.  DeJong  G.  Bauvia  Al.  Gma  R.  Amenca's  ne- 
glected health  minonty  working-age  persons  vvith 
disabilities  MilbankQ  1989:67(suppl  2.  pt  III  311- 
35! 

«3.  Bauvia  Al.  DeJong  G.  Halstead  L,  Smith  QW 
The  primary  medical  needs  of  people  with  disabil- 
ities. Am  Rehab  1988:14  9-12. 
44.  SchlesingerM  On  the  limiu  of  expanding  health 
care  reform  chronic  care  in  prepaid  settings  Mil 
bank  Q   1986,64  1«9  215 

45  SchlesingerM,  Mechanic  D  Challenges  for  man- 
aged competition  from  chronic  illness  Health  Aff 
199.1.12l«uppl)  12.3-137 

46.  Lua  H  Health  Maintenance  O^anizattons. 
Dimtnjionj  of  Performaruie  New  York.  .NY:  John 
Wiley  k  Sons  Inc:  1981 

47.  Lohr  KN.  Brook  RH.  Kamberg  CJ.  et  al  Use 
of  medical  care  in  the  RAND  health  insurance  ex- 

m  a  randomired  controlloil  tnal  Med  Care  1986 
IsuppllSl  Sa7 

48.  Ware  JE.  Brook  RH.  Rogers  WH.etal  Com- 
parison of  health  outcomes  at  t  health  maintenance 
org«niaation  with  those  of  fecfor. service  care  Lan- 
cet  1986.1  10171022 

49-  Enthoven  AC.  Kronick  R  A  consumer-choice 
health  plan  for  the  I'lOlh.  V  Enijt  J  Med  1989:120 
29-37 

so  USCongress.  Genera!  Accounting  Office  Med- 
icaid  t>-egon  J  .Managed  Care  Program  and  Im- 
plications fo'  E  rpanttnnt  Washington.  DC  Gen- 
eral Accounting  OITlce.  1992 

51.  Brown  ER.  Dallek  G.  State  approaches  to  H- 
nancing  of  health  care  for  the  poor  Annu  Rev  Pub 
lie  Health   1990;ll  377-400. 

52.  Hearings  Before  ths  Subcommittee  on  Health. 
Committee  on  Mr'oyj  and  Meanj.  103rd  Cong.  1st 
Sess.  119931  (testimony  of  Robert  D  Reischauer. 
director.  Congressional  Budget  OfTicei 


449 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 
Mr.  Steger. 

STATEMENT  OF  WILBUR  A.  STEGER,  PH.D.,  CHAIRMAN  OF  THE 
BOARD  AND  PRESIDENT,  CONSAD  RESEARCH  CORP.,  PITTS- 
BURGH, PA. 

Mr.  Stkgkr.  The  bases  of  this  testimony  are  several  reports  that 
are  cited  in  the  appendix  to  the  testimony,  but  the  heart  of  the  tes- 
timony has  to  do  with  some  colored  charts.  You  can't  see  them  from 
there,  but  in  your  black-and-white  rendition,  page  11  and  on,  there 
are  some  maps  of  the  United  States  showing  where  the  estimated 
job  losses  were  from  a  series  of  employer  mandates  we  looked  at 
last  year. 

We  are  currently  examining  the  job  loss  estimates  for  the  admin- 
istration plan  and  for  5  or  6  of  the  other  plans,  Cooper,  et  cetera. 
We  won't  be  finished  with  that  probably  until  sometime  at  the  end 
of  March,  but  I  thought  what  I  would  do  today,  since  we  had  stud- 
ied employer  mandates  pretty  thoroughly  as  well  as  individual 
mandates,  is  that  I  would  take  you  through  some  of  the  conclusions 
about  both  job  losses  and  other  kinds  of  effects  that  are  mostly 
likely  to  happen  to  employees  and  employers  under  the  range  of 
plans  that  are  before  us,  all  the  way  from  employer  mandates  to 
individual  mandates,  as  well  as  some  more  voluntary  plans. 

I  am  testifying  here  today  as  a  private  citizen.  I  am  chairman  of 
the  board  of  CONSAD.  I  am  an  adjunct  professor  at  schools  in 
Pittsburgh,  Carnegie-Mellon  and  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

There  nas  been  a  lot  of  complaint,  I  guess,  about  the  wide  range 
of  job  loss  estimates  under  the  plans.  You  have  the  Council  of  Eco- 
nomic Advisers,  et  cetera.  The  range  of  estimates  is  wide.  At  the 
lowest  level,  it  is  400,000  jobs  lost.  Now,  again,  I  am  talking  about 
other  plans,  other  than  the  actual  ones  that  specifically  are  here 
today  because,  as  far  as  I  know,  I  don't  think  anybody  yet  has  real- 
ly focussed  on  the  current  plans,  but  we  are  all  doing  it,  obviously. 

Anyway,  the  lowest  level  is  something  like  400,000,  and  the  high- 
est level  is  3  million.  Somebody  might  say,  well,  that  is  not  really 
much  of  a  difference  out  of  120  million  workers,  but  if  you  are  one 
of  the  extra  ones  above  400,000,  it  is  very,  very  important. 

The  contribution  of  putting  this  on  a  map,  showing,  if  you  will, 
the  kind  of  density  of  where  these  losses  take  place,  showing  the 
industries  they  are  in,  showing  the  size  companies  they  are  in, 
showing  the  hourly  wages  of  employees  in  the  firms  that  are  going 
to  suffer  these  either  job  losses — and  by  the  way,  there  are  job 
gains,  too.  So  let  me  talk  about  that  in  a  minute,  but  let's  just  focus 
on  losses  for  a  minute — also,  by  the  employment  status  of  the  em- 
ployees. 

Basically,  in  the  way  we  do  our  work,  we  separate  out  the  entire 
country  and  all  firms  in  up  to  23,000  categories,  (actually,  many 
less,  given  the  degree  to  which  data  is  available),  if  you  will,  by 
their  sector,  by  where  they  are,  by  their  asset  size,  and  we  then 
characterize  these  firms  as  being  able  to  withstand  or  not  (that  is, 
their  vulnerability)  the  certain  kinds  of  changes  that  each  of  these 
statutes,  each  of  these  policies  are  bringing  to  the  table. 

There  is  no  economist  that  I  know  of  that  says  that  in  the  long 
run  that  the  premium  changes  will  not  ultimately  be  a  disbenefit 


450 

to  the  worker,  in  terms  of  either  other  compensation,  education,  or 
iob  losses.  What  our  focus  is,  is  also  on  the  short  run,  what  actually 
happens  during  the  next  4  or  5  years. 

The  other  day  in  the  CBO  testimony,  I  think  that  Mr.  Reischauer 
said  that  he  was  mostly  interested  in  the  long  run.  It  isn't  that  we 
are  all  dead  in  the  long  run,  but  I  think  that  we  have  to  be  inter- 
ested in  both  short-  and  long-term.  You  may  have  to  be  interested 
in  what  happens  the  first  couple  of  years  and  the  next  couple,  and, 
of  course,  anybody  like  myself  that  is  in  business  and  anybody  like 
you  that  is  in  your  business,  those  are  important.  Getting  there 
from  here  is  what  our  focus  has  been  because  that  is  where  the  gap 
is.  The  gap  in  estimating  job  effects  have  been  mostly  in  these  long 
term.  It  will  happen  some  day  when  we  get  there.  Our  purpose  is 
trying  to  fill  that  gap  with  numbers  that  make  sense,  that  are  cred- 
ible. 

There  is  another  thing  that  when  we  published 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  May  I  ask  one  question? 

Mr.  Stkgkr.  Of  course. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  I  am  looking  at  your  chart.  What  is  S.  1227? 

Mr.  Stegkr.  ok  These  are  all  the  acts  from  last  year. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  Oh,  from  last  year. 

Mr.  Stegkr.  Exactly. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  All  right.  Not  bills  introduced  in  this  Congress. 

Mr.  Stkgkr.  No,  but  by  next  month,  by  the  way,  if  you  ask  me 
back,  we  will  be  happy  to  give  you  the  latest  results. 

Mr.  McDkrmott.  All  right. 

Mr.  Stkgkr.  On  page  9,  for  example,  the  Cooper  bill  last  year 
was  1992,  HealthAmerica,  et  cetera,  but  there  were  a  lot  of  bills 
to  learn  from,  and  I  am  sure  we  have  learned,  for  example,  that 
rather  than  having  100-percent  mandate,  we  have  an  80/20  man- 
date. Rather  than  not  have  any  subsidy  for  small  business,  we  have 
small  business  subsidy.  So  that,  the  thing  we  have  with  the  current 
bills  are  a  lot  of  addea  complexities,  if  you  will,  versus  those  earlier 
bills. 

Our  computer  models  take  about  4  or  5  months  to  complete,  and 
I  think  that  the  way  that  we  are  running  them  now,  we  are  run- 
ning the  base  level.  We  are  running  the  President's  plan  as  it 
would  work.  Then  we  are  going  to  depart  from  it  because  it  might 
not  work  exactly  as  if  planned.  It  might  have  a  10-percent  cost 
overage  or  a  3-percent  overage  and  what  have  you,  and  we  will  do 
that  with  every  one  of  the  proposals  that  are  now  on  the  table  that 
are  sensible  proposals. 

In  addition  to  job  losses,  we  are  also  focused  on  one  other  aspect. 
We  are  focused  on  what  happens  to  the  worker.  He  may  keep  or 
lose  his  job.  He  gets  his  health  benefit,  and  his  health  benefit  pack- 
age could  possibly  change  if  he  had  one  before.  His  family  is  a  dif- 
ferent status  under  most  of  these  proposals  than  he  has  today.  So 
we  are  going  to  keep  track  of  that. 

His  wages  will  be  different.  His  hours  will  be  different.  His  fringe 
benefits  will  be  different.  So,  when  we  say  that  a  worker  is  af- 
fected, we  don't  mean  his  job  is  lost  necessarily.  Something  like  5 
to  10  percent  of  those  who  are  affected  will  lose  their  jobs. 

On  the  gain  side,  another  thing  happens.  Let's  say  that  pre- 
miums are  lower  than  they  were  before.  What  happens  with  the 


451 

extra  money?  Does  the  employer  immediately  pay  that  extra  money 
out  to  his  employees  as  sort  of  like  a  windfall?  Well,  we  know  that 
that  isn't  the  way  the  world  works.  Does  the  employer  run  out  and 
hire  more  people?  Well,  that  is  the  interesting  thing  about  job 
losses  and  job  gains.  Job  losses  is  when  a  firm  is  strapped.  It  had 
10  workers.  I  can  now  afford  9  if  it  is  a  very  heavy,  extra  increase 
in  cost. 

On  the  up  side,  let's  say  that  it  now  has  an  extra  10  percent  of 
good  things  for  the  employer.  He  now  has  more  money.  (In  those 
cases,  the  premiums  are  less.)  Why  doesn't  he  rush  out  and  hire 
an  extra  worker?  He  doesn't  do  that  unless  there  is  an  extra  de- 
mand for  his  product,  and  the  economist  says  that  only  happens 
when  the  economy  is  now  revved  up  as  a  result  of  whatever  this 
policy  is. 

At  the  current  time,  the  estimates  I  have  seen  by  the  macro  mod- 
els, if  you  will,  like  DRI  or  CBO  the  other  day,  they  mostly  say 
there  is  going  to  be  a  decrease  in  gross  national  product  or  de- 
mand. So  it  is  our  estimate  that  if  there  are  job  increases,  they  will 
come  later  than  the  job  losses,  I  think  that  is  important  in  terms 
of  thinking  about  what  happens  in  the  next  several  years  versus 
the  years  tnat  are  further  out. 

I  have  covered  the  primary  points  of  difference  between  our  esti- 
mates and  others.  I  think  that  the  way  that  we  go  about  estimating 
these  job  effects  are  very  reasonable  because  they  are  like  what  a 
businessman  and  a  worker  thinks  about  when  they  are  either  join- 
ing a  firm  or  a  businessman  in  hiring  workers. 

These  aren't  complex  models.  Wnen  the  time  comes  and  you 
would  like  to  see  the  results  of  our — well,  let  me  just  also  say  that 
the  results  last  year  showed  that  approximately  a  million  job  losses 
would  occur  in  small  firms,  and  something  like  10  to  12  million 
other  workers  would  be  affected  in  the  way  that  I  present  it.  Do 
I  think  those  will  be  different?  I  am  sure  they  will  be  different.  I 
will  be  very  happy  to  present  those  when  we  are  ready. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:! 


452 


TESTIMONY  OF  WILBUR  A.  STEGER 
CONSAD  RESEARCH  CORPORATION 

The  bases  of  this  testimony  are  several  reports  (cited  in  the 
attached  Bibliography),  prepared  by  my  CONSAD  colleagues  and  myself 
since  the  late  1980's,  analyzing  the  prospective  employment 
consequences  of  alternative  approaches  to  health  care  reform. 
These  studies  have  been  prepared  for  and  supported  by  Federal 
agencies,  research  foundations,  corporations  and  trade 
associations,  and  CONSAD,  itself.  I  am  an  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Public  Policy  at  Carnegie  Mellon  University  and  of  Public  Health  at 
the  University  of  Pittsburgh.  I  am  Chairman  of  the  Board  and 
President  of  CONSAD  Research  Corporation,  headquartered  in 
Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  since  1963,  and  the  author  of  dozens  of 
economic  impact  studies  for  Federal  agencies,  the  U.S.  Congress, 
and  private  sector  corporations  and  associations.  I  appear  here 
today  as  a  private  citizen  and  the  President  of  CONSAD,  to  discuss 
findings  and  approaches  which,  I  believe,  will  help  to  inform  the 
current  course  of  study  and  assessment. 

For  a  profession  so  replete  with  differing  opinions, 
economists  do  pretty  well  at  things  they  do  agree  about  concerning 
the  employment  effects  of  health  care  plans  (Klerman,  1992;  CONSAD, 
1990b,  1992a,  1992b,  1993a,  1993b;  O'Neill  and  O'Neill,  1993; 
Employee  Benefit  Research  Institute,  1987;  Morrisey,  1991;  Klerman 
and  Goldman,  1993;  Feldstein,  1993).  For  example,  relative  to  an 
employer  mandate  which  raises  the  health  care  costs  of  many  firms, 
and  lowers  the  costs  of  others: 

1.  For  firms  whose  health  care  costs  are  increased,  they  can 
either  absorb  the  costs  in  reduced  profits,  raise  prices, 
reduce  workers'  wages,  and/or  reduce  employment;  analogously, 
for  firms  whose  costs  are  reduced,  job  gains  are  possible  if 
demand  for  their  product  increases. 

2.  In  something  approximating  the  middle  to  longer  run,  increased 
costs  to  firms  —  particularly  those  costs  tied  directly  to 
labor  as  are  health  care  premiums  —  will  be  passed  on  to 
workers  in  the  form  of  lower  real  wages  and/or  conditions  of 
employment  (e.g.,  reduced  hours,  fewer  jobs,  etc.). 

3.  With  employers  backward-shifting  the  costs  of  an  employer 
mandates  to  wages,  the  currently  uninsured  will  pay  for  much 
of  their  (new)  health  care  out  of  reduced  terms  and  conditions 
of  employment . 

That  is  where  the  agreement  stops,  however.  At  this  point, 
where  potential  changes  in  jobs  and  earnings  are  to  be  estimated, 
the  relative  importance  and  modus  operandi  of  different  factors 
take  over.  The  Employment  Effects  of  Health  Care  (KPMG,  1993) 
cites  the  following  difficulties  in  the  conventional  economic 
doctrine  about  these  employment  effects: 

The  most  difficult  piece  of  the  analysis  is  converting 
the  potential  change  in  wages  into  an  effect  on 
employment.  The  sensitivity  of  one  variable  to  another 
is  called  "the  elasticity."  It  is  expressed  as  the 
percentage  change  in  one  variable,  given  a  1  percent 
increase  in  another.  Previous  studies  provide  some 
guidance,  but  are  not  available  at  the  level  of  detail 
desired.  For  example,  industry  level  elasticities  would 
be  desirable,  but  are  not  available.  Thus,  an  economy- 
wide  elasticity  would  have  to  be  applied  equally  across 
industries.  The  number  of  workers  expected  to  lose  their 
jobs  due  to  health  care  reform  would  then  equal  the 
population  at  risk  multiplied  by  the  estimated  employment 
elasticity. 

Given  this  framework,  economists  have  estimated  the  job  loss 
impacts  from  a  "pure  form"  employer  mandate  at  600,000  (Klerman; 
U.S.  Council  of  Economic  Advisers);  400,000  to  1 . 5  million  (CONSAD, 
1993a,  1993b);  almost  3  million  (O'Neill  and  O'Neill);  710,000 
(Joint  Economic  Conunittee);  and  200,000  to  1.2  million  (Employee 
Benefit  Research  Institute).  Economists  who  estimate  the  net 
differences  of  job  gainers  and  job  losers  (e.g.,  Custer  of  EBRI, 


453 


Gruber  of  MIT)  may  even,  with  rather  unique  assumptions,  come  up 
with  net  gains  in  jobs  (though  with  many  "gross"  job  losers). 

No  question:  there  is  indeed  a  need  for  research  and  reliable 
data  into  the  topics  of  labor  flexibility  and  labor  demand 
elasticity.  However,  much  good  thought  and  work  has  already  been 
accomplished  in  this  area  that  have  produced  results.  My  own 
research  in  this  arena  (since  the  late  70's)  and  that  of  my 
colleagues  has  built  on  the  increasing  national  interest  in 
estimating  the  prospective  "jobs"  consequences  for  public  policy 
options,  i.e.,  changes  in  both  gross  and  net  employment  (gained  and 
lost)  and  by  characteristic  and  "quality"  of  job,  industry,  and 
geographical  region,  the  timing  and  direction  of  these 
consequences,  and  other  size  and  qualitative  dimensions  of  a  total 
"jobs"  picture. 

The  purpose  of  the  discussion  (below)  is  to  present  an 
approach  to  the  assessment  of  such  prospective  employment 
consequences  —  the  jobs  impacts  —  of  health  care  policy  and 
regulatory  options,  and  to  illustrate  these,  using  recent  studies. 
The  presentation  draws  upon  a  set  of  analytic  approaches  that  have 
been  developed,  tested,  and  applied  by  CONSAD  to  evaluate  a  variety 
of  policy  options  relating  to  environmental  economics  (CONSAD, 
1988,  1991,  1990a,  1990c),  and,  presently,  to  health  care  reform 
options  (CONSAD,  1990b,  1992a,  1992b,  1993a,  1993b). 

Methods  and  approaches  —  In  a  way,  these  applications  have 
given  CONSAD  a  sense  of  the  many  choices  —  and  objectives  — 
facing  an  analyst  when  performing  a  jobs  impact  analysis,  e.g.: 
Should  the  short-term,  transitional  jobs  effects  be  given  a 
particular  emphasis?  Are  states  or  U.S.  regions  experiencing 
impacts  of  particular  interest?  Are  jobs  gained  and  lost  the  only 
interest,  or  are  other  job  effects  (e.g.,  prospective  wage  or  hours 
changes)  important,  too?  Should  the  age  and  condition  of  an 
industry's  current  equipment,  the  characteristics  of  the  v7ork 
force,  and/or  the  employer-employee  bargaining  relationship  play  a 
role?  Or  an  industry's  domestic  and  globally  competitive  position? 
And,  if  so  (in  each  instance),  what  methods  of  analysis  —  data 
bases,  models,  validation  criteria  —  make  the  most  sense  for  each 
given  level  of  analytic  resources?  -  ' 

The  methodology  used  by  CONSAD  in  each  instance,  as  much  an 
art  as  a  science,  eclectically  selects  from  a  menu  of  data  bases 
and  models  —  none  of  which  is  proprietary  (to  CONSAD)  —  seeking 
to  achieve  policy-relevant,  economically-valid  information  yields 
about  critical  economic  impact  subjects,  for  given  levels  of 
resource  commitment  and  data  quality  and  availability. 

Most  economics-oriented  policy  analyses  of  the  impacts  of 
policy  options  emphasize  longer-term  consequences,  describing  the 
impacts  in  broad  terms,  such  as  changes  in  gross  national  product 
(GNP),  changes  in  total  employment  nationwide  (i.e.,  netting  out 
job  gainers  and  losers),  and  changes  in  the  national  unemployment 
rate.  Input-output,  econometric  and  computable  general  equilibrium 
(CGE)  models  dot  the  analytic  landscape.  Although  CONSAD's 
analytic  approaches  also  consider  impacts  on  employment  in  the 
intermediate  and  longer  terms,  we  have  provided  a  unique 
perspective  to  the  evaluation  of  jobs  impacts  by  focusing  as  well 
on  the  short-term  and  transitional  effects  of  policy  options  on 
employment,  particularly  in  the  specific  industries  and  geographic 
areas  where  jobs  are  most  likely  to  be  affected  by  the  options. 

Not  surprisingly,  the  most  significant  gap  in  our 
unoerstanding  of  the  demand  elasticity  for  labor  —  in  the  short 
and  longer  run  —  are  ways  to  operationalize  the  relevant 
microanalytic  theory.  Clearly,  any  unintended,  indirect  jobs 
effects  that  might  result  from  a  health  care  policy  option  would 
derive  from  the  impacts  on  the  economic  status  (in  particular,  the 
employment  and  real  income)  of  individuals  (employees,  owners  of 
capital,  etc.)  and  the  firms,  themselves.  Such  impacts  emanate 
directly  from  the  production  and  employment  decisions  of  individual 
establishments  subject  to  the  policy;  in  turn,  these  propagate 
indirectly  throughout  the  economy  in  response  to  the  modified 
supply  and  demand  decisions  of  those  establishments  and  their 
employees.    Consequently,   any  assessment  of   the  unintended. 


454 


inoirect  effects  of  incremental  policy  logically  must  begin  with  an 
evaluation  of  the  direct  impacts  of  the  regulation  on  managerial 
and  ownership  decision-making  in  individual  establishments. 

The  most  limiting  case  is  one  in  which  the  only  decision 
option  for  the  affected  firm  (following  the  promulgation  of  the 
policy/regulation)  is  the  selection  of  the  level  of  production, 
i.e.,  if  everything  else  is  fixed,  as  is  a  likely,  realistic 
assumption,  in  the  short-run.  Applying  analytic  concepts  from  the 
microeconomic  theory  of  production,  it  is  easily  demonstrated  that 
the  adoption  of  more  costly  health  care,  for  firms  experiencing 
this  result,  will  unambiguously  result  in  some  decrease  in 
employment.  A  portion  of  the  workforce  will  be  laid  off  or  hours 
of  current  workers  reduced  if  the  establishment  remains  in 
operation,  or  all  jobs  will  be  terminated  if  the  facility  is 
closed.  While  this  is  a  limiting  case,  it  speaks  to  the  need  for 
investigating  effects  over  different  time  periods,  for  differently 
situated  firms. 

As  to  the  matter  of  time  periods,  we  (typically)  assess  the 
employment  consequences  that  are  likely  to  occur  during  three 
distinct  time  periods: 

•  The  immediate,  short-term  period  during  which  industrial 
facilities  generally  are  restricted  to  producing  their  outputs 
using  their  existing  physical  equipment  and  workers  with 
"sticky  wages":  here,  the  ability  of  firms  to  adapt  to 
increases  in  costs  by  adjusting  their  production  methods  is 
severely  limited.  With  some  policy  options,  the  short-term 
cost  increases  —  for  some  firms  —  will  be  small  enough  that 
impacts  on  employment  will  be  negligible.  For  some  firms, 
however,  the  incremental  costs  will  evoke  substantial  adverse 
changes  in  the  terms  and  conditions  of  employment.  At  the 
extreme,  workers  might  lose  their  jobs  in  companies  and 
facilities  that  cannot  afford  to  pay  the  increased  costs  of 
doing  business.  More  commonly,  workers  may  find  their  jobs  to 
be  at  increased  risk  of  decreases  in  wages  and  benefits, 
increases  in  the  frequency  and  duration  of  layoffs,  and 
increases  in  the  potential  for  job  loss. 

•  The  intermediate,  transition  period  during  which  existing 
equipment  and  processes  become  obsolete  and  wages  become  more 
flexible  in  both  directions:  here,  within  individual 
facilities,  there  are  windows  of  opportunity  open  for 
implementing  cost-effective  changes  to  production  processes  in 
response  to  increases  in  costs.  The  process  changes  that 
companies  decide  to  implement  will  have  impacts  —  often  quite 
profound  impacts  —  on  employment.  This  is  particularly  true 
where  the  policy  option  affects  a  particular  factor  of 
production  (e.g.,  labor).  The  magnitudes  of  the  impacts  and 
the  extents  to  which  they  are  favorable  (or  adverse)  will 
depend  upon  the  degrees  to  which  the  process  changes  that  are 
instituted  in  individual  facilities,  first,  reduce  (or 
increase)  costs  and,  second,  increase  (or  decrease)  the  labor- 
intensity  of  production. 

•  The  long-term  period  when  all  currently  perceived,  potential 
modifications  to  production  processes  will  have  been  either 
implemented  or  rejected  for  use  by  each  individual  company  and 
facility.  Analyses,  pertaining  to  the  long-term  period, 
therefore,  will  not  describe  circumstances  that  are  predicted 
to  actually  occur,  rather,  they  describe  the  employment 
consequences  toward  which  the  economy  is  currently  expected  to 
converge,  given  the  specific  policy  option. 

Elmployment  consequences  in  all  three  time  periods  depend  upon 
the-  susceptibility  of  each  firm  (or  "representative  firms")  to 
a.iverse  or  favorable  economic  impacts  as  a  result  of  the  policy- 
related  cost  changes.  Such  economic  impacts  and  employment 
consequences  are,  also,  determined  by  the  responsiveness  of  demand 
foi  the  firm's  output  to  increases  or  decreases  in  costs  and 
prices.  If,  as  is  generally  true,  demand  for  the  commodities  or 
services  produced  by  an  industry  sector  exhibits  some 
responsiveness  to  changes  in  costs  of  production  and  product 
prices,  any  policy  option  that  increases  (or  decreases)  costs 


455 


appreciably  will  result  in  decreases  (or  increases)  in  sales  and 
production,  and  hence  some  amount  of  job  loss  (or  gain).  Price 
change  consequences  are  both  micro  and  macro  in  nature.  CONSAD's 
macroeconomic  efforts,  here,  have  either  utilized  partial 
equilibrium  approaches  or  macro  modeling  (e.g.,  REMI,  DRI,  WEFA) . 

As  for  the  differences  between  firms  in  their  reaction  to 
health  care  reform  cost  options,  we  use  the  following  dimensions  to 
characterize  such  variation,  e.g.: 

Industry  category 

Employment  size 

Assets 

Net  income 

Census  region 

Hourly  wage  of  employees 

Employment  status  of  employees 

Coverage/type  of  employee 

Results  of  applying  these  approaches  are  discussed  in  the  next 
section. 

2.0  SOME  ESTIMATION 

We  have  not  yet  fully  examined  the  Administration  proposal  or 
the  other  newer  health  care  reform  plans  to  date  but  are  currently 
in  the  process  of  doing  so.  Our  latest  publications,  however,  can, 
nevertheless,  inform  this  debate  because  they  do  cast  light  on  the 
more  extreme,  unmitigated,  non-subsidized,  "pure"  employer  mandate 
strategies. 

2.1  Job  Impacts 

The  proposals  examined  in  these  earlier  reports  (CONSAD  1993a, 
1993b)  were  the  most  recent  plans  put  before  the  public  prior  to 
the  Administration  plan  and  newer  House  and  Senate  plans  of  late 
1993  and  1994: 

•  H.R.  5936:   The  Managed  Competition  Act  of  1992  (the  House 
proposal ) 

•  S.  1227:   HealthAmerica:   Affordable  Health  Care  for  All 
Americans  Act  (the  Senate  proposal) 

•  A  California  Health  Care  System  for  the  21st  Century  (the 
California  proposal) 

•  The  21st  Century  American  Health  System,  devised  by  the 
Jackson  Hole  Group  (the  Jackson  Hole  Group  proposal) 

•  The  Heritage  Foundation  Consumer  Choice  Health  Plan  (the 
Heritage  Foundation  proposal). 

Each  proposal,  except  the  Heritage  Foundation  proposal, 
contains  provisions  that  will  require  industry  to  expand  its  role 
in  providing  and  paying  for  health  care  insurance  for  employees. 
If  the  resulting  labor  cost  increases  are  large  enough,  employers 
will  compensate  by  changing  other  components  of  their  employees' 
compensation  and  benefits  packages  or  their  employment  status. 
These  (earlier)  studies  estimate  the  numbers  of  jobs  that  will, 
consequently,  be  affected,  and  the  proportions  of  those  jobs  that 
will  be  placed  at-risk,  if  each  of  the  proposed  employer  mandate 
based  health  care  systems  are  implemented.  A  job-at-risk  is  one 
where  there  is  a  significant,  recurring,  unavoidable  increase  in 
total  costs.  Job  losses  are,  typically,  small  percentages  of  the 
total  estimate  of  "jobs  at-risk,"  per  se. 

The  particular  importance  of  job  gains  and  losses  (first, 
gross,  then  net)  —  our  focus,  here  —  derives  from  the  fact  that 
important  health  care  reform  proposals  involve  the  mandating 
funding  by  employers  of  employee  health  care  insurance  coverage. 
Although  a  reform  proposal  may  mandate  payment  for  insurance  for 
employees,  an  employer  does  retain  the  option  of  changing  other 
terms  or  conditions  of  a  worker's  employment  to  reduce  or  eliminate 
the  new  financial  burden  resulting  from  the  reform  provisions. 


456 


Thus,  there  is  potential  for  substantial  jobs  impacts,  including 
job  losses  and  jobs  placed  at-risk  of  losing  other  benefits,  wages, 
hours  worked,  etc. 

These  earlier  studies  (CONSAD,  1993a,  1993b)  reported  the 
following  conclusions  regarding  the  employment  impacts  of  these 
proposals  on  small  businesses: 

1.  The  quality  of  job  terms  of  many  millions  of  small  businesses 
workers,  depending  on  the  proposal,  are  at  risk  of  substantial 
deterioration  during  the  first  several  years  of  the  operation 
of  these  plans.  By  "quality,"  we  include  significant 
reductions  in  wages,  hours  worked,  and  benefits,  in  addition 
to  substantially  increased  probability  of  job  loss. 

2.  Small  business  job  losses  will  be  substantial  unless  there  is 
substantial  flexibility  and  choice  in  the  employer-employee 
relationship.  While  the  earlier  studies  did  not  focus  on  job 
losses,  a  conservative,  lower-bound  estimate  yielded  a  range 
of  390,000  to  900,000  lost  jobs  for  the  three  rigorous 
business  mandated  proposals  (California,  Senate,  Jackson  Hole) 
and  negligible  job  losses  for  the  House  and  Heritage 
proposals.  An  upper-bound  estimate  finds  the  range  for  the 
three  rigorous  mandates  to  lie  between  650,000  and  1.5  million 
job  losses.  A  best-estimate  for  the  earlier  employer  mandate 
proposals  exceeds  one  million  jobs  lost. 

3.  Small  business  job  consequences  will  vary  among  states  and 
business  sizes.  California  and  Texas  will  feel  the  largest 
effects  of  health  care  reform,  in  terms  of  total  number  of 
impacted  jobs  and  the  percentage  of  total  employment  that  will 
be  severely  affected.  As  a  general  rule,  the  smaller  the  size 
of  a  business,  the  larger  is  the  impact  in  any  given  state. 

4.  Alternatives  to  increased  corporate  mandates  have 
substantially  different  jobs  effects.  Payment  schemes 
different  from  business  mandates  --  such  as  a  value-added  tax, 
a  personal  income  tax,  sin  taxes,  et  al .  —  will  have 
decidedly  different  effects  on  small  business  jobs.  Since 
these  payment  schemes,  essentially,  are  not  taxes  on  labor  (as 
are  the  business  mandates),  they  are  likely,  by  and  large,  to 
have  a  lesser  impact  on  small  business  jobs. 

The  U.S. /state-by-state  map  exhibits  which  follow  portray  the 
states  with  the  highest  degrees  of  risk  of  job/impact  for  each  of 
three  earlier  plans  (no  longer  on  the  table  per  se)  tied  most 
closely  to  the  pure-form  employer  mandates. 

2 . 2   Demographic  Impacts 

This  section  describes  the  demographic  characteristics  of 
individuals  whose  jobs  are  estimated  to  be  severely  impacted  by 
reforms  based  on  a  substantially  employer  mandate. 

The  demographic  groups  estimated  to  comprise  the  most  severely 
affected  workers  are  described  below.  The  percentage  of  jobs  that 
art  at-risk  among  all  of  the  jobs  held  by  a  demographic  group  and 
the  proportional  distribution  of  all  jobs  at-risk  among  various 
demographic  groups  are  presented  in  the  following  Figures.  The 
percentage  of  jobs  at-risk  within  a  demographic  group  is  the  ratio 
of  the  number  of  jobs  at-risk  to  the  total  number  of  employed 
workers  in  the  group.  The  proportional  distribution  of  jobs  at- 
risk  among  a  demographic  group  is  the  percentage  of  the  total 
number  of  jobs  at-risk  that  are  held  by  members  of  each  demographic 
group.  The  proportional  distribution  of  jobs  at-risk  reflects  the 
absolute  number  of  affected  workers.  The  percentage  of  jobs  at- 
risk  within  a  demographic  group  relates  the  total  number  of  workers 
in  the  group  that  are  highly  impacted.  The  data  characterizing  the 
workers  at-risk  are  depicted  graphically  in  Figures  1  through  10. 
It  is  important  to  note  that,  to  improve  clarity,  the  vertical 
scale  on  some  of  these  graphs  does  not  extend  to  100  percent.  The 
numbers  displayed  in  the  graphs  and  discussed  below  relate  to  the 
intermediate  scenario  of  employees'  health  care  insurance  costs  for 
each  proposal.  The  discussion  focuses  on  the  distribution  of  the 
impacts  estimated  for  different  demographic  groups  and  not  on  the 


457 


Exr.ibit    I :  Jot),  at-Risk  by  State  for  Small  Businesses 

(<S00  Emptoyees).  Resulting  from  the  8.1227  Proposal 


Exhibit    2: 


Jot>s  at-Risk  by  State  for  Small  Businesses 
Emptoyees),  Resulting  from  the  Califomia  Proposal 


Exhibit    3: 


Jobs  at-Risk  by  State  for  Small  Businesses 
(<500  Emptoyees),  Resulting  from  the  Jackson  Hole  Proposal 


458 


nmiierical  values  of  the  estimated  impacts.    Each  demographic 
characteristic  is  examined  in  a  separate  subsection. 

Age  Characteristics  —  The  results  summarizing  the  age 
characteristics  of  the  employees  whose  jobs  are  at-risk  are 
presented  in  Figures  1  and  2.  Young  workers  comprise  the  most 
highly  impacted  age  group.  The  largest  number  of  severely  impacted 
workers  are  between  19  and  24  years  of  age,  followed  by  workers  who 
are  between  25  and  34  years  old.  The  least  affected  workers  in 
absolute  terms  are  those  who  are  65  years  of  age  and  older. 

In  relative  terms,  the  workers  who  are  18  years  of  age  and 
younger  experience  the  highest  impact.  The  oldest  age  group  is  the 
next  most  impacted:  although  the  group  of  workers  65  years  of  age 
and  older  is  small  compared  to  other  age  groups  of  workers,  the 
results  show  that  a  large  percentage  of  employees  in  this  age 
group,  up  to  45  percent  for  the  more  costly  employer  mandate 
proposals,  will  be  potentially  at-risk.  This  large  impact  is  due, 
primarily,  to  the  small  average  salary  of  employees  who  are 
65  years  old  or  older. 

Gender  Characteristics  —  The  results  summarizing  the  gender 
characteristics  of  the  workers  whose  jobs  are  at-risk  are  depicted 
in  Figures  3  and  4.  In  both  relative  and  absolute  terms,  female 
workers  comprise  the  more  highly  impacted  gender.  The  impact  on 
female  workers  for  the  three  employer  mandates  ranges  from 
17.8  percent  of  all  female  workers  being  at  risk  for  the  California 
proposal  to  40.9  percent  for  the  Jackson  Hole  Group  proposal. 

Race/Ethnicity  Characteristics  —  The  results  summarizing  the 
race/ethnicity  characteristics  of  the  employees  whose  jobs  are  at- 
risk  are  portrayed  in  Figures  5  and  6.  In  absolute  terms,  whites 
comprise  the  most  highly  impacted  group;  in  relative  terms,  blacks 
and  hispanics  are  most  affected. 

Wage  and  Income  Level  Characteristics  —  The  results 
summarizing  the  individual  wage  level  characteristics  of  the 
employees  whose  jobs  are  at-risk  are  depicted  in  Figures  7  and  8, 
and  the  results  describing  those  workers  in  terms  of  their  total 
family  income  levels  are  displayed  in  Figures  9  and  10.  The 
findings  relating  to  total  individual  annual  income  indicate  that 
low  wage/income  workers  will  experience  the  greatest  adverse 
effects  from  the  proposals  because  their  health  care  insurance 
costs  will  be  large  compared  to  their  incomes.  The  interesting 
finding  revealed  in  Figures  9  and  10  is  that,  for  the  Jackson  Hole 
Group  proposal,  the  impacts  are  not  concentrated  as  heavily  on 
those  with  very  low  incomes  as  are  the  impacts  for  the  other 
proposals.  In  the  Jackson  Hole  Group  proposal,  the  number  of 
workers  with  jobs  at-risk  is  equally  divided  among  all  three 
cohorts  of  workers  who  earn  less  than  $20,000  annually.  In  the 
three  other  proposals,  the  impacts  decrease  as  income  increases. 

An  interesting  feature  of  the  results  relating  to  total  annual 
family  income  is  that  a  considerable  number  of  jobs  at-risk  are 
held  by  workers  whose  family  incomes  are  greater  than  $40,000. 
Indeed,  for  all  employer  mandates,  the  largest  proportion  of  jobs 
at-risk  are  held  by  workers  with  family  incomes  above  $40,000.  The 
second  highest  percentage  of  jobs  at-risk  are  held  by  individuals 
with  annual  family  incomes  between  $10,000  and  $20,000,  and  the 
third  highest  percentage  by  individuals  with  annual  family  incomes 
between  $30,000  and  $40,000. 

Exhibit  1  presents  the  bottom-line  results  of  these 
demographic  analyses. 


459 


r 

illlU 


a--m  ■c.~>.  a—,  a^. 


Ld 


J 


□.»-■€«....  a«i 


a_ac«.«.a>i 


I  „.>..  ac»>.~  1 1>~~  ei.. 


a~»  a<.«.«.  Cj>. 


460 


Dm^  BcM.il.  Ok 


a.>>  BcM...  Of 


li  1 J 

ii 


[  U.M  Qt*..*.  n>««.  B/».M» 


a.M^  QcM-.^  Ota.^.  B«. 


LxniDit  1 ;      Demoqidpnic  Resui 


Younq  dnd  Old  HorKers:   Greater*.  Impact 


Low  indivtouai  wages 


High  Fami *y  Incomes :   Creates:  .mpac 


461 


3.0   CURRENT  ONGOING  STUDIES 

Our  current  efforts  are  focused  on  the  Administration's 
proposal.  Cooper  (H.R.  3222),  Chafee  (S.  1770),  Michel  (H.R.  3080), 
and  Nickles/Stearns .  Exhibit  2  describes  the  approach  --  more 
sophisticated  and  realistic  than  our  earlier  health  care  reform 
economic  studies  —  based  on  CONSAD's  approach  to  short-  to  longer- 
term  jobs  estimation  forecasting  (CONSAD,  1993c). 

Estimated  changes  in  costs  to  the  employer  will,  again,  be  the 
catalyst,  particularly  for  the  short-term,  transitional  impacts. 
The  following  are  factors  which  are  being  considered  as 
conditioning  the  firm's  reaction  (initial  to  later)  to  changes  in 
costs  (either  reduced  or  increased): 

•  The  firm's  financial  wherewithal  (net  income,  liquidity) 

•  The  competitiveness  of  the  firm's  product  market,  both 
domestically  and  internationally 

•  The  importance  of  labor  costs  to  total  costs 

•  The  difficulty  and  time  period  for  substituting  other  than 
labor  factors  and  their  availability. 

Exhibit  3  illustrates  our  logic  process  for  the  consideration  of 
these  factors. 

4.0   CONCLUDING  REMARKS 

Health  care  reform  proposals,  in  particular  those  proposals 
that  require  employers  to  provide  health  insurance  coverage  for 
their  full-  and  part-time  employees  may  have  unintended  and 
sometimes  perverse  consequences  on  the  job-creation  capacity  of 
small-  to  medium-size  business.  In  these  instances  where  labor 
costs  to  businesses  increase  due  to  mandated  health  care  coverage: 

•  Employers  may  need  to  reduce  the  wages  and  benefits  of 
numerous  workers,  lay  off  others,  and  possibly  cease 
operation, 

•  The  ability  of  employers  to  adapt  health  benefits  to  the  needs 
of  their  employees  and  enterprises  may  be  reduced  or  totally 
eliminated. 

•  Existing  businesses  may  be  constrained  from  expanding  and 
creating  new  jobs. 

•  New  businesses  may  be  inhibited  from  opening  their  doors. 

Similarly,  analogous  impacts  attend  firms  whose  labor  costs 
are  reduced  —  though  these  efforts  are  not  necessarily  parallel 
and  in  no  ways  "cancel  out"  the  adverse  effects. 

The  effect  of  health  care  reform  on  job  gains  and  losses  is, 
clearly,  only  one  concern  relevant  to  the  health  care  debate. 
Other  important  economic  and  non-economic  issues  have  not  been 
directly  considered,  e.g.,  the  ease  of  implementation  of  a  new 
system;  the  number  of  additional  workers  and  families  who  will 
receive  health  care  insurance  coverage;  possible  changes  in  total 
national  health  care  expenditure;  and  changes  in  the  health  care 
status  of  all  Americans.  The  particular  importance  of  the  job- 
impact  issue  derives  from  the  fact  that  nearly  all  health  care 
reform  proposals  involve  consideration  of  either  individual-  or 
employer-funding  (or  mixed  systems)  of  employee  health  care 
insurance.  As  a  result,  a  health  care  reform  proposal  may, 
paradoxically,  adversely  affect  the  employment  conditions  of  the 
particular  groups  of  workers  that  it  is  intended  to  help  through 
enhanced  health  care  insurance  coverage.  Therefore,  the  potential 
effects  on  jobs  must  be  carefully  analyzed  before  the  overall 
effect  of  a  health  care  proposal  can  be  evaluated  in  full:  this  is 
the  contribution  we  are  hoping  to  make. 


462 


CONSAO  Hodel  for  Estinating  Econoaic  Inpacts  of  Health  Car«  Rtfor 


Approaen  for  Estimating  Employment  Directly 
Affected  by  a  Policy  Option  During  the 
Short  Term 


ntinwiai  9 

"       OIIRIV^P^ICTIS 


463 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Burke,  T.P.,  and  R.S.  Jain  (1991),  "Trends  in  Employer  Provided 
Health  Care  Benefits,"  Monthly  Labor  Review,  Vol.  114,  No.  2, 
February,  pp.  24-30. 

Congressional  Budget  Office  (1992),  Economic  Implications  of  Rising 
Health  Care  Costs,  October. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1993a),  Employment  Impacts  Associated 
with  Proposed  Employer  Health  Insurance  Options,  prepared  for 
the  Health  Care  Financing  Administration,  Washington,  DC, 
March. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1993b),  The  Employment  Impact  of 
Proposed  Health  Care  Reform  on  Small  Business,  prepared  for 
The  NFIB  Foundation,  Washington,  DC,  May. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1993c),  The  Design  and  Pilot 
Application  of  a  Jobs  Forecasting  System  for  DOE  Policy 
Options,  prepared  for  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy,  October. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1992a),  An  Analysis  of  the  Jobs-at- 
Risk  and  Their  Demographic  Characteristics  Associated  with 
Mandated  Employer  Health  Insurance,  prepared  for  The 
Partnership  on  Health  Care  and  Employment,  Washington,  DC, 
January  8. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1992b),  Jobs-at-Risk  and  Their 
Demographic  Characteristics  Associated  with  Mandated  Employer 
Health  Insurance:  An  Analysis  of  the  "Play"  Provisions  of  a 
"Play  or  Pay"  Health  Insurance  Plan,  prepared  for  The 
Partnership  on  Health  Care  and  Employment,  Washington,  DC, 
April . 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1990a),  Analysis  of  Small  Facility  Job 
Impacts  Resulting  from  the  Permitting  Provisions  Contained  in 
the  Proposed  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments,  July. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1990b),  An  Analysis  of  the  Jobs-at- 
Risk  Associated  with  Mandated  Employer  Health  Insurance, 
prepared  for  The  Partnership  on  Health  Care  and  Employment, 
Washington,  DC,  October  1. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1990c),  Jobs-at-Risk:  Updating  the 
Economic  Effects  of  Proposed  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments, 
prepared  for  The  Business  Roundtable  and  the  Clean  Air  Working 
Group,  Washington,  DC,  October. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1988),  Methodology  for  Estimating 
Unintended  Health  Effects  of  Regulation,  prepared  for  the  U.S. 
Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Washington,  DC,  November. 

CONSAD  Research  Corporation  (1981),  The  "New  Economics": 
Implications  for  Economic  Forecasting  and  Policy  Analysis, 
prepared  for  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy,  Office  of  Policy 
Planning  and  Analysis,  Washington,  DC,  October. 

Dougherty,  Denise  (1993),  Assessing  the  Assumptions  Behind 
Projections  of  the  Employment  Effects  of  Health  Reform, 
prepared  for  the  U.S.  Congress,  Office  of  Technology 
Assessment,  Washington,  DC,  December. 

Enthoven,  Alain  C.  (1992),  "Statement  on  National  Health  System 
Reform,"  presented  before  the  Senate  Finance  Committee, 
Washington,  DC,  May  6. 

Employee  Benefit  Research  Institute  (1987),  "Government  Mandating 
Employee  Benefits." 

Fdtis,  S.  Jackson  (1992),  Small  Business  in  the  Clinton  Years, 
National  Federation  of  Independent  Businesses,  Washington,  DC. 
FeJdstein,  Martin  (1994),  "What's  Wrong  With  the  Clinton  Health 
Plan,"  Wall  Street  Journal,  January  17. 

Feldstein,  Martin  (1993),  "Economic  Effects  of  the  Clinton  Health 
Care  Plan,"  testimony  before  the  U.S.  Congress,  Committee  on 
Ways  and  Means,  Washington,  DC,  November  4. 

Jackson  Hole  Group  (1991),  various  authors  for  Policy  Documents  #1 
through  #4,  The  21st  Century  American  Health  System,  September 
3. 
Joint  Economic  Committee  (1992),  Health  Care  Briefing  Paper,  "Run 
from  Coverage:  Job  Destruction  from  a  Play  or  Pay  Health  Care 
Mandate,"  prepared  for  Richard  A.  Armey  (R-Texas),  Washington, 
DC,  April  9. 
Kierman,  Jacob  Alex,  and  Dana  Goldman  (1993),  Job  Loss  Due  to 
Health  Care  Reform,  testimony  prepared  for  the  Subcommittee  on 
Health  of  the  House  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  November  4. 
Kierman,  Jacob  A.  (1992),  "Employment  Effect  of  Mandated  Health 
Benefits,"  Health  Benefits  and  the  Workforce,  U.S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  DC. 


464 


Klcrman,  Jacob  A.,  and  Omar  Rahman  (1992),  "Employment  Change  and 
Continuation  of  Health  Insurance  Coverage,"  Health  Benefits 
and  the  Workforce,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  DC. 

KPMG  Peat  Marwick  (1993),  Employment  Effects  of  Health  Reform, 
prepared  for  the  U.S.  Congress,  Office  of  Technology 
Assessment,  Washington,  DC,  November  24. 

Lci.g,  Stephen  H.,  and  M.  Susan  Marquis  (1992),  "Gaps  in  Employment- 
Based  Health  Insurance:  Lack  of  Supply  or  Lack  of  Demand?", 
Health  Benefits  and  the  Workforce,  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  DC. 

Marquis,  M.  Susan,  and  Joan  L.  Buchanan  (1992),  "Subsidies  and 
National  Health  Care  Reform:  The  Effect  of  Workers  Demand  for 
Health  Insurance  Coverage,"  Health  Benefits  and  the  Workforce, 
U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  DC. 

Morrisey,  Michael  A.  (1991a),  "Mandated  Benefits  and  Compensating 
Differentials:  Taxing  the  Uninsured,"  paper  prepared  for  the 
American  Enterprise  Institute  Conference,  American  Health 
Policy:  Critical  Issues  for  Reform,  Washington,  DC,  October 
3-4. 

Morrisey,  Michael  A.  (1991b),  "Health  Care  Reform:  A  Review  of 
Five  Generic  Proposals,"  in  Winners  and  Losers  in  Reforming 
the  U.S.  Health  Care  System,  Employee  Benefit  Research 
Institute  (EBRI),  Special  Report. 

O'Neill,  June  E.,  and  Dave  M.  O'Neill  (1993),  "The  Impact  of  a 
Health  Insurance  Mandate  on  Labor  Costs  and  Employment, 
Empirical  Evidence,"  Center  for  the  Study  of  Business  and 
Government,  Baruch  College,  City  University  of  New  York, 
September . 

Shells,  John  (1992),  "Testimony  Before  the  Senate  Finance 
Committee,"  June  9. 

U.S.  Congress,  Office  of  Technology  Assessment  (1993),  An 
Inconsistent  Picture:  A  Complication  of  Analyses  of  Economic 
Impacts  of  Competing  Approaches  to  Health  Care  Reform  by 
Experts  and  Stakeholders,  OTA-H-540,  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  DC,  June. 

U.S.  Department  of  Labor  (1992),  Health  Benefits  and  The  Workforce, 
Washington,  DC. 

U.S.  General  Accounting  Office  (1992),  Access  to  Health  Insurance: 
State  Efforts  to  Assist  Small  Businesses,  GAO/HRD-92-90, 
Washington,  DC,  May. 

Zedlewski,  Sheila  R.,  Gregory  P.  Acs,  and  Colin  W.  Winterbottom 
(1992),  "Play-or-Pay  Employer  Mandates:  Potential  Effects," 
Health  Affairs,  Spring. 

Zedlewski,  Sheila  R.  (1990),  Exp>anding  the  Employer  Provided  Group 
Health  Insurance  System:  Effects  of  Workers  and  Their 
Employers,  unpublished  report.  The  Urban  Institute, 
Washington,  DC,  May. 


465 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Lott. 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  R.  LOTT,  JR.,  CARL  D.  COVITZ  TERM  AS- 
SISTANT PROFESSOR,  THE  'VHARTON  SCHOOL,  UNIVERSITY 
OF  PENNSYLVANIA 

Mr.  Lott.  Thank  you  very  much.  It  is,  indeed,  an  honor  to  be 
here  today. 

I  would  like  to  comment  on  two  things. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Excuse  me. 

Mr.  Lott.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Let  me  stipulate  everybody  is  a  doctor,  I  think, 
except  Mr.  Schaeffer. 

Mr.  Schaeffer.  No,  I  am  not  a  physician. 

Ms.  McCaughey.  I  am  not  a  medical  doctor  either. 

Mr.  Lott.  I  am  usually  not  called  "doctor." 

Mr.  McDermott.  OK.  Mr.  Lott. 

Mr.  Lott.  Thank  you  very  much. 

There  are  two  things  I  would  like  to  comment  on.  The  first  is  the 
spectrum  of  price  controls  in  President  Clinton's  health  care  pro- 
posal, and  the  second  is  what  problems  do  exist  with  the  current 
health  care  system,  and  I  believe  that  those  are  exaggerated.  They 
can  be  traced  to  previous  Government  regulations.  The  pattern 
seems  to  be  that  initial  Government  regulations  generate  problems 
and  calls  for  eventually  even  more  Government  regulations. 

With  regard  to  the  first  point,  on  January  13  of  this  year,  565 
Ph.D.  economists  from  across  the  political  spectrum,  almost  all  of 
them  academic  economists,  sent  an  open  letter  to  President  Clinton 
warning  about  the  dangers  of  price  controls  in  his  health  care  plan. 
I  am  unaware  of  anywhere  near  this  number  of  academic  econo- 
mists signing  such  a  letter  during  at  least  the  last  few  decades. 
Some  of  the  economists  had  even  signed  the  1992  Clinton  campaign 
letter  endorsing  some  of  his  economic  proposals. 

Because  I  was  disappointed  with  Dr.  Reischauer's  comments  on 
Tuesday  with  regard  to  whether  there  were  really  price  control  as- 
pects in  the  bill,  I  would  like  to  take  just  a  moment  to  read  to  you 
the  letter  that  was  sent  to  President  Clinton  on  the  13th. 

Dear  President  Clinton:  Price  controls  produce  shortages,  black  markets,  and  re- 
duced quality.  This  has  been  the  universal  experience  in  the  4,000  years  the  govern- 
ments have  tried  to  artificially  hold  down  prices  using  regulations. 

You  insist  that  your  health  care  plan  avoids  price  controls.  We  respectfully  dis- 
agree. Your  plan  sets  the  fees  charged  by  doctors  and  hospitals,  caps  annual  spend- 
ing on  health  care,  limits  insurance  premiums,  and  imposes  price  limitations  on  new 
and  existing  drugs. 

In  countries  that  have  imposed  these  types  of  regulations,  patients  face  delays  of 
months  and  years  for  surgery,  government  bureaucrats  decide  treatment  options  in- 
stead of  doctors  or  patients,  and  innovations  in  medical  techniques  and  pharma- 
ceuticals are  dramatically  reduced.  Here  in  America,  the  threat  of  price  controls  on 
medicines  has  already  decreased  research  and  development  at  drug  companies, 
which  will  lead  to  reduced  discoveries  and  the  loss  of  life  in  the  future. 

In  the  1970s,  the  government  tried  to  regulate  the  price  of  a  simple  homogeneous 
product,  gasoline.  The  result  was  a  social  and  economic  disaster.  People  were  forced 
to  waste  nours  waiting  in  long  lines  to  purchase  gasoline.  Long  waits  for  surgery 
and  other  medical  care  will  have  far  more  serious  consequences. 

Caps,  fee  schedules,  and  other  government  regulations  may  appear  to  reduce  med- 
ical spending,  but  such  gains  are  illusory.  We  will  instead  end  up  with  lower  quality 
medical  care,  reduced  medical  innovation,  and  expensive  new  bureaucracies  to  mon- 


466 

itor  compliance.  These  controls  will  hurt  people,  and  they  will  damage  the  economy. 
We  urge  you  to  remove  price  controls  in  any  lorm  from  your  health  care  plan. 

I  believe  this  letter  is  very  straightforward  and  unambiguous.  So 
I  won't  spend  much  more  of  my  comments  talking  about  price  con- 
trols, but  to  me,  if  there  is  any  one  thing  that  economists  agree  on, 
even  more  than  the  benefits  of  trade  such  as  in  the  recent  NAFTA 
debate,  it  is  that  price  controls  produce  shortages  and  that  Govern- 
ment is  particularly  inept  to  try  and  set  the  right  price  for  goods. 

My  second  point,  the  great  irony  in  this  debate  is  how  infre- 
quently two  facts  are  linked  together.  The  first  is  people's  concerns 
about  the  cost  of  health  care.  The  second  is  that  health  care  is  al- 
ready one  of  the  most  regulated  areas  of  the  economy. 

The  cost  of  Government  regulations  are  huge  and  have  been  con- 
tinually growing.  You  could  almost  present  an  endless  list  of  regu- 
lations. You  have  a  12-year  average  delay  between  when  drugs  are 
developed  and  when  they  are  finally  approved  by  the  FDA.  Liabil- 
ity rules  are  extremely  costly.  For  example,  they  can  easily  account 
for  more  than  half  the  price  differential  between  drugs  in  Canada 
and  the  United  States.  When  you  have  licensing  and  other  restric- 
tions, it  will  make  it  difficult  for  groups,  even  like  midwives,  to  pro- 
vide services  in  certain  circumstances. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  debate,  advocates  who  have  been  impos- 
ing national  health  care  plans  point  to  problems  of  "cost  shifting" 
caused  by  uninsured  individuals;  that  these  individuals  are  bur- 
dening the  system  and  shifting  cost  to  those  who  are  paying  their 
own  way.  Yet,  the  cost  shifting  produced  by  uninsured  individuals 
is  trivial  compared  to  the  cost  shifting  created  by  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment. 

Hospitals  deliver  $9  to  $11  billion  each  year  in  unpaid  medical 
care,  helping  the  uninsured  and  even  insured  individuals  whose  in- 
surance fails  to  reimburse  the  hospitals.  Approximately  in  1987,  at 
least,  another  $15  billion  were  doctors  who  were  unpaid  for  their 
services.  Even  these  numbers,  though,  exaggerate  the  burden  of 
the  uninsured  because  it  fails  to  take  into  account  that  the  unin- 
sured aren't  receiving  the  tax  subsidies  that  other  workers  are  re- 
ceiving, the  tax  subsidies  for  buying  insurance. 

By  contrast,  if  you  look  at  the  cost  shifting  done  by  the  Federal 
Government,  for  instance,  in  the  President's  plan,  he  projects  $236 
billion  in  savings  through  the  Grovernment  simply  lowering  the  fees 
it  pays  through  government  insurance  plans  to  doctors  and  hos- 
pitals. The  benefits  remain  the  same,  but  we  are  simply  cutting  re- 
imbursements. This  is  on  top  of  "$56  billion  in  savings"  that  got 
under  the  most  recent  budget  agreement  last  year,  and,  of  course, 
there  were  similar  types  of  cuts  under  the  Reagan  and  Bush  ad- 
ministrations. 

The  additional  $26  billion  in  savings  in  the  Clinton  health  care 
plan  should  be  referred  to  what  they  really  are,  a  massive  tax  in- 
crease on  the  health  care  industry.  It  seems  strange  that  imposing 
a  large  tax  is  perceived  as  a  solution  to  high  prices. 

Finally,  Americans  are  overwhelmingly  happy  with  the  quality 
and  access  to  their  own  health  care.  Polls  show  that  they  believe 
that  the  system  is  in  trouble  primarily  because  of  lack  of  port- 
ability and  the  possibility  that  individuals  could  lose  their  own  in- 
surance because  of  illness. 


467 

Again,  I  believe  both  of  these  problems  arise  because  of  existing 
Government  regulation.  Let's  take  the  case  of  lack  of  portability. 
This  problem  largely  stems  from  tax  deductibility  of  health  insur- 
ance being  tied  to  firms  as  opposed  to  it  either  being  given  directly 
to  individuals  or  eliminating  the  deduction  entirely.  There  is  no 
reason  why,  other  than  inertia,  for  why  this  deductibility  should  be 
tied  to  an  individual's  job. 

In  conclusion,  I  would  like  to  say  that  we  should  think  of  why 
we  are  in  the  situation  to  begin  with.  Why  have  these  problems 
arisen?  I  think  that  will  provide  us  with  some  perspective  whether 
the  solution  is  going  to  be  even  more  greater  Government  regula- 
tion in  the  future.  I  think  if  we  realize  that  it  is  Government  regu- 
lation which  produced  a  lot  of  the  problems  that  people  are  worried 
about  today,  if  not  most,  then  I  think  it  should  give  us  some  cau- 
tion before  we  advocate  even  further  government  involvement. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows;! 


468 

Keforming   Health-care 

John  K   l.ott  Jr.* 

I)    Price  Controls  in  President  Clinton's  llealth-care  Plan 

On  Januar>'  13th  of  this  year.  5()5  Ph.D.  economists  from  across  the  political  spectrum  (almost  all 
them  academic  econumisl^)  sent  an  open  letter  to  Presideol  Clinton  warning  about  the  dangers  of  price 
controls  in  hi^  health-care  plan.  1  am  unaware  uf  anywhere  near  this  number  of  academic  economists 
signing  such  a  letter  during  at  lca<n  the  last  few  decades.  Some  of  the  economists  had  even  signed  the 
1992  Clinton  campaign  letter  endoR>mg  some  of  his  economic  proposals.  Because  I  believe  that  this 
letter  is  quite  relevant  to  ti.«Ja>  's  discussion  of  controlling  the  price  of  drugs,  I  would  like  to  read  the 
letter  to  you. 

An  Open  l.«tter  to  President  Clinton  on  Health  Care  Keform 

Dear  Presideni  CImlon: 

Pi  ice  contruU  produce  shortages  black  oiarkct&.  and  reduceJ  quality.  This  has  been  the  universal 
experience  in  the  four  thuui^ind  yeai^  that  government:)  have  tried  tu  anificially  bold  prices  down  using 
regulations. 

You  insis:i  (hat  your  healih-care  plan  av  oids  pncc  controls.  We  respectfully  disagree.  Your  plan  sets  the 
fees  charged  h)  doctors  and  hospitals  caps  annual  .<!pcndingon  hcalih-carc.  limits  insurance  premiums, 
and  imposes  pnce  limitations  on  new  ami  existing  drug!> 

In  countries  that  hav  c  imposed  these  ty|>cs  i">f  regulations,  palicnis  face  delays  of  months  and  years  for 
surgery .  government  bureaucrab-  decide  treatment  options  instead  of  doctors  or  patients,  and  innovations 
in  medical  techniques  and  pharmaceutical.';  arc  dramatically  reduced    Here  in  .\merica,  the  threat  of  price 
controls  on  medicines  has  alrcad)  dccrcs-scd  icscarch  and  dcvclopmcni  at  drug  companies,  which  will 
lead  lo  rt^duced  diMrovenes  and  the  loss  ol  life  in  the  future 

In  the  lyOs  government  tried  to  regulate  the  pric-.- otasimpic  homogeneous  product,  gasoline.   I'hc 
result  was  a  s(.K.°ial  and  economic  disaster    People  were  forced  to  wa^le  hout:>  waiting  in  lines  lo 
purchase  gasoline.  I  .ong  waits  for  surgcn,  and  other  medical  care  will  have  far  more  serious 
consequences 

Caps,  fee  schedules,  and  other  govcinriKnt  regulations  may  appear  lo  reduce  medical  spending,  hut  such 
gains  are  illusory.  We  will  instead  end  up  with  lower  quality  medical  care,  reduced  medical  innovation, 
and  e.vpensive  nevv  bureaucracies  lo  monitor  complunce.  These  controls  will  hurt  people,  and  the>  will 
damage  the  economy.  We  urge  jou  to  rcmov  c  price  controls,  in  any  form,  from  your  hcalth-carc  plan. 

This  letter  is  very  straightforward  and  unambiguous   '1  o  me.  if  there  is  any  one  thing  that 
economists  agice  on.  it  is  thai  pncc  controls  produce  shortages  and  that  the  government  is  particularly 


l/itt  is  the  Carl  0.  Covitz  lerm  .\ssislant  Professor  at  the  Wharton  School.  L'niversity  of 
Pennsylvania 


469 


inept  at  determining  u  hat  the  concci  price  of  a  good  should  he.  Anyone  who  sal  in  long  lines  at  gas 
iilalions  dunng  the  I970"s  can  temcmber  how  unsuccessful  the  government  was  at  setting  prices  for  even 
a  relatively  simple  homogenous  product  like  gasoline.  .After  Kcagan  eliminated  gas  price  controls  in 
I9KI .  we  never  again  experienced  any  more  gasoline  shortages. 

Price  controls  cHnno!  prev  enl  real  price  iacreases,  but  can  only  change  the  form  that  they  take.  With 
gas,  we  paid  through  the  time  that  wx*  were  stranded  in  lines    I'or  medical  care,  patients  still  pay  for 
higher  medical  care  prices  with  their  time  b>  waiting  for  care  — just  ask  people  suffering  delays  for 
surgery  in  Canada  or  Britain. 

l-or  drugs,  controls  will  reduce  the  number  of  new  drugs  with  the  resulting  loss  of  lives  that  those 
drugs  would  have  saved.   Inventing  now  drags  is  costly  with  an  cx|)ectcd  cost  averaging  $23 1  million 
Id  addition  to  research  anJ  de»  elopmenl  cost*,  there  is  the  twehe  year  average  delay  for  new  drugs 
endure  in  getting  through  the  government  iipprv>val  proi-ess. 

Hcforc  we  can  understand  wh)  drug  C(mipanics  set  the  prices  that  they  do,  wc  must  understand  why 
patents  e.iist.  Patents  encourage  mnovaiioo    Without  patents,  a  competitor  could  pnxJuce  the  new  drugs 
ut  a  low  price  and  prevent  the  drug°>  iavenlor>  liom  chutgmg  a  high  enough  price  to  cover  both 
pnxluclion  costs  and  recoup  the  large  developircnt  costs    The  tcmporar%'  monopoly  insures  the 
incentives  to  develop  new  drug>.  Ktilucms  the  p^cc^  thai  companies  can  charge  reduces  innovation  just 
as  suirl)  as  reducing  the  length  I'l  the  patcul  life,  but  regulating  iudiv  idual  prices  i<>  much  more  arbitrary . 

It  Is  politiiall)  tempting  li<  force  down  the  piici-s  that  drug  companies  can  charge  to  make  drugs  more 
affordable.  Yet.  v»  hile  the  need  to  help  the  ptor  who  are  iick  ImJay  is  immediate,  the  long  run 
consequences  to  forcing  drug  companies  u>  puv  (or  stK'iety  s  compassion  lakes  the  form  of  fewer  new 
life-saving  dru8.<  tomorrow. 

I  .CI  me  take  one  example.   !  hex  ha.«  for  '•ome  years  been  an  effort  to  force  down  the  selling  price  of 
AZ  r.  which  delays  the  onslaugh',  ol  ,\1DS>    hv  en  putting  aside  recent  concerns  over  AZl's 
effectiveness,  the  question  is  whether  those  sulfcring  from  .\1I)S  really  ficncfit  from  such  a  measure 
Surely,  they  will  get  \/'l'  at  a  l.>wcr  pnce  but  what  will  happen  to  research  for  a  cure?  Depending  on 
bcvw  restrictive  the  rontntls  arc  even  companies  which  are  most  of  the  towards  developing  a  cure  will 
have  to  rethink  any  additional  investment".     'I'hrvse  wrth  AIDS  should  hope  that  drug  companies  view 
inventing  the  cure  as  a  niuncial  bonanza  and  not  as  a  pnAC  whase  nrotlts  will  be  regulated  away. 


470 


One  ofC^linton's  major  themes  is  that  drug  prices  are  needlessly  32  percent  higher  in  America  than 
they  are  in  Canada.  \Miile  this  Figure  is  exaggerated,  a  difference  does  exist  even  if  the  correct  numbers 
arc  used.'    A  drug  company  will  sell  an  already  developed  drug  in  Canada  as  long  as  they  can  cover  the 
drug's  manufacturing  costs.  In  sonic  sense  (!anadians  are  "free-riding"  off  Americans  because  the 
drugs  were  only  developed  in  the  first  place  because  of  (he  higher  profits  expected  on  American  sales. 
I  'nfortunatcly.  with  price  controls  all  over  the  world,  there  remain  no  large  markets  for  us  to  free-ride 
on 

While  price  controls  on  oil  and  («ther  products  are  usually  short-lived  as  people  see  the  havoc  created 
by  govcmtTKnt  intervention,  the  pernicious  effects  of  drugs  regulations  arc  more  obscure.  With  long 
lags  in  the  approval  process  for  drugs,  it  will  he  years  before  we  notice  the  lack  of  new  drugs 

Even  »  hen  people  evenluall)  realize  that  controls  are  preventing  new  drugs  from  being  Je\  eloped,  it 
will  be  very  difficull  to  remove  these  controls.  If  controls  are  removed,  there  would  be  a  long  delay 
before  new  drugs  start  being  produced  again    It  is  unlikely  that  a  future  presidential  candidate  will  be 
\  er>  successful  if  he  goes  before  the  \  t>leK  and  asks  them  to  endure  higher  prices  for  man>  years  before 
new  drugs  will  again  start  appcunng.  Nor  is  it  i>bt  lous  Ihut  such  u  lifting  of  regulations  wilt  have  ihc 
desired  effect,  since  the  drug  comjianics  would  have  to  be  convinced  that  new  controls  would  not  be 
imposed  as  soon  as  neuly  de« eloped  drugs  hil  the  market. 

lu  the  last  yeai  >eai-aud-a-h4lf  since  then  caudidale  Cbiitou  surged  in  the  June  1992  opinion  polls, 
ihcsi.xteen  largc>4  drug  compaiiio  ha^c  lost  nuarU  SI(X>  lilllion  in  Lx>mbincd  stock  market  \aluc.  and 
companies  began  perceiving  pnce  legulatjons  as  a  real  threat  .As  the  expected  returns  to  being  in  the 
phaimaccuiical  iadustr\  have  plummeted.  hk>w  nvin>  future  lives  have  already  been  k>sl  because  the  ideas 
for  new  drugs  have  been  shelved ' 

In  fact,  a  signiflcant  portion  of  Ihc  reduced  growth  in  gross  national  product  during  the  first  half  of 
1 993  of  1 .3  percent  alter  the  robust  giuM  ih  duncg  1 992  of  3. 1  percent  is  altnbiilable  not  onl>  to  the 
threat  of  higher  taxes  but  more  imporianlly  to  the  rctanchmcnt  that  occurred  in  the  medical  sector  of  our 
economy.  When  one  seventh  of  our  econom>  retrenches  becau.sc  of  the  threat  of  price  controls  and  other 
regulations,  il  is  not  loo  surprising  thai  it  bad  v  isible  alTects  on  the  nation's  grov^lh  rale.  V\'hen  price 

'        RichdTtl    Mamii'iK    liii(l<>    tIliI     5C    pcrcciii    o:     l!iv    drun    pncc    (lirkreiitial        liciwctn    Candida 
;iiiil    lilt    I  :  ilcil    SlHits    cm    In     cxpUirtil    iiy     ■.liflcrciicc'    i:i    ko*    ilii:    iwi:    touiilric>    Irt.il 
product    liability    isee    Kichjrit    .Mjn:-.!rg     ".'Toc^'jcts    L:jbility    and    Drug    Prices    in    Canada    and 
lilt     i  iiilcti    Si  .tics"      Rn)!li.iin     Yi>.ii>:     '.  r:vtr.sil\     Workiii);     P^per.     January     l'*94) 


471 


controls  arc  threatened,  particularly  when  rumors  abound  that  quality  controls  n  hich  will  prevent 
hospitals  and  other  medical  care  providers  from  responding  once  controls  are  imposed  —  those  affected 
hy  the  controls  immediately  start  reducing  quality  and  output. 

I'hc  price  controls  will  also  produce  one  other  devastating  result  when  they  are  combined  with 
Cliatoa's  planned  reductions  in  reimbuisement  rates  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  In  the  past,  hospitals 
had  to  make  up  for  the  los.ses  on  government  insured  patients  by  charging  their  private  patients  more,  but 
the  problem  now  is  that  the  proposed  government  price  controls  will  prevent  that  from  occurring.  So 
what  will  happen?  Hospitals  w  ill  lose  money  and  many  will  cither  go  bankrupt  or,  as  a  last  resort,  the 
government  will  end  up  taking  them  over. 


II)    Is  there  a  Crisis  in  HralUi-carc? 

When  people  arc  a.skcd  to  comment  on  their  own  personal  health -care,  recent  polls  do  not  indicate  a 
feeling  of  crisis.  83  percent  of  Amencani^  rate  the  qiiulit>  of  their  own  health  care  as  "cicellent"  or 
"good."  and  73  percent  tell  pollsicr>  that  lhc>  aiv  cither  ""extremely  happy"  or""happ>"  with  their  access 
to  health  care    'i  ct.  polls  also  show  a  similar  percentages  of  people  believe  our  health  care  sy.stem  is  in 
crisis  w  hen  the)  are  asked  ab<<ul  the  stale  of  the  s)  stem  as  a  w  hole.  Unfortunately,  these  feelings  of 
crisis  are  being  Uiggercd  b>  inislcadiug  claims  over  the  number  of  \mericans  who  go  without  health  care 
and  the  waste  that  is  said  to  c.\ist  in  the  sy.stem    l.xaggcralions  b>  politicians  of  the  chances  that  health 
care  ""won"t  be  there  for  ihem  ne.M  month  or  ne\t  vear""  onl)  serve  to  fan  those  fears. 

The  oft  repeated  claim  is  that  35  to  37  million  .\mencans  are  now  without  health  insurance,  with  the 
implication  that  thej  arc  without  hcahh  caic.  "icl.  the  .\dmini.stration's  own  numbers  about  the 
uniasurcd  indicate  that  almost  -H)  percent  of  these  people  find  themselves  in  that  position  for  less  than 
two  mooth-s.  More  importantly,  even  among  the  H  million  people  are  uninsured  for  at  least  a  year,  being 
without  insurance  docs  not  imply  going  without  health  care.  Despite  the  uninsured  being  relatively 
young  (-U)  percent  are  between  IK  and  29  years  of  age)  and  in  relativeK  good  health,  they  arc  75  percent 
as  likely  to  visit  a  physician  and  almost  50  percent  as  likely  to  obtain  hospitalization  as  those  with  private 
hcahh  insurance.  Hospitals  deliver  %'}  billion  to  $1 1  billion  each  year  in  unpaid  medical  care  helping  the 


472 


uninsured  and  insured  individuals  who  insurance  fails  to  reimburse  the  hospitals,  and  a  1987  survey  of 
doclois  found  unpaid  care  averaged  528,900  per  phy-sician  that  year  —  totaling  another$15  billion. 

Not  only  do  these  numbers  indicate  that  being  uninsured  docs  not  imply  that  one  is  without  care,  but 
they  also  shed  light  on  a  related  concern  — the  complaint  that  the  uninsured  arc  bunJcning  the  health-care 
s> stem  and  shifting  large  cost^  to  those  v\ ho  are  pay  ing  their  own  Ma> .  While  $26  billion  per  >'ear  is 
significant,  it  pales  in  comparison  to  the  cost  shifting  produced  by  the  federal  government.  These 
numbers  even  overstate  the  burden  imixised  by  the  uninsured  since  they  are  not  receiving  the  tax 
subsidies  provided  to  those  who  bu>  im>uranc'«. 

Uy  contrast,  Clinton's  medical  plan  projects  S2.^6  billion  in  "savings"  though  the  government  simply 
by  lowering  the  fees  it  pays  through  government  insurance  plans  to  the  doctors  and  hospitals    These 
fees  already  fail  to  cover  the  costs  of  providing  Medicare  and  Medicaid  piilienls  with  mandated  services 
Clinton  should  call  this  S236  billion  "savings"  what  they  realK  are  —  a  massive  la.x  increase  on  the 
hcahh  care  industry.    This  is  on  lop  of  the  similar  S.S<>  billion  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  "savings'"  just 
enacted  in  last  year's  federal  budget  battle.  It  seems  strange  that  imposing  a  large  la,\  is  perceived  to  be 
the  solution  to  high  prices. 

Ill)    Purlnbility  uf  Insurance  and  the  Pcrcrhed  Threat  that  People  Can  Lose  Their 
Insurance 

Polls  indicate  that  Iwv  imp<.<nant  prublenis  aic  pcaeixcd  as  existing  lu  health-care.  The  first  stems 
from  people 's  inability  to  take  their  existing  insurance  plans  » ith  them  vv  ben  thev  change  jobs.  The 
second  is  the  fear  that  people  will  lose  ihcii  health  insurance  after  a  serious  illnes.s.  While  the  severity  of 
these  two  problems  lends  u.>  be  ex.iggeratrd  (for  example  only  about  0,7  percent  of  the  population  is 
uninsurable),  these  problems  exist  in  large  pan  due  toe.xisting  government  regulation. 

The  problem  of  |x>itabilitx  large!)  stems  from  the  tax  deductibility  of  health  insurance  being  tied  to 
firms  as  opposed  to  it  cither  being  given  directly  to  individuals,  alternatively,  the  deduction  could  be 
eliminated  entirely .  There  is  no  reastm  other  than  inertia  for  u  hy  this  deduclibilit)  should  be  lied  to  an 
individual's  job. 

The  problem  of  losing  insurance  could  be  solved  hy  insurance  companies  offering  long  term 
insurance  contracts.  However,  the  rtuiin  reason  that  the>  do  not  offer  it  is  because  of  how  courts  and 
stale  regulators  treated  those  types  of  in.surance  contracts  in  the  pa.st   'f  he  .structure  of  these  contracts 


473 


entailed  people  paying  relatively  high  amounts  during  the  initial  periods  of  the  insurance.  However, 
healthy  indi\  iduids  who  desired  tu  leave  the  pi^licy  when  moK  attractive  alteroatives  came  aloDg  sued 
over  the  high  up  front  payments  I'X'king  them  into  these  contracts   C'ourts  and  state  insurance  regulators 
typically  ruled  that  the  insurance  comfianics  were  required  to  rebate  these  initial  high  payments  so  that 
these  healthy  individuals  could  leave    [odividuaU  in  poor  healib  however  would  have  no  desire  to  leave 
since  the  rates  charged  b>  other  new  policies  would  definitely  be  higher  than  the  guaranteed  rates  they 
already  had.  insurance  companies  offering  long  term  policies  thus  quickly  realized  that  they  could  casil>^ 
be  trapped  into  insuring  a  disproportionate!)  large  share  of  ill  individuals. 

iV)     Conclusion 

If  Congress  passes  legislation  containing  price  coDlruls.  we  will  all  be  paying  lor  lhi;m  long  into  the 
future.  Controls  on  somethings  such  as  drugs,  because  of  the  long  lag  times  before  their  more 
pemicious  effects  aic  rcali.Tcd  will  be  particularly  difficult  to  remove  later.  Possibly  the  most  puzzling 
aspect  of  this  whole  debate,  however,  is  the  focus  ■^a  more  gov  emment  regulation  and  central  planning 
to  solve  existing  problems.  WhM  i-^  rnvvst  surprising  i>  that  this  is  incurring  after  the  failure  of  central 
planning  in  l.asicrn  l.uropc  and  the  former  Somci  I  nion  and  after  so  many  countries  like  Sweden  have 
(umed  awa)  from  their  t)wn  versions  of  the  welfaie  state 


474 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 
Mr.  Helms. 

STATEMENT  OF  ROBERT  B.  HELMS,  PH.D.,  RESffiENT  SCHOL- 
AR AND  DIRECTOR  OF  HEALTH  POLICY  STUDIES,  AMERICAN 
ENTERPRISE  INSTITUTE  FOR  PUBLIC  POLICY  RESEARCH 

Mr.  Helms.  I  wish  to  present  some  principles  of  health  care  re- 
form that  would  achieve  what  economists  have  identified  as  "effi- 
cient" health  care  reform.  I  think  there  is  substantial  agreement  on 
all  sides  that  we  would  like  to  see  a  health  care  system  that  would 
be  cost  effective,  innovative,  and  would  increase  the  quality  of  care. 

There  is  no  getting  around  the  fact  that  expanding  insurance 
coverage  will  increase  the  demand  for  care.  It  will  increase  the  de- 
mand both  by  those  who  are  presently  uninsured  and  by  those  who 
are  presently  insured,  especially  those  who  would  get  increased 
benefits. 

We  know  from  a  large  body  of  economic  research  that  people 
with  insurance  try  to  use  the  system  more  extensively.  This  will 
put  upward  pressure  on  both  prices  and  expenditures. 

Economists  say  that  you  can  keep  prices  under  control  with  in- 
creased demand  if  you  increase  supply.  But  that  really  is  not  part 
of  the  health  care  debate  because  it  takes  a  long  time  to  train  new 
people  and  add  facilities.  Expanding  supply  reduces  prices  but  in- 
creases total  expenditures  (assuming  elastic  demand). 

What  people  want  to  get  out  of  health  care  reform  is  the  reduc- 
tion of  ilnit  cost,  that  is,  shifting  the  supply  curve  down  through 
improvements  in  efficiency. 

In  my  view,  there  is  a  lot  of  wishful  thinking  going  on  about  re- 
ducing unit  costs.  Neither  regulation  nor  so-called  competition  will 
reduce  unit  costs  without  a  lot  of  help  from  consumers  on  the  de- 
mand side. 

There  are  basically  two  ways  to  get  consumers  to  change  their 
behavior.  Medical  savings  accounts  might  help  in  some  sense,  but 
in  my  view  they  are  far  inferior  to  facing  up  to  the  fact  that  we 
have  a  tax  system  which  greatly  distorts  individual  incentives. 

I  know  this  is  a  tough  political  issue  for  all  Members  of  Congress, 
but  as  an  economist  I  think  it  is  my  duty,  to  remind  you  that  you 
can  not  get  efficient  reform  unless  you  do  something  about  this 
issue.  Changing  the  present  tax  treatment  of  health  insurance  is 
very  important  to  getting  people  to  change  their  behavior  to  seek 
out  more  cost-effective  care.  Any  cost-containment  strategy  is 
doomed  if  most  consumers  continue  to  try  to  increase  their  utiliza- 
tion of  health  care  services. 

One  reason  I  am  particularly  disappointed  with  the  Clinton  ap- 
proach is  that  if  effectively  ignores  the  demand  side  of  the  equa- 
tion. The  Clinton  task  force  started  with  the  Jackson  Hole  proposal 
but  then  walked  away  from  what  Alain  Enthoven  considers  to  be 
an  essential  part  of  the  proposal — a  change  in  the  tax  treatment 
of  health  insurance  necessary  to  get  the  consumer  behavior  on  the 
demand  side  to  make  his  system  work. 

In  my  view,  the  Clinton  proposal  will  not  give  you  effective  com- 
petition because  of  the  way  if  has  set  up  the  alliances  and  the  bid- 
ding process.  We  are  more  apt  to  get  numerous  regional  cartels 


475 

where  each  health  plan  is  in  a  cozy  little  relationship  that  is  regu- 
lated by  the  health  alliance. 

The  other  thing  that  I  would  urge  you  to  be  leery  about  is  the 
notion  that  we  know  exactly  how  the  process  of  competition  should 
work  over  time.  That  is  very  difficult  for  anyone  to  predict.  We 
probably  has  linders  on  about  how  this  competitive  process  may 
play  out.  In  essence,  if  we  get  the  incentives  right  on  the  demand 
side,  there  will  be  lots  of  room  for  providers  to  think  up  new  ways 
to  satisfy  consumers  and  to  compete  on  the  basis  of  quality,  con- 
venience, and  service.  This  is  not  the  kind  of  competition  you  will 
get  in  a  regulatory  system,  as  John  Lott  has  just  indicated. 

I  am  happy  to  say  I  was  one  of  the  economists  that  signed  that 
statement. 

In  addition,  individual  incentives  matter  in  all  health  care  mar- 
kets, which  is  my  way  of  saying  it  is  a  mistake  to  leave  out  Medi- 
care, Medicaid,  the  veterans  programs,  the  Indian  Health  Service, 
and  any  other  health  program.  If  we  could  get  behavior  changes 
among  all  these  consumers,  it  would  make  the  whole  market  more 
efficient. 

Let  me  remind  you  that  the  Medicare  health  insurance  trustees 
have  been  saying  for  several  years  that  the  Medicare  (HI)  trust 
fund  is  in  serious  trouble,  especially  in  the  next  century  when  the 
baby  boomers  begin  to  become  eligible  for  Medicare.  The  Congress 
has  got  to  face  up  to  this  problem  at  some  point,  so  I  believe  you 
do  not  serve  the  American  people  well  if  you  leave  this  issue  out 
of  the  consent  debate. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


476 


Testimony  of 

Robert  B.  Helms 

February  10,  1994' 


It  is  common  to  read  in  press  accounts  of  the  health  reform  debate  that  the  difficult 
topic  of  health  care  reform  is  not  understood  by  most  Americans  or  even  by  members  of 
Congress.   While  some  aspects  of  health  care  reform  arc  indeed  difficult  to  understand,  I 
believe  the  basic  economic  issues  are  straightforward  and  can  provide  a  useful  guide  to 
achieving  health  reform  that  will  improve  the  efficiency  of  our  health  care  system. 

First,  if  through  mandates  or  expansions  of  government  programs  we  provide  health 
insurance  coverage  to  additional  individuals,  we  know  that  this  will  increase  die  demand  to 
use  our  health  care  system.    Both  people  with  serious  medical  conditions  and  people  who  are 
relatively  healthy  will  attempt  to  obtain  care  from  providers  simply  because  they  will  have  an 
insurance  plan  that  covers  these  services.   The  effect  of  an  increase  in  demand  will  put 
upward  pressure  on  both  prices  and  total  expenditures  in  the  health  care  sector. 

The  rise  in  prices,  but  not  necessarily  in  total  expenditures,  could  be  prevented  if 
there  was  a  large  enough  increase  in  the  supply  of  tnedical  personnel  and  facilities.  But  it 
typically  takes  years  to  add  substantially  to  the  supply  of  health  care  providers  so  that  most 
policy  discussions  do  iK>t  seriously  consider  the  option  of  additional  supply.   Instead,  policy 
proposals  typically  focus  on  ways  to  get  each  consumer  of  health  care  services  to  reduce 
their  personal  demand  or  to  induce  providers  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  their  delivery  (i.e., 
increasing  supply  through  reductions  in  unit  costs  rather  than  increasing  capacity). 

However,  a  third  approach,  but  in  my  view  totally  misguided,  is  always  inserted  into 
such  policy  debates:  a  proposal  to  regulate  prices.^  This  approach  ignores  the  fundamental 
economic  behavior  of  both  consumers  and  providers  (supply  and  demand)  and  assumes  that 
prices  and  total  expenditures  can  be  controlled  by  direct  government  controls.   *Pricc 
regulation  can  go  by  numerous  names  (eg.  wage  and  price  controls,  incomes  policies,  global 
budgets,  or  even  private  insurance  premium  caps),  but  whatever  it  is  called  it  always 
involves  the  notion  of  directly  reducing  unit  prices  below  the  level  that  would  have  been 
established  in  a  competitive  market. 

Such  controls  do  cause  both  providers  and  consumers  to  change  their  behavior  to  try 
to  avoid  the  effects  of  non-price  rationing  that  result  from  controls.    These  types  of  behavior 
changes  are  wasteful  and  inefHcient  when  compared  to  the  behavior  changes  that  would  be 
brought  about  by  changing  market  forces.   For  example,  if  consumers  had  stronger 
incentives  to  reduce  their  personal  demand  for  medical  care,  they  would  put  nuare  effort  into 
identifying  and  using  those  providers  who  can  deliver  more  cost-effective  and  quaUty  care. 
Such  providers  would  be  rewarded  relative  to  those  providers  not  providing  the  quality  and 
convenience  demanded  by  consumers.   In  a  regulatory  environment  with  effective  price 
controls,  providers  have  incentives  to  ration  the  care  they  are  willing  to  deliver.   This 
rationing  can  take  several  forms  depending  on  the  personal  preferences  of  the  provider  to 
serve  certain  people  but  not  others.  It  is  luuve  to  believe  that  the  regulatory  authority  can 
prevent  all  the  types  of  personal  discrimination  that  would  result.   Under  controls  the 


'The  views  expressed  in  this  testimony  are  my  own  and  do  not  necessarily  represent  the 
views  of  the  American  Enterprise  Instimte. 

H^n  the  history  of  wage  and  price  controls,  see  Robert  L.  Scboettinger  and  Eamon  F.  Butler, 
Forty  Cemuries  of  Wage  and  Price  Controls  (Washington,  DC:  Heritage  Fouodadon,  1979). 
For  an  excellent  review  of  the  economics  of  govcnmient  regulation,  see  Paul  L.  Joskow  and 
Roger  C.  Noll,  "Regulation  in  Theory  and  Practice:  An  Overview,"  in  Gary  Fromm,  ed., 
Studies  in  PubUc  Regulation  (Cambridge.  MA:  The  MIT  Press,  1981).  pp.  1-65.  For  an 
assessment  of  controls  in  more  modem  times,  see  Smart  M.  Butler,  "The  Fatal  Attraction  of 
Price  Controls,"  in  Robert  B.  Helms  (cd).  Health  Policy  Reform:  Competition  and  Controls 
(Washington.  D.C.:  The  AEI  Press,  1993),  pp.  3-21. 


477 


providers  do  not  have  incentives  to  meet  the  unmet  needs  of  all  consumers  that  have 
incentives  to  try  to  obtain  medical  care.    The  result  is  a  set  of  incentives  that  will  lead  to  a 
decrease  in  the  quality  and  convenience  of  medical  services. 

While  the  lessons  of  economics  may  be  straightforward,  the  Congress  faces  the 
practical  question  of  determining  wtiat  policy  changes  will  bring  about  consumer  and 
provider  individual  incentives  that  will  promote  efficient  health  market  reform.   I  believe  the 
very  large  body  of  economic  and  policy  analysis  conducted  over  the  last  20  years  provides 
some  guidance  m  this  search  for  efficient  policies. 

My  principal  criticism  of  the  Clinton  administration's  Health  Security  Act  (HSA)  is 
that  it  walks  away  from  policies  designed  to  change  consumer  behavior  and  concentrates 
almost  entirely  on  changing  the  performance  of  providers.   By  expanding  benefits  both  to  the 
uninsured  and  to  many  of  those  presently  insured,  the  proposal  obviously  increases  the 
demand  for  care.   Even  though  the  administration  started  with  the  Jackson  Hole  Proposal  as 
the  basis  of  their  plan,  they  made  some  important  changes  that  substantially  change  the 
incentives  of  both  providers  and  consumers  from  that  envisioned  by  the  architects  of 
managed  competition.^  On  the  demand  side,  they  essentially  abandoned  the  change  in  tax 
policy  that  would  have  eliminated  the  present  exchision  of  employer-provided  health 
insurance,  a  policy  change  that  I  believe  is  a  necessary  condition  for  changing  consumer 
behavior.   Without  a  change  of  behavior  on  the  demand  side,  the  Clinton  proposal  puts  all  of 
it  eggs  in  the  basket  of  supply-side  changes.   While  the  administration  has  proposed  to  use 
caps  on  health  plan  premiums  only  as  a  backup  in  case  their  competitive  changes  do  not 
sufficiently  control  costs,  they  have  also  made  two  important  changes  in  the  Jackson  Hole 
Proposal  that  I  believe  takes  the  linchpin  out  of  the  Jackson  Hole  competitive  machine. 

First,  in  the  bidding  process  to  determine  which  competing  health  plans  will  be 
offered  in  each  area,  they  changed  the  lowest-cost  bidder  standard  to  a  weighted  average  cost 
standard.   The  weighted  average  of  the  successful  bids  determines  the  per  capita  amount  that 
is  the  standard  for  computing  each  employers  mandated  payment  (80  percent  unless  the  firm 
qualifies  for  one  of  the  small  firm,  low  wage,  or  expensive  benefit  exceptions).  While  a 
competing  health  plan  may  have  some  incentive  to  be  a  low-cost  plan  to  attract  employees 
(who  can  avoid  paying  some  or  all  of  their  20  percent  share  of  the  average  premium),  this 
incentive  would  be  much  weaker  than  under  the  low-cost  standard. 

Second,  by  giving  the  health  alliance  exclusive  power  to  qualify  (and  disqualify) 
plans,  administer  the  bidding  and  negotiating  process,  and  collect  and  disperse  all  money 
flows  between  employers,  individuals,  and  health  plans,  the  HSA  substantially  changes  the 
incentives  of  heal^  plans  to  aggressively  compete  on  the  basis  of  both  price  and  quality,  a 
primary  objective  of  the  Jackson  Hole  Proposal.  In  fact,  if  looked  at  through  the  prism  of 
the  economics  of  cartels,  the  most  likely  outcome  of  the  HSA  competitive  process  will  by  a 
series  of  regional  cartels  managed  by  the  regional  health  alliance.   Aggressive  competition  to 
reduce  prices  or  expand  quality  or  service  would  be  viewed  as  disruptive  to  the  best  interests 
of  the  health  alliance  officials  and  the  other  health  plans.  Instead  of  a  competitive  process 
that  would  eliminate  wasteful  medical  care  and  drive  down  costs  as  envisioned  by  the 
Jackson  Hole  group,  a  series  of  health  cartels  would  have  little  effea  on  total  health 
expenditures  but  would  substantially  stifle  innovative  changes  in  health  care  delivery  and 
financing. 

The  following  is  a  discussion  of  several  specific  policies  that  I  think  should  be 
considered  by  the  Congress  as  it  seeks  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  our  health  care  system. 
It  starts  with  a  discussion  of  the  role  of  tax  policy,  a  difflcult  political  issue  but  one  that  I 
think  is  essential  for  effective  reform. 


'For  a  description  of  the  proposal,  see  Paul  M.  Ellwood,  Alain  C.  Enthoven,  and  Lynn 
Etheredge,  "The  Jackson  Hole  Initiatives  for  a  Twenty-first  Century  American  Health  Care 
System,"  Health  Economics,  vol.  1  (1992).  pp.  149-168,  and  Alain  C.  Enthoven.  "The  History 
and  Principles  of  Managed  Competition,'  Heakh  Affairs,  vol.  12.  suppl.  (1993),  pp.  24-48. 


478 


The  Role  of  Tax  Policy 


Tax  policy  has  played  an  inqjortant  role  in  creating  the  distorted  set  of  incentives  we 
now  have.   There  is  no  way  of  avoiding  the  fact  that  the  present  treatment  of  eiiy)loyer- 
provided  health  insurance  benefits  must  be  changed  if  we  want  to  avoid  govemment 
regulation  and  establish  a  health  care  system  that  improves  economic  efficiency. 

Economises  and  other  health  policy  analysts  have  been  writing  about  the  distorting 
effects  of  federal  tax  policies  for  over  20  years/  Beginning  in  World  War  II  employers 
started  to  provide  health  insurance  as  a  way  to  compete  for  scarce  labor  under  wage  controls. 
Health  insurance  has  never  been  treated  as  taxable  income  by  the  IRS.    While  this  SO  year 
old  policy  has  been  credited  with  preventing  the  nationalization  of  health  insurance  that  we 
have  seen  in  other  countries,  it  has  also  been  identified  as  a  major  cause  of  "overinsuraoce" 
and  "too  much  insurance  of  the  wrong  land. "   By  distorting  the  choice  between  taxable 
wages  and  oon-taxable  health  insurance,  this  tax  treatment  of  health  insurance  has  caused  the 
absolute  growth  of  insurance,  the  gradual  reduction  of  cost  sharing,  and  the  extension  of 
coverage  to  types  of  medical  care  such  as  dental  and  vision  care  that  arc  rarely  associated 
witib  low-probability  and  expensive  medical  events.   These  large  and  long-teim  subsidies 
have  gradually  changed  health  insurance  from  the  traditional  concept  of  insurance  (coverage 
of  large  and  unexpected  events)  to  a  form  of  medical  prepayment. 

Because  this  tax  preference  is  limited  to  employer-provided  insurance,  it  has 
contributed  to  "the  third-party  payment  problem"  where  each  individual  assumes  that 
someone  else  will  pay  for  whatever  medical  care  they  consume.   Under  such  a  system,  there 
is  little  reward  for  choosing  a  hospital,  physician,  or  medical  procedure  or  product  that  costs 
a  little  less.-''  This  has  led  numerous  analysts  to  identify  the  tax  treatment  of  health  insurance 
as  a  major  cause  of  the  rapid  rate  of  growth  of  both  health  care  prices  and  expenditures. 

The  distorting  effects  of  the  present  tax  treatment  of  health  insurance  have  led  almost 
all  academic-based  health  reform  proposals  (except  the  single-payer  proposals)  to  propose  to 


*To  sample  some  of  this  literature,  see  Martin  S.  Feidsiein,  "The  Welfare  Loss  of  Excess 
Health  Insurance,  "  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  vol.  81  (March  1973),  pp.  251-80;  Ronald 
J.  Vogel,  "The  Tax  Treatment  of  Health  Insurance  Premiums  as  a  Cause  of  Ovcrinsurance, "  in 
Mark  V.  Pauly,  ed..  National  Health  Insurance,  What  Now?  Wiat  Later?  What  Never? 
(Wasbbgton,  D.C.:  American  Enterprise  Institute,  1980),  pp.  220-249;  Jack  A.  Meyer,  "Health 
Care  Competition:  Are  Tax  Incentives  Enough?"  in  Mancur  Olson,  ed.,  A  New  Approach  to  the 
Economics  of  Health  Care  (Washington,  D.C.;  American  Enterprise  Institute,  1981),  pp.  424- 
449;  Pauly,  Danzon,  Feldstein,  and  Hoff,  Responsible  National  Health  Insurance  (Washington, 
D.C.:  AEI  Press,  1992);  Eugene  Steuerle,  "The  Search  for  Adaptable  Health  Policy  Through 
Financcd-Bascd  Reform"  in  Robert  B.  Helms,  American  Health  Policy:  Critical  Issues  fur 
Reform  (Washington,  D.C. :  AEI  Press,  1993),  pp.  334-361 ;  Alain  C.  Enthoven,  "Why  Managed 
Care  Has  Failed  to  Contain  Health  Costs,"  Health  Affiurs,  Vol.  12,  No.  3  (Fall  1993),  pp.  36- 
37. 

*rhe  distorting  effects  of  federal  tax  policy  have  been  exacerbated  by  the  growing 
importance  of  state  income  taxes  where  employer-provided  health  insurance  is  not  considered 
part  of  state  taxable  income.  But  since  sute  income  taxes  rarely  add  more  than  S  to  7 
percentage  points  to  federal  marginal  tax  rates  of  30  to  40  percent,  the  state  effect  remains 
relatively  small  when  compared  to  the  effect  of  federal  tax  policy.  For  recent  estimates  of  the 
loss  of  tax  revenue  from  different  sources,  see  Stuart  Butler  A  Policy  Maker's  Guide  to  the 
Health  Care  Crisis.  Part  II  (A^'ashington,  DC;  The  Heritage  Foundation,  March  5.  1992)  Table 
12,  p.  20. 

These  distorting  effects  are  ftirther  exacerbated  by  the  open-ended  nature  of  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  which  also  gives  little  incentive  for  individuals  to  be  cost-effective  medical  consumers. 
See  Steuerle,  "The  Search  for  Adaptable  Health  Policy  Through  Financed-Based  Reform'  in 
Robert  B.  Helms,  American  Health  Policy:  Critical  Issues  for  R^orm  (Washington,  D.C:  AEI 
Press,  1993),  pp.  334-361. 


479 


either  eliminate  or  limit  the  amount  of  the  tax  exclusion  for  health  insurance.'  In  my  view, 
making  such  a  change  in  tax  policy  is  almost  a  necessary  condition  for  achieving 
economically  efficient  reform.    It  is  the  most  effective  policy  change  under  consideration  that 
would  affect  the  demand  side  of  the  market  by  giving  individuals  a  greater  incentive  to  be 
cost-effective  purchasers  of  health  care.    This  change  in  consumer  behavior  is  essential  to 
make  competitive  markets  function  as  they  should.   If  consumers  demanded  more  cost 
effective  care  (which  may  include  even  higher  quality  and  service),  then  providers  of  all 
types  would  have  no  choice  but  to  change  their  practices  and  compete  more  on  the  basis  of 
price  and  quality. 

Let  me  also  say  that  calling  for  a  change  in  the  open-ended  namre  of  the  tax  treatment 
of  employer-provided  health  insurance  is  not  an  argument  for  increasing  federal  tax  revenues 
or  in  any  way  "increasing  the  taxes  on  businesses  or  labor."   This  is  an  argument  about 
eliminating  the  distorting  effects  of  these  tax  policies,  not  an  argument  about  increasing  the 
level  of  taxes.    If  the  Congress  did  not  want  to  divert  the  expected  increase  in  revenue  to  pay 
for  expanded  coverage  of  the  uninsured  (as  proposed  in  several  health  reform  proposals),  it 
could  lower  both  business  and  personal  tax  rates  to  assure  no  increase  in  fedeial  revenues.^ 

Letting  the  Market  Rule  the  Process  of  Competition 

As  this  bearing  illustrates,  the  focus  of  the  national  debate  about  health  reform  is 
shifting  from  the  administration's  proposal  to  alternative  health  reform  proposals,  most  of 
which  are  based  on  some  version  of  die  concept  of  managed  competition.   While  Alain 
Enthoven  and  the  Jackson  Hole  group  should  get  substantial  credit  for  bringing  an  important 
set  of  ideas  to  the  health  policy  debate,  there  is  one  aspect  of  their  approach  which  I  think 
the  Congress  should  resist.    Ttje  Jackson  Hole  Proposal  goes  to  great  lengths  to  specify  the 
basic  benefit  package  the  competing  health  plans  must  offer  and  the  organization  and 
strucmre  of  these  plans.   This  may  have  some  advantages  to  assist  consumers  to  make 
comparisons  among  plans,  but  it  also  has  some  disadvantages.    The  process  of  competition  in 
all  markets  can  take  many  forms  including  competition  based  on  the  design  and  quality  of  the 
product  or  service.   In  health  care  markets  characterized  by  more  imensive  competition  than 
we  have  experienced  in  the  last  few  years,  this  competition  could  take  forms  which  might  be 
impossible  for  us  to  foresee  at  this  time.  If  we  create  the  correct  incentives  on  the  demand 
side  and  resist  the  temptation  to  be  too  restrictive  on  how  providers  might  respond  to  the 
desires  of  consumers,  we  do  not  lock  ourselves  into  the  equivalent  of  horse-and-buggy 
technology,  turn-of-the-century  retailing,  or  present-day  health  insiwance  policies.   Neither 
policy  wonks  or  the  wisest  members  of  Congress  should  assume  that  we  can  predict  the  most 
efficient  form  of  health  iasurance  or  health  care  delivery  in  the  coming  decades.   The 
principal  advantage  of  competiuve  markets  is  that  they  are  far  more  efficient  in  adapting  to 
changing  consumer  preferences  and  technologies  than  any  legislative  or  regulatory  body. 


^A  tax  exclusion  cap  which  limits  the  amount  of  employer-provided  health  insurance  an 
individual  can  exclude  from  taxable  income  should  not  be  conftised  with  a  tax  deduction  cap  (as 
proposed  in  the  Managed  Competition  Act  of  1993,  introduced  by  Reps.  Jim  Cooper  and  Fred 
Grandy)  which  limits  the  amount  a  business  firm  can  dedua  for  the  expense  of  providing  health 
insuraitte  to  employees.  Among  other  effects,  these  two  types  of  tax  caps  could  have 
substantially  different  effects  on  labor-management  relations.  It  is  my  opinion  that  the  former 
could  create  a  mumal  interest  among  labor  and  management  in  effective  cost  containment  while 
Che  latter  would  tend  to  drive  a  wedge  between  the  interests  of  labor  and  management. 

^While  this  could  be  done  in  a  revenue-neutral  way,  it  would  not  be  possible  or  desirable 
to  avoid  the  differential  effects  on  mdividual  businesses  and  individuals.  While  the  net  effect 
on  any  one  business  or  individual  would  depend  on  their  level  of  benefits  and  marginal  tax  rate, 
it  is  likely  that  such  a  policy  would  create  incentives  for  firms  and  mdividuals  with  extensive 
health  insurance  benefits  to  cut  back  arxl  for  fmns  and  individxials  with  little  or  no  benefits  to 
obtain  more  coverage.  While  this  would  not  assure  universal  coverage,  it  would  increase  the 
level  of  health  insurance  coverage  without  the  net  job  losses  that  are  likely  to  result  &om  the 
Clinton  Plan's  employer  mandates  and  small  firm  subsidies. 


480 


Present  Government  Health  Programs  Should  Not  be  Exempt  from  Refonn 

Most  health  refonn  proposals  attempt  some  reform  for  the  problem-ridden  Medicaid 
program,  but  few  include  any  real  revisions  that  would  change  the  demand-side  behavior  for 
those  eligible  for  coverage  under  Medicare,  the  VA  programs,  the  Indian  Health  Service  and 
the  various  military  programs  for  civilians.   The  political  wisdom  seems  to  be  that  it  is  not 
worth  expending  political  capital  by  proposing  tc  include  these  programs.  While  there  may 
be  specific  budget  or  program  reasons  to  include  these  programs  in  the  debate  (especially  the 
longer-term  mist  fund  problems  in  Medicare),  the  primary  reason  they  should  not  be  left  out 
is  that  together  they  make  up  a  substantial  fraction  of  the  United  States  health  care  market. 
Even  if  we  have  efficient  refonn  in  private  health  markets,  we  cannot  get  the  fUll  benefit  of 
reform  if  this  substantial  block  of  consumers  still  retains  perverse  incentives  to  overuse  the 
system  and  not  ctiange  tteii  own  personal  behavior  regarding  their  health  care  choices. 


481 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 

Dr.  McCaughey?  I  called  you  McCaughey  before.  That  is  the 
Gaelic  way. 

STATEMENT  OF  ELIZABETH  P.  MCCAUGHEY,  PH.D.,  JOHN  M. 
OLIN  FELLOW,  MANHATTAN  INSTITUTE,  NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 

Ms.  McCaughey.  That  is  just  fine  with  me. 

It  is  an  honor  for  me  to  be  here  and  an  opportunity  to  make  a 
contribution,  and  I  am  grateful.  Thank  you  for  inviting  me. 

I  would  like  to  make  three  points.  The  first  is  that  under  the 
Clinton  bill,  universal  coverage  is  financed  with  a  regressive 
antiurban  tax.  There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  discussion  about  the 
antiemployment  nature  of  the  financing,  but  I  would  like  to  focus 
on  these  two  other  qualities  of  it. 

Second,  the  bill  is  designed  to  push  most  Americans  into  HMOs, 
and  yet,  there  is  an  historic  failure  of  Government,  Federal  and 
State,  to  curb  HMO  cost-cutting  practices  that  endanger  patients. 

Third,  I  would  like  to  ofiTer  an  observation  about  how  the  plan 
will  work  for  most  Americans,  what  it  will  mean  when  they  go  to 
the  doctor's  office,  and  how  that  will  imperil  their  privacy  and  also 
ultimately  make  fee-for-service  or  choose-your-own-doctor  insur- 
ance very  hard  to  get. 

So  let  me  start  with  the  financing  mechanism.  If  you  live  in  or 
near  a  city,  good  luck.  The  bill  requires  States  to  create  health  alli- 
ance regions,  similar  to  election  districts,  and  I  am  pointing  that 
out  because  this  will  be  quite  meaningful.  How  those  alliance  lines 
are  drawn  will  determine  which  areas  of  a  State  are  hit  with  the 
highest  health  care  premiums  because  they  are  shouldering  the 
cost  of  health  coverage  for  the  inner-city  poor. 

The  system  promises  to  pit  black  against  white,  poor  against 
rich,  and  city  against  suburb.  The  average  treatment  cost  of  a  baby 
born  addicted  to  drugs  is  $63,000  just  to  bring  that  babv  home 
from  the  hospital.  Because  of  community  rating,  anyone  who  lives 
in  an  urban  alliance  is  going  to  pay  the  highest  premiums  and  get 
the  least  amount  of  health  care,  regardless  of  his  own  health  or  be- 
havior. Part  of  this  premium  will  cover  his  own  care,  but  part  is 
a  hidden  tax  to  provide  universal  health  coverage  within  the  alli- 
ance, and,  of  course,  some  alliances  will  bear  the  especially  heavy 
burden. 

Everyone  will  figure  out  that  you  get  the  least  amount  of  health 
care  and  pay  the  highest  premiums  if  you  live  in  an  alliance  with 
inner-city  problems.  So  this  bill  will  be  an  incentive  for  employers 
to  abandon  cities  and  relocate. 

Considering  the  number  of  court  battles  when  States  draw  elec- 
tion districts,  lawsuits  over  medical  gerrymandering  are  inevitable. 
The  plan  sets  out  the  rules  on  how  those  lines  are  to  be  drawn — 
they  are  right  here  on  page  99 — remarkably  similar  to  section  2  of 
the  Voting  Rights  Act  for  all  of  you  who  have  struggled  with  that 
for  over  a  decade. 

The  States  "may  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  or  otherwise 
take  into  account  race,  age,  language,  religion,  national  origin,  so- 
cioeconomic status,  disability  or  perceived  health  status."  An  alli- 
ance that  includes  a  consolidated  metropolitan  statistical  area 
within  a  State  is  presumed  to  be  in  compliance.  Home  prices  and 


482 

litigation  fees  are  going  to  rise  and  fall,  depending  on  which  sub- 
urbs are  sucked  into  these  alliances  with  inner-city  problems. 

Now,  to  make  matters  worse,  this  bill  is  financed  with  a  regres- 
sive tax.  The  person  who  earns  $50,000  a  year  and  the  fat  cat  who 
earns  $500,000  a  year  is  going  to  be  making  the  same  contribution 
toward  the  health  care  for  their  inner-city  poor.  Also,  the  bill  would 
shift  cost  now  paid  partly  by  the  Federal  Grovernment  to  the  local 
alliances. 

For  example,  the  bill  halts  what  are  called  Medicaid-only  pay- 
ments for  the  ill.  In  New  York  City,  387,450  people  received  those 
payments  every  year,  an  average  of  $13,000  per  person.  The  total 
bill  in  New  York  City,  and  this  is  for  the  Federal  and  State  con- 
tribution, is  $4.9  billion  a  year.  Under  the  Clinton  bill,  those  people 
are  folded  into  the  community-rated  system,  and  their  health  care 
needs,  which  on  average  are  three  times  as  great  as  the  ordinary 
New  Yorkers,  will  have  to  be  met  out  of  that  pot  into  which 
everybody's  premiums  are  paid. 

The  costs  taken  off  the  Federal  budget  are  called  savings  by  the 
administration,  but  this  cost  amounts  to  a  new  tax  on  the  backs 
of  urban  employers  and  residents.  I  believe  in  universal  health  cov- 
erage. I  would  like  to  see  it  accomplished,  but  making  urban  resi- 
dents and  businesses  pick  up  the  tab  will  devastate  cities. 

The  second  point  regarding  HMOs,  under  the  Clinton  plan,  the 
Federal  Government  uses  price  controls  on  premiums  to  curb  dol- 
lars paid  into  the  health  care  system.  It  is  a  system  designed  to 
encourage  most  Americans  to  sign  up  for  managed  care,  prepaid 
health  care.  Limiting  how  the  health  care  dollars  are  spent  is  a  job 
taken  on,  in  part,  by  alliance  officials  who  will  oversee  the  dwin- 
dling fee-for-service  of  indemnity  sector,  but  mostly,  it  is  a  job 
taken  on  by  HMO  administrators  who  will  do  the  lion's  share  of  ra- 
tioning. 

Now,  HMOs  already  have  a  track  record  of  controlling  patient  ac- 
cess to  physicians  and  high-tech  care,  and  current  HMO  cost-cut- 
ting methods  are  already  drawing  criticism  from  Congress,  from 
the  General  Accounting  Administration  who  has  written  several  re- 
ports on  it,  from  Consumers  Reports — see  August  1992 — and  from 
many  worried  doctors. 

The  Clinton  bill's  premium  caps  will  compel  HMOs  to  use  ever 
more  stringent  methods  of  limiting  care,  but  the  bill  omits  any 
safeguards  to  protect  patients  from  these  abusive  practices,  and  I 
would  like  to  focus  on  iust  one,  if  I  can  go  on.  May  I? 

Mr.  McDermott.  Why  not  finish? 

Ms.  McCaughey.  Pardon  me? 

Mr.  McDermott.  Go  ahead. 

Ms.  McCaughey.  Thank  you. 

For  example,  missing  from  the  bill  is  an  effort  to  put  a  stop  to 
the  withhold.  This  is  a  pervasive  HMO  practice  of  punishing  doc- 
tors financially  for  providing  the  care  they  believe  their  patients 
need.  Almost  all  of  for-profit  HMOs,  those  operated  by  Aetna, 
Metlife,  Prudential,  Oxford — not  Cigna — withhold  between  10  and 
25  percent  of  a  doctor's  payments  per  year,  whether  the  doctor  is 
on  a  salary  or  it  takes  a  per-capitated  fee  for  each  patient  signed 
on  or  a  fee  per  clinical  visit,  but  whatever  the  arrangement,  the 
HMO  withholds  between    10  and  25  percent  of  what  the  doctor 


483 

earns  during  the  year  seeing  HMO  enrollees  and  returns  that 
money  to  the  doctor  only  if  the  doctor  meets  HMO  targets  for  Hmit- 
ing  patient  access  to  tests,  referrals  to  specialists,  and  hospitaliza- 
tion. 

Now,  the  doctors  with  whom  I  have  spoken,  many,  many  have 
told  me  that  these  targets  are  so  stringent  that  they  don't  know 
any  doctor  who  has  ever  gotten  his  entire  withhold  back  at  the  end 
of  the  year.  What  does  that  mean?  It  means  that  whatever  tests 
or  procedures  a  doctor  orders  for  his  patient  comes  out  of  his  own 
pocket  at  the  end  of  the  year,  and  this  withhold  mechanism  has 
caused  a  surge  in  dangerous  hallway  consultations,  where  one  doc- 
tor, a  primary  care  doctor  or  an  internist  will  stop  a  specialist,  like 
a  pulmonologist  in  the  hallway  and  say,  "I  have  a  patient  with 
breathing  problems,  and  I  will  try  and  describe  the  patient's  symp- 
toms and  ask  the  pulmonologist  what  to  do  about  it."  Why  isn't  he 
just  referring  this  patient  to  the  pulmonologist  for  an  examination? 
Because  he  doesn't  want  points  against  his  withhold.  The  trouble 
is  that  he  may  forget  to  tell  the  pulmonologist  that  his  patient  is 
86  years  old  or  also  has  diabetes. 

Will  the  Government  protect  people  once  they  are  enrolled  in 
large  numbers  in  these  HMOs?  The  Clinton  bill  establishes  two  na- 
tional boards  to  develop  quality  standards  and  depends  on  alliance 
officials  to  enforce  them,  but  the  history  shows  that  Federal  and 
State  officials  have  failed  to  protect  the  patients  they  have  encour- 
aged to  enroll  in  HMOs. 

For  example,  in  1990,  Florida  newspapers  were  filled  with  lurid 
accounts  of  abuses  by  a  Humana  medical  plan,  an  HMO  paid  to 
care  for  the  elderly  and  to  reduce  Medicare  costs.  Congress  ordered 
an  investigation  of  Humana's  performance.  Here  it  is.  Janet 
Shikles,  in  charge  of  the  probe  for  the  General  Accounting  Office, 
testified  about  the  company's  failure  to  order  the  diagnostic  test 
that  patients  needed  and  failure  to  follow  up  on  abnormal  test  re- 
sults. 

Consumers  Reports  in  August  1992  did  a  similar  investigation  of 
the  shortcomings  of  pilot  Medicare  HMO  programs  in  Florida  and 
concluded  that  government  oversight  was,  in  their  words,  lackadai- 
sical. 

A  nationwide  investigation  for  Congress  by  the  GAO  drew  the 
same  conclusion.  Senator  John  Heinz,  the  late  Senator  John  Heinz, 
pointed  out  in  his  summary  of  the  report  that  only  21  of  57  HMOs 
investigated  received  a  passing  grade. 

I  will  conclude  in  just  a  moment. 

So  he  warned  then  in  1990  that  government  has  given  a  priority 
to  promoting  enrollment  in  HMOs  and  has  not  given  equal  priority 
to  monitoring  what  happens  to  people  after  they  have  enrolled. 

Far  from  protecting  patients  in  HMOs,  the  Clinton  bill  ties  the 
hands  of  lawmakers  who  want  to  pass  protective  legislation.  I  refer 
you  to  page  238  in  which  the  bill  preempts  State  laws  protecting 
consumer  choice,  enabling  patients  to  choose,  for  example,  the  hos- 
pital they  think  is  best  or  the  pharmaceutical  supplier. 

Maybe  you  can  ask  me  about  the  third  point  if  we  have  time  for 
questioning  because  I  think  that  is  also  important. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


484 


TESTIMONY  OF  ELIZABETH  P.  McCAUGHEY 
JOHN  M.  OLIN  FELLOW 
MANHATTAN  INSTITUTE 

NOBXTT 

If  you  are  not  worried  about  the  Clinton  health  bttl,  keep  reading.  If  the  bU  passes,  you  will  have  to  aettle 
for  one  of  the  low^mdget  health  plana  tdected  by  the  govenunent.  Tht  law  wUl  prevent  you  from  going 
ouliide  the  ayatem  to  buy  basic  health  coverage  you  think  is  better,  even  after  you  pay  the  mandatory 
premium  (see  the  bill,  page  244).  The  bill  guarantee*  you  a  package  of  medical  services,  but  you  can't 
have  them  unless  they  arc  deemed  "necessary"  and  "appropriate'  (pages  90-91).  That  decision  will  be 
made  by  the  government,  not  by  you  and  your  doctor.  Escaping  the  system  and  paving  out-of-pocket  to 
see  a  specialist  for  the  tests  and  treatment  you  think  you  need  ivill  bealmost  impossibte.  If  you  walk  into 
a  doctor's  office  and  ask  for  treatment  for  an  Ulnesa,  you  muit  ahow  proof  that  you  are  enrolled  in  one  of 
the  health  plans  offered  by  the  government  (pages  139. 143.)  The  doctor  can  be  paid  only  by  the  plan,  not 
by  you  (page  236).  To  keep  controls  ti^t,  the  bill  requires  the  doctor  to  report  your  visit  to  a  national 
data  bank  containing  the  medical  histories  of  all  Americans  (page  236). 

The  administration  state*  that  the  Mil  win  not  lower  the  quality  of  your  medical  care  or  take  away 
personal  choices  you  now  make.  This  statement  goes  right  to  the  issues  that  matter  most.  How  true  is  it? 
To  help  you  decide,  here  is  a  gukie  to  the  1,364-page  Hedth  Security  Act. 

The  Law  Will  Make  You  Gel  Healtk  Can  Through  Your  'Alliance'  Under  the  bill,  unless  you  get  Medicare, 
military  benefits  or  veteran's  benefits,  or  you  or  your  spouse  work  for  a  company  with  more  than  5/)00 
employees,  you  must  enroll  in  one  of  the  limited  number  of  health  plans  offered  by  the  "r^oital 
alliance'  where  you  Uve  (page  15).  Regiottal  aUiances  are  government-run  monopolies  that  select  health 
plans,  collect  premiums  from  residents  and  their  employers  and  pay  most  of  the  money  to  HMOs  axtd 
insurers.  If  you  fail  to  cnndl,  or  the  plan  you  choose  is  oversubscribed,  alliance  officials  will  assign  you  to 
orte  (pages  144,  146).  The  goal  is  to  curb  health  care  spending  by  limiting  what  every  American  is 
allowed  to  pay  for  health  insurance  .  Restricting  how  much  people  can  pay  for  iiuurance  limits  how 
much  money  is  in  the  pot  to  take  care  of  them  what  they're  sick. 

The  Health  Care  You  Can  Get  Wai  Be  Limttei.  Under  the  biU.  A  National  Health  Board-seven  people 
appointed  by  the  president-will  decide  how  much  the  nation  can  spend  on  health  plans  beginning  in 
1996  (the  basdine  year).  Based  on  that  national  budget,  the  board  will  set  a  budget  for  each  region  and  a 
ceiling  can  cost.  Regional  alliance  officiab  cannot  permit  the  average  premium  paid  in  the  region  to 
exceed  the  ceiling,  (pp.  1,{XX)-1,(X)5)  ADiance  ofikials  are  empowered  to  exclude  any  plan  that  costs  20% 
more  than  the  average  plan  (p.  132).  They  will  have  to  apply  the  20%  rule  virtually  all  the  time.  In  order 
to  offer  plans  that  exceed  the  20%  rule,  there  would  have  to  be  others  offered  at  well  below  the  avertgod 
priced  plan.  That  is  unlikely.  The  bill  pegs  annual  Increases  in  premium  prices  to  an  ii\fIation  factor 
based  on  the  Consumer  Price  Index  (pp.  256,  984-7,  990,  995),  well  below  annual  increases  in  current 
denumd  for  medical  services. 

Putting  price  controls  on  premiums  to  limit  the  amount  of  nwney  in  the  health  care  system  might  wring 
out  waste  during  the  first  year  or  two,  but  there  is  not  doubt  it  will  cause  hardship  later  on.  Seventy- 
seven  million  baby  boomers  will  be  reachirtg  the  age  when  they  need  more  medical  care.  Increasing 
numbers  of  teen  pregnancies  and  iow-birth-weight  babies  also  will  require  more  health  care  dollars— 
il58,000  on  average  for  each  severely  uitderwright  newborn.  Even  the  bill's  authors  antidpale  that 
restricting  the  dollars  available  for  health  care  in  the  teeth  of  these  trends  will  produce  grave  shortages: 
the  bill  provides  that  when  modical  needs  outpace  the  budget  and  premium  money  runs  low,  state 
governments  and  insurers  must  make  'automatic,  nnandatoiy,  nondiscrctionary  reductions  in  payments' 
to  doctors,  nurses  and  hospitals  to  "assure  that  exjxmditures  will  not  exceed  budget'  (pages  113, 137). 


48d 


Above  ft  thrcaKold  level  of  quslity,  oMctals  will  approvt  health  plans  based  on  lowest  cost,  not  highest 
quality,  to  Stay  under  the  premium  Milir^  set  by  the  National  Health  Board,  explains  Cara  Wallnsky  of 
tiw  Health  Can  Advisory  Board  and  Governance  Cotnmlttee,  which  advises  SOD  hospitals  worldwide. 
This  is  why  Anthony  L.  Watson,  chief  executive  of  tlw  Hcadth  Insurance  Plan  (HIT)  of  Greater  New  York, 
it  optindstic.  If  the  CKnton  bill  passes.  *>lew  Yorlc  Is  mine,"  he  told  The  New  York  Timee,  Tm  going  to 
be  the  loweal-cost  plan  l-tlP,  vHth  a  phyaidan  staff  that  Is  57  percent  foreign-trained,  alrejKly  has  what 
that  newspaper  calls  "the  image  of  being  the  least  desirable  health  care  option  for  dty  workers  and  others 
who  cannot  afford  anything  more.' 

StMjftng  Yfiik  tfiM  Dcefon  You  Uu  Now  Vfit!  Be  Hard.  Deciding  for  yoimelf  when  la  wc  a  specialist  or  get  a 
aecond  opinion  and  selecting  the  hospital  you  think  Is  best  will  be  even  harder.  The  bill  l6  designed  to 
piuh  people  into  HMOa,  which  restrict  your  choice  of  physicians  and  hospitals,  and  use  gate-keepers  to 
curb  the  use  of  ipedallsta,  expensive  tests  and  costly  high-tech  treatments.  What  most  of  us  call  fce-foi^ 
service  (choose-yotirown-doctor)  insuraitce  will  be  difficult  to  buy.  The  ceiling  on  premiums  and  the  20 
percent  rule  will  diminate  most  fee-for-servicc  plans,  which  tef>d  to  be  more  expensive  than  their  pre- 
paid counterparts.  Although  the  Clinton  administration  insists  that  Americans  always  will  be  able  to 
choose  fee-for-«crvice  insurance,  experts,  such  as  Dr.  John  Ludden,  medical  director  of  the  Harvard 
Community  Health  Plan,  say  that  option  will  "vanish  quickly.' 

Even  where  it  is  possible  to  buy  fee-for-servicc  iitsurance,  it  will  be  hard  to  find  doctors  practicing  on  that 
basis.  According  to  Walinsky,  the  Qinton  proposal  contains  'very  strong  inctrntives"  against  fee-for- 
servioe  'on  the  consumer  side  but  also  on  the  provider  side."  Price  controls  on  doctors'  fees  and  other 
regulations  will  push  doctors  to  give  up  independent  practice  and  sign  on  with  HMOs..  We've  been  told 
that  the  government  won't  be  putting  price  controls  on  doctors,  but  the  bill  lin\iis  what  health  plans  can 
pay  physicians  and  prohibits  patients  from  paying  their  doctors  dirccdy.  Alliance  officials  post  a 
schedule  of  fees,  and  it  is  illegal  for  doctors  to  take  more  (pages  134, 236). 

In  addition,  alliance  officials  set  yearly  limits  on  payments  to  fee-for-servicc  doctors  in  each  field  of 
medidne,  like  cardiology  or  pulmonology.  What  if  a  flu  epidemic  causes  puknonologists  to  see  more 
patients  with  breatlUng  problems  than  the  region's  budget  allovrt?  The  bill  compels  insurance  plans  to 
slash  doctors'  fees  or  cut  off  their  payments  entirely  until  the  next  year  "  to  assure  that  expenditure*  will 
not  exceed  the  budget"  (page  137). 

Con  you  pay  any  doctor  any  price  for  any  service  you  roarxt.  1  Although  it  is  possible  to  buy  cosmetic  surgery, 
psychotherapy  or  other  uncovered  services  out-of-pocket,  the  bill  prohibits  doctors  from  accepting 
payments  directly  from  you  for  the  basic  kinds  of  ntedical  care  listed  in  the  Clinton  benefit  package. 
Below  are  the  regulations  barring  doctors  from  taking  your  money.  If  you  go  to  a  doctor  for  treatmeitt, 
the  doctor  will  be  paid  by  your  health  plan.  That  is  true  ik>  matter  what  kind  of  health  plan  you  are 
enrolled  in.  The  doctor  Is  prohibited  from  accepting  payments  from  you  (except  fixed  co-payments)  for 
any  basic  medical  services  listed  in  the  Clinton  benefit  package  That  applies  to  doctors  treating  patients 
in  HM(Db  and  doctors  outside  HMO  networks.  Doctors  outside  HMOs  must  submit  charges  for  your  care 
to  your  health  plan,  accept  reimbursement  based  on  the  govenmienf  s  schedule  of  price-controlled  fees 
artd  report  your  visit  according  to  the  requirements  of  title  V  of  the  bill,  establishing  the  national 
electronic  data  bank; 

Sec.  1406(d)  DIRECT  BILUNG-A  provider  may  not  charge  or  collect  from  an  enrollcc  amounts  that  are 
payable  by  the  health  pLan...and  shall  submit  charges  to  such  plan  in  accordance  with  any  applicable 
requirements  of  part  1  of  subtitle  B  of  title  V  (relating  to  health  information  systems). 


486 


Are  you  allowed  to  pay  •  •orgeonnioR,  in  hope*  of  getting  the  iraMteqwit  experienced  caref  No: 

See.  1406(dKl)  PItOHIBmON  OF  BALANCE  BILUNG-A  provider  may  not  diarge  or  collect  from  tn 
enroUee  a  f^  In  exceas  of  the  applicable  payment  amount  under  the  applicable  fee  schedule  (page 
236).-Sk.  1406(dX3)  AGREEMENTS  WITH  PLANS-Hic  agreeineni9...between  a  health  plan  and  the 
health  care  provldera  providing  the  comprehensive  benefit  package  to  individuals  enrolled  with  the  plan 
■hall  prohibit  a  provider  from  engaging  in  balance  billing  described  in  paragraph  (1)  (page  237). 

The  While  Hbuse  attacke  the  use  of  the  phrase  'price  controls  on  doctors'  fees"  in  my  article.  "Wrong 
says  the  White  House.  There  are  no  price  controls  in  the  president's  plan.  Price  controls-calling  for 
government  mlcromanagement  of  every  health  care  service,  doctor's  feea,  drug  technobgy  and  product- 
wtn  oonsidered  and  •peciAcally  leiected." 

The  text  of  the  bill  proves  there  are  price  controls  on  health  plan  premiums,  new  drugs  and  doctors'  fees. 
Het«are  the  price  controls  on  docton'  fees: 

Sec.  1322(c)  ESTABUSHMENT  OF  FEE-POR-SERVICE  SCHEDULE 

(1)  IN  CSENERAL-oach  regional  alliance  shall  establish  a  fee  schedule  setting  forth  the  payment  rates 

apf^cable  to  services  furnished  during  a  year  to  individuals  enrolled  in  fee-for-scrvice  plans  (or  services 

furnished  under  the  fee-for-servico  component  of  any  regional  alliance  health  plan)  (page  134)..,. 

(4)  ANNUAL  REVl5lON~A  regional  alliance...  shall  annually  update  the  payment  rates  provided  under 

the  fee  schedule  (page  135). 

The  White  House  says  It  is  not  clear  why  a  patient  would  want  to  pay  a  doctor  "directly"  for  any 
services  that  their  insurance  company  is  obligated  to  buy."  One  reason  is  privacy.  Evading  government 
regulations  and  paying  the  doctor  directly  would  allow  you  to  keep  your  personal  medical  problems  out 
of  the  national  data  bank. 

Will  your  penofial  medical  history  be  stored  in  a  tiational  data  bank?  The  While  House  says  "not  true''and 
"patently  untrue"  to  my  statement  that  "the  bill  requires  the  doctor  to  report  your  visit  to  a  national  data 
bank  containing  the  medical  histories  of  all  Americans.  The  administration  argues  that  although 
"physicians  may  be  required  to  submit  data...f6r  the  purpose  of  improving  quality  and  assessing 
tiealments  and  outcontes,"  the  bill  "prevents  against  tying  this  data  to  spcdfic  indivkluate." 

The  text  of  the  bill  proves  that  the  adminlstralion  is  mistaken.  Information  about  you  physical  and 
mental  health  and  any  treatments  or  tests  you  have  will  be  entered  in  a  national  data  network  and  linked 
to  you  through  you  health  security  number.  Here  is  what  the  bill  says:  The  National  Health  Board  will 
establish  an  "electronic  data  network"  with  regional  centers  to  collect,  compile  and  transmit  information. 
The  information  expressly  includes  "clinical  encounters,"  that  is,  when  a  pbysidan  treats  a  patient  (page 
861).  A  doctor  who  treats  you  (except  for  an  uncovered  service  such  as  denul  work  or  cosmedc  surgery) 
and  does  not  record  your  "clinical  encounter"  on  the  standardized  form  and  subndt  it  to  your  health  plan 
will  be  fined  up  to  "$10,000  for  each  sudt  violation"  (pages  236, 885-6).  As  Ihe  data  about  you  travel  from 
doctor's  ofAce  to  the  health  plan,  aivd  then  to  the  national  electronic  data  network^  this  information 
continues  to  be  tagged  %^th  your  "unique  identifier  number." 

The  bill  leaves  no  doubt  that  the  network  contains  "individually  IdentlBable  health  information,"  which 
is  defined  in  the  bin  to  include  your  "post,  present  or  future  physical  or  mental  health"  and  health  care 
piovidod  to  you  (page  877).  To  protect  your  privacy,  the  bill  offers  diis  vagueness: 


487 


All  dlKkMui««  of  IndlvlduaUy  identlfUUe  hMlth  In/onnatlon  shall  be  r«Bt[lcted  to  the  minimum  amount 
mcMMiy  to  «ccam]dl«h  the  purpose  for  which  the  Information  b  being  dIscloKd  (page  873)...  (You)  have 
the  right  to  receive  a  wriHen  ttatement  conceTnlng...thc  purposes  for  which  individually  idendflable 
information  provided  to  a  health  care  provider,  a  health  plan,  a  regional  alliance,  a  corporate  alliance  or 
the  National  Health  Board  may  be  used  or  disclosed  by,  or  disclosed  to,  any  indlYidual  or  entity  (page 
874). 

It  would  be  urvfair  to  suggest  that  the  bill's  authors  are  unconcerned  about  privacy.  The  bill  mandates 
that  the  National  Health  Board  will  "promulgate  sUndards  respecting  the  privacy  of  individually 
identifiable  health  information  that  Is  in  the  health  information  system"  within  two  years  and  propose 
privacy  legislation  within  three  years  (pages  871,  876).  But  doctors  must  report  their  podents'  personal 
medical  information  to  a  national  data  bank  or  risk  lursh  penalties,  and  the  information  continues  to  be 
individually  Idantiflablc. 

HMOa  Do  Ike  Job  of  RMtloHing.  Under  the  Clinton  bin,  the  federal  government  uses  price  controls  on 
premiums  to  curt>  dollars  paid  into  the  health  care  system.  Limiting  how  those  dollars  are  spent  is  a  job 
shared  by  alliance  officials  who  budget  payments  to  doctors  in  the  dv^ndling  fce-for-service  sector,  and 
HMO  administrators,  who  are  expected  to  do  the  lion's  shaic  of  health  care  rationing.  Is  "rationing"  too 
strong  a  word?  Not  according  to  Dr.  John  Luddcn,  who  HMO  serves  570,000  people.  He  predicts  that 
"price  controls  on  premiums  will  drive  tis  ati«ight  to  rationing  at  bedside."  Princeton  Professor  Paul 
Starr,  a  key  designer  of  the  Qinton  plan,  prefers  to  say  that  premium  caps  will  induce  "a  different  frame 
of  mind"  in  both  doctors  and  health  care  administrators.  "They  wlD  have  lo  manage  under  constraint" 

HMOs  already  have  a  track  record  of  tightly  controlling  a  patlenf  s  access  to  physicians.  At  Kaiser 
I*ermanente,  the  first  person  a  sick  patient  sees  Is  the  'advice  nurse,"  who  makes  the  decision  whether  a 
doctor  is  iweded.  In  HMOs,  the  ratio  of  physicians  to  members  averages  1  to  800,  about  half  the  ratio  of 
physicians  to  the  general  population.  Specialists  are  particularly  hard  to  see. 

Current  HMO  cost-cutting  methods  already  are  drawing  criticism  from  Congress,  government 
investigators  and  worried  doctors.  The  Qinton  bill's  premium  caps  will  compel  HMOs  to  use  even  more 
stringent  methods  of  limiting  care,  but  the  bill  omits  any  safeguards  to  protect  patients  from  abusive 
practices. 

Por  example,  missing  from  the  bill  is  any  effort  to  put  a  stop  to  "the  withhold."  the  pervasive  HMO 
practice  of  pimishing  doctors  financially  for  providing  care  they  believe  their  patients  need.  Almost  all 
large,  for-profit  HMOs  including  those  operated  by  Aetna,  Mctlife,  Oxford  and  Prudential  (but  not 
Cigna)  withhold  between  10  percent  and  25  percent  of  a  doctor's  compensation  until  year's  end,  aitd 
return  it  only  if  the  doctor  has  met  HMO  targets  for  limiting  patient  tests,  referrals  to  specialists  and 
hosplulizations.  Doctors  report  that  targets  are  aj  stringent  that  HM(Ds  almost  always  keep  part  of  the 
withhold,  which  means  that  what  a  doctor  orders  for  a  patient  comes  out  of  the  doctor's  own  pocket  at 
the  end  of  the  year. 

The  withhold  has  caused  a  surge  in  dangerous  "hall-way  consultations,"  according  to  Dr.  Alan  Jasper,  a 
pulmonologist  and  critical  care  specialist  at  St.  Vincent's  Medical  C^enter  in  Los  Angeles.  Other  doctors 
slop  Jasper  in  the  hospital  corridors,  describe  their  paticnf  s  breathing  problem  and  seek  a  diagnosis,  ir 
order  to  avoid  referring  the  patient  for  a  specially  consultation  and  incurring  points  agaittf  t  the  wit}\hold. 
lite  danger,  says  Jasper,  is  that  the  other  doctor  might  fail  to  mention  a  critically  important  aspect  of  the 
patlenf  s  condition. 


488 


The  withhold  motivates  primary  cu«  doctoTs  to  take  a'well  aee  how  you  feel  next  week"  or  *lef  8  try 
thia  fint  "approach,  even  If  It  meana  additional  vtony  and  needless  suffering  for  the  patient.  At  a 
Humana-owned  HMO  in  San  Antonio,  for  example,  a  40-ye«r-old  woman  with  back  pain  was  told  by  the 
orthopedist  that  she  needed  an  MRI.  But  her  primary  oare  doctor  rejected  the  spedallsf  s  request  for  the 
testa,  saying  the  patient  would  have  to  try  something  leas  expensive  ,  and  sent  her  for  acupuiwture, 
followed  by  months  of  hot  packs  and  phyolotherapy.  When  nothing  worked,  the  gate-keeper  authorized 
the  MRI,  which  revealed  that  the  women  needed  a  lumbar  dlachetomy  (disc  removal),  as  the  orthopedist 
had  auapected.  The  story  was  related  by  the  woman's  surgeon.  Dr  William  V.  Healey,  a  clinical 
prafesaor  at  the  University  of  Texas,  who  said  the  lesson  was  that  HMO  cost-cutting  Incentives  such  as 
the  withhold  fail  to  account  for  the  far  graver  cost-the  months  a  patient  is  home  from  work  worried  and 
In  pain. 

Another  HMO  co«t<utting  strategy  that  makes  doctors  and  patients  worry  Is  the  utilization  review-a 
aick  patient  must  wait  while  the  doctor  telephones  a  utilization  review  company,  describes  the  symptoms 
and  medical  history  to  a  nurse  or  clerk  seated  at  a  computer  terminal  and  hopes  for  an  O.K.  to  proceed 
wi^  tests  and  treatment. 

Tliree  hundred  and  fifty  utilization  review  companies  that  claim  to  slash  health  care  costs  sell  their 
services  to  HMOs,  hospitals  and  others  at  a  rate  of  $1  to  $3  per  patient  reviewed.  It's  a  $7  billion  industry. 
Stich  "cookbook  medicine"  ignores  the  non-average,  abnormally  sick  patient  who  may  need  more  intense 
treatment  that  the  computer  program  recommends.  It  also  discounts  the  value  of  examining  a  patient, 
and  ignores  the  physician's  judgment  and  expertise.  Dr.  Jerome  Croopman,  head  of  oncology  and 
hematology  at  the  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital  in  Boston,  says,  "Ifs  an  800  number.  They  don't 
know  me  from  Adam!' 

'Honor  stories  abound*  about  utilization  review,  according  to  a  1993  report  for  the  Natiorul  Association 
of  Attorneys  General.  Doctors'  treatment  plans  arc  'r^ectcd  by  inadequately  trained  personnel," 
according  to  the  report,  and  utilization  review  companies  refuse  to  give  reasons  for  their  decisions,  even 
to  doctors,  because  it  is  presumed  doctors  would  Hgure  out  ways  to  get  around  the  review  guidelines 
once  they  were  known. 

Even  when  doctors'  reconunendations  are  ultimately  approved,  it  can  take  weeks  longer  to  diagnose  and 
begin  treating  an  HMO  patient  than  a  patient  with  fcc-for-service  insurance,  ]aspcr  explains,  because  of 
the  successive  delays  in  getting  each  test  approved-  One  HMO  patient  with  coughing  trouble  was  given 
andbioticB  by  his  primary  care  doctor,  who  Oiought  the  problem  was  pneumonia.  The  patient  lost  thirty- 
five  pounds  while  waiting  from  October  27  to  December  24  for  an  O.K.  to  see  Dr,  Jasper,  then  to  have  a 
CAT  scan  and  lung  biopsy,  aitd  firudly  to  Icam  that  the  correct  diagnosis  was  a  lung  fungal  disease. 
Jasper  said  he  could  have  had  a  fec-for-service  patient  on  anti-fungal  medicine  within  fourteen  days, 
in^ead  of  nine  weeks. 

The  Attorneys  General  report  urges  state  lawmakers  to  look  into  curbing  utilization  review  in  HMOs.  In 
contrast,  the  Clinton  trill  calls  utilization  review  a  "reasonable  restriction"  on  patient  care  and  expressly 
includes  it  for  doctors  treating  patients  with  fee-for-eervice  insurance  as  well  (f^ge  134). 

The  Cooemment  Vion  't  Pivlect  You  From  HMO  Abuses.  If  most  Amcricatu  arc  moved  into  HMOs,  who  will 
ensure  that  they  get  good  health  care?  The  Ointon  bill  establishes  two  national  boards  to  develop  quality 
Standards  and  depends  on  alliance  officials  in  each  state  to  enforce  them  (pages  843-844).  But  history 
slwws  that  federal  and  state  officials  have  failed  to  protect  patients  from  HMO  abuses,  even  in  small  pilot 
piograms. 

bi  1990  Florida  newspapers  printed  lurid  accounts  of  abuses  by  Humaiu  Medical  Plan,  an  HMO  paid  to 
care  for  the  elderly  under  a  small,  experimental  program  to  reduce  Medicare  costs.  Congress  ordered  an 
investigation  of  Humana's  performance,  aitd  Janet  Shikles,  in  charge  of  the  probe  for  the  Gerteral 


489 

Accounting  Office  tectUled  about  the  company's  falluie  to  order  appropriate  diagnostic  tests  and  failure 
to  follow  up  on  abnomuil  teat  result*.'  Consume  Reports  (August  1992)  also  investigated  the 
ahortconnlnga  of  the  pilot  Medloarc-HMO  program  In  Florida,  and  concluded  that  government  oversight 
was  lackadaisical." 

A  nationwide  investigation  for  Congresa  drew  the  sanw  conclusion.  Pointing  out  that  only  twenty-one  of 
fifty-t«v«n  HMOs  investigated  received  a  passing  g^ade,  the  late  Senator  John  Heinz  warned  that  the 
priority  'has  be«n  to  pronvote  enrollment  in  HMC^  and  we  have  not  given  equal  priority  to  monitoring 
what  happens*  to  people  'after  they  have  eiuoUcd.' 

Far  from  protectlAg  patients  in  HMOs,  the  Olnton  but  Ues  the  hands  of  state  lawmakers  who  want  to  pass 
protective  legislation.  Some  slates  recently  have  enacted  laws  to  safeguard  choices  patients  want  to  make 
for  themselves,  such  as  which  hospital  or  pharmacy  to  use.  HMOs  protest  that  these  laws  hobble  cost 
containment  and  the  Ointon  admirJslration  apparently  agrees.  The  Qlnton  bill  pre-empts  State  laws 
protecting  patient  choice  (page  238). 

YouV  Get  More  Prtmary  Care  Than  High-Tech  Medicine,  and  That 's  Not  Good  Sews.  Will  patients  get  the  care 
they  need  when  gatekeepers  limit  their  access  to  spedalisls  and  high-tech  medidnc,  as  the  Qinton  bill 
intends?  The  evidence  strongly  suggests  that  low-tech  care  will  not  be  good  enough.  People  with  heart 
disease,  for  example,  will  suffer.  HMOs  already  ration  high-lech  care  to  heart  attack  patients,  according 
to  a  study  in  The  New  England  Jaumal  of  Medicine  (December  1993).  HMO  patients  hosplulized  with 
coronary  disease  (myocardial  infraction,  unstable  angina,  angina  pectoris  or  Ischemic  heart  disease  are  30 
percent  less  likely  to  be  given  bypass  surgery  or  a  coronary  angioplasty  (dedogging  of  the  arteries)  than 
sinularly  sick  patients  with  fee-for-service  insurance.  Another  recent  study  by  Duke  University  points  to 
the  consequences  of  such  low-tech  care.  In  the  study,  American  heart  attack  patients  who  tended  to  be 
treated  with  three  costly,  high-tech  proccdures-catheterizatun  (inserting  a  thin  tube  into  the  heart  for 
diagnosis),  angioplasty  and  by7>ass  surgery-recovered  far  better  than  Canadian  heart  attack  patients, 
who  had  less  access  to  the  procedures.  American  patients,  who  were  twice  as  likely  to  undergo  th»e 
procedures,  tended  to  have  a  better  qualify  of  life  after  a  heart  attack.  Ginadians  suffenxi  more  recurring 
pain,  felt  more  depressed  and  were  less  able  to  go  back  to  work  and  pick  up  their  oW  activities.  Dr. 
Robert  Califf  says  the  Duke  study  may  hdp  people  understand  "the  implications  of  reducing  services  in  a 
health  care  system" 

Is  it  true  that  we  need  less  care  by  specialists?  Not  acconjing  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  which 
recently  issued  a  warning  that  patients  with  many  cornmon  conditions  should  be  treated  routinely  by  a 
renal  (kidney)  specialist.  According  to  the  NlH  panel,  primary  care  doctors  fre<3uently  are  overlooking 
the  early  signs  of  kidney  failure  and  are  hanging  on  to  patients  too  long.  Patients  should  be  referred  to 
specialists  for  dialysis  sooner,  said  the  NIH,  before  it  is  too  late  to  save  their  Kvcs.  Twenty-five  percent  of 
kidney  patients  who  don't  receive  dialysis  until  it  is  an  emergency  die.  Dr.  C.  Craig  Tisher,  chairman  of 
the  NIH  panel,  warned  that  patients  with  high  blood  pressure,  diabetes,  weight  problems  and 
metabolism  abnormalities  should  be  regularly  cared  for  by  a  renal  specialist,  not  only  a  prinury  care 
doctor. 

In  the  short  run,  die  Clinton  bill  depends  on  HMOs  to  limit  access  to  specialists  dn  high-tech  care.  As  a 
longer-term  strategy  to  limit  such  care,  the  Clinton  bill  seizes  control  of  medical  education  and  requires 
that  by  1998,  no  more  than  45  percent  of  young  doctors  be  permitted  to  go  on  to  advanced  training  in 
specialty.  Specialty  programs  at  leading  medical  schoob  will  be  downsized.  Restricting  medical 
education  by  government  fiat  undoubtedly  will  reduce  the  consumption  of  expensive,  cutting-edge  care. 
Doctors  who  are  not  trained  in  sophisticated  technology  cannot  use  it.  But  preventing  doctors  from 
learning  about  the  most  advanced  medical  procedures  is  a  lethal  way  to  curb  health  care  consumption. 
Keeping  doctors  uninformed  could  not  possSily  be  an  improvement. 


490 


Kadal  ri;ita  in  meiieal  tndtdtig.  The  White  House  calls  such  a  suggestion  'ridioiloua,*  but  the  biD  shows 
it  is  tnie.  Govenunent  will  aUoeate  graduate  training  positions  at  the  nation's  teaching  hospitals  based  on 
race  and  ethnldty.  In  determining  how  nuny  training  positions  teaching  hospitals  will  have,  the 
National  Council  on  Graduate  Medical  Training  will  calculate  the  petcenuge  of  trainees  at  each  teaciung 
hospital  'who  are  members  o'  racial  or  ethnic  minority  groups'  and  whidt  minority  trainees  are  from 
groups  'under-represented  in  the  Held  of  medicine  generally  and  in  the  various  medical  specialties"  (page 
515). 

If  You  Uotin  or  Star*  Ctiy,  Good  Ludc.  The  bill's  biggest  surprise  is  who  bears  the  cost  of  universal  health 
coverage.  The  bill  requires  states  to  create  health  alliance  regions-similar  to  election  districts.  How  those 
alliance  lines  are  drawn  will  determine  which  areas  of  the  state  arc  hit  with  the  highest  health  care 
premiums,  becsuie  they  are  shouldering  the  costs  of  health  coverage  for  the  inner  dty  poor.  The  system 
pramiaea  to  pit  black  against  white,  poor  against  rich,  dty  against  suburb. 

The  average  treatment  coat  of  a  baby  bom  sddlcted  to  drugs  is  $63,000.  B^t^use  of  community  rating, 
anyone  who  lives  in  an  urban  alliance  is  going  to  pay  high  prcmiunts,  jgardlcss  of  his  health  or 
behavior.  Part  of  the  premium  covers  his  own  caie;  part  is  a  hidden  tax  to  provide  universal  health 
coverage  within  the  alliance.  Some  alliances  will  bear  espedalty  heavy  social  burdens,  others  will  not. 
Everyone  will  figure  out  that  you  get  more  health  care  for  your  dollar  or  pay  lower  premiums  in  an 
alliance  without  inner  dty  problems.  The  bill  will  be  an  incentive  for  employers  to  abandon  dtics  and 
relocate. 

Considering  the  number  of  court  battles  when  states  draw  election  districts,  lawsuits  over  "medical 
gerrymaitdering'  are  inevitable.  The  plan  sets  out  rules  that  will  be  dissected  in  courtrooms  across  the 
nation:  5w  ss  'may  not  discriminate  on  the  ba«s  of  or  otherwise  take  into  accoimt  race,  age,  language, 
religion,  national  origin,  sodoeconomic  status,  disability,  or  perceived  health  status."  An  alliance  'thst 
indudes  a  Consolidated  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  within  a  State  is  presurrKd  to*  be  in  compliance. 
(Page  99)  Home  prices  and  litigation  fees  will  rise  and  fall  depending  on  which  suburbs  are  sucked  into  a 
metropolitan  alliance  and  which  escape. 

To  make  matters  worse,  the  bill  would  shift  costs  now  paid  partly  by  the  Federal  Government  onto  the 
local  alliances.  For  example,  the  bill  halts  "Medicaid  only'  payments  for  the  ill  (50  percent  of  the  $4.9 
billion  distributed  to  New  York  City  beneficiaries  in  1991)  and  disproportionate  share  payments  to  urban 
hospitals  that  treat  the  poor  ($807  million  to  New  York  City  hospitals  the  same  year).  Costs  taken  off  the 
federal  budget  arc  called  "savings"  by  the  Ginton  administration,  but  the  cost  shift  amounts  to  a  new  tax 
on  urban  residents  and  employers,  hidden  inside  their  'premiums.'  Universal  health  coverage  is  an 
important  goal,  but  making  urban  residents  and  businesses  pick  up  most  of  the  lab  will  devastate  dtics. 

Before  Signing  On,  You  Should  Know  ....  The  Ginton  bill  will  prevent  people  frc-"  buying  the  medical 
care  they  tteed.  Price  controls  on  premiums  will  pxish  most  Americans  into  HMOs  and  pressure  HMOs 
into  sharply  cutting  access  to  spedalists  and  effective,  high-tech  cures.  Price  controls  on  doctors'  fees  and 
regulations  tyii\g  doctors'  hands  will  curb  the  care  physidans  can  give  patients.  Price  controls  on  new 
drugs  will  keq>  people  over  65  from  getting  the  medicatioiu  that  can  help  them.  Most  Important, 
government  controls  on  medical  education  will  limit  what  fu'-.j-  ('odors  know,  costing  lives  and 
suffcrii\g  no  one  can  calculate. 

The  administration  often  dtes  two  statistics-America's  relatively  high  infant  mortality  rate  ani  its  lower 
'\(c  expectancy-lo  support  the  need  for  the  Ginton  health  bill.  But  these  have  almost  nothing  to  do  with 
the  quality  of  American  medical  care.  Both  statistics  reflect  the  epidemic  of  low-birth-weight  babies  bom 
to  teenage  and  drug'^addictcd  mothers,  as  well  as  the  large  number  of  homiddes  in  American  dHcs  and 
drug-rdated  deaths. 


491 


fat  feet  it  you  «re  •erloualy  111.  the  best  pUce  to  be  is  In  the  United  State*.  Among  all  indurtriallzMl 
natkuu,  the  United  Stales  haa  the  highest  cure  rates  for  stomach,  oerWcal  and  uterine  cancers,  the  second 
higlMSt  cure  rate  for  breast  cancer  and  Is  seoNvt  to  none  in  treating  heart  disease.  In  other  oounlrtea  that 
apeiui  less,  people  who  are  sick  get  less  care,  are  leas  bkcly  to  survive  and  have  a  poorer  quality  of  life 
after  major  lUness.  Consider  what  happena  in  Canada.  M^>ose  health  core  system  oAen  b  held  up  as  a 
model  for  the  United  States.  In  Canada  nwdleal  technology  is  rationed  to  dangerously  low  levels.  The 
United  States  has  $.26  open-heart  surgery  units  per  million  people;  Canada  has  otUy  1.23  units  per 
million.  Cardiovascular  disease  is  Canada's  number  one  health  problem,  yet  open-heart  surgery  units 
and  catheterization  equipment  are  kept  in  such  short  supply  that  the  average  wait  for  urgent  (not 
elective)  sui^eiy  is  ei^  weeks.  The  shocking  result  is  that  in  Canada,  a  cardiac  patient  is  ten  timet  as 
likely  to  die  waiting  in  line  for  surgciy  as  on  the  opersting  table.  In  the  United  States,  there  is  no  wait. 

Ttw  choice  is  not  between  the  Clinton  bill  and  the  status  quo.  Mcmbeis  of  Congress  should  read  this  bill, 
instead  of  relying  on  what  they  hear,  and  then  turn  their  attention  to  alternatives  sponsored  by 
Denucrab  and  Republicans.  These  alternatives  attack  the  worst  abuses  by  health  insurance  companies, 
reform  liability  laws  that  force  doctors  to  practice  wasteful,  defensive  medicine  and  devise  ways  to  nuke 
insurance  affordable  if  you  don't  work  for  a  large  company.  Congress  also  should  consider  ways  to 
povidc  insurance  for  those  who  cannot  afford  it,  and  level  with  the  public  about  what  universal  coverage 
will  cost.  Whatever  the  price,  ultimately,  it  will  be  less  expensive  than  the  consequences  of  the  Clinton 
biU. 


««f 


492 


-  The  admiMion  by  the  anc's  longtime  standard-bearer 
among  colored*,  the  Reverend  Allan  Boesak,  to  having 
an  affair  with  a  white  reporter  has  further  compro- 
mised its  reputation.  Achnat  Davjdi,  a  colored  anc  can- 
didate for  the  Wejtern  Case's  regional  legislature, 
admits,  This  is  a  very  religious  community.  Many  have 
not  forgiven  Allan  Boesak  an  1  quesdon  his  moral  right 
to  be  a  leader  if  he  cannot  uphold  Cod's  law.*  After  a 
prolonged  struggle,  Boesak  was  chosen  as  the  a.nc's 
candidate  for  premier  in  the  Western  Cape,  but  as  anc 
spokesman  PaJlo  Jordan  said  recently,  "His  credibility 
in  the  colored  community  is  not  terribly  high." 

The  N.r.,  billing  itself  :is  a  'Christian  Democradc 
law-and-order,  free-rrarket  alliance,'  has  seized 
on  these  perceived  weaknesses.  De  Klerk, 
accompanied  by  his  wife,  kicked  off  his  cam- 
paign in  Cenadendal  (VaUi^  of  Grace),  a  predomi- 
nandy  colored  town  founded  as  a  Moravian  Church 
mission  in  the  eighteenth  cenmry.  A  recent  .N.r.  adver- 
tisement in  the  progressive  r  ewspaper  South  disingenu- 
ously predicted  that  If  the  ftsc  gained  power.  Winnie 
Mandela,  'convicted  of  kidnapping.'  would  become 
"minister  of  law  and  order"  or  even  of  'child  welfare.' 
N.p.  stump  speeches  slam  her  statement  that  'the 
matchbox  is  our  weapon,"  ind  condemn  the  role  of 
ANC  supporters  in  the  kangijoo  court  trials  and  neck- 
lacings  of  black  policemen  and  suspected  informen  in 
the  Cape  squatter  settlements  of  Crossroads  and 
KhayeUtsha.  A  campaign  flyer  declares,  "Don't  vote  for 
an  intimidator.' 

The  N.P.  is  betting  that  su>:h  appeals  will  have  panic- 
tilar  resonance  with  colorecj,  who  live  closer  to  black 
areas  than  whites.  In  parbcular,  the  S'.P.  has  attacked 
the  ANC  for  condonmg  the  S'lizure  by  black  squatters  of 
houses  intended  for  colorcds  in  the  Cape  Town  suburb 
of  Mitchell's  Plam.  The  .n.p.';  newsletter  calls  the  a.sc  an 
"architect  of  anarchy." 

In  South  Africa  discussio  is  of  policy  are  rarelv  free 
from  questions  of  racial  tdendty.  Durwg  apartheid,  the 
people  of  the  Cape  were  encouraged  to  believe  that 
because  they  did  not  have  a  black  majority,  they  would 
not  face  the  same  polidcal.  .iodal  and  moral  reckoning 
as  the  rest  of  the  country.  Through  a  labor  system  that 
gave  them  preference  over  blacks,  coloreds  were  en- 
couraged to  feel  superior  lo  and  distinct  from  them. 
McKeruie  argues  that  the  pi:rception  of  coloreds  as  the 
"stepchildren"  of  whites  is  t  thing  of  the  pasL  But  he 
admits  that  he  fears  black  oppression  as  much  as  white. 
For  colored  leaders  in  the  a<>c  the  very  notion  of  a  col- 
ored identity  separate  from  a  black  or  African  one  is  a 
pernicious  relic  of  aparthc  id— a  relic  that  a  colored- 
elected  .N.p.  regional  government  m  the  Western  Cape 
would  institutionalise  In  the  words  of  the  renowned 
colored  jazz  pianist  Abdulbih  Ibrahim,  *I  have  to  keep 
reminding  people  that  Cap;  Town  is  m  Africa.  They've 
repressed  and  (jenied  ewerypan  of  it  There's  a  massive 
identity  crisis." 

PntR  Beinart  is  a  former  TNII  reporter-researcher. 


Clinton's  plan  on  the  ropes. 


S 


HE'S  BAAACK! 


By  Elizabeth  McCaughey 

On  January  31  the  White  House  press  office 
released  a  statement  quesdoning  the  accuracy 
of  my  recent  article  in  tnr  ("No  Exit.'  Febru- 
ary 7,  1993).  I  welcome  this  oppommity  to 
engage  in  a  dialogue  with  the  White  House  about  the 
content  of  its  health  bill.  As  I  did  in  my  original  ardde, 
I  will  be  documenting  my  description  of  the  bill — and 
my  point-by-point  rebuttal  of  their  arguments—with 
page  numben  from  the  November  20,  1995,  version.  If 
White  House  rcpreseniarivcs  challenge  the  accuracy  of 
my  descripdon  again,  I  hope  they  will  provide  page 
numbers,  too.  so  that  tnk  readers  can  compare  the  evi- 
dence and  decide  for  themselves. 

.Most  of  the  White  House  challenge  focused  on  this 
paragraph  from  my  ardde: 

If  the  bill  pauet.  you  will  have  lo  settle  for  one  of  the  low- 
budget  health  plans  selected  by  the  government.  The  law 
will  prevent  you  from  going  outside  the  system  to  buy  basic 
health  coverage  you  tnink  is  better,  even  after  you  pay  the 
mandatory  premium  (see  the  bill,  page  244).  The  bill  guar- 
antees j-ou  a  package  of  medical  service],  but  you  can't  nave 
them  unless  they  are  deemed  "necessary'  and  "appropriate" 
(pages  90-91).  That  decision  will  be  made  by  the  govern- 
ment, not  by  you  and  your  doctor.  Escaping  the  system  and 
pa^nng  outof-pocket  Co  see  a  specialist  for  the  tests  and  treat- 
ment you  thini:  you  need  will  be  almost  impossible.  If  you 
walk,  into  a  doctor's  office  and  aslt  for  treatment  for  an  Ill- 
ness, you  must  show  proof  that  you  are  enrolled  in  one  of 
the  health  plans  offered  by  the  government  (pages  1S9. 
US).  The  doctor  can  be  paid  only  by  the  plan,  not  by  you 
(page  236).  To  keep  controls  tight,  the  bill  requires  the  cioc- 
lor  to  report  your  visit  to  a  nadonal  data  bank  containing  the 
medical  hutories  of  all  Americans  (page  336). 

The  White  House  responded: 

There  is  nothing  in  this  .\ct  to  prohibit  any  individ- 
ual from  going  to  any  doctor  and  paying,  with  their  own 
funds,  for  any  service."  "Under  the  Act,  you  can  pay  'out- 
of-pocket[sic] '  for  anything  you  want  at  any  time,  to  any 
physician  or  hospital  willing  to  treat  you."  Price  controls 
on  doctors'  fees?  "That  is  wrong,"  according  to  the 
White  House.  There  are  no  price  controls — 

How  accurate  are  these  statements  from  the  White 
House.-  The  text  of  the  bill  proves  they  are  untrue. 

Can  you  pay  any  doctor  any  price /or  any  service  you  want? 
Although  It  is  possible  to  buy  cosmetic  surgery,  psy- 
chotherapy or  other  uncovered  services  out-of-pocket, 
the  bill  prohibits  doctors  .from  accepting  payments 
direcdy  from  you  for  the  basic  kinds  of  medical  care 
listed  in  the  Clinton  benefit  package.  Below  are  the  reg- 


493 


uladoiu  barring  docton  £rcm  taking  your  monry.  If  you 
go  to  a  doctor  for  treatmei  c,  the  doctor  will  be  paid  by 
your  health  plan.  That  is  true  no  matter  what  kind  of 
health  plan  you  are  enrolled  in.  The  doctor  is  prohibited 
firom  accepting  payment  from  you  (except  fixed  co- 
payments)  for  any  basic  medical  services  Usted  in  the 
Qinton  benefit  package.  Tl.at  applies  to  doctors  treadng 
patients  in  HMOs  and  doctors  outside  HMO  networks,  Doc- 
tors outside  HMOS  must  submit  charges  for  your  care  to 
your  health  plan,  accept  r'Simbursement  based  on  the 
government's  schedule  a:'  price-controlled  fees  and 
report  your  visit  according  to  the  re<]uirement  of  tide  v 
of  the  bill,  which  establishei  the  national  electronic  data 
bank: 

Sec.  1406(tf)(2)  Dszcr  tiLUNC-^\  provider  may  not 
charge  or  colleu  from  an  eniollee  amouna  thai  arc  payable 
hf  the  health  plan  . . .  and  shall  tubtnit  ctur{es  co  such  plan 
in  accordance  wiUi  any  appii  ubie  requirements  of  part  1  of 
subtitle  a  of  tide  V  (relaimg  ti>  health  tnibrmaiion  rruejnt) . 

Are  you  allowed  to  pay  -i  surgeon  more,  in  hopes  of 
getting  the  most  expert,  experienced  care?  No: 

Sec  H06(rf)(l)  fioHBnoji  on  ialanci  inxiNc— A 
provider  tnay  not  charge  or ;  ollect  from  an  enrollee  a  fee  in 
exceu  of  the  applicable  pz>'nient  amount  under  the  applica- 
ble fee  schedule  [page  236] 

(S)  ACAItvOKTS  wrrH  RAM — The  agreements  . . .  between 
a  health  plan  and  the  healin  care  providers  providing  the 
comprehenitvc  benefit  package  to  Individuals  enrolled  with 
the  plan  shall  prohibit  a  pro4der  from  ennnng  in  balance 
billing  described  in  paragraph  (11  (page  237]. 

The  White  House  atuclis  the  use  of  the  phrase  "price 
controls  on  doctors'  fees'  in  my  article.  TVrong.'  lays 
the  White  House.  There  are  no  price  controls  in  the 
president's  plan.  Price  conTols — calling  for  government 
micromanagement  of  every  health  care  service,  doctor's 
fee.  drug  technology  and  product— were  considered 
and  speciRcally  rejected.* 

But  the  text  of  (he  bill  proves  there  are  price  controls 
on  health  plan  premiums,  new  drugs  and  docton'  fees. 
Here  arc  the  pnce  controls  on  doctors'  fees: 

Sec  lS22(c)tjTAiusio<£yrof  rtr.fOBSirvicncMtouLi 
(1)  tN  CCMCIAL — each  regiotul  alliance  shall  auibliah  a 
fee  schedule  seiong  forth  th>;  pa>'meni  ram  applleabte  to  ser- 
vices ftjrnuhed  during  a  ye:ir  to  individuals  enrolled  in  fee- 
(or^iervice  plans  (or  tervscn  Airaiafced  under  the  fee-fbr- 
service  component  of  any  regional  alliance  health  plan) 
(page  134].... 

(4)  A.NNU.M.  alvistON — A  reiponal  alliance  . . .  shall  annually 
update  the  payment  races  t  rovided  under  the  fee  schedule 
(page  135]. 

The  White  Hotise  says  It  Is  not  dear  why  a  padent 
would  want  to  pay  a  doctor  'directly'  Cor  services  that 
their  [sic]  insurance  company  is  obligated  to  buy.*  One 
reason  is  privacy.  Evading  government  regulations  and 
paying  the  doctor  direcd)  would  allow  you  to  keep  your 
personal  medical  problenrs  out  of  the  national  data  bank. 

WUl  your  pmonnl  itdicil  hutorj  U  tlortd  in  a  national 
data  banki  The  White  Hoiue  says  'not  true*  and 
*patendy  untrue*  to  my  siatement  that  "the  bill  requires 
the  doctor  to  report  your  visit  to  a  nauonal  data  bank 
containing  the  medical  histories  of  all  Americans.  The 


adtninistradon  argues  that  although  "physicians  may  be 
required  to  submit  data ...  for  the  purpose  of  improving 
quality  and  assessing  treatments  and  outcomes,"  the  bill 
"prcvenu  against  tying  this  daa  to  specific  individuals." 
The  text  of  the  bill  proves  that  the  administration  ii 
mistaken.  Information  about  your  physical  and  mental 
health  and  any  treatments  or  tests  you  have  will  be 
entered  in  a  national  data  network  and  linked  to  >x>u 
through  your  health  security  number.  Here  is  what  the 
bill  says:  the  National  Health  Board  will  establish  an 
"electronic  data  network'  with  regional  centers  to  col- 
lect, compile  and  transmit  informadon.  The  informa- 
tion expressly  includes  "clinical  encounters,"  that  is, 
when  a  physician  treats  a  padent  (page  861),  A  doctor 
who  treats  you  (except  for  an  uncovered  service  such  as 
dental  work  or  cosmetic  surgery)  and  does  not  record 
your  "clinical  encounter'  on  the  standardiaed  form  and 
submit  it  to  your  health  plan  will  be  fmed  up  to  *SlO,000 
for  each  such  violation"  (pages  236,  885-886).  As  the 
daa  about  you  travel  from  your  doctor's  office  to  the 
health  plan,  and  then  to  the  national  electronic  daa 
network,  thb  information  continues  to  be  tagged  with 
your  '^inique  identifier  number." 

The  bill  leaves  no  doubt  that  the  network  con- 
t^s  'individually  identifiable  health  informa- 
tion," which  is  ciefincd  in  the  bill  to  include 
your  "past,  present  or  future  physical  or  menol 
health"  and  health  care  provided  to  you  (page  877).  To 
protect  your  privacy,  the  bill  offers  this  vagueness: 

All  diKlosures  of  individually  identifiable  health  informal 
don  shall  be  rcitricied  to  the  minimum  amount  necessary  to 
accomplish  the  purpose  for  which  the  information  is  being 
disclosed  [page  873]. 

and  this: 

[You]  have  the  right  to  receiw  a  wriaen  satement  concern- 
ing.. .  the^urposes  for  which  Individually  identifiable  infor- 
mation provided  to  a  health  care  provider,  a  health  plan,  a 
regional  alliance,  a  corporate  alliance  or  the  Nadonal 
Health  Board  may  be  used  or  disclosed  by.  or  disclosed  to. 
any  individual  or  ent>l>'  [page  874] . 

It  would  be  unfair  to  suggest  that  the  bill's  authors  are 
unconcerned  about  privacy.  The  bill  mandates  that  the 
Nanonal  Health  Board  will  "promulgate  standards 
respecting  the  privacy  of  individually  identifiable  health 
information  that  is  in  the  health  information  system' 
within  two  years  and  propose  privacy  legislation  within 
three  years  (pages  871,  876).  But  contrary  to  the  White 
Hdfise  itatement,  docton  must  report  their  patients' 
personal  medical  information  to  a  nauonal  daa  bank  or 
risk  harsh  penalties,  and  the  information  in  the  bank 
remains  individually  identifiable. 

Prict  controls  on  pnmiums  will  mean  too  little  momy  to  can 
for  the  nek.  Limiting  how  much  money  people  can 
choose  to  pay  for  basic  health  coverage  limia  how  much 
money  is  in  the  pot  to  take  care  of  them  when  they  are 
sick.  'That  was  the  point  of  the  ad  on  television  that  the 
First  Lady  criticized.  A  couple  are  discussing  what  price 
controls  on  premiums  will  mean,  and  the  woman  asks, 
"But  what  if  there's  not  enough  money?' 


494 


The  bill']  authors  andcipaie  that  restricting  dollars 
available  for  health  care  viill  produce  shonages:  when 
medical  needs  ouqiace  the  budget  and  premium 
money  runs  low.  sate  governments  and  insurers  must 
make  'automatic,  mandatory,  nondiscretionary  rcduc- 
dons  in  payments'  to  doctors,  nurses  and  hospitals  to 
"assure  that  expenditures  will  not  exceed  budget' 
(pages  113. 137). 

In  a  charge  echoed  by  Michael  Weinstein  of  Tlu  New 
York  Tina,  die  White  House  accused  me  of  misleading 
readers  by  "implying  that  sich  a  mechanism  exists  in  the 
main  proposal."  The  VVhii*  House  stated  emphatically 
that  "it  does  not."  The  iVhite  House  and  Weinstein 
argue  that  only  under  a  single-payer  system  would  pay- 
ments to  doctors  and  otlicrs  be  cue  off  if  needs  out- 
pace the  budget  and  premium  money  runs  low.  They 
expressly  charge  me  with  ([Uoting  the  single-payer  regu- 
lations and  tnisrepresenting  them  to  be  rules  for  the 
"main"  Clinton  health  propo»al. 

The  text  of  the  bill  promts  that  the  While  House  and 
Weinstein'are  wrong.  Cutting  or  delaying  payments  to 
doctors,  other  health  care  workers  and  hospitals  (o  stay 
in  budget  is  an  integral  niechaoism  in  the  administra- 
tion's bill,  and  one  of  the  two  passages  I  quoted  (page 
137)  is  from  the  "main  jiroposal."  It  pro%ides  that  if 
needs  exceed  budget  and  premium  money  runs  low: 

Sec.  1322  (c)  (2)  prostecti/z  »VDCrnNC  duouud  .  ihe 
plan  shall  reduce  the  amount  ofpaymenu  otherwuc  made 
CO  provider!  (through  a  wiihhola  or  delay  in  paymrno  or 
adjustmenis)  in  such  a  man:ier  and  tif  nich  amouna  u  ncc- 
cwary  to  assure  chat  expendicuret  wtil  noc  cured  budjcL 

The  gtwemmtnt  will  dtcidt  mkat  is  'neastary '  and  'apfm>- 
fmau'  care.  The  White  House  attacks  as  "wrong"  and 
"very  misleading'  my  sutement  that  'the  bill  guarantees 
you  a  package  of  medica  services,  but  you  can't  have 
them  unless  they  are  deemed  'necessary'  and  appropri- 
ate." *  The  administration  also  «ays  it  is  "untrue"  that 
that  decision  will  be  made  by  the  government,  not  b>' 
you  and  >x>ur  doctor. 

Let's  look  at  the  actual  'sill: 

Sec.  1141.  tXCLUSIONS 

(a)  utoicrL  NECEJsrrv — ^T  ie  comprchcnut*  bcn«flc  pack- 
age does  not  include 

(1)  an  iccm  or  service  thic  it  noc  mcdicaUi  ncccuary  or 
appropriace:  or. 

(2)  an  item  or  service  thai  the  Naoorul  Hnlch  Board  mav 
decermine  is  noc  medically  ixceaurr  or  appropriate  m  a  reg- 
ulacion  promulgaced  under  lecucn  1 IM  [pafet  9&91  ] . 

Sec.  1 154.  ESTABLRSLULVT  }?  fTVOMUIt  alCAUOC  >aOCC<i. 

sicessrrv 
The  National  Health  Board  may  promulgacc  such  regula- 

uons  as  may  be  necessary  A  carry  oui  ictQon  1 141  (a) (2) 

(relating  co  che  exclusion  of  certain  Kr^1cet  ihac  are  noc 

medically  necessary  or  appopriatc). 
The  bill  uses  the  word  'regulaoons,*  net  "recommen- 
dations," to  describe  the  Vauonal  Health  Board's  deci- 
sions. The  bill  also  gran.s  the  National  Health  Board 
power  CO  change  the  pre\entive  treatments  guaranteed 
in  the  benefit  package  and  decide  at  what  age  and  how 
often  you  are  entitled  u-  tesa  and  screenings,  immu- 
nizations and  check-ups  ^page  94).  Regarding  practice 
guidelines,  che  bill  makes  it  clear  that  the  National  (Qual- 


ity Management  Council  will  develop  measures  of 
"appropriateness  of  health  care  services"  (page  839) 
and  "shall  establish  standards  and  procedures  fbr  evalu- 
ating the  clinical  appropriateneu  of  protocols  used  to 
manage  health  service  utilization'  (page  848). 

Radal  quotas  m  medical  training.  The  White  House  calls 
such  a  suggestion  "ridiculous,*  but  the  bill  shows  it  is 
true.  Government  will  allocate  graduate  training  posi- 
tions at  the  nation's  teaching  hospitals  based  on  race 
and  ethnicity.  In  determining  how  siany  training  posi- 
tions teaching  hospitals  will  have,  the  National  Council 
on  Graduate  Medical  Training  will  calculate  the  per- 
centage of  trainees  at  each  leaching  hospital  "who  are 
members  of  racial  or  ethnic  minority  groups"  and  which 
minority  trainees  are  from  groups  "undei^represented 
in  the  field  of  medicine  generally  and  in  the  various 
medical  specialties"  (page  315). 

Pntgctijig  consumers  or  HMOs?  The  White  House 
calls  it  "deliberately  inaccurate'  to  say  that  the 
bill  pre-empts  important  state  laws  protecting 
the  ability  of  patients  to  choose  che  hospital  they 
think  is  best  and  make  other  choices  about  their  health 
care.  Here  is  what  the  bill  provides: 

Sec.  1407.  fM-iMJTioN  OF  ciRT.ys  staTE  laws  mlaTOJc  to 

HEALTH  n.^^•S  _ 

(a)  ...  no  scace  law  shall  apply . . .  if  such  law  has  the  effect 
of  prohibiting  or  otherwise  rescriccing  plans  from— 

(1)  ...  limiting  che  number  zoid  cype  of  healch  care 
providers  who  partictpate  in  che  plan: 

(21  requiring  enrollees  Co  obcain  health  services  (oiher 
Chan  emergency  services)  from  parciclpacing  providers  or 
from  providers  auchohzed  by  the  plan: 

(3)  requiring  enrollees  co  obuin  a  referral  for  creacment 
bf  a  specialized  ph>'sician  or  healch  iiucicubon — 

(6)  requiring  the  use  of  single-iource  suppliers  for  phar- 
macy, medical  equipmenc  and  other  healch  products  and 
terviees. 

Fee-for.,service  will  ht  almost  impossibli  to  buy.  The  White 
House  labels  it  wrong  to  predict  that  fee-for-scrvice 
insurance  will  be  extremely  hard  to  buy.  They  point  to 
the  provision  that  "in  general,  each  regional  alliance 
shall  include  among  its  healch  plan  offerings  at  least  one 
fee-for-service  plan."  But  many  doctors,  hospital  admin- 
istraton  and  health  insurance  experts  say  confidently 
that  m  practice,  because  of  the  broader  provisions  of  the 
bill,  fee-for-service  will  seldom  be  available.  I  cited  these 
experts  in  my  article.  Here  are  their  reasons: 

(1)  Regional  alliances  cannot  permit  the  average  pre- 
mium paid  in  che  region  co  exceed  che  ceiling  imposed 
by  che  National  Health  Board  (pages  1 ,000-1 ,005) .  Fee- 
for-service  insurance,  which  allows  patienu  to  get  a  sec- 
ond opinion  when  they  have  doubts  and  sec  a  specialist 
when  they  feel  they  need  one.  generally  costs  more  than 
prepaid  healch  plans  chac  control  patient  access  to  med- 
ical care. 

(2)  Regional  alliance  officials  are  empowered  to 
exclude  any  plan  that  costs  20  percent  more  chan  Che 
average  plan  (page  132).  They  will  have  co  apply  the 
20  percent  riJe  virnially  all  the  time,  in  order  to  keep 
total  spending  on  healch  plans  below  the  ceiling 
imposed  by  the  National  Health  Board.  In  order  to  offer 


495 


a  plan  that  eoiu  more  ihan  20  percent  above  the  aver- 
age plan  and  itill  say  ur  der  the  ceiling,  there  would 
have  to  be  other  plani  offured  at  well  below  the  average- 
priced  plan.  That  \s  unlikely.  The  bUl  limit',  the  annual 
increate  in  premium  pricei  to  the  Consumer  Price 
Index,  which  ii  significantly  below  current  annual 
increases  In  medlcaJ  spending.  Insuren  will  have  a  diHl- 
cult  time  staying  under  the  premium  celling,  and  cer- 
tainly will  not  oEFer  plans  mcU  below  it 

(3)  Regional  alliance  offlcLals  arc  empowered  to  set 
the  fees  for  doctors  treating  patienu  on  a  fee-for-service 
b;uii.  and  It  l5  illegal  for  doctors  to  take  more.  In  addi- 
Qon,  prospective  budgeting  limiu  what  fee-for-service 
doctors  can  earn  yearly,  "ven  if  they  tee  more  patients 
and  work  longer  hours  Ui  make  up  for  reduced  fees.  As 
Cara  Walinsky  of  the  Health  Care  Advisory  Board  and 
Governance  Committee,  which  advises  800  hospitals, 
explains,  the  Qlnton  bi'J  contains  "very  strong  incen- 
tives" against  doctors  practicing  on  a  fee-for^ervjce 
basil.  For  all  these  reascns.  Dr.  John  Ludden,  medical 
director  of  the  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan,  pre- 
dicu  that  fce-for-servicc  'vill  "vanish  quickly" 

Does  ruppUmmtal  insu  vnce  providt  an  'ixil'fThe  bill 
requires  you  to  buy  one  of  the  low-budget  health  plans 
offered  by  your  regional  alliance.  You  can't  go  outside 
the  5>'Stem  to  buy  basic  :overage  you  prefer,  even  after 
you  pay  the  mandatory  premium.  Is  supplemental  insur- 
ance the  way  out?  The  VTiite  House  states  'there  arc  no 
restrictions  on  the  purchase  of  supplemental  insurance." 
The  fact  is  the  bill  contains  txi-o  important  restrictions 


that  will  effectively  close  the  door  to  better  basic  medical 
care:  supplemental  Insurance  cannot  duplicate  any  of 
the  coverage  in  the  comprehensive  benefit  package,  and 
It  must  be  offered  to  "every  individual  who  seeks'  to  buy 
it,  regardless  of  health  history  or  disability  (page  244). 
Those  two  restrictions  mean  that  the  seriously  HI  will  line 
up  to  buy  It;  insurers  will  not  line  up  to  sell  it. 

Finally,  it  Is  important  to  note  one  of  the  points  the 
White  House  did  not  challenge:  the  Clinton  bill  Is 
designed  to  push  people  into  ilmos,  which  aim  to  limit 
patient  acceu  to  specialized  medicine  and  high-tech 
care.  The  premium  price  controls  will  preuure  H7.40S  to 
use  even  more  stringent  methods  of  restricting  care,  yet 
the  bill  omits  any  safeguards  to  protect  patients  from 
abusive  cost-cutting  pracdces  such  as  the  withhold. 

These  facts,  straight  from  the  text  of  the  bill,  demon- 
strate the  accuracy  of  my  article  "No  Eut."  and  the 
appropriateness  of  its  title.  The  White  House  would 
have  you  believe  that  its  bill  can  stop  rising  health  care 
spending  arid  extend  coverage  to  millions  of  uninsured 
Americans,  without  changing  the  quality  and  choice  of 
the  medical  care  you  have  now.  Common  sense  suggests 
otherwise.  A  close  reading  of  the  bill  proves  it  is  untrue. 
Several  alternarives  by  other  Democrats  and  Republi- 
cans offer  promising  health  insurance  reform  without 
limiting  what  you  can  buy  and  how  mu'ch  you  can  pay 
for  it.  It's  time  to  give  those  bills  a  close  look. 

ELlZAErm  McCaOCHEv  is  John  .M.  Olin  Fellow  at  the 
Mafihattan  Institute. 


Bentsen,  Riley,  Pena:  vldims  of  Clinton's  style. 


496 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you. 
Mr.  Schaeffer. 

STATEMENT  OF  LEONARD  SCHAEFFER,  CHAIRMAN  AND 
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER,  BLUE  CROSS  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Schaeffer.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  Mr.  Thomas,  mem- 
bers of  the  subcommittee.  My  name  is  Leonard  Schaeffer.  I  am 
chairman  and  CEO  of  Blue  Cross  of  Cahfomia  and  chair  of  the  Na- 
tional Institute  for  Health  Care  Management.  I  appreciate  the  op- 
portunity to  testify  today. 

Both  of  these  organizations  strongly  support  reform  in  the  health 
care  system.  The  challenge,  though,  is  to  develop  a  plan  that  meets 
the  objectives  of  reform  and  that  can  be  implemented  in  a  prag- 
matic matter  in  States  and  communities  throughout  our  Nation. 

Based  on  my  20-year  experience  in  government  and  in  private 
health  care  organizations,  including  service  as  a  State  budget  offi- 
cer and  as  Administrator  of  the  Health  Care  Financing  Administra- 
tion, I  recognize  that  the  pitfalls  of  reform  reside  in  its  implemen- 
tation. 

Mandatory,  exclusive  regional  health  alliances  are  the  feature  of 
the  administration's  plan  that  present  the  greatest  obstacle  to  suc- 
cessful implementation.  A  single,  government-run  monopoly  pur- 
chaser of  health  benefits  in  the  community  will  have  disastrous 
consequences.  This  structure  will  increase  bureaucracy.  It  will  in- 
hibit innovation  and,  I  believe,  decrease  accountability. 

Alliances  insert  an  unnecessary  bureaucratic  layer  that  will  du- 
plicate and  complicate  administrative  functions.  Alliances  will 
eliminate  one  of  the  key  sources  of  innovation  which  is  the  pur- 
chaser's drive  to  reduce  costs.  Finally,  alliances  diffuse  the  account- 
ability for  cost,  quality,  and  service  which  will  result  in  poorer  out- 
comes, higher  costs,  and  increased  politicization. 

In  California,  some  of  our  legislators  are  pushing  for  a  manda- 
tory, exclusive  Statewide  alliance.  That  alliance  would  have  a 
budget  of  over  $80  billion.  That  is  twice  the  size  of  our  State  budg- 
et, the  largest  State  in  the  Nation,  and  it  would  become  the  great- 
est concentration  of  economic  power  outside  of  Washington,  D.C. 

These  problems  are  especially  troublesome  since  mandatory  alli- 
ances are  not  necessary  to  achieve  the  objectives  of  reform.  Alter- 
natives exist  to  meet  the  same  objectives  without  requiring  a  new 
bureaucratic  structure.  My  prepared  statement  contains  a  detailed 
review  of  how  alliance  functions  can  be  replaced  by  more  efficient 
alternatives. 

Many  States  have  already  moved  ahead  with  health  care  reform 
initiatives  that  are  compatible  with  the  goals  of  national  reform. 
California,  for  example,  provides  an  effective  model  for  future  re- 
form. The  State  has  a  market  based  on  increasingly  competitive 
managed  care  systems.  In  1993,  California  enacted  significant  leg- 
islative reform  that  restructured  the  small  group  insurance  mar- 
ket. 

The  State  also  established  a  voluntary  health  alliance.  As  of 
December  o^  this  year,  1,900  groups  were  enrolled.  About  22  per- 
cent of  this  voluntary  alliance's  new  sales  were  to  employers  that 
previously  were  uninsured.  So  it  is  reaching  out  to  the  uninsured 
community. 


497 

I  would  like  to  note  for  your  record  that  Blue  Cross  of  Califor- 
nia's own  small  ^oup  pool,  which  is  growing  more  rapidly  than  the 
State-funded  pool,  had  a  24-percent  outreach  to  previously  unin- 
sured small  groups.  So  the  combination  of  a  voluntary  government 
pool  and  a  competitive  private  sector  results  in  outreach  to  the  cur- 
rently uninsured. 

California's  small  employers  can  join  the  voluntary  alliance  or 
choose  to  purchase  coverage  directly  from  a  health  plan.  This  ap- 
proach retains  a  role  for  employers  that  is  essential  if  they  are  ex- 
pected to  pay  80  percent  of  the  bill.  In  addition,  the  voluntary  alli- 
ance administration  costs  are  low  because  of  its  reliance  on  user 
fees.  Those  employers  that  choose  to  join  the  alliance  pay  for  it. 
Those  that  don't,  don't. 

The  administration's  alliance  structure  is  neither  desirable  nor, 
do  I  think,  feasible.  While  the  Cooper  bill  provides  for  smaller  alli- 
ances, it  still  mandates  these  structures  as  the  only  source  of 
health  coverage.  I  think  alliances  should  be  kept  voluntary  and 
competitive  to  ensure  that  they  are  responsive  to  consumers.  The 
Chafee-Thomas  voluntary  alliance  proposal  comes  closest  to  the 
California  model,  a  working  model  that  has  measurable  results. 
Therefore,  we  urge  you  to  consider  this  approach. 

I  want  to  briefly  touch  on  only  two  other  issues  that  could  poten- 
tially undermine  reform  efforts.  First,  reform  has  to  be  sensitive  to 
States  such  as  California  with  problem  economies.  While  other 
States  are  emerging  from  the  recession,  we  are  now  in  our  44th 
month.  We  understand  that  to  reach  out  beyond  the  currently  in- 
sured, some  of  you  are  considering  mandates,  and  that  may  well 
be  feasible  and  appropriate  at  some  point.  However,  in  California, 
a  mandate  would  have  a  devastating  impact  on  our  economy. 

The  Lewin-VHI  study  on  the  impact  of  the  President's  reform 
plan  in  California  predicted  a  loss  of  up  to  80,000  jobs  and  con- 
cluded that  "implementation  of  the  [President's]  health  reform  pro- 
duces a  mild  recession"  with  "no  sign  of  a  recovery  even  8  years 
after  implementation."  California  can't  take  that. 

Second,  regulatory  premium  caps  should  be  opposed.  The  history 
is  clear:  Caps  like  tnat  don't  work. 

Finally,  the  private  sector  can  and  will  innovate.  Three  years 
ago,  Blue  Cross  of  California  set  out  to  address  the  insurance  needs 
of  small  groups.  Today,  we  cover  more  than  1  million  people  in  this 
market.  Last  month,  we  announced  the  guaranteed  coverage  pro- 
gram to  guarantee  health  coverage  to  all  currently  uninsured  indi- 
viduals. We  take  all  comers  regardless  of  their  health  history.  We 
do  this  voluntarily,  and  we  would  expect  other  California  carriers 
to  follow  suit. 

I  am  pleased  to  submit  a  detailed  statement  and  would  be  happy 
to  respond  to  your  questions. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachments  follow:] 


498 


STATEMENT  OF  LEONARD  D.  SCHAEFFER 
BLUE  CROSS  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.    Chairman,  Mr.   Thomas,  Members  of  the  subcommittee,  I  am  Leonard 
D.  SchaeflFer,  Chairman  and  CEO  of  Blue  Cross  of  California  and  Chair  of  th^ 
National  Institute  for  Health  Care  Management.    I  appreciate  this 
opportunity  to  testify  on  health  care  reform  and  to  assess  the  structure  of 
the  President's  plan,  the  Chafee/Thomas  plan,  and  the  Cooper/Grandy 
managed  competition  bill. 

Blue  Cross  of  California  has  been  and  continues  to  be  a  strong  supporter  of 
reforming  the  health  care  system.  Our  positions  on  health  reform  are  basei 
on  the  following  core  beliefs: 

•  All  Califomians  should  have  access  to  a  choice  of 
affordable  health  care  services  through  private, 
innovative  managed  health  care  plans. 

•  Health  care  is  a  locally  delivered  and  locally  consumed 
service  which  is  best  administered  at  the  local  level. 

•  Private  health  plans,  employers,  consumers,  providers  and 
government  must  meet  their  respective  responsibilities  in 
order  to  achieve  to  goal  of  affordable  health  care 
alternatives  for  all  Califomians. 

Congress  is  confronted  with  enormously  difficult  decisions  on 
health  reform.    The  challenge  is  to  develop  a  plan  that  addresses  the 
objectives  of  reform  and  that  can  actually  be  implemented  in  a  pragmatic 
manner  that  works  in  states  and  communities  throughout  the  nation. 
Because  of  my  twenty  year  experience  in  government  and  private  health 
care  organizations,  including  service  as  Administrator  of  the  Health 
Care  Financing  Organization,  I  recognize  that  the  pitfalls  of  reform  reside  ii 
its  implementation. 

In  California,  I  believe  we  have  a  model  of  health  care  reform  that  Is  the 
result  of  policy  makers  and  the  private  sector  working  together  to  solve 
public  policy  issues.   California's  approach  is  successful  because  it  relies  on: 

•  A  voluntary  alliance  and  insurance  reform  to  increase 
competition  in  a  predominately  managed  care  market; 

•  Considers  the  state's  fragile  economy;  and 

•  Does  not  resort  to  regulatory  price  control  such  as 
premium  caps. 

Concerns  with  Mandatory,  Exclusive  Alliances 

The  President's  proposal  requires  mandatory  and  exclusive 
"regional  Health  alliances "  —  a  structure  which  presents  the  greatest 
obstacle  to  implementation.    The  plan  would  force  all  individuals 
and  employers  of  fewer  than  a  5,000  employees  into  a  single, 
quasi-governmental  regional  alliance  that  will  be  the  exclusive  purchaser  of 
nearly  all  health  benefits  in  the  community. 

This  means  that  hundreds  of  billions  of  dollars  will  be  channeled  through 
these  new,  untested  entities,  instead  of  flowing  directly  from  employers  to 
health  plans.    In  California,  for  example,  about  $80  billion  would  be 
controlled  through  such  an  alliance    This  unnecessarily  duplicates  the 
pooling  mechanisms  that  are  already  provided  by  large  managed  care  plans 
like  Blue  Cross  of  California,  which  currently  pools  more  than  one  million 
small  groups  and  individuals.   The  negative  consequences   of  alliances  arise 
from  a  number  of  interrelated  factors. 

New  bureaucratic  layer.    The  alliance  Is  a  new  quasi-governmental  entity 
Inserted  between  employers  (who  pay  most  of  the  cost)  and  health  benefit 
plans.    Its  functions  duplicate  and  add  to  those  of  existing  health  care 
entities.    For  instance,  alliances  are  required  to: 

•  locate  and  identily  all  citizens,  which  means  obtaining  and 
continually  updating  home  and  work  addresses; 

•  collect  premium  dollars  for  each  enrollee  from  appropriate 
sources--  employer,  employee,  government  and  private  citizens 

•  manage  general  enrollment  and  record  appropriate  AHP  for 
each  citizen;  and 

•  disperse  funds  to  appropriate  AHPs. 


499 


AHPs,  likewise,  must  conduct  nearly  the  same  activities  —  locate,  number 
and  account  for  each  member,  manage  enrollment,  and  collect  and  record 
premium.    Even  in  a  restructured  market,  both  entities  will  do  marketing, 
dispute  resolution,  eligibility  enforcement,  file  processing  and  a  host  of 
other  duplicative  administrative  functions.    Not  surprisingly,  Lewin-VHI 
estimates  that  alliances  will  increase  administrative  costs  by  $5  billion. 
Since  the  alliances  are  monopolies  and  not  subject  to  market  forces,  these 
administrative  costs  will  undoubtedly  grow. 

Loss  of  employer  innovation.    Forcing  large  employers  to  buy  through  an 
alliance  eliminates  one  of  the  key  sources  of  continuing  innovation  in  the 
health  system:    informed  employer  and  bargaining  unit  purchasers  designlr 
and  aggressively  managing  their  health  benefit  plans. 

Loss  of  accountability.  Health  alliances  diffuse  the  accountability  of  cost 
quality  and  service,  which  will  result  in  poorer  outcomes  and  higher  costs. 
It  will  inevitably  politicize  the  decision  making  process. 

The  problems  with  the  alliances  are  especially  troublesome  since 
they  are  not  necessary  to  achieve  the  objectives  of  reform.   Alliances  are  on 
possible  mechanism  to  achieve  certain  objectives,  but  alternatives  exist  to 
fulfill  those  same  objectives  more  efficientiy  and  effectively.    Attachment  A 
an  executive  summary  of  BCC's  review  of  alliance  issues,  options  and 
alternative  means  to  fulfill  the  functions  performed  by  alliances. 

The  key  point  is  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  funnel  hundreds  of  billions  of 
dollars  through  these  new  bureaucracies  in  order  to  meet  government 
reform  objectives:    market  regulation,  cross-subsidies  for  low  income 
individuals,  risk  adjustment,  and  even  enforcement  of  premium  caps  shouh 
the  Congress  decide  to  take  this  step.    While  we  may  disagree  on  some  of 
these  measures,  such  as  premium  caps  (as  noted  below),  such  policies  do 
not  require  an    alliance—  better  alternatives  exist  to  implement  such  plems. 
States  should  be  accorded  significant  flexibility  to  design  structures  that 
achieve  federal  reform  objectives. 

EXren  as  the  federal  debate  moves  forward,  health  caire  financing  and  delivei 
systems  are  evolving  in  different  ways  across  the  country  to  expand  access 
and  control  costs.    States  are  already  proceeding  with  health  care  reforms 
that  meet  their  unique  situations.    California,  for  example,  has  already 
developed  a  market  based  on  increasingly  competitive  managed  care  plans: 
75  percent  of  Calif omians  are  covered  under  managed  care  plans;  nearly  3^ 
percent  are  enrolled  in  health  maintenance  organizations. 

In  this  evolving  marketplace.  Blue  Cross  of  Callfomia  believes  that  we  have  { 
responsibility  to  solve  problems  of  access  and  costs  now.    In  the 
communities  it  serves,  BCC  has  built  on  the  strengths  of  this  market-based 
system  to  increase  access  to  health  care  for  all  CaSfomians.   Attachment  B 
provides  an  overview  of  the  BCC  initiatives  that  are  designed  to  meet  these 
needs,  including  a  new  Guaranteed  Coverage  Program  for  uninsured 
individuals. 

The  California  Model:  Voluntary  Alliances  and  Insurance  Reform 

California  serves  as  a  model  for  regulatory  action  as  well.    In  1992,  the  statt 
took  a  significant  step  to  broaden  access  to  insurance  coverage  for  small 
employers.    The  private  sector  worked  extensively  with  the  California 
legislature  in  the  development  of  these  small  group  reforms.     Assembly  Bil 
1672  provided  for  sm3dl  group  reform  measures  that  require  edl  carriers 
serving  the  small  group  market  to: 

•  guarantee  issue  and  renewal  to  employer  groups  with  five  to  50 
employees  (declining  to  groups  of  three  by  1995); 

•  implement  rate  bands,  compressing  to    +/-  10  percent  by 
1996; 

•  limit  pre-existing  condition  exclusions  to  six  months:  and 

•  disclose  all  small  group  products  sold  by  a  carrier  to  all  small 
groups. 


500 


These  reforms  were  implemented  in  1993.    As  part  of  this  reform,  the  stat 
also  established  a  voluntary  state-administered  purchasing  pool  for  small 
employers.    The  statewide  purchasing  pool,  the  Health  Insurance  Plan  of 
Calif omia  (HIPC),  represents  a  working  model  of  a  voluntary  health  alliance 
It  offers  managed  care  health  plans  to  small  employers  at  aJGTordable  proces; 
on  a  voluntary  basis—  they  can  join  the  HIPC  or  purchase  health  benefits 
directly  from  a  health  plan. 

The  HIPC  was  implemented  in  July  1993,  and  offers  very  competitive  rates 
As  of  December  1,1993,  employer  groups  (32,587  members)  were  enroUec 
through  the  alliance.    HIPC  officials  predict  at  least  250,000  members 
within  the  first  two  years.    About  22  percent  of  HIPC  employers  were 
previously  uninsured;  the  rate  for  BCC's  private  purchasing  pool  is  slightly 
higher:  24  percent  of  new  groups  are  previously  uninsured. 

The  voluntary  alliance  in  its  current  configuration  is  expanding  access  to 
affordable  coverage.    However,  some  state  officials  are  concerned  about  the 
voluntary  design,  and  reportedly  believe  that  a  mandatory  alliance  would 
produce  greater  "savings."    Given  the  lack  of  any  valid  information  on  the 
"preferred"  alternative,  it  is  difficult  to  determine  how  the  state  officials 
have  reached  this  conclusion. 

A  voluntary  alliance  such  as  California's  retains  a  roie  for  employers  that  is 
essential  if  they  are  expected  to  pay  a  substantial  portion  of  the  bill.    In 
addition,  the  HIPC's  administration  costs  are  low  because  they  are  funded  b 
user  fees.    This  alliance  design  forces  health  plan  and  the  alliances  to 
compete  with  each  other  to  serve  consumers  more  effectively. 

As  we  assess  the  health  care  plans  under  consideration.  Blue  Cross  of 
California  concludes  that  the  President's  alliance  structure  is  neither 
desirable  no  feasible.    While  the  President  deserves  enormous  credit  for 

putting  health  reform  on  the  national  agenda,  his  alliance  structure  is  simp! 

unworkable,  unnecessary,  and  should  be  modified. 

Representative  Cooper's  bill  provides  for  smaller  alliances  with  a  somewhat 
less  regulatory  role,  but  it  still  mandates  one  exclusive  alliance  in  each 
community  for  all  employers  of  fewer  than  100  employees.    Tliese 
structures  should  be  voluntary  and  competitive  to  ensure  that  they  are 
responsive  to  consumers. 

The  Chafee/Thomas  structure  of  voluntary  alliances  comes  closest  to  the 
California  model  --  a  working  model  with  measurable  results.   As  you  develc 
health  reform,  we  urge  you  to  adopt  that  alliance  structure. 

California's  fragile  economy 

California  has  certain  features  and  problems  in  its  economy  and  health 
system  that  shape  our  views  on  reform  and  merit  special  consideration  in 
the  policy  debate. 

•  California  is  struggling  to  emerge  firom  a  severe  recession  in 
which  800,000  jobs  were  lost;  150,000  in  the  aerospace 
industry  alone. 

•  An  estimated  6  million  Califomlans  were  uninsured  in  1992  — 
19.3  percent  of  the  population  under  the  age  of  65,  which  is 
substantially  higher  than  the  national  rate  of  14.7  percent. 
Eighty-seven  percent  of  the  uninsured  are  employed  or 
dependents  of  employed  persons. 

•  The  California  economy  largely  consists  of  small  businesses, 
part-time  and  seasonal  workers;  growth  in  the  economy  wiU  be 
driven  by  this  small  business  sector,  which  complicates  the 
provision  of  employment-based  health  coverage. 

•  California  accounts  for  about  50  percent  of  all  undocumented 
persons  in  the  U.S.  --  nearly  two  million  people.   A  1992  study 
of  Los  Angeles  estimated  the  net  cost  of  providing  care  to 
undocumented  persons  to  be  $159  million,  not  including 
federal  or  state  contributions. 


501 


California's  recession  has  serious  economic  effects  on  individuals, 
businesses,  and  government.   We  urge  you  to  develop  a  reform  plan 
that  can  be  implemented  in  a  manner  that  reflects  the  economic 
realities  of  the  State.    Needless  to  say,  a  year  of  riots,  fires,  and  a  major 
earthquake  has  only  exacerbated  Califomla's  attempts  to  recover. 

BCC  supports  universal  coverage  which  may  necessitate  some  form  of 
employer  mandate.    However,  the  economic  climate  in  California 
raises  the  concern  that  immediate  implementation  of  cin  employer 
mandate  could  adversely  affect  the  state.   A  recent  study  by  Lewln-VHI 
estimated  the  impact  of  implementing  the  President's  plan  in 
California.   The  study: ' 

•  estimated  net  increases  in  cost  of  about  $4.5  billion  in  the 
year  1997  for  California's  employers; 

•  projected  a  loss  of  about  58,500  jobs  in  the  first  year  of 
Implementation,  rising  to  83,500  by  year  eight;  and 

•  concluded  that  "implementation  of  the  health  reform 
produces  a  mild  recession  in  the  California  economy,"  and 
"[Tlhe  simulation  shows  no  sign  of  a  recovery  even  eight 
years  after  implementation." 

Regulatory  premium  caps 

Global  budgets  and  premium  caps  are  arbitrary  limits  that  do  not 
reflect  the  cost  of  and  demand  for  csire.    Such  limits  have  not  worked 
in  the  past,  and  will  not  work  today.    Unfortunately,  to  the  extent  that 
they  do  temporarily  limit  spending  below  levels  dictated  by  market 
pressures,  they  will  reduce  access  and  services  in  a  manner  that  will 
be  unacceptable  to  most  Americans. 

The  combination  of  insurance  reforms  and  voluntary  alliances  that  we 
have  enacted  in  California  sets  up  a  fi-amework  for  a  more  competitive 
health  care  market.   We  urge  you  to  allow  that  market  to  continue 
working,  without  resorting  to  arbitrary  premium  caps. 

Blue  Cross  of  California  is  pleased  to  continue  to  work  with  the 
members  and  staff  of  the  Subcommittee  and  the  California  delegation 
as  you  develop  and  assess  health  care  reform  proposals.   1  thank  you 
again  for  the  opportunity  to  testify,  and  would  be  pleased  to  answer 
any  questions. 

Attachments 


'Lewln-VHI.  Inc.  and  the  UCLA  Business  Forecasting  Project.  Potential  Finanrial 
and  Economic  Impacts  of  Health  Reform  in  Califnmia  Prpparfrt  for  Blue  Cross  of 
Ceillfomla.  November  10,  1993. 


502 

Attachment  A 
ALLIANCE  FUNCTIONS  AND  OPTIONS 


Introduction 

The  Administration  is  trying  to  address  a  range  of  problems  and  objectives 
through  exclusive,  mandatory  alliances.  A  number  of  alliance  flinctions  are 
proposed  that  are  expected  to  achieve  the  goals  of  health  care  reform.  A  review 
of  these  functions  suggests  that  alternatives  exist  to  achieve  the  same  goals. 
This  paper  reviews  the  functions,  provides  comments,  and  explores  alternative 
mechanisms. 

(A)  Function:  vehicle  to  make  products  available  to  the  small  group  market 
with  lower  marketing  costs 

Comments  /alternatives : 

(1)  Insurance  reform  and  a  voluntary  alliance  for  small  employers 
meets  this  need. 

(2)  The  competition  that  results  among  alliance  health  plans  and 
health  plans  outside  the  alliance  keeps  everyone's  overhead  costs 
low. 

(B)  Function:  vehicle  to  enforce  insurance  product  and  pricing  rules 
Comments /alternatives: 

(1)  This  is  a  necessary  function; 

(2)  However,  enforcing  product/pricing  rules  can  continue  to  be 
performed  as  a  state  regulatory  function  (e.g.  California's  A.B. 
1672) 

(C)  Function:  vehicle  to  'manage  competition"  among  plans 
Comments /alternatives: 

(1)  The  Jackson  Hole  group  term  "managed  competition"  is  a 
confusing  concept.  Competition  in  afi  markets,  including  health 
care,  should  occur  within  a  set  of  ground  rules  to  ensure  a  level 
playing  field. 

(2)  Market  competition  that  controls  cost  does  not  require  an  alliance: 

(a)  Assuring  proper  marketplace  conduct  is  a  standard 
regulatory  function. 

(b)  There  may  be  disagreement  on  how  much  regulation  is 
desirable,  but  a  single  health  alliance  is  not  needed  to 
enforce  Congress'  decision  regarding  the  degree  of 
marketplace  regulation  and  competition  required. 

(c)  A  state  regulatory  agency  could  be  empowered  to 
oversee  the  market: 

(1)  It  can  require  annual  open  enrollment; 

(2)  It  can  review  plan  premium  bids  if  the  Congress 
determines  that  to  be  necessary; 

(3)  It  can  screen  out  high  price  and/or  low  quality  plans; 

(4)  It  can  collect  and  provide  to  consumers  comparative 
Information  on  health  plan  prices  and  quality;  and 

(5)  It  can  regulate  marketing  to  the  extent  that  the 
Congress  decides  that  is  necessary. 

(3)       An  alliance  is  not  necessary  to  serve  as  an 

intermediary  for  all  funds  in  the  system  to  accomplish 
these  functions. 

(D)  Function:  vehicle  to  manage  budget  and  premium  caps 
Comments  /alternatives : 

(1)  Most  economists  believe  price  controls  are  not  effective. 

(2)  However,  if  Congress  decides  to  use  price  controls,  an  alliance  is 
not  needed; 

(3)  State  agencies  or  commissions  can  regulate  premiums  within  a 
nationad  process.  The  Maryland  Commission  is  an  example  of  a 
state  agency  regulating  provider  rates. 


503 


(E)  Function:  vehicle  to  manage  some  of  the  cross  subsidies  In  health 
reform  —  this  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  areas  to  address,  but  it  Is 
preferable  to  identify  such  cross-subsidies  up  front. 
Comments /alternatives: 

(1)  For  example,  Medicaid  would  continue  to  underpay,  and  Federal 
subsidies  for  health  reform  would  be  capped.  The  impact  would  be 
further  underpayment  for  the  low  income,  especially  iS  the  economy 
declines. 

(2)  The  Administration  proposes  the  alliance  as  the  vehicle  to 
implicitly  shift  and  subsidize  these  costs. 

(3)  The  alliance  becomes  an  entity  that  determines  income  eligibility 
for  the  low  income  (other  than  cash  assistance  recipients). 

(4)  Government  programs  should  pay  their  fair  share,  but  that  has  not 
been  the  precedent. 

(5)  Given  that  fact,  implicit  subsidies  should  not  be  Imposed  on  health 
plans  and  other  payors  within  an  alliance.  The  subsidy  should  be 
made  explicit  instead  through  assessments  on  health  plans  not 
serving  Uie  poor. 

(6)  Government  agencies,  not  an  alliance,  should  be  responsible  for 
any  income  testing  under  the  plan. 

(F)  Function:  vehicle  to  manage  risk  selection  among  health  plans  through 
a  "risk  adjuster" 

Comments  /alternatives : 

(1)  Strong  insurance  reforms  and  rating  requirements  eliminate  the 
need  for  risk  adjusters. 

(2)  If  Congress  decides  that  risk  adjusters  are  required,  and  some  risk 
adjustment  system  is  made  available,  the  state  can  manage  the 
risk  adjusters  among  health  plans  outside  an  alliance  just  as  they 
do  within  an  alliance. 

Conclusion 

If  Congress  concludes  that  the  foregoing  functions  of  exclusive  mandatory 
£dliances  are  necessary,  alternatives  exist  to  perform  these  same  functions. 
Alternatives  that  build  on  existing  state  structures  may  actually  achieve  the 
Administration's  health  care  reform  goals  more  quickly.  Finally,  such 
alternatives  might  be  the  bridge  toward  reform  for  some  moderates  and 
conservatives  that  have  concerns  about  exclusive,  mandatory  alliances. 


ALLIANCE  FUNCTIONS  AND  ALTERNATIVES 


FEATURE/FUNCTION 

COMMENTS/ALTERNATIVES 

Offer  pioducta  to  small  group  market 

Insurance  reform  and  voluntary  alliance  can 
meet  this  need 

Enforce  Insormnce  product,  pricing  rules 

State  regulatory  function 

Degree  of  regulation  required  Is  an  Issue:  but 
whatever  requirements  are  enacted  can  be 
enforced  as  state  regulatory  function  (i.e., 
annual  open  enrollment,  premium  reviews. 

information,  regulation  of  marketing) 

Necessity  of  price  controls  Is  an  Issue;  but  If 
enacted,  can  be  enforced  at  premium  level  by 
state  commission 

Degree  of  cross  subsidies  Is  an  Issue;  but 
whatever  decided,  make  explicit  assessments 
on  payors/health  plans 

Manage  risk  selection,  risk  adjusters 

Necessity  of  risk  acyustment  at  Issue  If 
insurance  reform  enacted;  but  whatever 
decided,  state  <aui  make  risk  a4iustments 
among  plans  without  alliance 

Serve  as  vehicle  to  include  Medicaid,  other  low 
Income  In  private  health  plans;  and  potential 
vehicle  tor  Medicare 

Federal  or  state  reform  could  require  all  private 
health  plans  to  serve  Medicaid  and  Medicare 
populations  as  condition  of  serving  private 
market 

Administer  income  testing  for  low  Income 
indivlduaU 

State  agency  function 

Serve  as  vehicle  for  covering  part-time,  part- 
jrear,  seasons!  workers 

SUte  program  should  fnlflU  these  functions 

504 


Attachment  B 


BLUE  CROSS  OF  CALIFORNIA  INITIATIVES  TO 
INCREASE  ACCESS  TO  AFFORDABLE  CARE 

Blue  Cross  of  California  believes  that  we  have  a  responsibility  to  take 
action  now  to  increase  access  to  health  care  for  Califomians.  After  examining 
the  composition  of  the  uninsixred  in  California,  BCC  developed  a  number  of 
innovative  programs  to  target  underserved  populations,  many  in  collaboration 
with  local  organizations  and  state  agencies;  six  of  the  initiatives  are 
summarized  below. 

•  Small  group  access:  BCC  insures  over  one  million  members  who 
work  {or  are  dependents  of  workers)  for  small  businesses  with 
fewer  than  fifty  employees.  The  Small  Group  Access  Program  was 
created  in  1990.   It  does  not  limit  participation  based  on  industry 
(blacklisting)  or  geographical  location  (redlining).  The  program 
combines  high  risk  groups,  normally  unable  to  obtain  insiarance, 
with  standard  groups  in  order  to  spread  the  health  care  risk 
throughout  the  whole  pool. 

•  The  medically  tininsurable:  Individuals  once  deemed  "medically 
uninsurable"  can  now  obtain  state-subsidized  insurance  through 
the  BCC-administered  MRMIP  (Major  Risk  Medical  Insurance 
Program).  As  of  January  1994,  the  program  served  15,521 
individuals.   Nearly  70%  of  the  enrollees  choose  BCC  as  their 
carrier.   BCC  assumes  full  underwriting  risk.  This  arrangement 
brings  the  benefits  of  risk  management  to  disadvantaged 
populations. 

•  Uninsured  individuals:  BCC  armounced  earlier  this  month  a  new 
Guaranteed  Coverage  Program  for  all  uninsiared  individuals.  The 
program  will  cover  100  percent  of  all  laninsured  applicants  by 
placing  them  into  one  of  three  levels  of  coverage  based  on 
underwriting  guidelines.  The  new  program  is  effiective  March  1, 
1994. 

•  Uninsured  children:  BCC  addresses  the  needs  of  uninsured 
children  through  two  different  programs. 

One  program,  CalifomiaKids,  a  collaborative  eff"ort  between 
BCC  and  community  organizations,  provide  primary, 
outpatient  medical  care  to  children  from  uninsured,  low- 
income  families. 

BCC  also  administers  and  peirticipates  in  the  state's  Access 
for  Infants  and  Mothers  (AIM)  program  which  subsidizes 
private  insurance  for  poor,  working  pregnant  women  and 
their  newborns.  As  of  December  1993,  the  AIM  program 
served  14,610  working  uninsured  women  and  7900  infants. 
BCC  recently  donated  $1  million  to  AIM  to  assure  the 
continued  enrollment  of  pregnant  women. 

•  Medicaid:  BCC  was  selected  to  participate  in  the  new  Geographic 
Managed  Care  Program  in  Sacramento  which  seeks  to  enroll 
Medi-Cal  beneficiaries  in  managed  care  plans.  It  is  estimated  that 
50,000  to  100,000  beneficiaries  will  choose  BCC 

•  Rural  access:  BCC  is  a  California  Public  Employers  Retirement 
System  (CalPERS)  heeilth  plan.   BCC  was  chosen,  in  part,  because 
it  has  implemented  an  outreach  strategy  to  offer  its  HMO, 
CalifomiaCare.  to  residents  in  16  rural  counties. 


505 

Mr.  McDermott.  Thank  you.  I  hope  you  know  that  your  full 
statement  will  appear  in  the  record.  So  anything  you  didn't  get  to 
say  or  you  skipped  over,  the  full  statement  will  be  there. 

Dr.  Rice,  is  it  your  view  that  either  the  Cooper  or  the  Chafee  bill 
provides  universal  coverage?  Could  you  elaborate  on  that? 

Mr.  Rice.  V/ell,  I  definitely  don't  think  that  the  Cooper  bill  pro- 
vides universal  coverage.  It  doesn't  mandate  it.  I  don't  think  that 
the  premium  subsidies  will  be  sufficient  to  get  universal  coverage. 

The  Thomas-Chafee  bill  mandates  that  there  be  universal  cov- 
erage if  specific  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings  are  met.  There  are 
two  things  that  I  am  concerned  about;  one,  whether  we  are  going 
to  be  meeting  those  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings.  If  we  don't, 
then  they  are  going  to  have  to  push  back  the  implementation  of 
universal  coverage.  It  could  conceivably  be  pushed  back  indefi- 
nitely. The  second  thing  is  I  am  concerned  about  the  individual 
mandate,  whether  the  subsidies  are  going  to  be  large  enough  to 
make  people  afford  it.  Even  if  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings 
are  met,  it  may  be  that  the  out-of-pocket  cost  toward  premiums 
will  be  so  onerous  that  people  will  be  forced  to  pay  for  this  in 
money  that  they  just  can't  afford  to  pay.  So  I  am  concerned  that 
there  might  not  be  universal  coverage  or,  if  there  is  universal  cov- 
erage, it  will  just  cost  people  too  much  of  their  own  salary. 

Mr.  McDermott.  As  I  read  the  Cooper  bill,  it  would  actually  per- 
haps artificially  increase  the  cost  for  small  employers  because  they 
have  to  obtain  their  insurance  through  a  HPPC  where  they  are 
rolled  into  coverage  with  Medicaid  and  other  uninsured  people.  Is 
that  your  understanding? 

It  seemed  to  me  that  it  would  make  employers  less  likely  to  cover 
their  people  if  they  have  to  go  into  a  pool  where  they  meet  the 
Medicaid  population  and  the  uninsured. 

Mr.  Rice.  I  think  that  that  is  a  possibility.  It  depends  on  what 
pool  the  small  business  will  be  in  under  that  scenario  versus  where 
they  are  now,  but  under  that  scenario,  they  will  be  lumped  with 
other  people  that  are  currently  not  being  lumped,  the  people  who 
are  currently  on  Medicaid,  and  the  uninsured.  So  it  may  be  an 
unhealthier  risk  pool.  It  may  raise  premiums  that  may  make  it 
harder  for  people  to  afford  it.  It  may  make  it  harder  for  businesses 
to  offer  health  care  coverage. 

So  I  think  that  by  having  only  a  subgroup  of  the  population, 
rather  than  everyone  in  the  health  alliance,  as  you  could  get  an 
unhealthy  mix,  as  you  say,  and,  therefore,  make  health  care  cov- 
erage through  the  health  alliances  more  expensive. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Steger,  I  have  a  question  of  you,  and  that 
is:  Do  you  think  a  payroll  tax  is  better  than  the  President's  pay- 
ment mechanism?  Let's  just  theoretically  talk  about  it.  Suppose 
you  got  rid  of  the  health  care  premium  and  you  went  to  a  payroll 
tax. 

Mr.  Steger.  Right. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Less  job  losses?  More  job  losses? 

Mr.  Steger.  The  difference,  of  course,  is,  among  other  things, 
that  the  President's  plan  now  is  a  graduated,  if  you  will,  tax  or 
payment.  In  other  words,  it  starts  so  high,  and  on  larger  compa- 
nies, 7.9,  it  goes  down,  which,  of  course,  the  payroll  tax  would  be 
the  same.  So  that  certainly  is  one  difference. 


506 

I  would  expect  that  the  inherent  subsidy,  if  you  will,  everything 
else  being  equal,  it  should  mean  job  losses  should  be  less.  The  prob- 
lem with  it,  however,  is  that  if  the  amounts  of  money  raised  by  the 
3.5  percent,  by  the  subsidy  at  the  lowest  levels,  is  not  enough,  then 
the  way  that  the  plan  cycles,  it  cycles  and  comes  back,  and  the  first 
place  it  comes  to  is  employers.  Right  now,  as  least  as  I  understand 
it,  the  3.5  percent  can  then  be  raised,  if  need  be,  to  be  able  to  get 
the  extra  funds. 

That  is  a  complicated  answer,  but  I  would  just  say  that  I  think 
the  President  actually  did  with  the  Clinton  plan  take  into  account 
the  fact  that  this  graduated,  if  you  will,  tax  or  payment  would 
mean  for  less  job  losses,  and  I  just  hope  that  our  results  may  indi- 
cate just  along  those  lines. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  Thomas. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  We  have  5  minutes  to 
go  on  a  vote,  and  I  am  torn  between  asking  questions  or  missing 
a  vote,  and  it  disturbs  me  a  lot.  I  don't  want  to  miss  the  vote,  and 
I  don't  want  to  miss  the  questions. 

Would  you  folks  give  us  7  minutes  to  run  over  and  run  back? 

Mr.  McDermott.  We  would  appreciate  it  if  you  would  be  willing 
to  wait  because  we  do  have  other  questions.  I  have  some  others  as 
well.  So  we  will  be  right  back. 

The  meeting  stands  in  recess. 

[Recess.] 

Mr.  McDermott.  The  committee  will  come  back  to  order. 

I  apologize  for  health  care  reform  from  the  back  of  the  galloping 
horse.  Mr.  Thomas  will  inquire. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  will  thank  Dr.  McCaughey  while  she  is  talking  to  our  other 
member  in  terms  of  the  particulars  that  she  is  providing  us  with, 
but  that  we  are  looking  for  alternatives  beyond  the  Clinton  plan 
because  I  think,  clearly,  for  all  the  reasons  that,  Doctor,  you  have 
outlined,  the  Clinton  plan  is  deficient  in  the  alliances.  I  think  the 
CBO  report  finally  now  clearly  indicates  in  chapter  5  that  some  of 
these  new  and  novel  structures,  even  if  they  are  not  pernicious, 
given  the  controlling  structure  that  is  there,  make  it  probably  im- 
possible for  them  to  perform  in  the  manner  that  they  are  antici- 
pated to  perform,  and  if  they  don't,  the  system  doesn't  work. 

So  I  hope  we  are  going  to  conclude  phase  1  of  explaining  why  the 
Clinton  plan  doesn't  work  because  I  think  the  vast  majority  on  this 
panel  believe  that  in  terms  of  the  way  the  alliances  are  structured, 
and  we  are  looking  for  viable  alternatives. 

Dr.  Rice,  did  you  write  your  analysis  prior  to  the  CBO?  I  assume 
you  did. 

Mr.  Rice.  Yes,  I  wrote  it  last  week. 

Mr.  Thomas.  I  think  you  misunderstand  partially  the  mandate 
structure  in  Chafee-Thomas,  and  that  is  that  if  the  money  isn't 
found,  the  mandate  still  goes  into  effect,  but  it  does  not  go  into  ef- 
fect for  those  folk  who  have  not  been  brought  under  the  subsidy 
cap,  but  would  if,  in  fact,  the  moneys  were  there. 

Frankly,  I  think  one  of  the  interesting  points  out  of  the  CBO 
study  is  that  if  you  compare  the  President's  ramping  down  of  Medi- 
care within  the  time  frame  that  he  has  indicated  he  wants  it  to 
come  about,  the  glideslope  of  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill  from  12  to  7 


507 

percent  over  a  10-year  period  is  really  not  the  Procrustean  bed,  I 
think,  that  some  folks  say  it  is.  But  that  if,  in  fact,  we  did  it,  the 
added  incentive  of  buying  down  that  area,  I  think,  creates  a  nice 
synergism  in  terms  of  keeping  us  honest. 

One  of  the  reasons  we  have  put  that  in  there  was  when  the  First 
Lady  was  in  front  of  us  on  the  first  day  of  our  hearings,  I  said, 
"Given  the  benefits  up  front,  you  hope  the  payment  comes  later. 
Could  we  tie  it  together  in  some  way,  so  that  you  would  create  an 
incentive  for  Congress  to  provide  the  payment  for  those  benefits?" 
In  essence,  she  said  no. 

So  what  we  have  done  in  this  bill  is  tie  the  two  together.  If  you 
really  want  the  benefits  for  those  folks,  then  let's  make  sure  we 
make  the  changes. 

Your  concern  about  the  adverse  selection  in  the  purchasing  co- 
operatives from  a  relative  point  of  view,  I  think  would  be  very  real 
under  the  alliances  because  they  have  got  to  have  a  risk-adjust- 
ment mechanism,  and  there  just  ain't  no  way  to  build  one. 

In  Cooper-Grandy,  because  they  are  mandatory  and  especially 
because  they  put  an  employer  cutoff  number,  I  think  it  is  partially 
true  as  well,  but  I  have  difficulties  seeing  that  argument  carried 
over  to  our  structure  which  is  a  voluntary  purchasing  system  with 
multiple  cooperatives  within  a  given  area.  The  private  sector  with 
the  insurance  reforms  and  the  antitrust  reforms,  organizing  their 
own  groups,  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Farm  Bureau,  or  whatever,  so 
that,  if,  in  fact,  a  particular  purchasing  cooperative  does  wind  up 
with  adverse  selection,  it  either  fades  away  and  they  move  to  oth- 
ers or  they  redo  the  way  in  which  they  are  doing  business.  There 
is  a  lot  more  dynamism  in  the  structure  that  we  are  offering  than 
most  of  the  others  that  mandate  or  make  it  rigid. 

Is  that  a  fair  comeback  to  your  criticism? 

Mr.  Rice.  Sure.  I  guess  one  concern  I  would  have  on  the  last 
point  would  be  whether  these  purchasing  alliances,  since  they  can 
compete  with  each  other,  might  try  to  compete  on  the  basis  of  get- 
ting the  better  risks. 

Mr.  Thomas.  That  is  a  concern,  and  in  the  tradeoff  between  price 
and  package,  that  is  why  I  opted  for  a  relatively  defined  benefit 
package,  so  that  basic  structure  would  be  available  and  you  would 
have  to  look  at  it  without  being  able  to  structure  a  package  under 
a  dollar  amount  that  would,  in  fact,  enhance  that  risk  selection. 

We  aren't  going  to  be  perfect,  but  I  think  we  minimize  the  down 
side  of  the  unknown  far  greater  than  virtually  any  other  plan,  and 
perhaps  Mr.  Schaeffer  would  like  to  talk  about  what  has  happened 
under  the  California  voluntary  purchasing  and  whether  or  not  they 
have  seen  a  massive  adverse  risk  selection  structure  occurring  so 
far  in  California. 

Mr.  ScHAEH'FP^R.  Mr.  Thomas,  I  think  you  make  an  important 
point.  In  California  and  in  your  bill  and  in  some  other  bills,  it  is 
important  to  look  at  the  health  alliance  in  conjunction  with  the  in- 
surance reform  changes. 

In  California,  all  of  the  discriminatory  practices,  redlining,  black- 
listing, cherrypicking,  job  lock,  all  those  practices  are  illegal.  The 
law  requires  guaranteed  issue,  guaranteed  renewability,  20-percent 
rate  bands  going  down  to  10-percent  rate  bands,  and  limits  on  pre- 
existing condition  provisions.  If  you  take  that  and  you  put  it  next 


508 

to  a  voluntary  alliance,  many  of  these  distortions  that  we  worry 
about  today  just  aren't  there.  In  California,  I  can  tell  you,  there  are 
very  few  ways  you  can  do  risk  selection  as  opposed  to  having  to 
manage  the  cost  of  care. 

Mr.  Thomas.  It  is  certainly  far  less  than  the  creative  area  today 
and,  more  importantly,  probably  not  enough  to  make  it  worth  your 
while  in  the  margin  of  difference  versus  a  good,  honest  product, 
honestly  presented,  and  that  is  the  key. 

I  am  looking  forward  to  increased  information  from  the  experi- 
ence in  California.  We  have  only  been  on  it,  what,  since  July 

Mr.  SCHAEFFER.  Right. 

Mr.  Thomas  [continuing].  Of  last  year,  but  I  am  very  pleased 
with  the  information  we  are  getting  now  because  it  is  some  of  the 
first  factual  stuff  we  have  had  to  knock  down  some  of  the  myths 
that  continue  to  be  presented  about  what  the  brave  new  world  is 
going  to  look  like,  but  I  agree  with  you  completely.  Don't  read 
pieces  of  the  bill,  read  the  whole  bill,  and  with  those  insurance  re- 
forms and  the  antitrust  reforms,  it  creates  a  synergism  in  the  in- 
dustry which  I  think  keeps  everybody  honest  and  doesn't  have  gov- 
ernment pick  winners,  as  those  mandated  structures  do. 

Frankly,  if  these  new  structures  are  destined  to  rule  the  day  and 
they  do  it  in  a  free,  competitive  structure,  more  power  to  them.  I 
just  don't  want  to  give  them  an  unfair  advantage. 

Mr.  ScHAEFFER.  Absolutely.  If  they  can  do  a  better  job  than  we 
can,  then  they  ought  to  win.  The  irony  is  that,  although  some  in- 
surers have  left  the  State  because  they  don't  want  to  compete 
under  the  new  rules,  those  that  have  remained,  I  think  have  done 
better.  Blue  Cross  has  had  a  great  period  since  the  voluntary  alli- 
ance went  in,  and  so  has  the  voluntary  alliance.  So  much  more  cov- 
erage has  been  made  available. 

As  I  mentioned  in  my  testimony,  24  percent  of  the  coverage  we 
are  selling  is  going  to  groups  who  were  previously  uninsured.  So 
it  is  working.  We  are  reaching  out,  as  is  the  voluntary  alliance. 

Mr.  Thomas.  Mr.  Chairman,  let  me  just  close  by  saying  that  had 
we  locked  in  the  purchasing  pattern  20  years  ago,  managed  care 
would  not  have  been  in  the  law,  and  that  the  last  thing  I  want  to 
do  is  lock  in  any  one  particular  structure  and  let  the  private  sector 
with  fair  rules,  honestly  supervised,  continue  to  be  creative  in  of- 
fering us  new  patterns  that,  in  fact,  will  probably  drive  the  price 
down  in  new  and  creative  ways  that  we  don't  know  about  today. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mrs.  Johnson  will  inquire. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  do  appreciate,  Mr.  Schaeffer,  your  comments.  I  have  pulled  out 
of  the  Chafee-Thomas  bill  the  voluntary  purchasing  cooperative 
piece,  so  that  it  can  be  examined  by  everyone,  so  the  issue  can  be 
raised  about  diversity  in  the  market  and  its  importance  to  cov- 
erage, to  quality  in  the  future,  to  being  able  to  meet  our  citizens' 
needs.  So  your  testimony  has  been  very  useful,  and  I  particularly 
commend  you  on  opening  your  plan  to  all  the  uninsured  on  a  guar- 
anteed coverage  basis. 

I  believe  that  a  lot  of  others  are  going  to  begin  to  notice  that  that 
is  a  very  good  market  for  them,  and  you  may  actually  solve  your 
problem  before  we  do. 


509 

Dr.  McCaughey,  you  have  raised  a  very,  very  serious  challenge 
to  the  President's  health  care  reform  proposal,  and  I  mention  it  be- 
cause I  think  that  is  not  the  only  reform  proposal  that  could,  as 
we  debate  this  issue,  fall  into  the  same  trap. 

You  make  the  claim  that  you  will  not  be  able  to  buy  a  doctor's 
services  outside  of  your  plan.  Now,  that  is  a  really  big  problem. 
There  is  a  lot  of  judgment  involved  in  medicine.  It  is  as  much  an 
art  as  it  is  a  science. 

Ms.  McCaughey.  That  is  right. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Acute  pain  may  mean  bed  rest  to  one  doctor  and 
an  operative  procedure  to  the  other. 

In  reading  the  President's  staffs  response  to  your  accusation  in 
the  New  York  Times  recently,  I  was  interested  that  they  claim  un- 
equivocally that  people  could  decide  to  pay  for  care  out  of  their  own 
pocket.  Would  you  comment  on  this  issue? 

Ms.  McCaughey.  Yes,  because  I  think  it  really  goes  right  to  the 
heart  of  the  matter,  and  here  is  what  happens.  You  have  to  buy 
one  of  the  low  budget  health  plans  offered  by  the  regional  alliance 
where  you  live.  That  is  the  first  factor.  Paying  the  mandatory  pre- 
mium and  then  going  outside  the  system  to  buy  a  plan  you  think 
is  better  is  not  permitted. 

Second,  when  you  go  see  the  doctor,  you  have  to  show  him  your 
health  security  card  and  prove  that  you  are  enrolled  in  a  plan.  If 
not,  he  must  begin  the  procedure  to  enroll  you  in  a  plan  right  then, 
and  if  he  is  going  to  treat  you  for  basic  illnesses  and  offer  the  kind 
of  basic  medical  services  that  are  listed  in  this  bill,  he  has  to  be 
paid  by  the  plan,  not  by  you,  except  for  a  fixed  copayment.  In  other 
words,  if  he  takes  payment  directly  from  you,  rather  than  filling 
out  the  form  and  sending  it  into  the  alliance  for  payment,  it  is  a 
$10,000  fine  for  each  offense. 

That  goes  for  doctors  inside  HMOs  and  doctors  practicing  on  a 
fee-for-service  basis,  and  it  doesn't  matter  what  kind  of  plan  you 
are  in.  If  you  buy  a  fee-for-service  policy,  your  doctor  still  has  to 
fill  out  that  form  and  get  paid  by  the  plan,  not  directly  by  you.  You 
can't  pay  him  extra. 

Balanced  billing  and  direct  billing  are  prohibited.  It  is  on  page 
236  of  the  plan.  It  is  also  in  next  week's  New  Republic  magazine. 

It  is  also  important  to  note  that  he  must  report  your  visit  accord- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  Title  V  establishing  a  national 
databank.  Now,  this  leads  to  two  really  critical  issues.  One  is  that 
it  is  going  to  be  very  hard  to  go  outside  your  prepaid  plan  and  find 
a  doctor  who  will  serve  you  on  a  PPO  or  fee-for-service  basis  if  you 
don't  like  the  doctor  in  your  health  plan  or  if  your  health  plan  gate- 
keeper doesn't  want  to  let  you  see  a  specialist.  Why?  Because  fee- 
for-service  insurance  is  going  to  be  almost  impossible  to  buy.  So 
very  few  doctors  will  be  practicing  outside  these  prepaid  plans,  out- 
side of  contractors  with  HMOs. 

Why  will  fee-for-service  insurance  be  so  hard  to  buy,  and  why 
will  so  few  doctors  be  out  there  willing  to  see  you  on  that  basis? 
Well,  there  are  three  reasons. 

First,  the  regional  alliances  cannot  permit  the  average  premium 
paid  in  the  region  to  exceed  the  ceilings  imposed  by  the  National 
Health  .  There  is  a  whole  series  of  renegotiations  that  occur  on 


510 

pages  1000  to  1005  in  which  the  plans  must  voluntary  reduce  their 
premiums  each  year  in  order  to  do  business  in  the  region. 

Second,  the  regional  alliance  officials  are  empowered  to  exclude 
any  plan  that  costs  20  percent  more  than  any  of  the  other  health 
plans,  20  percent  more  than  the  average  weighted  plan  in  the  re- 
gion. It  is  kind  of  like  passing  a  law  that  you  can't  buy  a  car  that 
cost  20  percent  more  than  the  average  car. 

They  will  have  to  apply  that  20  percent  rule  virtually  all  the 
time  which  means  that  fee-for-service  insurance  which  is  always 
more  expensive  than  prepaid  or  managed  care,  even  when  there  is 
a  large  deductible  and  copayment,  will  be  eliminated. 

The  bill  says  that,  in  general,  each  regional  alliance  shall  include 
among  its  health  plans  one  fee-for-service  or  choose-your-own-doc- 
tor  plan,  but  it  is  not  always  true  because  there  are  these  other 
rules  that  will  make  it  virtually  impossible  for  regional  alliance  of- 
ficials to  do  it.  They  will  only  be  able  to  offer  a  plan  that  costs  20 
percent  more  than  the  average  plan  if  other  plans  come  in  way 
under  the  ceiling  imposed  by  the  National  Health  ,  and  that  is 
highly  unlikely  because  the  increase  in  the  price  of  the  plans  per 
year  is  pegged  to  the  consumer  price  index,  and  you  know  that  the 
current  annual  increases  in  medical  spending  are  rising  much  fast- 
er than  that. 

Third,  because  the  regional  alliance  officials  are  empowered  to 
set  the  fees  for  doctors  per  clinical  visit  or  treatment  and  to  limit 
how  much  are  paid  to  doctors  in  each  specialty  per  year,  doctors 
are  not  going  to  be  able  to  focus  on  that  basis.  Perspective  budget- 
ing means  that  their  salaries  are  going  to  drop  precipitously  toward 
the  end  of  the  year,  as  they  do  in  Canada  when  the  budget  in  the 
region  for  pulmonologists  or  cardiologists  runs  out  of  money. 

So  is  it  going  to  be  possible  for  a  patient  to  go  outside  his  prepaid 
plan  when  he  has  a  heart  problem  and  the  doctor  recommends  rest 
and  he  thinks  he  may  need  angioplasty?  In  practice,  it  is  highly  un- 
likely that  he  will  be  able  to  do  that,  and  he  certainly  won't  be  able 
to  go  to  any  doctor  and  pay  any  price  for  any  service. 

Mrs.  Johnson.  Unfortunately,  so  that  my  other  colleagues  can 
finish,  after  this  vote,  we  have  a  5-minute  vote.  So  we  do  want  to 
have  the  panel  have  the  right  to  go  on  its  way  after  this  question- 
ing. So  thank  you  very  much,  and  I  look  forward  to  your  additional 
articles  and  thank  the  panel  for  their  good  input. 

Mr.  McDermott.  Mr.  McCrery  will  inquire. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Helms,  I  was  interested  in  your  testimony,  your  oral  presen- 
tation to  the  committee,  in  which  you  said  that  in  an  effort  to  con- 
trol costs,  medical  savings  accounts  might  do  some  good,  but  the 
most  important  thing  would  be  to  cap  the  tax  deductibility  and  tax 
exclusion  for  insurance  products. 

Both  of  those  things  have  to  do  with  getting  the  individual  back 
in  the  ball  game  of  controlling  cost,  putting  some  of  the  burden  for 
controlling  cost  in  the  system  on  the  individual.  Is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Helms.  That  is  right.  There  is  a  large  body  of  literature  on 
the  role  that  the  tax  treatment  of  health  insurance  has  played 
since  World  War  II  when  it  started.  The  tax  exclusion  of  health  in- 
surance gives  people  incentives  to  bargain  for  more  and  more 
health  insurance  and  to  include  more  benefits  into  the  policy  be- 


511 

cause  it  is  worth  more  to  people  to  get  things  that  they  know  they 
are  going  to  spend  money  on  into  the  health  plan,  which  is  tax-free, 
than  to  get  the  wages  which  are  taxable. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Right.  Absent  getting  back  into  the  health  care 
system  some  of  these  personal  incentives  to  control  cost,  about  the 
only  thing  we  can  do  is  bureaucratically  impose  cost  controls. 
Wouldn't  that  be  the  conclusion  that  you  would  reach? 

Mr.  Helms.  Yes,  I  tried  to  say  in  my  testimony  that  if  you  don't 
have  anything  to  change  consumer  behavior  on  the  demand  side, 
then  you  put  all  your  eggs  in  the  basket  of  controls. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Right,  and  that  is  essentially  where  the  Clinton 
plan  goes  and  Mr.  McDermott  goes  with  his  single-payer  plan. 

Mr.  Helms.  Yes,  the  administration  would  argue  that  they  have 
put  their  eggs  in  the  basket  of  competition  and  so  will  not  need  the 
controls.  But  my  argument  is  that  their  version  of  competition  will 
not  work  so  that  they  will  be  forced  to  go  to  controls. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  agree. 

I  have  handed  you  a  slip  of  paper  with  just  a  brief  synopsis  of 
my  health  care  plan  that  I  am  currently  drafting  with  the  legisla- 
tive counsel,  and  in  that  plan,  I  combine  the  two  things  that  you 
mentioned,  medical  savings  accounts  and  a  tax  cap.  I  also  limit  the 
tax-favored  treatment  of  insurance  products  in  the  Tax  Code  to 
high-deductible  products  coupled  with  medical  savings  accounts  or 
a  managed  car  plan,  thereby  denying  a  deduction  for  first-dollar 
coverage  insurance  and  for  low-deductible  insurance.  In  your  opin- 
ion, is  that  a  powerful  combination  to  get  individuals  back  in  the 
ball  game? 

Mr.  Helms.  Very  much  so,  and  let  me  say  I  was  only  aware  of 
your  efforts  when  you  gave  this  to  me.  From  my  glance  at  it,  your 
plan  is  very  close  to  a  plan  called  Responsible  National  Health  In- 
surance that  was  authored  by  Mark  Pauly,  Patricia  Danzon,  Paul 
Feldstein,  and  John  Hoff  that  AEI  published  in  1992.  It  seems  to 
have  a  lot  of  the  same  features  that  were  written  in  to  that  plan. 
In  addition,  your  plan  looks  to  be  very  close  to  the  simple  tax  cap 
approach  that  we  pushed  early  on  in  the  Reagan  administration 
when  I  was  at  HHS  under  Secretary  Schweiker. 

We  argued  at  that  time  that  where  you  set  the  cap  was  not  so 
important  as  sending  a  message  that  this  is  not  an  open-ended 
game  anymore,  that  way  you  give  people  incentives  to  start  looking 
around  to  produce  what  we  would  call  private  cost  containment  as 
opposed  to  public  cost  containment.  I  look  forward  to  finding  out 
more  about  your  proposal. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Steger,  you  wanted  to  comment? 

Mr.  Steger.  Yes.  It  is  also  the  kind  of  plan  that  I  think  certainly 
would  not  have  the  million  job  losses  of  the  employer  mandate,  but, 
also,  given  what  you  have  talked  about  with  the  tax  angle,  I  think 
it  would  probably  increase  demand  in  the  short  run,  too.  So  you 
probably  can  have  a  million-plus  the  other  way.  It  is  attractive  at 
least  from  that  angle. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Thank  you. 

The  one  question  that  we  don't  have  time  to  get  into,  but  I  would 
like  to  perhaps  hear  your  thoughts  on  it,  would  be  whether  to 


512 

couple  this  with  an  individual  mandate.  If  you  can  respond  in  30 
seconds,  that  would  be  great. 

Mr.  Helms.  Oh,  you  actually  want  me  to  respond? 

Mr.  McCrery.  Well,  if  you  want  to,  but  you  may  want  to  give 
it  some  more  thought. 

Mr.  Helms.  I  just  attended  a  major  conference  at  Princetown 
University  looking  at  employer  versus  individual  mandates.  Sev- 
eral economists  argued  that  you  could  get  any  effect  from  either 
mandate  depending  on  how  you  structured  them.  But  at  least  one 
economist  Mark  Pauly  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  argued 
that  the  individual  mandates  were  much  more  effective  in  terms  of 
being  able  to  target  on  the  behavioral  effects  that  you  want.  There- 
fore, I  am  more  in  favor  of  the  individual  mandate  than  an  em- 
ployer mandate. 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  am  trying  to  work  an  individual  mandate  into 
my  plan.  The  problem  with  one,  of  course,  is  how  you  pay  for  very 
low-income  individuals  on  whom  you  place  the  mandate — and  they 
have  no  way  to  pay  for  the  coverage. 

Mr.  Helms.  Correct.  It  is  a  difficult  issue,  and  I  do  not  want  to 
say  it  is  an  easy  thing  to  do,  but  between  the  two,  I  favor  the  indi- 
vidual mandate. 

Mr.  McCrery.  If  I  can  find  a  good  way  to  do  it,  though,  and  fi- 
nance it,  I  am  going  to  include  that  in  my  bill. 

Ms.  McCaughey?  Yes. 

Ms.  McCaughey.  May  I  offer  one  comment  that  is  not  in  my  tes- 
timony, but  may  be  very  helpful  to  everyone,  and  that  is  New  York 
City  has  just  realized  how  unsuccessful  it  is  in  our  city  to  try  to 
enroll  the  urban  poor  in  HMOs  as  a  way  of  keeping  them  from 
using  emergency  rooms  for  basic  medical  care. 

What  we  have  found  ends  up  happening  is  that  the  government 
entity,  whatever  it  is,  pays  the  premium  to  the  HMO,  but  because 
of  cultural  differences,  the  people  who  need  that  care,  instead  of 
going  to  the  HMO  and  meeting  a  doctor's  appointment,  still  report 
to  the  emergency  room  at  2  or  3  in  the  morning,  whatever  day  they 
are  free,  whatever  time  they  need  care,  and  so  what  ends  up  hap- 
pening is  that  the  hospital  provides  the  care.  Often  these  people  lie 
about — I  shouldn't  say  lie — evade  the  question  of  who  they  are  and 
whether  they  have  any  kind  of  coverage  with  a  prepaid  health  plan 
in  order  to  be  able  to  be  served  in  an  emergency  room,  and  then, 
by  the  time  the  hospital  figures  out  who  they  are,  the  notification 
period  with  the  prepaid  health  plan  has  expired  or  the  prepaid 
health  plan  tells  the  hospital  that  the  care  given  does  not  qualify, 
is  emergency  care. 

So,  as  we  discuss  this  concept  of  universal  coverage  and  paying 
premiums  for  every  single  person  who  needs  health  care,  we  prob- 
ably shouldn't  forget  that  it  may  not  be  practical  to  enroll  everyone 
in  one  of  these  prepaid  plans  or  it  may  take  a  long  time  to  achieve 
that  kind  of  cultural  transition,  and  in  the  meantime,  we  can't  halt 
the  payments  to  hospitals  who  care  for  the  urban  poor. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Interesting. 

Mr.  McDermott.  I  would  comment  that  that  sounds  like  we 
need  a  single-payer  system,  and  I  won't  give  you  much  time  to  com- 
ment on  that  because  we  only  have  4  minutes  to  make  a  vote. 


513 

The  committee  is  grateful  for  your  testimony.  We  thank  you  for 
coming.  The  committee  will  be  in  recess.  We  will  be  back  in  about 
10  minutes  for  the  next  panel.  Thank  you  all  very  much. 

[Recess.] 

Chairman  Stark.  You  have  the  distinction  of  not  only  being  the 
final  panel  today,  but  the  final  panel  for  the  whole  issue  in  1994 
of  health  reform  before  the  Ways  and  Means  Committee.  So  I  com- 
mend you.  I  hope  it  was  worth  the  wait,  and  you  have  the  chance 
for  the  very  last  word  before  we  start  to  make  sausage. 

Dr.  Simmons,  it  is  good  to  see  your  back.  Dr.  Simmons  is  presi- 
dent of  the  National  Leadership  Coalition  for  Health  Care  Reform, 
and  you  are  accompanied,  I  noticed,  by  Mark  Groldberg,  who  is  the 
deputy  director  for  the  Coalition.  We  also  have  Gail  Shearer,  who 
is  the  manager  for  policy  analysis  of  Consumers  Union;  Pam  Bai- 
ley, who  is  the  president  of  the  Healthcare  Leadership  Council;  An- 
thony Knettel,  who  is  the  health  policy  director  of  the  ERISA  In- 
dustry Committee;  and  Dirk  Van  Dongen,  cochairman  of  the 
Healthcare  Equity  Action  League. 

I  would  suggest  to  the  witnesses  that  your  complete  statements 
will  be  included  in  the  record  in  their  entirety,  and  the  chairman 
would  ask  that  you  summarize  or  expand  on  your  testimony  within 
the  allotted  time. 

Henry,  do  you  want  to  lead  off? 

STATEMENT  OF  HENRY  E.  SIMMONS,  M.D.,  PRESmENT, 
NATIONAL  LEADERSHIP  COALITION  FOR  HEALTH  CARE 
REFORM;  ACCOMPANIED  BY  MARK  A.  GOLDBERG,  DEPUTY 
DIRECTOR 

Dr.  Simmons.  Thanks,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  appreciate  the  oppor- 
tunity to  speak  about  system  reform  and  about  some  of  the  propos- 
als under  consideration  and,  as  you  stated,  on  behalf  of  the  Na- 
tional Leadership  Coalition. 

That  coalition  is  the  Nation's  largest  and  most  diverse  alliance 
on  health  care  issues.  The  coalition  consists  of  nearly  100  organiza- 
tions-— 65  businesses  in  all  sorts  of  industries  and  many  of  the  Na- 
tion's largest  unions,  consumer  and  provider  groups.  Taken  to- 
gether, these  organizations  include  as  employees  or  individual 
members  about  100  million  Americans. 

Our  coalition  is  absolutely  nonpartisan.  Our  honorary  cochair- 
men  are  former  Presidents  Carter  and  Ford,  and  our  cochairmen 
are  former  Iowa  Governor  Bob  Ray,  a  Republican,  and  former  Con- 
gressman Paul  Rogers,  a  Democrat. 

We  began  working  nearly  4  years  ago  to  develop  an  effective 
strategy  for  health  care  reform,  and  it  is  striking  to  us  and,  frank- 
ly, heartening  that  virtually  all  of  the  major  health  reform  bills  in 
this  Congress  attempt  to  address  the  8  goals  that  our  members 
identified  more  than  2  years  ago  and  continue  to  support:  Improve- 
ments in  quality,  universal  coverage,  cost  control,  the  development 
of  organized  delivery  systems,  insurance  and  malpractice  reforms, 
and  administrative  simplification. 

I  am  going  to  concentrate  today,  Mr.  Chairman,  on  just  two  of 
those  goals,  universal  coverage  and  cost  control. 

Our  coalition  believes  that  universal  coverage  is  a  crucial  ele- 
ment of  health  reform  to  provide  a  health  care  safety  net  for  every 


514 

American.  Improving  access  to  health  insurance,  which  many  of  the 
bills  before  you  would  seek  to  do,  is  good,  but  it  is  not  enough.  We 
must  insist  on  making  sure  that  every  American  actually  has  cov- 
erage. 

As  you  know,  we  fall  well  short  of  that  ideal  today.  According  to 
a  recent  report,  the  number  of  Americans  without  health  coverage 
increased  by  2.3  million  between  1991  and  1992,  the  largest  in- 
crease in  the  past  decade. 

In  light  of  that,  we  urge  you  to  report  out  a  bill  that  includes 
both  an  individual  mandate  and  an  employer  mandate.  Why  do  we 
believe  that  an  employer  mandate  makes  sense?  First,  the  over- 
whelming preponderance  of  those  nonelderly  Americans  who  have 
private  health  insurance,  88  percent,  receive  it  through  their  em- 
ployers or  the  employers  of  their  family  members,  and  we  believe 
it  is  sensible  to  build  on  that  very  large  base,  and  there  is  broad 
and  strong  support  for  that  approach. 

Second,  a  similar  proportion  of  the  uninsured,  about  84  percent, 
are  either  in  the  work  force  or  in  families  that  are  headed  by  some- 
one who  is.  That  means  that  an  employer  mandate  would  permit 
us  to  maintain  and  sustain  the  coverage  now  received  by  most  of 
the  Americans  who  have  it  and,  at  the  same  time,  extend  coverage 
to  most  of  the  Americans  who  do  not. 

Contrary  to  some  recent  reports,  the  health  care  spending  crisis 
continues  to  grow  worse.  The  Department  of  Commerce  recently  es- 
timated that  U.S.  health  care  spending  last  year  increased  over 
$100  billion,  the  largest  1-year  increase  in  our  history,  and  Com- 
merce projects  health  care  spending  will  rise  at  an  average  rate  of 
13.5  percent  per  year  over  the  next  5  years.  We  can't  go  on  that 
way. 

We  need  insurance  and  malpractice  reforms  and  more  efficient 
delivery  systems,  yes,  but  we  also  need  more.  Our  recommendation 
is  that  your  legislation  include  expenditure  targets  and  rate-setting 
for  the  fee-for-service  segment  of  the  system,  to  keep  spending  in- 
creases in  bounds  while  organized  delivery  systems  which  would  be 
exempted  from  rate  schedules,  are  encouraged  to  grow. 

Experience  here  and  elsewhere  has  made  it  clear  that  rate-set- 
ting is  an  effective  tool  for  controlling  cost,  and  in  the  context  of 
a  reform  strategy  that  also  includes  increased  competition  among 
health  plans,  it  can  establish,  in  effect,  a  cost  ceiling  for  that  com- 
petition. 

We  would  caution  that  bills  that  cut  the  rates  of  growth  in  Medi- 
care and  Medicaid  in  the  short  term  without  establishing  tough 
cost  controls  that  operate  concurrently  with  those  cuts  invite  pro- 
viders to  shift  costs  to  the  private  sector. 

We  would  caution  as  well  against  reliance  for  cost  constraint 
largely  on  measures  designed  to  increase  competition.  We  believe, 
as  the  CBO  testified  yesterday,  that  such  steps,  although  important 
and  useful,  are  not  sufficient  to  meet  America's  urgent  need  for 
health  care  cost  control. 

First,  the  leading  advocates  of  managed  competition  have  ac- 
knowledged at  least  a  third  of  the  U.S.  population  lives  in  areas 
that  are  not  populated  enough  to  permit  the  creation  of  effective 
competition. 


515 

Second,  time  is  of  the  essence,  and  even  if  managed  competition 
alone  would  be  effective  over  the  longer  run  in  constraining  cost, 
and  we  cannot  be  assured  of  that,  we  oelieve  the  country  needs  re- 
lief in  the  shorter  term.  The  Department  of  Commerce  projections 
are  bracing.  Total  health  care  spending  is  on  track  to  double  in  the 
next  5  years. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  look  forward  to  working  with  you  and  your 
colleagues,  Democrats  and  Republicans  alike,  to  achieve  health 
care  reform  that  disciplines  health  care  spending,  that  assures 
comprehensive  health  coverage,  and  that  brings  better  care  for  all 
Americans. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


516 


STATEMENT  OF  HENRY  E.  SIMMONS,  M.D.,  M.P.H.,  F.A.C.P. 

PRESIDENT  OF  THE  NATIONAL  LEADERSHIP  COALITION 
FOR  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 

I  eun  Dr.  Henry  E.  Simmons,  president  of  the  National  Leadership 
Coalition  for  Health  Care  Reform.   I  am  pleased  to  have  this  op- 
portunity to  speak  with  you  today  about  health  care  reform  and  some  of 
the  proposed  reform  bills  now  under  consideration.   With  me  is  Mark  A. 
Goldberg,  the  deputy  director  of  the  Coalition. 

The  National  Leadership  Coalition  is  the  nation's  largest  and 
most  diverse  alliance  on  health  care  issues.   As  the  list  appended  to 
my  written  testimony  indicates,  the  Coalition  consists  of  nearly  100 
organizations  --  major  businesses  in  all  sorts  of  industries,  unions, 
consumer  groups,  and  associations  of  health  care  providers.   Taken  to- 
gether, these  organizations  include  --  as  employees  or  individual  mem- 
bers --  about  100  million  Americans. 

The  Coalition  is  absolutely  non-partisan.   Our  honorary  co- 
chairmen  are  former  Presidents  Jimmy  Carter  and  Gerald  R.  Ford.   Our 
co-chairmen  are  former  Iowa  Governor  Robert  D.  Ray,  a  Republican,  and 
former  Congressman  (and  Chairman  of  the  Energy  and  Commerce  Sub- 
committee on  Health  and  the  Environment)  Paul  G.  Rogers.   We  believe, 
as  Presidents  Carter  and  Ford  recently  wrote  in  The  Washington  Post, 
that 

the  problems  of  our  health  care  system  do  add  up  to  a 
crisis  --  and  we  need  to  attend  to  it  with  the  urgency, 
and  the  willingness  to  put  aside  partisanship,  that  a 
real  crisis  warrants. 

It  is  in  that  spirit,  and  with  that  sense  of  urgency,  that  we 
have  been  working  with  members  of  both  parties  toward  the  achievement 
of  effective  reform.   I  would  like  to  discuss  briefly  what  we  believe 
the  essential  ingredients  of  effective  reform  are  and  to  offer  some 
thoughts  on  the  alternative  proposals  before  this  Subcommittee. 

The  members  of  the  National  Leadership  Coalition  began  working 
together  nearly  four  years  ago  to  develop,  jointly  and  by  consensus, 
an  effective  strategy  for  health  care  reform.   The  product  of  that  ef- 
fort was  the  plan  set  out  in  our  November,  1991,  report.  Excellent 
Health  Care  for  All  Americans  at  a  Reasonable  Cost.   I  have  appended 
to  my  written  testimony  an  essay  from  the  New  England  Journal  of  Medi- 
cine, in  which  we  summarized  that  plan.. 

It  is  striking  --  and,  frankly,  it  is  heartening  —  that  vir- 
tually all  of  the  major  health  care  reform  bills  in  this  Congress  at- 
tempt to  address  the  eight  goals  that  our  members  identified  more  than 
two  years  ago  and  continue  to  support: 

o  improvements  in  the  quality  of  the  health  care  that 

Americans  receive; 
o  universal  coverage; 
o  cost  control; 
o  encouragement  of  the  development  of  organized  delivery 

systems; 
o  effective  management  and  oversight  through  a  public- 
private  partnership; 
o  insurance  reform; 
o  malpractice  reform;  and 

0  administrative  simplification. 

To  be  sure,  real  differences  of  opinion  do  exist  about  how  best  to 
achieve  these  objectives  --  and  how  fast  to  approach  them.   But  as 
those  differences  are  debated,  here  and  across  the  country,  we  should 
recognize,  and  be  encouraged  by,  how  much  agreement,  on  ends  if  not 
means,  has  already  been  achieved. 

1  want  to  concentrate,  in  my  brief  remarks  here  today,  on  two  of 
the  eight  goals  that  I  just  enumerated:  universal  coverage  and  cost 
control .  ^ 

Congress  has  a  chance  this  year  to  make  history  --  to  assure,  for 
the  first  time,  that  every  American,  rich  or  poor,  healthy  or  ill, 
will  have  comprehensive  health  coverage  every  day  of  his  or  her  life 
That,  at  Its  very  core,  is  what  the  debate  about  health  care  reform 
needs  to  be  about:  how  to  make  that  dream  come  true,  how  to  make  that 
guarantee  real. 


517 


The  members  of  the  Coalition  believe  that  universal  coverage  is  a 
crucial  element  of  health  care  reform  --  to  provide  a  health  care 
safety  net  for  Americans  that  virtually  all  other  industrialized  na- 
tions provide  for  their  citizens.   Improving  access  to  health  insur- 
ance, which  many  of  the  bills  before  you  would  seek  to  do,  is  good, 
but  it  is  not  enough.   We  should  insist  on  making  sure  that  all  Amer- 
icans actually  have  coverage. 

We  fall  well  short  of  that  ideal  today.   According  to  a  recent 
report  by  the  Employee  Benefit  Research  Institute,  the  number  of  Amer- 
icans without  health  coverage  jumped  between  1991  and  1992  from  36.6 
million  to  38.9  million  --  an  increase  in  just  one  year  of  2.3  million 
and  the  largest  increase  in  the  past  decade.   These  men,  women,  and 
children  live  every  day  in  physical  and  financial  peril  --  literally 
in  crisis. 

The  Coalition  urges  the  Subcommittee  to  report  out  a  bill  that 
includes  both  an  individual  mandate,  such  as  is  contained  in  H.R. 
3704,  and  an  employer  mandate.   Why  do  we  believe  that  an  employer 
mandate  makes  sense?   First,  the  overwhelming  preponderance  of  those 
non-elderly  Americans  who  have  private  health  insurance  --  88  percent 
--  receive  it  through  their  employers  or  the  employers  of  their  family 
members.   It  is  sensible  to  build  on  that  very  large  base  --  of 
coverage  and  of  financial  support  for  coverage. 

Second,  a  similar  proportion  of  the  uninsured  --  about  84  percent 
--  are  either  in  the  workforce  or  in  families  that  are  headed  by  some- 
one who  is.   That  means  that  an  employer  mandate  would  permit  us  to 
maintain  and  sustain  the  coverage  now  received  by  most  of  the  Amer- 
icans who  have  it  --  and  at  the  same  time  extend  coverage  to  most  of 
the  Americans  who  do  not. 

For  those  businesses  that  already  provide  coverage  to  their  em- 
ployees, a  mandate  would,  not  be  so  burdensome,  if  properly  con- 
structed, because  it  would  require  them  to  do  what  they  are  already 
doing.   Of  the  minority  of  small  businesses  that  do  not  provide 
coverage  now,  most  have  fewer  than  10  employees  and  relatively  low 
average  wages.   An  employer  mandate  should  be  accompanied  by  measures 
to  cushion  the  impact  of  a  mandate  on  these  firms.   At  present,  in  the 
absence  of  a  level  playing  field,  those  firms  that  provide  coverage 
are  disadvantaged  in  their  competition  with  those  that  do  not  — 
first,  because  they  have  taken  on  this  additional  responsibility  and 
cost,  and,  second,  because  the  premiums  they  pay  help  to  cover  the 
costs  of  emergency  care  for  employees  of  the  firms  that  do  not  provide 
coverage.   When  all  similarly  situated  firms  have  similar 
responsibilities,  companies  will  compete  on  price,  quality,  and  ser- 
vice --  not  on  whether  they  are  able  to  avoid  providing  health  insur- 
ance. 

The  support  for  universal  coverage  through  a  combination  of 
mandates  --  an  individual  mandate  and  an  employer  mandate  --  is 
broader  than  is  sometimes  recognized.   The  National  Leadership  Coali- 
tion for  Health  Care  Reform,  as  I  mentioned  earlier,  includes  nearly 
100  organizations  that  strongly  support  this  combination  of  mandates. 
And  I  want  to  emphasize  that  about  65  of  these  organizations  are 
businesses.   In  addition,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  the  U.S. 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  the  Catholic  Health  Association,  the  Corporate 
Health  Care  Coalition  all  back  this  approach  as  well,  although  their 
preferences  as  to  other  aspects  of  health  care  reform  may  differ  from 
the  Coalition's.   And,  as  you  know,  H.R.  3600  incorporates  a  commit- 
ment to  the  achievement  of  universal  coverage  through  this  combination 
of  mandates. 

The  Coalition  believes  --  and  I  want  to  be  very  clear  about  this 
--  the  assurance  of  universal  coverage  must  be  accompanied  by  tough 
cost  control  and  initiatives  to  improve  the  quality  of  care.   We  sup- 
port an  individual  mandate  conjoined  with  an  employer  mandate  in  the 
context  of  comprehensive  reform  that  includes  these  other  elements. 
It  would  not  be  wise  to  extend  health  coverage  to  39  million  more 
Americans  without  making  sure  that  we  had  in  place  strong  mechanisms 
to  keep  costs  contained  and  measures  to  assure  that  the  quality  of 
care  in  an  expanded  system  improves,  rather  than  deteriorates.   We 
need  to  proceed  on  all  these  fronts  at  once. 


518 


Contrary  to  some  recent  reports,  the  health  care  spending  crisis 
is  continuing  to  get  worse.   The  Department  of  Commerce  recently 
estimated  —  in  a  study  that  received  little  attention  because  it  was 
released  between  Christmas  and  New  Year's  Day  --  that  U.S.  health  care 
spending  in  1993  totaled  $942.5  billion.   That's  an  increase  from  1992 
to  1993  of  $102.3  billion  —  the  largest  one-year  increase  in  history. 
And  Commerece  projects  that  health  care  spending  will  rise  at  an  aver- 
age rate  of  13.5  percent  per  year  over  the  next  five  years,  doubling 
our  health  care  costs. 

We  can't  go  on  this  way.   We  need  insurance  reforms  and  adminis- 
trative simplification  and  more  efficient  delivery  structures,  yes, 
but  we  also  need  more.   Our  recommendation  is  that  the  Subcomittee 
report  out  legislation  that  includes  expenditure  targets  and  rate- 
setting  for  the  fee-for-service  segment  of  the  health  care  system  — 
to  keep  spending  increases  in  bounds  while  organized  delivery  systems, 
which  would  be  explicitly  exempted  from  rate  schedules,  are  encouraged 
to  grow.   Experience  here  in  the  United  States  and  elsewhere  in  the 
world  has  made  it  clear  that  rate-setting  is  an  effective  tool  for 
controlling  costs  —  and  in  the  context  of  a  reform  strategy  that  also 
includes  increased  competition  among  health  plans,  can  establish  in 
effect  a  cost  ceiling  for  that  competition.   Over  time,  we  can  and 
should  increase  the  competitiveness  of  health  care  delivery  systems; 
in  the  meanwhile,  we  ought  to  make  sure  that  costs  don't  continue  to 
spiral  out  of  any  control. 

We  would  caution  that  bills  that  cut  the  rates  of  growth  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  in  the  short  term  without  establishing  tough 
cost  controls  that  operate  concurrently  with  those  cuts  invite  pro- 
viders to  make  up  for  their  lost  revenue  by  raising  premiums  paid  by 
businesses  and  other  private  payers.   We  would  caution  as  well  against 
reliance  for  cost  constraint  solely  on  measures  designed  to  increase 
the  competitiveness  of  health  care  markets.   We  believe  that  such 
steps,  although  important  and  useful,  are  not  sufficient  to  meet  Amer- 
ica's urgent  need  for  health  care  cost  inhibition.   First,  as  the 
leading  academic  advocates  of  managed  competition  have  readily  ack- 
nowledged, at  least  a  third  of  the  U.S.  population  lives  in  areas  that 
are  not  densely  enough  popluated  to  permit  the  creation  of  effective 
competition  among  multiple  health  plans.   Second,  time  is  of  the  es- 
sence.  Even  if  managed  competition  alone  would  be  effective  over  the 
longer  run  in  constraining  increases  in  health  care  spending,  the 
country  needs  relief  in  the  shorter  term.   The  Department  of  Commerce 
projections  are  bracing:   Total  health  care  spending  is  on  track  to 
double  in  the  next  five  years . 

We  look  forward  to  working  with  you  and  your  colleagues  to 
achieve  health  care  reform  that  disciplines  health  care  spending  and 
that  assures  comprehensive  health  coverage,  and  excellent  care,  for 
all  Americans. 


519 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  LEADERSHIP  COALITION  FOR 
HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 


Acme  Steel  Company 

Amalgamated  Clothing  &  Textile  Workers  Union,  AFL-CIO 

American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

American  Academy  of  Pediatrics 

American  Association  of  Retired  Persons 

American  College  of  Physicians 

American  Federation  of  Teachers,  AFL-CIO 

American  Iron  &  Steel  Institute 

American  Nurses  Association,  Inc. 

American  Physical  Therapy  Association 

American  Psychological  Association 

Association  of  Academic  Health  Centers 

Association  of  Minority  Health  Professional  Schools 

B.  C.  Enterprises 

Banc  One  Corporation 

Bank  South  Corporation 

Bannon  Research 

Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation 

Blue  Diamond  Growers 

Brown  &  Cole  Stores 

Burlington  Coat  Factory 

Caterpillar  Inc. 

Ceridian  Corporation 

Christian  Children's  Fund 

Chrysler  Corporation 

Cold  Finished  Steel  Bar  Institute 

Communication  Workers  of  America 

CoreStates  Financial  Corp. 

Del  Monte  Foods 

Drummond  Company  Inc. 

Families  USA  Foundation 

Filter  Materials 

First  Interstate  Bancorp 

Ford  Motor  Company 

Georgia-Pacific  Corporation 

Giant  Food  Inc. 

The  Great  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Tea  Company,  Inc. 

Gross  Electric  Inc. 

The  Heights  Group 

H.  J.  Heinz  Co. 

Geo.  A.  Hormel  &  Company 

Hunt-Wesson  Inc. 

Inland  Steel  Company 

INSIGHT  Treatment  Services,  Inc. 

International  Brotherhood  of  Electrical  Workers 

International  Multifoods 

International  Union  of  Bricklayers  and  Allied  Craftsmen 

James  River  Corporation 

Johnstown  Corporation 

Keebler  Company 

Keller  Glass  Company 

Lincoln  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Co. 

Lockheed  Corporation 

LTV  Steel  Company 


520 


Lukens  Inc. 

Mars,  Incorporated 

Maternity  Center  Association 

National  Association  of  Childbearing  Centers 

National  Association  of  State  Boards  of  Education 

National  Easter  Seal  Society 

National  Education  Association 

National  Steel  Corporation 

Norwest  Corporation 

Olympia  West  Plaza,  Inc. 

Pacific  Gas  &  Electric 

PAR  Associates 

Pella  Corporation 

Preferred  Benefits 

R.  R.  Donnelley  &  Sons  Co. 

Ralphs  Grocery  Company 

Regis  Corporation 

Rohm  &  Haas  Company 

Safeway  Inc. 

Sara  Lee  Corporation 

Scott  Paper  Co. 

Service  Employees  International  Union,  AFL-CIO 

Sokolov  Strategic  Alliance 

Southern  California  Edison  Company 

Strategic  Marketing  Information,  Inc. 

Texas  Heart  Institute 

Time  Warner  Inc. 

United  Air  Lines,  Inc. 

United  Food  and  Commercial  Workers  International  Union,  AFL-CIO 

United  Paperworkers  International  Union,  AFL-CIO 

United  States  Catholic  Conference 

United  Steelworkers  of  America,  AFL-CIO 

UNUM  Life  Insurance  Company  of  America 

U.S.  Bancorp 

The  Vons  Companies,  Inc. 

Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation 

Wheat,  First  Securities,  Inc. 

Wheeling-Pittsburgh  Steel  Corp. 

The  Whitman  Group 

Wisconsin  Public  Service  Corporation 

Xerox  Corporation 


January  24,  1994 


521 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 
Ms.  Shearer. 

STATEMENT  OF  GAIL  SHEARER,  MANAGER  FOR  POLICY 
ANALYSIS,  CONSUMERS  UNION 

Ms.  Shearer.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  thank  you  for  in- 
viting Consumers  Union  to  testify  today  on  the  issue  of  national 
health  reform  legislation. 

To  analyze  the  five  proposals  on  the  agenda  today,  we  have  cre- 
ated a  checklist  of  consumer  concerns  in  health  reform.  None  of  the 
five  bills  under  consideration  today,  however  well-intentioned  they 
may  be,  comes  close  to  meeting  the  needs  of  consumers. 

I  plan  to  focus  in  my  oral  statement  on  three  of  the  issues  of 
most  concern  to  consumers,  universality,  catastrophic  coverage,  and 
comprehensive  benefits. 

No  question  is  more  central  to  the  success  of  health  care  reform 
than  the  issue  of  universality.  As  long  as  insurance  coverage  is  vol- 
untary, there  will  continue  to  be  horror  stories  of  the  suffering  of 
families  who  are  left  out  of  the  system.  A  recent  poll  found  that  79 
percent  of  those  polled  favored  health  care  reform  that  provides 
guaranteed  coverage  for  everyone. 

The  five  bills  under  consideration  today  will  not  provide  univer- 
sal health  care  protection.  Three  of  the  bills,  those  sponsored  by 
Representatives  Michel,  Johnson,  and  Cooper-Grandy  rely  on  mar- 
ket incentives  without  a  mandate  or  employer  contribution  to  in- 
crease access  to  health  insurance  and  are  likely  to  leave  millions 
of  Americans  without  insurance. xxx 

Two  of  the  bills,  those  sponsored  by  Representatives  Thomas  and 
Steams,  have  an  individual  mandate,  but  fail  to  assure  universal- 
ity because  either  subsidies  for  low-income  families  are  dependent 
on  nonguaranteed  cost  savings  or  because  there  is  no  mechanism 
for  making  insurance  premiums  affordable  to  all  families. 

Neither  bill  calls  for  an  employer  contribution.  Neither  limits  the 
percent  of  income  that  must  be  spent  on  premiums.  Even  families 
with  modest  incomes  would  have  to  pay  100  percent  of  the  pre- 
mium cost  if  their  employers  don't  contribute. 

Universality  is  also  undercut  by  the  preexisting  condition  clauses 
in  these  bills.  While  H.R.  3652  appears  to  leave  preexisting  condi- 
tion regulations  to  the  States,  the  other  bills  allow  for  the  possibil- 
ity that  people,  even  children  who  do  not  have  continuous  health 
care  coverage,  could  be  subject  to  6-  to  12-month  periods  of  pre- 
existing condition  restrictions.  It  is  important  for  everybody  to  un- 
derstand that  restricting  preexisting  condition  limitations  is  not 
the  same  as  eliminating  them  altogether. 

Under  these  four  bills,  children  may  not  get  their  needed  asthma 
medicine  and  may  end  up  in  the  emergency  room.  Diabetics  may 
not  get  their  needed  insulin.  People  with  high  blood  pressure  may 
not  get  the  medicine  they  need.  Only  a  truly  universal  system,  one 
that  eliminates  the  need  for  people  to  go  in  and  out  of  health  insur- 
ance coverage  can  truly  eliminate  preexisting  condition  traps. 

The  promise  of  comprehensive  benefits  will  be  hollow  if  families 
can  buy  a  catastrophic  policy  with  a  high  deductible  and  be  consid- 
ered insured.  A  $3,000  deductible  does  not  deliver  preventive  care 


522 

to  children,  insulin  to  a  diabetic  amounting  to  $2,500  or  many 
other  pressing  health  care  needs. 

If  covered  By  only  a  catastrophic  policy,  many  low-  and  middle- 
income  families  will  not  get  access  to  comprehensive  care.  Instead, 
they  will  end  up  with  an  unfunded  medical  savings  account  and  an 
insurance  policy  with  a  $2,000  or  $4,000  deductible.  Financial  bar- 
riers will  continue  to  restrict  access  to  care. 

Four  of  the  bills  under  consideration  today,  all  except  for  the 
Cooper-Grandy  bill,  undermine  the  value  of  health  insurance  cov- 
erage by  allowing  for  catastrophic  coverage  to  be  considered  health 
insurance  coverage.  Family  deductibles  in  these  four  bills  range 
from  $2,000  to  $4,000.  Consumers  strongly  support  comprehensive 
benefit  packages.  They  need  comprehensive  benefits  because  the 
private  market  has  incentives  to  exclude  coverage  for  your  most 
likely  health  care  needs. 

The  cliche  that  you  can't  buy  fire  insurance  when  the  bam  is  al- 
ready burning  applies  to  health  insurance.  Once  a  family  needs 
long-term  care,  insulin,  chemotherapy,  insurance  companies  prefer 
not  to  take  your  call.  Each  family  has  its  own  unique  health  profile 
and  its  own  set  of  health  care  needs. 

I  would  like  to  close  by  modifying  the  popular  slogan  of  the  week 
regarding  crime  control.  Three  strikes  and  you're  out.  Strike  one, 
make  participation  and  employer  contribution  voluntary.  Strike 
two,  pass  the  buck  on  defining  benefits  to  an  outside  commission. 
Strike  three,  encourage  catastrophic  policies  with  a  $3,000  deduct- 
ible. Any  of  these  crucial  mistakes  will  totally  undermine  health 
care  reform  and  result  in  gaps  in  coverage  and  continuing  suffer- 
ing, lack  of  needed  health  care,  and  financial  barriers  to  care. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachment  follow:] 


523 


TESTIMONY  OF  GAIL  SHEARER 
CONSUMERS  UNION 

Thank  you  for  inviting  Consumers  Union'  to  testify  today  on  the  issue  of  comprehensive 
benefits  in  national  health  reform  legislation.  Members  of  this  Subcommittee  have  worked  for 
health  reform  for  many  years;  I  don't  think  you  need  convincing  about  the  fact  that  there  truly  is 
a  health  care  crisis  in  this  country.  In  conjunction  with  the  Campaign  for  Health  Security,  we 
have  recently  released  reports  that  show  how  the  health  care  crisis  affects  people  at  both  ends  of 
the  age  spectrum  --  seniors  and  children.  Despite  Medicare  coverage,  seniors  suffer  in  the  health 
care  system  because  they  can't  afford  prescriptions  or  the  high  cost  of  long-term  care.  They  have 
restricted  choice  of  doctors  when  low  Medicare  reimbursement  rates  decrease  doctors'  willingness 
to  accept  them  as  patients.  They  are  forced  to  use  their  limited  funds  to  pay  their  hospital 
deductible  and  their  20  percent  copayments.  They  are  victimized  by  a  private  long-term  care 
insurance  market  that  puts  the  profits  of  the  insurance  companies  above  the  needs  of  policyholders. 

Americans'  children,  and  their  parents,  know  there's  a  health  care  crisis.  When  450,000 
pregnant  women  have  no  health  insurance,  inadequate  prenatal  care  —  and  low  birth-weight  babies 
with  a  variety  of  ailments  ~  are  inevitable.  Insurance  policies  regularly  exclude  the  all-important 
well-baby  and  well-child  check-ups.  They  rarely  cover  immunizations  such  as  measles  shots  that 
can  prevent  serious  chronic  illness.  Pre-existing  condition  exclusions  and  outright  denial  of 
coverage  often  leave  children  with  serious  illnesses  uninsured.  Children  in  need  of  chronic  care 
including  rehabilitation,  such  as  children  with  cerebral  palsy  or  children  recovering  from  brain 
tumors,  too  often  find  that  their  needs  are  unmet.  As  families  struggle  to  work  their  way  out  of 
poverty,  they  often  find  that  they  lose  their  Medicaid  eligibility  and  the  health  care  that  their 
children  so  desperately  need. 

The  nation  urgently  needs  health  care  reform.  But  we  do  not  believe  that  reform  that  is 
voluntary  will  come  close  to  providing  health  care  security  for  all.  Nor  do  we  believe  that  the 
nation  will  be  able  to  pay  the  bill  for  health  reform  unless  employers  are  required  to  make  a 
substantial  contribution  toward  the  cost.  Furthermore,  legislation  that  counts  you  as  insured  if 
your  family  faces  a  $4000  deductible  is  not  the  type  of  reform  that  consumers  need. 

We  believe  that  health  care  reform  must  offer: 

universal,  quality  health  care  with  comprehensive  benefits  for  all  U.S.  residents  ~ 
regardless  of  age,  income,  employment  status   or  health  status; 

cost  contaimnent  with  a  national  health  care  budget  and  control  over  wasteful  paperwork 
and  procedures; 

fair-share  financiag  with  savings  from  cost  containment  as  a  central  funding  source  and 
additional  funding  obtained  on  a  fair  and  equitable  basis; 

public  accountability  with  the  structure  being  shaped  by  consumers'  interests,  not 
insurance  companies'  or  pharmaceutical  companies'  profitability,  and  with  consumers  well- 
represented  on  all  boards  overseeing  health  care;  and 

consumer  choice  giving  consumers  the  freedom  to  choose  where  they  will  go  for  health 
care  and  who  will  provide  it. 

The  subject  of  today's  hearing  is  the  following  five  health  reform  bills: 

•  The  Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act  of  1993  (H.R.  3080) 
Sponsor:  Representative  Michel 

•  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today  (H.R.  3704) 
Sponsor:  Representative  Thomas 

•  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  of  1993  (H.R.  3652) 
Sponsor:  Representative  Johnson 

•  The  Managed  Competition  Act  of  1993  (H.R.  3222) 
Sponsors:  Representatives  Cooper  and  Grandy 

•  The  Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act  (H.R.  3698) 
Sponsor:  Representative  Steams 


'Consumers  Union  is  a  nonprofit  membership  organization  chartered  in  1936  under  the  laws 
of  the  State  of  New  York  to  provide  consumers  with  information,  education  and  counsel  about 
goods,  services,  health,  and  personal  finance;  and  to  initiate  and  cooperate  with  individual  and 
group  efforts  to  maintain  and  enhance  the  quality  of  life  for  consumers.  Consumers  Union's 
income  is  solely  derived  from  the  sale  of  Consumer  Reports,  its  other  publications  and  from 
noncommercial  contributions,  grants  and  fees.  In  addition  to  reports  on  Consumers  Union's  own 
product  testing,  Consumer  Reports  with  approximately  5  million  paid  circulation,  regularly, 
carries  articles  on  health,  product  safety,  marketplace  economics  and  legislative,  judicial  and 
regulatory  actions  which  affect  consumer  welfare.  Consumers  Union's  publications  carry  no 
advertising  and  receive  no  commercial  support. 


524 


To  analyze  these  proposals,  we  have  created  a  checklist  of  consumer  concerns  in  health  reform. 
The  table  summarizes  the  performance  of  each  of  the  bills  against  the  checklist.  Our  conclusion 
is  unambiguous.  None  of  these  bills  --  however  well-intentioned  they  may  be  —  comes  close  to 
meeting  the  needs  of  consumers.  While  the  bills  offer  some  hope  for  consumers  who  are  presently 
excluded  from  coverage  due  to  pre-existing  conditions,  all  five  of  these  bills  are  likely  to  leave 
many  people  without  the  health  care  security  they  desire. 

Two  bills  that  are  not  under  consideration  today  do  much  better  at  meeting  consumers' 
needs.  Consumers  Union  continues  to  believe  that  the  McDermott/Conyers  single  payer  plan  is 
the  best  option.  The  Administration's  Health  Security  Act  would  also  offer  consumers  health  care 
security.  Consumers  Union  has  issued  an  analysis  of  the  Clinton  plan.  A  copy  of  our 
recommendations  for  how  to  make  it  better  serve  consumers  is  attached. 

The  remainder  of  my  testimony  describes  twelve  "consumer  checklist"  issues  and  analyzes 
how  the  five  bills  address  each  issue. 

CONSUMER  CHECKLIST:   ANALYSIS  OF  FIVE  HEALTH  REFORM  BILLS 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  PROVIDE  FOR  UNIVERSAL  COVERAGE? 

Description  of  the  issue:  No  question  can  be  more  central  to  the  success  of  health  care 
reform  than  the  issue  of  universality  ~  health  care  coverage  for  all  regardless  of  age,  income, 
employment  status  or  health  status.  We  believe  that  universality  is  so  important,  that  it  should 
NOT  be  dependent  on  achieving  cost  savings,  and  must  not  be  phased-in  with  a  vague  timetable. 
As  long  as  insurance  coverage  is  voluntary,  there  will  continue  to  be  horror  stories  of  the  suffering 
of  families  who  are  left  out  of  the  system  —  families  will  continue  to  face  financial  hardship  of 
uncovered  health  bills,  children  will  not  get  the  health  services  they  need,  insurance  companies 
will  continue  to  game  the  system  to  find  ways  to  select  the  best  risks  and  leave  people  in  need 
uncovered. 

Americans  want  universal  coverage  ~  last  weeks's  USA  Today/CNN/Gallup  Poll  found 
that  79  percent  of  respondents  favor  reform  that  provides  guaranteed  health  care  for  everyone. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R,  3080  (Michel).  H.R.  3080  does  not  provide  universal  coverage.  Coverage 
under  the  bill  is  voluntary.  There  is  neither  an  employer  nor  an  individual  mandate  to  purchase 
insurance,  and  no  proven  method  to  finance  coverage  for  those  who  cannot  afford  it.  Last  year, 
the  Congressional  Budget  Office  estimated  that  a  predecessor  bill  (H.R.  5919)  would  leave  39 
million  people  without  coverage  in  the  year  20(X). 

Even  the  insurance  reforms  in  H.R.  3080  (such  as  guaranteed  issue  or  renewal)  that  are 
designed  to  assure  universal  access  to  coverage  (though  not  universal  coverage)  do  not  apply  to 
all  firms,  but  only  to  firms  with  2  to  50  employees.  This  leaves  individuals  and  employees  of 
large  firms  with  the  very  real  prospect  of  being  excluded  from  coverage. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  H.R.  3704  is  unlikely  to  result  in  universal  coverage. 
While  the  bill  includes  an  individual  mandate  to  purchase  insurance  by  the  year  2005,  there  is  a 
loophole  —  low-income  families  would  not  be  required  to  be  insured  if  there  are  not  adequate 
savings  to  fund  subsidies  for  them.  Even  families  that  are  required  to  buy  insurance  may  be 
unable  to  afford  it  (despite  the  mandate),  because  there  are  no  limits  on  premiums  and  no  required 
contribution  ft-om  employers. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  H.R.  3652  aims  to  assure  access  to  health  coverage  to 
individuals  and  employees,  but  not  universal  coverage.  Each  state  would  establish  one  or  more 
health  plan  purchasing  cooperatives  to  enable  employees  of  small  companies  and  individuals  to 
have  access  to  insurance.  H.R.  3652  contains  neither  an  individual  nor  an  employer  mandate,  and 
is  likely  leave  millions  of  people  without  insurance  because  they  can  not  afford  to  pay  the 
premiums. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  H.R.  3222  creates  health  insurance  purchasing 
cooperatives  through  which  small  businesses  and  individuals  could  purchase  insurance,  possibly 
increasing  the  affordability  and  availability  of  insurance  to  employees  of  small  companies.  Some 
low-income  families  who  are  not  now  eligible  for  Medicaid  would  be  eligible  for  subsidies  (for 
an  unspecified  benefit  package),  thereby  increasing  the  chance  that  they  will  have  some  protection. 
Families  purchasing  individual  policies  today  might  receive  some  reduction  in  premiums  because 
of  the  voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives. 

However,  universal  coverage  is  not  guaranteed  because  coverage  remains  voluntary.  The 
Congressional  Budget  Office  estimated  that  H.R.  5936,  last  year's  predecessor  bill,  would  leave 
25  million  people  without  insurance  in  the  year  2000.  Insurance  would  remain  unaffordable  for 
millions  of  American  families. 


525 


•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  H.R.  3698  is  unlikely  to  provide  universal  coverage.  While 
the  bill  includes  an  individual  mandate  with  severe  financial  penalties  for  failing  to  buy  insurance 
(elimination  of  personal  tax  exemption),  it  does  not  make  clear  how  families  will  be  able  to  afford 
the  coverage. 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  REQUIRE  AN  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION? 

Description  of  the  issue:  We  believe  that  a  required  employer  contribution  is  needed  to 
pay  for  a  reformed  health  care  system.  Private  employers  will  pay  premiums  totalling  $185  billion 
in  1994,  approximately  20  percent  of  the  nation's  health  care  spending.  Without  a  mandatory 
contribution,  this  figure  is  very  likely  to  decrease  as  employers  continue  the  trend  of  responding 
to  high  costs  by  cutting  health  care  benefits  (for  employees  and/or  dependents).  Shifting  the  entire 
premium  to  individuals,  even  with  subsidization  of  the  premium  for  the  lowest  income  families, 
will  put  a  very  steep  burden  on  many  families  and  is  likely  to  result  in  premiums  being 
unaffordable  by  many  families.  Not  only  will  this  leave  millions  of  people  without  insurance,  but 
it  will  mean  that  their  families  --  children  with  diabetes,  fathers  with  high  blood  pressure, 
grandmothers  with  Alzheimer's  disease  --  will  be  subject  to  pre-existing  condition  exclusions 
(typically  for  a  period  of  six  months)  if  they  are  able  to  afford  health  care  coverage  in  the  future. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  Employers  are  not  required  to  make  a  contribution  toward 
employees'  premiums.  Many  (but  not  all)^  employers  are  required  to  offer  insurance  coverage 
to  their  employees. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  Employers  are  not  required  to  contribute  toward  the  cost 
of  employees'  premiums;  they  are  required  only  to  offer  coverage  to  employees. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  H.R.  3652  does  not  require  an  employer  contribution.  It 
requires  that  small  employers  offer  employees  a  choice  of  at  least  three  different  insurance  plans, 
"medisave"  coverage,  a  fee-for-service  plan,  and  a  managed  care  plan. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  Employers  are  not  required  to  make  a 
contribution  toward  employees'  premiums,  but  are  only  required  to  offer  coverage. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  Employers  are  not  required  to  contribute  toward  the  cost 
of  employees'  premiums.  H.R.  3698  shifts  insurance  decisions  from  employers  to  individuals, 
by  ending  employer  insurance  expense  tax  exclusions  and  limiting  deductibility  of  individuals' 
insurance  premiums.  If  employers  stop  contributing  to  employees'  health  insurance  premiums, 
they  will  be  required  to  add  the  value  of  their  contributions  to  employees'  wages. 

•         DOES   THE   BILL   EXPLICITLY   DEFINE  A   COMPREHENSIVE    BENEFITS 

PACKAGE? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Consumers  want  comprehensive  benefits  in  a  guaranteed 
benefits  package.  About  90  percent  of  consumers  polled  in  a  Consumers  Union/Gallup  poll  in 
April  1993  favored  including  doctor  care,  hospitalization,  prescription  drugs,  well-child  visits  and 
immunizations,  nursing  home  care,  long-term  care  at  home,  mental  health  treatment,  dental  care, 
prenatal  care,  and  vision  care  in  the  benefits  package. 

Consumers  need  comprehensive  benefits  because  the  private  market  has  incentives  to 
exclude  coverage  for  your  most  likely  health  care  needs.  The  cliche  that  you  can't  buy  fire 
insurance  when  the  bam  is  already  burning  applies  to  health  insurance  —  once  a  family  needs  long- 
term  care,  insulin  for  diabetes,  chemotherapy  to  treat  cancer,  insurance  companies  prefer  not  to 
take  your  call.  Each  family  has  its  own  unique  health  profile  and  its  own  set  of  health  care  needs. 
As  long  as  there  are  gaps  in  coverage,  there  will  be  horror  stories  where  the  lack  of  coverage 
prevented  needed  treatment  and  resulted  in  poor  health  outcomes  or  more  expensive  treatments. 

Congress  should  not  leave  the  design  of  the  benefits  package  to  a  benefits  commission. 
Passing  health  reform  with  an  unspecified  benefits  package  is  like  an  arranged  marriage  --  you 
simply  don't  know  what  you're  getting!  Consumers  Union  would  never  recommend  that  a 
consumer  buy  any  insurance  policy  without  reading  the  fine  print  that  could  limit  coverage. 
Passing  the  buck  to  a  commission  does  not  even  give  the  American  taxpayer  an  opportunity  to  read 
the  fine  print,  and  threatens  to  reduce  the  health  benefits  many  people  have  worked  hard  to  attain. 

If  Congress  designs  a  barebones  benefits  package,  the  market  response  is  both  predictable 
and  alarming.  Insurance  companies  that  are  excluded  from  participating  in  health  alliances 
(probably  because  they  are  less  efficient  and  provide  less  value)  will  rush  in  to  find  their  market 


'For  example,  new  businesses  do  not  have  to  offer  coverage  for  two  years. 


526 


niche  —  the  supplemental  market.  All  of  the  problems  that  have  plagued  the  medigap  market  for 
25  years  before  Congress  enacted  the  successful  reform  plan  in  1990,  will  be  shifted  to  the 
supplemental  market.  There  will  be  pre-existing  conditions,  denied  coverage,  frivolous  variations 
in  policies.    The  bottom  line  will  be  a  multi-tiered  health  care  system. 
Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  H.R.  3080  does  not  define  the  specific  benefit  plan.  It 
allows  the  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners  to  set  actuarial  guidelines  for 
benefits;  insurers  would  be  allowed  to  vary  the  actual  benefits  if  they  stay  within  the  actuarial 
guidelines.  H.R.  3080  requires  that  in  setting  the  actuarial  target,  benefits  for  MedAccess  plans 
(which  must  be  offered  to  small  employers)  should  include  only  medical,  surgical,  hospital  and 
preventive  services,  but  it  also  states  that  "no  specific  procedure  or  treatment,  or  classes  thereof, 
is  required  to  be  covered  in  such  a  plan,  by  this  Act  or  through  regulations."  Therefore,  even 
basic  coverage  is  not  guaranteed  in  the  health  plans  offered  by  small  employers.  In  addition, 
important  benefits  such  as  prescription  drugs,  mental  health  care,  home  care,  durable  medical 
equipment,  hospice,  and  long-term  care  are  missing  from  the  list. 

H.R.  3080  further  limits  coverage  by  setting  an  "essential  and  medically  necessary" 
standard  which  is  more  restrictive  than  other  alternatives  which  use  language  such  as  "medically 
necessary  or  appropriate."  Increased  insurance  company  restriction  of  benefits  and  intrusion  into 
the  doctor/patient  relationship  are  likely  to  result. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  A  Benefits  Commission  would  develop  a  benefits  package. 
It  could  (but  would  not  be  required  to)  include  the  following  categories  of  benefits:  medical  and 
surgical  services,  medical  equipment,  prescription  drugs,  preventive  services,  rehabilitation  and 
home  health  services  related  to  an  acute  care  episode,  services  for  severe  mental  illness,  substance 
abuse  services,  hospital  services,  and  emergency  transportation.  The  Commission  could  delete 
services  from  this  list.  Not  included  on  the  list  are  long-term  care  services  or  full  mental  health 
services. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  The  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services  would 
establish  a  standard  benefit  package  for  small  employers,  but  the  scope  of  benefits  is  not  clear. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  A  Health  Care  Standards  Commission  would 
establish  a  uniform  benefit  package  that  must  be  offered  by  accountable  health  plans.  The 
Commission's  recommended  benefit  package  would  be  considered  for  approval  by  the  Congress. 
H.R.  3222  requires  that  the  benefits  package  include  "the  full  range  of  effective  clinical  preventive 
services."  There  is  no  guarantee  that  the  benefits  package  would  be  comprehensive,  including 
coverage  for  prescription  drugs,  mental  health  care,  long-term  care,  or  other  needed  health  care. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Steams).  Qualified  plans  must  include  physician  and  hospital  services 
and  prescription  drugs,  but  are  not  required  to  include  prenatal  care,  well-child  care,  mental  health 
care,  or  long-term  care.  The  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  and  state  insurance 
commissions  would  develop  and  enforce  coverage  standards. 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  ALLOW  FOR  A  "CATASTROPHIC  ONLY"  OPTION,  WITH 

DEDUCTIBLES  OF  $2000  OR  $3000  PER  FAMILY? 

Description  of  the  issue:  The  promise  of  comprehensive  benefits  will  be  hollow  if 
families  can  buy  a  catastrophic  insurance  policy  with  a  $2000  or  $3000  deductible,  and  be 
considered  "insured."  A  $3000  deductible  does  not  deliver  preventive  care  to  children,  $2500 
worth  of  insulin  to  a  diabetic,  or  many  other  pressing  health  care  needs. 

Many  low-  and  middle-income  families  will  not  get  access  to  comprehensive  care.  Instead, 
they  will  end  up  with  an  unfunded  Medical  Savings  Account  and  a  catastrophic  policy  with  a 
$2000  or  $3000  deductible.    Financial  barriers  to  health  care  will  continue  for  these  families. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  The  bill  encourages  catastrophic  health  insurance  policies 
with  individual  deductibles  of  $1800  and  family  deductibles  of  $3600. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  H.R.  3704  encourages  the  purchase  of  a  catastrophic 
insurance  policy  with  high  deductibles. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  H.R.  3652  would  allow  for  a  "qualified  catastrophic  health 
plan"  to  be  considered  insurance  coverage.  The  individual  deductible  would  be  $2000,  and  the 
family  deductible  would  be  $4000. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  The  bill  does  not  allow  for  a  catastrophic  only 
coverage  to  qualify  as  insurance  coverage. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Steams).  H.R.  3698  encourages  the  purchase  of  caUstrophic  health 
insurance  with  a  $1000  deductible  for  single  individuals  and  $2000  deductible  for  families. 


527 


•  DOES  THE  BILL  REIGN  IN  HEALTH  CARE  COSTS  THROUGH  CONTROLS  ON 
BOTH  THE  PUBLIC  AND  PRIVATE  SECTOR? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Global  budgets  and  premium  caps  to  curb  cost  growth  in  both 
the  public  and  private  sector  health  spending  are  essential.  This  protection  should  not  be  sacrificed 
to  give  the  failed  "free  market"  cost  containment  efforts  yet  another  chance  to  drive  up  health  care 
costs.  Two  other  essential  ingredients  to  help  curb  growing  health  care  costs  are  banning  balance 
billing  and  prohibiting  physician  self-referral.  These  are  two  culprits  that  have  contributed  to 
today's  high  costs.  In  addition,  we  urge  you  to  oppose  granting  antitrust  exemptions  for  doctors, 
hospitals,  and  pharmaceutical  companies.  Legislation  should  not  create  new  antitrust  exemptions 
that  would  allow  doctors  to  collude  in  negotiating  any  reimbursement  schedules. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  H.R.  3080  does  not  control  either  public  or  private  health 
spending.  The  Congressional  Budget  Office  estimated  that  H.R.  5919  (a  predecessor  bill)  would 
have  virtually  no  effect  either  on  near-term  or  far-term  health  care  savings. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  H.R.  3704  constrains  public  spending  (for  Medicare  and 
Medicaid)  but  relies  on  price  competition  and  niarket  forces  to  constrain  private  spending.  H.R. 
3704  encourages  the  purchase  of  low  cost  insurance  by  setting  a  cap  (equal  to  lowest  half  of 
cenified  plans  in  an  area)  on  deductibility  of  individuals'  insurance  premiums  from  income  (for 
income  tax  purposes).    There  are  no  provisions  that  guarantee  cost  savings  in  the  private  sector. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  H.R.  3652  contains  no  guarantees  of  health  care  cost 
control  in  either  the  private  or  the  public  sector.  Instead,  it  relies  on  increased  price  competition 
that  will  result  from  a  standardized  benefit  package,  and  catastrophic  policies  that  would 
discourage  utilization  of  health  care  services. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  H.R.  3222  creates  tax  incentives  for  employers 
to  offer  low-cost  health  insurance  plans  only,  and  relies  on  the  free  market  forces  to  control  health 
care  costs.  It  restricts  future  Medicare  spending  by  reducing  payments  for  providers  (and  reduces 
Medicare  savings  by  increasing  Part  B  premiums  for  high  income  individuals).  H.R. 3222  would 
not  expand  Medicare  benefits  to  include  prescription  drugs  or  community  based  care  (though  it 
includes  a  "sense  of  Congress"  that  these  benefits  should  be  expanded  in  the  future  if  savings 
allow).  It  repeals  the  Medicaid  program,  covering  people  with  income  below  100  percent  of 
poverty  through  purchasing  cooperatives  (with  subsidies  for  others  up  to  200  percent  of  poverty), 
and  turns  the  long-term  care  portion  of  Medicaid  over  to  the  states.  Cost  savings  from  the  public 
sector  (Medicare  and  Medicaid)  are  likely  to  be  substantial;  cost  savings  from  the  private  sector 
are  less  certain  and  are  by  no  means  guaranteed. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  H.R.  3698  does  not  have  global  budgets  or  premium  limits, 
relying  instead  on  price  competition  to  limit  private  sector  costs.  At  the  same  time,  it  imposes 
limits  on  Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending. 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  REIGN  IN  PRESCRIPTION  DRUG  COSTS? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Two  recently  released  reports  demonstrate  the  failure  of  the  free 
market  to  lead  to  consumer-friendly  prices  for  prescription  dmgs.  A  report'  by  the  Senate  Special 
Committee  on  Aging  staff  found  that  during  1993,  prescription  dnig  prices  increased  15.5  times 
greater  than  the  overall  rale  of  inflation.  A  new  General  Accounting  Office  report  estimated  that 
on  average  U.S.  consumers  pay  60  percent  higher  prices  for  identical  prescription  medications  than 
do  their  counterparts  in  England. 

The  United  States  is  the  only  industrialized  country  that  makes  no  effort  to  regulate  drug 
prices,  forcing  U.S.  consumers  to  pay  higher  prices  and  to  help  pay  for  research  that  benefits 
citizens  of  other  countries,  who  pay  much  lower  prices.  The  Office  of  Technology  Assessment 
reported  that  during  the  1980's,  pharmaceutical  companies  on  average  earned  about  15  to  30 
percent  more  profit  than  was  needed  to  attract  adequate  investment  capital.  If  drug  prices  were 
a  river,  they  would  already  be  well  over  flood  stage.  A  critical  ingredient  of  a  reformed  health 
care  system  is  prescription  drug  pricing  that  is  accountable  to  consumers,  not  the  bottom  line 
profitability  of  the  pharmaceutical  industry. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel);  H.R.  3704  (Thomas);  H.R.  3652  (Johnson);  H.R.  3222 
(Cooper  and  Grandy);  and  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  None  of  these  bills  regulates  prescription  drug 


'"A  Report  on  1993  Pharmaceutical  Price  Inflation:  Drug  Prices  for  Older  Americans  Still 
Increasing  Much  Faster  than  Inflation,"  January  1994. 


528 


prices. 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  ALLOW  FOR  FREEDOM  OF  CHOICE  OF  DOCTORS? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Freedom  to  choose  their  health  care  provider  is  one  of  the  most 
highly  valued  features  that  consumers  seek  in  the  health  care  system.  Consumers  want  to  be  able 
to  continue  long-standing  relationships  with  their  family  doctors,  specialists,  pediatricians,  and 
other  health  care  providers.  Often,  one  family  will  have  an  array  of  doctors,  making  it  impossible 
to  follow  them  all  to  one  HMO.  Consumers  want  to  be  assured  that  if  serious  illness  strikes,  they 
will  have  access  to  the  highest  quality  specialist  and  specialized  treatment  centers. 

But  freedom  of  choice  of  provider  is  a  meaningless  freedom  if  the  high  cost  of  insurance 
premiums  render  it  unaffordable,  leaving  many  families  with  not  coverage  at  all.  In  addition,  to 
the  extent  thai  proposals  provide  strong  financial  inducements  (that  may  even  make  traditional  fee- 
for-service  out  of  the  question)  for  families  to  enroll  in  managed  care  networks,  these  families  will 
have  restricted  freedom  of  choice  of  provider,  especially  if  the  bill  does  not  build  in  (as  does  the 
Health  Security  Act)  a  poinl-of-servicc  requirement  that  would  allow  you  to  go  outside  of  your 
network. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  Freedom  of  choice  of  provider  is  limited  for  many  reasons: 
millions  of  uninsured  consumers  will  continue  to  have  extremely  limited  options  because  of  the 
lack  of  insurance;  consumers  who  are  offered  (by  their  employer)  one  plan  such  as  an  HMO  will 
be  constrained  to  the  providers  offered  by  that  HMO;  consumers  who  are  offered  a  catastrophic 
plan  and  are  unable  to  afford  to  contribute  to  a  Medical  Savings  Account  will  have  limited  choice 
of  provider. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  Many  families  will  face  reduced  freedom  of  choice  of 
doctor  under  H.R.  3704.  This  results  from  the  cap  on  deductibility  of  health  insurance  premiums. 
Limited  funds  will  force  many  families  to  enroll  in  managed  care  plans,  and  will  force  many  other 
families  to  buy  catastrophic  only  policies.  These  families  --  as  well  as  those  that  can't  afford 
insurance  at  all  (despite  the  individual  mandate)  will  face  restricted  choice  of  providers.  There 
is  no  provision  to  allow  enrollees  in  HMO's  to  have  the  opportunity  to  go  outside  of  the  network 
for  care.  H.R.  3704  encourages  expansion  of  managed  care  contracts  for  Medicaid,  possibly 
further  restricting  the  Medicaid  population's  choice  of  provider. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  H.R.  3652  does  not  include  any  provisions  (e.g.,  such  as 
limitations  on  tax  deductibility)  that  would  provide  strong  financial  incentives  for  employers  to 
offer  or  individuals  to  purchase  a  managed  care  health  plan.  It  is  unlikely,  therefore,  to  have  a 
major  impact  on  consumers'  freedom  to  choose  a  physician.  The  bill  does  not  require  HMO's  to 
offer  a  point-of-service  option  to  consumers. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  Many  families  would  find  their  freedom  to 
choose  a  health  care  provider  would  be  reduced  if  H.R.  3222  were  enacted.  Employers  will  face 
a  stiff  tax  to  the  extent  that  they  provide  coverage  for  their  employees  that  exceeds  the  lowest  cost 
plan  offered  in  a  purchasing  cooperative.  Self-employed  individuals  would  be  able  to  deduct 
premium  costs  from  their  income  taxes  only  up  to  the  level  of  the  low-cost  health  plan.  Subsidies 
for  low-income  consumers  are  based  on  the  least-cost  plan  in  the  region.  The  effect  of  these 
provisions  is  to  provide  a  very  strong  incentive  (and  in  the  case  of  employer  provided  coverage 
a  necessity)  for  people  to  enroll  in  the  lowest  cost  health  plan  available.  In  many  cases,  the  lowest 
cost  plan  will  be  a  Health  Maintenance  Organization.  There  is  no  provision  in  H.R.  3222  to  build 
in  protections  to  assure  that  consumers  enrolled  in  an  HMO  will  have  the  ability  to  go  outside  of 
the  HMO  for  care  if  they  need  (or  choose)  to  do  so. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  Changes  in  tax  treatment  of  premiums  are  likely  to  result 
in  more  people  being  enrolled  in  managed  care,  with  restricted  provider  choice.  The  bill  does  not 
build  in  a  point-of-service  requirement  that  would  allow  HMO  enrollees  to  go  outside  their  HMO 
for  care. 

•  DOES  THE  BILL  EXPA.N'D  ACCOUNTABILITY  TO  CONSUMERS  OR  IS  THE 
SYSTE.M  ACCOUNTABLE  TO  INSURANCE  OR  PHARMACELTICAL 
COMPANIES'  BOTTOM  LINE? 

Description  of  the  issue:  The  recent  health  care  crisis  has  resulted,  at  least  in  part,  from 
the  profit-maximizing  strategies  of  insurance  companies  to  cherry  pick  the  best  health  care  risks 
and  deny  coverage  (or  iinpose  pre-existing  condition  restrictions)  to  people  who  are  higher  risks. 
If  a  reform  proposal  allows  for  a  major  role  for  insurance  companies,  then  there  are  several 
critical  ingredients  needed  to  provide  for  accountability  to  the  public.     For  example,  is  the 


529 


insurance  company  (or  health  plan)  allowed  to  undercut  standardization  by  deciding  which 
experimental  treatment  to  cover,  or  by  using  its  own  utilization  review  company  or  treatment 
protocols?  Are  insurance  policyholders  able  to  appeal  treatment  denials  and  other  complaints  in 
a  timely  matter  through  an  appeals  process  located  OUTSIDE  of  the  insurance  company  to  assure 
objectivity?  Are  any  medical  malpractice  "reforms"  designed  with  the  objective  of  decreasing  the 
incidence  of  medical  malpractice  and  fairly  compensating  injured  consumers,  or  are  they  unfairly 
limiting  compensation  to  the  most  seriously  injured  victims  of  physician  negligence?* 
Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  The  health  care  system  remains  accountable  in  large  part  to 
the  profitability  of  insurance  and  pharmaceutical  companies,  not  consumers.  The  bill  includes 
anti-consumer  medical  malpractice  reforms  such  as  capping  noneconomic  damages  that  can  be 
awarded  to  an  injured  patient  at  $250,000.  The  bill  does  not  provide  for  expanded  consumer 
representation  in  the  health  care  system. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  The  bill  includes  several  elements  that  expand  accountability 
to  the  public:  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  must  develop  and 
publish  standards  that  quality  assurance  programs  must  comply  with.  The  federal  government 
would  also  develop  a  national  health  data  system  that  would  provide  information  about  health 
plans.  States  would  be  responsible  for  implementing  insurance  market  reforms.  The  5  member 
Benefits  Commission  (appointed  by  the  President  in  consultation  with  various  Leaders  of 
Congress)  would  be  composed  of  people  from  a  mix  of  professions  (with  geographic  balance  and 
urban/rural  balance),  but  could  include  physicians  and  other  providers  of  health  care  services. 
While  employer  representatives  could  be  included,  there  is  no  provision  for  representation  of 
consumers  on  the  commission.  H.R.  3794  restricts  noneconomic  damages  for  victims  of  medical 
malpractice  to  $250,000. 

Overall,  H.R.  3704  allows  insurance  and  pharmaceutical  company  profitability  to  drive 
many  of  the  decisions  in  the  health  care  marketplace. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  The  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services  would  have 
increased  regulatory  responsibilities,  possibly  expanding  accountability  of  the  health  insurance 
system  to  the  public.  The  Boards  of  Directors  of  purchasing  cooperatives  would  include  a 
majority  of  members  that  are  either  small  employers  or  "eligible  individuals  that  participate  in  the 
Cooperative."  While  there  is  no  requirement  that  the  board  include  consumer  representatives,  the 
requirement  that  future  board  members  be  elected  by  small  employer  members  and  individual 
members  could  help  increase  accountability  of  cooperatives  to  the  public.  Unfortunately,  the 
language  regarding  advisory  committees  suggests  that  these  committees  should  consist  of 
representatives  from  health  plans,  agents,  and  health  care  providers,  but  not  consumers.  Overall, 
this  legislation  preserves  too  much  control  of  the  health  care  system  in  the  hands  of  insurance  and 
pharmaceutical  companies. 

H.R.  3542  does  not  include  any  provisions  that  would  limit  consumers'  access  to  fair 
treatment  in  the  medical  malpractice  system. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  To  the  extent  that  individuals  and  small 
employers  are  pooled  in  purchasing  alliances,  they  will  have  increased  bargaining  power  under 
H.R.  3222.  Beyond  this,  however,  H.R.  3222  does  little  to  increase  accountability  of  the  health 
care  system  to  consumers,  and  includes  some  provisions  that  reduce  accountability  to  consumers. 
While  there  is  a  provision  prohibiting  members  of  each  health  plan  purchasing  cooperative  (HPPC) 
from  receiving  remuneration  for  services  from  any  accountable  health  plan,  there  is  no  assurance 
that  the  members  will  be  selected  based  on  their  ability  to  represent  the  public  (or  employers') 
interests.  The  cooperative  is  not  required  to  have  any  consumer  members.  Bottom-line 
profitability  of  insurance  companies  and  pharmaceutical  companies  will  continue  to  be  a  major 
driving  force  of  the  health  care  system.  In  addition,  the  bill  limits  medical  malpractice  awards 
on  noneconomic  damages  to  $250,000. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Steams).  Profitability  of  insurance  and  pharmaceutical  companies  will 
continue  to  be  a  driving  force  of  the  nation's  health  care  system.  Expanded  regulatory  roles  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  and  the  National  Association  of 
Insurance  Commissioners  could  help  somewhat,  but  offer  little  assurance  of  increased  consumer 
participation.  The  bill  limits  medical  malpractice  awards  on  noneconomic  damages  to  $250,000, 
contrary  to  consumers'  interests. 


*The  Congressional  Budget  Office  has  concluded  that  so-called  medical  malpractice  reforms 
such  as  capping  damages  for  pain  and  suffering  do  not  produce  measurable  health  care  savings. 


530 


•  WILL  PREMIUMS  BE  A  nNANCIAL  BARRIER  TO  HEALTH  CARE  COVERAGE 
FOR  SOME  FAMILIES? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Our  current  health  care  system  is  financed  in  the  most  regressive 
way  possible  ~  through  unreimbursed  out-of-pocket  health  expenses  and  flat  premiums  that  are 
most  burdensome  to  low-income  families.  Because  of  uncovered  ex[>enses  and  the  experience- 
rated  premium  structure,  the  sicker  you  are,  the  more  you  pay.  Consumers  Union  favors 
overhauling  the  financing  of  health  care,  by  financing  reform  based  on  ability  to  pay.  We  prefer 
increased  payroll  taxes  and  income  taxes  to  premiums.  If  premiums  are  to  be  used,  then  we  favor 
subsidies  for  low-income  consumers.  We  support  discounts  geared  to  income  that  will  assure  that 
all  families  will  have  protection  without  facing  burdensome  premiums. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  Under  H.R.  3080,  premiums  will  continue  to  present 
financial  barriers  to  coverage  for  many  families.  Many  families  would  be  required  to  pay  100 
percent  of  the  cost  of  an  unlimited  premium,  with  no  limit  on  the  percentage  of  family  income 
paid  for  premiums.  The  bill  provides  very  limited  protections  to  small  firms  (with  less  than  51 
employees);  insurers  could  vary  premiums  among  classes  of  small  businesses  by  20  percent,  and 
could  charge  small  businesses  within  the  same  class  ISO  percent  of  the  base  premium  for  that  class 
(falling  to  135  percent  eventually).  Small  employers  would  have  premium  increases  limited  to  15 
percent  plus  the  premium  rate  increase  for  a  newly-covered  small  employer  within  the  same  class 
of  business  rate. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  Premiums  could  present  a  financial  barrier  for  many 
families.  While  there  are  vouchers  for  low-income  families,  the  availability  and  amount  of  those 
vouchers  are  uncertain.  Many  families  would  be  required  to  pay  100  percent  of  the  cost  of  an 
unlimited  premium,  with  no  limit  on  the  percentage  of  family  income  paid  for  premiums. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  Within  purchasing  cooperatives,  premiums  would  not  be 
allowed  to  vary  based  on  health  risks,  and  a  risk  adjustment  mechanism  in  the  bill  provides  for 
adjustments  in  payments  to  health  plans  to  assure  that  people  with  existing  conditions  should  not 
be  discriminated  against.  Premiums  could  vary  by  age,  gender,  and  number  of  family  members, 
lessening  this  bill's  "community  rating."  There  are  no  controls  on  premium  increases,  no  limit 
of  percent  of  income  that  must  be  spent  on  premiums,  no  required  employer  contribution  and  no 
spelled-out  subsidies  to  help  low-income  families  pay  for  premiums.  As  a  result,  high  premiums 
are  likely  to  keep  many  families  from  being  able  to  purchase  health  insurance. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  Premiums  will  continue  to  be  unaffordable  for 
many  families.  Premium  subsidies  for  low-income  families  will  help  these  families  purchase  the 
least-cost  plan  (but  they  are  unlikely  to  be  able  to  able  to  afford  a  policy  that  costs  more  than  the 
least-cost  policy).  The  bill  does  not  impose  limits  on  health  insurance  premiums,  even  as  a 
backstop  in  the  event  that  market  forces  are  unsuccessful  in  controlling  premiums.  H.R.  3222 
includes  no  limit  on  percentage  of  income  that  must  be  spent  on  premiums.  A  couple  (without 
children)  earning  $20,000  would  be  ineligible  for  any  subsidy  and  is  unlikely  to  be  able  to  afford 
health  insurance  premiums.  A  family  of  four  earning  $22,000  would  be  eligible  for  a  partial 
subsidy,  but  (without  a  required  employer  contribution)  would  be  unlikely  to  afford  to  buy  health 
insurance. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Steams).  Tax  credits  will  help  ease  the  burden  of  premiums,  but  many 
families  will  face  hardship  from  paying  premiunui,  especially  since  employers  are  not  required  to 
contribute  toward  premiums.  There  is  no  percent  of  income  limit  on  premiums.  Premiums  can 
continue  to  increase,  free  from  any  government  controls. 

•  WILL  OUT-OF-POCKET  COSTS  SUCH  AS  DEDUCTIBLES  AND  COINSURANCE 
PRESENT  FINANCIAL  BARRIERS  TO  HEALTH  CARE? 

Description  of  the  issue:  It  is  critical  that  deductibles  and  coinsurance  not  present 
financial  barriers  to  care,  and  that  health  reform  include  subsidies  for  cost-sharing  for  low-income 
consumers  and  special  protections  (e.g.,  waivers  of  cost-sharing)  to  provide  flexibility  to  assure 
that  the  inability  to  come  up  with  a  few  dollars  for  a  prescription  or  $10  for  a  doctor's  visit  never 
be  the  cause  of  denied  care. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  Apart  from  the  possibility  of  "catastrophic  only"  coverage, 
families  would  be  required  to  pay  "substantial"  but  unspecified,  cost-sharing  under  the  standard 
plan.    This  required  cost-sharing  could  create  a  financial  barrier  to  care. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  Apart  from  "catastrophic  only  coverage,  families  will  face 
cost-sharing  that  could  present  a  barrier  to  care.  The  Commission  will  determine  the  cost-sharing 
limits. 


531 


•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  Under  H.R.  3652,  deductibles  and  cost-sharing  (without 
any  subsidies  for  low-income  families)  could  present  a  barrier  to  care. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  With  the  exception  of  preventive  care,  there 
are  no  limits  on  deductibles  and  copayments  for  covered  services.  Low-income  families  would 
have  some  protection  because  cost-sharing  must  be  "nominal"  for  low-income  families.  (The 
Commission  would  determine  what  cost-sharing  would  be  considered  to  be  "nominal.")  Cost- 
sharing  could,  therefore,  continue  to  present  financial  barriers  to  health  care.  The  Commission 
would  set  an  out-of-pocket  limit  on  expenses,  so  families  with  insurance  coverage  would  have 
some  protection  (but  families  without  insurance  would  have  none). 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  A  $5(XX)  limit  on  annual  family  out-of-pocket  expenses 
limits  each  family's  total  liability.  However,  cost-sharing  limits  are  unspecified  and  could  prove 
burdensome. 

•  WILL  THE  BILL  CREATE  A  MULTI-TIER  SYSTEM  WITH  DIFFERENT  LEVELS 
OF  QUALITY  AND  DIFFERENT  LEVELS  OF  COVERAGE  THAT  DEPEND  ON 
INCOME,  AGE,  EMPLOYMENT,  OR  HEALTH  STATUS? 

Description  of  the  issue:  The  Consumers  Union/Gallup  poll  (April  1993)  showed  clearly 
that  Americans  want  a  single,  comprehensive  health  care  plan  that  covers  everyone,  regardless  of 
income,  age,  employment  or  health  status.  Will  legislation  result  in  the  continuation  of  a  separate 
program  for  low-income  families,  with  different  provider  reimbursement  levels  and  inferior  care? 
Will  benefits  be  the  same  regardless  of  age?  Will  employed  individuals  have  cadillac  coverage, 
while  unemployed  are  stuck  with  barebones  coverage  (or  even  no  coverage)?  Will  insurers 
continue  to  charge  higher  premiums  based  on  pre-existing  conditions,  pushing  the  less  healthy  into 
less  comprehensive  coverage  plans? 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  H.R.  3080  gives  states  the  option  of  expanding  Medicaid  by 
allowing  a  buy-in  option  for  persons  up  to  200  percent  of  poverty.  But  this  option  would  be 
funded  by  using  existing  Medicaid  funds  (including  funds  for  disproportionate  share  hospitals, 
meaning  that  there  would  be  a  reduction  in  the  quality  and  level  of  benefits  available  to  existing 
beneficiaries. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  H.R.  3704  imposes  a  cap  on  Medicaid  spending  that  could 
further  erode  the  quality  of  care  (and  access  to  providers)  to  Medicaid  enrolles.  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  enroUees  might  find  it  difficult  to  find  a  doctor  to  treat  them  in  light  of  the  lack  of 
uniform  payments  for  providers.  Low-income  families  could  find  themselves  in  low  cost  health 
plans  with  low  quality,  with  insurance  premium  and  health  plan  quality  increasing  with  income. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johnson).  A  multi-tiered  health  care  system  would  continue  to  exist 
under  H.R.  3652.  Large  employers  would  not  be  part  of  the  purchasing  cooperatives.  Separate 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  would  continue,  with  differential  provider  payments  (and 
restricted  access  to  care).  Low-income  families  would  have  limited  options  when  it  comes  to  their 
health  insurance,  and  many  would  find  themselves  without  any  coverage  at  all. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  The  incentives  (on  employers,  the  self- 
employed,  and  subsidized  families)  to  enroll  in  the  least  cost  plan  are  very  strong  and  could  result 
in  a  continued  multi-tiered  health  care  system.  People  with  low  incomes  and  with  employers  who 
want  to  avoid  higher  taxes  will  end  up  with  the  lowest  cost  health  plan  in  their  region;  this  is 
likely  to  be  the  lowest  quality  health  plan,  and  these  families  will  not  have  the  ability  to  buy  a 
higher  priced  plan.  Higher  income  self-employed  individuals,  and  employees  with  more  generous 
employers  (or  employers  who  will  adjust  wages  to  reflect  changes  in  their  health  costs)  can  afford 
to  pay  the  full  cost  (without  tax  benefits)  of  higher  quality  plans.  Medicare  providers  could  be 
reimbursed  at  rates  below  those  of  non-Medicare  providers,  resulting  in  different  levels  of  care 
and  accessibility  for  the  Medicare  population. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  The  lack  of  uniform  payments  (e.g.,  for  Medicaid)  and  the 
financial  incentives  to  buy  low-cost  (and  catastrophic)  insurance  will  perpetuate,  and  possibly 
aggravate,  a  multi-tiered  health  care  system. 

•  WILL  PRE-EXISTING  CONDITION  RESTRICTIONS  CONTINUE  TO  LEAVE 
SOME  PEOPLE  UNCOVERED? 

Description  of  the  issue:  Pre-existing  conditions  limit  the  health  insurance  options  for 
81  million  Americans.  Many  supporters  of  a  voluntary  approach  proclaim  the  fact  that  problems 
of  "pre-existing  condition'  restrictions  will  be  solved  by  this  type  of  bill.  But  in  fact,  pre-existing 


532 


condition  restrictions  will  continue  to  exist  under  reform  that  is  voluntary,  and  even  under  bills 
with  an  individual  mandate.  Without  a  six-month  pre-existing  condition  restriction,  consumers 
would  be  rewarded  for  avoiding  premiums  and  being  uninsured  while  they  are  healthy,  and  then 
buying  health  insurance  when  they  are  sick.  Yet  as  long  as  there  are  "pre-existing  condition" 
periods  of  six  months  in  a  bill,  children  with  diabetes,  children  in  need  of  therapy,  pregnant 
women,  and  millions  of  others  who  get  sick,  will  have  their  own  horror  story  to  tell  about  the 
gaps  in  the  system. 

Analysis  of  the  bills: 

•  H.R.  3080  (Michel).  H.R.  3080  does  not  eliminate  the  use  of  pre-existing 
condition  clauses.  The  limits  in  on  pre-existing  condition  clauses  in  H.R.  3080  apply  only  to 
group  health  plans.  Individuals  with  pre-existing  health  conditions  are  not  protected,  and  may  be 
charged  significantly  higher  premiums  or  denied  coverage  altogether.  Even  in  group  health  plans, 
a  six-month  limitation  or  exclusion  is  allowed  except  for  newborns  covered  under  the  plan  and 
pregnancy.  Anyone  (including  children)  who  is  not  continually  insured  (and  many  will  fall  in  and 
out  of  the  insurance  system,  since  premiums  may  be  unaffordable)  could  face  six  month  gaps  in 
coverage  for  pre-existing  conditions. 

•  H.R.  3704  (Thomas).  H.R.  3704  limits  pre-existing  condition  restrictions  to  a 
period  of  6  months,  excluding  pregnancy  from  these  restrictions.  An  individual  or  family  that 
goes  for  a  period  of  time  without  health  insurance  could  face  a  six-month  period  with  limited 
coverage. 

•  H.R.  3652  (Johuson).  While  H.R.  3652  includes  provisions  for  modified 
community  rating,  assured  renewal  (with  a  few  exceptions),  and  open  enrollment,  it  defers  to  state 
law  on  matters  relating  to  rating,  underwriting,  claims  handling,  sales  solicitation,  licensing,  and 
unfair  trade  practices.  It  is  not  clear  what  the  limitations  on  pre-existing  condition  restrictions 
would  be. 

•  H.R.  3222  (Cooper  and  Grandy).  Consumers  will  be  able  to  avoid  preexisting 
condition  restrictions  under  H.R.  3222  only  if  they  have  continuous  insurance  protection  ~ 
something  that  is  unlikely  to  be  the  case  for  millions  of  American  families  who  are  unable  to 
afford  to  pay  premiums  continuously.  Accountable  health  plans  are  allowed  to  limit  coverage  for 
preexisting  conditions  for  a  period  of  6  months  for  conditions  that  were  diagnosed  or  treated 
within  3  months  of  the  beginning  of  coverage.  The  only  exceptions  are  for  newborns  and  pregnant 
women. 

•  H.R.  3698  (Stearns).  Consumers  (and  their  families)  who  have  had  a  break  in 
their  insurance  coverage  can  be  subject  to  pre-existing  condition  restrictions  for  as  long  as  one 
year. 

In  sum,  the  popular  slogan  of  the  week  regarding  crime  control  "3  strikes  and  you're  out" 
can  be  applied  to  health  care  reform: 

Strike  one:  make  participation  (and  employer  contribution)  voluntary; 

Strike  two:  pass  the  buck  on  defining  benefits  to  an  outside  commission; 

Strike  three:  encourage  catastrophic  policies  with  a  $3000  deductible. 
Any  of  these  crucial  mistakes  will  totally  undermine  health  care  reform,  and  result  in  gaps  in 
coverage  and  continuing  suffering,  lack  of  needed  health  care,  and  financial  barriers  to  care.  We 
urge  you  to  avoid  these  mistakes,  and  assure  that  consumers'  dream  for  universal,  comprehensive 
health  care  benefits  becomes  a  reality.  The  five  bills  under  consideration  by  this  Subcommittee, 
regrettably,  strike  out  when  it  comes  to  meeting  the  needs  of  consumers. 


25  Ways  to  Make  A  Good  Plan  Even  Better 

Recommended  Changes  to  the  Health  Security  Act 

Consumers  Union 

1 .  Make  the  benefits  provided  by  health  plans  truly  standard.  Require  all  health  plans  in 
any  regional  alliance  to  have  the  same  treatment  protocols,  including  policies  toward 
experimental  treatments. 

2.  Require  the  alliances  to  handle  disputes  and  appeals  for  denied  treatment. 

3.  Integrate  all  segments  of  the  population  into  a  single  system  with  a  global  budget  within 
five  years. 

4.  If  market  conditions  warrant  (an  area  has  too  few  high-quality,  low -cost  health  plans 
available),  require  alliances  to  create  a  Medicare-buy-in  type  of  option  that  allows 
consumers  to  get  coverage  outside  of  the  insurance  industry. 

5.  Expand  benefits  to  include  nursing  home  care,  expanded  home  care,  more  extensive 
mental  health  care,  and  care  for  children  with  congenital  problems. 

6.  Require  that  alliances  limit  fee-for-service  plans  to  one  in  order  to  achieve  administrative 
cost  savings  and  avoid  risk  selection  problems. 

7.  Limit  the  difference  in  cost  between  fee-for-service  plans  and  the  average  premium  plan 
so  that  low-  and  middle-income  consumers  can  enjoy  freedom-of-choice  of  health  care 
providers.    (This  is  especially  important  for  migrant  workers.) 

8.  Protect  low-income  consumers  by  reducing  the  portion  of  income  that  must  be  spent  on 
premiums  to  2  percent,  by  expanding  the  premium  discount  for  low-income  consumers, 
and  by  reducing  or  eliminating  the  cost-sharing  required  of  low-income  persons. 

9.  Standardize  the  supplemental  benefits  market. 

10.  Provide  the  National  Health  Board  with  authority  to  regulate  -  and  roll  back  - 
prescription  drug  prices. 

11.  Give  the  National  Health  Board  the  authority  to  set  minimum  quality  and  access 
requirements  for  health  plans. 

12.  Eliminate  the  antitrust  exemption  that  allows  doctors  to  rig  bids. 

13.  Modify  the  medical  malpractice  reforms  so  that  they  serve  consumers'  interests. 

14.  Establish  a  national  guaranty  fund  for  health  plans.  This  fund  would  pay  outstanding 
policyholder  claims  in  the  event  of  company  insolvency. 

15.  Regulate  health  plan  finances  to  protect  consumers.  Specifically,  expand  federal  capital 
and  surplus  standards  to  cover  all  health  plans  and  health  alliances;  health  plan  assets 
should  be  separate  from  the  rest  of  a  company's  assets.  Antitrust  laws  should  be 
extended  and  exemptions  should  be  limited  to  prevent  companies  from  using  predatory 
pricing  practices  in  non-health  portion  of  business  to  bolster  health  plan  business. 

16.  Expand  counseling  programs  (that  now  serve  senior  citizens)  so  that  all  consumers  have 
access  to  an  objective  source  of  advice  about  selection  of  health  plans. 

17.  Improve  the  regulation  of  the  private  long-term  care  insurance  market. 


Exempt  low-income  senior  citizens  (those  earning  up  to  about  150  percent  of  the  poverty 
line)  from  the  increase  in  the  Medicare  Part  B  premium. 


19.       Provide  for  nationwide  risk  adjustment,  so  that  the  costs  associated  with  high-risk 


534 


populations  are  spread  fairly.  This  is  the  only  way  that  small  groups  of  high-risk 
populations  (who  may  be  grouped  within  one  regional  alliance)  will  not  pay 
disproportionately  higher  premiums.  In  addition  to  health  problems,  risk  adjustment 
should  include  non-health  related  factors  that  can  restrict  access  to  health  care,  such  as 
transportation,  translation,  and  other  related  services. 

20.  Adjust  the  subsidy  for  early  retirees  so  that  those  with  incomes  substantially  above  the 
poverty  level  pay  their  fair  share  of  health  care  costs. 

21.  Ban  hospital  indemnity  and  dread  disease  policies. 

22.  Ban  variations  on  the  standard  benefit  package. 

23.  Require  insurance  companies  to  have  legitimate  consumer  representation  on  boards; 
expose  insurance  company  executives'  salaries  to  public  scrutiny. 

24.  The  plan  should  be  consistent  in  how  it  deals  with  supplemental  insurance  policies 
designed  to  cover  cost-sharing,  or  the  out-of-pocket  expenses  a  consumer  would  face. 
Either  this  coverage  should  be  banned  across  the  board,  or  it  should  be  allowed  under 
both  low  cost-sharing  plans  and  high  cost-sharing  plans. 

25.  Impose  an  income  tax  surtax,  a  tax  on  new  hospital  revenues  that  are  created  by  reduced 
spending  for  uncompensated  care,  and  increase  the  tax  on  corporate  alliances  to  pay  for 
additional  benefits  and  subsidies. 


535 


FIVE/FIVE  PLAN  FOR  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 

CONSUMERS  UNION 

FEBRUARY  4,  1994 

Congress  should  fight  hard  against  special  interests  to  preserve  these  important  provisions  of  the 
Health  Security  Act: 

1 .  Universal  health  care  must  be  a  reality  within  three  or  four  years. 

2.  Cost  containment  through  limits  on  public  and  private  spending  must  be  kept. 

3.  Employers  must  be  required  to  contribute  to  the  cost  of  their  employees'  health  care. 

4.  Keep  the  benefits  package  comprehensive. 

5.  Maintain  the  state  single  payer  option. 

Congress  should  improve  the  Health  Security  Act  to  make  it  better  serve  the  needs  of 
consumers: 

1.  Protect  low-  and  middle-  income  consumers  from  facing  financial  barriers  to  care  or 
burdensome  premiums. 

2.  Increase  accountability  to  consumers  by  prohibiting  insurance  companies  from  varying 
the  benefits  offered  within  each  alliance,  by  shifting  the  appeals  process  outside  the 
insurance  company,  and  by  reducing  the  ability  of  insurance  companies  to  deny  coverage. 

3.  Make  freedom-of-choice  of  provider  a  real  option  for  people  of  all  income  levels  by 
requiring  all  health  alliances  to  offer  a  fee-for-service  plan  that  costs  little  more  than  the 
average  cost  plan. 

4.  Include  the  blueprint  for  phasing-in  nursing  home  benefits  and  expanded  community  care 
benefits. 

5.  Give  the  National  Health  Board  the  authority  to  regulate  prescription  drug  prices  that 
apply  to  all  Americans. 


536 


«l 

sf 

?>• 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

g 

if 

n  S 

X 

X 

X 

> 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

8 

u 

^  CA 

I—I  Q 

H 

s| 

mI 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

z 

X 

X 

X 

X 

C^' 

P&2 

mS 

b  e^ 

B  i 

32 

H  EG 

^i 

e- 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

SiS 

^g 

ES 

1 J 

>-'| 

P  1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

i  ^ 

si 

g  o 

(r> 

^ 

e 

^ 

o 

ea 

u 

u 

o 

c 
•c 

2 
c 

1 

c 

4> 

§ 

o 

u 

Is 

1 

o 

o 
u 

5 

1 

o 

8 

■© 

J3 

e 

E 

3 

c 
o 

u 

o 

3 

o 

c 

c 

1 

ii 
u 

3 
C     b 

o  .JJ 

E 

o 

CO 

•c 

S5 
iS 

e 
.2 

1 
o 
u 

60 

z 

o 
u 

u 

! 

1 

u 

V 

>. 

o 

1 

C 

i 

u 

1 

1 

1 
u 

o 
u 

Q 

c 
2 

u 

i 
1 

>> 

1 

c 

8 

o 
Z 

i 

3 
1 

"3 

1 
1 

"S  s 

V    9 

B    w 

^      C 

!«     O 

is 

S    a> 

^  E 

o    . 

^     V 

u 

ra 

t3£ 

s 

Q. 

3 

SI 

vi 

c 

u 

o 

O     U 

u 

a  a 

SI 
E 

o  e 

S 

o 

-o   3 

s 

II    II 

11 

II 

X  e^. 

> 

Z 

537 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 
Ms.  Bailey. 

STATEMENT  OF  PAMELA  G.  BAILEY,  PRESmENT, 
HEALTHCARE  LEADERSHIP  COUNCIL 

Ms.  Bailey.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  be 
here  at  this  concluding  hearing  today. 

I  am  here  as  a  representative  of  the  Healthcare  Leadership 
Council,  an  organization  of  some  50  chief  executives  representing 
the  5  sectors  of  the  health  care  system. 

The  HLC  was  created  over  5  years  ago  for  the  sole  purpose  of 
developing  and  advocating  solutions  to  our  health  care  crisis,  but 
our  members  do  more  than  talk  about  reform.  They  have  been  in 
the  forefront  of  the  marketplace  revolution  that  is  now  the  hall- 
mark of  the  American  health  care  system. 

What  we  have  seen  quite  dramatically  over  these  past  5  years  is 
that  the  delivery  system  is  constantly  renewing  itself  in  response 
to  market  forces,  consumer  demand,  and  innovation.  Examples  in- 
clude the  development  of  managed  care,  a  focus  among  our  manu- 
facturing members  on  developing  only  cost-effective  technologies,  a 
recognition  by  our  insurance  members  that  their  future  is  not  in 
iust  processing  claims  and  managing  risk  but  in  helping  to  manage 
nealth  care,  and  a  substantial  deceleration  in  health  care  costs  in 
response  to  probably  the  most  important  force  over  this  past  dec- 
ade, the  demand  by  employers  for  value  in  the  health  care  provided 
to  their  employees. 

We  urge  that  legislative  reform  build  on  these  market  forces,  not 
replace  them  with  government  mandates,  price  controls  and  regula- 
tions. The  challenge,  then,  is  how  to  design  reforms  that  can  con- 
tain costs,  can  lead  us  to  universal  coverage  without  jeopardizing 
the  high  quality,  cost  consciousness,  and  innovation  that  character- 
izes our  system  at  its  best. 

The  principles  and  key  elements  of  the  bills  before  this  commit- 
tee today  are  all  consistent  with  HLC  principles  for  health  care  re- 
form. Specifically,  I  would  like  to  note  the  provisions  that  we  sup- 
port that  can  enable  us  to  work  toward  universal  coverage  without 
employer  mandates. 

By  eliminating  the  barriers  based  on  employment,  on  income, 
and  on  health  status  that  currently  keep  38  million  Americans 
from  having  coverage,  we  see  that  we  can  move  toward  eliminating 
a  significant  majority  of  the  uninsured  Americans.  It  is  our  rec- 
ommendation that  we  take  a  look  at  that  point  at  what  is  left  and 
target  solutions  specifically  to  that  population,  so  that  we  can  have 
universal  coverage. 

The  goal  of  cost  containment  should  be  to  get  the  most  value  out 
of  every  health  care  dollar  spent.  This  means  increasing  efficiency 
by  reducing  administrative  costs,  eliminating  unnecessary  proce- 
dures, reforming  the  malpractice  system,  and  revising  antitrust 
regulations.  In  short,  we  advocate  using  market  competition,  not 
price  controls,  to  contain  costs. 

Proposals  to  cap  tax  deductions  would  give  consumers  incentives 
to  choose  the  highest  quality,  lowest-cost  health  plans,  and  we  rec- 
ommend that  they  be  part  of  any  market  reform  plan. 


538 

Finally,  as  we  debate  approaches  to  reform,  it  is  important  that 
we  keep  in  mind  the  many  areas  of  agreement.  Unlike  when  we  in 
our  organization  first  started  talking  about  health  care  reform  5 
years  ago,  the  debate  is  no  longer  over  whether  we  need  reform, 
nor  is  it  even  over  the  goals  of  reform.  In  fact,  we  note  a  significant 
body  of  agreement  on  measures  that  can  get  all  Americans  covered, 
can  keep  them  covered,  and  can  contain  costs. 

These  areas  of  agreement  include  insurance  reforms,  definition  of 
a  basic  benefit  package,  government  subsidies,  administrative  re- 
form, consumer  information,  malpractice  reform,  tax  equity  re- 
forms, and  some  sort  of  small  business  purchasing  pools. 

It  is  our  hope  that  as  the  committee  moves  forward  and  we  par- 
ticipate in  this  process  that  we  not  lose  sight  of  where  we  have 
made  significant  progress  and  agreement  and  that  we  can  move 
forward  to  complete  this  process  before  the  end  of  this  year. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


539 


TESTIMONY  OF  PAMELA  G.  BAILEY 
HEALTHCARE  LEADERSHIP  COUNCIL 

Good  morning.  My  name  is  Pamela  Bailey.  I  am  the  president  of  the  Healthcare 
Leadership  Council.  The  HLC  is  a  group  of  nearly  50  CEOs  from  the  health  care  industry.  It 
originated  almost  five  years  ago  from  discussions  among  its  founding  members  after  the  1988 
Presidential  election.  They  realized  then  a  crisis  was  facing  our  health  care  system,  that  as  a 
nation  we  weren't  prepared  to  face  up  to  that  crisis  and  that  as  leaders  in  the  industry  they  had  a 
responsibility  to  provide  leadership  toward  reform.  And  so,  the  HLC  was  created  with  the  sole 
purpose  of  developing  and  advocating  action  on  consensus  solutions  to  health  care. 

Our  members  are  not  protectors  of  the  status  quo.  Quite  the  opposite.  They  are  the  risk 
takers,  the  entrepreneurs,  the  ones  who  seek  change,  who  shake  up  the  status  quo.  Whether  it's 
consolidation  of  hospitals  and  the  creation  of  doctor  and  hospital  networks,  the  targeting  of  R&D 
and  manufacturing  on  new  cost-efiFective  technology,  or  the  recognition  by  our  insurance 
members  that  the  future  for  them  was  not  to  merely  process  claims  or  manage  risk,  but  to  manage 
health  care  —  our  members  have  been  in  the  forefront  of  the  market  place  revolution  that  is  now 
the  hallmark  of  the  best  of  American  health  care.  Just  as  importantly,  our  members  are  committed 
to  working  for  legislative  reforms. 

We  applaud  President  Clinton's  commitment  to  health  care  reform  and  his  efiForts  to 
initiate  a  natioiul  discussion.  Unlike  five  years  ago,  the  debate  this  year  is  no  longer  over  the 
need  for  reform,  or  even  the  goals.  On  both  these  points  all  Americans  agree.  Rather,  the  debate 
will  now  focus  on  how  to  achieve  our  shared  vision  without  compromising  the  quality,  choice  and 
innovation  that  characterizes  our  nation's  health  care  system  at  its  best. 


A  REVOLUTION  IN  PROGRESS 

Reform  of  the  health  care  system  is  already  in  progress.  In  recent  decades,  there  has  been 
a  revolution  in  the  health  care  system.  Treatments  that  once  were  cutting  edge,  like  coronary 
bypass  surgery,  have  become  commonplace.  High  tech  medical  devices  like  diagnostic  imaging 
and  cardiac  pacemakers  are  now  widely  available.  And  more  investment  in  research  and 
development  has  produced  a  wealth  of  new  life-saving  drugs.  These  advances  have  made  our 
population  healthier.  Infant  mortality  is  down  and  life-expectancy  is  up.  While  many  U.S. 
industries  have  been  hurt  by  world-wide  competition,  our  health  care  industry  has  thrived.  Our 
investment  in  new  technologies  and  drugs  leads  the  world.  People  from  across  the  globe  come  to 
the  United  States  to  receive  the  highest  quality  care.  In  this  respect,  our  health  care  system  is  the 
envy  of  the  world.  It  is  proof  that  our  system  does  more  for  its  patients. 


There  has  also  been  a  radical  change  in  the  way  we  buy  health  care  coverage.  Responding 
to  market  place  signals,  more  and  more  of  us  are  covered  through  managed  care.  A  soon-to-be- 
released  report  by  the  National  Committee  for  Quality  Health  Care  finds  that  95  percent  of 
employed  workers  were  participating  in  some  kind  of  managed  care  plan  by  1990. 


This  move  toward  managed  care  has  helped  to  contain  costs.  For  example,  average 
premium  increases  from  HMOs  declined  from  10.6  percent  in  1992  to  8. 1  percent  in  1993  and  are 
expected  to  drop  to  5.6  percent  this  year.  Some  HLC  members  even  report  negative  premium 
increases  in  the  past  year.  Consistent  with  these  reports,  a  U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce  survey  of 
1,100  corporations  found  that  the  average  employer's  costs  for  medical  and  dental  coverage 
decreased  between  1991  and  1992  —  from  $2,81 1  to  $2,754  a  worker.  Illustrating  managed 
care's  ability  to  minimize  uimecessary  care,  HMOs  alone  have  reduced  hospital  admissions  and 
total  hospital  days  anywhere  from  20  percent  to  30  percent.  Yet  savings  from  these  reductions 
outweigh  the  costs  of  increased  outpatient  visits. 

Recent  studies  demonstrate  the  market  is  responding  in  other  ways  to  demands  for  lower 
costs.  Demands  by  employers  and  other  payers  for  lower  prices  have  caused  increases  in  health 
care  prices  to  drop  from  9.6  percent  in  1990  to  7.9  percent  in  1991  to  6.6  percent  in  1992. 
According  to  the  Labor  Department,  health  care  prices  increased  only  5.5  percent  between 
November  1992  and  November  1993.  This  is  the  smallest  increase  since  1973  -  when  health  care 


540 


was  subject  to  wage  and  price  controls.  This  cost  containment  is  not  due  to  the  fear  of  reform.  It 
is  part  of  a  steady  and  on-going  trend  toward  using  and  providing  care  more  efiBciently. 

These  reforms  were  initiated  even  before  the  impetus  of  health  care  reform  legislation. 
They  have  been  driven  by  employers,  who  pay  most  of  the  nation's  private  health  care  bill. 
Employers  are  turning  to  providers  who  offer  low-cost,  high-quality  care  to  their  employees.  And 
providers  are  responding  by  becoming  more  efiBcient  and  innovative.    The  market  is  proving  it 
can  reform  itself  National  reform  should  build  on  this  success,  not  short  circuit  it. 

THE  DELIVERY  SYSTEM 

It's  important  to  remember  there  are  two  aspects  to  the  health  care  system:  the  delivery 
system  and  the  financing  system.  The  issues  that  need  to  be  addressed  in  the  delivery  system  are 
access  and  quality  of  care.  The  issues  driving  the  financing  crisis  are  ones  of  coverage  and  cost; 
we  must  make  sure  everybody  can  get  the  quality  care  they  need  at  a  reasonable  price. 

Our  delivery  system  is  undoubtedly  the  best  in  the  world.  It  is  constantly  renewing  itself  in 
response  to  market  forces,  consumer  demand  and  innovation.  Policy  makers  may  find  that  the 
delivery  of  health  care  is  changing  so  fast  that  they  will  soon  be  trying  to  reform  a  system  that  no 
longer  exists  in  many  parts  of  the  United  States. 

A  new  National  Committee  for  Quality  Health  Care  report  by  Lewin-VHI  points  out  that 
both  technological  advances  and  changes  in  reimbursement  have  lead  to  an  increase  in  more  cost- 
effective  outpatient  services.  Investment  in  R&D,  for  example,  has  produced  cost-saving 
therapies  like  laser  surgery  for  cataract  removal.  This  technological  advance  has  saved  money  by 
shifting  the  procedure  fi'om  an  inpatient  to  an  outpatient  setting.  The  report  also  shows  how 
hospitals  were  able  to  respond  to  a  shortage  of  registered  nurses  that  began  in  the  late  1970s. 
They  increased  the  supply  and  lowered  the  demand  for  registered  nurses  by  raising  the  salaries  of 
RNs  and  relieving  them  of  certain  tasks  like  making  beds  and  delivering  meals.  These  are  just  two 
examples  of  how  the  delivery  system  is  effectively  responding  to  market  demand.  The  National 
Committee  will  release  its  annual  index  on  health  care  trends  tomorrow. 

Reform  legislation  must  not  interfere  with  these  market  mechanisms.  We  fear  that 
premium  caps  and  government  regulations  may  have  the  unintended  consequence  of  lower 
investment  in  R&D.  As  a  resuh,  innovative  new  procedures  like  cataract  laser  surgery  may  not  be 
developed.  We  are  also  concerned  that  premium  caps  would  prevent  hospitals  fi'om  responding 
appropriately  to  future  nursing  shortages.  Imposing  price  controls  on  the  health  care  industry 
could  force  hospitals  and  other  health  care  employers  to  freeze  wages.  But  by  imposing  price 
controls  exclusively  on  the  health  care  industry,  skilled  health  care  workers  would  be  given  an 
incentive  to  leave  for  better-paying  jobs  in  other  industries.  Even  more  important,  price  controls 
would  fi'eeze  in  place  the  status  quo. 

Instead,  reform  should  build  on  what  is  working  by  providing  incentives  for  higher  quality 
and  greater  choice  and  innovation.  By  arming  consumers  with  needed  information,  providers 
would  have  to  compete  on  objective  standards  of  quality. 


THE  FINANCING  SYSTEM 

Yet  the  financing  system  does  require  swift  legislative  reform.  The  incentives  in  the 
current  system  need  to  be  reversed.  Today,  insurers  too  often  seek  to  minimize  risk  by  excluding 
high-risk  populations.  Patients  and  providers  have  little  incentive  to  be  cost  conscious  because 
the  insurance  company  will  pick  up  the  tab.  And  often  they  don't  know  the  true  cost  of  their 
health  care  choices.  This  system  results  in  the  exclusion  of  many  from  health  coverage  and  an 
inflation  in  health  care  costs.  This  must  be  changed  now. 

Insurers  must  be  prohibited  from  excluding  people  with  pre-existing  conditions  and 
dropping  people  when  they  become  sick  or  change  jobs.  Providers  and  consumers  must  become 
aware  of  the  true  cost  of  the  health  care  services  they  dispense  and  receive.  The  only  way  to 
contain  costs  without  risking  quality  is  to  give  consumers  an  incentive  to  choose  the  lowest-cost, 
highest-quality  health  plan  and  to  force  providers  to  compete  on  the  basis  on  price  and  quality. 


541 


Congress  must  pass  and  the  President  must  sign  a  bill  that  contains  health  care  costs  and 
makes  coverage  afifordable  and  accessible  to  all  --  but  without  jeopardizing  the  high-quality, 
choice  and  innovation  that  Americans  have  come  to  expect  from  their  health  care  system.  Reform 
should  build  on  the  positive  market  reforms  we  are  now  witnessing  —  not  replace  them  with 
government  regulations  and  price  controls. 


PRINCIPLES  OF  REFORM 

The  Healthcare  Leadership  Council  believes  there  are  five  fundamental  principles  of 
reform.  They  are: 


Access:  Everyone  must  have  available  to  them  the  right  treatments  and  facilities  ■ 
where  and  when  they  need  them. 


Coverage:  Everyone  should  have  the  ability  to  pay  for  their  health  care  services. 
No  American  should  ever  lose  sleep  over  the  possibility  their  coverage  may  be 
dropped  if  they  become  sick  or  change  jobs. 

Choice:  People  should  have  the  option  to  choose  the  kind  of  coverage  and  the 
kind  of  providers  that  n.eet  their  particular  needs. 

Quality:  Everyone  should  have  care  and  treatment  by  the  best  health  care 
professionals  -  selected  on  the  basis  of  need,  not  cost. 

Innovation:  We  believe  developing  innovative  new  cost-eflFective  technologies  and 
treatments  is  critical  to  increasing  the  quality  of  care  and  to  reducing  costs. 


ACCESS  VS.  COVERAGE 

The  distinction  between  access  and  coverage  is  an  important  one.  Access  means  having 
quality  care  available  at  an  affordable  price.  Coverage  means  you  have  insurance  and  the  peace  of 
mind  of  knowing  you  can  pay  for  healthcare.     The  goal  ofreform  should  be  to  promote  both.  In 
the  idealized  health  care  system,  they  go  hand  in  hand.  Coverage  is  meaningless  if  you  cannot  find 
a  doctor  to  treat  you  or  if  the  quality  of  care  is  poor.  Similarly,  access  to  the  best  health  care 
system  in  the  world  doesnt  offer  much  if  you  cannot  afford  it. 

We  must  make  sure  that  health  care  reform  doesnt  sacrifice  one  for  the  other.  The 
President  has  said  he  wants  reform  to  guarantee  everyone  private  health  insurance  that  can  never 
be  taken  away.  In  order  to  achieve  this  goal  without  a  broad-based  tax,  the  Clinton  plan  relies  on 
price  controls  and  government  regulations.  But  if  these  controls  and  regulations  put  at  risk  our 
high  quality  care,  universal  coverage  would  be  a  Pyrrhic  victory  at  best.  In  too  many  places, 
particularly  inner  city  and  rural  areas,  people  who  have  coverage  are  still  unable  to  see  a  doctor. 
What  good  is  insurance  coverage  if  there  are  inadequate  facilities  in  the  community  or  if  there  are 
long  waits  for  treatment? 

Reform  should  make  coverage  affordable  and  accessible  to  everyone.  The  first  step 
should  be  to  remove  the  barriers  to  coverage  -  health  status,  income  and  employment  ~  that  are 
responsible  for  38  million  Americans  being  uninsured.  The  employment  barrier  could  be 
eliminated  by  creating  purchasing  pools  for  small  businesses  and  individuals,  giving  them  the  same 
purchasing  power  large  businesses  now  enjoy.  No  employer  could  be  refiised  access  to  an 
affordable  plan.  Also,  coverage  could  be  made  portable  and  guaranteed  renewable  and  include 
some  form  of  community  rating.  The  income  barrier  could  be  eliminated  by  providing  subsidies 
for  low-income  individuals  on  a  sliding  scale  basis.  And  health  barriers  could  be  eliminated  by 
preventing  insurers  from  denying  coverage  to  those  with  pre-existing  conditions,  or  dropping 
coverage  when  someone  files  a  claim.  All  applicants  could  be  guaranteed  an  affordable  health 
policy. 


542 


Eliminating  these  barriers  would  provide  coverage  to  a  significant  majority  of  the 
uninsured.  No  American  would  be  without  coverage  because  of  income,  health  or  employment. 
The  remaining  uninsured  could  then  be  identified  and  targeted  solutions  developed  to  provide 
them  coverage.  This  could  be  done  by  1998  -  the  same  timetable  set  by  the  President.  Such  a 
strategy  would  fix  the  1 S  percent  of  the  system  that  is  broken  without  totally  disrupting  the  85 
pCTcent  that  works  well. 

We  do  not  believe  an  employer  mandate  combined  with  regulatory  alliances  is  a  good 
solution.  It  would  allow  government  to  dictate  how  businesses  and  individuals  spend  their 
resources  and  it  could  force  businesses  with  small  profit  margins  to  fi'eeze  wages  or  lay-off 
workers.  A  Lewin-VHI  study  for  the  HLC  found  that  an  employer  mandate  is  a  clumsy  way  of 
providing  universal  coverage  because  it  would  provide  subsidies  to  companies  that  already  are 
able  to  afford  coverage  on  their  own. 


INCREASING  THE  VALUE  OF  THE  HEALTH  CARE  DOLLAR 

Cost  containment  is  vitally  important.  For  too  many  people,  health  care  is  becoming  too 
expensive.  It  is  depleting  family  savings,  driving  up  business  expenses  and  increasing  government 
budget  deficits.  But  cost  containment  is  ultimately  about  value.  It  is  inaccurate  for  some  to 
suggest  we  are  paying  more  and  more  for  less  and  less  care.  We  are  paying  more  and  more  for 
greater  and  greater  care. 

The  question  is  not  just  how  much  we  pay  but  whether  we  are  getting  our  money's  worth. 
The  United  States  spends  a  lot  on  health  care  —  14  percent  of  GDP.  But  would  the  American 
people  rather  spend  half  that  amount  if  the  quality  of  care  was  similarly  cut  in  half?  How  much  is 
too  much?  And  how  quickly  can  we  reduce  our  national  health  spending  without  negatively 
impacting  quality? 

The  goal  of  cost-containment  should  be  to  get  the  most  value  out  of  every  health  care 
dollar  spent.  This  means  increasing  efficiency  by  reducing  administrative  costs,  eliminating 
uimecessary  procedures,  reforming  the  malpractice  system  and  revising  anti-trust  regulations. 


LOOKING  AT  THE  ALTERNATIVES 

We  believe  all  of  these  reform  proposals  —  Cooper/Grandy's  "Managed  Competition  Act 
of  1993"  (HR  3222),  Chafee/Thomas's  "Health  Equity  &  Access  Reform  Today  Act"  (HR  3704), 
Nickles/Steams's  "Consumer  Choice  Health  Security  Act"  (HR  3698),  Michel/Lott's  "Affordable 
Health  Care  Now  Act"  (HR  3080)  and  Ms.  Johnson's  "Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act" 
(HR  36S2)  —  contain  provisions  consistent  with  the  principles  of  the  Healthcare  Leadership 
Council. 

The  Healthcare  Leadership  Council  advocates  insurance  reforms.  All  these  proposals 
would  implement  insurance  reforms  to  make  coverage  portable  and  to  prohibit  insurers  from 
denying  coverage  to  those  with  pre-existing  conditions  or  dropping  coverage  when  you  become 
sick  ~  making  them  compete  in  the  market  based  on  service,  not  risk  selection. 


The  HLC  advocates  using  market  competition,  not  government  regulations,  to  contain 
costs.  Cooper/Grandy  and  Chafee/Thomas  would  contain  costs  by  providing  tax  deductions  only 
for  the  most  cost-effective  health  plans,  which  would  give  consumers  an  incentive  to  choose  the 
highest-quality,  lowest-cost  health  plan.  Competing  for  consumers  would  give  providers 
incentives  to  operate  more  efficiently.  Nickles/Steams  would  replace  current  tax  deductions  with 
tax  credits,  thereby  allowing  consumers  to  shop  for  the  most  cost-effective  health  plans 

The  HLC  endorses  small  group  purchasing  pools.  Most  of  these  bills  acknowledge  the 
merits  of  purchasing  groups.  They  also  believe  participation  in  purchasing  pools  should  be 
restricted  to  those  whom  it  was  originally  intended  ~  small  businesses  and  individuals. 
Purchasing  pools  would  give  small  businesses  and  individuals  the  same  purchasing  power  larger 
businesses  now  enjoy.  They  also  would  cut  down  on  administrative  costs,  which  can  be  35 


543 


percent  more  for  small  businesses  and  individuals,  without  burdening  big  business  with 
unnecessary  solutions.  The  Cooper/Grandy  bill  would  require  small  businesses  (those  with  fewer 
than  100  employees)  to  join  purchasing  cooperatives  while  Chafee/Thomas  would  make 
participation  voluntary.  Michel/Lott  would  set  standards  and  incentives  for  group  purchasing. 

The  Healthcare  Leadership  Council  believes  health  care  coverage  can  be  affordable  and 
accessible  to  all  without  an  employer  mandate.  All  these  proposals  seek  universal  access  to 
coverage  without  using  an  employer  mandate.  They  use  a  combination  of  subsidies  or  tax  credits, 
insurance  reforms  and  purchasing  groups.  Cooper/Grandy  would  immediately  eliminate  barriers 
to  coverage  and  would  achieve  universal  coverage  by  1998  without  a  mandate.  HR  3222  would 
require  businesses  to  offer  coverage  to  their  employees  but  not  necessarily  pay  for  it. 
Chafee/Thomas  would  use  an  individual  mandate  to  guarantee  coverage,  but  subsidies  would  be 
phased  in  by  2005  and  would  be  dependent  upon  achieving  projected  savings.  Nickles/Steams, 
meanwhile,  would  require  everyone  to  purchase  at  least  catastrophic  coverage.  Chafee/Thomas, 
Nickles/Steams  and  Michel/Lott  would  all  offer  Medical  Savings  Accounts. 

AREAS  OF  CONSENSUS 

A  look  at  all  the  reform  proposals  on  the  table  reveals  a  remarkable  degree  of  agreement. 
Everyone  agrees  health  costs  need  to  be  contained  and  access  to  care  expanded.  There  is  also 
agreement  on  many  of  the  ways  of  achieving  these  goals.  Virtually  all  plans  advocate  insurance 
reforms,  a  basic  benefits  package,  purchasing  pools,  consumer  information,  administrative  and 
malpractice  reform,  subsidies  and  changes  in  the  tax  code. 

As  we  debate  the  differences  in  these  proposals,  we  must  keep  in  mind  there  are  more 
areas  of  agreement  than  disagreement.  The  HLC  believes  a  bipartisan  consensus  can  be  forged. 
It  is  essential  for  successful  passage  and  implementation  of  reform  that  support  comes  from  both 
parties.  We  hope  members  of  Congress  will  be  able  to  tell  their  constituents  next  fall  that  they 
passed  legislation  that  makes  health  care  affordable  and  accessible  to  all  while  maintaining  the 
quality,  choice  and  innovation  people  expect. 

Thank  you  for  giving  me  the  opportunity  to  speak  wath  you. 


544 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you. 
Mr.  Knettel,  proceed. 

STATEMENT  OF  ANTHONY  J.  KNETTEL,  DIRECTOR,  HEALTH 
POLICY  THE  ERISA  INDUSTRY  COMMITTEE 

Mr.  Knettel.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  am  testifying  today 
on  behalf  of  the  ERISA  Industry  Committee,  which  is  an  associa- 
tion of  120  of  the  country's  largest  employers. 

In  the  interest  of  time,  I  will  skip  to  page  2  of  my  statement  if 
you  are  interested  in  following  along  with  the  written  text. 

ERIC's  board  of  directors  recently  took  several  days  to  analyze 
in  depth  each  of  the  following  bills:  H.R.  3080,  H.R.  3222,  H.R. 
3600  which  I  will  occasionally  refer  to  for  comparative  purposes, 
H.R.  3698,  and  H.R.  3704. 

Chairman  Stark.  Do  for  me  what  I  do  when  I  read  Consumer 
Reports  auto  recommendation.  I  get  right  to  the  last  page,  so  I 
don't  have  to  read  about  all  those  cheap  American  cars,  and  I  find 
out  which  good  foreign  car  they  are  going  to  recommend.  Which 
one  of  these  plans  did  you  pick? 

Mr.  Knettel.  Frankly,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  board  concluded  that 
none  of  the  bills  adequately  address  the  needs  of  major  employers. 

Chairman  Stark.  OK.  Well,  go  ahead. 

Mr.  Knettel.  I  think  the  important  information  is  in  the  details 
of  what  particular  pieces  of  the  bills  posed  problems. 

I  would  like  to  very  briefly  summarize  both  the  positive  aspects 
that  the  board  found  in  each  of  these  bills,  as  well  as  some  of  the 
troubling  aspects. 

For  example,  the  Michel-Gingrich  bill  recognizes  a  need  to  ad- 
dress a  number  of  specific  factors  that  contribute  to  the  high  cost 
of  health  care.  It  preempts  State  benefit  mandates,  antimanaged 
care  laws,  antiutilization  review  laws,  and  so  forth. 

The  Cooper-Grandy  bill  recognizes  the  need  to  improve  the  qual- 
ity and  the  cost  effectiveness  of  health  care  delivery,  and  it  at- 
tempts to  do  so  by  forming  a  marketplace  where  providers  can  be 
held  accountable  for  their  performance. 

The  administration  bill  recognizes  that  employers  who  currently 
provide  voluntary  coverage  to  employees,  dependents,  and  early  re- 
tirees bear  a  disproportionate  share  of  national  health  care  costs. 

The  Steams  bill  recognizes  that  the  health  care  system  can  never 
operate  at  optimal  efficiency  unless  everyone  is  in  the  system. 

The  Thomas  bill  recognizes  the  need  for  employers  to  maintain 
control  of  the  health  care  they  purchase  on  behalf  of  employees  and 
dependents. 

So  each  of  these  bills,  taken  together,  make  important  contribu- 
tions to  the  debate  and  together  include  many,  though  not  all  of 
what  we  believe  are  the  necessary  elements  for  successful  reform. 

On  the  other  hand,  each  bill  has  clear  deficits  as  well,  and  I 
would  like  to  very  briefly  summarize  some  of  those  for  you.  All  of 
the  bills  examined,  including  the  administration  bill,  lacked  in  one 
or  more  areas  uniform  Federal  rules  governing  the  organization 
and  operation  of  the  reformed  health  care  marketplace.  Uniformity 
is  essential  to  ensure  consistent  health  care  quality  and  cost  effec- 
tiveness throughout  the  system.  In  addition.  Federal  preemption  of 
inconsistent  State  laws  attempting  to  regulate  employer-sponsored 


545 

benefit  plans  is  essential  for  major  employers  to  offer  and  maintain 
their  health  plans.  This  was  of  particular  concern  under  the 
Steams  bill,  for  example,  which  would  subject  all  employer-spon- 
sored health  plans  to  50  different  State  insurance  laws. 

Second,  the  Cooper-Grandy  bill,  like  the  administration  bill, 
would  impose  a  specific  combination  of  community  rating,  open  en- 
rollment, and  prospective  individual  risk  adjustment  on  the  private 
marketplace.  ERIC  is  not  confident  that  either  of  these  bills'  ver- 
sions of  managed  competition  can  be  fully  implemented  without 
causing  excessive  instability  in  the  reformed  marketplace  and  an 
unacceptable  number  of  insolvencies  among  both  health  plans  and 
purchasing  groups. 

Third,  under  several  of  the  proposals,  employers  would  not  be 
able  to  exert  a  sufficient  degree  of  control  over  their  financial  liabil- 
ities, or  the  quality  and  cost  effectiveness  of  health  care  they  fi- 
nance. Major  employers  in  this  country  are  in  the  vanguard  of  both 
effective  cost  containment  and  the  encouragement  of  high-quality, 
cost-effective  care,  and  to  the  degree  they  lose  control  over  the  care 
they  finance,  we  are  turning  our  backs  on  some  of  the  most  effec- 
tive innovators  within  the  health  care  system. 

This  was  a  particular  concern  under  the  administration  bill, 
which  gives  States  both  the  option  to  implement  single-payer  sys- 
tems as  well  as  the  option  to  form  regional  alliances  as  State  agen- 
cies. 

Finally,  to  conclude,  all  of  the  bills  institutionalize  in  one  form 
or  another  cost-shifting  in  a  number  of  areas,  and  the  ERIC  board 
was  particularly  concerned  that  each  bill  failed  to  adequately  en- 
sure that  Medicare  would  purchase  health  care  on  the  basis  of  the 
same  market  principles  that  would  be  applicable  to  private  pur- 
chasers. It  simply  doesn't  make  sense  to  have  one  portion  of  the 
marketplace  purchasing  care  in  one  way  and  having  the  rest  of  the 
marketplace  purchasing  it  differently  with  a  different  set  of  incen- 
tives. 

Chairman  Stark.  So  you  are  suggesting  I  take  cost  controls  off 
Medicare? 

Mr.  Knettel.  I  am  suggesting  that  what  we  need  is  an  inte- 
grated health  care  system  with  uniform  incentives  throughout  the 
system. 

Chairman  Stark.  Should  there  be  cost  controls  or  not  cost  con- 
trols? That  is  their  choice.  We  have  cost  controls  on  Medicare.  You 
put  us  all  in  the  same  system,  we  have  a  choice,  either  something 
besides  cost  controls,  which  then  takes  the  wraps  off  Medicare,  or 
put  cost  controls  on  everybody.  There  are  only  two  sides  to  that 
coin. 

Mr.  Knettkl.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  there  is  a  third  alternative 
which  is  to  move  Medicare  in  the  direction  of  greater  utilization  of 
capitated  payments  which  puts 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  not  arguing  with  you.  I  am  just  saying 
right  now  90  percent  of  Medicare  is  under  cost  controls  on  hospitals 
and  doctors.  It  is  a  matter  of  your  choice  which  one  of  all  these 
plans  you  would  prefer,  but  I  happen  to  agree  with  you  that  we 
ought  to  have  the  same  system  or  you  have  some  problem  of  cost- 
shifting.  You  want  to  stop  cost-shifting. 


546 

Now,  I  am  asking  you.  You  have  a  choice.  I  am  giving  you  the 
choice,  Mr.  Knettel.  Take  cost  controls  off  Medicare,  and  then,  if 
you  are  wrong,  your  payroll  tax  is  going  to  go  through  the  roof, 
which  is  all  right  with  me  because  I  just  raise  it  and  you  guys  pay 
it.  We  will  just  put  more  on  the  employer  than  the  employee,  but 
we  will  do  it.  Or,  we  put  everybody  under  some  kind  of  a  Medicare- 
like system,  and  we  control  cost  of  the  private  and  public  side.  You 
don't  have  any  other  choice. 

You  want  to  bet  the  store  that  managed  competition  will  hold 
your  payroll  tax  where  it  is?  Be  careful. 

Mr.  Knettel.  I  think  managed  competition  as  defined  in  the 
Cooper  bill  or  in  the  administration  bill  would  not  be  a  bet  that  our 
members  would  be  willing  to  take;  but  they  believe  there  are  other 
forms  of  market  competition,  the  ones  that  they  engage  in  in  their 
voluntary  purchasing  groups 

Chairman  Stark.  You  go  back.  I  like  that  your  board  is  willing 
to  accept  whatever  they  want  to  accept,  take  the  controls  off  Medi- 
care and  we  pay  what  the  market  demands  under  whatever  kind 
of  structure  you  want  to  put  on  the  private  market,  and  your  mem- 
bers will  pay  the  increased  payroll  tax  necessary  to  fund  the  enti- 
tlement cost  to  Medicare.  I  will  wait  for  that  day. 

Just  think  it  over,  and  send  me  your  board's  thoughts. 

Mr.  Knettel.  Well,  the  members  of  the  board  have  thought 
about  it,  and  they  believe  that  part  of  the  problem  that  Medicare 
has  had  in  containing  its  cost  is  the  structure  of  the  benefit  and 
the  fee-for-service  payment  system,  to  begin  with.  So,  if  we  don't 
change  that  benefit  structure  within  the  program,  I  think  there  is 
a  very  real  problem.  But  I  think  the  problem  is  the  result  not  just 
of  the  payment  methodology  or  the  cost  controls,  I  think  the  prob- 
lem is  the  structure  of  the  underlying  benefit. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  have  got  a  choice.  I  am  just  saying  you 
have  one  shot  at  the  apple  here,  and  I  am  willing  to  play  that  game 
with  you.  I  think  it  is  highly  risky,  but  I  am  secure  in  the  fact  that 
your  board  would  recognize  the  dangers  in  that. 

Mr.  Knettel.  They  also  recognize  the  dangers  of  the  current  sys- 
tem where 

Chairman  Stark.  Good. 

Mr.  Knettel  [continuing].  Tens  of  billions  of  dollars  have  been 
shifted  to  them  on  an  annual  basis. 

Chairman  STARK.  Just  giving  you  the  choice,  there  is  no  middle 
ground  if  you  are  talking  about  Medicare.  Now,  you  can  do  any- 
thing you  want  on  the  private  side,  but,  frankly,  I  don't  care.  You 
can  triple  the  cost  of  insurance  to  General  Motors.  It  doesn't  bother 
me  one  iota,  but  you  be  careful.  When  I  am  spending  the  taxpayers' 
money,  I  am  not  so  willing  to  do  that. 

[The  prepared  statement  follows:] 


547 


Written  Statement  for  the  Hearing  Record 

Subcommittee  on  Health,  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

February  10,  1994 

Anthony  J.  Knettel,  Director,  HeaUh  PoHcy 
on  behalf  of  The  ERISA  Industry  Committee 


Reforming  the  Health  Care  System: 
ERIC'S  Analysis  of  Reform  Proposals 


The  ERISA  Industry  Committee  (ERIC)'  submits  to  the  Subcommittee  on 
Heahh,  Committee  on  Ways  &  Means,  the  following  testimony  regarding  the  impact  of 
selected  health  care  reform  proposals  on  employer-sponsored  health  benefit  plans. 


Background 

ERIC  believes  that  improving  the  quality,  cost-effectiveness,  and  accessibility  of 
the  current  health  care  system  in  our  country  demands  focused  structural  and  financial 
reforms  to  address  its  deficiencies.   Health  care  providers  must  be  accountable  to  third- 
party  payers  and  consumers  for  both  the  quality  of  their  performance  and  the  cost- 
effectiveness  of  the  services  provided.   Reform  must  produce  greater  value  for  health 
care  expenditures  by  improving  the  consistency  and  quality  of  care  while  managing  cost. 

Failure  to  reduce  expenditures  in  real  terms  jeopardizes  the  affordabihty  of  health 
care  coverage,  reduces  the  number  of  people  covered,  and  undermines  the  productivity 
and  competitiveness  of  American  businesses.  The  success  or  failure  of  reform  proposals 
cannot  be  measured  solely  in  terms  of  federal  budget  savings.   Any  measure  of  success 
or  failure  must  take  into  account  the  impact  of  reform  on  the  quality,  as  well  as  the 
cost-effectiveness,  of  health  care  delivery  in  both  the  private  and  public  sectors.   It  must 
also  take  into  account  the  impact  of  reform  on  those  who  pay  for  it,  those  who  consume 
it,  and  those  who  provide  health  care  services. 

ERIC  consistently  has  articulated  a  broad  consensus  among  major  employers  that 
the  keys  to  making  health  care  affordable  for  all  Americans  are,  first,  a  commitment  to 
improve  the  way  health  care  is  organized  and  delivered  with  respect  to  both  quality  and 
cost,  and  second,  a  commitment  to  eliminate  the  cost-shifting  that  plagues  current  health 
care  financing.  ERIC's  March  1993  Policy  Statement  on  Comprehensive  Health  Care 
System  Reform^  states  that  significant  reform  of  the  current  health  care  system  is  needed 
and  should  be  consistent  with  these  general  principles: 

•    A  public-private  partnership  encompassing  payers,  providers  and  consumers  to 
design  and  implement  reform; 


ERIC  is  a  non-profit  employer  association  committed  to  the  advancement  of  the  employee  retirement,  health, 
and  welfare  benefit  plans  of  America's  major  employers.  ERIC  represents  the  employee  benefits  interests  of  more 
than  120  of  the  nation's  largest  employers.  As  sponsors  of  health,  disability,  pension,  savings,  life  insurance,  and 
other  welfare  benefit  plans  directly  covering  approximately  25  million  plan  participants  and  beneficiaries,  ERICs 
members  have  a  strong  interest  in  the  success  and  expansion  of  the  employee  benefit  plan  system  in  the  private 
sector.  All  of  ERIC's  members  provide  comprehensive  health  care  coverage  to  their  employees.  Together,  they 
provide  coverage  to  about  10  percent  of  the  U.S.  population. 

Copies  of  ERICs  Policy  Slalemeni  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  The  ERISA  Industry  Committee,  1400  L  Street 
N.W.,  Suite  350,  Washington  DC  20005  or  calling  202-789-1400. 


548 


•  A  comprehensive  strategy  for  making  the  health  care  system  coherent,  efficient  and 
cost  effective; 

•  An  opportunity  for  employers  to  voluntarily  continue  to  be  the  primary  source  of 
health  care  coverage  for  their  employees  and  their  employees'  dependents;  and 

•  Exclusive  federal  authority  over  a  national  health  care  policy. 

The  following  ERIC  analysis  is  based  on  these  four  general  principles  of  reform, 
as  well  as  the  specific  market-based  reforms  that  are  articulated  in  the  Policy  Statement. 


Analysis 

1.  Bills  Reviewed: 

ERIC's  Board  of  Directors  has  reviewed  the  following  proposals,  which  are 
analyzed  in  this  statement: 

•  the  Michel-Gingrich  bill  (H.R.3080); 

•  the  Cooper-Grandy  and  Breaux-Durenberger  bills  (H.R.3222  and  S.1579, 
respectively); 

•  the  Administration  bill  (H.R.3600/S.1757); 

•  the  Nickles  and  Stearns  bills  (S.1743  and  H.R.3698,  respectively);  and 

•  the  Chafee  and  Thomas  bills  (S.1770  and  H.R.3704,  respectively). 

ERIC  continues  to  oppose  single-payer  health  care  reform  proposals,  whether 
they  would  establish  a  unified  national  single-payer  system  or  individual  state-by-state 
single-payer  systems.   ERIC  believes  that  employers  must  retain  control  over  any  health 
benefits  they  help  finance  in  order  to  manage  their  financial  liabilities.   In  addition, 
ERIC  believes  that  single-payer  systems,  in  practice,  are  too  inflexible  and  bureaucratic 
to  fulfill  the  commitment  to  improve  the  quality  and  cost-effectiveness  of  health  care 
delivery  that  is  embodied  in  the  health  plans  sponsored  by  major  employers.  Therefore, 
ERIC'S  analysis  did  not  include  the  McDermott  bill  (H.R.1200)  or  other  similar  bills 
that  have  been  introduced  during  the  103rd  Congress. 

2.  General  Assessment: 

Each  of  the  bills  reviewed  recognizes,  either  explicitly  or  implicitly,  one  or  more 
of  the  principles  and  strategies  for  reform  articulated  in  ERIC's  Policy  Statement.  For 
example: 

•  The  Michel-Gingrich  bill  recognizes  the  need  to  address  a  number  of  specific 
factors  contributing  to  the  high  cost  of  health  care.   It  preempts  state  mandated 
benefit,  anti-managed  care  and  anti-utilization  review  laws,  and  it  includes  small 
group  insurance  market  reforms  and  medical  malpractice  reforms. 

•  The  Cooper-Grandy  I  Breaux-Durenberger  bills  recognize  the  need  to  improve  the 
quality  and  cost-effectiveness  of  health  care  delivery.  They  seek  to  create  a 
marketplace  where  health  care  providers  can  be  held  accountable  for  their 
performance  with  respect  to  both  quality  and  cost.   Under  the  current  health  care 
system,  where  health  care  is  often  financed  on  a  piece-work,  fee-for-service  basis, 
there  is  insufficient  accountability. 

•  The  Administration  bill  recognizes  that  employers  that  currently  provide  voluntary 
coverage  to  employees,  dependents  and  early  retirees,  or  that  voluntarily  provide 
prescription  drug  coverage  to  Medicare-eligible  retirees,  bear  a  disproportionate 
share  of  national  health  care  costs.   It  seeks  to  distribute  the  burden  of  financing 
health  care  more  broadly  across  the  economy  and  to  achieve  universal  coverage. 


549 


•  The  NickleslSteams  bills  recognize  that  the  health  care  system  can  never  operate 
at  optimal  efficiency  unless  all  individuals  participate  in  the  system.   They  impose 
a  significant  tax  penalty  on  taxpayers  who  do  not  obtain  health  insurance. 

•  The  Cfiafee/Tliomas  bills  recognize  the  need  for  employers  to  maintain  control 
over  the  health  care  they  purchase  on  behalf  of  employees  and  dependents.   They 
provide  for  voluntary  private  group  purchasing  arrangements,  building  on  the 
important  contributions  already  being  made  by  employer-led  coalitions  that  have 
emerged  in  more  than  90  locations  around  the  country. 

We  believe  the  introduction  of  each  bill  has  been  an  important  contribution  to  the 
health  care  system  reform  debate.  Taken  together,  these  five  bills  contain  among  them 
many  of  the  necessary  elements  of  successful  health  care  system  reform. 

Each  of  the  bills  also  has  deficits,  however,  either  in  the  manner  in  which  certain 
key  issues  are  addressed  or  in  the  failure  to  address  certain  key  issues  at  all.   When  each 
bill  was  measured  individually  against  the  criteria  set  out  in  ERIC's  Policy  Statement,^ 
none  of  the  alternative  bills  examined  was  deemed  to  adequately  address  the  interests 
and  concerns  of  major  employers. 

In  general,  each  of  the  bills  (in  its  present  form)  raises  one  or  more  of  the 
following  concerns: 

•  All  of  the  bills  lacked,  in  one  or  more  areas,  uniform  federal  rules  governing  the 
organization  and  operation  of  a  reformed  health  care  marketplace  that  are 
essential  for  major  employers  to  offer  and  maintain  their  health  benefit  plans. 

•  All  of  the  bills  institutionalize,  rather  than  reduce,  cost  shifting  in  one  or  more 
areas,  including  cost  shifting  from  the  public  sector  to  the  private  sector.   In 
addition,  some  of  the  bills  fail  to  address  cost  shifting  that  results  from  the  failure 
to  achieve  universal  coverage. 

•  Employers  would  not  be  able  to  exert  a  sufficient  degree  of  control  (direct  or 
indirect)  over  their  financial  liabilities,  or  the  value  {e.g.,  quality  and  cost- 
effectiveness)  of  the  care  they  purchase,  under  several  of  the  proposals. 

•  ERIC  is  not  confident  that  adequate  data  and  technology  are  currently  available 
to  implement  the  system  of  broad  community  rating,  open  enrollment  and 
prospective  risk  adjustment  called  for  under  some  of  the  bills  without  potentially 
causing  unacceptable  instability  in  the  marketplace. 

•  Financing  schemes  under  several  of  the  bills  fail  to  address  adequately  or 
realistically  the  costs  created  by  the  bills. 

3.   Bill-by-bill  Assessment: 

The  following  bill-by-bill  assessments  delineate  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of 
each  bill  in  five  areas  that  are  essential  to  successful  reform. 

a.        Nationally  uniform  rules  and  standards. 

For  major  employers,  which  generally  have  employees  geographically  dispersed  in 
multiple  states,  uniformity  in  the  rules  governing  health  reform  is  a  very  high  priority. 
Moreover,  health  care  is  among  our  biggest  industries  in  interstate  commerce.  Major 
employers  believe  that  to  the  degree  the  health  care  system  is  regulated  at  all,  it  must  be 
subject  to  nationally  uniform  rules  and  standards  to  assure  the  quality  and  consistency  of 


ERICs  Policy  Statement  is  summarized  in  an  appendix  at  the  end  or  this  statement. 


550 


care  throughout  our  health  care  system,  and  the  common  treatment  of  employees  of  the 
same  employer. 

ERIC'S  assessment  of  the  bills  under  consideration  with  respect  to  thi$  issue  is  as 
follows: 

•  Michel-Gingrich:  The  bill  increases  uniformity  in  some  areas  relative  to  current 
law  by  preempting  counterproductive  state  laws  that  interfere  with  the 
development  of  cost-effective  health  plans. 

•  Cooper-GrandylBreaux-Durenberger.  The  bills  increase  uniformity  in  some  areas 
relative  to  current  law  by  preempting  counterproductive  state  laws  that  interfere 
with  the  development  of  cost-effective  health  plans,  but  potentially  erode 
uniformity  in  other  respects.   For  example,  granting  states  discretion  in  organizing 
health  plan  purchasing  cooperatives  and  certifying  accountable  health  plans  would 
likely  result  in  an  undesirable  degree  of  inconsistency  from  state-to-state. 

•  Administration:  The  bill  erodes  uniformity  by  providing  excessive  discretion  to 
states  in  implementing  regional  alliance  structures  and  in  exercising  the  option  to 
form  single-payer  systems.   Financial  incentives  and  administrative  complexities 
are  so  heavily  weighted  against  forming  a  corporate  alliance  that  the  advantage  of 
limited  federal  preemption  of  state  law  afforded  to  corporate  alliance  sponsors  is 
not  enough  to  make  forming  a  corporate  alliance  a  viable  option  for  most  major 
employers.  Thus,  such  employers  effectively  would  be  forced  into  state-run 
regional  alliances  -  bureaucratic  state  government  agencies  with  all  their 
attendant  problems  and  deficiencies. 

•  Nickles/Steams:  The  bills  erode  uniformity  by  making  all  employer  health  plans, 
including  self-insured  plans,  subject  to  state  insurance  laws.   Model  insurance 
reforms  contemplated  by  the  bills  do  not  appear  to  guarantee  state-to-state 
consistency. 

•  Cliafee/Tfiomas:  The  bills  erode  uniformity  for  insured  health  plans  by  subjecting 
them  to  state  regulation,  but  largely  preserve  uniformity  for  self-insured  plans  by 
subjecting  them  to  federal  regulation. 

Recommendation:   ERIC  urges  that  any  bill  favorably  reported  by  the  Committee 
provide  that  federal  law  preempts  any  and  all  relevant  state  laws  to  preclude  state 
discretion  and  ensure  there  will  be  national  uniformity  in  all  rules  and  standards  that 
apply  to  how  the  health  care  system  in  general,  and  employer-sponsored  health  plans 
and  purchasing  groups  in  particular,  will  be  organized  and  operated. 

b.        Eliminating  cost  shifting. 

In  the  current  health  care  system,  ERIC  member  companies  bear  a 
disproportionate  share  of  health  care  costs  compared  with  other  payers,  particularly  with 
respect  to  coverage  of  employed  spouses  who  are  not  offered  or  who  decline  coverage 
from  their  own  employers,  coverage  for  pre-Medicare  eligible  retirees,  and  cost  shifting 
resulting  from  uncompensated  care  (Le.,  the  uninsured)  and  undercompensated  care 
(Le.,  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid).   Cost  shifting  distorts  the  health  care  marketplace 
and  undermines  its  efficient  operation.  Thus,  the  reduction,  if  not  elimination,  of  such 
cost  shifting  is  a  high  priority  for  ERIC  member  companies. 

ERIC's  insistence  on  the  elimination  of  cost  shifting  does  not  mean  major 
employers  are  unwilling  to  contribute  their  fair  share  toward  the  cost  of  providing 
appropriate  income-related  public  subsidies  for  the  purchase  of  health  care.  To  ensure 
that  there  is  public  accountability  for  the  amount  and  financing  of  such  subsidies, 
however,  at  a  minimum:  (1)  any  such  subsidies  must  be  explicit  (Le.,  not  merely  built 
into  the  structure  of  health  care  premiums),  and  (2)  any  taxes  or  other  surcharges 


551 


imposed  on  employers  to  help  finance  the  cost  of  such  income-related  subsidies  must  be 
expHcit  (te,  not  merely  built  into  the  structure  of  health  care  premiums)  and  must  be 
imposed  on  all  payers. 

ERIC'S  assessment  of  the  bills  under  consideration  with  respect  to  this  issue  is  as 
follows: 

•  Michel-Gingrich:  The  bill  does  not  address  cost  shifting. 

•  Cooper-GrandylBreaitx-Durenberger.  The  bills  do  not  directly  address  cost  shifting 
attributable  to  employed  spouses,  or  the  expense  of  voluntary  coverage  for  early 
retirees.   In  some  cases,  the  bills  appear  to  make  cost  shifting  a  permanent  part  of 
the  structure  of  health  care  premiums.  For  example,  by  including  current 
Medicaid  beneficiaries  in  the  same  purchasing  cooperative  premium  pool  as 
private  payers,  the  bills  effectively  shift  part  of  the  cost  of  financing  coverage  for 
such  persons  from  general  revenues  to  a  per  capita  percent-of-premium  tax  on 
employment.  The  Medicare  at-risk  contract  adjustment  payment  mechanism 
institutionalizes  a  cost  shift  from  the  federal  government  to  "closed"  as  well  as 
certain  "open"  accountable  health  plans.  To  the  degree  general  Medicare  cuts  are 
used  to  finance  the  bills,  cost  shifting  to  private  payers  will  worsen. 

•  Administration:  The  employer  mandate  reduces  current  cost  shifting  from 
employers  that  do  not  offer  employees  coverage  to  employers  that  offer 
family/dependent  coverage,  and  partially  reduces  the  cost  to  employers  of 
providing  pre-Medicare  eligible  retiree  health  coverage.   On  the  other  hand,  by 
including  current  Medicaid  beneficiaries  in  the  same  regional  alliance  premium 
pool  as  private  payers,  the  bill  effectively  shifts  part  of  the  financing  of  such 
persons  from  general  revenues  to  a  per  capita  percent-of-premium  tax  on 
employment.  By  providing  subsidies  only  to  employers  participating  in  regional 
alliances,  and  by  imposing  percent-of-payroll  taxes  on  employers  forming 
corporate  alliances,  the  bill  institutionalizes  cost  shifts  to  corporate  alliance 
sponsors,  particularly  those  that  have  cost-effective  plans.  To  the  degree  general 
Medicare  cuts  are  used  to  finance  the  bill,  cost  shifting  from  that  source  will 
worsen. 

•  NickleslSteams:  Tax  incentives  for  individuals  to  purchase  coverage  may  reduce 
cost  shifting  to  some  extent,  but  many  forms  of  cost  shifting  remain. 

•  ChafeelThomas:  The  individual  mandate  reduces  cost  shifting  to  some  extent,  but 
other  forms  of  cost  shifting  remain.  To  the  degree  Medicare  cuts  are  used  to 
finance  the  bills,  cost  shifting  will  worsen. 

Recommendation:  ERIC  urges  that  any  bill  reported  favorably  by  the  Committee 
ensure  that  every  individual  who  does  not  receive  health  care  coverage  either  (1)  from  a 
government  program,  or  (2)  from  an  employer  by  virtue  of  being  an  employee  or  a  non- 
employed  spouse  or  dependent,  obtains  such  coverage  from  a  federally  sanctioned 
privately  operated  purchasing  group.  Any  taxes  or  surcharges  to  finance  subsidies 
should  be  explicit  {Le.,  not  built  into  the  premium  structure)  and  apply  to  all  payers.   In 
addition,  all  government  health  care  programs  should  be  required  to  purchase  health 
care  coverage  using  the  same  market  competition  mechanisms  that  private  purchasers 
use  and  fund  the  full  cost  of  such  care. 

c.        Employers'  control  over  their  financial  liabilities. 

Because  major  employers  have  a  long  history  of  purchasing  health  care  for  large 
groups  of  employees,  they  have  the  greatest  expertise,  and  have  achieved  the  greatest 
success,  in  maximizing  the  value  of  the  health  care  coverage  purchased.  Anyone  who 
pays  a  substantial  portion  of  the  cost  of  health  care  coverage  is  entitled  to  and  needs 
control  over  what  and  how  it  is  purchased  in  order  to  control  the  payer's  financial 


552 


liabilities.  Therefore,  maintaining  a  strong  employer  influence  over  health  care  coverage 
purchasing  decisions  is  a  high  priority  for  major  employers. 

ERICs  assessment  of  the  bills  under  consideration  with  respect  to  this  issue  is  as 
follows: 

•  Michel-Gingrich:   The  bill  does  no  apparent  significant  harm  to  the  degree  of 
employer  control;  it  improves  employer  control  to  the  extent  it  preempts  state 
laws  that  interfere  with  employers'  plan  design  decisions  (i.e.,  preempts  state 
mandated  benefit  laws,  anti-managed  care  or  anti-utilization  review  laws,  etc.). 

•  Cooper-Grandy/Breaia-Durenberger.  Although  the  bills  limit  all  employers'  control 
over  plan  design  by  specifying  a  uniform  set  of  effective  benefits,  they  otherwise 
largely  preserves  employer  control  over  health  coverage  purchasing  decisions 
(such  as  which  health  plans  to  contract  with)  for  those  employers  that  remain 
outside  health  plan  purchasing  cooperatives.   Employers  that  are  required  to 
purchase  care  through  such  cooperatives  retain  some  influence  over  the  operation 
of  the  cooperative  itself  -  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  they  are  organized  as 
nonprofit  entities,  rather  than  state  agencies  or  quasi-private  entities  run  by  a 
board  of  political  appointees  as  under  the  Administration  bill  -  but  they  do  not 
retain  direct  control  over  purchasing  decisions. 

•  Administration:  The  bill  erodes  employer  control  over  plan  design  and  purchasing 
decisions.   In  addition  to  dictating  a  plan's  scope  of  coverage,  its  cost-sharing 
features,  and  the  mandatory  inclusion  of  a  fee-for-service  option,  the  bill  subjects 
all  employers  to  state  discretion  as  to  whether  to  establish  a  state-based  single- 
payer  system,  and  subjects  employers  participating  in  regional  alliances  (the  vast 
majority  of  businesses)  to  state  discretion  as  to  whether  to  operate  such  alliances 
as  state  agencies  or  as  quasi-private  entities  dominated  by  political  appointees. 
Even  employers  forming  corporate  alliances  are  subjected  to  significant 
constraints,  including  requirements  to  offer  three  types  of  coverage  even  if  an 
employer's  experience  has  demonstrated  that  one  or  more  types  of  coverage 
provide  inferior  value. 

•  Nickles  I  Steams:   Although  employers  are  not  directly  constrained  by  federal  law 
under  these  bills,  employer  control  of  both  plan  design  and  purchasing  decisions 
would  still  be  eroded  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  all  employer  plans  would  be  subject 
to  state  insurance  laws.   States  historically  have  sought  to  undermine  employer 
discretion  through  a  variety  means:  mandated  benefit  laws  interfering  with  plan 
design  and  protecting  health  care  provider  special  interests;  anti-utilization  review 
and  anti-managed  care  laws;  and  taxing  benefit  plans.   Although  some  of  these 
avenues  are  foreclosed  to  states  under  the  bills,  others  are  not;  states  will 
continue  to  undermine  employer  discretion  by  every  means  made  available  to 
them  under  these  bills. 

•  ChafeelTfiomas:  The  bills'  benefit  package  requirements  place  constraints  on  plan 
design,  but  employers  generally  retain  full  discretion  with  respect  to  purchasing 
decisions  due  to  the  voluntary  nature  of  purchasing  groups  and  the  employer's 
role. 

Recommendation:   ERIC  urges  that  any  bill  favorably  reported  by  the  Committee 
ensure  that  no  employer  is  required  to  participate  in  a  purchasing  group  that  is  operated 
as  a  government  agency  or  that  is  run  by  political  appointees.    Further,  to  the  degree 
that  plan  design  is  constrained  at  all  -  for  example,  by  requiring  that  employers  offer 
(but  not  necessarily  contribute  to  the  cost  of)  health  care  coverage,  employers  must  still 
retain  the  flexibility  to  set  the  specific  employer  and  employee  cost  sharing  features  of 
such  coverage  and  to  retain  the  option  to  offer  actuarially  equivalent  benefits. 


553 


d.        Financial  stability  of  the  reformed  marketplace. 

ERIC  believes  that  health  care  reform  must  have  as  a  primary  goal  changing  the 
way  health  care  is  organized  and  delivered.  A  prerequisite  for  improved  health  care 
delivery  is  a  more  coherent  and  efficient  health  care  marketplace. 

Changes  in  the  marketplace  are  dependent  on  available  data  and  information 
technology,  however.   Forcing  the  marketplace  to  operate  in  a  fundamentally  different 
way  than  it  does  today,  on  the  basis  of  inadequate  data  or  immature  information 
technologies,  could  result  in  market  volatility  great  enough  to  cause  serious  financial 
harm  (including  insolvencies)  to  health  plans  or  purchasing  groups.   Market-based 
reforms  must  not  be  abandoned  because  they  are  essential  to  successful  reform 
generally;  but  they  should  be  implemented  cautiously,  in  stages  where  necessary,  to 
minimize  disruption. 

ERIC's  assessment  of  the  bills  under  consideration  with  respect  to  this  issue  is  as 
follows: 

•  Michel-Gingrich:  The  bill  does  little  to  destabilize  the  marketplace,  but  also  does 
httle  to  directly  improve  the  quality  and  cost-effectiveness  of  health  care  delivery. 

•  Cooper-GrandylBreaia-Diirenberger.  Arguably,  no  one  currently  knows  how  to  set 
age-banded,  community-rated  premiums  in  the  context  of  both  (1)  unstable 
enrollment  due  to  the  elimination  of  barriers  to  free  movement  between  health 
plans,  and  (2)  prospective  adjustments  to  payments  made  to  accountable  health 
plans  based  on  the  health  risk  posed  by  individual  enrollees.   Even  if  adequate 
data  were  currently  available,  which  it  is  not,  it  is  debatable  that  a  single 
generalized  risk  adjustment  formula  can  be  developed  that  will  work  in  health 
markets  with  disparate  utilization  patterns,  demographic  composition,  and  other 
relevant  differences.   Moreover,  if  the  financial  pressure  of  an  aggressive  tax  cap 
is  added,  as  under  these  bills,  the  marketplace  volatility  that  could  result  from 
near-to-immediate  transition  to  the  regulated  market  contemplated  by  these  bills 
may  produce  an  unmanageable  number  of  accountable  health  plan  and  health 
plan  purchasing  cooperative  insolvencies. 

•  Administration:  The  same  concerns  exist  regarding  the  Administration  bill  as 
those  expressed  regarding  the  Cooper-Grandy/Breaux-Durenberger  bills,  because 
at  its  core  this  bill  is  based  on  very  similar  community  rating,  open  enrollment  and 
risk  adjustment  requirements.  The  transition  to  the  new  principles  is  a  little 
slower  relative  to  Cooper-Grandy/Breaux-Durenberger,  but  the  principles  would 
be  applied  to  a  far  greater  proportion  of  employers  and  individuals.   Market 
instability  {Le.,  health  plan  and  regional  alliance  insolvencies)  may  be  increased  by 
the  financial  pressure  added  by  the  bill's  requirement  that  a  surcharge  be  imposed 
on  health  plans  that  exceed  budget  limits,  which  is  another  completely  new  risk 
that  must  be  taken  into  account  when  determining  what  premium  to  bid. 

•  NicklesI Steams:  Though  they  would  remove  barriers  to  movement  between 
competing  health  plans,  there  is  little  reason  to  expect  that  this  alone  would 
destabilize  the  marketplace  as  a  whole.  The  bills  are  likely  to  do  little  to  change 
health  care  delivery  or  improve  its  cost-effectiveness,  however,  because  the  bills 
encourage  individual  choice  based  on  product  differentiation  {Le.,  the  scope  of 
coverage  and  cost-sharing  features)  rather  than  the  cost-effectiveness  of  health 
care  delivery. 

•  ChafeelJltomas:  The  voluntary  nature  of  purchasing  groups  and  the  voluntary 
adoption  of  prospective  risk  adjustment  mechanisms,  coupled  with  reliance  on 
community  rating  within  age  bands  rather  than  pure  community  rating,  appear  to 
mitigate  the  potential  for  instability  in  the  operation  of  health  care  markets.   The 
long-term  effectiveness  of  this  approach  in  improving  the  quality  and  cost- 


554 


effectiveness  of  health  care  delivery  depends  on  the  emergence  of  specific 
effective  strategies  from  the  marketplace  itself,  a  grass-roots  approach  that  is 
likely  to  be  more  responsive  to  the  needs  of  purchasers  and  providers,  as  well  as 
less  disruptive,  than  more  rigid  proposals. 

Recommendation:   ERIC  urges  that  any  bill  that  is  favorably  reported  by  the 
Committee  strongly  encourage  group  purchasing  on  a  capitated  basis,  implement 
consensus  insurance  market  reforms,  and  provide  for  the  voluntary  adoption  by 
employer-led  private  purchasing  groups  of  specific  strategies  to  improve  market 
competition  (such  as  prospective  risk  adjustment  and  related  techniques)  at  an 
appropriate  point  in  time,  rather  than  prematurely  imposing  such  strategies  on  the 
marketplace  before  they  are  fully  developed. 

e.        Credibility  of  financing  provisions. 

Since  health  reform  legislation  inevitably  has  an  impact  on  federal  expenditures 
and  the  federal  deficit,  major  employers  view  any  financing  provisions  with  well-founded 
skepticism.  To  be  blunt,  in  the  current  budgetary  environment,  the  benefits  of  various 
bills  are  often  overstated  and  the  costs  are  often  understated  or  hidden.   Health  reform 
is  no  exception.   ERIC  members  are  particularly  concerned  that  underfinanced  health 
reforms,  based  on  overly  optimistic  revenue  estimates,  could  ultimately  impose  far 
greater  than  expected  liabilities  on  employers. 

ERIC'S  assessment  of  the  bills  under  consideration  with  respect  to  this  issue  is  as 
follows: 

•  Michel-Gingrich:  The  bill  does  not  require  a  significant  of  amount  of  financing 
relative  to  other  bills. 

•  Cooper-Grandy/Breaiix-Durenberger:  Revenues  to  be  raised  from  a  cap  on 
deductible  employer  health  benefit  expenses  may  be  overstated  since  employer 
behavior  will  be  hard  to  predict.   For  example,  employers  are  likely  to  respond  by 
seeking  to  shift/recharacterize  their  expenditures  into  other  deductible  expenses 
(e.g.,  wages).   In  addition,  the  cap  will  increase  the  cost  of  providing  coverage  for 
employers  that  voluntarily  provide  comprehensive  benefits.   Medicare  savings  may 
be  partially  offset  to  the  degree  such  Medicare  cuts  cause  cost  shifting  to  the 
private  sector,  which  in  turn  may  result  in  increased  deductible  private  employer 
expenditures. 

•  Administration:  Financing  is  so  complex  that  there  is  little  likelihood  that  needed 
dollars  can  flow  smoothly  and  efficiently  from  multiple  sources  to  multiple 
destinations  without  shortfalls  and  windfalls  along  the  way.  The  high  probability 
that  very  few  large  employers  will  find  forming  a  corporate  alliance  financially 
viable  could  substantially  alter  the  expected  mix  of  revenues  to  be  generated  by 
the  percent-of-payroll  tax  on  corporate  alliance  sponsors  as  compared  to  other 
revenue  sources  (including  community-rate  premiums).   Medicare  savings  may  be 
partially  offset  to  the  degree  such  Medicare  cuts  cause  cost  shifting  to  the  private 
sector,  which  in  turn  may  result  in  increased  deductible  private  employer 
expenditures. 

•  Nickles/Steams:  The  difficulty  in  predicting  individual  behavior  in  light  of  radical 
transformation  of  the  tax  treatment  of  health  coverage  (from  income  exclusion  to 
tax  credit)  makes  financing  uncertain.  Capping  federal  Medicaid  payments  could 
result  in  cost  shifting,  further  distorting  revenue  estimates. 

•  ChafeelThomas:    Revenues  to  be  raised  from  tax  caps  may  be  overstated  due  to 
the  difficulty  of  predicting  changes  in  employer  and  individual  behavior  caused  by 
restructured  tax  incentives.   Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings  may  be  partially 


555 


offset  by  increased  deductible  private  expenditures  to  the  degree  such  cuts  cause 
cost  shifting  to  the  private  sector. 

Recommendation:   ERIC  urges  that  any  bill  that  is  reported  favorably  by  the 
Committee  ensure  that  neither  tax  caps  on  the  deductibility  of  employer  health  benefit 
expenses  nor  Medicare/Medicaid  cuts  are  relied  on  as  financing  mechanisms.   Further, 
any  financing  burden  imposed  on  employers  should  not  materially  differ  solely  on  the 
basis  of  an  employer's  decision  to  join  or  not  join  a  purchasing  group. 


Conclusion 

ERIC  asserts  that  successful  health  care  system  reform  will  respond  to  the 
following  needs: 


• 


• 


• 


• 


Improving  accountability  for  the  quality  of  health  care  and  the  outcome  of 
treatment; 

Improving  the  efficiency  of  the  health  care  marketplace  by  encouraging  cost- 
effective  group  purchasing  (through  employer-led  private  purchasing  coalitions) 
under  uniform  federal  rules  and  standards; 

Allocating  resources  and  financing  burdens  equitably  throughout  the  entire 
economy,  including  the  elimination  of  cost  shifting;  and 


Providing  for  a  transition  strategy  that  minimizes  disruption  in  the  marketplace. 

By  this  standard,  none  of  the  bills  under  consideration  is  completely  successful. 

ERIC  supports  market-based  strategies  for  health  care  system  reform  that 
preserve  the  discretion  of  employers  and  the  autonomy  of  employer-sponsored  health 
benefit  plans,  and  have  as  their  primary  goal  increased  accountability  for  both  the 
quality  and  cost-effectiveness  of  care.  The  members  of  ERIC  represent  a  tremendous 
reservoir  of  experience  and  expertise  regarding  these  issues.   We  look  forward  to  the 
opportunity  to  work  toward  these  goals  with  the  Congress  and  the  Administration 
generally,  the  Committee,  and  each  of  the  individual  bill  sponsors. 


Appendix 

To  summarize  ERIC's  position  on  reform  as  articulated  in  its  March  1993  Policy 
Statement,  ERIC  supports  health  care  system  reform  that: 

•  Is  implemented  in  a  comprehensive  rather  than  a  piecemeal  fashion;  but  may  be 
implemented  in  stages  to  minimize  disruption. 

•  To  the  extent  that  regulation  of  health  care  delivery  is  necessary,  provides  for 
exclusive  federal  regulation  rather  than  state-by-state  regulation. 

•  Restructures  health  care  delivery  through  organized  groups  of  providers,  driven 
aggressively  and  competitively  by  multiple  group  purchasers,  to  produce  a 
marketplace  that  encourages  continuous  improvement  in  provider  performance  and 
cost  containment. 

•  Creates  federally  sanctioned  local  and  regional  purchaser-controlled  health  care 
coverage  purchasing  groups,  whose  mission  includes  identifying  undercapacity  and 
overcapacity  and  allocating  resources  more  efficiently;  and  allows  employers  to  act  as 


556 


stand-alone  purchasers  or  form  consortia  with  other  employers  that  remain  outside 
purchasing  groups. 

•  Reduces  aggregate  health  care  expenditures  as  a  prerequisite  to  expanding  access  to 
health  care. 

•  Retains  employers'  ability  to  deduct  the  cost  of  health  care  coverage  as  an  ordinary 
business  expense. 

•  Preempts  state  regulation  of  employer-sponsored  health  plans,  including  but  not 
limited  to  current  state  benefit  mandates,  state  anti-managed  care  laws  and  state 
anti-utilization  review  laws. 

•  Rejects  short-  or  long-term  cost  containment  mechanisms  that  fail  to  promote 
delivery  reform  or  that  interfere  with  market  reforms  intended  to  encourage  changes 
in  the  current  delivery  system. 

•  Requires  both  quality  and  price  competition  among  health  care  providers. 

•  Develops  specific  criteria  for  evaluating  health  care  provider  performance  (e.g., 
measurable  outcomes,  quality  and  patient  satisfaction)  so  that  the  quality  of  health 
care  can  be  measured  and  improved  over  time. 

•  Creates  a  federal  health  care  standards  body  to  articulate  uniform,  consistent  and 
compatible  standards  for  the  collection  of  provider  performance,  quality  and  cost 
data,  and  to  foster  the  development  of  uniform  claims  forms,  electronic  claims  filing 
standards,  and  similar  administrative  efficiencies. 

•  Equitably  shares  the  financial  burden  of  providing  universal  access  to  care  among  all 
payers  in  a  manner  that  eliminates  cost  shifting  from  uncompensated  and 
undercompensated  care. 

•  Subjects  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  other  government  health  programs  to  the  same 
market  and  financing  reforms  as  private  sector  health  care  coverage. 

•  Requires  that  individuals  who  otherwise  would  be  without  coverage  (from  a  voluntary 
employer-provided  health  plan  or  from  a  government  program)  obtain  health  care 
coverage  from  a  purchasing  group. 

»      Reforms  the  insurance  market;  and  reforms  tort  and  malpractice  laws  to  reduce  the 
cost  of  claims  appeals  and  litigation  and  eliminate  unreasonable  awards. 

•  Preserves  uniform  federal  rules  regarding  health  benefit  plan  fiduciary  standards, 
claims  dispute  resolution  procedures,  and  other  plan  administration  standards  - 
which  currently  preempt  any  state  efforts  to  regulate  these  aspects  of  employee 
benefit  plan  administration;  applies  these  same  federal  rules  to  all  care  purchased 
under  the  reformed  federal  framework. 


557 

Chairman  Stark.  Mr.  Van  Dongen. 

STATEMENT  OF  DIRK  VAN  DONGEN,  COCHAIRMAN, 
HEALTHCARE  EQUITY  ACTION  LEAGUE,  AND  PRESIDENT, 
NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  WHOLESALER  DISTRIBUTORS 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Good  afternoon,  Mr.  Chairman.  It  is  a  pleas- 
ure to  be  here  at  these  obviously  important  hearings.  It  has  been 
a  long  day,  sir,  for  the  committee.  I  will  be  brief. 

I  would  simply  like  to  make  five  summary  points  and  then  get 
to  whatever  questions  you  might  wish  to  have  me  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  panel  entertain. 

First,  HEAL  is  an  employer-based  coalition.  Over  1  million  em- 
ployers are  represented.  We  are  a  pro-health  care  reform  group.  We 
came  together  in  1991  during  the  then-Bush  administration  for  the 
purpose  of  encouraging  them  as  well  as  the  Congress  to  move  for- 
ward with  a  results-oriented  health  care  refonn. 

In  part,  this  committee  is  responsible  for  the  existence  of  HEAL 
in  that  part  of  the  catalyst  for  its  creation  was  the  Ways  and 
Means  Committee  retreat  on  health  care  at  West  Point  in  which 
I  and  some  of  the  others  involved  in  putting  HEAL  together  were 
privileged  to  participate. 

Second,  I  think  it  is  important  that  you  know  that  HEAL  sup- 
ports universal  coverage.  As  a  practical  matter,  we  believe  univer- 
sal coverage  is  necessary  to  achieve  the  solutions  to  the  problems 
that  the  employers  in  our  coalition  face  in  providing  health  care  to 
their  employees. 

Third,  we  have  concluded,  and,  frankly,  this  was  not  even  a  close 
call,  that  we  cannot  support  the  President's  plan.  It  is  simply  the 
wrong  path  to  reform,  in  our  view,  and  we  don't 

Chairman  Stark.  Can  you  support  his  goals? 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Very  definitely. 

Chairman  Stai?k.  OK. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  I  don't  think  there  is  much  debate,  indeed,  in 
the  Congress  or  about  the  land  with  regard  to  the  goals  that  the 
President  has  set  forth.  We  don't  support  his  plan  because  we  don't 
believe  that  mandates,  price  controls,  spending  caps,  mandatory  al- 
liances are  the  right  way  to  go.  We  think  they  add  up  to  excessive 
government  intervention  and  fear  that  they  may  well  produce  what 
is  aptly  been  described  by  some  as  kind  of  a  fatal  cure. 

Fourth,  I  think  it  is  a  legitimate  question.  Having  said  that,  so 
what  do  we  support?  We  have  listed  several  key  elements  in  our 
written  statement  which  collectively  we  believe  will  send  us  well 
along  the  path  to  results-oriented  reform.  They  are  based  upon 
market  forces.  We  believe  they  fix  what  needs  fixing  while  preserv- 
ing what  is  right  in  our  current  system. 

Fifth  and  to  the  point  of  these  hearings,  many  of  the  major  alter- 
native reform  plans,  including  those  crafted  by  some  of  the  mem- 
bers of  this  subcommittee,  contain  many  of  the  reform  initiatives 
which  HEAL  endorses.  We  have  consistently  urged  and  urge  the 
Congress  again  to  act  on  these  consensus  measures  now,  not  nec- 
essarily as  a  grand  and  final  solution  where  the  issue  will  never 
be  revisited,  but,  rather,  to  begin  to  bring  relief  now  as  opposed  to 
the  possibility  of  engaging  in  protracted,  contentious  battle,  which 


558 

when  all  is  said  and  done  may  result  in  a  circumstance  where,  un- 
fortunately, reform  of  any  type  is  forestalled  this  year. 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you,  and  will  try  to  respond  to  any  ques- 
tions. 

[The  prepared  statement  and  attachments  follow:] 


559 


February  10,  1994 
Statement  of: 

Dirk  Van  Dongen 

Co-Chairman,  Healthcare  Equity  Action  League  (HEAL) 

President,  National  Association  of  Wholesaler-Distributors  (NAW) 

Before   the: 

Subcommittee  on  Health 

Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

On: 

HEALTHCARE  REFORM: 
ALTERNATIVE  HEALTH  REFORM  PROPOSALS 


INTRODUCTION 

Mr.  Chairman,  Congressman  Thomas,  members  of  the  Subcommittee,  my 
name  is  Dirk  Van  Dongen.   I  am  President  of  the  National  Association  of 
Wholesaler-Distributors  (NAW).    NAW  is  composed  of  individual  wholesale 
distribution  firms  and  a  federation  of  114  national  commodity  line 
associations  and  regional,  state  and  local  associations  and  their  member  firms 
v^hich,  collectively,  total  more  than  45,000  companies. 

NAW  serves  as  the  Executive  Secretariat  of  the  Healthcare  Equity  Action 
League  (HEAL),  a  coalition  of  630  companies,  associations  and  organizations, 
representing  over  1  million  employers  and  in  excess  of  25  million  employees 
nationwide.    HEAL  was  created  in  1991  for  the  purpose  of  encouraging  the 
then  Bush  Administration  and  the  Congress  to  act  quickly  to  reform  the 
healthcare  system  utilizing  free  enterprise,  market-based  principles.     I  appear 
before  you  today  on  behalf  of  both  HEAL  and  NAW. 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  and  the  Subcommittee  are  to  be  commended  for  your 
commitment  to  healthcare  reform  and  your  willingness  to  explore 
alternatives  to  the  President's  healthcare  reform  legislation. 

Let  me  first  speak  on  behalf  of  HEAL. 


560 


THE  PRESIDENT'S  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT 

While  the  President  is  to  be  commended  for  bringing  the  critical  issue  of 
healthcare  reform  to  the  legislative  forefront,  HEAL  cannot  support  the 
President's  Health  Security  Act.   Simply  stated,  we  have  serious  concerns 
about  its  funding,  scope,  and  cost. 

Specifically,  we  are  opposed  to  the  following  key  provisions  of  the  President's 
bill: 

Mandates  on  employers  to  pay  the  cost  of  coverage  for  all  employees  and  their 
dependents  will  inevitably  result  in  the  loss  of  jobs,  predominantly  from 
those  who  can  least  afford  it; 

Price  caps  and  global  budgets  are  misguided  attem.pts  to  control  costs,  avoid 
the  real  causes  of  medical  inflation,  and  have  never  worked  in  modern 
history.   Pure  and  simply,  they  both  will  cause  rationing; 

Mandatory  health  alliances  that  force  almost  all  Americans  into  huge, 
heavily  regulated,  monopolistic  government  purchasing  groups  will  not 
help,  but  will  only  add  another  costly  and  ineffective  layer  of  government 
bureaucracy  between  individuals  and  their  medical  care; 

Excessive  government  intervention,  in  a  structure  not  unlike  that  in  a  single 
payer  system,  has  never  simplified  or  reduced  costs  and  will  only  serve  to 
institutionalize  many  of  our  current  problems; 

The  plan  is  administratively  burdensome  and  extraordinarily  complex. 
compelling  employers  to  be  involuntary  administrators  for  a  massive  new 
government  program;  and 

Employers  would  lose  virtually  all  control  over  their  employee  health  benefit 
programs  and  the  money  they  spend  on  them.  They  will  be  relegated  to  little 
more  than  check  v^iters  and  form  filers  for  the  government  to  determine 
their  employee  benefit  plans. 


AN  ALTERNATIVE  REFORM  AGENDA 

The  over  630  members  of  the  Healthcare  Equity  Action  League  (membership 
roster  attached)  came  together  to  support  free  enterprise,  market-based 
healthcare  reform.   HEAL  believes  strongly  that  health  system  reform  can  be 
achieved  without  exerting  excessive  federal  control  over  prices,  plans, 
premiums,  physicians  and  patients;  in  short  without  federal  preemption  of 
the  free  market  in  healthcare. 


561 


HEAL  urges  Congress  to: 


Reform  insurance  practices  to  prohibit  the  abuse  of  preexisting  condition 
clauses,  guarantee  renewability  and  portability,  provide  for  a  more  equitable 
rating  system,  and  encourage  the  creation  of  voluntary,  nonregulatory 
pooling  mechanisms  for  individuals  and  small  business; 

Assist  those  who  cannot  afford  to  purchase  insurance  coverage; 

Reject  employer  mandates; 

Reject  price  controls  and  global  budgets; 

Inject  cost-consciousness  into  our  health  insurance  decisions  by  limiting  the 
tax  deductibility  and  tax  exclusion  of  employer-sponsored  health  benefits; 

Level  the  playing  field  for  self  employed  businesses  by  increasing  the 
deductibility  of  health  insurance  premiums  from  25%  to  100%; 

Reform  our  medical  liability  lawrs  to  reduce  costly  defensive  medicine  and 
ease  resolution  of  malpractice  disputes; 

Disseminate  cost  and  quality  data  to  assist  consumers  in  making  more  cost- 
consdous  choices;  and 

Lower  health  administrative  costs  by  standardizing  claims  forms  and 
encouraging  electronic  filing. 

HEAL's  approach  has  been  to  lay  out  a  set  of  principles  that  we  believe  should 
characterize  effective,  results-oriented  health  reform.    As  such,  HEAL  has  not 
officially  endorsed  any  specific  proposal.  We  do  believe,  however,  that  with 
the  exception  of  the  single  payer  bill,  each  of  the  major  alternative  reform 
measures  contains  positive  provisions  that  will  control  insurance  costs  and 
increase  access  to  coverage.    Indeed,  many  of  the  reform  items  supported  by 
HEAL  are  contained  in  major  alternative  proposals,  including: 

•  The  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today  Act  (S.  1770/H.R.  3704), 
introduced  by  Senator  Chafee  and  Representative  Thomas; 

•  The  Managed  Competition  Act  (H.R.  3222/S.1579),  introduced  by 
Representatives  Cooper  and  Grandy,  and  Senators  Breaux  and 
Durenberger; 

•  The  Affordable  Health  Care  Now  Act  (H.R.  3080/S.  1533),  introduced  by 
Republican  Leader  Michel  and  Senator  Lott; 


562 


•  The  Consumer  Choice  and  Personal  Health  Security  Act  (H.R.  3698/ 

S.  1743),  introduced  by  Representative  Stearns  and  Senator  Nickles;  and 

•  The  Health  Plan  Purchasing  Cooperative  Act  (H.R.  3652),  introduced 
by  Representative  Johnson. 

Healthcare  reform  is  essential;  a  federal  takeover  of  the  healthcare  system  in 
the  name  of  reform  is  not.  Congressional  and  public  support  is  widespread 
for  the  reforms  outlined  above.   The  Congress  has  an  historic  opportunity  to 
ensure  true  healthcare  security  and  stability  by  reforming  --  not  replacing  - 
our  healthcare  system.   HEAL  will  continue  to  work  to  change  what  is  wrong 
with  our  system  and  preserve  what  is  right. 

Obviously,  Mr.  Chairman,  in  my  capacity  at  NAW,  I  am  most  familiar  with 
the  experiences  of  the  wholesale-distribution  industry.   And,  as  I  stated  when 
I  testified  before  the  full  committee  in  October  of  1991,  our  overwhelming 
problem  is  rooted  in  cost.   While  the  vast  majority  of  wholesaler-distributors 
(over  97  percent)  provide  health  insurance  coverage  to  their  employees,  the 
spiraling  increases  in  premiums  which  have  occurred  over  the  past  few  years 
have  represented  a  higher  and  higher  percentage  of  overall  compensation 
and  have  forced  our  mem.bers  to  reevaluate  this  vital  employee  benefit. 
Some  have  restructured  their  health  insurance  plans;  others  have  reduced 
benefits  or  increased  their  employees'  share  of  premium  costs.   Companies 
who  operate  vdth  very  narrow  margins  ~  and  wholesaler-distributors  do  ~ 
are  finding  it  more  and  more  difficult  to  maintain  affordable  healthcare  plans 
which  deliver  comprehensive  and  high  quality  coverage  to  their  employees. 

Yet,  our  industry  has  told  us  again  and  again  that  they  do  not  believe  that 
government  control,  like  that  envisioned  in  the  President's  Health  Security 
Act,  is  the  answer.  I  said  it  in  1991,  and  I  will  say  it  here  again,  it  is  our  view 
that  a  healthcare  system  run  from  Washington  would  inevitably  result  in 
lower  quality  care  at  higher  prices.  Nothing  in  our  national  experience 
suggests  that  the  Federal  government  could  ~  or  should  —  effectively  regulate 
one-seventh  of  our  economy;  approximately  $1  trillion  in  healthcare 
spending  annually. 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  October  of  1993,  we  asked  our  members  to  tell  us  what 
impact  the  Health  Security  Act  would  have  on  their  health  insurance  cost. 
Fully  seventy  percent  of  the  respondents  reported  that  their  costs  would 
increase  imder  the  Clinton  Plan.   Similarly,  in  that  same  month,  in  our 
quarterly  NAW  Confidence  Index  Survey,  we  asked  "What  impact  do  you 
expect  the  Clinton  Administration  healthcare  proposals  to  have  on  your 
business?"    Seventy-nine  percent  answered  "Negative,"  sixteen  percent 
responded  "Neutral,"  and  only  five  percent  said  the  proposals  would  have  a 
positive  effect. 


563 


Last  week,  NAW  held  its  Annual  Meeting  here  in  Washington.    After 
considering  the  reform  proposals  currently  on  the  table,  our  members  made  it 
clear  that  they  favor  prompt  passage  of  bipartisan  legislation  which  addresses 
those  issues  on  which  a  consensus  has  emerged,  such  as  guaranteed  coverage, 
renewability,  portability,  limits  on  pre-existing  condition  exclusions, 
administrative  simplification  and  medical  malpractice  reforms.    These 
elements  exist  in  the  President's  legislation  and  in  almost  all  other  major 
alternative  bills.    In  our  view,  such  legislation  could  pass  Congress  quickly 
and  would  represent  meaningful  and  effective  healthcare  reform  with 
minimum  government  intervention.     Simply  stated,  Mr.  Chairman,  let  us 
fix  now  what  is  widely  viewed  to  be  broken-knowing  that  we  can  revisit 
these,  and  other,  issues  if  necessary  in  the  future. 

Finally,  NAW  is  most  encouraged  by  the  efforts  being  undertaken  in  the 
Congress  to  package  and  pass  the  reform  items  on  which  a  strong  consensus 
exists  now.   Legislation  is  being  drafted  by  Representatives  Rowland  and 
Bilirakis.    There  is  a  similar  bill  in  the  Senate.    And,  former  Senator  Bentsen 
succeeded  in  securing  Senate  passage  of  a  similar  bill  twice  in  the  last 
Congress.   Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  NAW's  position  that,  at  least  as  a  beginning, 
we  ought  to  take  the  consensus  items  I  listed  above  and  pass  them  today.  We 
believe  these  would  go  a  very  long  way  toward  bringing  costs  down  and 
therefore  increasing  access  to  coverage  for  millions  of  Americans. 


CONCLUSION 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  allowing  me  to  testify  before  you  today.   HEAL 
and  NAW  will  continue  to  promote  enactment  of  the  reform  items  outlined 
above  and  hope  to  see  Congress  pass  healthcare  reform  this  year.  We  look 
forward  to  working  with  the  Committee  on  these  critical  issues,  and  will  be 
happy  to  take  any  questions  you  may  have. 


ATTACHMENT: 
HEAL  Membership  Roster 


564 

Healthcare  Equity  Action  League  (HEAL) 

STEERING  COMMITTEE 


Acma  Life  &  Casujily 

Amcncan  Assiviaiion  of  Preferred  Provider  Orgamzauons 

American  Home  ProducLs  Corporation 

American  Hold  i  Mou:l  Association 

American  Managed  Care  &  Review  Association 

American  Ponland  Cement  .Alliance 

AMGEN  Inc. 

.Am*ay  Corporation 

.Associated  Builders  and  Contractors 

Associated  Equipment  Distributors 

Associauon  for  Suppliers  of  Pnnung  and  Publishing 

Technologies 
Blue  Cross  of  Western  Pennsylvania 
Bnstol-Myers  Squibb 
Burger  King  Corporation 
Burroughs  Wellcome  Company 
Cancer  Treatment  Centers  of  Amenca 
The  CIGNA  Corporation 
Council  of  Smaller  Enterpnses 
The  Doctors'  Company 
The  Donnelly  Group 
DynCorp 
Electronics  Representatives  Association  Insurance 

Trust  (Chicago.  IL) 
Ell  Lilly  &  Company 
Epic  Healthcare  Group  (Dallas,  TX) 
Evariston  Hospital  Corporation 
Federation  of  American  Health  Systems 
Food  Markeung  Insutute 
General  Mills  Restaurants.  Inc. 
The  Grand  Union  Company 
Group  Health  Association  of  America 
Hamnan  Management  Corporation 
Hams  Methodist  Health  System 
Health  Industry  Distributors  Associauon 
Health  Industry  Manufacturers  Association 
Health  Midwest 
HealthSpan 

Healthcare  Leadership  Council 
HUlcrest  Bapiisi  Medical  Center 
Humana  Inc. 

John  Hancock  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company 
The  Law  Offices  of  Deborah  Steelman 
Marrion  Corporation 
.McDonald's  Cotporauon 
Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company 
Midwestern  Regional  Medical  Center 
Morrison  Incorporated 

National-American  Wholesale  Grocers'  Association 
National  Association  of  Aluminum  Distributors 
National  Associauon  of  Convenience  Stores 
Nauonal  Associauon  of  Temporary  Services 
Nauonal  Associauon  of  Wholesaler-Distnbuiors 
National  Committee  for  Quality  Health  Care 
National  Council  of  Agricultural  Employers 


Nauonal  Council  of  Chain  Resuurants 

Nauonal  Council  of  Community  Hospitals 

Nauonal  Federauon  of  Independent  Business 

Nauonal  Medical  Enterpnses.  Inc. 

National  Restaurant  Association 

Nauonal  Retail  Federauon 

Nauonal  Wholesale  Druggists  Associauon 

Olsten  Kimberly  QualityCare 

PepsiCo 

Pharmaceuucal  Manufacuirers  Associauon 

The  Prudenual 

Schenng-Plough  Corporauon 

ServiceMaster  Management  Services 

Shoney  s.  Inc. 

Society  of  Amencan  Flonsts 

SYNTEX  (U.S.A.).  Inc. 

The  Travelers  Companies 

Wendy  s  Imemauonal.  Inc. 

Western  Growers  Assurance  Trust 


jATTACHMtzNTI 


565 
Healthcare  Equity  Action  League  (HEAL) 

GENERAL  MEMBERSHIP 


Accounling  By  Computer  (Bend,  OR) 

Adami  &  Co,  Independent  Insurance  Agency  (Rock  Falls,  IL) 

Adirondack  Regional  (NY)  Chambers  of  Commerce 

Addison  (IL)  Association  of  Industry  &  Commerce 

Advertising  Specialty  Institute 

Aerospace  Industries  Association 

Air-conditioning  &  Refrigeration  Wholesalers  Association 

Alabama  Hospital  Association 

Alabama  Wholesale  Beer  &  Wine  Association 

The  Alan  White  Co.,  Inc.  (Stamps,  AR) 

Albertson's,  Inc. 

Allatoona  Sod  (Kennesaw,  GA) 

Allen  Construction  Inc.  (Lawrence,  KS) 

Allen  Park  (MI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Alliance  of  American  Insurers 

The  Aluminum  Association 

Ambler  &  Hickerson,  Inc.  (Dallas,  TX) 

American  Apparel  Manufacturers  Association 

American  Association  of  Nurserymen 

American  Concrete  Pipe  Association 

American  Council  on  Education 

American  Cyanamid  Company 

American  Electronics  Association 

American  Federation  of  Small  Busmess 

American  Furniture  Manufacturers  Association 

American  Hardware  Manufacturers  Association 

Amencan  Health  Care  Association 

American  Machine  Tool  Distributors  Association 

American  Meat  Institute 

American  Paper  Institute 

American  Rental  Association 

American  Society  of  Computer  Dealers 

American  Society  of  Travel  Agents 

American  Supply  Association 

American  Traffic  Safety  Services  Association 

American  Veterinary  Distributors  Association 

American  Wholesale  Marketers  Association 

Americans  for  Intelligent  Health  Care  Reform 

AMI  Twelve  Oaks  Hospital  (Houston,  TX) 

Anderson  Remodeling  &  Maintenance  (Roscoe,  IL) 

Ann's  Flowers  (Yoakum,  TX) 

AppUance  Parts  Distributors  Association 

A.R.  Vetter  Co.  (Rebersburg,  PA) 

Arcadia  (OH)  Superette 

Ardmore  (OK)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Arizona  Restaurant  Association 

Amett  &  Company  Health  Communications 

Associated  Beer  Distributors  of  Illinois 

Associated  General  Contractors 

Associated  Landscape  Contractors  of  America 

Association  of  Commerce  and  Industry  (MI) 

Association  of  Horal  Importers  of  Florida 

Association  of  IngersoU-Rand  Distributors 

Association  of  Steel  Distributors 


Atkinson  (IL)  Veterinary  Service 

ATLAND  Management  Corporation  (Pleasantville,  NJ) 

Atlanta  (GA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Automotive  Parts  Rebuilders  Association 

Automotive  Service  Industry  Association 

Aviation  Distributors  &  Manufacturers  Association 

Baker  Industries,  Inc. 

Bankers  Life  &  Casualty 

Baptist  Medical  Center  of  Oklahoma 

Beauty  &  Barber  Supply  Institute 

Becton  Dickinson  &  Company 

Beer  &  Wine  Association  of  Ohio 

Beer  Industry  League  of  Louisiana 

Beer  Industry  of  Florida 

Beer  Wholesalers  Association  of  New  Jersey 

Bellevue  (WA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Beltone  Hearing  Aid  Center  (Odessa,  TX) 

Beneficial  Management  Corporation  (Peapack,  NJ) 

Benefit  Design  Group,  Inc. 

Benihana  National  Corporation 

Berghoff  Restaurant  Company 

Bicycle  Wholesale  Disoibutors  Association 

Bill  Jayson  &  Company  (Dallas,  TX) 

Biscuit  &  Cracker  Distributors  Association 

Bismarck-Mandan  Area  (ND)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Dr.  Donald  G.  Blain,  M.D. 

Blochs  Restaurants  Inc.  (Bellevue,  WA) 

Bob  Chinn's  Crabhouse  Restaurant  (Wheeling,  IL) 

Boon -Chapman 

Boulder  (CO)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Brattleboro  Area  (VT)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Brookside  Properties,  Inc.  (Nashville,  TN) 

The  Business  Council  of  New  York  Stale,  Inc. 

California  Association  of  Tobacco  &  Candy  Distributors 

California  Association  of  Wholesalers-Distributors 

California  Beer  &  Wine  Wholesalers  Association 

California  Trucking  Association 

Cambe  Geological  Services,  Inc.  (Houston,  TX) 

Carl  Karcher  Enterprises 

Carlsbad  (CA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Carroll  Auto  Parts,  Inc.  (Big  Spring,  TX) 

Carroll  County  (MD)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Cars  &  Stripes,  Ltd.  (Cleburne,  TX) 

Carson  City  (NV)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Casa  Ole,  Inc.  (Houston,  TX) 

Case  Management  Society  of  America 

Central  Louisiana  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Central  Wholesalers  Association 

Century  Office  Systems  (Austin,  TX) 

Ceramic  Tile  Distributors  Association 

Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Auburn  and  Cayuga  (NY)  County 

Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Hawaii 

Chamber  of  Commerce  of  New  Rochelle  (NY) 

Chamber  of  Medford/Jackson  County  (OR) 


566 


Champaign  County  (IL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Charles  M.  Osiheimer  &  Associates,  Inc.  (Alpharetla.  GA) 

Cheekiowaga  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Chenango  County  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Chicago  Metropolitan  Disinbutors  Association 

Chicago  Tastce  Freez  Corporation 

Chillicothe-Ross  (OH)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Chocolate  Manufacturers  Association 

Christian  Booksellers  Association 

Clarks  Petoleum  Service  Inc.  (Canastoia,  NY) 

Cleaning  Equipment  Trade  Association 

Clemson  Area  (SC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Clinton  (MS)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Colorado  Restaurant  Association 

Colorado  Springs  (CO)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Commerce  and  Industry  Association  of  New  Jersey 

Computing  Technology  Industry  Association 

Copper  &  Brass  Servicenier  Association 

Corporate  Mailing  Concepts  (Louisville,  KY) 

Council  for  Periodical  Distributors  Association 

The  County  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Inc. 

CPI  Benenis  Inc.  (Morrislown,  NJ) 

Crawford  Fitting  Company 

Creare  Inc.  (Hanover,  NH) 

CutCo  Industries,  Inc.  (Jericho,  NY) 

Dahl  Certifled  Public  Accountants  (Lowell,  IN) 

Dairy  and  Food  Industries  Supply  Association 

Danville  Area  (VA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Davenport  (lA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Diagnostic  Support  Services,  Inc. 

Dietz  Construction  (Findlay,  OH) 

Direct  Selling  Association 

Douglas  Area  (WY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Eagle  Creek  Resort,  Inc.  (Northfield,  IL) 

Earth  Resources  Corporation  (Ocoee,  FL) 

The  East  Concord  (NTY)  General  Store 

Eastern  Land  Management,  Inc.  (Shelton,  CT) 

Eckerd  Drug  Company 

Electrical  Apparatus  Service  Association 

Electrical-Electronic  Materials  Distributors  Association 

Ellis  Insurance  Agency  (Hobbs,  NM) 

Employee  Benefits  South,  Inc.  (Atlanta,  GA) 

Employee  Managed  Care  Corporation 

Engine  Service  Association 

Environmental  Technologies  Group,  Inc.  (Baltimore,  MD) 

Eric  Denton  Inc.  (Pana,  IL) 

Essex  County  (MA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Everett  (MA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Express  Visa  Service,  Inc. 

Fairway  Health  Iruurance  Services  (Ventuia,  CA) 

Farm  Equipment  Wholesalers  Association 

Fu^t  Maryland  Bancorp  (Baltimore,  MD) 

FL.  Roberts  &  Co.,  Inc.  (Springfield,  MA) 

Rorida  Restaurant  Association 

Rorists'  Transworld  Delivery  Association 

Ruid  Power  Distributors  Association 

Folk's  Folly  Prime  Steak  House 

Food  Industries  Suppliers  Association 


Food  Processing  Machinery  and  Supplies  Association 

Foodmaker,  Inc. 

Foodservice  Equipment  Distributors  Association 

Friend  Laboratory,  Inc.  (Waverly,  NY) 

Gail  F.  Piltz  Inc/DBA  Comprehensive 

Accounting  (Indianapolis,  IN) 
Gainesville-Hall  County  (GA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Gaslonia  (NC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
General  Merchandise  Distributors  Council 
Georgia  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 
Georgia  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Gladstone  (MO)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Glenwood  Springs  (CO)  Chamber  Resort  Association 
Goldendale  (WA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Grand  Rapids  Area  (MR  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Austin  (TX)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Baton  Rouge  (LA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Bethesda-Chevy  Chase  (MD)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Carlisle  Area  (PA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Detroit  Chamber  of  Commerce  Wholesaler-Distributor 

Association 
Greater  Florence  (SC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Fort  Myers  Beach  Area  (R,)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Fulton  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Inc. 
Greater  Iberia  (LA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Kansas  City  (MO)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Lafayette  (IN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Martinsville  (IN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  North  Dakota  Assoc iation/W AM  Council 
Greater  Ohare  (IL)  Association 
Greater  Omaha  (NE)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Paradise  Valley  (AZ)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Raleigh  (NC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Riverside  (CA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Seattle  (WA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Syracuse  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Valley  (CT)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Waco  (TX)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Greater  Washington  Food  Wholesalers 
Greenscape  Inc.  (Holly  Springs,  NQ 
GTE  North  (NoblesviUe,  IN) 
Guest  Services,  Inc. 
Gwinnett  (GA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Hackeostown  (NJ)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Hampshire  House 

Hampton  Roads  (VA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Hardee's  Food  Systems,  Inc. 
Hastings  Area  (NE)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Health  Care  Partners,  Inc.  (San  Antonio,  TX) 
HealthTrust,  Iik. 

Henderson  (NV)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Hershey  Foods  Corporation 
Hiawatha  Resort  (Wetmore,  MI) 
Hobby  Industry  Association  of  America 
Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc. 
Holiday  Inn  Worldwide 
Home  Health  Care 
Hospital  Corporation  of  America 


567 


Hospiiality  Association  of  Soulh  Carolina 

Howard  Couniy  (MD)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Huniington  Beach  (CA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

IMinois  Rcsiaurani  Associauon 

Illinois  Valley  Area  Chamber  of  Commence 

The  Image  Producers,  Inc.  (Canfield.  OH) 

Independent  Bankers  Association  of  America 

Independent  Electrical  Contractors.  Inc. 

Independent  Medical  Distributors  Associauon 

Independent  Sealing  Distributors 

Independent  X-ray  Dealers  Association 

Indiana  Beverage  Alliance 

Indiana  Restaurant  Association 

Indianapolis  (IN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Indianapolis  Newspapers,  Inc. 

Indusinal  Disinbulion  Association 

Insurance  Administration  Center,  Inc.  (Tampa,  FL) 

Insurance  Association  of  Connecticut 

The  Interior  Plant  Company  (Houston.  TX) 

Intemalional  Association  of  Amusement  Parks  and  Attractions 

International  Associauon  of  Plastics  Disuibutors 

International  Dairy  Foods  Associauon 

International  Hand  Protection  Associauon 

Intemalional  Hardware  Distributors  Association 

International  Track  Parts  Association 

International  Sanitary  Supply  Association 

International  Wholesale  Fumiuire  Association 

Iowa  BeneHts,  Inc.  (Ames.  lA) 

Iowa  Grain  and  Feed  Association 

Iowa  Restaurant  &  Beverage  Association 

Irrigauon  Association 

Jack  Faucett  Associates,  Inc.  (Bethesda,  MD) 

Jackson  (MS)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Jcffersoniown  (K Y)  Chamber  of  Commeice 

Jeffrey  Conuacting  (Prescott  Valley,  AZ) 

Jewelry  Indusuy  DisuHbuKJrs  Association 

JLC,  Inc.  (LitUeton.  CO) 

Jobbers  Credit  Association 

John  M.  Regan  &  Associates.  Inc.  (Metairie.  LA) 

John  L.  Wortliam  &  Son.  L.L.P.  (Houston,  TX) 

Johnson  &  Johnson 

Johnson  City  Medical  Center  Hospital  (Johnson  City.  TN) 

JT&A.  Inc. 

Juneau  (AK)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Kansas  Chamber  of  Commerce  &  Industry 

KC  Enterprises  (Las  Vegas,  NV) 

Keach  &  Grove  Insurance,  Inc.  (Bedford.  IN) 

Kenosha  Area  (WI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Kentucky  Restaurant  Association 

Keuler  Forlines,  Inc.  (Gaithersburg,  MD) 

Ki-Siar  Group  of  Texas.  Inc. 

The  Krystal  (Company  (Chattanooga.  TN) 

Kyana  Indusnial  Supply  (Louisville.  KY) 

L&L  Landscape  Services  Inc.  (Santa  Clara,  CA) 

Lake  Champlain  (VT)  Regional  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Lancaster  (TX)  (Thamber  of  Commerce 

Landscape  Design  &  Construction,  Inc.  (Grand  Junction.  CO) 


Lavonia  (GA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

LeGro  &  Associates  (Mount  Vernon.  WA) 

Lcnert  Plumbing.  Inc.  (Naperville.  IL) 

Lenoir  County  (NC)  Health  Cost  Containment  Coalition 

Lettuce  Entertain  You 

The  Levy  Organization  (Chicago.  IL) 

Londoniown  Corporation  (Eldersburg.  MD) 

Long  John  Silver's.  Inc. 

Los  Angeles  Fasteners  Association 

Louisiana  Resuurant  Association 

Louisville  Area  (KY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Machinery  Dealers  National  Association 

Maine  Restaurant  Association 

Malcolm  Thompson,  Magaro  &  Associates  (Houston.  TX) 

Maneval,  Inc.  (Jasper.  MO) 

Manitowoc -Two  Rivers  (WI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Massachusetts  Restaurant  Association 

Material  Handling  Equipment  DisUnbutors  Association 

McDonalds  of  Plymouth  (WI) 

McMann  Giles  &  Associates  Employee  Benefits  (Danville.  VA) 

MDU  Resources  Group.  Inc.  (Bismarck.  ND) 

MECCO  (Medford.  OR) 

Medical  Technology  Development,  Inc. 

MedTrac,  Inc.  (Nashville,  TN) 

Meeker  Sharkey  Benefits  (Cranford,  NJ) 

Melrose  Diner,  Inc.  (Philadelphia.  PA) 

Memphis  Area  (TN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Mendota  Area  (IL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Memll  Quality  Landscapes  (Rexburg.  ID) 

Metro  East  (MI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Metro  Newark  (NJ)  (Thamber  of  Commerce 

Metropolitan  Milwaukee  Associauon  of  Commerce 

Michigan  Association  of  Disuibutors 

Michigan  Beer  &  Wine  Wholesalers  Association 

Michigan  Disuibutors  &  Vendors 

Michigan  Restaurant  Association 

Mid-America  Supply  Association 

Middle  Atlantic  Wholesalers  Association 

Miller  &  Loughry  Insurance  Services  (Murfreesboro,  TN) 

Minnesota  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 

Minnesota  Restaurant,  Hotel  &  Resort  Association 

Mississippi  Malt  Beverage  Association 

Missouri  Auction  School  (Kansas  City,  MO) 

Missouri  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 

Missouri  Restaurant  Association 

Monroe  (LA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Montana  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Montgomery  County  Pharmaceutical  Association  of 

Pennsylvania 
Morning  Glory  Dairy  (DePere,  WI) 
Morton's  of  Chicago,  Inc. 
Motorcycle  Indusuy  Council 
Mount  Carmel  (IL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Mount  Vernon  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Music  Disuibutors  Association 
National  Appliance  Parts  Suppliers  Association 
National  Associauon  of  Chemical  Disuibutors 


568 


National  Associaiion  of  Computer  Consultants  and 

Resellers 
National  Association  of  Container  Distributors 
National  Association  of  Decorative  Fabnc  Distributors 
Nauonal  Associauon  of  Electrical  Distributors 
National  Associauon  of  Fire  Equipment  Distributors 
Nauonal  Association  of  Floor  Covering  Distributors 
Nauonal  Association  of  Flour  Distnbutoi3 
National  Association  of  Hose  and  Accessories  Distributors 
Nauonal  Associaiion  of  Meat  Purveyors 
Nauonal  Association  of  Realtors 
Nauonal  Associauon  of  Recording  Merchandisers 
Nauonal  Association  of  Service  Merchandising 
National  Association  of  Sign  Supply  Distributors 
Nauonal  Associauon  of  Sporting  Goods  Wholesalers 
National  Association  of  Wholesale  Independent  Distributors 
Nauonal  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 
Nauonal  Building  Material  Distributors  Association 
Nauonal  Business  Forms  Association 
National  Business  Owners  Association 
National  Club  Association 

National  Commercial  Refrigeration  Sales  Associaiion 
National  Council  of  Agricultural  Employere 
Nauonal  Elecuonic  Disuibutors  Associaiion 
National  Fastener  Distributors  Association 
Nauonal  Food  Distributors  Association 
National  Frozen  Food  Associaiion 
National  Grocers  Associaiion 
National  Indusuial  Glove  Distributors  Association 
National  Insulation  and  Abatement  Contractors  Associauon 
National  Lawn  &  Garden  Distributors  Association 
National  Locksmith  Suppliers  Association 
National  Marine  Distributors  Association 
Nauonal  Office  Products  Association 
National  Paint  Disuibutors 
National  Paper  Trade  Association 
National  Poulu^  &  Food  Disuibutors 
Nauonal  Sash  &  Door  Jobbers  Association 
National  School  Supply  &Equip  Assn 
National  Solid  Wastes  Management  Association 
National  Spa  &  Pool  Institute 
National  Staff  Leasing  Association 
National  Smne  Association 
National  Technical  Services  Association 
National  Truck  Equipment  Association 
National  Welding  Supply  Associaiion 
National  Wheel  &  Rim  Association 
Nebraska  Restaurant  Associaiion 
New  Berlin  (WI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
New  England  Wholesalers  Association 
New  Jersey  Association  of  Temporary  Services 
New  Jersey  Restaurant  Associaiion 
New  York  State  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 
New  York  Stale  Plumbing  &  Healing  Wholesalers 
New  York  State  Restaurant  Association 
NMTBA-The  Associaiion  for  Manufacturing  Technology 
North  American  Graphic  Arts  Suppliers  Associauon 
North  American  Horticultural  Supply  Association 


North  American  Wholesale  Lumber  Association 
Nonhamerican  Heaung.  Refngeration  &  Au-condiuonmg 

Wholesalers 
North  Carolina  Beer  Wholesalers  Association 
North  Carolina  Restaurant  Association 
North  Carolina  Wholesalers  Associauon 
Northern  Berkshire  (MA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Northern  Rhode  Island  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Northwestern  Public  Service  Company 
Ocala/Marion  County  (FL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Odessa  (TX)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Ohio  Restaurant  Associauon 
Oklahoma  City  (OK)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Oklahoma  Restaurant  Association 
Oklahoma  State  Chamber  of  Commerce  &  Industry 
Opucal  Laboratories  Association 
Orange  County  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Oregon  Restaurant  and  Hospitality  Associaiion 
Ott  Enterprises  Inc.  (Norwalk,  OH) 
Outdoor  Power  Equipment  Distributors  Association 
Pacific  Automotive  Trades  Association 
Pacific  Southwest  Distributors  Associauon 
Pasadena  (CA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
PDC  Multimedia  Productions  (Norman,  OK) 
Pennsylvania  Chamber  of  Business  and  Industry 
Pennsylvania  Hospital 
Pennsylvania  Restaurant  Association 
Pet  Industry  Disuibutors  Association 
Peterson  Chemical  Corporation  (Sheboygan  Falls.  WI) 
Petroleum  Equipment  Institute 
Petroleum  Marketers  Associauon  of  America 
Pfizer  Inc. 

Phenix  City-Russell  County  (AL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Pike  County  (K  Y)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Piscataway-Middlesex  Area  (NJ)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Pitt/Greenville  (NC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Planimann  Indusuies  (Sl  Louis,  MO) 
Plantscapes,  Inc.  (SeatUe,  WA) 
Pocono  Mountains  (PA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Poor  Boy's  Riverside  Inn  (Lafayette.  LA) 
Portland  (OR)  Metropolitan  Building  Owners  and  Managers 

Association 
Portland  (OR)  Visitors  Associauon 
Positive  Chimney  Shoppe  (Cadillac.  MI) 
PoUatch  Corporation 

Poughkeepsie  Area  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Power  Transmission  Distributors  Association 
Pnmary  Medical  Clinic  (Midland.  TX) 
Printing  Industries  of  America 
Produce  Marketing  Associauon 
Pueblo  (CO)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Quincy  Area  (IL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Rally's  Inc. 

Ransdell  Surgical.  Inc.  (Louisville.  KY) 
Rapid  City  Area  (SD)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Reno  Sparks  Convention  and  Visitors  Autiiority 
Restaurant  Associauon  of  Maryland 
Restaurant  Association  of  the  State  of  Washington.  Inc. 


569 


Rcsiaurant  Enterpnses  Group.  Inc. 

Restaurant  Management  Services 

Retail  Bakers  of  Amenca 

Rhode  Island  Hospitality  Association 

Rivcrdale  (NJ)  Texaco 

Riverton  (WY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Rome  Area  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Rosenberg/Richmond  Area  (TX)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Rowan  County  (NC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Safety  Equipment  Distributors  Association 

Saint  Paul  Area  (MN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Santa  Ana  (CA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Sarasota  (FL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Schererville  (IN)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Schiffli  Lace  &  Embroidery  Manufacturers  Association 

Schoch  Tiles  and  Carpets  (Cincinnati,  OH) 

Scripps  Memorial  Hospitals 

Selfridge  &  Associates,  Inc.  (New  Albany,  IN) 

Shawnee  (OK)  Color  Lab  &  Studio 

Shoe  Service  Institute  of  America 

The  Sidwell  Company  (West  Chicago,  IL) 

Siler  City  (NC)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Simon  Financial  Company 

Small  Business  of  America 

Snack  Food  Association 

Society  of  Professional  Benefits  Administrators 

South  Carolina  Beer  Association 

South  Dakota  Restaurant  Association 

South  Pike  Area  (MS)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

South  Shore  (MA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Southern  Wholesalers  Association 

Southworth-Milion,  Inc.  (Milford,  MA) 

Specialty  Tools  &  Fasteners  Distributors  Association 

Spraying  Systems  Company  (Wheaton,  IL) 

Sl  Joseph  Healthcare  Group,  Inc. 

St.  Lawrence  County  (NY)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

St.  Lucie  County  (PL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Star  Administration  Services,  Inc.  (San  Antonio,  TX) 

Steel  Service  Center  Institute 

Stephen  Fendos  &  Associates  (Hayden  Lake,  ID) 

Sterling  Winthrop  Inc.  (New  York,  NY) 

Storm  Lake  (lA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Structural  Concepts  Corporation  (Spring  Lake,  MI) 

Super  Valu  Stores,  Inc. 

Superior  Basement  Water  Control  (Walnut  Creek,  OH) 

Suspension  Specialists  Association 

Swartz  Restaurants  Corporation 

Telecommimications  Industry  Association 

Tennessee  Restaurant  Association 

Terry  Erickson  Agency  Inc.  (Marshfield,  Wl) 

Texas  Restaurant  Association 

Textile  Care  Allied  Trades  Association 

Thomas  Jefferson  University  Hospital  (Philadelphia,  PA) 

Thornton  Gardens  Inc.  (MaineviUe,  OH) 

Titusville  Area  (FL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Topper  Construction,  Inc.  (Spring  Lake,  MI) 

Traverse  City  Area  (MI)  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Tri-Siaie  Utility  Products,  Inc.  (Marietta,  GA) 


Twinsburg  (OH)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Unimax  Hearing  Instruments,  Inc. 
Union  County  (NJ)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
United  Products  Formulators  &  Distributors  Association 
United  Restaurant  &  Lodging  Association 
United  Telephone-Southeast  (Bristol,  TN) 
United  Truck  Body  Co.  Inc.  (Duluth,  MN) 
Utility/Property  Abatements  (Little  Falls,  NJ) 
Vegas  Time  Associates.  Inc.  (Sterling.  VA) 
Vermont  American  Corporation  (Louisville,  KY) 
Virginia  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Virginia  Restaurant  Association 
Walker  Health  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  (Santa  Ana,  CA) 
Walker's  Diesel  Services  (Houston,  TX) 
Wallcoverings  Association 
Warehouse  Distributors  Association  for  Leisure 
and  Mobile  Products 

Warren  County  (PA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Waste  Management  Inc. 
Water  Systems  Council 
Waterloo  (lA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Water  &  Sewer  Distributors  of  America 
R.E.  Watson  &  Associates,  Inc.  (Kennedale,  TX) 
Wauconda  OL)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Wausau  (WI)  Hospital  Center 
Wellesley  (MA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Western  Association  of  Fastener  Distributors 
Western  Suppliers  Association 
White  County  (GA)  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Wholesale  Beer  Distributors  of  Texas 
Wholesale  Distributors  Association 
Wholesale  Florists  &  Rorist  Suppliers  of  America 
Wholesale  Stationers'  Association 
Wine  &  Spirits  Wholesalers  of  America 
Wisconsin  Restaurant  Association 
Wisconsin  Wholesale  Beer  Distributors  Association 
Woodbridge  (NJ)  Metropolitan  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Woodworking  Machinery  Distributors  Association 
Woodworking  Machinery  Importers  Association 
Workforce  Inc.  (Lake  Orion,  MI) 


570 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  try  this  on  you.  The  idea  of  Medicare 
benefits  are  too  generous  is  not  worthy  of  debate. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  I  am  soriy,  sir? 

Chairman  Stark.  The  idea  that  Medicare  benefits  are  too  gener- 
ous doesn't  wash.  We  have  an  obhgation  for  35  milHon  people  who 
are  not  going  to  get  private  insurance  from  anybody  else  because 
they  won't  offer  it. 

If  some  of  these  ideas  prevailed  and  we  took  controls  off  Medi- 
care, remember  that  since  1983  when  we  put  in  the  DRG  system, 
the  rate  of  increase  of  Medicare  spending  for  its  beneficiaries  has 
gone  up  at  half  the  rate  of  private  insurance  in  this  country. 

If  we  had  not,  let's  just  assume  we  privatized  it.  Then  there 
would  have  been  whatever  the  concomitant  increase  in  the  payroll 
tax  would  have  been  to  fund  Medicare  because  that  is  how  we 
make  it  balance,  and  that  is  in  the  law.  Medicare  costs  go  up;  you 
pay.  Some  is  paid  in  general  revenue,  but  the  heavy  part  will  come 
out  of  payroll  t£ixes. 

Now,  I  give  you  the  same  opportunity  I  gave  Mr.  Knettel.  I  un- 
derstand that  if  we  continue  to  control  Medicare  costs  as  we  do 
with  what  you  don't  like,  price  controls,  and  premium  caps,  by  the 
way,  is  also  part  of  Medicare,  interestingly  enough,  for  a  risk  con- 
tact, we  could  take  those  off,  and  then  we  would  be  subject  under 
an  indemnity  plan  to  pay  all  the  bills,  just  like  everybody  else.  My 
guess  is  we  would  start  going  up  at  the  rate  of  private  insurance 
increases,  and  that  is  one  choice. 

The  other  choice  is  for  us  to  continue  as  we  are,  and  then  if  there 
is,  in  fact,  cost-shifting  which  would  only  occur  if  the  private  side 
can't  keep  the  rates  as  low  as  we  would  have  to  keep  them — and 
there  is  a  lot  of  political  pressure  not  to  keep  them.  We  just  don't 
cut  doctor's  rates  or  hospital  rates  around  here  with  a  lot  of  aches. 
So  I  would  suggest  to  you  that  we  just  don't  blindly  cut  rates.  It 
isn't  that  easy. 

Is  there  any  reason  that  your  group,  you  think,  would  suggest 
that  we  take  our  cost  containment  program  off  Medicare? 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  That  has  not  been  a  matter  of  discussion, 
frankly,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Stark.  Think  about  it,  and  you  let  us  know  because 
I  think  what  you  are  going  to  find  then  on  the  other  side — and 
again  I  would  like  you  to  think  about  this  and  let  me  know  what 
your  group  says — if  we  don't  put  some  cost  containments  on  the 
private  side  for  the  providers,  then  you  could  be  subject  to  a  lot  of 
cost-shifting,  and  I  am  not  suggesting  that  we  set  the  rates,  but  I 
am  suggesting  that  if  there  isn't  a  balance  on  the  other  side  every 
time  we  hold  down  rates  in  Medicare,  your  members  are  going  to 
pay  for  it,  particularly  if  they  have  a  bargained  plan. 

I  wonder  if  we  ignored  putting  a  similar  cost  containment  system 
on  both  sides  of  that  equation,  that  private  industry  wouldn't  be 
back  here  in  a  while  saying  please  put  cost  controls  on.  I  don't 
know  that,  but  it  makes  sense  to  me  that  we  ought  to  do  it  on  the 
same  basis. 

Mr.  Knettel,  I  think,  agrees  with  that.  He  would  just  pick  a  dif- 
ferent basis  than  I  might. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Mr.  Chairman,  if  I  could  just  comment,  and 
I  take  your  point.  I  don't  purport  to  be  an  expert  on  Medicare,  but 


571 

I  do  come  from  an  industry  where  the  employers,  according  to  our 
statistics  in  97  out  of  100  cases,  provide  health  care  insurance  to 
their  employees  and  good  coverage  in  the  main. 

What  brings  the  National  Association  of  Wholesaler  Distributors 
to  the  issue  is  the  issue  of  costs  that  are  exploding  in  our  member 
companies.  Part  of  those  costs,  I  believe,  result  from  the  provider 
community  recovering  from  private  employers  what  they  do  not 
feel 

Chairman  Stark.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen  [continuing].  That  they  are  getting  out  of  the 
Federal  Government. 

Chairman  Stark.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  That  having  been  said,  as  we  have  looked  at 
this  whole  issue 

Chairman  Stark.  There  are  only  two  ways  to  solve  that,  Mr.  Van 
Dongen.  Let  the  public  payments  go  up,  which  means  the  tax- 
payers have  to  pay  more  for  Medicare,  or  put  some  cost  contain- 
ment of  one  kind  or  another  on  the  private  side.  I  don't  know.  I 
mean,  I  think  a  third  way 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  I  guess,  Mr.  Chairman,  where  we  might  take 
a  different  path  is  not  on  whether  cost  containment  is  required. 
Clearly,  in  the  case  at  least  of  the  organization  I  represent,  and  I 
believe  this  is  true  for  virtually  the  entire  membership,  if  not  the 
entire  membership  of  HEAL  as  a  coalition,  cost  is  what  brings  us 
to  the  issue,  and  at  the  end  of  the  day,  we  take  the  point  and  care 
very  much  about  the  fact  that  we  haven't  accomplished  from  our 
parochial  perspective  very  much  at  all  if  we  don't  get  our  hands 
around  the  cost  issue. 

Where  we  would  take  a  different  path  is  that  it  is  our  considered 
view  that  we  can  best  accomplish  that  objective  over  time  through 
the  utilization  of  competitive  initiatives  as  opposed  to  matters  that 
are  imposed  by  fiat  or  approaches  that  are  proposed  by  fiat. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  might  try  to  prove  that  that  is  not  as  effec- 
tive, but  I  agree  with  you  that  it  must  be  there. 

I  am  just  suggesting  to  you  that  if  the  President's  plan,  for  exam- 
ple, were  to  prevail  or  Cooper  was  to  prevail,  we  would  take  the 
controls  off  of  Medicare  as  well.  Then  I  am  saying  if  your  idea 
doesn't  work,  you  got  a  double  ugly  down  side.  That  is  all.  I  want 
you  to  think  that  one  through. 

I  want  to  just  ask  Ms.  Bailey  very  quickly  and  anybody  else  who 
has  a  solution.  I  know  that  Dr.  Simmons  has  the  right  solution, 
and  Ms.  Shearer  could  be  the  independent  referee  here,  but  we 
have  got  a  problem.  We  have  35  billion  uninsured,  and  I  could  tell 
you  that  70  percent  of  those  are  below  two  times  the  poverty,  and 
that  means  they  don't  have  enough  money  to  buy  much. 

I  can  also  tell  you  that  in  round  figures  there  is  not  a  plan  in 
the  land,  whether  it  is  the  President's,  whoever  appraises  it,  or 
anybody  else's  where  you  are  going  to  provide  a  relatively  modest, 
much  more  modest  than  the  President's,  health  care  program  with 
a  lot  of  copays  and  a  lot  of  out-of-pocket  expenditures  for  less  the 
$2,000  a  year.  I  mean,  they  just  don't  exist. 

So  we  have  a  $70  billion  a  year  plan.  Two-thirds  of  that,  let's  call 
it  $45  billion  a  year,  give  or  take,  depending  on  how  many  you 
think  might  pick  up  on  it.  Where  do  we  get  the  money?  Honestly, 


572 

let  everything  else  along.  Let  Mr.  Van  Dongen's  members  do  what 
they  want.  Go  join  in  and  bid  with  whomever  they  want.  If  we  are 
going  to  meet  the  President's  request,  we  have  got  somewhere  be- 
tween a  $40  and  $70  billion,  I  am  going  to  suggest,  shortfall.  There 
will  be  a  lot  of  savings,  but  they  will  go  to  Mr.  Van  Dongen's  group, 
and  we  won't  get  the  benefits  back. 

You  take  your  savings  in  good  health  and  expand  the  wholesale 
business,  but  my  point  is  we  don't  get  that.  We  only  get  the  savings 
on  the  private  side,  and  that  ain't  going  to  be  enough.  So  I  am  say- 
ing absent  any  savings  in  Medicare  from  Mr.  Knettel's  new  way  to 
save  costs,  we  are  short.  Where  do  we  get  it? 

Ms.  Bailey.  That  is  exactly  the  issue. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  will  tell  you  some  ideas. 

Ms.  Bailey.  Yes. 

Chairman  Stark.  A  point  on  the  corporate  tax  would  raise  about 
30.  A  point  on  the  payroll  raises  about  30.  Would  you  buy  into 
that?  That  is  what  we  are  facing. 

Ms.  Bailey.  That  is  right. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  is  what  Reischauer  brought  to  the  table. 
There  isn't  a  health  fairy  out  there  that  is  going  to  put  this  policy 
under  our  pillows,  and  if  I  am  willing  to  call  it  a  tax,  call  it  a  tax. 
It  is  all  right  with  me.  You  can  call  it  a  premium  if  you  want  to. 
You  can  call  it  a  mandated  payment.  The  bottom  line  is  I  got  to 
find,  whatever  those  things  are  that  you  call  them,  $45  or  $50  bil- 
lion a  year.  Who  has  got  it?  Who  wants  to  volunteer? 

Ms.  Bailey.  That  is  the  issue  that  we  spend  a  great  deal  of  time 
talking  about,  and  I  want  you  to  know  we  share  that  concern,  and 
that  is  the  same  dollar  amount. 

Chairman  Stark.  What  is  the  least  objectionable? 

Ms.  Bailey.  Well 

Chairman  Stark.  Come  on. 

Ms.  Bailey.  First  of  all,  we  have  a  study  that  Lewin-VHI  did  for 
us  that  we  would  be  glad  to  make  available  to  the  committee  that 
points  out  the  subsidies  based  on  an  individual  mandate  system 
are  a  lot  less  expensive  than  an  employer  mandate  because  with 
an  employer  mandate,  you  end  up  subsidizing  companies  who  don't 
need  that  subsidy.  So  it  is  targeted  toward  need. 

We  also  support  a  tax  cap. 

Chairman  Stark.  Beg  your  pardon?  A  tax  cap? 

Ms.  Bailey.  A  tax  cap. 

Chairman  Stark.  That  will  raise  it.  That  will  also  raise  it  about 
$30  bilHon. 

Ms.  Bailey.  Then  if  you  add  a  cigarette  tax  on  top  of  that,  you 
are  beginning  to 

Chairman  Stark.  But  the  tax  cap  comes  out  of  Mr.  Van  Dongen's 
constituency.  It  is  a  tax  cap  on  the  corporations,  and  we  figure  ac- 
tually about  16  billion  out  of  corporate  America  on  the  cap. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Mr.  Chairman,  our  testimony  specifically  ref- 
erences the  fact  that  the  Coalition  does,  indeed,  support — I  re- 
peat— support  a  tax  cap.  We  do  not  come  to  that  easily,  quite  obvi- 
ously. 

Chairman  Stark.  Yes. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  We  come  to  that  because  we  think  that  is  per- 
haps the  most  effective  device  we  can  think  of  to  cause  business 


573 

and  their  employees  to  behave  in  a  more  consumerist  manner  as 
they  interact  with  the  health  care  system.  We,  too,  have  wrestled, 
in  other  words. 

Chairman  Stark.  They  would  behave  like 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  I  am  sorry,  sir? 

Chairman  Stark  [continuing].  They  would  behave  like  anguished 
apes  on  my  side  of  the  aisle  where  the  tax  cap,  unfortunately,  is 
politically  unpopular. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  I  understand  that. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  am  not  sure  they  like  the  payroll  tax  any  bet- 
ter, but  I  wonder  what  difference  does  it  make  outside  of  a  philo- 
sophic concern.  If  corporation  A  gets  a  tax  cap  or  1  percent — in  this 
case,  a  Vi  percent  on  its  corporate  rate,  we  are  talking  $16  billion 
there,  either  one.  Outside  of  the  fact  that  some  people  feel  that  you 
will  make  employees  feel  the  difference,  but  there  is  a  lot  of  evi- 
dence that  they  won't,  that  they  won't  respond.  Very  rich  people 
might,  but  the  average  person  needs  what  they  need,  and  they 
don't  figure  out  in  the  short  run  what  the  advantage  and  disadvan- 
tage is. 

My  theory  is  that  once  you  are  in  for  a  tax,  you  are  in  for  a  tax, 
but  I  want  to  find  out  this.  Ms.  Bailey  was  going  to  get  me  $45  bil- 
lion here,  a  tax  cap. 

Ms.  Bailey.  We  talked  about  a  tax  cap  on  both  the  employer  and 
the  employee  because  we  think  it  is  important  that  neither  be  im- 
mune to  the  incentives  that  we  are  talking  about  here. 

I  guess  the  other  point  is  that  this  is  exactly  the  point  that  we 
hoped  the  public  debate  would  focus  on  because  there  is  no  free 
lunch,  and  there  is  agreement  we  need  to  subsidize. 

Chairman  Stark.  What  do  you  do  about  the  employer  who 
doesn't  give  any  benefits?  What  do  you  do  with  McDonald's,  Mar- 
riott, Nordstrom,  and  the  rest  of  those  fair-minded  folks  who  don't 
pay  any  benefits?  A  tax  cap  doesn't  make  any  difference  to  them. 
Mr.  Van  Dongen's  buddies  all  pay  and  his  customers  don't,  and 
they  ain't  going  to  buy  more 

Ms.  Bailey.  Well,  I  will  let  Mr.  Van  Dongen  speak  for  the  small 
employer,  but  it  is  our  understanding  that  most  small  employers 
want  to  provide  coverage. 

Chairman  Stark.  Let  me  give  you  a  May  1992  NFIB  study,  and 
they  sent  it  to  all  the  Members  of  Congress.  They  tell  us  about  the 
people  in  our  districts.  NFIB,  May  1992,  I  know  this  fits  indelibly 
in  my  mind.  Would  you,  it  says,  support  being  required  to  provide 
health  insurance  to  your  employees  even  if  you  had  to  pay  none  of 
the  cost?  Sixty  percent  said  no. 

I  know.  I  said  what  do  you  do  with  those  guys,  and  I  suppose 
the  reason  is  they  don't  want  government.  They  don't  want  to  be 
told.  Whatever  their  reason,  I  am  going  to  tell  you  that  our  polls, 
and  the  NFIB  hasn't  been  here  to  testify,  they  don't  want  to  have 
anything  to  do  with  it. 

Ms.  Bailey.  If  I  could  say,  though,  I  think  that  probably  is  a  re- 
action to  the  mandate  and  general  issue  of  government  mandates. 
I  think  part  of  what  has  happened  is  the  total  lack  of  faith  in  the 
insurance  system  as  it  serves  the  small  employer  market  today. 

Chairman  Stark.  Or  government. 


574 

Ms.  Bailey.  That  is  right,  but  we  know  through  insurance  re- 
forms how  to  restore  some  of  that.  That  is  where  we  think  many 
of  these  small  employers  who  have  experienced  cherrypicking  ana 
have  suffered  at  the  hands  of  this  will  come  back  into  the  market 
and  provide  coverage  once  they  have  an  affordable  plan. 

Dr.  Simmons.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  understand  the  concern  about 
mandates,  but  at  the  same  time,  some  of  the  proponents  of  other 
approaches  rely  so  much  on  managed  competition.  The  fact  is  that 
managed  competition,  as  described  by  the  theorists  who  developed 
it,  can't  work  unless  you  have  universal  coverage,  and  they  also  re- 
quire an  employer  mandate.  Now,  you  can't  get  there  from  here. 

If  you  believe  in  managed  competition,  then  you  have  got  to  have 
universal  coverage,  and  if  you  go  by  what  the  proponents  did,  it 
has  to  have  an  employer  mandate.  I  think  that  is  an  important 
thing  for  those  who  feel  that  way  to  grapple  with. 

Chairman  Stark.  The  middle  ground,  I  suppose,  is  managed  care 
which  says  you  can  compete  if  you  want  or  not  want.  I  mean,  it 
is  not  quite  as  onerous,  but  I  don't  think  that  deals  with  our  uni- 
versal coverage  thing. 

We  are  sort  of  in  the  box.  Ms.  Bailey  faced  up  to  it  with  us.  We 
are  talking  $45  or  $50  billion  a  year,  and  it  ain't  going  to  be  any 
fun.  We  don't  have  any  volunteers,  and,  quite  frankly,  none  of  us 
like  to  be  the  leader.  I  don't  want  to  go  down  in  the  13th  Congres- 
sional District  as  the  leader  of  the  guy  who  wants  to  put  x  pennies 
a  gallon  on  their  gas  tax  or  their  income  tax  or  anything  else,  if 
I  can  avoid  it,  but  I  don't  think  avoiding  it  gets  the  universal  cov- 
erage. That  is  the  box  I  am  in. 

The  cost  controls,  we  all  agree.  I  think  the  question  is  which  ones 
will  work.  If  I  can  figure  out,  first  of  all,  where  to  get  the  money 
for  the  uninsured  or  the  people  who  may  become  uninsured,  and 
then  you  will  have  States  opt  out.  If  a  State  wants  to  have  single 
payer,  if  a  State  wants  to  have  managed  competition,  be  my  guest. 
We  got  a  $45,  $50  billion  a  year  problem,  and  we  don't  have  any 
volunteers,  and  that 

Mr.  Goldberg.  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chainnan  Stark.  Mr.  Goldberg,  are  you  going  to  pay? 

Mr.  Goldberg.  Pardon  me? 

Chairman  Stark.  Are  you  going  to  offer  to  pay? 

Mr.  Goldberg.  Not  personally,  but  I  did  want  to  make  two 
points.  One  is  that,  as  you  know,  roughly  84  percent  of  the  unin- 
sured are  either  in  the  work  force  or  in  families  that  include  a 
member  of  the  work  force. 

Chairman  Stark.  Two-thirds  of  them  are  below  two  times  the 
poverty.  These  people  are  the  people  who  are  working  for  McDon- 
ald's. 

Mr.  Goldberg.  The  point  I  wanted  to  make  first  is  that  if  we 
had  an  employer  mandate,  conjoined  with  an  individual  mandate, 
much  of  the  money  that  is  needed  to  provide  universal  coverage 
would  come  through  the  employers. 

Chairman  Stark.  Oh,  you  have  got  no  quarrel  with  me.  All  right. 
I  have  got  a  solution.  Dr.  Simmons  is  absolutely  right.  You  have 
got  to  have  both,  basically. 

Mr.  Goldberg.  Second,  as  to  the  residual,  I  just  wanted  to  make 
it  clear  that  the  members  of  our  Coalition,  when  they  developed 


575 

their  strategy,  agreed  to  and  proposed  a  one  percent  payroll  tax  to 
be  split  between  employers  and  employees  to  cover  the  remaining 
cost. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  will  tell  you  how  you  can  do  it.  I  probably 
learned  this  from  Dr.  Simmons.  It  gets  dangerously  close  to  the  old 
pay  or  play.  The  $2,000  we  talked  about,  it  is  $1  an  hour,  80  cents 
on  the  employer,  20  cents  on  the  employee.  You  add  90  cents  in- 
crease to  the  minimum  wage  in  1991  and  1992,  and  nobody  went 
broke  because  of  it. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Our  industry  pays  substantially  above  mini- 
mum wage. 

Chairman  Stark.  I  know.  So  you  wouldn't  be  affected.  I  am  just 
saying  you  treat  this  mandate,  if  you  don't  have  insurance  for  your 
employees,  you  don't  pay  the  buck,  if  you  are  one  of  those  people. 
If  you  are  Zoe  Baird,  it  is  a  $1  an  hour,  20  cents  out  of  her  baby- 
sitter, 80  cents  out  of  her  husband's  pocket,  and  that  is  the  dollar. 
1  hour  or  10,  you  pay,  and  that  will  raise  some  money  and  be  an 
employer  mandate  for  those  who  don't  have  insurance  elsewhere  in 
some  program  they  choose  to  purchase.  That  still  leaves  us  a  bit 
short,  probably  another  $30  billion  short,  and  that  is  where  your 
1  percent  payroll  tax  picks  it  up  a  little  bit  more  on  the  deductibil- 
ity than  I  think  you  want.  We  need  a  half-a-percent  and  the  de- 
ductibility. There  aren't  enough  cigarettes  in  the  world  to  do  it. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Mr.  Chairman,  something  else  that  might 
make  a  contribution  is  to  ensure  that  the  Congress  does  not  include 
in  any  health  reform  package  you  pass  the  buy-out  for  early  retir- 
ees, which  to  us  makes  absolutely  zero  sense.  It  is  counterintuitive. 

Chairman  Stark.  You  are  absolutely 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  In  a  day  and  age  where  we  are  worried  about 
people  living  too  long 

Chairman  Stark.  It  is  a  gift  to  the  people  who  need  it  least. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  It  helps  downsize  corporate  America  with  folks 
that  are  55  years  of  age  or  over. 

Chairman  Stark.  Great  minds  go  in  the  same  direction,  Mr.  Van 
Dongen. 

Mr.  Van  Dongen.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Stark.  There  is  no  question.  No,  sir.  I  don't  know 
where  that  one  came  out  of  the  woodwork,  but  no  thanks. 

Mr.  McCrery.  Briefly,  Mr.  Chairman,  Ms.  McCaughey  testified 
on  an  earlier  panel.  She  made  reference  to  an  article  that  she  has 
written  for  the  next  issue  of  the  New  Republic.  We  have  an  ad- 
vanced copy  of  that,  and  she  would  like  to  have  that  included  in 
the  record.  So,  with  unanimous  consent,  I  would  request  that  unan- 
imous consent  that  her  article  be  included  in  the  record,  without 
objection. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  article  appears  after  Ms.  Caughey's  written  statement  on 
page  — :] 

Mr.  McCrery.  I  thank  all  of  you  for  coming  today.  I  am  sorry 
I  wasn't  here  for  all  of  your  testimony,  but  I  have  seen  parts  of 
your  written  testimony,  and  I  agree  with  much  of  what  many  of 
you  have  said. 

I  don't  know  if  you  were  here  earlier.  I  am  in  the  process  of  try- 
ing to  tie  up  all  the  loose  ends  on  my  health  care  bill,  and  it  in- 


576 

eludes  some  of  the  things  that  you  have  talked  about.  I  have  a  brief 
summary  I  would  like  to  pass  out  to  you,  and  if  any  of  you  have 
comments  or  suggestions,  I  will  probably  take  another  couple  of 
weeks  before  I  finish  writing  it,  but  it  includes  many  of  the  incen- 
tives that  you  all  have  talked  about  in  trying  to  get  control  in  the 
private  sector  on  cost,  as  well  as  expanding  access  to  the  system 
by  providing  tax  credits,  refundable  t£ix  credits  to  low-income  folks 
without  mandates,  without  employer  mandates. 

I  am  still  considering  the  question  of  an  individual  mandates, 
but,  anyway,  I  will  give  this  to  you,  and  if  you  have  any  comments, 
I  would  appreciate  it. 

Chairman  Stark.  Thank  you  very  much. 

This  hearing  is  adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  3:50  p.m.,  the  hearing  was  adjourned.] 

[Submissions  for  the  record  follow:] 


577 


Health  Insurance  Market  Reform 

Mark  A.  Hall 

Professor  of  Law  and  Public  Health 

Wake  Forest  University  School  of  Law 

Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine. 

Excerpted  from  Reforming  Private  Health  Insurance,  AEI  Press:  forthcoming  1994. 

This  statement  comments  on  the  health  care  reform  bills  considered  at  the  February 
10,  1994  hearing  by  the  House  Ways  and  Means  Subcommittee  on  Health.   The  focus  is  on 
small-group  market  reforms,  community  rating,  and  voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives. 

SmaU-Group  Market  Reforms 

The  package  of  proposals  labeled  as  small  group  market  reform,  although  complex 
and  industry  driven,  for  the  most  part  make  good  sense  and  have  been  well  received  in  the 
states  in  which  they  were  first  enacted.   However,  their  very  limited  ambition  must  be  kept 
clearly  in  mind.    Guaranteed  issue,  insurance  portability,  rate  compression,  reinsurance, 
purchasing  cooperatives,  and  elimination  of  some  mandated  benefits  are  intended  to  improve 
the  market  for  those  who  previously  desired  to  purchase  insurance  but  were  unable  to  do  so. 
However,  these  reforms  will  make  insurance  more  expensive  for  many  who  previously 
purchased  and  so  now  may  not.   Moreover,  the  groups  these  reforms  will  hurt  somewhat  far 
outnumber  the  groups  they  help  a  lot.   Therefore,  we  can  have  no  confidence  that  these 
reforms  will  advance  us  further  toward  the  twin  goals  of  universal  access  and  cost 
containment.   At  best,  they  will  stabilize  the  portion  of  the  market  they  address  (usually, 
small  employers  groups)  from  further  decay;  at  worst,  they  may  increase  the  number  of 
uninsured  in  a  market  of  voluntary  purchase. 

Small  group  market  reforms  are  designed  to  accomplish  two  important  efficiency 
objectives.    First,  they  induce  insurers  to  behave  more  consistently  with  the  fundamental 
premises  of  group  insurance  by  minimizing  the  degree  of  individual  medical  underwriting. 
Rather  than  imposing  laborious  regulatory  oversight  of  discrete  underwriting  techniques  such 
as  blacklisting,  cherry  picking,  and  churning,  the  private  reinsurance  mechanism  achieves 
this  goal  through  an  incentive-based  system.   The  reinsurance  mechanism  encourages  the 
industry  to  assume  all  risks  at  the  same  time  that  it  assesses  the  industry  for  the  costs  of 
higher  risks  passed  on  to  the  reinsurance  pool.   Second,  these  reforms  help  to  reorient  the 
industry  from  competition  based  on  risk  selection  to  competition  based  on  risk  management. 

Health  insurers  can  best  contribute  to  social  welfare,  first,  by  insuring  as  broadly  as 
possible,  and  second  by  actively  managing  the  risks  they  insure.   Management  takes  the  form 
of  policing  the  costs  of  care  through  provider  controls  imposed  collectively  on  behalf  of  their 
subscribers.    At  the  same  time,  some  price  variability  is  desirable  since  individual 
subscribers  do  control  their  health  risks  and  attendant  costs  of  treatment  to  some  degree. 
Therefore,  some  degree  of  risk  rating  facilitates  the  use  of  competitive  pressures  to  manage 
health  care  costs.    Some  degree  of  risk  segmentation  may  also  be  necessary  for  purely 
logistical  or  pragmatic  reasons  in  order  to  allow  the  functioning  of  a  competitive  market  that 
gives  consumers  a  range  of  choices  among  insurance  options.   Small  group  market  reforms 
attempt  to  strike  a  balance  among  these  competing  objectives  by  guaranteeing  open 
enroUment  and  continuity  of  coverage,  allowing  limited  price  variation,  but  minimizing  risk 
selection  in  favor  of  competition  based  on  efficiency  in  the  delivery  of  medical  care. 

Despite  these  considerable  advantages,  small  group  market  reforms,  as  presently 
structured,  will  not  achieve  the  fundamental  goals  of  health  care  reform  to  the  extent  the 
industry  would  hope.  In  the  insurance  industry's  own  words,  these  reforms  are  aimed  only  at 
"availability,  not  affordability,"  meaning  they  are  only  designed  to  offer  insurance  to  any 
willing  purchaser  at  prices  that  do  not  far  exceed  the  market  average,  not  to  impose  rate 
regulation  or  reduce  prices  across  the  market.   Insurers  hope  that  focusing  competitive 
pressures  on  the  efficiency  of  medical  care  delivery  will  eventually  lower  prices,  but  in  the 
short  term  the  reforms  will  have  just  the  opposite  effect.   These  reforms  will  raise  prices 
because  they  make  insurance  most  attractive  to  the  highest  risk  groups  by  holding  prices  to 
less  than  the  policy's  actuarial  value.   The  excess  is  assessed  against  the  premiums  paid  by 
all  small  group  purchasers,  which  will  inevitably  drive  an  undetermined  number  of  low  risk 
purchasers  out  of  the  market,  thus  raising  the  market  average  even  more. 

Moreover,  insurance  can  be  said  to  be  accessible  to  high  risk  groups  only  to  the 
extent  that  its  price  does  not  vary  dramatically  from  the  average.    However,  the  rating  bands 


578 


advocated  by  the  industry  allow  too  much  variability  to  make  insurance  affordable  to  small 
groups  of  older  or  unhealthy  worken.    It  is  a  relatively  simple  matter  to  make  the  rating 
restrictions  more  severe,  as  several  states  have  done  and  as  some  federal  bills  have  proposed, 
by  moving  closer  toward  community  rating.   But  community  rating  is  difficult  to  administer 
in  a  voluntary  market  for  the  reasons  discussed  below. 

Even  if  some  workable  compromise  can  be  found  for  the  rate  compression  problem, 
these  reforms  as  presently  constructed  will  not  enhance  access  to  the  extent  the  industry 
would  hope;  indeed,  they  have  the  potential  to  decrease  the  prevalence  of  private  insurance. 
Some  highly  publicized  cases  of  insurance  denial  for  small  employers  may  involve  customers 
desperate  to  purchase  at  any  reasonable  price,  but  this  does  not  appear  to  characterize  the 
bulk  of  the  woricing  uninsured. 

Several  surveys  have  demonstrated  that  only  a  minority,  and  perhaps  a  very  small 
minority,  of  people  lack  insurance  because  they  have  an  uninsurable  condition  or  can  obtain 
only  substandard  coverage.   The  Congressional  Office  of  Technology  Assessment  questioned 
73  commercial  insurers  in  1988  and  found  that  about  three-quarters  of  all  individual  and 
small  group  applicants  are  offered  coverage  at  standard  rates.    Of  the  remaining  applicants, 
15  to  20  percent  are  offered  substandard  coverage  which  usually  means  a  permanent 
exclusion  of  preexisting  conditions,  but  sometimes  means  standard  coverage  at  rates  50 
percent  or  more  higher  than  the  norm  for  a  given  age  group.    Commercial  insurers  deny  only 
8  percent  of  individual  applicants."   Because  applicants  who  are  likely  to  be  turned  down 
usually  apply  to  more  than  one  company,  these  figures  represent  an  upper  bound  of  the 
number  of  uninsurable  individuals.   A  lower  bound  estimate  comes  from  the  1987  National 
Medical  Expenditure  Survey,  which  questioned  individuals,  not  insurers.    According  to  that 
data,  only  2.5  percent  of  those  without  insurance  have  been  denied  standard  coverage  at 
standard  rates. ^  This  is  a  level  of  uninsurable  applicants  that  could  easily  be  absorbed  by 
the  high-risk  pools  that  already  exist  in  26  states  or  by  the  Blue  Cross  plans  that  maintain 
open  enrollment  and  community  rating  in  14  states. 

For  the  most  part,  workers  lack  insurance  because  it  is  too  expensive  even  at  average 
rates.   Some  employers  may  be  unwilling  to  purchase  insurance  even  at  prices  far  below 
market  averages.    HIAA  provides  some  insight  into  insurance  purchasing  proclivities  via  a 
questioimaire  it  administered  to  a  nationally  representative  stratified  sampling  of  over  3000 
employers.   Its  1990  employer  survey  revealed  that  labor  market  factors  and  underlying 
costs,  not  product  availability,  account  for  a  large  portion  of  firms  not  offering  health 
insurance.'  Firms  without  health  insurance  have  nearly  three  times  as  many  employees 
earning  less  than  $10,000  as  do  firms  with  insurance  (33  percent  compared  to  12  percent). 
Employers  also  tend  not  to  offer  insurance  for  jobs  with  high  employee  turnover.    The 
turnover  rate  for  uninsured  firms  is  three  times  the  rate  for  insured  firms  (39  percent  versus 
13  percent).   When  asked  their  reasons  for  not  purchasing  insurance,  only  30  percent  of 
these  firms  cited  unavailability  of  an  acceptable  plan  as  very  important,  while  three  quarters 
cited  expense  and  over  half  cited  low  profits  as  very  important  reasons  for  not  offering 
insurance.    Similar  findings  are  reflected  in  surveys  conducted  by  the  federal  government, 
the  National  Federation  of  Independent  Business,  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation  grantees, 
and  Catherine  McLaughlin  and  her  associates.^ 

One  way  to  lower  these  financial  barriers  is  to  strip  away  enough  benefits  to  make 
insurance  affordable.   Based  on  research  showing  that  state  mandated  benefit  laws  add  10-to- 
20  percent  to  the  cost  of  insurance,'   31  states  have  enacted  so-called  "bare  bones"  law  that 
allow  insurers  to  sell  stripped  down  coverage  to  previously  uninsured  purchasers  at  greatly 
reduced  prices.   However,  in  most  states  these  efforts  have  been  a  dismal  failure,  and  have 
produced  only  a  modest  response  in  the  best  circumstances.   The  mandated  benefits  most 
subject  to  criticism  ~  such  as  for  acupuncture  and  chiropractic  services  -  add  very  little  to 
the  cost  of  insurance,'  and  the  10  percent  savings  produced  by  paring  back  most  mandates' 
is  not  sufficient  to  attract  a  large  number  of  new  subscribers.    This  range  of  savings  is 
negated  by  only  a  single  year  of  typical  inflation.   Therefore,  insurers  have  had  to  reduce 
prices  by  drastically  limiting  the  scope  of  coverage  through  very  high  deductibles  and 
copayments  or  very  low  overall  payment  limits.   Some  bare  bones  policies  cover  only  20 
days  of  hospitalization  or  cap  benefits  at  $50,000  annually  others   impose  deductibles  as  of 
$1(XX)  or  more.   This  produces  an  insurance  package  that  is  so  unattractive  few  people  wish 
to  purchase  it  despite  its  reasonable  price.    Most  bare  bones  states  have  sold  no  more  than  a 
few  hundred  policies,  and  in  several  states  only  a  few  dozen  or  fewer  people  have  purchased 


579 


these  plans.   However,  in  some  states  that  offer  a  standard  package  of  benefits  (Missouri, 
Oklahoma,  Oregon  and  Washington),  the  results  have  been  more  encouraging,  although  still 
modest,  with  policies  covering  several  thousand  subscribers.' 

The  second  solution  to  the  affordability  problem  is  to  call  for  various  forms  of 
subsidy  that  will  encourage  the  purchase  of  adequate  insurance  coverage.     However,  other 
real-world  tests  provide  even  more  discouraging  results  that  suggest  that  price  lowering 
effects  would  have  to  be  extraordinarily  large  in  order  to  work  well  in  a  voluntary  market. 
A  series  of  demonstration  projects  sponsored  by  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation  over 
the  past  three  years  has  shown  uninsured  small  employers  to  have  a  frustrating  degree  of 
resistance  to  buying  even  highly-subsidized  health  insurance.    Most  of  the  demonstration  sites 
achieved  far  less  than  10  percent  penetration  of  their  target  markets  of  previously  uninsured 
small  groups  despite  subsidies  of  one  quarter  to  one  half  of  market  value  and  despite 
aggressive  marketing  efforts  and  purchasing  cooperatives  in  some  of  the  sites.'  One  third  of 
surveyed  employers  without  insurance  in  Denver  and  one  fourth  in  Alabama  said  they  would 
not  contribute  any  amount  toward  their  employees'  health  insurance.'"  Similar  results  were 
experienced  in  two  pUot  projects  in  New  York,  where  an  evaluation  found  that,  "at  most,  the 
proportion  of  [small,  previously  uninsured]  firms  offering  insurance  increased  3.5  percentage 
points"  despite  a  50  percent  subsidy.   Moreover,  based  on  survey  information,  the  evaluators 
concluded  that  "nearly  60  percent  of  small  firm  owners  still  would  not  purchase  insurance 
even  with  a  75  percent  price  subsidy."" 

The  problems  caused  by  the  apparent  insensitivity  of  uninsured  employers  to 
reductions  in  price  are  compounded  by  the  high  degree  of  price  sensitivity  among  those  who 
are  presently  insured.   Price  sensitivity  among  presently-insured  small  employers  is  a  matter 
for  considerable  concern  because  the  inevitable  effect  of  the  small  group  reforms  is  to  raise 
average  prices  by  drawing  higher  risks  into  the  market.   Actuarial  simulations  of  the  effect  of 
various  rating  bands,  performed  for  HIAA  and  Blue  Cross  based  on  data  from  existing 
insured  groups,  estimate  an  average  increase  in  per  capita  claims  ranging  from  5  to  25 
percent  in  the  first  year.  '^  The  Society  of  Actuaries  projects  that  guaranteed  issue  will 
result  in  claims  costs  increasing  from  the  base  year  by  about  20  percent  in  first  year,  50 
percent  in  second  year,  25  percent  in  third  year,  and  13  percent  in  fourth  year." 

Even  if  rate  compression  were  not  to  attract  higher  risks,  however,  average  market 
prices  might  still  go  up  simply  as  the  result  of  losing  some  existing  good  risks.    The  purpose 
of  the  rating  bands  is  to  compress  the  differential  between  existing  low  and  high  risk  groups. 
This  necessarily  makes  insurance  more  expensive  than  before  for  the  lowest  risks. 
Therefore,  at  the  margin,  some  number  of  previously  insured  employers  can  be  expected  to 
drop  coverage.   Subscribers  are  not  priced  out  of  the  market  only  at  the  high  end  of  the  price 
range.   As  Mark  Pauly  has  observed,  the  willingness  to  pay  for  insurance  varies  with  one's 
expected  loss.   Therefore,  marginal  price  effects  can  be  felt  across  the  full  range  of  risks.'* 

How  many  lower-risk  subscribers  will  drop  coverage  due  to  price  increases  depends 
on  the  price  sensitivity  among  existing  insured  employers.    Different  attempts  to  measure 
price  elasticity  using  dissimilar  methodologies  have  produced  widely  varying  results. " 
However,  most  economists  conclude  that  employers  are  fairly  to  highly  price  sensitive.'* 
Using  a  conservative  elasticity  estimate  of  -2,  a  10  percent  increase  in  the  price  of  insurance 
is  likely  to  result  in  20  percent  of  presently-insured  employers  dropping  coverage. 

Of  course,  disenrolling  low-risk  groups  may  be  offset  by  an  even  greater  number  of 
newly  enrolling  high-risk  groups,  but  this  is  unlikely.   First,  projections  show  that  the 
number  of  "losers"  under  various  rating  bands  will  far  outnumber  the  number  of  "winners," 
since  many  average  risks  must  suffer  a  modest  increase  in  order  to  lower  the  price  for  a  few 
very  bad  risks.    For  instance,  under  the  rating  bands  that  were  being  considered  in  several 
bills  during  the  102d  Congress,  various  projections  predicted  four  times  as  many  subscribers 
would  suffer  price  increases  as  would  receive  price  reductions. '^  Moreover,  even  if 
winners  and  losers  were  better  balanced,  the  marginal  price  effects  may  be  markedly 
different  for  currently  insured  versus  currently  uninsured  employers,  such  that  the  former  are 
more  likely  to  drop  coverage  than  the  latter  are  to  add  it,  for  a  given  level  of  price 
differential.   Therefore,  the  HIAA  estimate  that  the  tighter  rating  bands  being  proposed  may 
decrease  the  level  of  insurance  purchase  by  2-to-5  percent  is  probably  realistic." 

The  most  dire  projections  have  not  been  borne  out,  however,  in  the  states  that  first 
implemented  small  group  reforms.    No  dramatic  price  increases  are  reported  in  Connecticut, 
North  Carolina  or  Vermont,  nor  has  there  been  a  huge  outcry  from  small  employers.    Data  is 


580 


insufficient  to  determine  whether  the  level  of  insurance  has  gone  up  or  down,  but  an  eyeball 
assessment  suggests  modest  progress.    In  Connecticut,  over  5000  plans  have  been  sold  to 
previously  uninsured  small  employers  during  two  years  under  market  reform."  In  North 
Carolina,  another  early  state  with  a  full  set  of  reforms,  7300  new  plans  were  issued  in  the 
first  year  of  market  reform  with  60  percent  going  to  previously  uninsured  groups. •"  And, 
in  California,  where  small  group  reforms  took  effect  in  mid- 1993,  insurance  regulators  are 
reporting  a  strong  surge  of  applications  for  new  coverage.^' 

In  sum,  the  working  uninsured  are  composed  primarily  of  two  groups:    high  risks 
who  cannot  afford  insurance  and  low  risks  who  cannot  afford  insurance.    Small  group 
reforms  will  help  only  the  former  and  will  hinder  the  latter.    It  is  impossible  to  predict  how 
these  counteracting  effects  at  the  margin  will  net  out  over  time,  but  it  is  quite  possible 
(although  it  has  not  yet  happened)  that  some  form  of  an  adverse  selection  spiral  will  occur 
that  results  in  significantly  fewer  employers  voluntarily  purchasing  insurance  than  before, 
although  those  purchasing  will  be  sicker  and  thus  more  needy  groups.    Even  if  a  price  spiral 
does  not  result,  it  is  certain  that  prices  will  not  drop  on  their  own  sufficiently  to  induce  most 
small  employers  to  purchase  voluntarily.    Therefore,  the  only  effective  means  to  produce 
universal  coverage  of  woiicers  by  private  insurance  is  to  mandate  the  purchase  of  insurance 
by  all  employers  or  individuals. 

Community  Rating  in  a  Voluntary  Market 

In  a  maricet  of  voluntary  purchase,  community  rating  has  severe  feasibility  problems 
because  it  encourages  younger,  healthier  groups  and  individuals  to  avoid  purchasing 
insurance  or  to  self-insure.   Refusing  to  allow  insurers  to  price  these  better  risks  accurately 
drives  them  from  the  risk  pool,  leaving  only  higher-than-average  risks  to  support  the  pool. 
Then,  when  the  pool's  average  community  rate  increases  even  further,  still  more  members 
dropout,  setting  up  a  classic  adverse  selection  spiral  that  eventually  (or  quickly)  could  destroy 
the  market  entirely  if  not  corrected. 

As  a  result  of  these  and  other  concerns,  the  states  that  have  adopted  pure  community 
rating  so  far  have  experienced  trouble  with  some  commercial  insurers  withdrawing  from  the 
mailcet  or  failing  to  offer  affordable  products  to  the  market,  particularly  when  community 
rating  is  applied  to  the  market  for  individual  insurance.   In  New  York,  for  instance, 
commercial  insurers  offer  no  reasonably-priced  standard-coverage  policies  in  the  individual 
market,  and  in  many  locations  the  only  real  choice  for  individual  subscribers  are  among 
HMOs.*'  In  New  Jersey,  Blue  Cross  is  the  only  insurer  offering  a  range  of  reasonably- 
priced  options  to  the  community-rated  individual  maricet.''  However,  both  states  have  an 
ample  supply  of  companies  competing  for  the  small  group  market,  as  does  Vermont,  which 
also  employs  community  rating. 

Skeptics  of  adverse  selection  sometimes  object  that  there  is  no  hard  or  even  anecdotal 
evidence  that  adverse  selection  would  be  a  serious  problem  for  health  insurance,  at  least  to 
the  extent  of  destroying  the  market.   They  reason  that  health  insurance,  unlike  life  or 
disability  income  insurance  which  are  discretionary,  is  too  essential  an  item  to  be  subject  to 
intensive  selection  bias. 

However,  adverse  selection  problems  created  by  community  rating  are  real.   Adverse 
selection  originally  forced  Blue  Cross  to  abandon  community  rating  in  favor  of  experience 
rating  for  groups,  and  it  is  presently  destroying  the  market  for  individual  and  small  group 
insurance  as  subscribers  select  against  the  Blue  Cross  community-rated  pools.   Adverse 
selection  has  made  it  extremely  difficulty  for  a  significant  market  in  private  long-term  health 
care  insurance  to  come  into  existence,  since  younger  people  with  little  need  decline  to 
purchase,  and  the  premiums  are  too  high  for  older  subscribers  to  afford.'^ 

The  pronounced  effect  of  adverse  selection  on  ordinary  health  insurance  is  borne  out 
by  the  experience  under  the  federal  law  (known  as  COBRA)  that  allows  employees  to  pay  for 
continued  group  coverage  for  18  months  after  leaving  a  job.   Employers  and  insurers  report 
that  COBRA  continuation  coverage  produces  claims  that  are  one-third  to  twice  as  high  as  for 
other  group  enrollees.'^  This  is  consistent  with  reports  by  insurers  in  the  individual  and 
small-group  market  that  premiums  for  medically  underwritten  coverage,  which  screens  for 
adverse  selection,  are  80-100%  less  than  for  guaranteed  issue  plans." 

Adverse  selection  has  also  been  a  significant  problem  within  larger  groups  that  offer  a 
choice  among  multiple  health  plans,  each  of  which  carries  the  same  group-community  price. 
Because  presently  sick  patients  place  more  value  on  their  established  physician  relationships 


581 


and  on  their  freedom  to  select  their  own  specialists,  they  are  more  inclined  than  healthier  and 
younger  patients  to  select  traditional,  indemnity  fee-for-service  plans  than  HMOs.    Sick 
patients  also  tend  to  select  more  generous  benefits,  and  those  with  dental  or  mental  health 
problems  select  insurance  that  covers  those  conditions. 

These  selection  biases  have  been  an  ongoing,  serious  problem   within  the  Federal 
Employees  Health  Benefits  program,  which  is  the  largest  existing  multi-option  network. 
Adverse  selection  resulted  in  the  high-option  (low  deductible)  fee-for-service  plan  in  one  area 
attracting  risks  that  were  50  percent  higher  than  the  plan's  actuarial  value  based  on  standard 
risks,  whereas  the  low-option  (high  deductible)  version  of  the  same  plan  attracted  risks  that 
were  about  40  percent  lower  than  the  plan's  value  based  on  standard  risks."  Another  study 
found  that  a  different  insurer  that  offered  two  plans  with  the  same  actuarial  value  attracted 
subscribers  with  79  percent  higher  claims  to  one  than  to  the  other.^'  As  a  consequence  of 
these  adverse  selection  problems,  several  fee-for-service  plans  and  dozens  of  HMOs 
withdrew  from  FEHB  during  the  late  1980s.    Similar  problems  have  plagued  the  California 
Public  Employees  Retirement  System"  as  well  as  large  private  employers  offering  multiple 
options.   In  one  study,  a  high-option  plan  attracted  enroUees  that  were  as  much  as  four  times 
more  expensive  than  those  who  chose  the  low-option  plan  from  the  same  employer.'" 

At  present,  the  most  successful  attempt  at  community  rating  in  a  voluntary  market 
exists  in  Rochester,  New  York,  where  community  rating  prevails  for  about  85  percent  of 
subscribers."   There  are  several  unique  aspects  of  the  Rochester  market,  however.   First, 
Blue  Cross  dominates  the  market  with  70  percent  of  the  business,  and  it  offers  insurance  only 
on  a  community-rated  basis.   The  Blue  Cross  plan  there  has  an  unusual  history,  having  been 
started  by  the  business  community,  which  itself  is  dominated  by  a  few  larger  employers,  the 
largest  of  which  is  Eastman  Kodak.    This  market  configuration  allows  for  a  much  higher 
level  of  community  cooperation  and  voluntary  health  planning  than  has  proven  possible  in 
most  other  locations."  Blue  Cross  has  negotiated  aggressively  for  provider  discounts, 
which  keeps  smaller  insurance  competitors  from  offering  more  favorable  experience-based 
rates.    Even  then,  erosion  of  community  rating  is  setting  in  as  some  employers  are  beginning 
to  self  insure  or  to  demand  experience-rated  premiums. 

As  revealing  as  these  examples  are,  they  still  illustrate  selection  against  community- 
rated  plans  only  when  another  form  of  insurance  was  available.   There  are  no  existing 
examples  of  adverse  selection  when  the  entire  market  is  community-rated,  which  would 
require  those  opting  out  to  go  entirely  without  insurance.    Nevertheless,  we  know  from 
recent  market  experience  that  many  average-to-good  risk  individuals  and  employers  are 
presently  inclined  to  opt  out  for  reasons  relating  largely  to  the  price  of  insurance,  not  purely 
due  to  their  own  poverty,  in  a  market  that  is  experience  or  risk-rated.   This  tendency  can 
only  be  aggravated  by  community  rating,  which  will  produce  dramatic  price  increases  for  the 
youngest  (and  therefore  lower  paid)  groups  and  individuals. 

In  New  York  state,  for  instance,  community  rating  prompted  a  170  percent  price 
increase  by  one  large  insurer  for  30  year  old  males,  and  a  30  percent  increase  even  for  45 
year  old  males."   For  group  insurance,  projections  by  Blue  Cross,  Aetna,  and  the 
American  Academy  of  Actuaries  based  on  existing  business  indicate  that  about  10  percent  of 
small  groups  (under  25)  would  experience  price  increases  under  community  rating  of  40 
percent  or  more  and  about  20  percent  of  groups  would  have  increases  of  20  percent  or 
more."  These  lower-risk  subscribers  would  naturally  tend  to  drop  out,  while  higher-risk 
subscribers  would  be  drawn  into  the  market,  thereby  increasing  the  community  rate  from  its 
initial  position  and  so  drive  away  even  more  low-to-average  risks.    The  net  result,  according 
to  projections  made  by  the  Council  for  Affordable  Health  Insurance,  is  that  pure  community 
rating  for  individuals  and  small  employers  (under  25)  would  result  in  a  25  %  increase  in  the 
average  market  premium  and  a  22  percent  reduction  in  the  total  number  of  people  insured." 

Much  of  this  effect  can  be  mitigated  by  allowing  community  rating  by  age  class, 
which  produces  increases  of  more  than  20  and  40  percent  for  only  4  and  2  percent 
respectively  of  the  existing  individual  and  small-group  market."  To  allow  community 
rating  by  age  differs  little  from  allowing  rating  bands  centered  on  age  groups.   Therefore, 
this  fallback  position  concedes  the  basic  argument  that  some  variation  in  rates  according  to 
individual  risk  is  desirable  in  a  market  of  voluntary  purchase.   Whether  risk  is  measured  by 
age  or  by  health  status  is  largely  a  matter  of  detail. 


582 


Voluntary  Purchasing  Cooperatives. 

One  reason  the  level  of  uninsurance  is  so  much  higher  among  small  employers  is  the 
much  higher  overhead  costs  that  small  group  purchasers  face.    Overhead  costs  are  the  portion 
of  the  premium  that  is  not  paid  out  in  direct  claims.   There  are  three  reasons  why  this 
portion  is  several  times  higher  for  smaller  groups.   First,  the  per-enroUee  cost  of  marketing  a 
policy  to  smaller  groups  are  much  higher  simply  because  this  one-time  cost  is  spread  over 
fewer  people.   These  costs  are  compounded  by  the  administrative  expenses  incurred  in 
having  to  medically  underwrite  small  groups  in  order  to  counteract  adverse  selection. 
Second,  smaller  groups  have  less  bargaining  clout  than  large  groups,  so  there  is  some 
possibility  that  insurers  are  able  to  exact  a  higher  profit  margin  (although  profit  margins  for 
all  components  of  health  insurance  are  quite  low).   Third,  the  pure  risk  premium  for  small 
groups  must  be  higher  simply  because  the  risk  pool  is  smaller;  therefore,  the  risk  reduction 
created  by  the  Law  of  Large  Numbers  is  not  nearly  as  great. 

As  a  partial  solution  to  many  of  these  diseconomies  of  scale,  several  states  and  a 
number  of  academics  have  proposed  creating  purchasing  cooperatives  for  the  small  group  and 
individual  markets.    California,  Florida,  Mirmesota,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Texas,  and 
Washington  are  leading  examples  of  states  that  have  already  taken  this  step.    Voluntary 
purchasing  cooperatives  in  another  form  have  existed  for  a  number  of  years  under  the  name 
of  Multiple  Employer  Welfare  Arrangements  (MEW  As).   These  MEW  As  have  garnered  a 
tarnished  reputation  due  to  the  mismanagement,  bankruptcy  and  outright  fraud  that  occurred 
in  a  number  of  them.  However,  the  current  proposals  for  small  group  purchasing 
cooperatives  differ  in  several  crucial  respects.   MEW  As  are  usually  themselves  insurers,  not 
merely  marketing  services  for  other  insurers.   Their  mismanagement  occurred  because  many 
escaped  regulation  due  to  confusion  over  the  applicability  of  ERISA's  preemption  of  state 
regulation  of  self  insurance."  More  successfiil  examples  of  purchasing  cooperatives  have 
operated  in  several  demonstration  cites  sponsored  by  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation. 

Purchasing  cooperatives  create  several  decided  advantages  for  both  small  employers 
and  insurers.   First,  the  search  costs  relative  to  the  product  costs  in  shopping  for  insurance 
are  considerable  for  small  employers,  as  are  the  marketing  costs  for  insurers.   Small 
employers  do  not  have  the  size  or  money  to  justify  hiring  benefits  managers  to  perform  this 
task  for  them.   Studies  and  demonstrations  reveal  that  insurers  have  to  exert  much  greater 
effort  to  attract  small  employers'  attention  since  they  are  often  too  busy  running  the  business 
to  attend  to  the  complexities  of  selecting  health  insurance.   Purchasing  cooperatives  help  to 
create  for  the  small  group  market  the  same  expertise  and  economies  of  scale  that  exist  in  the 
benefits  departments  of  larger  employers. 

Second,  purchasing  cooperatives  offer  individual  employees  within  small  groups  the 
same  (or  an  even  better)  menu  of  choice  as  is  typically  given  to  employees  of  large  firms. 
Small  employers  that  do  offer  insurance  usually  select  only  a  single  option  and  usually  one 
that  is  not  managed  care  (HMO  or  PPO).   Purchasing  cooperatives  provide  employees  access 
to  a  much  broader  range  of  the  market  by  presenting  them  a  full  range  of  insurance  options. 

Third,  a  properly  motivated  purchasing  cooperative  can  wield  considerably  greater 
market  clout,  to  the  bargaining  advantage  of  its  members.   Finally,  depending  on  the  rate 
mechanism  a  purchasing  cooperative  chooses,  it  can  have  the  effect  of  creating  a  much  larger 
risk  pool,  equivalent  to  that  of  a  larger  employer's,  which  creates  an  even  greater 
compression  of  rates  than  do  the  rating  bands  discussed  above,  depending  on  how  closely  the 
rating  method  approaches  community  rating.   Most  purchasing  cooperative  proposals  call  for 
strict  community  rating,  although  others  allow  age-adjusted  rating,  or  the  ftiU  breadth  of 
rating  bands  proposed  by  the  industry. 

The  working  model  of  a  purchasing  cooperative  that  is  most  frequently  cited  is  the 
Council  of  Smaller  Employers  (COSE,  pronounced  "cozy"),  which  has  operated  successftiUy 
in  Cleveland  for  two  decades  under  the  sponsorship  of  a  local  business  association.   COSE, 
which  covers  almost  150,000  people,  has  limited  premium  increases  over  a  five-year  period 
to  about  one-third  of  the  trend  for  other  small  business  in  the  area,   and  its  administrative 
expenses  are  less  than  12  percent  of  premiums,  as  compared  with  an  average  of  27  percent 
for  the  small  group  market.   COSE  offers  12  health  plans,  10  of  which  are  provided  by  Blue 
Cross."  Initial  reports  are  also  very  encouraging  from  California's  state-sponsored 
purchasing  cooperative  for  small  employers,  established  in  mid  1993.  The  California 
cooperative  is  receiving  a  strong  surge  of  applications,  and  it  was  able  to  negotiate  adjusted 


583 


community  rates  six  to  23  percent  less  than  the  highly  competitive  rates  available  from  the 
California  Public  Employees  Retirement  System  (CalPERS)." 

Other  examples  of  purchasing  cooperatives  with  successful  track  records  come  from 
the  public  sector.    The  Federal  Employees  Health  Benefits  (FEHB)  program  has  reached  a 
ten-year  average  increase  in  costs  per  enroUee  of  9  percent  a  year  despite  an  aging 
workforce,*"  a  figure  that  compares  favorably  with  the  double-digit  increases  that  have 
prevailed  in  the  private  sector  over  the  past  few  years.    Even  more  promising,  CalPERS  held 
premium  increases  to  1.4%  in  1993  and  to  6.1  %  the  year  before,  and  it  is  presently 
demanding  a  5  %  rate  rollback."' 

Some  commercial  insurers,  particularly  smaller  ones,  are  concerned  about  the  effect 
that  cooperatives  are  likely  to  have  of  narrowing  the  market  for  small  groups  by  selecting 
only  a  limited  number  of  plans  for  inclusion.   Insurers  are  also  concerned  that,  in  being 
required  to  deal  with  employees  on  an  individual  rather  than  a  group  basis,  they  will  suffer 
from  biased  selection.    Changing  to  a  system  in  which  small  employers  offer  a  range  of 
insurers  rather  than  each  selecting  a  single  plan  will  fundamentally  change  the  dynamic  and 
perhaps  the  makeup  of  the  small  group  market.    Employers  who  choose  only  a  single  plan 
are  more  likely  to  select  traditional  indemnity  than  a  managed  care  alternative  whereas  with 
purchasing  cooperatives,  employees  may  opt  for  managed  care  products  that  typically  are 
offered  only  by  larger  insurers.    Also,  offering  individual  employees  multiple  choice  will 
greatly  increase  the  amount  of  plan-switching  that  occurs  during  each  open  enrollment.   The 
ability  of  individuals  to  switch  rather  than  requiring  the  entire  group  to  select  new  insurance 
means  that  insurers  are  more  likely  than  before  to  lose  business  on  account  of  minor 
differences  in  costs  or  benefits. 

However,  these  problems  of  selection  among  different  insurers  and  the  possibility  of 
exclusion  from  the  market  are  not  fundamentally  different  than  the  manner  in  which  insurers 
deal  with  very  large  employers  at  present.  Some  of  these  concerns  are  problems  only  for  the 
numerous  small  insurers  who  have  achieved  a  market  niche  by  offering  only  a  single  type  of 
coverage;  for  consumers,  these  concerns  represent  an  improvement  in  the  market.  Other 
concerns  are  legitimate,  but  the  use  of  risk  adjustment  techniques  should  make  it  possible  to 
keep  these  problems  in  check. 

A  greater  problem  is  biased  selection  between  the  purchasing  cooperative  and  the  rest 
of  the  maricet  (as  distinct  from  biased  selection  among  insurers  within  the  cooperative).   If  all 
that  a  purchasing  cooperative  did  were  to  offer  a  price  advantage  due  to  economies  of  scale, 
then  both  good  and  bad  risk  groups  would  have  equal  reasons  to  shop  for  insurance  at  a 
cooperative.   However,  if  cooperatives  also  adopt  different  rating  rules  than  the  rest  of  the 
market,  they  are  certain  to  attract  a  disproportionate  number  of  higher  risk  groups  that  will 
be  favored  by  rate  compression.    Unless  the  purchasing  cooperative's  efficiencies  are  large 
enough  to  offset  its  increased  risk  profile,  the  resulting  increase  in  rates  will  drive  healthier 
groups  back  into  the  regular  market.   This  will  set  off  an  adverse  selection  spiral  unless  the 
cooperative  is  allowed  to  screen  out  bad  risks  or  establish  different  risk  pools. 

For  instance,  COSE  was  forced  by  the  natural  effects  of  adverse  selection  to  create  a 
separate  pool  for  high-risk  groups  applying  for  membership  and  to  turn  down  20  percent  of 
applicants.   Thus,  it  turns  out  that  COSE  has  been  able  to  maintain  its  success  in  holding 
down  costs  partly  by  refusing  high-risk  groups.    For  instance.  Kaiser  calculated  that  its 
COSE  business  was  5  percent  less  risky  than  its  non-COSE  small  group  business.*^  State- 
sponsored  cooperatives  will  not  have  this  advantage. 

The  initial  start-up  of  the  California  small-group  purchasing  cooperative  has  been 
more  successful  despite  these  concerns  because  there,  the  rating  method  used  inside  the 
cooperative  pool  allows  for  age-based  risk  adjustment  and  so  does  not  differ  as  dramatically 
from  the  rating  reforms  applied  to  the  rest  of  the  market.   Moreover,  the  California  pool  has 
been  able  to  negotiate  very  advantageous  rates  that  remain  attractive  to  healthy  groups  despite 
the  greater  compression  in  its  rates. 

There  are  two  possible  remedies  for  market  selection  problems  created  by  purchasing 
cooperatives.    One  is  to  ^Jply  the  same  rating  reforms  both  inside  and  outside  of  the 
cooperatives.   This  places  cooperative  insurers  on  more  even  footing  with  noncooperative 
insurers.    This  compromise  produces  the  felicitous  result  that  noncooperative  insurers  will  be 
forced  to  compete  with  the  prices  established  within  the  cooperative;  in  other  words,  the 
entire  market  would  feel  the  effects  of  the  cooperative's  economies  of  scale.   It  also  allows 


584 


cooperatives  to  prove  themselves  by  market  performance  rather  than  having  to  force  the 
entire  market  into  an  untested  new  system. 

A  second  method  for  reducing  selection  problems  is  to  make  the  cooperative  the 
exclusive  source  for  insurance  purchase  in  the  small  group  (or  individual)  market.    That  is, 
small  employers,  if  they  wish  to  purchase  insurance,  must  do  so  through  the  cooperative. 
Naturally,  this  will  escalate  insurers'  concerns  over  market  exclusion.    However,  if 
purchasing  cooperatives  are  not  exclusive,  then  insurers  will  be  allowed  to  continue  the 
duplicative  marketing  efforts  that  contribute  to  the  higher  costs  that  cooperatives  are  intended 
to  eliminate.   Furthermore,  nonexclusive  purchasing  cooperatives  already  exist  in  almost 
every  state  (in  the  form  of  MEW  As)  by  virtue  of  natural  market  forces  and  voluntary 
cooperation  among  employers.^'  If  cooperatives  are  not  made  the  exclusive  source  of 
insurance,  it  is  not  clear  that  authorizing  legislation  creates  any  innovation  beyond  what  the 
market  is  already  capable  of  producing  on  its  own  operating  under  the  guaranteed  issue  and 
rating  rules  discussed  above.   The  only  real  effect  of  nonexclusive  purchasing  cooperative 
legislation  is  to  extend  those  reforms  to  MEW  As. 

Selection  problems  will  manifest  themselves  in  yet  another  way:  at  the  borders  of  the 
regulated  market.    Restricting  the  cooperative  to  small  groups  creates  border-policing 
problems.    For  instance,  large  employers  with  older  or  sicker  workforces  who  are  already 
purchasing  insurance  on  their  own  will  have  an  incentive  to  break  their  workforces  into 
artiiicially  smaller  groups  so  that  the  riskier  workers  can  be  sent  to  the  community-rated 
pool.   This  can  be  done  simply  by  redefining  corporate  subsidiaries  in  a  gerrymandered 
fashion.   Obviously,  this  creates  a  selection  problem  and  is  unfair  to  the  small  group  pool 
since  the  healthy  component  of  the  larger  employer  market  does  not  contribute  to  the  pool. 
Therefore,  this  strategy  will  have  to  be  monitored. 

Notes 


1.  U.S.  Congressional  Office  of  Technology  Assessment,  Medical  Testing  and  Health  Insurance,  Aug.  1988. 

2.  Karen  Beauregard,  Persons  Denied  Private  Health  Insurance  Due  to  Poor  Health,  (Rockville,  MD:  Agency 
for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research  Pub.  No.  92-0016,  Dec.  1991). 

3.  C.  Lippert,  E.  Wicks,  Critical  distinctions:  how  firms  that  offer  health  benefits  differ  from  those  that 
do  not.   Washington,  D.C.:HIAA,  1991  (based  on  HIAA  1990  employer  survey). 

4.  Stephen  H.  Long  and  M.  Susan  Marquis,  'Gaps  in  Employer  Coverage:  Lack  of  Supply  or  Lack  of 
Demand?"  Health  Affairs,  vol.  12  (Supp.  1993),  pp.  282-293;   Charles  P.  Hall  and  John  M.  Kuder,    "Small 
Business  and  Health  Care  —  Results  of  a  Survey,"  The  National  Federation  of  Independent  Business  (NFIB) 
Foundation,  1990;  Catherine  G.  McLaughlin  and  Wendy  K.  Zellers,  'The  Shortcomings  of  Voluntarism  in  the 
Small-Group  Insurance  Market,"  Health  ^airs,  vol.  II,  no.  2  (summer  1992),  pp.  28-40;  Catherine  G. 
McLaughlin,  'The  Dilemma  of  Affordability-Health  Insurance  for  Small  Businesses,"  in  Robert  B.  Helms,  ed. 
American  Health  Policy:  Critical  Issues  for  Reform  (Washington,  D.C.:  American  Enterprise  Institute,  1993), 
pp.  152-66;  W.  David  Helms,  Anne  K.  Gauthier,  and  Daniel  M.  Campion,  'Mending  the  Flaws  in  the  Small- 
Group  Market,'  Health  Affairs,  vol.  11,  no.  2  (summer  1992),  pp.  7-27. 

5.  Gail  A.  Jensen,  'Regulating  the  Content  of  Health  Plans,'  in  Robert  B.  Helms,  ed.   American  Health 
Policy:  Critical  Issues  for  Reform  (Washington,  D.C.:  American  Enterprise  Institute,  1993),  pp.  167-93. 

6.  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  'Access  to  Health  Insurance:  State  Efforts  to  Assist  Small 
Businesses,"  GAO/HRD  92-90  (May  1992),  p.  32. 

7.  It  is  not  possible  to  eliminate  all  mandates  since  some  —  such  as  guaranteed  renewability  and  continuity  of 
coverage  laws  and  requiring  family  policies  to  cover  newborns  despite  their  preeusting  congenital  defects  —  are 
highly  desirable  and  promote  the  goal  of  increased  coverage. 

8.  See  Generally,  Families  USA,  'No  Sale:  The  Failure  of  Barebones  Insurance,'  July  1993;  Susan  Laudicina, 
"Impact  of  State  Basic  Benefit  Laws  on  the  Uninsured,"  (Washington,  D.C.:  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield 
Association,  Dec.  1992);  PaUicia  A.  Butler,  "Flesh  or  Bones?  Early  Experience  of  State  Limited  Benefit  Health 
Insurance  Laws,"  (Portland  MN:  National  Academy  for  State  Health  Policy.  Aug.  1992). 

9.  W.  David  Helms,  Anne  K.  Gauthier,  and  Daniel  M.  Campion,  "Mending  the  Flaws  in  the  Small-Group 
Marlcet,"  Health  Affairs,  vol.  II,  no.  2  (summer  1992),  pp.  7-27. 


585 


10.  U.S.  House  of  Representatives,  Committee  on  Ways  and  Means,  Subcommittee  on  Health.    Private  health 
insurance:  options  for  refonn.    Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Sept.  20.  1990  (Comm.  Print 
101-33)  (referencing  remarks  of  Judith  Glazner  (Colorado)  and  Hugh  Davis  (Alabama)  at  a  seminar  entitled 
"Health  Insurance  for  the  Uninsured:  Strategies  and  Policy  Options  for  a  Public/Private  Partnership," 
Washington,  D.C.,  May  31,  1990).    However,  another  opinion  survey  found  that  a  price  reduction  of  50 
percent  would  induce  half  of  small  firms  now  without  insurance  to  purchase.    Jennifer  N.  Edwards,  Robert  J. 
Blendon,  Robert  Leitman.  Ellen  Morrison,  Ian  Morrison,  and  Humphrey  Taylor,  "Small  Business  and  the 
National  Health  Care  Reform  Debate,"  Health  Affairs,  vol.  1 1,  no.  1  (Spring  1992),  pp.  164-173. 

11.  However,  these  findings  were  likely  biased  by  severe  restrictions  in  eligibility  for  the  program.    For 
instance,  the  firm  owners  were  precluded  from  participating  and  from  requiring  employees  to  pay  any  portion  of 
the  premium.    K.  Thorpe,  A.  Hendricks,  D.  Gamick,  K.  Donelan,  and  J.  Newhouse,  "Reducing  the  Number  of 
Uninsured  by  Subsidizing  Employment-Based  Health  Insurance,"  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
vol.  267  (1992),  pp.  945-48. 

12.  P.  Anthony  Hammond,  "H.R.  3626  and  its  Effects  on  the  Small-Employer  Market,"  Health  Insurance 
Association  of  America,  June  1992. 

13.  Society  of  Actuaries,  "Variation  by  Duration  in  Small  Group  Medical  Insurance  Claims,"  Sept.  5,  1991. 

14.  Mark  Pauly,  "Fairness  and  Feasibility  in  National  Health  Care  Systems,"  Health  Economics,  vol.  1  (1992), 
pp.  93-103. 

15.  For  instance,  it  is  known  that  workers  will  switch  plans  to  avoid  relatively  minor  costs,  reflecting  a  high 
level  of  price  sensitivity.   On  the  other  hand,  deep  discounts  in  the  cost  of  insurance  do  not  induce  many 
presently-insured  employers  to  add  coverage.    This  perceived  difference,  if  it  is  real,  may  reflect  one  of  the 
following  phenomena:    (1)  workers  are  more  price  sensitive  than  employers;  (2)  insured  workforces  are  more 
price  sensitive  than  uninsured  ones;  (3)  price  sensitivity  varies  widely  and  these  two  observations  come  firom 
opposite  ends  of  the  spectrum. 

16.  See  Michael  A.  Morrissey,  Price  Sensitivity  in  Health  Care:  Implications  for  Health  Care  Policy 
(Washington,  D.C.:  The  NFIB  Foundation,  1992),  pp.  37-53. 

17.  Mark  A.  Hall,  'The  Political  Economics  of  Health  Insurance  Market  Reform,"  Health  Affairs,  vol.  11,  no. 
2  (summer  1992),  pp.  108-124. 

18.  P.  Anthony  Hammond,  H.R.  3626  and  its  Effects  on  the  Small-Employer  Market,  Health  Insurance 
Association  of  America,  June  1992. 

19.  Connecticut  Small  Employer  Health  Reinsurance  Pool,  "Market  Place  Report,"  May  1993.    The  report 
gives  no  data  about  the  number  of  employers  dropping  coverage,  so  it  is  not  yet  possible  to  determine  the  effect 
on  overall  level  of  coverage. 

20.  Personal  communication  with  Allen  Feezor,  Chief  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Insurance.     However,  there  is 
no  information  on  the  rate  of  disenroUment  during  the  same  period. 

21.  BNA  Health  Care  DaUy,  July  7,  1993. 

22.  The  individual  policies  offered  by  the  otUy  two  commercial  insurers  participating  either  are  extremely 
expensive  (50-100  percent  more  than  other  plans)  or  have  very  high  deductibles  ($2500-35000).    Blue  Cross 
offers  reasonably-priced  fee-for-service  options  to  individuals  in  some  but  not  all  parts  of  the  state. 

23.  BNA  Health  Care  Daily,  Aug.  5,  1993. 

24.  Mark  Pauly,  "The  Rational  Nonpurchase  of  Long-Tenn-Care  Insurance,"  Journal  of  Political  Economy. 
vol.  98  (Feb.  1990),  pp.  153-68. 

25.  Gail  A.  Jensen,  "Regulating  the  Content  of  Health  Plans,"  in  Robert  B.  Helms,  ed.   American  Health 
Policy:  Critical  Issues  for  Reform  (Washington,  D.C.:  American  Enterprise  Institute,  1993),  pp.  181,  188. 

26.  Testimony  presented  to  the  NAIC  Health  Care  Insurance  Access  Working  Group,  Sept.  16,  1991,  in 
Pittsburgh  PA;  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  Access  to  Health  Insurance:  State  Efforts  to  Assist  Small 
Businesses,  GAO/HRD  92-90  (May  1992),  p.  24. 

27.  Although  the  risk -neutral  value  of  the  high-option  plan  was  only  42  percent  greater  than  the  low-option 
plan,  the  actual  costs  (measured  by  experience-based  premiums  charged)  for  subscribers  in  the  high-option  plan 
were  264  percent  higher.   Institute  of  Medicine,  Employment  and  Health  Benefits:  A  Connection  at  Risk, 
Marilyn  J.  Field  and  Harold  T.  Shapiro,  eds.  (Washington,  D.C.:  National  Academy  Press,  1993),  p.  176. 


586 


28.  Ibid.   See  also,  M.  Susan  Marquis,  'Adverse  Selection  With  a  Multiple  Choice  Among  Health  Insurance 
Plans:  A  Simulation  Analysis,"  Journal  of  Health  Economics,  vol.  11  (1992),  pp.  129-151. 

29.  Harold  Luft,  et  al.,  'Adverse  Selection  in  a  Large  Multiple-Option  Health  Benefits  Program,'  6  Advances 
in  Health  Economics  and  Health  Services  Research,  in  R.  Scheffler  and  L.  Rossiter,  eds.,  vol.  6  (Greenwich 
CT:  JAI  Press  1985),  pp.  197-229. 

30.  R.P.  Ellis,  "The  Effect  of  Prior- Year  Health  Expenditures  on  Health  Coverage  Plan  Choice,"  Advances  in 
Health  Economics  and  Health  Services  Research,  R.  Scheffler  and  L.  Rossiter,  eds.,  vol.  6  (Greenwich  CT:  JAI 
Press  1985). 

31.  U.S.  General  Accounting  Office,  'Rochester's  Community  Approach  Yields  Better  Access,  Lower  Costs,' 
Jan.  1993;  William  J.  Hall  and  Paul  F.  Griner,  'Cost-Effective  Health  Care:  The  Rochester  Experience,' 
Health  Affairs,  vol.  12,  no.  1  (Spring  1993),  pp.  58-69. 

32.  Compare  the  experience  described  by  Larry  Brown  and  Catherine  McLaughlin  in  'Constraining  Costs  at 
the  Commimity  Level:  A  Critique,"  Health  Affairs  (Winter  1990),  pp.  5-28. 

33.  Heniy  Gilgoff,  "Dialing  in  Desperation:  Coming  Change  in  Insurance  Law  Sparks  Panic,'  Newsday, 
March  12,  1993.   However,  these  increases  also  reflect  underlying  increases  in  the  cost  of  care. 

34.  American  Academy  of  Actuaries,  'An  Analysis  of  Mandated  Community  Rating,'  March  1993;  William  R. 
Jones,  Charles  T.  Doe,  and  Jonathan  M.  Topodas,  'Pure  Community  Rating:  A  Quick   Fix  to  Avoid,'  Journal 
of  American  Health  Policy,  Jan/Feb.  1993,  pp.  29-33  (representing  AETNA).    See  also  Kenneth  E.  Thorpe, 
'Expanding  Employment-Based  Health  Insurance:  Is  Small  Group  Reform  the  Answer?'  Inquiry,  vol.  29 
(Summer  1992),  pp.  128-136  (with  move  to  community  rating,  35  percent  of  groups  would  have  price  increases 
of  30  percent  or  more). 

35.  Victoria  C.  Craig,  Mark  Litow,  and  Greg  Scandlen,  Mandatory  Community  Rating:  'The  Most  Dangerous 
Cure  for  Health  Care  Woes'  (Alexandria  VA:  Council  for  Affordable  Health  Insurance,  July  1993).    Although 
this  source,  which  represents  small  insurers,  has  a  clear  financial  stake  against  commimity  rating,  its  projections 
appear  to  be  based  on  reasonable  and  documented  assumptions  about  price  increases  and  price  sensitivity. 
However,  the  study  is  not  explicit  about  its  price  elasticity  assumptions,  and  it  does  not  elaborate  on  how 
sensitive  the  findings  are  to  these  assumptions. 

36.  American  Academy  of  Actuaries,  note  48. 

37.  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  States  Need  More  Department  of  Labor  Help  to  Regulate  Multiple 
En^loyer  Welfare  Arrangements  (GAO/HRD  92-40,  March  1992). 

38.  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  Access  to  Health  Insurance:  State  Efforts  to  Assist  Small  Businesses, 
GAO/HRD  92-90  (May  1992);  National  Health  Policy  Fomm,  'Multiple  Employer  Purchasing  Groups  (METs, 
MEW  As,  HINs,  HIPCs):  The  Challenge  of  Meshing  ERISA  Standards  with  Health  Insurance  Reform,'  Issue 
Brief  No.  604  (Washington,  D.C.,  1992). 

39.  BNA  Health  Law  Reporter,  May  27,  1993,  p.  684. 

40.  Walton  Francis,  A  Health  Care  Program  Rim  by  the  Federal  Government  that  Works,  The  American 
Enterprise,  vol.  4,  oo.  4  (July/Aug  1993),  pp.  50-61. 

41.  BNA  Health  Care  Policy  Report,  March  8,  1993,  p.  21.   See  also  Roger  Feldman  and  Bryan  Dowd,  'The 
Effectiveness  of  Managed  Competition:  Results  from  a  Natural  Experiment, '  conference  paper  presented  at, 
American  Enterprise  Institute,  Health  Care  Expenditure  Controls:  Political  and  Economic  Issues,  April  21-22, 
1993  (reporting  results  firom  the  program  for  Minnesota  state  employees). 

42.  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  Access  to  Health  Insurance:  Slate  Efforts  to  Assist  Small  Businesses, 
GAO/HRD  92-90  (May  1992),  p.  54;  National  Health  Policy  Forum,  "Multiple  Employer  Purchasing  Groups 
(METs,  MEW  As,  HINs,  WPCs):  The  Challenge  of  Meshing  ERISA  Standards  with  Health  Insurance  Reform," 
Issue  Brief  No.  604  (Washington,  D.C.,  1992). 

43.  U.S.  Government  Accounting  Office,  "Access  to  Health  Insurance:  State  Efforts  to  Assist  Small 
Businesses,"  GAO/HRD  92-90  (May  1992),  p.  52. 


587 


TESTIMONY  OF  R.  GLENN  HUBBARD 

PROFESSOR  OF  ECONOMICS  AND  FINANCE.  COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY 

BEFORE  THE 

HEALTH  SUBCOMMITTEE.  COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND  MEANS 

UNITED  STATES  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 


Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Subcommittee: 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  appear  before  you  today  to  discuss  economic  issues  relating  to  reform  of  the 
nation's  health  care  system. 

The  coming  months  (or  even  years)  will  witness  a  significant  debate  over  "health  care  reform." 
While  numerous  intellectual  foundations  for  reform  have  been  discussed  in  academic  and  public 
policy  circles  for  at  least  a  decade,  the  current  debate  will  likely  center  on  the  Health  Security 
Act  (H.R.  3600/S.  1757)  unveiled  by  President  Clinton  last  fall,  and  competing  plans  offered  by 
both  Republicans  and  Democrats  (including  for  example  the  Managed  Competition  Act,  "Cooper- 
Grandy  Plan".  H.R.  3222/S.  1579;  and  Health  Equity  and  Access  Reform  Today  Act,  "HEART," 
S.1770). 

To  evaluate  these  plans,  we  need  to  remind  ourselves  what  the  central  issues  are.  The  problem 
is  not  a  substandard  quality  of  health  care:  U.S.  physicians  treat  patients  using  the  most 
advanced  technology  and  drug  ther^y  available  in  the  world,  and  the  United  States  is  the 
preeminent  center  of  medical  research.  In  part  as  a  consequence  of  these  advantages,  we  are 
enjoying  both  longer  and  healthier  lives  than  did  cur  predecessors. 

The  central  problems  for  discussion  are  access  and  cost.  First,  more  than  35  million  Americans 
are  estimated  to  have  no  health  insurance,  requiring  them  to  seek  acute  care  in  emergency  rooms. 
Second,  the  growth  in  medical  costs  is  unsustainable.  Medical  expenditures  are  now  more  than 
12%  of  GDP,  up  from  about  5%  in  1960.  At  this  rate  of  growth  in  age-adjusted  medical 
expenditures  (adjusting  also  for  changes  in  the  average  age  of  the  population),  medical  costs 
would  account  for  about  one-fourth  of  GDP  by  2030. 


588 


More  narrowly  put,  the  debate  over  health  care  reform  is  generally  one  over  reforms  of  the 
market  for  health  insurance.  "Acxess"  and  "cost"  concerns  in  the  health  insurance  market  are 
not  unrelated:  Individuals,  with  some  exceptions,  are  uninsured  because  the  cost  of  health 
insurance  exceeds  the  value  they  place  on  insurance  coverage.  There  has  been  a  sea  change  in 
the  role  of  health  insurance  in  fmancing  medical  care  in  the  United  States  over  the  past 
generation.  While  the  majority  of  medical  expenses  were  paid  directly  by  consumers  in  1960, 
30  years  later,  consumers'  direct  contributions  had  dropped  to  23  percent,  with  the  balance  paid 
by  private  and  public  insurance.  The  incentives  offered  by  insurance  ~  and  government  policy 
toward  insurance  ~  are,  in  many  ways,  at  the  debate's  center  stage. 

I  suspect  that  many  (if  not  most)  of  us  would  build  on  the  many  successes  of  the  current  health 
insurance  system  and  slate  our  "access"  and  "cost"  concerns  as  follows.  The  health  insurance 
system  should  be  privately  organized,  provide  some  choice  to  consumers,  be  accessible  to  most 
citizens  at  a  reasonable  cost,  and  offer  broad  pooling  of  health  risk  based  on  social  insurance 
principles  (that  is,  health  status  per  se  should  not  affect  an  individual's  or  family's  health 
insurance  costs).  For  a  number  of  reasons  relating  both  to  the  economics  of  medical  care  and 
the  economics  of  insurance,  this  outcome  is  unlikely  to  prevail  in  a  purely  private  market.  Some 
form  of  government  intervention  will  be  required.  How  much  intervention  is  the  question  that 
illuminates  differences  among  alternatives. 


Expanding  Access 


A  lack  of  health  insurance  and  a  lack  of  medical  care  are  not  the  same  thing.  (Some  estimates 
suggest  that  the  uninsured  receive  about  one-half  of  the  medical  care  they  would  receive  if  they 
were  insured.)  Why  might  individuals  choose  not  to  purchase  health  insurance?  First,  very  low- 
income  individuals  value  and  additional  dollar  of  money  income  very  highly  for  the  purchase  of 
a  range  of  necessities,  making  health  insurance  unattractive,  given  the  availability  of 
uncompensated  care.  Second  some  individuals  -  particularly  the  young  ~  may  believe 
themselves  to  be  very  healthy  and/or  simply  not  perceive  the  risky  consequences  of  their  action. 
Finally,  some  individuals  fmd  insurance  too  costly,  deciding  to  self-insure  because  the  premiums 
charged  are  high  relative  to  those  charged  to  similarly  situated  individuals. 

To  ensure  that  all  Americans  purchase  health  insurance  requires  the  imposition  of  an  individual 
mandate,  the  first  intervention  I  shall  mention.  Simply  put,  all  individuals  and  families  must 
purchase  at  least  some  basic  reference  package  of  benefits.  Such  a  mandate  is  an  integral  part 
of  the  HEART  proposal  of  Senators  Chafee  and  Dole. 

It  is  important  that  the  mandate  be  placed  at  the  individual,  rather  than  the  employer,  level.  This 
observation  stems  directly  from  the  simple  notion  that  the  total  amount  of  compensation  that  an 
employer  can  pay  an  employee  depends  on  that  employee's  productivity.  That  is,  in  the  long 
run,  the  profits  of  anonymous  shareholders  will  not  finance  the  mandat«l  benefits.  As  long  as 
employer-mandated  benefits  do  not  affect  productivity,  the  employee's  wages  and  other  non- 


589 


health  compensation  must  fall.  The  Administration's  rather  generous  mandated  benefit  would 
be  paid  for  by  a  hidden  tax  on  benefit  recipients.' 

Placing  the  mandate  on  the  individual  rather  than  the  employer  also  avoids  the  problem  of 
potential  job  losses  for  individuals  whose  wages  are  sufficiently  near  the  minimum  wage  that  they 
cannot  fall  to  offset  the  purchase  of  health  insurance.  With  an  individual  mandate,  it  is  important 
to  provide  a  tax  credit  to  very  low-income  individuals  sufficient  to  purchase  a  basic  plan;  the 
credit  could  be  phased  out  gradually  as  income  rises. 

It  is  also  important  that  the  basic  package  cover  a  minimum  set  of  benefits  rather  than  a  generous 
set  to  avoid  over-consumption  of  medical  services  and  ensure  that,  at  the  margin,  consumers  pay 
the  full  cost  if  they  choose  to  buy  extra  insurance.  How  could  this  be  accomplished?  Currently, 
the  federal  tax  subsidy  for  employer-provided  health  insurance  is  open-ended,  conferring 
relatively  larger  subsidies  for  the  generous  plans  of  higher-income  workers.  Numerous  empirical 
studies  have  documented  the  demand-enhancing  aspect  of  this  favorable  tax  treatment  of  health 
insurance.^  To  remedy  this  tax  bias,  the  actuarial  value  of  a  basic  benefits  package  could 
continue  to  be  nontaxed  for  individuals:  actuarial  values  in  excess  of  this  level  could  be 
considered  taxable  income.  Such  an  approach  does  not  eliminate  individuals'  choice,  but  does 
require  them  to  face  the  full  cost  of  very  generous  plans  at  the  margin.  This  modification  of 
existing  law,  while  improving  incentives,  generates  revenue  to  finance  the  provision  of  health 
insurance  tax  credits.^  (I  return  to  the  subject  of  "financing"  below.) 

Accepting  for  illustration  broad  parameters  of  President  Clinton's  proposal,  let's  assume  that 
individuals  will  be  required  to  purchase  insurance  on  their  own  or  via  their  employers  through 


'Recent  studies  by  Jonathan  Gruber  of  M.I.T.  and  Alan  Kreuger  of  Princeton  University 
have  documented  that  mandates  reduce  other  compensation  roughly  one  for  one. 

^  Research  by  Martin  Feldstein  and  by  Feldstein  and  Bernard  Friedman  in  the  1970s  are  the 
seminal  contributions  to  the  literature  on  the  loss  in  economic  efficiency  of  failing  to  tax 
employer-provided  health  insurance.  Recently,  Jonathan  Gniber  and  James  Poterba  of  M.I.T. 
found  that,  in  response  to  the  partial  income  tax  deduction  for  health  insurance  costs  to  self- 
employed  workers,  under  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986,  increased  the  demand  for  insurance 
coverage. 

^  The  Administration's  proposal  would  tax  in  the  distant  future  (ten  years  after  enactment) 
employees  on  health  benefits  not  part  of  the  basic  benefits  package.  The  Cooper-Grandy  plan 
would  limit  employer  deductions  to  the  cost  of  the  lowest-price  "accountable  health  plan"  in  each 
region.  The  HEART  proposal  follows  a  similar  (though  less  binding)  limit  on  deductibility  of 
employer  health  contributions,  but  employer-paid  health  insurance  premiums  in  excess  of  the  "tax 
cap"  will  be  taxable  to  the  employee. 


590 


health  alliances  that  bargain  with  insurers/  To  ensure  that  consumers  face  appropriate 
incentives  in  their  utilization  of  medical  services,  insurance  plans  should  offer  managed  care 
options  and  traditional  fee-for-services  plans  (but  with  high  deductibles  and  copayments).  The 
Administration  proposal's  lack  serious  cost  sharing  in  its  so-called  "high  cost  sharing"  plan  is 
lamentable  in  this  respect. 

How  can  reform  make  sure  that  individuals'  access  is  not  restricted  by  health  status?  A  sensible 
approach  (the  second  intervention  I  shall  mention)  is  that  insurers  would  not  be  permitted  to 
discriminate  based  on  preexisting  conditions/  To  avoid  losses  for  plans  with  sicker  than 
average  enrollees  and  gains  for  plans  with  healthier  than  average  enroUees,  health  risk  adjusters 
would  be  used.  (The  plans  with  healthier  than  average  enrollees  would  pay  contributions  to  a 
health  risk  pool,  while  those  with  sicker  than  average  enrollees  would  receive  transfers  from  the 
pool.)  The  operation  of  health  risk  pools  significantly  reduces  the  scope  for  insurers'  "cream 
skimming"  of  favorable  risks  present  in  the  current  system.* 


*  The  Administration  proposal  would  allow  employers  with  more  than  SOOO  employees  to 
form  corporate  alliances.  Given  the  experimental  nature  of  alliances  and  the  success  of  the 
current  system  for  large  employers,  a  better  strategy  might  be  allow  employers  with  more  than 
1(X)  workers  to  purchase  insurance  on  their  own  or  self-insure,  as  in  the  Cooper-Grandy  and 
HEART  proposals. 

*  The  Administration,  Cooper-Grandy,  and  HEART  proposals  each  offer  restrictions  in  this 
vein. 

'  Health  risk  adjustment  schemes  are  not  as  rigid  as  they  might  appear  at  first  glance.  It 
is  possible  to  vary  transfers  according  to  a  number  of  additional  variables,  including  gender, 
geographic  location,  industry  or  occupational  categories,  or  health  habits  (e.g.,  smoking).  The 
important  underlying  premise  is  that  adjustments  do  not  depend  on  health  status. 

Two  logistical  issues  complicate  implementation  of  the  health  risk  pooling  proposal-design 
of  individual  health  status  adjustment  factors  and  mechanisms  for  scheduler  payments  to  insurers. 

Each  year,  members  of  the  pool's  population  would  be  divided  into  one  of  a  number  of 
mutually  exclusive  health  status  categories.  Categorization  could  be  implemented  using 
diagnostic  information  already  collected  by  health  insurance  plans  on  inpatient  and  outpatient 
claims.  Indeed,  applied  research  by  public  health  specialists,  statisticians,  and  economists  has 
already  produced  methods  for  predicting  health  care  costs  based  on  the  health  characteristics  of 
the  covered  population.  Leading  examples  include  the  Ambulatory  Care  Group  system  developed 
at  Johns  Hopkins  University  and  the  Diagnostic  Cost  Group  developed  at  Boston  University.  The 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  could  fund  technical  and  implementation  research  to 
develop  workable  health  status  adjustment  systems  for  use  by  the  states. 

Second,  payments  to  and  from  the  risk  pool  could  be  prospective  or  retrospective. 
Prospective  payments  would  be  based  on  the  health  status  adjustment  factor  determined  before 


591 


Two  features  of  a  good  health  risk  adjustment  system  are  important.  First,  risk  pool  payments 
should  equal  the  difference  between  the  expected  average  expenditures  of  the  groups  and  the 
average  of  all  individuals  in  the  pool.^  Since  payments  reflect  average  not  actual  expenditures, 
insurers  face  incentives  to  control  costs.  (This  is  different  from  "community  rating,"  in  which 
all  individuals  would  pay  shares  of  the  cost  of  actual  expenditures,  with  no  incentive  to  control 
costs.)  Second,  premiums  should  vary  with  age.  Since  average  health  care  expenses  rise  with 
age,  individuals  should  have  an  incentive  to  Hnance  those  average  expenses.  If  premiums  do  not 
vary  with  age,  we  further  our  already  significant  fiscal  intergenerational  redistribution  from  the 
young  to  the  elderly.  The  Administration  proposal  discusses  health  risk  adjustment,  but  provides 
few  details.  The  limited  discussion,  suggests  that  the  plan  will  fail  to  age-adjust  insurance 
premiums. 

Another  access  question  relates  to  how  individuals  will  be  able  to  maintain  insurance  coverage 
if  they  change  jobs.  The  Clinton  proposal  (along  with  most  reform  proposals  in  the  public 
debate)  would  guarantee  individuals'  access  to  health  insurance  if  they  move  or  change  jobs. 
Individuals  becoming  unemployed  would  be  eligible  for  taxpayer  subsidies  to  purchase  insurance. 


Controlling  Costs 

Expanding  access  to  health  insurance  without  addressing  underlying  causes  of  spiraling 
health  insurance  (and  health  care)  costs  is  not  likely  to  be  a  viable  strategy  for  "comprehensive" 
reform.    The  crux  of  the  problem  is  this:  The  mix  of  medical  care  services  provided  is  not 


the  service  period  for  each  enroUee,  while  retrospective  payments  would  be  based  on  the  health 
status  adjustment  factor  determined  during  the  service  period.  There  are  advantages  and 
disadvantages  associated  with  each;  the  important  point  is  that  both  payment  mechanisms  are 
based  on  expected,  not  actual  expenditures. 

An  example  illustrating  the  operation  of  the  health  risk  pool  is  instructive.  Suppose  that 
an  eligible  individual  in  one  of  the  risk  pools  wants  to  purchase  a  reference  benefit  package  at 
the  premium  charged.  The  premium  would  be  paid  to  the  insurer,  though  the  amount  ultimately 
received  by  the  issuing  insurer  would  be  subject  to  a  health  status  adjustment.  Each  eligible 
individual  in  the  pool  would  be  assigned  to  a  health  status  category  each  year.  Health  status 
categories  would  be  assigned  a  weight  ha^  on  expected  health  care  costs  relative  to  the  average 
for  the  covered  population  in  the  pool.  The  insurer  in  the  example  would  compute  an  average 
weight  for  all  individuals  in  the  pool  covered  under  its  policies.  If  that  average  weight  is  less 
than  the  statewide  average,  the  insurer  would  be  required  to  make  a  contribution  to  the  pool;  if 
the  insurer  had  an  average  weight  exceeding  the  statewide  average,  it  would  receive  a  net  transfer 
from  the  pool. 

^  In  equilibrium,  though  premiums  would  not  be  regulated,  premiums  for  coverage  would 
be  independent  of  health  status. 


592 


necessarily  that  which  fully  infonned  consumers  would  purchase,  and  such  services  are  not 
produced  at  minimum  cost.  Economists  have  generally  focused  attention  on  problems  in 
insurance  markets.  This  argument  incorporates  aspects  of  moral  hazard  (i.e.  that  insurance  for 
fee-for-service  medical  care  with  low  cost  sharing  engenders  excess  demand  for  medical  services) 
and  the  distortion  of  the  perceived  price  of  health  insurance  (owing  to  the  favorable  tax  treatment 
under  both  the  income  and  payroll  taxes.) 

This  is  not  to  say  that  relatively  efficient  forms  of  health  insurance  coverage  are  not  possible  in 
the  marketplace.  Options  with  "managed  care"  (in  which  the  health  plan  purchases  a  package 
of  health  care  through,  say,  a  health  maintenance  organization  at  a  lower  cost  than  fee-for-service 
medicine)  or  fee-for-serVice  coverage  with  deductibles  and  copayments  are  available.  Three 
factors  in  the  market  for  health  insurance  have  probably  reduced  the  demand  for  such  alternative, 
however.  These  factors  include:  the  tax  subsidies  mentioned  above;  limited  consumer 
information  about  the  quality  of  services  of  health-care  providers,  forcing  "price"  to  be  taken  as 
a  measure  of  quality;  and  opportunities  for  favorable  risk  selection  by  insurers  in  the 
marketplace. 

Two  "cost"  issues  loom  large  in  the  debate  over  health  insurance  reform,  the  cost  discussed 
above  of  extending  access  to  the  currently  uninsured  and  reducing  the  growth  of  medical  costs. 
The  former  can  be  financed  gradually  by  reducing  the  current  tax  subsidy  to  employer-provided 
insurance,  raising  other  taxes  (as  in  the  'sin  tax"  increases  in  the  Administration's  proposal),  and 
redirecting  current  federal  contributions  for  uncompensated  care  (so-called  "disproportionate 
share  payments").  The  Administration's  proposal  aims  to  finance  access  and  achieve  control  of 
the  second  cost  issue  by  trimming  the  growth  in  federal  contributions  to  public  insurance 
programs  and  by  what  amounts  to  regulatory  price  controls;  much  less  restrictive  options  are 
presented  in  the  Cooper-Grandy  and  HEART  proposals. 

The  bulk  of  the  financing  of  the  Administration's  plan  comes  from  savings  in  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  programs.  Wishing  inflation  in  the  costs  of  these  programs  were  lower  is,  of  course, 
not  the  same  as  suggesting  specific  micro  incentives  to  accomplish  the  goal.  As  an  astonishing 
point  of  reference,  the  plan  initially  assumes  that,  by  1996,  the  rate  of  growth  of  federal 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending  will  be  cut  by  one-third;  put  more  radically,  the  rate  of  growth 
of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending  above  general  inflation  and  population  growth  will  be  cut 
in  half.  If,  in  practice,  cost  inflation  falls  by  much  less,  providers  would  have  to  shift  the  cost 
of  caring  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  patients  by  increasing  charges  to  private  (generally  insured) 
patients. 

This  pattern  is  sadly  familiar,  but  with  a  new  twist.  As  private  insurance  premiums  rise, 
premium  caps  in  the  Administration's  proposal  would  bind.  Macro-level  budgets  and  caps  do 
not  provide  micro  incentives.  There  is  simply  no  reason  to  believe  that  this  enforced  macro  cost 
containment  would  be  borne  by  the  infamous  "waste,  fraud,  and  abuse."  Indeed,  there  is 
significant  reason  to  believe  that  this  aspect  of  the  proposal  would  discourage  innovation  and 
provider  expenditures  with  long-term  payoffs. 


593 

Determininy  Government's  Role 


I  mentioned  at  the  outset  that,  at  least  under  my  interpretation  of  what  most  of  us  seek  from 
reform  of  health  insurance  markets,  some  government  intervention  will  be  necessary.  Much  of 
the  regulation  of  insurance  market  reforms  can  build  on  existing  state-level  regulation. 
Additional  federal  involvement  would  come  in  the  form  of  tax  policy  changes  and  the  design  of 
basic  benefits  packages  for  managed  care  and  fee-for-service  options.  It  is  possible  to  construct 
a  National  Benefits  Commission  to  determine  benefits  packages,  though  care  must  be  taken  to 
avoid  "regulatory  capture'  by  provider  groups. 

President  Clinton's  National  Health  Care  Board  offers  breathtakingly  sweeping  intervention  and 
government-directed  micro-management  of  the  health  care  industry.  In  addition  to  determining 
the  composition  of  basic  benefits  packages,  the  National  Health  Board  would  set  national  health 
spending  targets,  establish  baseline  budgets  for  health  alliances,  and  decide  upon  the 
"reasonableness"  of  drug  prices.  The  Board  would  have  presidentially  appointed  members  like 
the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  Its  independence  from  the  political  process  would  be  far  less  than 
the  Fed's,  however,  since  the  term  of  the  National  Health  Board's  chairman  would  match  that 
of  the  President;  the  chairman,  moreover,  would  serve  at  the  President's  pleasure.  The  Board 
would  also  be  empowered  to  create  a  new  federal  staff. 

In  addition  to  the  creation  of  the  National  Health  Board,  the  Administration's  proposal  places  the 
Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services  in  charge  of  initiatives  to  set  targets  for  the  number  of 
physicians  to  be  trained  in  primary  care  and  specialties.  This  heavy-handed  intervention  ignores 
the  natural  increase  in  the  reward  to  primary  care  physicians  as  hodth  insurance  becomes  more 
widely  available,  and  fails  to  use  effective  monetary  incentives  for  prospective  physicians. 

President  Clinton  has  succeeded  in  reinvigorating  the  national  debate  over  health  care  reform. 
His  own  plan,  while  containing  many  good  ideas  (medical  malpractice  reform,  for  example), 
suffers  from  its  emphasis  on  regulation  and  macro  controls  rather  than  micro  incentives.  Indeed, 
it  is  hard  to  escape  the  conclusion  that  the  proposal  is  intended  to  increase  government  regulation 
of  the  health  care  industry  as  much  as  it  is  to  reform  health  insurance  markets.  Before  the 
legislative  process  begins  the  long  march  of  compromise  with  competing  reform  ideas, 
participants  should  try  to  answer  two  simple  questions:  What  are  the  goals  of  the  plan?  Is  a 
given  plan  the  most  efficient  way  to  achieve  those  goals?  As  I  reached  the  end  of  the 
Administration  Working  Group's  treatise,  I  at  least  would  not  guess  the  answers  for  that  plan. 
The  HEART  and  Cocper-Grxndy  proposals  provide  better  starting  points  for  debate. 


Concluding  Remarks 


I  have  proposed  only  a  very  brief  review  of  economic  issues  surrounding  debate  over  "access" 
and  "cost  containment"  aspects  of  health  care  reform.    Let  me  close  with  four  observations 


594 


regarding  the  future  debate  of  the  President's  plan  and  competing  proposals: 

1)  There  is  no  free  lunch.  In  the  short  run  (and  possibly  in  the  long  run),  significantly  expanded 
access  to  health  insurance  is  likely  to  be  costly.  Insuring  the  currently  uninsured  is  expensive, 
though  the  cost  would  be  reduced  by  scaling  back  current  federal  payments  for  uncompensated 
care.  Moreover,  to  the  extent  that  the  risk  pooling  proposal  with  health  status  adjustments 
increases  the  number  of  individuals  with  coverage,  average  premiums  paid  by  those  currently 
covered  may  well  rise. 

In  the  course  of  the  debate  over  the  President's  proposal,  mandates  for  health  insurance  coverage 
for  individuals  should  be  considered  very  seriously.  A  mandate  for  individual  coverage  -  e.g. , 
requiring  some  basic  benefit  plan  -  offers  an  advantage  of  broadening  the  pool  of  enrollees  for 
sharing  risk.  However,  to  be  realistic,  such  a  mandate  would  have  to  be  accompanied  by  more 
complete  provision  of  health  insurance  tax  credits  to  low-income  individuals.  In  addition,  to 
avoid  regulation  of  premiums  charged  by  insurers,  funding  for  such  tax  credits  may  have  to 
increase  more  rapidly  in  the  short  run  than  envisioned  in  most  proposals. 

2)  Some  regulation  cannot  be  avoided.  Proposals  to  expand  access  to  health  insurance  in  the 
small  group  market  at  a  reasonable  cost  necessarily  involve  regulatory  intervention.  Absent  such 
intervention,  favorable  risk  selection  by  insurers  is  unlikely  to  end.  Regulation  should  seek  to 
promote  the  basic  social  insurance  principles  I  discussed  earlier,  and  should  not  attempt  to  set 
premiums. 

3)  At  some  point,  the  open-ended  tax  subsidy  for  employer  provided  health  insurance  will  have 
to  be  examined.  The  current  subsidy  encourages  consumption  of  medical  services  and  is 
distributionally  inequitable,  conferring  no  benefits  to  low-income  workers  without  insurance  and 
considerable  benefits  to  affluent  employees.  Addressing  this  issue  will  nonetheless  be  difficult; 
a  tax  cap  set  a  value  other  than  zero  will  involve  significant  definitional  questions. 

4)  Information  collection  and  dissemination  will  be  important  components  of  comprehensive 
reform  in  the  search-intensive  health  care  market.  Attention  should  be  focused  on  direct 
dissemination  to  individuals  and  on  group  purchasing  arrangements  (to  communicate  information 
to  small  employers)  as  suggested  in  all  of  the  major  proposals. 


595 


INTERACT 

The  Institute  tor  Interactive  Management 

February  25,  1994 

The  Honorable  Fortney  (Pete)  Stark 
Chairman,  Subcommittee  on  Health 
Committee  on  Ways  and  Means 
U.S.  House  of  Representatives 
1114  Longworth  House  Office  Building 
Washington  DC  20515 

Dear  Chairman  Stark: 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  submit  testimony  for  your  hearing  on  "Alternative 
Health  Care  Plans."  I  am  appreciative  of  your  leadership  on  the  health  refonn  issue  and 
share  your  commitment  to  coverage  for  all  Americans  and  to  a  restructuring  of  the 
delivery  system  to  improve  efficiency  and  control  costs. 

If  an  "overhaul"  of  the  current  system  does  occur,  there  will  be  an  extended 
discussion  about  various  approaches,  from  single  payer  to  voluntary,  and  features  of  a 
national  plan. 

In  that  respect,  I  am  enclosing  a  copy  of  a  health  care  reform  plan  developed  by 
a  consortium  under  the  leadership  of  the  Institute  for  Interactive  Management 
(INTERACT),  of  which  I  am  chairman,  based  on  systems  analysis  principles.  The 
Institute  is  a  management  consulting  and  policy  group  based  in  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania.  It  developed  the  proposal  using  interactive  techniques  in  conjunction 
with  a  number  of  health  care  policy  experts,  providers  and  employers. 

By  way  of  background,  INTERACTS  charter  was  an  unusual  one:  to  disregard 
existing  financial  and  professional  interests  and  design  an  optimal  system  from  the 
ground  up.  This  design  would  provide  universal  coverage  and  be  based  on  incentives 
which  would  change  patient  and  provider  behavior  to  more  efficiently  use  resources. 
Thus  the  proposal  is  as  free  from  self-interest  as  any  you  are  likely  to  encounter. 

It  incorporates  centralized  federal  revenue  collection  function  up  front,  with 
governmental  control  of  total  ultimate  system  expenditures  through  the  issuance  of 
individual  vouchers  on  a  capitated  basis.  But  there  is  no  regulation  of  institutional 
budgets  or  provider  rates  as  is  proposed  in  some  models.  Indeed,  system  resources 
are  subsequently  distributed  on  a  free-market  basis. 

Uniquely,  there  is  a  modified  capitation  feature,  with  the  voucher  capitation 
payment  varying  according  to  the  health  status  of  the  individual.  This  removes  the 
incentive  for  providers  to  turn  down  sick  individuals,  and  at  the  same  time  allows  small 
provider  groups,  even  individual  practitioners,  to  survive  without  large-scale  pooling,  if 
they  so  desire. 


596 


A  key  point  is  that  the  risk  of  overuse  of  the  system  and  overpayment  for  other 
providers'  services  is  placed  on  the  primary  care  provider.  He  or  she  becomes  the 
system's  resource  manager  --  a  mini-HMO  if  you  will  -  backed  up  to  stop-loss 
insurance.  We  feel  this  approach  and  the  other  incentives  of  the  plan  would  lead  most 
practitioners  to  aggregate  in  integrated  health  systems  or  other  organizations. 

Finally,  the  design  incorporates  a  wellness  component  which  is  separately 
funded  from  the  basic  remedial  care  program.  We  feel  patient  behavioral  change  is 
essential  to  decreasing  the  demands  we  place  on  the  health  care  system  and  thus  to 
long  term  cost  control.  Participation  in  wellness  activities  is  encouraged  through  a  tax 
break  for  the  individual. 

While  we  feel  the  plan  as  set  forth  is  organic  and  well-integrated,  we  also  feel 
that  many  of  the  ideas  embodied  in  it,  particularly  the  incentive  structure,  could  be 
usefully  adapted  to  other  plans  to  strengthen  their  impact. 

Attached  is  a  summary  of  the  INTERACT  plan.  The  plan  is  currently  being 
drafted  by  the  House  legislative  counsel  and  will  be  furnished  to  the  Ways  and  Means 
Committee  for  inclusion  in  this  hearing  report  when  completed.  I  sincerely  hope  that  the 
INTERACT  plan  will  be  a  useful  addition  to  the  debate. 

Again,  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  "Alternative  Health  Care 
Plan"  hearing. 


Shjcerely, 

Russell  L.  Ackoff  0^ 

Chairman  of  the  Board 
INTERACT 


597 
INTERACT  Plan  Overview 


The  INTERACT  Healthcare  Reform  Plan  is  built  around  a  set  of  incentives  crafted  to 
produce  wise  use  of  health  care  resources.  Some  of  its  features  are  similar  to  plans 
already  advanced  in  the  healthcare  reform  debate.  Others  are  original. 

♦Covered  Popnlgtipn:  All  legal  residents  of  the  United  States  are  covered, 
including  Medicare  and  Medicaid  populations. 

•Mandate:  Individual  —  individuals  receive  a  comprehensive  voucher  from  the 
government.  (Employers  participate  through  a  tax  based  on  hazards  of  job  or  site, 
similar  to  workmen's  compensation.) 

♦Revenge  Collectiop/Disbufsanent:  Revenues  flow  to  the  national  level,  and  are 
returned  to  the  system  through  vouchers  to  each  individual.  Different  revenue 
sources  are  possible,  individual  tax  is  suggested. 

♦Services  Covered:  All  medically  necessary  plus  preventive  care.  Dental,  optical, 
auditory,  long-term  care,  basic  funeral  are  desirable,  future  resources  permitting. 
Final  decision  on  which  services  are  or  are  not  covered  is  made  annually  at  the 
community  level.  No  restriction  on  development  of  insurance  to  provide  uncovered 
procedures  outside  of  system. 

♦Provisi(Hi  of  Services/Risk:  Primary  care  providers  in  the  system  accept  the 
voucher  amount  and  agree  to  provide  aU  necessary  medical  services  covered  in  the 
community.  The  voucher  is  a  type  of  capitated  payment,  but  is  based  on  an 
actuarial  calculation  of  the  individual's  need  for  services  during  the  coming  year: 
vouchers  for  those  with  cancer  or  diabetes  will  be  worth  much  more  than  vouchers 
for  healthy  young  people  (modification  for  regional  cost  differences  is  allowed). 

♦Thus,  while  the  primary  care  provider  accepts  the  risk  of  paying  for  all 
covered  medical  services,  that  risk  is  decreased  by  the  variation  in  voucher 
value.  Backup  stop-loss  insurance  to  protect  against  financial  ruin  is  required 
of  all  primary  care  providers. 

•The  primary  care  provider  is  best  able  to  be  the  system's  "prudent  purchaser", 
and  under  this  model,  has  a  strong  incentive  to  do  so. 

•Provision  of  Services/Delivery:  The  primary  care  provider  contracts  or  joins  with 
hospitals,  laboratories,  specialists,  rehab  facilities,  etc.  to  serve  his  or  her  patients. 
Economic  and  practical  incentives  are  expected  to  lead  most  primary  care  providers 
to  aggregate  into  some  kind  of  group  practice  or  integrated  health  system,  in  which 
voucher  income  is  pooled. 

♦Protection  Again-st  Underseirvicing!  The  incentive  for  primary  care  providers  to 
underserve  is  reduced  by  the  required  stop-loss  insurance.  Further: 

♦Organized  community  practice  review  coupled  with  an  unparalleled  data 
system  and  practice  standards  will  reduce  intentional  underservicing. 


598 


•Also,  a  second  opinion  is  available,  with  the  provider  paying  if  the  second 
opinion  differs,  while  the  patient  pays  if  the  second  opinion  agrees  with  the 
primary  care  provider. 

•Finally,  a  yearly  bonus  is  paid  to  the  primary  care  provider  if  the  individual 
reenrolls  with  him:  i.e.  an  incentive  to  keep  the  patient  not  only  healthy,  but 
satisfied. 

•Patient  Choice:  Provider  participation  in  the  system  is  voluntary,  and  outside 
services  remain  available.  The  patient  may  choose  any  primary  care  provider  in  the 
system  (regardless  of  location),  subject  to  patient  load  limits,  and  may  change  by 
right  once  a  year.  If  a  particular  specialist  is  desired,  the  patient  must  enroll  with  a 
primary  care  provider  in  the  same  integrated  health  system  or  group  practice  or 
having  a  referral  agreement  with  the  speciaUst  (affiliation  arrangements  are  made 
pubUc  each  year  in  advance  of  the  date  by  which  patients  must  select  primary  care 
providers).  Services  outside  the  system  remain  available,  but  the  individual  is  not 
relieved  of  his  contribution  (premium  or  tax),  and  must  pay  for  outside  services 
from  his  or  her  own  pocket. 

'Infonnation  System:  A  secure  national  network  of  local  databases  administered  by 
community  boards  undergixds  the  system,  furnishing  central  authorities  with  the 
health  status  data  necessary  to  calculate  the  actuarial  value  of  individual  vouchers, 
and  to  monitor  payment  patterns  for  fraud  purposes.  Through  the  system,  local 
boards  are  able  to  compare  practice  patterns  against  standards  and  assess  the  need 
for  local  remedial  or  educational  programs. 

»We-llnes.i  Pmgram:  A  unique  feature  of  tlie  plan  is  that  it  incorporates  a  separate 
wellness  program.  A  wellness  voucher  is  generated,  usable  only  for  wellness 
activities  at  programs/facilities  certified  eligible  by  the  community  board. 
Examples:  smoking  cessation  and  exercise/cardiovascular  fitness  programs.  The 
voucher  is  funded  by  a  separate  budget  for  wellness,  to  prevent  invasion  to  pay  for 
acute  care  services  (historically  a  problem  for  HMO's). 

♦Commanity  Focus:  Oversight  for  the  delivery  system,  and  key  decisions  on 
covered  services,  provider  certification,  attracting  providers  to  underserved  areas, 
etc.,  are  vested  in  community  boards  rather  than  in  the  federal  government. 
Separately  funded,  these  boards  have  the  general  responsibility  to  promote  the 
health  of  those  receiving  their  care  in  the  community,  ensure  quality  of  services, 
monitor  practice  patterns,  and  administer  the  local  health  care  database. 

CcHiclusi(Hi: 

In  comparative  terms,  the  INTERACT  plan  has  a  central  revenue  collection  and 
distribution  feature,  channeling  voucher  funds  from  individual  patients  to  primary  care 
providers.  It  incorporates  an  inherent  self-limiting  budget  mechanism,  producing  at 
least  as  great  a  level  of  savings  as  single-payer  systems.  However,  it  avoids  the 
rate-setting/price-control  mechanisms  of  most  single-payer  models. 


599 


Its  large-scale  cost  controls  work  in  two  ways.  At  the  national  level,  the  "budget" 
matches  the  aggregate  value  of  all  vouchers  issued  with  the  aggregate  value  of  revenues 
from  all  sources.  At  the  locaJ  level,  the  benefit  package  is  adjusted  by  the  community 
board  to  reflect  local  priorities,  within  the  total  amount  of  money  flowing  into  the 
community  from  all  vouchers. 

The  plan  thus  allows  for  competition  and  price  movement  among  providers  of  various 
medical  services  and  products,  with  the  primary  care  provider  being  the  prudent 
purchaser. 

The  capitation  feature  invokes  the  efficiency  and  savings  of  managed  care,  while  the 
variability  of  the  voucher  amount  by  health  status  removes  any  incentive  to  refuse  care 
to  those  who  are  ill  or  who  are  thought  normally  to  be  "bad  risks".  The  variable  value  of 
the  voucher,  coupled  with  stop-loss  insurance,  also  permits  smaller  groups  of  providers 
to  "pool"  than  is  normally  feasible. 

The  individual  mandate  and  general  requirement  that  primary  care  providers  accept 
anyone  presenting  a  voucher  remove  concerns  about  portability,  availability,  and 
pre-existing  conditions. 

In  short,  the  INTERACT  plan  features  an  unusually  flexible,  community  based, 
approach  to  cost  savings  and  universal  coverage  without  detailed  governmental 
regulation.  Its  wellness  program  is  unique  among  plans  currently  under 
discussion.  The  principles  and  incentives  on  which  the  proposal  is  built  deserve  to 
be  seriously  considered  both  in  their  own  right,  and  as  an  "idealized"  guide  to  the 
assessment  of  other  plans. 

INTERACT  Plan  Overview: 


600 


WRITTEN  STATEMENT  OF  PAUL  HOUGHLAND,  JR.,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR, 
OPTICIANS  ASSOCIATION  OF  AMERICA  ON  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 
LEGISLATIVE  PROPOSALS 

SUBMITTED  TO  THE  SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH,  COMMITTEE  ON  WAYS  AND 
MEANS,  FEBRUARY  28,  1994 

The  Opticians  Association  of  America  is  pleased  to  have  this 
opportunity  to  present  its  views  on  health  care  reform 
legislation  to  the  members  of  the  House  Ways  and  Means  Committee. 

OAA  represents  approximately  40,000  dispensing  opticians 
throughout  the  United  States.  Our  membership  consists  of  both 
individual  and  firm  members.  Individual  members  may  work  for 
another  optician,  an  ophthalmologist,  an  optometrist,  or  one  of 
the  large  chains  which  dispenses  eyewear.  Firm  members  are  small 
businessmen  who  own  their  own  independent  optical  firms  and 
compete  with  medical  doctors (ophthalmologists) ,  optometrists,  and 
the  chain  stores  in  dispensing  eyewear,  both  spectacles  and 
contact  lenses.  The  principal  issues  examined  in  this  statement 
reflect  the  concerns  of  the  small,  independent  firm  owner,  the 
heart  and  soul  of  our  association. 

Because  we  represent  independent  small  businesses,  we  believe 
that  freedom  is  the  paramount  issue.  Allowing  consumers  freedom 
to  shop  for  eye  glasses  and  contact  lenses  at  stores  of  their 
choice  is  a  cardinal  tenet  of  the  optician's  credo  and  must  be 
recognized  in  the  final  health  care  reform  legislative  package. 

OAA's  Board  of  Directors  has  adopted  three  principal  objectives 
with  regard  to  any  health  care  reform  plan  adopted  by  Congress . 
First,  any  health  care  plan  which  includes  vision  services  must 
recognize  opticians  as  providers  AND  at  the  same  time  contain 
strong  anti-self  referral  provisions  similar  to  the  prohibitions 
included  in  HR  345  introduced  by  Ways  and  Means  Health 
Subcommittee  Chairman  Stark  and  cosponsored  by  Representative 
Levin,  a  member  of  the  Ways  and  Means  Health  Subcommittee. 

We  are  very  pleased  that  significant  portions  of  HR  345  were 
included  in  the  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1993,  and 
strongly  support  the  inclusion  of  strong  anti -referral  language 
in  health  care  reform  legislation.  With  respect  to  vision  care  we 
strongly  support  extending  and  improving  the  ban  on  self- 
referrals  to  prohibit  both  ophthalmologists  and  optometrists  from 
making  referrals  to  health  care  providers  with  which  they  have  a 
financial  relationship. 

Maintaining  a  level  playing  field  within  the  vision  care  field 
requires  the  passage  of  strong  language  banning  self -referrals . 
We  encourage  every  member  of  this  committee  to  support  the 
extension  of  the  Stark  anti-referral  language  as  the  best  way 
to  assure  the  preservation  of  the  kind  of  competition  which  will 
lead  to  the  lowest  cost  for  vision  care  services  to  consumers. 

Second,  any  alliances,  voluntary  or  mandatory,  must  recognize 
opticians  as  providers.  We  recognize  that  the  mandatory  alliances 
found  in  HR  3600,  the  Health  Security  Act,  the  Administration's 
health  care  reform  proposal  do  not  command  much  support  in  the 
Health  Subcommittee,  and  we  accept  that  fact.  In  fairness  to  the 
interests  of  our  members,  however,  we  must  retain  a  pragmatic 
approach  to  this  matter.  If  the  alliances,  in  either  voluntary  or 
mandatory  form,  remain  in  the  legislation  being  considered  by 
this  committee,  we  insist  upon  the  inclusion  of  opticians  as 
providers  within  these  alliances. 

Finally,  we  support  the  preemption  of  anti-competitive  state  laws 
with  regard  to  allied  health  prof essionals (opticians) .  Our 
objective  here  is  keeping  health  care  costs  to  the  consumer  as 
low  as  possible.  Studies  have  shown  that  where  competition  with 
regard  to  spectacles  and  contact  lenses  does  not  exist,  prices 
for  these  commodities  increase,  sometimes  sharply. 


601 


We  recognize  much  merit  in  HR  1200,  the  American  Health  Security- 
Act  of  1993,  sponsored  by  the  Honorable  Jim  McDermott  of 
Washington,  a  member  of  this  subcommittee,  and  HR  2610,  the 
Mediplan  Act  of  1993,  introduced  by  the  Honorable  Fortney  Stark, 
chairman  of  the  Ways  and  Means  Health  Subcommittee,  particularly 
the  extensive  benefits  provided  in  both  plans  and  the 
universality  of  coverage. 

However,  we  prefer  an  approach  which  would  provide  generous 
benefits,  including  vision  care  and  universal  coverage,  while 
preserving  the  existing  structure  of  private  insurance.  We 
believe  significant  health  care  reform  can  be  achieved  within  a 
system  that  relies  upon  private  health  insurance  sold  by  private 
companies  competing  within  the  free  enterprise  system.  OAA  will 
back  health  care  reform  bills  that  encourage  small  businesses  to 
stay  in  business,  and  our  association  will  strongly  oppose  plans 
which,  in  our  judgment,  cripple  the  entrepreneurial  spirit. 

We  are  very  supportive  of  the  concept  of  small  business  pooling 
of  health  insurance  purchases.  OAA  members  who  are  firm  owners 
would  benefit  greatly  from  plans  to  enlarge  the  purchasing  pool 
for  health  insurance  premium  purposes . 

As  a  representative  of  small  businesses,  the  OAA  strongly 
supports  paperwork  reduction  and  standardization  of  forms  used  by 
private  health  care  providers  and  commercial  carriers.  It  is  high 
time  that  health  care  providers  spend  their  time  delivering 
health  services  not  filling  out  complicated,  duplicative  forms. 

While  the  Opticians  Association  of  America  recognizes  the 
motivation  of  those  who  would  streamline  the  provision  of  health 
services  by  amending  the  antitrust  laws,  it  wishes  to  urge 
extreme  caution  in  crafting  these  modifications.  Antitrust 
exemptions  designed  to  help  hospitals  and  clinics  in  rural  areas 
share  expensive  equipment  must  be  written  in  very  precise 
legislative  language. 

Unfortunately,  opticians  have  suffered  from  anti-competitive 
practices,  sometimes  sanctioned  by  legislation,  in  many  states. 
For  example,  opticians  are  excluded  from  providing  vision  care 
services  within  health  maintenance  organizations  in  some  states. 
Other  states  prohibit  opticians  from  fitting  contact  lenses 
despite  evidence  cited  by  a  Federal  Trade  Commission  study  which 
found  no  significant  difference  in  quality  between  opticians, 
ophthalmologists,  and  optometrists  in  the  fitting  of  contact 
lenses.  Therefore  the  OAA  approaches  any  modification  of  existing 
antitrust  law  with  great  trepidation. 

Finally,  the  Opticians  Association  of  America  objects  to  the 
inclusion  of  an  entire  subtitle  in  HR  3600  which  would  change  the 
status  of  independent  contractors  not  only  for  health  care 
purposes  but  also  for  employment  tax  purposes.  Section  7301  would 
permit  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  to  issue  regulations  on 
"employment  status."  Section  7302  would  increase  penalties  on 
businesses  who  fail  to  issue  accurate  Form  1099' s.  Section  7303 
would  amend  Section  530  of  the  Revenue  Act  of  1978  concerning 
safe  harbor  provisions.  The  issues  raised  by  the  independent 
contractor  subtitle  would  do  serious  damage  to  productive 
business  arrangements  which  opticians  currently  have  with  certain 
other  vision  care  providers.  Many  OAA  firm  members  hire 
optometrists,  contact  lens  technicians,  and  other  providers  in 
which  the  independent  contractor  status  is  the  key  element  of  the 
relationship.  Approval  of  these  IRS  proposals  would  have  a 
serious  impact  on  these  relationships.  Therefore  the  OAA  strongly 
opposes  these  provisions. 


81-665(608) 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  05983  472  9 


ISBN  0-16-046315-7 


9  780 


60"463150' 


90000